Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal of the Lepidopterists' Society"

See other formats 


hte PY SQ tnd us s < DBE y « AUS EAD 40 in RY Pate Qa * 4 mo . ey a. a ee 
oabtras : My eth i DAM BORA ress bets 5 ‘ ss wn 


aN ney 


; : eden 
{\6 ntveren oS at RoR OP tL ody wt Ty ae 8 * AUR a 
14) FEO? ox ee ea ers 7 Seep, y Sah Oa oe 
SOU far 7 ermn vies se Nate " “4 
ab oeLae ft Nal Pr AS ire bed 
Net ua gh VARIN AD RON Li TTD AED 
1 Le eet Oe eames G ‘i Gc i 
, . : : sf i 
y : ag a . : . i b, 
; ay Wtsclas Br ors + Taha ean Nga Pair va Pe 
Ae Peg es ul ee i f . ! ‘ Ptnilm a . : ; ‘ ; ay ASS 
. d 
Stem AN Aste 
: } ot = nay! Ea a - Sete , NS Ae bateaths Vaan 8 Nihy Sears PP 
PE a W thet Bry ; a : “ern é : : : hey i ehcp P e ‘ } eh Hen: ha Eel DM Me Heh, 
POE ASE, GF : Ss 3 


eta Tek Se 


any 


ote wt Soe ve 
aU i eae er a Yea 


ae . 
Stem Pee 


ee ese e 


aie 
atete al Mut, De, > wi 


eee 


et eae 


Sway aries 


Sctme 19 VIA -Al 1965 Naniber 4 


E nt. 


JOURNAL, 


of the 


LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES 
Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 


In This Issue 


FOODPLANTS FOR TEXAS HESPERIIDAE 
BIOGRAPHY OF O. T. BARON 
LOUISIANA BUTTERFLY RECORDS 
COLLECTING IN YUKON AND ALASKA 


(Complete contents on back cover ) 


31 March 1965 


THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
1965 OFFICERS 


President: F. H. RrnpnceE (New York, N. Y., U. S. A.) 

Ist Vice President: I. F. B. Common (Canberra, Australia ) 

Vice President: RaMon AGENjo ( Madrid, Spain) 

Vice President: H. E. Hinton (Bristol, England) 

Treasurer: GrorGE Ente (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) 
Asst. Treasurer: Smwney A. HEssEL (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) 

Secretary: Joxun C. Downey (Carbondale, Ili., U. S. A.) 
Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) 


EXECUTIVE COUNCIL 


Terms expire Dec. 1965: Suiceru A. Az (Showaku, Nagoya, Japan) 
LINCOLN P. Brower (Amherst, Mass., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1966: Cuar.es P. KimsBauu (Sarasota, Fla., U. S. A.) 
W. Harry LancE, Jr. (Davis, Calif., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1967: Hirosui Kuroxo (Fukuoka, Japan) 


D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Canada) 


and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor 


The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and 
formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology 
in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, 
to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and 
the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these 
aims (Constitution, Art. Il). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among 
the lepidopterists of all countries. 

Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of 
lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of 
the Lepidopterists' Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not 
become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for 
the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological 
interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society 
business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made 
payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: 

Active Members—annnal dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) 
Sustaining Members—annual dues $15.00 (U.S. A.) 
Life Members—single sum $125.00 (U.S. A.) 

Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth 
Road, Hampton, Middx., England. 

In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and 
special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are 
distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the 
Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the 
News each year. 


The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of 
publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut. Second 
class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 


JOURNAL OF 


Tae LeriporprTerRists’ SOCIETY 


Volume 19 1965 Number 1 


LARVAL FOOD PLANTS AND DISTRIBUTION NOTES FOR 
TWENTY-FOUR TEXAS HESPERIIDAE 


Roy O. Kenpau! 
San Antonio, Texas, U.S.A. 


This is the fifth in a series of papers recording larval food plants for 
Texan butterflies and skippers. In this paper, 62 plant species represent- 
ing 8 families are given for the following 24 hesperiids. Arrangement for 
the skippers follows dos Passos (1964): 


HESPERIINAE 


Calpodes ethlius (Stoll), Amblyscirtes vialis (Edwards), Polites vibex 
praeceps (Scudder), Hesperia viridis (Edwards), Copxodes aurantiaca 
(Hewitson ). 


PYRGINAE 


Pholisora catullus (Fabricius), Celotes nessus (Edwards), Heliopetes 
laviana (Hewitson), Heliopetes macaira (Reakirt), Pyrgus communis 
communis (Grote), Erynnis baptisie (Forbes), Erynnis horatius (Scud- 
der & Burgess), Gesta gesta invisus (Butler & Druce), Achlyodes thraso 
tamenund (Edwards), Systasea pulverulenta (R. Felder), Staphylus 
mazans mazans (Reakirt), Cogia hippalus outis (Skinner), Thorybes 
bathyllus (Smith), Thorybes pylades (Scudder) and “form” albosuffusa 
H. A. Freeman, Achalarus lyciades (Geyer), Achalarus toxeus (Pl6tz), 
Urbanus proteus (Linnaeus), Chioides catillus albofasciatus (Hewitson ), 
Epargyreus clarus clarus (Cramer). 

Each of these species is treated separately in the order given. Also, a 
chart of larval food plants, arranged alphabetically by plant family and 
genus, summrizes these data. 


1 Acknowledgment is made to the Rob and Bessie Welder Wildlife Foundation for providing a 
portion of the publication costs. 


in?) 


KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


Calpodes ethlius (Stoll). The brazilian skipper is probably more com- 
mon and widespread in Texas than present records indicate. It seems to 
be closely associated with its larval food plants, cannas. In the lower 
Rio Grande Valley, Freeman (1951) has collected C. ethlius from April 
to December. In more northern parts of its range, the flight period is 
from March to October, indicating a more prolonged larval or pupal 
diapause. 

The present known distribution of this skipper in Texas is limited to 
eight counties: Bexar, May—Oct.; Cameron, Apr.—Dec.; Dallas, June- 
Oct.; Fayette, May; Hidalgo, Apr.—Dec.; San Patricio, Oct—Nov.; Tar- ' 
rant, Sept.; and Travis, Sept. The writer has reared larvae through 
which were collected on Canna indica L., but the food plant has never 
been grown in the laboratory garden; therefore, a careful study of its 
life history has not been made. 


Bexar Co.: 16 June 1956. Six larvae, collected on C. indica, pupated from 28 
June to 11 July. Adults emerged from 6 to 18 July. 

Fayette Co.: 26 May 1956. At a cafe in Schulenburg where cannas were grown 
as ornamentals, numerous larvae were present in their rolled leaf nests. 

Tarrant Co.: 22 September 1962. Attention was called to numerous larvae on 
cannas growing in a yard in Fort Worth. One pupa, in its rolled leaf shelter, was 
taken. A male emerged 23 September. 


Amblyscirtes vialis (Edwards). The roadside skipper’s distribution in 
Texas is not well defined. It appears to be more or less confined to the 
north-central and northeastern portions of the State. The species has 
been collected from the first week in April to June. Additional rearing is 
necessary to determine the number of broods in Texas. 


Brown Co.: 9 April 1964. At Lake Brownwood State Park, a female was col- 
lected and kept for eggs. It was confined with Stenotaphrum secundatum (Walt. ) 
Kuntze and Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. More than 50 eggs were deposited by 20 
April when the female died. Eggs were deposited on both grasses; they started 
hatching 18 April. Newly hatched larvae were offered S. secundatum which they 
sampled but then refused, and many died. They were then offered C. dactylon on 
which they matured. Pupation occurred: 18 May (2), 19 May (2), 20 May (5), 
21 May (2), 22 May (1), 23 May'(1), 94 May (1), 26° May, (lesz \iawaene 
and 30 May (1). Six 6 6 and 59 @, emerged: 27 May (16,192), 29 May (24 ¢), 
31 May (16, 229), 4 June (1¢@), 5 June (14), and 9 June (1¢).- 


When fully mature, larvae seek the ground to pupate. Larvae cut 
circular disks from a paper table napkin on the bottom of the container, 
and fashioned nests in which to pupate. Immature stages were preserved 
and live pupae furnished Dr. C. L. Remington for chromosome studies. 

Five other Texas counties in which the writer collected A. vialis in 
1964 are: Cherokee, 4 Apr.; Harrison, 5 & 6 Apr., eggs obtained from 
one female but all first instar larvae perished on S. secundatum; Smith, 
av Nog Ieavareriie to 8) ayoreg ITawiG, (o v\yorr. 

Polites vibex preeceps (Scudder). The whirlabout has been recorded 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 3 


as a constant flyer in extreme southern Texas by Freeman (1951). 
While an occasional specimen may be collected throughout the year in 
certain localities, its principal flight is from April to October. During 
this period considerable overlapping of broods occurs. P. praeceps is 
well adapted to metropolitan living where it oviposits on bermuda, 
Cynodon dactylon Pers.; St. Augustine, Stenotaphrum secundatum 
Kuntze; and doubtless other local grasses. Additional fieldwork is nec- 
essary to establish its exact range over the State and the blend zone with 
Polites vibex brettoides (Edwards). It would seem to have a larval or 
pupal diapause; additional rearing will determine this. 


Bexar Co.: 30 July 1963. A female was collected in the laboratory garden in San 
Antonio, where the species is well established, and kept for eggs. During the next 
five days, 90 eggs were deposited on S. secundatum, after which the female was 
released. Eggs started hatching 3 August. Larvae were reared through on S. 
secundatum, pupating: 1 Sept. (1), 6 Sept. (5), 7 Sept. (12), 9 Sept. (10), 12 
Sept. (1), and 14 Sept. (4). Fifteen ¢ ¢ and 139 2 emerged: 11 Sept. (12), 
iasepe (ad 6, 12), 16 Sept. (446 6, 59 9), 17 Sept. (46 6, 2992), 18 Sept. 
ego) 0) Sept (14, 19), 22 Sept. (14), 23 Sept. (12), and 25 Sept. 
(12). Immatures were preserved. At a sidewalk cafe in San Antonio, on 30 Sept. 
1963 a female was observed to deposit 15 ova in about 10 minutes, one at a time, 
on C. dactylon. 

Cameron Co.: 18 October 1963. At Brownsville, a female was collected and kept 
alive for eggs. It received only modest care in the improvised field laboratory, and 
after depositing five eggs it perished. Eggs hatched 26 October. Two first instar 
larvae were accidentally lost. The remaining three, reared through on S. secunda- 
tum, pupated 14 & 17 December and 8 January. Adults, emerged: 8 Jan. (19), 11 
Jan. (1¢@), and 31 Jan. (19). A most interesting discovery was that these females 
did not have the usual blurred markings on the HW beneath; instead, the marks 
were sharp and well defined. 

The writer has collected P. preeceps in four other Texas counties: 
Comal, 27 July 1963; Hidalgo, 31 Mar. 1960, 17 Oct. 1963; Kimble, 20 
July 1963; San Patricio, 14 & 15 Sept., 138 & 20 Oct. 1963; and Zavala, 
18 Aug. 1963. 

Hesperia viridis (Edwards). The green skipper’s range in Texas ap- 
pears to be from the Edwards Plateau northward. Too few records have 
been published for the State to give much of an idea as to its exact 
distribution. Present field data would indicate two distinct flights: 
April-June and August—October. Reared adults have emerged in Janu- 
ary and February, but this may not occur in nature. There is some indi- 
cation that viridis may feed all winter on a grass such as Bouteloua 
gracilis Lag. and pupate in spring, emerging in April or May, depend- 
ing on climatic conditions. May is by far the best time to collect viridis 
in the southern part of its range. 


Bexar Co.: 6 October 1963. Near the intersection of Babcock Road and F.M. 
1604, NW of San Antonio, 13 adults were collected on wild flowers along the road. 
Two females collected 6 October were kept alive for eggs. They were caged over 
Stenotaphrum secundatum Kuntze. The following day several ova were deposited 


4 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19h nonal 


on the grass and two on the container. By 8 October, 14 ova had been deposited, 
more than half of them on the container. One female died 8 Oct., the other was 
then offered Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Eighteen eggs were deposited the fol- 
lowing day, all on the grass. First instar larvae were offered S. secundatum which 
they accepted reluctantly. Numerous larvae died by mid-December. The survivors 
were then offered C. dactylon. Only two larvae died following the transfer. Still 
later, larvae were offered Lolium perenne L., which they accepted. Five larvae were 
reared through, pupating 1, 11, 21, & 28 January and 1 February 1964. Adults, 
emerged: 28 Jan. (1¢), 5 Feb. (19), 12 Feb. (136), 22 heb Gie)) eamdas 
Heb, (12). 


This is believed to be the first Bexar County record for H. viridis. On 
9 October, Roy W. Quillin collected one specimen at Helotes, a few © 
miles west of this spot, and on 10 & 11 October, Dr. J. W. Tilden col- 
lected 35 specimens near the first mentioned spot. 

The writer has collected viridis in only two other Texas counties: 
Blanco, 3 May 1963; Comal, 11 May 1958, 15 & 22 May 1960, and 21 
May 1962. Freeman (1951) and MacNeill (1964) have recorded it from 
several other Texas counties. 

Copezeodes aurantiaca (Hewitson). The orange skipperling, common 
at times, may be found in all major botanical areas of Texas. It has been 
collected from February to November. C. aurantiaca is most often seen 
around patches of Bermuda grass, Cynodon dactylon Pers., its only 
known larval food plant. Since the food plant is a perennial, dying back 
with the first hard freeze, a pupal diapause is indicated. 


Bexar Co.: 30 June 1956. A female collected in the laboratory garden at San 
Antonio deposited numerous eggs on C. dactylon the same day. Ova started hatch- 
ing 4 July. Fifty-six larvae were inventoried 15 July. Larvae pupated: 19 July (8), 
20 July (2), 21 July (2), 23 July (5), 24 July (3), 26 July (l)) 23) |aulsGS)) eaters 
(5), 6 Aug. (1), and 7 Aug. (1). In addition to immatures which were preserved, 
164 6 and 139 2 emerged: 24 July (14), 25 July (36 ¢ ), 26 July (26 6, 19), 
27 July (286 S, 19), 28 July (13, 19), 29 July (146, 19) 30 July (ieee ee 
July (13, 1@), 1 Aug. (16), 2 Aus: (290), 3 Aug.) (299) Guest Ges aa 
Im, (26 &, 1@), S Aue (©), amc! IO Ane, (© )). 

Another female, collected in the laboratory garden 13 September 1958, deposited 
a quantity of ova on C. dactylon. Eggs started hatching 18 September. The first 
larva pupated 11 October. Adults emerged in due course but emergence dates were 
not recorded. 


Pholisora catullus (Fabricius). The common sooty-wing ranges over 
the entire state of Texas. In certain sections, it has been collected each 
month of the year. Its principal flight, however, is from March to 
November. During this time July and November are the least likely 
months to find it on the wing. This species has a larval diapause which 
results in adults mostly in March. Immatures have been collected in 
nature on Amaranthus caudatus L., A. spinosus L., A. retroflexus L., 
Chenopodium album L., C. ambrosioides L., and C. berlandieri Moq. 


Bexar Co.: 27 August 1956. In a city alley near the laboratory, 13 larvae, two of 
which were parasitized, were found on A. spinosus. Larvae pupated from 26 Aug. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 5 


to 5 Sept. Six ¢¢ and 59 9, emerged: 2 Sept. (19), 4 Sept. (12), 5 Sept. 
meceosept. (12), 7 Sept. (26 6), 8 Sept. (146, 19),,10 Sept. (19), and 11 
Sept. (24 6). At another location just north of San Antonio, seven larvae were 
found 11 November 1956 on A. retroflexus. Three of these proved to be parasitized. 
Two larvae remained in diapause until 22 April 1957 after which they perished, 
probably due to dehydration. One male emerged 3 February and another male on 
11 February 1957; pupation dates unobserved. In the laboratory garden 18 May 
1958, numerous larvae were observed on A. spinosus. Several were collected and 
pupation occurred 25 May. Emergence dates were not recorded. A female taken 
30 August 1958 deposited 23 eggs on A. spinosus under laboratory conditions; all 
Ova were preserved. 

A few miles south of San Antonio, a female was collected 23 April 1960 while 
flying around C. album. Examination of the plant disclosed one larva which later 
died of parasitism. The captive female deposited numerous ova on C. album, and 
these later hatched. Due to improper care, most of the larvae were lost to fungus. 
All other larvae and pupae were preserved. 

North of San Antonio, 15 larvae were found 6 August 1960 on C. album. Five of 
these died from parasitism or other causes, the remainder pupated in due course 
matheo dio. and 42 9 emerging: 16 Aug. (26 6); 17 Aug. (1¢@), 21 Aug. (19), 
Pau bo) 96 Aue. (34 6), 28 Aug. (1¢2), and 29 Aug. (1¢).. On 8 April 
1961, four larvae were collected on C. album which pupated in due course. Adults, 
emerged: 29 Apr. (26 6), 11 May (192), and 27 May (19). On 5 October 1963, 
two females were observed to oviposit on A. retroflexus. They were not collected. 


Cameron Co.: 21 April 1962. At the Laguna Atascosa National Wildlife Refuge, 
four larvae were collected on C. ambrosioides. Larvae matured in due course with 
adults emerging: 3 May (14,192), 7 May (1@), and 13 May (1¢@). At another 
location in the county, about 16 miles SE of Brownsville, seven larvae were collected 
19 October 1963 on A. caudatus. Three of these entered diaspause; the remaining 
four pupated in due course. One pupa died. Adults emerged: 6 Nov. (1é), 7 
Nov. (12), and 2 Dec. (14). The three larvae in diapause had not pupated 15 
February 1964 when this paper was prepared. 


Guadalupe Co.: 7 July 1962. At a roadside park on U. S. Highway 90, three miles 
E of Kingsbury, one larva was collected on A. retroflexus which produced a male 
20 July. 

Live Oak Co.: 10 September 1960. On Texas Highway 9 about eight miles NW 
of Mathis, one larva was found on C. berlandieri which produced a female 2: October. 


San Patricio Co.: 21 August 1960. At Lake Corpus Christi State Park, one larva 
collected on C. berlandieri pupated 22 August and a male emerged 30 August. At the 
Welder Wildlife Refuge, one larva was found 5 July 1963 on C. berlandieri; it 
pupated 13 July and a male emerged 20 July. Again, near Mathis, one larva was 
collected 15 September 1963 on A. hybridus; it pupated 16 September and a female 
emerged 24 September. 


Val Verde Co.: 1 May 1961. At Lake Walk, two larvae were collected on C. 
berlandieri which produced one male and one female 17 May. At a roadside park 
on U. S. Highway 277 south of Del Rio near the county line, two larvae were 
found 17 August 1963 on A. hybridus. Larvae pupated 21 & 23 August. Adults 
emerged: 27 Aug. (19) and 29 Aug. (1¢). 


Zavala Co.: 18 August 1963. At Batesville, three larvae were collected on A. 
hybridus. One larva which was thought to be ready to pupate, escaped when left 
exposed overnight. The other two pupated 23 & 29 August. Adults emerged: 28 
Aug. (19) and 4 Sept. (1¢ ). 


Larval habits of this species are quite interesting. The first instar larva 
folds over a small portion of the leaf as a shelter. It leaves the shelter to 


6 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


feed. Upon returning home, the larva rests with its anal end near the 
open door. It now leisurely digests the consumed forage and ejects frass 
some distance from the shelter. 

Celotes nessus (Edwards). The streaky skipper flies from March to 
November in Texas. Earliest and latest dates on which C. nessus has 
been taken by the writer are 9 March and 12 November. Reared speci- 
mens have emerged as late as 25 November. Kendall (1959) gave Abu- 
tilon incanum (Link) Sweet as a larval food plant for nessus. As a result 
of additional research four more species of malvaceous plants are now | 
reported: Althaea rosea L., Sida filipes Gray, Sphaeralcea lobata 
(Woot.) Kearney (det. Dr. B. H. Warnock, Sul Ross State College), and 
Wissadula amplissima (L.) R. E. Fries. 


Bexar Co.: 9 May 1963. Examination of S. filipes, which had been planted in the 
laboratory garden a year earlier, disclosed three larvae of nessus feeding on it. They 
were taken into the laboratory and reared to maturity on this plant. The first larva 
pupated 31 May. Adults emerged: 8 June (1¢ ), 14 June (14 ), and 11 July (192). 

Blanco Co.: 3 May 1963. On U. S. Highway 281 at Little Blanco River, two 
larvae were found on Abutilon incanum. These larvae were later lost due to im- 
proper care in the laboratory. 

Bosque Co.: 22 September 1962. At Meridian State Park five larvae were col- 
lected on A. incanum, but one soon died. The first two of these larvae pupated 9 & 
10° October.. Adults emerged: 17 Oct. (14), 18 Oct (1g), 24 Och Ga eeand 
14 Nov. (1¢é). 


Cameron Co.: 21 April 1962. At the Laguna Atascosa National Wildlife Refuge 
three larvae were collected on W. amplissima. The plant on which these larvae 
were found was almost dormant due to drought. Two of the larvae pupated in due 
course; a male emerged 15 May and a female 4 June. The third larva entered dia- 
pause about 6 May. Examination 11 August disclosed the larva quite blanched and 
shrunken. In an attempt to break this diapause the larva was placed on a piece of 
moist cotton and placed near the laboratory window where the afternoon sun could 
strike it. Examination the following day showed the larva had not only become elon- 
gated, it had secured the leaf, under which it was hiding, to the cotton with strands 
of silk. The larva pupated 13 August, which was the twenty-first consecutive day 
of local temperatures equal to or greater than 100° F. A male emerged 20 August 
1962. 

Comal Co.: 27 July 1963. Near New Braunfels one larva was found on A. inca- 
num. Larva pupated 23 August and a male emerged 30 August. 


Jeff Davis Co.: 1 May 1961. At Davis Mountains State Park ova and larvae 
were found on S. lobata. Lou E. Walker, Park Manager, kindly permitted me to 
remove some of these “weeds” for transplanting. The plants survived the long 
journey back to the laboratory but they failed to recover in time to serve the in- 
tended purpose. It was now necessary to offer the larvae a substitute. A. rosea was 
provided and found acceptable. The larvae matured in due course and adults 
emerged: 28 May (14 ); ex ovis 6 June (14), 9 June (19). All other immatures 
were preserved. 

Kimble Co.: 20 July 1963. At Junction ten larvae were collected on A. incanum. 
Some of these were first instar. In the laboratory, four larvae proved to have been 
parasitized; the remaining six were then placed on a caged living plant 5 August. 
The plant was again carefully examined 20 August; all that could be found was an 
empty pupal case. Presumably ants had eaten the adult after it died; the same might 
have happened to the larvae. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society i 


Maverick Co.: 17 August 1963. At a roadside park on U. S. Highway 277 south 
of Quemado, one larva was collected on A. incanum. It later died, but the cause 
was undetermined. 

McCulloch Co.: 14 August 1961. On U. S. Highway 377 at roadside park which 
marks the geographical center of Texas, two larvae were found on A. incanum. One 
of these died and the other pupated in due course and a female emerged 13 Sep- 
tember 1961. 

Nueces Co.: 10 November 1962. At Hazel Bazemore Park near Calallen, two 
larvae were collected on A. incanum. About the beginning of December the larvae 
entered diapause. An attempt to break larval diapause was made 16 April 1963. 
Larvae were placed on moist facial tissue and placed near a laboratory window where 
the morning sun struck them. Both larvae pupated 19 April with adults emerging 27 
April ( 6) and 28 April ( @ ). 

San Patricio Co.: 26 April 1962. At the Welder Wildlife Foundation Refuge, 34 
larvae were collected on A. incanum. They varied in age from first to last instar, 
the first of which pupated 2 May. Ten live pupae were provided for other scientific 
research. Adults emerged: 10 May (1é6), 11 May (26 6), 13 May (14), 15 May 
Peo loeMay (26 6, 1°), 17 May (2646), 18 May (12), 19 May (1¢), 23 
meer oO)» 24 May (16), 27 May (19), 1 June (29 @ ), 11 June (26 @ ). 
Again at the Welder Refuge 10 November 1962, two more larvae were found on 
this plant. These larvae entered diapause about 1 December. Examination of them 
on 3 April 1963 disclosed one larva to be dead. On 18 April the remaining larva 
was placed on moist cotton and put in a sunny spot; it pupated 23 April and a 
female emerged 4 May. 

Travis Co.: 2 September 1960. At Zilker Park in Austin, 14 larvae were collected 
on A. incanum. Most of these matured in due course but no emergence records were 
maintained. 

Uvalde Co.: 30 April 1961. On U. S. Highway 90 near Cline, two larvae were 
collected on A. incanum. These larvae were reared through and males emerged 21 
& 26 May. 


The distribution of C. nessus in Texas appears to be west of a line 
from Gainesville, Cooke County to Brownsville in Cameron County. The 
writer has collected nessus in eight other Texas counties: Atascosa 31 
Mar. 1957, Bandera 2 Apr. 1959, Dimmit 6 June 1960, Guadalupe 26 
Aug. 1962, Jim Wells 5 Apr. 1962, Kinney 22 Mar. 1961, Kleberg 22 Mar. 
1961, and Wilson 15 Aug. 1959. 

Heliopetes laviana (Hewitson). Although the laviana skipper has been 
taken throughout the year in the lower Rio Grande Valley of Texas, 
laboratory studies indicate a larval diapause. The best place to find 
laviana is around the edge of brushy areas where malvaceous plants 
grow. Immatures have been found in nature on Abutilon abutiloides 
(Jacq.) Garcke, Sida filipes Gray, and Malvastrum americanum (L.) 
Torr. (det. by Fred B. Jones). In the laboratory, larvae of laviana read- 
ily accepted Abutilon incanum ( Link.) Sweet and Wissadula holosericea 
(Scheele) Garcke. 


Cameron Co.: 24 October 1960. At the U.S.D.A. Research Center in Brownsville, 
a cursory examination of several experimental malvaceous plants disclosed one last 
instar larva on A. abutiloides. The larva was removed and reared through, thanks to 
Perry A. Glick, U.S.D.A. Entomologist. The larva pupated 3 November and a male 


8 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


emerged 14 November 1960. Again at Brownsville, near the NW edge of the city 
where U. S. Highway 281 crosses a railroad, one larva was collected on A. abuti- 
loides, 17 October 1963. The writer was accompanied by Mrs. Kendall and Dr. J. 
W. Tilden. This larva pupated 23 October and a female emerged 4 November 1963. 


Hidalgo Co.: 23 October 1960. Along an irrigation canal south of Mission, near 
the village of Madero, one larva was collected on A. abutiloides. Also the same day, 
four more were collected near Weslaco on this plant. One larva and one pupa were 
preserved. Pupation occurred from 29 October to 13 November. Adults emerged: 
8 Nov. (126), 17 Nov. (1¢ ), and 28 Nov. (1é¢ ). On 16 October 1963, three larvae 
were found on M. americanum near an irrigation canal on U. S. Highway 281 at 
the south edge of Edinburg. Two larvae pupated 30 October and the third on 10 
November. Adults emerged: 13 Nov. (22 @) and 24 Nov. (1@ ). ! 


Jim Wells Co.: 23 October 1960. On U. S. Highway 281 just north of Premont 
in a fencerow, one small larva was found on A. abutiloides. It died 30 October, 
probably due to improper care in the laboratory. 


Live Oak Co.: 23 April 1961. At a roadside park on Texas Highway 9 near inter- 
section of FM 534, one larva was collected on S. filipes. Larva readily accepted W. 
holosericea in the laboratory and pupated 5 May. A male emerged 16 May 1961. 


San Patricio Co.: 21 August 1960. At Lake Corpus Christi State Park, four miles 
SW of Mathis, one larva was found on A. abutiloides. A retum visit 10 September 
1960 yielded 17 more larvae on this plant. The larvae ranged from first to last instar. 
These larvae pupated from 12-30 September. A series of immatures was preserved. 
Four males and five females emerged: 21 Sept. (19), 22 Sept. (1¢), 25 Sept. 
(16), 30 Sept. (19), 2 Oct. (19), 4 Oct. (16 ),.6 Oct. (2952) ander 
(1S ie 

At the same location on 26 December 1960, three more larvae were found. These 
appeared to be in diapause. They were transported 100 miles north of the location 
where found. Here they were placed outdoors without food. An examination 11 
February 1961 disclosed one larva dead, a second very hungry and moving about, 
the third, quite small, appeared in good health. The two remaining larvae were now 
placed on a living W. holosericea plant. The largest ate a few bites then moved 
beneath a leaf; the other crawled beneath a leaf without eating. Reexamination 15 
March showed the largest one had bonded a leaf to the side of the screened cage 
and cut the petiole free. The other could not be found. The exact pupation date 
was not observed but a female emerged 1 April. 

The Lake Corpus Christi site was visited again 7 October 1961. One larva which 
was collected pupated 30 October and a female emerged 28 November 1961. In 
addition to the larva, a gravid female was collected. Confined with A. abutiloides 
from the spot, it deposited 18 ova. In the laboratory, this same female deposited 25 
more eggs on A. incanum. Sixteen eggs and other immatures were preserved. Eggs 
started hatching about 6:30 P.M. CST 12 October. The larvae were offered A. 
incanum which they started eating about 90 minutes after hatching. Twenty-one 
larvae were inventoried 29 October. Except for one, all were then placed on a 
living A. incanum plant in the laboratory garden. The exceptional larva was kept in 
a laboratory environment where it pupated 6 December and a male emerged 18 
December. An inventory on 23 December disclosed only 11 larvae on the living 
plant, all last instar. Another examination 14 January 1962, following a week of 
freezing temperatures (lowest 10° F.), showed all except two had perished. These 
two had fallen to the ground in their leaf nests. Taken into the laboratory, both 
pupated 31 January. A female emerged 19 February and a male on 20 February. 
Emergence most likely would have been a month later in the natural ecological 
environment. 


The above rearings were conducted in Bexar County, about 100 miles 
north of the capture locality. Here the average date of first 32° F. freeze 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 9 


in the fall is about two weeks earlier than where the larvae were col- 
lected. Additional research is necessary to determine what factors con- 
stitute the distribution barrier. 

Systasea pulverulenta (Felder) larvae were also found on A. abuti- 
loides at Lake Corpus Christi in September, 1960. After collecting a few, 
it became quite easy to distinguish the two lepidopterous species by the 
type of shelter constructed. H. laviana simply pulls leaves together or 
folds them over to form the shelter while pulverulenta systematically 
eats away part of the leaf edge before constructing the shelter. First 
instar larvae of laviana eat away the leaf surface then fold it over at the 
weakened spot to form a protective shelter. 

Heliopetes macaira (Reakirt). The macaira skipper is well established 
in the lower Rio Grande Valley of Texas. From there it ranges up the 
coast to San Patricio County. Freeman (1951) found it flying through- 
out the year in Hidalgo County. Its habitat is wooded or brushy areas 
where Turk’s cap, Malvaviscus drummondii T. & G., its larval food plant, 
grows. This deciduous plant may be found in semishady spots over most 
of central and southern Texas, but macaira appears to be confined to an 
area in southern Texas where the frost-free growing season is 300 days 
or more; see Hildreth & Orton (1963). 

Although H. macaira was described in 1866, it is believed that nothing 
has been published on its larval food plants or life history. Based on 
limited rearing, an immature diapause is not indicated. Growth and 
development of immature stages is, however, retarded by temperatures 
under 60° F. Seven reared examples disclosed the immature life-span 
ranged from 71 to 150 days. Further investigation may show even a 

greater range. The life of each example, in days and in the order of 
peeurmence, is summarized: EGG TO ADULT; 71 (4), 90 (2), 99 (¢), 
MOG 2), 116 (2), 148 (6), and 150 days (¢). Ece ro PUPA: 63, 68, 
88, 98, 108, 126, and 134. pays IN PUPAL STAGE ONLY: 8, 12, 11, 8, 8, 22, 
and 16. 

First instar larvae eat buds, blossoms, fruits, and juvenile leaves. A 
formal shelter is not constructed. Larvae hide in blossoms, brackets 
around fruits and blossoms, dead leaves on the plant, or any other con- 
venient place. Older larvae may construct a shelter or simply seek the 
ground when not feeding. One observed larva climbed halfway up the 
plant to eat then returned to the ground and rested on a fallen leaf, 
unprotected there except for its excellent camouflage. It finally pupated 
on bare ground. Most larvae, however, pupate in a makeshift shelter 
secured at the cremaster. Those that do make shelters do so by pulling 


10 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


leaves together with strands of silk. The petiole of one leaf is then cut 
into. When it dries, this leaf forms a roof over the nest. 


San Patricio Co.: 4 July 1963. At the Welder Wildlife Foundation Refuge, 
along a trail near the Aransas River, a female was observed to oviposit on M. drum- 
mondii. Mrs. Kendall and the writer had thought for a year or more that this might 
be the larval food plant, but this was the first substantiating evidence. Mrs. Kendall 
caught the insect, also recovered the egg. In the laboratory, 34 more ova were 
deposited on terminal twigs and blossom buds of this plant. Eggs started hatching 
9 July. Second instar larvae were placed on a living plant in the laboratory garden. 
On 28 August only one larva could be found. Ants were suspect. The one survivor 
pupated 5 September and a male emerged 13 September. 


Again at the Welder Refuge, 13 October 1963, five egg-laying females were 
observed. One captive female deposited numerous eggs on M. drummondii twigs 
during the following three days. Eggs soon hatched and the larvae were doing quite 
well until a hard freeze killed the larval food plant early in December. A month 
later larvae had begun dying from starvation. On 15 January a few plants were 
found which had been protected from frost by oak trees. This was more than 100 
miles north of the capture locality. Provided fresh leaves, three larvae continued to 
eat and mature. Two of these lived long enough to feed on new growth put forth 
on potted plants under glass. Pupation occurred: 20 Dec. (1), 10 Jan. (1), 17 Jan. 
(2), 20 Jan. (1), 30 Jan. (1), 17 Feb. (1), and 24 Feb. (1). Thea? janwanypmpac 
were forwarded to Dr. C. L. Remington for chromosome studies. Adults emerged: 
1 Jan. (19:);-21 Jan. (16), 28 Jan: (19), 7 Feb. (16 ); WO Mar Ga peectaal 


Mar. (14). Specimens representing various immature stages were preserved. 
Pyrgus communis communis (Grote). The checkered skipper is com- 
mon at times throughout Texas. In the southern part of the State, it has 
been collected each month of the year. It is least likely to be found in 
January, May, and December. Immatures have been collected on seven 
malvaceous plants: Callirhoe leiocarpa Martin, Sida (diffusa) filicaulis 
T. & G., Sida lindheimeri Gray, Sida rhombifolia L., Sphaeralcea angus- 
tifolia (Cav.) D. Don, Sphaeralcea cuspidata Gray, and Sphaeralcea 
lindheimeri Gray. In the laboratory, it was reared on Althaea rosea 


Cab. 


Bandera Co.: 2 April 1959. On Park Road 37, a female was observed to oviposit 
on S. filicaulis. The plant was very small; the egg was preserved. 


Bexar Co.: 18 November 1956. In San Antonio, a female was observed to ovi- 
posit on S. rhombifolia. Eggs were being deposited on the underside of leaves next 
to the ground, one at a time, on very small plants. Examination of several plants 
disclosed one larva feeding from within a folded leaf shelter. All immatures were 
lost. Wild females were again observed to oviposit on S. rhombifolia 28 August and 
13 September 1957; ova were not collected. Still another female, collected 16 No- 
vember 1958 while ovipositing on S. rhombifolia, deposited seven ova under labora- 
tory conditions; the first instar larvae were preserved. Another female was observed 
to oviposit 30 August 1959 on S. rhombifolia; the eggs were left in the field. On 
26 February 1961, a wild female deposited eggs on the blossom buds of C. leiocarpa 
growing in the laboratory garden; the eggs were not collected. On 20 August 1961, 
a female was seen to fly from one plant to another ovipositing on S. rhombifolia; 
the eggs were not collected. Three larvae were found 20 April 1963 on S. angusti- 
folia growing in the laboratory garden. This plant had been transplanted from Jeff 
Davis County two years earlier. Larvae pupated 27 & 28 April and 1 May. Adults 
emerged: 6 May (12), 7 May (19-), and 13 May (1¢@). Again on 5 October 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society fe 


1963, two females were seen ovipositing on S. rhombifolia in the laboratory garden. 


Caldwell Co.: 10 June 1961. At the intersection of U. S. Highways 90 and 183, 
a female was observed to oviposit on Sida lindheimeri. Examination disclosed two 
larvae on the plant. The egg and one larva were lost before returning to the labora- 
tory, but there the second larva accepted A. rosea. It pupated 26 June and a male 
emerged 4 July 1961. 

El Paso Co.: 15 June 1960. On U. S. Highway 80, SE of El Paso near the county 
line, a female was observed while ovipositing on S. angustifolia; the egg was not 
collected. The female was captured but failed to oviposit under laboratory condi- 
tions. 

Maverick Co.: 17 August 1963. At a roadside park on U. S. Highway 277 near 
Quemado, a female was seen to oviposit on S. cuspidata; neither the egg nor female 
were collected. 

San Patricio Co.: 14 September 1963. At the Welder Wildlife Foundation Ref- 
uge, four larvae were found on Sphaeralcea lindheimeri and one on Sida rhombifolia. 
The Sida feeder pupated 19 September and a male emerged 27 September. The 
other larvae pupated 17, 18, and 20 September with adults emerging: 25 Sept. 
(16) and 26 Sept. (392 2); one larva died. At the same location, a female was 
observed ovipositing on S. rhombifolia 12 October 1963; it was not collected. 

Val Verde Co.: 11 May 1961. At Lake Walk, nine larvae were found on S. cus- 
pidata, one of which proved to be parasitized. The remaining eight larvae pupated 
in due course with adults emerging: 14 May (146, 22 2), 18 May (14), 20 May 
Peco Je Nay. (lS), and 26 May (29 9 ). 


The writer has collected P. communis in 38 other Texas counties rep- 
resenting all major botanical areas of the State. 

Erynnis baptisiz (Forbes). The distribution of the wild indigo dusky 
wing in Texas is not too well known at present, nor are the number of 
broods clearly defined. Freeman (1951) collected it in Dallas County 
in March, April, May, and August. He also observed females oviposit on 
Baptisia tinctoria R. Br., a cultivated species in Texas (Bailey, 1924), 
and reared larvae through on this plant. In the botanical Pineywoods 
area of eastern Texas where an abundance of five native Baptisia species 
may be found (Gould, 1962), the skipper has not been collected. An 
additional location by the present writer will bring to date all of the 
known records of baptisiz from Texas. 

Nueces Co.: 1 September 1962. Near the Nueces County Park on Padre Island 
below Corpus Christi, a number of adults were observed flying about, some of them 
visiting wild flowers. A female was observed to oviposit on Baptisia laevicaulis 
(Gray) Small. It was collected and kept for egg laying in the laboratory. Another 
female was collected on blossoms of Helianthus argophyllus (Torr. & Gray). Ex- 
amination of several B. laevicaulis plants disclosed many eggs. The captive female 
deposited but five eggs before dying. Due to difficulty of keeping larval food plant 


fresh, only three were reared to maturity and these emerged: 30 Sept. (2é 6) and 
1 Oct. (1¢ ). Immatures were preserved. 


Erynnis horatius (Scudder & Burgess).2 In Texas this skipper flies 
from February to November. Reared specimens have emerged in De- 


2 Special thanks go to Dr. John M. Burns, Wesleyan University, who determined or verified the 
wiicers determination of the reared material in this study. 


12 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


cember and January, but perhaps there are only three broods. It may 
be found around the edge of wooded areas where oak grows. 

Dr. Alexander B. Klots (1951) points out that an old description of 
Chapman’s lists wisteria while Grossbeck and Watson listed oak as the 
larval food plant. He writes further that, “Someone should check this.” 
The purpose of this report is to present the results of widespread sam- 
pling in Arkansas, Louisiana, and Texas for immatures of this skipper. 
These collections, taken over a period of several years (1958-1963), 
have yielded sufficient immatures to remove any doubt that oak is a | 
larval food plant. During this same period, wisteria has been under 
constant surveillance with negative results. 

Immatures were found in nature on the following species of oak: 
Quercus fusiformis Small (Texas), QO. hemisphzrica Bartr. (Louisiana ), 
QO. laurifolia Michx. (Texas), Q. marilandica Muenchh. (Texas), Q. 
migra WL. (Ark., La., Tex.), O. phellos L. (Texas), ©) siellacaay ames 
(Ark., La., Tex.), QO. texana Buckl. (Texas), QO. virginiana Mill. (Texas). 
In the laboratory, larvae readily accepted Q. shumardii Buckl. and Q. 
gambelii Nutt. Perhaps all species of oak are acceptable. Q. laurifolia 
was determined by Fred B. Jones, all other species by Dr. C. H. Muller, 
University of California, Santa Barbara. 

IMMATURE STAGES. Ova are bonded singly to the tiny juvenile leaves 
in the tips of new growth. First instar larvae are incapable of eating 
other than very tender new leaves. This became apparent after witness- 
ing a number of casualties from eggs found in nature. While second 
instar larvae will survive on older leaves, larval growth appears to be 
stimulated by more tender foliage. This holds for the entire larval cycle. 
In certain geographical areas the collector may find gravid females pre- 
fer a single species of oak due to the frequency of new growth. 

After progressing through four instars, larvae pupate in leaf shelters. 
The exuvium is eaten after each molt. First and second instar larvae 
construct very distinctive shelters. The larva makes a bilateral cut near 
the outer end of the leaf, approximately 45° to the center vein. The tip 
is then folded over, never under, where it is held in place by strands of 
silk. When resting, the larva hangs inverted from the top of the shelter. 
It eats away the edges of the roof and sometimes the foundation. A new 
shelter is constructed as required to meet growth and development. 
Last instar larvae usually pull together two leaves, if small, for the 
shelter. If the leaves are large, the edge may be rolled over to form the 
shelter. While larval diapause is indicated, some reared immatures re- 
mained in the pupal stage for more than two months. 

To find ova and larvae in nature one must first locate oaks with tender 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 13 


new growth. Small cut-over bushes are the best, but large trees will also 
yield larvae of E. horatius. The collector will find, however, that as the 
plant size decreases, success in locating larvae increases. This correlates 
well with the usual low flight of imagos. If there are no small bushes in 
the collecting area, the branches of larger trees should be examined for 
new growth. The uppermost growth of small saplings, six to eight feet, 
will prove rewarding. After a little practice the lepidopterist will recog- 
nize a larval shelter as far away as it can be seen. 

The best places to find immatures of horatius are along rights-of-way, 
railroad and highway, where the brush is cut once or twice each year, 
on well-drained slopes and sunny locations. Wooded areas are not so 
rewarding unless there is an open trail admitting plenty of sunlight. A 
desirable trail is one that follows a power or pipeline through a wooded 
area. Here the vegetation is usually cleared away periodically, which 
causes new growth to appear on the cut-over oaks. 

PARASITES AND PREDATORS. Spiders and parasites continually remove 
_ many horatius in the field. Collections are best made soon enough after 
eggs have been deposited when greater numbers of small larvae are to 
be found. Predatory insects and birds undoubtedly get a fair proportion, 
but, by and large, crab spiders take the greatest toll. For each larva 
found in nature the collector may expect to find 15 or more larval shel- 
ters occupied by arachnids. Parasites are next in order. Of the 298 field- 
collected larvae taken during this investigation, 33 were parasitized. 

REARING TECHNIQUE. The juvenile leaves containing the eggs are re- 
moved from the main plant and placed in small containers. Containers 
should not be tightly covered until the juvenile leaves have completely 
dehydrated, otherwise fungus may develop and kill the embryo. When 
the eggs hatch, one or two larvae are permitted to crawl upon a small 
sprig of juvenile leaves and then are placed in a separate container. 
Overcrowding and heating should be avoided. Should fungus develop, 
the larvae are transferred to a fresh leaf immediately. The crucial period 
is the first instar. Second instar larvae may be transferred to larger con- 
tainers. If closed jars are employed, they should be kept inverted. This 
will promote sanitation and facilitate removal of frass without disturbing 
the larvae. Constant room temperature is desirable in controlling con- 
densation within the jar, but not essential. Larvae which are about to 
pupate or enter diapause should be removed to well-ventilated contain- 
ers. The time to transfer is when the larva stops feeding and begins to 
lose its color. A large mouth jar with window screen insert and screened 
lid makes a good emergence cage. Most adults emerge in midafternoon 
or early evening. 


14 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


ARKANSAS 


Calhoun Co.: 28 September 1962. On U. S. Highway 167 at Champagnolle Creek, 
26 larvae were found on Q. nigra. Three larvae were parasitized, another died in 
larval diapause, and a fifth died in the pupa. The first larva pupated 16 October; 
the last, on 30 December. Ten males and eleven females emerged: 27 Oct. (16 ), 
29°Oct. (13), 30 Oct. (26 6, 19), 2 Nov. (26 6, 12), 3 Nov Cia ee one 
(158 ), 10 Nov: (19 ) 11 Nov. (12), 12° Nov. (16; 12) 7 Now Ge iets 
(12), 22: Nov. (12 ), 27 Nova (19), 30 Nov. (192); 12) janwaloGea@lere 


Columbia Co.: 17 September 1959. On U. S. Highway 82 near Waldo, one para- 
sitized larva was found on Q. nigra. 


Jefferson Co.: 26 September 1962. In Oakland Park at Pine Bluff, two larvae | 
were recovered from Q. nigra. One of these died 9 October the other 20 October; 
cause unknown. The following day, 27 September, 16 larvae were collected on Q. 
nigra and OQ. stellata just south of the city off Ohio Street. Seven of these larvae 
were parasitized and another died while in diapause. The first larva pupated 21 
October 1962 and the last, 9 March 1963 after larval diapause. Five males and three 
females emerged: 2 Nov. (16), 4 Nov. (16), 6 Nov. (14), 10 Nov. (192), 15 
Nov. (17g) 225Nov. (1.2) 28 Nov. CLO))h and) 274 Mar l9Gsn @lndar 


Union Co.: 16 September 1959. At a small community park in El Dorado, 17 
larvae were collected on Q. stellata. These larvae were reared through on Q. shu- 
mardii. Three died, one was parasitized, and one larva and one pupa were pre- 
served. Five males and six females, emerged: 23 Oct. (16), 25 Oct. (14), 2 Nov. 
(13), 3) Nov: (1-2); 6 Nov. (12 ). 11 Nov: (12), 13) Nove (GIG es eee one 
(12), 29 Wow, (2). 8 IDse, (Cle )). 


LOUISIANA 


Calcasieu Parish: 24 November 1960. In an area just east of Lake Charles, eight 
larvae were found on cut-over Q. hemispherica, Q. stellata, and Q. nigra bushes 
along a dirt road. Five of these proved to be parasitized. One larva entered dia- 
pause early in December, it pupated 17 January 1961 and a female emerged 18 
February. The other two larvae pupated 26 December; a female emerged 9 Febru- 
ary, and a male on 12 February 1961. 


Sabine Parish: 15 September 1959. On U. S. Highway 171 near Zwolle, five 
larvae were collected on Q. stellata; they were transterred to Q. shumardii on 19 
September and reared through. One larva was preseved; others pupated: 16 Oct., 
5 Nov., 17 Nov., and 1] Dec. Adults emerged: 31 Oct. (16 )) 2 NovanGson ee 
Dec, ClS)) sand 29 Dec) ClO»): 


Vernon Parish: 4 November 1958. On U. S. Highway 171 about three miles north 
of Leesville, three larvae were found on small Q. nigra bushes growing along the 
right-of-way. One larva died, the other two pupated 11 & 14 January 1959. A 
female emerged 1 February and a male on 6 February. At the same location, 13 
September 1959, 12 more larvae were collected. One of these was parasitized; the 
others pupated from 3 October to 30 November. Eight males and three females 
emerged: 18 Oct. (1¢), 25 Oct. (13, 12), 27 Oct. (16), 28 Oct Gia ee sa@ce 
(12), 30 Oct. (16 ),. 1 Nov. (1¢), 4 Nov. (16), 7 Nov. (146); 16sDecwiGmen 


Webster Parish: 28 September 1962. On La. Highway 2A near Haynesville, 15 
larvae were collected on very small Q. stellata bushes. One larva died of parasitism, 
three more from other causes. Eleven larvae pupated from 28 October to 13 January 
1963. Six males and five females emerged: 9 Nov. (146), 10 Nov. (14), 16 Nov. 
(12); 95 Nov. (16, L@ ), 26 Nov. (1 ¢:), 27 Nov. (13); 29 Nova Gace ealGemee 
(Lon) 27 Decw (CEO) anda26etebs L963 GlEOnr 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 


TEXAS 


Angelina Co.: 29 September 1962. On Texas Highway 103 near the Angelina 
River, six larvae were collected on Q. stellata. Pupation occurred from 20 October 
to 13 November. Three males and three females emerged: 2 Nov. (24 6), 6 Nov. 
met abieNoy. (ls), 25 Nov: (12), and 28 Nov. (12). 


Bastrop Co.: 19 May 1962. At Bastrop State Park one larva was found on OQ. 
marilandica. It continued to feed until 9 September; it pupated 12 September but 
died 21 September. 


Bexar Co.: 11 January 1959. At Helotes, one larva was collected on Q. fusiformis. 
It appeared to be in diapause, but on 17 January it pupated and a female emerged 
8 February. 


On U. S. Highway 281 about 16 miles south of San Antonio, 5 larvae were found 
on Q. virginiana 11 September 1960. These larvae pupated from 2 October to 7 
October. Two males and three females emerged: 12 Oct. (14), 13 Oct. (14,12), 
15 Oct. (1@ ), and 17 Oct. (19 ). 


In the northern portion of San Antonio just off U. S. Highway 87, four larvae 
were found on OQ. fusiformis, 19 September 1960. One larva died and another was 
killed accidentally. The remaining two pupated 12 & 15 October; two females 
emerged, one 23 October the other 27 October. 


Near Camp Bullis Military Reservation north of San Antonio, five ova and 12 
larvae were found 2 October 1960 on Q. fusiformis. Eight of the larvae were lost, 
cause unknown; four pupated from 24 October to 14 November. Three males and 
one female emerged: 5 Nov. (1¢), 10 Nov. (1é¢), 16 Nov. (16), and 2 Dec. 
(19). The eggs hatched soon after being brought into the laboratory, but three 
first instar larvae died. Another larva entered diapause but died later. The fifth 
pupated 4 December and a male emerged 23 January 1961. 


In north San Antonio, two ova and nine larvae were found 29 October 1960 on 
seedling Q. fusiformis. The eggs hatched in due course, but the first instar larvae 
soon died. Two of the larvae collected in nature were preserved, the others pupated 
from 15 November to 10 December. Five males and two females emerged: 1 Dec. 
eee eee no) 147 Dec, (16), 19 Dec. (1°), 31 Jan. 1961 (16), 1 Feb. 
(16), and 13 Feb. (14). 


San Antonio, a female collected 5 March 1961 was kept for laboratory experimen- 
tation. During the period 6-12 March, 98 eggs were deposited on juvenile leaves of 
sucker shoots of QO. fusiformis. Examples representing the complete life history, 
including 25 ova, were preserved. The eggs hatched 11-13 March; larvae pupated 
7-20 April; 19 males and 16 females emerged: 23 Apr. (14), 24 Apr. (36 4), 
wae oo 2 26 Apr. (46 6, 19), 27 Apr. (26 4, 49 9), 28 Apr. (124, 
229), 29 Apr. (48 3, 49 2), 30 Apr. (19), 2 May (299), and 5 May (12). 

About 12 miles NW of San Antonio, two larvae were found 17 June 1961 on Q. 
fusiformis. Pupation occurred 24 June and 8 July; a male emerged 3 July and a 
female on 17 July. 


Blanco Co.: 24 September 1960. On U. S. Highway 281 north of Blanco, nine 
larvae were collected on Q. texana growing along the highway. One larva was being 
eaten by a crab spider when found; two more died of parasitism. The remaining 
larvae pupated from 15 October to 29 October; one pupa died. One male and four 
females emerged: 26 Oct. (19), 1 Nov. (14), 3 Nov. (22 2), and 11 Nov. (12). 


Bowie Co.: 24 September 1962. On U. S. Highway 67 near Basset, one egg was 
collected on Q. marilandica. Egg hatched 26 September; larva pupated 15 December 
and a male emerged 6 January 1963. The larva was reared on Q. fusiformis. 

Brazos Co.: 30 September 1962. Near the village of Kurten on Texas Highway 
21, nine larvae were collected on Q. stellata. One larva preserved, the others 
pupated from 20 October to 7 November. Two males and six females emerged: 


16 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


2 Nov.) (12 ),-5 Nov. (16), 11 Nov. (19), 12° Nov. (229 9 2 15 "Novisen eo 
Nova Gio) and 239Nov. (ler 

Brooks Co.: 23 October 1960. At a roadside park on U. S. Highway 281 about 15 
miles south of Falfurrias, four ova and six larvae were collected on Q. virginiana. 
Two larvae were parasitized; the others pupated from 18 November to 11 February 
1961. One male and three females emerged: 3 Dec. (16), 24 Jan. (12), 17 Feb. 
(192), and 6 Mar. (1¢@). Only one of the eggs hatched and that on 26 October; 
the larva pupated 1 December and a female emerged 9 January 1961. 


Brown Co.: 13 August 1961. At Brownwood State Park, three larvae were col- 
lected on Q. fusiformis. Two larvae pupated 14 September, the third on 23 Septem- 
ber. Adults emerged: 24 Sept. (1¢, 192) and 4 Oct. (16). 


Caldwell Co.: 19 May 1962. At a roadside park on Texas Highway 142 near 
Maxwell, four larvae were found on Q. stellata. They pupated from 6-30 June. 
Three males and one female emerged: 15 June (1¢6), 20 June (14), 28 June 
(136), and 11 July (1¢). At the same location and date, one other larva was found 
on Q. marilandica. It pupated 14 September but was accidentally punctured. 


Chambers Co.: 22 March 1963. On IH 10 near FM 563, one egg was found on Q. 
phellos. It hatched 27 March, and the larva was reared on Q. fusiformis. It pupated 
2 May and a female emerged 13 May 1963. 


Colorado Co.: 10 November 1961. At a roadside park on U. S. Highway 90 
about ten miles west of Columbus, two larvae were found on Q. virginiana; both 
were in diapause. One larva died; the other pupated 9 February 1962 and a male 
emerged 24 February. 


Comal Co.: 27 December 1958. On County Road 311 near Spring Branch, one 
larva in diapause was found on Q. fusiformis. It pupated 15 January 1959 and a 
male emerged 7 February. On Guadalupe River road about five miles NW of New 
Braunfels, one larva was collected on Q. fusiformis, 27 July 1963. It pupated 14 
August and a male emerged 24 August. 

Gillespie Co.: 25 September 1960. On Texas Highway 16 about five miles NE 
of Fredricksburg, two ova and one larva were collected on Q. texana. The eggs 
hatched 28 September, but first instar larvae were soon lost due to improper care. 
The larva found in nature pupated 27 October and a male emerged 8 November. 


Gonzales Co.: 10 June 1961. One larva was found at Palmetto State Park, and 
three more near the park on Q. marilandica. These larvae pupated from 6 July to 
1 August. Three males and one female emerged: 15 July (1¢), 16 July (12), 25 
July (192), and 13 Aug. (1¢). 

Guadalupe Co.: 11 June 1961. At a roadside park on U. S. Highway 90 near 
Kingsbury, two larvae were collected on Q. stellata. One larva pupated 5 July and 
a male emerged 14 July. The other larva continued to feed. On 13 August the 
writer and Mrs. Kendall departed for Crested Butte, Colorado and took the larva 
along. It was offered Q. gambelii 14 August which it ate. Feeding stopped 3 
November and larva entered diapause, but it died in January, 1962 before pupation 
occurred. 

Hamilton Co.: 22 September 1962. On Texas Highway 22 at the Leon River, 
one larva was found on Q. texana. It pupated 18 October and a male emerged 29 
October. 

Harris Co.: 26 November 1960. Along Memorial Drive in Houston, two larvae, 
killed by crab spiders, were found on Q. stellata. Many larval shelters were present. 

Harrison Co.: 29 September 1962. At Caddo Lake State Park, three larvae were 
found on seedling Q. stellata and Q. marilandica. They pupated 23 October, 28 
October, and 8 November; one died later. A male emerged 9 November and an- 
other male 23 November. 

Henderson Co.: 2 September 1963. Three larvae were found near Athens and 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 17 


seven more near Malakoff, all on Q. stellata. One larva proved to be parasitized 
and another was killed accidentally. The remaining larvae pupated from 9 Septem- 
ber to 9 October. Two males and six females emerged: 17 Sept. (19), 25 Sept. 
meee ct. (12), 9 Oct. (12), 12 Oct. (14), 13 Oct. (14), 15 Oct. (12), 
and 19 Oct. (19 ). 


Jefferson Co.: 9 November 1961. At a roadside park on Texas Highway 124 
about three miles south of Fannett, three last instar larvae were found on Q. nigra. 
One larva was in diapause and the other two stopped feeding about 17 November. 
Larvae pupated 8 & 10 February 1962. Adults emerged: 21 Feb. (24 6) and 23 
Feb. (1¢@ ). 


Kendall Co.: 25 September 1960. About two miles north of Comfort on U. S. 
Highway 87, one pupa and four larvae were collected on Q. texana. The pupa died, 
and one larva was parasitized; both were preserved. The remaining three pupated 
6, 11, & 16 October. Three males emerged 16, 21, & 27 October. 


Kerr Co.: 27 June 1963. On Johnson Creek near Ingram, six larvae were col- 
lected on Q. texana. Four larvae were lost; the remaining two pupated in due course; 
a male emerged 22 August and a female on 31 August. 


Lee Co.: 30 September 1962. At a roadside park on Texas Highway 21 near 
Lincoln, one larva was found on a sucker shoot of Q. marilandica. It pupated 10 
November and a male emerged 22 November. 


Leon Co.: 4 September 1960. Between Long Lake and Oakwood near the Trinity 
River on U. S. Highway 79, three larvae were collected on Q. stellata. Larvae 
pupated 2, 8, & 10 October. Adults emerged: 12 Oct. (12), 18 Oct. (14), and 
20 Oct. (1¢). 


Live Oak Co.: 22 October 1960. On U. S. Highway 281 at San Christoval Creek 
near intersection of FM 2049, three larvae were found on Q. virginiana. Two entered 
diapause. Pupation occurred 18 November 1960, 9 January, and 3 February 1961. 
Adults emerged: 5 December (19 ), 16 Feb. (19), 4 Mar. (19 ). 


McCulloch Co.: 14 August 1961. At a roadside park on U. S. Highway 377 which 
marks the geographical center of the State, two larvae were found on Q. fusiformis. 
One died of parasitism, the other pupated 23 September and a male emerged 2 
October. 


Nueces Co.: 1 September 1962. At Flour Bluff one larva was found on Q. laurifo- 
lia. It pupated 1 October and a female emerged 11 October. 


Robertson Co.: 2 September 1960. At a roadside park near New Baden on U. S. 
Highway 79, one pupa and four larvae were collected on Q. stellata. Two days later 
18 larvae were collected on OQ. stellata at Ridge. A male emerged from the pupa on 
8 September. Three of the larvae died of parasitism and three more from other causes. 
Two pupae also died. Pupation occurred from 6 October to 5 November. Seven males 
and seven females emerged: 16 Oct. (12), 18 Oct. (26 46), 22 Oct. (192), 23 
Oct. (19), 25 Oct. (14, 12), 26 Oct. (192), 27 Oct. (14), 29 Oct. (14), 31 
Bem Cig), 2 Nov. (12), 6 Nov. (1¢@ ), and 18 Nov. (1¢@ ). 


San Jacinto Co.: 4 November 1961. Near Oakhurst one larva was collected on 
Q. nigra. Numerous empty larval shelters were present. The larva pupated 12 Feb- 
ruary after a diapausal period of more than two months. A female emerged 26 
February 1962. 


San Patricio Co.: 11 September 1960. Along the railroad near Ingleside, 19 larvae 
were found on Q. laurifolia and Q. virginiana. Six were preserved; the remaining 
larvae pupated from 6 October to 21 October. Six males and seven females emerged: 
Peeee hs). lS Oct. (16), 19 Oct. (2), 22 Oct. (16), 23 Oct. (16), 24 
Merm@lci 1S) 25 Oct. (1s, 19); 26 Oct. (12), 29 Oct. (192), 30 Oct. (12), 
and 31 Oct. (19). At the Welder Wildlife Refuge, two larvae were found 10 
November 1962 on Q. virginiana. Both larvae entered diapause, and the exact 


18 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


population dates were not observed. A female emerged 12 March and another 
female on 18 March 1963. 


Shelby Co.: 29 September 1962. At a roadside park on U. S. Highway 96 near 
Center, nine larvae were collected on Q. nigra. One was parasitized and another 
was lost. The remaining larvae pupated from 22 October to 25 November. Five 
males and two females emerged: 3 Nov. (1¢), 20 Nov. (12), 22 Nov. (14), 23 
Nowe (21606) won DecnGl Ope andi Dec Gigs), 


Smith Co.: 4 September 1960. On Texas Highway 64 at a roadside park about 
12 miles west of Tyler, eight larvae were collected on Q. marilandica. Four of these 
died of parasitism and two from other causes. The remaining two pupated 9 & 17 
October. A female emerged 18 October and another female on 28 October 1960. 


Tyler Co.: 4 November 1961, near Woodville a single larva was found on Q. 
stellata. It stopped feeding 13 November, entered diapause, and died about 12 
February 1962, apparently from dehydration. 


Upshur Co.: 1 September 1963 at Big Sandy, four ova were found on juvenile 
leaves of Q. stellata. Two of the eggs appeared to have just hatched, but the first 
instar larvae could not be found. The other two eggs hatched and the larvae were 
lost before returning to the laboratory. 


Victoria Co.: 25 December 1960. At a roadside park on U. S. Highway 59 just 
inside the Goliad—Victoria County line, one larva in diapause was collected on Q. 
virginiana. It pupated 8 February 1961, and a male emerged 4 March 1961. 


Walker Co.: 4 September 1961. At Huntsville State Park, one larva was found 
on Q. nigra. It was reared on Q. fusiformis, pupated 30 October, and a male emerged 
22 November. 


Wood Co.: 31 August 1963. On FM 14 at the Sabine River, one egg and five 
larvae were collected on Q. nigra. The egg hatched, and the first instar larva was 
lost before reaching the laboratory several days later. One of the larvae collected 
in nature died and another was accidentally killed. The remaining three pupated 
26 September, 23 October, and 12 December. One male and two females emerged: 
Tf Oee, (A), © Noy (b@ ys eine arm, Wee (CL @ 


Zavala Co.: 18 August 1963. At Batesville, one larva was collected on OQ. 
virginiana. It pupated 20 September and a male emerged 28 September. 


The writer has collected adults in seven other Texas counties: Aran- 
sas (3 Apr. 1960, 20 Aug. 1960), Bandera (2 Apr. 1959) Besquen(22 
Sept. 1962), Bee (3 Sept. 1962), Grimes (29 June 1957), Polk (14 Apr. 
1962), and Uvalde (10 Mar. 1962). 

Gesta gesta invisus (Butler & Druce).* Although the gesta dusky 
wing is rare in collections, it is well established in southern Texas. Here 
it is closely associated with the larval food plants Indigofera suffruticosa 
Mill. and Indigofera lindheimeriana Schelle. The distribution of Gesta 
in Texas correlates well with the distribution of these two plants as 
given by Turner (1959). Except for July, gesta has been field collected 
in Texas from April to November. Reared specimens have emerged in 
January, March, and December. The species has a larval diapause. Its 
flight period should be from late March to late November depending on 
climatic conditions of any specific location. Four broods are indicated. 
Larvae entering diapause construct a nest on the ground under fallen 


3 Determination by Dr. John M. Burns. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 19 


leaves. Other larvae often pupate in a leaf nest on the growing plant. 
Comstock & Garcia (1961) found larvae on Cassia sp. in Mexico, 
reared them through, and illustrated the last instar larva and pupa. 


Colorado Co.: 30 November 1963. On U. S. Highway 90A near Sheridan, a 
good stand of I. suffruticosa was located in an abandoned field. All except the 
terminal leaves had fallen. A cursory examination disclosed two unmistakable 
shelters on one plant. 


Comal Co.: 3 August 1963. At the second low water bridge across the Guadalupe 
River NW of New Braunfels, five larvae and one pupa were found on I. lindheime- 
riana. Very small plants had been selected by the egg-laying females. A male 
emerged from the pupa on 8 August. One larva died, the other four pupated be- 
tween 9 & 18 August. Three males and one female emerged: 15 Aug. (12), 16 
Aug. (1¢@), 21 Aug. (14), and 24 Aug. (1¢). These specimens completed their 
larval stage on I. leptosepala (Nutt.) Turner. No larvae have been found in nature 
on this species of Indigofera. At the same locality, three larvae were collected 9 
May 1964. One larva failed to complete pupal transformation. The remaining two 
pupated 13 & 18 May. Adults emerged 21 May ( ¢) and 26 May (@). 


Kendall Co.: 28 June 1963. While on a joint field trip with Dr. John M. Burns, 
we collected in an area beneath U. S. Highway 87 bridge across the Guadalupe 
River at Comfort. There, Dr. Burns found one last instar larva on a small I. 
lindheimeriana plant and the larva was preserved for his further study. 


San Patricio Co.: 11 November 1962. At the Welder Wildlife Refuge, 26 larvae 
and several eggshells were found on I. suffruticosa. A return visit 20 November 
yielded 27 more larvae on this plant. One larva was parasitized; a few were pre- 
served. These evidently were the first immatures of G. gesta to be collected in the 
United States. Pupation occurred from 8 December 1962 to 16 April 1963, most 
of which were preceded by larval diapause. Twenty-five males and 23 females 
emencd- molec: (19). 23' Dec. (14, 19), 26 Dec. (26 4), I Jan. (29 2), 
Palo lon) Mar (ia. 1°) 94 Mar. (16 ), 29’ Mar, (1¢'), 31 Mar. (33 2), 
Pepin @ior oon?) 2 Apr. (165/29 9 ); 3 Apr. (16), 4 Apr. (32° ), 6 Apr. 
ieee eNpE (Odio. 2), 8 Apr. (899), 9 Apr (1d6,-12 ); 10 Apr. (16, 
Peon plagvNpr (26 6), 15 Apr. (1¢, 19 ), and 26 Apr. (16 ). 


At Ingleside on 21 November 1962, ten unhatched eggs, 67 larvae, and one 
pupal case were found on I. suffruticosa. The eggs and a series of other immature 
stages were preserved. Live pupae were furnished to Dr. C. L. Remington for 
chromosome studies. Larvae pupated from 4 December 1962 to 2 April 1963 
after an extended larval diapause for most. Nineteen males and 25 females emerged: 
ee Dec: (12), 19 Dec. (19), 20 Dec. (19), 21 Dec. (19), 23 Dec. (266), 
PomDecm 21909) 28) Dec. (16, 19), 23 Mar. (12), 26 Mar. (14), 27 Mar. (16, 
eee OOM Marcl 9), 31 Mar, (14, 29°), 2 Apr, (42 ¢@), 3 Apr. (26 4), 
Papilio iso 2), 6 Apr. (666, 19), 7 Apr. (26.6, 1g), 3 Ao (lO), 2 
apr, (16); and 12 Apr. (19). 


At the Welder Wildlife Refuge, 3 July 1963, three pupae were collected on I. 
suffruticosa; all proved to be parasitized. Again at the Welder Refuge, 14 September 
1963, 22 larvae were collected on the same individual plant that yielded 26 larvae 
on 11 November 1962. Four of these later larvae entered diapause; the remaining 
18 pupated from 16 to 25 September. Nine males and nine females emerged: 23 
memield) 924) Sept.) (1.6), 25 Sept. (26:6, 39 2), 26 Sept. (26 6), 27 Sept 
(eee 22), 28) Sept (1s, 1°), 1 Oct. (14, 19), 2 Oct. (12), 3 Oct. (19). 
Once again at the Refuge, 14 October 1963, both adults and immatures were found 
common by the writer, accompanied by Dr. J. W. Tilden. Three larvae pupated 
shortly and emerged: 8 Nov. (16), 9 Nov. (16), and 13 Nov. (14). The other 
larvae started pupating in early March, 1964 following larval diapause. One male 


20 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


and 8 females emerged: 17 Mar. (12), 30 Mar. (19), 8 Apr. (1@ ), 14 Apr. (164, 
oO) 15 Apr (19), Iv Apr Glo), 20) Apr. iCl 2) hand: 23 Avo @lnone 

Uvalde Co.: 17 August 1963. At a roadside park on U. S. Highway 90 where 
it crosses the Nueces River, several unmistakable larval shelters were found on 
I. lindheimeriana. These plants were growing in the rocky overflow portions of 
the riverbed. A more diligent search would undoubtedly have yielded immatures. 


Freeman (1951) collected one male and one female of gesta in Uvalde County 
31 May 1942. 


Wilson Co.: 15 August 1959. On U. S. Highway 87 at the Cibolo River, two 
adults were collected while feeding on blossoms of Phyla nodiflora (1L.) Greene. 
About one mile NW of Floresville, 20 October 1963, one fresh male was collected 
and numerous larvae were found on I. suffruticosa. Nine larvae were brought to 
the laboratory and reared through. Seven of these entered diapause; the other two 
pupated in due course, with a male emerging 4 November and a female 5 November. 
Two males and four females emerged following larval diapause: 4 Apr. (19), 
16 Apr. (146, 19), 23 Apr. (19); 29 Aprs (13), and 30) ApeGley aOne 
pupa died. 

Zavala Co.: 18 August 1963. On Texas Highway 76 at the Nueces River, one 
empty pupal case was found in a leaf nest on I. lindheimeriana. Only a single plant 
was to be found along the road. Fenced and posted property prevented further 
searching along the dry riverbed where the food plant would most likely occur. 


Other Texas distribution records include the Aransas National Wild- 
life Refuge, Aransas County, where the writer collected one male and 
four females, 3 April 1960. Two individuals of gesta were observed at 
Hidalgo, Hidalgo County, 17 October 1963. Freeman (1951) collected 
a female at Pharr, Hidalgo County, 4 November 1945. He also collected 
a male at Kerrville, Kerr County, 3 June 1949. J. W. Tilden (in litt.) 
reports a male collected near Quemado, Maverick County, 8 October 
1963 and ten males and ten females at the Welder Wildlife Refuge, San 
Patricio County, 14 October 1963. 

Achlyodes thraso tamenund (Edwards). The sickle winged skipper 
flies throughout the year in extreme southern Texas, the area where its 
larval food plant is most abundant. In this area it is most common from 
mid-August to mid-November. At present it is unknown whether the 
adult overwinters or there is an immature diapause. At the Corpus 
Christi Park cited below, the oviposition process was observed on 21 
August 1960. A few adults were seen about 9:30 A.M. CST; soon, many 
more were present as the temperature rose with the hot morning sun. 
The flight pattern of a few individuals around Zanthoxylum fagara (L.) 
Sarg. was indicative of females in search of larval food plants. Not more 
than five minutes later a female was observed ovipositing. After flitting 
about from one spot to another, a suitable leaf was selected, an egg 
quickly deposited on the upper surface, and then the skipper dashed 
off to repeat the process. 


San Patricio Co.: 21 August 1960. At the Lake Corpus Christi State Park site 
four egg-laying females were taken alive for laboratory experimentation. Also, 24 
larvae, two pupae, four empty pupal cases, and a number of ova were found in 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 21 


nature on Z. fagara. A return visit to the spot 10 September 1960 yielded more 
than 110 larvae and 17 pupae. Hundreds of fresh adults were found swarming 
around blossoms of Cynanchum unifarium (Scheele) Woodson at this time. Be- 
cause Z. fagara was not readily available at the laboratory, it was necessary to rely 
on refrigeration to keep fresh the food plant. For this reason it was considered 
impracticable to rear many from the numerous eggs deposited by the captive fe- 
males. Consequently, many immatures were preserved. Of the larvae collected in 
nature, 25 males and 34 females were produced in 1960 as follows: 11 Sept. (14, 
mon) Sept. (29 9), 14 Sept. (16, 12), 15 Sept. (1¢.); 16 Sept. (14, 39 9), 
mesepier@la. 2.019.) 19 Sept. (24 4, 19), 20 Sept. (12 ), 21 Sept. (24 6,19), 
mesepe 26 6, 32 © ), 23 Sept. (246 6, 59 9), 24 Sept. (146), 25 Sept. (36 4, 
ao 2))) 26)Sept. (46 6, 19 ), 28 Sept. (16, 29¢), 29 Sept. (26 6, 292), 30 
meepen(iccel®) 1 Oct. (14, 19), 3 Oct. 2), 5 Oct. (299). 

Live Oak Co.: 23 October 1960. At a roadside park on Texas Highway 9 near 
Oakville, one female was observed ovipositing on Z. fagara. One larva and three 
pupae were also found at this spot. Adults emerged, from the pupae: 27 Oct. 
(13 ), 29 Oct. (16), 1 Nov. (14), and a female from the larva 5 Nov. 1960. At 
this same roadside park 8 October 1961, another egg-laying female was seen and 
taken. It deposited 15 ova under laboratory conditions. The newly hatched larvae 
were placed on an uncovered Z. fagara bush growing in the laboratory garden. So 
far as could be determined none survived. Numerous predators were suspect. 


Goliad Co.: 25 December 1960. At Goliad State Park, numerous pupal cases 
were found on Z. fagara. 

Kleberg Co.: 26 December 1960. At the Kingsville City-County Park, one 
larva and many pupal cases were found on Z. fagara. The larva, thought to be in 
diapause, was not fed and it failed to survive. 


Other Texas counties in which the writer has collected A. tamenund 
adults are: Bexar (18 Aug. 1957, 31 Mar. 1959, 2 Oct. 1960, & 21 Sept. 
1961), Brooks (22 Oct. 1960), Cameron (2 & 3 Apr. 1957, 21 Mar. 1961, 
feape igo. 17 Oct. 1963), Comal (9 Aug. 1959), Hidalgo (22 Oct. 
#00, 22 Nov. 1962, 16 Oct. 1963, 10 Nov. 1963), Jim Wells (22 Oct. 
1960), Nueces (10 Nov. 1962). 

Systasea pulverulenta (R. Felder). The so-called powdered  skip- 
per flies from February to November in southern Texas. The earliest 
and latest dates it has been taken in Bexar County are 9 February and 
27 November. The exact number of overlapping broods has not been 
determined. Except for eight scattered days, reared adults emerged 
every day from 15 May to 12 July. Late season mature larvae enter 
diapause. Kendall (1959 & 1961) found Wissadula holosericea (Scheele) 
Garcke and Abutilon wrightii Gray to be larval food plants of pulverul- 
enta. Four more malvaceous plants are now added: Abutilon abutiloides 
(Jacq.) Garcke, Abutilon incanum (Link) Sweet, Sphaeralcea angusti- 
folia (Cav.) Don, and Wissadula amplissima (L.) R. E. Fries. W. holo- 
sericea seems to be the first choice of egg-laying females, A. incanum 
the least desirable. As mentioned in connection with Heliopetes laviana, 
S. pulverulenta displays regular larval habits at least on Abutilon abuti- 
loides. 


22 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


Bexar Co.: 27 November 1960. Numerous larvae were observed on W. holoseri- 
cea and A. wrightii growing in the laboratory garden in San Antonio. Ten days 
later, following near freezing temperatures, a cursory examination disclosed no larval 
shelters. On 18 December careful examination revealed the larvae in leaves beneath 
these plants. It was most interesting that only those leaves which had been partially 
eaten or otherwise damaged had fallen following the cold temperatures. Each 
larva regularly ate from the edge of the leaf and then returned to its shelter on 
the same leaf. Forty-four were found. They were placed inside a screened cage 
and left outdoors all winter. Periodic examinations were made to determine pupation 
dates. The first larva pupated 23 February 1961. Adults emerged following dia- 
pause: 4 Mar. (2), 9 Mar. (5), 12 Mar. (1), 13 Mar. (2)5 14 Man (2) toni ian: 
(1), 16° Mar. (5), 17 Mar. (6), 18 Mar. (1), 22 Mar (ah 24s Mitre eae 
Mar. (1), 27 Mar. (2) (plus 3 parasities), and 13 Apr. (1). Twenty-three of 
these fed on W. holosericea the other 13 on A. wrightii. On 15 April a pupa was 
found in nature representing the spring brood. It is conceivable that adults from 
the first spring brood actually emerged before the last of the overwintering brood. 


Cameron Co.: 24 October 1960. At the U.S.D.A. Research Center in Brownsville, 
a spot check was made of various species of malvaceous plants growing in an 
experimental garden. One larva of S. pulverulenta was found on Sphaeralcea 
angustifolia. Larva pupated 13 November and a male emerged 28 November 1960. 
At the Laguna—Atascosa National Wildlife Refuge two larvae were found 21 April 
1962 on W. amplissima. One larva died, the other pupated 5 May, and a female 
emerged 14 May 1962. 


Live Oak Co.: 22 October 1960. Near Oakville one larva was collected on A. 
wrightii. It pupated 12 November and a male emerged 26 November. 


McCulloch Co.: 14 August 1961. At a roadside park on U. S. Highway 377 
which marks the geographical center of the State, three larvae were found on W. 
holosericea. Larvae pupated in due course and adults emerged 13, 23, & 26 Sep- 
tember; all were males. 


Refugio Co.: 15 October 1963. On Farm Road 136 between Bayside and 
Woodsboro, one larva was found on W. holosericea. It pupated 8 November and 
a female emerged 20 November. 


San Patricio Co.: 21 August 1960. At Lake Corpus Christi State Park near 
Mathis, two larvae were collected on A. abutiloides. A return visit on 11 September 
yielded more than 60 larvae and 10 pupae on this mallow. Some of these were 
kept under laboratory conditions; others were placed on unprotected malvaceous 
plants in the laboratory garden. In the controlled environment, adults emerged 
from field-collected pupae: 10 Sept. (1), 13 Sept. (2), 14 Sept. (2), 16 Sept. (1), 
18 Sept. (1), 19 Sept. (1), 20 Sept. (1); from field-collected larvae: 22 Sept. (2), 
23 Sept. (3), 24 Sept. (2), 26 Sept. (2); 27 Sept. (1), 2 Oct (2) es aOceeas 
5 Oct. (1), 7-Oct. (2), 8 Oct. (2), 13 Oct (1), 16 Oct (1); andeiGu@ceaaer 
A third visit to the park on 7 October 1961 yielded two larvae on W. amplissima. 
Both these larvae pupated 27 October with a male emerging 11 November and a 
female 13 November. At the Welder Wildlife Refuge near Sinton, one larva was 
found 11 November 1962 on A. incanum and twelve on W. holosericea. Four more 
were collected 20 November at the same location on the last named plant. All 17 
of these larvae entered diapause. Adults emerged following diapause: 1 Apr. 
(16);:2 Apr. (19), 3 Apr. (16, 194, 4 Apr. (1 9")) 5 Apr. io ses ae omewes 
(246), 9 Apr. (46 6, 19), 10 Apr. (12), 13 Apr. (19), 22 Apia Gier aaene 
was noted that these adults emerged about one month later than those from other 
previously observed overwintering immatures. This was attributed to adverse 
climatic conditions. 


The writer has collected this species in three other Texas counties as 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 23 


follows: Comal (21 June 1959, 9 Aug. 1959, 6 Aug. 1960, and 27 July 
1963); Val Verde (30 Apr. 1961); Zavala (18 Aug. 1963). 

Staphylus mazans ( Reakirt).* This skipper, the mazans sooty wing has 
been recorded every month of the year in extreme southern Texas (Free- 
man, 1951). In the more northern parts of its range, it may be found 
from March to November where perhaps three broods occur. A larval 
or pupal diapause is indicated. An aborted diapause in a few individuals 
might account for the flight of mazans, sparingly at times, throughout 
the year in certain localities. Three of the known larval food plants are 
annuals; when discovered, perhaps all of them will be. Adult hibernation 
is remotely possible. In any event, further research is necessary to es- 
tablish the perpetuation factors for mazans. The three larval food plants, 
recorded for the first time, are: Amaranthus retroflexus L., Chenopo- 
dium album L., and Chenopodium ambrosioides L. Doubtless other 
related plants are equally acceptable. 


Bexar Co.: 26 June 1960. In Olmos Park at San Antonio, five larvae were found 
on C. album. They were reared through on this plant. Larvae build protective 
shelters by pulling leaves together which are enlarged to compensate for growth 
and pupation. Pupal duration was eight days for three observed examples. Adults 
emenreca LO jal (bo); 19 July (16), 21 July (12), 23 July (1¢), and 25 
Waly (19). 

Comal Co.: 6 August 1960. Along the Guadalupe River, NW of New Braunfels, 
a female was collected and confined over C. album. A quantity of eggs were de- 
posited, and these started hatching 13 August. On 25 August all larvae were lost 
due to development of fungus; a living plant was not used. 


Guadalupe Co.: 7 July 1962. At a roadside park on U. S. Highway 90, three 
miles E of Kingsbury, two larvae were found on Amaranthus retroflexus L. They 
were reared through on this plant. A female emerged 22 July and another female 
4 August. One Pholisora catullus (Fabricius) larva shared this host plant with 
mazans. 


San Patricio Co.: 25 April 1962. At the Welder Wildlife Foundation Refuge, 
one larva was collected on C. ambrosioides. It pupated 29 April and a male emerged 
8 May. 


The writer has collected mazans in nine other Texas counties from 
Kimble, Comal, and Bastrop southward. 

Cogia hippalus outis (Skinner). The outis skipper is widespread but 
quite local in Texas. Further research will probably disclose that it 
inhabits most if not all of the area where its larval food plant is found. 
Due to considerable overlapping, the exact number of broods is un- 
known. It is believed that the number varies from three to five depend- 
ing upon the climatic conditions of a given season, with four as the 
usual number. 

In the Olmos Park Bird Sanctuary, San Antonio, fresh adults were 
found quite common around a large colony of Acacia angustissima 


£ Determination verified by H. A. Freeman. 


24 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


(Mill.) Kuntze var. hirta (Nutt. ex Torr. & Gray) Robinson. After a 
few minutes, it was observed that these individuals were not only feed- 
ing on the blossoms but also ovipositing on the under surface of ter- 
minal leaves of this plant. Over a period of four years the writer had 
collected only six examples of outis; at Olmos Park more than 20 were 
taken within an hour. Many more could have been collected. 


Bexar Co.: 1 July 1961. At Olmos Park four females were taken alive for 
laboratory experimentation. One of these had been observed to oviposit in nature; 
and it was the only one to oviposit in captivity. Forty-six ova were deposited 3-4 
July. Seven more egg-laying females were observed in nature 16 July, three of 
which were collected. Only one of these deposited additional eggs in the laboratory. 

The rearing of outis from Bexar County over a period of three years is summarized 
as follows. Immatures collected in nature. Eggs in 1961: 1 July (3), 2 July (4), 
16 July (2), and 20 Aug. (1); in 1962: 22 July (9). Ovipositing females observed 
in 1961; 1 July (1); 16 July (3); m= 1962: 27 May (3)5 im 1963= Sulsas Glee 
and 25 July (1). Larvae in 1961: 11 July (2), 15 July (9), 16 July (46), 20 
Aug. (12), 20 Sept. (7): in 1962: 27 May (10), 26) June 3(2)) 12a alyae 
Aug. (8), 12-14 Oct. (12); in 1963: 8 May (9), 30 May (14), and 5 Aug. (12). 
Emergence of adults. From field-collected larvae in 1961: 23 July (1), 24 July 
(1), 2-8 Aug. (10), 12-18 Aug. (18), and 20 Aug. (2). Following larval dia- 
pause in’ 1962: 26 Mar. (1), 30 Mar: (1), 6 Apr. (1), 11 Apr (Gh 22 Apna) 
and from spring 1962 brood; 13-19 June (10). From larval diapause in 1963: 
27-29 Mar. (3) and 4 May (1). From spring 1963 brood: 28 May (1), 1-6 
June (7), 10 July (1), 1-2 Aug. (3), 19 Aug. (1), 22-27 Aug. (8), and 20 
Sept. (1). Reared from eggs in 1961: 4-5 Aug. (4), 11-15 Aug. (9), 17-18 Aug. 
(397 sand!) 21=23)Aug.(2)): 


Bastrop Co.: 2 September 1961. At a roadside park on Texas Highway 21 
about 5.5 miles NE of Bastrop, a female was observed to oviposit on A. hirta. The 
insect eluded capture, but the egg was recovered. The first instar larva hatched 
in due course, but fungus later killed it. 


Caldwell Co.: 19 May 1962. On Farm Road 20 just NE of Farm Road 1854 
junction, 42 larvae were collected on A. hirta. Larvae started pupating 26 May 
and continued to do so at a rate of a few each day until all except seven had 
pupated; five larvae and two pupae were preserved. Two larvae appeared to 
enter diapause but later died. Adults emerged: 3 June (16), 5 June (1¢), 6 
June (1¢), 7 June (16, 492), 8 June (26 6, 499); 9 June eerea eee 
June (10, 299), 11 June (66), 12 June (12), 13° June Gia oeen eect 
June (16, 222), 15 June (1¢, 299), and 16 June (16, 19) for a total of 
ISe 65 ZOCR. 


Cottle Co.: 13 August 1961. At a point on U. S. Highway 83 between Paducah 
and the Pease River 35 larvae were found on a small patch of A. hirta which 
was growing in a fencerow. Seventeen of the larvae later proved to be host 
to five species of parasites, one of which was undescribed and is being studied by 
Miss L. M. Walkley of the U. S. National Museum. The remaining 13 larvae went 
into diapause, but one died before pupation. Larvae were left outdoors where 
they had spun shelters on the ground under debris. Examination 25 March 1962 
disclosed larvae still in diapause. They were next examined 30 March and found 
all pupated. Adults (76 6,592) emerged: 15 Apr. (16, 22 9), 16 Apr. (26 6, 
12)5 17 Apr (13,19), 19 Apr (is; eo); 20 Apr (iS); sandra Npreeeaces 

Kinney Co.: 17 August 1963. At the railroad and dirt farm road crossing of 
Pinto Creek, two last instar larvae were found in a small clump of Acacia texensis 
Torr. & Gray. Several abandoned larval: shelters were present suggesting that larvae 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


bo 
OU 


had sought places on the ground to pupate. Both larvae pupated 23 August and 
males emerged 1 & 2 September. 


LARVAL HABITS. Newly hatched larvae construct their shelters by 
pulling together, beneath the leaf, two leaflets of the compound leaf. 
Later, as the larva grows, it enlarges the shelter so that all the leaflets 
may be pulled together below the petiole. With this configuration 
the shelter is not very conspicuous to the untrained eye. When the larva 
is fully mature it seeks shelter on the ground under leaves or debris. 
When fallen leaves or other material was not available, caged larvae 
actually burrowed under the soil surface for protection during diapause 
and pupation. The shallow earthen chamber was silk lined, which 
provided anchorage for cremaster hooks and a smooth surface for the 
tender pupa. 

Thorybes bathyllus (Smith). The southern cloudy, or dusky wing has 
been collected in Texas during April, May, July, and September. Reared 
specimens have emerged in March, April, June, October, November, 
and December. Careful collecting in the right spots should reveal 
bathyllus flying, in limited numbers, from March to December. The 
writer has knowledge of only five Texas county locations. Immatures 
have been collected in nature on Astragalus engelmannii (Sheldon) 
Jones, Centrosema virginanum (L.) Benth., Desmodium ciliare (Muhl. ) 
DC., Desmodium paniculatum (L.) DC., Lespedeza hirta (L.) Hornem., 
and in the laboratory reared on Lespedeza texana Britt. 


Bastrop Co.: 5 September 1961. At Bastrop State Park, four larvae and one egg 
were found on L. hirta. One larva was preserved, the others reared through on 
L. texana with adults emerging: 29 Oct. (19), 6 Dec. (14), and 10 Apr. 1962 
(12). The egg collected 5 September hatched the same day; its larva pupated 29 
October and a female emerged 26 November. 

Another visit to the park 19 May 1962 yielded five larvae; two on A. engelmannii 
and three on D. ciliare. Two larvae which were thought to be in diapause died. 
The remaining three were reared through on L. texana. Adults emerged: 17 June 
(12), 18 June (12), and 19 June (1¢). The exact pupation date was observed 
for only one, and it remained in the pupal stage 12 days. 

At Buescher State Park, 25 August 1962, one last instar larva was collected on 
C. virginanum. It pupated 4 September and a female emerged 15 September. 

Brazoria Co.: 15 April 1962. On the San Bernard River at Churchill Bridge, 
one larva was collected on D. paniculatum. It pupated 23 May and a female emerged 
4 June. Freeman (1951) also recorded bathyllus from this county. 

Smith Co.: 1 September 1963. At Tyler State Park, one larva was collected 
on D. paniculatum. It pupated 5 October and a male emerged 19 October. Free- 
man also (1951) recorded bathyllus from this county. 

Walker Co.: 2 September 1961. At Huntsville State Park, three larvae and one 
egg were found on C. virginianum, but the egg was lost. Larvae were reared through 
on D. ciliare. Adults emerged: 13 Oct. (16), 20 Oct. (14), 26 Oct. (12), and 
23 Mar. 1962 following larval diapause (1 ¢ ). 

Roy W. Quillin collected one female at San Antonio, Bexar Co., on 


3 April 1959. The writer examined this specimen and found it to be 


26 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


in excellent condition. It appears that this is the only county record 
for bathyllus. 

Thorybes pylades (Scudder). The northern cloudy wing may be 
found in all major botanical areas of Texas except the South Plains. It 
flies from March to November. In central Texas, March, April, June, 
and September are the best months to find it. Laboratory studies indi- 
cate a semilarval summer diapause. Three to four broods may be ex- 
pected under favorable climatic conditions. 

Kendall (1959) gave Rhynchosia (Dolicholus) texana Torr. & Gray as 
a larval food plant for pylades in his chart of larval food plants but 
failed to include life history data in the text. These data are now given 
together with two additional larval food plants: Astragalus nuttallianus 
DC. and Desmodium paniculatum (.) DC. 


Bandera Co.: 2 April 1959. On Park Road 37 to Medina Lake, a female was col- 
lected while ovipositing on R. texana. Four eggs were found in nature and the 
captive female deposited 17 more in the laboratory. Ova started hatching 15 April. 
The first larva pupated 23 May. Four males and nine females emerged: 4 June 
(16 );5 June (1¢ ), 15 June (1¢ ), 16 June (1 9 ); 18 June (2°O))) 20) amenGieaa 
21 June (12 ); 22 June (3, 12); 24 June (1 6), 29 June (12) prandtcm|imisaeincee 
Immatures were preserved. Young larvae hide between leaves pulled together; older 
larvae hide under debris on the ground. 


Bastrop Co.: 19 May 1962. At Bastrop State Park one last instar larva was found 
on A. nuttallianus. It pupated in due course and a female emerged 28 June 1962. 
At the same location on 30 March 1963 a female was observed to oviposit on D. 
paniculatum. 


Bexar Co.: 12 April 1959. Northwest of San Antonio near the intersection of 
Culebra Road and Loop 410, several eggs were collected on R. texana along with 
two egg-laying females. All eggs were preserved. On 26 April at another location 
north of the city, one larva and four ova were found on R. texana: these were pre- 
served. Two years later at still another location near San Antonio, a pair were taken 
in copula about 11:00 A.M. CST, 8 April 1961. The female was kept for eggs but 
none were deposited. A return visit to the spot on 16 April yielded one egg-laying 
female, 14 ova, and seven first instar larvae on R. texana. The larvae collected in 
nature were preserved. In the laboratory, this female deposited 15 more eggs. Ova 
hatched shortly and the first larva pupated 24 May. Eight males and five females 
emerged: 3 June (1¢)), S June (1¢@); 11, Jume (1°), 12) JunesGico ee ae 
(1¢), 19 June (1% ), 20 June (16), 23 June (16), 28 June (12) 29 smmerigaces 
30 June (12 ), 6 July (19), and 8 July (14 ). On another visit to the site, 6 Octo- 
ber 1963, a female was taken while ovipositing on R. texana. The laboratory envi- 
ronment failed to stimulate further oviposition. 


Blanco Co.: 3 May 1963. On U. S. Highway 281 at the Little Blanco River, one 
first instar larva was collected on R. texana. Larva matured in due course but failed 
to pupate due to parasitism. An ichneumonid larva appeared 14 June, and the adult 
parasite emerged 25 June 1963. 

Kerr Co.: 24 May 1959. At Kerrville State Park, one first instar larva was found 
on R. texana. 

Medina Co.: 24 April 1960. At Medina Lake, an egg-laying female was collected; 
five eggs were deposited immediately after capture on R. texana held in a butterfly 
net. The eggs were preserved. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Dil 


Thorybes pylades albosuffusa Freeman.® This “form” seems to be 
geographically restricted, to Brewster and Jeff Davis counties, where it 
has been collected from April to August. 

Jeff Davis Co.: 2 May 1961. On Texas Highway 118 below McDonald Observa- 
tory in the Davis Mountains, this skipper was found visiting flowers and ovipositing 
on Rhynchosia (Dolicholus) texana Torr. & Gray. A number of ova, larvae, and 
adults including one egg-laying female were collected. The female deposited more 
than 20 eggs on R. texana while in transit to the laboratory. A series of all imma- 
ture stages was preserved. Adults emerged: 11 June (26 ¢), 13 June (1¢), 14 
June (29 2 ), 16 Jume (14 ), 20 June (14, 29 2), 22 June (19 ), 25 June (26 ¢), 
27 June (1¢ ), 29 June (14 ), and 8 July 1961 (1@). 


Achalarus lyciades (Geyer). The hoary edge is not well known in 
Texas, but it is fairly common at times in certain localities. It has been 
collected from April to September; laboratory rearings indicate a few 
may emerge, under favorable conditions, in nature during October, No- 
vember, and December. Present knowledge limits the distribution in 
Texas to five counties and the larval food plants to three: Desmodium 
ciliare (Muhl.) DC., Lespedeza hirta (L.) Hornem., and Lespedeza 
texana Britt. ex Small. For a description of these plants see Turner 
(1959). A high rate of parasitized immatures is indicated. Klots (1951) 
states that lyciades hibernates as pupa. In Texas, a larval diapause is 
also established. 

Bastrop Co.: 5 September 1961. At Bastrop State Park, one larva was collected 


on L. hirta. It was reared through on L. texana in the laboratory. The exact pupa- 
tion date was not observed, but a male emerged 28 October. 


San Jacinto Co.: 14 April 1962. In the Sam Houston National Forest at Double 
Lake picnic area, several adults were observed sitting in the sun along trails. Al- 
though they were too wary to catch, their identity was unmistakable. 


Walker Co.: 3 September 1961. At Huntsville State Park, 34 ova were found on 
D. ciliare. All of these proved to be parasitized, and adult parasites emerged from 
them 8—14 September. One egg-laying female was also collected 3 September. Dur- 
ing the following three days it deposited 64 eggs of D. ciliare in the laboratory. Eggs 
started hatching 7 September. Larvae were later reared through on L. texana. Some 
died, and immatures were preserved. Exact pupation dates were not observed. All 
larvae except one stopped feeding by 31 October; this one stopped feeding 28 No- 
vember and pupated 30 March 1962. Four had pupated by 19 November and three 
more between 11 February and 8 March; two others were unobserved. Four larvae 
in diapause died. Six males and four females emerged: 16 Nov. (1¢), 19 Nov. 
mace 22 eNove (le), 4 Dec. (2:6 ¢ ), 3 Apr. (192), 6 Apr. (16), 10 Apr: (1¢ ), 
and 15 Apr. (1¢,12@). 


A. lyciades is known from only two other Texas counties. Freeman 
(1951) collected the species each month from May to September in 
Dallas County, and Mr. E. M. Kinch reported (in litt.) collecting one 
adult at Benbrook Lake near Fort Worth, Tarrant County, on 4 July 
1963. 

Achalarus toxeus (Plotz). Except for May and August, the toxeus, or 


5 Determination by H. A. Freeman. 


28 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


coyote skipper has been collected in southern Texas each month from 
February to November. Very little is known of its life history. Three 
or more broods, and perhaps considerable overlapping of broods, is 
indicated. 


Hidalgo Co.: 19 March 1961. At the Santa Ana National Wildlife Refuge, a 
female was observed to oviposit on Texas ebony, Pithecellobium flexicaule (Benth. ) 
Coulter. The skipper was not captured, but careful examination of twigs from this 
shrub yielded 12 eggs deposited on leaves, deep in the foliage near the trunk. A 
few twigs, together with a potted plant from a local nursery, were transported to 
the laboratory. First instar larvae readily ate the juvenile leaves of this plant. Un- 
fortunately, only a few such leaves were brought to the laboratory and all larvae 
died before completing the first instar. 


It is significant that toxeus is well established in areas where P. flexi- 
caule is not found. This would indicate that other legumes such as 
mesquite, Prosopis glandulosa Torr., or huisache, Acacia farnesiana (L.), 
may also be acceptable to egg-laying toxeus females. 

The writer has collected toxeus in three other Texas counties: Bexar 
(1956, month & day not recorded ); Live Oak (8 Oct. 1961); San Patricio 
(10 Sept. 1960, 22 Oct. 1960, 7 Oct. 1961, 2 Sept. 1962, 11) Nov] 186256 
July 1963, 15 Sept. 1963, and 12 Oct. 1963). One female collected by Roy 
W. Quillin 16 September 1961 at San Antonio, Bexar County, was exam- 
ined by the writer. Freeman (1951) recorded it from San Antonio, 
Bexar Co., October; McAllen, Hidalgo Co., February; Pharr, Hidalgo 
Co., March, April, September, October, and November; Corpus Christi, 
Nueces Co., October; and Laredo, Webb Co., June. Bexar County seems 
to be its northern limit. 

Urbanus proteus Linnzus. The long-tailed skipper has been recorded 
from only a few counties in Texas. This may be a result of insufficient 
collecting. U. proteus seems to prefer cultivated beans as a larval food 
plant. It would therefore seem best to look for it around city vegetable 
gardens. Commercial bean crops may receive insecticides periodically, 
which, no doubt, would have a bearing on the abundance of proteus. It 
flies from June to December with July, August, and September repre- 
senting the greatest numbers. Three local larval food plants are: Phase- 
olus limensis Mact., Phaseolus vulgaris L., and Clitoria ternata L.° 


Bexar Co.: 19 August 1956. In San Antonio, two larvae were found in leaf nests 
on lima beans, P. limensis. Both larvae pupated 29 August and adults emerged 8 
September. On 9 October 1956, an egg-laying female was collected in the labora- 
tory garden. Confined over P. vulgaris twigs it deposited numerous eggs which 
started hatching 14 October. The first larva pupated 4 November. Immatures were 
preserved and 24 adults emerged from 27 November to 26 December. Again, 13 
July 1957, larvae were present on P. vulgaris in the laboratory garden. Some were 
collected for preserving. On 8 August eggs were found and 19 August more larvae 


6 The last named plant determined by Dr. B. L. Turner, University of Texas. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 29 


observed. Sixteen eggs were counted on 21 September 1957. Although a few larvae 
were reared through from time to time, exact emergence dates were not recorded. 

Early in 1963, C. ternata was planted in the laboratory garden as an ornamental. 
It was a pleasant surprise to see egg-laying females visit this plant on 9, 11, & 16 
June. Soon thereafter larvae were present and feeding on the foliage when not rest- 
ing in their leaf shelters. They were observed in their unprotected location, but 
one by one paper wasps (Polistes), and perhaps birds, took them. 


Chioides catillus albofasciatus (Hewitson). The white-striped long 
tail is common in the lower Rio Grande Valley of Texas where it has 
been taken each month of the year. Based on present life history know]- 
edge, an immature diapause is not indicated. It may be found around 
the edge of wooded areas where its larval food plants grow. 

Freeman (1951) collected albofasciatus in June at Alpine, Brewster 
County. André Blanchard (in litt.) collected it in Brazoria County 8 & 
10 June 1961 and in Harris County 28 September 1957. The writer col- 
lected adults in Bexar County 25 & 31 August 1957, 27 April and 14 
September 1958, and 22 March 1959. W. A. Pluemer, formerly of San 
Antonio, Texas, collected a badly damaged specimen 11 October 1959 
at Helotes also in Bexar County; no more specimens have been collected 
or seen in the county since. ) 

Comstock & Garcia (1961) found larvae in Mexico feeding on Te- 
phrosia sp. They also illustrate the mature larva and pupa. Three larval 
food plants from Texas are here recorded: Phaseolus atropurpureus 
DC., Rhynchosia minima (L.) DC., and Tephrosia lindheimeri (Gray) 
Kuntze (all Leguminosae). 


Cameron Co.: 18 October 1963. Along a railroad in NW Brownsville, adults were 
found flying in good numbers. While the writer searched for immatures, his com- 
panions, Mrs. Kendall and Dr. J. W. Tilden, collected adults. A female was observed 
to oviposit on P. atropurpureus growing in a fencerow. After netting the insect, 
examination disclosed several larvae in leaf nests on the plant. Larvae were also 
found on R. minima nearby. Of 19 larvae collected, 13 were preserved. Pupation 
of the others occurred from 23 October to 7 November except for two which died. 
Adults emerged: 8 Nov. (19), 18 Nov. (14), 20 Nov. (14), and 26 Dec. (12). 

Two gravid females collected 18 October deposited 236 ova on R. minima and P. 
atropurpureus from 20-30 October. Eggs started hatching within a few days and 
larvae fed until a freeze killed the food plant in mid-December. Seven larvae had 
matured enough to pupate by 1 January 1964, five more by 16 January, two more 
by 18 January, and one 22 January. All the remaining larvae appeared to be in 
various stages of malnutrition and were preserved. Three of the pupae were pro- 
vided for chromosome counts. Of the remainder, some were kept in the laboratory, 
others left outdoors. None survived. 

In their natural habitat, larval growth would no doubt have been retarded by 
lowered nonfreezing temperatures, with feeding possibly taking place on warm days 
when local temperature exceeded 60° F. The length of the pupal period would also 
be influenced by temperature. In this way a few could emerge from time to time, 
with the main flight following in mid-March. 

A return visit to the county 29 March 1964 found adults flying on Padre Island 
near Port Isabel and elsewhere. Larvae and eggs were found on R. minima. Eight 
larvae were collected, and pupation occurred from 25 April to 4 May. Adults 


30 KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae Vol. 19, no. 1 


emerged: 10 May (16), 12 May (16), 13 May (192), 14 May (16), 15 May 
(16), 17 May (29 2); and 18 May (1° ). 

Hidalgo Co.: 23 October 1960. On U. S. Highway 281 near San Manuel, one 
larva was found in a leaf nest on T. lindheimeri. Another larva was found the fol- 
lowing day in the same general area on this plant. Sufficient food plant was kept 
under refrigeration to rear them through. One larva stopped feeding 4 November, 
pupated 7 November, and a male emerged 28 November. The other larva stopped 
feeding 6 November, pupated 8 November, and a male emerged 29 November 1960. 

Jackson Co.: 4 June 1961. Mr. & Mrs. André Blanchard took the writer and Mrs. 
Kendall to one of their favorite collecting spots on Carancahua Creek near the village 
of Francitas. A female albofasciatus was observed to oviposit on R. minima which 
was abundant in the area. The female deposited 41 eggs under laboratory conditions 
and two which were recovered in the field. Eggs are deposited on the underside of 
terminal leaves. Hatching started 7 June. Twenty-one larvae pupated between 4—10 
July. Twelve males and six females emerged: 13 July (1¢), 15 July (56 2), 16 
July (2696), 17 July (1d, 19), 18 July (16, 19), 19) july ees eee 2 Omens, 
(1¢), and 21 July (3929). Representative specimens of the life history were 
preserved. 


Epargyreus clarus clarus (Cramer). The silver spotted skipper is at 
times common in Texas, in certain locations around its larval food 
plants. The species flies from March to September, with June, July, and 
August the best months to find it. This skipper is well adapted to metro- 
politan living because several of its most acceptable larval food plants 
are grown as ornamentals. Two larval food plants are known from 
Texas: Wisteria sinensis (Sims) Sweet and Robinia pseudo-acacia L. 
Wild females have been observed to oviposit on Erythrina herbacea L. 
and Rhynchosia minima (l.) DC. in nature, but the larvae will not eat 
these plants. 


Bexar Co.: Because this insect is so common in the laboratory garden at San 
Antonio, little attention has been given to rearing it. Although it has been reared 
and its life history preserved, few emergence records have been made. It is signifi- 
cant to record dates on which females have been observed to oviposit on W. sinensis 
in the laboratory garden: 17 June 1956, 14 June 1958, 15 Apr. and 18 Sept. 1960, 
2 July 1962, and 25 May 1963. Larvae have been observed: 8 June and 14 July 
1958, 24 Oct. 1959, 14 & 28 May and 1 Oct. 1960, 26 Aug. 1961, 21 July 1962, 
2 July and 4 Aug. 1963. The greatest number of adults seen at one time was 13, 
1 July 1962, feeding on blossoms of buttonbush, Cephalanthus occidentalis L. 

On 16 July 1960 Roy W. Quillin of San Antonio reported seeing females oviposit 
on E. herbacea which grows as an ornamental in his yard. An examination of this 
plant disclosed a number of eggs of clarus on the leaves; some were collected and 
taken to the laboratory for study. First instar larvae would not sample the leaves 
of this plant. 

In the laboratory garden, females were observed to oviposit on Rhynchosia min- 
ima, 10 July, 13 July, and 7 September 1963. Numerous ova were to be found on 
the foliage of this plant. First instar larvae would notch the leaf and fashion a 
shelter, but then die. A few would venture out for one or two more feedings. Ap- 
parently this plant is toxic to clarus larvae. 

Smith Co.: 3 September 1960. Near Tyler, five larvae were found on R. pseudo- 
acacia. They pupated in due course but died before 1 February 1961 due to de- 
hydration. For best results, pupae of clarus should be left outdoors, on the ground 
in their leaf nests. Adults emerge in March from pupal diapause. 


1965 


Plant Family 


Amaranthaceze 


Cannaceze 
Chenopodiacez 


Fagacez 


Graminez 


Leguminosze 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


CHART OF LARVAL FOOD PLANTS 


Plant Species 


Amaranthus caudatus 
Amaranthus retroflexus 


Amaranthus spinosus 
Canna indica 
Chenopodium album 


Chenopodium ambrosioides 


Chenopodium berlandieri 


Quercus fusiformis 
Quercus gambelii 
Quercus hemisphaerica 
Quercus laurifolia 
Quercus marilandica 
Quercus nigra 
Quercus phellos 
Quercus shumardii 
Quercus stellata 
Quercus texana 
Quercus virginiana 


Cynodon dactylon 


Lolium perenne 
Stenotaphrum secundatum 


Acacia hirta 

Acacia texensis 
Astragalus engelmannii 
Astragalus nuttallianus 
Baptisia laevicaulis 
Baptisia tinctoria 
Centrosema virginanum 
Clitoria ternata 
Desmodium ciliare 


Desmodium paniculatum 


Indigofera lindheimeriana 
Indigofera suffruticosa 
Lespedeza hirta 


Lespedeza texana 


Phaseolus atropurpureus 
Phaseolus limensis 
Phaseolus vulgaris 
Pithecellobium flexicaule 
Rhynchosia minima 


3] 


Lepidoptera 


Pholisora catullus 
Pholisora catullus 
Staphylus mazans 
Pholisora catullus 


Calpodes ethlius 


Pholisora catullus 
Staphylus mazans 
Pholisora catullus 
Staphylus mazans 
Pholisora catullus 


Erynnis horatius 
Erynnis horatius 
Erynnis horatius 
Erynnis horatius 
Erynnis horatius 
Erynnis horatius 
Erynnis horatius 
Erynnis horatius 
Erynnis horatius 
Erynnis horatius 
Erynnis horatius 


Amblyscirtes vialis 


Copzodes aurantiaca 


Hesperia viridis 
Polites v. preeceps 
Hesperia viridis 
Polites v. preeceps 
Cogia h. outis 
Cogia h. outis 
Thorybes bathyllus 
Thorybes pylades 
Erynnis baptisiz 
Erynnis baptisiz 
Thorybes bathyllus 
Urbanus proteus 
Achalarus lyciades 
Thorybes bathyllus 
Thorybes bathyllus 
Thorybes pylades 
Gesta g. invisus 
Gesta g. invisus 
Achalarus lyciades 
Thorybes bathyllus 
Achalarus lyciades 
Thorybes bathyllus 


Chioides c. albofasciatus 


Urbanus proteus 
Urbanus proteus 
Achalarus toxeus 


Chioides c. albofasciatus 


32 


Plant Family 


Leguminosze 


Malvaceze 


Rutaceze 


KENDALL: Texas Hesperiidae 


Plant Species 


Rhynchosia texana 
Robinia pseudo-acacia 
Tephrosia lindheimeri 
Wisteria sinensis 
Abutilon abutiloides 


Abutilon incanum 


Abutilon wrightii 
Althaea rosea 


Callirhoe leiocarpa 
Malvastrum americanum 
Malwvaviscus drummondii 
Sida filicaulis 

Sida filipes 


Sida lindheimeri 
Sida rhombifolia 
Sphaeralcea angustifolia 


Sphaeralcea cuspidata 
Sphaeralcea lindheimeri 
Sphaeralcea lobata 
Wissadula amplissima 


Wissadula holosericea 


Zanthoxylum fagara 


Vol. 19, no. 1 


CHART OF LARVAL FOOD PLANTS (Continued ) 


Lepidoptera 


Thorybes pylades 
Epargyreus c. clarus 
Chioides c. albofasciatus 
Epargyreus c. clarus 


Heliopetes laviana 
Systasea pulverulenta 
Celotes nessus 
Heliopetes laviana 
Systasea pulverulenta 
Systasea pulverulenta 
Celotes nessus 
Pyrgus c. communis 
Pyrgus c. communis 
Heliopetes laviana 
Heliopetes macaira 
Pyrgus c. communis 
Celotes nessus 
Heliopetes laviana 
Pyrgus c. communis 
Pyrgus c. communis 
Pyrgus c. communis 
Systasea pulverulenta 
Pyrgus c. communis 
Pyrgus c. communis 
Celotes nessus 
Celotes nessus 
Systasea pulverulenta 
Heliopetes laviana 
Systasea pulverulenta 


Achlyodes t. tamenund 


Other Texas counties in which the writer has collected clarus are: 


Comal, 21 July 1963; Polk, 14 April 1962. Mr. André Blanchard (in litt. ) 
reports collecting it 10 June 1961 in Brazoria County. Here its larval 
food plant could be Gleditsia triacanthos L. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


I would like to express my appreciation for the valued botanical 
determinations of Fred B. Jones, Dr. C. H. Muller, Dr. B. L. Turner, and 
Dr. B. H. Warnock. Special consideration is also given to Dr. John M. 
Burns and H. A. Freeman for making or confirming determinations of 
certain lepidopterous species. To Dr. Clarence Cottam, Director, Welder 
Wildlife Foundation, I am especially grateful for the many courtesies 
and services rendered by him and his staff in connection with field stud- 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society oe) 


ies. And to my good wife, Conway A. Kendall, who accompanied me 
on all field trips and who rendered invaluable laboratory assistance in 
conducting the numerous rearings, I am greatly indebted. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Bamey, L. H., 1924. A Manual of Cultivated Plants. Macmillan Co., New York. 

Comstock, J. A., & L. V. Garcia, 1961. Estudios de los ciclos biologicos en Lepi- 
dopteros Mexicanos. Ann. Inst. Biol. Mex., XXXI: 349-448. 

pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Mem. 
Lepid. Soc., No. 1. 

FREEMAN, H. A., 1951. Ecological & systematic study of the Hesperioidea of Texas. 
Southern Methodist Univ. Studies, No. 6. 

Goutp, F. W., 1962. Texas plants—a checklist and ecological summary. Texas 
Agr. Exp. Sta. State College, Misc. Publ. 585. 

Hi~pretu, R. J., & R. B. Orton, 1963. Freeze probabilities in Texas. Texas Agr. 
Exp. Sta. State College, Misc. Publ. 657. 

KENDALL, R. O., 1959. More larval foodplants from Texas. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 13: 
221-228. 

1961. Another larval foodplant from Texas for Antigonus pulverulenta (Hesperi- 
idae). Jour. Lepid. Soc. 15: 73. 

Krots, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., 
Boston. 

MacNem., C. D., 1964. The skippers of the genus Hesperia in western North 
America, with special reference to California (Lepidoptera : Hesperiidae). U. 
alte Publ. Ht. 35;- 230 pp. 

TuRNER, B. L., 1959. The Legumes of Texas. University of Texas, Austin. 


STATUS OF AGRAULIS VANILLAE IN MISSOURI 
AND KANSAS 


The recent article (Jour. Lepid. Soc., 17: 227-228, 1964) by Richard D. 
Turner regarding Agraulis vanillae (L.) in Missouri was of interest. Its 
author arrived at the conclusion that simply because vanillae happened 
to be quite abundant on Passiflora at Green Ridge, Missouri, for several 
successive summers that the butterfly had successfully survived the 
winter in the area. Unfortunately this is a conclusion reached by the 
author who overlooked the fact that A. vanillae is a migratory species 
in both Missouri and Kansas. Females traveling from much farther 
south (the Gulf or the tropics?) reach this latitude in sporadic numbers 
during June and July. Since Passiflora does come up from the roots 
in this area by late spring, a wandering female, if she happens to be 
passing through the area and accidentally locates such a vine, will 
indeed cover its leaves with eggs. Caterpillars are subsequently pro- 


34 Howe: Status of Agraulis Vol. 19, no. 1 


duced and pupae formed, all of which takes place in rapid succession. 
A pupa may develop into an adult in only six days. 

Ottawa, Kansas, and Green Ridge, Missouri, are of nearly identical 
latitude and only a hundred miles apart so the situation should be 
rather similar. Last summer (1963) was one of particularly heavy 
migration of A. vanillae in wide sections of both Kansas and Missouri. 
One vine in Ottawa was literally covered with the caterpillars of vanillae. 
Another vine in a different section of town had not a single caterpillar 
on its leaves. The latter vine simply had not been discovered by a 
roving migrant female. By autumn, however, enough progeny had been 
produced from the first vines to spread out and seek out all available 
host plants of the area. By September the adults were quite abundant 
in much of the area and especially in the towns. In two months I had 
easily reared over 200 caterpillars (not one was parasitized! ), and as 
many as twelve butterflies emerged from pupae in a single day. But the 
day of reckoning came during the last week in October. Every single 
chrysalid that had not emerged before 29 October never emerged. All 
37 of them were hanging limp and lifeless in their screen cage. They 
all perished during one freezing night. 

We have in Kansas and Missouri three principal types of butterflies: 
breeding residents, breeding migrants, and (usually tropical) wind- 
blown strays. Agraulis vanillae is distinctly of the middle group. Colias 
(Zerene) cesonia (Stoll) is quite possibly another such butterfly, though 
strong evidence supports the idea that at least a few adults of cesonia 
hibernate here as well. The tropical blue, Leptotes marina (Reakirt) 
sometimes migrates here too, temporarily establishes a local colony, but 
is completely wiped out with the first hard freeze. This is exactly what 
happens to vanillae; it cannot withstand the severe cold that occurs 
every winter in every section of both Missouri and Kansas, and this 
applies to each of its four life stages. An adult vanillae cannot with- 
stand winter hibernation nor does it make any attempt to do so as 
does another native subtropical nymphalid, Anaea andria Scudder. This 
explains why adult vanillae are never seen here very early in spring. 
It is usually at least June before migrating adults can reach this latitude 
from farther south. Some seasons they do not reach us at all and then 
we have no vanillae that year, since no colonies can exist here without 
an influx of females to propagate themselves. Whether or not this situa- 
tion prevails in northern California I cannot say, but I can state positively 
that this is the situation that prevails regarding Agraulis vanillae within 
the boundaries of both Kansas and Missouri. 


Witui1aM H. Howe, 822 East 11th St., Ottawa, Kansas, U.S.A 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 85 


OSCAR THEODOR BARON (1847-1926)! 


F. Martin BRowNn 
Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo. 


In trying to restrict the type locality of Cercyonis baroni Edwards to 
a more particular place than Mendocino County, California, I searched 
the literature for information about O. T. Baron. Neither in the very 
brief mention by Essig (1931: 552) nor in the only other article noted 
by Carpenter (1953: 263), O. Meissner’s obituary of Baron (1929: 131), 
could I find any details of Baron’s travels in California. This led me to 
search for primary material, letters from Baron to his associates. There 
is no letter in the limited amount of W. H. Edwards’ correspondence 
preserved in the archives of the State of West Virginia in Charleston, 
W. Va. There are 74 items in the Strecker correspondence housed in the 
department of entomology, Chicago Natural History Museum. Twenty- 
six items in the Henry Edwards correspondence are in the library of the 
American Museum of Natural History in New York. Koebele’s letter- 
book in the archives of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society stored 
at the California Academy of Sciences contains fifteen items. From these 
letters and postcards, over a hundred in number, I have been able to 
bring together a considerable body of information that may be of use to 
others. 

Oscar Theodor Baron was born on September 9, 1847, in Repsch, East 
Schleswig, Germany. He was the son of a schoolmaster. According to 
his sister, Baron started collecting insects at the early age of 13 years 
while a student at the Gymnasium in Neustadt. As a young man he 
shipped as a sailor to the Orient and visited India, China, and the Indo- 
Australian islands. He was shipwrecked on Java, where he contracted 
scurvy. From there he shipped to the west coast of America. His first 
job in the New World was as a surveyor. He mapped a small island off 
the coast. On it he collected little-known beetles that were deposited 
with the California Academy of Sciences in San Francisco. This much I 
learned from Meissner’s account. The name of the island is lost. 


THe Henry Epwarps CoRRESPONDENCE 


The earliest Baron letters that I have read are in the Henry Edwards 
correspondence. The first one is dated “Navarro. Apr. 18th 76.” At that 
time Baron was 28 years old and worked at loading schooners plying 
between a small mill in Navarro, Mendocino County, and San Francisco. 


1 This study was in part supported by N.S.F. Grant GB-194. 


36 Brown: Baron biography Vol. 19, no. 1 


In his spare time he collected moths, butterflies, and other insects. He 
also made some botanical collections. Baron considered Navarro his 
home until the end of the summer of 1879, when he moved to Mendo- 
cino, another small coastal town. It is apparent from the text of this first 
letter that Baron and Henry Edwards had exchanged previous corre- 
spondence. The second letter preserved from 1876 is dated from Mendo- 
cino, December 15th. In it Baron noted “I find that the Saturnia and 
the P. Ceanothy [sic!] feed also on Arctostaphylos... .” 

There are four letters written in 1877 from Navarro. There is every 
indication in these that he was so busy that he had little time for col- 
lecting. He continued to raise saturnids and other moths from larvae 
and eggs collected locally. Apparently Baron had lived for a year or so 
in Mendocino before moving to Navarro in 1876. The four letters are 
dated 7 April, 9 July, 6 August, and 9 November, respectively. 

Only two items are preserved from 1878, a letter dated 3 March and a 
postcard dated 27 March. On the latter Baron noted “I have received 
the Butterflies from Mr. W. H. Edwards, sent to you for me. Thanks to 
the careful packing they arrived in excellent condition, not one antennae 
being broken.” In W. H. Edwards’ manuscript Journal “F” for 1876 there 
is this note on p. 240 “Oscar T. Baron, Mendocino Mill, Mend?°. Cal?. 
change to Navarro Mills.” On pp. 237-238 in Journal “G” Edwards 
noted that he had received “about 2 dozen [chrysalids of Mel. Baroni] 
from Baron May 18, 1879.” I could find no account in Edwards’ Journals 
of the butterflies he sent to Baron. Probably they were material that 
had been submitted for determination. 

The year 1879 produced a long array of letters, sixteen in all. Baron 
continued to live in Navarro until April when he set out on a collecting 
trip, the first real one that he made. He announced this in a letter of 
14 March, “Things with me are very disagreeable and I intend to leave 
Navarro very soon, and shall spend the summer traveling in California, 
and, of course, collect as I go along. I intend to do some hard work. My 
plan is to get a horse and a very light wagon and start about Apr. 15th, 
when the roads begin to get into order again, and travel through Mendo- 
cino and the neighboring counties.” This letter also announced to Henry 
Edwards that a box containing about 300 specimens was to be shipped 
to him for sale in the East. Along with the moths, Baron had included 
“12 Chionobas Iduna ¢ and 2, some Argynnis & approx. 12 pair Melli- 
taea quino, a few N. menapia, etc.” The specimens had been captured 
during the summer of 1878, probably at no great distance from Navarro. 
While away on his collecting trip Baron had arranged to have W. G. W. 
Harford (42 Market Street, San Francisco) act as a mail drop for pack- 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society BT 


ages being shipped from the East. There is a suggestion in the wording 
of this that Harford was in some way connected with the mills at Men- 
docino and Navarro. 

On 13 April 1879, Baron wrote from Mendocino. Apparently he had 
started his trek. The next letter is undated but can be placed here by its 
content. He was at the “Headwaters of Big river, Mendocino, County.” 
By 15 June he had reached “Camp Cache Creek, Lake Co.” May had 
been rainy and Baron had had little success. On 23 May he took a pair 
of Papilio indra on “Mt. St. Hydrian” [Mt. Sanhedrin?—about 20 miles 
NE of Willits] in Mendocino County. He also wrote that mail would 
catch up with him at Newville, Tehama County [now Glenn Co.] and 
that he hoped to ship a box of 1,000 specimens from Red Bluff. A post- 
card from Red Bluff on 30 June told Edwards that the box had gone 
off by Wells & Fargo, and “I am going into Trinity Co. next.” By 18 
August Baron was in Middletown, at the south end of Lake County. He 
wrote “I have also 4 pairs of Argynnis, a very large species, the ? of 
which is on the upper side deep brown and yellow. I shall also send you 
a pair of them.” Strecker’s plate misled Baron and he thought he had 
taken nokomis. W. H. Edwards set him straight on this, his capture had 
been leto. Baron had gotten as far as Trinity County “but had to return 
on account of rheumatism.” He stayed at Middletown until the end of 
August, then moved on to Calistoga in the northwestern corner of Napa 
County, from where he sent a postcard on 15 September. 

On 24 September Baron wrote from Mendocino “As you see I have 
returned from my tripp [sic!] and I must say, with tolerable good catch 
for the season although the weather had been very much against me 
from the start. Did not get any Chionobas and only seen one ¢.... 
Now I am able to explain why I did not hear so long from you. Mr. W. 
H. Edwards writes me that you had a serious fall in the White Moun- 
tains. I hope, however, that you are well again.” The letter of 2 October 
1879 opens “Just returned from a weeks tripp [sic!] to the headwaters 
of Big river. .. .” On the 15th of the month Baron shipped Henry Ed- 
wards three boxes of specimens from his summer catch, one for Edwards 
and the other two to be sold. On the 25th he noted that he had sent a 
shipment to W. H. Edwards from the summer catch. I could find no 
reference to these in Edwards’ manuscript journals. Among others, 
Baron shipped specimens to James Bailey, Albany, N. Y., and Graef and 
Neumoegen in New York City. 

There is a letter from Mendocino, dated 27 September without a year 
date. On content I place it in 1880. In it he told Edwards of plans to go 
south as far as San Diego in October. He planned again to use horse 


38 Brown: Baron biography Vol. 19, no. 1 


and light wagon. There are no letters in the Henry Edwards correspon- 
dence to verify the trip but there are in the Strecker correspondence. 
The last dated letter in the Edwards series was written from “Santa Mar- 
garita Canon, Oct. 23rd 1881” when Baron was working as a location 
engineer for the California Southern Rail Road Company. 

Baron’s letter of 7 February 1879, written from Navarro, contains this 
interesting item: “I have also been successful in preventing moths from 
getting oily by filled their abdomen with soapstone. Even the Hepiolas 
[sic!] and Sesiae, so treated, did not turn oily, and I consider the former 
as one of the insects most difficult to keep without getting oily. It takes 
pains, but with a case of rare specimens it pays for the trouble.” This 
may be a clue to some Baron specimens. 


THE STRECKER CORRESPONDENCE 


The material in the Strecker collection begins with a letter dated 17 
September 1879, from Mendocino. Thus it overlaps a little the Henry 
Edwards material. The last letter to Strecker is dated 20 January 1893, 
from San Francisco. During much of the time covered by this corre- 
spondence Baron was working in various engineering capacities for one 
or another of several railroads buildings lines in California and eastward 
from that State. He had little time for collecting insects, but he did 
collect some. In the period spanned by the letters Baron made two trips 
out of the country. In 1885 he was in Mexico and the only letter from 
this trip is in the Strecker material. In 1889-1891 he was in Ecuador and 
letters from there are found only in the Koebele correspondence. As did 
all professional collectors who sold material to Strecker, Baron has his 
difficulties with Strecker reneging on contracts. 

The only thing new that is found in the letters to Strecker written in 
1879 is that the Argynnis leto specimens had been taken in “Lake Co. 
Cal during the month of July last.” Baron stayed in Mendocino during 
the winter. On 2 February 1880, he wrote to Strecker “I have sold all 
specimens I collected last season to Mr. N [Neumoegen] excepting some 
Catocalae now with Mr. W. H. Edwards for sale . . . I shall start on a 
collecting trip at the end of this month.” On 23 February he set a date 
for departure, 29 February, with his first objective the town of Ukiah, 
the county seat. According to a letter of 7 March written from Ukiah he 
“caught the first specimens of lepidoptera today—Anthocharis reakirty 
[sic!].”. On 28 March he was in Cloverdale, Sonoma County, and stayed 
in that area at least until 14 May when he wrote “I have collected very 
little and I am disgusted with the weather we are having. Even yester- 
day it was raining but looks like a change today. Usually Chionobas 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 39 


Iduna comes in the end of April and May. I could see now yet traveling 
130 miles where they can be found. Of Colias Eurydice I have a few 
pairs and also 3 specimens of Anth. lanceolata.” 

From Cloverdale Baron headed north for iduna. On 2 July he wrote 
from Cold Valley (postmarked Glenbrook) “Since I wrote last I suc- 
ceeded to get 2 promised 2? Chionobas Iduna and one more if you 
want it and also a nice row of 3 ¢. I could not possibly part with the ¢ 
specimens for less than 75 cents per good specimen and the 2 ? at $1.00. 
The expenses has been so much to collect them. . . . Now I am taking 
some Argynnis Laura and Zerene 6 & 2 and hope to find Leto.” He also 
collected some Colias chrysomelas, 30 Hepialus but only 3 Melitaea 
Baroni and a few male Papilio indra. Of the last Baron said “This is a 
rare species and very hard to get. I traveled on foot in one day 27 miles 
and climbed about 3500 feet, part of that 3 times and only captured 3 
males, one very poor.” 

By 3 August Baron was in Middletown, Lake County. (The letter is 
dated from Mendocino but postmarked Middletown. Fortunately 
Strecker preserved all letters in their envelopes.) In this letter he told 
Strecker “The Melitaea Baroni I did not get at all this season, all the 
caterpillars which I collected died and it has been foggy on the coast 
during my stay there for the butterfly. . . . I did not get the two species 
of Hesperia which are quite local and found within 2 miles of Mendo- 
cino on account of fogg [sic!] while there.” A letter dated 28 August 
1880 written from Glenbrook, but postmarked Middletown, contained a 
price list. 

By 16 September Baron was at home in Mendocino. From there he 
dispatched material to Strecker. He also said “I do not think that I shall 
collect any more this season as it will take me a month of travel to get 
to Lower [southern] Cal.” He left Mendocino some time after 16 Octo- 
ber and was at Santa Barbara on 7 November. From there he moved to 
San Bernardino, writing on the 16th “I have come here, a new field, but 
do not know how much I will be able to do in Entomology, being of- 
fered a position which i [sic!] do not feel justified to reject.” This was 
with a surveying party of the California Southern Rail Road Company. 

Apparently Strecker wrote to Baron one of his typical letters belittling 
all other lepidopterists. On 12 December Baron replied from San Di- 
eguito “After what you have told me about N. [Neumoegen] I shall 
sent you all varieties I may get in the future, not because Mr. N. did not 
treat me well, far from it, but, as you say, you study Lep. and not take 
it up as a mere notion. . . . Since my arrival I have seen 4 species of 
Lepidoptera, much worn, which I never caught before. One of them is, 


40 Brown: Baron biography Vol. 19, no. 1 


I think, L. Cythera illustrated in Capt. Wheeler's Reports. The locality 
is very nice here, a valley surrounded by high mountains, the highest 
Peak of which is 12,000 feet. A good field for collecting.” In a later 
letter, 8 January 1881, Baron located San Dieguito as being five miles 
northwest of San Diego. [It sounds as though Baron was in the San 
Bernardino Mountains, rather than near San Diego. | 

During 1881 Baron traveled extensively in southern California and was 
busy with railroading. He did collect a few specimens here and there. 
The engineering office for the railroad was in San Bernardino. Baron 
was there on 9 May. A few days later, 12 May, he was in Santa Mar- 
garita Canon. The letter was posted at San Luis Rey. On 21 June he 
was at Cajon Pass. A letter sent from San Luis Rey on the 6th of Novem- 
ber included “I intend to send you a few things I have collected, among 
them some very nice things.” A few days later from Santa Margarita 
Cafion he wrote “I shall send you some of the little Lyceana Regia.” In 
December he returned to San Bernardino and joined the engineering 
crew of another railroad. For them he went to Aptos and wrote on 17 
December “I am locating a short piece of road for a broad gage [sic!] 
RailRoad.” He stayed there until the end of January. 

1882 was another year of moving about on survey crews. Baron wrote 
from San Bernardino on the 14th of March “The most of my Catocalae 
has been caught in Lake Co. but many of them came from Sonoma and 
Mendocino Counties (the counties join each other.) ... I have met 
Mr. W. G. Wright and he told me you correspond with him.” From the 
Mojave Desert he wrote on 7 April “About 3 weeks ago I have seen Mr. 
Wright of San Bernardino and gave him all information about collecting 
and preserving Lepidoptera I know and it remains with him if he will 
succeed or not.” Letters in the Wright collection belonging to the Pa- 
cific Coast Entomological Society show that he started on his long career 
as a lepidopterist at this time. Wright had sent butterflies to W. E. 
Edwards for identification on 8 January 1882. 

In June Baron was sent to the San Francisco office of the railroad. 
On the 7th of the month he complained “This season seems already 
spoiled for my collecting as I have to stay in the office and work up my 
notes.” On 22 July he was at Duncan’s Mills in Sonoma County, appar- 
ently on company business. With the cool of the autumn Baron was 
back on the desert. He wrote from “End of track, Mojave Extention 
S. P. R. R.“ on 22 October about Papilio indra “IT have no specimens and 
don’t know anyone who could get them. I only know Dr. Behr but he 
is no collector, and has not collected for many years. He is the only man 
I ever speak German with or drink beer ‘Old Style.’ ” 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 4] 


In February, 1883 Baron was in Mendocino and shipped material to 
Strecker. At that time he did not know what he would do during the 
summer. By 16 March he was in Monterey, railroading again. He stayed 
there into the summer, at least to the end of July. On the 26th of that 
month he wrote “Please address my letters after the receipt of this to 
San Francisco, O.T.Baron, California Academy of Sciences, cor. Califor- 
nia and Dupont St., San Francisco.” Baron had been planning for some 
years to visit his old home in Germany. On 5 September he wrote from 
San Francisco “Shall be at Reading [Pennsylvania, Strecker’s home] 
shortly after the 15th the month.” 

Baron returned from Germany early in 1884. In Germany he had seen 
Dr. Staudinger and in New York had become acquainted with the 
people who had been buying his collections. On 12 April he wrote to 
Strecker using California Academy of Sciences letterhead. He said “I 
find business in engineering very dull and I shall have to do something 
outside of that... . B. Neumoegen . . . advised me to go to Mexico 
south of the City of Mexico, saying that very few good specimens have 
come from that section. . . . My address for the future will be ‘O. T. 
Baron, California Academy of Sciences, P. O. Box 2247, San Francisco, 
Cal.” Baron took to the field in May. He wrote from Baird, Shasta 
County, on the Ist of June “Shall be in the vicinity of Mt. Shasta for 
about 10 days. Up to this time I have taken very nice specimens but 
nothing new. .. . Now I intend to go to Mexico as soon as I return 
from this collecting trip.” 

Baron went to Mexico. The only letter that I have seen written by 
him from there is one from Chilpancingo, Guerrero, dated 10 December 
1885. There is nothing in it about Baron’s collecting experiences in 
Mexico. It was written in response to a letter from Strecker who wanted 
to settle his long outstanding account with Baron for about 35¢ on the 
dollar. Baron demanded that all of the material he had sent be returned. 
There is a long hiatus in the correspondence between the two from this 
point on. It was not until Baron returned from Ecuador in 1891 that the 
two exchanged letters again. 


KOEBELE’S LETTER-BOOK 


How long Baron remained in Mexico and when he returned to Cali- 
fornia are questions for which I have found no answers. The source for 
information about Baron after he returned from Mexico and while he 
was in Ecuador is the letter-book of Albert Koebele, California’s premier 
economic entomologist, who was a close friend of Baron. Upon his 
return from Mexico, Baron again turned to railroad engineering for a 


42, Brown: Baron biography Vol. 19, no. 1 


living. He managed to do more entomological work along with his rail- 
roading than he previously had done. The first evidence of his return is 
a letter from San Buenaventura in southern California, dated 20 Febru- 
ary 1887, in which he counsels Koebele about making up a shipment 
destined for Berthold Neumoegen, “So far as the shipment of Lepidop- 
tera to B. N. is concerned we can put in from 12 to 20 specimens of a 
species as he wants duplicates to send somewhere. ... The commis- 
sion from this first shipment you can take out of the first money that 
may come in and take as much as you think fair on both sides.” This 
appears to establish a partnership between Baron and Koebele that 
continued until Baron had returned from his trip to South America. 

Sometime in the winter of 1887-1888 Baron and his crew of engineers 
set up camp at Pantano, Pima County, Arizona, about 30 miles southeast 
of Tucson. The first letter from Pantano is dated 28 February 1888. At 
that time Baron was raising “Sat. Galbini’—Agapema galbina Clements 
—in great numbers. Koebele’s father was with Baron at this camp. He 
probably helped with the rearing. Ultimately Baron shipped over 3,000 
cocoons to Koebele. In his letter of 5 June he noted that butterflies 
were beginning to fly and that he was looking forward to the rains which 
he hoped would bring out the spring flight. By the 15th of the month— 
the last letter from Pantano—the camp was coming to a close and Baron 
was not sure what he would do when that happened. In addition to 
moths he collected some butterflies and butterfly eggs for W. H. Ed- 
wards. Edwards’ manuscript Journal for 1888 (“R”) notes on p. 33 
“June 10. . . Also 1 or 2 larvae of A. sara from Koebele, Alameda Cal. 
He sent 43 eggs 4th, but the plant was wilted and only 2 |. to be found.” 
Baron suggested to Koebele that Edwards be charged $5.00 for these 
eggs. On the 19th of June (“R,” pp. 36-37) Edwards made this entry 
“Rec’ from O. T. Baron eggs of a new species Neonympha allied to 
Eurytis at Pantano, Ariz?. I once had this species from the Wheeler 
Expeditions but it was lost by fire in Express car at Washington before 
I had named or described it. I call this N. Pantano. One larva was out 
& looked like a young Eurytis.” By the 22nd Edwards recognized that 
the insect was rubricata Edwards, now called subspecies cheneyorum 
Chermock. The larvae seemed unable to pass the first molt. 

A postcard written 26 July 1888, from Berryville P.O., Siskiyou Co., 
California announced “T arrived here today and did not stay over at 
the upper Soda Spring as originally expected. . . . Have probably 25 2 
& 12 2 Argynnis Leto and some other species of Argynnis and a few 
Satyrus. Cant go to high altitude until next week.” On 24 January 
1889, Baron wrote to Strecker from Alameda, California, “Have just 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 43 


returned from Mendocino Co. a few days ago, and at once determined 
to go to Costa Rica on the steamer of 25th (tomorrow.) Have made 
arrangements to proceed to Panama if I change my mind and go to 
S.A. instead.” 

The next letter preserved was sent to Koebele in Australia and details 
the difficulty Baron had getting the third lot of Vedalia cardinalis 
(Mulsant) through the Customs Office in San Francisco. In it Baron 
wrote “Shall leave for Ecuador Febr. 2nd and return—who knows?” 
This was sent from Alameda on 30 January 1889. 

There are seven letters in the Koebele letter-book written from Ecua- 
dor. They bear dates running from 24 October 1889 to 11 October 
1890. Probably Baron arrived in Guayaquil, Ecuador, early in March, 
1889. He did a little collecting on the Pacific Slope but soon after his 
arrival in the country he moved into the southern part on the Atlantic 
Slope. His letter of 24 October was written from Loja. He had made 
two sorties into the Oriente by that time, having just returned from 
his second trip when he wrote the letter. Just where in the Zamora 
watershed he had collected on his first trip is not stated. His head- 
quarters on the second was at Zamora. At the time this letter was written 
Baron had collected between ten and eleven thousand Lepidoptera, 
four or five thousand beetles, and 700 hummingbirds. 

Not all of the letters that Baron wrote from Ecuador are preserved. 
Some apparently were lost in the mails, others definitely had been re- 
ceived by Koebele but are missing from the letter-book. On the 26th 
of January, 1890, Baron was on the Rio Pescado. He had arrived there 
about the middle of the month and planned to stay until the middle of 
March. His camp was at an elevation of about 2,500 feet. He planned 
at this time to make two additional trips into the Oriente, one to Sig 
Sig and the other to Canelos. After his return from the Rio Pescado 
Baron changed his headquarters to Cuenca from where he wrote on 
12 June. In this letter he said “Your letter of March Ist received while 
on the way from Gualaquiza to Cuenca about 4 weeks ago. I did 
not get here until a few days ago having remained in the great heights, 
say 11,000-12,000 feet, 2 days from here.” Baron occupied his high 
camp for three weeks, the last of a seven-week trip. “Gualaquiza is 
in the hot East and 5 days S.E. from Cuenca and although it is in the 
same river system of Zamora I got but few Leps during my 14 days 
stay there.” 

For his trip to Chimborazo and into the Oriente of the Rio Pastaza 
Baron made temporary headquarters in Riobamba. He wrote from there 
on 27 June that the only butterflies he found at high altitude were 


44 Brown: Baron biography Vol. 19, no. 1 


“a small Colias, a Pieris [Tatochila] and one or two more” and that 
the moths collected seemed similar to those from California. From a 
stay of several months’ duration in the high mountains in 1938-1939 
I can agree with Baron that collecting lepidoptera above 11,000 feet 
in Ecuador is hard work for few specimens. On 1 July Baron wrote 
from Riobamba that “Day after tomorrow will go to Banos and below, 
or where ever I can get butterflies.” On 18 September he returned 
from the Oriente of the Rio Pastaza without getting as far east as 
Canelos, in fact it seems that he did not go much farther east than the 
Rio Mapoto. I wrote to Sra. Rosario Velastigui de Lefebre, an old 
friend who had collected with me in 1938-1939, about Baron. She replied 
to my inquiry that her father, José Elias Velastigui, had accompanied 
Baron and that they had worked their way down the Rio Pastaza, 
following its banks, as far as Hacienda San Francisco on the Rio Mapoto. 
Sr. Velastigui not only had accompanied Baron but later was Haensch’s 
companion in the same region and still later taught Macintyre the 
tricks of professional entomological collecting. His daughter, Sra. 
Lefebre, and his son Elias continue in the family tradition. Baron’s 
next, sortie was to Chimborazo to collect hummingbirds. 

The last of the Ecuadorian letters was written from Riobamba on 
11 October. Baron had just returned from Chimborazo with 180 hum- 
mingbirds that he had collected in three weeks. The next day he was 
off to Altar, a huge volcanic mountain to the east of Riobamba and 
across the inter-Andean valley from Chimborazo. From there he 
planned to return to Cuenca, settle his accounts, and start for home. 
In an earlier letter he had planned to spend some time collecting the 
lower slopes of the mountains on the Pacific side of the range. Ap- 
parently this did not take place. 

In a letter to Strecker dated 8 February 1891, from Alameda, Cali- 
fornia, he said “At last I am home again after two years trip to Ecuador.” 
There is a penciled note of Strecker’s on this letter “If you want me 
to I will give you names of your butterflies and moths, and as I have 
said, between myself and a friend will be likely to make a reasonable 
purchase.” Baron went back to railroading. He stayed with this employ- 
ment until he returned to Germany early in 1893. 

Three letters from 1892 in the Strecker collection tell of working on 
the Ecuadorian material. “During the long evenings in December, Jan. 
& February I managed to spread a few thousand of Ecuadorian Leps 
and Mr. Koebele, who has not yet returned from Australia, spread a 
thousand or two before leaving for that continent. . . . Not a specimen 
of the Mexican Leps has gone out yet excepting the first shipment 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 45 


to B. Neumoegen 4 years ago and not a specimen of the Ecuadorians 
has gone out to date. . . . Should everything go as planned my next 
trip will be to Costa Rica in April 93.” These are quoted from a letter 
of 25 February 1892 when Baron was living in Fresno, California. On 
16 May he wrote from there that “In my spare time I am beginning 
to set up my cabinet of Hummingbirds of which I now have 120 
species and I propose to make it a unique collection.” 

In November, 1892 Strecker inquired about purchasing Baron’s col- 
lection. In reply Baron wrote from San Francisco on the 2nd of De- 
cember “You have asked me the price of the entire collection and to 
this let me give you the following as answer: 

There are probably 14-15,000 from S. A. 
6,000 1 Mexico 
6,000 1 California 


or say between 27,000 and 30,000. 10% are probably poor specimens. 
My price for the entire lot is $4,000.00 Cash.” Nothing came of this. 
On 20 January 1893 Baron wrote to Strecker from San Francisco “I 
am going to Mendocino tomorrow and will make you a shipment of 
Lepidoptera.” This is the most recent letter of Baron that I have read. 
Sometime in 1893 he returned to Germany, where according to Meissner 
he established an apiary. For the last 30 years of his life he lived in 
Ober-Glogau. He had sold a large part of his collection in England 
en route to Germany but retained about 100 “Schaukasten” (glass-topped 
drawers ?) of American butterflies for his own collection. 

I recall working 30-odd years ago with some material from Gualaquiza, 
Zamora, and other Ecuadorian localities visited by Baron. Some of this 
was in the British Museum and some of it in the Staudinger Collection 
in Berlin. Unfortunately my notes do not state the collector. Perhaps 
it had been Baron. Some of the specimens that Baron shipped to 
Strecker are in the Chicago Natural History Museum, those that remain 
of Neumoegen’s collection are in the United States National Museum 
and Henry Edwards specimens from Baron are in the American Mu- 
seum of Natural History. There are many specimens in the W. H. 
Edwards collection at the Carnegie Museum that bear on their labels 
“O.T.B.” in Edwards’ handwriting testifying to their origin. 

At least some of Baron’s hummingbirds were sold to Lord Rothschild 
and now are in the collections at the American Museum of Natural 
History in New York City. Mr. Charles E. O’Brien, assistant curator 
of the department of ornithology, showed some of them to me. They 
are beautifully prepared. Later Mr. O’Brien, who had read a draft of 
this manuscript, wrote to me “On page 12 it is stated that Baron re- 


46 Brown: Baron biography Vol. 19, no. 1 


turned to Germany in 1893 and spent the last 30 years there. However, 
we have many specimens here acquired from the Rothschild Collection 
bearing labels (not the printed Rothschild label) listing O. T. Baron as 
the collector in Peru within the dates August 1894-June 1895.” Thus 
it appears that Baron made at least one more collecting trip to South 
America after his move from California to Germany. Whether or not 
he collected insects on the Peruvian trip I do not know. 

This account of O. T. Baron could not have been prepared without 
the friendly assistance of Dr. Rupert Wenzel of the Chicago Natural 
History Museum, Dr. George Goodwin, Jr., librarian, and Mr. O’Brien 
of the American Museum of Natural History, and particularly Dr. C. 
Don MacNeill and Mr. Hugh B. Leech of the California Academy 
of Sciences. 


LITERATURE CITED 


CarpENTER, M. M., 1953. Bibliography of biographies of entomologists. (Sup- 
plement.) The American Midland Naturalist, 50: 257-348. 

Essic, E. O., 1931. A History of Entomology. The Macmillan Co., New York, 
1029 pp. 

MEIssENER, O., 1929. Oscar Theodor Baron. Entomologische Zeitschrift (Frank- 
fart) 435 LOL. 


BOOK NOTICE 


A REVISION OF THE GENERA MELANOLOPHIA, PHEROTESIA, AND MEL- 
ANOTESIA (Lepidoptera, Geometridae). By Frederick H. Rindge. Bull. Amer. 
Mus. Nat. Hist., 126(3):241-434, text figs. 1-163, plates 3-9. 18 Feb. 1964. Paper, 
$4.50. 

This is an evaluation of taxonomic relationships among members of three closely 
related genera of Ennominae. Aspects of their phylogeny, distribution, and taxon- 
omy are discussed, in addition to presentation of keys, descriptions, and figures of 
genitalia and uppersides of the moths. In the work, 112 specific and subspecific 
names are recognized; 59 of them are proposed as new. Nearly all are Neotropical, 
largely centered in the highlands. zone of South America. The new genus Melano- 
tesia is proposed for two species, siderata Dognin and intensa Dognin, both of which 
occur in the Andes Mountains.—Eprror. 


COLOURED ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF JAPAN. By Mit- 
suo Yokoyama (revised by Teiso Esaki). [In Japanese], 153 pp., 71 colored plates, 
several distribution maps. Enlarged edition. Published by Hoikusha, 20, 1-Chome 
Uchikyuhoji-Machi, Higashiku, Osaka, Japan. Price in Japan, 1400 yen (about $4). 

This is essentially the book that was published in 1955 which was reviewed by 
Dr. Harry K. Clench in The Lepidopterists’ News, 12:56:1958, with an addition 
dated 1961, consisting of 17 pages of text and 8 plates. This addition describes aa 
figures 22 species not in the 1955 edition. The text is in Japanese but the scientific 
names are latinized and there is a latinized index.—E. J. NEWCOMER. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 47 


NEW STATE RECORDS AND ANNOTATED FIELD DATA FOR 
LOUISIANA BUTTERFLIES AND SKIPPERS 


Epwarp N. LAMBREMONT! AND Gary N. Ross 


Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, Louisiana 


INTRODUCTION 


During the past ten years an annotated list of the Rhopalocera of Lou- 
isiana was compiled (Lambremont, 1954; Ross & Lambremont, 1963). 
The present report constitutes a third paper in this series and summarizes 
collection data for 1962, 1963, and 1964. This supplement adds five new 
state records (in the list these are marked with *) for Louisiana, which 
now has recorded a total of 111 species of butterflies and skippers. 

Only those specimens that represent significant revisions of our earlier 
concept of distribution, abundance, range, or flight date, or that are new 
state records will be mentioned. Many additional collections that dupli- 
cate earlier data were made, but these will not be listed in this paper. 
We have followed the style used in the paper by Ross & Lambremont 
(1963) and the nomenclature of Ehrlich & Ehrlich (1961) for the 
butterflies and dos Passos (1964) for the skippers. 

The names of collectors and contributors are abbreviated as follows: 
ETA (Edward T. Armstrong), YHA (Yousef H. Atallah), JBC (Joan B. 
Chapin), HRH (Henry R. Hermann, Jr.), MMJ (Mary M. Johnson), 
ENL (Edward N. Lambremont), JBL (John B. Lambremont), BLM 
(Burt L. Monroe), LDN (Leo D. Newsom), DKP (Dale K. Pollet), 
GNR (Gary N. Ross), RHW (Ricard H. Witten), and RNW (Roger 
N. Williams ). 


SATYRIDAE 


Euptychia cymela cymela (Cramer). This satyr was collected in 
Allen, Calcasieu, Red River, Vernon, Webster, and Winn parishes (= 
counties) in April, 1962. This extends our known distribution in a 
southwesterly direction. The species has not been found in the marshy 
southeastern one-third of the state, and appears to be associated princi- 
pally with the pinelands. 

Euptychia gemma gemma (Hubner). This satyr has been recorded 
from Calcasieu Parish near the southwestern corner of the State, and 
also from Natchitoches Parish in the north-central and East Baton 


1U. S. Dept. Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service, Louisiana State University, Baton 
Rouge, Louisiana. 


48 LAMBREMONT & Ross: Louisiana butterflies Vol. 19, no. 1 


Rouge Parish in the south-central part of the State. Fresh specimens 
were caught in April, 1962 and 1964. Its overall distribution resembles 
that of E. cymela, although the record from Baton Rouge (1¢) was 
obtained on 16 Oct. 1963 (ENL) in an area well away from the pine- 
lands. This specimen was collected in a mixed live oak (Quercus virgini- 
ana Mill)-sweet gum (Liquidambar styraciflua L.) forest that has a 
very abundant population of Euptychia hermes throughout the spring 
and summer. 


NyYMPHALIDAE 


Chlosyne gorgone gorgone (Hiibner). This species was previously 
known only from the Shreveport area in the very northwest corner of 
Louisiana. We have collected it in abundance in Grant, Natchitoches, 
and Winn parishes in central Louisiana during the middle of April of 
1962 and 1964. At one location, two miles north of Pollock, Grant 
Parish, 18 April 1964 (JBL, ENL, and GNR), 96 ¢ and 112 2 were taken 
in an open grassy field in the pinelands. Most were feeding on the aster 
Coreopsis lanceolata L. (Compositae). Hundreds of other individuals 
were seen at this and other nearby localities. We feel that this species 
is clearly established as a Louisiana resident. 

Chlosyne nycteis nycteis (Doubleday). Lambremont (1954) listed 
two specimens from opposite sides of Louisiana, while Ross and Lam- 
bremont (1963) recorded no new collections of this species. We have 
found it to be locally abundant although one is likely not to see it except 
at scattered times. A sizable emergence occurred in a live oak—sweet 
gum forest bordering the senior author’s home between 15-20 May 1963, 
five miles south of Baton Rouge, during which time 11 fresh males were 
taken. C. nycteis was taken also in Natchitoches, Red River, and West 
Feliciana parishes in April, 1963 (GNR and ENL). Thus, it appears to 
be generally distributed throughout Louisiana. 

Phyciodes texana seminole (Edwards). This species was taken in 
Iberville Parish south of Baton Rouge at Plaquemines, 4 May 1963 
(ETA). A late season individual was caught on the L.S.U. campus in 
Baton Rouge on 30 Nov. 1963, 16 (ETA). This butterfly is not very 
abundant in Louisiana, but has been collected at widely separated points 
at Shreveport and Baton Rouge. It flies from early in the season (April) 
until late autumn (November ). 

*Polygonia comma (Harris). Three new specimens have been taken 
in Louisiana. All were captured in the Florida Parish area east of the 
Mississippi River and north of Lake Pontchartrain. The collection data 
are: West Feliciana: two miles NW of Tunica, 20 March 1963, 16, 12 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 49 


(GNR and ENL); East Baton Rouge: ten miles SE Baton Rouge, 22 
March 1964, 1¢ (ENL, GNR, and JBL). The latter specimen was found 
dead on the shoulder of a road. 

Nymphalis antiopa (L.). Lambremont (1954) and Ross and Lambre- 
mont (1963) recorded four individuals for Louisiana during late sum- 
mer and early autumn. The captures of two additional specimens have 
been called to our attention: St. John: Reserve, 14 May 1956, 12 (DKP) 
and East Baton Rouge: Baton Rouge, 5 May 1964, 12 (HRH). The 
latter mentioned specimen constitutes the earliest season record for this 
species. All six specimens known from Louisiana have been taken in the 
southeast portion of the State. 


RIODINIDAE 


Calephelis virginiensis (Guérin). Lambremont (1954) reported a 
single male specimen from St. Tammany Parish in his collection. We 
have taken two additional males from Grant: two miles N Pollock, 18 
April 1964 (GNR, ENL, and JBL). Both were obtained while they fed 
on blossoms of the aster Coreopsis lanceolata L. in an open grassy clear- 
ing beside a pine forest. 


LYCAENIDAE 


Satyrium liparops liparops (Bdv. & LeC.). One additional specimen, 
from Grant Parish, was collected as a pupa on a sweet gum tree in a 
dense forest of sweet gum, live oak, and cedar (Juniperus virginiana L. ) 
in the Kisatchie National Forest. The adult emerged 12 days later. The 
collection data are: 18 April 1964, 12 (ENL, GNR, and JBL). 

*Satyrium calanus calanus (Hiibner). This species constitutes a new 
Louisiana record, represented by six specimens recently collected in East 
Baton Rouge Parish. The first was taken in a light trap on the L.S.U. 
campus: Baton Rouge, 8 May 1962, 12 (JBC). The identification was 
confirmed by Mr. Harry K. Clench. Additional records are: Baton 
Rouge, 10 May 1963, 16 (YHA) caught at night at a lighted window; 
five miles S Baton Rouge, 25 April 1964, 1¢, 12 (ENL) taken at the 
edge of an oak forest and Baton Rouge, 13 May 1964, 1é and 20 May 
1964, 12 (RNW) caught feeding on sunflowers (Helianthus annuus L.). 
Thus far we have this species only from the vicinity of Baton Rouge, but 
it has been taken in three consecutive years. 

Callophrys gryneus gryneus (Hubner). Ross and Lambremont (1963 ) 
reported a single female for Louisiana taken in March, 1962. This beau- 
tiful hairstreak now has been taken as follows: Natchitoches: two miles 
SW Derry, 19 April 1964, 4¢ 6 (GNR, ENL, and JBL); West Feliciana: 


50 LAMBREMONT & Ross: Louisiana butterflies Vol. 19, no. 1 


766 and 32 @ at five different localities between 15 March and 1 April 
of 1963 and 1964 (GNR, ENL, and HRH). This species was always 
found on or near red cedar (Juniperus virginiana L.). Its distribution 
in the State in West Feliciana and Natchitoches parishes indicates that 
it is well established, although it occurs only locally in conjunction with 
red cedar. 

Callophrys henrici turneri (Clench). Two males were reported previ- 
ously (Ross and Lambremont, 1963) both in West Feliciana Parish. We 
have subsequently obtained 84 é and 2322 from four different loca- 
tions in the same parish. Collecting dates were from 15 March to 1 April 
1963 and 1964, with the largest single number (21) taken on 21 March 
1964 (GNR, ENL, and HRH). The adults were found on redbud (Cer- 
cis canadensis L.) and red cedar. There is no doubt that this hairstreak 
is well established in this part of Louisiana. 

Callophrys irus (Godart). This species was listed by Lambremont 
(1954) on the basis of Skinner’s report (1907), although Skinner con- 
sidered C. irus and C. henrici conspecific. We have obtained a single 
specimen, a male with an unmistakable stigma on the upper forewing 
from Grant Parish: three miles E Bentley, 18 April 1964 (GNR, ENL, 
and JBL). It was resting on false indigo ( Baptisia tictoria L.) in a pine 
forest. 

Eurystrymon ontario ontario (Edw.). Lambremont (1954) recorded 
one specimen from New Orleans. Now, a second specimen has been 
taken. The data are: East Baton Rouge: Baton Rouge, 11 May 1964, 
19 (MMJ). 

*Panthiades m-album (Bdvy. & LeC.). This species is here recorded 
for Louisiana for the first time. The collection data are: West Feliciana: 
two miles NW of Tunica, 20 March 1963, 12 (ENL and GNR). The 
specimen was taken in a dense uplands hardwood forest in the bluff 
lands of the Tunica Hills. 

Celastrina argiolus pseudargiolus (Bdv. & LeC.). This lycaenid is not 
often seen in Louisiana. We have been told of several additional speci- 
mens from St. James and St. John parishes along the Mississippi River 
between Baton Rouge and New Orleans and also have collected a male 
in West Feliciana Parish on 15 March 1964 (GNR) and a female at 
Baton Rouge on 25 April 1964 (ENL). D. K. Pollet reported a female 
from Gramercy, St. James Parish, on 29 July 1959, which is the latest 
flight date known for this species in the State. 


PIERIDAE 


Anthocharis genutia genutia (Fabr.). Lambremont (1954) reported 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Di 


the falcate orange tip from Louisiana for the first time in Jackson and 
Lincoln parishes. It has since been obtained in Webster Parish (in the 
north), Natchitoches Parish (in central Louisiana), and West Feliciana 
Parish (in south-central Louisiana) flying in April. Five males and one 
female were taken on 4 April 1964 at Shongaloo in Webster Parish 
(LDN), and two males and two females were netted at two different 
localities (Grand Ecore and Montrose) in Natchitoches Parish on 19 
April 1964 (ENL, GNR, and JBL). The West Feliciana Parish speci- 
men was a male, taken on 22 April 1963 (RHW) at Retreat. Thus, this 
species is widely distributed in the State, but is much more abundant in 
the northern half. 


HESPERIIDAE 


Achalarus lyciades (Geyer). Only three specimens were reported pre- 
viously, all taken in the northern and western parts of the State. One 
additional male was taken in Allen Parish, 25 April 1962 (BLM). 

*Thorybes pylades (Scudder). These four specimens constitute a new 
state record: Grant: two miles N Pollock, 18 April 1964, 2¢ 46 (GNR, 
ENL, and JBL); Vernon: two miles NE Leesville, 19 April 1962, 1é 
(GNR); Winn: one mile W Winnfield, 18 April 1964, 16 (ENL, GNR, 
and JBL). The male from Vernon Parish was determined by Dr. J. M. 
Burns. All specimens were taken in pine forests. 

Pholisora catullus (Fabr.). Only three specimens were reported pre- 
viously. The new listings are: Grant: three miles E Bentley, 18 April 
1964, 12 (ENL, GNR, and JBL) and Winn: eight miles WSW Winn- 
tela, 19 April 1964, 1¢ (JBL, ENL, and GNR). 


MEGATHYMIDAE 


*Megathymus yuccae yuccae (Bdv. & LeC.). A single female has 
been taken which constitutes the first record of a member of this family 
for Louisiana. The data are: West Feliciana: one mile E Bains, 1 April 
1963 (GNR and ENL). No yucca plants were seen in the immediate 
area but a large colony of these plants is located about four miles NNW 
of Bains near the town of Weyanoke. This specimen was sent to Mr. H. 
A. Freeman who determined it to be typical M. yuccae and stated that 
it constitutes the most western record known for this subspecies. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


We would like to express our appreciation to Dr. John M. Burns 
(Wesleyan University, Middletown, Connecticut), Mr. Harry K. Clench 


Fieminc: Catocala and Polygonia meet Vol. 19, no. 1 


Ut 
bo 


(Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania), and Mr. H. A. Freeman 
(Garland, Texas) for the determinations that are mentioned in the body 
of this paper. We also wish to thank those persons listed in the paper 
who contributed material to this study. 


LITERATURE CITED 


pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. The Lepi- 
dopterists’ Society, Memoir, 1: 1-145. 

Enruicu, P. R., & A. H. Enruicu, 1961. How to Know the Butterflies. 269 pp. 
Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 

LaMBREMONT, E. N., 1954. The butterflies and skippers of Louisiana. Tulane 
Stud. Zool., 1: 125-164. 

Ross, G. N., & E. N. LampBremont, 1963. An annotated supplement to the state 
list of Louisiana butterflies and skippers. J. Lep. Soc., 17: 148-158. 

Sxinner, H., 1907. Studies of Thecla irus Godart and Thecla henrici Grote and 
Robinson. Ent. News, 18: 129-132. 


AN AGGRESSIVE ENCOUNTER BETWEEN CATOCALA CARA 
(NOCTUIDAE) AND POLYGONIA INTERROGATIONIS 
(NYMPHALIDAE) 


Upon entering a wooded area of the city limits of Lafayette, Louisiana 
near the Vermilion River about 2:00 P.M. CST on 22 June 1962, I 
noticed Catocala cara (Guenée) turning up at every hand. I had con- 
sidered it generally a nocturnal species, seldom active during the day 
except when startled from its hiding place. Nothing occurred to change 
my mind until I noticed one of the underwings flying slowly near a 
wound in an elm tree. The moth settled and began feeding on the sap 
that issued from the wound. A Polygonia interrogationis (Fabricius ) 
was attracted to the same patch of sap. It darted at the underwing, 
which arose and engaged the butterfly in aerial combat for one or 
two minutes. Finally both insects settled, about three inches apart, and 
fed at the same bit of sap for about five minutes. Then the moth ran 
across the bark in the direction of the butterfly, its wings fluttering in 
short, rapid strokes that did not exceed a 45° angle above the body. 
The butterfly, evidently startled, flew off and did not return. 


RIcHARD C, FLEMING, Dept. Biology, Olivet College, Olivet, Michigan 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society D3 


URBANUS PROCNE AND URBANUS SIMPLICIUS 
(HESPERIIDAE) 


J. W. TrLpEN 
125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, California 


While working with Urbanus from both Mexico and the United States, 
the author found that specimens from the United States previously 
referred to Urbanus simplicius (Stoll) would not key to that species in 
Evans (1952), but rather to U. procne (Ploetz). A large number of 
specimens has been examined including those in the collections of the 
California Academy of Sciences, the Los Angeles County Museum, 
and the collections of H. A. Freeman, Roy O. Kendall, and the author. 
Included are 150 or more specimens taken in the lower Rio Grande 
Valley of Texas in October and November, 1963, by Roy and Connie 
Kendall and the author. None of these specimens is simplicius. 

Evans (1952) gives a synonymy for each species. Lindsey, Bell, & 
Williams (1931) list procne in the synonymy of simplicius, as does 
Bell (1938). The figure of Lindsey, Bell, & Williams is apparently 
a copy of that of Skinner and Williams (1922), which is indeed of 
simplicius, but the specimen is from Puerto Barrios, Guatemala. If 
specimens from the United States had been critically examined, the 
differences between U. simplicius and U. procne should have become 
evident at that time. Both species are listed for the Nearctic area by 
dos Passos (1964). Evans (1952) mentions specimens of simplicius in 
the British Museum from Texas and Arizona, to Argentina. 

Ploetz described Goniurus procne from Brasil in 1880. Since that 
time most authors prior to Evans have considered procne a synonym 
of simplicius. However, the two species are easily separable. The 
genitalic differences appear too great to regard as individual. The 
vinculum of U. procne is even in outline from a lateral view, while 
that of U. simplicius is markedly curved. This is well shown in the 
figure by Skinner & Williams. In procne the dorsal edge (crista) of 
the valve has a dense brush or scopa which is lacking in simplicius. 
The dorsodistal spine of the cucullus (cuiller of Evans) is double in 
procne, and of only moderate length. In simplicius this spine is longer 
and single. The lower (ventral) edge of the valve bears a dense and 
more or less continuous fringe of hairs in simplicius (purposely omitted 
from Skinner & Williams’ figure—see introduction to that paper). This 
feature is nearly absent in procne. 

There seem to be dependable differences in general appearance and 


54 TitpEN: Urbanus in Texas Vol. 19, no. 1 


markings as well as in genitalia. The forewing of procne is narrower 
than that of simplicius. Representative measurements for procne fore- 
wing are: Forewing costa 22 mm, outer margin 15 mm, inner margin, 
15 mm. Comparable measurements for simplicius would be: Forewing 
costa, 22 mm, outer margin 17 mm, inner margin 15 mm. Procne usually 
has the tails of the hind wing shorter and directed more laterally, a 
feature that shows up in pinned specimens. This difference should 
be used with caution, comparing males with males and females with 
females, since all female Urbanus tend to have shorter tails than the 
males. 

There are two markings of value in separating these species. Firstly, 
near the apex of the forewing underside there is a dark smudge on the 
wing of simplicius. This is reduced to a narrow curved line or row of 
spots in procne. Secondly, the basal line of the hind wing, underside in 
simplicius connects directly to the second costal spot, forming a con- 
tinuous line. This basal line in procne is directed between the first 
and second costal spots and does not connect with either. This mark- 
ing alone is diagnostic and will enable one to separate specimens 
rapidly in a mixed series. 

The genitalia of both species are figured by Evans (1952). Evans’ 
figures do not show all the differences mentioned above. Evans also 
uses the color marking mentioned in the previous paragraph, but as 
far as I can find, the differences in wing width and the length of the 
tail are characters not previously used. Since these are qualitative, 
several specimens of one sex should be compared. One should not 
attempt to place a single specimen on tail length. 

So far the author has seen no specimens of U. simplicius from north 
of the Mexican border. It is possible that this species may occur in 
the United States. The great majority of records of simplicius from the 
United States have resulted from the belief that procne is synonym 
of simplicius. 

The present author feels that U. procne should be raised from the 
synonymy as has been done by Evans, and this name used for the brown 
Urbanus with costal fold and uncheckered fringes which is so frequently 
taken in the lower Rio Grande Valley of Texas, less often elsewhere 
along the Mexican border, and for some distance northward. It remains 
to be proven that true Urbanus simplicius occurs in the United States. 


LITERATURE CITED 
Bett, E. L., 1938. The Hesperioidea. Bull. Cheyenne Mountain Mus., 1, Parte 


pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Mem. 
Lepid. Soc., New Haven, Conn., Now 1 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 55 


Evans, W. H., 1952. A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae, Part II. British 
- Museum (Natural History), London. 
LinpsEy, A. W., E. L. Bett, & R. C. Wixxiams, Jr., 1931. The Hesperioidea of 
North America. Denison Univ. Bull., Jour. Sci. Lab., Vol. XXVI. 
SKINNER, H., & R. C. WituiaMs, JR., 1922. On the male genitalia of the larger 
Hesperiidae of North America. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 48: 109-127. 


MULTIPLE CAPTURE OF HYPAUROTIS CRYSALUS AT LIGHT 


Joun H. HEssEL 
6655 Calle de San Alberto, Tucson, Arizona 


In recent years several notes and short papers have been published 
in the Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society concerning captures of 
Rhopalocera at lights. I have on occasion observed Leptotes marina 
(Reakirt), Hemiargus isola (Reakirt), and Hylephila phyleus (Drury ) 
attracted to lights at my home in Tucson. Since these three species 
abound in the immediate vicinity, I attached no special significance 
to their presence at lights. I accepted the suggestion of Throne (1961 ) 
and Welling (1963) that the butterflies had merely been awakened 
from their nearby resting sites. 

Therefore, when John F. Burger, a graduate student in entomology 
at the University of Arizona, reported the capture of a female Hypaurotis 
crysdlus (Edwards) at a black light he had operated on 26 June 1964 
at 6,700 feet in the Pinaleno Mts. of Arizona, I dutifully recorded the 
information and forgot about it. 

My memory was severely jolted when, on the night of 8 Aug. 1964, 
while collecting at a 6-watt G.E. black light at 6,050 feet in the Pinaleno 
Mts. my companion, Norman Seaborg, discovered a specimen of H. 
crysalus resting on the window of my car about 20 feet from the light. 
Since there was little activity at the light, the night being rather cool, 
I retired to my sleeping bag and left the vigil to Seaborg. When I 
awoke at 1:00 A.M. he told me that he had taken a second H. crysalus. 
While he was speaking a third specimen landed on the sheet. By 3:00 
A.M. two more had been captured, making a total of five specimens 
of which two were females and three males. With the exception of the 
report of “6 or 7” Pieris rapae (L.) at a street light mentioned by Phillips 
(1962), this represents the largest number of a single species of butterfly 
at a light on one night which I have seen recorded. 

A superficial search of the immediate area early the next morning 


56 HesseL: Hypaurotis at light Vol. 19, no. 1 


failed to turn up a single specimen of H. crysalus and there was no 
abundance of the oak on which the species apparently feeds higher on 
the mountain. It seems extremely unlikely that five specimens of this 
species would have chosen resting sites within a few feet of the light 
considering the apparent scarcity of the species in the area by day. 
Higher on the mountain we found numerous H. crysalus resting on 
the oaks. 

The behavior of the butterflies which were taken at light was quite 
different from the “. . . lively beast, darting out from its perch in the 
tops of oaks at the slightest provocation” described by Brown (1957). 
At the light the butterflies seemed stupefied and reluctant to move. 
They were easily captured with a cyanide jar and had to be nudged 
from the sheet. This lethargic behavior of butterflies at light was also 
noted by Andersen (1960), Donahue (1962), and Mather (1959). This 
would seem to indicate that a factor is operating other than a belief 
on the part of the insect that morning has arrived and it is time to get 
about the business of the day. An inability of the insect’s eye to adapt 
itself to the light suggests itself but presents the paradox of a diurnal 
insect with a light adapted eye under normal daylight conditions and 
a loss of this adaptive ability under artificial light conditions. If the 
lethargy of the butterfly were due to low temperature then it is difficult 
to explain the phototactic response which caused the insect to fly 
to the light. 

It seems futile to speculate further at this time on possible explana- 
tions of the phenomenon of butterflies attracted to light. If the answer 
is to be found it will probably require rather sophisticated morphological 
and physiological investigations. Considering the observed behavior of 
H. crysalus, this species might prove to be particularly suited as an ex- 
perimental organism. 


LITERATURE CITED 


ANDERSEN, W. A., 1960. Capture of Nymphalis j-album in Maryland at night. 
Jour. Lepid. Soc., 14: 62. 

Brown, F. M., Colorado Butterflies (p. 125). Denver Mus. Nat. Hist. 

Donanue, J. P., 1962. Observations and records of butterflies attracted to light 
in India. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 16: 131. 

Martner, B., 1959. Vanessa atalanta taken at Atlantic City at 2 A.M. Jour. Lepid. 
Soc.,/ 13: 18. 

Puuirs, L. S., 1962. Nymphalis j-album captured at fluorescent light in Chicago. 
Jour. Lepid:’Soc:, 15: LOL. 

Turong, A. L., 1961. Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus in light trap. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 
14: 242. 

We tiinc, E. C., 1963. Rhopalocera attracted by ultraviolet light in Central Amer- 

ica. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 17: 37. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society aL 


A COLLECTING TRIP IN YUKON AND ALASKA 


ALLAN H. LEGGE 
Box 278, Okotoks, Alberta, Canada 


During the summer of 1962, a companion and I had an extended oppor- 
tunity to collect Lepidoptera in the Yukon Territory and Alaska. Much 
of the collecting, as might be suspected, was done along the Alcan 
Highway. Of greater importance, however, were a few less frequented 
areas which were also sources of material on this rather widespread trip. 
Despite the weather, which was miserably wet, we were able to take 
approximately 3,500 specimens. Thirty percent of these were in excel- 
lent condition. It is significant to note the capture of eight species of 
the genus Erebia: fasciata Butler, theano (Tauscher), youngi Holland, 
erinnyn Warren, rossii (Curtis), epipsodea Butler, disa (Thunberg), and 
discoidalis (Kirby). A good series of each of the first six species was 
taken. Viewing the trip as a whole, 56 species of butterflies were re- 
corded. 

Our take-off point was Calgary, Alberta on the 11th of June. Three 
days found us on the Alcan Highway and our collecting began. The 
first stop of note was Mile 162. Here was the first appearance of Colias 
hecla Lefebre. As it turned out, we were to follow this species all the 
way to Dawson City, Yukon. In the next five miles we climbed 300 feet 
from the Sikanni River valley of Mile 162. This change in altitude was 
accompanied by a similar change in the species of butterflies to be 
found. The Papilio glaucus L. of Mile 162 were replaced by Papilio 
machaon L. Flying among the machaon was Erebia discoidalis. The 
few specimens of the latter that were taken at this location were found 
in the boggy regions of a burned over hillside which was at the edge of 
a thickly forested area. 

By the middle of June we were on the Dawson—Mayo Highway at 
Mile 3.6 at which point three fresh Oeneis jutta ssp. were taken. At Mile 
12.6 we had increased 2,000 feet in elevation. Here the grassy hillsides 
yielded an excellent series of Oeneis chryxus caryi Dyar. The 20th of 
June found us on the Dawson Highway and our first encounter with 
Erebia epipsodea remingtoni Ehrlich and 1 Erebia disa. As was typical 
of every location at which the former was taken, tall green grass and a 
small amount of moisture was present. The one disa taken was found in 
heavy timber. Erebia discoidalis, as usual, were skirting the forest rims. 
By this time the heretofore abundant Papilio glaucus canadensis Roth. & 
Jord. were worn and gradually fading from the scene. Individuals of 


58 Lecce: Collecting in Yukon Vol. 19, no. 1 


Colias hecla were so worn that I found it hard to believe they could 
still fly. 3 

The 24th of June put us into Klondike Pass in the Oglivie Mountains. 
Here at Mile 45 of what is called the Dempster Highway and at an 
elevation of 3,800 feet in the moist grassy tundra Erebia fasciata were 
taken in number. Nearly all of the specimens taken were fairly fresh 
and intact. However, by the 27th of June they were badly worn and 
becoming scarce. The previous year at this location only one fasciata 
was found, and this on the 6th of July. It seems apparent that due to 
the short growing season there is very little time when a region is dor- 
mant. The lepidopteral cycles seem to be built almost one on top of the 
other. Therefore, as can be seen, timing is a major factor in northern 
collecting. For example, Erebia rossii began to appear as fasciata disap- 
peared. To the right of the road at Mile 45 we climbed a ridge which 
took us up to approximately 5,000 feet. Here we were well above both 
the valley and the summit of Klondike Pass (4,300 feet). For the most 
part, this ridge was composed of very brittle black shale with only mi- 
nute splotches of mossy vegetation. It was at this location that we 
caught five Erebia youngi. Both males and females were relatively fresh 
and there was little variation between individuals of the respective 
sexes. (This was not the case in a Richardson Mountain location col- 
lected two weeks later; the variation between the sexes there was fan- 
tastic.) About 150 feet below this ridge in a dry, grassy area two ex- 
tremely dark Erebia fasciata were taken. Both were males. The ventral 
side of one of them was completely free of any trace of mahogany suf- 
fusion. This was contrary to what was found in the valley tundra. 
Oeneis taygete fordi dos P. and Boloria frigga gibsoni (B. & B.) were 
also taken at Mile 45. Both species were fresh but only the Boloria were 
taken in any number. 

An interesting discovery was made at Mile 48 of Klondike Pass. On 
the opposite side of the valley from the road, on a hillside marked by 
melting snowbanks, I took 20 Parnassius eversmanni Men. It is interest- 
ing to note that there were ten males and ten females. This was the 
only location at which we ever saw this Parnassius in number in the 
four days that we spent in the area. Contrary to the 1961 trip, only one 
Boloria chariclea butleri (Edw.) was taken. The previous year it had 
been extremely abundant. This may be a case of timing. 

As we traveled back into the Yukon valley on 27 June, Colias palaeno 
chippewa Edw. was out and fresh, while Colias hecla was no longer 
present. At Mile 7.5 one female Papilio machaon was taken. Both time 
and weather were against us here, so we were unable to collect at this 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 59 


point any longer. One Euphydryas anicia helvia (Scud.) was taken at 
Hunter Creek just off the Dawson Highway. Unfortunately we were 
early and unable to remain to obtain futher specimens. 

In examining the specimens of Boloria frigga (Thunb.), it was noted 
that a gradational sequence occurred as frigga saga (Staud.) flowed 
into frigga gibsoni. The frigga taken in the valley of Yukon were much 
darker than those taken at Klondike Pass. These may be variations due 
to altitude or perhaps the junction of a Pleistocene separation. A very 
similar occurrence was noted as far as Boloria titania (Esper) and Bo- 
loria chariclea (Schneider) were concerned. The former was taken al- 
most everywhere along the Alaska Highway in July, while the latter 
was found only in Klondike Pass and McKinley National Park. For 
example, at Mile 253.6 on the Richardson Highway a nice series of fresh 
Boloria titania were taken. Two days later at Thorofare and Highway 
Pass in McKinley Park a beautiful set of fresh chariclea was taken. The 
females taken here were extremely dark in comparison to those found 
in Klondike Pass in 1961. A black radial suffusion from the body charac- 
terized the dark female. 

By far the most interesting area collected was in the Richardson 
Mountains. Of particular note is one location which yielded five species 
of Erebia. These were all taken with a vertical change in elevation of 
only 1,000 feet. The entire location consisted of a gently benched and 
rolling mountainside. Vegetation varied from bare rock covered with 
dried black lichen to mossy tundra. At the lowest elevation (3,400 feet ) 
collected we were still approximately 1,200 feet above timberline. Peak 
elevation was 4,400 feet. Between 3,800 feet and 4,300 feet a large black 
Erebia was taken. This is believed to be Erebia erinnyn,' as the female 
has a large rusty suffusion on the forewings ventrally. It is significantly 
larger than Erebia magdalena Strecker from Colorado, which seems a 
direct contrast to Warren's! characterization of Yukon erinnyn and true 
magdalena from Colorado. As I have gathered from Mr. Don Eff in 
Colorado, the habitat of Erebia magdalena is high, dark rock slides near 
the early part of July. The Richardson erinnyn were taken on the 7th 
and the 11th of July. All specimens, both male and female, were fresh. 
Another individual was seen in a different location but was on a near 
vertical black bouldered rock slide. The apparent average elevation for 
flight concentration seemed to be about 4,000 feet. This was approxi- 
mately 1,800 feet above the timberline of the region. It must be borne 
American Rhopalocera, although it was reported from the Yukon by Warren. (1936, Monograph of 
the genus Erebia. British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London). The species is closely allied to E. 


magdalena, and presumably the Yukon erinnyn recorded by Warren is included with E. magdalena 
mackinleyensis Gunder in dos Passos’ 1964 Synonymic List of the Nearctic Rhopalocera.—EDITOR. 


60 Lecce: Collecting in Yukon Vol. 19, no. 1 


in mind that at this latitude the timberline is approaching sea level for 
we are nearing the Arctic Plain. There could, therefore, be a consider- 
able correlation between the environment of magdalena at 11,000 feet in 
Colorado and erinnyn at 4,000 feet in the Richardson Mountains. Ap- 
proximately equal numbers of both sexes of erinnyn were taken. 

The Richardson Mountains locality yielded other lepidoptera but none 
were as plentiful as the Erebia. Two rather worn Papilio machaon were 
taken at 4,000 feet. It seems possible that these were carried up by the 
wind from a lower elevation. One rather small Boloria improba ( Butler ) 
was taken. Very few Qeneis were collected in this locality, and oddly 
enough, we took only females of Oeneis polixenes (F.) and Oeneis 
melissa gibsoni Holland. Better weather and more collecting time might 
have yielded some males. One additional male Oeneis which resembles 
O. polixenes peartiae (Edw.) was also collected. It is considerably 
smaller than the polixenes at the same locality, and the coloration of the 
upperside is more grey than the buff of polixenes. Six males and three 
females of Oeneis brucei yukonensis were also taken. There are two 
female Oeneis which have as yet defied identification. In comparison 
with 1961, very few Boloria were captured. This last year, for example, 
Boloria astarte distincta (Gibson) (det. A. B. Klots) was not even seen. 
An interesting fact to note is that this year’s collecting locations were 
farther north than those of the previous year. I feel that the lack of 
Boloria was due to elevation. Most of the localities were into the true 
Arctic tundra rather than taiga. 

Our next stop was Eagle Summit, Alaska, and for the first time in 
many days, we were blessed with good weather. In fact, over 175 speci- 
mens were taken in one day. Boloria napaea (Hoffmsgg.), Colias nastes 
Bdv., and Colias palaeno chippewa were all taken in numbers. Very 
worn representations of Erebia youngi were on hand. These seemed to 
frequent the damp, boggy depressions lush in green growth. For the 
most part, we were late at this locality because all the specimens taken 
were somewhat worn. Parnassius eversmanni were taken but not in 
quantity. A female Oeneis melissa gibsoni is believed to have been 
taken on the summit itself. Another male Oeneis thought to be peartiae 
was captured. 

The next area of concentration was McKinley Park. Here we took 
Colias boothii Curtis, nastes and hecla all flying together and fairly fresh. 
According to persons living in the area, spring was six weeks late. The 
caribou, for example, did not arrive until the middle of July. The net 
result was a very apparent clustering of flight periods to complete the 
lepidopteral cycle in the remaining summer. As at every stop since the 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 61 


Yukon valley in late June, Colias palaeno chippewa were still flying in 
numbers in mid-July. Oeneis bore mackinleyensis dos P. were taken at 
Toklat River, while a few Oeneis polixenes were collected at Highway 
and Thorofare Pass. At 4,300 feet on Highway Pass, well above the road, 
one male Oeneis melissa gibsoni was taken. Toklat River yielded a nice 
series of Erebia theano alaskensis Holland in the grass amongst the 
scrub birch. 

We came across a very unusual spot in the Toklat River area. Two 
valleys came together forming a large, delta area at the base of Divide 
Mountain. Our major obstacle was fording the glacial streams. The 
water was extremely cold and swift. However, the fordings were well 
worth the cold feet because here, as well as on Highway and Thorofare 
Pass, Boloria napaea were taken in number and fresh. Because this 
locality was maneuverable, it was the only area where Colias nastes was 
frequent enough to be taken in numbers. On Divide Mountain itself 
the gullies were amply boggy from the melting snow. It was here that 
Erebia youngi, Erebia fasciata and one female Erebia rossii were found. 
It should be mentioned that the female rossii was unusually large in 
comparison with those females taken in the Richardson Mountains and 
Klondike Pass in the Oglivie Mountains. Colias hecla was taken amongst 
the Erebia, but were somewhat fresher. 

Thorofare Pass yielded an excellent series of Boloria eunomia denali 
(Klots) in a boggy area below the road. Of note was the capture of 
Lycaena phlaeas hypophlaeas (Bdv.) at Toklat River and Highway Pass 
in McKinley Park. Four were taken, three males and one female. We 
spent seven days in McKinley Park but were only able to collect on two 
of these days because of torrential rain. 

On our way down the Alcan Highway, Mile 1119 yielded a nice fresh 
series of a very distinct population of Colias alexandra christina Edw. 
There was very little variation among the individuals of the respective 
sexes. This was not true of the other Colias nor is it true of Colias chris- 
tina in Alberta. Lycaena dorcas Kirby was also found here along with 
Speyeria mormonia spp. Both were fresh. Mile 718 gave us Speyeria 
mormonia opis (Edw.), and fresh but scarce Lycaena mariposa Reak. 
and Plebejus argyrognomon (Bergstr.). 

One of the most interesting areas from an ecological standpoint was 
Liard Hot Springs in British Columbia. Here hot sulphur waters spread 
over a large area of timber and muskeg. The hillside vegetation was 
abnormally large and the air was tainted with the smell of hydrogen 
sulfide. The temperature of the water was high enough to remove 
permafrost from the area. We were up to our waists in oozing mud 


62 Lecce: Collecting in Yukon Vol. 19, no. 1 


many times. These lowland swampy areas yielded many Boloria selene 
(D. & S.) and titania. As we went to higher ground, Speyeria atlantis 
ssp. became more and more frequent and a good series of males was 
taken. 

In summary, we had a very successful trip in spite of the weather. A 
few questions have arisen in my own mind and so far remain unan- 
swered. The abundance of Erebia taken throughout the trip, the cor- 
responding decrease in Boloria relative to 1961, and the predominance 
of female Oeneis over males in the northern locations raise questions 
which can only be solved by continued collecting in the Arctic. Some 
species such as Boloria distincta may be biennial in nature. The short- 
ened summer season may play a significant part here. Most disturbing 
was the predominance in some species of females over males. This 
could be due to timing of sampling at given locations. It could, however, 
be nature’s insurance that sufficient females will be bred to assure sur- 
vival of the species in this rigorous climate. At any rate, more data must 
be obtained. 

I hope in some way the bits and pieces of information that we ob- 
tained may be of some aid to others. 

I would like to thank my companion, Mr. Lawrence Davidson, for 
his aid and assistance and the park personnel of McKinley National 
Park for their time and interest, Western Minerals Ltd., of Calgary, 
Alberta for the use of their aircraft and camp facilities, and Mr. Don 
Eff for his help and advice in the preparation of this manuscript. 


BOOK NOTICE 


INDEX LITTERATURAE ENTOMOLOGICAE, Serie II, vol. I (A-E). By W. 
Derxen and U. Scheiding. I-XII + 1-697 pp. Published by the German Academy 
of Agricultural Sciences, Berlin. J. Nawrocki Street 1, Berlin-Friedrichshagen, DDR. 
Price 55,- DM. 

In the German Entomological Institute bibliographical studies have an old and 
important tradition. The first series of “Index Litteraturae Entomologicae,” pre- 
pared by W. Horn and S. Schenkling, was published in 1928-1929. In the first 
series the entomological literature of the world prior to 1863 was recorded. - 

The world entomological literature of the period of 1864-1900 (contains about 
90,000 citations) will be published in four volumes and one volume of index. 

The first volume contains citations of the papers published in the mentioned pe- 
riod; the authors’ names are recorded alphabetically (Aagaard—Eysell). For most 
authors the important biographical dates are given. 

This monumental work was prepared by the collective of authors in the period of 
seven years. The “Index Litteraturae Entomologicae” is very important for all stu- 
dents in entomology. We wish the authors a successful continuation in their useful 
work.—Joser Moucna, Narodni museum vy Praze, Praha 1, Czechoslovakia 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 63 


RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA 


Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to 
lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended 
that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here. Papers 
of only local interest and papers from this Journal are listed without abstract. Read- 
ers, not in North America, interested in assisting with the abstracting, are invited to 
write Dr. P. F. Bellinger (Department of Biological Sciences, San Fernando Valley 
State College, Northridge, California, U.S.A.). Abstractor’s initials are as follows: 


Bel — PE. Becrincer [W.H.]— W. Hackman  ([N.O.]—N. S. OsRazrsov 


Hees — te B; Common [T.1.|]— Taro Iwase [C.R.] —C. L. Remincron 
fw.Cc.] —W. C. Coox [Lol I, ON, IDAs [Leiba] Jo S6 Anaeiors 
[A.D.] — A. DraKoNorF Eval |se\owcrnn [PW JP, JE, Ik. Winer 


[J.D.] — Jut1an Donanut [E.M.] —E. G. Munroe 


B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE 


Kawabe, Atsushi, “Descriptions of three new species of the Archipsini from Japan” 
[in English; Japanese summary]. Trans. Lepid. Soc. Japan, 15: 1-7, 2 pls. 1964. 
Describes as new Clepsis monticolana (Mt. Tateyama, Toyama Pref., Honshu); 
Hastula hoshinoi (Setagaya, Tokyo, Honshu); Philedone violetana (Nippara, 
Tokyo, Honshu). [P. B.] 

Komarek, O., “Rassen der Zygaena carniolica Scop. in der Tschechoslowakei. I. Teil” 
[in German; Hungarian summary]. Folia ent. hung., s.n., 11: 103-132, 2 maps. 
1958. As new describes a form “bohemica” from NE Bohemia (region of Hradec 
Kralové); other races from central Europe are discussed. [J. M.] 

Kumata, Tosio, “Descriptions of three new species of Lithocolletis feeding on Quer- 
cus in Japan (Lepidoptera, Gracilariidae).” Insecta matsumurana, 21: 62-68, 3 
figs. 1957. Describes as new L. nigristella (Sapporo; on Q. dentata), L. leuco- 
corona (Sapporo; on Q. dentata), L. cretata (Nopporo; on Q. serrata & Q. mon- 
golica). [P. B.] 

Kumata, Tosio, “Descriptions of two new species of the genus Lithocolletis feeding 
on Alnus in Japan (Lepidoptera, Gracilariidae).” Insecta matsumurana, 21: 132- 
137, 2 figs. 1958. Describes as new L. longispinata (Sapporo; on A. japonica), 
L. hancola (Sapporo; on A. hirsuta & A. japonica). [P. B.] 

Kumata, Tosio, “Descriptions of a new genus and a new species of Gracillariidae 
from Japan (Lepidoptera).” Insecta matsumurana, 24: 52-56, 2 figs. 1961. 
Describes as new CHRYSASTER (monobasic), C. hagicola (Sapporo, Hokkaido; 
reared from Lespedeza spp.) [P. B.] 

Kumata, Tosio, “Description of a new stem-miner of coniferous trees from Japan 
(Lepidoptera: Gracillariidae).” Insecta matsumurana, 27: 31-34, 2 figs. 1964. 
Describes as new Spulerina corticicola (Zy6zankei, Hokkaido; reared from Abies, 
Pimuss& Lanx). |[P: B.] 

de Laever, E., “Noctua (Lampra) interposita (Hubner) bona species” [in French]. 
Lambillionea, 62: 18-19. “1962” [1963]. Gives characters & records of N. i. 
baraudi from Pyrenees & Italy. [P. B.] 

Langston, Robert L., “Philotes of central coastal California (Lycaenidae).” Jour. 
Lepid. Soc., 17: 201-223, 6 figs. 1964. Describes as new P. enoptes bayensis 
(China Camp, Marin Co.), P. e. tildeni (Del Puerto Canyon, Stanislaus Co.). 

Lempke, B. J., “Notes on some species of Nycteola Hb. (Lep., Noctuidae).” Ent. 
Berichten, 18: 161-164, 1 fig. 1958. Sinks pseudodilutana to cuneana, hungarica 
to asiatica; notes on these spp. & on N. populana & N. revayana; names a “form” 
of the latter. [P. B.] 


64 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 19, 1 


Lenék, Oskar, “Eine gleichzeitige Zucht von Boarmia repandata L. und Boarmia 
maculata bastelbergi Hirschke” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 46: 127— 
130. 1962. Describes adults of B. m. bastelbergi & names 2 “forms.” Compares 
larvae & pupae of these spp. [P. B.] 

de Lesse, H., “Spéciation et variation chromosomique chez les lépidoptéres rhopalo- 
céres” [in French]. Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., ser.12, 2: 1-223, 222 figs. 1960. This 
important work on the speciation and the chromosomal variation in the Rhopalo- 
cera is divided in three parts. In the first the author studies the number of 
chromosomes in a large number of species. After indications on technique, a 
list of chromosome numbers for 174 species is given. The indication of these 
numbers is, for a great part, published here for the first time. The second part 
is devoted to the classification of Erebia of the tyndarus group. The author has 
published these last years a number of papers about this subject and the conclu- 
sions are exposed here. The species are the following: E. calcarius (n= 8), E. 
tyndarus (n=10), E. cassioides (n=10), E. nivalis (n=11), E. callias (n= 
15), E. h. hispanica (n= 25); E-h. rondoui (n= 24), E. 1. wancas— alee 
E. i. transcaucasica (n= ca.52). The geographic distributions of these are given, 
together with comparisons between classifications from study of the genitalia and 
from the number of chromosomes. In the third part, comparison is made between 
cytological results given by the E. tyndarus group and that obtained in other 
Rhopalocera, chiefly in the genus Lysandra. In this genus the European and 
Near East species and some natural hybrids inside the L. coridon group are stud- 
ied. At the end, a discussion on the variation of chromosome number and its 
interpretation is given. The study of the number of chromosomes is useful in 
taxonomy (it is a pity that the author uses the unusual term “taxinomie”) in the 
Rhopalocera and in very rare cases is the exception. Owing to such cases, this study 
notes it is important to know the systematics of the group considered. See also 
Jour: Lepid. Soc., 14: 147, 1961: [P. V.] 

de Lesse, H., “Boloria napaea Hoffmsg. retrouvé dans les Pyrénées orientales (Nym- 
phalidae)” [in French]. Alexanor, 1: 231-233. 1961. Description of B. n. py- 
reneorientalis (E. Pyrenees, Eyre Valley) and confirmation of the presence of 
this species in this locality. [P. V.] 

de Lesse, H., “Variation chromosomique chez Agrodiaetus dolus Hb. (Lep. Ly- 
caenidae)” [in French]. Alexanor, 2: 283-286, i map. 1962. Chromosomal 
variations in A. dolus and description of A. d. pseudovirgilia (Spain, W. of Burgos, 
near Villanueva de Aragon). [P. V.] 

de Lesse, H., “Lépidoptéres Lycaenidae récoltés en Iran en 1961” [in French]. 
Alexanor, 2: 305-312; 3: 33-38. 1963. List of the Lycaenidae collected in Iran 
during a collecting trip in 1961. Descriptions of new Agrodiaetus: A. baltazardi 
(SE Iran, Kuh-i-Lalihzar), A. cyanea kermansis (same), A. modifii (NE Iran, 
Kopet Dagh). [P. V.] 

Lichy, Rene, “Documentos para servir al estudio de los lepidépteros de Venezuela 
6* nota). Apuntes sobre los Agrias Doubleday (Nymphalidae-Charaxidinae)” [in 
Spanish; French & English summaries]. Rev. Facult. Agron., Maracay, 2: 5-52, 
30 figs. 1962. Gives history of studies on this genus in Venezuela; describes & 
figures the 7 spp. & sspp. found in this country, with data on the 23 known 
specimens. [P. B.] 

Lichy, Rene, “Documentos para servir al estudio de los Sphingidae de Venezuela 
(Lepidoptera, Heterocera) (10° nota)” [in Spanish; French & English summaries]. 
Rev. Facult. Agron., Maracay, 2: 53-178, 55 figs. 1962. Describes as new Isog- 
nathus tepuyensis (Sierra de Lema); Perigonia pitticri (Rancho Grande Biological 
Station). Complete redescriptions of 12 other spp. (in Protoparce, Amblypterus, 
Isognathus, Leucorhampha, Hemeroplanes, Epistor, Pacht gonia, & Xylophanes) 
which are new to Venezuela. [P. B.] 

Lipthay, B., “Eine neue Chamaesphecia-Art (Lepidoptera: Aegeriidae )” [in German]. 
Acta zool. Acad. Scient. hung., 7: 213-218, 1 pl., 4 figs. 1961. Describes as new 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 65 


C. sevenari (Nogradszakal, N. Hungary; reared from Origanum vulgare); also 
names an “ab.” [P. B.] 

Lorkovi¢, Zdravko, “Zwei neuerliche Publikationen tiber einige Glieder der Erebia 
tyndarus-Gruppe (Lep., Satyridae)” [in German]. Ent. Tidskr., 82: 197-202. 
1961. E. calcarius tridentina von Mentzer is regarded as belonging to cassioides 
(sensu Lorkovi¢). The specimens from the vicinity of Courmayeur assigned by 
von Mentzer to E. neleus, E. aquitania, & E. nivalis are all regarded as belonging 
to E. cassioides. [P. B.] 

Lorkovié, Z., “The genetics and reproductive isolating mechanisms of the Pieris 
napi-bryoniae group.” Jour. Lepid. Soc., 16: 5-19, 105-127, 6 figs. 1962. 

McDunnough, James H., “A study of some Scopariinae (Lepidoptera) of Nova 
Scotia, with particular reference to the female genitalia.’ Amer. Mus. Novit., 
no. 2054, 10 pp., 7 figs. 1961. Describes as new Eudoria persimilalis (Doyles, 
Codroy Valley, Newfoundland), E. heterosalis (Kearney Lake Road, Halifax Co., 
N.S.). Notes on identity, synonymy, & genital structure of the Maritime Provinces 
spp. of Eudoria & Scoparia, except centuriella & penumbralis. [P. B.] 

McDunnough, James H., “A study of the Blastobasinae of Nova Scotia, with partic- 
ular reference to genitalic characters (Microlepidoptera, Blastobasidae).” Amer. 
Mus. Novit., no.2045, 20 pp., 18 figs. 1961. Describes as new Blastobasis mari- 
timella (Boulderwood, Halifax Co.); BLASTOBASOIDES (monobasic), B. 
differtella (White Point Beach, Queens Co.); Hypatopa titanella (Pudsey Point, 
Cumberland Co.); HOLCOCERINA, & type H. simuloides (Lake Kejimukujik, 
Queens Co.), H. simplicis (Armdale, Halifax Co.). Discussion of genitalia in 
these genera & Holcocera, based on examination of type species. Describes geni- 
talia of Valentinia glandulella, Holcocera chalcofrontella, Holcocerina confluentella, 
& H. immaculella. [P. B.] 

McDunnough, James H., “Some hitherto undescribed species of Sparganothinae 
from Nova Scotia, with notes on other indigenous species (Lepidoptera, Tortrici- 
dae). Amer. Mus. Novit., no.2040, 11 pp., 5 figs. 1961. Describes as new Spar- 
ganothis scotiana (1. Kejimukujik, Queens Co.), S. daphnana (White Point Beach, 
Queens Co.), S. salinana (Argyle, Yarmouth Co.). Notes on S. pettitana, S. 
reticulatana, & S. irrorea. [P. B.] 

McDunnough, James H., “Two new species of Coleophora from Nova Scotia (Lepi- 
doptera, Coleophoridae).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no.2030, 4 pp., 2 figs. 1961. De- 
scribes as new C. detractella (Boulderwood, Halifax Co.), C. simulans (Cold- 
brook, Kings Co.). [P.B.] 

McGuffin, W. C., “Larvae of the Nearctic Larentiinae (Lepidoptera: Geometridae ) 
Canad. Ent., suppl.8, 104 pp., 26 pls. 1958. Reviews external morphology of 
geometrid larvae. Gives keys to subfamilies, & to tribes, genera, & many spp. 
of Larentiinae. Describes larvae (one or more instars); records food plants, & 
gives notes on life histories & references to earlier accounts. Proposes MESOLEU- 
CINI to include Mesoleuca, Earophila, & Spargania. Discusses classification of 
subfamily & gives tentative phylogenesis. [P. B.] 

McHenry, Paddy B., “A rare paper of W. F. Kirby.” Jour. Lepid. Soc., 16: 104. 
1962. 

McHenry, Paddy, “The generic, specific and lower category names of the Nearctic 
butterflies. Part 1—the genus Pieris.” Jour. Res. Lepid., 1: 63-71. 1962. Lists 
names, including those of nearctic genera of Pierinae, with complete citations, 
including exact dates, type selections for generic names, & location of types when 
originally stated. [P. B.] 

McHenry, Paddy B., “Generic or subgeneric names closely related to Argynnis.” 
Jour. Res. Lepid., 2: 229-239. 1963. Catalogue of generic names, including 
type species, and list of names in current use, for the world fauna. [P. B.] 

McHenry, Paddy, “The generic, specific and lower category names of the Nearctic 
butterflies. Part 2. The genus Colias.” Jour. Res. Lepid., 1: 209-221. 1963. 

Mack, Wilhelm, “Bemerkungen zur Frage der Artberechtigung von Euchloé orien- 


2? 
. 


66 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 19,1 


talis Brem. gen. aest. ausonia auct.” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., 
11: 78-80. 1962. Opposes view that ausonia is a distinct sp. rather than a second 
generation “form.” [P. B.] 

Mackay, Margaret Rae, “Larvae of the North American Olethreutidae (Lepidop- 
tera).” Canad. Ent., suppl. no.10, 338 pp., 161 pls. 1959. Careful descriptions & 
figures of larvae of some 185 spp. Keys are given to spp. and to species groups; 
the latter frequently do not correspond to genera based on adult structure. Sug- 
gestions for reclassification are made, on the basis of similarities in larval struc- 
ture and genitalia. Index to larvae and to host plants. [P. B.] 

MacNeill, C. Don, “The skippers of the genus Hesperia in western North America, 
with special reference to California (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae).” Univ. Calif. 
Publ. Ent., vol.35, 221 pp., 8 pls., 28 figs., 9 maps. 1964. Describes as new 
H. uncas macswaini (Blancos Corral, White Mts., Inyo Co., Calif.), H. u. gil- 
berti (2 mi. SE of Los Reyes, D. F., Mexico), H. pahaska martini (4.5 mi. SE 
of Ivanpah, New York Mts., San Bernardino Co., Calif.). Gives keys to North 
American spp. Redescribes spp. occurring west of Great Plains, & describes 
general biology & behavior of the group. It is no criticism of this useful mono- 
graph to say that it points out how much needs to be done in this difficult 
genus. [P. B.] 

Malicky, Hans, “Eine neue Procris-Art aus Spanien” [in German]. Ent. Berichten, 
21: 216-217, 3 figs. 1961. Describes as new P. (Jordanita) vartianae (Sierra de 
Alfacar, Granada, Spain). [P. B.] 

Marek, J., K. Spitzer, & J. Stary, “Noctua interposita Hubner, 1789 in der Tsche- 
choslowakei” [in Czech; German summary]. Acta Soc. ent. Cechosloveniae, 61: 
190-193, 2 pls. 1964. The distribution of this sp. in S. Moravia with differential 
diagnosis of related spp. Genitalia & imagos are figured. [J. M.] 

Marion, H., “Complement au Catalogue Lhomme. Révision sommaire du genre 
Crambus dapres la monographie de Bleszynski (Crambidae)” [in French]. Alex- 
anor, 1: 243-247. 1961. As is stated in the long title, this study is the revision 
of the French Crambus according to the publication of Bleszynski. [P. V.] 

Marion, H., “Révision des Pyraustidae de France (suite)” [in French]. Alexanor, 
2: 11-18, pls. F & I. 1961. Continuation of the revision of the Pyraustidae of 
France. Study of the genera Evergestis, Orenaia, & Titanio. [P. V.] 

Marion, H., “Révision des Pyraustidae de France (suite)” [in French]. Alexanor, 
2: 83-90, pls. G & H. 1961. End of the subfamily Evergestinae with the genera 
Metaxmetes, Cynaeda, Aporodes, Tegostoma, & Emprepes, and beginning of the 
Pyraustinae, with the genus Hellula. [P. V.] 

Marion, H., “Complements au Catalogue Lhomme (Phycitidae)” [in French]. Alex- 
anor, 2: 271-275, 1 fig. 1962. Complementary notes to the Phycitidae in Lhom- 
me’s catalogue: (1) roxburghii Gregson is only a “form” of Ephestia elutella, 
and (2) indication of a new locality for Hypochalcia bruandella. [P. V.] 

Marion, H., “I. Les Crambus du groupe radiellus Hb.—II. Les Crambus du groupe 
myellus en France” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, 31: 138-148, 8 
figs. 1962. Studies of the Crambus belonging to the species groups radiellus & 
myellus. Describes as new Catoptria radiella mouterdella (Forez Mts., Pierre- 
sur-Haute). [P. V.] 

Marion, H., “Révision des Pyraustidae de France (suite)” [in French]. Alexanor, 
2: 173-180, 1 pl. 1962. Continuation, including Heliothela, Catharia, & Pyrausta 
(parts YP. Val 

Marion, H., “Revision des Pyraustidae de France. Nouveau complément au genre 
Scoparia” [in French]. Alexanor, 2: 224-226, 1 pl., 6 figs. 1962. New note 
about the Scoparia ambigualis species complex. [P. V.] 

Marion, H., “Révision des Pyraustidae de France (suite)” [in French]. Alexanor, 
2: 297-304, 1 pl., figs. 85-112. 1962. Genera: Panstegia, PYRAUSTEGIA 
(type diffusalis Gn.), MERIDIOPHLIA (type fascialis Hb.), Opsibotys, Uresi- 
phita, Nascia, & Loxostege. [P. V.] 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 67 


Meier, Herbert G., “PSYCHOCENTRA, gen. nov. (Lepidoptera, Psychidae) (3. 
Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Psychiden)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 
48: 32-35, 4 figs. 1963. New genus proposed for Epichnopterix millierei. [P. B.] 

Meier, H. G., “Rebelia (nec Psychidea) perlucidella Bruand (Lep., Psychidae). (4. 
Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Psychiden)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 
48: 105-113, 5 figs. 1963. Selects lectotype & redescribes sp. [P. B.] 

Meier, Herbert G., “Zur Kenntnis der Gattungen PSEUDOBANKESIA gen. nov. und 
Bankesia Tutt (Lep., Psychidae) (5. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Psychiden)” [in 
German]. Mitt. miinchner ent. Ges., 53: 1-23, 16 figs. 1963. Type of new 
genus is alpestrella Heinemann. Redescribes P. alpestrella, P. macedoniella, Bank- 
esia, B. conspurcatella, & B. staintoni. [P. B.] 

Melville, R. V., “Report on Mr. C. W. Sabrosky’s proposal for the suppression under 
the Plenary Powers of the pamphlet entitled “Nouvelle Classification des Mouches 
a deux ailes” by J. W. Meigen, 1800.” Bull. zool. Nomencl., 18: 9-64. 1960. 
The involved proposal for suppression of this work and the names of Diptera 
proposed in it includes also the suggestion that Noeza Walker, Penthesilea Rag- 
onot, Triphysa Zeller, Calybia Kirby, Graphium Scopoli, Xanthia Latreille, and 
their type species, be placed on the Official Lists, and that certain invalid names 
in Lepidoptera be suppressed. [P. B.] 

von Mentzer, Erik, “Weiteres tiber die Spezifizitat von Erebia neleus Frr. und Erebia 
aquitania Frhst., mit Erebia neleus ssp. noricana, ssp. nova (Lep., Satyridae)” [in 
German]. Ent. Tidskr., 82: 203-210, 2 pls. 1961. Describes as new E. n. noricana 
(Leiterbach, 1850-1900 m., Glockner-Gruppe, Karnten, Austria). Distinguishes 
E. neleus & E. aquitania on structure of ¢ genitalia. Agrees with Warren that 
the name cassioides must apply to the species with chromosome number n= 11. 
LP! B:] 

Mere, Robin M., E. C. Pelham-Clinton, & J. D. Bradley, “Lepidoptera in Ireland, 
May, 1961.” Ent. Gazette, 13: 159-177, 1 pl., 5 figs. 1962. Account of collecting 
trip and lists of spp., including new records for Ireland; Bradley describes Coleo- 
phora pappiferella, Trifurcula griseella, & Nepticula serella, all new to British 
Isles. [P. B.] 

Miller, Lee D., “A new Hesperia from Arizona.” Ent. News, 73: 85-90, 5 figs. 
1962. Describes as new H. susanae (Horseshoe Canyon, White Mts., Apache 
Co., Ariz., 8,000 ft). [P. B.] These populations have been assigned to Hesperia 
harpalus by MacNeill (1964; see above) and the name susanae accordingly has 
been given subspecific rank. [Eprror] 

Miller, William E., “A new pine tip moth (Olethreutidae) from the Gulf of Mexico 
region. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 14: 231-236, 8 figs. 1961. Describes as new Rhya- 
cionia subtropica ( Valparaiso, Florida). 

Monteiro, T., “Bryophaga tavaresi nov. sp. (Lep. Scythr.)” [in French]. Brotéria, 
30: 149-155, 8 figs. 1961. Describes as new species of Scythrididae: B. tavaresi 
from Singeverga, Portugal. [P. V.] 

Monteiro, T., & G. Bernardi, “Note sur deux Lycaenidae ibériques décrits par Bryk 
(Lep. Lycaenidae)” [in French]. An. Fac. Ciénc. Porto, 44: 5-7. 1962. Strymon 
ilicis pseudoaesculi is a synonym of S. esculi camboi, and Aricia medon heliomedon 
a synonym of A. cramera aridogenita. [P. V.] 

Moriuti, Sigeru, “Taxonomic notes on two Acrolepia-species of Japan (Lepidoptera: 
Acrolepiidae).” Insecta matsumurana, 27: 35-37, 2 figs. 1964. A. suzukiella 
(= dioscoreae) transferred from Argyresthia; A. postomacula (= argolitha) from 
Eidophasia; redescribes the latter (food plant Hosta lancifolia). [P. B.] 

Moriuti, Sigeru, “Yponomeutoiden-Studien (IX). Eine neue Argyresthia-Art aus 
Japan (Lepidoptera, Argyresthiidae)” [in German]. Trans. Lepid. Soc. Japan, 
15: 20-21, 10 figs. 1964. Describes as new A. mutuurai (Hokkaido, Isikari, 
Sapporo). [P. B.] 

Moucha, Josef, & Milan Chvala, “A new name for the preoccupied name Thecophora 


68 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 19, 1 


Lederer, 1857 (Noctuidae).” Jour. Lepid. Soc., 13: 169-170. 1963. Proposes 
RILEYIANA. 

Moucha, Josef, “Remarks to the family Psychidae in Czechoslovakia” [in Czech; 
English summary]. Casopis Ndrodni Mus., 124: 93-95. 1955. The name “var. 
sudetica Skala” of Epichnopterix pulla must be regarded as a nomen nudum. 
[J. MJ 

Moucha, Josef, & Gilbert Varin, “Contribution a l’étude des Satyridae. Chazara 
briseis pannonica ssp.n. de la Tschécoslovaquie” [in French]. Acta faunistica ent. 
Mus. nation. Pragae, 5: 57-60, 16 figs. 1959. New ssp. from S. Slovakia (Kovacov 
Hills); in W. part of Czechoslovakia lives ssp. bataia Fruhst. [J. M.] 

Mukerji, S., & K. Krishnamorthy, “Studies on the genus Plusia with special reference 
to male genitalia (Noctuidae; Lepidoptera).” Proc. 42nd Indian Sci. Congr., 
part III: 295. 1955. Abstract. Plusia orichalcea placed in Autographa; P. nigri- 
signa in Chrysaspidia; P. limbirena placed in Eosphoropteryx. Chrysodeixis re- 
elevated, with C. chalcytes as type. PARAPLUSIA gen. nov. proposed, with 
Plusia confusa as type. [J. D.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “Catalogue of Lederer types of Pyralidae in the British Museum 
(Natural History) with selections of lectotypes.” Canad. Ent., 90: 510-517. 
1958. Notes on specimens representing 91 names; 44 lectotypes selected. [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “Canadian species of Dioryctria Zeller (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae).” 
Canad. Ent., 91: 65-72, 11 figs. 1959. Describes as new D. rossi (Nahun, B. C., 
reared from Pinus ponderosa), D. pseudotsugella (Seton Lakes, Lillooet, B. C., 
reared from Pseudotsuga & Abies). Notes on 7 other spp. Key to spp. [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “Four new species of Evergestis (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae).” 
Canad. Ent., 91: 406-411, 10 figs. 1959. Describes as new E. koepkei (Hda. 
Taulis, Peru), E. brunnea (same), E. anticlina (C. Ceratia, Argentina), E. 
antofagastalis (Paposa, Antofagasta, Chile). [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “New genera and species of Pyralidae (Lepidoptera ).” Canad. Ent., 
91: 359-371, 27 figs. 1959. Describes as new Syllepis aurora (Sao Paulo de 
Olivenca, upper Amazon, Brazil); PECTINOBOTYS, & type P. woytkowskii 
(Sta. Teresa, Huanuco, Peru); Megastes major (Corupa, Sta. Catharina, Brazil); 
Ghesquieriellana thaumasia (Efulen, Cameroons); Rhectosomia braziliensis (Tere- 
sopolis, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil), R. nomophiloides (La Paz, Bolivia), R. viriditincta 
(Corupa, Sta. Catharina, Brazil), R. antofagastalis (Paposo, Antofagasta, Chile), 
R. striata (Finca La Violeta, Soconusco, Chiapas, Mexico); MALLERIA, & type 
M. argenteofulva (Corupa). [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “New Pyralidae from the Papuan region (Lepidoptera).” Canad. 
Ent., 91: 102-112, 20 figs. 1959. Describes as new Glypodes obscura (War, 
Tami R., near Hollandia, New Guinea); Eoophyla latipennis (Dojo, near Hol- 
landia), E. latifascia (Dojo), E. thomasi (Dojo), E. persimilis (Dojo); Margaro- 
sticha papuensis (Bisianumu, Sogeri Plateau, Papua, 1,600 ft), M. aurantifusa 
(Bainyik, Sepik Distr., New Guinea), M. nesiotes (St. Matthias Is.). [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “New species and a new subspecies of Palpita (Lepidoptera: 
Pyralidae).” Canad. Ent., 91: 641-650, 9 figs. 1959. Describes as new P. 
kimballi (Englewood, Florida), P. viettei (Gourbeyre, Guadelupe, W. Indies), 
P. forficifera (Nova Teutonia, Sta. Catharina, Brazil), P. persimilis (same), P. 
trifurcata (Boracea, Salesopolis, SAo Paulo, Brazil), P. isoscelalis gourbeyrensis 
(Gourbeyre), P. braziliensis (Rio Vermelho, Sta. Catharina, Brazil), P. travassosi 
(Boracea). [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “Pyralidae collected in Lower California by Mr. J. Powell (Lep- 
idoptera).” Canad. Ent., 91: 725-727, 4 figs. 1959. Describes as new Gyros 
powelli (La Grulla, 6,500 ft, Sierra San Pedro Martir). Transfers Diasemia 


zephyralis to Choristostigma; places Pyrausta inconcinnalis as ssp. of P. futilalis. 
Records of 10 spp. [P. B.] 


EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL 


Editor: Jerry A. Powe Lu 
Associate Editor 
(Literature Abstracting ): - PETER F, BELLINGER 


Associate Editor 
(“Especially for Collectors” ): FRED T. THORNE 


Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEwcoMER 
Manager of the Memoirs: Smney A. HEssEL 


Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. BELLINGER, S. A. 
HeEsseL, E. G. Munrog, J. A. Powe, C. L. REMINGTON 
(chairman), F. T. THorne, E. J. NEWCOMER. 


NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL 


Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study 
of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; 
authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts 


mo must be typewritten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and 


one side only of white, 814 x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of 
the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, in- 
cluding an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possi- 
ble. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFER- 
_ ENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. 
_ Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. 

Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other 


J BY ‘material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley 


_ proof is received. 


' Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powe, 112 Agricul- 
- ture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. 


Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal 
field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News 
_ Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 


Address remittances and address changes to: GrorcE EuLe, 314 Atkins Ave., 
Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. 


Memoirs of the Lepidopterists Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) 
A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA 


by Cyrm F. pos Passos 


Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; postpaid 


Order from the Society Treasurer. 


Printed in U.S. A. 
ALLEN PRESS 
Lawrence, Kansas 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 19, no. 1 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Larval food plants and distribution notes for twenty-four 
Texas Hesperiidae 
by Roy O. ‘Kendall; a ee 1-33 


Status of Agraulis vanillae in Missouri and Kansas : 
by William H!: Howe 2.000000 0 33-34 


Oscar Theodor Baron (1847-1926) 


by F's Martin Brown 20°) eee 35-46 a 


New state records and annotated field data for Louisiana 
butterflies and skippers 
by Edward N. Lambremont and Gary N. Ross _.......-------------------------- 47-52 


Urbanus procne and Urbanus simplicius ( Hesperiidae ) 
by J; We. Tilden) 202 2s ee ee 53-55 


FIELD NOTES 
An aggressive encounter between Catocala cara (Noctuidae) 
and Polygonia interrogationis (Nymphalidae ) 
by RichardC. Fleming 0.0 52 


Multiple capture of Hypaurotis crysalus at light 
by,John Hi. ‘Hessel’. 22 eee 55-56 


ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS 
A collecting trip in Yukon and Alaska 
by Allan dlegge 0 et ee 57-62 


BOOK NOTICES (42.0000 a ee ee 46, 62 


RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA —_. 63-68 


lume 19 | 1965 Number 2 


JOURNAL 


ae he | of the 
 LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
ee Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES 
Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 


In This Issue 


TAXONOMY OF NEARCTIC HOLOMELINA 
NEW SUBSPECIES OF MEGATHYMUS 
DISTRIBUTION AND HOSTS OF PHILOTES 
FOODPLANT OF SCHINIA OLIVACEA 
ARIZONA BUTTERFLIES 


(Complete contents on back cover) 


15 July 1965 


THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
1965 OFFICERS 


President: F. H. Rrnnce (New York, N. Y., U. S. A.) 

Ist Vice President: I. F. B. Common (Canberra, Australia ) 

Vice President: Ramon AGENJO (Madrid, Spain) 

Vice President: H. E. Hinton (Bristol, England ) 

Treasurer: GrorGE EHLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) 
Asst. Treasurer: Srpney A. Hesset (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) 

Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Ill., U. S. A.) 
Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) 


EXECUTIVE COUNCIL 


Terms expire Dec. 1965: SuicEru A. Ar (Showaku, Nagoya, Japan) 
LINCOLN P. Brower (Amherst, Mass., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1966: CHARLES P. Krmpatt (Sarasota, Fla., U. S. A.) 
W. Harry Lance, Jr. ( Davis, Calif., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1967: Hrrosui Kuroxo (Fukuoka, Japan) 


D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Canada) 
and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor 


The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and 
formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterclogy 
in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, 
to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and 
the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these 
aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among 
the lepidopterists of all countries. 

Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of 
lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of 
the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not 
become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for 
the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological 
interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society 
business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made 
payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: 

Active Members—annnal dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) 
Sustaining Members—annual dues $15.00 (U.S. A.) 
Life Members—single sum $125.00 (U.S. A.) 

Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth 
Road, Hampton, Middx., England. 

In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and 
special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are 
distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the 
Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the 
News each year. 


The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of 
publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut. Second 
class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 


om RN A OF 


Tue LepiporreRIstTs’ SOCIETY 


Volume 19 1965 Number 2 


SOME TAXONOMIC NOTES ON THE NEARCTIC 
HOLOMELINA (ARCTIIDAE) WITH A PARTIAL 
KEY TO THE SPECIES 


Rinc T. CARDE 
Dept. Biology, Tufts University, Medford, Mass. 


It is well known that species determination in the genus Holomelina 
Herrich-Schaeffer (not Eubaphe Hiibner)! is difficult. Moreover, the 
exact application and rank of many of the taxa are certainly questionable. 
This paper is the first in a series on the biology and species relationships 
of the Holomelina. The objectives of the present paper are: (1) to pro- 
vide a reliable key to the Nearctic Holomelina exclusive of the aurantiaca 
and opella complexes, (2) to make preliminary comments on the taxon- 
omy of these complexes as they now stand, and (3) to explain several 
systematic changes from the current classification as exemplified by 
McDunnough (1938). Future manuscripts will include taxonomic studies 
of new species, as well as analyses of distributional, biological, and genetic 
data. 


I. THE HOLOMELINA AURANTIACA COMPLEX 


McDunnough’s synonymic list cites eight of the twenty-five new world 
species as occurring north of Mexico, including the generotype, aurantiaca 
(Hubner). This species is the main constituent of a complex that ranges 
from Nova Scotia to Manitoba, southward through Florida and the 
Greater Antilles, westward into the Dakotas, Wyoming, Utah, and New 
Mexico, and thence southward at least to Guatemala. Throughout much 
of this distribution, several sibling species associate sympatrically with 
aurantiaca, or replace it entirely. A dozen species or forms have been 

1The genus Eubaphe Hiibner (1823, Zutrige z. exot. Schmett., 2: 20) has been widely used 
in the Arctiidae, but when first published, it was monobasic, having as its type, E. lobula Hbn., 
a geometrid; aurantiaca Hbn. which is sometimes cited as the type of Eubaphe, was not described 
until a later date (1827-1831, loc. cit., 3: 9). The next valid name to replace Eubaphe in the 


Arctiidae appears to be Holomelina Herrich-Schaeffer (1856, Samml. aussereurop. Schmett., 1: 
15, 17), the type of which is aurantiaca (Fletcher, 1954). 


70 CaRDE: Nearctic Holomelina Vol. 19, nora 


described with the complex; but most of the original descriptions are 
inadequate, and often the types have been lost, or their identity is un- 
certain, so that most have been placed in the synonymy with aurantiaca. 

Clearly at least two of these are referable to separate species. The first, 
Holomelina ferruginosa (Walker ) was described in 1855 from St. Martin’s 
Falls on the Albany River, Hudson Bay, Canada and had been assigned 
specific rank through the time of McDunnough. Because of a lack of 
clear-cut, structural differences in male genitalia, Forbes (1960) recog- 
nized only aurantiaca and lamae (Freeman) as distinct. He did not com- 
ment on ferruginosa, presumably due to a lack of reference material. 
Biologically, however, ferruginosa is certainly a separate species, and in 
addition has priority over two forms, “immaculata” and “trimaculosa,” 
cited by Forbes under aurantiaca. | 

Data assembled from other collectors show that in northern areas where 
both species are limited to one generation per year, flight periods must be 
nearly identical and ecological isolating factors are as yet unrecorded. 
As no difference in the genitalia which might present a physical barrier 
to copulation has been detected, it is likely that some sort of ecological 
(i.e., physiological) preference creates a degree of isolation. Moreover, 
one would expect such siblings to occupy different niches to minimize 
competition; the mechanism is most likely multifactorial. In other popu- 
lations, for example, there are evidences of behavioral barriers. Connecti- 
cut aurantiaca females fly readily, though not quite so far and actively 
as the males; while ferruginosa females are reluctant to fly at all. Dif- 
ferent mating times are also quite probable. Under 16-hour photoperiod 
laboratory conditions, one aurantiaca complex strain from New Jersey 
mated approximately four hours before light switch-off, while a lamae 
strain from Maine mated some four hours after switch-off. 

In Connecticut, the total situation is quite different, since ferruginosa 
is single brooded and seems to be isolated by flight period and environ- 
ment from its double-brooded sibling, aurantiaca. The author has taken 
aurantiaca over the last five years in several Connecticut localities be- 
tween 5-16 June and 3-23 August in open, and often abandoned, 
fields. H. ferruginosa has been collected at Branford, Connecticut (the 
only known occurrence in the state) in 1963-1964 between 5-30 July. 
The habitat is somewhat open, grassy woods. At present the exact south- 
ern extension of the two species in this type of relationship is uncertain, 
but its distribution is at least New Jersey through Illinois, according to 
the report of Wyatt (1939) giving similar observations from Illinois. 

The third species, Holomelina lamae (Freeman), was described in 1941 
from New Brunswick and Nova Scotia with a sphagnum bog habitat and 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society fal 


is currently known from Manitoba, northern Wisconsin, and coastal 
Maine and New Hampshire. H. lamae, like ferruginosa, seems structurally 
identical to aurantiaca, but lamae populations are strictly confined to 
this distinct, localized environmental niche, and are thereby isolated from 
the other two sibling species. Ferguson (1953) reports that in Nova 
Scotia adurantiaca and ferruginosa may fly within sight of the bog, but 
do not enter, so that one may conclude that such isolation is both eco- 
logical and behavioral. Ferguson also notes that lamae is active diurnally, 
while the two sibling species in question generally fly only when flushed; 
_lamae, on the other hand, is not attracted to “blacklight” as are the other 
two. 

Further information on relationships between these sibling species will 
come from hybridization studies currently in progress. It would be diffi- 
cult to measure quantitatively genetic interchange among the three, if 
such occurs, as each so-called population exhibits extensive but parallel 
variation, presumably under the control of similar genes. Probably no 
attempt to describe these siblings could be completely successful, as the 
number of individual variants in a given population as well as clinal 
divergence preclude the use of any single character as an absolute. Yet 
cautious utilization of the following descriptions should suffice for eastern 
material with the exception of Florida. 


Holomelina aurantiaca (Hubner ) 
Eubaphe aurantiaca Hiibner, 1827, Zutrage z. exot. Schmett., 3: 9 


MALE. Upperside: Forewing pale orange to brown, often with a darker, obscure 
postmedial band and discal spot; fringe concolorous. Hindwing light orange to 
carmine red, rarely light yellow, rarely immaculate, usually a complete, distinct 
terminal band, often with discal spot; fringe either concolorous with terminal band 
or with ground color. Underside: Immaculate reddish orange, the forewing being 
a shade deeper than the hindwing. 

FEMALE. Upperside: Forewing pale orange, in northern material suffused with 
brown, more heavily over the basal two-thirds; dark, transverse postmedial bands 
alternate with light orange, partially overscaled with brown; usually a dark, obscure 
discal spot; whitish cream spots below origin of Cus and beyond (especially in 
northern specimens). Hindwing light orange, discal spot usually present, terminal 
markings rarely absent, mostly comparatively reduced to irregular blotches or spots 
in submarginal area. Underside: Forewing immaculate orange. Hindwing lighter, 
with reduced terminal markings of the upperside, or immaculate. 

Palpi, head, and thorax orangish brown to ocher, abdomen orange, often with 
dorsal and lateral spots on segments, sometimes appearing as an unbroken line or band. 

Length of forewing: apex to base, in male 9.5 mm to 11.0 mm, average 10.0 mm; 
in female 10.0 mm to 12.0 mm, average 11.0 mm; average for both sexes, apex to 
outer angle 6.0 mm. Hindwing: outer angle to base, 8.0 mm; base to end of vein 
Cu, 8.0 mm. 


12. Carpe: Nearctic Holomelina Vol. 19, now? 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 


Adults of Holomelina (upperside). Top row, H. aurantiaca (Hiibner): left, 
¢, Simsbury, Hartford Co., Connecticut, VIII-11-64; middle, ¢, same data; right, 9, 
Farmington, Hartford Co., Conn., VI-9-60. Second row, H. ferruginosa (Walker): 
left, ¢, Branford, New Haven Co., Conn., VII-5-63; middle, ¢, same locality, VII- 
18-63; right, 2, same locality, VII-22-63. Lower row, H. lamae (Freeman): left, 
6, Seawall Bog, Acadia National Park, Mt. Desert Island, Maine, VII-25-64; middle, 
2, same data; right, 9, same data. 


Holomelina ferruginosa ( Walker ) 
Crocata ferruginosa Walker, 1854, Cat. Lep. Brit. Mus., 2: 535 


MALE. Upperside: Forewing immaculate light orange or orange generally suffused 
with brown, darker basally with a dark postmedial and often medial and submarginal 
bands parallel to outer margin; rarely small whitish cream spots in submedian inter- 
space; dark, indistinct discal spot or bar in darker specimens; fringe concolorous 
with forewing or fuscous. Hindwing lighter than forewing, usually light orange, 
often immaculate, rarely pale yellow; terminal band at times present, fragmented into 
a series of blotches, larger subterminally with upper portions more distant from 
outer margin, rarely nearly complete; fringe concolorous with ground color or fuscous. 
Underside: Forewing salmon pink, brighter subcostally, more orange near outer 
margin. Hindwing immaculate light orange. 

FEMALE. Upperside: Forewing orange, suffused with brown, a dark wavy post- 
medial band; whitish cream spots usually present. Dark discal spot often elongated 
into bar over discocellular area; fringe concolorous or dark brown. Hindwing orange 
or yellowish orange; terminal band rarely nearly complete, not quite to outer margin, 
usually broken into two irregular blotches, the larger submedially; a thick discal 
dash, spot or outwardly convex crescent over middle discocellular area. Underside: 
Forewing brownish orange; upperside discal spot or dash, traces of upperside post- 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 73 


medial as black spots and bars repeated as well-defined black markings. Hindwing 
has the definitive black terminal markings of the upperside, though somewhat re- 
duced. 

Length of forewing: in male 12.0 mm to 13.0 mm, average 12.5 mm; in female 
11.5 mm to 13.0 mm, average 12.0 mm; apex to outer angle average, 8.0 mm in male, 
7.0 mm in female; outer angle to base average, 9.5 mm in male, 9.0 mm in female. 
Hindwing: base to end of vein Cui, 10.0 mm in male, 8.5 mm in female. 


Holomelina lamae (Freeman) 
Eubaphe lamae Freeman, 1941, Canad. Ent., 73: 123 


MALE. Upperside: Forewing dark brown; in most populations (not Maine) a 
definitive whitish cream spot just below origin of Cus; an obscure black spot at 
upper end of cell. Hindwing light orangish yellow to yellow with a broad, black 
terminal band extending over at least 40%; inner edge of terminal band sinuous and 
extending to base along anal veins over fold or inner margin; discal spot large, black, 
distinct, frequently fused to or included in terminal band; fringe fuscous. Underside: 
Forewing salmon pink with a black discal spot. Hindwing orangish yellow, suffused 
with black markings in terminal area, especially subterminally, not over veins. 

FEMALE. Upperside: Forewing brown, as in male, except with distinct orange 
tinge distally; generally with a larger whitish cream spot below origin of Cup, 
often with additional spots in submedian interspace; dark postmedial band present, 
often obscured. Hindwing light orange or yellowish orange, occasionally with a 
broad, black terminal band, not quite to outer margin, usually fragmented into spots 
and bars larger subterminally and streaked towards base as black shading in the anal 
region; black discal spot large, distinct, often elongated into a bar; fringe orange— 
yellow. Underside: As in male, with terminal band of secondaries repeated below. 

Palpi, head, and thorax reddish brown to orange; abdomen lighter, more often 
with black dorsal spots on each segment, rarely fused. (In some females such spots 
may extend into wide bands, and the basal segment is wholly blackish. ) 

Length of forewing: in male 8.5 mm to 9.5 mm, average 9.0 mm, in female 9.5 
mm to 10.5 mm, average 10.0 mm; apex to outer angle average 5.5 mm in both sexes; 
outer angle to base average 6.5 mm in male, 7.0 mm in female. Hindwing: base to 
end of vein Cu; average, 7.0 mm in both sexes. 


Il. THe sTATuS oF HOLOMELINA OPELLA NIGRICANS 


Crocata opella Grote, 1863, and C. nigricans Reakirt, 1864, were both 
described from Pennsylvania; and although distinct in appearance, have 
been regarded as forms of a single species by recent authors. Larval 
descriptions of Holomelina opella by Dyar in 1897 and of nigricans by 
Forbes in 1910 indicate that these forms have differences in early stages. 
The obvious inference submitted by Forbes (1910, 1960), is that nigricans 
is an independent taxon. However, no morphological dissimilarities be- 
tween the male genitalia (which might be considered mechanical repro- 
ductive barriers ) have been noted in northern material. Even if these were 
present, they might not necessarily represent a significant reproductive 
isolating factor. 

Brown (1961) believes that different flight periods and discrete larval 
differences in themselves do not signify “specificity.” The criterion that 
Brown emphasized in his statistical treatment of wing character variation 


74 CarpvE: Nearctic Holomelina Vol. 19, now? 


in two closely sympatric Coenonympha (Satyridae) populations was gene 
flow from one pool to another, and for him such probable “contamination” 
or interchange of a great extent precluded any determination of “spe- 
cificity,” even though the units in question apparently were not reproduc- 
tive isolates, and presumably discrete to a certain degree. Brown viewed 
the contaminating genes as essentially relative to superficial appearance 
and not involving any physiological divergence. However, as was pointed 
out in discussion of the aurantiaca complex, such factors may be difficult 
to determine, especially in view of several practical considerations, viz., 
yearly fluctuations in the population levels, and difficulty in obtaining 
wild females and population samples. In addition there is some question 
as to the identity of the “nigricans” type, so that for the present the author 
refuses to admit an unqualified separation of opella and opella “nigricans,” 
and prefers to postpone answering the question by treating the two as a 
complex. 


Ill. THe priortry oF HOLOMELINA FRAGILIS 


McDunnough (1938) recognized both fragilis (Strecker) and costata 
(Stretch ) as species. A recent examination of the fragilis types indicates 
that they are conspecific with costata. H. fragilis was described in 1878 
from Pagosa Springs, Colorado, seven years before costata was described 
from Texas (collected by Belfrage, but exact type locality unknown). 
Considerable variation in the gray ground color of the forewing and 
amount of crimson suffusion is not clearly associated with either a cline 
or subspeciation as indicated by previous authors. Thus H. costata palli- 
pennis (Barnes and McDunnough), described from Glenwood Springs, 
Colorado, should also fall as a synonym of H. fragilis. H. fragilis speci- 
mens have a pronounced tendency to fade, and this in particular is likely 
responsible for past confusion. 


A PARTIAL KEY TO NEARTIC HOLOMELINA 


1. Palpi approximately equal to half head vertex width ______ ee 2 
Palpi approximately equal to or greater than head vertex width 4 

2. HW immaculate orange ocher; FW light fuscous-gray suffused with crimson; 
TMGersidesand) Costa Sean ety sss) ceca ee fragilis (Strecker) 
HW ‘terminally shaded with black—brown ____________ | 3 


3. FW underside crimson with black marginal band; FW upper ee oe with 
crimson costa; HW crimson to red—yellow with black—brown terminal band 
ee SOU EAR aa ek he ei a 5 EL a, ea intermedia (Graef ) 

FW underside mostly gray or gray—black, crimson costally; FW upper dark gray 
with crimson costa; HW crimson with light black terminal band _ laeta (Guérin) 

4. FW yellow-brown with crimson costa; HW crimson with black sinuous terminal 
band running from below base on inner margin to near apex __.-- 


Serena ieee awe WAND eo Ae one eS ee ostenta (Hy. Edwards) 
Costal edge concolorous with FW or indistinct HW discoidal spot present 5 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 75 


Bee vidiesm(direnmualum simple, hooks present) 222 6 
Hemaless(irenulum multiple, hooks lacking) 2.232 af 

6. HW in northern material generally solid blackish; or FW costal edge contrast- 
ing; HW markings indistinct; clasper apex forked opella complex 


HW usually largely orange or bright yellow; clasper apex slender, simple ______ 
aN ne ee aurantiaca complex 

7. HW with indistinct discoidal spot, and all blackish or mixed with reddish or 
yellowish ocher with black shaded terminally from inner margin — opella complex 

HW very rarely immaculate, usually black in terminal area and discal spot; 

in some species shaded towards base along inner margin or fold; FW in 

northern material often with white spots; abdomen usually with lateral or 
ReanscOACKMS MOUS) eee Ee Nee ee aurantiaca complex 


SUMMARY 


1. This paper is the first in a series on the Holomelina; it suggests 
several taxonomic changes and indicates areas of uncertainty currently 
under investigation. 

2. The aurantiaca complex is widely distributed and consists of sev- 
eral sibling species; those not in confusion are ferruginosa (Walker) and 
lamae (Freeman). Identification and several discrete barriers to possible 
hybridization of these siblings are discussed. 

3. Preliminary biological evidence suggests that opella and nigricans 
are independent taxa. 

4. H. costata and costata pallipennis are synonymized under fragilis 
(New Synonymy ). 

5. Males in certain populations of the aurantiaca and opella complexes 
are very close in maculation and consequently are best determined by 
genitalia. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The writer would like to express his sincere thanks to Mr. A. K. Wyatt 
(Chicago) for checking types, Prof. W. T. M. Forbes (Cambridge, 
Mass.), Mr. D. C. Ferguson (Yale University, New Haven, Conn.), and 
Dr. C. C. Roys (Tufts University, Medford, Mass.) for helpful advice, 
and Dr. C. L. Remington (Yale University ) for kindly encouragement and 
counsel throughout much of this work. 

For loan of material, the author wishes to thank Dr. P. J. Darlington, 
Jr. (Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge), 
and Dr. F. H. Rindge (American Museum of Natural History, New York). 


LITERATURE CITED 


Brown, F. M., 1961. Coenonympha tullia on islands in the St. Lawrence River. 
Cand. Ent., 93: 107—117. 

Frercuson, D. C., 1953. On the identity and status of Eubaphe lamae Freeman 
(Lepidoptera, Arctiidae). Cand. Ent., 85: 371-373. 


76 CaRDE: Nearctic Holomelina Vol. 19; nox? 


FLeTcHer, D. S., 1954. A revision of the genus Eubaphe (Lepidoptera : Geometri- 
dae). Zoologica, 39: 153-166. 

Forses, W. T. M., 1910. New England caterpillars, no. 2. Eubaphe nigricans 
Reakirt. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 18: 163-164. 

1960. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states, pt. IV. Mem. Cornell 

Univer Aerie kixpyeStaeon len lS. 

FREEMAN, T. N., 1941. New species of Canadian Lepidoptera. Cand. Ent., 73: 
WAS 

Dyar, H. G., 1897. The larva of Crocota opella Grote. Psyche, 8: 119. 

McDunnoucu, J. H., 1938. Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the 
United Sialies of Aaneten. Mem. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 1; 1-275. 

WALKER, F., 1855. Cat. Brit. Mus. Lep. Het., 2: 535. 

Wyatt, A. K., 1939. Notes on certain forms af Eubaphe. Cand. Ent., 71: 96-99. 


PROBABLE SECOND U.S. RECORD FOR EREBIA DISCOIDALIS 


On 24 May 1964 W. R. Pieper, Ray Glassel, and I were collecting 
in Lake County, Minnesota. About 20 miles north of Two Harbors, 
we stopped at the little town of McNair. The general area is one of 
acid bogs, characterized by black spruce, white cedar, and tamarack. 
Ground cover is mostly mosses (sphagnum, hipnum, haircap, etc.) 
with occasional gatherings of checkerberry, Labrador tea, leather-leaf, 
and claytonia. 

Just behind the buildings at McNair (NE %, S 24, T 56 N, R 11 W) 
is an open, grassy meadow, sparsely dotted with speckled alder and 
quaking aspen, both of shrub size. In this meadow we captured three 
badly worn but typical red-disked alpines, Erebia discoidalis (Kirby). 

Macy and Shepard (1941)! list the only U.S. record for this species 
as Itasca Park (Clearwater County), Minnesota on 31 May 1935. The 
most recent literature that I have is Ehrlich and Ehrlich (1961 ),? where 
the Itasca Park record is again cited as the only U.S. record. We have 
reason to believe, then, that the three specimens taken by us on 24 
May are the second documented occurrence of Erebia discoidalis for 
the U.S. If any readers know of other specimens, I would be interested 
in the details. 


Ronap L. Huser, 480 State Office Bldg., St. Paul, Minnesota 


1Ralph W. oe & Harold H. Shepard, Butterflies (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota 
Press, 1941), 91 

Pee Blirlich & A. H. Ehrlich, How to Know Butterflies (Dubuque: Wm. C. Brown Co., 
1961), p j 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 77 


THE LIFE HISTORY OF PROBLEMA BYSSUS (HESPERIIDAE) 


RICHARD HEITZMAN 
3112 Harris Ave., Independence, Mo., U.S.A. 


Existing in widely scattered colonies from Florida to Texas and north 
to southern Illinois and Iowa, Problema byssus Edwards, is a real prize 
for the skipper enthusiast. Here in Missouri, in the western part of 
its range it is confined to the few remaining areas of virgin prairie. 
Although byssus is an extremely local species it is often found to be 
abundant once a colony is located. The host plant in this region is 
a tall broad-leaved grass, Tripsacum dactyloides L. (gama grass). This 
plant grows in large beds, usually in the dampest part of the prairie 
locale. The golden byssus confines its activities to the area of the grass 
beds, rarely straying farther away than the nearest flowers. Although 
gama grass grows in many locations other than virgin prairie, Problema 
byssus seems unable to adjust to another habitat. 

The species is single brooded, adults flying from early June (males) 
to late July (stray females). The males emerge at least a week ahead 
of the females and spend most of their time battling among themselves 
and visiting nearby flowers. They are especially attracted to milkweed 
(Asclepias ), Indian hemp (Apocynum), and purple cone flower ( Echina- 
cea). With the emergence of the first females the habits of the males 
undergo a radical change. From this point on the males are seldom 
observed fighting or visiting flowers. Most of their time is now spent 
in slow, skipping flight back and forth across the grass beds in search 
of emerging females. The males are active, powerful fliers, difficult 
to catch. The females are less active, with a slow sluggish flight, rarely 
straying from the grass beds. 

The following life history observations were conducted over a five- 
year period, 1959 through 1963, on collections taken in the largest known 
colony in this area. Numerous observations of wild larvae were made 
during this period in the same locale located just south of Holiday, 
Kansas, in Johnson County. 


Ecc. Chalky white, no pattern visible under 25 power magnification. Shape 
hemispherical, flattened at apex. Width and height about 1.5 mm. 
Ova are deposited at random on both upper and lower sides of the 


leaves. The larvae emerge in eight to nine days. 


First Instar Larva. Body pale green, sparsely covered with short white hair; 
a tiny white mark dorsally at each intersegmental fold; prothoracic shield dark 
brown, almost black; head dull red brown with numerous yellow hairs, mandibles 


black. 
The larva first eats the entire eggshell and then wanders about the 


78 HeitzmMan: Problema life history Vol. 19, no. 2 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 


Mature larva, lateral aspect and enlarged view of head case. Egg, lateral and 
dorsal aspect. Pupa, ventral and lateral aspect. Adult male and female from 
Holiday, Johnson County, Kansas. 


grass blade and selects a spot for its first tent. No preference of position 
was noted, some larvae choosing the tip, others the base or middle area 
of a grass blade. The larvae cut a section across the leaf about one- 
fourth inch deep and fasten the edge back making a tent about one 
inch in length. The tent is held in place by strong silk strands placed 
at one-sixteenth inch intervals. On the second day the larvae begin 
eating, choosing a spot just above the tent. 


SECOND INsrar LArvA. Body color pale watery green, translucent, with blotchy 
appearance; body without noticeable taper, sparsely covered with bristly white 
hairs, several longer ones on the anal segment; spiracles protruding, giving appear- 
ance of a row of warts along each side; prothoracic shield dark brown; head dull 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 79 


orange brown, mandibles darker brown; a pale gray band beginning at base of 
each mandible and extending across face parallel to epicranial suture, following 
suture to crown; frons slightly raised, dark brown; another dull gray band beginning 
at back of mandibles follows outer edge of epicranial plates to crown; head thinly 
covered with white bristles. 


The larval tent in this instar measures about two and a half inches 
in length and is made by folding together an entire leaf and sealing the 
edges with silk. 

TuirD INsTtaR Larva. Body color pale green, translucent, with a few long hairs 
on last abdominal segment, thickly dusted with minute black dots; first spiracle 
on each side enclosed by a silvery wart; prothorax white, prothoracic shield black, 
extending from spiracle to spiracle; body without noticeable taper; head pale 
orange brown; two cream-colored bands starting at crown, paralleling epicranial 
suture to base of mandibles, another cream-colored line follows outer edges of 
epicranial plates from base of mandibles to crown, a cream-colored line circles the 


back of head bordering prothorax; frons darker brown and slightly raised; head 
thinly covered with short white bristles. 


FourtH Instar Larva. Body color pale yellow green, last abdominal segment 
dull yellow; body covered with minute short white hair and thickly sprinkled with 
very tiny black warts; head light red brown with two white stripes starting at base 
of mandibles, extending to crown parallel to epicranial suture and continuing 
around and down outer edge of epicranial plates; frons with two white vertical 
lines; labrum white, noticeably extended, mandibles much darker brown; prothorax 
white; prothoracic shield black. 


This is the instar in which hibernation takes place. Larvae reared 
on potted grass plants in the house continue to feed for several weeks 
at a very retarded rate. Wild larvae, however, follow an entirely differ- 
ent pattern of behavior. Shortly after entering the fourth instar the wild 
larvae construct a silken lined chamber from three to six inches in 
length within the larval tent. Although still very active when disturbed, 
the larvae make no further attempt to eat and their coloring undergoes 
a radical change. The entire body becomes a pale creamy white covered 
with minute black bristles. The head turns to a purplish black color 
with a blistered appearance. There is no visible pattern on the head. 
The hibernation stage is probably triggered by rain and cool nights 
which begin to occur in late August in this area. Without these stimuli 
the larvae being reared on potted grass in the house continue to feed 
at a slow rate and begin entering the fifth instar in late September. 
By late April the first warm spring rains have aroused the quiescent 
larvae and they cut through their silken shroud and begin devouring 
the tender new leaves of the host plant. For about a week they feed 
hungrily, growth is fairly rapid but there is no change in the previously 
described drab coloration of the larvae. After feeding for seven to ten 
days the larvae enter the fifth instar. 


80 HeirzMan: Problema life history Vol. 19, no. 2 


FirtaH Insrar Larva. Body color pale yellowish green, last two abdominal seg- 
ments paler, covered with numerous short white bristles; integument translucent, 
heart appearing as a bright green middorsal line; a pale yellow shading at each 
intersegmental fold; prothoracic shield white with a thin black edging from spiracle 
to spiracle; abdominal area pale greenish white; head deep reddish brown with 
white bands and markings, area at back of head white; two white bands parallel 
stalk of epicranial suture to crown and on around outer edges of epicranial plates 
to base of mandibles; a small vertical white dash at either side of the frons; man- 
dibles dark brown edged with white, labrum white; entire head with a rough 
texture; frons dark brown with a small central white area, edged with narrow 
white lines. 

SixTH (Fina) Insrar Larva. Length 37—43 mm; body color dull blue green with 
a yellowish overcast dorsally; last two abdominal segments powdery white ventrally 
due to thick pads of wax flake secretions; integument translucent with the darker 
green heart clearly visible; intersegmental folds appear as yellow rings; body thickly 
covered with minute white hair when viewed under magnification; spiracles cream 
colored with a minute green wart above and below each; prothoracic shield dark 
brown dorsally; body with almost no noticeable taper; head small (only about 
half the circumference of body), pale reddish brown with cream-colored areas; 
outer edges of the epicranial plates edged with cream from crown nearly to base 
of mandibles; arms of epicranial suture narrowly edged, cream-colored; two broad 
cream-colored lines parallel stalk of epicranial suture; two pale vertical areas located 
in lower central portion of each epicranial plate; frons cream-colored centrally; 
mandibles reddish brown; a few short white bristles on head, which has a slightly 
blistered appearance. 


In the last instar the larva rolls a leaf and fastens it for several inches 
with a heavy silken strand about every fourth of an inch for the length 
of the tent. These tents measure from seven to nine inches in length 
and are open at the top and bottom. The tent is provided with a thin 
lining of silk. As the larvae near full growth they construct their tent 
from two grass blades. The larvae eat the first few inches from one 
leaf and where the base of the tent is to begin they eat all but the 
midrib for about one-half inch. The base of the other grass blade is 
then eaten away in the same manner and the two blades drawn together 
and fastened with strong silken strands. This makes a beautiful piece 
of camouflage as it appears to be a single grass leaf. Wild larvae are 
observed feeding in the daylight but when approached or the plants 
are touched they rapidly move backwards to the center of the tent. 


Cocoon. Dense, of shiny white silk. 

The cocoon is spun among the rubbish at the base of the plants, 
among the grass stems, or in a rolled up leaf near the host plant. In 
the breeding cage cocoons were also spun on the top and sides of the 
cage in both vertical and horizontal positions. Pupation occurs three 
days after the start of the cocoon. 


Pupa. Long and slender, 6-7 mm at widest point, 23-27 mm in length; color 
a beautiful pastel cream with a few tiny brown dots; cremaster a tapering, ventrally 
curving point, strongly inbedded in silk lining of cocoon. 


Emergence of adults occurs about two weeks following pupation. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 81 


The time spent in each instar is variable; the following represents an 
average life cycle. 
EGG : Eggs laid in late June emerge eight to nine days later. 
FIRST INSTAR  : Six to seven days. 
SECOND INSTAR : Seven to eight days. 
THIRD INSTAR : Eleven to thirteen days. 


FOURTH INSTAR : About eight and a half months, the hibernation stage 
covering the period from late August to late the follow- 


ing April. 
FIFTH INSTAR : Ten to thirteen days. 
FINAL INSTAR : Ten days to a little over two weeks (females seem to 


develop more slowly ). 


PUPA : Thirteen to sixteen days. The first adults normally 
emerging about the start of the second week in June. 


My thanks go to Dr. John R. Reeder of Yale University for the host 
plant determination and to William Howe of Ottawa, Kansas, for the 
illustration of the life history. 


BOOK REVIEW 


PRODROMUS LEPIDOPTERORUM SLOVACIAE [Prodromus of the 
Lepidoptera of Slovakia]. By Karel Hruby. 1964. 962 pp., 3 maps. Pub- 
lished by the Slovak Academy of Sciences. Klemensova Street 27, Bra- 
tislava,; Czechoslovakia. Price 83,- Kés. 

Slovakia is an interesting and beautiful country in Central Europe. 
There are a number of different land formations; in the southern part it 
is the great Lowland of the river of Danube with xerothermic localities, 
in the north there are the mountains of which the Tatra is the highest 
(with the Peak of Gerlach 2,663 m). 

The fauna of Lepidoptera of Slovakia was intensively investigated, but 
results of this work were published in different languages and dispersed 
in short faunistic contributions. Therefore, comprehensive research 
work was very difficult. Hruby’s work is of great importance for the 
students of Lepidoptera in Central Europe. 

The introductory parts of the book are written simultaneously in Slo- 
vak and Latin. These chapters treat the history of faunistic work of the 
Slovak Lepidoptera and zoogeography and ecology of butterflies and 
moths (pp. 5-59). The bibliography (pp. 60-98) contains 889 citations 
published in the period of 1772-1960. Lists of revised collections and of 
all recorded localities (pp. 99-127) conclude this part of the Prodromus. 


82 McFar.LaNp: Automeris and Hemihyalea Vol. 19; nor? 


The main part of the book (pp. 128-882) is the systematic survey of 
all species of Lepidoptera and their localities in Slovakia. In this coun- 
try 2,696 species are recorded. 

The index of authors and species (pp. 883-962) finishes this monu- 
mental work. “Prodromus Lepidopterorum Slovaciae” is the first com- 
plete work about Lepidoptera of Slovakia. 

(The author, Professor of Genetics of Charles University, Prague, died 
in an automobile accident on 10 Dec. 1962). 


Joser Moucua, Narodni museum v Praze, Praha 1, Czechoslovakia 


FIELD NOTES ON AUTOMERIS ZEPHYRIA (SATURNIIDAE) 
AND LARVAE OF HEMIHYALEA EDWARDSI (ARCTIIDAE) 
IN NEW MEXICO 


In Juan Tabo Canyon, not far from the type locality of Callophrys 
(Sandia) macfarlandi Ehrlich & Clench, I captured a fresh specimen of 
Automeris zephyria Grote, at black light, in May, 1958. Near the town 
of Cedar Crest, southeast of Sandia Crest, another specimen of A. zeph- 
yria was taken on the porch of a restaurant, where it had come to a 
lighted window on 14 June 1961. 

On the morning of 15 June 1961, while collecting near Highway 66, 
in the foothills east of Albuquerque, large numbers of last instar larvae 
of Hemihyalea edwardsi Packard were observed on scrub oak; also pres- 
ent, in smaller numbers, were the larvae of an unidentified Hemileuca 
(Saturniidae). In some cases, the abundant Hemihyalea larvae had 
nearly stripped the oaks. They were crawling over the trunks and 
branches in bright sunlight, which is of interest as the larvae of H. 
edwardsi are strictly nocturnal under usual conditions. They normally 
hide in crevices in the trunk by day, and come out to feed at dusk, or 
after dark. 

There are some really excellent locations for moth collecting in the 
Sandia Mountains. In the spring of 1958, I had great success with a 
portable black light in Juan Tabo Canyon, off a side road which led 
into a wash with running water. Another very fine collecting area was 
along the road, from three to ten miles south of the small town of Placi- 
tas, on the northeast side of Sandia Peak. Vegetation is varied and 
luxuriant on the northern and eastern slopes of Sandia, being entirely 
different from the sparse growth on the southern and western slopes. 
The road to Sandia Crest (10,700 feet elev.) presents a variety of rich 
collecting spots, in several different plant associations. 


Noret McFarwanp, South Australian Museum, Adelaide, Australia. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 83 


TWO NEW SUBSPECIES OF MEGATHYMUS YUCCAE (Bdv. & LeC.) 
FROM TEXAS 


H. A. FREEMAN! 
1605 Lewis Drive, Garland, Texas 


There has been some confusion for a number of years concerning the 
status of specimens of Megathymus yuccae from Stephensville southward 
through San Antonio to Laredo. Don Stallings and I have referred to 
this large region as a “flux” area where specimens seemed to indicate 
characteristics of several subspecies. Recent studies have presented proof 
that actually we are dealing with a distinct subspecies showing relation- 
ships more closely to wilsonorum Stallings & Turner than to stallingsi 
Freeman, with which we had previously primarily associated it. With 
the naming of this subspecies the status and distribution of the various 
subspecies of yuccae in Texas is clarified. 


Megathymus yuccae kendalli Freeman, new subspecies 


FEMALE. Upper surface of primaries: flat black, with fairly heavy overscaling of 
yellowish gray hairs and scales near base; a few light gray scales near apex. Spot 1 
(cell spot), squarish, light yellow; subapical spots (2, 3, 4) white, broad, 2-3 mm 
in width, submarginal spots 5 and 6 narrow, yellowish white; spot 7 square, 4 mm 
wide and may or may not reach under inner edge of spot 6; spot 8 very much like 7; 
spot 9 shaped like a broad V with the point directed toward base of wing; all three 
spots (7, 8, 9) light yellow. Fringes sordid gray, checkered with black at ends of 
veins. 

Under surface of primaries: dull black, with entire outer margin overscaled with 
gray. All spots reappear, somewhat lighter than above. 

Upper surface of secondaries: flat black, with a few light hairs near base; marginal 
border narrow, sordid grayish yellow. Discal spots are well defined, fairly small, 10 
and 11 usually fused together. Only rarely a phantom spot in space 14. Fringes 
concolorous with marginal border. 

Under surface of secondaries: gray around marginal area becoming dull black over 
discal and basal regions. Two white subcostal spots usually present, the larger one 
nearer base, broadly linear, the smaller one much narrower. 

Abdomen dull black above, beneath only a little lighter. Thorax dark grayish 
black above, somewhat lighter beneath. Palpi white. Antennal club black with some 
white beneath, the remaining portion black, ringed with white above, nearly all 
white beneath. 

Length of forewing 30 to 36 mm, average 33 mm. Wing measurements of holotype: 
forewing, apex to base 33 mm, apex to outer angle 20.5 mm, outer angle to base 
25 mm; hindwing, base to end of Vein Cu; 25.5 mm. 

MALE: Upper surface of primaries: flat black, with fairly heavy overscaling of 
yellowish gray hairs and scales near base; a narrow overscaling of light gray near 
apex. Spot 1 (cell spot) small and oval. Spots 2 through 6 white. Spot 7 just 
barely reaches inner edge of spot 6. Spots 7 and 8 rounded on inner edge, 2.5 mm 
wide. Spot 9 somewhat pointed on inner surface, 3 mm wide. Spots 7, 8, and 9 light 
to medium dull yellow. Fringes gray, checkered with black at ends of veins. 


1] wish to express my deepest thanks to the National Science Foundation for GB-398 which 
is making this research on the Megathymidae possible. 


84 FREEMAN: More Megathymus subspecies Vol. 19, now? 


Under surface of primaries: dull black, some grayish scales near apex. All spots 
reappear, lighter than above, especially 7, 8, and 9. 

Upper surface of secondaries: flat black, some yellowish hairs near base; marginal 
border narrow to medium width, dull yellow. Fringes concolorous with marginal 


border. 

Under surface of secondaries: very similar to female. 

Abdomen, thorax, palpi, and antennae as in female. 

Length of forewing 24 to 30 mm. Wing measurements of the allotype: forewing, 
apex to base 26.5 mm, apex to outer angle 17 mm, outer angle to base 19 mm, hind- 
wing, base to end of vein Cu: 18 mm. 

Holotype, female, San Antonio, Bexar County, Texas, 12 March 1957, 
reared in Yucca constricta Buckley, pH 7.3; allotype, male, same location 
and foodplant, 24 April 1958; both were collected by Roy O. and Connie 
Kendall and will be placed in the American Museum of Natural History. 
Described from 135 specimens (72 males and 63 females) all reared 
from larvae; 101 specimens were collected by Roy O. and Connie 
Kendall at San Antonio, Bexar County, Texas. February, March, and 
April, 1957-61, in Yucca constricta Buckley; 32 specimens were collected 
by Stallings & Turner at San Antonio in the same foodplant, March—May, 
1948-56. One male and one female collected by the author at the same 
general area March, 1950, pH 7.3, same foodplant. There are five male 
and 11 female paratypes in the Kendall’s collection; 18 male and 14 
female paratypes in the Stallings & Turner collection. Paratypes will be 
placed in the Yale University collection and U. S. National Museum. The 
rest of the paratypes are in the author's collection. 

Associated with this subspecies but not made a part of the type series 
are specimens collected at the following locations: Inks Lake State Park, 
Burnet County; U. S. Highway 81, Medina County; Hondo, in cemetery; 
12 miles southeast of Laredo, on Highway 83; Eckert, Llano County; 
Burnet, Burnet County (Yucca rupicola Scheele); Stephensville, Erath 
County (Yucca pallida McKelvey); Bluff Dale, Erath County (Yucca 
pallida McKelvey and Yucca necopina Shinners); and Cleburne State 
Park, Johnson County, all in Texas. 

I take pleasure in naming this new subspecies for my good friends Roy 
O. and Connie Kendall who collected most of the type series. 

This subspecies is found 50 miles southwest of Cedar Hill, Dallas 
County, Texas (which is the southernmost record for M. yuccae stallingsi 
Freeman ) southward to the Mexican border at Laredo (Map 1). On the 
west it is replaced by M. y. louiseae Freeman, which occurs at Bracket- 
ville northward to San Angelo. It does not extend over to eastern Texas 
where M. y. reinthali Freeman occurs, except just east of San Antonio in 
the Floresville area, where Yucca louisianensis Trelease occurs in sandy 
soil in wooded areas, where the pH is acid. M. y. kendalli has not been 
taken in the lower Rio Grande Valley where M. y. wilsonorum S. & T. is 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 85 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 


Adults of Megathymus yuccae; left, upperside; right, underside. Top row: M. 
yuccae kendalli paratype ¢, San Antonio, Texas, 22 April 1948. 2nd row: M. yuccae 
kendalli paratype 2, San Antonio, Texas, 4 April 1948. 3rd row: M. yuccae winkensis 
paratype ¢, Wink, Texas, 24 March 1963. Lower row: M. yuccae winkensis para- 
type @, Wink, Texas, 11 March 1963. 


86 FREEMAN: More Megathymus subspecies Vol... 19; nore 


found. The former is associated with open country where the pH is on 
the alkaline side usually around pH 7.3-7.5. In most places the soil is 
rather rocky and scrub cedars (Juniperus) and mesquite are the dominant 
plant associates. The center of distribution of kendalli appears to be the 
San Antonio area, where most specimens have been taken from Yucca 
constricta Buckley. 

In comparing this subspecies with the others found in this general part 
of Texas, it differs from stallingsi in the following ways: stallingsi has the 
spots bright lemon yellow, whereas in kendalli they are dull, light yellow; 
the ground color in stallingsi is dark, shiny black, in kendalli it is flat 
black; in stallingsi spot 7 reaches under spot 6 usually, while in kendalli it 
just barely reaches the inner edge of spot 6 and often may be separate 
from it; in stallingsi the females have spots 7 and 8 usually wider than 
spot 9, but in kendalli they are usually somewhat narrower than spot 9. 
M. y. kendalli differs from reinthali in the following ways: the spots are 
much darker yellow in reinthali; the ground color of reinthali is dark, 
shiny black, while in kendalli it is flat black; the spot shape differs in the 
females, reinthali has all of the spots on both wings larger and better 
defined than in kendalli; in reinthali spot 7 reaches well under spot 6 
usually, while in kendalli it may or may not reach the inner edge of spot 
6. M. y. kendalli differs from louiseae in the following ways: in louiseae 
the spots are yellowish white, while in kendalli the spots, although light, 
are still darker yellow than in louiseae; the spots are better defined in 
kendalli in both sexes than they are in louiseae; the marginal border of 
the secondaries is somewhat more narrow in kendalli than in louiseae; 
the wing shape is different in both sexes, while kendalli has broader 
wings. M. y. kendalli differs from wilsonorum in the following ways: the 
wing shape differs, kendalli has broader wings; the marginal border of 
the secondaries of both sexes in wilsonorum is much wider than in ken- 
dalli; as a general rule individuals of wilsonorum are larger than those of 
kendalli; spot 7 is well separated from spot 6 in wilsonorum, while in 
kendalli most specimens have spot 7 just barely reaching to the inner edge 
of spot 6. The genitalia place kendalli closer to wilsonorum than to any 
other subspecies of yuccae. 

Several years ago Stallings & Turner found some old tents of Megathy- 
mus yuccae in Yucca campestris McKelvey at Wink, Texas. Using the 
information provided by them, I made two collecting trips to this area, 
one in November, 1962 and the other in November, 1963, to obtain speci- 
mens for study. As this area is very sandy and presents a habitat some- 
what different from any other in Texas, I was certain that we had 
something different even before any specimens were seen. The pH is 
acid being pH 5 for the study habitats. After the first specimen emerged 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 87 


it was obvious that we had a new subspecies, the description of which 
follows. 


Megathymus yuccae winkensis Freeman, new subspecies 


FEMALE. Upper surface of primaries: dark grayish black, with fairly heavy over- 
scaling of grayish yellow hairs and scales near base; a narrow, grayish line of 
overscaling from apex to about middle of wing just inside fringe. Spot 1 (cell spot) 
broadly rectangular, yellowish white; three narrow white spots between cell spot 
and costa; spots 2, 3, and 4 white, broad, 3 mm; spots 5 and 6 prominent, white, 
1-2 mm wide; spot 7 reaches to inner edge of spot 6, in some cases one-half the 
way under it; spot 7 broadly rectangular, 4.5 mm wide; spot 8 broadly rectangular, 
5.5 mm wide; spot 9 bent inward at bottom, sharply pointed toward base of wing, 
not as wide as spot 8, 4 mm wide; all three spots (7, 8, 9), yellowish white, on 
some specimens almost completely sordid white. Fringes sordid white, checkered 
with black at ends of veins. 

Under surface of primaries: dull grayish black, with the outer margin overscaled 
with light gray scales. All spots reappear, of the same general coloration as above. 

Upper surface of secondaries: dark grayish black, with some slight, lighter over- 
scaling near base; a broad, yellowish white, marginal border 3-4 mm in width; 
usually a white spot near costa. Markings light yellowish white; spots 10 and 11 
usually fused, rather small, 1.5 mm wide; spot 12 rounded, 2.5 mm wide, spot 13 
somewhat rectangular, 2-3 mm wide; usually a prominent spot in space 14 varying 
from phantom-like to a well-defined triangular spot. Fringes concolorous with 
marginal border. 

Under surface of secondaries: dull grayish black, the spots reappearing as lighter 
areas. Two well-defined, linear, subcostal white spots. A brown, circular dot just 
above spot 10. 

Abdomen dark grayish black above, slightly lighter beneath. Thorax grayish black 
above, somewhat lighter beneath. Palpi clear white. Antennae with club black, the 
remaining portion white with minute black rings between segments. 

Length of forewing 31-34 mm, average 33 mm. Wing measurements of holotype: 
forewing, apex to base 33 mm, apex to outer angle 19 mm, outer angle to base 23 
mm; hindwing, base to end of vein Cui 23.5 mm. 

MALE. Upper surface of primaries: dull grayish black, with heavy overscaling of 
yellowish gray hairs and scales at base; some light grayish overscaling near apex. 
Cell spot (spot 1) small, oval, white; three linear, white streaks above cell spot near 
costa; spots 2, 3, and 4 form a curved line, prominent, white, 2-3 mm wide; spots 
5 and 6 prominent, white; spot 7 usually extending one-half the distance beneath 
spot 6; spots 7 and 8 roughly square, 2—3.5 mm wide; spot 9 directed inward along 
vein, a light streak on vein on outer surface, 3.5 mm wide; spots 7, 8, 9 white in 
some cases with a very slight yellowish cast. Fringes light gray, checkered with 
black on veins. 

Under surface of primaries: dull grayish black, apical area overscaled with grayish 
scales. The spots reappear, of the same general coloration as above. 

Upper surface of secondaries: dark grayish black, some yellowish gray overscaling 
near base; a broad, sordid white, marginal border, 3-4 mm in width. Most veins are 
black, extending through this area. One specimen with two small but distinct discal 
spots. Fringes same color as marginal border. 

Under surface of secondaries: similar to female except grayish overscaling is a 
little more uniform in appearance. 

Abdomen, thorax, palpi and antennae same as in female. 

Length of the forewing 23 to 30 mm, average 29 mm. Wing measurements of 
allotype: forewing, apex to base 29.5 mm, apex to outer angle 18 mm, outer angle 
to base 21 mm; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu: 19.5 mm. 


88 FREEMAN: More Megathymus — subspecies Vol: 19; none 


Holotype female, Wink, Winkler County, Texas, 16 March 1964, 
reared in Yucca campestris McKelvey; allotype male, same location and 
foodplant, 9 March 1964, both were collected by the author and will 
be deposited in The American Museum of Natural History. 

Described from 36 specimens (22 males and 14 females) all reared 
from larvae. Three males and one female were taken six miles north of 
Pyote, Ward County, Texas, November, 1962 and emerged during Febru- 
ary and March, 1963; four males and five females were collected three 
miles south of Wink, Winkler County, Texas, November, 1962 and 
emerged during March and April, 1963; 15 males and eight females were 
collected at the northern edge of Wink, November, 1963 and emerged 
during March, 1964. All specimens were collected by H. A. Freeman. 
The type locality is the northern edge of Wink where the soil is red sand 
having a pH of 5. The elevation is 2,700 feet and the most predominant 
type of vegetation other than the foodplant, Yucca campestris McKelvey, 
was mesquite, tumbleweed, cacti, sand burs, and Mahonia. Apparently 
this subspecies is restricted to the above-mentioned areas, where the soil 
is acid. This is the only acid Yucca location that I have so far found in 
western Texas. 

The two subspecies of Megathymus yuccae that show closest relation- 
ship to winkensis are arizonae Tinkham and reubeni Stallings, Turner, & 
Stallings. In comparing the males of winkensis with arizonae the follow- 
ing differences are noted: the wing shape is somewhat broader in ari- 
zonae than it is in winkensis; the ground color in winkensis is grayish 
black, while in arizonae it is brownish black; the coloration of spots 7, 8, 
and 9, as well as the marginal border of the secondaries in winkensis is 
light whitish yellow, while in arizonae the same areas are a darker dull 
yellow. In comparing the males of winkensis with reubeni the following 
differences are noted: the wing shape is somewhat broader in reubeni 
than in winkensis; reubeni has heavier white overscaling along the outer 
margins and all spots seem to fuse together more than they do in winken- 
sis; the ground color of reubeni is flat black, while in winkensis it is more 
grayish black; and on the lower surface of the secondaries the subcostal 
spots are better defined in reubeni than they are in winkensis. In com- 
paring the females of winkensis with arizonae the following are noted: 
the ground color in winkensis is grayish black, while in arizonae it is 
more brownish black; the spots are lighter in color in winkensis than in 
arizonae; the wing shape is somewhat broader in arizonae than it is in 
winkensis; in arizonae the discal band of spots on the upper surface of 
the secondaries are better defined than in winkensis, and the phantom 
spot in space 14 is broadly V-shaped with the point directed toward the 
base of the wing, while in winkensis this spot is more of a distinct, tri- 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 89 


angular blotch; there are usually two white, oval spots below the outer 
subcostal spot on the lower surface of the secondaries in arizonae, while 
in winkensis these spots are obsolete. In comparing the females of 
winkensis with reubeni the following differences are noted: the wing 
shape is slightly broader in reubeni than in winkensis; spot 7 usually 
reaches to the cell spot in reubeni, while this rarely occurs in winkensis; 
all spots are larger and more fused together in rewbeni than they are in 
winkensis; there is more white overscaling in the outer margins of reubeni 
than in winkensis; the phantom spot in space 14 on the upper surface of 


' 
! 
\ 
\ 
( 
{ 
! 
i 
! 
i 

4 


; 
i 
t 
i 
' 
: 
’ 


re) 


een ee er 


~~ 
() 
| 
J) 
I! 
jeter I 
age" 731 
iS Bras 
ae 
' 
| 
1 
| 
f 
i] 
() ae eh a we ter 


EXPLANATION OF MAP 


Distribution of the subspecies of Megathymus yuccae (Boisduval & LeConte) in 
Texas. 1, M. yuccae reinthali Freeman; 2, M. y. coloradensis Riley; 3, M. y. stallingsi 
Freeman; 4, M. y. louiseae Freeman; 5, M. y. wilsonorum Stallings & Turner; 6, M. 


y. reubeni Stallings, Turner, & Stallings; 7, M. y. kendalli Freeman; 8, M. y. winkensis 
Freeman. 


90 FREEMAN: More Megathymus _ subspecies Vol. 19; nor2 


the secondaries in reubeni is more like that in arizonae than it is to 
winkensis; there is greater contrast on the lower surface of the secondaries 
in reubeni than in winkensis; and in reubeni the discal band on the upper 
surface of the secondaries is more yellow than spots 7, 8, and 9, while 
in winkensis they are all of the same light whitish yellow coloration. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Comstock, J. A., & C. M. DamMmers, 1934. The metamorphosis of three California 
diurnals. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 33: 79-92, 2 pl. 

FREEMAN, H. A., 1943. Notes on and redescriptions of Megathymus yucca (Bdv. & 
LeC.) and its subspecies. Ent. News, 54: 211-217. 

1951. Ecological and systematic study of the Hesperioidea of Texas. So. Meth- 
odist Univ. Studies, No. 6: 1-64. 

1958. <A revision of the genera of the Megathymidae, with the description of 
three new genera. Lepid. News, 12: 81-92, 1 pl. 

1963a. Megathymus yuccae in Texas, with the description of two new subspecies. 
Jour. Lepid. Soc., 17: 89-99, 2 pl. 

1963b. Type localities of the Megathymidae. Jour. Res. Lepid., 2 (2): 137-141. 

1964. The effects of pH on the distribution of the Megathymidae. Jour. Res. 
Lepid., 3 (1); 1-4. 

RiLey, C. V., 1876. Notes on the Yucca Borer, Megathymus yuccae (Bdv. & LeC.). 
Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 3: 323-3438, figs. 25-31. 

1877. Additional notes on Megathymus yuccae. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 3: 
566-568. 

STALLINGS, D. B., & J. R. TURNER, 1956. Description of a new subspecies of the 
Megathymus yuccae (Bdv. & LeC.) complex. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 55: 
150-152, 3 pl. 

1958. A review of the Megathymidae of Mexico, with a synopsis of the classifica- 
tion of the family. Lepid. News, 11: 113-137, 8 pl. 

1960. A new species of Agathymus and a new subspecies of Megathymus. Ent. 
News, 71: 109-115, 2 pl. 

STALLINGS, D. B., J. R. TURNER, & V. N. Stauuincs, 1963. Two new species and 
one new subspecies of Megathymidae from Mexico and Texas. Jour. Lepid. 
Soc., 17: 81-88, 3 pl. 

TrnkHaM, E. R., 1954. The biology and description of a new giant skipper from 
Arizona. Bull, “So: Calif. Acad. Sci., 53: 75-87, 2 pl. 


BOOK NOTICE 


ENTOMOLOGIE V. [Entomology, vol. V.]. By Jan Obenberger. 1964. 775 pp., 
846 figs., and 12 pls. (of which 6 in color). Published by the Czechoslovak Acad- 
emy of Sciences. Vodickova Street, Praha, Czechoslovakia. Price 71,- Kés. 

The fifth volume of the monumental Obenbergers work “Entomologie” (in 
Czech) contains the orders Trichoptera, Lepidoptera, and Diptera. 

The part on Lepidoptera (pp. 69-410, figs. 66-477, 12 pls.) contains a short 
review on the world system of families with a number of illustrations. In the intro- 
ductory chapters the morphology and anatomy of all stages of Lepidoptera are dis- 
cussed in detail. 

The part on Lepidoptera in this entomological work is the most comprehensive 
study about the general problems of this order in the Czech language. 

[The author, Professor of Entomology of Charles University, Prague, died at 29 
May 1964].—Joser Moucua, Narodni museum v Praze, Praha 1, Czechoslovakia 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 91 


A NOTE ON PYRGUS COMMUNIS AND 
PYRGUS ALBESCENS (HESPERIIDAE) 


J. W. TILDEN 
125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, California 


The status of Pyrgus communis Grote and Pyrgus albescens Ploetz is 
one of the unsettled problems in the study of American Hesperiidae. 
P. albescens has been considered a form or a subspecies of P. communis, 
or a distinct species. P. communis occupies a more northern range than 
does P. albescens, a range that comprises most of temperate Canada, 
the whole of the United States except the lower elevations of the south- 
west, and the Gulf Region of Texas. P. communis also occurs in Mexico, 
as noted by Evans (1953). P. albescens occupies areas in the south- 
west, in the southern Gulf Region of Texas, and south into Mexico. 

A large number of specimens was examined in the course of this 
study. Specimens from east of the Great Plains proved to be P. com- 
munis, as did those from Colorado, Utah, and localities north of these 
states. Brown et al. (1956) did not find P. albescens in Colorado, but 
Evans (1953) mentions a specimen in the British Museum from that 
State. Specimens from northern Arizona, northern and central California, 
and western Texas were P. communis. 

Specimens from southern and southeastern California were usually 
P. albescens. P. albescens has been recorded from Baja California by 
Rindge (1948), Powell (1958), and MacNeill (1962). Powell notes 
that a specimen from Descanso (about 35 miles south of the United 
States border) is intermediate between P. albescens and P. communis 
in genitalic structure, as is characteristic of populations in the San 
Diego area. 

In Arizona, specimens from north of the Mogollon Rim were P. com- 
munis, as were those from higher elevations in the isolated ranges to 
the south. The higher elevations of such ranges as the Santa Catalina 
Mountains and the Santa Rita Mountains yield P. communis, while the 
open desert usually is inhabited by P. albescens. At Sycamore Canyon, 
Santa Cruz County, Arizona, specimens with genitalia of both types 
were taken. This is a locality of intermediate elevation. 

Specimens from the Davis Mountains, Cuesta de Burro Mountains, 
and other mountains in western Texas (Trans-Pecos) were P. communis. 
East of the Pecos River, at Del Rio, Laredo, Rio Grande City, and on 
to Brownsville, only P. albescens was found. P. albescens seems to be 
the only one along the Gulf Coast, from at least San Patricio County 


92 TILDEN: Unsettled Pyrgus status Vol. 19, nox? 


in the north, south to the Mexican border. This species was recorded 
from Bayside, Refugio County; Welder Wildlife Refuge, San Patricio 
County, and Lake Corpus Christi, Live Oak County, south to Browns- 
ville, Port Isabel, Southmost and Boca Chica, all Cameron County. 
P. albescens thus occupies the entire Rio Grande Plains region. Ap- 
parently P. communis is absent from this region entirely. This is Plant 
Area 3 of Kendall & Freeman (1963) and all of Vegetational Area 6 
plus the southern half of Vegetational Area 2, of Gould (1962). 

P. albescens was also taken on the Off-Shore Islands [Mustang Island, 
Nueces County, 15 October 1963, Kendall & Tilden; Padre Island, 
Nueces County, same date and collectors; Lower Padre Island (offshore 
from Port Isabel), Cameron County, 24 October 1963, Tilden]. 

However, specimens examined from San Antonio, Bexar County, and 
from Palmetto State Park, Gonzales County, were P. communis. 

On the basis of available data, it appears that P. communis occupies 
cool and temperate regions, even when such areas occur as islands sur- 
rounded by deserts. P. albescens seems to be adapted to low-elevational 
warm areas, which may be either dry (Arizona, southern California ) 
or humid (Gulf Region of Texas). 

Most specimens are not difficult to discriminate by genital characters. 
By brushing away the hairs from the tip of the abdomen of the male, 
the tip of the valve (cucullus; cuiller of Evans) can be seen easily. 
If necessary a thin piece of paper may be thrust between the two valvae 
enabling better visual examination. The tip of the cucullus is prolonged 
and bidentate in P. communis but is very short and monodont in P. 
albescens. Occasional specimens are intermediate, or tend to vary 
somewhat. Most specimens seem to be recognizably one or the other, 
and some populations seem quite homogeneous, especially in the north- 
ern and eastern parts of the range. However, intermediate populations 
occur, as in the San Diego region of California, and presumably others 
might be found with further study. 

The phenotypes of the two are so similar that separation by size or 
color is untrustworthy. In long series, P. communis appears a bit larger, 
and with the ground color a rather dark gray. P. albescens in series ap- 
pears somewhat smaller, the ground color a lighter gray, and in some 
specimens at least, the white markings more extensive. These differences 
will not hold for all specimens. No really reliable visual discrimination 
is possible in many instances. 

The smaller average size and slightly lighter coloration of P. albescens 
might be expected of a desert population, as compared with a related 
population living in a more temperate climate. What significance the 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 93 


relatively minor difference in shape of the valve of the male may have 
is certainly obscure, but the geographical manner in which the two con- 
ditions of the valve tend to segregate, even if incompletely, suggests 
some selective value. 

There has been no general agreement as to what taxonomic level best 
expresses the slight but perceptible differences between the insects 
which have been named P. communis and P. albescens. One solution 
is to regard each as a valid species that replaces the other in the proper 
environment. This course has been taken by Klots (1951) and by Brown 
et al. (1956). The genitalic differences suggest this view. Yet it seems 
unlikely that this treatment would have been proposed by these workers 
had they been aware of the degree of intergradation that takes place 
along some of the interfaces. 

A second course is to regard each as a subspecies that replaces the 
other in the proper environment. This view is taken by Evans (1953), 
by McDunnough (1938), and by dos Passos (1964). This interpreta- 
tion also presents some problems. If the ranges are mapped in southern 
Arizona, we find the interesting condition of one subspecies (P. com- 
munis communis) existing as small islands surrounded by populations 
of the other (P. communis albescens). 

P. communis and P. albescens, while perceptibly different, do not 
seem to exhibit the degree of differences usually associated with either 
specific or subspecific status. Since each occupies a range, with inter- 
gradation along the lines of meeting and in some instances over con- 
siderable areas as well, they do not seem to be forms of one another 
in the usual sense of the term. There seems to be no taxonomic category 
that expresses their relationship precisely. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Brown, F. M., D. Err, & B. Rorcer, 1956. Colorado Butterflies, Part V. Hesperi- 
idae, Megathymidae. Proc. Denver Mus. Nat. Hist., No. 7, Denver, Colo. 

pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A Synonymic List of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Mem., 
The Lepid. Soc., No. 1. Yale University, New Haven, Conn. 

Evans, W. H., 1953. <A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae, Part III. British 
Museum (Natural History), London, England. 
Goutp, F. W., 1962. Texas Plants—a Checklist and Ecological Summary. Agric. 
& Mechanical Coll. Texas, Texas Agric. Exp. Sta., College Station, Texas. 
KENDALL, R. O., & H. A. FREEMAN, 1963. The Butterflies and Skippers of Texas. 
Rob & Bessie Welder Wildlife Foundation, Sinton, Texas. 

Kuorts, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Company, 
Boston, Mass. 

MacNet1, C. D., 1962. A preliminary report on the Hesperiidae of Baja California 
(Lepidoptera). Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser., 30: 91-116. 

McDunnovwcp, J., 1938. Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United 
States of America. Part I. Macrolepidoptera. Mem. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 1, 
Los Angeles, Calif. 


94 SHEPARD: Corrected Washington Erebia Vol: 19, nore? 


PowEL., J. A., 1958. Additions to the knowledge of the butterfly fauna of Baja 
California Norte. Lepid. News, 12: 26—32. 

Rinpce, F. H., 1948. Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of 
Lower California. No. 8. Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 
Ath ser., 24: 289-312. 


EREBIA DISA MANCINUS IN WASHINGTON STATE: 
. A CORRECTION 


Leighton (1946)! recorded the satyrid Erebia disa mancinus Double- 
day from Skyline Ridge, Mt. Baker, Whatcom County, Wash. This record 
was based on the J. F. G. Clarke collection. Leighton didn’t mention that 
the Clarke records were taken from a set of file cards. Clarke had pre- 
pared a complete file of his Lepidoptera collection before leaving Wash- 
ington State University. This file is now in the W.S.U. Entomology 
Department. Leighton never actually saw the specimens. The card with 
E. disa title bears the following information: “Erebia disa mancinus D. 
& H., #1573-1577, Skyline Ridge, Mt. Baker Dist, Wash., July 26, 1925. 
In‘coll. J. F.Clarke 

This determination was incorrect and rectified by Clarke in 1929. The 
W.S.U. Entomology Department reprint file contains a typed manu- 
script by Clarke.” In it he refers to E. vidleri Elwes from the Mt. Baker 
Dist. and the Olympic Mts. Also E. epipsodea Butler is recorded from 
Spokane. In addition to this the W.S.U. entomology collection contains 
four males of E. vidleri collected by Clarke in 1932. They are dated (two 
males ) Aug. 26 and (two males) Aug. 27. All specimens are from Skyline 
Ridge, Mt. Baker Dist., Wash. The two specimens of E. vidleri (Clarke, 
1929) from the Olympic Mts. are also in the W.S.U. collection. 

Thus it appears that the Erebia disa mancinus from Washington are 
only misdetermined E. vidleri. Leighton obviously never saw the manu- 
script of Clarke. An unfortunate mistake was published and is corrected 
here. 


Jon H. Sueparp, Dept. of Entomology, Washington State University, Pullman, Wash. 


1B. V. Leighton, The butterflies of Washington (Univ. of Wash. Press, 1946), Vol. 9, p. 47-63. 
2jJ. F. Clarke, A preliminary list of the Lepidoptera of Washington, 1929, 37 pages, typed 
manuscript. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 95 


DISTRIBUTION AND HOSTS OF FIVE PHILOTES IN 
CALIFORNIA (LYCAENIDAE) 


RosBertT L. LANGSTON 
University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U.S.A. 


In central coastal California, five entities of Philotes are known to 
occur: Philotes battoides bernardino, P. enoptes bayensis, P. enoptes 
smithi, P. enoptes tildeni, and P. sonorensis (Langston, 1964). 

The detailed area of this study encompasses the region in northern 
and central California from Humboldt County to San Luis Obispo County 
on the coast, and inland to the Sacramento and San Joaquin valleys. This 
area includes both the immediate coastal ranges (North Coast Range, 
Santa Cruz Mountains, and the Santa Lucia Range), and the inner coast 
ranges (Mt. Hamilton and Diablo Ranges south to the Tehachapi Moun- 
tains ). 

Two of these Philotes (bernardino and sonorensis) occur to the east 
and are much more widespread to the south of the above-defined central 
coastal area. Confirmed records of these localities are indicated on the 
state maps (Figs. 1 and 3). However, for brevity, this additional distri- 
bution is cited by county only. 

Host plant associations are included under each Philotes along with the 
distributional records. The data given in detail (locality, date, numbers, 
and collector) are those that have come to my attention from several 
lepidopterists since an earlier paper (Langston, 1964) was submitted for 
publication. Also included are 1963 and 1964 data accumulated subse- 
quent to this paper. Previously published data (Mattoni, 1954; Langston, 
1964) are given by locality only, but are repeated here to denote the 
remaining symbols on the central coastal map (Fig. 2). 

In an attempt to more easily picture the distributional patterns, the 
counties are listed from north to south, rather than alphabetically. The 
localities within each county are also listed from north to south, in com- 
bination with west to east, insofar as possible. 


PHILOTES BATTOIDES BERNARDINO Barnes & McDunnough 


Philotes battoides bernardino Barnes & McDunnough, 1916, Contr. Nat. 

plist leepid. NAY 3(2): 116. 

The San Bernardino blue is a late spring and early summer flier. Within 
the counties where detailed records are given below, it has been asso- 
ciated with Eriogonum fasciculatum foliolosum (Nuttall) S. Stokes. 

In southern California it has also been found, in most instances, on 
E. f. foliolosum. In addition it has been taken on E. fasciculatum fascicu- 


96 LANGSTON: Further Philotes records Vol. 19, no. 2 


latum Bentham along the immediate coast of southern California. In the 
desert and east slope areas it was found on E. fasciculatum polifolium 
(Bentham) S. Stokes and E. fasciculatum flavoviride (Munz & Johnston) 
S. Stokes. 


CENTRAL COASTAL RECORDS: 


San Benito Co.: Tres Pinos, 3 mi. S, VI-15-1963, 4 6 ¢,2 9 9; Paicines, 12 mi. 
S, VI-15-1963, 3 64, 4 99; Pinnacles Nat. Mon., 4 mi. E, VI-15-1963, 5 ¢ 36, 7 
29 (all R. L. Langston). 

Monterey Co.: Arroyo Seco; Arroyo Seco, 4 mi. E. 

Fresno Co.: Coalinga, 10 & 16 mi. NW, VI-7-1957, 2 ¢ 4 (O. E. Sette). 

San Luis Obispo Co.: Creston, 3 mi. S, V-4-1962, 1 2 (R. W. Thorp); Simmler, 
13 mi. WNW, VI-7-1957, 1 ¢@ (O. E. Sette). 


123 22 121 120 119 118 


bernardino 


Philotes battoides 


CALIFORNIA INSECT SURVEY 


Department of Entomology and Parasitology i 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA ° 


DRAFT 1955 Sacer 
115 lls 


EXPLANATION OF Map 1 


Geographic distribution of Philotes battoides bernardino Barnes & McDunnough 
in California. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 97 


Kern Co. (western part only): Frazier Park, VII-20-1963, 1 2 (J. A. Powell): 
Lebec, VI-9-1957, 2 6 6 (P. A. Opler); Tehachapi, 5 & 6 mi. NW, VI-14-1957, 6 
é 6 (O. E. Sette); near Woodford (Keene P. O.), VI-26-1955, 1 6,2 992 (J. A. 
Powell). 

California county records (see map 1): 

Inyo, Tulare, Kern, Ventura, Los Angeles, San Bernardino, Riverside, Orange, San 
Diego. 

Baja California Norte: 

South to Cedros Island (Rindge, 1948); Sierra San Pedro Martir (Patterson & 
Powell, 1960). 


PHILOTES ENOPTES BAYENSIS Langston 


Philotes enoptes bayensis Langston, 1964, Jour. Lepid. Soc., 17: 208 
(#196377). 


This blue is a late spring and early summer flier. In Contra Costa and 
Solano counties oviposition and larval feeding are known to occur upon 
Eriogonum latifolium auriculatum (Bentham) S. Stokes. In Marin and 
Sonoma counties it is associated with Eriogonum latifolium nudum 
(Douglas ex Bentham) S. Stokes. In these counties auriculatum and 
nudum are both white-flowered varieties, and tend to hybridize, so that 
in certain areas (particularly Marin County) the two are almost in- 
separable. Within the area studied, these plants come into bloom in mid- 
May and extend into July, with early or “fresh” blossoms in evidence 
during the flight of P. enoptes bayensis. 

The discovery of some papered specimens collected in 1907 that had 
been stored in the basement at the California Academy of Sciences, ex- 
tended the range of this insect to the north—into Humboldt and Men- 
docino counties. These two counties are not shown on the central coastal 
map (Fig. 2), but the localities as noted by the collector are given below. 
Additional data is given in parenthesis to indicate the areas in relation to 
places that appear on most state maps. 


The complete known distribution is as follows: 


Humboldt Co.: Fruitland (near Eel River, SE of McCann), VI-15-1907, 1 ¢, 2 
2 2, VI-17-1907, 8 ¢¢, 14 2 @ (John Strohbeen). 

Mendocino Co.: Blue Rock (Creek 2 mi. S of Bell Springs), VI-18-1907, 1 ¢ 
(John Strohbeen). 

Sonoma Co.: Duncan Mills, 2 mi. E to 3 mi. NE, VII-9-1961, 3 ¢¢,1 9, VIL 
EmIGordi6 >. © 2. VI-29-1963; 1 9; VI-30-1963, 6 66,2 99 (N. L. LaDue), 
VII-5-1964, 3 66,1 92 (R. L. Langston); Duncan Mills, 2 mi. W, VII-5-1964, 4 
6 4,1 9%; Occidental, 2 mi. W, VII-4-1964, 3 ¢ 6, 12 2 9; Forestville, 3 mi. W, 
VII-4-1964, 7 4, 5 99; Graton, 3 mi. W, VII-4-1964, 2 26,2 99 (all RL. 
Langston ). 

Marin Co.: China Camp, near Point San Pedro, V-30-1961, 2 ¢ ¢ (N. L. LaDue); 
Paradise Cay, 3 mi. SE of Corte Madera, V-30-1961, 27 66 & 299, V-22-1962, 
Pano Oo” V-29-1962,37 24 & 99 (N. L. LaDue); Tiburon, 2 mi: NE; hill 
above: Diburon, V-23-1964, 2 ¢4, 1 9 (R. L. Langston). 

Solano Co.: Carquinez Strait at Glen Cove. 


98 LANGSTON: Further Philotes records Vol. 19, now? 


Contra Costa Co.: Point San Pablo, Richmond, VI-12-1964, 7 ¢¢,3 9 
Langston); Point Richmond, V-30-1963, 13 ¢¢,5 2 9, VI-1-1963, 24 6 ¢ 
V-17-1964, 17 64,9 299, V-27-1964, 18 64,9 29, VI-6-1964, 10 3 ¢ 
VI-12-1964, 17 64,16 99 (all R. L. Langston). 


Sho on) 


PHILOTES ENOPTES SMITHI Mattoni 


Philotes enoptes smithi Mattoni, 1954, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 53: 160. 

This blue is a late summer flier, and has been associated with Eriogonum 
parvifolium Smith. 

Surveys were made in 1962 and 1963 between the northern and southern 
records indicated. Although the foodplant was found in abundance along 
the immediate coast (particularly near Point Lobos and to the north of 
Big Sur), no additional colonies of P. enoptes smithi were.found. At- 
tempts were previously made to discover the race both to the north and 
south of the open circles on the map (Fig. 2), as noted by Langston 
(1964). The localities below have been published (Mattoni, 1955; Lang- 
ston, 1964), and are not given in further detail. 


The complete known distribution is as follows: 


Monterey Co.: Marina Beach, dunes; Seaside, dunes, VIII-19-1963, 2 ¢ 46,3 29 
(R. L. Langston), VII-26-1964, 8 ¢ 46,3 99 (P. A. Opler); Monterey, “sand hills’; 
Paraiso Springs; Burns Creek, State Hwy. 1 (Type locality); Dolan Creek, State 
Hwy. 1;-Lucia, 3 & 4 mi..SE, VIII-6-1956, 6 36, 4 992 (O. Ev Sette) Gordae 
mi. N. 


PHILOTES ENOPTES TILDENI Langston 


Philotes enoptes tildeni Langston, 1964, Jour. Lepid. Soc., 17: 212 (“1963°). 

This blue is a late summer flier, and has been taken in association with 
yellow-flowered varieties of Eriogonum latifolium Smith. The plant sub- 
species varied with localities, and is cited with the detailed records below. 
All of these plants come into bloom in August and extend until October, 
with early or “fresh” blossoms in evidence during the flight of P. enoptes 
tildeni. 

Additional surveys extended the range of this insect considerably, into 
San Benito, Monterey, and San Luis Obispo counties. Colonies could 
occur all along the Diablo Range between these new records and the 
northern locales. Much of the range is rather inaccessible, with the greater 
part of the existing roads following the valleys. 


The complete known distribution and associated plants are as follows: 


Santa Clara Co.: Arroyo Bayo, E base of Mt. Hamilton; San Antonio Valley, E & 
NE of Mt. Hamilton [Eriogonum latifolium nudum (Douglas ex Bentham) S. Stokes]. 

Stanislaus Co.: Del Puerto Canyon, 22 mi. W of Patterson, IX-11-1963, 12 ¢ 4, 
2292 (R. L. Langston & J. A. Powell); 18 mi. W of Patterson [E. latifolium auricu- 
latum (Bentham) S. Stokes]. 

San Benito Co.: Call Mts. above New Idria, VIII-27-1964, 4 ¢ 9 (Langston, 
Powell & P. A. Opler) (E. latifolium auriculatum ). 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 99 


Scale 


ONES e /0 20 30 Miles 


ell s 
0 10 20 30 40 50 Kilometers 


SOLANO 
N 
: SAN JOAQUIN W : 
= san FRANCISCOS SS 
ALAMEDA S 
STANISLAUS 
AnA 
U 
SANTA CLARA 
MM Philotes battoides 
be l 
rnardino re) 
O FRESNO 
Philotes enoptes 
e bayensis . 
O_ smithi & 
@ tildeni Q MONTEREY e 
O 
O 
A Philotes sonorensis 0 
rc) 
r KERN 
SAN LUIS OBISPO - 
Ag 
Bo 


EXPLANATION OF Map 2° 
Geographic distribution of Philotes in central coastal California. 


100 LANGSTON: Further Philotes records Vol. 19, none 


Monterey Co.: Parkfield, 3 mi. SE, VIII-23-1963, 1 @ (Powell) [E. latifolium 
saxicola (Heller) S. Stokes]. 

San Luis Obispo Co.: Cottonwood Pass, 6 mi. NE of Cholame, VIII-23-1963, 1 
¢ (Powell), VIII-26-1963, 5 64,1 2 (Powell & O. E. Sette), IX-20-1963, 1 9 
(Sette), IX-11-1964, 3 64, 2 99 (Langston & Powell) (E. latifolium indictum 
Jepson); Simmler, 8 mi. W, IX-11-1964, 4 646, 4 9 @ (Langston, Powell & A. J. 
Slater) (E. latifolium saxicola). 


PHILOTES SONORENSIS (Felder & Felder ) 


Lycaena sonorensis Felder & Felder, 1865, Reise Freg. Novara, Lepid. 

UO) 3 ei 

The Sonora blue is an early to late spring flier. Adults have been taken 
from early February to May depending on elevation, and exposure of the 
rocky areas upon which the foodplant occurs. Latitude appears to have 
little effect, as the adult flight in many seasons is as early in northern as 
in southern California. 

The larvae are known to feed on various members of the stonecrop 
family (Comstock, 1927; Comstock and Coolidge, 1930). In southern 
California P. sonorensis has been associated with stonecrops with erect, 
terete leaves (Stylophyllum), and others having angular fleshy rosettes 
(Sedum and Dudleya). However, recent classifications place all of the 
California Stylophyllum and many species of Sedum in the genus Dud- 
leya. In the central coastal area, Philotes sonorensis has been found to 
be associated exclusively with Dudleya cymosa setchellii (Jepson ) Moran.* 
Exact host determinations would be necessary to know whether this blue 
feeds on anything other than Dudleya under present taxonomic concepts. 


Central coastal records: 


Santa Clara Co.:* Alum Reck Park, IJ-21-1954, 1 ¢, Ill-11-l956,25GyG. 2 erce 
I1-22-1964, 7 ¢¢, 1--9, IN-7-1964, 1 ¢, I-11, 13-1965, 2 63 (2 Am@pers 
IJJ-21-1957, 3 9 @, IV-2-1960, 1 ¢ (O. E. Sette), II-12-1964, 12 64,5 99 (R. 
L. Langston), II-14-1965, 4 ¢ 6, II-19-1965, 10 ¢ 4,4 @@ (A. J. Slater); Arroyo 
Del Valle, E base of Mt. Hamilton. 

Stanislaus Co.: Adobe Creek; Del Puerto Canyon, 22 mi. W of Patterson, III-5- 
1963, 1 2, IV-30-1963, 1 ¢, II-22-1964, 2 ¢ ¢ (Langston); 21 mi. W of Patterson, 
IJ-22-1964, 3 66,5 @@ (Langston). 

San Benito Co.: Pinnacles Natl. Mon., north road, III-31-1962, 1 6 (DING: 
Rentz ). 

Monterey Co.: Carmel, 10 mi. S, IV-14-1963, 1 ¢ (D. W. Conard); Big Sur, 
V-4-1952, 2 99 (T. W. Davies); Partington Canyon, 9 mi. S of Big Sur, IV-21- 
1956, 5 ¢ 3 (P. A. Opler), V-11-1964, 2 3 4 (R. M. Brown): 

San Luis Obispo Co.: Paso Robles, III-10-1894, 1 ¢ (W. G. Wright); Atascadero, 
Ill-6,. 7, 8-1932, 7 6.46, II-13, 16-1932, 4 6 4, IV-4-1932, 1 ¢@) Eee eGalsss 
Joo, LV-o-l9aas Gel 2 CV, 16. Clemence): 


California county records (see map 3): 


1 During recent collecting in Placer county (N. Fork, American River E. of Auburn, II-23-1965, 
Langston), two females were taken resting on Dudleya cymosa cymosa (Lemaire) Britton & Rose 
(det. by Reid V. Moran, San Diego Nat. Hist. Mus.). In Tuolumne and Mariposa counties, 
Dudleya cymosa minor (Rose) Moran was found in abundance, but the small number of males 
collected were not directly associated with this plant. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 101 


Philotes sonorensis 


CALIFORNIA INSECT SURVEY 


Department of Entomology and Parasitology 


UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA ° 


ee 
MILES 


DRAFT 1955 Wacen 
115 114 


123 122 121 120 


EXPLANATION OF MAP 3 
Geographic distribution of Philotes sonorensis (Felder & Felder) in California. 


Placer, Tuolumne, Mariposa, Santa Barbara, Ventura, Los Angeles, San Bernardino 
Orange, Riverside, San Diego, Imperial. 
Baja California Norte: 

South to vicinity of Punta Prieta ( Powell, 1958). 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


I wish to acknowledge the helpful cooperation of the following for 
making available specimens for examination, and data from private and 
institutional collections in their care: Noel L. LaDue, Sacramento; C. D. 
MacNeill, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; Lloyd M. 
Martin, Los Angeles County Museum; Paul A. Opler, San Jose; J. A. 


102 LANGSTON: Further Philotes records Vol. 19, ner 2 


Powell, California Insect Survey, Berkeley; O. E. Sette, Los Altos; and 
J. W. Tilden, San Jose State College. The assistance of Helen K. Shar- 
smith, Herbarium of the University of California, Berkeley, and that of 
J. T. Howell, California Academy of Sciences, is greatly appreciated for 
the many plant determinations. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Published by the author; Los 
Angeles, Calif., 334 pp., 63 pl. 

Comstock, J. A., & C. Coerice, 1930. The life history of Philotes sonorensis 
Felder. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 29: 17-21. 

Lancston, R. L., 1964. Philotes of central coastal California (Lycaenidae). Jour. 
Lepid. Soc., 17: 201-223 (“1963”). 

Marton, R. H. T., 1954. Notes on the genus Philotes (Lycaenidae : Lepidoptera ). 
Description of three new subspecies and a synoptic list. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. 
Sci., 53: 157—165. 

Patrerson, D., & J. A. Powerex, 1960. Lepidoptera collecting in the Sierra San 
Pedro Martir, Baja California. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 13: 229-235 (“1959”). 
PowELL, J. A., 1958. Additions to the knowledge of the butterfly fauna of Baja 

California Norte. Lepid. News, 12: 26-32. 

Rinpce, F. H., 1948. Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna of 
Lower California. No. 8. Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 
34: 289-312. 


BOOK REVIEW 


FAUNA OF THE U.S.S.R., LEPIDOPTERA, VOL. 4, PART 2, TINEI- 
DAE, PART 2. SUBFAMILY NEMAPOGONINAE. By A. K. Zagula- 
jev, 5 May 1964, 424 pp., 385 text figs., 2 colored pls. Published by the 
Zoological Institute of the Academy of Sciences, Moscow & Leningrad, 
U.S.S.R. (new series no. 86) [In Russian]. 


This new volume of the “Fauna” forms the second part of the exten- 
sive monograph of the interesting family, of which the third part has 
been published already four years ago (cf. my review in this journal, 
vol. 15, no. 2, pp. 130-132, 1961). The present volume comprises an 
extensive treatment of the second subfamily, the chiefly mycetophagous 
Nemapogoninae, with regard to the species occurring in the Soviet Union 
and the adjoining countries. The source of the material is the same as 
before, the collections in Leningrad and Moscow, personal collecting 
by the author, and Wocke collection. 

The set up of the work is about the same as of the third part. A 
chapter on general morphology of adult and immature stages comprises 
55 pages; it is followed by remarks on biology; on classification and 
phylogeny; and on geographical distribution. Then a chapter on eco- 
nomic importance of the insects is added where the injury, the measures, 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 103 


and the technique of their application are described. Several species 
belonging to the subfamily represent serious temporary or permanent 
pests of certain stored products, as grain, grain products, products of 
bakeries, and also dried fruits and dried mushrooms (used for food). 
An extensive list of literature completes the general part. 

In the special part the subfamily Nemapogoninae is treated systemat- 
ically, starting with an extensive description of the subfamily in order 
to discriminate it from the closely allied first subfamily, Scardiinae. The 
Nemapogoninae are divided into three new tribes, viz. 1. Triaxomerini, 
containing the genera Neurothaumasia Le March (6 species), Triaxo- 
masia g.n. (1), Triaxomera Zag. (3), and Nemaxera g.n. (1). 2. Nema- 
pogonini, with Petalographis Zag. (2), Nemapogon Schr. (2), Anemapo- 
gon Zag. (8), Paranemapogon g. n. (2), Archinemapogon Zag. (5), and 
Longiductus g.n. (5), and 3. Haplotineini, with a single genus, Haplo- 
tinea Diak. & Hint. (3). Altogether 11 genera with 57 species, five of 
which are new, are treated. 

For the identification of the genera three different kinds of keys are 
presented, based on external characters, on male, and on female genital 
characters. For identification of the species three similar kinds of keys 
are available and besides, a key based on larval chaetotaxy. 

Numerous text figures illustrate head with mouthparts, wing neura- 
tion of all genera; and the adult and the male and female genitalia of 
every species. 

Larval chaetotaxy of more injurious species is given and illustrated. 
Seventeen species are illustrated on colored plates. 

For the classification of genera wing venation, mouthparts, and geni- 
talia of the two sexes are used. In this part abbreviated literature refer- 
ences are given not only for the species (as in the previous part) but 
also for the genera which is a better practice. The merits of the present 
(second) part of the monograph are similar to those of the already 
published third part, but exceed that in the completeness of description, 
the number of treated species in this subfamily being the same, while 
the amount of pages doubled. Therefore, the work may justly serve as a 
standard which the student of any other group of Microlepidoptera may 
copy to his advantage. 

The author may be congratulated with this excellent piece of work. 
It forms a further step towards the completion of the revision of the 
Palaearctic representatives of the Tineidae and a sound basis for further 
study of the taxonomy of this interesting group. I have no doubt that 
the concluding part, Scardiinae, will follow soon. 


A. Diaxonorr, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, NETHERLANDS 


104 Poitiers: Odd Boloria flight Vol. 19, no. 2 


FLIGHT HABITS OF BOLORIA TODDI 


While collecting butterflies along the Beaver River about four miles 
west of Cedar Falls, Black Hawk County, Iowa, on 3 September 1964, 
from 12:45 to 1:45 P.M., I made the following observations on Boloria 
toddi toddi Holland. The habitat is an open place in a wooded river 
bottom which is used as pastureland. Flowers in bloom were: Helenium 
autumnale L. (sneezeweed ), Solidago (tall goldenrod ), Veronia altissima 
Nutt. (tall ironweed ), and Cirsium lanceolatum (L.) (bull thistle). Trees 
in this particular spot are a few scrubby Crataegus (hawthorn) and 
Gleditsia triacanthos L. (honey locust). 

I was investigating Phyciodes tharos (Drury) and Euptoieta claudia 
(Cramer), which were quite plentiful, especially on the sneezeweed, 
when something flew by that looked like a tiny Speyeria; I assumed it was 
a Boloria. I tried to capture it but to no avail. However, I was surprised 
in a few moments to see it or another one fly past again. Then by careful 
observation, I was able to ascertain that this particular Boloria had set up 
a territory, roughly 100 feet north and south by 500-600 feet east and 
west. By standing in one spot I found that the butterfly would fly past 
me periodically. Presently, I discovered that there were two individuals 
and that both were following the same pattern of flight. Both butterflies 
circled back and forth in a roughly clockwise motion, east to west, never 
alighting during the hour-long observation period and never flying very 
high. The flight was jerky and fast with a circular, zigzag pattern making 
the butterflies extremely difficult to capture. They eluded the net very 
easily. Finally, after three quarters of an hour, I managed to capture one 
of them, a male, and was thus able to identify the species. The remaining 
one I made no attempt to capture. 

The two B. toddi paid no attention to the flowers that were in bloom. 
Occasionally a P. tharos that was present on the sneezeweed flowers 
would rise up to engage in aerial conflict with the B. toddi as they flew 
past, but they did not seem to pay much attention to the apparently ag- 
gressive Phyciodes. The Phyciodes also flew at the E. claudia very ag- 
gressively. 

The two Boloria’s were in good condition, with very bright colors, and 
looked as though they were freshly emerged. According to Klots (1951, 
Field Guide to the Butterflies: 92) this butterfly is double brooded. The 
two individuals which I observed must have represented the second 
brood, since they were so fresh late in the season. 

This may be a new record for B. toddi in the Cedar Falls area, as this is 
the first time I have observed the species in this area. 


LEONARD S. Puituies, Illinois Institute of Technology, Chicago 16, Il. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 105 


LARVAL FOODPLANT AND DISTRIBUTION NOTES FOR 
SCHINIA OLIVACEA (NOCTUIDAE) 


Roy O. KENDALL 
135 Vaughan Place, San Antonio, Texas, U.S.A. 


J. B. Smith (1906) described Schinia olivacea from a female taken in 
October, 1895 at Beeville, Bee County, Texas. The type is in the American 
Museum of Natural History, New York (Rindge, 1955). Today, this 
insect remains rare in collections. 

Based on collection and rearing records, it appears that olivacea is 
double brooded with perhaps a partial third. It has a pupal diapause. 
Its flight is from March to November with greatest emergence in June. 
Of the 49 known examples, all from Texas, 11 were collected in May and 
21 in June. 

REARING RECORDS 


BEXAR COUNTY, TEXAS: In 1958 three larvae were found eating leaves 
of Sida physocalyx Gray (Malvaceae). The plant was growing on a lime- 
stone bluff in the southeastern portion of the Edwards Plateau. The date 
was recorded on a field label and kept with the larvae. When they died 
of unknown causes the label was destroyed and the exact date lost. It 
was not known at that time that these were immatures of olivacea. They 
were, however, distinctive enough to unmistakably remember. 

LIVE OAK COUNTY, TEXAS: On Texas Highway 9 at La Parra Creek, 12 
October 1963, several larvae were found feeding on foliage of Sphaeralcea 
lindheimeri Gray (Malvaceae) growing in the dry, sandy creek bed. 
Some larvae were parasitized by ichneumonids. The first of four larvae 
pupated 2 November and a female emerged 20 November 1963. The 
remaining larvae pupated in due course but remained in diapause until 
the following year. Adults emerged: 7 June ( ¢ ), 8 June ( ¢ ), and 15 
Jone (3). 

SAN PATRICIO COUNTY, TEXAS: At the Welder Wildlife Foundation 
Refuge on 14 September 1963, along a trail near the Aransas River, a few 
larvae were found feeding on S. lindheimeri together with larvae of 
Pyrgus communis (Grote) (Hesperiidae). All the Schinia larvae died of 
parasitism except one which pupated within a day or two; a male emerged 
29 September 1963. 

Larvae rest on top of the leaves. They are much lighter in color than 
the foliage, causing them to be conspicuous. The foodplants grow in 
open areas but may be somewhat hidden by grass or other low vegetation. 


106 KENDALL: Rare Schinia reared Vol. 19, no. 2 


OTHER COLLECTION RECORDS 


André and May Elise Blanchard (in litt.) collected most of 39 examples 
using a black-light trap of a model designed by Mr. Joe P. Hollingsworth, 
Agricultural Engineer, College Station, Texas. A few, however, came to 
an 85-watt, high-pressure, mercury vapor lamp set on a white sheet 
spread on the ground. The date and location of these examples follow. 

San Patricio County: Welder Wildlife Foundation Refuge, 22 to 24 
August 1962 (6), 11 to 13 May 1963 (10), 3 July 1963 (1), 7 October 
1963 (1), and 22 April 1964 (1); Kimble County: V-H Ranch near 
Junction, 14 June 1963 (2), 28 & 29 June 1963 (10); Uvalde County: 
Garner State Park, 13 April 1964 (1), 10 May 1964 (1), 1 to 3 June 1964 
(5); Zapata County: Zapata, 4 June 1964 (1). 

The writer and Mrs. Kendall collected two males feeding on abe blos- 
soms of Mimosa malacophylla Gray (Leguminosae) about 11:00 A.M. 
C.S.T. 6 July 1963 at Lake Corpus Christi State Park, San Patricio County. 
Also, in the same county at the Welder Wildlife Refuge, a female was 
collected 14 October 1963 at a 15-watt ultraviolet light. 

In the American Museum of Natural History is the type female, one 
other taken by Buchholz at Kerrville, Kerr County, Texas on 8 June 1948 
and five of those collected by the Blanchards at the Welder Wildlife 
Refuge and Junction. In the U. S. National Museum there is one example 
taken at San Benito, Cameron County, Texas during the period 16 to 23 
March; year unknown. In addition, there are three examples collected 
by the Blanchards at the Welder Wildlife Refuge. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The author is very grateful to Mr. André Blanchard for furnishing 
collection data and encouraging preparation of this paper. Identification 
of Schinia specimens from this study was made by R. R. McElvare, 
Southern Pines, North Carolina. Special thanks go to Dr. F. H. Rindge 
(American Museum of Natural History) and Dr. E. L. Todd (U. S. 
National Museum) for verifying dates of specimens in the museum col- 
lections and providing other valued information. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Jonges, F. B., C. M. Rowe 1, Jr., & M. C. Jounston, 1961. Flowering Plants and 
Ferns of the Texas Coastal Bend Counties. Sinton, Texas; Rob & Bessie Welder 
Wildlife Foundation, 146 pp. 

RinpceE, F. H., 1955. The type material in the J. B. Smith and G. D. Hulst collections 
of lesvlamniena in the American Museum of Natural History. Bull. A.M.N.H., 
New York, 106(2): 91-172. 

ScuuLz, E. D., 1928. Texas Wild Flowers. Laidlaw Brothers, Chicago. 

SMITH, J. B., 1S¢e)) New Noctuidae HOE 1906.—No. 1. Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 
14: 9-30. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 107 


SOME COMMENTS ON ARIZONA BUTTERFLIES 
(PAPILIONOIDEA) 


KeiTH S. Brown, Jr. 


Faculdade Nacional de Farmacia, Rio de Janeiro, Brasil 


The following records are offered primarily to stimulate additional 
research on the butterflies of southeastern and east-central Arizona. 
The author spent his childhood in the foothills of the Santa Rita Moun- 
tains south of Tucson and has returned and collected there numerous 
times in recent years and has regularly visited and collected in the 
White Mountains of east-central Arizona during the summer months. 
The author has been reassigned to Brazil and will not be able to con- 
tinue investigations in Arizona; thus the questions raised by the follow- 
ing data must be answered by others. 

The list represents the experience of the author and thus will conflict 
at certain points with known data (for example, on the abundance of 
Speyeria mormonia luski). The author has not collected at all in the 
traditionally rich areas of Verde Valley, Mingus Mountain, Yuma, San 
Francisco Peaks, Grand Canyon, and White Mountains in June. How- 
ever, it is hoped that the following summary, representing repeated 
and broad-range collecting in the areas and seasons mentioned, will be 
of use in stimulating and aiding future studies. 

For clarity, nomenclature follows the most recent systematic checklist 
(dos Passos, 1964). 


EXPLANATION OF LIST 


The following list, containing the names and data on all of the butter- 
flies observed and/or captured by the author in the areas described, is 
coded for brevity; for a few species further notation (unusual records, 
etc.) follows the coded information. 

The first figure of each code group represents the region and habitat 
of the butterfly (Roman numerals I-VI); the second, the season (letters 
A-D); and third, the frequency (lower case letters). Each code group- 
ing thus describes the occurrence of the species (a butterfly may have 
several such groupings). 

Region and Habitats. I = Southeastern Arizona; desert scrub, stream- 
side, desert watering place; elevation generally below 4,000 feet. Ex- 
amples: Tucson Country Club; Continental area (particularly along 


1Further specific data and, in some cases, representative specimens are available for purposes 
of additional research from the author. 


108 Brown: Arizona butterflies Vol. 19) nor 


the Santa Cruz River); Desert Corral in the Santa Rita Experimental 
Range; Sonoita River near Patagonia (also partly habitat IT). 

II = Southeastern Arizona; foothill canyons, including interdigitations 
into zone I along watercourses; Upper Sonoran and lower Transition 
zones; elevation 4,000-6,000 feet. Examples: Santa Rita Ranch Head- 
quarters and hills above; Sawmill Canyon (west slope of Santa Rita 
Mts.) near Upper Sawmill Well; Florida Canyon (west slope of Santa 
Rita Mts.) particularly near the Santa Rita Experimental Station; Madera 
Canyon (west slope of Santa Rita Mts.) below the Lodge; Gardner 
Canyon (east slope of Santa Rita Mts.); Sunnyside Canyon (west slope 
of Huachuca Mts.); Miller, Carr, and Ramsey canyons (east slope of 
Huachuca Mts.); Cave Creek Canyon (east slope of Chiricahua Mts.); 
Sycamore Canyon (Ruby Road, Pajarito Mts.). This is generally by 
far the most fruitful collecting habitat, but only a few of the above- 
mentioned localities will be outstanding in a given year. In the spring 
season, the grassy hillsides are often better than the canyon bottoms. 

III = Southeastern Arizona; mountainsides including upper canyons; 
generally Transition zone; elevation 6,000-9,000 feet. Examples: Upper 
Madera Canyon (west slope of Santa Rita Mts.); trails up Mt. Wrightson 
(Santa Rita Mts.); and Carr and Miller peaks (Huachuca Mts.), from 
either side of the ranges; road to Onion Saddle and Rustler Park (Chiri- 
cahua Mts.). 

IV = Southeastern Arizona; mountaintops; generally Canadian and 
Hudsonian zones; elevation 8,000-10,000 feet. Examples: top of Mt. 
Wrightson (Santa Rita Mts.); meadows and rocks of the upper parts 
of the Huachuca Mts.; Rustler Park and above in the Chiricahua Mts. 


V = East-central Arizona; White Mountains, moderate elevations; gen- 
erally Transition zone; elevation 5,000-7,500 feet. North Fork of the 
White River, from roughly its intersection with the Lower Log Road 
south of McNary up to the Ditch Camp area; similar conditions are 
present along the stream near Alpine on the New Mexico border (Route 
666 ). 

VI = East-central Arizona; White Mountains, high elevations; Cana- 
dian and Hudsonian zones, forest, streamside, and meadow (cienega);: 
elevation 8,000-10,000 feet. Examples: Large cienega area surrounding 
Green’s Peak; Sheep’s Crossing, Little Colorado River; wet meadow 
and forest area on high roads from Green’s Peak area to Vernon. 

Seasons. A = Spring (generally March and April). 


B=Early Rainy Season (generally July to mid-August; specimens 
caught in September, if any are left, will be very wom). 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 109 


C=Late Rainy Season (generally mid-August through September; 
specimens caught in July, if any appear, will be fresh males). 

D =General Summer (usually late June through at least October, 
with a succession of overlapping broods; some fluctuation in abundance 
during the period). 

It should be emphasized that the above seasons are exceedingly vari- 
able, being highly dependent upon moisture (date, frequency, and 
quantity ). Collecting in late August, particularly in southern Arizona 
(in general, the seasons are far more regular in the White Mountains ), 
one could find typical species of either season “B” or season “C,” de- 
pending upon the major rainy season; and the spring season, which 
often starts in February, may be delayed well into April in a dry or 
cold spring. Furthermore, one can collect in season “B” in one canyon 
and season “C” in another canyon a few miles away, subject to their 
local precipitation histories. One would do well to inquire locally as 
to recent rains (number and amount) and do a good amount of travel- 
ing in order to find area where the proper combinations have occurred 
to produce a “good” season. Too little rain results in exceedingly sparse 
collecting; too much, in difficult collecting due to luxuriant growth of 
plants and lack of concentration of the butterflies along the watercourses. 


Frequencies. a = abundant (over 50 seen in a day’s collecting ). 

c= common (10 to 50 seen per day). 

u = uncommon (less than 10 seen per day). 

r =rare (a few seen per season). 

s = stray (one or a few in many years’ collecting ). 

|= local (restricted to a few favored localities ). 

i=irregular (numbers fluctuate very widely from year to year, not 
always correlated with rainfall). 


List oF SPECIES 


Battus philenor (Linnaeus ): I-AD-a; II-AD-a. 

Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll: JI-D-iu. 

Papilio bairdii Edwards: II-D-iu. 

Papilio Cresphontes Cramer: I-D-c; II-C-lc. 

Papilio multicaudata Kirby: II-D-c; III-D-c; V-D-u. 

Papilio eurymedon Lucas: II-D-s. No captures have been made in south- 
ern Arizona, but this species has been seen twice: Florida Dam (lower 
Florida Canyon, west slope of the Santa Rita Mts.), June, 1950, fresh 
male; and Gardner Canyon (east slope of the Santa Rita Mts.), July, 
1951, very worn male. 

Neophasia menapia (Felder & Felder): V-B-lic. 


110 Brown: Arizona butterflies Vol. 19, no. 2 


Neophasia terlootii Behr: III-B-lu. 

Appias drusilla subsp.: II-B-s. A single male specimen, moderately 
fresh and identical with specimens from central Mexico [d. drusilla 
(Cramer )] in the American Museum of Natural History, was captured 
at Santa Rita Ranch Headquarters (elevation 4,600 feet) on the north- 
west slope of the Santa Rita Mts. in August, 1951 (Fig. 1). This may 
represent a northwestern extreme for the range of this species (al- 
though one specimen in the American Museum is labeled “Cali- 
fornia?’ ). 

Pieris sisymbrii Boisduval: U-A-u. All females in the author’s collection 
represent the yellowish form “flava” Edwards; this form also seems 
to predominate among female specimens from the Rocky Mountain 
area in the American Museum. 

Pieris protodice Boisduval & LeConte: JI-D-c; IIl-D-c; V-D-u; VI-D-u. 
gen. vern. vernalis Edwards: II-A-lc. The maculation of spring speci- 
mens is highly variable, many resembling typical forms of P. occiden- 
talis Reakirt; however, all specimens I have seen from or taken in 
Arizona correspond to protodice by recently described criteria (Chang, 
1963 ). 

Pieris napi subsp.: V-B-ic. A very heavily marked form. 

Pieris rapae (Linnaeus): II-D-lr. 

Colias eurytheme Boisduval: II-D-c; I[I-D-u; IV-D-u; V-D-c; VI-D-u. 
“hybird” form ariadne Edwards: II-C-u. 

Colias philodice Godart: II-C-lc. This species was abundant in the Sul- 
phur Springs Valley, along the west side of the Chiricahua Mts., on 
20 September 1963; several forms (Figs. 9-12) were in evidence. Only 
one specimen from Arizona (Casa Grande, 20 November 1961, R. 
Sternitzky ) is present in the American Museum collection; the author 
has never seen philodice in the State except on the one occasion. 
Hovanitz (1950) describes the species as being “. . . limited south- 
ward by .. . the highlands of the Colorado Plateau in Arizona, and 
the Valley of the Rio Grande River .. .”; thus this may represent 
an extension of the known range. 

Colias cesonia (Stoll): I-D-a; Il-D-a; III-D-u; IV-D-u. @ aberration: 
I-C-s; H-C-s. This variety, resembling the form amorphae (Hy. Ed- 
wards) of the more western C. eurydice (Stoll), has the markings of 
the FW above tending toward obsolescence (Fig. 2). (The Antillean 
and South American subspecies of cesonia, cynops (Butler), inca 
(Tessmann ), seem to show this feature normally in the females.) The 
author has three captures from Arizona: Green Fields School, north- 
west of Tucson (elevation 2,100 feet), September, 1950; Florida 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 111 


Canyon, Santa Rita Mts. (elevation 4,000 feet), September, 1957; and 
Sunnyside Canyon, Huachuca Mts. (elevation 5,800 feet), 18 Septem- 
ber 1963. All of these represent the form rosa M’Neill. 
Phoebis sennae eubule (Linnaeus): I-D-a; II-D-a; III-D-c. 
Kricogonia lyside (Godart): II-B-ic; III-B-liu. 
Eurema boisduwaliana Felder & Felder: II-B-iu. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 


Figs. 1-12. Butterflies collected in southeastern Arizona. 1, Appias drusilla 
(Cramer), Santa Rita Mountains, Aug., 1951; 2, Colias cesonia (Stoll), aberration, 
Sunnyside Canyon, Huachuca Mountains, 18 Sept. 1963; 3, 4, Euptoieta hegesia 
hoffmanni Comstock (3, dwarf, 4, normal), Santa Rita Mountains; 5-8, Asterocampa 
subpallida (Barnes & McDunnough) (5, 6, $ upper- and undersides; 7, 8, 2 upper- 
and undersides), Santa Rita Mountains; 9-12, Colias philodice Godart (9, 10, ¢; 
11, @ yellow form, 12, 2 white form), Sulphur Springs Valley, 20 Sept. 1963. 


2, Brown: Arizona butterflies Vol. 19, no. 2 


Eurema mexicana (Boisduval): I-AD-a; IIl-AD-a; III-D-u. 

Eurema proterpia (Fabricius): I-D-c; II-D-c. “gen. hiem.” gundlachia 
(Poey): II-C-le. In favored localities in September, both sexes of 
this species may be found representing all forms from typical proterpia 
through typical gundlachia. The American Museum collection con- 
tains also many such intermediates. 

Eurema nicippe (Cramer): I-AD-c; Il-AD-c; HI-D-u. 

Nathalis iole Boisduval: J-D-c; II-D-c; V-D-c. 

Anthocaris pima Edwards: II-A-ic. 

Anthocaris sara inghami,Gunder: IJ-A-lu. 

Euchloe creusa subsp.: I-A-la. 

Euchloe ausonides subsp.: Ul-A-lu. The correct status of the Euchloe 
species in southern Arizona is very uncertain. If one employs the cri- 
terion of the angularity of the costal margin of the HW to differentiate 
between creusa and ausonides,” the vast majority of the specimens are 
creusa. However, this criterion does not correlate well with the more 
generally accepted criterion of the width of the black bar at the end 
of the cell of the FW. It would be best to reserve judgment on these 
forms until better statistical work is available. 

Apodemia mormo mejicanus (Behr): II-B-lu. 

Apodemia palmerii (Edwards): II-C-lc. 

Apodemia nais (Edwards): V-B-c. 

Lephelisca nemesis (Edwards): I-C-lc; I-C-lc. 

Emesis zela ares (Edwards): Il-C-lc. form cleis (Edwards): II-B-lu. 

Hypaurotis crysalus (Edwards): III-C-lr. 

Atlides halesus (Cramer): II-B-lu. 

Mitoura siva (Edwards): IJ-AB-lu. 

Strymon leda (Edwards): I-D-lc; I-D-le. 

Strymon leda ines (Edwards): I-D-lc; II-D-le. 

Strymon melinus subsp.: Il-D-c; V-D-c; VI-D-u. Variable; several forms 
are present in the author’s collection from Arizona. 

Strymon sylvinus itys (Edwards): II-B-Ir; V-B-u. 

Callophrys apama (Edwards): V-B-le. 

Lycaena rubidus sirius (Edwards): V-B-c. 

Brephidium exilis (Boisduval): I-C-lu; II-C-lu. 

Leptotes marina (Reakirt): I-D-a; II-D-a. 

Hemiargus ceraunus gyas (Edwards): II-C-c. 

Hemiargus isola (Reakirt): I-C-c; II-C-a; IV-C-lc; V-C-c; VI-C-le. 

Lycaeides melissa subsp.: V-C-lu. 

Plebejus acmon (Westwood & Hewitson): II-AC-c; V-C-le. 


2 E. ausonides has a more distinct angle. The author thanks O. E. Sette for this useful criterion. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 113 


Everes comyntas herrii (Grinnell): V-D-u. 

Celastrina argiolus cinerea (Edwards): IJI-D-u; III-D-lc; V-D-a. 

Libytheana bachmannii larvata (Strecker): I-AD-ia; II-AD-ia; IIJ-D-u. 

Anaea aidea morrisonii (Edwards): II-D-s. 

Asterocampa celtis antonia (Edwards): I-D-u; II-D-u. 

Asterocampa leilia (Edwards): I-D-c; II-D-u. 

Asterocampa subpallida (Barnes & McDunnough): II-B-lic. The author 
first captured a worn female of this species in the Santa Rita Moun- 
tains (Santa Rita Ranch Headquarters ) in September, 1950; this may 
represent the earliest record outside of the Baboquivaris (Ford, Lep. 
News, 5: 88, reported the “first individual outside the Baboquivaris” 
from lower Madera Canyon in September of 1951). At any rate, it 
is now regular and in some years common at certain favored localities 
in the Santa Ritas (e.g., the Santa Rita Experimental Range head- 
quarters, in lower Florida Canyon, Figs. 5-8). 

Limenitis astyanax arizonensis Edwards: I-D-u; II-D-u; V-D-u. 

Limenitis archippus obsoleta Edwards: JI-C-lc; I1-C-lc. 

Limenitis weidmeyeri sinefascia Edwards: V-B-c. 

Limenitis bredowii eulalia (Doubleday): Il-D-a; HI-D-a; V-D-a. 

Vanessa atalanta (Linnaeus): Il-A-lu; [V-C-lu; V-D-lr. 

Vanessa virginiensis (Drury): II-D-lu; IV-D-lu; V-D-u. 

Vanessa cardui (Linnaeus): I-D-u; II-D-a; HI-D-c; [V-D-la; V-D-c; 
VI-D-c. 

Vanessa carye Hibner: V-B-lr. 

Junonia coenia nigrosuffusa Barnes & McDunnough: I-C-lu; [H-C-lu. 

Nymphalis milberti (Godart): V-D-u; VI-D-u. 

Nymphalis antiopa (Linnaeus): IIl-AB-lu; V-D-c; VI-D-c. 

Polygonia satyrus marsyas (Edwards): III-A-lu; V-D-c. 

Polygonia hylas (Edwards): WV-C-r; VI-C-la. Most specimens resemble 
P. faunus (Edwards) closely; a few (about 15%) possess clear gray 
undersides, lacking even the silver mark. More work seems to be 
needed for this species or complex. 

Polygonia zephyrus (Edwards): V-D-c; VI-D-lu. 

Chlosyne lacinia (Geyer): I-D-c; II-D-la. This includes the various so- 
called subspecies [adjutrix Scudder, rufescens (Cockerell), crocale 
(Edwards), nigrescens (Cockerell)], which occur sympatrically and 
intergrade completely. 

Phyciodes texana (Edwards): I-D-lc; H-AD-lc. 

Phyciodes tharos pulchella (Boisduval): V-B-c. 

Phyciodes mylitta (Edwards) (various forms): II-C-lu; I1V-C-c; V-D-a; 
VI-D-c. 


114 Brown: Arizona butterflies Vol. 19, non2 


Phyciodes campestris camillus Edwards: V-D-a; VI-D-c. 

Phyciodes picta Edwards: I-C-c; II-C-le. 

Melitaea dymas chara Edwards: II-AD-a. 

Melitaea perse Edwards: II-D-a. 

Melitaea theona thekla Edwards: V-D-lc. 

Melitaea theona bollii Edwards: I-C-lu. 

Melitaea pola arachne Edwards: V-D-c. 

Euphydryas anicia magdalena Barnes & McDunnough: V-B-lu; VI-C-le. 

Speyeria n. nokomis (Edwards): V-C-le. 

Speyeria nokomis coerulescens (Holland): JI-C-lu. The author ran 
across a colony of this subspecies while on a pack trip in the upper 
Huachuca Mts. in August, 1950 (unfortunately sans net); both sexes 
were observed within five feet. An attempt to relocate the colony in 
1963 was fruitless; the general area is in a spring-fed meadow near the 
top of Sunnyside Canyon. 

Speyeria atlantis nausicaa (Edwards): V-B-a; VI-D-u. 

Speyeria mormonia luski (Barnes & McDunnough): V-C-lr. 

Speyeria aphrodite byblis (Barnes & Benjamin): V-B-c. 

Euptoieta claudia (Cramer): I-D-c; I[-D-c; V-D-u. 

Euptoieta hegesia hoffmanni Comstock: II-B-lir. This species seems to 
be rare in southeastern Arizona. Both the typical form (Fig. 4) and 
the dwarf form (Fig. 3) may be captured; the latter corresponds to a 
series in the American Museum labeled “Sonora,” while the former is 
identical with a series labeled “Flagstaff, Arizona,” which, if it is 
labeled properly, must have been captured in a truly extraordinary 
year. The author’s specimens were taken in the early 1950’s at the 
Santa Rita Ranch Headquarters in the Santa Rita Mountains. 

Agraulis vanillae (Linnaeus): I-D-c; II-D-c. 

Danaus plexippus (Linnaeus): I-C-c; II-C-c; V-D-u. 

Danaus gilippus strigosus (Bates): I-D-a; II-D-a; V-D-u. 

Euptychia dorothea (Nabokov): II-B-lu; HI-B-c. 

Euptychia henshawi Edwards: II-C-c; III-C-a. 

Euptychia rubricata Edwards: II-B-u; III-B-c. 

Paramecera xicaque (Reakirt): JI-B-lu. 

Cercyonis pegala olympus (Edwards): V-B-lu. 

Cercyonis oetus (Boisduval): V-B-c. 

Gyrocheilus patrobas tritonia (Edwards): II-C-ic; I1I-C-c; V-C-le. This 
species was common along the North Fork of the White River in the 
area south of McNary in early September, 1963. The form captured 
tends to possess appreciably more blue in the marginal markings on the 
HW underneath than average specimens from southeastern Arizona, al- 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 115 


though there is some overlapping and the difference should be ana- 
lyzed statistically (perhaps with the aid of a spectrometer). It would 
also be interesting to compare this type, presumably from the northeast- 
ern extremity of the butterfly’s range, with specimens from the Prescott 
area, presumably the northwestern extremity (and rather different 
from the White Mountains in climate). 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The author is indebted to the American Museum of Natural History, 
and particularly to F. H. Rindge and J. C. Pallister, for assistance in 
work in the fine collection housed therein; and to O. E. Sette and P. R. 
Ehrlich for additional assistance in this report. 


LITERATURE CITED 


CuHanc, V. C. S., 1963. Quantitative analysis of certain wing and genitalia charac- 
ters of Pieris in western North America. J. Research Lepidoptera, 2: 97-125. 

pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lep. Soc. 
Memoir No. 1, New Haven, Conn. 145 pp. 

Hovanirz, W., 1950. The biology of Colias butterflies. I. The distribution of the 
North American species. Wassman Jour. Biol., 8: 49-75. 


A NEW TECHNIQUE FOR SPREADING MINUTE MOTHS 


G. G. LEwIs 
Entomology Research Institute, Canada Dept. Agric., Ottawa, Ontario 


For many years glass tubes containing cyanide have been used for 
killing small moths. These were experimentally replaced with plastic 
ones in order to reduce the danger of breakage. It was noted, however, 
that in the plastic tubes minute moths were forcibly drawn to the sides 
by static electricity, and held there until death. After death there was no 
static electric attraction, but many of the scales were left adhering to the 
tube, and spoiling the specimens. Because of this disadvantage I no 
longer use plastic tubes for killing. 

With this static electric attraction in mind, a special spreading board 
was designed. The board (Fig. 1) consists of a solid piece of one-inch 
lumber, 2% inches wide and 12 inches long. The top is rabbeted along 
each side to a width of one-half inch and a depth of one-eighth inch. A 
strip of cork is glued in the rabbet on each side. Another strip of cork is 
glued to the bottom, flush with all edges of the board. A strip of “Plexi- 
glass,” one-inch wide and one-sixteenth inch thick is glued to the top of 
the nonrabbeted center portion of the board. Before it is glued onto the 
board, the plastic strip is sawed for three-quarters of its width at intervals 


116 Lewis: Spreading micros Vol. 19, nom? 


of one inch. The saw kerf should be about one mm wide. After the 
plastic is glued to the board, holes are drilled in the center of each saw 
kerf through the wood, but not through the cork lining the bottom. This 
hole is almost as wide as the saw kerf and allows the insect pin to be 
inserted in the cork at the bottom of the board. 

To use this spreading board, the little moth is slightly anesthetized in 
a tube containing acetic ether. It is immediately pinned through the 
center of the thorax (usually a No. 000 pin). It is important that the 
pin be inserted absolutely perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the 
moth’s body. Because the moth is not dead the muscles are relaxed, and 
the wings can be gently blown from behind with a puff of breath, until 
they are semispread. The pin is then inserted through the hole and into 
the cork at the bottom of the board. Because the moth is alive, static 
electricity causes the wings and antennae to adhere to the plastic. The 
wings and antennae are now manipulated into the correct position using 
a No. 000 insect pin. The point of the pin is not inserted in the wings 
but is used to push the wings into place by inserting it under the trailing 
edge of each wing near the body. When the wings are in the right posi- 
tion, a strip of thin cellophane is placed over them on each side of the 
body, and the ends of each strip are pinned to the cork at the sides of the 
board. The moth is now killed by placing the open end of an uncorked 
killing tube, containing acetic ether in cotton, over the moth and leaving 
it there a minute or two until the moth is dead. The static electric attrac- 
tion is now gone, but the cellophane strips hold the wings in place until 
the moth is removed from the board. 

This technique is particularly suitable for narrow-winged moths with 
long fringes, such as Gracillariidae, Lyonetiidae, Coleophoridae, Nepticu- 
lidae, and Tischeriidae. 


Fig. 1. A new type of spreading board for minute moths. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society C7 


MICROLEPIDOPTERA PALAEARCTICA 


EpiIror s NOTE.—Announcement of one of the most ambitious projects in the history 
of the study of Lepidoptera, the projected series Microlepidoptera Palaearctica, has 
recently been made by Dr. H. G. Amsel of the Landessammlungen fiir Naturkunde, 
Karlsruhe, Germany. The following English translation of the preface to the work is 
presented in order to acquaint lepidopterists throughout the world with the scope 
and aims of this magnificent project. 

According to present plans, the various families of Palearctic Microlepidoptera will 
appear in no fixed order or succession. Families or subfamilies will each be published 
as a volume, to be prepared as authoritative specialists are available. The first volume 
comprises Dr. Bleszynski’s monograph of the Crambinae, consisting of some 800 pages 
of text, about 890 text figures, and 444 colored figures. Volume 2, scheduled for 
publication early in 1965, will contain Dr. Sattler’s study of The Ethmiidae. A treat- 
ment of the Tineidae by Dr. Petersen is projected as the third volume in the series. 

Persons desiring further information or wishing to subscribe to the work should 
contact Dr. Amsel, or Verlag Georg Fromme & Co., Spengergasse 39, Vienna 5, 
Austria. 


PREFACE 


The death of Edward Meyrick in 1938 was a turning point in the study 
of Microlepidoptera, signifying more than the passing of a famous and 
respected author. In 420 publications Meyrick had described some 16,000 
species of Microlepidoptera, thereby putting in the shade, from a purely 
numerical point of view, the descriptive work of any single person in the 
biological sciences. His breadth of scope was as amazing as the volume 
of his work: he alone envisaged the Microlepidoptera Fauna of the entire 
world, of which he formed a single collection numbering about 100,000 
specimens, and in most cases his sure eye pointed the right way. But al- 
ready during his lifetime it had become clear that the science of Micro- 
lepidoptera would enter a blind alley sooner or later unless new methods 
of study were found. The volume of new description increased to such 
a degree that gradually the comprehensive mastery failed, which at the 
beginning of our century still resided in a few such brains as Meyrick, 
Walsingham, and Rebel, and it became clear that, more exact, and indeed, 
in some groups, extremely refined methods of investigation were already 
in use, so in Microlepidoptera too a completely new system need be 
developed. 

Although at the tur of the century authors were still to some extent 
able to work generally and independently, the volume of the literature 
and material made obligatory a strong specialisation, which naturally led 
to co-operation. The methods which are now scientifically requisite in- 
tensified this process, if only because of the time involved. But the de- 
cisive step forward was made when the value of the genital morphology 
was appreciated as being of fundamental importance. From year to year 
it became more generally recognised that the current method of taxonomic 


118 AMSEL: Microlepidoptera Palaearctica Vol. 19; nem2 


work was not merely inadequate but must inevitably lead to incompre- 
hensible chaos. Meyrick’s view that a species could be so clearly de- 
scribed that it could be recognised from the description of the external 
features proved to be a serious error. Numerous species can only be 
distinguished in the morphology of their genitalia, and indeed the depic- 
tion of the genitalia almost always provides the truly unambiguous 
method of recognising a species. In particular the works of many authors, 
which have appeared since World War II, have shown that systematic 
revisions of groups furnished a quite new picture of the situation. For 
instance, Petersen established, in the relatively small Palearctic Tineidae 
group, the existence of sixty synonyms, and made such generic changes 
that hardly one stone of the old system remained on another. In the 
Crambinae, a comparatively small subfamily of the Pyralidae, Bleszynski 
proved that sixty-seven species, from various regions, belonged to quite 
different subfamilies or even families, and also established countless 
synonymies. 

In view of this situation, the present author was forced more and more 
to contemplate a new and fundamental work on the Palearctic Micro- 
lepidoptera, and his decision to publish “Microlepidoptera Palaearctica”™ 
was reached nine years ago. After protracted negotiations with authors, 
publishers, and scientific institutes, it was finally possible to overcome 
the almost insuperable difficulties in the path of this undertaking. Not 
the least among the reasons for this final success was a particularly 
favourable combination of circumstances such as have rarely occurred in 
biological literary history. Never before was so large a number of inter- 
nationally outstanding specialists of East and West available simul- 
taneously to undertake such a task; never before had there been a 
Microlepidoptera-specialist such as Dr. Gregor, combining the highest 
scientific and artistic qualifications; seldom, too, had a publishing firm 
been prepared to issue so comprehensive a work, at the same time so 
specialised and so wide in scope, and with the barest prospects of profit; 
never before had the happy circumstance occurred, to find as a leader 
of a great and capable printing works such a person as H. Reisser, who 
being himself an experienced lepidopterist, was delighted to give his per- 
sonal and unremitting attention to such a project. Finally, both the 
German Exploration Corporation and the Baden-Wiirttemberg Ministry of 
Culture evinced an extraordinary comprehension for our efforts and en- 
abled the almost insuperable financial difficulties to be overcome. Many 
others played a valuable role, but it would take too long to mention them 
all by name. 

At the XIth International Congress of Entomology at Vienna the meet- 
ing of a large number of contributors to “Microlepidoptera Palaearctica” 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 119 


was first possible, and the plotting of the general scheme which the 
enterprise was to follow. This scheme was the subject of further pro- 
longed correspondence, with the following result: 


1. All scientific work on the Palaearctic Microlepidoptera will be co- 
ordinated into the framework of “Microlepidoptera Palaearctica”; such 
co-ordination has hitherto been lacking, and this lack was one of the 
main causes of the present impossible situation in the systematic field. 
In the course of this co-ordination, individual authors will be enabled to 
work through respective groups as represented in the greatest museums 
and also the principal European private collections. 

2. The study of each species will begin with an examination of the 
type specimen or series.1 Specific determinations, hitherto made on the 
sole basis of literary studies have often led to the most grotesque mistakes. 
An investigation of types will provide an indisputable proof of what is 
really meant by a described species. The synonyms and uncertain species 
can be compared and their identity resolved, thus providing a sober 
foundation for all future scientific work. All purely compilatory work is 
to be avoided; instead all conclusions will rest on material that has been 
currently investigated. 

3. In order to achieve the indisputable identification of all the species, 
the study of each one will begin with the establishment of the genitalia- 
morphology of both sexes, with due regard to all the characters of sys- 
tematic value. Black and white drawings of the genitalia, coloured 
reproductions of water-colour drawings of the right side, made from the 
actual specimens, with pictorial representation of systematically important 
details (e.g. neuration, antenna, frons, or palp-formation) should provide 
a maximum of comprehensibility. Vague uncertain statements about the 
palp-form antenna-ciliation, or cornutus-length, such as “end segment of 
palpus long” will be replaced by unambiguous statements, e.g. the length 
of the third segment will be related to that of the second, and the length 
of the entire palp to the diameter of the eye, thus: “3 palp-segment, 1%” 
means that the last segment is one third the length of the second; and 
“palp 3° means that the palp is three times as long as the diameter of the 
eye. Likewise for the antenna-ciliation, “antenna ciliation 2” means that 
the cilia are twice as long as the breadth of the antenna shaft, relating 
the longest cilia to the broadest part of the shaft. Similarly, “cornutus 1” 
means that the cornutus is as long as the aedeagus. Thus even a beginner 
will be enabled to work in a new field of study: and institutes of applied 
entomology will be provided with a rapid means of orientation. 


1 As far as ascertainable, the data of the labels of the types will be quoted verbatim with a 
special indication at the relevant place of the work. 


120 AMSEL: Microlepidoptera Palaearctica Vol. 19, ner? 


4. The clearing up of synonymies and systematic errors will result in 
the final termination of nomenclatorial chaos. We urgently need durable 
names, names that will remain valid for all time. By applying paragraph 
23b of the International Rules of 1961 for Nomenclature, the preservation 
of established names can be achieved, and the principles of Priority and 
Continuity can be intelligently combined. Such a result is of great im- 
portance, especially for applied entomology. 

5. The specific description will be as brief as possible, and preferably 
should give what the illustrations leave out, e.g. variability, comparison 
with neighbouring forms, and stressing of the diagnostically important 
characters. Data regarding larvae and imagines’ phenology and ecology, 
foodplants, and biological peculiarities, are part of the description of the 
species. On the other hand, the larva will not be described, as such 
descriptions are only of use if scientifically exact, that is if they not only 
give the chaetotaxy but illustrate it too. As the larvae of 90% of all 
Palaearctic Microlepidoptera are still unknown, only a reference to the 
literary sources for the chaetotaxy of such larvae as are known, need be 
given. An exception, however, may occasionally be made to this rule (e.g., 
economically important species ). 

6. Neuration indications should follow the Comstock system, with a 
subdivision into Costa, Subcosta, Radius, Media, Cubitus, Analis and 
Axillaris. The technical terms for genitalia-parts are so different from 
group to group, and the question of homologies, etc., so disputed, that a 
special explanation should be given for each systematic group. 

7. Distribution data will be given after the specific description, all 
countries and districts being named from which the author has seen 
material, and special value being accorded to the limits of the distribution, 
and also, in disjunct ranges, to the accurate definition of the localities 
inhabited. These data will thus definitely be reliable. The author may 
then add the names of the countries in which he knows of the occurrence 
of the species from literature only, and only in these cases need the 
references be cited. Doubtful literary records can be marked with a “?”, 
or a critical remark. Localities will be rendered as given in the literature 
and specimen-labels, for instance the name Sarepta will be given rather 
than Krassnoarmejsk. Political conceptions, of which the boundaries 
vary more or less according to the political developments, should as far 
as possible be avoided and replaced by geographical conceptions. The 
general zoogeographical heading will, in principle, contain only verified 
facts about the distribution of the species, genera, or groups; as a con- 
sequence, there should be no reference to faunistic elements, and similarly 
the probable origin of the species should not be discussed as most publi- 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society HOT 


cations about such are more or less speculative. The aim of “Microlepi- 
doptera Palaearctica” is to provide only indisputable scientific facts. 

8. The principles mentioned under 1 & 7 above will greatly simplify 
the problems of literary citations. It is evident that the method hitherto 
often used, of mentioning the entire literature on any one species, is super- 
fluous, as it occupies much too much of the author's time and takes up too 
much space. It is now sufficient to give the original citation, followed by 
the synonyms, and thereafter only such references as provide more infor- 
mation than will be found in the text or the iilustrations of “Microlepidop- 
tera Palaearctica’. For instance, such additions might be the illustration 
of the species in its resting position, biological data, chaetotaxy, illustra- 
tions of mines, pattern of eating, etc. On the other hand, if an imago is 
somewhere illustrated or described in the usual way, it is superfluous to 
cite the reference, as the “Microlepidoptera Palaearctica” illustrations are 
at least as good as any previous figure. Superfluous too are all references 
to the distribution of a species, if the author, on the basis of his own 
studies, is able to give the same information. For individual species, only 
a minimum of prior literature need be cited to supplement any gap in the 
data provided. The alphabetical general literary index at the end of every 
volume, on the other hand, should in addition give the reader a view of 
previous literature and at the same time indicate what the author has 
found especially valuable as a source. 

9. In order to avoid the possibility that any author might overlook some- 
thing which already appears in literature, the editor is pleased to 
put his own card-index at the disposal of all collaborators. This covers 
all literature since 1901, ie. since the appearance of Rebel’s Catalogue 
of the Lepidoptera of the Palaearctic Region. The possibility will thus be 
virtually ruled out that any important literary source will be overlooked. 

10. Determination keys for the genera and species will guide the 
reader downward to the species, but in certain cases, when it has been 
proved that a systematic unit cannot intelligently be forced into any key, 
these may be omitted. 

11. In accordance with the recommendations of the International Com- 
mission for Nomenclature, all abbreviations of authors’ names will be 
avoided. Abbreviations will only be used as a distinctive mark in the 
Indices and Tables. In the course of the systematic text authors’ names 
will be entirely omitted, except where this would cause obscurity. 

12. Every specimen painted by Dr. Gregor will be distinguished with 
a label “Painted by Dr. Gregor for Microlepidoptera Palaearctica’, as in 
future it will be useful to know which specimen served as a model for the 
published picture. The data of all such examples will be given in the 
explanation of the plates, and particularly the place of custody. In prin- 


193, AMSEL: Microlepidoptera Palaearctica Vol. 19, no. 2 


ciple, the typical series will provide the specimens used as models for the 
painter. In cases, however, where, owing to poor preparation or preserva- 
tion, the type by itself does not suffice for the satisfactory reproduction 
of the appearance of the species, the painting may be adjusted for esthetic 
reasons, as long as this does not involve scientific inaccuracy. Here 
particularly, in cases where an abdomen is missing, the artist may add the 
missing part, observing the correct proportions by reference to the holo- 
type and other typical material. In all cases where such a procedure was 
necessary, the fact will be mentioned in the explanation of the figures. 

13. In order to show as exactly as possible all the individual characters, 
the coloured illustrations of the moths are reproduced on a scale larger 
than life-size. However, in order to show the relative size of congeners, 
species belonging to the same genus will be, as far as possible, shown on 
the same scale. The actual scale will be indicated in the explanations of 
the plates. Deviation from this rule, however, could not be avoided in a 
few cases for various reasons, and where this occurs the figure in question 
is always marked with an indication of the variant scale of magnification. 
The scale mainly used for the genitalia illustrations, being that suitable 
for most of the drawings, is stated on the intermediate titles before the 
genitalia plates. If a few figures deviate particularly from the general 
scale of enlargement, this is indicated beside the figure in question. 

It is well-known that the scale of enlargement is fairly unimportant in 
genitalia illustrations because the preparations are usually examined at 
different powers of magnification. 

14. Limits of the Region. The following districts will be the Regional 
frontiers: Canary Is., Madeira, Iceland, Sahara and Arabia as far as about 
latitude 20 N, West Pakistan as far as and including Karachi, the High 
Himalayas down to about 3,000 m, the Yangtse-Kiang and Japan. Dis- 
puted frontiers such as Sikkim, Bhutan, or the further Chinese frontier, 
may be entirely included or excluded. For instance, if a tropical genus is 
only represented by one species in Sikkim, it may be omitted, but all 
species in Sikkim belonging to Palaearctic genera will be included. In 
many cases the inclusion or exclusion will be at the author’s discretion. 
In districts with distinctly more than 50% Palearctic species, all species 
occurring should be included, even including the tropical species. Where, 
on the other hand, a transitional area has distinctly less than 50% Palearc- 
tic species, all tropical species will be omitted. The south border of the 
Sahara appears to be partly inhabited by Palearctic species, and parts of 
Arabia far south of the tropic seem likewise to be Palearctic. The bound- 
ary is for that reason fixed at 20 N latitude, while in the East Asiatic 
region the boundary will be distinctly further north, being far less distinct 
and more complicated than in the African-Arabian region. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 123 


15. The work will consider all Monotrysian lepidoptera as Micro- 
lepidoptera, with the sole exception of the Hepialidae, which have been 
already studied in the works dealing with the Palearctic Macrolepidop- 
tera. In addition all Ditrysian families usually considered the Microlepi- 
doptera, and so treated in the Rebel 1901 Catalogue, will be included, 
with the addition of the Psychidae. This addition is made because in 
this family particularly, the division between Macro- and Microlepidoptera 
has had the most unfortunate results. Furthermore, a new work dealing 
with the Microlepidoptera will doubtless lead to general changes of 
views on systematic definitions. But as the new picture of the systematic 
definitions will only emerge after a decade or two, it is best to continue 
for the present with the usual division into Macro- and Microlepidoptera, 
despite its being scientifically unsatisfactory. 

16. Numbering and other references will be made on a system that 
will reduce the need to refer to indexes considerably, and so greatly 
lighten the task of any reader using the work. 

17. As the work will appear in German, each part will be preceded 
by a table giving the most important recurrent technical expressions with 
their meanings in English, French and Russian. We are convinced that 
this will enhance the international usefulness of the work. 

18. An alphabetical list of the less-known localities and geographical 
terms, and a general map of Central and Eastern Asia, will be given to 
assist geographical orientation. 


With the above aims, we hope to give a new impulse to microlepi- 
doperology; we believe that not only will “Microlepidoptera Palaearctica” 
be a revision of all that exists in this field of science, whether in literature 
or collections, but we are convinced above all that a sure foundation will 
be laid down for all future work in this field. We anticipate further 
through this work and the application of its principles, microlepidopterol- 
ogy will achieve a new power of attraction which will lead to a deepening 
and widening of our fair science. To this the water-colour drawing of 
Dr. Gregor especially will contribute, constituting a unique event in 
entomological history. Not only might one say of them what was said of 
the great models of Ter Meer, that each drawings is at one and the same 
time both type and individual, but the drawings are, in most cases a first 
documentation of an unprecedented kind. Text and illustration merge to 
form an unity, serving to open to a wider public what threatened to be- 
come an obscure and specialised corner of the entomological field. At 
present it is virtually necessary for one specialist to concentrate on one 
taxonomic group, and we find but one worker qualified to determine the 
species of that group, with the result that there is but one person to whom 


124 AMSEL: Microlepidoptera Palaearctica Vol. 19, no. 2 


to entrust all material of that group for determination. Hereafter, how- 
ever, this state of affairs will undergo a radical improvement, at least as 
far as concerns the Palearctic Microlepidoptera. Every entomologist 
capable of scientific work will be able relatively quickly to determine 
his own material. The separate volumes of “Microlepidoptera Palaearc- 
tica” will enable him to find his way with speed and accuracy, and will 
also be of particular assistance to all branches of applied entomology. 
The works in this field have hitherto been grievously hampered by the 
want of a simultaneously organised systematic reference work; by the 
constant changes of nomenclature, and the impossibility, without refer- 
ence to specialists, of determining the pests with which they are dealing. 
But this case will cease to be so, owing to the remarkable clarity of “Mi- 
crolepidoptera Palaearctica” with its combination of coloured figure of 
imago, black and white drawings of all important morphological details, 
and text summary of the facts. 

The publication of the first volume of this work marks the completion 
of the first step towards this scientific goal, and I feel a particular need to 
thank all those who have served in this enterprise. First and foremost I 
thank all my colleagues who joined me in launching the project and pro- 
vided the prerequisite conditions for the co-ordination which the work 
will evince. The decision to proceed with this enterprise fell lightly on 
none of us, as in most cases it amounted to an obligation extending over 
many years, indeed in many cases for a whole decade, or in the case of 
Dr. Gregor, for a whole life-time. To him therefore are due the greatest 
and deepest thanks; without him “Microlepidoptera Palaearctica” would 
have been unthinkable. Further I thank Herr Hans Reisser of Vienna, 
whose great and many-sided initiative and practical counsel on many 
matters helped the work forward, and who, for his part, obtained the 
consent of publishers George Fromme & Co. to publish it. I thank the 
publishers for their great understanding and also for the care devoted to 
the printing and setting up of the work; in such an enterprise this is of 
the utmost importance. In particular I wish to express my gratitude to 
Professor Carl Wurster of Ludwigshafen, who devoted his constant efforts 
towards the success of the project. Without him, it must be duly said, it 
would not have been possible to overcome all the difficulties involved 
in the planning of so great and unusual a work. “Microlepidoptera Palae- 
arctica” can consequently be said to be his work too. Mr. Kurt Schafer 
of Ludwigshafen, Professor Martin E. Hering of Berlin, Dr. Walter 
Forster of Munich, Dr. Obraztsov of New York, Messrs. Charles Boursin 
of Paris and E. P. Wiltshire of Geneva, and my friend Dr. E. Oberdorfer, 
Director of the Museum of Natural History at Karlsruhe, have all stood 
by my side and assisted me. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 125 


Dr. B. Rossicky of Prague was also of great assistance to our enterprise; 
and lastly, the German Institute of Exploration and the Baden-Wiirttem- 
berg Ministry of Culture gave from the outset such support to all our 
efforts that finally the foundations of the work were successfully laid with 
the issue of the present Volume I. My greatest thanks to all! 


H. G. Amsei, Landessammlungen fiir Naturkunde, Erbprinzenstrasse, 13, (75) 
Karlsruhe, Wien 


ANOTHER U.S. RECORD FOR OENEIS MACOUNII 


On 20 June 1964 Dave Pearson, Ray Glassel, and I were collecting in 
Lake and St. Louis counties, Minnesota. We stopped at McNair, Lake 
County (about 20 miles north of Two Harbors), to look for red-disked 
alpines, Erebia discoidalis (Kirby), a species we had caught there about 
a month earlier. The morning was cool and sunny but no alpines were 
seen. 

The first butterfly we saw was sitting on a rock, inclined toward the 
sun, and thus casting very little shadow. We quickly captured it and 
another one nearby which was behaving similarly. Both were typical 
Macoun’s arctics, Oeneis macounii (Edwards). Macy and Shepard 
(1941)? list the only Minnesota specimen as having been taken 2 July 
1935 near Duluth, St. Louis County. We thus have the second Minnesota 
record. Ehrlich and Ehrlich (1961)? list only Minnesota and Michigan 
as the U.S. localities for this species. The Michigan record is most 
likely the Isle Royale record cited by Macy and Shepard. Therefore 
we suspect that we may have the third U.S. record for Oeneis macounii. 
Since Isle Royale is much closer to Minnesota than to Michigan, this 
species seems to occur in a very limited area in the U-.S., just above 
the north shore of Lake Superior. We currently think of northern 
Minnesota as relatively uncollected for insects and one of our projects 
will be to try to establish the exact status of this and other “rare” 
species in the near future. 


Ronap L. Huser, 480 State Office Bldg., St. Paul, Minnesota 


1Ralph W. Macy & Harold H. Shepard, Butterflies (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota 
Press, 1941), p. 87. 

2P. R. Ehrlich & A. H. Ehrlich, How to Know Butterflies (Dubuque: Wm. C. Brown Co., 
1961), p. 102. 


126 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 19, no. 2 


RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA 


Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to 
lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended 
that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here. Papers 
of only local interest and papers from this Journal are listed without abstract. Read- 
ers, not in North America, interested in assisting with the abstracting, are invited to 
write Dr. P. F. Bellinger (Department of Biological Sciences, San Fernando Valley 
State College, Northridge, California, U.S.A.). Abstractor’s initials are as follows: 


[P.B.] —P. F. BELtINcER [W.H.] — W. Hackman [N.O.] — N. S. Osraztsov 


[Le] =. F. BY Coxaxton “|e | Aro IwAse [C.R.] —C. L. Remincron 
[WV Gali—— Wes © COOK (ts ie Wis ANGER [J.T.] —J. W. Trwpen 
[A.D.] — A. DIAKONOFF [J.M.] —J. Moucua [P.V.| —= 2s Bay eee 


[J.D.] — Jut1an DonAnvuE [E.M.] — E. G. Munroe 


B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE 


Munroe, Eugene, “Pyralidae from the collection of the California Academy of Sci- 
ences (Lepidoptera).” Canad. Ent., 91: 161-167, 14 figs. 1959. Describes as 
new Desmia filicornis (Potrerillos, Panama); Mecyna cocosica (Cocos Is.); Poly- 
grammodes naranja (17 mi NW of Tepic, Nayarit, Mexico); CALLILITHA, & 
type C. boharti (Tenaru R., Guadalcanal, Solomon Is.), C. tenaruensis (same). 
ey, 183] 

Munroe, Eugene, “Revision of the genus Linosta Moéschler (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) 
with characterization of the subfamily Linostinae and a new subfamily.” Canad. 
Ent., 91: 485-488, 7 figs. 1959. Proposes CYBALOMIINAE (near Crambinae ) 
& LINOSTINAE. Describes as new L. annulifera (Oconeque, SE Peru, 7,000 
ft), L. sinceralis centralis (Finca “La Violeta,’ Soconusco, Chiapas, Mexico, 850 
m), L. s. andina (Balzapamba, Prov. Bolivar, Ecuador), L. s. plaumanni (Nova 
Teutonia, Sta. Catharina, Brazil). Redescribed L. s. sinceralis, the only other 
form known. [P. B.] 

Munroe, E. G., “The phlogosaria complex of the genus Plagodis (Lepidoptera: 
Geometridae).” Canad. Ent., 91: 193-208, 3 pls. 1959. Describes as new P. 
p. bowmanaria (Edmonton, Alberta), P. p. illinoiaria (Edgebrook, Illinois). P. 
purpuraria & P. keutzingaria are regarded as sspp. of P. phlogosaria; the other 
valid sspp. are approximaria & iris. Spring & summer broods are described & 
numerous collection records are given. 63 specimens are figured on the plates. 
Vee 1c 

Munroe, Eugene, “A new genus of Pyralidae and its species (Lepidoptera).” Canad. 
Ent., 92: 188-192, 8 figs. 1960. Describes as new COENOSTOLOPSIS (type 
Coenostola? apicalis Lederer), C. terminalis (Rio Yapacani, E. Bolivia, 600 m). 
Redescribes type, & C. selenephora (transferred from Phryganodes). [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “An assessment of the contribution of experimental taxonomy to 
the classification of insects” [in English; French summary]. Rev. canad. Biol., 
19: 293-319. 1960. Review shows that only the most elementary experimental 
techniques (e.g. association of sexes, forms, and stages by rearing) have been 
widely used, and that the use of cytological, physiological, and other nonmorpho- 
logical criteria is in its infancy, even in such groups as Drosophila which have 
been studied intensively. [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “New species of Polygrammodes and a related new genus (Lep- 
idoptera: Pyralidae).” Canad. Ent., 92: 279-284. 1960. Describes as new P. 
zischkai (Yungas del Palmar, 200 m, Bolivia), P. delicata (Esmeraldas, San Mateo, 
Ecuador), P. lauei (Tecualpan, Mexico), P. mimetica (Barro Colorado Is., Pan- 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society D7 


ama Canal Zone); POLYGRAMMOPSIS (monobasic), P. forsteri (Esmeraldas, 
Ecuador). [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “New tropical Pyraustinae (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae).” Canad. 
Ent., 92: 164-173, 16 figs. 1960. Describes as new Glyphodes aurantivittalis 
(Fort de Kock, Sumatra); Diaphania antillia (Kenscoff, Haiti); Botyodes borne- 
ensis (Mt. Kinabalu, Borneo); HEDYLEPTOPSIS (monobasic), H. flava (Tonsea 
Lama, Tontano Menado, N. Celebes); Typsanodes celebensis (Minahassa, N. 
Celebes); Agathodes transiens (Puente Villa, Yungas, Bolivia, 1,200 m); Syngam- 
ilyta nympha (Rio Yacuna, Espiritu, 250 m, Bolivia). [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “The Meyrick types of Scopariinae (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae) in 
the British Museum (Natural History), exclusive of Hawaiian species.” Canad. 
Ent., 92: 891-897. 1960. Lists all holotypes & selects lectotypes for other spp., 
giving citation & label description. [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “Synopsis of the North American Odontiinae, with descriptions of 
new genera and species (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae).” Canad. Ent., suppl. no.24, 
93 pp., 246 figs. 1961. Describes as new: Microtheoris ophionalis lacustris 
(Harrow, Ontario), M. o. eremica (Limpia Canyon, Jeff Davis Co., Texas), M. 
0. baboquivariensis (Baboquivari Mts., Arizona), M. o. occidentalis (Oliver, Brit- 
ish Columbia); RHODACANTHA, & type R. diagonalis (Alamogordo, Otero Co., 
New Mexico); FRECHINIA (type Titanio helianthiales), F. texanalis (Ft. Davis, 
Jeff Davis Co., Texas); PROCYMBOPTERYX (type Pionea belealis); CYMBOP- 
TERYX, & type C. fuscimarginalis (Tucson, Arizona); DICHOZOMA (type Loxo- 
stege parvipicta); CUNEIFRONS, & type C. coloradensis (Moffat Co., Colorado); 
ANATRALATA (type Aporodes versicolor); POGONOGENYS (type Titanio 
proximalis), P. frechini (Vantage, Washington), P. masoni (Whitewater, Calif. ); 
PLUMIPALPIA, & type P. martini (Dove Sprs., Kern Co., Calif.); NANNOBO- 
TYS (type Botis commortalis); PORPHYRORHEGMA, & type P. fortunata (Fish 
Creek Mts., Imperial Co., Calif.); PSAMMOBOTYS, & type P. fordi (Sand Dunes, 
El Segundo, Los Angeles Co., Calif.); JATIVA (type Orobena castanealis ); 
PSEUDOSCHINIA (type Eurycreon elautalis); NOCTUELIOPSIS (type Noc- 
tuelia puertalis); MOJAVIA (type Noctuelia achemonalis); HELIOTHELOPSIS 
(type Aporodes arbutalis). The subfamily includes tribes Dichogamini & Odon- 
tiini, with, respectively, 3 and 19 nearctic genera; at least 56 extralimital genera 
are not treated here. Keys to genera & spp. [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “The classification of the Papilionidae (Lepidoptera).” Canad. 
Ent., suppl. no.17, 51 pp. [1961]. Describes as new PROTOGRAPHIUM (type 
Papilio leosthenes). Recognizes the subfamilies Baroniinae (monobasic), Parnassi- 
inae, including Parnassiini (3 genera) & Zerynthiini (5 genera), and Papilioninae. 
The typical subfamily includes Leptocircini (7 genera; the “kite swallowtails” 
plus Lamproptera & Teinopalpus), Papilionini (a single genus, with sections but 
no subgenera), and Troidini (6 genera). All groups are defined, and important 
characters are discussed, including some which will be useful when known for 
more spp. All known spp. are assigned to genera, at least tentatively, in an 
appendix. [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “A new species of Linosta (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae).” Canad. 
Ent., 94: 922-923, 2 figs. 1962. Describes as new L. integrilinea (Heda-Taulis, 
Hen) Le. Bel 

Munroe, Eugene, “A new species of Nepytia (Lepidoptera: Geometridae), of eco- 
nomic importance to Douglas Fir in British Columbia.” Canad. Ent., 95: 407-413, 
25 figs. 1963. Describes as new N. freemani (Chase Creek, B.C., Canada); key 
to spp. of N. canosaria group. [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “The gilvarius group of Aspilates Treitschke (Lepidoptera: Geo- 
metridae).” Canad. Ent., 95: 260-287, 56 figs. 1963. Describes as new A. 
kozhantchikovi (Minusinsk, Siberia), A. aberratus assiniboiarius (Attons Lake, 
Cut Knife, Saskatchewan, Canada), A. forbesi (Churchill, Manitoba), A. elwesi 
(SE Altai, Tchuja Mt., 7,000 ft), A. orciferarius baffinensis (Frobisher Bay, Batf- 


128 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 19; ney? 


fin Is.), A. o. churchillensis (Fort Churchill, Manitoba), A. 0. occidentalis (Daw- 
son, Yukon, 11,000 ft). Revision of the 13 spp. of this holarctic group, with key 
to spp. [P. B.] 

Munroe, Eugene, “Some neotropical genera resembling Epicorsia Hubner (Lepidop- 
tera: Pyralidae).” Mem. ent. Soc. Canada, no.33, 75 pp., 109 figs. 1964. De- 
scribes as new Munroeodes australis (Rio Vermelho, Sta. Catharina, Brazil), M. 
guianae (Pied Saut, Oyapok R., French Guiana); SARABOTYS (monobasic), 
S. ferriterminalis (Prov. del Sara, Bolivia); CHILOCORSIA (type Phlyctaenodes 
punctinotalis); CHILOPIONEA (monobasic), & type C. postcuneifera (Peru); 
Chilochroma tucumana (Siambon, Tucuman, Argentina), C. yucatana (Chichen 
Itza, Yucatan, Mexico); PROTEPICORSIA (type Hapalia thyriphora), P. latimar- 
ginalis (El Palmer, Prov. Chapare, Dep. Cochabamba, Bolivia), P. bicolor (Cor- 
upa, Sta. Catharina, Brazil), P. maculifera (El Palmer, Bolivia), P. pozuzoa (Pozu- 
zo, Dep. Huanuco, Peru); PSEUDEPICORSIA (type Pyrausta flavidensalis), P. 
septentrionis (Callanga, Cuzco, Peru), P. boliviensis (Buenavista Prov. del Sara, 
Bolivia); DELTOBOTYS (type Pyrausta brachypteralis), D. galba (a Vuelta, 
Caura R., Venezuela); NEOEPICORSIA (type Botys claudiusalis), N. confusa 
(Corupa, Sta. Catharina, Brazil), N. daucalis (Fonte Boa, Amazonas, Brazil); 
APONIA (type Pionea aponianalis), A. insularis (Loma del Gato, 2,500 ft, Sierra 
Maestra, Cuba), A. major (Matagalpa, Nicaragua), A. itzalis (Chichen Itza, Yu- 
catan, Mexico); TANAOPHYSOPSIS (type Pyrausta xanthyalinalis); CHILO- 
CHROMOPSIS (type Sylepta sceletogramma) Descriptions of 13 genera & 40 
spp. in all, members of Pyraustini except for the last 2 mentioned above & 
Tanaophysa (Spilomelini); includes all spp. superficially similar to Epicorsia 
(revised by Munroe, 1958) except for mancalis group of Loxostege, which is 
ane en by Capps. Keys to genera & spp.; figures of adults & genitalia. 
re Be 

Munroe, Eugene, & Paul R. Ehrlich, “Harmonization of concepts of higher classifica- 
tion of the Papilionidae.” Jour. Lepid. Soc., 14: 169-175, 1 fig. 1961. 

Murayama, Shu-iti, “Drei neue Erebien-Rassen aus Japan” [in German]. Zeitschr. 
wiener ent. Ges., 48: 102-103, 2 pls. 1963. Describes as new Erebia niphonica 
nyukasana (Mt. Nyukasayama, 1,955 m, Nagano Prefecture), E. n. tateyamana 
(Mt. Tateyama, 3,015 m, Toyama Pref.), E. n. yoshisakana (Mt. Hakusan, 2,702 
m, Ishikawa Pref.). [P. B.] 

Murayama, Shu-iti, “Some new forms of Erebia and Theclinae from Japan” [in 
Japanese; English summary]. Trans. Lepid. Soc. Japan, 15: 16-19, 14 figs. 1964. 
Describes as new E. niphonica amarisana (Mt. Amarisan), E. n. togakusiana (Mt. 
Togakusiyama); also 4 “forms” of Theclinae. [P. B.] 

Narayanan, E. S., & T. V. Venkatraman, “The identity of Scirpophaga species as- 
sociated with sugarcane in India (Lepidoptera: Pyralidae [sic!]).” Curr. Sci., 
20: 299-300. 1951. Concludes that only S. nivella occurs in India, & that it 
is conspecific with S. monostigma, S. rhodoproctalis, and other members of this 
genus previously recorded as distinct species occurring in India. [J. D.] 

Nekrutenko, Yuri P., “The hidden wing-pattern of some Palaearctic species of 
Gonepteryx and its taxonomic value.” Jour. Res. Lepid., 3: 65-68, 8 figs. 1964. 
Figures wings of G. rhamni, G. cleopatra, & G. mahaguru niphonica photographed 
in ultraviolet light & gives key to spp. based on this pattern. [P. B.] 

Newcomer, E. J., “The synonymy, variability and biology of Lycaena nivalis.” Jour. 
Res. Lepid., 2: 271-280, 1 pl. “1963” [1964]. Repeats original descriptions of 
nivalis, its synonym ianthe, & zeroe (a synonym of mariposa). Describes & fig- 
ures 4 populations, including L. n. browni. Describes early stages (food plant 
Polygonum douglasii) & surveys distribution. [P. B.] 


EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL 


Editor: Jerry A. PowELu 
Associate Editor 

(Literature Abstracting): PETER F. BELLINGER 
Associate Editor 

(“Especially for Collectors” ): FRED T. THORNE 


Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEwcoMER 
Manager of the Memoirs: Smney A. HEssEL 


Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. Brxiincer, S. A. 
HessEL, E. G. Munroe, J. A. PowELt, C. L. REMINGTON 
(chairman), F. T. THorNE, E. J. NEwcomer. 


NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL 


- Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study 
_ of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; 
_ authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts 
_ must be typewritten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and 
_ one side only of white, 8% x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of 
ae the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, in- 
cluding an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possi- 
Sy Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFER- 
ENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. 
_ Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. 

_ Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other 
_ material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley 
proof is received. 


Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powrexi, 112 Agricul- 
- ture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. 


_ Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal 
_ field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News 
Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 


_ Address remittances and address changes to: GEORGE EHLE, 314 Atkins Ave., 
Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. 


Memoirs of the Lepidopterists Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) 
A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA 
by Cyr F. pos Passos 


Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; postpaid 


Order from the Society Treasurer. 


Printed in U.S. A. 
ALLEN PREsS 
Lawrence, Kansas 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Some taxonomic notes on the Nearctic Holomelina ( Arctiidae) 
with a partial key to the species 
by Bing "ET lande oo eye Og en Oe ee 


The life history of Problema byssus ( Hesperiidae) 
by ‘Richard Heitzman) 200". eee me 


Two new subspecies of Megathymus yuccae (Bdv. & Lec.) 
from Texas 
yi dh A reemant vee e aok s w oY s 


ee ee 


A note on Pyrgus communis and Pyrgus albescens (Hesperiidae) 


by J! We Tilden! {*:2 2e'5 a a 


Erebia disa mancinus in Washington State: a correction 


by Jon -Hi-Shepard 22.0 ue 
Distribution and hosts of five Philotes in California 
( Lycaenidae ) 


by ‘Robert (L, sLangston 23 ee eee 


Larval foodplant and distribution notes for Schinia olivacea 
( Noctuidae ) 
by. Roy O; ‘Kendalliwy 000g eee 


A new technique for spreading minute moths 
by Ge G, j Liewis 325 2c 1s ae ee re 
FIELD NOTES 
Probable second U.S. record for Erebia discoidalis 
by Ronald... Huber 9525 ee ee ee 


Field notes on Automeris zephyria (Saturniidae) 
and larvae of Hemihyalea edwardsi (Arctiidae) in 
New Mexico 
by: Noel -MeFarland: 22 4 ee eee 


Flight habits of Boloria toddi 
by Leonard )S.: Phillips 2.0535 eo ee ee 


Another U.S. record for Oeneis macounii 
by. Ronald.L:)/Huber 22" ee Se eee a 


ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS 
Some comments on Arizona butterflies ( Papilionoidea ) 
by Keith'S. Brown, Jr-te ee Ee eee 
LITERATURE NOTICE 


“Microlepidoptera Palaearctica” 
by. Hi. (Gy Amsel 8) er er eee ee 


95-102 


105-106 


115-116 


107-115 ; 


"Volume 19 1965 Number 3 


JOURNAL 


of the 


| Lepiworrenisrs SOCIETY 


- Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
| a i Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES 


Wry 
& a. 
Ay 


“ 


a 
oe 
‘wag 


Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 


In This Issue 


i= COLLECTIONS BY AIRPLANE 
| EUPTYCHIA AREOLATA: DISTRIBUTION AND VARIATION 
as MIMICRY OF CAENURGINA CAERULEA 

By METHOD FOR OVERWINTERING LARVAE 
| ERNEST LAYTON BELL (1876-1964) 


(Complete contents on back cover ) 


24 September 1965 


THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
1965 OFFICERS 


President: F. H. Rinnce (New York, N. Y., U. S. A.) 
1st Vice President: I. F. B. Common (Canberra, Australia ) 
Vice President: Ramon AcENjo (Madrid, Spain) 
Vice President: H. E. Hinton (Bristol, England ) 
Treasurer: GrorcE Ente (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) 
Asst. Treasurer: SipNEY A. HeEssEet (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) 
Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, IIl., U. S. A.) 3 
Asst. Secretary: Fioyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U.S. A.) 
= 
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL a 
Terms expire Dec. 1965: Suiceru A. Ar (Showaku, Nagoya, Japan) 
LincoLN P. BRowER (Amherst, Mass., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1966: Cuar.es P. KimBa.u (Sarasota, Fla., U. S. A.) 
W. Harry LAncE, Jr. (Davis, Calif., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1967: Hmosui Kuroxo (Fukuoka, Japan) 


D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Canada) 
and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor 


The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and — 
formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology : 
in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications | on Lepidoptera, s | 


the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these me | 
aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among 
the lepidopterists of ail countries. : 
Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of 4 
lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of ~~ 
the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not — 
become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for 
the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological _| 
interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society — 
business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made ~ 
payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: a 
Active Members—annnal dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) = 
Sustaining Members—annual dues $15.00 (U.S. A.) > = 
Life Members—single sum $125.00 (U.S. A.) P 
Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth ~~ 
Road, Hampton, Middx., England. ‘ 
In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and 
special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers wher mail ballots are — 
distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the ~ 
Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the — 
News each year. a 


The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office onl 
publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut. Second — . 
class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 


JOURNAL OF 


Tue LEPIpOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


Volume 19 1965 Number 3 


REVIEW OF COLLECTIONS OF LEPIDOPTERA BY AIRPLANE 


Perry A. GLICK 
Entomology Research Division, Agric. Res. Serv., U.S.D.A., Brownsville, Texas’ 


It has long been established that many species of Lepidoptera are 
migrants and are carried by air currents far out to sea or across continents. 
With the continuing aid of air currents they can be carried over mountain 
barriers and descend in the leeward currents into the valleys below, where 
if conditions are favorable they can perpetuate themselves. The writer 
has observed butterflies drifting or flying at altitudes over 14,000 feet in 
the Rockies, especially the less common satyrid, Erebia magdalena 
Strecker; the pierid, Colias meadii elis Strecker; and a papilionid, Par- 
NASSIUS SP. 

The height to which a butterfly, moth, or other insect may be carried 
by air currents is related to its size, weight, and buoyancy. This relation- 
ship may be expressed in terms of the aerostatic or lighter-than-air 
coefficient (Glick, 1939). The aerostatic coefficient varies directly with 
the area of the insect which is exposed perpendicular to the pull of 
gravitation and inversely with the weight of the insect per unit of ex- 
posed area; and therefore, the lighter the insect the greater the aerostatic 
coefficient, and the heavier the insect the less the aerostatic coefficient 
or actual buoyancy. 

The vertical lift of an insect may be represented by the equation: 


R 
Ae — = . Ac is the aerostatic coefficient, R equals the area in metric 


units exposed perpendicular to gravity, W represents the weight in milli- 
grams of the insect exposed to gravity, and K equals the constant or insect 
involved. Thus, any insects, particularly the more fragile butterflies and 
moths, occur at very high altitudes because of their relative size and 
weight, or buoyancy. Under the same given conditions of wind velocity 
and convection, a heavily built insect with small wing expanse will not 


1—In cooperation with the Texas Agricultural Experiment Station. Mention of trade names 
herein does not necessarily imply their endorsement by the U.S.D.A. 


130 Guick: Collections by airplane _ Vol. 19; noe 


' Fig. 1. Piper Cub plane equipped with insect traps placed beneath wings with 
control wires running from traps to cabin. A screen is partly pulled out of closed 
compartment for exposure as when in operation (Glick, 1955). 


be carried as high as a very light insect with relatively greater wing 
expanse. 

Most butterflies find it difficult to fly in a strong wind because their 
wings offer a broad surface to the air. However, certain species may even 
find it easier to fly directly into a strong wind, with the wings vertically 
closed and opened alternately so as to offer the sharpest edge to the 
resistance of the wind. Such a butterfly does not appear to propel itself, 
but to be driven forward by the action of the wind eddying against the 
undersurface of the wing presented to it, but how this is done is not 
easy to demonstrate (Tutt, 1902). 

Micros are more or less at the mercy of air currents when in flight, 
particularly if the wind is above 6-10 miles per hour. Glick et al. (1956) 
determined that pink bollworm moths, Pectinophora gossypiella (Saun- 
ders), were collected in greater numbers in light traps when the wind 
velocity was three miles per hour or less and their flight was directly 
into the wind. During strong winds butterflies tend to remain close to 
vegetation and even the strong fliers seldom venture forth. 

The writer in past years, and more recently from 1954 to 1957, made a 
comprehensive study of insect dissemination and distribution, with em- 
phasis on the more important economic species (Glick, 1939, 1955, 1957, 
1960, & Glick and Noble, 1961). This study, conducted with airplanes, 
involved some 1,552 flights. More than 1,286 hours were spent in actual 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 131 


Fig. 2. Insect-collecting trap, as shown under wing of plane, with screen pulled 
out of closed compartment to enable removal of insects and transferring them to 
alcohol in vials. The pilot, Arthur Gieser (left), is recording data. 


collecting with screens or nets exposed. The flights were made from 
altitudes near ground surface to 16,000 feet and resulted in the collection 
of 35,826 insects. 


PROCEDURES AND AREA COVERED 


The first airplane insect traps used in these extensive upper air insect 
collections were operated from 1926 to 1931 in northeast Louisiana and 
in Mississippi across the Mississippi River from Tallulah, Louisiana. The 
writer designed the original three-compartment trap, which was placed 
between the wings of an old JN6H Army training ship and on DeHaviland 
H1 Army biplanes (Glick, 1939, 1941, & 1942). These traps were also 
adapted for a Stinson Detroiter SM1 monoplane. In 1930 the trap was 
redesigned by the late G. C. McGinley to consist of two compartments. 
This latter type trap was used on a Piper Cub PA Super Cruiser ( Figs. 
1 & 2) in flights at Brownsville, Texas, in 1954, and at College Station, 
Texas; Shreveport, Louisiana; and Texarkana, Arkansas in 1956. In 1957 
another type of trap, designed by C. N. Husman, was used in flights 
over northeast Louisiana, Mississippi, Illinois, and Indiana. This trap 
was equipped with a series of nets and operated from the plane cabin 
(Fig. 3). 


2, Guick: Collections by airplane Vol. 19; nows 


Fig. 3. Insect trap using nets in position on plane; steel tracks extend from rear 
of cabin to struts of plane, with net in collecting position at end of tracks (Glick, 
1960). 


Flights were made when weather conditions permitted both night and 
day collecting. The insects taken were correlated with weather and 
meteorological data embracing surface and upper-air recordings. The 
flights in northeast Louisiana from 1926 to 1931 were made throughout 
every month of the years involved. The other series of flights were made 
either in the spring, summer, or late fall. 


DISCUSSION 

Lepidoptera, the only order considered in this paper, comprised prob- 
ably the more important species taken, although it represented only one 
percent of the total insects collected in the upper air. The Lepidoptera 
included five families of Rhopalocera and 25 families of Heterocera, the 
greater portion of which were Microlepidoptera. The two families of 
moths in which we were most interested and for which our flights were 
primarily made were the Noctuidae and Gelechiidae. The family Noctui- 
dae included several important economic species including adults of the 
bollworm, Heliothis zea (Boddie); cabbage looper, Trichoplusia ni 
(Hiibner ); cotton leafworm, Alabama argillacea (Hubner); fall army- 
worm, Laphygma frugiperda (J. E. Smith); and the armyworm, Pseuda- 
letia unipuncta (Haworth). Specimens of the garden webworm, 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 133 


TaBLE I. LEpIpoPpTERA COLLECTED BY AIRPLANE IN A SERIES OF FLIGHTS 
MApbE IN ILLiInois, Louis1ANA, MIssIssIPpPI, AND TEXAS AT INTERVALS 
From 1926 to 1957 


rey, genera, State cee Nora Family, genera, State ae ee 
and species (feet) ber and species (feet) P& 
PIERIDAE: NocruIbAk (cont’d) 
Colias eurytheme 2,000 1 
Boisduval ay 50 i Laphygma frugi- 
N perda (Smith ) 
YMPHALIDAE: ; 
Phyciodes tharos (alive ) La. 500 J 
Cipeuey) ee 50 l Ommatochila 
Guaenineoenia mundula Zeller La. 500 1 
ai Pseudaletia 
( Hiibner ) ILE. 200 1 
unipuncta 
HESPERIIDAE: (Haworth) Ill. 200 1 
Celotes nessus La. 20 if Plathypena scabra 
Epargyreus (TB) ae 500 1 
clarus (Cramer) La. 600 1 Tetanolita myne- 
Hesperia leo- salis (Walker) La. 500 ] 
nardus Harris La. 20 i Undet. spp. iLé. 500 2 
Lerema accius 1,000 i 
(Smith ) La. 200 1 
Lerodea eufala GEOMETRIDAE: 
(Edwards ) ae 200 1 Undet. spp. mas 1,000 2, 
ALOT (Synto- PTEROPHORIDAE: 
midae ) 5 Aree Oidaematophorus 
Scepsis fulvicollis 5 Tame DON 1 
( Hiibner ) La. 1 ae : Pterophorus ten- 
2000 9 uidactylus Fitch La. 200 ] 
Te "i 00 1 Pterophorus sp. La. 200 1 
A Undet. sp. ILA 1,000 Il 
NOcTUIDAE: 
Trichoplusia ni PYRALIDAE: 
( Hubner ) ar 500 Pee 
pe ee Pyralis farinalis L. La. 5,000 1 
y)) 
iF Texas 200 il Undet. Sp. ILA. 600 1 
Alabama argilla- Pyraustinae; 
cea (Hubner) La. 200 2 Nomophila noctu- 
DOO a4: ella (Schiff. ) moe 3,000 1 
1,000 6 Geshna primordi- 
3,000 1 alis Dyar lea: 500 2 
Bomolocha sp. ak 500 IL 600 1 
Eublemma obli- 1,000 4 
qualis (F. ) la. 500 il Loxostege simila- 
Heliothis zea lis (Guenée ) Texas 200 2 
(Boddie ) ar 500 1 500 MM 
Laphygma frugi- ae 500 1 
perda (Smith) La. 500 4 3,000 1 
1,000 il Microtheoris sp. Texas 1,000 i 


134 Guick: Collections by airplane Vol: 19) nies 


TABLE I (continued ) 


Alti- Alti- 


Family, genera, Num- Family, genera, Num- 
Bae aeoie: State aoe ber bree BUS (fe a ber 
PYRALIDAE (cont'd) GELECHIDAE (cont'd) 
Undet. spp. IL: 5,000 i Aristotelia quin- 
Texas 200 2 quepunctella 
600 1 Busck Lai. “2;000s aE 
1,000 1 Battaristis con- 
2,000 1 cinusella 
Crambinae; (Chambers ) Texas 200 5 
Euchromius ocel- 500 1 
leus (Haworth) Texas 200 1 2,000 1 
Phycitinae; Chionodes? sp. Texas 200 1 
Elasmopalpus lig- Dichomeris ligu- 
nosellus (Zeller) La. 500 3 lella (Hubner) La. — 2,000 L 
Texas 1,000 1 Eucordylea sp. _La. 200 1 
Undet. spp. fear 500 1 Gelechia spp. La. 200 I 
Texas 3,000 1 1,000 1 
TORTRICIDAE: Gelechia spp. 
Olethreutinae; (larvae ) La. 500 I 
Epiblema strenu- 1,000 - 
ana (Walker) La. 500 1 Glyphidocera sp. Texas 200 Ih 
Celyphoides ces- Gnorimoschema 
pitana (Hiibner) La. 1,000 i spp. Texas 100 1 
Undet. spp. Ill. 200 iL 500 1 
Texas 200 i 2,000 1 
2,000 D) Keiferia sp. Texas #106 1 
Tortricinae; Stegasta bosque- 
Undet. sp. Texasn 200 1 ella (Chambers) Texas 200 il 
x ar 1,000 il 
Phaloniidae: Pectinophora gos- 
Phalonia sp. Texas 1,000 1 sypiella (Saun- 

COSMOPTERYGIDAE: ders ) La. 100 z 

Cosmopteryx spp. Texas 200 1 ann ° 

i ccicees o) 500 11 

5,000 ] 2,000 3 

Undet. spp. La. 500 1 Texas 1,000 1 
Texas 500 3 BLASTOBASIDAE: 

2,000 2 Holcocera spp. La. 200 2 

Walshiidae: 1,000 5) 
Periploca conco- GLYPHIPTERYGIDAE: 

lorella (Cham.) Texas 200 1 Glyphipteryx 

Epermeniidae: impigritella 

Epermenia sp. Mra 5,000 1 Clennam i oO : 
Scythrididae: 

GELECHIDAE: Scythris spp. Texas 200 1 
Anacampsis sp. Texas 200 Jk 1,000 iL 
Aristotelia sp. Undet. spp. Texas -1200 o 

roseosuffusella COLEOPHORIDAE: 
(Clemens )? La. 500 Ii Coleophora spp. Texas 200 2 


mOCO = t 500umaas 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 135 


TABLE I (continued ) 


Alti- 


Alti- 
Family, genera, Num- Family, genera, Num- 
Ecoles State (Fe ce ber and species State ee ber 
COLEOPHORIDAE (cont'd) Microlepidoptera 
2,000 4 undet. spp. lias 200 4 
3,000 1 500) a2, 
GRACILARIIDAE: 1,000 12 
Neurobatha 2,000 6 
strigifinitella 3,000 2 
(Clemens ) La. 500 1 5,000 2 
LYONETIIDAE: 
Redaitr apne Lepidoptera undet. 
lentella Zeller La. 2,000 i spp. La. 20 2, 
Bucculatrix spp. La. 200 1 200 «18 
500 2 500 =. 28 
Undet. sp. Texas 5,000 iL 1,000 8 
TISCHERIIDAE: 2,000 3 
Prob. Tischeria 3,000 il 
sp. Ill. 1,000 i 5,000 2 
TINEIDAE: ; 
Tinea spp. iar 1,000 if Lepidopterous 
2,000 1 larvae lua. 200 2 
NEPTICULIDAE: Rate 
Nepticula spp. ia 200 2 Total Lepidoptera taken 319 
Total flying time (hours) in Louisiana—852.9 
Texas — 40.2 
iiiinoss  —— 45.0 


Loxostege similalis (Guenée) (Pyralidae; Pyraustinae), and the meal 
moth, Pyralis farinalis (L.) (Pyralidae), were also represented in the 
collections. 

Several hundred flights were made to determine the height at which 
pink bollworm moths (Pectinophora gossypiella (Saunders) ) could be 
recovered. Thirty-seven specimens were collected in Texas and Mexico 
at altitudes from 20 to 3,000 feet. Accordingly, since these airplane col- 
lections of pink bollworm moths have established the occurrence of the 
insect in the upper air, it is concluded that this destructive pest has a 
high power of dispersal, moving about freely in areas with suitable host 
material. Three larvae of the genus Gelechia were taken in the upper 
air—one at 500 feet at night, and two at 1,000 feet in the daytime. The 
two specimens at 1,000 feet were collected when the air was slightly 
rough. 

It has been possible to trace the annual advance of the cotton leafworm 
moth from the time of its first appearance on cotton in the United States 
at Brownsville, Texas, to its first recorded appearance hundreds of miles 


136 Guickx: Collections by airplane Vol: 19) sop 


TABLE II. LEPIDOPTERA COLLECTED BY AIRPLANE IN A SERIES OF FLIGHTS 
MADE AT TLAHUALILO, DuRANGO, MEXICO, SEPTEMBER, 1928+ 


Family, genera, and species Ta Number 
SATYRIDAE: 

Manley eo en ae A 20 1 
LYCAENIDAE: 

Hemiargus isola (Reakirt) (H. isola isola (Reakirt)) 1,000 i) 
PTEROPHORIDAE: ‘ 

Wine teegS toh ai ote te ew a ee ae ee 20 i! 
‘TORTRICIDAE. 

Oleuthreutidae; 

Epiblema sosane (Keartot) 2222 ee ee 100 1 
GELECHIIDAE: 

Gnonmoschema Sp, 2) oe 2,000 ih 

Recinopiora gossypiella (Saunders) 9222 20 4 

100: 1 
1,000 ib 
3,000 1 

HELIODINIDAE: 
Wiridetesp pk cts aw ee a ee 500 il 
1,000 it 

SCYTHRIDIDAE: 

SOU EITIS ESD aie eat 0 a ica a 100 i} 
GRACILLARIIDAE: 

WmiGletNS ps cx. otee en eee LU 2,000 1 
Repidoptera undet: Sp. se. uatrae ee eee 20 il 
Macrolepidopteza’ widet, Spy tects a es ee 20 iL 

Total Lepidoptera collécted _2 eee 18 


Total flying time (hours )—35.3 


1 Tlahualilo is situated in the Laguna District of Durango and Coahuila, some 43 miles north 
of Torreon. 


northward. Comparisons of the records for seven years showed that it 
took 40 to 58 days, or an average of 56 days, for the moth to appear on 
cotton in northern Louisiana after its initial appearance in southern Texas 
near Brownsville. From the first record of the moth in fields near 
Brownsville to the first report of the moth from Wisconsin there was an 
average of 107 days, with 121 days for Minnesota and 113 days for 
Michigan. The airplane collections furnished additional information on 
the flight and migration activity of this moth. There were 23 specimens 
taken at altitudes from 500 to 3,000 feet. In 1929 the first moth found at 
Tallulah was taken in the airplane trap on August 5 at the altitude of 
3,000 feet. This moth probably was a migrant, since neither eggs nor 
larvae had been reported in Louisiana previously (Glick, 1939). 

The five families of butterflies represented in the airplane collections 
were Lycaenidae, Nymphalidae, Pieridae, Satyridae, and Hesperiidae. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society YE 


The known species represented included the pierid, Colias urytheme 
Boisduval, and the nymphalids, Phyciodes tharos (Drury), and Junonia 
coenia (Hubner). The specimens were taken from near ground surface 
to altitudes up to 500 feet in northeast Louisiana. Five determined species 
of Hesperiidae, taken in the airplane collections up to 600 feet, included 
Epargyreaus clarus (Cramer), Celotes nessus (W. H. Edwards), Hes- 
peria leonardus Harris, Lerema accius (J. E. Smith), and Lerodea eufala 
(W. H. Edwards). A small lycaenid, Hemiargus isola (Reakirt), was 
taken in Mexico near Torreon at 1,000 feet. An interesting incident oc- 
curred during a flight in northern Texas when numbers of monarch 
butterflies (Danaus plexippus (L.)) were encountered at 2,000 feet, but 
were able to evade the plane and continue on their course. 

The list of species, genera, and families represented in the airplane 
collections of insects is shown in Table 1.” 


SUMMARY 


Collections of Lepidoptera and other orders of insects were taken in 
the upper air with the use of airplanes equipped with specially designed 
insect-collecting traps. Over 1,500 flights were made over Texas, 
Louisiana, Arkansas, Mississippi, Illinois, Indiana, and in Mexico to study 
the flight and seasonal activity of certain species of economic insect pests. 
Other insects encountered were also recorded. Lepidoptera composed 
only one percent of the total insects collected, but 25 families of Heterocera 
and five families of Rhopalocera were represented in the overall collec- 
tions. 

LITERATURE CITED 


Guicx, P. A., 1939. The distribution of insects, spiders, and mites in the air. U. S. 
Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull., 673, 150 pp. 

1941. Insect population and migration in the air. Committee on Apparatus 
(National Research Council). Techniques for appraising air-borne populations 
of microorganisms, pollen, and insects. Phytopathology, 31(3): 216-220. 

1942. Insect population and migration in the air. Aerobiology (Edited by 
Forest Ray Moulton). Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 17: 88-98. 

1955. Pink bollworm moth collections in airplane traps. Jour. Econ. Ent., 48(6): 
none 

1957. Collecting insects by airplane in southern Texas. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. 
Bull., 1158, 28 pp. 

1960. Collecting insects by airplane with special reference to dispersal of the 
potato leafhopper. U.S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull., 1222, 16 pp. 

Guicx, P. A., J. P. Hotxincswortn, & W. J. Erret, 1956. Further studies of the 
attraction of pink bollworm moths to ultraviolet and visible radiation. Jour. 
eon. Emi. 40(2): 158-161. 

Guicx, P. A., & L. W. Nose, 1961. Airborne movement of the pink bollworm and 
other arthropods. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull., 1225, 20 pp. 

Tutt, J. W., 1902. The migration and dispersal of insects. London, 132 pp. 


2Information in Table 1 compiled from several publications by the author, but taxonomic 
names appear as presently used. 


138 LANGsToN: Bock review Vol. 19, no. 3 


BOOK REVIEW 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE SAN FRANCISCO BAY REGION. Califomia Natural 
History Guide No. 12. By J. W. Tilden. University of California Press, Berkeley 
and Los Angeles, Califomia. Paperback, 88 pp., 38 text figs., 8 color plates + color 
illustration on cover. Price $1.75. 

“Have you ever encountered a West Coast Lady, a Flying Pansy, or an Ox-eyed 
Satyr?’—so goes the opening statement in the advance publicity flier for this 41%4- 
by 714-inch field guide. 

This guide, being directed for the amateur as well as the naturalist, contains an 
initial introduction and sections on What are butterflies?; How to study butterflies; 
and, Identifying butterflies. This part comprises some 25 pages and, like many 
“field guides” published during the past century, starts at the “basic beginning” and 
can appeal to heterogeneous disciplines from grammar school, boy scouts, hobbyists, 
etc. to the moderately advanced entomologist, naturalist, and forest ranger. The 
many-times published “typical” venation of the monarch butterfly is illustrated, 
along with different types of scales in various families, antennae, parts of the leg, 
etc. Eggs, caterpillars, and pupae are also figured—all examples being of species 
that occur in the Bay Area. 

Various techniques from the year one to advanced present-day methods are given. 
This includes constructing a net, making cyanide jars, collecting, pinning, relaxing 
specimens, spreading, storing specimens in envelopes, and rearing methods (e.g., 
caging females to rear from eggs, collection, and preservation of larvae, pupae, etc. ). 

The main value of this book to the hobbyist and resident Bay Area collector, how- 
ever, is the remaining section on “Bay Region Butterflies: Species Accounts.” Re- 
corded from this region are 122 different species representing eight of the 10 families 
of the Nearctic butterflies. 

The work is illustrated by Gene M. Christman. Black-and-white figures are 
sprinkled liberally throughout the text, and bound into the center are eight colored 
plates bearing from four to 29 right-half drawings, at or close to natural size. They 
show the upper surfaces of about 75 species and subspecies, and in many instances 
also show both sexes and/or undersurfaces, particularly where they are diagnostic. 
As with many drawings (as opposed to photographic reproduction) there are some 
inaccuracies, especially in overall wing shape and proportions. In some, the color 
did not come through true (e.g., both satyrs, leanira checkerspot, both metalmarks, 
acmon, and sonora blues). However, all species are recognizable and, through no 
fault of the author or illustrator, it is about the best to be expected short of the more 
expensive process of plates from actual color photographs. 

With the intent of making it appealing to the amateur, common names are given 
for the species. Since common names are not in common use for many of them, 
especially at the subspecies level, some were unknown to this reviewer (e.g., ox-eyed 
satyr, American painted lady, black and gold sulfur, gold-hunter’s hairstreak, sad 
duskywing and dog-star skipper). However, for the scientist, the Latin names are 
given for each entity, and these are repeated (with authors’ names) at the end of the 
book in a “Checklist of Bay Region Butterflies” which also doubles as the index. 

The individual species accounts not only deal with those more commonly en- 
countered, but with many that are only known from a single or very few records. 
For example, some that are thought of as “Sierran species” or of northerly distribu- 
tion are listed in the ill-defined Bay Region: Polygonia silvius, Neophasia menapia, 
Papilio indra, and Amblyscirtes vialis. Others of southerly origin are listed as oc- 
curring sparingly within the area: Phoebis sennae marcellina, Leptotes marina, and 
Philotes battoides bernardino. However, these facts are so stated under each entity, 
along with the others being “common,” “in vacant lots,” “along roadsides,” ete. 

This guide appears to accomplish the purpose for which it was intended. It 
should prevent the beginning amateur from losing interest, and stimulate the “resi- 
dent experienced collector” to go out after the rarities close to home.—RoseErt L. 
Lancston, University of California, Berkeley. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 139 


EUPTYCHIA AREOLATA: DISTRIBUTION AND VARIATION, 
WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO MISSISSIPPI (SATYRIDAE) 


BRYANT MATHER 
Jackson, Mississippi 


Euptychia areolata (J. E. Smith) apparently was first collected in 
Mississippi at Biloxi, Harrison County, on April 10, 1921 by the late Dr. 
F. M. Jones (in litt., 1953). The first records were published by Brown 
(1949, 1950a), who referred to its occurrence at Gulfport, Harrison 
County, based on reports by Harold I. O’Byme (Sept. 1-4) and F. M. 
Jones (Apr. 28-May 18). Brown’s map (1950a) indicated occurrence 
only in the extreme southeastern portion of the state. Mather and Mather 
(1958) knew of 18 specimens and regarded theirs from Burnsville, 
Tishomingo County, within 12 miles of the Tennessee line, a significant 
extension of the known range. Sixty-five specimens are now known. The 
12 localities in Mississippi from which E. areolata is known to have been 
taken are shown in Fig. 1; they are situated in eight of the 82 Mississippi 
counties. The 65 Mississippi specimens, classified by locality, date, and 
sex (were known), are indicated in Table 1. Forty-eight of these speci- 
mens were examined at the U. S. National Museum through the courtesy 
of Mr. William D. Field on January 5, 1959 and checked particularly as 
to their assignment to sex; three had previously been determined by Mr. 
C. F. dos Passos. 

Specimens are at hand representing 56 of the 65 recorded; these in- 
clude 29¢ ¢ and 27° @. The other nine specimens known are: the 
one collected by F. M. Jones which is presumably at the USNM; four 
collected by H. I. O'Byrne, which were examined in the collection at 
the University of Missouri in 1953 by K. Mather; three collected by 
Mather and Mather, two of which are in the collection of C. F. dos 
Passos and one of which is in the collection at Mississippi State Univer- 
sity; and one, or more, collected in May, 1961 by W. J. Reinthal (1962) 
and presumably in his collection. 


VARIATION IN MISSISSIPPI 


The 56 available specimens have been examined particularly with re- 
gard to the development and shape of spots on the undersurfaces of the 
wings. The variation in development of spots on the underside of the 
forewings, based on the examination of the undersurface of the left fore- 
wing, ranged from no spots to four. Ten conditions were distinguished 
and the specimens examined were distributed among them as follows: 


140 Matuer: LEuptychia areolata Vol.-19,"neaes 


one) pee Total 
Spots absent 4 5 9 
Trace of one spot 5 3 8 
One spot 7 4 it 
Traces of two spots 3 6 9 
One spot and trace of second 4 1 5 
Two spots 4 3 if 
Traces of three spots 0 i 1 
Three spots 0 4 4 
Traces of four spots 1 0 1 
Four spots (specimen #14) (see Plate I) i 0 ] 

29 DATs 56 


The development of spots on the undersurface of the left hindwing 
was studied both with regard to number present and degree of elongation. 
Figure 2 is a diagram showing the designations used in this study and the 
dimensions that were measured at length (L) and width (W). The 
number of spots found ranged from four to six. One specimen (a 9°, 


TABLE 1. Mussisstppr REcorps or Euptychia areolata 


Month 
Locality and 
County Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Total Collector 
Burnsville, Tish- 

omingo —- = _ pil lt) = = 1 B&K Mather 
Barnett, Clarke -— — = = = Diggers 2. M &E Roshore 
Waynseboro, 

Wayne - = ~ - - ling - 1 B&K Mather 
Goss, Marion Zs p= e119 = = = — 1 B&K Mather 
Rawl’s Springs, 

Forrest - = - - - Ib - 1 M&E Roshore 
Hattiesburg, 

Forrest - 10 - - - ~ - 1 B. J. Miller? 
Shelby State - = - -§5¢6¢ 1686) - 39 M&E Roshore (38) 

Park, Forrest [Reto tohs iis) Tent B & K Mather (1) 
Whites Crossing, 

Stone — lo = = ~ = = 1 W. J. Reinthal 
Biloxi, Harrison lo — ~ - — - - 1 F.M. Jones 
Gulfport, 

Harrison - = - - - {4468 - 5 B&K Mather (1) 
Ocean Springs, [Dadar tender H. I. O'Byrne (4) 

Jackson —- ~4299}+- (246 - 192 11 B&K Mather (9) 

[300 | eles M &E Roshore (2) 
Fontainbleau, 
Jackson am eat ies _ — _ 1 B&K Mather 
i 2 8 1 1/2 AO tt 65 


1 Ex coll. B. D. Valentine, 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 141 


BurnsviLlE 5 
Viehomngo Co, 


BARNETT, 
Clarke Co. 


WAYNESBORO, 

G 

Goss, e Wayne ‘O. 
Marien Co, 


RAWL'S SPRINGS, 
HATTIESB R Gy 


SHELBY STATE PARK, 
Forrest GC. 


ITES CROSSING 9 
Po Noe fe 
OcEAN SPRINGS, 
of ONTPINELEAU, 
Jack $on Ca, 
esas CG, 


Fig. 1. Known distribution of Euptychia areolata areolata (Smith) in Mississippi. 


#38) (see Plate 1) had only a trace of spot #1. One other specimen (a 
2, #42) (Plate I) had all six spots quite well developed. A third speci- 
men, also a ¢, #36 had a trace of spot #6. The other 54 specimens had 
no trace of spot #6; but all except #38 had spots #1, 2, 3, and 4 well 


142 Martner: LEuptychia areolata Vol. 19, no. 3 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I 


Undersides of eight Mississippi and two Florida specimens of Euptychia a. areolata; 
average length/width ratios of spots 1-4 as follows: (For complete data of Mississippi 
specimens see Table 2.) Top row: left, ¢ #14, Shelby St. Park, L/W = 2.5; middle, 
© #42, Shelby St. Park, L/W = 2.7; right, 9 #38, Shelby St. Park L/W 2 
Second row: left, ¢ #49, Fountainbleau, L/W = 1.7; middle, @ #44, Shelby St. 
Park, L/W = 1.7; right, ¢ #11, Shelby St. Park, L/W = 3.0. Third row: left, 2 
#95, Goss, L/W = 2.4; right, 9 #24, Burnsville, L/W =2.2. Bottom row: Jett 
9 #57, Orange Park, Fla., May 25, 1959, L/W =3.1; right, 2 #63, Jacksonville, 
Fla., May 30, 1959, L/W = 3.7. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 143 


Fig. 2. Diagram showing the numbers assigned to the spots on the underside of 
the hindwing of Euptychia areolata and the dimensions measured as length (L) and 


width (W). 


developed. The greatest variation in the series was with respect to spot 
#5; data on which are given below. 


me) Qe Total 
Spot absent i 6 13 
Absent on right, trace on left D) 1 3 
Absent on left, measured on right 1 0 1 
Trace on both wings 3 i 4 
Present and measured on both wings 16 19 35 

29 Da 56 


The length (L) and width (W) of each spot on the left hindwing 
venter (in two cases, the right hindwing was used because of damage 
to the left wing) were measured at a magnification of 10x using an 
eyepiece micrometer having graduations such that at this magnification 
one division was equal to 0.1 mm. Using these measurements, the L/W 
ratio was computed for each spot. From the L/W ratios for spots #1, 2, 
3, 4, an average L/W ratio was computed for each specimen. These data 
are given in Table 2. Figures 3 and 4 plot length and width of each 
measured hindwing spot identified as to spot number and sex of the 
specimen. The maximum, minimum, and average value of L/W for each 
spot and for the extreme specimens for average L/W were as follows: 


Voli 195.708 


Euptychia areolata 


MATHER: 


i44 


DUO 
{rosa 
QAQ 
B2DAL. 


2UQ 


Cale) —G2DA| 


OM] -o2mA\_ 
OM | ~d70A\ 
4425917 

MO 

om) 
Oral 
QPDA\_ 
@bA| + 9UQ 

Anoy 

2UQ 

omi 

OM 
awl + 34uO 
4Yesqy 


———_- 


Guimaaot 
Uo sfods 


gz 
Sere 
Vie 
S's 
et 
o'% 
ao 
Ce 
ae 
OZ? 
Sz 
Ze 
aC 
4 
'% 
4 
1:2 
Oo? 
61 
Ly. 


bye 


Wa 
“AY 


>* 


449597V/ ol £ 
4uasqvlolrbr 7 
suasgy| 92 Z Bt 


fuasqy| peso 
44esqy] Bi 9 i 
Mesa eciew Al 
AYMISAVY | O11 J Ol 
44esq7) BI_S 6G 
A499 7 ISS ri 
joasay O7UAL 
aasqy | juasay 
{Aas a V 4U42sdy7 
faa | 44osAy 
juasay | Hosa 
449597 leans 
AMoS97 ce Vr 6 
4Mosdy Gil i ss 
$597 WE Se 


4u5qy | L129 a1 
juesqy BIVAL 


Mi M7 
9 + 


m4 
St 


YULgIOC3sSaY 


Lz oi Lz 
60 6 92 
ee Zi Sz 
Sy aay a oe 2 
BZN VE 
BZ Ol 9% 
ey tl o2 
be 6 22% 
Lt G Sl 
Ze El 6% 
Gz Ol SZ 
Gate}. (We 
(to of US 
Bl vl 9% 
ZZ 2192 
[ify 72h Whee 
of 6 Bl 
sz iu lz 
rz et 2% 
Li 6 sl 


ez 
[era Al 
Oz) 
Gulol 
6:2 al 
oe” Zl 
we Zi 
fenliesett 
Ee Il 
Bl Hl 
Bl bl 
6 it 


9Z | ove tt 
PS | +'2Z \\ 
of | wz El 
SA Ze \ 
L- 4 ae Sl 
WZ 6! Sl 
St | 2 vl 
iz |9Z al 
S@ (‘2 WU 
St | 2 £1 
SN we Fl 
6) 81 Zl 
Gc Gil wi 
v2 O'% vl 
7e ro Sl 
Z2 61 wi 
St Se Il 
SZ 8( Sl 
9% | 6'l Sl 
1% a! Zl 
PP 


m 
Nt) 


A 


eS d3as7 
23 NaC el 


i“ 
8S d3as9 
BSsdcgssZ 


ut 


99 Dnvel 


QS d3S 9 
BS NY Z% 


€S dssoz 


o9 5a SI 


SS d3s2 
o9 10 \¢ 


‘Ad ‘LS ASIANS ZI 
SONIDAS NYIIO |S 
" o% 
Ab LS AaraHS £ 
LLINAGS 9 
ul Es 
ul 1G 


“Ad LS ASIBHS 91 
SONI BMS NYSIO 
OAOBSINAYM |} 


rT] el 
"Ad LS ASBI13HS IZ 


NYI1IG NIGLNOY Gb 


PALE exe17| 
GNYW 


GISWAN N3SWID35dS 


SHUN “Ww [CO Ul uanib (mM) YUtP'M pP4o (1) ut busy 
(ddissiSStIW BOX MOTAS ONIMGNIH NO Si9dS NO Give ABNSISN SWIC 


2 


Shake Ae 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 145 


1965 


OM] ~ 9204 
@rvA\ 
BuO 
ooAyy 
jus ay 
[uesdy 
DIA) 
2UO 
OM] - FRA, 
Oaagy 


amy} 


42sqyy 
om A} -92R4) 
juasqy 
Sig) 
4uosay 


e201) +9UGQ 
OM] ~9>DA)_ 
O4O 

DUO 

oops 

OM]. 

4uesqy 


240 
ano+ 


ve 
Se 
e's 
eo 
(406 
AeA 
Ars 
o'2’ 
oe 
7%] 
ra 
[(‘c 
(‘% 
oz 
o'o 
O'S] 
o'z% 
L\ 


(LX 
Lz 
Lz 
Lz 
97 
DE 
Ke 
St 


44959V| GIs 6G oc 22 | ewe6 22 | Eezszeroe | zg SI 
44U2Isdyl bes ZI e2 912E | Sell Zy | g¢-2si 8e | pe £ LZ 
uosqvy|azl vil | sz 2' CE | wZ2El \e (tol PE | oe SE C2 
sesay| 2~ 9 El 92% Wl 6B 12 Si 1e | Se Sl €E 6! 6 Lil 
{HIsQgy {UIsay re u €2 "2 2) SZ | Ez vi 2 (ze Li 
suesay| 2) 2 Zl | Zi 6! | gztl oe | we 2 6 BIVAY 
eva, | Oo} B EI | pe ZI 62% (‘Sri 62 | 61 SI6Z |9ZLBl 
quesqy| 22 9 91 | Qe2t le | £) BLoOE | HA2vvE | 12 Z SI 
suesayv| 91 of 91 | rz WEE | se LI BE | SZ MOH | ez I vZ 
492s97| o2 B I | EZ £1 0€ 61 S( 6% | oz 9 ZE | OS EGE BI 
SAV!) pli sg Z re 2 2z2 be 2120 | ae wl t¢€ 'Z 6 Ol 
juasgy yuasqy | Sz We 2zZ 2st \e | p27 BE | si B ZI 
J49sqy| juasay | HZ oI be | pr 7 | po262 | pls Z 
H4¥2S9V| OF F BI oz vl St | Sz Si 0€ | OF FH ZE iN G Si 
yussqy| ez sg vi we sl C2 | S291 SE | OC GI GE ZI 6 SI 
yusay| 925 El zl GS | Vee\ 87 | Ei Ol le | Of2Ee BI 
juesq7| 61 G6 LI | 2ZEi sé | Bist 2 | 61 6I IE | St El E2 
josayy 449S9V | 81 El bZ | BI 91 6z ei 21 \¢€ Ei 6 2 
SS ES 
442597 | €'l oe 6 42 |2E8 9% | reo 1¢ | B29 LI 
juosay eral | Go 9S | oz cl 9% |6e cise | Le 9 cz 
J4esqy| al bp 5¢€ L SZ Zo! '% | szulz S79 5s! 
J4sqvV)/ er S |7tEeB 9% |Gz9 St | szile | ezs pi 
quasqy| juesqy | rzo tz |@zorez |gzoag9z|lev si 
wsay! sl % 6 |se B BZ 97 ol 92 | ve ZI EZ '2 6 6l 
quesqy | “SAV -AL | bz ot bz | 1% zLlzZ | o% wi Bez | ve LZ Sz 
44savy |} a1 9g ZL GPA (eli GYA" I Yate (oll Ae || G)rd PAL 9zL BI 
HAV | Of GS Ol | re 1 1€ | ¢Z i ez | weer 6z | ze at 


panupyoo ZS B18Vb 


ts das ez 

2s Noe SI 

8s d3S 9 

SS Sa” <€ 
u 


8s d3s9 


SS how BZ 
SS NY BZ 


" 
AY} 

8s d35 9 

ZS Nnc El 

8S dJ3s9 

o9 ny EI 
it] 


SS d3S 9 


ut 
es das 9 
Ss Dav 2 
Zs Noc el 
09 Ony el 
es das Z 
iT 


es d3s 9 


LAOg 4105 IE 
$so5D SZ 


"M5 LS ABIBHS JE 
OINSSIULLVH 92 
SBMIASNYNG ¥Z 

“ Ly 

‘Ad LS ABI3atsS GE 
SONIBADS SIMO ZE 
SONIBDS NOZI0 LZ 
Mm SY 

ut oS 

ul Le 

\ Se 

"Ad “Ls hOT3dHS by 


"Ad ‘Ls ABI13HS Q 
ul Ss 
SONIBAS NOZIO Z 
‘Ad Ls Aeiats 7S 
LLINYGE CZ 


mT Si 
"AD ‘LS ABSIBHS vl 


Vol. 19, no. 3 


Euptychia areolata 


MATHER: 


146 


p20A| + 24D 
oML 

PI0Al 

om | - PIDAL 
om] 

oad) - eobA| 
omM| = 9I0AL 


@BIvAL 


om! = IDA) 


Siva 


{HES AV 
449s gy 
4{4esdy 
-Luesqy 


Hosay 
sues ty 


4UPsay 
44asay 


“$5 puv 9.9 : doasb 


yood ul p-| sjeds a M/x aborarno bursvorsu fo sapso ui PIHPiPqrL |, 


S29) vil 


sous] 


4UoSsqy 


0s 8 
Aga) Koa 


G29 vi 

{Uesay 
Zz at 22 
"say — “AL 


97 ZI NE 
hs Zl 2% 
Zzoi1l2 
o's Ol os 
ez SI ve 
S'% 1 2E 
v2 Ol bz 
Ez Si SS 
vz <i 2% 


peels 


OE Sl GE 
Oe 2 % 
re 2 le 
6z |i ce 
v2 9) BE 
(2 St le 
62 W ce 
ZZ OI SE 
sv ej) SE 


2 319041 


° 
N 


Oe tS eas 


Vy Oo Vw gGaohKH VG OH 
W 
N 


= 


8S d3S 9 
BS ONY Z 
es 10 € 
\ 
8S d3S9 
2s Nor ei 
©9 Ong I 
@s 43s 9 


“ 20 
“4d Ls ABTSHS (7 
“ oe 
SONIAdS NY3I0 62 
( oF 
"Ad LS Asl3stsEey 
SONIYdIS NYZ20 BZ 
“ 9S 


‘Nd LS ABIZHS OY 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 147 


#1 #2 #3 #4 L/W Avg: 14 
29 63 max Cull Chol One, 3.6 3.0 (#11)! 
min 1.6 1.8 Lea ILA 1.7 (#49)1 
average 2.4 Ds DPA DAIS) (233) 
27292 max Sh) Shall 3.0 S19) 2.7 (#30, #42)1 
min 1.3 1.8 ley ILS a 1.7 (#44)2 
average Boy 2.4 Dee 2.4 (2s) 


1 See Plate I. 


Figure 5 indicates the frequency distribution of average L/W for spots 
1-4 for the 56 Mississippi specimens and the approximately normal shape 
of the distribution curve suggested by this histogram. Measurements of 
length and width of spot #2 are plotted in Figure 6 together with lines 
representing L/W = 1.8 and 3.1, the minimum and maximum values for 
elongation found for this spot. 


GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION 


Brown (1950a) indicated that E. areolata is distributed throughout 
Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, and North Carolina, and in south- 
eastern Virginia, southern New Jersey, eastern Tennessee, southern Ala- 
bama, southeastern Mississippi, and southeastern Louisiana. Harris 
(1931) reported that it was found in the coastal region of Georgia; the 
same writer (1950) reported it throughout the state. Knudsen (1954) 
did not find it on the Oglethorpe University campus but regarded it as a 
species that might be tentatively added to his list based on its having 
been reported as distributed throughout the state of Georgia, but very 
local in occurrence. A. H. Clark (in litt. to Brown, 1950) mentioned the 
occurrence of areolata in West Virginia. Haydon (1934) listed the species 
as probable for Maryland, but based on recent reports, Simmons (1956, 
1963), Simmons and Andersen (1961), it does not seem to have been 
recorded from that state. Davis (1924) mentioned a specimen from 
Harris County, Texas, and Texas specimens are figured by Clark (1932), 
Clark and Clark (1951), and Ehrlich and Ehrlich (1961). It was, how- 
ever, not included in the tentative list of Texas butterflies compiled by 
Kendall (1963b) nor was it mentioned by Gooch and Strecker (1924). 
Forbes (1960) gave the range as “southern states north to New Jersey, 
Ehrlich and Ehrlich (1961) gave it as “southeastern United States north 
to Ocean County, New Jersey.” Lambremont (1954) recorded it for the 
first time from Louisiana, based on 31 specimens (15 ¢ ¢, 169 ¢ ) from 
nine localities in Livingston, St. Tammany, Tangipahoa, and Washington 
parishes, all in the “longleaf pine flats north of Lake Ponchartrain.” He 
observed: “Supposedly the species ranges as far west as Texas, but the 


148 MatHer: LEuptychia areolata Vol:- 19, mors 


3S: (8) pe 
lo) Sal 
fo) Y= 


O £3 
oI O7/.. El) On 3 
5.0: (ei O 
& ° /Q fo) 
Oo a & e) 6 
al o 0 Gs 0 ® 0 
* oO FS cts! 
2.5: e » © © a 
2.0: 
15; 
1.0: 
0.5: 
7% re) 
sept piriohalis bine 
| 1.5 
nae 0.5 /.0 


Fig. 3. Plot of length (vertical axis) and width (horizontal axis) of spots on 29 
male specimens of Euptychia a. areolata from Mississippi, showing the relative posi- 
tions of the measurements of spots on the figure of the type specimen of E. areolata 
septentrionalis (Davis). 


results of this survey indicate it must be rare west of the Mississippi 
River, although it localizes and can be overlooked.” Kendall (1963a ) 
reported taking one male on June 30, 1957 at Leesville, Vernon Parish, 
which is less than 20 miles east of the Texas border and about 10 miles 
north of Latitude 31, the boundary between Louisiana and Mississippi 
east of the Mississippi River. If the closely related E. mitchellii (French), 
described from Cass County, Michigan, were to be considered a northern 
race of E. areolata, the distribution would form a pattern rather similar 
to that known for Ewphyes dukesi (Lindsey) as was shown by Mather 
(1964). The known distribution of E. areolata (and of E. mitchellii) is 
shown by the stippled areas in Fig. 7. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 149 


40: 


3.5" 


3.0. 


20° 


2.0: 


1S 


Os 


7ype oO, 
So A Ohl eg 


min 0.5 10 15 


Fig. 4. Plot of length (vertical axis) and width (horizontal axis) of spots on 27 
female specimens of Euptychia a. areolata from Mississippi, showing the relative 
positions of measurements of spots on the figure of the type specimen of E. areolata 
septentrionalis (Davis ). 


150 Matuer: Euptychia areolata Vol. 19) nots 


Y 
G 
Z 
dl 


ALALALL 


1/6 18 %; 22 G04 aoa oe 3.0 


Fig. 5. Average of length/width ratios of spots 1-4 on 56 Mississippi specimens of 
Euptychia a. areolata and the apparently normal distribution curve suggested by these 
data. 


SEASONAL DISTRIBUTION 


The Mississippi records are all from localities that have been visited 
by collectors only relatively infrequently; thus while it is regarded as 
probable that the occurrence of E. areolata in Mississippi is generally 
limited to the period April through October, it is not believed that the 
relative abundance within this period can be judged from the number of 
specimens recorded per month. These figures probably tell more about 
the mobility of the collectors than about the abundance of the butterflies. 
Lambremont (1954) took his 31 Louisiana specimens in May, June, and 
September. Clark and Clark (1951) report two broods in Virginia, April-— 
May and August-September. Harris (1950) reported it in Georgia 
“April-October.” Grossbeck (1917) gave dates of occurrence in Florida 
in March through June and September and October. The available data 
are given below. 


Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Ref 
Mississippi XX EK SO XX his mepone 
Louisiana oN x Lambremont (1954), Kendall 
(1963) 


Florida Kok xX aX “a xX xX Grossbeck (1917) 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ok 


Mar. Apr. May Jun. Jul. Aug. Sept. Oct. Ref 


Georgia eee, x SC Earns (1950) 

Tennessee x Martin and Truxal (1955) 
Virginia I SC alc Clark and Clark (1951) 
New Jersey x Davis (1924) 

North Carolina x Davis (1924) 

Michigant SK Martin and Truxal (1955) 
Indiana? x Martin and Truxal (1955) 


1E. mitchellii. 


SEASONAL VARIATION 


The sample available for study included only seven specimens taken 
on dates in May, June, and July, but 49 taken on dates in August, Septem- 
ber, and October. The single available specimens representing May and 
October are both females (#26 and #29, see Table 2). The data on 
these specimens do not indicate significant differences; nor are such 
differences clearly shown by other comparisons within the series. Badger 
(1958) figured specimens of E. mitchellii showing maximum and mini- 
mum development of spots on the wings beneath, that were taken within 
a single four-day period. 

SEXUAL VARIATION 

The ground color of the upper surfaces of the wings is darker in males 
and lighter in females. Previous writers do not present a consistent dis- 
cussion of what these colors are. French (1889), describing E. mitchellii, 
referred to the color of the upper surfaces of the male as “gray wood- 
brown, rather dark” and stated that the female “differs from the male in 
being paler both above and below.” He did not indicate that mitchellii 
differed from areolata in this respect. Clark and Clark (1951) refer to 
E. a. areolata as “dark mouse gray” and to E. a. septentrionalis (Davis) 
as “dark warm brown” and did not indicate that the different sexes of 
either race varied in color. Forbes (1960) said “plain fuscous above” for 
areolata. From an examination of specimens at hand, it is concluded 
that Mississippi populations meet the description given by French (1889) 
for E. mitchellii; that the males meet the description given by Clark & 
Clark (1951) for E. a. areolata; and the females meet the description 
given by them for E. a. septentrionalis. There appears to be no significant 
variation between the sexes with regard to elongation of the spots on 
the hindwings below. It is not regarded as significant that both speci- 
mens showing four spots on the underside of the forewing were males 
and all five of those that showed three were females. The ratio in which 
the sexes are represented among the material collected is remarkable 
close to 1:1 in those cases where all specimens were taken that were 
available. 


Ne MatHer: Euptychia areolata Vol. 19, no. 3 


& meal 
x FE 


/ 


fa) s t 
.7 -8 .4 1-0 1.1 1-2 1-3 1-41-95 1-6 1-7 1-61-9 2:0 
Width ,mm 


Fig. 6. Length and width for spot #2 on 56 Mississippi specimens of Euptychia a. 
areolata, indicating a L/W range from 1.8 to 3.1. 


(GEOGRAPHICAL VARIATION 


E. areolata was described by J. E. Smith from Georgia. Davis (1924) 
noted that in the figure accompanying the original description, in which 
the underside is shown, there are four round blackish spots encircled by 
yellow on each forewing and six elongate spots encircled by yellowish 
on each hindwing. He also noted that Boisduval and Le Conte figured a 
specimen with elongate spots on the hindwing venter, that Scudder 
figured one from Georgia with five elongate spots on the hindwing 
underside, and that Edwards figured three specimens, one with long 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 153 


| 


| 
| 
i | 
| 


Fig. 7. Known geographical distributions of Euptychia areolata (Smith) and E. 
mitchellii (French) showing change in average of length/width ratios of spots 1-4 
from north (1.3) to south (3.0). 


spots, one with more rounded spots, and one with a reddish line sur- 
rounding the spots. 

French (1889) described E. mitchellii as having four small spots on 
the forewing underside (circular in four examples, a little oval in two) 


Vol. 19, no. 3 


Euptychia areolata 


MATHER: 


154 


‘fyaarpoodsaa' ec ZI SIS 91 6 bl : S4ettoads OM}, 450) 20h O% Jodg (2) 
a 'a00 $0 yuawdojrap wowixow, (P) 


“1J2d0 So juaudojarap wouruiury (>) 


iT) 
Rjayoucipaodard poonpas Stmewainsvow ‘9-4 x palsiubow si paysiiqnd sp anbiy (9) 


‘SPU war |g Ul Warrb (M) 4FPIM Pav (i) 4¢O4a7 (v) 


pl ezze 
9) 6\0E 


21 9Z1\E | sl wl te NydinIWw | S 
ti Iizoe | Si! SI 9Z YGNOGIANI! 
zm! $2 8Z2 ]'( St 07 NODIHAW 
O'l 1212 vit Zi Li QGNGOIGNI 


(Pp) es61 ‘33Da0¢ 
(p) 8561 ‘B3oav_g 
@) 8S6I ‘v3s>oau0E 
Ce) BSE\'a3a5a0e 


ca Anes vi | 91 SI ve | s'\ le le 
(a) 4004 | Ss" Li 210% L\ 6\ te 


tl E292 
Vl C222 


Anoy | Z'1 €:l sloz el (2 8z 
om) ei \Wosi Zl 61 Zz 


WIAS HOLIW OS 


SECON A eke som | Se olec | Bl el2z | ze e'SZ |oz 9 al GINIDYIA Ise. ‘ABVID eAYYID 
Mesay ira SINE |) ata Se GINIDGIA IS61 ‘ABOITD + ABET 
@om\ | S'l CREME | Cooly Sy Se} s‘| of si >| 6 ui Sw -9 AaSBat MSN (SdAL) PZO\ ‘SIAGT 


SITNGVNOISBLNSLAD3SS) vlbIOsuyY Og 


S96l ‘ SxyyID 


EROsAV | Se7 Sisal or Z ING Ze cell OCs (SZez7uc ales ze gQuoz S31¢1s JON | 
Cay quesay | s'% | 9E L Ve | Hz HI ZE loz 910% |92 1b, | ere IZ SdxSl | 9 19 ‘HOITIBHA+ HOTTY HD 
Beso | Sl 2 ele Az chiece Koere 2onGe 2zuse Nite 6 Se YIDy0ED |] ,o ISG! 'SLOT> 
2AO | S'% Zi ziizm | ez Lib | et zzeob | H21IZOS | Pz lose SY¥xX SL - ZE6\ ‘ANYID 
4Yosay Oz aooAL [E's Se Ez Eelos jor Gio! | Gi B Zi Yaiyor13 = Zeel 'ABYTO 
i OXe) G'| prIeAL Zi 2122 | 61 ol 92% loz riez WA Ey YUNITONYD ON - ~Z6l ‘siade 
yuosay | WZ ovat | ES Si9E | Lz bl Se | (|e Hlbh | ez Use M 3 bee! ‘siaud 
uosqy “2 B04. ez ll SZ |ov|e Ol OS Ez 2UsSseEe Be 6 SZ yaidori4y = pzel 'siava 
yesqy | sz sour | EZ El CE (en ZielZen| "9° Ge, ses 1S QB1WLS 10N | 10 1€6'' ¢NYTIOH 


GIVTIOSZayY BLOI1OSaYV “A 


TR | Ms 
Zz + | Luis 


SIN3935335H 


us sqyedsg | t-! S 
AY 


WIISHOLIW SS GNY GLWAIOSe¥y 3S 3O SNIWIZSdS GIINDI4 NO GlYD AWVNOISNSWIA 
Cy sew 


(0) 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 155 


and six on the hindwing underside (circular to slightly bulging ), differing 
from areolata which may have from three to many elongate spots on the 
forewing and has five on the hindwing. 

Davis (1924) described E. areolata septentrionalis from New Jersey as 
having the eyespots on the underside of the hindwing rounder (less 
elongate) than in those from Florida and the south in general, based on 
a comparison of 22 specimens from New Jersey with 28 from the south 
(7 North Carolina, 3 South Carolina, 17 Florida, 1 Texas). Davis added 
“The writer does not mean to imply that specimens from New Jersey 
may not occasionally show spots resembling those from Florida and 
Georgia.” 

Clark and Clark (1951) reported that both E. a. areolata and E. a. 
septentrionalis occurred in Virginia and that, at a locality about eight 
miles south of Suffolk, specimens of both races were taken. They wrote: 
“Most of the individuals were intergrades between the two, but some 
were typical areolatus, agreeing with specimens from South Carolina and 
Georgia, while others were equally typical septentrionalis, agreeing with 
specimens from New Jersey.” They also stated that, in E. a. areolata the 
spots on the hindwing underside are “usually at least twice as long as 
broad, often much longer” while, in E. a. septentrionalis, these spots are 
“short and broad, from scarcely longer than broad to about twice as long 
as broad.” Forbes (1960) referred to the spots on the underside of the 
hindwing in a. areolata as “elongate” and in a. septentrionalis as “shorter 
and more regular, perhaps half longer than wide.” Davis (1924) in de- 
scribing septentrionalis, said, simply “rounder,” but illustrated specimens. 
There are at hand 12 published figures showing the underside of E. 
areolata and four of E. mitchellii. These were examined by the procedures 
used for the specimens; the results are given in Table 3; the length and 
width values are plotted in Fig. 8. 

Through the courtesy of Mr. Charles F. Zeiger, I have a series of nine 
specimens (64 6,39 9) taken by him at Orange Park and Jacksonville, 
Florida in May, 1959. The distribution of these with regard to spots on 
the forewing underside is: males, four with both spots absent, two with 
traces of the two spots; females, three with both spots absent. 

The distribution of these nine individuals with regard to spot #5 on the 
hindwing underside is: absent in two males, a trace in one male and one 
female, large enough to measure in the remainder. 

The dimensions and I./W ratios of measured hindwing spots 1-4 were 
found to be as follows: 


156 MatuHer: Euptychia areolata Vol; 19) noms 


50 2 


ee 


a. areolata 
Holland /93/ 
Davis 1924 (Fla) 
Davis /92% (NC) 
Clark + Clark 1951 (Fla) 
Clark + Clark 1951 (Tex) 
Alots 1951 (Ga) 
Lhrlich + Ehrlich 1961 Tex) 
Clarke 1/963 

eptrionals 
Davis 192% (Nd) 

& — Clark + Clark 1957 (Va) 
LE. mitchellii 
© Badger /958 


i) 
duoP MeocHPaoo 


20 25 


Fig. 8. Plot of length (vertical axis) and width (horizontal axis) of hindwing 
spots of 16 figured specimens of Euptychia areolata and E. mitchellii (French), show- 
ing range of L/W from 1.0 to 3.6. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ‘Near 


i 9 3 4 eA 

aw tCowlw iL wow tc wiLw Lw 

Pw Co bh omoO > os 7 86. 52. 8 27. 3.0 
Ween. 3) 1997 30 12 95 35. 11 32 °° 96 
Oe 50> 13°30 32:19 87 33 11 33 33 

Peace 39 19 383  -30 10 3.0 34 10.34 3a 
PmeeeoGn 30) Soo. 2128.26. 20 9 29. 27 
Out 29: «'10,:« kD -~C OD 10s s—“(itéi Cd ASC 

29 

oe) PGE «400 1) 3G 85) 10 BS 83 10 8B 
Meo A 15 87°66 «4 15 37) (39 12 388) 
Peo AN 1 36 -33 . 9237. 32 10°32 937 


2 


It will be noted that the spots range in elongation from L/W = 2.0 to 
4.2, and the overall average is 3.0; these relations are shown in Fig. 9. 

On the basis of the foregoing information, it would appear that the 
degree of elongation of the hindwing spots below undergoes clinal geo- 
graphical variation somewhat as follows: 


L/W 

State No Min Max Avg Specimens from 
Florida 9 DGS. oO) ex coll. Zeiger 
Florida 3 D0). Dist O)i5) figured by Clark, Davis 
Georgia Ih DS DAS PASS} figured by Klots 
Texas Y DO OS) figured by Clark, Ehrlich and Ehrlich 
Mississippi 56 oO! cee in collection Mather 
North Carolina il Oa lS 9 figured by Davis 
Virginia 2 BO = OO 0) figured by Clark and Clark 
New Jersey i IS ctr bes. figured by Davis 
Michigan-Indiana! 4 Oe es eS figured by Badger 


1 E. mitchellii. 


This geographical variation is represented as L/W contours in the map 
(Fig. 7). 

It appears that those previous writers who assumed that any of the 
populations under discussion were composed of individuals having a 
constant number of spots on the underside of either the forewing or 
hindwing were in error. French (1889) believed that E. mitchellii always 
had six spots on the hindwing below and areolata always had five. Two of 
the four mitchellii figured by Badger (1958) have five spots on the hind- 
wing underside and two have six. The Mississippi sample of areolata 
includes specimens having four, five, and six spots on the hindwing be- 
low. The figure of areolata accompanying the original description is 


158 Matuer: LEuptychia areolata Vol... 19, no. 3 


40. ca r 


0.5 1.0 15 


min 


Fig. 9. Plot showing length (vertical axis) and width (horizontal axis) of hind- 
wing spots of nine Florida specimens of Euptychia a. areolata, showing range of L/W 
from lei kOe: 


reported to be of a specimen having six spots. It is therefore suggested 
that, while there may be statistically significant differences in the fre- 
quency with which specimens occur having different numbers of hind- 
wing spots in several populations, it is likely that any large sample will 
include specimens with four, five, and six spots on the hindwing under- 
surface. 

The number of spots on the underside of the forewing in the Mississippi 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 159 


sample ranges from none to four. The data suggest that the likelihood of 
fewer spots on the forewing increases southward. It would appear un- 
likely that specimens of the mitchellii population will be found with no 
traces of spots on the forewing underside although, as shown by Badger’s 
(1958 ) male from Indiana, these spots may be greatly reduced. 

The elongation of the spots on the hindwing venter clearly increases 
southward. It would appear that such spots in the mitchellii population 
in Michigan and Indiana would rarely have a L/W as great as 2.0 while 
those in the Florida—Georgia population would rarely have a L/W as 
small as 1.5. It would also appear, however, that specimens with hind- 
wing spots having L/W in the range 1.5 to 2.0 could be taken anywhere 
within the entire range of all the populations under discussion. Davis 
(1924) seems to have had a more realistic view of these factors of 
geographical variation than was indicated by the comments of French 
(1889), Clark and Clark (1951), or most others who have written on the 
matter, since Davis did not contend that all individuals in the population 
he described were distinguishable from all of those making up the popu- 
lation with which it was being compared, nor did he endeavor to suggest, 
as did the Clarks, that those individuals occurring at a given locality 
resembling the average aspect of a population to which a name has been 
applied should be designated by that name, while others occurring at 
the same time at the same locality resembling another named population 
should bear its name. 

Neither references to genetic studies nor speculations which may have 
been made to elucidate the factors involved in observed variation within 
and between the populations discussed above have been found. Ford 
(1945) discussed genetic and geographical variation with respect to 
size, number, and elongation of ventral hindwing spots in two satyrid 
species occurring in Great Britain. He noted (pp. 206-207) that in 
Aphantopus hyperanthus, the variety “lanceolata,” characterized by an 
enlargement and distortion into ovals of the rings surrounding such spots, 
had been shown to be a simple recessive character, while variation mani- 
fested as reduction of size and number of ventral hindwing spots, found 
to be commoner in some districts than in others, was controlled on a 
multifactorial basis (pp. 222-223). He noted that in Coenonympha 
tullia, there is geographic, clinal variation from an almost unspotted race 
in the north (Scotland) to a race with well-developed spots southward 
(pp. 292-293). It would appear that the areolata—mitchellii complex 
could provide an excellent basis for studies of factors influencing variation. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Bavcer, F. S., 1958. Euptychia mitchellii (Satyridae) in Michigan and Indiana 
tamarack bogs. Lepid. News, 12: 41-46. 


160 MatTHerR: Euptychia areolata Vol. 19, no. 3 


Brown, F. M., 1949. Progress report on The Nearctic Butterflies. Lepid. News, 
3: LOD: 

1950 a. Perliminary Distribution Report No. 2—Neonympha. Colorado Springs, 
Colorado, 11 pp. 

1950 b. Preliminary Distribution Report No. 3—Megisto. Colorado Springs, 
Colorado, 17 pp. 

Crark, A. H., 1932. The butterflies of the District of Columbia and vicinity. Smith- 
sonian Inst. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 157: 337 pp. 

Crark, A. H., & L. F. Cuarx, 1951. The butterflies of Virginia. Smithsonian Misc. 
Coll., 116(7): 1-239. 

CuARKE, J. F. G., 1963. Butterflies. Golden Press, New York, 68 pp. 

Davis, W. T., 1924. <A northern form of the butterfly Neonympha areolatus. Jour. 
New York Ent. Soc., 32: 105-107. 

Enreuicu, P. R., & A. H. Exruicu, 1961. How to Know the Butterflies. Wm. C. 
Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa, 262 pp. 

Forses, W. T. M., 1960. Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring States—IV— 
Agaristidae through Nymphalidae. New York State Coll. Agric., Cornell Univ., 
Ithaca, N. Y. Memoir 371, 188 pp. 

Forp, E. B., 1945. Butterflies. Collins, London, 368 pp. 

Frencu, G. H., 1889. A new species of Neonympha. Canad. Ent., 31: 25-27. 

Goocu, W. T., & J. K. Strecker, 1924. A list of diurnal Lepidoptera from the 
vicinity of Waco, Texas. The Baylor Bull., 27: 21-28. 

GrosssEck, J. A., 1917. Insects of Florida, IV, Lepidoptera. Bull. Amer. Mus. 
Nat. Hist., 37: 1-147. 

Harais, L., Jr., 1931. <A list of the butterflies of Georgia. Trans. Georgia Naturalists 
Clubs ie l= 27 

1950. The butterflies of Georgia. Bull. Georgia Soc. Naturalists, 5: 1-29. 

Haypon, S., 1934. The Satyridae of Maryland. Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Maryland, 3: 
1-10. 

Hoiuanp, W. J., 1931. The Butterfly Book (revised edition). Doubleday & Co., 
Garden City, New York, 424 pp. 

KENDALL, R. O., 1963 a. New skipper and butterfly records for southwest Louisiana. 
Jour. Lepid. Soc., 17: 21-24. 

1963 b. The Butterflies and Skippers of Texas—A Tentative List. San Antonio, 


Texas, 7 pp. 
Kxiots, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, 
349 pp. 


KNupsEN, J. P., 1954. Butterflies and Conspicuous Moths of the Oglethorpe Uni- 
versity Campus. Oglethorpe University, Georgia, 14 pp. 

LAMBREMONT, E. N., 1954. The butterflies and skippers of Louisiana. Tulane Stud. 
Zool., 1: 125-164. 

Martin, L. M., & F. S. Truxar; 1955. A list of North American Lepidoptera in 
the Los Angeles County Museum, Part I—Butterflies. Los Angeles County Mus., 
Science Series, No. 18: 1—35. 

Martuer, B., 1964. Euphyes dukesi—A review of its distribution in time and space 
and its habitat. Jour. Res. Lepid., 2: 161-169. [1963]. 

MatTuHer, B., & K. MatTuHerR, 1958. The butterflies of Mississippi. Tulane Stud. 
Zool., 6: 63-109. 

REINTHAL, W. J., 1962. Season’s Summary, 1961. News of the Lepid. Soc., 5(3): 
1a 

Smumons, R. S., 1956. Notes on ten new butterfly records for the state of Maryland. 
Lepid. News, 10: 157—159. 

1963. Nine new butterfly records for the state of Maryland. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 
17: 107-109. 

Smumons, R. S., & W. A. ANDERSEN, 1961. Notes on five new butterfly records for 

the state of Maryland. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 15: 99-101. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 161 


DYPE LOGALITY OF CERCYONIS STEPHENSI REVISITED 


KE. J. NEWCOMER 


1509 Summitview, Yakima, Washington 


W. G. Wright described Satyrus stephensi on page 184 of The Butter- 
flies of the West Coast in 1905. He gave the type locality as “Northeastern 
California.” The type specimens had been collected in 1894 by Frank 
Stephens. Dr. John A. Comstock investigated this form in the early 1920's 
and published a paper on it (Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 23: 13, 1924). He 
had collected specimens in Modoc County in the vicinity of Goose Lake. 
He noted that Wright did not describe stephensi until 11 years after the 
specimens were taken, and that they had been exposed to daylight during 
that time, so that the figures in Wrights book are too light. He also 
pointed out that figure 249 is a female and not a male, as Wright had 
labeled it. Comstock considered stephensi to be a female form of 
Cercyonis ariane (Boisduval) (now C. pegala ariane), and it has been 
so classified by most subsequent writers. 

Comstock quoted Stephens as writing that he caught the types “a few 
miles from the Nevada line and some thirty miles south of the Oregon 
line.” This would put the locality somewhere between Davis Creek and 
Alturas. It is very doubtful whether Stephens got over east of the 
Warner Mountains in what is now called Surprise Valley; Comstock does 
not indicate that Stephens got over there. Probably that area was rela- 
tively inaccessible then, although the settlement at Fort Bidwell dates 
back to the 1860's. 

Now, not only does the paved U. S. Highway 395 traverse the area 
from north to south, but there is also a paved road going east over Cedar 
Pass to Cedarville, in Surprise Valley. In addition, there is another road, 
partly paved, going over Fandango Pass into the Valley, and a paved 
road in the Valley running from Fort Bidwell to the southern boundary 
of Modoc County. That part of the country is dominated by the Warner 
Mountains, an isolated range extending north and south about 70 miles 
in California and 30 miles in Oregon. Eagle Peak, in Modoc County, 
reaches up to almost 10,000 feet and there are a dozen other peaks higher 
than 8,000 feet. The valleys below, on each side of the range, vary from 
4.500 to 5,000 feet, and on both sides there are lakes. In California, there 
are three on the east side, Upper Lake, Middle Alkali Lake, and Lower 
Lake. In Oregon there are the Warner Lakes, extending from Pelican 
Lake, near Adel on the south, to Bluejoint Lake on the north. These lakes 
are fed by streams coming out of the Warner Mountains. On the west 
side there is a single large lake, Goose Lake, which stretches for 25 miles, 


162 Newcomer: Cercyonis form hunted Vol, 19) nome 


Ana Spr 


Summer Lk. 


2 


Warner 


Lake 
OREGON i. 6 CTE 
Ade/ 
ee Hillow ; ie “a 
Pt ft Bidwell 
Ss 
OA EORNA TA ~~ NEVADA 


EXPLANATION OF MAp 


Sketch map of the Warner Mountain area. Scale: One inch equals 20 miles. 


two-thirds of it in California and the rest in Oregon (see map). The 
water level of these lakes varies, depending on the snowfall in the 
mountains; and the shores are often marshy and bordered by wet mead- 
ows and irrigated hay fields. The meadows especially are the home of 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 163 


Cercyonis. Annual precipitation is 12 to 15 inches west of the mountains 
and about seven to eight inches east of them. 

This country is mostly devoted to raising hay and livestock; and most 
of the land is privately owned and fenced with wire mesh. This makes 
collecting difficult and limited mostly to the roadsides and the occasional 
meadow with only barbed-wire fencing. 

In July, 1964, I crossed the Warners over Fandango Pass, entering 
Surprise Valley six miles south of Fort Bidwell. Just before reaching the 
valley floor I stopped to examine a rather dry pasture with clumps of 
wild rose and other bushes scattered over it. Here I found Cercyonis 
pegala ariane (Boisduval), following Comstock’s characterization of this 
subspecies, but there were only males. They agree well with Wright's 
figure 250, and with Comstock’s figures of ariane, one of which came 
from near Fort Bidwell. I then looked for possible collecting places be- 
tween Lake City and Cedarville. About five miles north of the latter 
place a road goes east to Leonard’s Hot Springs. Sweet clover bordered 
this road and there was a pasture with clumps of wild rose in it. Here I 
took more males of ariane and also a mating pair, the female, a beautiful, 
recently emerged individual of the form stephensi, the male, ariane. It 
was evidently a bit early for the females, being July 17, but it augured 
well for the return trip some days later. 

Coming northward after five rather warm days, I found males plentiful 
in the pasture north of Cedarville and also took several females there. 
At the Fandango Pass location, I found them even more numerous. They 
flitted about, often coming to rest in the bushes, but they could be cap- 
tured on the wing, the females especially having a rather slow flight. 

That afternoon I examined the area around Davis Creek but found 
nothing. At Willow Ranch, about 12 miles north of Davis Creek, I took 
several males, but no females. 

Next morning I went out to the Warner Lakes, in Oregon, and located 
a collecting site 10 miles north of Adel near the north end of Crump 
Lake. Here there was a large, marshy meadow near the road; ariane 
was flitting about, often lighting on the high stems of grass or reeds, and 
females were numerous. 

After spending an hour and a half there on each of two mornings, | 
had about 25 males and 40 females of C. p. ariane, most of them in 
beautiful condition. So, on the second day I proceeded to Ana Springs, 
north of Summer Lake, arriving there about 3:00 P.M. I had stopped 
there on the trip southward, but, as in California, had found only males. 
The locale there is a rather small marsh about two miles east of Ana 
Springs (ariane also occurs at the Springs, but only sparingly). Males 


164 NEwcoMER: Cercyonis form hunted Vol.-19; mews 


and females were fairly numerous, and I managed to take about 35 of 
the butterflies. 

In addition to these localities, ariane occurs in the Carson Valley, 
south of Carson City, and I took a few males there. I also took a few 
males at Chandler State Park, north of Lakeview, in Oregon. The species 
no doubt occurs in many other places in that area, such as south of 
Cedarville, around Davis Creek, around the north end of Goose Lake, 
probably throughout the Warner Lakes area, around Summer Lake, and 
possibly also Abert Lake. 

Looking at the entire catch of 155 specimens (82 males and 73 fe- 
males), it is evident that there is a great deal of variation. Males are 
quite uniformly dark; some individuals have yellowish areolas around 
the dark ocelli on the upperside and others do not; and the number of 
ocelli on the hindwings varies from one to four. Females vary from rather 
dark with only a little yellowing around the primary ocelli, to quite light 
with a wide yellow band on both wings. The latter can be called typical 
stephensi. From the somewhat limited material at hand, I find that the 
percentages of females which represent the stephensi form are 88% in 
Surprise Valley, 25% at Crump Lake, and 62% at Ana Springs. 

I also paid some attention to the other species of Cercyonis in this area. 
I have taken C. silvestris (Edwards) along the road some miles south of 
Eagleville in Surprise Valley, near Crump Lake, and near Picture Rock 
Pass, just north of Ana Springs, in each case in rather dry areas on the 
blossoms of rabbit brush (Chrysothamnus). C. oetus (Bdv.) has been 
taken, also on rabbit brush, at Lake City and in Fandango Valley, in 
California; in various places in the Warners in Oregon; in the Hart 
Mountain Antelope Refuge; and at numerous other places farther north 
in Oregon. 


BOOK NOTICE 


MICROLEPIDOPTERA OF JUAN FERNANDEZ ISLANDS. By J. F. Gates Clarke. 
Proc. U. S. National Museum, vol. 117, pp. 1-106, 111 text figs., 1 plate. 1965. 


A total of 71 species are treated from this island group, which is located some 400 
miles off the coast of southern Chile. Included are 41 previously undescribed species, 
primarily pyraloids, and eight new genera. Of the total, ten are widespread moths 
which are associated with activities of man and presumably are introduced, while 
only five others have been recorded in adjacent portions of South America. Clarke 
points out that the high endemism (about 75%) is probably disproportionate, in 
part a product of the preliminary state of knowledge concerning Microlepidoptera 
both in the islands and in mainland Chile and Argentina. Some 28 species known only 
from the archipelago are pyraloids of the family Crambidae, the only group which 
seems to have undergone extensive speciation in the Juan Fernandez Islands.—ep1ror. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 165 


MIMICRY AND DISTRIBUTION OF CAENURGINA 
CAERULEA GRT. (NOCTUIDAE) 


Joun C. DOWNEY 
Zoology Department, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, Illinois 


The color blue occurs in several families and subfamilies of moths but 
only in a very few species. These few usually exhibit one or more addi- 
tional prominent colors. For example the Nearctic species Alypiodes 
bimaculata (H.-S.), has bright yellow spots on the forewing in addition 
to a patch of metallic blue scales. The Australian species Agarista agricola 
Donov. is also very conspicuously mottled with red and yellow colors 
besides the blue. Sometimes the blue color fades after death, so that 
patches of blue in the forewings of Paramiana laetabilis (Sm.) only 
appear in fairly fresh specimens. 

With the rarity of the color among these insects, it is somewhat puzzling 
to note the predominently blue Caenurgina caerulea Grote.t Its near 
relatives are brownish or dark-colored, and only C. distincta Neum., 
which has a slight bluish cast, tends to bridge the hiatus between caerulea 
and the other members of the genus. The key to understanding the 
evolution of the blue color in caerulea will probably not be found through 
study of pigmentation tendencies within the Caenurgina, but through 
study of other factors. My first field observations of caerulea may have 
provided that key. Many additional observations of the living animal 
in its habitat support my original opinion, which is that caerulea may be 
a mimic of the common blue butterfly, Plebejus (Icaricia) icarioides 
(Bdv.). 

While collecting numerous specimens of Plebejus over an extended 
patch of lupine plants, I ended up once with caerulea in my net. At first 
I thought the chased “butterfly” had escaped and the moth was an acci- 
dental capture. It was only after several such incidents that I realized 
that I was being deceived by the moth’s coloration and by its particular 
manner of flight. 

Much debate has centered on mimicry and what, precisely, the term 
implies. But regardless of the term used, structural and behavioral re- 
semblance between Plebejus icarioides and Caenurgina caerulea occurs 
and should be considered further. The original observations were made 
at Fawn Lodge near Weaverville, Trinity County, California. I have 


1 This species is figured in color by Holland (1922, The Moth Book, Plate 30, Fig. 13), 
where it can be contrasted to the more somber-colored members of the family shown on the 
same plate. 


166 Downey: Blue moth mimics blue Vol. °19,, nome 


Plate 1. Map of western North America showing the distribution of Caenurgina 
caerulea Grt. (black circles) and Plebejus icarioides (Bdv.) (stippled area) and 
the general area where they are sympatric (oblique slashes ) 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 167 


since observed both moth and butterfly in Humbolt, Plumas, and Trinity 
counties, California. 

The moth apparently feeds on the same lupine host plant as the butter- 
fly: Lupinus latifolius Agardh. at Weaverville, and L. formosus Greene 
at Butterfly Valley, Plumas County, California. As one walks through 
scattered clumps of lupine, both the moth and butterfly take flight. These 
flights are usually short, particularly those of the moth. I know of only 
a few occasions when a moth took flight without my having first disturbed 
it, and they may have been otherwise alarmed. In other words, I am not 
certain of the diurnal activity of the moth, beyond the knowledge that 
it is found around the lupine plants during the day, and will take to wing 
readily. W. R. Bauer (in litt.) reports that he has taken caerulea at lights 
at night, but this is not surprising if it is ordinarily diurnal, for diurnal 
butterflies sometimes occur at lights also. 

The resemblance between the moth and butterfly is not exact, particu- 
larly when two specimens are placed side by side. The blue color in the 
dead moth gradually fades so that the contrast between the two species 
may increase in pinned material. This indicates that the blue in the 
moth is a pigmentary rather than a structural color. The dorsal forewings 
in caerulea are somewhat darker than the hindwings, and the linear 
scaling on this part of the wings breaks up the pattern by countershading. 
Perhaps since the forewings cover the hindwings when at rest, they af- 
ford some protective (concealing) advantage to nonflying specimens. 
When flying however, the blue color is very obvious, and together with 
the flight behavior mentioned above, the resemblance of the moth to 
icarioides is pronounced. 

Other species of blue butterflies besides icarioides occasionally fly over 
and around the lupine fields including Plebejus (Lycaeides) melissa 
(Edw.), its sibling P. argyrognomon (Bergst.) and Glaucopsyche lygda- 
mus (Dbldy.). The latter species is known to utilize lupine in other areas 
and is not uncommon where icarioides flies so that presumably it could 
also act as a model for caerulea. 

The published accounts of the distribution of C. caerulea usually list 
only the “western United States” or “Pacific Coast.” Since the distribution 
of mimic and model is important to the concept of mimicry, a comparison 
of the ranges of the butterfly and moth are presented in the map (Plate 
1). Reference to the map shows that the known distribution of the moth 
falls well within the range of the butterfly. 

The following data summarize the known distribution of caerulea and 
indicate the location of these records in the various collections and mu- 
seums. The following abbreviations are used for these collections. I 


168 Downey: Blue moth mimics blue Vol. 19; noms 


am grateful to these museums, and to the researchers indicated below for 
help in this problem: AMNH—American Museum Natural History (F. 
H. Rindge); CAS—California Academy of Sciences (C. D. MacNeill); 
CIS—California Insect Survey, Berkeley (J. A. Powell); JF—John 
Franclemont collection; LACM—Los Angeles County Museum (Lloyd 
Martin); SIU—Southern Illinois University; USNM—U. S. National 
Museum (E. L. Todd); WB—William Bauer collection. The work was 
supported by the National Science Foundation, grant GB-2423. My thanks 
also to R. E. Blackwelder and W. G. George for help with the manuscript. 


ArRIzoNA. Yavapai Co.—(AMNH). (This specimen is from the Buchholz col- 
lection, presumably collected by him. The disjunct nature of his record suggests a 
need for verification.) Brirish CoLtumBiA. Corfield (AMNH), Fitzgerald (LACM), 
Goldstream (USNM), Mt. Benson (USNM), Quamichan Dist., Vanc. Is. (USNM), 
Shawnigan Lake (USNM), Vancouver (AMNH), Victoria (AMNH), (USNM), 
Wellington (AMNH). Cauirornia. Alameda Co.—(CAS), (USNM), Berkeley 
(AMNH). Contra Costa Co.—(CAS), Bollinger Canyon Rd. (CIS). Eldorado Co.— 
Grizzly Flat (AMNH). Humbolt Co.—Willow Creek (SIU). Kern Co.—Havilah 
(AMNH). Lake Co.—Anderson Springs (LACM), (JF). Lassen Co—(AMNH). 
Los Angeles Co.—near Los Angeles (LACM). Madera Co.—Bass Lake (AMNH). 
Marin Co.—(CAS), Alpine Lake (AMNH), (CIS), Fairfax (AMNH), (LACM), 
Lake (LACM), Tomales (WB). Mariposa Co.—(CAS), Inspiration Point, Yosemite 
(USNM), Road to Nevada Falls, Yosemite (USNM), Yosemite Valley (USNM). 
Mendocino Co.—(CAS), Anchor Bay (LACM), (WB), (JF), 16 mi E of Man- 
chester (CIS), near McDonald Mtn. House (CIS), Yorkville (LACM). Monterey 
Co.—(AMNH), (CAS), Big Sur (LACM), Pacific Grove (USNM). Napa Co.— 
(CAS). Placer Co—(AMNH), Dutch Flat (SIU), Mt. Tahoe (USNM). Plumas 
Co.—(AMNH), (CAS), (USNM), Butterfly Valley (SIU), Johnsville (WB), (JF), 
Mohawk (WB). San Francisco Co.—San Francisco (AMNH). Santa Clara Co.— 
Stanford Univ. (LACM). Santa Cruz Co.—(CAS), Scotts Valley (AMNH). Shasta 
Co.—(CAS), Hat Cr. (CAS). Siskipou Co.—Bartle (AMNH), Dunsmuir (AMNBH), 
3 mi S Dunsmuir (CIS), Shasta Retreat (USNM), Shasta Valley (AMNH). Sonoma 
Co.—Kenwood (JF), Plantation (CIS), 4 mi W Plantation (CIS), Sonoma (AMNH). 
Trinity Co.—(CAS), Carrville (LACM), Fawn Lodge nr. Weaverville (SIU). 
Tulare Co.—(CAS), Crescent Mdw. to Hamilton Lake, Sequoia Nat. Park (LACM), 
Mineral King (AMNH). Tuolumne Co.—Sonora (CAS), N Fk. Tuolumne River 
(CAS), Twain Harte (CAS). Orecon. Benton Co.—Corvallis (CAS), (AMNH). 
Clackamas Co.—Estacada (CAS), Govt Camp, Mt. Hood (CAS). Curry Co— 
Port Orford (AMNH). Klamath Co.—(CAS). Lane Co.—Reed (CAS), (USNM). 
WaAsHINGTON. Clallam Co.—Port Angeles (USNM). _ Jefferson Co.—Hurricane 
Ridge, Olympic Mtns. (AMNH), Kittitat Co.—Easton (USNM). Pierce Co.— 
Longmire Spgs., 2,500 ft, Mt. Ranier (CAS). Thurston Co.—Olympia (USNM). 


The times of initial adult emergence of caerulea and icarioides and 
their seasonal flight times as determined by dates on museum specimens 
also overlap except in one or two instances. An Arizona record of the 
moth, which may be erroneous, and a record from Wellington, British 
Columbia, give August dates of capture. Though icarioides occur in 
August in Arizona, the northern record seems quite late. However, in all 
cases where late collecting records occur for the moth, the multivoltine G. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 169 


lygdamus has also been noted. In other words, the geographic range and 
the temporal distribution of the moth fall within the known range of the 
butterflies. 

One objection to the theory of mimicry has been the casual and 
anecdotal nature of the evidence. While not wishing to argue about the 
value of certain evidence, I find it extremely difficult to determine by 
field observations what “protective” is, let alone the extent of the sup- 
posed protection. Not only may a subjective evaluation of an observation 
be fallacious, but man’s observation of predator and victims in the field 
may be a rare thing. As a matter of fact, I have not observed a bird chas- 
ing or feeding on Plebejus icarioides or Glaucopsyche lygdamus, the 
lycaenid models chiefly involved in the suspected mimicry by the moth. 
This is not to say that bird predation does not occur. I have observed 
birds chasing other species of blues, and Price (1961) has observed not 
only birds but flying insects preying on adult butterflies. Powell and 
Stage (1962) report icarioides among the prey records for robberflies 
in the White Mountains, California. Many other animals, such as spiders 
and ambush bugs, feed on adults of blues. 

It has often been noted that predators utilize prey in direct proportion 
to the abundance of the latter. Both of the above species of blues can 
be considered common, and though their concentration is localized by 
the spotty, semi-clumped distribution of the lupine host plants, adults are 
usually quite numerous. The moth is comparatively less abundant. 

Other observations may serve as an index of predation in the butterfly 
populations. When disturbed specimens of P. icarioides flee away on 
their highly erratic “escape” flight, they may suddenly fold their wings 
together, drop to the ground, and feign death. This action is thought to 
have survival value to escape capture in flight. Not all disturbed speci- 
mens feign death, but the occurrence of this behavior indicates that the 
species has been subject to predation for a considerable time. The moth 
likewise terminates disturbed flight by quickly dropping to the plant 
substrate. Erratic flight and quick landings are common characteristics 
of diurnal moths; but since the regular flight of caerulea is so similar to 
that of the butterfly, we may assume that the abruptly terminated flight 
noted here, presumably for the same protective function, reinforces the 
resemblance between the two species. 

We may further assume that even though they are preyed upon, the 
rarity of sightings might be due either to the rarity or particular food 
preferences of the predator, or to a protective adaptation in the prey. 
It is possible that the alkaloids known to be concentrated from the soil 
by the lupine host plants occur in the tissues of the butterflies. These 


170 Downey: Blue moth mimics blue Vol. 19, naa 


chemicals could render the adults distasteful to some predators with 
catholic tastes, so that they avoid blue-colored insects. In other words, 
the blue could offer a selective advantage in being an aposematic color. 
To this extent it is possible that the noctuid moth is likewise distasteful 
to certain predators, and the resemblance of the moth and butterflies 
classified as a type of Mullerian mimicry. That the resemblance is not 
very exact, as is expected in other forms of mimicry, also suggests a 
Mullerian type. 

It might be argued that blue colors in the Lepidoptera accentuate the 
conspicuousness of the possessor. Oftentimes the selective advantage of 
the prominent color can be guessed: sexual attraction, warning, and flash- 
ing colors for protection, etc. The fact that most of the blue is on the 
dorsal surface in butterflies, while the undersurface which is exposed in 
resting specimens is cryptically colored, reinforces the advertising nature 
of the blue. In moths, where cryptic colors often occur on the exposed 
dorsal surface, blues are less frequently encountered, and when present, 
they add to the conspicuousness of the specimen. 

The suggestion might also be entertained that something about the 
size, shape, or flight behavior other than the color affords an advantage 
to the butterfly. Since these features are also approximated by the moth, 
in addition to the color, any or all could promote the resemblance be- 
tween the species by selection. Of course, both species could be evolving 
toward a particular ecological niche, or be exhibiting a common response 
to environmental selection, so that the similarity may be convergent 
rather than mimetic. I hope that lepidopterists in western North America 
will make additional field observations as opportunity arises, and clarify 
the resemblance between caerulea and icarioides. 


LITERATURE CITED 


PowE LL, J. A., & G. I. Stace, 1962. Prey selection by robberflies cf the genus 
Stenopogon, with particular observations on S. engelhardti Bromley (Diptera: 
Asilidae). Wasman Jour. Biol., 20(1): 139-157. 

Price, H. F., 1961. Lepidoptera as prey of other insects. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 15(2): 
93-94. 


CORRECTION 


In the article “The maintenance for experimental purposes of form ‘sulphurea’ of 
Pieris napi (Pieridae)” published in Volume 18, No. 2 of this journal, the following 
erratum should be noted. In figure 4 on page 99, the genotype of the “pale yellow” 
at the top right-hand corner should be S’S", not S?S”’ as printed—S. R. BownbeEn, 
Redbourn, St. Albans, Herts., England 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ta 


SOME UNUSUAL BUTTERFLY RECORDS FROM 
CENTRAL CALIFORNIA 


Kerr S. Brown, Jr. 


Faculdade Nacional de Farmacia, Rio de Janeiro, Brasil 


The year 1963 in central California, marked by heavy rains from March 
through May in the lowlands and snows lasting into July in the Sierra 
Nevada, produced a very rich season for butterflies, although it was as 
much as six weeks late in some areas. Some of the unusual records re- 
sulting from the author's collecting are described in this paper.! 


PLEBEJUS SAEPIOLUS ( Boisduval ) 


A trip to the dry portion of the San Bruno Hills overlooking Brisbane, 
San Mateo County, on 11 June, to collect typical Speyeria callippe callippe 
(Boisduval) also yielded a single female of Plebejus saepiolus. The 
specimen possesses considerable blue basal scaling, although not as much 
as is present on specimens from the Plantation area in Sonoma County to 
the north, at an elevation of about 1,000 feet. No other records of P. 
saepiolus from the San Francisco peninsula region are known to the 
writer; none could be located in the American Museum of Natural History. 


LyYCAENA XANTHOIDES ( Boisduval ) 


A male of L. xanthoides which is unusual in coloration was collected on 
the same trip to the San Bruno Hills. The forewing is bright orange on 
the underside, while the hindwing is gray on the underside, far darker 
than any other xanthoides seen by the author in the San Francisco Bay 
area or in the American Museum collection. Many of the spots of the 
underside of the hindwing tend towards obsolescence. Deepening of the 
ground color with greater abundance of melanins are tendencies corre- 
lated by Hovanitz (1941) with butterflies’ occurrence in cold, moist areas. 
Possibly the cool, foggy summer conditions characteristic of the San 
Bruno Hills play a role in alteration of the phenotypic expression of cer- 
tain butterflies there. 


INCISALIA FOTIS DOUDOROFFI DOS PASSOS 


A single specimen of Incisalia fotis was collected on Chew's Ridge, 
south of Jamesburg in the Santa Lucia Mountains in Monterey County, 


1 For clarity, all nomenclature follows the recent list of dos Passos (1964). 


{Be Brown: Unusual California butterflies Vol. 19, no. 3 


at an elevation of about 5,000 feet, on 29 June. The specimen corre- 
sponds closely to the race doudoroffi found at Carmel and Big Sur, 
coastal localities in Monterey County. The Santa Lucia Mountains site 
is about 30 miles inland from Big Sur, and the collection evidently repre- 
sents an elevational and geographical range extension for doudoroffi. 


VANESSA CARDUI ( Linnaeus ) 


A single, very fresh male of this species was taken at Chew's Ridge 
along with the preceding ‘species. As no great migration of this species 
was reported in the season summary for 1963 in central California, and 
the cardui seemed freshly emerged, it seems likely that it appeared in 
the Santa Lucia Range from a breeding stock rather from migratory 
movement from the south. This contrasts with the opinion of Abbott 
(1962) that V. cardui overwinters irregularly, if ever, as far north as 
central California. 


POLYGONIA FAUNUs RustTICcus ( Edwards ) 


Garth and Tilden (1963) report only a single rather ill-defined record 
for this species in the Yosemite Park area, an old specimen labeled merely 
“Yosemite, 26 June. However, P. f. rusticus seemed quite common on 
17 May 1963, at the northwest entrance to the park on the Big Oak Flat 
road, at an elevation of about 4,000 feet, where it was flying with P. 
zephyrus (Edwards). Thus, rusticus seems to be a bona fide member of 
the Yosemite Park Lepidoptera fauna. 


SPEYERIA CALLIPPE JUBA ( Boisduval ) 


A minor aberration of S. callippe juba was taken along the North Fork 
of the Tuolumne River, Tuolumne County, on 26 July. A large assem- 
blage of Speyeria, including zerene (Boisduval), hydaspe (Boisduval), 
and callippe, was sampled at the locality, which is about four miles north- 
east of the town of Tuolumne (near Camp 8). The aberrant individual 
has the basal and median spots between veins Cus and 2°A on the under- 
side of the hindwing fused together. Examination of the specimens of 
all species of Speyeria in the American Museum collection did not reveal 
another example comparable to this striking aberration. 


EUPHYDRYAS EDITHA NUBIGENA ( Behr ) 


Unusually lightly marked specimens of E. e. nwbigena and other spe- 
cies appeared to be present in exceptional numbers during late July at 
moderate elevations in Tuolumne County. A colony of E. editha was 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 173 


discovered about one mile southwest of the Clark’s Fork turnoff on High- 
way 108 (just west of Dardanelles). Although visits were made to the 
site on three consecutive days (26-28 July), the terrain was too formi- 
dable to permit extensive collecting, and only butterflies on or near the 
road could be captured. This is regrettable because the specimens taken 
show a high incidence of aberrant coloration. Single individuals of the 
typical form (Fig. 1) were captured 26 and 27 July. These two compare 
closely in size and maculation with a typical male taken two weeks later 
and 4,000 feet higher, at Sonora Pass. A partially orange-suffused male 
(Fig. 2) was also captured 27 July; it approximately matches the most 
extreme specimens in the large collection of nubigena at the American 
Museum of Natural History. Two additional specimens taken on 26 July 
(Fig. 3, 6) and 28 July (Fig. 4, @ ) correspond closely to the named 
aberration rubrosuffusa Comstock, described from the Mammoth Lakes 
area in Mono County, California. 

Although this sampling of the Clark’s Fork colony is too small to be of 
real significance, it is tempting to suggest that it might be representative 
of phenotypic variation extant at the time. The five specimens were 
captured on three different days, in morning, noon, and late afternoon. 
Further information is provided by J. C. Montgomery (in litt.) of Red- 
wood City, California, who in a previous year during mid-July collected 
a number of editha from a colony at Dardanelles, at an elevation of about 
6,000 feet. This locality is also on Highway 108, but at a large meadow 
along the Stanislaus River, about three miles from the Clark’s Fork site. 
Montgomery's specimens also tend to be relatively light and orange- 
washed, although not averaging as much so as the examples illustrated 
(Figs. 3, 4). It is possible, as Mr. Montgomery suggests, that colonies of 
E. editha nubigena from moderate elevations characteristically tend 
toward the orange-suffused form. There may well be other forces acting, 
since a number of unusually light or orange-washed specimens represent- 
ing Melitaea palla Boisduval (see Fig. 5, typical, and 6, light example 
from Clark’s Fork, taken together), Vanessa virginiensis (Drury), Poly- 
gonia zephyrus (Edwards), Oeneis chryxus stanislaus Hovanitz, and 
Papilio zelicaon Lucas, were captured in the general area of the editha 
colony on 26-28 July. This suggests that the “aberration” tendency may 
have been caused by climatic conditions during the earlier part of the 
same generation. The weather at moderate elevations in the central 
Sierra Nevada was moderately warm during May, 1963, and it is possible 
that most of the above-mentioned species could have undergone normal 
larval stages at that time. However, cold weather with heavy snows 
followed during June. Whether this climate sequence had any connection 
with the number of light and orange-washed specimens captured in the 


174 Brown: Unusual California butterflies Vol. 19, no. 3 


area in rather casual collecting during the three-day period in late July 
could be tested under properly controlled systems in the laboratory, or by 
assiduous collecting in the Sierra Nevada at moderate elevations in years 
similar to 1963. 


EUPHYDRYAS CHALCEDONA SIERRA ( Wright) 


A substantial colony of E. c. sierra was discovered unusually late in 
the season on the very summit of Mt. Tallac, above Lake Tahoe, at an 
elevation of 9,900 feet, with only fresh males in evidence despite the date, 
22 August. A colony of E. sierra, which normally has its peak flight in 
July, exists in Glen Alpine Creek below Mt. Tallac at an elevation of 
6,500 feet, and the species was unexpected at the summit in late August. 
Other species flying at Mt. Tallac included Oeneis chryxus ivallda (Mead) 
(fresh to worn) and various Vanessa, but no E. editha nubigena, the ex- 
pected Euphydryas, were observed. 

A very small Euphydryas taken in the Sonora Pass area (elevation 9,800 
feet) on 28 July, at first was presumed to be E. nubigena, but was later 
determined to be a dwarfed individual of E. chalcedona sierra. Collected 
at an unusually high altitude, this specimen measured 8 mm less in wing- 
span than the average of 37 mm exhibited in the series taken from Mt. 
Tallac one month later (see Figs. 7, 8). The relationships between the 
various named and unnamed forms of E. chalcedona in the central Sierra 
Nevada are indeed complex, and like many specimens, the Sonora Pass 
individual does not seem to fit any well-known pattern. Another very 
worn specimen, probably assignable to E. chaicedona sierra, of natural 
size and somewhat orange-washed, was also taken in the Sonora Pass 
area on 21 August. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The author is indebted to the American Museum of Natural History, 
and particularly to Drs. F. H. Rindge and J. C. Pallister, for assistance in 
working with the fine collection housed therein; and to Dr. O. E. Sette, 
Los Altos, California, J. C. Montgomery, Redwood City, California, and 
Dr. P. R. Ehrlich, Stanford University, for helpful data and general as- 
sistance with this report. 


LITERATURE CITED 


AsspotTt, C. H., 1962. A migration problem—Vanessa cardui (Nymphalidae), the 
painted lady butterfly. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 16: 229-233. 

pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lepid Soc., 
Mem. 1, New Haven, Conn., 145 pp. 

Garth, J. S., & J. W. TitpEN, 1963. Yosemite butterflies. Jour. Res. Lepid., 2: 
1-96. 

Hovanirz, W., 1941. Parallel ecogenotypical color variation in butterflies. Ecology, 
22: 359-284. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 175 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 


Figs. 1-4. Euphydryas editha nubigena (Behr), near Dardanelles, Tuolumne Co., 
Cali © 4. 27 July 1963; 2,4, 27 July 1963; 3, ¢, 26 July 1963; 4, 9, 28 July 
1963. Figs. 5, 6. Melitaea palla Boisduval, Iceburg Meadow near Dardanelles, 
Tuolumne Co., Calif.. ¢ ¢, 27 July 1963. Figs. 7, 8. Euphydryas chalcedona sierra 
(Wright), 7, Mt. Tallac, summit, El Dorado Co., Calif., 22 August 1963; 8, dwarf, 
Sonora Pass, Tuolumne Co., Calif., 28 July 1963. 


176 Zoological Nomenclature Vol. 19, no; 3 


INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL 
NOMENCLATURE 


Notice of proposed use of plenary powers in certain cases (A. (n.s.) 68 


In accordance with a decision of the 13th International Congress of 
Zoology, 1948, public notice is hereby given of the possible use by the 
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature of its plenary 
powers in connection with the following cases, full details of which will 
be found in Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature Vol. 22, Part 1 to be 
published 5 April 1965. 


(6) Designation of a type species for Ornipholidotos Bethune Baker, 
1914 (Insecta, Lepidoptera). Z.N. (S.) 1663; 


(10) Designation of type species for the following genera of Insecta, 
Lepidoptera: 
Ypthima Hubner, 1818 (Z.N. (S.) 1672); Napaea Hubner [1819] 
(Z.N. (S.) 1673); laspis Kaye, 1904 (Z.N. (S.) 1674); Pitheops 
Horsfield [1828] (Z.N. (S.) 1675); Arisoe Httbner [1819] (Z.N. (S.) 
1676); Phrissura Butler, 1870 (Z.N. (S.) 1677); Adopaeoides God- 
man [1900] (Z.N. (S.) 1678); Artines Godman [1901] (ZN. (S.) 
1679); Gegenes Hiibner [1819] (Z.N. (S.) 1680); Halpe Moore, 
1878 (Z.N. (S.) 1681); Papias Godman [1900] (Z.N. (S.) 1682); 
Phanis Godman [1900] (Z.N. (S.) 1683); Telicota Moore [1881] 
(Z.N. (S.) 1684); Zenis Godman [1900] (Z.N. (S.) 1685). 


Any zoologist who wishes to comment on any of the above cases should 
do so in writing, and in duplicate, as soon as possible, and in any case 
before 5 October 1965. Each comment should bear the reference number 
of the case in question. Comments received early enough will be pub- 
lished in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. Those received too 
late for publication will, if received before 5 October be brought to the 
attention of the Commission at the time of commencement of voting. 

All communications on the above subject should be addressed as fol- 
lows: The Secretary, International Commission on Zoological Nomen- 
clature, c/o British Museum (Natural History ), Cromwell Road, London, 
S.W.7, England.—W. E. Cuina, Assistant Secretary to the International 
Commission on Zoological Nomenclature. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Lay 


OBSERVATIONS ON CALLOPHRYS MACFARLANDI (LYCAENI- 
DAE), IN THE SANDIA MOUNTAINS, NEW MEXICO 


NoeEL McFARLAND 


South Australian Museum, Adelaide, Australia 


There are some peculiarities, in the habits of Callophrys (Sandia) 
macfarlandi Ehrlich & Clench, which are worth noting. 

Daily Activity of Adults. The butterflies crawl up from within the 
depths of the Nolina clumps (where they spend the night) between 8:00 
and 9:00 A.M., if it is sunny. They then sun themselves, on the leaves 
of the Nolina clumps, before they begin to fly about. Even if there is a 
high wind, they will be up early, if the sun is shining. At the time these 
insects are on the wing in May and June windy mornings are frequent 
in the Sandia Mountains. If the wind continues all morning, they may 
never be observed on the wing, but can be discovered as they sit in the 
clumps. If alarmed under these conditions (early in the morning), the 
butterflies will sometimes simply drop and flutter deep down into the 
clump, where they can often escape capture. They stay close to the 
Nolina clumps most of the time, but occasionally alight in other nearby 
plants, such as scrub oaks. During the heat of a windless day, they are 
more active, and will be seen darting around the clumps, chasing each 
other, etc. After a warm day, they will remain active until dusk, deti- 
nitely after sunset, while it is still light. Such behavior is rarely observed 
in butterflies. I have observed similar early evening activity in Habro- 
dias grunus Bdv., as it flies around its food plant (Quercus chrysolepis ) 
in the San Gabriel Mountains of southern California. It is exceptionally 
active just before dusk, after a hot summer day. 

When I visited the type locality of C. macfarlandi and other nearby 
colonies, in late May and early June, 1960 and 1961, the population was 
at the peak of its flight period. (My original capture on 4 May 1958 
represented an early specimen of the first brood.) It would be of inter- 
est to learn where the second brood, or later-emerging females oviposit, 
because by late June, the Nolina blossoms are gone, and the green seed 
capsules (which are also readily eaten by the larvae) are beginning to 
dry up. This leaves nothing suitable as food for larvae until the follow- 
ing spring, when new blossoms will shoot up within the clumps. There- 
fore, the question is, what becomes of the eggs of late females, and how 
do the resulting first instar larvae manage to locate suitable food? From 
rearing experiments which I carried out in 1959 and 1960, it is evident 


178 McFar.LaAnp: More on macfarlandi Vol._ 19) noms 


that most of the pupae overwinter, and a few hatch the same season, in 
June. But, do the eggs of late females also overwinter? 

On 15 June 1961, I collected a number of freshly emerged females, 
along with others in fair to poor condition. This was near the end of 
the period of emergence, and all the Nolina clumps had completely fin- 
ished flowering. The green seed capsules were well formed by then, 
and some of them were beginning to dry out. From two seed stalks that 
were still green, I shook over 50 larvae, ranging in size from 3 mm long 
to last instar. 

Larvae are easily brought through to pupation, on one or two stalks 
full of green seed capsules. The stalk can be kept in suitable condition 
for two weeks or more, by storing it in a plastic bag, and airing it often 
enough to retard mold. (Stalks with blossoms deteriorate much more 
rapidly, after being picked.) Larvae reared in this manner in June, 1959, 
formed pupae which were exposed to cold outdoor temperatures (in 
northeastern Kansas) for part of the winter. These pupae were then 
brought indoors, in February, 1960, and all emerged in good condition 
shortly thereafter. (This was, of course, not the normal time for emer- 
gence, but was caused by warmer temperatures, after a period of cold.) 

One of the best locations for observing and collecting C. macfarlandi, 
and an easier one to reach than the type locality, is along Highway 66, 
east of Albuquerque, New Mexico, in the boulder-covered foothills of 
the Sandia Mountains, where scrub oaks and Nolina clumps are abun- 
dant. It is hoped that the type locality will be spared by collectors; it 
is possible that the Highway 66 location will eventually be engulfed, as 
Albuquerque expands eastward toward Tijeras Canyon. 

The food plant of Callophrys macfarlandi may not be Nolina micro- 
carpa S. Wats.; typical N. microcarpa has a flowering stalk which ex- 
tends well above the clump itself. It is a common and widespread spe- 
cies from central to southeastern Arizona, and from central to southern 
New Mexico. N. microcarpa is described by Benson and Darrow (1954), 
pp. 72-74, and is illustrated by photographs on Plate XII (E, G). The 
Nolina growing in the type locality of C. macfarlandi has a flowering 
stalk which rarely extends above the clump of leaves. Of course, this 
feature could vary from one locality to another. I have no specimens of 
this plant, so am not able to check it for other morphological differences, 
if such exist. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Benson, L., & R. A. Darrow, 1954. The Trees and Shrubs of the Southwestern 
Deserts (2nd ed.). Univ. of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque. 

Enuruicu, P. R., 1961. How to Know the Butterflies. W. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, 
Iowa. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 179 


Eneuicu, P. R., & H. K. CLencH, 1960. A new subgenus and species of Callophrys 
(s.l.) from the southwestern United States. Ent. News, 71: 137-141. 

ScuuLz, E. D., 1928. Texas Wild Flowers. Laidlaw Bros., Chicago. 

STALLINGS, D: B., J. R. Turner, & P. R. Exrticu, 1959. A “hit and run” trip to 
Texas and New Mexico. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 13: 99-100. 

STALLINGS, D. B., J. R. TuRNER, & P. R. Enriicu, 1962. Preliminary notes on the 
life history of Callophrys (Sandia) macfarlandi. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 16: 55-57. 


MORE OBSERVATIONS ON THE ATTRACTION OF DIURNAL 
LEPIDOPTERA TO LIGHT 


RicHARD HEITZMAN 
3112 Harris Ave., Independence, Missouri 


The phenomenon of butterflies being attracted to lights seems to be 
of keen interest to lepidopterists. Observations are often recorded and 
the specimens given an honored place in the captor’s collection. With 
the recent advent of ultraviolet light as a popular medium for moth 
collecting, records of butterflies attracted to lights have greatly increased. 
It is quite apparent that ultraviolet light attracts and holds butterflies to 
a much higher degree than incandescent light. During five years of 
collecting with a standard 20-watt ultraviolet light and moth sheet I 
have taken 50 butterflies. In the last 16 years I have found only four 
butterflies attracted to other light sources. 

Undoubtedly a large precentage of the specimens collected at light 
are startled from their resting places in nearby trees or bushes by the 
collector or some of the larger insects attracted to the light. There is 
some evidence that occasional specimens are drawn from a considerable 
distance. For example, on the evening of August 16, 1964 I was collecting 
moths in a state wildlife area near Moberly, Missouri. The moth sheet 
was hung on a tree facing a large open field. I was standing about 50 
feet in front and to the side of the sheet watching for sphingids and 
Catocala which frequently fly in and settle on the ground as much as 30 
or 40 feet from the sheet. I observed what appeared to be a Catocala 
coming in a skipping zigzag flight toward the sheet. Instead of dropping 
to the ground it flew directly to the sheet and settled near the light. To 
my surprise I found it was a worn Cercyonis pegala (Fabricius). When 
first observed it was about 80 to 90 feet from the sheet. The field was 
recently plowed with only a trace of fresh growth. About 200 feet further 
were brushy areas which would seem to be the logical source of the 
butterfly. Perhaps it was startled from its resting place by some wan- 


180 HeirzMan: More butterflies at light Vol. 19> nos 


dering creature of the night and then drawn by the compelling glow of 
the light or perhaps the light itself was the stimulus which drew it from 
its retreat. Butterflies attracted to ultraviolet light are usually compara- 
tively unwary and easily collected with the killing jar. 

The following records include every major family of the area with the 
exception of the Papilionidae. There is no apparent reason for this 
absence as we have six species of Papilio present and in many cases 
they are abundant diurnal insects. In the following list condition of the 


. 


specimens is indicated by (F') fresh, (W) worn, or (B) battered. 


Species taken at incandescent light sources: 


Erynnis horatius (Scud. & Burg.) 12 (F) 3 Sept. 64, Fort Scott, Arkansas. 

Pieris protodice Bdv. & LeC. 14 (F) 9 June 58, Sugar Creek, Missouri. 

Strymon cecrops (Fabricius) 12 (B) 3 Sept. 61, Rogers, Arkansas. 

Asterocampa celtis (Bdv. & LeC.) 1é (F) 14 Aug. 48, Independence, Missouri. 

Species taken at ultraviolet light: 

Amblyscirtes nysa Edwards 19 (F) 28 Aug. 64, Independence, Missouri. 

Atalopedes campestris (Boisduval) 19 (W) 1 Aug. 60, 19 (W) 21 Aug. 60, 12 
(B) 23 Aug. 60,19 (F) 24 Aug. 61, 1¢ (B) 26 Aug. 61, oo Anema 
1g (W) 6 Oct. 62,19 (F) 31 July 63, 29 (F) 2 Aug. 63, 14 (B) 2 Aug. 
63, 12 (F) 3 Aug. 63, Independence, Missouri. 

Euphyes vestris (Boisduval) 1¢ (B) 27 June 60, Warsaw, Missouri. 

Polites themistocles (Latreille) 12 (W) 17 Aug. 62, Independence, Missouri; 19 
(W) 1 Aug. 64, Moberly, Missouri. 

Thorybes bathyllus (Smith) 1¢ (F) 16 Aug. 64, 29 (F) 16 Aug. 64, 19 (B) 
16 Aug. 64, Moberly, Missouri. 

Thorybes pylades (Scudder) 12 (B) 28 June 64, Warsaw, Missouri. 

Epargyreus clarus (Cramer) 1é (B) 31 Aug. 61, Independence, Missouri. 

Strymon cecrops (Fabricius) 12 (F) 9 July 62, Warsaw, Missouri. 

Strymon melinus Hubner 19 (F) 14 Oct. 61, Independence, Missouri; 12 (F) 26 
July 64, Warsaw, Missouri; 1¢ (F) 16 Aug. 64, Moberly, Missouri. 

Everes comyntas (Godart) 16 (W) 9 May 60, Independence, Missouri. 

Asterocampa celtis (Bdv. & LeC.) 19 (F) 16 Aug. 60, 16 (B) 26 Aug. 60, Inde- 
pendence, Missouri; 1g (F) 1 Sept. 60, Rogers, Arkansas; 1¢6 (F) 6 Aug. 62, 
1é (F) 4 Sept. 62, Warsaw, Missouri. 

Asterocampa clyton (Bdv. & LeC.) 1é (B) 31 Aug. 60, 19 (F) 3 Sept. 60, Inde- 
pendence, Missouri. 

Vanessa atalanta (Linn.) 16 (W) 5 Aug. 61,1¢ (W) 9 June 62,16 (W) 2 June 
63, Independence, Missouri; 12 (F) 10 May 64, Warsaw, Missouri. 

Vanessa cardui (Linn.) 12 (F) 27 July 60, Independence, Missouri. 

Polygonia interrogationis (Fabricius) 12 (F) 25 May 62, 1¢ (W) 3 Aug. 63, 
Independence, Missouri. 

Polygonia comma (Harris) 12 (W) 20 July 62,14 (F) 30 July 62, Independence, 
Missouri. 

Phyciodes tharos (Drury) 1¢ (W) 17 July 60, Independence, Missouri. 

Danaus plexippus (Linn.) 1g (W) 21 March 62, Cd. Victoria, Mexico; 19 (F) 
18 Aug. 62, Birmingham, Missouri. 

Lethe portlandia (Fabricius) 1g (W) 18 Aug. 62,14 (W) 23 Aug. 63, Birming- 
ham, Missouri. 

Cercyonis pegala (Fabricius) 1g (F) 28 June 64, 1¢ (W) 16 Aug. 64, Moberly, 
Missouri. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 181 


BUTTERFLIES ON KENT ISLAND, NEW BRUNSWICK 


Rosert E.. Goseru! 
Cole Road, Biddeford, Maine 


During the summer of 1964 (June 29 to September 4), while engaged 
in research studies on birds, the author took notes on butterflies observed 
on Kent Island. This 200-acre island, site of the Bowdoin Scientific 
Station, is the largest of three islands, located about six miles southeast 
of Seal Cove, Grand Manan, New Brunswick, Canada. The northern and 
western parts of Kent Island are characteristic Canadian Zone Forest, 
with balsam fir (Abies balsamea) and black spruce (Picea mariana) the 
most common species of trees. American mountain-ash (Sorbus ameri- 
cana) and birch (Betula) are also present as smaller trees (Gleason, 
1937). The central part of the island is mainly open fields of grasses 
such as timothy grass (Phleum pratense), red-top (Agrostis alba), 
brown bent grass (Agrostis borealis), and blue-joint grass (Calamagros- 
tis canadensis) (Potter, 1937). Most butterflies were observed in the 
open fields or along pathways in the woods; very few were actually seen 
in the densely wooded sections of the island. 

The butterfly fauna of Kent Island differs from nearby mainland faunas 
in that relatively few species are present. Over 95 species of butterflies 
have been recorded in nearby Maine (Brower and Payne, 1956) but on 
Kent Island, during the summer of 1964, only 11 species were recorded; 
not a single skipper was either seen or collected. The remoteness of the 
island, situated as it is at the mouth of the Bay of Fundy, probably limits 
the number of species found on the island. Even though few species are 
present, at certain times of the summer, especially when Canada thistles 
(Cirsium arvense) bloom, fair concentrations of butterflies may be seen. 
Collecting was carried out on only one day (August 28, 1964); it is very 
probable that more species would be recorded if intensive collecting 
were carried out on the island. 

Many more butterflies were seen in August than in July; the contrast 
between weather conditions of July and August may have been a con- 
tributing factor. In july, the only days free of dense fog were 17, 20, 
23, 24, 25, 26, 30, and 31; in August there was little fog except for a 
spell of three or four days at the end of the month. 

The following list consists of all butterflies seen or collected during 
the summer of 1964; dates and other pertinent data are also included. 


1 Contribution No. 30 of the Bowdoin Scientific Station, Kent Island, Grand Manan, New 
Brunswick, Canada. 


182 Goseit: Kent Island butterflies Vol. 19, no. 3 


Most species found on Kent have also been recorded in southern Maine 
(Gobeil, 1962) and all 11 species have been recorded in Maine ( Brower 
and Payne, 1956). The names of the butterflies follow the dos Passos list, 
while those of the plants follow Gray’s Manual of Botany (eighth edition). 
I wish to thank Dr. A. E. Brower and Dr. Charles E. Huntington for 
reviewing the manuscript and offering helpful advice and criticism. 


Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll 
One seen near the edge of the woods on July 3. 


Colias eurytheme Boisduval 
One observed on July 15. 


Colias philodice Godart 
Seen regularly from July 30 (1) until September 4; two were collected 
on August 28. 
Pieris rapae (Linnaeus ) 
Five sightings July 5 to August 20; all were for single individuals. 


Danaus plexippus ( Linnaeus ) 

The monarch was very common, especially in late summer. First ob- 
served on July 22 (2); from this date on, three or four seen regularly on 
most sunny days. Two caught in mist nets used for banding birds on 
July 30. On August 28, at least 15 were counted in a small patch of 
Canada (Cirsium arvense) and bull thistle (Cirsium vulgare) in an open 
field; three were collected. 


Nymphalis antiopa (Linnaeus ) 
Only two sightings of the mourning cloak: one on July 15 and one 
seen flying along the western shore of the island on August 1. 


Vanessa atalanta ( Linnaeus ) 

The red admiral is probably the most numerous species on the island 
during the summer, having been seen almost daily in just about all parts 
of the island. Eight were counted in an open field in the northern part 
of the island on August 28, when one was also collected. 


Vanessa virginiensis (Drury ) 
A very common species, especially in August. First seen July 28 and 
then on most sunny days throughout August; on August 28 over 35 
counted in a thistle patch, where four were collected. 


Limenitis arthemis ( Drury ) 
One seen in an open field on August 3. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 183 


Limenitis archippus (Cramer ) 
Only two sightings of single individuals: July 15 and July 30. 


Lycaena phlaeus americana Harris 
A species which appears to be more common in the early part of the 
summer. Observed throughout July in small numbers, the last sighting 
on August 3 (1). 


LITERATURE CITED 


Brower, A. E., & R. M. Payne, 1956. Check List of Maine Butterflies. Maine Field 
Naturalist, 12: 42-44. 

FERNALD, M. L., 1950. Gray's Manual of Botany (eighth edition). American Book 
Company, New York. ‘ 

Gueason, H. A., 1937. <A Botanical Report on Kent’s Island. Bulletin No. 3, The 
Bowdoin Scientific Station: 27-29. 

Gospeit, R. E., 1962. Partial list of butterflies found in the Biddeford Region. 
Maine Field Naturalist, 18: 147. 

Potter, D., 1937. Plants Found Growing on Kent’s Island 1935-36. Bulletin No. 3, 
The Bowdoin Scientific Station: 19-26. 


LEPIDOPTERA ACTIVE IN LATE DECEMBER IN 
PENNSYLVANIA 


During Christmas week, 1964, a tropical air mass worked northward 
up the Atlantic coast, penetrating the Philadelphia area on Christmas 
Eve after two days of rain, fog, and temperatures in the high forties. As 
had happened farther south, temperature records toppled in the wake of 
the warm front. The mercury climbed steadily the night of the 24th and, 
under mostly sunny skies, a 93-year record high of 68° F. was registered 
on Christmas day. This unseasonable weather brought out a male 
Nymphalis antiopa (L.) (Nymphalidae) which the writer captured along 
Wissahickon Creek, amid equally unprecedented dandelion, moss pink, 
chickweed, and Senecio blossoms. 

The following day was cloudy with temperatures again at record levels, 
including an official high of 68° at the Weather Bureau, and an unofficial 
71° at the writers home. Although no butterflies were seen, a male 
Eupsilia sidus Gn. (Noctuidae) came to light in the garden with a tem- 
perature of 62° F. at 9:30 P.M. Dec. 26. E. sidus is a well-known hiber- 
nator and is usually the first species to fly in the spring; my earliest record 
is March 10. 

Three pupae of Colias eurytheme Bdv. which were outdoors in a 
ventilated container showed traces of orange pigment when examined 
on Dec. 26. Brought indoors, all three eclosed as males on Dec. 28. Nine- 
teen other pupae in the same lot did not show signs of development and 


184 Grey: Short Boloria flight Vol. 19. snome 


were allowed to remain outdoors. It would seem that, given a few more 
days of springlike weather, even species which overwinter in the pupa 
might have become active. 

As a postscript, the freak warm spell came to an end with the passage 
of a northeast storm and attendant cold front, December 27. 


ArTHuR M. SuHario, 7636 Thouron Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. 


THE FLIGHT PERIOD OF BOLORIA EUNOMIA 


abe GrEy 


Route 1, Box 216, Lincoln, Maine 


Observations recently published in this Journal by Neilsen (1964, 18: ~ 
233-237 ) remind me of a curiosity which, strangely, seems to have es- 
caped formal notice in any mentions I have seen. The abbreviated flight 
period of Boloria eunomia (Esper) is something collectors should know 
about and reckon with when exploring for this species; probably it is 
the short adult life span full as much as the intense localization which 
slows discoveries. 

Mr. Neilsen noted specimens alighting to dry their freshly hatched 
wings. This had a significance which he may appreciate better in future 
years after he learns just how lucky he was in his described mid-June bog 
forays in Michigan. Two or three days later or earlier he might well have 
collected in the same places with never a sight of this fine bolorian. 

Mr. Henry Hensel, of Edmundston, New Brunswick, really should be 
writing this note, rather than me, since it is his fieldwork which provides 
definitive knowledge of this aspect of eunomia. On reflection, it will 
appear that most of the previous captures of “dawsoni” (the form oc- 
curring along the Eastern U. S.-Canadian border region) have been 
of the one-shot, visit sort. Whereas in adjacent Temiscouata County, 
Quebec, a few miles from Hensel’s home, there are magnificent bogs 
which have provided him with a rare opportunity: perhaps he is the 
only person who has observed this subspecies in thriving colonies over 
a period of years. 

The ecology and behavior of species are difficult to learn from tabula- 
tions. Mr. Neilsen’s accounts are unusually graphic, a model of descrip- 
tion made vivid by the personal touch. I shall attempt to make my point 
in the same manner, by narration from experience, viz.: 

On my first visit to Hensel’s bog he warned me that it was essential 
to be there on “the day,” so to speak, but when he reported eunomia 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 185 


just beginning emergence early in the week I arrived on the weekend 
confident that I would take at least a few samples, if perhaps somewhat 
worn. The day was fine; we were on breeding grounds where Hensel, 
four days earlier, had taken 40 or so immaculately fresh specimens. The 
best we could do was to net one feebly fluttering male battered almost 
beyond recognition. 

On the next occasion, forewarned but still in unconscious protest that 
such things should be, I timed my visit to get there on the day he 
thought they might be due to emerge. We encountered a morning 
emergence of males and were able to make a large collection. The salient 
thing is that Hensel had checked the place two days earlier and reported 
none in evidence; also, in our combined huge series only about two per- 
cent were females and those were mostly taken freshly hatching in the 
afternoon. So, then I was forced to give credence to Hensel’s remarks to 
the effect that the flight of males would be gone in a day or two and 
that the time for females was “tomorrow.” It was easy to see that the 
males might literally “fly themselves to death” on their endless patrolling 
but not so easy to adjust to the idea that this butterfly is indeed one with 
the maytlies, here today, gone tomorrow. Hensel told me all this, but 
the implication didn’t sink home until I had the chance to be a party 
and witness. 

When one considers the large fluctuations in earliness and lateness of 
seasons in the northern bogs; allowing generously for cold and rainy 
spells at the critical dates (B. eunomia being a species which flies in 
sunshine and is not in evidence when the day is cloudy ) it is easy to see 
that the finding of new colonies of ewnomia is a matter of luck and chance 
over and above the hazards for which one normally might allow. For 
example, the flight may occur over the whole range between, say, June 
8 and June 30, dependent on place, exposure, season, and weather. Then, 
say that for a given place and year perhaps June 14-18 are the only days 
when one might be rewarded with sight of even a battered individual 
to encourage further exploration. Then, maybe a collector does get there 
on “the day,” but it is cool and somewhat cloudy and these butterflies 
arent moving. These are the odds against collectors. 

It then seems probable, as Mr. Neilsen suspects, that ewnomia is resi- 
dent in many bogs along the Canadian boundary region. It is even a 
distinct possibility that eunomia occurs in areas where collectors have 
searched in vain for it. The unwelcome moral of Hensel’s extensive ex- 
perience with this butterfly, over the years, is that collectors who go 
exploring for it had better plan to do their visiting on the proper day of 
the week! 


186 DurDEN: Speyeria and Artemisia? Vol. 19) notes 


SPEYERIA CALLIPPE AND ARTEMISIA, 
A POSSIBLE FOODPLANT 


It is generally supposed that all Speyeria feed, as larvae, on some spe- 
cies of Viola and this assumption is supported by all species for which 
the life history is known. The author was thus startled to find Speyeria 
callippe gallatini McDunnough ovipositing on a woody Artemisia (sage- 
brush) probably A. trifida, and to find this butterfly consistently as- 
sociated with sagebrush. At 11 localities in Broadwater, Madison, and 
Carbon counties, Montana; Park, Bighorn, and Lincoln counties, Wyo- 
ming; and Uintah County, Utah, where S. callippe was present in num- 
bers, sagebrush was in all cases present within 100 feet of captures. 
These habitats range from a semiarid wash some tens of miles from the 
nearest forest, at 4,300 feet six miles northwest of Three Forks in Broad- 
water County, Montana (June 28, 1964), through montane park sage 
openings (the majority of localities) to tree line at 9,800 feet on Clay 
Butte west of Beartooth Butte in Park County, Wyoming (July 21, 1964). 
On the cliffs three miles north of Fossil, Lincoln County, Wyoming 
(August 2, 1964) where S. callippe was particularly abundant, several 
individuals were flushed from within Artemisia bushes where they had 
been crawling along the woody trunk and branches. A female was fol- 
lowed, observed to oviposit on the loose bark near the base of the trunk, 
allowed to crawl out of the bush, fly to another plant 10 feet distant, and 
repeat the process at which point she was captured. It might be postu- 
lated that S. callippe oviposits on branches aboveground, avoiding ex- 
posure of the possibly overwintering egg to ground moisture. The newly 
hatched larvae would then have to search for violets in the spring. No 
evidence of violet plants or fruits was found at Fossil in spite of a care- 
ful search. 

Of great interest was the discovery of unidentified Speyeria larvae of 
several instars, resting in the upper branches and green shoots of sage- 
brush at Buffalo Creek, 25 miles east of Sheridan in Sheridan County, 
Wyoming (June 17, 1964). A search of the ground flora produced no 
Viola so it must be assumed in this case that violets are not the foodplant 
of at least one species of Speyeria. The presence of larvae perhaps other- 
wise unassociated with sagebrush in the upper branches of shrubs could 
be attributed to response to peculiar weather conditions preceding a 
storm in dry country where sheetwash is a danger to organisms near the 
soil. The larvae were observed at about 5:00 P.M. in a light rain which 
developed later into an all-night rainstorm depositing two inches of water 
and accompanied by flooding. It is the author’s opinion that these nor- 
mally nocturnal feeding larvae had moved into their feeding territory 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 187 


under the abnormally overcast and humid conditions, but had not com- 
menced to feed. 

Taking all points into consideration; the oviposition of S. callippe on 
sagebrush; the occurrence of Speyeria larvae on sagebrush, and the 
presence of sagebrush at all the author's collecting sites for S. callippe 
it is suggested that sagebrush may serve as the larval foodplant. Speci- 
mens of the larvae and adults have been deposited in the Yale Peabody 
Museum. 


CHRISTOPHER J. DuRDEN, Dept. of Biology, Yale University, New Haven, Conn. 


A METHOD FOR OVERWINTERING HIBERNATING LARVAE 
OF BUTTERFLIES 


F. MARTIN BROWN 
Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colorado 


In a recent issue of the Journal (18: 201-210, 1964) Noel McFarland 
presented many useful tips for preserving the immature stages of lepidop- 
tera. His statement that overwintering larvae are easily handled by 
storage in jars in shaded areas but subject to normal out-of-doors tem- 
peratures is true in part. There are some areas in the country where this 
can be done without too great loss of specimens. I have found here in 
Colorado, and W. H. Edwards discovered almost a century ago in West 
Virginia, that overwintering losses under such conditions are very high. 

Edwards's solution was to send his larvae for overwintering to an ice- 
house and to have the boxes in which he stored the larvae packed in the 
cold, moist sawdust used to retard the melting of the ice. Alas, there are 
no longer such places. 

The environment of our modern electric or gas refrigerators, household 
or laboratory, is much too dehydrating to be of use. I have had success 
with a simple and inexpensive device that I have passed on in letters to 
some friends. I repeat it here for a larger audience. I use a portable, or 
automobile, ice chest, the sort that has come into vogue for picnics or 
camping trips. These can be purchased in many places for less than $20. 
I recommend one that is sturdily built. It will last for years. Mine has 
a good latch on it that seals the lid effectively against too much loss of 
moisture or ingress of heat. It is metal and plastic construction with a 
drain hole and a place for racks. 

When larvae begin to go into hibernation, often in late July and August 
for some species of butterflies, I put each into a sterile shell vial and 


188 Brown: Storing hibernating larvae Vol. 19, no. 3 


loosely plug it with sterile absorbent cotton. A data slip is placed in the 
vial with the larva. The vials are laid in the plastic racks of the icebox. 
The icebox then is charged with a dozen or so large ice cubes and a 10- 
pound plastic bag of such cubes that is sealed against leakage. I insert 
through the drain hole a thermometer in a cork. By the middle of Sep- 
tember I find that there is little reason to open the chest for insertion 
of new material. From then on I watch the thermometer. When the 
temperature in the chest reaches 36-38° F. I open it and replace the 
melted bag of ice and if there is no free water in the chest I add a few 
loose cubes. 

I have found that when Satyridae are being carried in the chest I can 
remove them after they have been in hibernation for 11 or 12 weeks and 
break hibernation by allowing the larvae to warm up in their shell vials 
to room temperature. Several weeks before this it is wise to bring in a 
piece of sod, potted in a low, large flowerpot. Warmth, moisture, and 
sunlight will produce an abundant supply of food for most Satyridae and 
the grass-feeding Skippers. 

My technique differs from McFarland’s in that I keep my larvae iso- 
lated. Incidently, this does not work well with the larvae of some 
Nymphalidae that are gregarious in the early instars. They appear to 
need “company to thrive. Each larva in its individual vial is examined 
each day. Fresh spears of grass are put into sterile vials and the larva 
transferred when the food is limp or used up. This greatly reduces loss 
from mold and disease. It also allows precise records to be kept, some- 
thing that is difficult with “bulk” feeding. I preserve the shed head 
capsule and skin of each instar when I am making a careful study of a 
species. 

I do not disturb larvae that are about to molt. Before molting and 
before hibernation the larva clears its gut of frass. If after this the larva 
is inactive for four or five days I put it into the hibernator. If on the 
other hand the larva is active after molt I transfer it to fresh food and 
collect the exuvia. Head capsules I mount on a bit of card and put that 
and a label on a pin. 

The shed skin can be moistened and extended and then mounted as a 
slide for study of the hairs, etc. 

The advantage of the ice chest is that the environment is constant in 
humidity and the temperature easily controlled to prevent too early 
breaking of hibernation. This happened for me with three successive 
outdoor winterings. Another, perhaps greater, advantage is that the 
hibernating larvae are where they are handiest, in the laboratory or at 
home. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 189 


COLLECTING SPHINGIDS AND OTHER MOTHS ON THE 
MISSISSIPPI GULF COAST 


ROBERT TAYLOR AND BARBARA TAYLOR 
Bellevue, Nebraska, U.S. A. 


We were residents of Biloxi, Harrison County, Mississippi from January 
through September, 1964. During this period we operated a black light 
at Biloxi and did other collecting, primarily in southern Mississippi. Ap- 
proximately 60% of the material we collected was taken at Biloxi. Many 
of the specimens were furnished to Bryant and Katharine Mather of 
Jackson, Mississippi for study and to yield data for the survey of Mis- 
sissippi Lepidoptera being conducted by them. References to previous 
records for Mississippi moths given below are taken from their unpub- 
lished records. Our primary interest is in Sphingidae. In this family we 
took 430 specimens representing the following 24 species (40 species are 
known from the state): 

Herse cingulata Fabr. (46), Phlegethontius sexta Joh. (58), Phlegethon- 
tius quinquemaculata Haw. (15), Phlegethontius rustica Fabr. (16), 
Chlaenogramma jasminearum Guer. (4), Dolba hylaeus prini Smith (5), 
Ceratomia undulosa Walk. (7), Ceratomia catalpae Bdv. (48), Atreides 
plebia Fabr. (15), Sphinx kalmiae Smith (2), Lapara halicarniae Stkr. 
(31), Smerinthus geminatus Say (4), Paonias excaecata Smith (1), 
Paonias myops Smith (12), Paonias astylus Dru. (4), Cressonia juglandis 
Smith (1), Epistor lugubris Linn. (1), Hemaris diffinis Bdv. (1), Pholus 
satellitia pandorus Hbn. (6), Pholus fasciatus Sulz. (9), Ampeloeca 
myron Cram. (31), Darapsa pholus Cram. (23), Xylophanes tersa Linn. 
(86), and Celerio lineata Fabr. (4). 

The two S. kalmiae were males taken August 9 at Brooklyn, Forrest 
County and August 15 at Carnes, Forrest County. This species is not 
known to have been taken previously in Mississippi. Chlaenogramma 
jasminearum and Paonias astylus are not known to have previously been 
taken in southern Mississippi and were each previously known from 
Mississippi by a single specimen taken respectively in 1921 at State 
College and in 1960 at Jackson. 

In other families a few records that seem to be worthy of note are: 
Citheronia sepulchralis G. & R. previously known from Mississippi by a 
single specimen taken at Canton in 1963; and the following, none of 
which are known to have previously been taken in Mississippi: Panthea 
furcilla centralis McD., Biloxi, April 15; Acronicta brumosa Gn. Biloxi, 
April-May (7); Euherrichia monetifera Gn., Biloxi, April (2 males); 


190 Ruckes & pos Passos: E. L. Bell Vol. 19, no. 3 


Eutelia pulcherrima Grt., Hattiesburg, May; Doryodes spadaria Gn., 
Biloxi, April; Drasteria graphica Hbn., Biloxi, March-April (4); Schizura 
apicalis G. & R., Biloxi, April; Cleora manitoba Grossbeck, Biloxi, April 
(4); Pseudoboarmia buchholzaria Lemmon, Biloxi, April; Glena cogna- 
taria Hbn., Biloxi, April; and Limacodes rectilinea G. & R., Hattiesburg, 
May. The species listed above as previously unrecorded from Mississippi 
were determined by Dr. F. H. Rindge, American Museum of Natural 
History, New York. 

Collecting on the Mississippi Gulf Coast ranged from excellent to 
disappointing. The specimens of S. kalmiae were taken on poles sup- 
porting mercury-vapor lights. Such poles were frequently very produc- 
tive and on some nights 20-35 specimens of Sphingidae were taken on a 
single pole. 

Our appreciation of the significance of much of what we collected was 
contributed to greatly by having made the acquaintance of active local 
collectors. We suggest that others, like ourselves, who may reside tem- 
porarily in an area due to military service commitments (or for other 
reasons ) and who collect during such time contact local collectors, both 
for the visitor's benefit and so that their data may be properly included 
in the appropriate regional compilations. 

Appreciation is expressed to Bryant and Katharine Mather who helped 
make our collecting in Mississippi so worthwhile and for their assistance 
in the preparation of this short article. 


ERNEST LAYTON BELL (1876-1964)? 


Ernest L. Bell was born November 21, 1876 in Flushing, Long Island, 
New York, and lived his entire life of 89 years in that town. As a young 
man he obtained a position with the First National Bank (now the Na- 
tional City Bank), eventually becoming head of the loan department 
prior to his retirement after World War II. 

From early manhood Emest Bell had a propensity for collecting, first 
local Indian lore, then stamps and coins. Coin collecting was his prevail- 
ing hobby up to the time of his death. Primarily, however, he was an 
outdoor man with a bent for studying living things. Before turning his 
attention to entomology, he collected herpetological specimens exten- 
sively. His main interest turned to Lepidoptera, primarily butterflies, in 
1919. He ultimately decided to specialize on the Hesperioidea. 


1 This obituary is abstracted from a manuscript scheduled for publication in the Journal of the 
New York Entomological Society and kindly made available by the authors.—EpITOR 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 191 


Although an amateur, Ernest Bell was an exceptionally gifted taxonomist, 
and eventually became one of the foremost authorities on New World 
hesperiids. During his studies he described a number of new genera and 
a total of over 200 species and subspecies of skippers, very few of which 
have fallen into synonymy. For many years he cooperated with eminent 
workers in the field, such as A. W. Lindsey, R. C. Williams, W. P. Com- 
stock, K. S. Hayward, and W. H. Evans, often co-authoring papers with 
some of them. During Evans’ preparation of his four-volume “Catalogue 
of American Hesperiidae,” Bell was frequently consulted, and after 
publication of the work made notes of errors in connection with arranging 
the American Museum collection. These notes resulted in an “Addenda 
and corrigenda” published in 1951-1955, in which Evans gives Bell 
credit for most of the corrections which were included. 

Erest Bell was president of the New York Entomological Society 
in 1933, and in the following year was appointed Research Associate by 
the American Museum of Natural History, a title which he held until 
the time of his death. His extensive collections of hesperiids and other 
insects were donated to the American Museum. He was a charter mem- 
ber of The Lepidopterists’ Society, although he did not publish in the 
Journal. His bibliography on Nearctic and Neotropical Hesperiidae runs 
to about 60 titles, spanning the years 1920 to 1959, primarily in the 
Journal of the New York Entomological Society and American Museum 
Novitates. 

Ernest Bell married Mina A. Morrell in 1899, a marriage which lasted 
until her death in 1952. The Bells made many trips, across the United 
States, to the Caribbean islands, particularly Jamaica, and to Central 
America, for the purpose of collecting hesperiids. They also enjoyed 
vacationing in New England, and for many years a summer month was 
spent in rural Vermont or New Hampshire. 

In 1934 Bell accompanied David Rockefeller and the late Frank E. 
Lutz on an extensive collecting trip to the Grand Canyon and adjacent 
territory. As a result, many new hesperiids were added to the known 
fauna of the southwestern United States. 

Ernest Bell was a self-made naturalist, collector, sportsman, lepidopter- 
ist, and a grand person to have known. To entomologists in this country 
and abroad his passing leaves a void; it will be regretted by all his friends, 
acquaintances, and correspondents.—HErBert Ruckes, Flushing, New 
York and Cyrit F. pos Passos, Mendam, New Jersey. 


Page 
Page 


Page 


Page 


Page 


Page 


ol 
70 


78 


98 


101 


105 


Addenda to dos Passos’ List Vol. 19; nes 


ADDENDA ET CORRIGENDA 
to the “Synonymic List of Nearctic Rhopalocera.” 


25% add hacebolus (Scudder ), 1872 


Polites 98—Transpose siris Edwards, 1881 and sonora Scudder 
1872. The specific name is sonora and s. siris is a subspecies. 


162—add oilus MacNeill, 1962 (lapsus calami) 


Erynnis 170—pacuvius Lintner should be listed also as a sub- 
species and preceded by an a. The other subspecies become 


b, c, and d. 


175% tibullus (Scudder & Burgess) is a synonym of propertius 
(Scudder & Burgess) and not of telemachus Burns. 


256b—add luxuriosus Forbes, 1960 (Reiff MS) 


262 glaucus Linnaeus, 1758 instead of 1764 
a. g. glaucus Linnaeus 1758 instead of 1764 


278 napi (Linnaeus), 1758 instead of 1761 


vividior Berger, 1945, should be added to 291 as b and the 
present “b” changed to c. 


Zerene eurydice ab. nigrocapitaia Riddell, 1941 

Zerene eurydice f. marginata Riddell, 1941 

Zerene eurydice ab. flavolineata Riddell, 1941 

Zerene eurydice f. rubrosuffusa Riddell, 1941. These four names 
should be added to 298 chronologically under forms and aber- 
rations. 


line after Emesis Fabricius, 1807 add (Opinion 232, name 660) 


486 aidea author's name and date should read (Guérin-Mene- 
ville) “1820-44” [1844]. Also the author’s name should be 
corrected in the index p. 107. 


Add asterisk before 532. Next line—delete line a. Next, third 
line change b to a. 


Correct spelling of Latreille in three places: Lines 5, 7, and 8 
Danaida Latreille 
Danais Latreille 
Danaus Latreille 


649 mixturata and kodiak should be transposed and the sub- 
species preceded by k. instead of m. 


“678—sofia, Strecker 1881 should read 1880. 


EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL 


Editor: Jerry A. POWELL 
Associate Editor 

(Literature Abstracting): PETER F. BELLINGER 
Associate Editor 

(“Especially for Collectors” ): Frep T. THORNE 


Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEwcoMER 


Manager of the Memoirs: Smwwney A. HEssEL 


OL ae ert Pe ee ee ee 
- “sae bi a 


Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. BELiincer, S. A. 
HEssEL, E. G. Munroe, J. A. Poweti, C. L. REMINGTON 
(chairman), F. T. THorNE, E, J. NEwCoMER. 


NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL 


Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study 
of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; 
___ authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts 
must be typewritten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and 
_ one side only of white, 8% x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of 
the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, in- 
____ cluding an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possi- 
ble. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFER- 
ENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. 
Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. 
Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other 
material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley 
proof is received. 


4 Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powerex, 112 Agricul- 
; ture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. 


' Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal 
field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News 
Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 


' Address remittances and address changes to: Grorce Enter, 314 Atkins Ave., 
_ Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. 


Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) 
A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA 
by Cyr F. pos Passos 


Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures 
available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, 
add $1.50. postpaid 
Order from the Society Treasurer. 


Printed in U. S. A. 
ALLEN PREsS 
Lawrence, Kansas 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 19, no. 3 4 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 4 
Review of collections of Lepidoptera by airplane oe 
by” Perry: Aj: Glick "res ee ee 129-137 
Euptychia areolata: distribution and variation, with : 
special reference to Mississippi (Satyridae ) ie 
by, Bryant Mather: 1.0800 du a eee 139-160 
Type locality of Cercyonis stephensi revisted i : 
bys Bac JoeNeweomet 2022 67 ee _-. 161-164 


Mimicry and distribution of Caenurgina caerulea (Noctuidae ) “ 
by. John C. Downey L202 ee ee _ 165-170 


Some unusual butterfly records from central California a 
by Keith’ S. Brown, Jr a a eae 171-176 3 


Observations on Callophrys macfarlandi (Lycaenidae) in the 5. 
Sandia Mountains, New Mexico . 
by Noel McFarland... 0 EE eee 177-179 

More observations on the attraction of diurnal a 
Lepidoptera to light _ 


by: Richard Heitzman 2) 0 Ee _ 179-180 — 


Butterflies on Kent Island, New Brunswick 


by Robert, Fi. Gobeil, 00 ee ee eee 181-183 
Lepidoptera active in late December in Pennsylvania 4 
by Arthur: Mi Shapito 2/080 uh aa 183-184 


ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS 


The flight period of Boloria eunomia ‘- 
yd arey) (hai eo Sia aie nee ee a 4s 184-185 ‘ 


Speyeria callippe and Artemisia, a possible foodplant * .- 
by ‘Christopher J/ Durden 260 8 a 186-187 


ia . 
A method for overwintering hibernating larvae of | a i 
butterflies 
byoE,. Mattin “Brown 22) 2 ee isa ay 
Collecting sphingids and other moths on the Mississippi 
Gulf Coast 
by Robert Taylor and Barbara Taylor 0... ss 
Ernest Layton Bell (1876-1964) 
by Herbert Ruckes and C. F. dos Passos —..... 


Addenda and Corrigenda to the “Synonymic List of 

Nearctic Rhopalocera” 

by Oyritk By'dos ‘Passos: Pe ON ee 
Cire RRC ee a ah Le 
ZOOLOGICAL; NOMENCLATURE, 220223220 Se ee 


BOOK REVIEW, NOTICE __ eS Ga alt ee 


Volume 19 1965 Number 4 


JOURNAL 


of the 


_ LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


____ Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES 
Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 


In This Issue 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS 
BOISDUVAL LETTERS AND MELITAEA IDENTITIES 
ECOLOGY AND BEHAVIOR OF TWO HESPERIIDS 
THE MONARCH BUTTERFLY AND MIMICRY 
BUTTERFLY HUNTING IN LABRADOR 


(Complete contents on back cover) 


20 December 1965 


THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
1965 OFFICERS 


President: F. H. Rinnce (New York, N. Y., U. S. A.) 

Ist Vice President: I. F. B. Common (Canberra, Australia) 

Vice President: Ramon AGENjo (Madrid, Spain) 

Vice President: H. E. Hrvnton (Bristol, England) 

Treasurer: GrEorRGE EHLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) 
Asst. Treasurer: Smney A. Hesse (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) 

Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Ill., U. S. A.) 
Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) 


EXECUTIVE COUNCIL 


Terms expire Dec. 1965: Suiceru A. AE (Showaku, Nagoya, Japan) 
LINCOLN P. BRoweER (Amherst, Mass., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1966: CHARLES P. KrmsBatt (Sarasota, Fla., U. S. A.) 
W. Harry Lance, Jr. (Davis, Calif., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1967: Himosu Kuroxo (Fukuoka, Japan) 


D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Canada) 
and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor 


The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and 
formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology 
in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, 
to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and 
the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these 
aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among 
the lepidopterists of all countries. 

Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of 
lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of 
the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not 
become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for 


the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological ; By 


interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society 
business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made 
payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: 

Active Members—annnal dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) 

Sustaining Members—annual dues $15.00 (U.S. A.) 

Life Members—single sum $125.00 (U.S. A.) 

Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth 
Road, Hampton, Middx., England. 

In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and 
special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are 
distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the 
Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the 
News each year. 


The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of 


publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut. Second 


class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 


Lomannan OF 


Tue LerrporTerists’ SOCIETY 


Volume 19 1965 Number 4 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS TO THE TWELFTH ANNUAL 
MEETING OF THE PACIFIC SLOPE SECTION OF THE 
LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY 


Presented at San Diego, June 20, 1965 
THE IMPORTANCE OF COLLECTING—NOW 


FREDERICK H. RINDGE 
The American Museum of Natural History, New York, N. Y. 


During the past few years there has been more and more concern 
about the forthcoming “population explosion”; the current estimate is 
that the world’s population will double its present figure before the end 
of this century, just a short 35 years from now. This means that there 
will be a daily increase of 160,000 people, or 110 babies every minute— 
the equivalent of 10 football teams. If no steps are taken to slow down 
this avalanche of humans, by the year 2050 there will be only one square 
yard of dry land per person on the earth. You may hope that these figures 
may apply only to Asia, Africa, or Latin America—that they can’t apply 
to this country. This is just wishful thinking on your part. 

How will this tremendous expansion effect the land upon which we 
live? Much more food will be needed to feed these hordes; this means 
more land under cultivation. Some of this will have to be carved out of 
forests. Many forests throughout the world are being ruthlessly destroyed 
for their raw materials. The results—loss of the protection of watersheds, 
the prevention of floods and erosion—can be seen in countries such as 
Greece, Yugoslavia, Jordan, Syria, and Chile, where the land is com- 
pletely deforested and eroded down to bare rock. Some marginal land 
is used for grazing by cattle and sheep; unless care is taken to prevent 
overgrazing, these areas will turn into worthless semideserts. 

With increased agricultural uses, there is a much greater use of pesti- 
cides and herbicides—and their effects, unfortunately, are not always 
restricted to the fields for which they are intended. 


194 RINDGE: Presidential address Vol. 19, no. 4 


You all know from experience how many more automobiles there are 
today than there were just a few years ago, and are acquainted with 
some of the problems arising therefrom. Smog, plus many more industrial 
plants, are producing a steady increase in the carbon dioxide content of 
the air. This produces a heat blanketing effect, which is gradually raising 
the earth’s mean temperature. Consequently this may cause a gradual 
melting of the polar ice caps, raising the levels of the oceans, thus flooding 
the low-lying coastal areas of all the continents. This is another factor 
that will reduce the amount of dry land. 

Increased housing will be needed to shelter all the people, which takes 
still more land. By the end of this century there will be a solid procession 
of cities and suburbs from Boston to Washington; much of southern 
California is rapidly approaching this condition.: In fact, in the United 
States alone one million acres per year are gobbled up by urban sprawl, 
roads, industry, and the like. 

All of the above factors are having their effects on the land—undis- 
turbed habitats for collecting are rapidly getting fewer and farther be- 
tween. This is happening throughout the country, as a glance at the last 
seasonal summary in the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society will reveal. 
Some of the expressions from that publication are as follows: “urban 
sprawl continues to encroach on collecting areas; the native flora is rapidly 
being deleted; too much crop spraying; the area where the largest 
colonies are located will soon be destroyed due to the construction of a 
new super highway; the recently discovered habitat has been wiped out 
by a recreation center.” I’m sure you will have had experiences along 
these lines. 

Obviously this trend is going to continue, and it will be accelerated. 
It is, therefore, of vital importance to do as much intensive collecting 
and life history work in as many places as possible, and to start as soon 
as possible. Only in this way will future generations of entomologists 
have access to actual material and knowledge of the species which oc- 
curred during the last half of the twentieth century. As you know, several 
butterfly populations have already been wiped out here in California as 
well as elsewhere, and others are in grave danger of undergoing a similar 
fate. Because we cannot halt the spread of “civilization” we should collect 
adequate series of as many species of butterflies and moths as possible 
while they are still in existence. 

To make a collection of lasting value, all specimens should be correctly 
mounted and labeled before being added to the collection. It is of great 
importance that really complete locality data be given on each label. By 
next year your favorite collecting area may no longer exist as such— 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 195 


specimens from such localities will become more valuable as time goes 
on, as they will indicate to later generations of lepidopterists where the 
species once occurred, and what the members of the population looked 
like. Those of us who are doing taxonomic studies now are thankful for 
the old collections that have been preserved, as these specimens are of 
great help to us—unfortunately, they are usually much fewer in number 
than we would like to have. To ensure that as many specimens as possible 
are preserved for posterity, it should be the aim of everyone who has a 
collection to make certain that it is deposited in a museum that has an 
active section devoted to the Lepidoptera. There are several modern, 
forward-looking institutions in this country that would be glad to receive 
such collections, whether the latter are small or large. Only in this way 
will our children and grandchildren be able to study what we, here today, 
are fortunate enough to preserve for them. 

Because of the above reasons I would urge you most emphatically to 
collect extensively in all available natural habitats. Also, you should en- 
courage and assist young people to collect so that they, too, will have 
the satisfaction of contributing knowledge and material in an area which 
may become lost. 


FIRST CONNECTICUT RECORDS OF THYMELICUS LINEOLA, 
AN INTRODUCED HESPERIID 


Rosert L. APTER AND JOHN M. Burns 


619 Main St., Portland, Conn., and Dept. of Biology, Wesleyan Univ., 
Middletown, Conn. 


Thymelicus lineola (Ochsenheimer ), a Palearctic hesperiine skipper, 
made its Nearctic debut at London, Ontario, Canada, in 1910. So far as 
known, it now occupies much of southeastern Ontario, plus closely ad- 
jacent parts of the United States (i.e., the Detroit area, the Buffalo area), 
and, in the United States, occurs also at a few scattered points, most of 
which lie in the Piedmont of the Northeast. No New England localities 
have thus far been reported for this species. 

We have found T. lineola in small numbers at two places in central 
Connecticut. The ten Connecticut specimens now at hand are superfi- 
cially and genitalically similar to specimens from other populations in 
eastern North America. We obtained our limited material as described 
below. 

In a hayfield at the junction of Cox Road and Penfield Hill Road, 


196 ApTER & Burns: Adventive skipper Vol. 19, no. 4 


Portland, Middlesex County, Apter caught two examples of T. lineola in 
the course of general butterfly collecting on June 25, 1963. When sub- 
sequently spreading them, he damaged one so badly that he discarded it, 
not realizing what it was; but he successfully spread the other, a male, 
and correctly identified it. In early July, Apter contacted Burns regarding 
this specimen; and we made three fruitless attempts to secure additional 
material at Portland in 1963. 

In 1964, we checked the Portland locality for T. lineola on June 11, 18, 
23, 25, and 26, and July 7 and 16. On only three days did we find any 
individuals of this species: on June 23, each of us caught one male; on 
June 25, Apter collected one male and Burns, three; and on June 26, Apter 
got one male. 

In roadside grass and weeds at precisely the junction of a single-track 
line of the New York, New Haven, and Hartford Railroad with State 
Route 159, on the east bank of the Coginchaug River, Rockfall, Middlesex 
County, Burns caught one male of T. lineola on June 20, 1964. He saw no 
others at that time; but on June 25 we visited this spot, and Burns got 
another male. He briefly checked the Rockfall locality for T. lineola, 
without success, on June 26 and 27, and July 11, 1964. 

The other species of skippers with which we found T. lineola flying 
in 1964 were, at Portland, Ancyloxypha numitor ( Fabricius ), Polites coras 
(Cramer), P. mystic (Scudder), P. origines (Fabricius), P. themistocles 
(Latreille), Pompeius verna (Edwards), Poanes hobomok (Harris), 
Euphyes bimacula (Grote & Robinson), Epargyreus clarus (Cramer), 
Achalarus lyciades (Geyer), Thorybes pylades (Scudder), and Pholisora 
catullus (Fabricius); and, at Rockfall, Nastra lherminier (Latreille), 
Ancyloxypha numitor, Hesperia sassacus Harris, Polites mystic, Wallen- 
grenia egeremet (Scudder), Pompeius verna, Poanes hobomok, Thorybes 
pylades, T. bathyllus (Smith), and Pholisora catullus. 

The localities at which we discovered T. lineola are 7.6 miles (recti- 
linearly measured) apart, on opposite sides of the Connecticut River. 
In both localities, the skipper occurs in highly disturbed habitats—par- 
ticularly “waste” areas flanking roadways and supporting, among other 
grasses, timothy (Phleum pratense). Since T. lineola is known from two 
distinct spots and is known to have been at one of them for two consecu- 
tive years, it is evidently established in Connecticut. However, the many 
man-hours spent specifically in seeking out this skipper in 1964 produced 
a total of but 9 specimens—all males. We think the present low popula- 
tion density is better ascribed to recency of invasion than to any possible 
marginal qualities of the lower Connecticut River valley for the con- 
tinued survival of this species. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 197 


TAREE LETTERS FROM J. A.B. D. DE BOISDUVAL TO 
Woe EDWARDS, AND THE TRUE IDENTITY OF MELITAEA 
POLA BDV. AND MELITAEA CALLINA BDV. 


F. Martin Brown! 
Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo. 


While reading the letters written to Henry Edwards by William 
Henry Edwards I found several that contained notes about specimens 
that Boisduval had sent to W. H. Edwards. These were types of Bois- 
duval’s species named from material sent to him from California by 
Lorquin. This recalled to me three letters that Boisduval had sent to 
Edwards and that are preserved in the Archives of the State of West 
Virginia in Charleston. I had skimmed these letters and had noted that 
in them Boisduval expressed his opinion on many interesting facets of 
taxonomy. I present here translations of the letters, in more or less 
idiomatic English, prepared for me by Mde. Marcelle Robert Perry, a 
friend and associate of mine for over a third of a century. Words in 
brackets I have added to explain some of Boisduval’s phrases. 

Boisduval’s handwriting is almost microscopic, but, with few exceptions, 
quite legible. He crammed onto a small page as much as can be typed, 
double-spaced, on something over a full sheet of paper. Edwards’ hand- 
writing, on the other hand, is large and flowing and very often almost 
unreadable! Boisduval’s signature is undecipherable. It is essentially a 
rubric. Because it is so strange I reproduce (Fig. 1) with the hope that 
it may bring to light other letters of this great lepidopterist. The cor- 
respondence took place when Boisduval was 74 years old and Edwards 
51. The volume that Boisduval mentions in both of the letters written in 
1874 is the second of his “Species Géneral des Lépidopteres.” The first 
was published in 1836, the second in 1874. 

The box of specimens that Boisduval acknowledged receiving in his 
first letter to W. H. Edwards is mentioned in a letter dated from Coal- 
burgh, W. Va., 15 April 1873 to Henry Edwards in San Francisco. I quote 
the pertinent part of this letter. 


“,.. And now I have some items of interest for you. Dr. Boisduval has 
lately sent me (lent) his types of several Lycaenidae that I could not 
make out, through Scudder, and I have been comparing with my speci- 
mens. 


“Nestos is Cilla Behr 


1 This study was pursued while investigating W. H. Edwards’ types of Melitaeinae with the 
aid of N.S.F. Grant GB 2741. 


198 Brown: Boisduval letters Vol. 19, no. 4 


hake four fon Ob Pefort « So Mae he 
oe £ 
Spee ane pfu Lett «thee eee 5 os 
ft ted este Louer, i 2. se va ee ce SO, ikiod MM ovtitasmem 
Le Ce Met aeian Dp. VS Aon dente Tt Acts hy Lhe 


as phe Bie Di Wows be 2. Frit. Sittap raphe 

(gue fA ~ faut Lo flat an plane at get iiligp fi ® Lenn 

fs weve of atl. fafesats «ft ao 
JO Le Arar o hat mon Sketet Bat Sh _— 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURE | 
Boisduval’s signature, or rubric, reproduced from a letter written to William 
Henry Edwards. 


“Erymus is Pardalis Behr 

“Philemon is Anna Edw. = Argyrotoxus Behr 

“Nivium is Calchas Behr 

“Phileros is Helios Edw. 

“Evius is the Nevada form of Pheres, marked by me Pheres ? and re- 

received from you. 

“Enoptes is same with one I sent you (of Wheeler's Arizona); which 

I have called Libya, but not described. 

“Rufescens is a beautiful species of which Mead took one and called it a 
pretty var. of Saepiolus 9°. It is rufous and approaching fulvous about 
the margins, clear light brown below. 

“Lupini I do not find among my specimens. It ( 2? only) has fulvous 
[undecipherable word] lunules on the hind wing below, as Battoides has. 
So has Glaucon.” 

Paris, June Ist, 1873 


Very honored Sir 
I have received on time and in the best of condition, the Lepidoptera 
which I had sent you through my friend Mr. Scudder. It seems you are 
more exact that Mr. Grote to whom I had lent 5 years ago some Hetero- 
ceras from California, unique in my collection, which he hasn’t yet been 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 199 


able to send back to me for lack of opportunity, Vemit tempus aun... , 
but for you, Sir, who are a conscientious worker and whom I consider as 
the Hubner of North America, I have nothing, absolutely nothing I 
wouldn't let you have. All my collection is at your disposal. I received 
from Lorquin quite a while ago 4 specimens of my Chionobas Californica, 
2 6 and 2 @. Three years ago, I gave my friend, Mr. Scudder, one of 
the males which he wanted very much to own. I have now a female, who 
is of course a widow, and I am only too happy to offer it to you for your 
collection; from this moment, she is yours—as soon as you have an op- 
portunity, have her taken at my house, also whatever could be useful to 
you for your splendid book. About Chionobas, I received a while 
ago a ragged specimen of a species which the late Mr. Say had sent me 
under the name Eritiosa; have you known something under this name? 
It was in too bad shape to be able to recognize for sure. I wouldn't be 
surprised that this specimen belongs to Chryxus,? brought back from the 
Rocky Mountains by my late excellent friend, Edw. Doubleday nescio. 
I really believe that Also and Oeno, belong to the same species, but I 
don’t think that the species of Greenland and the Far North, which I 
called Bootes, are identical with Bore of Lapland. Do you know well 
this last species in nature?? Bore ¢é has, like Jutta, a slanting shade 
[“ombre’—androconal patch?] on a spike [“épi’], a characteristic which 
I have never seen on any male of Bootes. Finally the species which is 
named Baldur is entirely different from Jutta of Lapland and Siberia. I 
am questioning Philippe Eveille.* 

I believe you are right to put together Ajax and Marcellus in spite of 
the difference there is in the coloration of the larvae and the length of 
the tail of the insects in the perfect state [imago]. In spite of the opposite 
opinion of Abbot, they are probably only seasonal variations. Where did 
you see that Smintheus DD and Intermedius Meénetriés were the same 
thing? Stupid people! The Intermedius, which I received from my late 
friend Ménétriés, have the base of the lower wing widely marked with 
red underneath, while there is nothing like it in Smintheus. Intermedius 
isn’t a species in itself, it could be considered as a local modification of 
the Phoebus from which it differs only by the smallness of the eyespots. 
I am saying nothing of your varieties Sayii and Behrii, which I have never 


2The name, eritiosa Boisduval, 1832, usually is considered a synonym of semidea Say, 1828. 
Boisduval’s suggestion is revealing. Say was a member of the Long Expedition to the base of the 
Rocky Mountains in 1819-1820. The expedition penetrated the Front Range of Colorado at 
Pikes Peak. Say may very well have taken chryxus at that time. Although most of Say’s insects 
collected on this expedition were lost on the homeward trip, he may have saved a few. 

3 Boisduval’s use of “in nature” needs some explanation. He did not mean “‘in the field,” as 
we might say today. He meant knowledge from an actual specimen rather than knowledge from 
only the written description. 

4T have been unable to identify this person. The spelling of the last name is somewhat question- 
able. 


200 Brown: Boisduval letters Vol. 19, no. 4 


seen; it isnt the same with Nomion. It is a big species of the best known, 
whose anal angle is marked with a big black spot in form of an anchor. 
You do not know for sure the Parnassians. I don’t know the Pieris; frigida, 
yreka, marginalis, occidentalis and Beckerii; nor the Colias: Keewaydin, 
Christina, ariadne, occidentalis, Emilia, Edwardsii, chippewa and Behvii. 
I don't know at all the Argynnis: nokomis, Behrensii, halcyone, nevaden- 
sis, atlantis, rupestris, hesperis, Morrisii and Bischoffi. About the Argynnis 
I think we are making too many species. I can’t admit consciously as very 
distinct, mormonia, Eurynome and nenoquis.” What do you think of this? 
Here niobe and pales offer many more variations according to the locali- 
ties they come from. The former entomologists had made of them sepa- 
rate species that we had to put together again. Edwardsii seems to me a 
good species very near to Calippe [sic]. Your Epithore® isn’t the same as the 
one I described. Yours is much smaller and is much nearer Frigga than 
Epithore. It is evidently new. I put it, in spite of its poor shape, in my 
collection under the temporary name of friggiodes. 

You mention a whole new series of Vanessa, of the sub-genus Grapta, 
most of them are unknown to me. I fear that all of these species may be 
set on shaky bases. I only own from the United States Comma, progne, 
interrogationis, faunus, and zephyrus that you have been kind enough to 
send me. This last, even, resembles a great deal faunus. Erebia epipsodea 
is a very good species, so much more interesting that this genus is not 
abundant in North America. I agree with you about the Polyom. Thoe 
and that it is on wrong information that Cramer has considered his hyllas 
as coming from Smyrna. However, one must realize that there are in the 
Middle East many species of the genus Polyom. But I have never re- 
ceived from the part of the world any female which had any resemblance 
to hyllas. I have never seen Apatura alicia and proserpina. You are mak- 
ing a mistake about Eulalia. A specimen that Doubleday gave me, and 
which is still in my office, doesn’t offer an atom of difference with those 
I got from Lorquin [from California]. About Bredowii Hubn., of which 
I received a specimen from Mexico, it is a very close species which differs 
from Eulalia only because the tawny spot of the top of the first wings is 
triangular on either [upper and lower] side. 

I am not telling you anything about the Hesperides. There are, maybe, 
more than 190 species in the vast territory of the United States. 


5 W. H. Edwards had Reakirt’s type of nenoquis and identified it as a specimen of Boloria dia 
Linnaeus, a European species included by Lorquin the younger in a shipment of Californian 
butterflies to Reakirt. 

6° This does not apply to epithore Edwards. At this time W. H. Edwards was trying to de- 
termine the material collected in 1871 in Colorado by T. L. Mead. He had returned to Behr 
the specimen that was the type of epithore Edwards and was confused by specimens that we call 
Boloria frigga sagata Barnes and Benjamin. ; 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 201 


Now, dear sir, I must thank you for the species you sent me, of which 
I saw the appearance for the first time. I don’t know Dr. Behr, but I 
heard a lot about him through the late Lorquin. Is it in order not to be 
mistaken for his compatriot the Great Beinley’ that he writes his name 
thus and not with two Es (Been). About Mr. Reakirt I have nothing to 
say, only that some talk is going around about him which are probably 
only abominable calumny.*® 

I don’t need to tell you again, very honored Sir, that all you may want for 
your remarkable work will be yours for the asking. Keep on with your 
work. You will help science a great deal, if it continues to be as careful 
as what I saw of it in the hands of Mr. Scudder. Your synoptic catalogue 
of the Rhopalocera of the United States has given me great pleasure in 
putting under my eyes the amount of what is known up to now of native 
insects of this vast country. Only God knows how many new species 
there are to be discovered! 

I am publishing now a Species Géneral of all the Sphingides known on 
this globe, Sessides and Castnides with a few colored pages. As soon as 
this will see the day, I reserve for myself the pleasure of offering you a 
copy. 

Excuse my long letter and accept, dear Sir, the assurance of my dis- 
tinguished sentiment, 


/s/ Dr. Boisduval 


I almost forgot to thank you for your photograph which pleased me 
very much and which will occupy a special place in my album of foreign 
scholars. 


Several excerpts from letters written to Henry Edwards by W. H. 
Edwards are illuminating at this point and give added meaning to the 
second Boisduval letter. 


Coalburgh, W. Va., January 16, 1874: “...I am just sending Boisduval 
a lot of new species and ask him to send me types of Epithore, Mormonia, 
Egleis and most of his Melitaea. Also the ? of Ch. Californica which he 
promised me last June... .” 


Coalburgh, W. Va., March 13, 1874: “Boisduval writes 20th February 
that on 16th he sent me a box with all the species I applied for: that is 
Ch. Californica ¢ and several Argynnis and Melitaea, among them 
Epithore. ... He remarks on nearly all I sent him... .” 


7I have been unable to identify this person. 
8 See Brown (1964). 


202 Brown: Boisduval letters Vol. 19, no. 4 


Brooklyn, N. Y., March 29, 1874: “... Boisduval’s box is in Philadelphia 
as I hear from Cresson. I shall get it Tuesday and hope to find some good 
things in it. At any rate to leam what Epithore is.” 


Paris, 20 February 1874 


Dear Sir 

Your parcel arrived in very good shape. Thank you so much for the 
species you gave me. You will receive very soon the package with all 
the species you want to see-as types. You can keep everything except for 
the species marked X, of which I own very few. I made you wait a 
little, but that is due to my being very busy with the printing of my 
“Species” of the Sphingides family in which you are not too interested 
but which interest me to the nth degree. Among the species you sent me 
there are some new one for me, Argynnis helena is a charming one which 
takes its place next to selenia and Euphrosyne. Atlantis is really the same 
as the species I owned under the same name. Juba and Coronis are 
identical and the same is true of Alta® and Sonorae. I am sending you the 
types described by me. I think we are making too many species of the 
genus Argynnis. Our European species, which I raised from the cater- 
pillar, vary a great deal and, so, Niobe has sometimes some silvery spots 
and sometimes yellowish ones; it is the same also for our Adippe. I could 
believe easily that Mormonia and Egleis are also only varieties; it could 
be true also that irene, hydaspe and maybe your hesperis are only local 
modifications of the same species. One should be there to study the 
problem very closely and raise the caterpillars. Your proserpina is a very 
curious dimorphism. I only wonder why it appears with Arthemis rather 
than with Ursula. In fact these two types (Ursula and Arthemis) are 
varieties one of the other, which I have been tempted more than once to 
unite. Their caterpillars, drawing of which I have, resemble each other 
completely. The Colias Scudderii is a new species to me. It is very near 
our palaeno but very distinct by the yellow nervures which divide the 
border. Your Sat. charon is very near the one I described under the name 
Oetus. Your Ridingsii is a charming small species near Arethusa 
[Arethusana arethusa Esper]. Ch. Uhleri is also new, as is Sat. Meadii. 
Mel. camillus and minuta are new species. I have owned for a long time 
Vesta under the name Texa [Boisduval manuscript name]. I received it 
also from Texas. 

The Vanessa, sub-genus Grapta, are very near each other. If I can 
judge from our European species, they must vary a great deal. I am 


®° This is a manuscript name that Edwards decided not to use since it was synonymous with a 
previously published name. — 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 203 


sending you three varieties of our C-Album whose letter C is smaller 
than in the usual specimens, plus a variety of our L-Album (triangularis). 
Comma and Dryas are certainly one species. What do you think of 
Zephyrus and faunus? It is necessary to look very closely to tell them 
apart. Satyrus has completely the shape of our C-Album but it is clearly 
different by the letter C, bigger and a little silver colored. Some one sent 
me Hylas a long time ago under the name progne. What is then your 
progne? I would like to have a specimen of it. According to Cramer and 
Godart, it is from the State of New York and Jamaica; have not the 
authors mixed two species? What we have in French collections under 
the name progne doesn’t look very exactly like the drawing on pl. 5 of 
Cramer. Is the true progne indigenous to the United States, or isn't its 
habitat rather in the Antilles?! That is the question. 

I forgot to put in the box some Parnassius Phoebis in order to show you 
that the Smintheus is an entirely different species. I would love to see 
Sayii and Behrii, also the female of Smintheus. Doubleday has figured a 
small Anthocharis [creusa] from the Rocky Mountains near Belia. Do 
you know it? 

I end here my letter, [etc., etc. | 

/s/ Dr. Boisduval 


Keep on with your work. In a century we won't know yet all the Lep. 
Rhopaloceres of the United States. Your box left on the 16th. 


Two letters from W. H. Edwards to Henry Edwards are important at 
this point. They bear upon Boisduval’s third letter. There is repetition 
of some information which I omit from the first letter of the two since it 
is better set forth in the second. 


Coalburgh, W. Va., April 3, 1874: “. .. I brought Boisduval’s box with 
me from Philadelphia. He has sent types of all his Argynnis and some 
Melitaea and of Satyrus Oetus. The latter I do not think is silvestris. . . . 
But the gem of the lot is the ¢ Chionobas Californica. It is bright chrome 
yellow, brighter than Behren’s male [of iduna] and all one shade of color. 
Below markings clearer than on any of the several species I have seen. 
It was perfectly fresh when taken, but has lost one antenna and legs. I 
will put this sp. [specimen?] and ¢ Gigas' on Plate II of Chionobas.” 


The second letter, dated April 4, 1874, from Coalburgh, I quote in its 
entirety and also Henry Edward’s penciled notes made from the Boisduval 


types. 


10 No species of Polygonia is known from the West Indies today. 

Jn a letter dated March 8, 1874, W. H. Edwards told Henry Edwards that he had received 
from A. G. Butler at the British Museum a colored drawing of the unique type of gigas Butler 
1868. The specimen is in the British Museum (N. H.) and is type No. 3846. 


204 Brown: Boisduval letters Vol. 19, no. 4 


“I have taken time this noon to go over Boisduval’s insects and you will 
be desirous of hearing the result. 

“Callippe is same as in Butt. N. A. 

“Juba is Coronis Behr. 

“Hydaspe is Zerene Butt. N. A. 

“Adiante is what we call so. 

“Egleis is Behr’s No. 4 but that not having been named, Egleis holds. 

“Mormonia is Behr’s 5 = Montivaga 

“Irene I do not know. Size of Montivaga, perhaps a little larger. Shape 

of Coronis. 

“M. Sonorae is Gabbi 

“M. Epula is Mylitta Edw. 

“M. Orsa is Montana B. 

“M. Palla is what we so call. 

“M. Helicta may be var. of Palla. 

“M. Pola & Calina I don’t know. Both probably Mexican. 

“A. Epithore is your 4282 sent me as Epithore. 

“S. Oetus looks like pale Charon Edw. & I think is that species. 


“Great thing to get right.” 
/s/ W.H. Edwards. 


Henry Edward’s penciled memorandum attached to this letter is headed 
“Edwards Butts & Bdvl types.” I have extracted from this the notes that 
apply to Boisduval’s types. 


“Epithore typeisa ¢. 

“Epula Bdv = Mylitta Edw. 

“Palla type isa é 

“Orsa = Montana Behr 

“Helicta = Hoffmanni Behr 

“Collina I think Mexican. It is smaller than any California species I 

know. 

“Pola may be a new species, but I doubt it. It looks like a suffused 
specimen of Gabbii. Markings of under side do not in any way differ 
from these of Gabbii. 

“Arg. Irene Bdy. is exactly the same as my No. 3500, agreeing with type 
in every particular. Have always thought this an extreme var. of Zerene. 

“Mormonia Bdy. My specimen 2386 agrees with the type, but I doubt 
the validity of the species. 

“Egleis Bdy. is different from any species I have, but I think it only a 
variety. 

“Sat. Oetus is new to me, and very distinct. Like Satyrus above, and 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 205 


about same size, but underside more repeatedly [?] mottled, with some 
pale darkish at base of secondaries, the submarginal ocelli (2) being 
black with white distinct pupil and enclosed in a black disk [?].” 


Paris, 15 June 1874 
22 rue Fosses St. Jacques. 
Very honored Sir 

It was only on my return from the provinces [farm?], where I was sick for 
a few weeks, that I found your letter. I thank you for the data it contains; 
I will know how to profit by them. I am delighted the little box got to 
you in good condition and that in it were things that could please you. 
You tell me that your Mylitta is the same as my epula. Kirby, about which 
anyway, the work is full of errors, unites my Epula with pratensis of 
Behr, on another page he makes two distinct species of Montana and of 
Orsa. What I find amazing in the work we are talking about is that he 
puts together my Pulchella and Tharos which are two very different spe- 
cies. Kirby, always the same Kirby, brings together Mormonia and Neno- 
quis of Reakirt, and Sirene and Montana of Behr. I really believe that 
this man, who went to all kinds of trouble to compile a catalogue for the 
people who work, has never seen in nature [alive or dead] the species he 
is talking about. Anyway, we must be thankful to him for a work which 
must have made him do a lot of research and a great expense of time. 

I am happy to know that you have seen the caterpillars of the Vanessa 
(Grapta) satyrus, faunus, comma, Dryas, and Zephyrus. It is the only 
way to recognize the validity of a special species. 

When the opportunity presents itself I would like to receive the species 
which you call progne to compare it with the one from the West Indies 
[Cramer’s figures?]. If you could also dispose in my favor a female of 
Smintheus I would be very grateful to you; she must be very near the one 
of Intermedius from Siberia. The pouch of the oviduct of the females 
offers sometimes an excellent characteristic. For example, that organ is 
entirely white in Clarius, Clordius and several others, as it is in Mnemos- 
yne and Stubendorffii. 

All my winter has been spent in the printing of my “Species” of the 
Sphingides, Sessides, Thyrides and Castnides. It is a big book in octovo, 
with illustrations (568 pages). The work has been complete since March, 
the editor hasn’t yet published it on account of the tardiness of the artists 
in charge of the engraving and coloring. I have worked for more than 
20 years! 

Even though you may not be interesting in the Lepid. heteroceres I 
want to send you a copy as a souvenir, also a copy of my monograph of 
the Agaristides. 


206 Brown: Boisduval letters Vol. 19, no. 4 


In spite of all my work and all the material I have at my disposal, there 
must be, without doubt, still many species which I do not know. There 
are two species native to the U. S. which I have never seen in nature: 
Lucitiosa and Versicola. The same is true about Ellema_ pinensis 
[pineum] of Lintner which seems to me to be very near Harrisii, if it 
isn't a variety of it. 

I am asking also, if it is possible for you to give me the address of 
Mr. Grote. It has been more than six years that he borrowed from me 
some unique species from California (Heteroceres ) and he has neglected 
to send them back to me. I can’t understand it. When one lends me any 
specimens I keep them about a short time and I hurry to give them back 
to the people who were helpful to me. He published them all and he 
must have had many opportunities to send them back to me. I had al- 
ready begged Mr. Scudder to remind him of it; probably he did nothing 
about it because I am still without news of my unique species. 


I am ending, dear sir, [etc., etc.] Your very devoted servant 


/s/ Dr. Boisduval 


I am sending you, enclosed, a fragment of proof of my Species which 
will prove to you that the printing is finished as I have told you before. 


Melitaea pola Boisduval 
Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 12: 56, “1869" [1868?] 


The specimen that Boisduval sent to Edwards as pola is in the Edwards 
Collection at the Carnegie Museum at Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. It is not 
at all like specimens currently passing under that name. It fits much 
better Boisduval’s original description than does the specimen figured 
by Oberthiir and considered by him to be the type of the name. Barnes 
and McDunnough introduced to American rhopalocerists the current con- 
cept of the name pola in 1916 (p. 92). This is based upon McDunnough’s 
examination of Boisduval material in Oberthtr’s collection in Paris. Ac- 
tually it was McDunnough who selected the specimens figured by Ober- 
thiir as Boisduval types. The specimen selected by McDunnough and 
figured by Oberthur is in the Barnes Collection at the United States Na- 
tional Museum in Washington, D. C. 

I present here photographs of the two “types” and Boisduval’s original 
description of pola (Figs. 2, 3). 

“44, Melitaea Pola, Boisd. 

“Alae supra sub-obscuriores, nigro fulvo et ochraceo varizx; posticzee subtus maculis 
basalibus fasciique duabus flavidis, media linea nigra divisa. 

“De la taille de notra Athalia et trés voisine de Palla dont elle différe par les 


caractéres suivants: Dessus des ailes plus obscur avec les parties fauves ochracées 
vers le melieu; la bande médiane jaune du dessous des inférieures coupée longi- 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 207 


Roe 
Hee 


pas 


es pret St se: 


Collection 


WH Pee. i 


2 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURE 2 

The holotype of Melitaea pola Boisduval in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, 
Pennsylvania. The lower left label is in Boisduval’s manuscript. The pencilled label 
at right was written by Holland or Avinoff. Natural size. Photography by dos Passos 
for A.M.N.H. 


tudinalement par une petite ligne noir et no bordée par cette ligne. Nous n’avons vu 
qu un seul individu pris en Sonora.” 

The specimen sent to Edwards was marked with an X, indicating it was 
to be returned. Boisduval had died (1879) before Edwards got around 
to returning it. It was Boisduval’s single specimen from Sonora. It cannot 
be otherwise than the type of the name pola. Thus this specimen, the 
holotype, must replace the McDunnough-Oberthir lectotype which 
represents a different species, arachne Edwards 1868. Article 74 of the 
Code makes this action mandatory. 

Higgins (1960: 389) based his interpretation of pola on Oberthiir’s 
figure. He, however, guarded himself by a caution that suggests clearly 
he was not satisfied and recognized the lack of agreement between Ober- 
thur’s figure and Boisduval’s description. 


Melitaea callina Boisduval 
Ann. Soc. ent. Belg. 12: 54 “1869” [1868? ] 
In his recent Synonymic List, dos Passos (1964: 82) placed callina 
Boisduval 1869 as a synonym of collina Behr (= Phyciodes mylitta Ed- 


208 Brown: Boisduval letters Vol. 19, no. 4 


YOOV. TyAt— lyfe 
Le pele 
. | La0V 
fietet 3" Onde f: : 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURE 3 
The McDunnough—Oberthiir pseudotype of Melitaea pola Boisduval in the United 
States National Museum, Washington, D. C. The lower, second from right label 
appears to be in Boisduval’s manuscript. The label “Minuta/Col°” is in W. H. Ed- 
wards’ manuscript. The figure at left is from Oberthiir’s publication. Natural size. 
Photography by dos Passos for A.M.N.H. 


wards 1861) as a misspelling of Behr’s name. This is far from the truth 
of the matter. He also accepted callina Boisduval 1869 as a subspecies 
of Melitaea elada Hewitson 1868. I have been unable to find any other 
reference to callina by Boisduval in 1869 other than his description of the 
elada-like insect. Barnes and McDunnough (1916: 92) wrote: “After a 
careful study of the figure of the sole remaining type from Mexico 
(Oberthtir, Ea. de Lep. Comp. IX, (2), Fig. 2185) we have found that 
the species agreeing best with this figure is the Texan one known hereto- 
fore as ulrica Edw. (imitata Stke.); .. . the Sonoran types being lost we 
think it advisable to restrict the name to the Mexican type...” 

What Barnes and McDunnough did not know, although they had 
studied the material in the Edwards Collection, was that one of the 
original “Sonora” syntypes of callina is in the Edwards Collection. This 
is the specimen sent to Edwards by Boisduval in 1874. It is marked with 
an X on the label attached by Boisduval indicating that the specimen was 
to be returned because he needed it to hold the name in his own collection. 
The Oberthiir “Mexican type” is in the Barnes Collection at the United 
States National Museum. I figure both of the “types” here. The original 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 2.09 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURE 4 

The Higgins’ “Holotype” lectotype of Melitaea callina Boisduval in the Carnegie 
Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. This is one of Boisduval’s Sonoran specimens. 
Natural size. Photography by dos Passos for A.M.N.H. 


description of callina Boisduval follows and should be compared carefully 
with the figures of the two “types” (Figs. 4, 5). 


“39. Melitaea Callina, Boisd. 

“Ale fulvze supra lineis numerosis transversis limboque communi fuscis; fimbria 
nigricanti albido intersecta; posticze subtus fulvo albidoque fasciate. 

“Cette Mélitée de la taille de notre Nemeobius Lucina se rapproche beaucoup par 
la porte de nos petites espéces européenes. Ses quatre ailes sont fauvres avec des 
raies transversales sinueuses assez rapprochées; ou si lon veut elles sont brunes avec 
des raies fauves interrompues; la bordure est noiradtre ainsi que la frange qui est 
entrecoupée de blanc. Le dessous des premiéres ailes est fauve, principalment vers 
la base avec quelques lignes noires ondulées, il est brunadtre vers l’extrémité avec une 
rangée de taches fauves et quelque taches blanches dont une, un peu plus grande, 
est un peu sagittée. Le dessous des secondes est fauve, marqué de bandes blanchatre, 
liserées de noir, dont celle de l’extrémité est formée de taches un peu sagittées. 

“La femelle ressemble au male, sauf qu'un dessous le sommet des ses_ailes 
supérieures offre des taches blanchatre plus indiquées et plus nombreuses. 

“Pris dans la Sonora, nous avons recu du Mexique plusiers individus et cette 
méme espéce.” 


From this it is quite evident that the Sonoran specimens were the basis 
of the original description. The surviving syntype from Sonora fits the 
description far better than does the surviving Mexican specimen. Barnes 
and McDunnough (1916) thought that Boisduval has a mixed series and 
the Sonoran and Mexican materials were different. The Mexican specimen 
from Oberthiir is very close to ulrica Edwards 1877. Thus Barnes and 
McDunnough did the only thing possible for them at the time. This was 
to suggest that callina Boisduval 1869 supplant ulrica Edwards. This they 


210 Brown: Boisduval letters Vol. 19, no. 4 


Wil fae Gliina, 


Vy Pe — == (oy. Mepid cab forn 
“Bor | 
: 4 7. 


B Vexece 


: Piglttle Edw. ? 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURE 5 
The McDunnough—Oberthiir “Type” lectotype of Melitaea callina Boisduval in 
the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C. This is one of Boisduval’s 
Mexican specimens. No labels appear to have been written by Boisduval. [The figure 
at left is from Oberthir’s publication.] Natural size. Photography by dos Passos 
for A.M.N.H. 


did in their 1917 Checklist. In his checklist of 1938 McDunnough con- 
sidered callina Boisduval a subspecies of elada Hewitson 1868. Higgins 
(1960: 452-453), in the most recent evaluation of this group of names, 
considered callina Boisduval a synonym of elada Hewitson on the basis 
of the Carnegie Museum specimen, which he named “Holotype.” It 
actually is the lectotype, since Boisduval had at least a pair of specimens 
from Sonora. The precise order of priority for elada and callina needs to 
be established. There is some question about the date of publication of 
both Hewitson’s work and the first part of the Annales in which Boisduval 
published his name. 

It is obvious from Boisduval’s original description that he considered 
the Sonoran material to be typical callina and that the Mexican specimens 
were secondary supporting series. I believe that it can be argued that the 
discovery of a Sonoran specimen labeled by Boisduval in 1874 sets aside 
the Oberthiir-McDunnough “type” of 1911, based on the sole remaining 
syntype of the secondary series. Barnes and McDunnough reluctantly 
accepted the “Mexican” material as type in the absence of a Sonoran 
specimen. Adoption of the Sonoran specimen as lectotype at this time 
is at variance with Articles 73 and 74 of the Code (1964). 

Article 73 (c) can be interpreted to include both the Sonoran and 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 20 


Mexican specimens of Boisduval as syntypes from which a lectotype must 
be chosen. Article 74 (a) (i) states “The first published designation of 
a lectotype fixes the status of the specimen, but if it is proven that the 
designated specimen is not a syntype, the designation is invalid.” 

The ultimate decision rests upon the interpretation to be put upon 
Boisduval’s wording of the last sentence quoted from him above. If 
this is interpreted to restrict the syntypes to the Sonoran specimens, then 
Higgin’s designation of the Carnegie Museum specimen is valid. If the 
wording is not considered restrictive, then the Oberthir-McDunnough 
selection of a “Mexican” specimen must be supported. I have advised 
Higgins of the situation and recommended to him that he take appropriate 
action to settle this nomenclatorial problem for the sake of stability. 


LITERATURE CITED 


BARNES, WILLIAM, & JAMES McDunnovucn, 1916. Contributions to the Natural 
History of the Lepidoptera of North America. Vol. 3. Decatur, Ill. 

Brown, F. Martin, 1964. “Tyron Reakirt (1844—?)” Jour. Lepid. Soc., 18: 211- 
914. 

pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lep. Soc. 
Mem. 1, 145 pp., New Haven, Conn. 

Hiccins, Lionet G., 1960. “A revision of the Melitaeine genus Chlosyne and allied 
species (Lepidoptera: Nymphalinae).” Trans. Royal Ent. Soc. Lond., 112: 381- 
475, 134 figs. 

INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE, 1964. “International 
Code of Zoological Nomenclature adopted by the XV International Congress of 
Zoologists,” revised edition. 176 pp. London. 


BOOK NOTICE 


EARLY STAGES OF JAPANESE BUTTERFLIES. By Dr. Takashi Shirozu. Photog- 
Mipliveyenwinaetiana, Vol. Livy 142 pp., 60 col. pls., 1960; Wol: Il, 139 pp., 60 
col. pls., 1962. Hoikusha Publishing Co., Ltd., 20, 1I-chom, Uchikyuhoji-machi, 
Higashi-ku, Osaka, Japan. $12.50 (surface mail), $18.75 (air mail). 

Of 216 native and migratory species in Japan, 196 are illustrated in color photog- 
raphy, including all but three of the native species. The plates show egg, larva, pupa, 
and adult, often from more than one angle; they are exceptionally clear and true in 
color. Special features include illustration of the oviposition of Aporia hippia japonica, 
emergence of several species, and front view of the heads of 92 species. This is a 
monumental work on the early stages of Japanese butterflies. The author is Professor 
at the Biological Laboratory, General Education Department, Kyushu University, 
Fukuoka, and a member of the Lepidopterists’ Society. The photographer is a mem- 
ber of the Entomological Society of Japan, and one of the best photographers of 
insects in Japan. The author and photographer had nationwide cooperation of 
Japanese lepidopterists, who supplied living materials. 

Although the text is in Japanese, there is an index of the Latin names which are 
also given on the plates, and the plates themselves really tell much of the story. They 
are indeed remarkable, especially those of the eggs, which are much enlarged. Much 
other information on the early stages of Japanese butterflies is available in papers 
published in the Lepidopterists News by Mr. T. Iwase (vol. 7, p. 45; vol. 8, p. 95; 
and vol. 9, p. 13), in the Journal of The Lepidopterists’ Society (vol. 18, p. 105); 
and by Dr. T. Kuzuya in the Journal (vol. 13, p. 175).—Taxesui Kuzuya, 3d Dept. 
Intern. Medicine, University of Tokyo, Hongo, Tokyo, Japan and E. J. NEwcoMeEr, 
1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U.S. A. 


PN: Ko.LyEeR: Inexpensive photos Vol. 19, no. 4 


AN INEXPENSIVE APPARATUS FOR PHOTOGRAPHING 
MOUNTED SPECIMENS 


Joun M. KoLyer 
55 Chimney Ridge Drive, Convent, New Jersey, U.S.A. 


A considerable investment is required for a new, high-quality camera 
of small film size (e.g., 16 mm) with close-up lens attachment, or, al- 
ternatively, for a large, supported view camera with integral height 
adjustment and focusing devices. Photoflood lamps or, especially, an 
electronic flashgun, normally add to the expense. Therefore, the following 
procedure, which utilizes an inexpensive camera, requires no special 
lighting facilities, and gives excellent photographs, may be of interest to 
those who are not inclined to make a multihundred-dollar investment in 
photographic equipment. 

The basis of the inexpensive arrangement to be described is the fact 
that a sharp image is obtained without a very expensive lens because the 
film size is large and the lens is stopped far down (aperture minimized ). 
Brilliant illumination is unnecessary because the subject is motionless and 
the time exposure may be as long as needed. 

The most expensive item in the apparatus shown in Fig. 1 was the 
camera, an old Watson Speed Press using 4- X 5-inch cut film and 
equipped with a f/3.5 (range: £/3.5-f/32), 4 cm lens made by the Jos. 
Schneider Co., Germany. (The f-number represents the relation of the 
aperture to the focal length, i.e., £/32 means that the aperture is %2 of 
the focal length, which for this particular lens is about 14 cm.) This 
camera was purchased for $35 in one of the many photographic shops in 
New York City, the main criteria for selection being that the shutter 
functioned for time exposures (all that is needed) and that the bellows 
was in good condition. The camera was mounted vertically, using a 
wooden frame as shown, so that the distance from the lens to the specimen 
could be adjusted from 9 inches, making the field of view 3 X 2% inches 
and the magnification about 1.7 (a feature of this procedure is that 
contact prints are often suitable without necessity of enlargement), to 14 
inches, making the field 7 x 5% inches and the magnification about 0.7. 
The photo (Papilio giaucus, male, Aug. 23, 1964, Convent, New Jersey ) 
shown in Fig. 2 was taken at a lens-subject distance of 11 inches. 

The procedure is as follows. The subject, suitably in a Riker mount on 
cotton or black velvet as desired (the specimen shown was on cotton), is 
placed on the adjustable platform (a laboratory jack in this case but other 
arrangements may be designed). The glass over the specimen presses it 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 213 


An inexpensive apparatus for photographing insect specimens. 


flat and keeps it in the same focal plane; reflection of light from the 
glass did not constitute a problem, but the glass may be omitted, of 
course, if desired. Next, the two ordinary lamps (with 100 watt bulbs) 
are turned on (a certain amount of heat is produced, so the lamps are 
kept off between exposures), and the diaphragm is opened fully to make 


214 KoLYER: Inexpensive photos Vol. 19, no. 4 


LLL CLC OSES 
# ba ae GE a 

oO 2. 2 ow 

Bogs? OE iii Ripe Ee age 


Photograph of specimen in Riker Mount, taken by a method described in the text. 


a bright image on the ground glass. After focusing by adjusting the 
height of the subject, the diaphragm is closed to f/32, a cut-film holder 
with Kodak Plus-X Pan sheet film (4 = 5 inches) is inserted, and a 30- 
second time exposure is made. 

If one desires the film is easily developed at home (providing that a 
place of total darkness is available) by following the Kodak Company’s 
instructions, with continuous, vigorous agitation during the development 
step. For printing, a contact print box with a 7.5 watt bulb is satisfactory; 
a contact (illumination ) time of 25 seconds with Kodak Velox F-3 paper 
(which gives better contrast than the F-2 grade) was used for the picture 
shown, the Kodak instructions being followed. The prints are rolled onto 
a ferrotype plate and when they have been released (1.5-3 hours) are 
pressed flat on a blotter for further drying. Of course, the developing 
and printing may be assigned to a professional photographic service, but 
one may find that best results are achieved by doing the work, especially 
the printing, personally. } 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 215 


ECOLOGICAL AND BEHAVIORAL NOTES ON HESPERIA 
METEA AND ATRYTONOPSIS HIANNA (HESPERIIDAE ) 


ARTHUR M. SHAPIRO 
7636 Thouron Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 


The ecological associations of a number of the northeastern Hesperiidae 
have received relatively little attention in print. The lack of published 
information has handicapped many workers in their attempts to find the 
insects, and thus hampered the expansion of our knowledge of them. 
Hesperia metea Scudder and Atrytonopsis hianna (Scudder) have long 
been cases in point. Although both were described about a century ago, 
their life histories remain largely unknown, and their ecology and dis- 
tribution but little illuminated. The present paper offers observations on 
the ecological associations, flight period, and behavior of these two spe- 
cies as observed in southeastern Pennsylvania and in New Jersey. 


HESPERIA METEA Scudder 


No records of this species have been published for Pennsylvania. Its 
occurrence there has generally been cited on the basis of a quotation in 
Tietz (1953) from Williams, who merely postulated its occurrence 
“within fifty miles of Philadelphia.” Therefore it is noteworthy that 
recent records show metea is a resident in at least the following Pennsyl- 
vania counties: Philadelphia, Montgomery, Bucks, Chester, Delaware, 
and Lancaster (the last on the authority of George Ehle, personal com- 
munication). In New Jersey it occurs at least in Burlington and Ocean 
counties. 

The ecology of metea in Pennsylvania may be taken as more typical 
than that in New Jersey, for most of its range. The writer has obtained a 
long series of metea from several colonies within the city limits of Phila- 
delphia and in the surrounding counties. The physiognomy of these sites 
is uniform enough that it has been found possible to predict the occur- 
rence of metea with considerable accuracy in a given site, even out of 
season. 

In Pennsylvania, metea is very closely associated with the grass Andro- 
pogon scoparius Michx. This grass, commonly known as bunchgrass, 
bluestem beard grass, or fire grass, is a characteristic species of dry hill- 
sides, woodland clearings, burn scars, and denuded or sterile sites. Its 
aerial method of distribution facilitates its occupying such situations 
rapidly. It reaches its greatest abundance on dry, open hillsides sur- 
rounded by woods; hills which open above the trees on at least one side. 


216 SHAPIRO: Skipper habits Vol. 19, no. 4 


This is the typical situation for metea. The butterfly is never found where 
the Andropogon is less than the dominant element of the herbaceous 
vegetation, nor where it is only a short-term component. 

H. metea seems to occupy burned-over sites after the second year fol- 
lowing the fire, i.e., after Andropogon has thoroughly dominated the site. 
The skipper continues in residence until the grass is shaded out by tree 
growth or until other species of grasses become dominant, as sometimes 
occurs. In Pennsylvania, Andropogon is only locally a conspicuous ele- 
ment of oldfield vegetation, but on the rocky, poor soils of New England 
it is more important, and metea may occur in more open areas. 

Aside from dry hillside clearings, metea in Pennsylvania also occurs 
in artificial clearings and on railroad tracks through woods, with the 
foodplant, but never in the abundance it reaches in hillside situations. It 
also occurs on the dry banks along the Pennsylvania Turnpike in wooded 
sections, but not commonly. Possible sites for metea may be recognized 
in autumn by the red-brown cast of the Andropogon stems forming a 
cover of dense clumps. 

Andropogon, as earlier noted, is rarely in this area a permanent com- 
ponent of field vegetation, being only an occasional species on level, open 
terrain. One major exception is on the so-called “serpentine barrens’ of 
Chester County, Pennsylvania, where the substrate is inhibitory to many 
herbaceous species and a peculiar grassland community results, of which 
Andropogon is a dominant species; metea is common here. I suspect it 
may also occur at Jennings Blazing Star Prairie in Butler County, another 
odd grassland where Andropogon is common. 

Adults of Hesperia metea are very closely associated with the Andro- 
pogon plants and do not wander far from them. On hillsides, surrounded 
by woods, the Andropogon regularly occurs at the top and the upper half 
of the slope, with usually another grass, a species of Panicum of the 
clandestinum group, at the bottom and some Triodia flava in between. 
The Panicum is usually in partial shade, and the T. flava represents one 
of the most common grasses in the area, an important component of 
virtually every grassland type in eastern Pennsylvania but not a rapid 
spreader. In autumn of 1964 I examined two colonies of metea at the 
exact spots which had been noted on topo maps the previous spring. The 
density of Andropogon was measured by counting seed stems per square 
meter. It was found that in both colonies, over 80% of the specimens had 
been taken where the seed stem density exceeded 45/m?2, which is a good 
indication of the intimacy of the association. It may, of course, also reflect 
a reluctance on the part of metea to fly downslope. 

On railroad tracks, the Andropogon is typically mixed with Panicum, 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Oi 


the relative abundance of the two on a given stretch being related to the 
amount of shade; in these places metea is always commonest where the 
Andropogon is thickest, but the butterflies fly all along the track. 

Male metea are aggressive, but there seem to be surprisingly few con- 
tacts among them considering the density which the species may reach in 
a small area. Close observation has led me to believe that a definite, 
though transient, territoriality exists. The males feed in the early morn- 
ing and extend their range in the late morning, each occupying a specific 
site and, normally, returning to it when disturbed. These resting sites 
are usually open spots of bare ground among the tufts of Andropogon, 
occasionally projecting clumps of low vegetation. Male chases are very 
brief, rarely over two or three minutes, and seldom more than eight feet 
above the ground, unlike, for example, Poanes zabulon (Bdv. & LeC.). 
If a male is removed, its place will not be taken for ten or 15 minutes, 
suggesting that the number of drifting males, without territories, is quite 
low. As for the apportionment of these territories, it would appear to be 
on a first come, first served basis; and when a male already occupying a 
territory is challenged, it is always the original occupant that returns after 
the chase. The area defended by a single male varies with the vegetation 
and the population size, ranging from two feet square or more to ten 
inches square under overcrowded conditions, but becomes considerably 
greater in the air. The territories are rarely adjacent, the intervening 
spaces being used by transient males and by females which tend to stay 
just above the ground, and thus avoid pursuit. 

If a male is disturbed by the collector, it typically will take flight but 
normally remain about a foot above the ground, twisting through the 
grass and other vegetation in a fast but skipping way, and returning 
within ten minutes or so to its original resting place via a circuitous 
route. When greatly alarmed, males fly higher and faster. 

Females generally fly low, and rest during the heat of the day. When 
a male pursues a female that has wandered into the territory, the female 
generally alights quickly on a grass blade. The male follows, flying about 
the female for a few seconds; it then alights and walks up behind the 
female, fluttering slightly. At this point the female occasionally takes 
flight again, the male pursuing, but more often she flutters slightly, then 
steps sideways, allowing the male to advance up the leaf to a position 
parallel and adjacent to her. The male now curves its abdomen in 
toward the female, so that its extruded genitalia make contact with the 
caudal tip of the female. One or two repetitions of this behavior result 
in acquiescence by the female, and exposure of her genitalia is instantly 
followed by copulation. The male then sidles around the leaf until he 


218 SHAPIRO: Skipper habits Vol. 19; aI6 et 


faces in the opposite direction to the female. The process on the leaf, 
just described, requires about three minutes. I covered two mated pairs 
with glass bottles in the field and found both still in copula two hours 
later. I do not know the normal full duration of copulation. Mating 
generally occurs around the noon hour, and seems more frequent in 
cloudy and cool weather than in full sunshine. 

Males at rest in their territories generally perch with the forewings 
opened to an angle of about 70° and the hindwings to about 45°, but 
close the wings in cloudy weather or when slightly disturbed. Both sexes 
when feeding, and females’ when at rest, keep the wings closed over the 
back. During copulation the wings are closed as a rule, but twice I have 
seen the male open them to the “territorial” angle. Mated pairs frequently 
settle downslope from the territorial area. They are occasionally dis- 
turbed by other males. If the pair is at rest and the intruder airborne, 
the former will not normally take flight; when both are in flight, the 
pair usually land. 

Ovipositing females appear on casual inspection to be flying in the 
normal, skipping manner six inches or so above the ground. They alight 
repeatedly, however, and crawl down into tufts of Andropogon. Here, 
the female turns around so that her abdomen points into the center of 
the tuft, and deposits an egg singly down low on a leaf, on the upper 
surface. I have never seen a single female lay more than one egg on a 
clump of the grass, although under crowded conditions it is likely that 
a number of females may utilize each clump. Females while ovipositing, 
and mated pairs, are much less wary and thus easier to observe than 
under other conditions. 

Both sexes will fly into shade, but only for short periods. Females are 
much more active in cloudy weather than males, and may continue to 
oviposit while the males are at rest with wings folded. Neither sex flies 
in conditions of persistent overcast, however. 

As might be gathered from much of the preceding discussion, the 
population density in various sites is quite variable. The highest I have 
seen is about 120 observed in an area of slightly over half an acre. Of 
course, most of these were concentrated into parts of that area with 
highest Andropogon density. The species is quite common in most of 
its localities. The frequent failure to find it probably results in part from 
ignorance of its habits and in part from its very short flight period. In 
Pennsylvania, the first males appear about May 6, the first females about 
May 12, with the overall peak about May 18, and hardly any males by 
the 25th. The last females are still on the wing about June 1. To be 
sure of finding the species, it is virtually necessary to look between May 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 219 


12th and 22nd. Because of the sedentary habits of the butterflies, a 
thorough search is necessary; one may miss a small colony completely 
by only a few feet. 

In the New Jersey pine barrens, the ecology of H. metea is necessarily 
somewhat different. There it is associated with Andropogon scoparius 
var. glomeratus, a grass found locally in sandy barrens. In clearings in 
the pine forest metea exists in conditions not unlike those in Pennsylvania, 
although rarely in large numbers. The greatest populations seem to be in 
the so-called “plains” area near the Lebanon State Forest, in the Mount 
Misery vicinity. This is a high, wind-swept area characterized by a curi- 
ously stunted open growth of pine and blackjack oak (Quercus marilan- 
dica); it is subject to frequent burning. H. metea flies in and out of the 
scrub trees and low vegetation, behaving much as it does elsewhere. 
Territoriality does seem to exist in the more open parts, but principally at 
ground level since the vegetation is not conducive to pursuit at high levels. 
The largest numbers are found on the recent burn scars, but the quick- 
sprouting pine and oak make these areas much less stable than similar 
clearings in the oak—tulip, poplar—birch-maple forest of Pennsylvania, 
even when on projecting hillsides. 

It is almost certain that proper investigation will uncover H. metea in 
most of Pennsylvania’s counties, and perhaps extend its known range 
elsewhere as well. 


ATRYTONOPSIS HIANNA (Scudder ) 

The situation concerning published records of this species for Pennsyl- 
vania is analogous to the preceding, the only citation other than Williams 
in Tietz (1953) being my own (Shapiro, 1963). So far hianna has been 
found in Philadelphia and Chester counties, Pa., and Burlington and 
Ocean counties, N. J. Further searching will undoubtedly extend its 
known range in the area considerably. 

Forbes (1960) mentions that this and the preceding species occur to- 
gether; Franklin H. Chermock and George Ehle have mentioned the same 
fact to me in litt., referring to Maryland and Lancaster counties, Pa., 
respectively. Such indeed is the case. The association of hianna with 
Andropogon is quite clear, and generally one may find either where the 
other is known to occur. Generally, hianna is much rarer than metea, 
the numbers running in the ratio of from 1 : 5 to 1 : 20 in various colonies. 

The general behavior of the two species is similar, but on the whole 
hianna is a much more active and aggressive insect. Males are especially 
fond of flying up and down exposed rock surfaces in the sunshine, and 
when such surfaces are available, will take up their territorial vigil on 
projecting tufts of grass or other vegetation extending from cracks in the 


220 SHApPrmRO: Skipper habits Vol. 19, no. 4 


surface. Otherwise, they will perch on or near the ground like metea, 
darting up to chase one another with great vigor. Where the species is 
at all common, the males are occupied in chasing one another for much 
of the day; this behavior is relaxed only in the early moming and late 
afternoon, when both sexes are feeding. Males returning from chases are 
apt to be assaulted again before reaching their original perch, and other 
males may move in to occupy it, so that there is a constant competition 
for resting sites, much more intense than in metea, even though the 
species is less abundant. The chase flights are no more sustained than 
in metea, except as renewed by new challengers, but the combatants rise 
much higher, sometimes escaping from sight. All of this behavior is 
exactly similar to that of A. vierecki (Skinner) as I have observed it in 
the Fallugia arroyos of Bernalillo County, New Mexico. 

Female hianna fly low, generally at six to eight inches above the 
ground; they have not been seen ovipositing, nor has the mating process 
been observed, but pairs in copula have been seen between 11:00 A.M. 
and 2:00 P.M., indicating that, as in metea, copulation probably occurs 
early in the territorial part of the day. 

A. hianna is less active than metea in cool or cloudy weather, the fe- 
males again flying much more than the males under such conditions. 
Both sexes visit flowers more consistently than metea, but like metea show 
a definite preference for Rubus, Fragaria, and Trifolium pratense. Unlike 
metea, it feeds regularly in the late afternoon as well as in the morning. 

Male hianna at rest hold the wings closed, as a rule, but both sexes 
open them somewhat while feeding. Despite its pugnacity, the species 
is no more wary than metea, and although a startled male will depart 
with a fast flight high into the air, it will, if not engaged in chase by 
another individual, return to its original perch in a few minutes. Females 
never seem to become agitated to the degree that the males do, and even 
when alarmed make a steady and erratic flight only a foot or so above 
the ground. 

A. hianna appears just as metea is disappearing, the first males about 
May 27, the first females about June 1, both sexes declining by June 10, 
with a few worm females still alive in early July. This flight period is 
about as limited as that of metea, and likewise contributes to its having 
remained unknown for over 100 years in a center of entomological activ- 
ity like Philadelphia. The insects wander a good deal more than metea, 
but still are quite local, and could very easily be overlooked by anyone 
not specifically searching for them. 

I have not had the time during the flight period of hianna to check all 
of the metea sites for this species, but those thus far examined have 


Ne) 
NS) 
—_ 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


demonstrated the association of the two insects, and it is to be expected 
that this will be the rule throughout most of the range. It certainly holds 
around Philadelphia, on the serpentine barrens, and in the New Jersey 
pine barrens. 

I have not had the opportunity to investigate the early stages of either 
species. This may be possible in the future. Hopefully these preliminary 
notes will enable many more field workers to become acquainted with 
metea and hianna and extend our knowledge of them. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Forses, W. T. M., 1960. The Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring States. 
Part IV. Ithaca, N. Y., 188 pp. 

SuHapmo, A. M., 1963. The Butterflies of the Morris Arboretum:1963. Morris Arb. 
Bull., 14: 67-69. 

Tietz, H. M., 1953. The Lepidoptera of Pennsylvania. University Park, Pa., 194 pp. 


A RECENT RANGE EXTENSION OF PIERIS BECKERI 
(PIERIDAE) IN WYOMING 


DENNIS GROOTHUIS AND RICHARD HARDESTY 
Douglas, Wyoming 


The years 1963 and 1964 have yielded very many interesting specimens 
in our study of Wyoming Rhopalocera, but perhaps the most unusual 
record has been the capture of two Pieris beckeri Edwards, one of each 
sex, in Douglas, Wyoming. 

Holland (1931) states that the range of P. beckeri is from “Oregon to 
central California and eastward to Colorado.” In 1937, Cross in “Butter- 
flies of Colorado,” and in 1956, Brown in “Colorado Butterflies,” said 
that P. beckeri was found west of the Continental Divide. However, in 
1962, Hovanitz revised the eastern limits to be the “Rocky Mountain 
system in Montana, Wyoming, and Colorado.” His map indicates three 
localities in Wyoming in which P. beckeri had been collected: (1) the 
vicinity of Highway 430, south of Rock Springs in Sweetwater County; 
(2) the vicinity of Mammoth Hot Springs in Yellowstone National 
Park, and; (3) the vicinity of Cody, Park County. The locality near High- 
way 430 is west of the Continental Divide. Cody and Mammoth Hot 
Springs are both east of the Continental Divide, and are in or near moun- 
tain ranges and are within Hovanitz’ new eastern limits. 


bo 
ib) 
bo 


Grootuuis & HARpDEsty: Pieris extension Vol. 19, no. 4 


Douglas, Wyoming, where our two specimens were collected, is ap- 
proximately 100 miles from the Continental Divide, which at its nearest 
point, passes near Lamont and the Seminole Mountains in Carbon County. 
The Laramie Mountains, a northern extension of the Front Range in 
Colorado, lie about 40 miles to the southwest. Douglas is located on the 
western edge of the Great Plains and is in the Upper Sonoran Life Zone. 
The terrain is similar to the semiarid, hot, shrubby hillsides described by 
F. Martin Brown in “Colorado Butterflies,” but Douglas is well out of 
the limits set by either Brown or Hovanitz. 

Both specimens were captured at Douglas at an elevation of 4,900 feet. 
A male was captured on June 25, 1963 and a female on July 30, 1964. Both 
were in near perfect condition and showed no signs of travel. No differ- 
ence between these and more western specimens can be noted. The late 
date of the capture in 1964 may have been due to heavy snows in April 
and May, which delayed the entire collecting season. 

In California, Powell (1957) recorded the foodplant Stanleya pinnata 
(Pursh.) (Cruciferae) in addition to the previously recorded Isomeris 
arborea Nutt. (Capparidaceae) and Brassica nigra (L.) (Cruciferae). 
S. pinnata is widely distributed in Wyoming and B. nigra is found spar- 
ingly. Due to the excellent condition of the specimens and the presence 
of the foodplant, there seems to be no practical reason why a local brood 
should not exist. 

The authors would appreciate hearing about any other records of P. 
beckeri east of the Continental Divide and a description of the terrain in 
which the specimens were captured. The records should help to de- 
termine more accurately the eastern limits of P. beckeri which seem to be 
rather uncertain. 

We wish to thank Mr. F. Martin Brown and Mr. Frank Chermock who 
checked our determination and Dr. Jerry A. Powell, who offered help in 
writing the manuscript. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Brown, F. M., D. Err, & B. Rorcrer, 1956. Colorado Butterflies. Pt. IV Pieridae 
and Papilionidae. Proc. Denver Mus. Nat. Hist., 6: 177-236. 


Cross, F. C., 1937. Butterflies of Colorado. Proc. Colorado Mus. Nat. Hist., 16: 
3-38. 


Ho.uanp, W. J., The Butterfly Book. Rev. Ed. 1931. Garden City, New York. 


Hoyanirz, W., 1962. The distribution of the species of the genus Pieris in North 
America. Jour. Res. Lepid., 1: 73-83. 


PoweELL, J. A., 1957. A previously unrecorded foodplant for Pieris beckerii. Pan- 
Pacific Emt.. 33 (3); 156: 


bo 
bo 
ww 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


A MIGRATION OF LIBYTHEANA AND KRICOGONIA IN 
SOUTHERN TEXAS 


Harry K. CLENCH 
Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213 


During a summer vacation collecting trip in 1963 my family and I 
observed a migration of Libytheana bachmanii larvata (Strecker) and 
Kricogonia (both castalia (Fabricius) and lyside (Godart)) as we 
traveled through southern Texas. 

We first encountered them in the late afternoon of July 4 on the 
western outskirts of Catarina (Dimmit County) and stopped to observe 
and collect. The flight here was sparse, their combined density being 
only about three per minute over a 100-foot front. The Libytheana 
seemed about as numerous as the Kricogonia (presumably both species 
together ), but the Kricogonia were flying about two to three feet above 
the level surface of the field, while the Libytheana were only about half 
that. They were all headed approximately north, flying at an estimated 
rate of about eight to ten feet per second. Two Kricogonia were taken 
(1,19, both castalia) and a single Libytheana. We left at sunset, after 
about one and a half hours, and the flight was still in progress. 

The next morning about 27 miles south of Catarina (in northern Webb 
County ) we again observed the migrants. Shortly after 8:00 A.M. they 
began to fly along with other butterflies, but at first their behavior 
showed no sign of migratory activity, being only conventional random 
movement. About 10:00 A.M. they started to migrate, the flight sparse 
as before, but now directed almost northeast (30° east of magnetic 
north, or about 39° east of true north). We collected: K. lyside (29 ), 
L. bachmanii (5). 

As we continued south on U. S. highway 83 the migration increased 
markedly in density. At 27 miles north of Laredo (Webb County) they 
were passing at an estimated combined rate of about 60 per minute on a 
100-foot front, at about the same speed and height above ground as be- 
fore. At 18 miles north of Laredo a single male K. castalia was taken. 

About 12 miles south of Laredo we noticed that the migration had 
become comprised chiefly of Libytheana; and about seven miles west of 
Zapata (Zapata County) signs of migration ceased. 

On the next day, July 6, the whole moming was spent collecting on 
the edge of Falcon Reservoir about eight miles south of Zapata. The 
migrant species were all present (collected: K. lyside (1¢é ), K. castalia 
(14), L. bachmanii (10) ), the Kricogonia few, the Libytheana in large 


bo 
bo 
= 


CLENCH: Migration of Libytheana and Kricogonia Vol. 19, no. 4 


numbers. No evidence of migratory activity was seen. Libytheana were 
particularly prevalent on a low, white-flowered, heathlike plant growing 
in large clumps in open areas and could be seen there by the dozen. 

Taking into account the direction of our route and the observed direc- 
tion of the flight one may conclude that the migratory flight was in a 
band about 60 miles wide. Assuming an average density of 10 individuals 
per minute per 100 feet of front, the total rate of passage comes to about 
190,000 per hour or 1.7 million per nine-hour day. 

Curiously, several days later and about a hundred miles to the east— 
specifically on July 10 at the junction of U. S. highway 281 and Texas 
highway 141 (about 14 miles west of Kingsville, in Jim Wells County )— 
we again encountered a heavy migration of Libytheana (only), this time 
heading about due south. Our route took us north on 281 and we quickly 
left the migrants behind, but during the short time we were among 
them the car radiator became completely clogged. 


INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL 
NOMENCLATURE 


Notice of proposed use of plenary powers in certain cases (A. (n.s.) 70) 


In accordance with a decision of the 13th International Congress of 
Zoology, 1948, public notice is hereby given of the possible use by the 
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature of its plenary 
powers in connection with the following case, full details of which will 
be found in Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, Vol. 22, Part 3, pub- 
lished on 13 August 1965. 


(2) Designation of a type-species for Anthanassa Scudder, 1875 (Insecta, 
Lepidoptera) Z.N.(S.) 1697; 

Any zoologist who wishes to comment on the above case should do 
so in writing, and in duplicate, as soon as possible, and in any case before 
13 February 1966. Each comment should bear the reference number of 
the case in question. Comments received early enough will be published 
in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. Those received too late for 
publication will, if received before 13 February 1966, be brought to the 
attention of the Commission at the time of commencement of voting. 

All communication on the above subject should be addressed as follows: 
The Secretary, International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, 
c/o British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, 
S.W.7, England. W. Ek Gea 


Assistant Secretary to the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature 


bo 
bo 
OL 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


BOOK REVIEW 


BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS, A Guide to the more common American 
species. By Robert T. Mitchell and Herbert S. Zim. Golden Press, New 
York, 1964; 160 pp., with 423 text illustrations in color. Paper, $1.00; 
cloth, $3.95. 


Nearly 400 species of North American Lepidoptera are treated and 
illustrated in this little book, another in the Golden Nature Guide series. 
The illustrations, which are reproduced from paintings by Andre 
Durenceau, are nearly all superb, making this without a doubt the finest 
introductory publication on American butterflies and moths available. 
The authors, Mr. Robert T. Mitchell, a wildlife biologist at the Patuxent 
Wildlife Research Center, Laurel, Maryland, and Dr. Herbert S. Zim, 
supervising editor and co-author of the Golden Nature Guide series, re- 
ceived technical assistance from authorities at the U. S. National Museum, 
including Capps, Clarke, Field, and Todd. 

Some 180 species of butterflies and about 170 species of larger moths 
are treated in addition to a small number of the micros. Illustrations of 
the smaller moths are reproduced from the 1952 Yearbook of Agriculture 
“Insects’ and do not approach the excellence of Mr. Durenceau’s figures. 
Although the book is intended as an introduction for beginners or persons 
interested in general nature study, the large number of moths and figures 
of larvae and pupae, which are given for many species, together with 
the pocket-sized convenience of the book, will make it attractive to many 
experienced lepidopterists as well. The hard bound version has been 
slightly enlarged photographically to 5” x 7%” and a bit of the excellence 
of the color has been lost from some pages in the process. 

Introductory sections include discussion of classification of Lepidop- 
tera; eggs, larvae, pupae, and adults; techniques of collecting, mounting, 
rearing, etc. The treatment of species follows, in the sequence of the 
McDunnough checklist, with the adult shown in color for each species. 
Often the larva, dimorphic sexes, or underside are also illustrated. The 
common name and a brief discussion of pertinent features of the dis- 
tribution, flight period, and foodplants are included. Indexed lists of 
scientific names (but not authors) and common names terminate the 
volume. A surprising proportion of the fauna is covered, for some groups 
more than one third of the known species (e.g., Papilionidae, Pieridae, 
Lycaenidae, Sphingidae, Saturniidae). 

For nearly two-thirds of those treated, a distribution map of a general- 
ized range of the species in North America is also given. Most of these 
are quite useful since they give a quick, rough idea of the species geo- 


226 PowELL: Book Review Vol. 19; nota 


graphical distribution. Some are a little misleading, particularly to 
readers interested in distributions in the western states, usually because 
the ranges are too restricted (e.g., Limenitis lorquini, Lycaena rubidus, 
Philotes sonorensis and battoides, Coloradia pandora, Halisidota macu- 
lata); a few are severely restricted (e.g., Smerinthus cerisyi, Antheraea 
polyphemus, Estigmene acrea, Alsophila pometaria, Paleacrita vernata). 

In general all aspects of the treatment appear to be quite accurate. 
One inexcusable point is the mention of the “suborders” Jugatae, Frena- 
tae, and Rhopalocera, thus perpetuating for beginning students the old 
classification which has not been used by serious lepidopterists in 20 
years. One species may be figured under the wrong name. A moth which 
appears to be Hemileuca (Pseudohazis) washingtonensis Medlar is 
shown in an excellent figure but called P. eglanterina. Its distribution 
map appears to fit the latter species or a combination of the two if they 
were considered subspecies. In general, subspecies are not treated in the 
book. In the list of scientific names an annoying number of misspellings 
occur in the butterflies (e.g., Papilio machaon aliaska, P. eurymedom, 
Appias drusilla neumoezenii, Speyeria nevandensis, Limenitis weide- 
meyrii, Incisallia). The moth names include very few errors (e.g., Auto- 
maris, Pseudaletia unipunctata ). 

The editors of the Golden Press and the authors are to be congratulated 
on having produced an introductory book on butterflies and moths with 
accurate illustrations, at a price appropriate to the audience. Publica- 
tions of this nature have long been available in many parts of the world, 
such as in Japan, but nothing comparable to the Golden Nature Guide 
Butterflies and Moths has been available for recommending to the be- 
ginning student in North America. 


Jerry A. POWELL, University of California, Berkeley. 


bo 
tw 
~l 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


THE MONARCH BUTTERFLY AND MIMICRY 


P. M. SHEPPARD 
Department of Genetics, University of Liverpool 


The theory of mimicry and the theory of warning coloration seem to 
generate more illogical reasoning and more ill-conceived and ill-executed 
experiments than any other evolutionary subject. Bruce Petersen in a 
recent issue of this Journal (1964) has not only given an uncritical account 
of Urquhart’s arguments against the theories of mimicry and warning 
coloration, but has given also an account of an experiment which because 
of its design adds no light to the situation. 

Before considering the experiment reported by Petersen it is necessary 
to consider the validity of a number of the objections to the theory of mim- 
icry as presented in his paper. No one could take exception to the comment 
that some resemblance between model and mimic has to appear before the 
mimicry can be improved—this is part of the standard theory of mimicry 
(Carpenter & Ford, 1933: 161-168; Sheppard, 1960). Nor can one object 
to the statement that the food habits of captive animals may be suspect. 
However, there is grave objection to the statement that stomach analysis 
of wild animals is the best evidence of their food perference. This unsup- 
ported statement presupposes that the remains of all animals are equally 
likely to be detectable in the stomach. In fact observation of predators 
in the wild is far better evidence as is shown by the work of Kettlewell 
(1956) and of Tinbergen (1960) to mention only two workers in the 
field. Also the statement that no butterfly predator has been suggested 
as the evolutionary force responsible for mimicry is untrue, both birds 
and lizards have been so considered. 

One of the most amazing arguments against mimicry which Petersen 
uses is: “Birds frequently eat caterpillars (which show no mimicry) and 
rarely eat butterflies (which supposedly mimic each other frequently ). 
If natural selection were responsible for mimicry one would expect to find 
it in caterpillars—not butterflies.” It is perfectly true that birds frequently 
eat some kinds of caterpillars, one cannot just say “eat caterpillars’—it de- 
pends which caterpillars they are (for example they do not readily eat the 
larvae of Pseudosphinx tetrio (L.) or Hipocrita jacobaeae (L.), and more 
rarely eat butterflies. But the argument that if natural selection were re- 
sponsible for mimicry one would expect to find it in caterpillars not butter- 
flies is a nonsequitur. Birds are known frequently to eat moths, but you don't 
find mimicry here either except in some day flying ones. One would only 
expect mimicry to evolve in species which by their daytime activities 
are already fairly conspicuous. One would not expect it to evolve in 


bo 
bo 
ee) 


SHEPPARD: Monarch Butterfly Vol. 19, no. 4 


animals which are highly cryptic and can remain almost motionless during 
the day. The statement that mimicry has not been found in caterpillars 
is completely unsubstantiated by him. However, most of the known cases of 
larval mimicry (except perhaps the snake mimics) are probably Miillerian, 
not Batesian. Since they can remain still during the day, most edible cat- 
erpillars are highly cryptic, it being a more effective mode of protection 
for them then Batesian mimicry would be. In fact mimicry theory predicts 
that Batesian mimicry will be very rare among animals which are chiefly 
nocturnal such as moths and caterpillars. This is supported by the obser- 
vation that both warning coloration and mimicry are not uncommon in 
day flying moths but both are rare in night flying ones, mimicry being 
excessively so. 

The statement that “even very distasteful creatures are better off to be 
inconspicuous than to be brightly coloured” is just false and has been 
shown to be so on many occasions. For a recent example see Sheppard 
(1964). Also the fact that 50 people did not find the monarch butterfly ob- 
jectionable is no argument against the theory of warning coloration or mim- 
icry since man has never been postulated to be the predator responsible for 
this mimicry. The scarlet tiger moth Panaxia dominula (L.) is not unpa- 
latable to the many people who have tried it, but is one of the most dis- 
tasteful British moths to many of its natural predators, as is shown not 
only by experiments with captive animals (Rothschild, 196la, 1961b, 
Rothschild & Lane, 1960), but also by experiments on wild birds in a 
garden (Sheppard, 1964). The statement that “only in Dr. Brower’s work 
is there any indication that birds dislike monarch butterflies,” is untrue 
(see Jones, 1932, 1934). 

Again the objection that birds are almost never seen feeding on mon- 
arch butterflies is not a valid one. Birds are almost never seen feeding on 
the peppered moth Biston betularia (L.) and yet predation by birds has 
been shown to be responsible for the development of industrial melanism, 
and often acts at the rate of up to 15 to 50% of them being taken per day 
(Kettlewell, 1956). The fact that monarchs marked for migration experi- 
ments have been eaten in large numbers apparently because their appear- 
ance has been altered (Urquhart, 1957) is in complete accord with the 
theory of mimicry. One might expect an alteration of the wing pattern 
to cause the individual to be attacked; in fact the statement indicates 
that butterflies can often be attacked by birds. 

If one accepts the suggestion that the tagged monarchs were eaten 
because their appearance had been altered and that the normal pattern 
does not elicit a feeding response, then the requirements for the evolu- 
tion of mimicry are satisfied, regardless of whether the model is distaste- 
ful or not. Clearly it would be an advantage to the viceroy to be mistaken 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 229 


for any animal that isn’t eaten; this would be true mimicry. However, there 
is no evidence contrary to the view that the reason for the tagged mon- 
archs being eaten is that they were no longer recognized as distasteful 
models. 

Mimicry theory does not fail “to explain why the banded purple doesn't 
mimic the monarch, as it is the same genus as the viceroy.’ If mimicry is 
effective one would expect it to mimic some other model and be much 
less likely to mimic that utilized by its close relative, since the advantage 
of mimicry wanes as mimetic pattern becomes commoner. In fact a closely 
related species' to the banded purple, the red spotted purple Limenitis 
astyanax (Fabr.), is a mimic, not of the monarch, but of the pipe vine 
swallowtail Battus philenor (L.). 

The experiments reported by Petersen are no more informative or valid 
than his theoretical arguments. The experiments do not seem to have been 
designed at all. There is absolutely no control, nor apparently has any 
record been taken of which birds took what. It would have been perfectly 
possible for the monarch to have been lethal to every bird that ate it, 
and still the results given in the graph could be true ones. To show that 
the monarch is or is not distasteful requires a much more subtle experi- 
ment. To begin with distatefulness is only relative, so that one has to 
have some comparison—the best comparison of course would be butter- 
flies of about the same size, but with a different wing pattern, which are 
believed for other reasons to be edible. The fact that the wings were cut 
off so that the insects were not recognizable as models, they in fact were 
mimicking “elongated, jumping, black spiders with tetany,’ would mean 
that the birds might not learn to avoid them at all, if they were normally 
feeding on black spiders.2, This would be in accord with the theory of 
mimicry. Winged and wingless monarchs were not given on alternate days 
or days picked at random, nor do we know how many birds were feeding 
on them. The data on the winged individuals is certainly far too scanty 
for one to determine whether any of the birds were gradually learning 
to avoid them. The only thing the experiment does do is to show that 
Urquhart’s contention that the monarch does not elicit a feeding response 
is untrue since a proportion of the winged ones given in December were 
apparently eaten, although the data do not show how many of the ones not 
eaten were pecked at then rejected. Nor is the data as presented (graph 1) 
in agreement with the statement “the last one to be eaten had been lying 
dead on the patio for four days. A day-by-day tabulation of the butterflies 

1 The present author does not agree with the treatment of L. astyanax as a separate species in 
the recent dos Passos List and believes that all evidence indicates astyanax and arthemis are 
subspecies. 


2See also: Parsons, J. A., 1965. A digitalis like toxin in The Monarch, Danaus plexippus. 
Jour. Physiol., 178: 290-304. 


230 SHEPPARD: Monarch Butterfly Vol. 19, no. 4 


is presented in graph 1”! The last seven to be eaten appear to have been 
put out and eaten on the 2nd of January. 

Incidentally, the implied idea that the results from birds feeding at 
a feeding station, where they were used to finding quantities of food, is 
somehow more natural and therefore more valid than Dr. Brower’s experi- 
ments is highly questionable. So also is the statement that the birds 
“could have lived off a bounteous Iowa summer, or the food in the bird 
feeders.” The idea that when birds are raising nestlings there is always 
an abundance of food is refuted by a great deal of ecological work, 
(for example see Lack, 1954). 

Both the objections to the theory of mimicry and warning coloration 
and the experiments presented by Petersen (1964) are not of the sort 
which would allow one to arrive at a competent conclusion on the validity 
of the theories. 


LITERATURE CITED 


CaRPENTER, G. D. H., & E. B. Forp, 1933. “Mimicry.” Methuen, London. 

Jones, F. M., 1932. Insect coloration and the relative acceptability of insects to 
birds. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 70: 345-385. 

1934. Further experiments on coloration and relative acceptability of insects to 

birds. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond., 72: 443-453. 

KETTLEWELL, H. B. D., 1956. Further selection experiments on industrial melanism 
in the Lepidoptera. Heredity, 10: 287-301. 

Lack, D., 1954. The natural regulation of animal numbers. Clarendon Press, Ox- 


ford. 
PETERSEN, B., 1964. Monarch butterflies are eaten by birds. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 18: 
165-169. 


Roruscuitp, M., 196la. Defensive odours and Millerian mimicry among insects. 
Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond., 113: 101—121. 
1961b. Insect Polymorphism. Symp. Roy. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1: 328. 
RotuscHitp M., & C. Lane, 1960. Warning and alarm signals by birds seizing 
aposematic insects. Ibis., 102: 328-330. 
SHEPPARD, P. M., 1960. Natural Selection and Heredity. Harper Torchbooks, New 
York. 
1964. Protective coloration in some British moths. Entomologist, 97: 209-216. 
TINBERGEN, L., 1960. The dynamics of insects and bird populations in pine woods. 
Arch. neerl. Zool., 13: 259-473. 
Urqunart, F. A., 1957. A discussion of Batesian Mimicry as applied to the Monarch 
and Viceroy Butterflies (p. 27). Univ. Toronto Press. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Bl 


SOME BUTTERFLIES OF THE PINOS ALTOS MOUNTAINS, 
NEW MEXICO 


Joun P. Huspparp 
University of Michigan Museum of Zoology, Ann Arbor, Michigan 


The Pinos Altos Mountains lie just north of Silver City in Grant County, 
New Mexico. This range is of rather small extent and has maximum 
elevations of just over 9,000 feet. On north-facing slopes at higher eleva- 
tions there are forests of Douglas fir ( Pseudotsuga taxifolia), limber pine 
(Pinus flexilis), quaking aspen (Populus tremuloides), New Mexico 
locust (Robinia neo-mexicana), and mountain maple (Acer glabrum). 
A more xeric forest is also present and is composed mainly of ponderosa 
pine (Pinus ponderosa) and Gambel oak (Quercus gambelii). Evergreen 
woodland occurs at lower elevations and consists mainly of pinyon (Pinus 
edulis ), junipers ( Juniperus deppeana and J. monosperma), and live oaks 
(Quercus hypoleucoides, Q. emoryi, and Q. grisea and/or arizonica). 
Chaparral is composed of such plants as mountain mahogany (Cercocar- 
pus sp.), squawbush (Rhus trilobata), buckbrush (Ceanothus greggii), 
silk tassel (Garrya sp.), manzanita (Arctostaphylos sp.), bear grass 
(Nolina microcarpa), and scrub oak (Quercus turbinella). Streamside 
vegetation of middle and lower elevations in these mountains is domi- 
nated by Arizona alder (Alnus oblongifolia), narrow-leaved cottonwood 
(Populus angustifolia), box elder (Acer negundo), Arizona walnut (Jug- 
lans major), and willows (Salix spp.). 

Collecting was done in this area in the years 1957 through 1959 and 
was concentrated in the canyon of Cherry Creek. All of the previously 
mentioned habitats are present in some degree in or near this canyon. 
No species of butterflies which were found elsewhere in this range were 
absent from this particular site, although several which occurred here 
were not found elsewhere. 

In the following list, species are grouped on the basis of their abun- 
dance in suitable habitat and at the proper season. Doubtless some 
species were under-collected and with further study would be found to 
be more common. All species records listed here are based on collected 
specimens with the exception of the Monarch (Danaus plexippus), and 
include only true butterflies (a short list of skippers will be presented at 
a later date). I wish to thank Messrs. L. P. Grey, Fred Thorne, and Ray- 
mond Jae for their help in the identification of certain species. 


I. Common to abundant. 


Papilio multicaudata Kirby Celastrina argiolus (Linnaeus ) 
Eurema mexicana ( Boisduval ) Phyciodes mylitta (Edwards ) 
Strymon melinus Hubner Melitaea minuta Edwards 


Callophrys apama (Edwards ) Speyeria atlantis nausicaa (Edwards ) 


939) HuBBARD: 


II. Uncommon to fairly common. 
Battus philenor (Linnaeus ) 
Papilio rutulus Lucas 
Neophasia menapia (Felder & Felder) 
Pieris sisymbrii Boisduval 
P. protodice Boisduval & LeConte 
Colias eurytheme Boisduval 
C. cesonia (Stoll) 

Phoebis sennae ( Linnaeus ) 
Eurema nicippe (Cramer ) 
Nathalis iole Boisduval 

Limenitis bredowii ( Geyer ) 
Nymphalis californica ( Boisduval ) 
N. antiopa ( Linnaeus ) 

Polygonia zephyrus (Edwards ) 
Chlosyne lacinia ( Geyer ) 
Phyciodes texana (Edwards ) 


Lie Rare: 
Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll 
P. Pbairdii Edwards 
Colias philodice Godart 
Strymon leda (Edwards ) 
Hemiargus isola ( Reakirt ) 
Everes comyntas (Godart ) 
Glaucopsyche lygdamus ( Doubleday ) 


Such species as Cercyonis sthenele ( Boisduval), Pieris napi (Linnaeus), 
and Colias alexandra Edwards were not found in this mountain range 
during the course of this study, although they are common in the nearby 
Mogollon Mountains. Their absence may be correlated with the fact that 
the Mogollons are higher, more extensive, and more mesic than the Pinos 


Altos Mountains. 


In summary, 52 species of butterflies of the superfamily Papilionoidea 
were recorded in the low, forested Pinos Altos Mountains in southwestern 
New Mexico in three years of collecting. 


Butterflies of Pinos Altos Mountains 


Vol. 19, no. 4 


Anthocaris sara Lucas 

Apodemia nais (Edwards ) 
Hypaurotis crysalus (Edwards ) 
Mitoura siva (Edwards ) 

Erora quaderna ( Hewitson ) 
Leptotes marina (Reakirt ) 
Plebejus acmon (Westwood & Hewitson) 
Libytheana bachmanii ( Kirtland ) 
Limenitis astyanax (Fabricius ) 

L. weidemeyerii Edwards 
Euptoieta claudia (Cramer ) 
Danaus gilippus (Cramer ) 
Euptychia dorothea (Nabokov) 
E. rubricata Edwards 
Gyrocheilus patrobas (Hewitson ) 


Vanessa atalanta (Linnaeus ) 
V. virginiensis (Drury ) 

V. cardui (Linnaeus ) 
Melitaea fulvia Edwards 
Agraulis vanillae ( Linnaeus ) 
Danaus plexippus (Linnaeus ) 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society DB} 


ADDITIONAL NOTES ON REARING AND PRESERVING 
LARVAE OF MACROLEPIDOPTERA 


NoEL McFARLAND 
South Australian Museum, Adelaide, S. Australia 


Since my earlier paper on this topic was published in this Journal ( Vol. 
18, no. 4: pp. 201-210), a number of miscellaneous details have accumu- 
lated and are brought together here under the appropriate headings. This 
paper is intended as a supplement to the earlier paper. 


REARING 

Feeding confined adult Lepidoptera while awaiting oviposition: Mr. 
H. Simmonds an entomologist in Suva, Viti Levu, Fiji, has developed a 
very useful, long-lasting medium (Honey-Agar) which is prepared as 
follows: (1) Dissolve 6-8 grams of agar-agar in 200 cc of water. (2) 
Add 250 to 320 ce of honey, and bring to a boil. (3) Pour out into a 
shallow plastic box or petri dish, and let cool. Store in refrigerator. 

Use small pieces of honey-agar as needed for feeding confined Lepidop- 
tera. A small amount of water may be placed on the piece to liquify its 
surface slightly, if this appears to be necessary. This substance may then 
be placed in the cage or jar with the confined insect, where it will serve 
as a food supply for many days. A small amount of water should be 
provided in another container nearby, but must be kept in such a way 
that the insect cannot fall into it or get its wings wet. Mr. B. O'Conner, 
Principal Entomologist at Koronivia Research Station, Nausori, Viti Levu, 
Fiji, told me that a slight modification of the above mixture, using 8 
grams of agar-agar in 50 cc of water, with 300 cc of honey, seems to be 
more mould-resistent. In any event, the honey-agar method (or modifi- 
cations of it) has obvious advantages over any method that requires 
the use of a wet or sticky solution needing to be frequently replaced. 
Difficulties with mould are also minimized. 

Keeping newly hatched larvae alive until a suitable foodplant is lo- 
cated: Mr. N. B. Tindale of the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, 
informs me that the following technique will save many small larvae for 
an additional few days, which may make all the difference in getting 
them started, when it is not possible to locate the foodplant immediately. 
Place a piece of cut apple in a small box with the newly hatched larvae. 
Recut a thin slice off the cut surface each day, so that the surface con- 
tinues to give off moisture. This slows down desiccation of the small 
larvae, and at the same time, they will often nibble at the cut surface of 
the apple, thus obtaining some nourishment. 

Larvae requiring sunlight for stimulation of feeding should be provided 


234 McFArRLAND: More on rearing Vol. 19, no. 4 


with it every day if possible; electric light is only a second choice, and 
will not produce such good results (in as short a time) as will a little 
daily sunlight. However, if electric light must be resorted to, be certain 
not to use the “cool white” (daylight) fluorescent tubes. “Warm white” 
fluorescent tubes are very satisfactory, however. Incandescent bulbs 
are also satisfactory, but one must beware of overheating the larvae if 
they are employed. 

Pupae in diapause: Certain fall or winter-emerging moths need exposure 
to gradually LowERING temperatures prior to emergence. This is just the 
reverse requirement of those emerging in spring or summer, but again, 
outdoor conditions are definitely preferable to any artificially produced 
conditions indoors, particularly about the time of emergence. 

Most pupae in diapause come through to emergence time in excellent 
condition if kept in empty (no soil, sand, or moss), clean, glass jars of 
small size, with tight-fitting lids without holes. Cheesecloth strips may 
be provided for any unexpected emergences. 


PRESERVING 


Further details on the preserving technique: It is well to have a 
SEPARATE jar for the killing-jar (into which the larva is first dropped), 
as the solution in it will rapidly become too cloudy for use in preservation, 
yet it will serve indefinitely for killing. This procedure will save pre- 
serving fluid to an appreciable extent. 

After the larva has been injected and replaced in the preservation-jar 
containing the solution, it should lie on its side until such time as it is 
to be removed to 95% ethyl alcohol for “clean-up” and permanent storage. 

Exceptions to the general rule of injecting larvae should be observed 
for all lycaenid larvae, and also for most geometrid larvae of small to 
medium size. Such larvae are simply killed and left in the preserving 
solution without being injected, and then are removed to 95% ethyl alcohol 
after sufficient time in the preserving solution. 

Larvae feeding on Quercus (any oaks) or certain leguminous plants 
sometimes need to be starved for a day to give best results in preservation. 
Otherwise, internal discoloration (darkening) may occur even after in- 
jection. This is not usually the case, but it happens often enough to 
warrant mention. These remarks also apply to many skipper larvae. 

Preservation of eggs: As the inner tissues of eggs pull away from the 
outer covering, in most solutions, Peterson (1960: Florida Entomologist, 
43 (1): 1-7), recommends the use of “a standard K.A.A. mixture diluted 
four or five times with ethyl or isopropyl alcohol. A standard K.A.A. 
mixture consists of 1 part commercial kerosene, 2 parts acetic acid, and 
10 parts ethyl or isopropyl alcohol. For many eggs, isopropyl alcohol in 
the K.A.A. solution produces the most satisfactory results.” But, as Peter- 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Deis 


son states, bright colors, waxy coatings, and other surface characteristics 
of some eggs are apt to change upon standing in liquid preservatives. 

The eggs can be stored in vials of 95% ethyl alcohol, once they have 
gone through a preservation solution, but changes may occur in some 
eggs; others will remain in rather good condition, and still others may show 
external or internal features that are not so readily seen in the living 
eggs. If possible, it is worthwhile to either photograph, draw, or describe 
the eggs several days before the day they hatch. At the same time, note 
color changes as the eggs age. 

Preserving solution: As dioxane is highly toxic, it is advisable to use 
a preserving solution which omits it, or which contains only a very small 
amount of it (such as K.A.A.D.I.). J. S. Buckett, of Davis, California 
recently produced a preserving solution that totally omits dioxane, but 
gives excellent results which are comparable to K.A.A.D.I., or perhaps 
even better. This solution (“K.A.S.A.”) is as follows: 

Kerosene (as obtained at service stations )—3 parts + 

95% Ethyl Alcohol—9 parts 

sec—butyl Alcohol, CH; CH, CH(OH) CH;—5 parts + (enough to 

“clear” the solution and make the kerosene miscible ) 

Glacial Acetic Acid—2 parts 

In K.A.S.A., and in the other solutions given in the previous paper, the 
sec-butyl alcohol, iso-butyl alcohol ((CH3)2 CHCH2 OH), or dioxane 
(depending upon the solution) must be varied slightly in quantity, its 
function being to “clear” the solution so that it is water-clear and no 
kerosene is on top. For example, if exactly five parts of sec-butyl alcohol 
do not totally clear the solution of K.A.S.A., keep adding small additional 
amounts (and stirring) until it becomes clear. All of these solutions 
should be used only under conditions of adequate ventilation. Contact 
with the skin by solutions should be avoided as much as possible. 

Briefly, the functions of the components of the various preserving solu- 
tions are as follows: the kerosene causes inflation of the specimens. The 
dioxane (or, the iso-butyl or sec-butyl alcohol) makes the kerosene 
miscible in the rest of the solution, and so must be increased or decreased 
along with variation in the amount of kerosene used. The acetic acid 
helps prevent internal darkening or discoloration of specimens. In stan- 
dard K.A.A.D., the amount of alcohol used can vary between 7-10 parts, 
and the dioxane can be replaced with sec-butyl or iso-butyl alcohol, but 
more than one part is needed when using one of these substitutes. 
K.A.S.A. appears to be the best of the solutions I have used so far, and 
it is easily prepared; also, it has the additional good feature that it con- 
tains no dioxane. 

All of these solutions seem to work better when slightly dilute with 
larval fluids (i.e., when light yellow-green in color); the fresh solution 


236 McFarLAND: More on rearing Vol. 19, no. 4 


used to replace old solution in the preservation-jar is often improved by 
adding to it a small amount of the old solution. Fats and oils that float 
on top of used solution are easily blotted up with a rolled piece of Kleenex 
or paper towel, and this should be done periodically. 

Injection of pupae is usually a simple procedure but the following points 
should be kept in mind: Pupae should never be injected and preserved 
until they are at least several days old, and are thoroughly hardened. 
Injection should be in the abdominal region, between the segments, and 
it is sometimes desirable to inject through several different places in one 
pupa; this is particularly necessary with nymphalid pupae, which will 
often turn pinkish or red if not sufficiently injected with preservative. 
In the case of very soft pupae, or those in which the wing cases tend to 
break away somewhat after injection (some lycaenids and small geomet- 
rids, etc. ), one light injection in the abdominal region is ample, and they 
should not be left more than a few hours in the preservative before being 
removed to 95% ethyl alcohol; in some cases, a few minutes is sufficient 
time in the preservative. If the wing cases collapse in a soft pupa, the 
pupa should be injected again upon REMOVAL from the preservation-jar, 
this time using 95% ethyl alcohol; then place it in 95% ethyl alcohol for 
permanent storage (after a period of soaking in the “clean-up jar,’ as 
described in the earlier paper). 

Stoppers and vials: The size-numbering system for neoprene stoppers 
is not the same as that used for standard cork stoppers. The following 
sizes of neoprene stoppers fit the sizes of vials given in parentheses: No. 
00 stopper (1 and 2 dram homeopathic vials); No. 1 (4, 6, and 8 dram 
homeopathic vials); No. 3 (6 dram shell vial); No. 4 (8 dram shell vial). 
The stoppers should fit tightly, needing to be twisted in while letting out 
the trapped air with a bent insect pin. Neoprene stoppers come in vari- 
ous colors, including gray. 

Both the “long form” and the “short form” of the eight dram homeo- 
pathic vial are useful; although the former is difficult to obtain, it is just 
right for storing many sphingid larvae or other long larvae that will not 
quite fit into the usual (short form) eight dram vial. For very large 
larvae, it is necessary to use olive bottles or similar containers. To save 
metal screw-caps, thin sheet polyethylene can be placed over the bottle 
top before screwing on the cap. 

The various flexible plastic “push-in” or “snap-on” caps for vials are not 
as satisfactory as neoprene stoppers in the prevention of evaporation over 
long periods. Furthermore, neoprene stoppers will not harden in the way 
that some plastic caps will, and the neoprene stoppers can always be 
forced back in tightly after removal from vials. It is possible to write 
directly on neoprene stoppers, using permanent ink, which is a con- 
venience. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 937 


DESCRIPTION AND HABITS OF LARVAE OF 
ANNAPHILA PSEUDOASTROLOGA (NOCTUIDAE ) 


WILLIAM H. Evans 
5130 Connecticut Avenue, Washington, D. C. 


The following descriptions are based on 60 larvae reared from ova 
laid by three females collected during March, 1953, and March and April, 
1955, in La Tuna Canyon, Verdugo Mountains, Los Angeles County, 
California. 

Although the manuscript was completed in 1957, it seemed advisable to 
postpone submitting it until after Frank Sala had published information 
about his discovery, a few years earlier, of the habits of two closely re- 
lated species of Annaphila, one of which was astrologa B. & McD. These 
two species fed on different plant species growing in the same area of 
the Santa Monica Mountains, Los Angeles County, California. In his 
revision of the astrologa group, Mr. Sala (1964) has clarified the status 
of the several species involved. The species which I reared matches the 
description of the newly described pseudoastrologa Sala. 

In confinement, females of A. pseudoastrologa oviposited only on leaves 
of Phacelia minor (Harvey) Macbr., although several other species of 
native annual plants were also offered them. 

Newly hatched larvae fed readily on leaves, flowers, and unopened 
buds; a few entered buds, through holes chewed in the corollas, and 
remained hidden inside; while others fed externally on the buds. There 
is no variation in the actual pigmentation of various individual larvae in 
the first and second instars; however, because of their translucency, some 
appear to be greenish and others of a purplish tint, depending on whether 
they have eaten leaves or blossoms. After the second molt, the larvae 
acquire the pattern and coloring which is maintained throughout the 
third, fourth, and fifth instars with only slight changes in shade and 
maculation. In these last three instars larvae are extremely variable, 
hardly any two individuals being alike. 


Second Instar: Length 7 mm. Body translucent, cream-colored with fine white 
middorsal and subdorsal lines extending entire length. As in first, third, and fourth 
instars, the first two pairs of prolegs are smaller than others. 

Third Instar: Length 11 mm. Pattern and coloring same as in following instar. 

Fourth Instar: 

Larva No. 1. Length 20 mm. Narrow white middorsal and subdorsal lines ex- 
tending entire length of body, consisting of numerous minute specks of varying sizes 
and shapes, some confluent, others not quite touching each other; these specks never 
confluent for more than one-third the length of a segment. Ground color gray-green, 
cervical shield lighter. Thoracic segments entirely overlaid with deep purplish pink. 
Abdominal segments deep-purplish-pink except slightly less than one-third of the 


238 Evans: Annaphila larvae Vol. 19, no. 4 


posterior and anterior portion of each segment. A broad white subspiracular line, 
interrupted on the central one-third of each abdominal segment by a pink area, 
extending from the anterior one-third of abdominal segment I to the anterior one- 
third of abdominal segment VIII. Ventral surface and prolegs light green. Head 
light green, speckled with numerous tiny gray and brown dots; setae white. Spiracles 
with black centers encircled with white. Prominent white thoracic and abdominal 
setae arise from slightly raised white tubercles with black centers. 

Larva No 2. Yellow-green ground color. Area between subdorsal line and 
spiracles dark gray-green. A trace of pale pink surrounding each spiracle. Broad 
greenish-yellow subspiracular line extending from anterior of second thoracic segment 
to posterior of abdominal segment VIII; lower edge of line very irregular. Numerous 
greenish-yellow specks on bases, of prolegs and on ventral surface of body. Prolegs 
on abdominal segment IV slightly smaller than those of segments V and VI; prolegs 
on segment III slightly smaller than those of segment IV. 

Fifth Instar: Length 29 mm. All prolegs are same size. 

LarvA NO. 1. Markings and coloring same as previous instar. 

LARVA NO. 2. Cound color light green changing to brownish-green during latter 
part of instar; body densely speckled with small yellow-green flecks and blotches 
except in middorsal and suprastigmatal areas. The latter unspeckled area is 1.5 mm 
broad; middorsal unspeckled area is 0.5 mm wide. Thoracic segments with an in- 
distinct middorsal line consisting of a few disconnected yellow specks. From anterior 
edge of first abdominal segment to rear edge of seventh abdominal segment extends 
a broad irregular subspiracular band of yellow-green broken into a pattern of dis- 
connected blotches on the central one-third of each segment. Area around each 
spiracle tinged pink. 

Larva NO. 3. Ground color dark yellow-green, speckled with light yellow-green. 
Deep purplish-pink stigmatal stripe approximately 1 mm wide extends from first 
thoracic segment to rear of spiracle on abdominal segment VIII. Spiracles set on 
lower edge of this stripe. More purplish-pink areas at bases of legs and prolegs, and 
in similar locations on abdominal segments I, II, and VII. Fine middorsal line of 
interrupted irregular yellowish-green specks (some confluent) extending as far as 
the rear of abdominal segment VIII, bordered by an irregular intermittent narrow 
strip of gray-green. Small white tubercles from which setae arise less conspicuous, 
not raised quite so much, as in previous instar. Head gray-green with numerous 
brown and black specks. 

Larva No. 4. The rear margin of each abdominal segment from number I through 
VI deep yellow, shading to reddish in middorsal area; these yellow bands not ex- 
tending beyond upper margin of the purplish suprastigmatal line. Ground color 
varying from light brown with green tinge to purplish-brown (the latter shade form- 
ing a middorsal band which is almost 1 mm wide). Green subspiracular line irregu- 
lar and rather obscure. Yellow-green specks on rest of body arranged similarly to 
those of larva No. 3. 

LarvA No. 5. Entire body deep purplish-pink speckled lightly with a few minute 
gray flecks. Broad dark yellow substigmatal line broken into a series of dashes by 
dark pink area on central one-third of each segment, extending from pink area on 
center of second thoracic segment to pink area on center of abdominal segment VII. 


Larvae form cocoons on rocks, hard clods of soil, chips of wood, pieces 
of bark, or dead woody stems. Fragments of wood are chewed off and 
fastened together to form very hard thin-walled cocoons. The hollows 
chewed out of the wood serve as the bases of the well camouflaged co- 
coons. When no woody material is available, larvae attach cocoons of 


soil particles to clods or rocks. Eee occurs in late May; adults emerge 
the following spring. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 239 


A small series of my reared adults has been placed in the collection of 
the United States National Museum. A few preserved larvae are in the 
Yale University collection. 

LITERATURE CITED 


Sata, F. P., 1964. The Annaphila astrologa Complex. Jour. Res. Lepid., 2 (4): 
289-301 [“1963”]. 


THE BEGINNING OF THE BUTTERFLY SEASON 


Harry K. CLENCH 
Carmegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 


Work on another problem has yielded a by-product that may have some 
interest for collectors, particularly those who may be planning trips to 
areas with which they are not familiar. This by-product is a rough means 
of estimating the beginning of the “butterfly season” in any given place. 

The estimate depends heavily on two hypotheses. The first is that 
the yearly course of the mean temperature in a locality can be approxi- 
mated closely by a simple sine function: 


R 
om Hosen (ile cos A) 


Tz;= mean temperature for day d, counted from January 1; Tg = mean 
temperature of coldest month (usually January in the northern hemi- 
sphere); Tj = mean temperature of hottest month (usually July in the 
northern hemisphere); R= 7T,-—T¢; and A= (72/73) (d—b). In the 
last, b is the seasonal lag and normally is around 13.5. 

The second hypothesis is less well documented: that there exists a 
temperature threshold above which butterflies fly, below which they do 
not; and which also functions as a limiting value for geographical oc- 
currence. As applied here, the threshold refers to mean temperatures 
and its value has been determined to be about 43° F. (6.1° C.). In 
confirmation of the hypothesis it can be observed that in localities where 
Tx is below this value, virtually no butterflies occur; and in areas where 
Tc is above this value, at least some butterflies fly through the winter. 
Furthermore, in several places where accurate data on butterflies are 
available the time of the year when the mean temperature, on the aver- 
age, reaches this value about marks the average time of appearance of 
the first butterflies (overwintering hibernators ). 


Vol. 19, no. 4 


Butterfly season 


CLENCH: 


240 


rE a = ‘QAP IVAN 61  «Adyc May) a sldvaas ACW G (Colle ¥e) 
= a = - ‘GQ461 “IRN6GI “sAdyZ ‘Idy €T Idy 1G o6L 
= = = ‘IRIN ST ‘sdy6 Mdy GG 1dy 0G) ABI) AVINGL (06 'GO) 
= = i ‘qo ¢ IRN 61 Wy 7 aidy jyT «dy GZ AVN G ep 
= = IWN GG IWdyo6l  Ar*NG ABN ZI APINGT A®IN GS AVIN OG = ( oS LT) 
= = a WBN to advo, y idyeg — AVINY AVI OL AVI FI oF9 
= ICN ZG 4 8=ARING ABINGT AtW9S euUn{[T eun{ ¢ oun{ g oun 6 CSGHSIO) 
= = IN1IZ dy6l Aen YP ABINGI APINST APPIN DG ALIN 9G Bly 
= - — - - _ - - - (.OT) 
_ "IVI 1G ARN P ACI QT ACI 9G ounf | oun{ G ounf[ 6 oun{ Il S08 
= = = = = = = = = (49) aie) 
= = = = = = = = = eect 
(.0) CFS) | Gag SER) Gee) — Gee Gey oe) (Oy i772) HY, 
00) oOT o0G o0E oOF o0S 009 502 “1008 UW 


(ESET a) 
URvIOUOS IdMO'T 


(TEST Tay) 
uviouos reddy) 


UOTPISULL 


uviIpeury 


uvIuospnyy 


ould] y—o1jo1y | 


JUOZ OFT] 
WILLIS 


AVdAd DNIVALNIMUAAO WOUA ONIOVAWA ASOHL HOA SI TIVd YAMOT AHL ‘SHOLVNYAGIH AO 


HO AONVUVAddVY HOA SI FLV¥C YdqddA AHL XO@ HOVA NJ ‘NOSWAS ATAYALLOG AHL YOHA SALVA ONILYVLS AOVUAAV ALVIWIXOUddY ‘[ ATAV | 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 241 


From the above formula it is not difficult to obtain the following re- 
lation, substituting X (the threshold value, unspecified) for Tz and 
solving for d: 


18 X+R-T 
starting date = 13.5 + Va" 


36 sin” R 


which gives the starting date (the date that the mean temperature 
reaches the threshold value X) as the number of days from the first of 
January. 

Using a value of 43° F. for the threshold gives a date rather ahead of 
the time most collectors would consider significant since it indicates the 
time when the first hibernators appear. By taking a higher threshold 
value, 50° F. (10° C.), one obtains a date more nearly that when the 
first butterflies appear that have emerged from overwintered pupae. In 
the table both of these dates are given. 

In order to use the table, one needs only the values of Te and Ty for 
the locality in question (usually respectively mean January and mean 
July values). From them obtain R and enter the table with R and Ty, 
interpolating as necessary. The values of Ty, given in the table are the 
defining boundary values of the Merriam Life Zones, which are added 
along the side. If the area for which one seeks information has no tem- 
perature data directly available for it, obtain the data for the nearest 
station in about the same latitude, get the difference in elevation between 
that station and the area of interest and adjust the values of that station 
by a lapse rate of 1° F. per 300 feet (1° C. per 166 meters) of elevation 
difference. Since both T¢ and Ty lapse at about the same rate, no change 
in R is needed. Instead of the table, of course, the formula may be used 
for a direct computation. 

These points should be kept in mind in using either table or formula: 
(1) the premise is solely for a thermally controlled flight season. Where 
the flight season is more under control of pluvial conditions, it does not 
pretend to apply. (2) The premise is solely for average conditions. In 
putting it to practical use, any information available on the advancement 
or retardation of the particular season should be taken into account. (3) 
Error in the dates given in the table or calculated directly is likely to be 
most extreme in areas approaching the threshold values for either T;, or 
Tc. (4) For areas where the seasonal lag is markedly more or less than 
13.5, the difference should be added to or subtracted from the date ob- 
tained. Seasonal lag is a very difficult datum to get, but departure from 
the given lag value is rarely significantly great except (so far as I know) 
in the immediate vicinity of the Pacific Coast of North America. (5) Pre- 
sumably, d should be counted from July 1 in the southern hemisphere. 


242 HENSEL: Collecting in Labrador Vol. 19, no. 4 


TWO WEEKS OF BUTTERFLY HUNTING IN 
CENTRAL LABRADOR 


Henry HENSEL 
145 Bellevue Street, Edmundston, N.B. Canada 


On July 5, 1964, I left for Schefferville, Quebec, in quest of arctic 
butterflies. The modern community of Schefferville is located nearly in 
the center of the huge Labrador Peninsula. It can be reached by train, 
which winds 360 miles from Seven Islands to the well-developed iron- 
mining center in the Province of Quebec. Because of the thorough report 
given by Eugene Munroe (1951), who collected in northern Quebec for 
six weeks in 1948, I was able to determine the best time for my trip and 
had a good idea of what to expect. 

The morning of July 8, my first day, was somewhat cloudy and cool. 
At noon it cleared up and was sunny for the rest of the day. I decided 
to search for Boloria polaris groenlandica Skinner on a mountain ridge 
that afternoon and found fresh males there in considerable numbers at 
about 2,600 feet. Next day again I only encountered males, but on July 
11, a hot day already in the morning, the first females appeared. The 
polaris flew only a few inches above the ground, mostly against the strong 
wind, as reported by Dr. Munroe. They were quite hard to catch, one 
being unable to keep sight of them while they were in flight. 

On July 10, I collected in a black spruce bog and an adjacent boggy 
meadow, at the outskirts of the town. There, besides Oeneis jutta 
ridingiana Chermock & Chermock, five species of Boloria were taken 
flying in the boggy meadow: Boloria selene atrocostalis Huard, toddi 
toddi Holland, frigga saga Staudinger, titania boisduvalii Duponchel, and 
eunomia triclaris Huebner. The eunomia were by far the commonest. 
The toddi were all extremely dark suffused, even in the females which 
are of the same size as the males, or smaller. Many toddi and frigga ap- 
peared somewhat worn, indicating that these two species hatch in the 
first days of July. 

From Schefferville a 15 mile dirt road through tundra forest leads to 
Lake Attikamagan in the Province of Newfoundland. There on July 15, 
I collected Boloria titania males and females, eunomia, one B. freija 
Thunberg male, one Colias pelidne labradorensis Scudder, and some 
Pyrgus centaureae freija Warren. The weather up to that time was mostly 
hot, the temperature did not even drop greatly at night. A rainstorm 
occurred late at night July 15, and next morming the thermometer showed 
32° F. and a severe snowstorm developed, which lasted till noon! The 
next day it was sunny and warmer again, so I decided to go back to the 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 243 


mountain once more. There for the first time encountered Plebejus aquilo 
aquilo Boisduval. Both sexes apparently hatching the same day. Despite 
the fact that these were numerous, I was able to catch but few. The tiny 
blues are extremely wary, approached they fly up into the strong wind 
and one could see them only few seconds. Most of the few I took, were 
netted late in the afternoon, when the butterflies sat down to rest for 
the night. That last day I also found Oeneis taygete taygete Geyer more 
common that they had been a few days before, when only single speci- 
mens could be seen. I also took one Oeneis melissa assimilis Butler, sev- 
eral P. centaureae, C. pelidne, and B. polaris females. Besides the aquilo, 
the O. taygete were also hard to approach, let alone to catch. The col- 
lector simply cannot follow butterflies over the rocks, which make use of 
the always present strong wind while escaping! Owing to the fact that it 
must have been a “hot” summer in that part of the country, the butterfly- 
season was more stretched out, than in 1948 when Dr. Munroe collected 
there. No C. pelidne was seen before July 15 and only three July 17. 
Lycaeides argyrognomon scudderi Edwards and Hesperia comma borealis 
Lindsey were not found. Both seemed to be the last butterflies to appear 
in July and were recorded by Dr. Munroe. There are 15 species of butter- 
flies known to be breeding in the Schefferville region. Four of them: 
Boloria toddi, frigga, freija, and Oeneis taygete had previously not been 
reported from Central Labrador. O. jutta, was previously recorded north 
of Schefferville. 

It was a rich, unforgettable experience, collecting in the subarctic and 
truly arctic life zones of Labrador. Something to consider for collectors, 
who dream of collecting arctic butterflies. 


LITERATURE CITED 


MunroE, EuGENE, 1951. Field Notes on the Butterflies of Knob Lake, Northern 
Quebec. Lepid. News, 5: 7-9. 


EDWIN RAY HULBIRT (1886-1965 ) 


Edwin Ray Hulbirt was born in Lovelton, Pennsylvania, April 9, 1886, 
and died in Glendale, California, March 12, 1965. He was the son of 
Franklin J. and Nora Spring Hulbirt. He received his college degrees, 
B.S., June, 1908, and M.A., 1909, from Princeton, where he was Phi Beta 
Kappa. His thesis, “Specific Charge of Ions Emitted by Hot Metals,” 
was published in the Philosophical Magazine of London in 1910. 

“Dr. Ray,” as he was respectfully and affectionately known by many 
of his associates, had a long career as teacher, research chemist, and ad- 


9A4 Comstock: Hulbirt obituary Vol. 19, no. 4 


ministrative officer, in addition to his avocational interest in entomology, 
philately, music, and mountain climbing. 

He engaged in chemical research at the University of California in 1916, 
taught physics, chemistry, and mathematics at Grant Pass High School 
in Oregon, 1910-1913, and was instructor in science and Vice-Principal 
at Citrus Union High School, Azusa, California, 1913-1920. He helped 
organize the Citrus Junior College, and was its first Dean, 1915-1918. His 
research in hydrocyanic acid led to his appointment as Chief Chemist for 
the Owl Fumigating Corporation at Azusa. This company was absorbed 
by the American Cyanimid Company, in which he served as Chief Chem- 
ist, 1920-1941, and Administrative Assistant, 1941-1947, when he retired. 

His many entomological correspondents knew him as Lowell Hulbirt. 
This is explained by the fact that when his son Lowell developed an 
interest in Lepidoptera, Ray took an active exchange in his son’s name. 
This was continued long after the son lost this interest, probably to save 
lengthy explanations. 

Ray’s love of music led to competency in the alto-horn, clarinet, and 
bassoon, all of which gave him and his associates great pleasure. His 
mountain climbing led to the ascent of Pike’s Peak, 1909, Mt. Shasta, 1911, 
Mt. Hood, 1912, Mt. San Antonio, 1915, 1917, 1920, Mt. San Jacinto, 1918, 
1924, Mt. Hoffman, 1921, Mt. San Gorgonio, 1922, Mt. Whitney, 1922, and 
Mammoth Peak, 1923. These early dates and heights were indicative of 
his exploratory daring. 

He was Past Master, Azusa Masonic Lodge #905, Past High Priest, 
Azusa Chapter #80, and Past Master, Azusa Council #32. 

He is well remembered in our entomological groups for his work in the 
Hesperidae and Lycaenidae. Two butterflies were named for him, 
Hesperia comma hulbirti Lindsay, 1939, and Lycaena dorcas hulbirti 
Field, 1936. 

He was active in the Lepidopterists’ Society, (10 years), the Western 
Society of Naturalists, (6 years), The Lorquin Society, (20 years), and 
many other groups. 

He gave his worldwide collection of 18,000 mounted and 5,000 un- 
mounted specimens of lepidoptera to Citrus College, Azusa, California 
in January, 1963. 

He was first married May 20, 1913 to Lela Bertha Kumm, who died 
in 1944. Two children were raised, Virginia L. Harmon and Lowell H. 
Hulbirt. 

His second marriage, February 10, 1946, was to Sarah N. Galt, widow 
of Peter Galt, who resides at 950 Garden Way, Ashland, Oregon. 


Joun A. Comstock, 1373 Crest, Del Mar, California 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 245 


RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA 


Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to 
lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended 
that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here. Papers 
of only local interest and papers from this Journal are listed without abstract. Read- 
ers, not in North America, interested in assisting with the abstracting, are invited to 
write Dr. P. F. Bellinger (Department of Biological Sciences, San Fernando Valley 
State College, Northridge, California, U.S.A.). Abstractor’s initials are as follows: 


ea Beecincrr [W.H.| — W. Hackman —[N.O)] — N: S. Oxsrazrsov 


[1.C.] —I. F. B. Common [T.I.] — Taro Iwase [¢.Rel ==1C_ L, REMINGTON 
WWe@r—— VW... Cook Mei Sih We Iban [PAP le Wie Terenas 
[A.D.] — A. DiaxonorFr  [J.M.] — J. MoucHa PW IP he Ee Wineries’ 


[J.D.] — Junian Donanvue [E.M.] — E. G. Munroe 


B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE 


Niculescu, Eugen, “Papilionidae” [in Rumanian]. Fauna Republicii Populare Ro- 
mine, vol. XI, fasc. 5, 103 pp., 8 pls., 32 figs. Academy of Sciences, Bucuresti. 
1961. [price 6,40 Lei]. In the introductory part the author describes the 
taxonomy of all genera of Roumanian Papilionidae with remarks on the exotic 
species also. In the taxonomic part (pp.41-103) all spp. which occur in Rou- 
mania are described. In this country occur: Papilio machaon, Iphiclides podalirius, 
Zerynthia polyxena, Z. cerisyi, Parnassius mnemosyne, & P. apollo. [J. M.] 

Niculescu, E. V., “Quelques remarques sur Pieris napi bryoniae Hbn. (Lep. Pieri- 
dae)” [in French]. Bull. mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, 30: 232-234. 1961. For the 
author, bryoniae is not a bona species, only a subspecies of P. napi of the high 
altitudes. [P. V.] 

Nieuwenhuis, E. J., “On the female of Charaxes mars Stgr. 1886 (Lepidoptera, 
Nymphalidae).” Ent. Berichten, 19: 37-40, 2 figs. 1959. Describes & figures 
2 2 of C. m. mars (previously unknown) & C. m. dohertyi (unique) from Celebes. 
LP sBsl 

Nieuwenhuis, E. J., “A new subspecies of Danaus albatus Zinken (Lepidoptera, 
Danaidae).” Ent. Berichten, 20: 67-68, 1 fig. 1960. Describes as new D. a. 
wegneri (Rana Mese, Flores). [P. B.] 

Nieuwenhuis, E. J., “Euploea algea melanopa Rober 1887 (Lepidoptera, Danaidae )” 
lin Dutch; English summary]. Ent. Berichten, 20: 217-218. 1960. On identity 
of species. [P. B.] 

Nieuwenhuis, E. J., “Over de Vindula-species in het oostelijk deel van de Indo- 
nesische archipel en op Nieuw-Guinea” [in Dutch; English summary]. Ent. 
Berichten, 22: 69-76, 4 figs. 1962. Describes as new V. dejone ambonensis 
(Ambon), V. arsinoe moluccana (Telewang, Halmaheira). Distinguishes the spp. 
& their races in New Guinea & Indonesia. [P. B.] 

Obraztsov, Nikolaus S., “OSTHELDERIELLA amardiana, neue Gettung und Art 
der Tribus Laspeyresiini (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae)” [in German]. Mitt. miinch- 
ner ent. Ges., 51: 150-153, 1 pl., 2 figs. 1961. Type locality Sardab Valley, 
Elburs Mts., 1,000—1,400 m, N. Iran. [P. B.] 

Obraztsov, Nikolaus, “Zwei neue und zwei wenig bekannte palaearktische Argy- 
roploce-Arten (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae)” [in German]. Mitt. miinchner ent. 
Ges., 51: 154-158, 4 pls. 1961. Describes as new A. ernestiana (Akshehir, 1,000 
m, Anatolia), A. pfeifferiana (Achyr Dagh, Bertiz Jaila, 1,800 m, S. Syria). Notes 
on A. predotai & A. hyperboreana, with descriptions of ¢ genitalia. [P. B.] 


246 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 19, no. 4 


Obraztsov, Nicholas S., “North American species of the genus Eana, with a general 
review of the genus, and descriptions of two new species (Tortricidae).” Jour. 
Lepid. Soc., 16: 175-192, 7 figs. 1963. Describes as new E. (SUBEANA) (type 
canescana); E. (Ablabia) subargentana (17 mi E. of Mayfield, Utah), E. (A.) 
idahoensis (Alturas L., Idaho). 

Okada, Muneo, “The genera Evippe and Stenolechia, of Japan, with the descrip- 
tions of two species of the latter (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae).” Trans. Shikoku 
ent. Soc., 7: 41-53, 5 pls. 1961. Describes as new S. issikiella (Sakai, Osaka 
Pref.). Transfers Recurvaria dorsalis & R. syrichtis to Evippe; redescribes these 
spp. & S. notomochla, & describes larvae of the Evippe spp. (food plants Lespedeza 
& Pinus, respectively). [P. B.] 

Okada, Muneo, “The family Xylorictidae of Japan (Lepidoptera).” Trans. Shikoku 
ent. Soc., 7: 81-96, 5 pls. 1962. Gives characters of family & of the 4 Japanese 
genera, keys to genera, & descriptions of 5 of the 8 Japanese spp.; 4 are new to 
Japant iP eB: 

Okano, Masao, “Descriptions of a new species and a new genus of Plusiinae from 
Japan (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae).” Insecta matsumurana, 25: 91-92, 1 fig. 1963. 
Describes as new NEOPLUSIA (monobasic), N. furihatai (Fujisaki, Homori Pref., 
Honshw)e je: Bul 

Oku, Toshio, “A new mint borer of Tortricidae from Japan, with description of a 
new genus (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae).” Insecta matsumurana, 26: 104-107, 2 
figs. 1963. Describes as new ALLOENDOTHENIA (monobasic), A. menthivora 
(Nokkeushi, Hokkaido); detailed description of larva. [P. B.] 

Oku, Toshio, “Descriptions of two new alpine moths of Archipsini from Japan (Lep- 
idoptera: Tortricidae).” Insecta matsumurana, 25: 93-95, 1 fig. 1963. De- 
scribes as new Lozotaenia kumatai (Nagayamadake, Mt. Daisetsu, Hokkaido); 
Clepsis insignata (Mt. Daisetsu). [P. B.] 

Opler, Paul, & Jerry A. Powell, “Taxonomic and distributional studies on the west- 
ern components of the Apodemia mormo complex (Riodinidae).” Jour. Lepid. 
Soc., 15: 145-171, 1 pl., 1 fig. “1961” [1962]. Describes as new A. m. tuolum- 
nensis (Grand Canyon of the Tuolumne, Calif.), A. m. dialeuca (5 mi NE of La 
Encantada, Sierra San Pedro Martir, Baja Calif. ). 

Orfila, Ricardo N., “Las Dalceridae (Lep. Zygaenoidea) argentinas” [in Spanish]. 
Rev. invest. agric., 15: 249-264, 1 pl., 12 figs. 1961. Proposes n. subfam. ACRA- 
GINAE. Describes as new DALARGENTINA (Acraginae) & type D. sexquicen- 
tenaria (Parque Nacional Iguazu, Misiones, Argentina); Dalcera haywardi (Salta, 
dep. Oran, Vespucio, Rio Aguai, Argentina). Redefines family & Argentine genera 
(including Acraga & Zaldacra); redescribes the 3 known Argentine spp. [P. B.] 

Orfila, Ricardo N., “Morpho breyeri sp. n. (Lep. Morphidae)” [in Spanish; English 
summary]. Rev. Soc. ent. Argentina, 26: 145-147, 1 pl., 4 figs. 1963. Type 
locality Caranda, 600 m, prov. Ichilo, dep. Santa Cruz, Bolivia. [P. B.] 

Orfila, Ricardo N., & Sergio Schajovskoy, “Geometridae (Lep.) del Parque Nacional 
Lanin (Argentina). III. Géneros y especies nuevos de Ennominae” [in Spanish; 
English summary]. Physis, 24: 1-10, 3 pls. 1963. Describes as new MARTIN- 
DOELLOIA, & type M. juradoi (Pucara); FRANCISCOIA, & type F. morenoi 
(Pucara); DAGOSTINIA, & type D. fasciata (Pucard); all from Lanin National 
Park, Neuquen Prov., Argentina. [P. B.] 

Ota, Ky6z6, & Hiroyuki Kusunoki, “Strymonidia-butterflies of Shikoku, with the 
description of a new species.” Trans. Shikoku ent. Soc., 5: 101-103, 1 pl. 1957. 
Describes as new S. iyonis (Mt. Saragamine, Ehime-ken, Shikoku). Records & 
figures of S. w-album fentoni & S. mera. [P. B.] 

Paclt, Jiri, “Genera of the Hepialidae (Insecta, Lepidoptera).” Jour. Asiatic Soc., 
19: 141-148. 1953. Agrees (with Eltringham and Ford) that importance of 
genital armature is overrated as a taxonomic criterion. Attempt to revise generic 
classification with a key that omits 3 little-known genera. Designates Hepialus 
ammon Wallg. as type of new genus EUDALACINA. List of new generic syn- 


> 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 247 


onymy of Hepialidae. Includes a brief correction to his diagnosis of Lossbergiana 
pseudodimiata that appeared in Tijdschr. Ent., 91: 149-152. [J. D.] 

dos Passos, Cyril F., “Taxonomic notes on some Nearctic Rhopalocera. 2. Papilio- 
noideas) Journ Iepid. Soc., 5: 209-225. “1961” [1962]. 

dos Passos, Cyril F., “The authorship of three scientific names of Nearctic Rhopalo- 
cera variously credited to Boisduval or Lucas.” Jour. Lepid. Soc., 16: 45-46. 
1962. 

dos Passos, Cyril F., “The dates of publication of the Histoire Générale et Icono- 
graphie des Lépidoptéres et des Chenilles de Amérique Septentrionale, by Bois- 
duval and Le Conte, 1829-1833[-1834]. Jour. Soc. Bibliogr. nat. Hist., 4: 48-56. 
1962. Gives probable dates of publication of 26 parts & of 5 generic & 29 specific 
names proposed in the work. [P. B.] 

dos Passos, Cyril F., “Calephelis Grote and Robinson, 1869 (Insecta, Lepidoptera): 
proposed use of the Plenary Powers to designate a type-species in conformity with 
current usage.” Bull. zool. Nomencl., 20: 313-320. 1963. Proposes naming vir- 
giniensis as type, and suppressing Nymphidia & Lephelisca. [P. B.] 

dos Passos, Cyril F., “Supplemental notes to previous taxonomic notes on some 
Nearctic Rhopalocera.” Jour. Lepid. Soc., 17: 103-104. 1963. 

dos Passos, Cyril F., “A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera.”. Mem. Lepid. 
Soc., no.l, 145 pp. 1964. See Review by F. M. Brown, Ent. News, 75(5): 138- 
140. 

Pastrana, José A., “Una especie nueva de Lyonetiidae de la Argentina (Lepidoptera )” 
[in Spanish; English summary]. Acta zool. lilloana, 17: 217-219, 2 figs. “1959” 
[1960]. Describes as new Phyllocnistis bourquini (Tigre, Prov. Buenos Aires; 
reared from Tessaria integrifolia). [P. B.] 

Petersen, Bjorn, “The male genitalia of some Colias species.” Jour. Res. Lepid., 1: 
135-156, 4 pls., 6 figs. 1963. Gives a general description of ¢ genitalia in 
Colias & Protocolias & discusses variation in some quantitative characters. Gives 
a key to these genera, the subgenera Colias & Mesocolias, & some 35 spp. (not 
all completely separable). Discusses phylogeny of genus. Figures genitalia of 
34 spp. of Colias & related genera. It is not clear whether Protocolias (type im- 
perialis) and C. (Mesocolias) (type vautieri) are new in this paper. [P. B.] 

Petersen, Ginther, “Identity, synonymy and generic position of Tinea confusella 
H.-S. (Lep., Tineidae).” Ent. Gazette, 12: 117-120, 5 figs. 1961. Obesoceras 
confusellum (= O. danubiellum, O. nigrescens). T. “confusella” of Pierce & Met- 
calfe is Infurcitinea captans; T. “confusella” of Petersen, 1957 is renamed Infur- 
citinea banatica. [P. B.] 

Petersen, Giinther, “Zur Taxonomie und Verbreitung der paliaarktischen Nemapogon- 
Arten (Tineidae)” [in German]. Acta Soc. ent. Cechosloveniae, 58: 272-283, 
13 figs. 1961. As new are described N. orientalis (Beyrouth and Shar Devesy ) 
and N. levantinus (Shar Devesy, Haleb); new synonyms: N. granellus (= T. 
fuscicomella Steudel in Worz), N. flavifrons Pet. (= N. kabulianus Gozm.), N. 
agenjoi Pet. (= hispanellus Gozm.). [J. M.] 

Petersen, Gunther, “Ergebnisse der Albanien-Expedition 1961 des Deutschen En- 
tomologischen Institutes. 3. Beitrag. Lepidoptera: Tineidae” [in German; English 
& Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., 13: 1-20, 4 figs., 1 map. 1963. Describes as 
new Infurcitinea albanica (Kula e Lumés, Albania). Describes 2 of Novotinea 
carbonifera; figures genitalia of Monopis monimella. List of 44 spp. known from 
Albania, with records, known distribution, & notes on biology. [P. B.] 

Petersen, Gunther, “Revision der palaarktischen Arten der Gattung Catabola Durr. 
(Lepidoptera: Tineidae)” [in German; English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., 
13: 168-175, 2 pls. 1963. Sinks Aphrodoxa to Catabola; Petersenia to Catabola 
(Tineomorpha); C. perplexa to C. (Crassicornella) zernyi. Key to subgenera (in- 
cluding Lazocatena & Praelongicera) and 16 spp. [P. B.] 

Petersen, Ginther, “2. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tineiden von Afghanistan (Lepidoptera: 


248 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 19, no. 4 


Tineidae )” [in German; English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., 13: 176-188, 
1 pl., 7 figs., 3 maps. 1963. Describes as new Infurcitinea nuristanica ( Nuvistan: 
Bashgul Valley, 1,150 m.). Records of 16 spp., with some descriptive notes and 
new synonymy. List of the 25 spp. known from Afghanistan. [P. B.] 

Petersen, Giinther, “Zur systematische Stellung von “Tinea moeniella Rossler, 1877’ 
(Lepidoptera: Tineidae)” [in German; English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., 
14: 391-393. 1964. Type series includes Lichenivora nigripunctella & Eumasia 
parietariella. Sinks moeniella to former name; notes on these spp. & on L. rhenania 
(= nigripunctella auctt.). [P. B.] 

Petersen, Ginther, “Zweiter Beitrag zur Kenntnis der geographischen Verbreitung 
der Tineiden auf der Iberischen Halbinsel (Lepidoptera: Tineidae)” [in German; 
English & Russian summaries]. Beitr. Ent., 14: 395-420, 10 figs. 1964. Describes 
as new Novotinea anadalusiella (Lanjaron, Prov. Granada, Spain). Annotated 
list of the 60 spp. known from Spain & Portugal, with some systematic notes & 
figures of genitalia, and survey of parts of Peninsula where collections have been 
made. [P. B.] 

Pierce, F. N., & J. W. Metcalfe, The genitalia of the group Tortricidae of the 
Lepidoptera of the British Isles. xxii +101 pp., 34 pls. Reprint, 1960: E. W. 
Classey. See review in this Journal, 15: 127-128. 

Pinker, Rudolf, “Biologische Notizen tiber mazedonische Noctuiden (Lepidoptera, 
Noctuidae )” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., 12: 97-100, 106-111, 125— 
127; 23 figs. 1963. Notes on early stages of Polyphaenis subsericata, Cosmia 
rhodopsis, Plusia chlorocharis, Blepharita leuconota, Episema lederi, E. trimacula, 
E. korsakovi, & Eugnorisma pontica. Gives first description of @ of P. chlorocharis. 
2, 185 

Pinker, Rudolf, “Interessante und neue Funde und Erkenntnisse fiir die Lepidopteren- 
fauna der Kanaren II” [in German]. Zeitschr. weiner ent. Ges., 48: 183-190, 4 
pls., 8 figs. 1963. Describes as new Mythimna saucesa (Barranco de Agua, 
La Palma); Cataclysme grandis lapalmae (Barranco de Agua, La Palma), C. g. 
grancanariae (Telde, Gran Canaria). Describes early stages of C. grandis, Epi- 
sauris kiliani, & Sterrha charitata, & larva of S. vilaflorensis. Names “forms” of 
C. grandis & E. kiliani. [P. B.] 

Povolny, Dalibor, “GNORIMOSCHEMINI trib. nov.—eine neue Tribus der Familie 
Gelechiidae nebst Bemerkungen zu ihrer Taxonomie” [in German; Czech summary]. 
Acta Soc. ent. Cechosloveniae, 61: 330-359, 14 pls. (3 in color). 1964. New 
taxa: SCROBIPALPULA (type S. psilella H.-S.); OPACOSIS subgen. nov. (type 
O. inustella); Ephysteris treskensis (Treska Valley, S. Yugoslavia); Scrobipalpa 
obsoletella hospes (Vredendal, S. Africa), S. erichi (Tighina, USSR; paratypes 
from Jericho, Israel & Budapest, Hungary), S. soffneri (Nessebar, Bulgaria). New 
synonyms: Gnorimoschema pazsizkyi Rebel (= Phthorimaea tengstroemi Hack- 
man); Scrobipalpa suadella Richardson (= P. flavidorsella Amsel), S. gallincolella 
(Mann) (=G. philolycii Hering = G. reisseri Gregor & Povolny), S. intestina 
(Meyrick) (= G. mirabile Gregor & Povolny). [J. M.] 

Povolny, Dalibor, “Resultate einiger Typenuntersuchungen aus der Familie Gelechi- 
idae” [in German; Czech summary]. Acta Soc. ent. Cechosloveniae, 61: 53-57, 8 
figs. 1964. The types of following spp. are revised: Neofriseria singula (Staud- 
inger), Gelechia scotinella H.-S., G. senticetella (Staudinger), Aproaerema 
anthylidella (Hb.). Genitalia are figured. Discusses synonymy. [J. M.] 

Povolny, Dalibor, & Josef Moucha, “Zur taxonomischen Klarung von Narraga tes- 
sularia ilia Whli. nebst einigen Bemerkungen zu dieser Gattung” [in German; Czech 
summary]. Acta Soc. ent. Cechosloveniae, 59: 152-155, 2 pls. 1962. New 
taxonomic research on N. ¢. ilia & N. cappadocica Herbulot. Genitalia & imagines 
are figured. [J. M.] 

Powell, Jerry A., “Notes on the California species of the genus Pyla Grote (Lepidop- 
tera: Pyralidoidea).” Pan-Pacific Ent., 35: 109-114, 4 figs, 1 map. 1959. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 249 


Describes previously unknown @ of P. nigricula. Sinks P. sylphiella to P. scintillans. 
Notes on characters & distribution of these spp. & P. viridisuffusella. [P. B.] 

Powell, Jerry A., “Descriptions of new species of Argyrotaenia in the southwestern 
United States (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae). Pan-Pacific Ent., 36: 83-97, 12 figs. 
1960. Describes as new A. cupressae (Los Angeles, Calif.; reared from Cupressus 
sempervirens), A. beyeria (Berkeley, Alameda Co., Calif.) A. paiuteana (Rock 
Creek, 1 mi. W. of Tom’s Place, Mono Co., Calif.), A. lautana (Camp Baldy, San 
Bernardino Mts., Calif.), A. burnsorum (Madera Canyon, 5,800 ft., Davis Mts., 
Texas), A. graceana (Hathaway Creek, San Bernardino Mts., Calif.), A. martini 
(Pine Crest, Mt. Graham, Pinaleno Mts., Graham Co., Ariz., 7,300 ft.). [P. B.] 

Powell, Jerry A., “Taxonomic and biological observations on Pseudexentera habrosana 
(Heinrich) (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae).” Pan-Pacific Ent., 37: 203-209, figs. 
1961. This species has been confused with P. oregonana in collections; the pre- 
viously unknown female and larva are described. 

Powell, Jerry A., “Taxonomic studies on the Acleris gloverana-variana complex, the 
black-headed budworms (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae).” Canad. Ent., 94: 833-840, 
figs. 1962. A. variana is limited to the eastern portion of North America; western 
populations are assigned to A. gloverana, originally described from northern Cali- 
fornia. Differences include genitalic structure and genital scaling associated with 
oviposition. 

Powell, Jerry A., “Two previously undescribed species of Canadian Archipsini, with a 
report of the genus Lozotaenia Stephens in North America (Lepidoptera: Tortrici- 
dae).” Canad. Ent., 94: 841-845. 1962. Describes as new Archippus tsuganus 
(Knight Inlet, B.C., Canada; reared from Tsuga), Lozotaenia hesperiu (Dawson, 
Yukon, Canada, 1,100 ft.). 

Powell, Jerry A., “Biological and taxonomic notes on two California species of 
Proteoteras (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae).” Pan-Pacific Ent., 38: 191-195. 1962. 
Male genitalia of P. arizonae (previously unrecorded from California) are similar 
to P. obnigrana Heinrich rather than that figured by Heinrich from New Mexico. 
Revised key to larvae is given. 

Powell, Jerry A., “Records and description of some interesting species of Eucosma 
in California (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae).” Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 76: 235-246. 
1963. Describes as new, E. langstoni (Pozo, San Luis Obispo Co., Calif.), E. 
williamsi (Oakland Hills, Alameda Co., Calif.; reared from Baccharis pilularis); 
distributional notes on other spp. 

Powell, Jerry A., “Biological and taxonomic studies on tortricine moths, with reference 
to the species in California (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae).” Univ. of Calif. Publ. 
Ent., vol. 32, 318 pp., 108 figs., 8 plates, 14 maps. 1964. A summary of biologies, 
geographical distribution, and phylogenetic relationships of and within the 
Tortricinae, based on observations on the Calif. spp. and on literature for the 
Nearctic fauna. Comparative biology reveals criteria available for comparison of 
the three North American tribes of the subfamily. The Archipini is considered to 
be the most divergent of the three from a presumed ancestral type. Behavioral 
characteristics of this tribe and the so-called Sparganothinae strongly suggest that 
the latter group is more closely related to the Archipini than are the Cnephasiini and 
Tortricini. This confirms the proposal of tribal status for the sparganothines, based 
on larval characters, by MacKay (1962, Canad. Ent. Suppl. 28). About 35% of 
the Nearctic fauna, some 57 species, are treated from California, including four 
spp., and two subspp. described as new: Acleris keiferi (San Francisco; reared 
from Rubus vitifolia), A. paracinderella (Nevada Co.; reared from Prunus), A. 
aenigmana (Truckee, Nevada Co.), Choristoneura lambertiana californica ( Ander- 
son Springs, Lake Co.), Argyrotaenia franciscana insulana (Anacapa Island, Ven- 
tura Co.), A. isolatissima (Santa Barbara Island, Los Angeles Co.). 

Powell, Jerry A., “A review of Griselda Heinrich, with descriptions of a related new 
genus and two species (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae).” Pan-Pacific Ent., 40: 85-97, 
figs. 1964. Describes as new CHIMOPTESIS (type C. chrysopyla, n. sp., San 


250 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 19, no. 4 


Francisco, Calif.), C. matheri (Clinton, Hinds Co., Miss.); transfers Griselda 
gerulae Heinrich, 1923, and G. pennsylvaniana (Kearfott), 1907, to Chimoptesis, 
and Eucosma hypsidryas Meyrick, 1925, to Griselda. 

Powell, Jerry A., “Supplementary notes on North American and Mexican species of 
Decodes and Argyrotaenia, with descriptions of new species (Lepidoptera: Tortrici- 
dae).” Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 78: 65-80, figs. 1965. Describes as new Decodes 
lundgreni (Twain Harte, Tuolumne Co., Calif.), D. australis (Jocoque Dam, 
Aguascalientes, Mexico), Argyrotaenia lignitaenia (Pinyon Flat, Riverside Co., 
Calif.); treats A. beyeria Powell, 1960, as subspecies of A. cupressae Powell, and 
A. lautana Powell, 1960, as a subspecies of A. dorsalana (Dyar); notes on dis- 
tribution and variation in other spp. 

Razowski, Jozef, “European species of Cnephasiini (Tortricidae )” [in English; Russian 
& Polish summaries]. Acta Zool. cracov., 4: 179-321, pls. xvii-Ixvii. 1959. New 
spp. & forms are described: Cnephasia (Cnephasia) sareptana (Sarepta, USSR); 
C. (Anoplocnephasia) minima (Mostar, Yugoslavia); Eana incognitana (Engadin, 
Switzerland), E. jaeckhi (Ecully), E. rundiapicana (Bomich), E. herzegovinae 
(Bisina, Hercegovina, Yugoslavia), E. penziana fiorana (Mte. Porttella, Abruzzo, 
Italy); and a new “form.” Very important revision of Cnephasiini of Europe. 
Imagos and genitalia are figured. [J. M.] 

Razowski, Jézef, “Studies on the Cochylidae. Part II. The genera of the Palearctic 
Cochylidae” [in English; Polish summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, 30: 281-356, 146 
figs. 1960. A number of new genera and subgenera are described (types in 
parentheses): OBRAZTSOVIANA nom. nov. (Tortrix maculosana); PARAHY- 
STEROSIA subgen. nov. (Cochylis simoniana); (SUBSTENODES subgen. nov. 
(Cochylis pontana); PARASTENODES subgen. nov. (Cochylis meridiana): 
EUSTENODES subgen. nov. ( Euxanthis dorsimaculana); BIPENISIA subgen. noy. 
(Cochylis jucundana); CERATOXANTHIS gen. noy. (Cochylis argentomixtana) ; 
EUXANTHOIDES gen. nov. (Tortrix straminea); BLESZYNSKIELLA subgen. 
nov. (Tortrix alternana); PARAXANTHOIDES subgen. noy. (Cochylis chamomil- 
lana); PROCHLIDONIA gen. nov. (Tortrix amiantana); CRYPTOCOCHYLIS 
gen. nov. (Cochylis conjunctana); LONGICORNUTA gen. noy. (Cochylis phalera- 
tana); NEOCOCHYLIS subgen. nov. (Cochylis calavrytana); PARACOCHYLIS 
subgen. nov. (Cochylis amoenana); BREVICORNUTIA subgen. nov. (Cochylis 
pallidana). The family Cochylidae (= Phaloniidae) contains in the Palearctic 
region 24 genera of which 5 are described as new. From the taxonomic point of 
view an important study of this family. Heads, venation, and genitalia are figured. 
[J. M.] 

Razowski, Jozef, “Studies on the Cochylidae. Part III. On some studies from the 
collection of Dr. S. Toll” [in English; Polish summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, 30: 
397-402, 10 figs. 1960. Describes as new Phalonidia tolli (Manchuria, Djalantun, 
Prov. Kirin) and Eupoecilia citrinana (Manchuria, Hsiaoling, Prov. Kirin); many 
new combinations. Phalonidia chlorolitha (= Phalonia azyga, n. syn.). Describes 
also two “forms” of Cochylidia subroseana. Types & their genitalia are figured. 
[J. M.] 

Razowski, Jozef, “The genitalia of some Asiatic Tortricidae described by E. Meyrick” 
[in English; Polish summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, 30: 381-396, 22 figs. 1960. 
The genitalia are described & figured. All 19 types examined belong to the Paris 
Museum. Describes as new LASPEYRESINIA (type Eucosma metacritica) and 
CHOGANHIA (type Argyroploce sphaerocopa). A number of new combinations. 
[J. M.] 

Razowski, Jozef, “Etude des types de tordeuses de M. D. Lucas et P. Réal” [in French]. 
Bull. Mus. nat. Hist. nat., Paris, ser. 2, 32: 528-535. “1960” [1961]. Study of the 
types of spp. of leafrollers described by these authors; many taxa are synonyms. 
bes ll 

Razowski, Jozef, “Studien tiber die Cochylidae (Lepidoptera). Teil V. Cochylidae- 
Typen in Naturhistorischen Museum in Wien” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society PAB AL 


Ges., 46: 23-28, 14 figs. 1961. Notes on 28 types, giving label data, generic 
assignment, & brief descriptions or figures of genitalia. [P. B.] 

Razowski, Jézef, “Studies on Cochylidae. Part VI. Remarks on the types of some 
Cochylidae” [in English; Polish summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, 31: 301-319, 36 
figs. 1961. Describes as new PROHYSTEROPHORA (type Cochylis chionopa) 
and Euxanthoides hannemanni (Israel: Jordan Valley and Jerusalem). Many new 
combinations & new synonyms. [J. M.] 

Razowski, Jézef, “Two new species and one new subspecies of the genus Cnephasia 
Curt. ( Tortricidae)” [in English; Polish summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, 31: 105-107, 
4 figs. 1961. Describes as new C. jozefi (Aflou, Prov. Oran), C. tremewani 
(Sidi-bel-Abbés, Prov. Oran), and C. sareptana alatauana (Ala Tau Mts. and 
Aremnia, Eriwan). The genitalia of all new forms are described and figured. [J. M.] 

Razowski, Jézef, & Tosiro Yasuda, “Description of new Japanese Acleris-species 
(Lepidoptera, Tortricidae)” [in English; Japanese summary]. Trans. Lepid. Soc. 
Japan, 14: 80-89, 36 figs. 1963. Describes as new A. simplex (Tokusawa, 
Nagano Pref.), A. hokkaidana (Hokkaido), A. electrina (Kasugayama, Nara Pref. ), 
A. crassa (Hosono, Nagano Pref.), A. phantastica (Sigakoogen, Nagano Pref.), A. 
ophthalmica (Sigakoogen), A. takeuchii (Ikeno, Gifu Pref.), A. roxana (Takayama, 
Gifu Pref.); A. ulmicola is a good species. [P. B.] 

Rebillard, P., “Révision systématique des lépidoptéres nymphalides du genre Agrias” 
lmekzench|. Mem. Mus. nat. Hist. nat., n.s., A, Zool., 22: 57=254, 1 col. pl., 
2 pls. 1961. Study of the morphology and the geographical distribution of the 
genus Agrias. Bibliography of the 300 and more names included in this genus. 
2. Wal 

Reisser, Hans, “Hyphantria cunea Drury in Europa (Lepid., Arctiidae) (Der “ameri- 
kanische Webebar’ )” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 45: 51-61. 1960. 
Discusses problem of correct name for form found in Europe, concluding that 
textor is merely an extreme pale variant. Translates Drury’s and Harris’s descrip- 
tions. Surveys literature on occurrcence and biology in Europe, with comments. 
[P: Bel 

Reisser, Hans, “Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Sterrhinae (Lep., Geom.) V. Was ist 
Sterrha dilutaria praeustaria Lah. (Mann i.l.)?” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener 
ent. Ges., 47: 21-24. 1962. Describes as new S. d. illyrica (Illyria, Tergeste, 
Cerovlje); “praeustaria” is a “form.” [P. B.] 

Reisser, Hans, “Ocneria eos sp. nov., eine neue Lymantriide aut Kreta (vorlaufige 
Beschreibung )” [in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., 11: 9-10, 3 figs. 1962. 
Type locality Genni Gavé, N. Crete. [P. B.] 

Reisser, Hans, “Weitere neue Heteroceren aus Kreta” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener 
ent. Ges., 47: 193-216, 4 pls., 9 figs. 1962. Describes as new Axia vaulogeri 
nesiota (Assites, 800 m.); DANIELOSTYGIA (monobasic), D. persephone (Wur- 
wulitis); Phragmacossia albida minos (Knossos); Cryphia rectilinea insulicola 
( Assites, 500 m.), C. raptricola cretica (Ida, Silva Rouva, 1,300 m.); Phragmatoecia 
erschoffi (“Buchara Haus —’”). Redescribes Ocneria eos. Comparative notes on 
Phragmacossia spp. & Phragmatoecia. Notes on Cosymbia ariadne & Dyscia 
crassipunctaria (names a fall generation). List of recent additions to the fauna 
ot Crete: iP. B.| 


INDEX TO VOLUME 19 


(New names in boldface; synonyms in italics ) 


Achylodes tamenund, 20 Agapema galbina, 42 
Achalarus, lyciades, 27, 51, 196 Agraulis vanillae, 33, 114, 232 
toxeus, 27 Airplane, collections by, 129 


Acronicta brumosa, 189 Alabama argillacea, 133 


ASS Index to 


Alsophila pometaria, 226 
Amblyscirtes, nysa, 180 

vialis, 2 
Amatidae, 133 
Ampeloeca myron, 189 
Amsel, H. G., Microlepidoptera Palae- 

arctica, 117 

Anacampsis, 134 
Anaea, aidea, 113, 192 

andria, 34 
Ancyloxypha numitor, 196 
Annaphila pseudoastrologa, 237 
Anthanassa, 223 : 
Antheraea polyphemus, 226 
Anthocharis, genutia, 50 

pima, 112 

Saul, Ie, sy 
Apodemia, mormo, 112 

MAIS e232 

palmerii, 112 
Appias drusilla, 110, 226 
Apter, R. L., Connecticut records of 

Thymelicus, 195 

Arctiidae, 69, 82, 226, 228 
Arethusana, 202 
Aristotelia, 134 
Asterocampa, 200; celtis, 113, 180 

clyton, 180 

leilia, 113 

subpallida, 113 
Atalopedes campestris, 180 
Atlides halesus, 112 
Atreides plebia, 189 
Atrytonopsis, hianna, 215, 219 

vierecki, 220 
Automeris, 226; zephyria, 82 
Baron, O. 7. (1847-1926), 35 
Battaristis concinusella, 134 
Battus philenor, 109, 223, 229 
Bedellia somnulentella, 135 
Bell, E. L. (1876-1964), 190 
Biston betularia, 228 
Blastobasidae, 134 
Boisduval letters, 197 
Boloria, 200, 201, 202, 204 

astarte, 60 

chariclea, 58, 59 

distincta, 62 

eunomia, 61, 184, 242 

freija, 242 

frigga, 58, 59, 242 

improba, 60 

napaea, 60, 61 

polaris, 242 

selene, 62, 242 

titania, 59, 62, 242 


Volume 19 


Vol. 19, no. 4 


toddi, 104, 242 
Bomolocha, 133 
Book Notices, 46, 62, 90, 164, 230 
Book Reviews, 
Butterflies and Moths, 225 
Butterflies of San Francisco Bay Re- 
gion, 138 
Fauna U.S.S.R.; Tineidae, 
goninae, 102 
Prodromus Lepidopterorum Sloviciae, 
81 
Bowden, S. R., correction, 170 
Brephidium exilis, 112 
Brown, F. M., O. T. Baron, 35 
Boisduval letters and Melitaea identi- 
ties, 197 
Method for overwintering larvae, 187 
Brown, K. S., Jr., Arizona butterflies, 107 
Unusual California butterfly records, 
yl 
Bucculatrix, 135 
Burns, J. M., Connecticut records of 
Thymelicus, 195 
Butterflies at light, 179 
Caenurgina caerulea, 165 
Calephelis virginiensis, 49 
Callophrys, apama, 112, 232 
gryneus, 49 
irus, 50 
mactfarlandi, 177 
Calpodes ethlius, 2 
Cardé, R. T., Taxonomic notes on Holo- 
melina, 69 
Catocala cara, 52 
Celastrina argiolus, 50, 113, 232 
Celerio lineata, 189 
Celotes nessus, 6, 133 
Celyphoides cespitana, 134 
Ceratomia, 189 
Cercyonis, 202, 203, 204 
ariane, 161 
oetus, 114, 164 
pegala, 114, 179 
silvestris, 164 
stephensi, 161 
sthenele, 232 
Chionodes, 134; albofasciatus, 29 
Chlaenogramma jasminearum, 189 
Chlosyne, gorgone, 48 
lacmiay ities 232 
nycteis, 48 
Citheronia sepulchralis, 189 
Clench, H. K., Migration of Libytheana 
and Kricogonia, 223 
Beginning of the butterfly season, 239 


Nemapo- 


1965 


Cleora manitoba, 190 
Cochlididae, 190 
Coenonympha kodiak, 192 
Cogia outis, 23 
Coleophoridae, 134 
Colias, 200, 202 
alexandra, 61, 232 
boothii, 60 
cesonia, 34, 110, 232 
chrysomelas, 39 
eurytheme, 110, 133, 182, 183, 192, 
232, 
hecla, 57, 58, 61 
nastes, 60, 61 
palaeno, 58, 60, 61 
pelidne, 242 
philodice, 110, 182, 232 
vividior, 192 
Collection by airplane, 129 
Coloradia pandora, 226 
Comstock, J. A., E. R. Hulbirt, 243 
Copaeodes aurantiaca, 4 
Correction, 170 
Cosmopterygidae, 134 
Cressonia juglandis, 189 
Danaus, 192; gilippus, 114, 232 
plexippus, 114, 137, 180, 182, 227, 232 
Darapsa pholus, 189 
Diakonoff, A., Book Review, Zagulajev, 
102 
Dichomeris ligulella, 134 
Dolba hylaeus, 189 
Downey, J. C., Mimicry and distribution 
of Caenurgina, 165 
Doryodes spadaria, 190 
Drasteria graphica, 190 
Durden, C. J., Speyeria callippe and 
Artemisia, 186 
Egg preservation, 234 
Elasmopalpus lignosellus, 134 
Emesis, 192; zela, 112 
Epargyreus clarus, 30, 133, 180, 196 
Epermeniidae, 134 
Epiblema strenuana, 134 
sosana, 136 
Epistor lugubris, 189 
Erebia, 200; canadensis, 192 
disa, 57, 94 
discoidalis, 57, 76 
erinnyn, 57, 59 
epipsodea, 57 
masciata,. O71, 58, 61 
magdalena, 59 
rossii, 57, 58, 61 
theano, 57, 61 
vidleri, 76 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


youngi, 57, 58, 60, 61 
Erora quaderna, 232 
Erynnis, baptisiae, 11 
horatius, 11, 180 
pacuvius, 192 
propertius, 192 
telemachus, 192 
Estigmene acraea, 226 
Estimating the butterfly season, 239 
Eublemma obliqualis, 133 
Euchloe, ausonides, 112 
creusa, 112, 203 
Euchromius ocelleus, 134 
Eucordylea, 134 
Euherrichia moneifera, 189 
Euphydryas, anicia, 59 
nubigena, 172, 174 
rubrosuffusa, 172 
sierra, 173 
Euphyes, bimacula, 196 
dukesi, 148 
vestris, 180 
Ewuptoieta, claudia, 104, 114, 232 
hegesia, 114 
Euptychia, areolata, 139 
cymela, 47 
dorothea, 114, 232 
gemma, 47 
henshawi, 114 
mitchelli, 148 
rubricata, 42, 114, 232 
septentrionealis, 151 
Eurema, boisduvaliana, 111 
mexicana, 112, 232 
nicippe, 112, 232 
proterpia, 112 
Eurystrymon ontario, 50 
Eutelia pulcherrima, 190 
Eivalss a VV eel eany daemon eeAnmayatlal 
pseudoastrologa, 237 
Everes comyntas, 113, 180, 232 
Feeding adult Lepidoptera, 233 
Fleming, R. C., Catocala and Polygonia, 
iy 
Freeman, H. A., New Megathymus, 83 
Gelechiidae, 134 
Geometridae, 133, 190, 226, 228 
Geshna primordialis, 133 
Gesta invisus, 18 
Glaucopsyche lygdamus, 167, 232 
Glena cognataria, 190 
Glick, P. A., Collections by airplane, 129 
Glyphidocera, 134 
Glyphipterygidae, 134 
Glyphipteryx impigritella, 134 
Gnorimoschema, 134, 136 


254 


Gobeil, R. E., Butterflies on Kent Island, 
N. B., 181 
Gracillariidae, 135, 136 
Graphium marcellus, 199 
Groothuis, D., Range extension of Pieris 
beckeri, 221 
Gyrocheilus patrobas, 114, 232 
Habrodais grunus, 177 
Halisidota maculata, 226 
Hardesty, R., Range extension of Pieris 
beckeri, 221 
Heitzman, R., Life history of Problema, 
ei ; 
Diurnal Lepidoptera at light, 179 
Heliodinidae, 136 
Heliopetes, laviana, 7 
macaira, 9 
Heliothis zea, 133 
Hemaris diffinis, 189 
Hemiargus, gyas, 112 
isOlay Qe 1S6s 232 
Hemihyalea edwardsi, 82 
Hemileuca, 226 
Hensel, H., Two Weeks butterfly hunt- 
ing in Labrador, 242 
Hepialus, 39 
Herse cingulata, 189 
Hesperia, leonardus, 133 
metea, 215 
sassacus, 196 
viridis, 3 
Hesperiidae, 1, 51, 53; 77, 83, 91. 105, 
133 148s TSOP MOO 192s 195s 2a: 
242, 
Hessel, J. H., Hypaurotis at light, 55 
Hibernating larvae, 187 
Hipocrita jacobaeae, 227 
Holcocera, 134 
Holomelina, aurantiaca, 69, 71 
costata, 74 
ferruginosa, 70, 72 
fragilis, 74 
intermedia, 74 
laeta, 74 
lamae, 70, 73 
nigricans, 73 
opella, 73 
ostenta, 74 
pallipennis, 74 
Howe, W. H., Status of Agraulis in Kan- 
SaSsnco 
Hubbard, J. P., Butterflies of Pinos Altos 
Mountains, 231 
Huber, R. L., Record for Erebia dis- 
coidalis, 76 


Hulbirt, E. R. (1886-1965 ), 243 


Index to Volume 19 


Vol. 19, no. 4 


Hypaurotis crysalus, 55, 112, 232 
Incisalia, 226; fotis, 171 
Junonia, coenia, 113, 133 
evarete, 192 
Keiferia, 134 
Kendall, R. O., Foodplants for Texas 
Hesperiidae, 1 
Foodplant for Schinia olivacea, 105 
Kolyer, J. M., Inexpensive apparatus for 
photographing, 212 
Kricogonia, castalia, 223 
lyside, 111, 223 
Lambremont, E. N., Louisiana butter- 
flies, 47 
Langston, R. L., Distribution of Philotes, 
95 
Book Review, Tilden, 138 
Lapara, bombycoides (pineum), 206 
halicarniae, 189 
Laphygma frugiperda, 133 
Larval rearing and preservation, 233 
Legge, A. H., Collecting in Yukon and 
Alaska, 57 
Lephelisca nemesis, 112 
Leptotes marina, 112, 232 
Lerema accius, 133 
Lerodea eufala, 133 
Lethe portlandia, 180 
Lewis, G. G., Technique for spreading, 
115 
Libytheana bachmannii, 113, 223, 232 
Limacodes rectilinea, 190 
Limacodidae, 190 
Limenitis, 200, 202; archippus, 113, 183 
arthemis, 182 
astyanax, 113, 229, 232 
bredowii, 113, 232 
lorquini, 226 
Loxostege similalis, 133 
Lycaeides, 198; argyrognomon, 243 
melissa, 112 
Lycaenidae, 49, 55, 61, 95, 1122> 166 
165, 171, 177, 180) 1e23aiSiaaiSS 
200; 226; 232.243 
Lycaena, americana, 183 
dorcas, 61 
hypophlaeas, 61 
mariposa, 61 
rubidus, 112, 226 
thoe, 200 
xanthoides, 171 
Lyonetiidae, 135 
Mather, B., Euptychia distribution and 
variation, 139 
McFarland, N., On Automeris and Hemi- 
hyalea, 82 


1965 


On Callophrys macfarlandi, 177 
Notes on rearing and preserving lar- 
vae, 233 
Megathymus, yuccae, 51, 83 
. arizonae, 88 
. kendalli, 83 
. louisaeae, 84 
. reinthali, 84 
. reubeni, 88 
. stallingsi, 83 
. wilsonorum, 83 
y. winkensis, 87 
Melitaea, 204; baroni, 39 
callina, 207 
dymas, 114 
elada, 208 
fulvia, 232 
minuta, 232 
palla, 173 
perse, 114 
pola, 114, 206 
theona, 114 
ulrica, 208 
Microlepidoptera Palaearctica, 117 
Microtheoris, 133 
Microtia, 202, 114, 232 
Migration, 223 
Mimicry, 165, 227 
Mitoura siva, 112, 232 
Moucha, J., Book Review, Hruby, 81 
Nastra lheriminieri, 196 
Nathalis iole, 106, 112, 232 
Neominois ridingsi, 202 
Neophasia, menapia, 109, 232 
terlooti, 110 
Nepticulidae, 135 
Neurobatha strigifinitella, 135 
Newcomer, E. J., Type locality of Cer- 
cyonis stephensi, 161 
Noctuidae, 52, 105, 133, 165, 183, 189, 
DKS, 3 
Nomophila noctuella, 133 
Notodontidae, 190 
Nymphalidae, 33, 37, 38, 39, 42, 48, 52, 
So-o2 OA WLS, 133; 171, 172-175, 
NSOL 1382, 183, 184, 186, 192, 200- 
PQom22o0 226) 227, 229, 232, 242 
Nymphalis, antiopa, 49, 113, 182, 183, 
AS 
californica, 232 
milberti, 113 
Oeneis, 199, 201, 202, 203 
bore, 61 
brucei, 60 
chryxus, 57, 173, 174 
jutta, 57, 249 


We wench 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


macounii, 125 
melissa, 60, 61, 242 
peartiae, 60 
polixenes, 60, 61 
taygete, 58, 242 
Oidaematophorus, 133 
Ommatochila mundula, 133 
Paleacrita vernata, 226 
Panaxia dominula, 228 
Panoquina hacebolus, 192 
Panthea furcilla, 189 
Panthiades m-album, 50 
Paonias, astylus, 189 
myops, 189 
Papilionidae, 37, 39, 57, 58, 60, 109, 173, 
LSOVMS2 192. OSES 2035 20550226: 
HS}. WB) 
Papilio, bairdii, 109, 232 
cresphontes, 109, 192 
eurymedon, 109, 226 
glaucus, 57, 192 
indra, 37, 39 
machaon, 57, 58, 60, 226 
multicaudata, 109, 232 
polyxenes, 109, 182, 232 
rutulus, 232 
zelicaon, 173 
Paramecera xicaque, 114 
Parnassius, 199, 203, 205 
eversmanni, 58, 60 
dos Passos, C. F., E. L. Bell, 190 
Addenda and Corrigenda to the “Syn- 
onymic List,’ 192 
Pectinophora gossypiella, 134, 136 
Periploca concolorella, 134 
Phaloniidae, 134 
Phillips, L. S., Flight habits of Boloria, 
104 
Philotes, 198; battoides, 95, 226 
enoptes, 97, 98 
sonorensis, 100, 226 
Phlegethontius, 189 
Phoebis sennae, 111, 232 
Pholisora catullus, 4, 51, 196 
Pholus, 189 
Photographing specimens, 212 
Phyciodes, 202, 204, 205 
campestris, 114 
aogylbhac, JLB), POY, OBR 
picta, 114 
texana, 48, 113, 232 
tharos, 104, 113, 133, 180 
Rieridaeo40598 50) o1.).05, 00.7615 TO) 
133, 180; 182, 183, 192, 200; 202, 
DOS, LANL, PAC, VEO. Gy 
Pieris, 200; beckeri, 221 


256 


napi, 110, 192, 232 
protodice, 110, 180, 232 
rapae, 110, 182 
sisymbrii, 110, 232 
Plathypena scabra, 133 
Plebejus, 197, 198; acmon, 112, 232 
aquilo, 243 
argyrognomon, 61, 167 
icarioides, 165 
melissa, 167 
saepiolus, 171 
Poanes hobomok, 196 
Polites, coras, 196 
mystic, 196 
origines, 196 
sonora, 192 
themistocles, 180, 196 
vibex, 2 
Polygonia, 200, 203, 205; comma, 48, 180 
faunus, 113, 172 
hylase 13 
interogationis, 52, 180 
satyrus, 113 
zephyrus, 113, 172, 173, 232 
Pompeius verna, 196 
Powell, J. A., Book Review, Mitchell and 
binds DOA, 
Predation, 169 
Preserving larvae, 234 
Presidential address, 193 
Problema byssus, 77 
Pseudaletia unipuncta, 133, 226 
Pseudoboarmia buchholzaria, 190 
Pseudosphinx tetrio, 227 
Pterophoridae, 133, 136 
Pterophorus tenuidactylus, 133 
Pupae, injection for preservation, 236 
Pyralidae, 133 
Pyralis farinalis, 133 
Prygus, albescens, 91 
centaureae, 242 
communis, 10, 91, 105 
oilus, 192 
Rearing and preserving larvae, 187, 233 
Recent Literature on Lepidoptera, 63-68, 
126-128, 245-252 
Rindge, F. H., Presidential address, 193 
Riodinidae, 49, 112, 192, 232 
Ross, G. N., Louisiana butterflies, 47 
Ruckes, H., E. L. Bell, 190 
Saturniidae, 42, 82, 189, 226 
Satynidae; "42, 5475 57i—-6l, 76, 94. 114 
Ws. BE TUBS IGE Mrs lee ls 0s 
199-204, 232, 242 
Satyrium, 49 
Scepsis fulvicollis, 133 


Index to Volume 19 


Vol. 19, no. 4 


Schinia olivacea, 105 
Schizura apicalis, 190 
Scythrididae, 134, 136 
Shapiro, A. M., Ecology and behavior of 
Hesperia and Atrytonopsis, 215 
Sheppard, J. H., Erebia in Washington 
State, 94 
Sheppard, P. M., Monarch butterfly and 
mimicry, 227 
Smerinthus cerisyi, 226 
Speyeria, 200, 201, 202, 204, 205 
aphrodite, 114 
atlantis, 62, 114, 232 
callippe, 171, 172, 186 
hydaspe, 172 
letor 3m, 33542 
mormonia, 61, 114 
nevadensis, 226 
nokomis, 37, 114 
zerene, 172 
Sphingidae, 189, 206, 226 
Sphinx kalmiae, 189 
Spreading minute moths, 115 
Staphylus mazans, 23 
Stegasta bosqueella, 134 
Strymon, cecrops, 180 
leda, 112, 232 
melinus, 112, 1807232) 
sylvinus, 112 
Systasea pulverulenta, 9, 21 
Taylor, R. & B., Collecting sphingids on 
the Gulf Coast, 189 
Technique for spreading, 115 
Tetanolita mynesalis, 133 
Thorybes, albosuffusa, 27 
bathyllus, 25, 180, 196 
pylades, 26, 51, 180, 196 
Thymelicus lineola, 195 
Tilden, J. W., Urbanus procne and sim- 
plicius, 53 
Note on Pyrgus, 91 
Tineidae, 102, 135 
Tischeriidae, 135 
Tortricidae, 134, 136 
Trichoplusia ni, 133 
Urbanus, procne, 53 
proteus, 28 
simplicius, 53 
Vanessa, atalanta, 113, 180, 182, 232 
cardui, 113, 172, 180, 232 
carye, 113 
virginiensis, 113, 173, 182, 232, 
Wallengrenia egeremet, 196 
Walshiidae, 134 
Xylophanes tersa, 189 
Zoological Nomenclature, 176, 224 


EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL 


Editor: Jerry A. POWELL 
Associate Editor 
ee (Literature Abstracting): PETER F. BELLINGER 
‘* Associate Editor 
(“Especially for Collectors” ): FrED T. THORNE 


a : Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEWCOMER 
Manager of the Memoirs: Sipney A. HEssEL 


Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. BELuincer, S. A. 
HeEssEL, E. G. Munroe, J. A. Powe.x, C. L. REMINGTON 
(chairman), F. T. THorne, E. J. Newcomer. 


NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL 


_ Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study 
of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; 
- authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts 
must be typewritten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and 
_ one side only of white, 8% x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of 
_ the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, in- 
_ cluding an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possi- 
_ ble. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFER- 
ENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. 
Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. 
i Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other 
material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley © 
proof is received. 


> q Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powetx, 112 Agricul- 
_ ture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. 


‘ Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal 
field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News 
_ Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 


\ddress remittances and address changes to: GrorceE Ene, 314 Atkins Ave., 
Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. 


Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) 
A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA 
by Cyni F. pos Passos 
Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures 
available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, 
add $1.50. postpaid 
Order from the Society Treasurer. 


Printed in U.S. A. 
ALLEN PRESS 
Lawrence, Kansas 


1965 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 19, no. 4 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Presidential Address. The importance of collecting—NOW 
by Frederick .H. Rindge 2000030.) ee 193-195 


First Connecticut records of Thymelicus lineola, an introduced hesperiid 
by Robert L. Apter and John M. Burns _________________.____._ 195-196 


Three letters from J. A. B. D. De Boisduval to W. H. Edwards, and a 
the true identity of Melitaea i Sa Bdy. and Melitaea callina Bdv. 4 


by F. Martin Brown - cae ve ee , 
An inexpensive apparatus for egiecdinig mounted specimens 4 
by John ‘M: Kolyer 0 ee 212-214 
Ecological and behavioral notes on Hesperia metea and : a 
Atrytonopsis hianna ( Hesperiidae ) a 
by Arthur M. Shapiro — 0 


A recent range extension of Pieris beckeri (Pieridae) in Wyoming 4 i 
by Dennis Groothuis and Richard Hardesty _._-._____ . 221-222 @ 
A migration of Libytheana and Kricogonia in southern Texas a ; 
y Harry K: Clench 220 eee eee . 223-224 


The Monarch butterfly and mimicry 
by JP: M, Sheppard)? 223 ee eee __. 22°7-230 a 


Description and habits of larvae of Annaphila pseudoastrologa ( Noctuidae) ‘ 
by William H. Evans: as eee 237-239 


ESPECIALLY FOR FIELD COLLECTORS 


Some butterflies of the Pinos Altos Mountains, New Mexico 
by Jobn P: Hubbard 0 nee — 231-232 — 


Additional notes on rearing and preserving larvae of Macrolepidoptera a 
by. Noel McFarland, ee 233-236 | 

The beginning of the butterfly season = 
by darry.. Ki Clench: 22) a a ee ee .. 239-241 % 


Two weeks of butterfly sii in central Labrador im 
by Heury: Hensel» eee 242-243 a 


Edwin Ray Hulbirt (1886-1965) a 
by John A. Comstock 


ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE ______ ss 
BOOK NOTICE, REVIEW _ _ 21,2 
RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA 


INDEX TO’ VOLUME) 19: eee eee 


a 


Foe ee : 
VF gp LIE eh FE 
ae: 
c 


- Volume 20 1966 b Number 1 


JOURNAL 


of the 


_ Lepipoprerists SOCIETY 


Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
: Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES 


_ Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 


In This Issue 


AUTOMATION IN RHOPALOCERA RESEARCH 
FACTORS IN PIERIS WING MARKINGS 
LIFE HISTORY OF SCHINIA NIVEICOSTA 
MINUTES OF PACIFIC SLOPE MEETINGS 
1966 ANNUAL MEETING IN OTTAWA 


(Complete contents on back cover) 


15 March 1966 


THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
1965 OFFICERS 


President: F. H. Rinnce (New York, N. Y., U. S. A.) 

Ist Vice President: I. F. B. Common (Canberra, Australia ) 

Vice President: RaMon AGENJjo ( Madrid, Spain) 

Vice President: H. E. Hinton (Bristol, England ) 

Treasurer: GEORGE EHLE (Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A.) 
Asst. Treasurer: SipnEy A. HEsseu ( Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) 

Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Ill., U. S. A.) 
Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) 


EXECUTIVE COUNCIL 


Terms expire Dec. 1965: Suiceru A. Ar (Showaku, Nagoya, Japan) 
LINCOLN P. BRoweER (Amherst, Mass., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1966: CHARLES P. KimBaut (Sarasota, Fla., U. S. A.) 
W. Harry LANGE, Jr. (Davis, Calif., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1967: Himosui Kuroxo (Fukuoka, Japan) 


D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Canada) 
and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor 


The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and 
formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology 
in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, 
to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and 
the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these 
aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among 
the lepidopterists of all countries. 

Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of 
lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of 


the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not 


become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for 
the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological 
interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society 
business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made 
payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: 
Active Members—annnal dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) 
Sustaining Members—annual dues $15.00 (U.S. A.) 
Life Members—single sum $125.00 (U.S. A.) 7 
Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth 
Road, Hampton, Middx., England. 
In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and 
special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are 


distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the g ; 


Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the — 
News each year. 


The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of | 


publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut. Second — 
class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 


JOURNAL OF 


Tue LEeriporpreERIstTs’ SOCIETY 


Volume 20 1966 Number 1 


APPLICATION OF AUTOMATION IN RHOPALOCERA RESEARCH 


CHARLES R. CROWE 
5027 N.E. 23rd Ave., Portland, Oregon 


In the 1890 census of Baltimore, Maryland, Dr. Herman Hollerith intro- 
duced the first punched card method of tabulating data (Copeland, 
1949). Since that time, punched card procedures have mushroomed to 
the point where automated tabulating processes are being utilized in al- 
most all phases of science and industry. 

To date, automated procedures in the Rhopalocera field are few. It is 
true that some experimental, and highly controversial, work has been 
carried on in the taxonomic area—witness the recent papers of Ehrlich, 
Rohlf, Sokal, Michener, and Sneath, among others. The scope of this 
pilot work is quite limited as of yet, though implications indicate a much 
broader investigation of this lucrative field by butterfly taxonomists. 

From compilation of punchcard data, the volumes of Forest Lepidop- 
tera of Canada (McGugan, 1958; Prentice, 1962, 1963) have been real- 
ized, and forest entomologists in the United States are also accumulating 
data on punchcard file systems (Powell, 1965). 

My desire, stemming from a speculative note by J. W. Tilden in the 
March, 1962, issue of the Lepidopterists’ News, is to acquaint the average 
collector with automated tabulating machines, with the primary empha- 
sis on recording field records and observations of collectors, and standard- 
ization of collecting procedures. 

The equipment mentioned is commonly in use today in banks, offices, 
and department stores and is mentioned here due to its relatively low 
cost. Many more elaborate computing or tabulating systems, such as 
International Business Machines (hereafter abbreviated to IBM) highly 
versatile 1401 series (Anonymous, 1961), are on the market today. 

As we frequently see in the news media, the Federal Government is 
underwriting huge sums annually to other deserving aspects of natural 
science. Perhaps a grant from the National Science Foundation or a simi- 
lar organization would be sufficient to start the project. Already Cornell 


bo 


Crowe: Processing butterfly data Vol. 20:-noaw 


University has produced a Pilot Register of Zoology (W. L. Brown, 1964) 
for card listing of all living and fossil organisms. Perhaps soon a project 
of that type may be developed on a continuing basis. 

The U. S. Department of Agriculture presently has in operation a 
system adapted to the study, by automatic data processing, of range 
plants (Garrison & Skovlin, 1960). The plants each have a number, in 
a general catalog, and when noted in the field, a coded report is sent to 
the central office where it is punched in a card and processed on tabulat- 
ing machines. 

Since 1950 the Canadian Forest Insect and Disease Survey has utilized 
standardized procedures of recording field data on punch cards. At pres- 
ent, close to a million records have accumulated, with an annual inflow 
of new records close to 50,000 (C. E. Brown, 1964). In 1962, program- 
ming a Univac Solid State Computer, maps of Lepidoptera distribution 
were produced for Canada, utilizing methods described by C. E. Brown 
(1964). 


THE PuNcH CARD 


The punch card, when properly prepared, can produce automatically, 
and at high speed, an almost unlimited number of statistical comparisons 
(Arkin & Colton, 1964). The card is the actual controlling agent of all 
the machines through which it passes, causing itself to be counted, 
printed, classified, sorted in a sequence, collated in sequence, compared, 
selected, reproduced, edited, coded, and decoded, plus doing all the 
normal arithmetical operations. 

The card is divided into 12 horizontal columns and 80 vertical columns. 
The horizontal values indicate a general topic, as date or species, while 
the vertical values give a specific value to each subject. In Fig. | is re- 
produced a standard IBM punch card. The specific fields (areas to be 
punched, like date and species) may be marked off in any desired ar- 
rangement. 

The vertical columns have 12 general positions for punching, the two 
at the top being known as 12 or X punch areas, which are used as con- 
trols, or to identify a specific card. Thus an X punch in column 47 might 
indicate that the card carries special data on Euphydryas. 

Some possible card field descriptions, with regard to butterfly data, 
are as follows: 

Date card punched. The first card field, or first five columns of the 
IBM card, would be reserved for the date the card was actually punched 
and a code number for the keypuncher. 

Species number. Card columns six to 10 could be reserved for a number 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 3 


§i2 


4 SP6 7 BO IGA 12413 14]15 16} 17 16] 19 2g 21 2423 2415 26 27/26 290 31682 33]34 35 36497 38 49 40] 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 5! 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74:75 76 77 78 79 80 


1 i <a pe HOI a aA A a aa 


a 3M 3|3 3 3|3 30 3/3 3]3 3 3M 3 3/33933933933933333333333339333933933333333 
z AMMA Bs 4 4]4 ala aa ala ala ala ala ala 4 sla ala alga 4 41444 41444 444444444444644444444444445444444444444 
z 55/5555 5}5 55/5 5/5 545 5[5 515 5/55 515 515M§5 515 9 5/555 5/5 555555555555555555555555555555555555555 
G 6/6 66 5/6 6/6 G16 Glc 6) Glo MMs G\6 6 G\6 6\6 (6 G5 6 BIGGS GIGESESG6GG656666656566666566666666666666666 
Shr qr7 77 ah TTT TNT TNT TPT 17 77777 747 77 707707794072 7777779977779779:7:7:7:7:7777777777977771727277 
a. ? 8/8 QMS 8/8 818 8]8 8/8 8]8 8 ols Bie Bib Bie 8 818 88 GIBB BBB RBBBBBSSBBESBRSBBEBSESBEBBEBSEERBRB 


2}9993\999999999999999995999999999999999 999999 
2 n 7 


72 73 74 75 76 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURE 


Fig. 1. The IBM punch card, as would conceivably be used in an entomological 
IBM installation. 


to be ascribed to each “species.” This number does not, of course, have 
to be five spaces long, but that gives sufficient room for general locality 
records of some 99,999 different varieties to be numbered. 

Locality. Present methods of citing localities will not suffice for use on 
IBM cards. The only logical approach for a punch card is with latitude 
and longitude. This would necessitate collectors keeping track of this 
new information for each collecting site. 

County and state. Vast numbers of cards would be sorted by species 
and geographically, to facilitate manual handling. This would be ac- 
complished by coding the county and state of the locality from any 
standard atlas. The numbering would not need to be limited to North 
America, but could cover the world. 

Elevation. The altitude of capture would best be stated in hundreds 
of feet or meters above sea level. 

Collector. Each collector would have an assigned number, determined 
automatically as data is received from that collector. 

Since the machines print alphabetical figures, the first figure of an 
individual’s number would consist of the first letter of his last name, 1.e., 
John Doe, being D422. 

Remaining columns. Those columns remaining could be utilized in 
any means desired. Any type of information could be coded by number, 
the data being dependent on standardization—the key word in automa- 
tion. The areas could be used in any field of research, with entries of 
taxonomic, climatic, genetic, or other interests. These columns may be X 
or 12 punched in any specific column to indicate any one of several hun- 


4 Crowe: Processing butterfly data Vol. 20: noma 


dred different areas of research. The specialist, then, need only develop 
a code for his area of study, and publish it in a suitable medium. 

I emphasize the policy of nonspecialists doing the basic fieldwork spe- 
cifically for the purpose, that it is intolerable that the specialist should 
have to do all his own sampling (Ehrlich, 19861b), often covering years 
of research, when abundant punch card data could be within easy reach. 

Determinations. It is rare, even with experts, when 100% accuracy in 
determinations is realized. The use of numerical taxonomy should quan- 
tify this greatly, by giving numerical limits to degrees of variation. This 
data, if to be properly utilized, must then be presented in a usable form 
to novice collectors, so that accurate carded data may be forthcoming. 

Perhaps then, general instructions could be presented to collectors, de- 
veloping a special taxon, procedure, or covering a related area such as 
ecology, genetics, or taxonomy. After completion of these instructions, 
specialists may reasonably expect a high degree of accuracy in the infor- 
mation submitted concerning those specialized areas studied by the ama- 
teur. In turn, one can also expect the novice to become proficient, and 
eventually a specialist in his own area of interest. If a pilot project of 
this sort could be sponsored by the Society, it might be well to investigate 
it further. 


THE Data PROCESSING MACHINES 


The actual data processing system consists of numerous machines, each 
designed for a specific purpose, and all with an extreme range of func- 
tion. 

The keypunch. Data received from collectors must be punched in code 
numbers onto cards. This is done on a keypunch, a typewriter-like ma- 
chine that punches holes rather than printing. The holes are then read 
by various machines, through which the card passes, by means of metal 
brushes completing a circuit through the cards, the body of the card act- 
ing as an insulator. 

The reproducer (IBM 514). Where large amounts of similar informa- 
tion are to be punched, a reproducer is utilized, which copies, or “gang 
punches,” the data from the preceding card. 

When connected to the IBM 407 tabulator, the 514 acts as a “summary 
punch,” punching totals accumulated on the tabulator into new cards to 
reduce handling of large volumes of similar cards. 

The interpreter (IBM 552). When data is to be manually handled a 
great deal, as will large volumes of butterfly record cards, the punched 
holes may be printed on the top of the card, so as to be read visually. 

The sorter (Several makes). The sorter is used to put the cards into 


Ol 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


any type of sequence or order. This machine can select, group, or reject 
the numbers on any single column. Quite probably, new incoming cards 
will be sorted by collector, county, state, and species (sorting the most 
minor area first), and collated with the main file. 

The collator (IBM 085). To facilitate filing of the cards, a collator is 
used to merge groups in a common sequence. New cards will then be 
easily merged with the main file, rather than a time-consuming sorting 
process, due to the 085’s ability to read 80 columns simultaneously. This 
machine may also be used to select groups of common card fields or con- 
trol punches. 

The tabulator (IBM 407). The tabulator is used to list all the coded 
data. It is another machine with many uses, and can add and subtract 
the card data while printing, besides cut a summary card on the IBM 514. 

A wiring panel on this machine gives an almost unlimited field of alter- 
nate working functions, each function being controlled by individual con- 
trol wires on the panel. The IBM 514, 552, 085, and 602-604 systems also 
have this control panel. 

The computer (IBM 602-604). Oftentimes there is a need for mathe- 
matical formulas to be solved in large numbers. This is done by a 
computer, and can handle most problems encountered in statistical com- 
parisons, correlations, or ratios. A disadvantage of this specific machine 
is its relatively slow speed. 


OPERATION OF THE MACHINES 


Figure 2 shows the flow of information from collection of data to its 
dispersal in a typical operation. A quick sort yields all the cards of a 
species in a given region for those who desire listings of all available in- 
formation on distribution in an area. By sorting on latitude and longi- 
tude, the IBM 407 can put a series of dots in sequence on a sheet of 
paper, the student needing only to add a map outline which has been 
printed to scale, in order to receive the known distribution of that species 
in the area of interest (see C. E. Brown, 1964). Another request on cor- 
relation of wing length and precipitation would be summary punched to 
find totals, the cards having sums figured on the computer. Thus, any 
type information desired, if punched on the cards, may be arranged in 
any manner and printed, whether a simple sort is required for a distribu- 
tional study or a complex selection process comparing several factors 
against each other is desired. 

In practice, quite probably collectors would be asked to supply the 
raw field data to be punched in the cards described. Figure 3 is a sug- 
gested format for consolidating field data. The area to the left would 


6 Crowe: Processing butterfly data Vol. 20, no. 1 


INCOMING KEYPUNCH woo. IBM 514 
DATA punch all a gangpunch 
pertinent ies date recvd, 


data and leg. 


IBM 552 
print data 
on card 


SORTER 
sort by Co., 
State, Lat., 
Long., and sp. 


IBM 085 
merge with 


main file | 


Veer 


MAIN FILE 

in order by sp., 

LOINC), MNES ; ~ 
State, and Co. 


REQUEST FOR 
DISTRIBUTION OF 
Sj Speyeria egleis 


IBM 085 
merge with egleis file 
and climate cards for 
line and space control 


~ 


AP OFS. |, | 
~~ | egleis Ix SORTER 
“4! LOCALITIES beiese a1 ©. 


. 
a > Ce ec 7 D>-- 2 eo ew ee ee ee 


| 
| egleis with wing 
i- 


| rs 
ECOLOGY FILE 


IBM 085 


REQUEST FOR 


CORRELATION OF S. SOIL, stows merge S. egleis 

egleis FW COLOR AND en, CLINIATE “*+x file with 

MEAN ANN. PRECIP. FOLIAGE, precip. data 
lO 6 ~~ 


514 SUMMARY IBM 407 a SORTER IBM 514 | 
°G eo@ca ome ' 


punch summary | Summarize precip select precip. punch precip. in 
card of totals and wing .color. cards and retum research cols. 
Y ¥ to ecology file of species card 


IBM 604 
do all 
arithmetical 


CORRELATION 
COEFFICIENTS 

OF PRECIP. AND 
WING COLOR 


operations 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURE 


Fig. 2. The flow of data cards through an IBM installation. Solid line indicates 
path of new data to main file. Short dashes indicate path of data in request for dis- 
tribution. Dotted line indicates path of data in request for correlation of data. 


serve for the IBM card, the balance of written material being for the 
collectors’ convenience. The format is not copyrighted, and may be 
copied. 

In the checkered area at the bottom of the card, coded data of research 
interest would be written. The control figures on the left indicate what 
the following information might consist of, and how to control it. On the 
card, “Taxo. X-45” indicates taxonomic data, the control punch an X in 
column 45. The circled column indicates the first punch and last punch 
of a field, the number being the number of the column. The coded num- 
ber itself will represent a value for a standard taxonomic feature, as 
genitalic measurement ratios or wing pattern elements. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society i 


CODED DATA SPECIES: Lycaena cupreus Date:12 Jul 64 
05360:SPECIES Co: Harney State: Oreg. SPM # 1256 
1207 64:DATE LOCALITY DETAIL: 12 Miles NNW of Burns, Hy. 
1 pa OUT 395. In small ravine in Pine forest, 
pee AT along Theimer Creek. 
Hig )96:LONG. {wp: 21§ RAN: 31E SEC: center of 15 
13 :COUNTY | WEATHER: abt. 85°, few cumulus, wind light 
37 :STATE PLANTS NOTED: Willow and Aspen underbrush, 
90 :ELV. Lodgepole Pine dominant, Lupines abundant. 
C211 :LEG. Leg:C.R. Crowe Det by:C.R.C.-July 1964 
OTHER SPECIES PRESENT: helloides, editha, and rubidus. 
MISC. DATA: Benchmark at base of ravine is BM4950'. Dock was 
common in marshy spots along the creek and along the road. 
specimens were visiting goldenrod. 
CODED RESEARCH DATA REQUESTED BY SPECIALISTS . 


imp emcol. 45 2923568 445272164231105 46 
PeOmn IA incol., 72.722 1445 80 
Chive aincol 47  A72311032651137250 63 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURE 


Fig. 3. The suggested field data card format (not copyrighted). With this type of 
card, all raw data concerning butterflies will be collected and punched on a standard 
punch card format. 


On some of the more controversial genera, as in Speyeria, Euphydryas, 
and Colias, areas of common ground will have to be agreed on, so that a 
number may be applied to any given specimen. There, of course, will be 
some specimens that resist numbering, but probably can be broken down 
statistically and defined by numerical taxonomic methods and _ proce- 
dures. 

SPECIES 


Some systematists would attempt to consolidate various species and 
form names ( Hovanitz, 1943), ignoring variants from the original descrip- 
tion or types. Others, more versatile, even attack basic species concepts 
(Ehrlich, 196la). Realizing that probably both have some useful appli- 
cation, it is necessary for automation to approach the recording area with 
a general compromise. 

As the primary usefulness of data processing lies in standardization of 
all values to be coded, it is noticed that members of many genera are 
quite resistant to any form of pigeonholing. It would appear from some 
recent literature (Ehrlich, 196la, b; Ehrlich & Holm, 1962) that a spe- 
cies or subspecies is only a signpost along a long trail, and the post is 


8 Crowe: Processing butterfly data Vol. 20; non 


planted only at the convenience of the original describer of the first speci- 
men. Ehrlich and Holm believe this type of thinking is now slowly on the 
decline as it becomes more obvious that the clear-cut “biological species” 
concept is nonexistent in many cases, with the distinctness of many of our 
own butterfly species probably being vastly overrated. 

Recently Ehrlich demonstrated a method of discriminating specimens 
by comparing their taxonomic features. That is, Euphydryas editha 
colonia would no longer be a name, but a concept expressed with a 
specific number representing coded values of certain taxonomic charac- 
ters. These numbers, in themselves, would replace conventional methods 
of naming of various supposedly “distinct” entities found in the field. 
Names, then, will be retained only as a convenience in speaking or writ- 
ing of a very wide group. | 

Ehrlich (196la) after a careful analysis of 74 different characters on 
13 specimens of Euphydryas, was able to construct with automated equip- 
ment (Burroughs 220, checked on IBM 650 series) a statistical diagram 
that revealed significant discriminatory information of the specimens, and 
established a base for speculaton on origins. It is probable that in most 
cases, after a preliminary investigation of great numbers of characters 
with each taxon, the total number might be simplified and standardized 
to those characters that are most significant. Stroud pioneered in this 
statistical area using only 14 characters in a study of termites (Sckal & 
Michener, 1958). More, perhaps, would be necessary to accumulate sig- 
nificant data with most of our genera, but the possibilities that novice 
collectors, with simplified procedures and equipment, might be of value 
in this field are great. 

The present literature offers many examples of standardization suitable 
for widespread usage with automated equipment. Hovanitz (1943) has 
formulated a table for California Speyeria callippe, which need only be 
extended to other callippe forms, and addition of other characteristics 
than wing color patterns. In conjunction with Jude Le Gare (1951), he 
diagrammed and coded the pattern elements of Melitaea chalcedona, 
which may be applied to any form of Euphydryas, again adding other 
characteristics to better represent the known variation. These are only 
two of the many noted examples. By compiling, editing, and coding 
variable features of a species, then, eventually standardized procedures 
may be developed with which one may adequately deal with any butter- 
fly variation found in the field or produced in the laboratory. 

A notable quote from Ehrlich (196la): “The continued presence of 
authors names following the names of species of North American butter- 
flies is, in most cases, a waste of type.” “Citation of authors’ names as a 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 9 


matter of course should cease.” To my way of thinking, the present dos 
Passos checklist (1964) should be used as a standard directory, ignoring 
authors, until such time as a truly knowledgable and meaningful change 
in the status of the names may be made. With governing by the Interna- 
tional Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, the rules and names com- 
prise a usable system, but perhaps another, more usable system, should 
replace it. 


SOME ADVANTAGES OF AUTOMATION 


A great number of existing possibilities for every collector and interest 
is apparent, besides having all records available even though files or col- 
lections may be lost through accident or demise. 

New specialists would be attracted to the field, making contributions 
from their own knowledge and specializations. Mathematicians and stat- 
isticians will be involved directly in the project, adding their training and 
experience to that of the taxonomist. 

Of necessity, the record-keeping practices of participating collectors 
will improve. Vast amounts of information normally ignored, or lost in 
field notebooks, will come to light. 

With a listing of all localities that have been collected, “blank” areas 
of previously uncollected areas will be noted, and perhaps collected, add- 
ing new distributional data to the files. 

The only requirement of card punching, as mentioned earlier, is stan- 
dardization of data, so that any conceivable type of data may be pre- 
served on the punched card and compared in a statistical analysis with 
any other type of data. 

With latitude and longitude accurately determined, it is possible to 
punch other sets of cards with extensive ecological data: climato- 
logical means, soil data, solar radiation maps, radioactive background 
counts, foliage cover and plant or tree distributions, geological maps, and 
other type of information found in a standardized format that could be 
carded. This data could be collated with that of the butterfly specimens 
to yield considerable information on life habits, habitats, and distribu- 
tions, besides giving a means of comparing taxonomic features with 
ecological data to find, possibly, a previously unknown or unsuspected 
correlaton. 

The long, tedious, computations necessary in correlating could be car- 
ried out rather simply with automated equipment. Large volumes of 
data could be automatically correlated as a matter of course, resolving 
obscure questions on pattern and ecology relationships, or other similar 
problems. 


10 Crowe: Processing butterfly data Vol... 20. noma 


Presently, the U. S. Navy has ventured into electronography (Plain, 
1964), with electronic taping of entire pieces of literature. With their 
present equipment, some 17,400 characters are composed per second, with 
enlarged microfilm negatives being printed at the rate of 240 an hour. 
This, in the future, then, would allow a specialist to microfilm every col- 
lected specimen and present it to the computer. At the press of a button, 
every known fact about that species could be at hand, along with photo- 
graphs of every specimen recorded. Fantastic, I admit, but such a process 
is well within the realm of possibility. 


SOME DISADVANTAGES OF AUTOMATION 


Fred Thorne (1964) writes that in the past, development of the Annual 
Season Summary series has had many difficulties, both in getting mem- 
bers to cooperate and in getting them to use the now standardized for- 
mat. How, then, would members cooperate in the gigantic task of 
accumulating the necessary data for automation? A difficult question, 
which could be answered during the eventual trial of automated data 
processing. 

The IBM equipment cannot perform miracles, and even the simplest 
operation may consume considerable time. This would necessitate re- 
search priorities, and possibly long waiting lists. To circumvent general 
requests of a distributional nature, the task of preparing the Annual Sea- 
son Summary could be assumed by the machines, only reporting on a 
much wider scope, giving species listings, or maps, of every specimen 
reported during that year. After sufficient data is collected and com- 
pared with ecological data, distribution maps of probable range could 
be easily issued. These maps could then be accumulated by collectors, 
and used to solve most distributional problems. 

Needless to say, many “specimen hunters” or commercial collectors will 
take neither the time nor effort to support a project of automated nature. 


SUMMARY 


It is inevitable that one day a system similar to that described shall 
have to be initiated in this field. Presently, collections are becoming so 
vast, and scattered among so many institutions and individuals, that any 
major study is becoming quite difficult, through the sheer volume of data 
to be accumulated and processed. 

If a forecast were required, I should call for a vast system of inter- 
locked computers, handling the new information as it is collected and 
correlating the mass with giant stores of previous entries. We can prob- 
ably look forward to an institution that determines individual collectors’ 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 11 


annual catch, for the privilege of microfilming the specimens and sub- 
mitting the data to the computer. The vast amount of literature concern- 
ing butterflies will be scanned and all relevant information and facts 
taped or stored in the computers—the factual data being emitted in a 
single lump at the push of a button. The system will spread to encom- 
pass not only butterflies, but all insects, plants, and animals, present and 
extinct. 

Quite probably, before the end of the next few years stimulating 
entomological papers of significance will be forthcoming from those not 
directly interested in entomology, but in statistics, mathematics, and auto- 
mated equipment. While emphasis on nomenclature sinks to obscurity, 
data emitted from the bowels of an electronic maze of transistors, wires, 
and memory cells will formulate new concepts concerning behavior, com- 
parative anatomy, genetics, geographical and ecological distribution, and 
evolutionary trends. 

The author was graduated from the Western Automation Institute in 
Portland, Oregon, and for a year and a half before entering the meteo- 
rology field, operated the equipment mentioned in this report. 

ivasheto olterimy thanks to 1: P. Grey, Dr. J. A. Powell, and F. T. 
Thorne for their invaluable aid with criticisms and suggestions on this 
paper. 

LITERATURE CITED 


ANonyMowus, 1960. General Information Manual, Introduction to IBM Data Process- 

ing Systems. I.B.M. Corp. 
1961. General Information Manual, IBM 1401 Data Processing System from Con- 

trol Panel to Stored Program. I.B.M. Corp. 

ARKIN, H., & R. R. Cottron, 1964. Statistical Methods. Barnes & Noble, Inc., New 
York. 

Brown, C. E., 1964. A machine method for mapping insect survey records. Contr. 
1103, Forest Ent. & Pathol. Branch, Dept. Forestry, Ottawa, Canada. 

Brown, W. L., Jr., 1964. Pilot Register of Zoology. N. Y. College of Agriculture at 
Comell Univ. 
CoprELAND, J. A., 1949. The Weather Bureau Punched Card Project. 1946-1947 Lec- 
tures to Professional Interns. Weather Bureau Training Paper No. 2: 35-48. 
pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lep. Soc. 
Memoir, No. 1. 

Enruicu, P. R., 196la. Has the biological species concept outlived its usefulness? 
Systematic Zoology, 10(4): 167-176. 

1961b. Systematics in 1970: Some unpopular predictions. Systematic Zoology, 

10(4);: 157-158. 

Eureuicu, P. R., & R. W. Horm, 1962. Patterns and populations. Science, 137(3531): 
652-657. 

Garrison, G. A., & J. M. Skovuin, 1960. Northwest range plant symbols. Pac. N.W. 
Forest & Range Exp. Sta., U. S. Dept. of Agriculture—Forest Service. 

Hovanirz, W., 1943. Geographical variation and racial structures of Argynnis cal- 
lippe in California. Amer. Nat., 77: 400-425. 


112 WILKINSON: Cercyonis at light Vol. 20; now 


Jup—E Le Garg, M., & W. Hovanirz, 1951. Genetic and ecologic analyses of wild 
populations in Lepidoptera. II. Color pattern variation in Melitaea chalcedona. 
Wasmann Jour. Biol., 9(3): 257-310. 

McGucan, B. M., 1958. Forest Lepidoptera of Canada. Vol. 1. Papilionidae to 
Arctiidae. Canad. Dept. Agric. Publ. 1034: 1-76. 

Puan, C., 1964. Writers Envision Automated Library. San Diego Union. May (day 
of issue unknown). 

PowWELL, J. A., 1965. Personal communication. 

PRENTICE, R. M., 1962. Forest Lepidoptera of Canada. Vol. 2. Nycteolidae to 
Liparidae. Canad. Dept. Forestry, Bull. 128: 77-282. 

1963. Forest Lepidoptera of Canada. Vol. 3. Lasiocampidae to Geometridae. 
Canad. Dept. Forestry, Publ. 1013: 283-543. 


RouuF, F. J., 1963a. Classification of Aedes by numerical taxonomic methods. Ann. 
Ent. Soc. Amer., 56(6): 798-804. 
1963b. Congruence of larval and adult classifications in Aedes. Systematic Zoology, 
12(3): 97-117. 
Soka, R. R., & C. D. MicHENrEr, 1958. A statistical method for evaluating systematic 
relationships. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 38, Part II(22): 1409-1438. 


SOKAL, R. R., & P. H. A. SNEATH, 1963. Principles of Numerical Taxonomy. W. H. 
Freeman & Co., San Francisco. 

ULam, S. M., 1964. Computers. Sci. Amer., 211(3): 202-216. 

Urness, D. B. (IBM Systems Engineer), 1964. Personal communication. 


CERCYONIS PEGALA NEPHELE (SATYRIDAE) AT 
FLUORESCENT LIGHT 


Having read the recent notices of Rhopalocera taken at light, both in 
the Journal of the Lepidopterists Society and the Entomologist’s Record 
and Journal of Variation, I was most interested to find another species 
attracted to fluorescent light. While collecting Noctuidae in the company 
of John Newman at Morenci, Michigan, on the evening of July 31, 1965, 
using a 15-watt “BL” fluorescent black light suspended before a white 
sheet on a frame, a male Cercyonis pegala nephele (Kirby) was seen to 
fly at the lighted sheet and react in the same manner as a nocturnal in- 
sect. It was obviously attracted by the light, and soon settled upon the 
ground flap. 

Due to the location of the apparatus and other circumstances, it is safe 
to say that the butterfly was not mechanically disturbed from its resting 
place, but was actually drawn by the lamp. We had seen the species oc- 
casionally while collecting in the afternoon. The specimen was taken at 
approximately 10:30 P.M., and a light rain of over two hours’ duration 
had just ceased, reinforcing the certainty of attraction. 


RONALD S. WILKINSON, 2337 Hamilton Rd., Okemos, Michigan 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 18 


THE EFFECT OF CERTAIN ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS AND 
CHEMICALS ON THE MARKINGS OF PIERIS RAPAE (PIERIDAE) 


Joun M. KOLYER 
55 Chimney Ridge Drive, Convent, New Jersey, U.S.A. 


INTRODUCTION 


It is well known (Klots, 1951; Comstock and Comstock, 1943) that the 
dark markings of Pieris rapae (Linnaeus) are somewhat reduced, or even 
entirely absent (form immaculata), in the spring brood, which emerges 
from overwintering pupae. Therefore, the markings are capable of being 
diminished by particular factors that are involved in the spring brood, 
and the present work is essentially an attempt to reduce the markings by 
means of light and temperature variations and, especially, incorporation 
of certain chemicals in the larval diet. 


REARING PROCEDURE 


In the course of the experiments, five consecutive broods were reared 
indoors beginning with eggs laid by females captured at Morristown, New 
Jersey (July 2, 1964) and Doylestown, Pennsylvania (July 4, 1964). In- 
breeding was not very close, because a number of pairs from each brood 
were mated and the eggs of mixed parentage reared together to give the 
next brood. There was no evidence of declining vigor in the development 
rates; the durations of stages for the second and fifth broods (control 
groups) were not greatly different, as seen below. 


Relative No. of Days 
Date Eggs Humidity Temp. 
Brood Laid (%) (“18 )) Eggs Laid Hatched Pupation Eclosion 
2 July 31, 1964 51-66 68-86 0 5} 21-27 29-31 


5 Nov. 15, 1964 36-53 67-75 0-2 3-7 21-24 30-34 


Incidentally, typical S-shaped curves were obtained by plotting length 
of the largest larva vs. time; in the case of the first brood, the largest 
larva increased from one mm (calculated to be about 2 x 10°° grams) at 
hatching to a maximum of 25 mm (0.25 grams) in the course of 14 days, 
and the same increase in length took place in the case of the third brood 
in 15 days. The length of the smallest larva in the third brood increased 
from two mm on the seventh day after hatching to only 10 mm on the 
19th day, showing the wide range in growth rates among individuals. 

The larvae were fed cabbage leaves from refrigerated heads and were 
reared in cardboard boxes (4.5 inches high and 9 inches square with a 
gauze window 5.9 inches square in the lid) in diffuse light. 


14 Kotyer: Pieris wing markings Vol. 20, no. 1 


26 


22 


No. of 
Speci- 
mens 


18 


14 


‘ Female spot 1 
10 


: Total: 
‘ 107 males, 
119 females 
\ 
6 


(control group) 


Bas) 
WIDTH OF SPOT (mm) 


(0.1 mm increments) 
EXPLANATION OF GRAPH | 
Frequency curves for wing spot widths in Pieris rapae (L.) 


Mating was accomplished by exposing about 10 to 75 adults (roughly 
equal numbers of the sexes) in a screen cage (16 inch cube) to direct 
sunlight for one or two days. Then cabbage leaves were hung up on the 
sunny side of the cage for two or three successive days to obtain a yield 
of several hundred fertile eggs. In certain cases, a single pair was mated 


by exposing to sunlight in a jar, and the offspring were reared separately, 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 


male forewing 


length 


50+ —--—--- female 


40 


No. of 
Speci- 
mens 
30 Total: 
107 males, 
119 females 
(control group} 


20 


10 


19 20 DAl 22 23 24 
FOREWING LENGTH (mm) (1 mm increments) 


EXPLANATION OF GRAPH 2 
Frequency curves for wing length in Pieris rapae (L.). 


but since variation in the markings for offspring of a single pair was as 
great as the general variation, groups of mixed parentage were used for 
most purposes. 

Chemicals were fed by sprinkling a fine powder from salt shakers, 
liberally onto the cabbage leaves. The chemicals were obtained from 
Matheson, Coleman, and Bell Co., with the exception of hydroquinone 
(from B. and A. Division, Allied Chem. Corp.) and 4-chlororesorcinol 
(from Koppers Co.; recrystallized to give a capillary melting point of 
108.5-110° C.). Chemical feeding was initiated when the larvae had 
reached a length of 7-23 mm (3-8 mm in the case of tyrosine and phenylal- 
anine ). 


16 Korver: Pieris wing markings Vol. 20; none 


TABLE 1 


EFFECT OF PUPAL COLOR AND OF REFRIGERATION OF PUPAE 
ON ADULT WING SPOTS 


MALES 

Wing No. Spot (mm) 
Pupal Refrig- Length Speci- 
Color erated (mm ) mens Range Average AD SD 
green no 2a 5 1.0-1.6 1.3 0.14 0.19 
brown no 22, 9 0.9-1.9 1) 0.24 0.29 
green yes 22, 8 1.3-1.7 185 0.14 0.15 
brown yes 22 6 0.9-1.6 1.4 0.33 0.35 

FEMALES 

Wing No. Spot 1 (mim ) 
Pupal Refrig- Length Speci- eee 
Color erated (mm ) mens Range Average AD SD 
green no 22, Tl DW 15) Dee Ons O=05 
brown no oy) 3 1.82.9 DO 0.43 0.51 
green yes 21 4 1.9-2.5 ll 0:25 0.26 
brown yes Dik 5 1.8=2.5 DIL 0.20 0.24 

Wing No. Spot 2 (mm) 
Pupal Refrig- Length Speci- — EEE EEE 
Color erated (mm ) mens Range Average AD SD 
green no 22, 7 1.2-1.6 13} 0.07 0.13 
brown no 22, 3 0.9-1.9 1Z3 0.40 0.44 
green yes Pall 4 0.9-1.6 We) O22, 0.26 
brown yes PAI 5 0.8-1.4 12 0.18 O22 


MEASUREMENT OF MARKINGS 


In order to provide a quantitative parameter, the width of the forewing 
spots (one in the male, two in the female) was measured, and, since the 
spots are variable even among the offspring of a single pair, it was nec- 
essary to express results statistically by means of a range, an average, an 
average deviation (AD), and a standard deviation (SD). As will be 
seen (Tables 1-4), no emphatic reduction in the average was encountered 
for any test group. Intensity of the markings, as opposed to width, was 
not measured but was found to be diminished markedly, especially for 
the apical area, in certain cases (Plates 1-3). 

The spots were measured as shown in Graph 1 by means of a 6-power 
comparator with 0.2 mm scale divisions (Edmund Scientific Co., Bar- 
rington, N.J., No. 30,169 in Catalog 645). Estimation was necessary be- 
cause the edges of the spots are not very sharply defined, but good agree- 
ment was obtained among controls (Tables 1-3). 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society V9 


ABLE 
VARIABILITY IN SIZE OF WING SPOTS 


MALES 
Group Length Speci- ——— 
(mm ) mens Range Average AD SD 
Control 22, 107 0.8—2.0 1.4 0.18 0.25 
Offspring of single pair 22 6 0.9=1.7 1.4 0.15 0.24 
Wild samplet 23 25 1.0-1.9 IL 0.16 0:22 
Wild (Spring Brood? ) 22, ON OGSIL8e IL02 OMe OPUOe 
FEMALES 
Wing No. Spot 1 (mm) 
Group Length Speci- nn EE 
(mm ) mens Range Average AD SD 
fencl Fe Gn ee 
Offspring of single pair I IL 1.5—2.5 D0 0.24 0.29 
Wild sample 22 4 1.5-2.3 2.0 0.25 0.30 
Wild (Spring Brood ) 22, tS 1.4-2.2 1.8 0.17 (0). 
Wing No. Spot 2 (mm) 
Group Length Speci- ee ee 
(mm ) mens Range Average AD SD 
Control Il 119 0.6-1.8 IL 0.20 0.24 
Offspring of single pair om Jal 0.4-1.5 Ihe 0.20 0.27 
Wild sample 22 4 1.2-1.8 15 0.20 0.22 
Wild (Spring Brood? ) YE) sy 0.7-1.8 12) 0.30 0.33 


1 Collected at Doylestown, Pennsylvania, October 4, 1964. 
2 Collected at Flemington, New Jersey on May 1, 1965. 


3 These values are for the 10 specimens with spots; the others (11) had no spots (0—10 black 
seales in area where spot should be). 


Nore: The spring brood females tended to have dusky basal regions on the forewing and weak or 
absent apical markings. 


Forewing lengths were measured as shown in Fig. 2 and averaged for 
each set of wings. Then the spot measurement for each wing was normal- 
ized to the mean wing length by multiplying by the quotient of the mean 
length divided by the particular length. Average deviation (AD) and 
standard deviation (SD ) calculations indicated that approximately normal 
curves were obtained (Graph 1). 


PupaAL COLorR 
Pupal color was studied to some extent, the main interest being in 
checking for correlation with adult markings. 
In many cases, pupae were definitely either brown or pale green, but 


18 Kotyer: Pieris wing markings Vol. 20; name 


TABLE 3 
EFFECT OF LIGHT AND TEMPERATURE ON SIZE OF WING SPOTS 


(Wing lengths normalized to 22 mm for males, 21 mm for females ) 


MALES 
; : ‘ No. Spot (mm) 
Group Speci- SE 
mens Range Average AD SD 
Control (1); 18 hrs. light/day 107 03-2.0 14) Togas 
Control (2); as above 16 1.1-2.0 15 0.25 0.30 
Reared in darkness (1) : sah 0.7—2.1 1 0.30 0.38 
Reared in darkness (2) 18 1.3-2.2 1.6 0.13 0.19 
Darkness and cold? Tl 1.2-1.7 1.4 0.17 0.19 
FEMALES 
NO. Spot 1 
Group Speci- ee ee 
mens Range Average AD SD 
Control (1) 119 1.5—2.7 Zl 0.18 0.24 
Control (2) 18 1.4-2°6 2.0 0.25 Oso 
Reared in darkness (1) 6 1.7-2.1 1.8 OAS 0.21 
Reared in darkness (2) 16 PAO=229 BS 0.23 0.26 
Darkness and cold’ 10 1.9-2.7 De 0.18 0.22 
No. Spot 2 (mm) 

Group Speci- EEE ee 
mens Range Average AD SD 
Control (1) 119 0.6-1.8 ie 0.20 0.24 
Control (2) 18 0.6—2.2 13 0:32 0.40 
Reared in darkness (1 ) 6 On—le4 Heil 0.20 0.25 
Reared in darkness (2) 16 1.0-1.9 i) 0.19 0.24 
Darkness and cold+ 10 0.9-1.7 1.4 0.19 0.23 


| The larvae, after reaching 3-8 mm, were reared at 37—68° F. and 38—78% rel. humidity, in 
darkness. Pupae were kept at 33-68° F. and 44-80% rel. humidity, in darkness, until eclosion. 


there were all variations between, so that the colors often had to be 
judged subjectively, making the following numbers only approximate. 
Also, there was a shift toward green (see below) as the pupae matured. 
Ultimately, of course, darkening before eclosion obscured the original 
colors. 

Sex ratio —A pair that had eclosed from green pupae was mated, and 
the resulting larvae gave 16% green among the male pupae (total of 25) 
(36% after 3 days) and 33% green among the female pupae (total of 15) 
(60% after 3 days). This shows that neither sex necessarily has an es- 
sential monopoly on the green color. Incidentally, larvae are easily sorted 
by sex by means of the subcutaneous dorsal markings ( presumably testes ) 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 19 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I 


Pieris rapae (1..) specimens with unusual markings. 1, ¢, larva fed 4-chloro- 
resorcinol, light markings; 2, 9, larva fed p-aminobenzoic acid, unusually light mark- 
ings; 3, @, larva fed p-aminobenzoic acid, spot 2 absent; 4, ¢, larva fed cysteine: HCl, 
no black scales in spot of upperside shown; 5, ¢, larva fed ascorbic acid, no black 
scales in spot; 6-8, reared at reduced temperatures (see “dark and cold” group, 
Table 3), 6, @, light apical markings, 7, ¢, light markings, 8, ¢, pupal case on 
abdomen. 


20, Ko.tyer: Pieris wing markings Vol. 20, no. 1 


in the male. In one case, 27 male larvae were sorted from 17 females, the 
sexes being verified when the adults eclosed. 

Inheritance.—Larvae obtained from a pair which had eclosed from 
green pupae produced 21% green pupae (of total of 39), while brown- 
pupa parents gave larvae which yielded 28% green pupae (of total of 
108). A single pair of brown-pupa parents gave larvae which produced 
35% green pupae (of total of 31). Therefore, under the conditions of this 
particular test, pupal color of the parents had no control over pupal color 
of the offspring. However, it has been reported (Harrison, 1928) that 
the green pupal color, inhibited by orange light, in Pieris napi (L.) and 
Pieris brassicae is inherited. 

Photoperiod.—Larvae which were reared and pupated in darkness 
gave only brown pupae (of total of 93). With 18 hours of light/day, 
offspring of a single pair (from brown pupae) gave 24% green pupae (of 
total of 17), while the combined offspring of several brown-pupa pairs 
produced 30% green (of total of 330). With 10 hours light/day the 
offspring of a single pair of brown-pupa parents produced 29% green 
pupae (of total of 17). Thus it seems that reduction of the photophase 
from 18 to 10 hours had no pronounced effect but that complete absence 
of light gave only brown pupae. That darkness causes brown pupae in 
Pieris rapae has been reported (Okamoto, 1960). This reference also 
states that the pupal color is determined by photostimuli in the fifth instar 
larva and that the wavelength and quantity of light reflected from the 
pupal site is of great importance. However, in the present work there was 
no definite trend towards green pupae in those regions (such as the gauze 
window ) of the rearing boxes that received the most light. 

Chemical effects Larvae fed phenylalanine gave 7% green pupae (of 
total of 29), and those fed tyrosine gave 24% green (of total of 17), while 
the control group gave 22% green (of total of 135). Increased melanin 
formation caused by phenylalanine (see discussion below) would explain 
the low proportion of green pupae, though this is a doubtful rationaliza- 
tion. 

In another series of experiments, the following melanogenesis inhibitors 
gave the percent green pupae in parentheses: 4-chlororesorcinol (61%, of 
total of 23), p-aminobenzoic acid (26%, of total of 31), cysteine hydro- 
chloride (14%, of total of 8), and ascorbic acid (8%, of total of 24). The 
control gave 38% (of total of 24). There is no obvious correlation in these 
data; the very high proportion of green pupae obtained with 4-chloro- 
resorcinol might be rationalized as inhibition of pigmentation, but there 
would seem to be an opposite effect with the other melanogenesis in- 
hibitors. It is to be understood that the biochemical reaction sequences 
which may be initiated by these chemicals are unknown. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Ot 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II 


Pieris rapae (L.) specimens with unusual markings. 9-10, larvae reared at reduced 
temperatures (see “dark and cold” group, Table 3), 9, 2, light apical markings, 10, 
6, light markings; 11-12, larvae exposed to ultraviolet light (mostly 366 millimicrons ) 
for total of 18 hours, 11, ¢, spot very light, almost absent, 12, 2, pupal case on 
abdomen; 13-15, larvae fed tyrosine, 13, ¢, apical black scales partly missing, 14, 9°, 
spot 1 nearer margin, 15, 2, apical markings very light; 16, ¢, larva fed phenylalanine, 
markings normal. 


bo 
bo 


Ko.tyer: Pieris wing markings Vol. 20; ose 


Effect on adult markings——Pupae which were definitely either brown 
or green were selected and allowed to develop and eclose under ambient 
conditions (72-81° F., 36-55% relative humidity ) or were placed (within 
three days following pupation) in refrigeration (0-2° C., 100% relative 
humidity ) for one week and then allowed to develop and eclose under 
ambient conditions (69-81° F., 35-55% relative humidity). The time 
from pupation of the first to eclosion of the last was 12 days for unre- 
frigerated pupae and 19 days for refrigerated pupae. The results are given 
in Graph 1. No significant variation in size of the forewing spots was 
found with respect to pupal color (or as a result of refrigeration under 
the specified conditions ). 


ADULT WING MARKINGS 


Variability of spots—Graph 2 shows the variability in the size of the 
spots for a large control group of mixed parentage, the offspring of a 
single pair, and a series of wild specimens collected at Doylestown, 
Pennsylvania, on October 4, 1964. Frequency curves for the control group 
of 226 specimens are shown in Graph 1. It is seen that normal frequency 
curves are approximately defined by plotting the number of specimens 
having a particular size spot vs. spot size in 0.1 mm increments. For the 
control group, normal curves also are produced by plotting number of 
individuals with a particular length vs. wing length in 1 mm increments 
as shown in Graph 2. For wing length, AD was 0.70 for males or females, 
and SD was 1.1 for males and 0.96 for females. This means that at least 
99% of wing lengths will fall within 15% (for males) or 14% (for females ) 
of the mean, while, for the same control group, the variance is 54% for 
the male spot, 34% for female spot 1, and 60% for female spot 2. Thus, 
the spots are much more variable than the wing lengths. It will be noted 
that the SD in the tables lies between 0.15 and 0.38 for the male spot, 0.13 
and ().51 for female spot 1, and 0.13 and 0.44 for female spot 2. 

It may be concluded from examining Table 2 that the spots were as 
variable within a brood as within the general population. 

Effect of light and temperature——Table 3 shows the results for (1) 
the large control group, raised with 18 hours light/day, (2) another 
control group, also raised with 18 hours light/day, (3) groups from dif- 
ferent broods reared in darkness from the time the larvae reached 4—10 
mm in length to eclosion (two males and one female were refrigerated 
with no noticeable effect on the spots), and (4) a group reared in dark- 
ness at reduced temperatures. Note that the lack of effect of refrigeration 
when initiated after pupation, was mentioned above. 

For one brood (1) reared in darkness, the indication is that the spots 
may have been diminished slightly in size. However, in the other brood 


bo 
(ey) 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


TABLE 4 
EFFECT OF CHEMICALS (FED TO LARVAE) ON SIZE OF WING SPOTS 


MALES 
Mor- No. Wing Spot (mm) 
tality Speci- Length 
Chemical (%)* mens (mm) Range Average AD SD 
DL-£-phenylalanine 88 10 Il 1.0—2.0 igs) 0.22 0.28 
L-tyrosine 84 6 YO) 0.8—1.9 Ie 0.33 0.38 
4-chlororesorcinol 45 12) 22 IL) 1.6 0.15 0.20 
p-aminobenzoic acid 4] LB} 22, 0.8—1.7 LS) 0.19 0.25 
L(+) cysteine: HCl 85 oe 21 1.2—1.7 TL 5 0:25 0.26 
L(+) ascorbic acid 0 Lg? 2) 1p2=220 1.6 0.20 0.24 
FEMALES 
No. Wing Spot 1 (mm) 

Chemical Speci- Length 
’ mens ( mm ) Range Average AD SD 
DL--phenylalanine 9 All 2.0—2.7 2.4 0.18 0.22 
L-tyrosine 10 20 1.5=2.7 1.9 0.29 0.36 
4-chlororesorcinol 9 All 1.9-2.6 Des) 0.18 p22 
p-aminobenzoic acid ie PAL 1.0—2.6 Dell Oni 0.39 
L(+.) cysteine: HCl 3 19 1.9-2.2 Yell 0.10 Ons 
L(+) ascorbic acid 9 21 2,.0=2.6 2, JEL Oale7 

No. Wing Spot 2 (mm) 

Chemical Speci- Length 
mens (mm ) Range Average AD SD 
DL-£f-phenylalanine 9 OM: 11.3=1.9 ies) 0.13 0.18 
L-tyrosine 10 20 0.7-1.5 te 0.20 O25 
4-chlororesorcinol 9 21 1.0-1.7 1.4 0.10 0.17 
p-aminobenzoic acid 15 21 0.8-1.8 1@ 1183 O23 
L(+) cysteine: HCl 3 19 0.8=1.3 ILI 0.20 O22, 
L(+) ascorbic acid 9 21 TIA8 1.4 0.24 0.26 


1(100) (no. original larvae — no. of adults obtained )/no. original larvae. Hydroquinone and thio- 
urea gave 100% mortality. 
2 There were no black scales in the spot in the case of one specimen. 


(2) there was no indication of decrease in size of either the male or fe- 
male spots, and no change in intensity was evident. 

When a group of larvae, starting at 3-8 mm, was reared in darkness at 
reduced temperatures (down to 33° F.) so that pupation occurred at 
32-50 days vs. 24-36 days for the control, and eclosion began at 62 days 
vs. 33 days for the control, the spots of the adults showed no general 
decrease in size (Table 3) or intensity. However, certain individuals 
were lightly marked apically (Figs. 6, 9), as were none of the large 
control group. One specimen (Fig. 8) retained the abdominal part of 
the pupal case. 


24 Kotyer: Pieris wing markings Vol: 20; mor 


Another group was reared under standard conditions, but the pupae 
were refrigerated (beginning at 0-4 days after pupation) for 39 days at 
32-38° F. (100% relative humidity); the markings were of normal size 
(averages: male spot 1.4 mm, wing 22 mm; female spot 1, 2.2 mm, spot 
2, 1.3 mm, wing 21 mm). Irradiation of larvae with ultraviolet light 
(mostly 366 millimicrons) for a total of 18 hours, in the case of another 
group, had no appreciable effect except that one male was lightly marked 
(Fig. 11) and a female happened to retain the abdominal pupal case 
(Fig. 12). 

It was concluded that those variations of light and temperature which 
were applied were unsuccessful in consistently reducing the size of the 
markings from the normal summer-brood range. However, the fact that 
four of the seventeen specimens reared in darkness at reduced temperature 
were lightly marked (Figs. 6, 7, 9, 10) suggests that possibly an exten- 
sion of low-temperature storage (via diapause) following pupation at 
rather low temperature might produce a consistent effect, as is presum- 
ably the natural situation producing the spring brood. 

Effect of chemicals —Curious individual variations were obtained by 
feeding the larvae certain chemicals active in the process of melanin 
formation which operates during the pupal stage to produce the dark 
markings of the adult. 

The chemicals were (1) phenylalanine, found in Pieris brassicae larvae 
and food leaves (Stamm and Aguirre, 1955) and starting material for 
melanogenesis, (2) tyrosine, also a starting material for melanogenesis 
and found freely in insect blood (Brunet, 1963) and, along with phenylal- 
anine, in silkworm skin (Watanabe, 1956), (3) 4-chlororesorcinol, which 
causes lack of melanin formation in mosquito larvae (Wallis, 1961) and 
fish (Kull, Bonorden, and Mayer, 1954), (4) p-aminobenzoic acid, an 
inhibitor of melanogenesis (Lorincz, 1950), (5) cysteine (as the hydro- 
chloride), which is inversely connected with melanin formation in skins 
of silkworm larvae (Inagami, 1956), (6) ascorbic acid, which inhibits 
melanogenesis in rabbits ( Visetti and Ferrero, 1957) and occurs in cab- 
bage, (7) hydroquinone, an inhibitor of melanogenesis in mice and 
humans (Denton, Lermer, and Fitzpatrick, 1952), and (8) thiourea, which 
inhibits melanogenesis in the Planarian eye (Kambara, 1954) and causes 
abnormal epidermis in the silkworm (Fukuda, 1953). A general discus- 
sion of melanogenesis inhibitors and their modes of action is given by 
Lerner (1953). 

In the control group (no chemical fed), the average male spot was 1.5 
mm (22 mm wing) and female spots 1 and 2 averaged 2.5 and 1.5 mm 
(22 mm wing). Therefore, examination of Table 4 shows no general 
reduction in size of the male spot and little, if any, reduction in size of 


bo 
Ol 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE III 


Specimens of Pieris rapae (L.). 17-20, larvae fed phenylalanine, 17, ¢, spot 
nearer margin, 18-20, ¢ 6, apical black scales partly missing; 21, ¢ & @, control 
group, markings normal; 22, pupae from larvae fed phenylalanine, deformed, con- 
stricted in middle. 


the female spots. Also there was no obvious general decrease in intensity 
of markings. However, several interesting anomalies resulted (Plates 1- 
3). Light markings were produced by 4-chlororesorcinol (Fig. 1), p- 
aminobenzoic acid (Fig. 2), tyrosine (Fig. 15), and phenylalanine ( Figs. 


26 Kotyer: Pieris wing markings Vol. 20, nou 


18-20). The latter compound incidentally produced many deformed 
(constricted ) pupae (Fig. 22), which died. Deformed forewings, bearing 
the spots near the margin, were produced by phenylalanine (Fig. 17) and 
tyrosine (Fig. 14). Perhaps the most curious peculiarity was the absence 
of scales (on upper wing surface) in the male spot of one specimen each 
from the cysteine hydrochloride and ascorbic acid groups (Figs. 4, 5); 
there were gray scales on the spot on the underside of the wing, and 
removal of these would give a transparent “window.” Hydroquinone and 
thiourea were larvicidal and produced no pupae. 

Thus, the result was a tendency toward depigmentation, perhaps most 
marked when ingestion was heaviest, with all the chemicals, even though 
phenylalanine and tyrosine are materials for, rather than inhibitors of, 
the pigmentation process. This situation is not surprising, however, be- 
cause strange effects may well result, via obscure biochemistry, from 
massive overdoses of what normally is ingested in low concentration in 
the food. 

Difference in intensity of markings of the spring and summer broods 
is said (Pugh, 1934) not to be due to any difference in content of tyro- 
sinase (the enzyme catalyzing melanin formation) in the insect but to 
some other factor, depending on the temperature at which the pupae are 
kept. The present work extends this by suggesting that a general change 
in the markings is not caused by excess phenylalanine or tyrosine (raw 
materials for melanin) or by inhibitors of tyrosinase. 

Therefore, the final conclusion is that the reduced dark pigmentation 
of the spring brood is not the result of a lowered concentration of 
phenylalanine or tyrosine in the pupa or in increased concentration of 
some inhibitor but is due ultimately to the temperature factor, which 
(with the proper photoperiod) causes the diapause necessary for over- 
wintering. 

SUMMARY 

1. Pupal color, green or brown, was not correlated with sex nor in- 
herited under the conditions of the test, nor did it affect the markings of 
the adult. In darkness only brown pupae were produced. 

2. Reduced temperature, in conjunction with darkness, caused reduced 
intensity of markings in about one of every four specimens. Darkness 
alone (at normal summer temperatures) had no effect on the markings. 

3. The feeding of phenylalanine, tryosine, and certain tyrosinase in- 
hibitors to larvae produced sporadic depigmentation effects, including 
total lack of scales within the male spot, but there was no consistent re- 
duction in intensity of markings. 

4. The data suggest that the reduced dark pigmentation of the spring 
brood of Pieris rapae is not the result of lowered concentration of melanin 


bo 
~l 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


precursors (since greatly increased concentrations did not increase 
melanin) or the presence of tyrosinase inhibitors in the pupa but is re- 
lated to reduced temperature. 


LITERATURE CITED 


BruneT, P. C. J., 1963. Tyrosine Metabolism in insects. In: Pigment cell; molecu- 
lar, biological, and clinical aspects. Part II, 1961. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 
100: 1020-1034. 

Comstock, J. H., & A. B. Comstock, 1943. How to Know the Butterflies; a Manual 
of Those Which Occur in the Eastern United States. Comstock Publishing Co., 
Ithaca, New York. [p. 78] 

Denton, C. R., A. B. LERNER, & T. B. Firzparricx, 1952. Inhibition of melanin 
formation by chemical agents. Jour. Invest. Dermatol., 18: 119-135. 

Fuxupa, S., 1953. Effect of thiourea on the silkworm. Zool. Mag., Tokyo., 62: 
349-353. 

Harrison, J. W. H., 1928. Induced changes in the pigmentation of the pupae of 
the butterfly Pieris napi L., and their inheritance. Proc. Roy. Soc. (London), 
B 102 (718): 347-353. 

INAGAMI, K., 1956. The formation of the pigments in the silkworm. IX. The rela- 
tion between the reducing substance content and the melanin formation in some 
larval markings. Nippon Sanshigaku Zasshi, 25: 128-130. 

Kampara, S., 1954. Depigmentation in the eye of Planaria as a result of thiourea 
treatment. Zool. Mag., Tokyo., 63: 51-54. 

Kuots, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America, East of the 
Great Plains. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, Mass. [p. 200] 

Kutu, F. C., R. BoNoRDEN, & R. L. Mayer, 1954. Inhibition of melanin formation 
in vivo by 4-chlororesorcinol. Proc. Soc. Exptl. Biol. Med., 87: 538-540. 
Lerner, A. B., 1953. Metabolim of phenylalanine and tyrosine. Advances in 

Enzymology, 14: 73-128. 

Lorincz, A. L., 1950. The inhibition of melanin formation. Jour. Invest. Dermatol., 
15; 425-532. 

Oxamoro, H., 1960. Studies of the pupal color determination of the common cab- 
bage butterfly, Pieris rapae crucivora Boisduval (1). Physiol. and Ecol. (Japan), 
9 (2): 84-89. 

Pucu, C. E. M., 1934. Tyrosinase in Macrolepidoptera. Biochem. Jour., 28 (4): 
1198-1200. 

Stamm, M. D., & L. Acurrre, 1955. Aromatic aminoacids and tryptophane in 
the metamorphosis of Pieris brassicae and Ocnogyna baetica. Rey. Espanola 
Fisiol., 11 (1): 69-74. 

VisEtti, M., & F. Ferrero, 1957. Influence of vitamin C on the pigment of skin 
grafts. Minerva dermatol., 7: 457-459. 

Wats, R. C., 1961. The effect of phenylthiourea and 4-chlororesorcinol on Aedes 
aegypti larvae. Mosquito News, 21: 187-189. 

WATANABE, T., 1956. Dopa and tyrosine in the integument of silkworm larvae. 
Nippon Sanshigaku Zasshi, 25: 443-444. 


REVIVAL OF Lepidoptera 


This Danish journal, organ of the Lepidopterologisk Forening in Copenhagen, was 
published from 1946 to 1951. The first issue of Volume 1 of a new series has now 
appeared, and includes, among other notes, the first part of a series describing and 
figuring the Danish Eupithecia. One or two issues a year are planned. The editor is 
T. W. Langer. For subscriptions write the Honorary Secretary, Johs. Storm-Olsen, 
R¢gdkildevej 14, Copenhagen F., Denmark.—P. F. BELLINGER 


28 HeENsEL: Alien skipper in New Brunswick Vol. 20; esi 


A COLONY OF THE EUROPEAN SKIPPER THYMELIGES 


LINEOLA (HESPERIIDAE) AT EDMUNDSTON, 
NEW BRUNSWICK 


Henry HENSEL 
145 Bellevue St., Edmundston, N. B., Canada 


In 1957 I collected for the first time here in Edmundston, N. B. About 
mid July that year, I noticed some golden brown skippers flying slowly 
in the grass. Some specimens were collected and checked at home in 
Klots’ Field Guide (1951) as to the species. Much to my surprise, they 
turned out to be Thymelicus lineola (Ochsenheimer ). 

According to Dr. Klots, the species has been introduced into Ontario, 
and later reports indicate that the weakly flying skipper has since spread 
rather widely in northeastern North America (e.g., Thomas, 1952; Muller, 
1958). 

Here in the city of Edmundston it is extremely abundant, in fact, the 
most common skipper. In the evenings, when the butterflies become in- 
active, they roost together by the hundreds in tall vegetations in the 
“heart” of the colony at the bottom of a hillside, facing the south. We 
have, however, not noticed it anywhere else in the surrounding area. 
Adults have a fairly long flight season, being on the wing in early July 
through August. Judging by the large numbers I have seen year after 
year, it seems well established here, which to me is something of a sur- 
prise, for the winters here in northwestern New Brunswick are extremely 
cold indeed! 


LITERATURE CITED 


Kiots, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies, east of the Great Plains. 
Houghton-Mifflin Co., Boston, 349 pp. 

Mutter, J., 1958. Thymelicus lineola, a European skipper (Hesperiidae) new for 
New Jersey. Lepid. News, 12: 174. 

Tuomas, E. S., 1952. A European skipper, Adopaea lineola, at Columbus, Ohio. 
Lepid. News, 6: 92-93. 


NEW JOURNAL 


The Society Library has received a copy of the first issue of Entomops, devoted 
especially to the insect fauna of southeastern France and Corsica. Quarterly publica- 
tion is planned; subscriptions are 15 francs in France, 20 francs elsewhere. For sub- 
scriptions write Entomops, 3, Rue Bergondi, Nice (A.-M.), France. 

The first issue includes descriptions of new beetles and Lepidoptera and an article 
on moths trapped on late winter snow in the Alps. Both contents and layout are of 
high quality; few entomological journals are as attractive in appearance. The editor 
is Monsieur F, Dujardin, of Nice, a member of the Lepidopterists’ Society.—P. F. 
BELLINGER 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 29 


THE LIFE HISTORY OF SCHINIA NIVEICOSTA (NOCTUIDAE ) 


D. F. Harpwicxk 
Entomology Res. Inst., Canada Dept. Agric., Ottawa, Ontario 


Schinia niveicosta (Smith)! feeds in the larval stage on the blossoms 
of Spanish needle, Palafoxia linearis (Cay.) Lag., an herbaceous peren- 
nial composite common in washes and dunes in the Mojave and Colorado 
deserts of southern California. Although niveicosta is not generally well 
represented in collections, it may become locally very abundant in areas 
in which its food plant is common. Several hundred specimens of the 
species were collected between the latter half of February and the first 
week of April, 1955, in the Indio area of southern California. Although 
presumably primarily a spring-flier, niveicosta may be partially double- 
brooded, a few moths examined having been collected in October. 

I have not seen specimens collected in areas other than southern Cali- 
fornia and western Arizona, but the range of the species may be coinci- 
dent with that of its food plant, which is distributed from southern Utah 
to northwestern Mexico. 


BEHAVIOR 


The adults have a very characteristic manner of resting, head down- 
ward, on the pinkish purple flowering heads of the food plant, with 
which the maculation and coloring of the forewings blend almost indis- 
tinguishably (Fig. 1). This position is maintained even during copula- 
tion; a few mating pairs were found in the early morning with their 
heads downward and their abdomens joined over the top or around the 
side of the flowering head. 

The full, globular eyes of niveicosta, and the frequency with which it is 
taken in light traps, suggest that the species is primarily nocturnal. In 
common with many of its heliothidine relatives, however, it is not ex- 
clusively so. The moths are usually quiescent on the blossoms during the 
morning hours but towards midday they become restive, and during the 
afternoon they fly at the least disturbance and may often be seen actively 
feeding on nectar of the food plant. 

Among species of Schinia, niveicosta is relatively fecund; five wild- 
caught females deposited a mean of 157 eggs, and the maximum de- 
posited by a single female was 183. Eggs are usually inserted into the 
bud or newly opened flower head from the side, less commonly from the 
top. The eggs are lodged beneath the sepals or between the inner florets. 
Occasionally, eggs are deposited on the outside of unopened buds. 


1 Heliothis niveicosta Smith, 1906, Jour. N. Y. ent. Soc., 14: 15. 


30 Harpwick: Schinia life history Vol. 20, no. 1 


Rearing techniques employed were those outlined by Hardwick 
(1958). Of larvae reared at room temperature, 94% matured in six 
stadia, the remainder in five. The latter have been ignored in subsequent 
descriptions of larval stages. The newly hatched larva bores into the 
base of a floret, then tunnels up through the floral tube, feeding on the 
contents. The larva commonly remains within one floret throughout the 
first and second stadia. In the third stadium, the larva usually enters a 
second floret. Larger third stadium larvae are unable to contain them- 
selves within a single floret, and must feed from a position among the 
florets within the head. During the third stadium, larvae occasionally 
show a tendency to begin feeding on the developing seeds; in the fourth 
stadium, both seeds and florets are consumed. Occasionally in the fourth 
stadium, and commonly in the fifth stadium, the larva moves from the 
first flowering head, which has become heavily cluttered with frass, to a 
second, fresh head. During the latter part of the fifth stadium and 
throughout the sixth stadium, the larva ceases to secrete itself within the 
head and feeds on it from a position on the stem. Larger larvae are pri- 
marily nocturnal, most of them hiding at the base of the plant during the 
day. The larva tunnels into the soil to pupate. 


DESCRIPTION OF STAGES 


Aputt (Figs. 1, 2). Vestiture of head and thorax pale creamy gray, that of abdo- 
men usually darker. Forewing creamy white, variably suffused with pink or pale 
purple and with olive gray. A creamy white costal band extending from base to sub- 
terminal line. Transverse anterior line unexpressed; basal and median spaces fused. 
Transverse posterior line closer than usual to outer margin of wing, weakly excurved 
around cell, then straight or weakly excurved to trailing margin. Orbicular spot 
absent. Reniform spot indicated only as a dark gray shade. A dark pink or pale pur- 
ple streak extending from base almost to center of wing. Area distal to basal streak 
and posterior to reniform spot usually suffused with olive gray. Commonly a pink 
or dull purple shade extending from basal streak to subterminal space. Subterminal 
line indicated only by color change between subterminal and terminal spaces. Sub- 
terminal space pink, dull purple, or pale purplish gray. Terminal space cream, vari- 
ably suffused with pale olive gray. Fringe pale olive gray. 

Hindwing white, with a variably defined, light brown discal spot. A pink or brown 
outer-marginal band and often a pink suffusion between discal spot and outer-mar- 
ginal band. Veins in basal white area of wing often outlined by brown scales. Fringe 
white. Underside, forewing cream with a brown discal spot and a subterminal pink 
shade. Hindwing cream with a pink or light brown discal spot and often with some 
pink outer-marginal shading. Fringe of both wings cream. 

Expanse: 24.4 + 1.9 mm? (100 specimens ). 

Ecc. Micropylar surface corrugated, remainder smooth. Pale greenish yellow when 
first deposited. Losing greenish tone on second day, then remaining essentially un- 
changed until fourth day when a pink or pale orange flush becomes evident at mi- 
cropylar end. On fifth day, two definite brown spots evident on micropylar surface. 
Hatching on sixth day after deposition. 

Dimensions: Length, 0.74 + 0.03 mm; width, 0.48 + 0.03 mm (20 eggs). 


2 Standard deviation. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 31 


First Sraprum Larva. Head black. Prothoracic and suranal shields dark brown. 
Trunk pale whitish cream. Thoracic legs and rims of spiracles dark brown. 

Head width: 0.29 + 0.01 mm (20 larvae). 

Duration of stadium (at room temperature): 4.1 + 0.5 days (58 larvae). 

Seconp Sraprum Larva. Head medium brown, dark brown, or blackish brown. 
Prothoracic shield somewhat paler than head, with three pale longitudinal lines. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 


Figs. 1-4. Schinia niveicosta (Sm.), La Quinta, Riverside Co., Calif. 1, Adult 
resting on blossom of Palafoxia linearis (Cav.) Lag. 2, Adult male. 3, Ultimate 
stadium larvae, dorsal. 4, Ultimate stadium larvae, lateral. 


32 Harpwick: Schinia life history Vol. 20, noi a 


Suranal shield concolorous with prothoracic shield, with a pair of pale longitudinal 
lines. Trunk yellowish cream, with a pair of dorsal, and a pair of subdorsal, paler 
longitudinal lines. Spiracles with dark brown rims. Thoracic legs medium to dark 
brown. 

Head width: 0.45 + 0.03 mm (20 larvae). 

Duration of stadium: 3.0 + 0.8 days (58 larvae). 

Turrp StapruM Larva. Head varying from pale fawn to medium grayish brown; 
variably, usually heavily, marked with dark brown. Prothoracic shield medium to 
dark grayish brown, with three broad, whitish gray longitudinal lines; often a pale 
blotch in median area of shield fusing median line with sublateral lines. Suranal 
shield concolorous with prothoracic shield, with a pair of grayish white sublateral 
longitudinal lines. Middorsal band yellowish fawn, orange—brown, or grayish brown. 
Subdorsal area with white, cream, or pale gray marginal lines, with a median band 
concolorous with, or somewhat paler than, middorsal band. Supraspiracular area 
concolorous with median band of subdorsal area; a prominent, somewhat irregular, 
cream, gray, or white median line. Spiracular band cream, white, or pale gray. Rims 
of spiracles brown. Suprapodal area gray, somewhat darker than spiracular band. 
Midventral area gray, paler than suprapodal area. Prolegs varying from fawn to dark 
blackish brown. 

Head width: 0.76 + 0.04 mm (20 larvae). 

Duration of stadium: 3.0 + 0.7 days (58 larvae). 

FourtH StaprumM Larva. Head fawn to orange—brown, variably mottled with 
chocolate brown, frequently heavily so dorsolateral to apex of frons. Prothoracic 
shield yellowish gray to fawn, variably suffused with medium to dark chocolate 
brown; usually a median and a pair of sublateral, longitudinal pale lines. Suranal 
shield dark brown, with a pair of grayish yellow sublateral longitudinal lines. Mid- 
dorsal band chocolate brown, purplish brown, reddish brown, or olive brown. Sub- 
dorsal area grayish white or cream, with a broad, brown or olive, median band. 
Supraspiracular area brown, or light green suffused with brown; an irregular grayish 
white median shade. Spiracular band white, occasionally margined ventrally by an 
irregular and discontinuous brown line. Rims of spiracles brown. Suprapodal area 
light smoky gray. Midventral area essentially concolorous with suprapodal area. 
Thoracic legs and proleg shields grayish fawn, variably mottled with chocolate 
brown. 

Head width: 1.27 + 0.09 mm (20 larvae). 

Duration of stadium: 3.5 + 0.7 days (57 larvae). 

Frirra SrapruM Larva. Head pale orange fawn variably mottled with light fawn 
gray. Prothoracic shield pale orange fawn, variably, often heavily, suffused with 
brown; in heavily suffused shields, a median, and a pair of sublateral, longitudinal 
grayish white lines evident. Suranal shield grayish fawn, variably, usually heavily 
suffused with brown; a pair of grayish white, sublateral longitudinal lines. Mid- 
dorsal band reddish brown or purplish brown, often with a greenish suffusion. Sub- 
dorsal area grayish white with a brown median band; median band paler than 
middorsal band, occasionally very pale or even evanescent. Supraspiracular area 
shades of pale brown, with an irregular whitish gray median line. Spiracular band 
white. Rims of spiracles dark brown. Suprapodal and midventral areas pale gray. 
Thoracic legs and proleg shields pale translucent fawn, lightly suffused with brown. 

Head width: 1.98 + 0.09 mm (20 larvae). 

Duration of stadium: 3.8 + 0.7 days (58 larvae). 

SixtH StaApiuM Larva (Figs. 3, 4). Head fawn gray variably mottled with light 
orange—brown. Prothoracic shield fawn gray suffused with chocolate brown; with a 
median and a pair of sublateral, white or pale cream, longitudinal lines. Middorsal 
band reddish brown or purplish brown. Subdorsal area white or pale cream, with a 
reddish brown median band; median band of subdorsal area usually much paler than 
middorsal band. Supraspiracular area pale reddish brown; in more darkly pigmented 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 33 


specimens, supraspiracular area with an irregular, white or pale cream median line. 
Spiracular band white or pale cream. Rims of spiracles black. Suprapodal and mid- 
ventral areas shades of gray or fawn gray. In pale specimens, ventral area of trunk 
undistinguished from spiracular band. Thoracic legs gray or fawn gray, variably suf- 
fused with pale orange. Proleg shields paler than thoracic legs. 

Head width: 2.83 + 0.12 mm (18 larvae). 

Duration of feeding phase of sixth stadium: 4.4 + 1.4 days (58 larvae). 

Duration of prepupal phase of sixth stadium: 3.3 + 1.1 days (15 larvae). 

Pupa. Moderately dark orange—brown. Spiracles weakly projecting above general 
surface of cuticle. Anterior areas of abdominal segments 5, 6, and 7 moderately 
pitted. Cremaster without spines, consisting only of a truncated protuberance project- 
ing from apex of tenth abdominal segment (Figs. 5, 6). 

Length to posterior margin of fourth abdominal segment: 8.7+0.5 mm (20 
pupae). 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT 


I am grateful to Mr. John E. H. Martin, Entomology Research Institute, 
Ottawa, for photographing adults and larvae in the field. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Harpwick, D. F., 1958. Taxonomy, life history, and habits of the elliptoid-eyed spe- 
cies of Schinia (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae), with notes on the Heliothidinae. 
C2anage Ent. Suppl. 6, 116 pp. 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURES 


Figs. 5, 6. Schinia niveicosta (Sm.), apical abdominal segments of pupa. 5, Ven- 
tral. 6, Right lateral. 


BOOK NOTICE 


NICULESCU, EUGEN V.: Pieridae. Fauna Republicii Populare Romane, vol. XI, 
fasc. 6, 202 pp., 13 pls., 66 figs. (In Rumanian). Bucharest 1963. Price 13,- Lei. 
Nymphalidae. Fauna Republicii Populare Romane, vol. XI, fasc. 7, 361 pp., 25 pls., 
160 figs. (In Rumanian). Bucharest 1965. Price 29,- Lei. 

Further volumes of the series “Fauna of Rumania” treat the white butterflies and 
Nymphalid butterflies of that country. Fascide 6 (Pieridae) records eight genera 
with 18 species, which are described in detail. The taxonomic part contains descrip- 
tions of all stages. 


34 Huser: Thorybes in Minnesota Vol. 20, no. 1 


The species Colias australis Vty. is recorded as a form of Colias hyale L. Pieris 
bryoniae O. is discussed as a subspecies of Pieris napi L. 

In Rumania 44 species of the family Nymphalidae are recorded. In the introduc- 
tion the author gives a short review of morphology and geographical distribution of 
this family. The immature stages, distribution, and variability of all species are dis- 
cussed in more detail. Important are the morphological notes with good drawings. 
All species and some forms are figured in plates as black and white photographs. 

Both books are of interest for all students of European butterflies.—J. Moucua, 
Prague, Czechoslovakia 


FIRST MINNESOTA RECORDS OF THORYBES BATHYLLUS 


Although recent popular literature lists the distribution of the southern 
cloudy wing, Thorybes bathyllus (Smith) (Hesperiidae), as westward to 
Wisconsin (Milwaukee) and Nebraska, Macy and Shepard (1941)! do 
not cite any records for Minnesota. The southeastern corner of Minne- 
sota, which is typically pseudo-Carolinian in its flora and fauna, provides 
good habitats for numerous “southern” species of butterflies. Unfortu- 
nately, a general lack of collectors has left us with very little knowledge 
of that area. 

Recently, Ray Glassel donated to me the bulk of his butterfly collec- 
tion and among these was a single specimen of Thorybes bathyllus, taken 
by him near Cedar Grove, Dakota County, Minnesota on 4 July 1960. I 
thought this to be the first Minnesota record, but a check of the University 
of Minnesota collection revealed one earlier specimen, taken at Mississippi 
Bluff, Houston County on 31 May 1942 by Morris Rockstein. Still another 
record appeared in the Season Summary (Lepidopterists News, 1963, 
No. 4: 8); a specimen was reported from Houston County, Minnesota, 
taken on 30 June 1962. 

These are the only known Minnesota specimens to date. Further col- 
lecting will probably find T. bathyllus in most of the southeastern corner 
of Minnesota where two of its foodplant species of Fabaceae, trailing 
wild bean (Strophostyles helveola), and small wild bean (Strophostyles 
leiosperma ) are found. 


RonALD L. Huser, 480 State Office Bldg., St. Paul, Minnesota 


1 Ralph W. Macy & Harold H. Shepard, Butterflies (Minneapolis: University of Minnesota 
Press, 1941), p. 184-185. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society B15) 


LARVAL FOOD PLANTS FOR FIVE TEXAS HESPERIIDAE 


Roy O. KENDALL 
San Antonio, Texas 


This paper will record for the first time local larval food plants for 
Vidius perigenes Godman, Erynnis juvenalis juvenalis (Fabricius ), Cogia 
calchas ( Herrich-Schaffer ), and Urbanus procne (Plotz). Although local 
larval food plants have been previously recorded for Chioides catillus 
albofasciatus (Hewitson), additional rearing data are given here in sup- 
port of a larval diapause for the species. Arrangement for the skippers 
follows dos Passos (1964). 

Of the larval food plants given, perhaps the most significant is the one 
for Urbanus procne. Burns (1964, p. 148) represented all contemporary 
lepidopterists when he wrote: “the larvae of pyrgine skippers are known 
to eat only dicotyledons.” We must now change our thinking on this 
matter because the larvae of U. procne do eat grass, a monocotyledon. 
No doubt other members of this genus will be found to feed on grasses 
in the larval stage. | 

The larval food plants given in this paper are here summarized and 
arranged alphabetically by plant family and genus: 


Plant Family Plant Species Lepidoptera 
Fagaceae Quercus fusiformis Erynnis j. juvenalis 
Quercus stellata Erynnis j. juvenalis 
Quercus marilandica Erynnis j. juvenalis 
Gramineae Cynodon dactylon Urbanus procne 
Stenotaphrum secundatum Vidius perigenes 
Leguminosae Mimosa berlandieri Cogia calchas 
Rhynchosia minima Chioides c. albofasciatus 


Vidius perigenes Godman 


Tilden (1964) recorded this species for the first time north of the Rio 
Grande River. At present its distribution in the United States north of 
Mexico is limited to Cameron County, Texas, where it is well established. 
Its principal habitat appears to be grassy areas in mesquite flats 
(Prosopis glandulosa Torr.) along the south Texas plains. Three broods 
with some overlapping are indicated. The writer has collected it in March, 
April, and October; reared imagines emerged in June. Exact dates and 
localities follow. 


Cameron County, 21 April 1962. At the Laguna Atascosa National Wildlife Refuge, 
two males and one female were collected. The latter was kept for oviposition. It was 
confined in a small glass jar with St. Augustine grass, Stenotaphrum secundatum 
(Walt.) Kuntze. Six eggs were deposited the following day on the grass, after which 
the female died, probably due to overheating. The eggs hatched within a few days 
and the first-instar larvae accepted S. secundatum reluctantly. Three larvae pupated: 


36 KENDALL: Texas skippers reared Vol. 20, nore 


1, 4, and 7 June and adults emerged 9 June (1 ¢ ), 13 June (1.46), and 17 June 
Was March 1964 at a roadside park on Texas Highway 100 about 3.5 miles east 
of Los Fresnos, two males and three females were collected. One of the females was 
kept alive, and eggs were deposited on S. secundatum. This occurred at the begin- 
ning of a two-week field trip; the eggs hatched and the first-instar larvae were lost 
before returning to the laboratory. 

Other collections of this species in the county by the writer and Mrs. 
Kendall are: October 17, 1963 at Brownsville (1 6, 1 2); March 29, 1964 
on FM 1792 near Port Isabel (3 6). Special attention was not given to 
collecting this species. 

Erynnis juvenalis juvenalis (Fabricius ) 

Burns (1964) indicated that E. j. jwvenalis was strictly or essentially 
univoltine in Texas. Recent rearing records confirm these findings. 
Locally, juwvenalis flies from early March to early May, with an occasional 
abnormally rapid development of immatures which produce adults later 
in the same year. Specimens reared from eggs at San Antonio, in an out- 
door environment, except for one, produced imagines in March of the 
following year. This one larva matured early in the same season. It is 
doubtful that sufficient numbers of both sexes are produced in nature to 
establish a second brood. 

Larval feeding continues over a period of 6 to 8 months depending 
upon the geographical location, after which the larva enters diapause. 
Judging from the reared sample, this species spends about 4 to 6 weeks 
in larval diapause and about the same length of time in the pupal stage. 

In Texas juvenalis is less common than Erynnis horatius (Scudder & 
Burgess). This is attributed to the single brood and long larval period of 
juvenalis, which makes it more susceptible to predation and parasitism. 
Like horatius, adults of juvenalis are found associated with oaks, the lar- 
val food plant. Juvenile leaves are essential for first-instar larval develop- 
ment. Females deposit their eggs on or near juvenile leaves only, and it 
matters not whether the plant is a 6-inch seedling or a 30-foot tree. 


Harrison County, 4 April 1964. At Caddo Lake State Park, a female was collected 
as it was about to oviposit on the juvenile leaves of a 5-foot Quercus marilandica 
Muenchh. A number of eggs were obtained by confining the female in a jar with 
terminal shoots of Q. marilandica. These eggs started hatching 13 April; others were 
preserved. On 30 April, five larvae were inventoried; by 10 August, four had died. 
The remaining larva was then preserved. Death was attributed to confinement of the 
larvae in closed rearing jars. 

Kerr County, 4 April 1965. On FM 689 near Camp Verde, three males and three 
females were collected while they were feeding on blossoms of redbud, Cercis 
canadensis L. var. texensis (Wats.) Rose. One female was kept for oviposition. After 
depositing three eggs, she escaped. At the time of this writing (April, 1965) the 
three larvae were alive and feeding on Quercus virginiana Mill. var. fusiformis 
(Small) Sarg. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 37 


Polk County, 3 April 1964. On Nettles Cemetery road east of Livingston, a female 
was observed to oviposit on juvenile leaves of Q. marilandica. This oak was about 20 
feet tall and the egg-laying female was out of reach; however, three eggs were re- 
covered from twigs of one branch. These eggs soon hatched but were lost due to 
improper care in the field. Near this location on 16 March 1963, Kendall (1964) 
found numerous males flying but no females. This would indicate that females gener- 
ally emerge later than the males. 

Smith County, 4 April 1964. At Tyler State Park two females were observed to 
Oviposit on oak. One deposited an egg on juvenile leaves of a 5-foot Q. marilandica 
bush about 3 feet above the ground. The other one deposited an egg on a 6-inch 
seedling of Quercus stellata Wang. Both were collected. The latter female was placed 
in a jar with the same seedling; 32 eggs were deposited the following day. Eggs 
started hatching 13 April and newly hatched larvae were offered juvenile leaves of 
QO. fusiformis, which they accepted. On 30 April an inventory disclosed 25 larvae, 
two of which were dead. On 11 May an inventory disclosed four more had died, 
leaving only 19. Two larvae were then preserved, and those remaining were placed 
on a caged living Q. fusiformis bush in the laboratory garden at San Antonio. Cursory 
periodic examinations thereafter disclosed larvae to be doing fine. On 2 September 
a shelter was opened for examination, revealing an empty pupal case; the adult was 
nowhere to be found, and the exact date of pupation and emergence was therefore 
unknown. Probably it had emerged sometime earlier, died, and ants had eaten it. 

On 13 September all larvae appeared to be feeding. On 15 November one larva 
appeared to be in diapause. Examination on 22 January 1965 disclosed 3 dead larvae, 
four more in diapause, and seven pupae, one of which had been killed by a predator. 
The four live larvae were then removed and placed in a small container for close 
observation. One larva escaped. Two others pupated 29 January and 6 February, 
respectively; the fourth died. Four males and four females emerged: 1 March ( ¢ ), 
14 March (2 6, 1 2), 15 March (2), 16 March (@), 23 March (¢) (this one 
pupated 29 January), 29 March ( @ ). 


One interesting development occurred on March 14 when one of the 
males escaped from its emergence container and was flying about inside 
a screened walk-in cage. As Mrs. Kendall and the writer watched, the 
insect chanced to light near a chameleon lizard which had gained en- 
trance to the large breeding cage, and was immediately caught and swal- 
lowed. 

The writer and Mrs. Kendall have collected E. j. juvenalis in the follow- 
ing Texas counties not previously recorded: Brown Co., Lake Brown- 
wood State Park, 9 April 1964 (2 6,1 2), 10 April 1964 (2 2 ); Cass Co., 
near Avinger, 6 April 1964, (1 2); Fannin Co., Bonham State Park, 7 
April 1964 (2 6, 2 2); Kendall Co., 7 mi SE of Comfort, 4 April 1965 
(1 ¢); Tarrant Co., Fort Worth city park, 8 April, 1964 (3 6,5 @). 


Cogia calchas (Herrich-Schafter ) 


The distribution of the calchas skipper in Texas seems to be limited to 
Cameron and Hidalgo counties, correlating highly with the distribution 
of its local larval food plant, Mimosa pigra L. var. berlandieri (Gray ) 
(Turner, 1959). This insect has been field collected from March to No- 
vember. Reared specimens emerged in January, February, March, July, 


38 KENDALL: Texas skippers reared Vol... 20; natal 


August, and September. It has a larval diapause and therefore would 
not normally emerge in nature during January or February when its lar- 
val food plant is dormant. It appears to be triple-brooded. 

Larval habits compare favorably with those of Cogia hippalus outis 
(Skinner) as described by Kendall (1965). The mature larva vacates its 
growing leaf shelter and constructs another on the ground under leaf 
litter and debris where it pupates. 

Cameron County, 18 July 1964. In Brownsville, while the writer was collecting 
eggs and larvae from a 6-foot M. berlandieri plant growing in the edge of water, a 
female came and deposited an‘egg on a terminal leaflet of the plant being examined. 
The captured female died before reaching the laboratory. Two more ovipositing 
females were seen the same day but could not be collected. Several eggs and 28 
larvae were collected in an hour or so. All the eggs and a small series of larvae and 
pupae were preserved. The remaining larvae were reared on M. berlandieri. Pupation 
occurred from 19 July to 19 August. Ten males and five females emerged: 28 July 
(2), 31 July (¢), 3 Aug. (@.), 5 Aug. (1 ¢,.1 2), 6 Aue. G3 Ae eee 
Aug, (¢), 10. Aug. (¢), 23 Aug. (1 6, 1.9), 28 Aus. (4 )) Sie Anea (Gi oe 

The Brownsville area was revisited on 22 August 1964 and four more larvae were 
found on M. berlandieri. One larva died and the other three pupated 25, 26, and 
28 August. Adults emerged: 3 Sept. (9), 4 Sept. (¢), and 7 Sept. (2 ). 

On 4 December 1964, at a state-operated wildlife management area near Browns- 
ville, three eggs and 19 larvae were collected on M. berlandieri. Three larvae and 
the eggs were given to Norman E. Flitters of Brownsville for study. The first of the 
remaining larvae pupated 22 December; the others were unobserved. A few died 
and several entered larval diapause. The immatures were kept under semicontrolled 
laboratory conditions with the result that most of them produced adults prematurely. 
Two males and six females emerged: 12 Jan. 1965 ( 2 ), 13 Jan. (@), 31 Jan. (@), 
6 Feb. (2), 11 Feb: (6), 14 Feb: (2), 10 Mar (2), and 29) Mars (@O)) nena 


ture, overwintering immatures should produce adults beginning about the middle of 
March. 


The writer and Mrs. Kendall collected other adults in Cameron County 
on 17 Oct. 1963 (2 2), 19 Oct. 1963 (3 3 ), 29 March 1964 (123) arate 
July 1964 (1 6,12). Freeman (1949 and 1951) recorded it from Cam- 
eron County in June, August, and October, and in Hidalgo County in 
March, May, June, August, September, and October. He also gave the 
writer a male collected 7 April 1945. 


Urbanus procne (Plotz) 

Neither the distribution of U. procne in Texas nor the factors influenc- 
ing its distribution are well understood. The principal habitat of this 
species seems to be extreme south Texas where it is perhaps triple- 
brooded, with considerable overlapping. It has been collected in March, 
June, July, August, October, November, and early December. Reared 
adults emerged in August, September, and October. 

It will come as a surprise to most students of the Pyrginae to learn that 
the larva of this insect is a grass-feeder. Other species of this genus may 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 39 


also feed on monocotyledons. One of its most interesting larval habits 
is that a nest or shelter is not made until the larva is fully mature and 
then only as a place to pupate. When not feeding it hides in the grass 
near the ground. When ready to pupate, it constructs a shelter from 
grass litter and silk on the ground at the base of the clumps. Further re- 
search is necessary to determine whether or not an immature diapause 


occurs. Determination of the imagines was made by Dr. J. W. Tilden 
(1965). 


Cameron County Texas, 19 July 1964. In Brownsville along the banks of a resaca, 
two ovipositing females were collected and eggs recovered from a species of grass not 
yet determined. Later in the day at another location in the city, two more females 
were collected as they oviposited on two other species of grass, one of which was 
Bermuda, Cynodon dactylon L. All four females were kept alive for additional ovi- 
position. They were placed in separate containers and labeled A, B, C, and D. Eggs 
were deposited by each in the laboratory as follows: Female A, on C. dactylon, 19 
July (1), 20 July (22), 21 July (5), female died same day. Female B, on C. dactylon, 
19 July (1), 20 July (40), 21 July(9), 22 July (2); on Stenotaphrum secundatum 
(Walt.) Kuntze, 24 July (10), 25 July (62), 26 July (43), female died the same 
day. Female C, on C. dactylon, 19 July (1), 22 July (2); on S. secundatum, 24 July 
(4), 25 July (7), 26 July (15); it then died. Female D, on C. dactylon, 19 July 
(1), 20 July (11), 21 July (3); it then died. 

Eggs hatched from 22 July to 31 July. First-instar larvae were offered C. dactylon, 
S. secundatum, and Sorghum halepense (L.) Pers. Only those on the C. dactylon 
survived. Where S. secundatum was mixed with C. dactylon only the latter was eaten. 
After progressing through five instars, the first larva pupated 19 August and the last 
one on 17 September. Examples of all immature stages were preserved. Adults 
emenedes Joriue, (1 6), 29 Aug. (2 6, 1 @), 31 Aug. (2 6, 1 2), 1 Sept. (3 4, 
ion oe sepiem( le?) 3 Sept. (3 6), 4 Sept. (1 9), 7 Sept.-(1 ¢, 12), 8 Sept. 
ecw Oesepe (169! ), 13: Sept. (1 6 );. 14 Sept: (1 4), for a total of 15 ¢ 4, 
Boo. ©. 

On a retum trip to Brownsville two females were collected 22 August 1964. One 
of these deposited a few eggs in the laboratory on C. dactylon. The eggs soon hatched 
and the larvae crawled away unobserved except for two; one of these died later. The 
one remaining larva matured on C. dactylon; it pupated 25 September and a female 
emerged 7 October 1964. 


Other Texas collection records by the writer and Mrs. Kendall are: 
Bexar County, 10 June 1956 (1 ¢ ); Cameron County, 17-18 Oct. 1963, 
common, 29 March 1964 (1 2), 21 Aug. 1964 (16,32), 4 Dec. 1964 
(12). Dr. J. W. Tilden (1965; in litt.) found U. procne common in 
Cameron County 17-30 Oct. and 11-13 Nov. 1963. In Hidalgo County 
he collected two worn males on 11 Noy. 1963. 


Chioides catillus albofasciatus (Hewitson ) 
Kendall (1965) stated that an immature diapause was not indicated 
for this species. Additional rearing has shown that C. albofasciatus does 
have a larval diapause. 


40 KENDALL: Texas skippers reared Vol. 20, agen 


Cameron County Texas, 21 August 1964. At Brownsville a few adults were found 
flying; one female was collected and kept for eggs. It was confined in a glass jar 
with Rhynchosia minima (L.) DC., and numerous eggs were deposited during the 
next several days. When the eggs hatched, the first-instar larvae were placed on a 
caged living plant of R. minima in the laboratory garden at San Antonio. Only cur- 
sory examinations were made thereafter until two males appeared in the cage on 20 
September. The cage was then removed and a thorough examination made with the 
result that 48 pupae, mostly on the ground under fallen leaves, and 16 larvae were 
found. Of these, five pupae and three Jarvae, ready to pupate, were sent to Dr. C. L. 
Remington for chromosome study. Ten of the larvae pupated: 27 Sept. (3), 29 
Sept. (4), 30 Sept. (1), and 1 Oct. (2). This left three larvae which stopped feed- 
ing 17 October and entered diapause. They were placed outdoors in a screened cage 
on the ground and covered with dried leaves on 30 October. Periodic examinations 
disclosed that two of these larvae pupated about 21 February; the third larva died. 
From these pupae, males emerged on 8 and 10 March 1965. 

Other adults from the same parent emerged: 30 Sept. (1 ¢), 1 
Oct (3 2) 3 Oct! (4.6, 22), 4° Oct. C73 5.2) be Ochm ener 
(3°62 3-® ), 7 Oct: (1.6); 8 Oct. (45S, 2-2), S4Oct. ConCe a ei@ cis 
12°Oct. (2 6; 1 2), 13: Oct. Cl So, 232s V4" Oce OO at OO ciamne 
(Le) 18 Oct (1 2), 20° Oct. (1S); fora total on ole Ge ae mom 

A return visit to Brownsville was made on December 4 and 5, 1965. Two males 
were collected and numerous first- and second-instar larvae were found on R. minima 
growing along an irrigation canal. Only four larvae were collected because the food 
plant in the laboratory garden at San Antonio was already largely defoliated due to 
the advance of winter. A frost killed all the remaining food plant about December 
15. One larva, very small, pupated January 1, 1965; the other three were preserved. 
On January 24 a dwarfed female emerged; the larva and pupa had been kept in the 
laboratory at all times. 


These additional studies show the significance climate has on the dis- 
tribution of C. albofasciatus. Except for extreme south Texas, this species 
cannot become established because too few larvae from the summer 
broods enter diapause and, secondly, because the average early date of 
the first freeze in the fall (Hildreth & Orton, 1963) kills the larval food 
plant, causing the immatures to die of starvation. Only under ideal cli- 
matological conditions could this species survive for more than one sea- 


son as far north as Bexar County, Texas. Such a period existed from 1957 
to 1959. (Kendall, 1965). 


LITERATURE CITED 


Burns, JoHun M., 1964. Evolution in skipper butterflies of the genus Erynnis. U. 
Gali Publeiinteo(.207 pp. 

pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Mem. Lepid. 
Socs sw NoOwel: 

FREEMAN, H. A., 1949. Notes on some tropical American skippers (Lepidoptera, 
Rhopalocera, Hesperiidae). Field & Laboratory, 17: 75-81. 

1951. Ecological & systematic study of the Hesperioidea of Texas. Southern 

Methodist Univ. Studies, No. 6. 

HivpretuH, R. J., & R. B. Orton, 1963. Freeze probabilities in Texas. Texas Agr. 
Exp. Sta. State College, Misc. Publ., 657. 

KENDALL, R. O., 1964. New distribution records for three species from Arkansas, 
Louisiana and Texas (Hesperiidae, Papilionidae). Jour. Lepid. Soc., 18: 190- 
191. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 4] 


1965. Larval food plants and distribution notes for twenty-four Texas Hesperiidae. 
Jour. Lepid. Soc., 19: 1-33. 
TILDEN, J. W., 1964. Two species of Hesperiidae previously unrecorded from the 
United States. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 18: 214-216. 
1965. Urbanus procne and Urbanus simplicius (Hesperiidae). Jour. Lepid. Soc., 
19: 53-55. 
Turner, B. L., 1959. The Legumes of Texas. University of Texas, Austin. 


OCCURRENCE OF CALLOPHRYS ERYPHON (LYCAENIDAE) 
IN MICHIGAN 


M. C. NIELSEN 
3415 Overlea Dr., Lansing, Michigan, U.S.A. 


For some time now, the record of Callophrys eryphon ( Boisduval) from 
Michigan has been in doubt. Specimens representing this record have 
been assumed by many lepidopterists to fall within the usual C. niphon 
(Huebner) variation. Moore (1960) listed eryphon from Mackinac 
County, referring to two specimens collected on May 18, 30, one near 
St. Ignace and the other near Naubinway; however, the specimens were 
never positively determined to represent this hairstreak. 

Recently, while examining butterflies in the collection at Northern 
Michigan College, I found a specimen in their Callophrys niphon series 
that strongly resembled eryphon, and it had been collected in Marquette 
County. Then on May 16, 1964, I collected four specimens in Chippewa 
and Luce counties (in the eastern Upper Peninsula) which fitted the 
description of eryphon. The specimens from Chippewa, Luce, and Mar- 
quette counties were subsequently examined by Harry K. Clench of the 
Carnegie Museum and found to be C. eryphon. The following is a quote 
from Clench’s letter of September 16, 1964: 


“The eryphon are .. . perfectly good eryphon though a little peculiar: they run 
slightly smaller; the females are more extensively fulvous above (but are nicely 
matched in this by a series from Moffat County, Colorado); and on the underside 
there is a tendency towards an increased suffusion of hoary gray scaling in the 
terminal spots of the hind wing, faintly reminiscent of the condition typical of 
niphon. All of these traits are exceedingly slight, however, and there is certainly no 
reason at this time to even think of separating them as a different subspecies.” 

The Marquette specimen is a slightly torn female taken by Richard L. 
Lake on May 22, 1960, a few blocks from the campus of Northern Michi- 
gan College within the city of Marquette—Township 49 North, Range 25 
West, Section 10. This specimen is now in the writer's collection. 

The Chippewa County specimens are two fresh females collected in 
company with females of C. niphon clarki (Freeman) (determined by H. 
Clench) and C. augustinus (Kirby) while sunning on a sandy road on 


42, NrieELtsEN: Callophrys in Michigan Vol. 20; mona 


May 16 at 10:00 to 11:00 A.M. in Township 45 North, Range 5 West, 
Section 36. This road separates a large sphagnum-heath bog from an 
upland area of mixed pine and miscellaneous hardwoods and _ shrubs. 
Jack, red, and white pines (Pinus banksiana, resinosa, and strobus, re- 
spectively ) were found in this vicinity, all possible foodplants for both 
eryphon and niphon. 

In Luce County, the eryphon specimens, two fine males, were collected 
later in the day on May 16, resting on sedges in a small opening within 
old growth hardwoods less than a mile north of Tahquamenon Falls in 
Township 48 North, Range 8 West, Section 1. A few white pines, seed- 
lings, and mature trees, were noted in the perimeter of this opening— 
representing a possible foodplant. Other species taken here with eryphon 
were Celastrina argiolus pseudargiolus (Boisduval & Le Conte) (fresh) 
and Vanessa virginiensis (Drury ). 

It is extremely interesting to find this western species in Michigan and 
to find it strictly sympatric with its very near relative, niphon, in the 
Upper Peninsula. Klots (1951) does not list eryphon, nor refer to it in 
his list of casual species, as occurring east of the Great Plains. In Ehrlich 
& Ehrlich (1961), Clench cites Nebraska and northern Manitoba as the 
eastern limit of eryphon. It would therefore appear that these records 
represent a considerable eastward range extension of eryphon in North 
America. Additional observations and collections will be necessary to de- 
termine to what extent C. eryphon is permanently established in Michi- 
gan’s Upper Peninsula and to what extent it can coexist with niphon in 
the same habitat. I strongly urge collectors in Ontario and the northern 
Lake States to reexamine their niphon series for the possibility of masquer- 
ading eryphon specimens. All doubtful material can be forwarded to 
Harry Clench for critical examination. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
I would like to thank Dr. Gordon D. Gill, Department of Biology, 
Northern Michigan College, for permitting me to examine the butterfly 
collection from that institution and for providing information relative 
to the Marquette eryphon. Also, my sincere appreciation is extended to 
Harry K. Clench for his examination and verification of the Callophrys 
specimens, and for reviewing the manuscript and suggesting helpful 
comments. 
LITERATURE CITED 


Enruicy, P. R., & A. H. Exriicu, 1961. How to Know the Butterflies. William C. 
Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa, 262 pp., 525 figs. 

Kiorts, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America, east of the 
Great Plains. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, 349 pp., 40 pls. 

Moore, S., 1960. A revised annotated list of the butterflies of Michigan. Occ. Papers 
Mus. of Zool., Univ. Mich., Ann Arbor, 617, 39 pp., 1 pl. 1 fig. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 43 


REDISCOVERY OF EUPTYCHIA MITCHELLIT (SATYRIDAE ) 
IN NEW JERSEY 


FRANK RUTKOWSKI 
50 Bayard St., New York, N. Y. 


The most recent guidebooks (Ehrlich & Ehrlich, 1961: 91; Forbes, 
1960: 169; Klots, 1951: 69-70) either question or ignore old records of 
Euptychia mitchellii (French) from New Jersey. This is not surprising, 
because these ambiguous records (“Dover, Woodport,’ “near Lake 
Hopatcong’ ) seem to have been based on a single specimen which van- 
ished long ago (Engelhardt, 1936: 110), and the butterfly was not found 
in New Jersey since the 1890's despite careful search by experienced 
lepidopterists (McAlpine et al., 1960: 211). 

The unpromising history of this species made me feel singularly lucky 
in mid-July, 1963, when I found a colony of mitchellii in a favorite swamp 
near Newton, Sussex County, in northern New Jersey. I say “favorite” 
because this swamp offers a variety of wet habitats, all the way from a 
little acid bog to an alder thicket. Even more conveniently, it is traced 
with paths and footbridges, and seems free of poison sumac. In this New 
Jersey locality the butterflies tend to fly “along very narrow grassy strips 
bordering small watercourses,” as McAlpine (1936: 221) reported of the 
Michigan colonies. 

Badger (1958: 46) has indicated that mitchellii populations seem 
prone to yearly fluctuation. During the two seasons that I have watched 
the New Jersey colony, the population has fluctuated from sparse (1963: 
about two dozen individuals seen at peak) to almost nonexistent (1964: 
only five or six stragglers found despite diligent search throughout July ). 
Everyone seems agreed that mitchellii is easy to overlook. Perhaps its 
specialized habitat, which is repellent to the collector, to say nothing of 
its brief flight period and inconspicuous appearance, protects it 
from discovery in many places where it occurs. A sharp-eyed collector 
must chance to be in the proper spot during the right few days in a year 
of peak abundance. 

Through the courtesy of Dr. F. H. Rindge, I was permitted to compare 
my material with the mitchellii series (from the type locality at Wakelee, 
Michigan, and from Streetsboro, Ohio) in the collection of the American 
Museum of Natural History. My New Jersey specimens, some of which 
have been deposited in that collection, did not show any consistent dif- 
ference, nor did they blend into a series of E. areolata septentrionalis 
(Davis) from its type locality at Lakehurst, Ocean County, in central 
New Jersey. 


44 Rurkowsk1: New Jersey Euptychia found Vol. 20. no. 1 


It appears that the location of the New Jersey colony of mitchellii, in 
the same part of the state as the old “Dover-Woodport-Lake Hopatcong” 
records, would make unlikely the possibility suggested by McAlpine et al. 
(1960: 210) “that the isolated New Jersey records of mitchellii . . . might 
have been based on specimens of E. a. septentrionalis showing extreme 
variation in the direction of mitchellii, or even ... that mitchellii is a well 
defined subspecies of areolata.”. But Newton is a long way from the rail- 
road station at Lakehurst (Klots, 1951: 70), and the distribution of 
mitchelli is still not clearly understood. It would be interesting to exam- 
ine specimens from the still-undiscovered colonies in Pennsylvania and 
central New Jersey which may await the enterprising or the lucky col- 
lector. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Bavcer, F. S., Jr., 1958. Euptychia mitchellii (Satyridae) in Michigan and Indiana 
tamarack bogs. Lepid. News, 12: 41-46. 

Euruicy, P. R., & A. H. Exnruicn, 1961. How to Know the Butterflies. Wm. C. 
Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa, 262 pp. 

ENGELHARDT, G. P., 1936. Cissia mitchellii in New Jersey. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 
oO: 

Forses, W. T. M., 1960. The Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring States. 
Part IV. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta., Mem. 371, 188 pp. 

Kuots, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton-Mifflin Co., Boston, 
349 pp. 

McAtrineE, W. S., 1936. Note in: Proceedings Brooklyn Ent. Soc., March 12, 1936 
meeting. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 31: 221. 

McALPINE, W. S., S. P. HussBeii, & T. E. Prisxe, 1960. The distribution, habits, and 
life history of Euptychia mitchellii (Satyridae). Jour. Lepid. Soc., 14: 209-227. 


SPEYERIA CYBELE (NYMPHALIDAE) AY LEIGH 


At 1:15 A.M. on August 5, 1965, I was surprised to find a fresh male 
Speyeria cybele (Fabricius) actively fluttering against a lighted window 
of my home in West Acton, Middlesex County, Massachusetts. The tem- 
perature was about 60° F., and there were numerous other Lepidoptera, 
mostly Geometridae such as Itame pustularia Guenée and Semiothisa 
granitata Guenée, at the window. Since there is a flower garden where 
this butterfly is a frequent visitor just outside, and since the house and 
garden are surrounded by fairly heavy pine woods, it is probable that 
the specimen was disturbed from its evening resting place, rather than 
coming any great distance to the light. 

The only other record I have been able to find of Speyeria cybele at 
light is that cited in Kimball, Lepidoptera of Florida, 1965, p. 40. 


Cuar_Les G. Oniver, West Acton, Massachusetts 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 45 


SOME EXPERIMENTAL COLOR ABERRATIONS IN 
DANAUS PLEXIPPUS 


Jo BREWER 
1090 Walnut St., Newton Highlands, Massachusetts 


During the summer of 1964 we conducted a pilot rearing project in 
which 114 larvae of Danaus plexippus (L.) were reared under controlled 
light conditions in three cages, 38 in each cage. Light was provided by 
G.E. fluorescent lamps in combination with Rosco gelatine filters to pro- 
duce the spectral energy distribution and input shown in the figure. The 
cages were painted with nonselective, nontoxic Pittsburgh white paint. 
The temperature within the cages ranged from 69° to 80°, while the 
temperatures outside for the same period ranged from 45° to 90°. The 
experiments were conducted in a completely darkened underground room 
which was notably humid. Humidity, however, was not measured. The 
purpose of the experiment was to study the effects of specific light upon 
the complete metamorphosis of this insect. Each cage was given 14 hours 
of light and 10 hours of darkness in each 24-hour period. 

The first six larvae were found in the field in Walpole, Massachusetts, 
on May 31 and installed, two in each cage, while in the first and second 
instars. Of these, one in each cage survived. Cage 1 (“Blue,” spectral 
energy: 4,000-5,000 angstroms) and cage 3 (“Red,’ 6,000-7,000 ang- 
stroms ) produced color aberrations. The color of the scaling of the under- 
side of both wings was normal, but on the upperside of the forewings the 
orange scales were fewer and paler than usual, the apex showing almost 
no orange. The overall effect was of a monarch with buff-colored hind- 
wings and blue-black forewings with some dusky orange. The insect in 
cage 2 (“Green,” 5,000-6,000 angstroms), although not brightly colored, 
was fairly normal. All three insects were females. 

The next three larvae were also found in the field, in Bennington, Ver- 
mont, in the first and second instars, and were installed in the cages on 
June 20. These emerged on July 7-10, and produced two females and 
one male. All were of normal color. The male mated with both females, 
and a total of 884 eggs resulted. Of these, 105 were installed, 35 in each 
cage. The distribution was as follows. 


Eggs Female July 

In each cage, 10 II LS 
i) 2; 18 

10 2) 20 

10 D 23 


46 Brewer: Experimental monarch colors Vol. 20,-noiel 


Controls, 30 l 16 
TAL 2 18 
QI 2 20 
74 2 23 


The controls were reared in separate cages according to day of oviposi- 
tion. 

Of the 30 eggs which reached maturity in the cages, four resulted in 
color aberrations. Cages 1 and 3 each produced another butterfly with 
dark forewings and light hindwings. Cage 2 produced two insects in 
which both forewing and hindwings were buff-colored. All were females. 


SPECTRAL ENERGY DISTRIBUTION 


= 60 


BLUE "F” LAMP + BLUE FILTER "37 
GREEN"F”LAMP+GREEN FILTER *40 | | 
PINK “F” LAMP + RED FILTER “15 


MILLIWATTS/200A /WATT 


500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 6500 7000 
ANGSTROMS 


In the control group, kept under normal conditions of light and heat, 
93 of the original 215 emerged with no color aberrations. In brief, the 
only color aberrations came from the light-controlled cages. They were 
offspring of three different females and two different males. They may 
have been genetic mutations. There are two specimens somewhat similar 
in the Andrew J. Weeks collection of Lepidoptera at the Museum of Com- 
parative Zoology, Harvard, both taken around 1900. However, in the 
course of rearing and banding during eight years I have never seen an- 
other living monarch with colors even approaching those mentioned 
above. It seems plausible that a lack of certain qualities of light, a lack 
of total light energy, a lack of stimulation provided by sharply rising and 
falling temperatures, or a combination of all three factors may have con- 
tributed to the alteration of wing scale color. No conclusions can be 
drawn until the experiment has been repeated with tighter controls, but 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 47 


in the meantime I have some rather strange-looking monarch specimens. 

Acknowledgment is made to R. L. Paugh, Specialist, Plant Growth 
Lighting, General Electric Company, Cleveland, Ohio, who provided the 
spectral energy distribution graph. 


THE TERMINATION OF SATURNIIDS’ DIAPAUSE 


COLLEEN SEELEY 
47 Woodside Ave., Oneonta, New York 


Each spring for five years I have been forcing moths to emerge from 
their cocoons months before their normal time by bringing them into a 
warm room, spraying them with water, and wishing they would emerge. 
Last fall, 1964, because I had several hundred cocoons that I had pro- 
duced through rearing during the summer, I decided to find out just what 
factor, or combination of things, made moths emerge. I also wanted to 
know exactly how long it took. 

I set up the experiment by checking the time of the year when saturni- 
ids normally terminate their diapause, to see what conditions ordinarily 
exist at that time. 

I used Antheraea polyphemus (Cramer), Hyalophora cecropia (1.), 
H. gloveri (Strecker ),! and Callosamia promethea (Drury ). These emerge 
the last two weeks in June, here in New York. At that time there is plenty 
of rain and the ground is damp, there are 17 hours of light, and the tem- 
perature ranges from 68° to 80° F. All these moths diapause in the pupal 
stage and would normally be exposed to several months of cold. 

I ran two pretests on about 80 cocoons of 11 different saturniids, then 
set up the following tests on a more accurate basis.” 

One hundred cocoons of the above four saturniids were divided into 
five groups of 20 cocoons each. All had been stored in the refrigerator for 
about five months. All were sprayed with water occasionally. 

Group I: Cocoons were kept in darkness and temperature about 40° 
(in refrigerator). This group was my control. No moths emerged. 

Group II: Cocoons were placed in an emergence box with a tight-fitted 
lid and taped to give total darkness, with the temperature 68°-75° I’. Be- 
tween the 20th and 30th day 85% emerged; 100% of the cecropia, gloveri, 
and polyphemus emerged. Over 50% emerged between 20 and 23 days. 

Group III: Cocoons were placed in a screened box and given exactly 
Pinner alophore sloveri stock originally came from North Dakota. 


2 Science Congress Project 1965, Albany Science Congress, Biology Intermediate Group—First 
Award, also Grand Prize. 


48 SEELEY: Saturniid diapause Vol. 20, nom 


17 hours of light from a 100-watt bulb each day.* The temperature was 
68°-75° F. Between the 20th and 30th day 85% emerged; 100% of the 
cecropia, gloveri, and polyphemus emerged. Over 50% emerged between 
27 and 30 days. 

Group IV: Cocoons were placed in screened box with continuous arti- 
ficial light from a 100-watt bulb. The temperature was 68°-75° F. Be- 
tween the 20th and 30th day 90% emerged; 100% of the cecropia, gloveri, 
and polyphemus. Over 50% emerged between 22 and 25 days. 

Group V: Cocoons were placed in a screened box, with only natural 
light, and in the basement where the temperature was below 65° F. None 
emerged. 

It is unusual to have this high a percentage emerge in any experiment. 
Two prometheas were parasitized and others were still viable. They 
emerged four to six weeks later. 

I conclude the key to the termination of saturniids diapause is tempera- 
ture. Termination of saturniids diapause can be induced in 20 to 30 days 
by temperature 68°—75° F. 

Other interesting information from the experiment: 


(1) Total darkness or 24 hours of light sped up the termination 
slightly. 

(2) Males emerged in the first part of the week, females in the 
latter. 

(3) Half of the moths that emerged were males. 

(4) Cocoons can be stored in temperatures under 65° F regardless 
of hours of light. Termination can be delayed with low temperatures. 

(5) I found cecropia, polyphemus, and gloveri dependable subjects 
to work with. 


These moths usually have a set time of the day to emerge. Moths 
emerging in total darkness or 24 hours of light emerged at odd hours. The 
cecropia were coming out at 10:00 P.M. and 9 to 10:00 A.M. They also 
mated at odd times. One male cecropia even copulated with a promethea. 
She deposited a few eggs (fertility unknown now). 

This experiment held a surprise for me as I didn’t expect to find any 
would emerge in the dark box. I might have expected it, though, because 
many shipments of moths have emerged in tight dark boxes en route. 

This information should aid classroom teachers and science teachers 
in the use of the moth for teaching. The scientist can store his cocoons 
below 65° to use at his convenience. Students experimenting on moths 
can see the results without waiting for the normal termination. More 
broods can be grown in a year, and so on. 


8 A time switch was used for accuracy. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 49 


MINUTES OF THE TWELFTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE 
LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY AND NINTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE 
PACIFIC SLOPE SECTION 


August 25 and 26, 1962, Santa Barbara, California 


Saturday, August 25 


The joint meeting was called to order at 9:00 A.M. by Dr. John A. Comstock. Peter 
F. Bellinger was elected Secretary pro tem. Members of the society were welcomed 
by Dr. V. L. Vanderhoff, Director of the Santa Barbara Museum; in reply the chair- 
man expressed the thanks of the society. 

Dr. Comstock then delivered his Presidential Message, calling attention to the im- 
portance of accurate illustrations in entomological publications (see Journal, vol. 16, 
pp. 247-248). Dr. Vanderhoff took the opportunity to call members’ attention to 
the dioramas in the museum and to Nelson Baker’s illustrations for the insect hall. 

Two invitational papers for the morning were given by Dr. Jerry A. Powell, who 
spoke on “Some observations on the minimum temperature threshold of moth activity 
at light,’ and by Frank Sala, who discussed the “astrologa complex” of the genus 
Annaphila (a paper since published: 1964, Jour. Res. Lepid., 2: 289-301 “1963” ). 

Following a group photograph and an excellent luncheon provided by the museum, 
the business meeting was called to order at 1:30 with Dr. C. L. Remington presid- 
ing. Motions of thanks to the staff and associates of the museum for their hospitality, 
and to Fred Thorne and Nelson Baker for their efforts on the program committee, 
were passed. Dr. Remington discussed publication plans for the Journal and Mem- 
oirs, and Dr. Tilden called for more material for the News, especially for the Season 
Summary; the possibility of using a standard form for submitting material for the 
summary was discussed. A motion by Fred Thorne was passed recommending the 
establishment of a class of patron members, with dues in excess of those charged 
sustaining members. 

It was announced that the next meeting of the Society would be held in San 
Antonio, Texas, in the summer of 1963. A motion to hold the next meeting of the 
Pacific Slope Section at the Santa Barbara Museum in the last week of August in 
1963 was passed, and Dr. Tilden was asked to head a committee to select a program 
committee. 

The following papers were presented in the afternoon session: 


Dr. J. W. Tilden—*“Variations in Speyeria in the Sand Creek area of Oregon.” 
Oakley Shields—“Preliminary report on the Libytheidae.” 


Dr. William Hovanitz—‘Preliminary analysis of populations of Pieris protodice 
and Pieris occidentalis.” 


Lloyd M. Martin—“The genus Lacinipolia.” 


The annual banquet was held at the Miramar Hotel. Following the banquet Dr. 
Comstock spoke on his experiences on a recent trip to Samoa and showed slides of 
the island and of some of the Lepidoptera which he was able to rear there. 


Sunday, August 26 
The final session was called to order at 9:30 with Dr. Tilden presiding. It was 
announced that Dr. Hovanitz would be program chairman and Nelson Baker local 
arrangements chairman for the next meeting of the Pacific Slope Section. 
The following papers were presented: 
Dr. C. L. Remington—“Hybridization studies of Papilio, Limenitis and Cal- 
losamia.” 
Dr. Roger W. Pease, Jr.—“Geographic variation and polymorphism in the Amer- 
ican Utetheisa.” 
Wilbur S. McAlpine—“Butterflies of the genus Calephelis.” 


50 Pacific Slope Section Meetings Vol. 20; newt 


Following the formal meetings, concluded at noon, members of the group were 
invited to an informal luncheon and open house at the home of Mr. and Mrs. Carl W. 
Kirkwood of Summerland. The hospitality of the Kirkwoods was greatly appreciated 
by those able to attend.—PrrTer F. BELLINGER, Secretary pro tem 


MINUTES OF THE TENTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE PACIFIC SLOPE 
SECTION \OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCinam 


August 24 and 25, 1963, Santa Barbara, California 
Saturday, August 24 


Following registration of members and a get-acquainted period, Mr. Lloyd M. 
Martin, Los Angeles County Museum, presided over the opening session. Miss Norma 
Morrer, Acting Director of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, delivered 
an address of welcome. 

Mr. Martin gave a report on the 1963 National Meeting of the Society, held during 
early August in San Antonio, Texas (see the Journal, vol. 18: 117-118, 1964). 

Dr. Rudolph Mattoni, Downey, California, presented a paper “Homing behavior in 
Philotes”’; a capture—mark-—release—recapture study of a colony of P. sonorensis in the 
foothills of the San Gabriel Mountains in which two areas some 20 meters apart were 
designated and observed for cross movements. 

Charles H. Abbott, Redondo Beach, reported on “The 1963 migration of Vanessa 
cardui and other recent observations’; included was a request for additional informa- 
tion of activities of other Vanessa species north of central California. 

Following an excellent luncheon, again provided through the generosity of the 
staff of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, a business meeting was held. 
The selection of a site for the 1964 meetings was made in response to an invitation 
from Mr. Peter Herlan of the Nevada State Museum at Carson City, and Dr. J. W. 
Tilden, San Jose State College, was elected program chairman with Mr. Herlan acting 
as local arrangements chairman. Considerable discussion followed the reading of a 
letter from Mr. Charles F. Harbison, San Diego Museum of Natural History, dealing 
with the problem of the selection of site and month having been made in past years 
by members present at the preceding meeting; that is, those who are able to attend 
at a given place and time of year are apt to select the same site, which tends to lessen, 
rather than increase, the geographical movement of the meeting site and breadth of 
the attending group. A system was proposed, including a committee to investigate 
possible meeting sites two years in advance and to report a recommendation at each 
meeting at the time the next site is to be selected. Mr. Harbison and Dr. E. O. Sette 
were appointed to look into the 1965 meeting site. 

The afternoon session, with Dr. Mattoni presiding, included the following: 

“Philotes of central coastal California,” by Robert L. Langston, University of Cali- 
fornia, Berkeley: a paper subsequently published in this Journal (vol. 17: 201-223, 
1964). 

“Chemistry in Lepidopterology,” by John M. Snider: use of chlorocresol as a mold 
preventer in holding fresh material; quaternary ammonium halide as an injection in- 
stant relaxer, and other little-known techniques were discussed. 

“Genitalic and wing differences in western Pieris,” by Vincent Chang, Los Angeles 
State College: a paper subsequently published (Jour. Res. Lepid., 2(1): 97-125, 
1963). 

An exhibits and exchange period followed the afternoon session and included two 
well-prepared technique displays: a short explanatory introduction and display of 
equipment for field photography by Thomas C. Emmel, Stanford University; and 
Phillip A. Adams, University of California, Santa Barbara, showed a rubber stamp 
method for producing specimen labels; this inexpensive technique has since been pub- 
lished (Jour. Res. Lepid., 2(3): 225-228, 1963). 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ill 


The annual banquet was held at the El Mirasol Hotel and was followed by an il- 
lustrated lecture by Dr. William Hovanitz, the 1963 program chairman, on butterflies 
and their habits in the Canadian Arctic. 


Sunday, August 25 


Mr. Nelson Baker, Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History, presided over the 
morning session, which included the following papers: 


“Patterns and variation of subspecies in Philotes,” by Rudolf Mattoni: primarily a 
consideration of spot variation in P. sonorensis. 

“Research in the genus Lacinipolia,’ by Lloyd M. Martin, Los Angeles County 
Museum: a progress report on taxonomic studies on Nearctic members of this large 
and difficult group. 

“The origin of sympatric species in Colias through the aid of natural hybridization,” 
by Dr. William Hovanitz, Arcadia, California: a paper currently being published 
(jour Res) Lepid., 1(4): 261-274, 1963; 2(3): 205-223, 1963; 3(1): 37-44, 1964). 

No formal session was planned for the afternoon of August 25. Members and guests 
were again treated to the hospitality of Mr. and Mrs. Carl Kirkwood, who provided 
refreshments at their home in nearby Summerland.—Epiror 


MINUTES OF THE ELEVENTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE PACIFIC 
SEORD SECTION OF THE EEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


July 18-20, 1964, Nevada State Museum, Carson City, Nevada 


Saturday, July 18 


The morning session was opened at 10:00 after the members and guests had regis- 
tered. E. J. Newcomer presided over this session. Paul A. Opler was elected Secretary 
pro tem. Judge Clark J. Guild, founder of the Nevada State Museum and Chairman 
of the Board, welcomed the members and gave a brief history of the museum. After 
having accepted Judge Guild’s welcome on behalf of the members, Dr. Newcomer 
read the message from the president of the society, Dr. J. G. Franclemont. Dr. 
Franclemont pointed out the unfilled gap in the knowledge of the immature stages 
of North American Heterocera. 

The morning session was adjourned at 11:15 A.M. Mr. Peter Herlan conducted 
the members on a tour of the museum, after which the members were hosted at a 
luncheon by the Nevada State Museum. 

Mr. Robert L. Langston presided at the afternoon session. A symposium, entitled 
“Collecting in Unusual Places,” was given and consisted of the reading and discus- 
sion of the following papers: 


1. “Collecting in Utah”’—Kenneth B. Tidwell. 

2. “Collecting in southern Texas’—J. W. Tilden, Biclogy Dept., San Jose State 
College, San Jose, California. 

3. “Collecting in western Nevada’—Peter J. Herlan, Nevada State Museum, Car- 
son City, Nevada. 

A paper entitled “The distribution of Lacinipolia olivacea and its numerous sub- 
species’ was presented by Lloyd M. Martin, Los Angeles County Museum, Los Ange- 
les, California. | 

The meeting adjourned at 4:30 P.M. 


Sunday, July 19 


Dr. O. E. Sette presided at the morning session. Society business was conducted 
and the following topics were considered: 

1. Since the treasurer of the Pacific Slope Section was not in attendance, the trea- 
surers report was deferred to 1965. 


52 Pacific Slope Section Meetings Vol. 20. nome 


2. Dr. J. W. Tilden moved that the balance in the treasury remain as is and not 
be redistributed. The motion was seconded, discussed, and unanimously passed. 

3. The society membership list was discussed and several suggestions were made 
to the secretary of the society, Dr. John C. Downey. 

4. The society newsletter was discussed and several suggestions were made to the 
new editor, E. J. Newcomer. 

5. It was decided that the 1965 meeting of the Pacific Slope Section be held at 
the San Diego Natural History Museum on the fourth weekend in June. 

6. Charles Harbison and Fred Thorne were selected as cochairmen of the local 
arrangements and program committee. 

7. Dr. Tilden moved that letters be sent to the Board of Trustees of the Nevada 
State Museum and to Mr. and Mrs. Peter J. Herlan thanking them for their hospitality 
during the meeting. : 

8. Dr. Downey proposed two resolutions which were discussed and approved by 
the members. 


a. Be it resolved that the Pacific Slope Section of the Lepidopterists’ feels that 
the biennial membership list is of extreme value to the Society. 


b. Be it resolved that the membership expresses its appreciation to Dr. C. L. 
Remington, past editor of the Journal, and Dr. J. W. Tilden, past editor of 
the News, for the splendid job they have done and for their contributions 
to the Society. Be it also resolved that the Pacific Slope Section is pleased 
that Drs. Jerry A. Powell and E. J. Newcomer have accepted their editorial 
positions. 


The business meeting was closed and the following two papers were read and dis- 
cussed: 


l. “The distributional aspects of the Rhopalocera of Yuba Pass, Sierra County, 
California”—Paul A. Opler, San Jose, California. 

2. “Sound production in Lepidoptera’—Dr. John C. Downey, Southern Illinois 
University. 

The morning session was adjourned at 12:30. 


Dr. John C. Downey presided at the afternoon sessions. The following papers were 
read and discussed: 


1. “Distribution of Philotes in North America’—Robert L. Langston, University 
of California, Berkeley, California. 

2. “Sympatric colonies of Euphydryas in the Pacific Northwest’—David L. Bauer, 
Bijou, California. 

3. “Pieris yreka Reakirt: a request’—F. Martin Brown. 

“A study of the types of the W. H. Edwards names for butterflies’ —F. Martin 
Brown, Fountain Valley School, Colorado. (Both papers were read by Dr. J. W. 
Tilden. ) 

Lloyd M. Martin showed colored slides of several specimens from the collection of 
the late Harold M. Bower, which was recently bequeathed to the Los Angeles County 
Museum. The collecton contained 41,000 specimens. 

John and Tom Emmel showed colored slides of larvae and pupae of Papilio indra 
minori, P. i. fordi, and P. i. pergamus. 

Paul A. Opler made a research request for information about the ecology or life 
history of any members of the genus Euchloe. 

Dr. Downey adjourned the meetng at 4:45 P.M. 


-Monday, July 20 


The members were led on a collecting trip of the Virginia City area by Mr. Herlan. 
Numerous specimens were taken including topotypes of Tharsalea arota virginiensis 
and Icaricea icarioides ardea.-—PauL A. OpLER, Secretary pro tem 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 5S 


MINUTES OF THE TWELFTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE PACIFIC 
SLOPE SECTION OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


June 19-21, 1965, San Diego, California 


Saturday, June 19 


Members and guests gathered at the museum for registration and informal discus- 
sion. Shortly after 10:00 A.M. the meeting was called to order by Dr. J. A. Com- 
stock. R. L. Langston was elected Secretary—Treasurer pro tem. An address of wel- 
come was given by Mrs. Jerri Heller, Acting Director, San Diego Natural History 
Museum. The acceptance by Dr. Comstock included historical aspects of the museum. 

The President's Message by Dr. F. H. Rindge, American Museum of Natural His- 
tory, New York, was read in his absence by Dr. Comstock (published in the Journal, 
vol. 19: 192-194, 1965). 

The morning session included the following papers: 


“Overwintering of Agraulis vanillae in the San Francisco Bay Region’—Dr. O. E. 
Sette, Los Altos, California. (“Valley climate” in study area, Los Altos; drastically 
reduced in cold winter months, the population increases by late summer and fall. ) 

“Problems in the classification of Nearctic Euchloe’—P. A. Opler, University of 
California, Berkeley. (Adult, larval, foodplant data, and statistics were given to sug- 
gest need for change in the species concepts with new name combinations in this 
genus of Pieridae. ) 

“The four lives of a butterfly’—S. N. Laverents. (An excellent sound film through 
the eyes of a commercial photographer, principally the life history of Papilio zelicaon, 
developed for use in public schools. ) 

The meeting was adjourned for the taking of group pictures and lunch. 

The afternoon session was called to order with Dr. Sette presiding. The “Sympo- 
sium on the giant skippers (Megathymidae )” which brought to San Diego many of 
the specialists from such distant places as Arizona, Kansas, and Texas, included the 
following papers: 

“The eremology or desert habitat and distribution of western Megathymidae’— 
E. R. Tinkham, Yuma, Arizona. (Eremology was defined as the science of the desert. 
Accompanied by slides and several maps of the deserts throughout northern Mexico 
and western U. S.) 

“The tools and problems of taxonomy in the Megathymidae”—D. B. Stallings, Cald- 
well, Kansas. (External morphology and genitalia are not enough as tools. Others 
include food preferences, study of immature stages, statistical methods, genetics and 
pH factor of soil.) 

“Cremaster of the Megathymidae as a tool of taxonomy —Mrs. Viola Stallings, 
Caldwell, Kansas. (Morphology of the pupal stage, particularly the cremaster diag- 
nostic. Illustrated by colored slides.) 

“Life histories of some Megathymidae —Dr. J. A. Comstock, Del Mar, California. 
(Early stages, seasons, and comparisons of yucca feeders and agave feeders, prime 
examples being M. yuccae martini and A. stephensi.) 

“Speciation in the Agathymus’—H. A. Freeman, Garland, Texas. (Theories on de- 
velopment of species in this most complex genus, particularly in northern Mexico. ) 

“Early observations of Agathymus stephensi’—Mrs. Kate Stephens (1851-1954). 
(Mimeographed copies were provided by the Los Entomologos. Narrative on experi- 
ences with this giant skipper in the La Puerta area of the Vallecitos Desert in the 
1880's. ) 

“Chromosomes of the Megathymidae and their relation to classification and specia- 
tion’ —Dr. C. L. Remington, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. (Read in 
his absence by D. B. Stallings. Stated that Agathymus with basic 5n or multiples— 
5, 10, 15, 20, etc.; yucca feedings in the U. S. with 26, 27, or 29 chromosomes. ) 

“Bionomics and morphology of Megathymus at the species complex level’— Kilian 


54 Pacific Slope Section Meetings Vol. 20, no. 1 


Roever, Phoenix, Arizona. (There are four major complexes: yuccae, ursus, cofaqui, 
and streckeri; confirmed by studies on early stages. ) 

“Problems in the botany of host plants of the Megathymidae’—C. F. Harbison, 
San Diego. (Time did not permit presentation of this paper, but a display of numer- 
ous potted Agave was available during the meetings, and a planting of many species 
of agaves and yuccas were growing near the museum. ) 

After a brief coffee break, the symposium continued with most of the above speak- 
ers forming a panel; panel members made statements and directed questions. Then 
the symposium was thrown open to audience questions and discussions. Participation 
was vigorous, despite lateness of the hour. 

The annual banquet was held at a restaurant a few blocks west of Balboa Park. 
Following dinner, Dr. J. A. Comstock and Dr. F. X. Williams reminisced on the old- 
time entomologists, most of whom either one or the other or both have known per- 
sonally; the talk was accompanied by lantern slides of photographs of many early 
personalities. 

Sunday, June 20 


At 9:20 A.M. the meeting was called to order, with Dr. J. W. Tilden presiding. 
The program included the following presentations: 


“Biological interrelationships of prodoxid moths and Yucca whipplei’—Dr. J. A. 
Powell, University of California, Berkeley. (With each feeding at different loci— 
seeds, pods, high or low on stalk; four species are associated with Y. whipplei: 
Tegeticula maculata, Prodoxus marginatus, P. cinereus, and P. aenescens. None of 
these moths has ever been taken on any other species of yucca. ) 

“Population biology of a Plebejus icarioides colony’ —T. C. Emmel, Stanford Uni- 
versity. (A colony on the Stanford Campus was mapped, butterflies marked and 
studied over a several-acre area. Recaptures were made up to 1,000 feet away from 
original colony sites. ) 

“Comparative morphology of the mesothoracic aorta in the Rhopalocera’—J. H. 
Hessel, Tucson, Arizona. (Differences among species and to a greater degree be- 
tween families. Many more need dissecting to draw conclusions. ) 

“A Venezuelan collecting trip’—John Masters, Osceola, Arkansas. (Illustrated with 
color slides, particularly of forested areas and jungle clearings where many desirable 
species were taken. ) 

After a short break, the business meeting was called to order in the coffee room. 

Resolutions: It was moved and passed unanimously that the group officially thank 
the hosts for a very successful meeting; moved and passed that the secretary express 
thanks by letter to the San Diego Natural History Museum and to the program chair- 
man, F. T. Thorne. It was moved and passed that C. F. Harbison be reimbursed for 
the refreshments from the registration fees. 

Treasurers report: R. L. Langston reported $31.00 collected in registration fees. 
Nelson Baker, as permanent treasurer, reported that the Pacific Slope Section had 
$96.00 on deposit. It was moved and passed that since there were no outstanding 
debts at this time, it should be kept in the bank for future emergencies. 

Selection of 1966 meeting place and date: Nelson Baker offered on behalf of the 
Santa Barbara Museum, and the 1966 meeting was approved for Santa Barbara. A 
show of hands approved the third week in June. Since the meetings have never been 
in the Pacific Northwest, E. J. Newcomer made a 1967 tentative invitation for some 
place in Oregon, such as Corvallis. An informal show of hands indicated a favorable 
reaction to such a site. 

Election of 1966 program committee: It was moved and passed that Nelson Baker 
be local arrangements chairman. Dr. C. L. Hogue was elected program chairman. 
His assistants were chosen as Ron Leuschner and Tom Emmel. 

Other business matters: Dr. J. A. Powell, editor of the Journal, mentioned that 
although there is no charge to authors for illustrations (line and halftone) with the 
new printer, contributions to the illustrations fund are still encouraged in order to 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society a8) 


support colorplates. E. J. Newcomer, editor of the News, asked for comments and 
suggestions in relation to the season’s summary. (A questionnaire has since appeared 
in the News.) Fred Thorne, as program chairman, gave his thanks to Los Entomologos 
and the Museum Directors for providing a memorable meeting place. 

During the remaining time P. A. Opler showed slides of some unusual gynando- 
morphs, aberrant forms, and examples of certain Lycaenidae and Riodinidae. Dr. J. 
W. Tilden also showed slides taken during his recent stay in Hawaii. The meeting 
then adjourned for lunch. 

On Sunday afternoon no organized activities were scheduled. 


Monday, June 21 


Many of the members and their guests met for a bus trip to the Laguna Mountains 
in eastern San Diego County. East of El Cajon, the bus drove out of the overcast that 
plagued the meeting in San Diego. With warm, sunny conditions, collecting was 
good at all six localities visited in the Mt. Laguna—Cuyamaca area. Some species 
were in their peak flight, many common, and a few choice “rarities” were taken. 
Although most were what the resident collector would expect, it is certain that it 
would be considered a very successful day by the out-of-state collectors. 

According to the registration list, 10 states were represented: Arizona, Arkansas, 
California, Colorado, Kansas, Nevada, Ohio, Oregon, Texas, and Washington. Mem- 
bers, guests, and speakers who attended included: 

E. N. Agey, R. Albright, G. T. and Mrs. Austin, N. W. and Mrs. Baker, Andre and 
Mrs. Blanchard, R. W. Breedlove, J. A. Comstock, S. L. Ellis, T. C. Emmel, R. Fall, 
H. A. and Mrs. Freeman, R. S. Funk, C. F. Harbison, W. A. and Mrs. Hedges, Mrs. 
J. Heller, P. J. and Mrs. Herlan, J. H. and Mrs. Hessel, C. L. and Mrs. Hogue, W. 
Hovanitz, J. Lane, R. L. and Mrs. Langston, S$. N. Laverents, R. H. and Mrs. Leusch- 
ner, A. C. Lyngholm, L. M. and Mrs. Martin, J. H. Masters, R. P. Minahan, E. J. 
Newcomer, P. A. and Mrs. Opler, J. A. Powell, W. S. Radcliffe, J. Roberds, K. Roever, 
Allen and Mrs. Rubbert, O. E. Sette, D. B. and Mrs. Stallings, R. E. and Mrs. Stan- 
ford, R. H. Stewart, D. Studebaker, F. T. and Mrs. Thorne, J. W. Tilden, E. R. Tink- 
ham, Mrs. M. A. Turner and F. X. Williams.—Roperr L. LaNcsron, Secretary pro 
tem 


ANNOUNCEMENT OF ANNUAL MEETING 


The Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the Lepidopterists’ Society will be held in 
OTTAWA, ONTARIO, from the evening of SUNDAY, MAY 29 to the morning of 
WEDNESDAY, JUNE 1, 1966. 

The general theme of the program will be: LEPIDOPTERA AROUND THE 
WORLD. 

We hope the program will be of interest to amateurs and professionals alike. Field 
trips will form a part of the program. 

The period of the meetings coincides with the Ottawa Tulip Festival and with 
Memorial Day in the United States; it should be an excellent time to collect some 
interesting local butterflies and moths, including some subarctic intrusions. 

Those wishing to participate in the program or requiring further information should 
contact: 

Dire De akye biancdwacke 
Entomology Research Institute, 
K. W. Neatby Building, 
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada. 

Papers to be delivered at the meetings should be received in Ottawa not later than 
March 1, 1966. 

Further announcements concerning the program will appear in the News at a later 
date. 


56 Zoological Nomenclature Vol. 20, no. 1 


INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL 
NOMENCLATURE 


Required six-months’ public notice is given on the possible use of 
plenary powers by the International Commission on Zoological Nomen- 
clature in connection with the following names, listed by Case Number 
(see Bull. zool. Nomencl. 22, pt. 4, 2 November 1965): 


1706. Type-species for Phasia Latreille, 1804 (Insecta, Diptera). 


1708. Suppression of Papilio lintingensis Osbeck, 1765 (Insecta, Lepi- 
doptera ). 


1709. Type-species for Monopsyllus Kolenati, 1875; Suppression of 
Ceratopsyllus sciuri Kolenati, 1856, Monopsyllus sciuri Kolenati, 
1857, and Ceratopsyllus monoctenus Kolenati, 1856 (Insecta, 
Siphonaptera ). 


1710. Type-species for Stizus Latreille, [1802-1803] (Insecta, Hymenop- 
tenaye 


1711. Type-species for Diodontus Curtis, 1834 (Insecta, Hymenoptera ). 
1712. Type-species for Trychosis Foerster, 1868 (Insecta, Hymenoptera). 


1713. Type-species for Prospaltella Ashmead, 1904 (Insecta, Hymenop- 
tera) 


1716. Type-species for Chamaemyia Meigen, 1803 (Insecta, Diptera). 
1720. Suppression of Xyleborus Bowdich, 1825 (Insecta, Coleoptera). 


Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Sec- 
retary, International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o Brit- 
ish Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London S.W. 7, Eng- 
land. Those received early enough will be published in the Bulletin of 
Zoological Nomenclature. 


BOOK NOTICE 


MOUCHA, J., & F. PROCHAZKA: Beautiful Butterflies. 135 pp., 56 pls. London: 
Spring Books. 1963. 


This book is an attractive introduction to the diurnal Lepidoptera for the layman. 
An interesting and informative discussion of the group is followed by a series of 
magnificant plates, representing some spectacular tropical species and some repre- 
sentative European forms, with remarks on their distribution, biology, and variation. 
All families except the Hesperiidae are. represented.—PrETER F. BELLINGER 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Di 


RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA 


Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to 
lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended 
that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here. Papers 
of only local interest and papers from this Journal are listed without abstract. Read- 
ers, not in North America, interested in assisting with the abstracting, are invited to 
write Dr. P. F. Bellinger (Department of Biological Sciences, San Fernando Valley 
State College, Northridge, California, U.S.A.). Abstractor’s initials are as follows: 


Abeer es benmrncerR [|VW.H.| — W. Hackman ~ [N.O.] — N. S. Osraztsov 
(Glib Common | 1.1.] — TAro lwase CJR. || == Ce Ibe JReiviasenrors 
Wie@al—= WiC. Cook Pb. I WY Wbeusrerare |i] a 5 Ae “seein aisy 
[A.D.] — A. Diaxonorr  [J.M.] — J. Moucua UP WJ) IP 1 I Waenaeiers 
[ 


J.D.] — Jur1an Donanue [E.M.] — E. G. Munroe 


B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE 


Reisser, Hans, “Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Sterrhinae (Lep., Geom.) VI. Sterrha 
alicantaria sp. n., eine neue Art der siidspanischen Kistengebiete” [in German]. 
Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 48: 45-51, 1 pl., 4 figs. 1963. Type locality Alicante, 
S. Spain. j 

Rezac, Miroslav, “Zur Bionomie der Argyresthia-Arten auf mitteleuropidischen 
Obstbaumarten” [in German; Czech summary]. Zool. Listy (Folia zool.), 12: 
43-62, 12 figs., 2 col. pls. 1963. Life-history and taxonomic discussion of four 
spp. (pruniella, cornella, albistria and mendica). [J. M.] 

Riedl, Tadeusz, “Matériaux pour la connaissance des Momphidae (Lepidoptera ) 
paléarctiques. Partie II. Sur quelques espéces des genres Mompha Hbn. et 
Psacaphora H.S. de la faune polonaise” [in French; Polish summary]. Bull. ent. 
Pologne, 33: 101-106, 5 figs. 1963. 3 spp. from Poland are recorded; descrip- 
tions & figures of genitalia. [J. M.] 

Reidl, Tadeusz, “Beitrag zur Kenntnis der palaarktischen Momphidae. I. Sorhagenia 
rhamniella ( Zell.) und zwei neue europaische Arten der Gattung Sorhagenia Spul.” 
[in German; Polish summary]. Bull. ent. Pologne, 32: 69-75, 8 figs. 1962. 
New species: S. janiszewskae (Wroclaw, Poland) & S. tolli (Poland). Genitalia 
& imagines figured. [J. M.] 

Rindge, Frederick H., “A new species of Melanchroia (Lepidoptera, Geometridae ) 
from Jamaica.” Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 69: 142-144, 2 figs. 1961. Describes as 
new M. venata (Milk River Bath). [P. B.] 

Rindge, Frederick H., “A revision of the Nacophorini (Lepidoptera, Geometridae ).” 
Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 123: 87-154, 6 pls., 46 figs. 1961. Retains this 
tribal name, although Nacophora is sunk to Phaeoura. Describes as new Betulodes 
euriceraea (Zamora, Ecuador, 3,000—4,000 ft.); Phaeoura kirkwoodi (Pinery Can- 
yon, Chiricahua Mts., Ariz.), P. ianthina (La Polvosa, Chihuahua, Mex.), P. 
spadix (?PAcapulco, Mex.), P. belua (Southwestern Research Station, Cochise Co., 
Ariz., 5,400 ft.), P. aetha (Smoky Valley, Tulare Co., Calif.), P. cana (Camp 
Angelus, San Bernardino Co., Calif.); Thyrinteina arnobia phala (Chichen Itza, 
Yucatan), T. wnicornis (Phoenix Park, Moneague, St. Ann Parish, Jamaica), T. 
leucoceraea (Hansa Humboldt, Santa Catherina, Brazil); Holochroa dissociaria 
varia (Gran Quivira National Monument, Socorro Co., New Mexico). Revision 
includes 22 spp. in these four genera; all are redescribed, and keys based on ex- 
ternal characters & on genitalia of each sex are given. [P. B.] 

Rindge, Frederick H., “A synopsis of the genus Nycteola from North America, in- 
cluding a new species from Arizona (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae).” Jour. N. Y. 


58 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 20: nok 


Ent. Soc., 69: 203-206, 2 figs. 1961. Describes as new N.. fletcheri (South- 
western Research Station, Cochise Co., Ariz., 5,400 ft.). Gives keys to the five 
North American spp., based on genitalia. [P. B.] 

Rindge, Frederick H., “Descriptions of and notes on North American Geometridae 
(Lepidoptera), no. 5.” Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 2065: 11 pp. 1961. Describes as 
new Yermoia glaucina (Morongo Wash, San Bernardino Co., Calif.), and reviews 
genus (including also perplexata). Redescribes Itame abruptata, n. comb. Trans- 
fers Bombycia candida from Thyatiridae to Stenocharis. Records Olneya tesota as 
foodplant of Glaucina eupitheciaria lucida. [P. B.] 


Rindge, Frederick H., “Notes on and descriptions of North American Eupithecia 
(Lepidoptera, Geometridae ).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 2147: 23 pp., 7 figs. 1963. 
Describes as new E. phyllisae (Horseshoe Springs Camp., 2 m. W. of La Cueva, 
Sandoval Co., New Mexico, 7,900 ft.), E. hohokamae (5 mi. W. of Portal, Cochise 
Co., Ariz.). Notes on 46 other spp., including additional distribution records, 
some new synonymy, & description of previously unknown sexes of E. sperryi & 
E. sinuata. [P. B.] 

Rindge, Frederick H., “A revision of the genera Anavinemina and Vinemina (Lepi- 
doptera, Geometridae).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 2172: 40 pp., 26 figs. 1964. 
Describes as new ANAVINEMINA (type Tephrosia muraena), A. promuraena 
(Popocatepetl Park, Mexico), A. molybra (Cerro Pelon, Municipio Yolox, Oaxaca, 
Mexico), A. axicata (Mexico City), A. orphna (Popocatepetl Park); V. muraenata 
(Totonicapan, Guatemala). 12 spp. are included in these two genera. [P. B.] 


Rindge, Frederick H., “A revision of the genera Carphoides, Paraphoides, and 
Galenara (Lepidoptera, Geometridae ).” Amer. Mus. Novit., no. 2189: 53 pp., 33 
figs. 1964. Describes as new PARAPHOIDES (type Tephrosia bura Druce), 
P. foeda (Juan Vinas, Costa. Rica, 1,400 m:), P. vafran(jalapas, Micsear aa 
largifica (Santa Rosa de Comitan, Chiapas, Mexico), P. stulta (Mo Cuou, Cerro 
Pelon, Municipio Yolox, Oaxaca, Mexico, 7,050 ft.). Redescribes the two other 
spp. of Paraphoides, three spp. of Carphoides, & nine spp. of Galenara. Third 
in a series of papers on genera near Melanolophia; spp. are found from the south- 
western United States to Costa Rica. [P. B.] 


Rindge, Frederick H., “A revision of the genera Melanolophia, Pherotesia, and 
MELANOTESIA (Lepidoptera, Geometridae).” Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 126: 
241-434, 7 pls., 163 figs. 1964. Describes as new Melanolophia modica (Santa 
Cruz, S. Brazil), M. vitta (Petropolis, Brazil), M. substriata (Rio Negro, Colombia, 
800 m.), M. inatrata (Region Chapare, Bolivia, 400 m.), M. umbrosa (Region 
Chapare), M. piura (Huancabamba, Peru), M. producta (Balzapamba, Bolivar, 
Ecuador), M. vulsa (Sierra del Libane, Colombia, 6,000 ft.), M. rubrica (Cayuga, 
Guatemala), M. eudoxa (Chapare, Bolivia), M. e. simpla (Canon del Tolima, 
Colombia, 1,700 m.), M. trisurca elongata (Incachaca, Cochabamba), M. vegranda 
(Balzapamba, Bolivar, Ecuador), M. perversa (Nueva Teutonia, Brazil), M. triloba 
(Jalapa, Mexico), M. penicilla (Zamora, Ecuador), M. atrifascia (Barro Colorado 
Is., Canal Zone), M. homofascia (San Esteban, Venezuela), M. sadrina conara 
(Muzo, Colombia), M. sadrinaria (San José, Costa Rica, 5,000 ft.), M. imitata 
cana (upper Santa Ana R., San Bernardino Co., Calif.), M. flexilinea fragosa 
(Puntarenas, Monte Verde, Costa Rica), M. canadaria crama (Lyons Farms, 
Union Co., New Jersey), M. canadaria choctawae (Clinton, Hinds Co., Mississippi), 
M. signataria timucuae (Pensacola, Florida), M. imperfectaria solida (Guadalajara, 
Mexico), M. fimbriata (El Volcan, Chiriqui, Panama), M. parma (Tuis, Costa 
Rica, 2,400 ft.), M. pseudovallata (Chapare, Bolivia), M. reducta meridiana 
(Oconeque, Carabaya, Peru, 7,000 ft.), M. 7. borea (Canon del Tolima, Colombia, 
2,700 m.), M. reductaria (Agualani, Carabaya, Peru, 9,000 m.), M. dextera (Sierra 
del Libane, Colombia, 6,000 ft.), M. isoforma (Monte Tolima, Colombia, 2,700 
m.), M. isometra (near Loja, Ecuador), M. attenuata (Mt. Poas, Costa Rica), M. 
synargilaria (Chachapoyas, Amazonas, Peru), M. venatia (Rio Songo, Bolivia), 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 59 


M. elegia (Vista Hermosa, Oaxaca, Mexico, 4,650 ft.), M. mallea (Chanchamayo, 
Peru), M. bugnathos (Yungas del Palmar, Bolivia), M. b. contracta (Balzapamba, 
Bolivar, Ecuador), M. b. elaphra (El Volcan, Chiriqui, Panama), M. conta 
(Chanchamayo, Peru), M. minca (Minca, Colombia, 2,000 ft.), M. rima (Muzo, 
Colombia), M. semarcata (1a Merced, Peru), M. paraconara (Popayan, Colombia ), 
M. orthoconara (Lino, Panama, 800 m.); Pherotesia simulatrix (Yuntas, near Cali, 
Colombia), P. lima (“Intaj,” Ecuador), P. ultrasimilis (Coosnipata, Paucartambo, 
Cuzco, Peru), P. lunata (Sierra del Libane, Colombia, 6,000 ft.), P. malinaria 
minuisca (Volcan de Chiriqui, Panama), P. falcis (Popocatepetl Park, Mexico), 
P. hamata (Mo Cuou, Cerro Pelen, Oaxaca, Mexico, 7,050 ft.), P. caeca ( Orizaba, 
Veracruz, Mexico), P. bifurca (Volcan Santa Maria, Guatemala); MELANOTESIA 
(type Calospila? siderata Dognin). The revision of this predominantly neotropical 
group of Ennominae includes 112 spp. & sspp. [P. B.] 

Roever, Kilian, “Notes on Erora (Lycaenidae).” Jour. Lepid. Soc., 16: 1-4. 1962. 

Ross, D. A., “The Maple Leaf Cutter, Paraclemensia acerifoliella (Fitch) (Lepidop- 
tera: Incurvariidae), descriptions of stages.” Canad. Ent., 90: 541-555, 38 figs. 
1958. Describes morphology of early stages & adults. [P. B] 

Rougeot, P. C., “Limenitis populi L. varie-t-il localement en France? (Nymphalidae )” 
[in French]. Alexanor, 2: 8-10. 1961. Description of L. p. forezianus (central 
France, Loire, Mt. Forez). [P. V.] 

Rougeot, P. C., “Lépidoptéres attacides du Musee de Dundo (Angola)” [in French]. 
Publ. cult. Comp. Diam. Angola, no. 58: 143-154. 1962. List of 24 spp. or sspp. 
belonging to the Dundo Museum in Angola. One of these cited species is 
Pseudantheraea imperator Rougeot (p. 149). About the name of this species, the 
author writes: “Noteworthy male specimen (151 mm.) dedicated the 22nd of 
March, 1961 to the general de Gaulle, President of the French Republic.” Two 
criticisms will be made: (1) it is a pity to see entomology and politics mixed; 
(2) it will be noted, about this dedication, two errors: (a) the indication of the 
dedication appears in a publication subsequent to that in which the species was 
described; (b) a name given in honor of President de Gaulle should be, according 
to the Rules, gaullei. [P. V.] 

Sala, Frank P., “The Annaphila astrologa complex, with descriptions of three new 
species.” Jour. Res. Lepid., 2: 289-300, 4 pls. “1963” [1964]. Describes as new 
A. olgae (“Arizona”), A. pseudoastrologa (above Seminole Hot Springs, Santa 
Monica Mts., Calif.), A. vivianae (Lower Kern Canyon, Kern Co., Calif.). Rede- 
fines A. astrologa. [P. B.] 

Sattler, Klaus, “Was ist Gelechia trauniella Zeller, 1868?” [in German]. Zeitschr. 
wiener ent. Ges., 45: 92-93, 1 fig. 1960. Transfers sp. to Caryocolum, compar- 
ing it with C. saginellum; figures ¢ genitalia. [P. B.] 

Sattler, Klaus, “Neue Synonyme europdischer Gelechiidae” [in German]. Zeitschr. 
wiener ent. Ges., 46: 30-31. 1961. Sinks Lita nitentella to Scrobipalpa ob- 
soletella; Gelechia decrepidella to Bryotropha desertella; G. nigrobipunctella to 
Lita solutella. [P. B.] 

Sattler, Klaus, “On the synonymy of Anacampsis populella (Clerck) and A. blattariella 
(Hubner) (Lep., Gelechiidae).” Ent. Gazette, 12: 115-116. 1961. Sinks 
betulinella to blattariella, & ambronella to A. p. fuscatella. Gives synonymy & 
references to figures. [P. B.] 

Sattler, Klaus, “Uber Mirificarma cabezella (Chrét., 1925)” [in German]. Zeitschr. 
wiener ent. Ges., 46: 86-88, 4 figs. 1961. Redescribes this sp. Lists foodplants 
of Mirificarma spp. [P. B.] 

Sattler, Klaus, “Zwei neue Arten der Gattung Filatima Busck, 1939 (Lep., Gelech.)” 
[in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N.F., 8: 117-120, 2 figs. 1961. Describes 
as new F, angustipennis (L’Argentiere, French Alps), F. asiatica (Alexander Mts. ). 
[Ps Be] 

Sattler, Klaus, “Der Wickler Apotomis infida (Heinrich, 1926) in Deutschland (Lepi- 
doptera, Tortricidae)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 47: 157-159, 6 


60 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 20, no. 1 


figs. 1962. Describes sp. & figures genitalia; new to Germany. Foodplant Salix. 
fea 

Sattler, Klaus, “Die Gattung Xystophora Heinemann, 1876 (Lep. Gelechiidae)” [in 
German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N.F., 9: 325-331, 9 figs. 1962. Revision of 
genus, with key to the 3 spp.: pulveratella (= steudeliella, n. syn.), carchariella, & 
psammitella. [P. B.] 


Sattler, Klaus, “Zur Kenntnis der Gattung Plagodis Hubner, 1823 (Lepidoptera: 
Geometridae)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 48: 25-32, 1 pl., 8 figs. 
1963. Sinks Anagoga to Plagodis, following extended comparison of type spp., 
P. dolabraria & A. pulveraria; describes wild hybrid between these (figures in 
color of both spp. & hybrid). [P. B.] 


Sattler, Klaus, “Uber Telphusa canariensis Walshingham, 1908” [in German]. Zeitschr. 
wiener ent. Ges., 49: 88-90, 4 figs. 1964. Describes genitalia & assigns this 
gelechiid to Streyella. [P. B.] 

Schantz, Max, “Eucosma danicana n. sp. und einige dieser nahestehende Eucosma- 
Arten” [in German]. Notul. Ent., 42: 1-8, 11 figs. 1962. Described from Maribo, 
Denmark; reared from Picris. Descriptive notes on E. cana, E. fulvana, E. hohen- 
wartiana, E. expallidana, & E. scorzonerana. [P. B.] 


~ 


V. 


Schnaider, Jézef, Janina Schneider, & Zbigniew Schnaider, “Przezierniki—Aegeriidae”’ 
[in Polish]. Klucze do Oznacz. Owadow polski, 27, part 37 (no. 34), 42 pp., 6 
pls., 53 figs. 1961. See review in Journal, 15: 132. 


Schutze, Eduard, “Uber einige nordafrikanische Eupithecien (Lep. Geom.) Eupithe- 
cien-Studien XIV” [in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N.F., 8: 147-151, 6 figs. 
1961. Sinks Eupithecia pseudoscriptoria to E. elissa; describes genitalia & other 
features of E. elissa, E. unitaria, & E. orana. [P. B.] 


Schutze, Eduard, “Weitere Eupithecien aus Iran und Arabien (Lep. Geom. ) 
(Eupithecien-Studien XVII)” [in German]. Mitt. miinchner ent. Ges., 51: 58-71, 
8 pls. 1961. Describes as new E. inquinata (Iranshar, Baluchistan); E. 
(DELAEVERIA) (type E. gueneata), E. (D.) subscalptata (Makran, SE of 
Nahu, 1,300 m., Persia), E. (D.) albertiata. Notes on 14 other spp. [P. B.] 


Schwarz, Rudolf, “Bestimmungstabelle der Scopariinae Mitteleuropas” [in German]. 
Zeitschr. Arbeitsgen. Osterr. Ent., 15: 37-50, 15 figs. 1963. Keys to 23 spp. of 
Scoparia based on external characters and (except for 10 spp. of subgenus Eudoria) 
on @ genitalia; the first key includes notes on distribution, variation, & biology. 
[P2 Bs 


Schwarz, R., & E. Nicolescu, “Morphologische, biologische und systematische Beitrage 
zur Kenntnis der Aegeriidae (Lepidoptera)” [in German]. Zeitschr. Arbeitsgen. 
Osterr. Ent., 14: 42-47, 4 figs. 1962. Describes genitalia of Aegeria apiformis, 
A. crabroniformis, & A. melanocephala, & early stages of the first two. [P. B.] 

Schwingenschuss, Leo, “Nachtrage, Erganzungen und Berichtigungen zur “Lepidop- 
terenfauna von Albarricin in Aragonien’ von H. Zerny” [in German]. Zeitschr. 
wiener ent. Ges., 47: 4-11. 1962. Describes as new Agrotis (Rhyacia) elegans 
aragonensis, A. (R.) candelisequa zapateri, A. (R.) renigera hispanicola; Mamestra 
(Polia) genistae caerulescens; Polia (Antitype) dubia lutea. Also names two 
“forms” of Lithina convergata. Notes o nidentity of 63 spp. (Noctuidae, Geomet- 
ridae, Arctiidae, Zygaenidae) from Albarricin, Spain. The new entities are very 
superficially characterized; the publication of this paper from the authors manu- 
script, eight years after his death, is regrettable. [P. B.] 

Sheljuzhko, Leo, “Zur Kenntnis der Pieris melete-Gruppe” [in German]. Zeitschr. 
wiener ent. Ges., 45: 4-13, 20-29, 36-51, 5 pls., 2 figs. 1960. Survey of geo- 
graphic & seasonal variation in P. melete & P. dulcinea, which are good, separate 
spp.; names in this group are discussed and original & later descriptions repeated. 
Names an “ab.,” and a spring form of P. m. orientis. The involved synonymy is 
is given in full. [P. B.] 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 61 


Sheljuzhko, Leo, “Zur Kenntnis der Pieris melete-Gruppe. Teil II. Nordliche Inseln: 
Sachalin (= Saghalien, Karafuto) und die Kurilen” [in German]. Zeitschr. 
wiener ent. Ges., 48: 6-10, 51-64, 141, 5 pls., 1 map. 1963. Exhaustive review 
of P. napi saghalensis, P. n. kurilina, & P. melete tomariana, & supplementary note 
to first part (on P. n. dulcinea & P. n. sichotensis). [P. B.] 

Shepard, Jon H., “The genus Lycaeides in the Pacific northwest.” Jour. Res. Lepid., 
3: 25-36, 1 pl., 1 map. 1964. Survey of L. melissa & the three races of L. 
argyrognomon; figures of representative specimens from localities in British Colum- 
bia & northwestern states. [P. B.] 

Sieder, Leo, “Eine neue Psychide aus dem Chelmosgebiet in Griechenland (Lepidopt., 
Psychidae). HELLENIINAE subfam. nov. HELLENIA gen. nov. culminella spec. 
nov. [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 46: 121-126, 1 pl., 2 figs. 1961. 
Type locality: summit of Mt. Chelmos, 2,355 m., Peloponnesus. [P. B.] 

Sieder, Leo, “Eine neue Psychide aus dem Gebiet der Gurktaler Alpen in Karnten 
(Lepidoptera Psychidae)” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 48: 90-93, 
129-130, 1 pl., 5 figs. 1963. Describes as new Proutia breviserrata (Fadenhohe, 
1,500 m., near Reichenau). [P. B.] 

Sieder, Leo, “Eine neue Psychide aus Nordostspanien (Lepidoptera Psychidae). 
Brevantennia pinkeri spec. nov.” [in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 49: 69— 
72, 1 pl. 1964. Type locality Port Bou, Spain. [P. B.] 

Soffner, Josef, “Zwei neue Lepidopteren-Arten aus Bulgarien” [in German]. Deutsche 
ent. Zeitschr., N.F., 9: 139-141, 5 figs. 1962. Describes as new Euzophera 
nessebarella (Nessebar, Black Sea Coast); Semasia nessebarana (Nessebar). [P. B.] 

van Someren, V. G. L., “Systematic notes on the associated blue-banded_ black 
Papilios of the bromius-brontes-sosia complex of Kenya and Uganda, with descrip- 
tions of two new species’ [in English; Portuguese summary]. Bol. Soc. Estud. 
Prov. Mocambique, no. 123: 63-78, 11 pls., 3 maps. 1960. Describes as new 
P. brontes australis (Tanganyika: Usambara Range), P. teita (Kenya: Wandanyi- 
Mabida, Teita Range); P. interjecta (Kenya: Kaimosi Forest). Discusses East 
African races of P. brontes, P. bromius, P. sosia, & P. nireus, with some descriptions 
& figures; holotype of P. b. brontes figured. [P. B.] 

van Someren, V. G. L., “A new Charaxes (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Proc. R. 
ent. Soc. London (B), 31: 44-46, 2 pls. 1962. Describes as new C. kulal (Kenya, 
Mt. Kulal, SE of L. Rudolf). [P. B.] 

Stallings, Don B., J. R. Turner, & Viola N. Stallings, “A new subspecies of Agathymus 
mariae from Mexico (Agathymidae).” Jour. Lepid. Soc., 15: 19-22, 1 pl. 1961. 
Describes as new A. m. micheneri (15-20 mi. S. of Allende, Coahuila, 1,300 ft. ). 

Stallings, Don B., J. R. Turner, & Viola N. Stallings, “Two new species and one new 
subspecies of Megathymidae from Mexico and Texas.” Jour. Lepid. Soc., 17: 81- 
88, 19 figs. 1963. Describes as new Megathymus gayleae (23 km. N. of Saltillo, 
Coahuila, Mexico, 4,200 ft.); Stallingsia jacki (Tuxtla Gutierrez, Chiapas, Mexico, 
2,500 ft.); Megathymus yuccae reubeni (Hueco Mts., Texas, 5,300 ft.). 

Stallings, Don B., J. R. Turner, & Viola N. Stallings, “Notes on five Megathymidae.” 
Jour. Lepid. Soc., 18: 45-47. 1964. 

Stempffer, H., “Contribution a l'étude des lépidoptéres Lycaenidae de Jl Afrique 
équatoriale” [in French]. Ann. Mus. R. Afrique centr., Tervuren, ser. in 8°, no. 94, 
73 pp., 4 pls. 1960. Study on the Lycaenidae of equatorial Africa, with the 
revision of the genera Pseuderesia and Syrmoptera and descriptions of new species 
and subspecies: Telipna katangae (Belgian Congo, Katanga); Ornipholidotos 
jacksoni (Uganda, Sango Bay); Pseuderesia eleaza katera (Sango Bay), P. beni 
(N. Kivu, Beni), P. rougeoti (Gaboon, Tchibanga), P. clenchi (Cameroon, Bitje, 
Ja R.); MIMERESIA (type species: Liptena libertina Hewitson), M. drucei 
owerrt (Nigeria, Owerri area), M. russulus unyoro (Uganda, Unyoro); Liptena 
nigromarginata nom. nov. pro jacksoni Stempffer, 1953, L. ogojae (Nigeria, Ogoja 
area); Eresina pseudofusca (Ghana, Kpandu), E. jacksoni (Uganda, Toro); 
Toxochitona sankuru (Belgian Congo, Sankuru); Myrina sharpei fontainei (Bel- 


62 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 20, no. 1 


gian Congo, Uele); Syrmoptera bonifacei (Cameroon, Mamfe); Aphnaeus asterius 
ugandae (Uganda, Masaka); Pseudaletis nigra fontainei (Belgian Congo, Sankuru), 
P. lusambo (Sankuru); Anthene hobleyi kigezi (Uganda, Kigezi), A. h. teita (SE 
Kenya, Voi), A. musagetes jeanneli nom. nov. pro elgonensis Stampffer; Har- 
pendyreus marlieri (Kivu, Mt. Muhi), H. argenteostriatus (Mt. Muhi); Eicochrysops 
fontainei (Belgian Congo, Léopoldville). [P. V.] 

Stempffer, H., “Compléments a la révision des genres du groupe des Iolaus (Lep. 
Lycaenidae)” [in French]. Bull. Inst. france, Afr. noire (A), 23: 88-101, 32 figs. 
1961. A complementary note to the revision of the genera Iolaus group, with 
descriptions of many unknown females obtained by breeding; they are the neallo- 
types of: Jolaphilus maritimus Stempffer & Bennett (Kenya), I. gabunica Riley 
(Uganda), Epamera tajoraca (Somaliland), E. bellina exquisita Riley (Uganda), 
E. gemmarius H. H. Druce (Nigeria), E. agnes (Nigeria), E. neavei katera Talbot 
(Uganda), E. dubiosa Stempffer & Bennett (Tanganyika). Also describes as new 
Iolaphilus henryi (Uganda, Kiegezi, Kayonza Forest), I. maritimus usambara 
(Tanganyika, Usambara Mts., Amani); Epamera silanus alticola (Amani). [P. V.] 

Stempffer, H., & N. Bennett, “Révision du genre Pentila Westwood (Lep. Lycaeni- 
dae)” [in French]. Bull. Inst. frane. Afr. noire (A), 23: 1098-1211, 146 figs. 
“1961” [1962]. Important revisionary study on the African genus Pentila, with 
some descriptions of new species and subspecies: P. nyassana benguellana ( Angola, 
Calweha R.), P. pseudorotha (Brit. Cameroon, Mamfe), P. umangiana fontainei 
(Belgian Congo, Uele), P. occidentalium gabunica (Gaboon, Azingo L.), P. 
nigeriana (Nigeria, Ogoja), P. landbecki (Belgian Congo, Upper Kasai Distr. ), 
P. carcassoni (N. Nyasaland, Mkuwazi, forest reserve), P. cloetensi ueleensis 
(Belgian Congo, Uele), P. camerunica (Brit. Cameroon, Mamfe). [P. V.] 

Stempffer, H., & T. H. E. Jackson, “A note on the Rhopalocera of Bugalla Island, 
Sesse Isles, Uganda.” Proc. R. ent. Soc. London (B), 31: 33-37. 1962. Stempffer 
describes as new Deudorix (Virachola) lorisona sesse, Anthene sylvanus bugalla, & 
Thermoniphas togara bugalla. List of 100 other butterfly spp. The islands have 
been isolated for less than 300,000 years; the spp., except for the three lycaenids, 
are similar to mainland spp. [P. B.] 

Stérba, Vladimir, “Beitrag zur Kenntnis von Pieris bryoniae O. in den Westkarpaten” 
[in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 46: 130-134, 2 figs., 1 map. 1961. 
Further records of this sp. in Carpathians with discussion of variation & racial 
Statuses [ee Bal 

Sterzl, Otto, “Der Formenkreis von Cidaria variata Schiff.” [in German]. Ent. 
Nachrichtenbl., Vienna, 8, no. 8: 1-4. 1961. Review of morphological & biologi- 
cal characters of C. variata, C. cembrae, C. obeliscata, & C. stragulata. [P. B.] 

Sterzl, Otto, “Lythria purpuraria L. und L. purpurata L., zwei schwer unterscheidbare 
Arten” [in German]. Ent. Nachrichtenbl., Vienna, 9; no. 8: 1=6, “19625 3is- 
tinguishes these two spp. & L. plumularia. [P. B.] 

Sutton, S. L., “South Caspian insect fauna 1961.” Ann. & Mag. nat. Hist., ser. 13, 6: 
353-374, 1 pl. 8 figs. 1964. Describes as new Meharia tancredii (Meyan 
Kaleh peninsula, N. Iran); Oxytrypia stephania (Firizkuh col., 7,000 ft., Elburz 
Mts., Iran). Discussion of Rhodometra antophilaria & related spp. Annotated list 
of Lepidoptera collected. [P. B.] 

Svensson, Ingvar, “Nordiska Bryotropha” [in Swedish; English summary]. Flora og 
Fauna, 68: 61-69, 37 figs. 1962. Describes all Scandinavian Bryotropha, with 
figures of wings & genitalia. [T. W. L.] 

Szabo, Richard, “The forms of Plebeius sephirus Friv. in the Middle Danubian Basin” 
[in Hungarian; English summary]. Folia ent. hung., s.n., 7: 29-39. 1954. De- 
scribes the Middle Danubian populations, of which two sspp. are described as 
new: P. s. proximus (Kolozsvar) & P. s. kovacsi (F6t). In the region of Deliblato 
in N. Yugoslavia lives P. s. uhryki Rebel. [J. M.] 

Szab6 Richard, “The lycaenids of Hungary” [in Hungarian; English summary]. Folia 
ent. hung., s.n., 9: 235-361, 5 figs. 1956. Monographic study on Hungarian 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 63 


Lycaenidae with a number of new sspp. Maculinea alcon curiosa (Bikk Mts., N. 
Hungary); Lycaeides argyrognomon argyropeza (Hungary); Plebeius sephirus 
foticus (F6t); Aricia agestis pelorion (Hungary); Lysandra thersites pergrata; 
Lycaena virgaureae pyronitens, L. dispar hungarica, L. hippothoe sumadiensis 
(District Somogy), L. alciphron cumanicus (Peszér). Some of new sspp. without 
exact locality. In the English summary a short differential diagnosis only is given. 
Some results are confusing, e.g., Maculinea arion ssp. vagula n. and ssp. animula 
n. “cannot be separated geographically from each other.” [J. M.] 

Tilden, J. W., “Certain comments on the subspecies problem.” Syst. Zool., 10: 17-23. 
1961. Defends the use of this category, with examples of its value in Lepidop- 
tera. |P. 2B. | 

Tilden, J. W., “An analysis of the North American species of the genus Callophrys.” 
Jour. Res. Lepid., 1: 281-300, 2 pls., 6 maps. 1963. Describes as new C. lem- 
berti (West above Tioga Pass, Yosemite National Park, Calif.). Review of char- 
acters & distribution of the seven spp. of Callophrys (s. str.) in North America, 
& comparison of characters with those of C. rubi, Incisalia augustinus, Mitoura 
siva, & Sandia macfarlandi. [P. B.] 

Tilden, J., “Iwo species of Hesperiidae previously unrecorded from the United 
States.” Jour. Lepid. Soc., 18: 214-216. 1964. Vidius perigenes and Lerodea 
dysaules in southern Texas. 

Tilden, J. W., “Urbanus procne and Urbanus simplicius (Hesperiidae ).” Jour. Lepid. 
SOGe tO Do—oD, L965. 

Tite, G. E., “A new species of the genus Cacyreus (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae ).” En- 
tomologist, 94: 112-113, 5 figs. 1961. Describes as new C. ethiopicus (25 km. 
N. of Quiha, Ethiopia). [P. B.] 

Tite, G. E., “The Lepidochrysops ortygia complex (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae ) 
Entomologist, 97: 1-7, 1 pl., 11 figs. 1964. Describes as new L. oreas (Simon’s 
Town, Cape Province), L. wykehami (Kamieskroon, Little Namaqualand). L. 
australis (Caledon District, Cape Prov.), L. methymna dicksoni (Tygerberg Hills, 
Cape Proy.); redescribes L. ortygia. [P. B.] 

Toll, Sergiusz, “Glyphipterygidae, Douglasidae” [in Polish]. Klucze do Oznacz. 
Owadow polski, 27, parts 39-40 (no. 16): 50 pp., 120 figs. 1956. See review 
me journal, 15: 132. 

Toll, Sergiusz, “Micropterygidae, Eriocraniidae, Krétkowasy—Hepialidae” [in Polish]. 
Klucze do Oznacz. Owadow polski, 27, part 2-4 (no. 29); 49 pp., 13 figs. 1959. 
See review in Journal, 15: p. 132. 

Toll, Sergiusz, “Studien uber die Genitalien einiger Coleophoridae XV” [in German; 
Russian & Polish summaries]. Acta zool. cracov., 4: 121-130, 7 pls. 1959. New 
spp. are described: Coleophora zukowskii (Upszar-Massiv, Pieniny Mts., S. 
Poland), C. scabrida (Ohrid, S. Yugoslavia), C. s. polonica (Czorsztyn, Pieniny 
Mts.), C. macedonica (Ohrid), C. pseudodirectella (Cracow, S. Poland). [J. M.] 

Toll, Sergiusz, “Tischeriidae” [in Polish]. Klucze do Oznacz. Owadow polski, 27, 
part 6 (no. 30): 21 pp., 46 figs. 1959. See review in Journal, 15: 132. 

Toll, Sergiusz, “Studien uber die Genitalien einiger Coleophoridae. XVIII ( Lepidop- 
tera)” [in German; Polish & Russian summaries]. Ann. zool. Polska Akad. Nauk, 
19: 209-227, 44 figs. 1961. Describes as new Coleophora namangana ( Naman- 
gan, Fergana), C. fergana (Margelan, Fergana), C. impalella (Krasnoarmiejsk ), 
C. paradoxella (Amurland), C. uralensis (Uralsk), C. kuznetzovi (Kondara, 
Tadzhikhsk SSR), C. gerasimovi (Osh, Fergana). Compares last two with C. 
tadzhikella. [P. B.] 

Toll, S., “Studien uber die Genitalien einiger Coleophoridae XX. Beschreibung neuer 
Coleophoridae aus Osterreich, Bulgarien, Spanien und Portugal” [in German]. 
Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 46: 161-168, 23 figs. 1961. Describes as new 
Coleophora glaseri (Wolkersdorf, Hochleitenwald, Austria), C. ochroflava (Bul- 
garia), C. soffneriella (Bulgaria), C. albarracinica (Valdovecar, Albarracin, Spain), 
C. monteiroi (Montalegre, Portugal). [P. B.] 


2? 
. 


64 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 20; moma 


de Toulgoét, H., “Description d’arctiides malgaches nouvelles (Lep.) (13° note)” 
[in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, 66: 39-42, 1 pl. 1961. Description of new 
arctiids from Madagascar: Phryganopteryx viettei (Nossi-bé); Spilarctia pseudam- 
brensis (Ambre Mt.); Fodinoidea pluto (Ambre Mt.); and description of the @ 
of Asota diastropha (A. E. Prout). [P. V.] 


de Toulgoét, H., “Description de Nolinae nouveaux de Madagascar (Lep. Arctiidae ) 
(12° note)” [in French]. Mém. Inst. scient. Madagascar, (E), 12: 191-206, 20 figs., 
1 pl. “1961” [1962]. Descriptions of new Nolinae from Madagascar: Roeselia 
nigromixtalis (E. Madagascar, Perinet), R. nudalis (Integral Natural Reserve 3), 
R. saalmuelleri (Perinet), R. medialis (central Madagascar, Ankaratra Mts.), R. 
erythrinalis (central Madagascar, Betsileoland), R. arcanalis (E. Madagascar, 
Anosibe Road), R. palpalis (Betsileoland), R. bilineatalis (Anosibe Road), R. 
rubiginealis (FE. Madagascar, Ranomafana), R. convexalis (Betsileoland), R. c. 
griveaudalis (central Madagascar, Andringitra Mts.), R. infuscatalis (Ranomafana ), 
R. dilutalis (Perinet), R. rufomixtalis (central Madagascar, Ampolomita), R. 
mediolinealis (Ampolomita), R. vieui (E. Madagascar, Moramanga), R. funebralis 
(E. Madagascar, Italaviana), R. modestalis (E. Madagascar, Andranomandevy ), R. 
paulianalis (Moramanga), R. inexpectalis (S.W. Madagascar, Lambomakandro 
Forest ); Celama triangulalis (Perinet). [P. V.] 

Trehan, K. N., & D. K. Butani, “Life-history, bionomics and control of jowar stem- 
borer (Chilo zonellus Swinhoe). Curr. Sci., 17: 127. 1948. Short note justifies 
full species status of C. simplex & C. zonellus; brief life history. [J. D.] 


Trehan, K. N., & Dhamo K. Butani, “Systematic position of Chilo zonellus Swinhoe 
and chaetotaxy of its larvae.” Indian Jour. agric. Sci., 20: 79-85, 3 pls. 1950. 
Find C. zonellus & C. simplex distinct, but believe only former occurs in India. 
[J. D.] 

Tremewan, W. G., “On some type specimens of the genus Zygaena Fabricius, in- 
cluding the lectotype selection of Zygaena felix Oberthiir, Lepidoptera: Zygaenidae.” 
Ent. Rec. & Jour. Var., 74: 125-130, 1 pl. 1962. Notes on types of 14 names 
(including aberrations) with figures of 13. [P. B.] 


Tremewan, W. G., “A new subspecies and further records of the genus Zygaena 
Fabricius (Lepidoptera: Zygaenidae) from south-west France and Spain,” Ent. 
Rec. & Jour. Var., 75: 251-254. 1963. Describes as new Z. occitana burgosensis 
(Ona, Burgos, 2,000 ft.). Records of 20 other forms. [P. B.] 


Tremewan, W. G., “Notes on Zygaena species from south-west France and Spain 
with descriptions of three new subspecies (Lepidoptera: Zygaenidae).” Ent. Rec. 
& Jour. Var., 75: 1-10, 1 pl. 1963. Describes as new Z. ignifera diezma (Diezma, 
Granada, 4,000 ft.), Z. lavandulae huescae (P. de S. Barbara, Huesca, 3,300 ft.), 
Z. trifolii pajini (Riano, Leon, 3,500 ft.). Notes on 28 other races belonging to 
IZ jojo, le. 1835 

Tremewan, W. G., “The type specimens of Zygaena ledereri Rambur and Z. pennina 
Rambur, Lepidoptera: Zygaenidae.” Ent. Rec. & Jour. Var., 75: 166-168, 2 figs. 
1963. Former is ssp. of Z. punctum (n. syn.: contamineoides); latter is junior 
synonym of Z. contaminei. [P. B.] 

Tremewan, W. G., “The identity of Zygaena algira Boisduval, 1834 (Lepidoptera, 
Zygaenidae).” Ent. Rec. & Jour. Var., 76: 35-36, 1 pl. 1964. North African 
sp., usually credited to Duponchel, was first described by Boisduval. Lectotype & 
genitalia are figured. [P. B.] 

Tremewan, W. Gerald, “The Silvicola Burgetf group of the genus Zygaena Fabricius 
(Lep. Zygaenidae).” Ent. Rev. & Jour. Var., 76: 1-10, 46-54, 75-82, 1 map. 1964. 
Review of the characters & geographic variation in species of this palearctic group. 
Species included are gallica, giesekingiana, mana, rjabovi, teberdica, and the 
highly polytypic nevadensis, romeo, & osterodensis (scabiosae auctt.). Proposes 
Z. romeo faitocola n.n. for Z. r. faitensis Holik, preoccupied. Some new synonymy. 
[Peal 


EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL 


Editor: Jerry A. POWELL 
Associate Editor 
(Literature Abstracting): PETER F. BELLINGER 


Associate Editor 
(“Especially for Collectors” ): FRED T. THORNE 


Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEwcoMER 
Manager of the Memoirs: Smney A. HEsseEL 


Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. BELLinceEr, S. A. 
HEssEL, E. G. Munroe, J. A. Poweii, C. L. REMINGTON 
(chairman), F. T. THorne, E. J. Newcomer. 


NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL 


Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study 
of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; 
_ authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts 
must be typewritten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and 
one side only of white, 84% x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of 
_ the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, in- 
_ cluding an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possi- 
. _ ble. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFER- 
_ ENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. 
_ Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. 

f, _ Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other 
_ material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley 
" proof is received. 


_ Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powett, 112 Agricul- 
ture Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. 


. Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal 
field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News 
Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 


‘Address remittances and address changes to: Grorce Ene, 314 Atkins Ave., 
Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. 


Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) 
A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA 
by Cyrm F. pos Passos 


| Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures 
available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, 


add $1.50. postpaid 


Order from the Society Treasurer. 


Printed in U. S. A. 
ALLEN PREsS 
Lawrence, Kansas 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 20, no. 1 qa 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Application of automation in Rhopalocera research 
by Charles .R:*Crowe _ 3 ee 


The effect of certain environmental factors and chemicals on the markings 
of Pieris rapae (Pieridae) eae 
by John. M. Kolyer 0 Oe ee 


A colony of the European skipper Thymelicus lineola ( Hesperiidae ) 
at Edmundston, New Brunswick 
by Henry Hense] — 000 0 se ee eee 


The life history of Schinia niveicosta ( Noctuidae ) 
by -D.. F.. Hardwick 200 a eee 


Larval food plants for five Texas Hesperiidae 
by Roy O: Kendall’ oe eS ee ee 


Occurrence of Callophrys eryphon (Lycaenidae) in Michigan 
by “M.. G.. Nielsen .22.0 


Rediscovery of Euptychia mitchellii (Satyridae) in New Jersey 
by Frank Rutkowski’ 202 os 


Some experimental color aberrations in Danaus plexippus 
by Jo Brewer 0 


The termination of saturniids’ diapause 
by ‘Colleen’ Seeley 200 5 eee 


FIELD NOTES 


Cercyonis pegala nephele (Satyridae) at fluorescent light 
by ‘Ronald S. Wilkinson’. 9°20. eee 


First Minnesota records of Thorybes bathyllus 
by Ronald’ L. “Huber “2.0 ee eee 


Speyeria cybele (Nymphalidae ) at light 
by. Gharles G. ‘Oliver. 2.30 se eee By: 


MINUTES OF THE PACIFIC SLOPE SECTION MEETINGS _. 
ANNOUNCEMENT OF 1966 ANNUAL MEETING, IN OTTAWA 55 


ZOOLOGICAL’ NOMENCLATURE = eee z 


BOOK NOTICES, ., (4: 30). ss os ee 
NEW JOURNALS 200) 1S os i _ 97, 28 


5 


RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA _ 23s? 


f 
Ci 


j é At 
su “Lot 


Volume 20 1966 Number 2 


JOURNAL 


_ LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
ae Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES 
i * Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 


In This Issue 


ITINERARY OF H. W. HENSHAW 
NEW GENUS OF CUCULLINE NOCTUIDAE 
FLIGHT HABITS OF MORPHO THESEUS 
TAXONOMY OF BOLORIA EPITHORE 
TECHNIQUE FOR REARING CECROPIA 


(Complete contents on back cover) 


31 May 1966 


THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
1966 OFFICERS 


President: D. B. Statuincs (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) 
Ist Vice President: Z. Lorxovic (Zagreb, Yugoslavia ) 
Vice Presidents: C. A. Criarxe (Liverpool, England) 
E. SUOMALAINEN (Helsinki, Finland) 
Treasurer: R. O. Kenpatt (San Antonio, Texas, U. S. A.) 
Asst. Treasurer: Smpney A. Hesseu (Washington, Conn., U. §. A.) 
Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Ill, U. S. A.) 
Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) 


EXECUTIVE COUNCIL 


Terms expire Dec. 1966: Cuar.es P. Kmsatu (Sarasota, Fla., U. S. A.) 
W. Harry LANGE, Jr. (Davis, Calif., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1967: Hmosui Kuroxo (Fukuoka, Japan) 
D. F,. Harpwick (Ottawa, Canada) 
Terms expire Dec. 1968: P. R. Euruicu (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) 


C. D. MacNetm. (Oakland, Calif., U. S. A.) 
and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor 


The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and 
formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology 
in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, 
to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and 
the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these 
aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among 
the lepidopterists of all countries. 

Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of 
lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of 
the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not 
become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for 
the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological 
interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society 
business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made 
payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: 

Active Members—annnal dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) 
Sustaining Members—annual dues $15.00 (U.S. A.) 
Life Members—single sum $125.00 (U.S. A.) 

Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth 
Road, Hampton, Middx., England. 

In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and 
special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are 
distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the 
Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the 
News each year. 


The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of 
publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut. Second 
class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A. 


A 
4 
' 


JOURNAL OF 


Tue LeptiporrTeERISTS’ SOCIETY 


Volume 20 1966 Number 2 


THE SYNONYMY AND SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF SOME 
TEXAS LYCAENIDAE 


Harry K. CLENCH 
Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 


Three species of North American hairstreaks remained systematically 
unplaced when I prepared the account of that group in Ehrlich & Ehr- 
lich’s “How to know the butterflies”: “Strymon” laceyi Barnes & McDun- 
nough; “Strymon” facuna Hewitson; and “Strymon” buchholzi Freeman. 
All three are primarily Mexican and barely reach the United States in 
southernmost Texas. All are, furthermore, quite rare in collections. 

Thanks to Mr. Roy O. Kendall of San Antonio, Texas, and to Mr. H. 
Avery Freeman of Garland, Texas, I have been able to study Texas 
specimens of the first two of these species, with the systematic and 
synonymic results set forth below. Remarks are also added on another 
misunderstood species from the same region. 


STRYMON ALEA (Godman & Salvin) 


Thecla alea Godman & Salvin, 1887, Biol. Centr. Amer. Rhop., 2: 95, pl. 58, figs. 10, 
11 (Tres Marias Ids., Nayarit, Mexico); Hoffmann, 1941, An. Inst. Biol. Mexico, 
ie 72.0, 


Callicista laceyi Barnes & McDunnough, 1910, Canad. Ent., 42: 365 (Del Rio, Texas). 
NEw SYNONYMY. 


Strymon laceyi, Stallings & Turner, 1946, Ent. News, 57: 49; Freeman, 1950, Field & 
Lab., 18: 68; Klots, 1951, Field Guide Butterflies, 282; Clench, 1961, in Ehrlich 
& Ehrlich, How to Know the Butterflies, 219, fig. 422. 


Thecla (Callicista) columella (not Fabricius, 1793), Holland, 1931, Butterfly Book, 
rey. ed.: 240 (in part). 

The male genitalia show a single acuminate cornutus in the aedeagus, 
exserted with the vesica in the specimen examined, and numerous small 
basally directed teeth on the tips of the valvae, characteristic of true 
Strymon. There is little question that this is the correct generic place- 
ment of the species. The tip of the aedeagus is somewhat upturned. 

Strymon alea appears to exist in two seasonal forms (cf. also Stallings 


i 


66 CLENCH: Texas Lycaenidae Vol. 20, no. 2 


& Turner, 1946). The summer form, represented by the illustration of alea 
in Godman & Salvin, by the type of laceyi, and by the single Mazatlan fe- 
male cited below, has a fairly even grayish ground color below, the pm lines 
edged inwardly with red, a more or less distinct reddish cap on the 
“Thecla spot” below, and probably a more extended pale marginal area 
on the hindwing above in both sexes. The winter form (Figs. 3, 4) is 
represented by a pair loaned for study by Mr. Kendall: the male from 
San Patricio Co. (April) and one of the two Comal Co. (November) fe- 
males in the list below. In these specimens the ground of the underside 
is darker gray between the pm line and the postbasal spots on the hind- 
wing, much lightened distad of the pm line, lacks red edging on the pm 
line, the cap on the “Thecla spot” is faintly ochreous, and the pale mar- 
ginal area of the hindwing above is reduced (particularly in the male) to 
hardly more than pale bluish rings around the subterminal spots. 

The synonymy is, I believe, correct, though the problem is complicated 
by the description of the two names from widely separated localities, by 
the seasonal differences just described, and especially by the rarity of 
the species and the consequent insufficiency of comparative material. 
The possibility that laceyi may be subspecifically distinct from alea can 
be neither excluded nor affirmed at this time. 

The following records are all that are known to me of the species. 


Texas: Del Rio (Val Verde Co.), vii.1909 (19, type of laceyi); Pharr (Hidalgo 
Co.), v, x, xii (Stallings & Tumer, 1946; Freeman, 1950; Klots, 1951); Lake Corpus 
Christi State Park (San Patricio Co.), 22.iv.1961 (1¢, R. O. Kendall); Landa Park, 
New Braunfels (Comal Co.), 7.xi.1964 (29, R. O. Kendall). 

Mexico: Islas Tres Marias (Nayarit) (type of alea); 16 mi N of Mazatlan 
(Sinaloa), 29.x.1961 (19, Cary-Camegie Museum Exp.); Cordoba (Veracruz) (W. 
Schaus); (Godman & Salvin, 1887); Tampico (Tamaulipas), 21—22.vi.1964 (12, 
H. A. Freeman); Cd. Mante (Tamaulipas), 21—22.vi.1964 (1¢, 19, H. A. Free- 
man); states of Jalisco and Michoacan (Hoffmann, 1941). 


CALLOPHRYS (CYANOPHRYS ) GOODSONI (Clench) 


Thecla goodsoni Clench, 1946, Entomologist, 79: 186 (Tegucigalpa, Honduras). 


Thecla (or Strymon) facuna (not Hewitson, 1877), Freeman, 1950, Field & Lab., 
18: 14, 72; Klots, 1951, Field Guide Butterflies, 281; Clench, 1961, in Ehrlich & 
Ehrlich, How to Know the Butterflies, 220. 


Strymon pastor facuna, dos Passos, 1964, Syn. List. Nearctic Rhop., 56. 
Compare: Thecla facuna Hewitson, 1877, Ill. Diurn. Lep. Lycaenidae, 202, pl. 80, 

figs. 661, 662. 

The Texas records of facuna given by Freeman and Klots were based 
on three specimens taken by Mr. Freeman and determined as facuna by 
W. P. Comstock and E. I. Huntington. Hewitson’s figures of facuna in- 
deed resemble the present species closely, every bit as much as his other 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 67 


Figs. 1, 2. Callophrys goodsoni Clench, male, Hidalgo Co., Texas; 1, upperside; 2, 
underside. Figs. 3, 4. Strymon alea (Godman & Salvin), winter form; 3, male upper- 
side, San Patricio Co., Texas, April; 4, female, underside, Comal Co., Texas, Novem- 
ber. (Photographs by L. D. Miller). 


figures resemble their respective species. On looking into the matter I 
became all but convinced that goodsoni would have to fall to facuna. Ac- 
cordingly, I wrote to Mr. G. E. Tite of the British Museum Department 
of Entomology to ask his help. His prompt and detailed reply included 
a careful comparison of external characters of goodsoni and facuna, based 
on the types of each (among other material), and a drawing of the male 
genitalia of the type of facuna, reproduced here in Fig. 7. 

In external features they differ (according to Mr. Tite’s notes) as fol- 
lows: in facuna males the blue of the upperside is shining and rather 
dark, deeper than in Hewitson’s figure, while the blue of goodsoni male 
is pale and not shining; the male of facuna has no scent pad on the fore- 
wing, while goodsoni has; the green of facuna below has a tawny reflec- 
tion absent in goodsoni; the fuscous area on the inner margin of the fore- 
wing underside reaches halfway to Cup in facuna, all the way in goodsoni; 
the white pm spots of the hindwing below are few but present in good- 
soni, completely absent in facuna; the tornus is less produced in facuna 
than in goodsoni. 

The male genitalia of facuna (Fig. 7) show clearly how distinct it 


68 CLENCH: Texas Lycaenidae Vol. 20, no. 2 


really is from goodsoni (Fig. 6). Particularly notable is the virtual ab- 
sence of a saccus, the apically divergent valvae, the simple, acuminate, 
widely separated cornuti. By this configuration facuna is clearly no 
Callophrys at all and, indeed, cannot yet be assigned to any known genus. 
It must be a rare species, for there are only three specimens in the British 
Museum: the type (with no data), and two others both labeled as from 
Venezuela, one from the Godman & Salvin collection, one from the Felder 
collection. 

The type of Callophrys goodsoni is in the British Museum also, but 
unfortunately it lacks its abdomen. This, however, is of no great moment, 
for in its external characters goodsoni is unlike any other member of the 
subgenus and is unmistakable: the lack of tails; strongly suppressed pat- 
tern elements below; small size; pale lavender blue of the male above; 
extremely broad fuscous apex of the male forewing above, reaching basad 
about to cell-end. Several Yucatan specimens are at hand and the geni- 
talia of one of them (Fig. 6) were found identical to those of the Texas 
specimen loaned by Mr. Freeman. Since this species has never been 
figured, I am taking the occasion to illustrate the Texas male (Figs. 1, 2). 

Callophrys goodsoni is a rare species and has been seen or recorded 
only from the following localities. 


Texas: Near Pharr (Hidalgo Co.), 23.vii, 9.viii.1945 (H. A. Freeman). 

Mexico: Atoyac (Veracruz) (Clench, 1946); 2 mi NE Catemaco, 1,100 ft ( Vera- 
cruz), viii (G. N. Ross); Pisté (Yucatan), x, and Chichén Itza (Yucatan), ix, vi (all 
E. C. Welling). 

Honpuras: Tegucigalpa (type) and San Pedro Sula (Clench, 1946). 

Costa Rica: [Mt.] Irazu, 6,000—7,000 ft (Clench, 1946: an atypical female). 


CALLOPHRYS (CYANOPHRYS) MISERABILIS Clench 


Thecla pastor (not Butler & Druce, 1872), Barnes & McDunnough, 1913, Canad. 
Ent., 45: 183; Holland, 1931, Butterfly Book, rev. ed., 228 [pl. 64, figs. 14, 15, 
represent longula (= pastor), not miserabilis; erroneously listed as from Arizona]. 


Strymon pastor (not Butler & Druce, 1872), Stallings & Tumer, 1947, Ent. News, 
58: 39-40; Freeman, 1950, Field & Lab., 18: 66; Klots, 1951, Field Guide Butter- 
flies, 139. 


Strymon pastor pastor (not Butler & Druce, 1872), dos Passos, 1964, Syn. Cat. 
Nearctic Rhop., 56 [species name erroneously dated 1869]. 


Thecla miserabilis Clench, 1946, Entomologist, 79: 156 (Rincon, 2,800 ft, Guerrero, 
Mexico ). 


Callophrys (Cyanophrys) miserabilis, Clench, 1961, in Ehrlich & Ehrlich, How to 
Know the Butterflies, 211, fig. 402. 


Callophrys (Callophrys) miserabilis, dos Passos, 1964, Syn. Cat. Nearctic Rhop., 59. 


The subgenus Cyanophrys is composed of a number of subtropical and 
tropical species, many of which are extremely similar to one another. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 69 


Figs. 5-7. Male genitalia of Theclinae; 5, Callophrys miserabilis Clench; 6, Cal- 
lophrys goodsoni Clench, Yucatan, Mexico; 7, “Thecla” facuna Hewitson, type (in 
British Museum, without data). 


They have given much trouble to systematists and the result, particularly 
in the present instance, is a great deal of confusion. 

The first species to be described in the group of concern here was 
longula Hewitson (1868, Descr. Lycaenidae: 34). Hewitson appears to 
have lost the specimen he described, for a few years later (1877, Ill. 
Diurn. Lep. Lycaenidae: 200, pl. 80, figs. 651-654) he illustrated as 
longula quite a different species, and this became the accepted sense of 
the name. Butler & Druce (1872, Cist. Ent. 1: 105; see also Butler, 1873, 
Lep. Exot.: 157, pl. 57, fig. 5) redescribed the original Jongula under the 
name of pastor. 

In 1913 Barnes & McDunnough identified a series of specimens taken 
in the Brownsville area of southeastern Texas as pastor, introducing this 
name into North American lists for the first time. 

In 1944 (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 94: 239) I pointed out the discrepancy 
between Hewitson’s later use of the name longula and his original de- 
scription of it, gave the name pseudolongula to the later one and synony- 
mized pastor to true longula. By virtue of this, the United States record 


70 CLENcCH: Texas Lycaenidae Vol. 20, no. 2 


of “pastor,” assuming its correct identification, should have become 
longula, and in 1946 (Entomologist 79: 190) I actually did use the name 
longula so, reporting that it occurred in Texas. This was a mistake, for 
the identification of Texas specimens as pastor, by Barnes & McDun- 
nough, appears to have been wrong. I have not seen the actual specimens 
so determined by these authors, but from their descriptive remarks I be- 
lieve these specimens are of the same species as every other Texas speci- 
men that I have seen purporting to be “pastor.” All belong to the species 
described in 1946 as miserabilis. 

C. miserabilis is not uncommon in southeastern Texas and it ranges 
widely through Mexico south to Costa Rica. The male genitalia are shown 
ine GiGi 1D: 


It may be of help to summarize briefly the more important characters 
that discriminate the several species here discussed: 

C. longula (= pastor). Frons brown; hindwing tailed; ¢ above brilliant 
morpho-blue; hindwing underside with subterminal maroon spots present. 

C. pseudolongula. Frons brown; hindwing tailed in @, tailed or tailless 
in ¢; 3 above brilliant morpho-blue; hindwing underside without sub- 
terminal maroon spots. 

C. miserabilis. Frons brown; hindwing tailed; ¢ above dull steel blue; 
hindwing underside with subterminal maroon spots present or absent. 

C. goodsoni. Frons green; hindwing tailless; ¢ above with pale laven- 
der blue on each wing; hindwing underside without subterminal maroon 
spots. 


The following conclusions summarize the situation as it now stands 
with regard to the subgenus Cyanophrys north of Mexico. 


1. There are two species of Cyanophrys known from the United States 
(southeastern Texas): goodsoni and miserabilis. 

2. So far as I can tell all records of “pastor” from Texas refer to miser- 
abilis. 

3. The name pastor is a synonym of longula Hewitson, a species not 
known to occur in the United States. 

4. Despite Holland’s statement, no member of the subgenus is known 
from Arizona. His figures appear to represent true longula (= pastor), 
but the figured specimens cannot be located in the Carnegie Museum col- 
lection and were presumably borrowed by Holland for illustration. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society all 


ITINERARIES OF THE WHEELER SURVEY NATURALISTS: 
HENRY WETHERBEE HENSHAW 


F. Martin Brown! 
Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo. 


Some years ago I started to prepare detailed studies of the movement 
of the naturalists who had been assigned to the Wheeler Surveys west 
of the 100th meridian. Two of these studies have been published, for 
Theodore L. Mead (Brown, 1956) and for Ferdinand Bischoff (Brown, 
1958). Having particular need for precise data about the wanderings 
of H. W. Henshaw? in connection with a study of the types of the 
butterfly names proposed by William Henry Edwards, I have gathered 
together my notes and put them in form for publication. 


EXPEDITION oF 1872 


The official tally of specimens collected by the expedition of 1872 
makes no mention of any butterflies collected. In matter of fact it 
suggests that practically all of the material gathered had been destroyed 
by a series of mishaps. The truth is that a great many of the specimens 
survived these and were turned over to specialists for study. 

In a preliminary report for the field season of 1872 (Yarrow and 
Henshaw, 1874: 52-55), there is a good summary of the work done. 
During the latter half of July and the first week or so of August, Hen- 
shaw made a large collection of insects, especially Coleoptera. Other 
extensive collections were made at Fillmore, Beaver, Toquerville, and 
Meadow Creek. Unfortunately some bottles of specimens were lost on 
the trail from Shonesburgh to Toquerville. A fire at Sevier destroyed 
most of the Lepidoptera that had been collected. 

The great bulk of the butterflies collected by the Wheeler Survey 
parties and labelled “So. Utah.” came from the trek taken by Acting 
Assistant Surgeon H. C. Yarrow and his naturalist-assistant H. W. 
Henshaw from Provo to Washington and St. George, Utah, and return. 
Apparently each of these naturalists concentrated his efforts on certain 
groups of animals. Yarrow primarily collected vertebrates, other than 
birds. Henshaw divided his time between birds and insects. 

The development of a trace and timetable for Henshaw was not diffi- 
cult but was laborious. He made very precise records of the bird skins 


1 This study was supported in part by N.S.F. Grant GB-2741. 
2 An autobiography of Henshaw will be found in Condor, 21: 102-107, port., 165-171, port., 
177-181, 217-222; 22: 3-10, 55-60, 95-101 (1919-1920). 


7h. Brown: Henshaw Itinerary Vol. 20, no. 2 


he collected for Baird. By carefully going over these data and entering 
the field numbers and localities on a master calendar a reasonably com- 
plete record of Henshaw’s travels was obtained. 

Once the calendar was completed it became evident that numerous 
data in the register of specimens collected (Volume 5) were in error. 
These errors all can be attributed to misreading of the manuscript by 
the printer and proofreaders. The most frequent type of error is use of 
the wrong month for the collection date of a specimen. This caused 
certain field numbers to be out of place. When the field number was 
put into proper sequence the discrepancy in locality disappeared. Unless 
otherwise noted, all of the data in the following table is based upon 
specimens, their field number, and date and locality of collection. The 
exceptions are drawn from the first volume of the series, The Geograph- 
ical Report, volume 1 (Wheeler, 1889). The Zoological Report, volume 
5, was published much earlier (Henshaw, 1875). 

From Dr. Yarrow’s account for 1872 (5: 16-18) it is learned that the 
two naturalists worked together from the time the party formed around 
the middle of July in the vicinity of Salt Lake City until the parties 
moved out of Provo on the 10th of August. At that time Dr. Yarrow 
joined Lieutenant Hoxie’s party and circled far westward into Nevada, 
thence into the southwestern part of Utah. Mr. Henshaw joined Lieu- 
tenant Wheelers party and moved in a generally southwestward direc- 
tion to a rendezvous with the Hoxie Party at Toquerville, Utah. From 
there on the two worked together until the party disbanded in Decem- 
ber at Provo. 

Apparently the two naturalists used a common series of field numbers 
for the time they were together in July. These range up to 151. This 
series was then continued by Yarrow for the rest of the season. Henshaw 
began an independent series on July 3lst with his collection from Provo 
Canyon. The double series has caused some problems and confusion! 

In a footnote (1889: 46) Wheeler outlined his travels during this 
field season. From it I gather that during the assembly period at Salt 
Lake City several excursions were made. Field numbers 1-11, for which 
I have no information, may apply to lost material collected during this 
period. From the camp near Salt Lake City Wheeler visited the mining 
districts about Parley’s Park. Later he went to Little Cottonwood Can- 
yon and returned via the heads of American Fork Canyon and Big 
Cottonwood Canyon. Then the entire party moved to Provo. 

Wheeler’s own itinerary outlines the main party travel until he broke 
away at St. George: “From camp near Salt Lake City to mining districts 
about Parley’s Park and return; to Little Cottonwood Canyon and returm, 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 13 


via heads of American Fork and Big Cottonwood Canyon; thence to 
Provo, Utah; thence to Spanish Fork via Provo Valley and Canon and 
Strawberry Valley; thence to Thistle Valley via Spanish Fork; thence to 
Utah Lake Valley and circuit to Sam Pitch Valley via Nephi; thence to 
the eastward across the range and along flanks of Castle Valley and 
returning to Sam Pitch Valley (without trail); thence to Nephi via 
Gunnison; thence to Fillmore; thence to Beaver and Panquitch via 
Parowan; thence via Sevier Plateau and head of Virgin River Valley and 
Canon to Toquerville; then to Saint George; (all in Utah) .. .” (1889: 
46). 

Aug. 10, “left Provo and camped that night opposite the mouth of the 
South Fork of the Provo River” (1889: 46-47). 

Aug. 13, “The route from Provo to Strawberry Valley follows Daniel's 
Creek to its source .. . thence . . . to the head of Strawberry Creek” 
(1889: 47). 

Aug. 14, 15 and 16, “A partial rendezvous was made on Soldier’s Fork 
of Spanish Creek, and the march continued to Sam Pitch Valley and 
camp made near a settlement called Wales.” (1889: 48). 

Aug. 25, “A detour to the eastward of the Sevier Valley was planned 
and a crossing made from near the source of Thistle Creek, about 1% 
miles from which a summit is reached that either forms the immediate 
head or is in close proximity thereto of six streams, viz: Thistle Creek, 
Soldier's Fork, Strawberry Creek, White River, San Rafael, and Sam 
Pitch Creeks. The tortuous line of these several water divides was 
followed in a southeasterly direction until a trail, evidently leading in 
the direction of Castle Valley, was met and followed.” (1889: 48). 

According to Henshaw (1875: 134) the season officially opened on 
the 15th of July at Provo. Here he and Yarrow used field numbers from 
12 to 151 between that date and the 30th. The numbers for the stay at 
Provo are not in sequence with the dates. It seems that the specimens 
for this period were numbered somewhat haphazardly. There are sey- 
eral obvious errors. A specimen of Parus atricapillus septentrionalis 
Harris bears a number 26 and is dated July 1, 1872. It probably was 
taken on August 1 of that year. A Passerculus savanna alaudinus Bon- 
pland (no. 123 “July 20, 1872,” Thistle Valley, Utah) probably was 
taken on August 23 at Thistle Valley where no. 124, the same species, 
was taken. Five specimens of Carpodacus frontalis (Say) numbers 21, 
4], 42, 52, and 124 bearing dates between July 25 and August 2, 1872, 
are labelled “Washington, Utah.” So far as I can learn the only visit to 
Washington, Utah, was made in October of that year. Four specimens 
of this finch were collected at Washington, Utah, on October 23, 1872. 


74 


Brown: Henshaw Itinerary Vol. 20, no. 2 


The numbers for this station run from 322, 333 to 360 and all are Yarrow 
specimens. I believe that the “Washington” is in error and the five 
specimens noted hailed from the vicinity of Provo. 

After Yarrow left to join Hoxie’s party, Henshaw’s numbers ran rather 
smoothly. The main party stayed at Provo until August 10th, and then 
started southwesterly toward the rendezvous at Toquerville. For the 
remaining period at Provo, Henshaw used his own series of numbers. 
The dates and locations of his collection there are given in Table I. 


TABLE [| 
Date Numbers Location 
24 July Provo, Utah 
31 July 119, 180 Provo, Utah 
" By i) NO Provo Canyon 
1-3 August 11 to 49 Provo 
9 August 61 Hobble Canyon 
" 62 Provo 
11 August 64 Wasatch Mountains, Provo Canyon 
12 August 69 to 74 Daniel’s Canyon 
" We, Wasatch Mountains 
13 August 80 to 82 Strawberry Valley 
16-17 August 95 to 103 Wasatch Mountains 
18 August 109 Thistle 
20 August 112-115 Fountain Green 
" 123 Thistle Valley 
22 August 22 Fairview 
23 August 124 Thistle Valley 
25 August 3S Wasatch Mountains 
5 September 141 Gunnison 
" 143-145 Salina 
7-8 September 147-152 Gunnison 
8 September 153 Wasatch Mountains 
10 September 154-160 Grass Valley 
14 September 163-164 Otter Creek 
15 September 165 Harmony 
17-18 September 167-181 Panquitch 
19 September 184 Otter Creek 
30 Sept.—2 Oct. 188-211 Rush Lake 
3 October 211-215 Iron Springs 
" 216-217 Mormon Springs 
4—5 October 220-236 Iron Springs 
5-6 October 237-252 Iron City 
6 October 253-255 Toquerville 
6-8 October 256-265 Iron City 
9-10 October 266-269 Harmony 
10 October 270-272, Toquerville 
" 273-275 Washington 
" 276-277 Iron City 
11-12 October 280-282, Harmony 


13-15 October 


283-306 Toquerville 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ie 


TABLE II 

Date Numbers Location 
16-21 October 310-330 (ex 322) Toquerville 
22-24 October 322, 333-360 Washington 
22 October 364 St. George 
26-27 October 363-369 Cove Creek 
28 October 370 Pine Valley 

" Sloe St. George 
31 October SO Rush Lake 

" 376-378 Beaver 
3-11 November 379-397 Beaver 
12 November 389-401 Pine Creek 
13-15 November 402-409 Cove Creek 
15-18 November 410-426 Fillmore 
25 Nov.-3 Dec. 499-491 Provo 


There are two numbers in this run that need comment. For No. 100 
“Panguitch” 17 August, the locality is obviously incorrect, the number 
and date suggest Wasatch Mountains; and for No. 102 “Provo” 17 Au- 
gust, the locality probably is wrong, the date and number suggest 
Wasatch Mountains. 

All of the field numbers refer to bird skins. The missing numbers 
were those for insect collections and a few for vertebrates other than 
birds. 

From Toquerville through the rest of the season the two _ parties 
operated together under Lieutenant Hoxie. During this period the two 
naturalists worked more or less together but were at times separated. 
Yarrow s field numbers on the western circuit had run to 312. He seems 
to have joined in with Henshaw at Toquerville and the two, beginning 
October 16, used a common series of numbers, a continuation of Hen- 
shaw’s series (Table II). 


EXPEDITION OF 1873 


In 1873, there were three divisions of the Wheeler Surveys in the 
field. The first of these, under the direct command of Lieutenant G. 
W. Wheeler, gathered at Santa Fe, New Mexico. The second was based 
at Salt Lake City, Utah, and under the command of Lieutenant R. L. 
Hoxie. The third met at Denver, Colorado, and was commanded by 
Lieutenant W. L. Marshall. The various parties took to the field around 
the first of June and disbanded in the first week of December. 

H. W. Henshaw received permission to begin his work earlier in the 
season than did the others. He arrived in Denver early in May. The 
other two naturalists assigned to Lt. Marshall’s division were botanists, 
John Wolf and Acting Assistant Surgeon J. T. Rothrock. Henshaw 


76 Brown: Henshaw Itinerary Vol. 20, nos 2 


operated almost independently and spent part of his time in the area 
covered by the Third Division and part of it in the region occupied by 
the First Division. His principal bases for operation were Denver and 
Fort Garland in Colorado, Fort Wingate, New Mexico, and Camp 
Apache, Arizona. 

Throughout my study of Henshaw’s travels I have found that the data 
from his bird skins are most reliable. He had been trained by S. F. Baird 
of the Smithsonian Institution to be very particular about labelling each 
skin with the date and locality of its capture. By compiling a calendar 
from these data I have recovered in some detail Henshaw’s operation. 
In doing so I have discovered numerous errors in the listings published 
in the Zoology volume of the Survey in 1875. During the season of 
1873, Henshaw used a little over 1,000 field numbers for his collections. 


The Denver Collections 

Henshaw arrived in Denver around the 5th of May and had antici- 
pated moving immediately to Fort Garland in the San Luis Valley of 
Colorado. He was delayed in Denver until May 22nd awaiting arrival 
of his equipment that had been shipped to him from Boston. During the 
delay he collected in the immediate vicinity of Denver, expecting every 
day to be able to take off for Fort Garland. While in the Denver area 
Henshaw used about 123 numbers, the lowest number used at his next 
stop, Fort Garland, was 124. Henshaw’s field numbers ran consecutively 
and were not restricted to bird skins. 

There are three “Denver” specimens with field numbers in the Fort 
Garland series. These are 132, 150, 152 listed both in the “Observations” 
(Yarrow & Henshaw, 1874) and in the “Report” (Henshaw, 1875). In 
the “Report” there are four Fort Garland numbers credited to that 
station but given May dates instead of June dates (147, 231, 291, 347) 
and four Denver numbers and dates credited to “Ft. Garland” or “So. 
Colo.” numbers 9, 20, 62, and 116. On p. 301 of the “Report” No. 119, 
Cyanospiza amoena (Say) is reported without locality. The date and 
number place it at Denver. The “Observations,” p. 63, confirm this. 


From Denver to Fort Garland 
Henshaw states in the “Report” (1875: 134-5) that he stayed in 
Denver until the 22nd of May and arrived at Fort Garland on May 24th. 
To do this in 1873, he probably did as follows: travel by the recently 
opened railroad from Denver to Pueblo on the 22nd and on the same 
day take the south-bound stage to Walsenberg, staying the night of the 
22nd--23rd at the crossing of the Huerfano River. I know of no stage 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Te 


that crossed the mountains from Walsenberg to the San Luis Valley at 
this early date. By leaving Walsenberg on horseback Henshaw could 
in a day and a half of hard riding gotten to the Fort on the evening of 
the 24th. The distance is about fifty miles and the trail led over a 9,000- 
foot pass. 

While at Fort Garland Henshaw made two collections at points some 
distance from the Fort. One of these was made at the Alkali Lakes that 
terminate the San Luis River in the northern part of the valley. These 
lakes are about 25 miles northwest of Fort Garland, a good day’s ride 
away and favorite hunting place for the officers. The other was at the 
summer cavalry camp “on the Rio Grande about 90 miles northeast [sic] 
of Fort Garland.” There is no Rio Grande northeast of Fort Garland. 
The error in direction appears in both the “Observations” (1874: 70), 
and the “Report” (1875: 136). The camp was west-northwest of the 
Fort near the present town of South Fork on the Rio Grande where it 
emerges from the mountains into the San Luis Valley. Henshaw also 
spent about a week in camp on the shoulder of Old Baldy, about 12 
miles north of the Fort. 

Henshaw used 305 field numbers at his Fort Garland base. Of these 
about 170 apply to bird skins, 20 to clutches of eggs, 13 for nests, and 
21 for sterna. About 50 numbers apply to vertebrates other than birds 
and 50 to invertebrate collections. In general, the material other than 
ornithological is labelled “Fort Garland.” A few of these are labelled 
from Rio Grande and Alkali Lakes. The following tabulation of dates, 
field numbers, and localities are as accurate as I have been able to 
compile (Table III). 

I have seen no material that was collected by Henshaw from June 29 
through July | inclusive. He probably spent this time packing his collec- 
tions for shipment. He left Fort Garland on July 2, unencumbered, for 
a fast trip to Fort Wingate in New Mexico. 


TABLE III 

Date Field Numbers Locality 
25 May—29 May 124-197 vic. of Fort Garland 
30 May-6 June 198-284 field camp on Old Baldy 
7 June 285-301 Fort Garland 
8 June-9 June 302-304 en route to cavalry camp 
10 June-16 June 305-371 Cavalry camp on Rio Grande 
17 June-18 June 372-374 en route to Fort Garland 
19 June—20 June 375-387 vicinity of Fort Garland 
21 June—23 June 388—414 Alkali Lakes 


23 June—-28 June 416—428 vicinity of Fort Garland 


78 Brown: Henshaw Itinerary Vol. 20, no. 2 


Fort Garland to Fort Wingate 


I have found no indication of how Henshaw traveled from Fort Gar- 
land to Fort Wingate. There were open to him several routes: via 
Walsenberg and stage lines to Santa Fe, then westward on horseback 
or with a supply train to Fort Wingate; directly south from Fort Garland 
via the old Spanish Road to Taos and Santa Fe and westward; directly 
to Fort Wingate via Chama, Pagosa Springs, and south from the vicinity 
of the present city of Durango. The third route would have been very 
risky for a lone horseman or a small party. I suspect that he took the 
old Spanish Road. He did no collecting en route so there is no clue 
afforded by specimens. He arrived at Fort Wingate on the 12th of July 
and there joined the Wheeler party. The chief naturalist for that party 
was C. G. Newberry, Acting Assistant Surgeon, who was a good geolo- 
gist and general naturalist. 


Fort Wingate to Camp Apache 


The Henshaw party delayed at Fort Wingate for several days and 
left for Camp Apache on July 19th. During the week of delay, Henshaw 
and Newberry made good use of their time. Henshaw’s movement from 
Fort Wingate to Camp Apache can be traced through his specimens. 

Comparison of this data with that published as the itinerary of the 
Wheeler party (1889: 58-74) shows clearly that Henshaw tended to 
travel in the van or even ahead of the main party. The account alluded 
to does assist in filling details of the route. From it we know that the 
main party followed the old wagon road from Fort Wingate to Camp 
Apache. I have used it and some knowledge of the region to make a 
trace of the probable route followed (Table IV). 


TABLE IV 

Dates Field Numbers Locality 
13 July-18 July 430—456 vicinity of Fort Wingate, N. M. 
19 July 457-462 Nutria, N. M. (a Zuni pueblo) 
23 July—24 July 463-499, 502 “El Morro,” Inscription Rock, 

N. M. 

24 July 500-501 Pescao, N. M. 
25 July 503-504 Zuni Pueblo, N. M. 
27 July 505 [-508?] Colorado Chiquito, Arizona 
28 July—31 July no information 
1 August 509-513 Cave Spring, Arizona 
2 August-8 August 514-529 [533?] Camp Apache, Arizona 
8 August-12 August 534-568 [577?] White Mountains, Ariz. 
13 August-20 August no information 


21 August-29 August 578-653 [660?] Camp Apache, Ariz. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 79 


In the above tables I have placed certain field numbers in brackets 
with a question mark. I believe that these numbers belong with the 
date and locality noted and were assigned to collections, mostly insects, 
that I have not been able to trace. Very few of the entomologists who 
examined and reported upon the material collected bothered to record 
the field numbers associated with the specimens reported. Ulke, who 
reported on the Coleoptera, is an exception. Some of the numbers were 
applied to very mixed lots; 500 is a good example. This was a jar or can 
of alcoholic specimens and included fish, reptiles, and beetles. The only 
material that received particular care was the ornithological collection. 

I have found no explanation of the hiatus of one week, 13th through 
20th of August, during which Henshaw apparently did little or no 
collecting. He may have been completing preparation of his large col- 
lection, he may have been ill, or there may have been some other inter- 
ruption of his work. The numbers between 568 and 578, which are 
missing from my records, probably were used on White Mountain 
insects. Apparently his “White Mountains” locality lay along the East 
Fork of the White River from Camp Apache to the high land of Baldy 
and Ord peaks. 


Camp Apache to Camp Bowie 

Wheeler's party of topographers returned from the White Mountains 
to Camp Apache on August 30th. On that day Henshaw, who had been 
at Camp Apache for at least a week and possibly a fortnight, left for 
the south. He was out a week and returned to Apache, finally heading 
for Camp Bowie on September 6th. He arrived at Camp Bowie, in 
what presently is Cochise County, on October 6th. He traveled at a 
leisurely pace and did extensive collecting en route. Number 653 is the 
last bird-skin number from Camp Apache. However, through the num- 
ber series to the 750’s many specimens are labelled “Apache.” Other 
specimens in this block of 100 numbers show progressively greater 
distance south from Camp Apache until the Gila River was reached on 
the 10th of September. At least three others on this southbound party 
occasionally contributed a specimen to the Henshaw series—Magnet or 
Maquet, McGee, and Turner. They are not listed among the personnel 
of the expedition and probably were soldiers detailed to the party, or 
packers. 

The party probably followed a route that more or less parallels the 
present highway from Fort Apache to the San Carlos Reservoir on the 
Gila River. They reached the river on the 14th of September and crossed 
it arriving at Camp Goodwin on the flanks of Mount Turnbull on the 
17th. There is some confusion about the next fortnight. I suspect that 


80 Brown: Henshaw Itinerary Vol. 20, no. 2 


TABLE V 

Field "Gila Camp Goodwin or 
Number River” Mount Turnbull 
790 Lex oe: Gis 

791 

792 16.ix ibe (HORE: |) 

793 16.ix & 17.ix 

794 163x & 17.1% 

795 16.ix 

796 16.ix 

797 16.ix 17. = vii ieee) 

798 16.ix° 

799 17.ix (CGC. Gl) ee Sassen ae) 
800 19x (Mies) 

“601” [801] 19x, (Cae) 

802 20: 1x (CGaes 


the party may have broken into two groups. There are firm dates and 
places on bird-skin labels that place members at distances that cannot 
be traveled in a day on horseback. Also there are duplications of field 
numbers (Table V). 

It appears to me from the second set of duplicate numbers that begin 
with 890 that some of the “Camp Grant” records should be assigned to 
“Old Camp Grant” on the San Pedro River, near the present town of 
Feldman, Arizona. There is no question but the party visited the station 
now called Fort Grant, in the 1870’s “Camp Grant,” on the southwest 
flank of Mount Graham. There is a series of Mount Graham field num- 
bers that immediately precedes the first “Camp Grant” number. 

The route from Camp Goodwin and Mount Turnbull to Camp Grant 
skirted the Santa Teresa Mountains and ran between them and the 
massif of Mount Graham. 

The duplicated field numbers at the end of the 800’s are listed in 
Table VI. 

All of this suggests that there was a scattering of Henshaw’s party from 
the time it left the Gila to when it again gathered at Camp Bowie. The 
“San Pedro” specimens appear to have been collected by Maquet. (See 
Table VII.) 

The single bird-skin from Camp Bowie has a proper locality and date 
but the field number is out of order. 


Camp Bowie, Ariz., to Zuni, N. M. 


From Camp Bowie, Henshaw and his party struck north to the Gila 
River, via San Simon Valley, and reached the river in the vicinity of 
the present town of Solomonville. By the 14th of October, they reached 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 81 


TABLE VI 

Field “Camp “San 
Number Grant” Pedro” 

890 27 ix 9.x 

891 ONT soe DEX 

892 28.ix “Bowie” 2.x as “692” 

893 ix (mammal skin) 

894 29.ix (2 spec.) 

895 29.ix (2, one “Bowie” ) 

896 30.ix (2, one “Bowie” ) Box 

897 30.ix (2, one “Bowie” ) BK 

898 30.ix OD 

899 lx & 3.x 

900 3.x 

901 box (2) Goce, )) 

902 Ox 

903 (“x Apache” a mammal) 

904 Ex 

905 

906 SoxmGilaw hac 


907 Ox & 4x 


the mouth of the San Francisco River, a tributary of the Gila. Appar- 
ently they camped there a day or so. The route continued to follow the 
Gila River into New Mexico. They left the Gila at Mangas Creek and 
via it reached Fort Bayard, New Mexico, on 19th of October. The party 
stayed at Fort Bayard until the 22nd or 23rd then started for Zuni. On 
the 24th they were in Silver City, N. M., and were back on the Gila 
River on the 25th. It is interesting to note that the specimens collected 
along the Gila before reaching Fort Bayard all are marked “Gila River, 
Ariza.” and those collected after leaving the fort are marked “Gila River, 


TABLE VII 
Dates Field Numbers Locality 

1-4 September 661-699 “nr. Apache” 

5-7 September 700-716 “So. of Apache” 

8-12 September 717-765 various distances “So. of Apache” 
and some Gila River labels 

14-16 September 766—798* Gila River 

17-19 September 792-800* Canyons of Mt. Turnbull and 
Camp Goodwin 

20 September 801-802 Camp Goodwin 

21 September 803-811 Mount Graham 

22-30 September 812-898* Camp Grant 

1-4 October 899-[910?] “San Pedro” 

6-9 October (933) Camp Bowie 


* overlapping series 


82 Brown: Henshaw Itinerary Vol. 20, no. 2 


TABLE VIII 
Dates ~—__ Field Numbers* Locality 
14-17 October 911-940 Gila River 
19-22 October 946-958 Fort Bayard, N. M. 
24 October 959-964 Silver City, N. M. 
25 Oct.—4 Nov. 965-978 Gila River, N. M. 
5 November 980-993 S. W. of Mogollon Mts. 
15 November 979 Tulerosa, N. M. 
19-20 November 998—1,008 Salt lakes so. of Zuni 


* The field numbers on this part of the trip are somewhat scrambled. It appears 
that what collecting was done was held for a few days before the material was 
logged and ticketed. 


N. M.” On the 5th of November Henshaw was crossing from the Gila 
to the San Francisco watershed via Duck Creek southwest of the Mogol- 
lon Mountains. Specimens from there are labelled “Mts. nr. Gila R., 
N. M.,” or “Mts. source Gila R.,” or “Mts. S.W. N. Mex.” From here on 
the pace was increased and little collecting done. Tulerosa, New Mexico 
was reached on 15th of November, on the 19th the salt lakes south of 
Zuni. Henshaw’s last specimens for the season were taken at these lakes 
on the 19th and 20th of November. Henshaw arrived at Fort Wingate 
on November 27th and his season was closed for the year. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Brown, F. M., 1956. Itineraries of the Wheeler Survey naturalists. 1871—Theo- 
dore L. Mead. Lepid. News, 9: 185-190. 

1958. Itineraries of the Wheeler Survey naturalists. 1871—Ferdinand Bischoff. 
Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 65: 219-234 [1957]. 

HensHAw, H. W., 1875. Report upon the United States Geographical Surveys west 
of the One Hundredth Meridian, etc., etc., Vol. 5, Zoology, Chapt. III, Birds: 
132-507. (N. B. All other chapters were scanned for supporting information. ) 

WHEELER, G. W., 1889. Report upon United States Geographical Surveys west of 
the One Hundredth Meridian, etc., etc. Vol. 1, Geographical Report, 780 pp; 
38 plates, 3 maps. Washington, D. C. 

Yarrow, H. C. & H. W. HensHAw, 1874. Report upon ornithological specimens 
collected in 1871, 1872, and 1873. Geogr. Surveys W. 100th Merid., Wash., 
Ds Ck 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 83 


KEY TO THE GENERA OF PSAPHIDINI, WITH DESCRIPTIONS 
OF A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES FROM WESTERN NORTH 
AMERICA (NOCTUIDAE : CUCULLINAE ) 


JoHN S. BuckETT AND WILLIAM R. BAUER 
University of California, Davis and 711 Boyer Circle, Davis, California 


In analyzing the tribe Psaphidini, the present authors consider the 
following genera as components: Psaphida Walker; Pseudocopivaleria 
Buckett & Bauer, new genus; Eutolype Grote; Copipanolis Grote; Copi- 
valeria Grote; Brachionycha Hibner. The tribe is defined by Forbes 
(1954) and appears to be an unnatural, nonhomogenous grouping when 
Feralia Grote is included. The characters given the greatest considera- 
tion herein for tribal distinction are: possession of a corona in the male 
genitalia; strong foretibial spine, or claw, sometimes attended by a 
chitinous plate; numerous spines arising from the vesical sac. We 
exclude Feralia from the tribe Psaphidini because members of this 
genus lack a corona in the male genitalia, the uncus possesses a large 
double ventral process, and the tibial claw is absent. Even though the 
general habitus of Brachionycha seems atypical for the tribe, it corre- 
sponds morphologically, and is therefore included. 

While the authors were preparing the description of anaverta Buckett 
and Bauer, new species, it became apparent that this species and sonoma 
McDunnough did not correspond generically with the type species of 
Psaphida. The two western species more closely correspond to Copiva- 
leria, but differ by lacking the clasper in the male genitalia, as well as 
other characteristics to be found in the generic key to the Psaphidini. 

Some of the genera within the tribe (e.g. Copivaleria Grote, and 
Pseudocopivaleria Buckett & Bauer, new genus) appear to be quite 
closely related, and perhaps when more species are discovered within 
these genera, convergence, rather than divergence, will prove to be the 
pattern. At such time only, will separate generic status be positively 
established. At present, due to the general habitus of the moths within 
the tribe, as well as their morphology, it seems best to retain the genera 
as they are treated by Forbes (1954) and to propose an additional new 
genus for the two western species, sonoma and anaverta. 


KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE TRIBE PSAPHIDINI 


1 Primaries with little pattern, drab, light grey to dark grey; uncus spatulate; 
female with weakly sclerotized ductus bursae — Eutolype Grote. 

Primaries with some pattern, if drab, then not grey; uncus may be thickened, 
EAENE TRAGEDIES ae di A Mac ee ae a Pe 2 


84 BuUCKETT AND BAvER: New Noctuid Vol. 20; nor 2 


2 Tan to reddish brown or fawn; vesica with one large spine, as well as many 


smaller ones, the sac somewhat thickened _......---- Copipanolis Grote. 

Not of fawn coloration; if vesica possesses a large spine, then sac greatly 
expanded, 244020 ee ee $3 

3 Abdomen with dorsal tufts on segments III and IV; vesical sac only slightly 
expanded, no conspicuously enlarged spine __ 2 eee 4 

Abdomen lacking dorsal tufts on segments III and IV; vesical sac greatly 
expanded, possessing one large spine (as well as many smaller ones) 5 


4 Reniform spot of forewing large, whitish; clasper very large, nearly one milli- 
meter long; uncus lanceolate; aedeagus with a heavily sclerotized annulus at 
apical portion; ductus bursae heavily sclerotized _.-.___ Copivaleria Grote. 

Reniform not as above; clasper lacking; ampulae well developed; uncus tip 
abruptly pointed, not lanceolate; aedeagus lacking annulus; ductus bursae 
weakly sclerotized —_...........-....- Pseudocopivaleria Buckett & Bauer, new genus. 

5 Uncus thickened; ampulae lacking; greatest expanse of forewing over 20 mm; 
large, prominent discal lunule of hindwing; ductus bursae heavily sclero- 
tIZEC. ile e ee he eee a 5 ee Brachionycha Hubner. 

Uncus not noticeably thickened; ampulae prominent; greatest expanse of fore- 
wing less than 20 mm; discal lunule, when present, weak; ductus bursae 
weakly sclerotized; bursa copulatrix possessing a signum ____- Psaphida Walker. 


Pseudocopivaleria Buckett and Bauer, new genus 


Primaries dark grey with darker markings; secondaries white with dark exterior 
border in males, to solid fuscous in females. 

Antennae of male pectinate for greater portion of flagellum, pectinations ciliate, 
apical few segments moniliform, ciliate; of female, scaled basal portion, ciliate to 
tip. Head and palpi densely pubescent. Eyes weakly lashed. Proboscis weakly 
developed. Thorax densely clothed in flattened hairs dorsally; anterior and posterior 
divided crests present, weak or strong; ventral surface densely pubescent. Foretibiae 
armed with a heavy terminal claw, no chitinous plate present. Wing shape as in 
Figs. 1, 2, 3, and 4. Abdomen with dorsal tufts on third and fourth segments; clothed 
both dorsally and ventrally with thick pubescence. Genitalia of male lacking clasper; 
aedeagus lacking annulus terminally; ampulae well developed; uncus abruptly 
pointed; of female, ductus bursae weakly sclerotized. 


TYPE SPECIES: Psaphida sonoma McDunnough, 1941. 


Pseudocopivaleria is most closely related to Copivaleria but can be 
readily distinguished from it by various genital features; in the male 
by lack of the clasper, whereas Copivaleria has a very prominent clasper; 
absence of apical sclerotized annulus of aedeagus; and abruptly termi- 
nated uncus. In the female, the lack of the heavily sclerotized ductus 
bursae will, in itself, serve to distinguish Pseudocopivaleria from Copi- 
valeria. 

This new genus is exclusively of western distribution, at present being 
known only from California and Oregon. 

Apparently, thus far there has been nothing presented dealing with 
the immature stages of the species of Pseudocopivaleria; however, 
through personal correspondence with Mr. A. Noel McFarland, a food- 
plant of anaverta Buckett and Bauer, new species, has been reported, 
canyon oak (Quercus chrysolepis Liebmann). Nothing is yet known 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 85 


Fig. 1. Pseudocopivaleria sonoma (McDunnough), male. Cobb Mt., Lake Co., 
California, 19 February 1955 (W. R. Bauer & J. S. Buckett). Fig. 2. P. sonoma, 
female. Anderson Springs, Lake Co., Calif., 15 March 1960 (W. R. B. & J. S. B.). 
Fig. 3 Pseudocopivaleria anaverta Buckett and Bauer, holotype male. 24 miles SSW 
Valyermo, Los Angeles Co., Calif., 14 April 1964 (Noel McFarland). Fig. 4. P. 
anaverta, allotype female. Locality and collector same as Holotype, 12 April 1964. 


86 BucKETT AND BAvER: New Noctuid Vol. 20, now? 


concerning the immature stages of sonoma, but it is probably an oak 
feeder also, judging by its close relationship to anaverta, both morpho- 
logically and ecologically. 

Members of this genus inhabit the upper sonoran and transition life 
zones (after Merriam), and are collected in the spring months. 


KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PSEUDOCOPIVALERIA 


I External morphology 
Primaries dark, contrastingly marked; subterminal line at tornus vertical and 
broad; terminal line composed of black crescents between veins; secondaries nar- 
rowly shaded with fuscous, as in (Figs. 1, 2); antennal pectinations short; hair 
pencil and pocket at base of abdomen ____._____-—=_ sonoma (McDunnough). 
Primaries not as dark, lacking contrasting areas; subterminal line at tornus narrow, 
diagonal; terminal line continuous, not broken; secondaries broadly shaded with 
fuscous (Figs. 3, 4); lacking hair pencil and pocket at base of abdomen 
Ss es anaverta Buckett and Bauer, new species. 


II Male genitalia 
Ampulae close to base of valva, long and finger-like; uncus blunt; aedeagus as in 
Pig. '9 200 a ee ee sonoma 


Ampulae farther from base, short and triangular; uncus blunt, but more pointed 
than preceding; aedeagus as in Fig. 10 2. ee anaverta 


III Female genitalia 
Bursa copulatrix large, median constriction minimal, therefore bursa appears to 


be’ broad. (Fig. 6.) 2 iee EEE eee sonoma 
Bursa copuiatrix smaller than in preceding, median constriction great, therefore 
bursa appears’ to be figure 6 shaped (Hig. 5) eee anaverta 


McDunnough’s description of sonoma is very good, and needs little 
amending, therefore the following description deals mainly with the 
pertinent points plus supplementary information. At the time of the 
original description of sonoma, the female was unknown. 


Pseudocopivaleria sonoma (McDunnough) 


Psaphida sonoma McDunnough, 1941, Canad. Ent., 73: 67-68. 

Male: Head clothed in smokey pubescence with admixture of lighter and darker 
scaling; antennae pectinate. Thorax with collar porrect, dark, terminally white; 
tegulae clothed in smokey, white and black spatulate hairs; disc contiguous with 
tegulae; anterior and posterior divided tufts strong, of black and white spatulate 
hairs; primaries dorsally with basal half line black; transverse anterior space black, 
irrorated with white costally, portion of wing toward inner margin with chestnut 
colored scaling; transverse anterior line geminate, scalloped, black, filled with grey; 
median space darker than either transverse anterior or subterminal spaces; orbicular 


> 


Fig. 5. P. anaverta, paratype, female genitalia. Data same as Fig. 3 (Bauer & 
Buckett slide No. 65C26-4). 1 mm measurement to left of figure applicable to Figs. 
5 and 6. Fig. 6. P. sonoma, female genitalia. Cobb Mt., Lake Co., Calif., 18 March 
1955 (W. R. B. & J. S. B.), (B.—B. slide No. 65C26-2). Fig. 7. P. anaverta, para- 
type, male genitalia, aedeagus removed. Data same as Fig. 3 (B.—B. slide No. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 87 


65C26-3). Fig. 8. P. sonoma, male genitalia, aedeagus removed. Anderson Springs, 
Lake Co., Calif., 8 March 1959 (W. R. B. & J. S. B.), (BB. slide No. 65C26-1). 
1 mm measurement to left of figure applicable to Figs. 7 and 8. Fig. 9. P. sonoma, 
aedeagus. Data same as Fig. 8. 1 mm measurement to left of figure applicable to 
Figs. 9 and 10. Fig. 10. P. anaverta, paratype, aedeagus. Data same as Fig. 7. 


88 BuckEeTr AND Bauer: New Noctuid Vol. 20, no. 2 


round, black outlined, centrally paler; reniform pale but darker than orbicular; 
claviform weak; transverse posterior line colored as transverse anterior line; subter- 
minal area greyish; tornal area with broad streak of creamy white scales (Fig. 1); 
subterminal line weakly defined; terminal area greyish; terminal line represented by 
a series of black triangles between veins; ventral surface dark, subterminal line repre- 
sented by black dash on costa; secondaries dorsally white with thin exterior border 
of smokey scales; discal lunule faint; veins outlined with smokey; ventral surface 
similar to dorsal surface; venter of thorax deeply clothed in grey; legs clothed in 
grey, tarsi black and white banded; foretibiae with prominent anteroterminal spine, 
or claw. Abdomen smokey with prominent dorsal tufts on third and fourth segments; 
hair pencil and accompanying pocket present on sternum I; hair pencil composed of 
clavate sensory hairs which are reticulate for apical one-half (easily discernible under 
430 ); spiracles with inner lining possessing a row of single, double, or triple pec- 
tinate sensillae. Genitalia as in, Figs. 8, 9. 
Greatest expanse of forewing 16 mm to 18 mm for 29 specimens examined. 
Female: Darker than male; antennae ciliate, setose; secondaries dorsally smokey, 
veins outlined in black, discal lunule faint; ventral surface as in dorsal surface, 
except discal lunule more prominent; remainder as in male. Genitalia as in Fig. 6. 
Greatest expanse of forewing 16 mm to 18 mm for 15 specimens examined. 
SPECIMENS EXAMINED. All California unless otherwise stated. Paratype #5184, 
The Geysers, Sonoma County, 1 ¢, 19 March 1939 (W. R. Bauer); Paratype #5184, 
Mount St. Helena, Sonoma Co., 1 ¢, 7 March 1940 (W. R. B.); Anderson Springs, 
Lake Co., 1 ¢, 21 March 1949 (W. R. B.), 2 6, 11 March 1955;Q\V22R Bee 
Buckett), 3 ¢, 3 2, 30 March 1956 (W. R. B. & J. S. B.), 1 9, 21 February 1958 
(W. R. B. & J. S. B.), 4 ¢, 7, 8 March 1959 (W. R. B. & J. S. B.); Cobb Mountain, 
Lake Co., 8 6, 11 March 1955 (W. R. B. & J. S. B.), 2 653) C3 tee Maren aa 
1 6, 28 February 1959, 29, 7 March 1959; Laytonville, Mendocino Co., 2 9, 8 
May 1949 (R. Sternitsky); 1 mi. N. Elephant Butte, Plumas Co., 1 2, 5 April 1960 
(W.. R. B. & J. S. B.); Placerville, El Dorado Co., 1 4, 15 Mareheil964 ioe 
April 1964; Twain Harte, Tuolumne Co., 1 ¢, 29 March 1960 (M. R. Lundgren); 
Anza, Riverside Co., 2 6, 17 April 1965 (R. H. Leuschner); Burney Mountain, 
Shasta Co., 1 9, 25 March 1947; Grants Pass, Josephine Co., Oregon, 2 ¢, 1 9, 
5 June 1964 (K. Goeden). 


P. sonoma can readily be distinguished from anaverta as in above 
diagnosis, by genitalia in both sexes; the possession of a hair pencil and 
accompanying pocket on abdominal sternum I; the creamy white broad 
dash in tornus region (Figs. 1, 2). P. sonoma is more northern in distri- 
bution (see map, Fig. 11) than is anaverta. 


Pseudocopivaleria anaverta Buckett and Bauer, new species 


Holotype male: Head with palpal scaling mixed fuscous and white; frons scaling 
centrally white with mixed white and fuscous scales around outer edge; vertex scaling 
mixed white and fuscous, largely fuscous; antennae pectinate. Thorax with collar 
smokey, possessing two dark, narrow, transverse bands, apically white; thoracic 
vestiture largely smokey with scales white-tipped; anterior and posterior dorsal tufts 
prominent; primaries silvery grey, not strongly contrasted; basal area grey, overlain 
with whitish scales; basal line represented on costa by black dash; basal streak faintly 
indicated; inner margin from base of wing to transverse anterior area clothed in 
pale brown scales; transverse anterior line geminate, gradually outwardly oblique, 
outcurved between veins, inner line faint, centrally filled with whitish scales, outer 
line black; median area slightly darker than remainder of wing; orbicular nearly 
round, moderate in size, pale, centrally grey, outlined in black; reniform pale, 
moderately constricted, centrally filled with grey, outlined in black; claviform small, 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 89 


> 
iT} 


sonomd 


anaverta 


SAN BERNARDINO 


Fig. 11. Distribution of the members of Pseudocopivaleria. The triangle to the 
north of the northern California border represents Grants Pass, Josephine County, 
Oregon. 


pale, outlined in black; transverse posterior line faintly geminate, inner line black, 
outer line faint, included area pale, irregularly bent closely around reniform, con- 
verging with base, thence with a small inward scallop incurved below reniform, 
followed by a larger scallop inwardly, terminating with a very small scallop to inner 
margin; subterminal area grey, strongly overlain with white scales, veins somewhat 
outlined in black; subterminal line irregular, strongest from apex to middle of wing; 
upper half of terminal area darker grey than subterminal area; tornal area with a 
black elongate triangle basally from terminal line, projecting inwardly; terminal 
line continuous, represented by lunules between veins; fringes basally pale, medially 


90 BucKETT AND BAvER: New Noctuid Vol. 20, no. 2 


fuscous, terminally checkered; ventral surface mostly deep smokey, basal area pale 
brown; costal area paler; transverse posterior line represented by dark dash on costa; 
fringes with dark dots opposite innerspace between veins; secondaries basally white, 
broadly shaded with fuscous on costa and on outer edge; veins outwardly shaded 
with fuscous; discal dot faint; postmedial line hardly discernible; terminal area dark; 
fringes pale, darker shading following; ventral surface whitish, paler than on dorsal 
surface, with smokey shading costally and along outer margin; discal dot stronger 
than on dorsal surface; postmedial line represented by dark spots on costa and on 
inner margin; fringes pale, darker area following; foretibiae possessing strong red— 
brown terminal claw; each tarsal segment with a white annulus distally; abdomen 
smokey grey with strong dorsal tufts on segments III and IV. Genitalia as in Figs. 
0} 

Greatest expanse of forewing 16 mm. 

Female: As in male except. antennae dentate, and secondaries entirely smokey 
(see Fig. 4). Genitalia as in Fig. 5. 

Greatest expanse of forewing 16 mm. 

Holotype male, and allotype, female: California, Los Angeles County, Ranch— 
21% mi. SSW of Valyermo (4,800’), 14 April and 12 April 1964, at black light (Noel 
McFarland). Paratypes: same locality as Holotype, 2 ¢, 20 March 1965 (C. 
Henne); Singing Springs, San Gabriel Mts., Los Angeles Co., elev. 3,200’, 1 ¢, 1 9, 
12 April 1948 (C. Henne); 1 ¢, 13 May 1948; 2 6, 3 2, 28 March 1950 (F. P. 
Sala); Chilao Flats, Los Angeles Co., elev. 6,000’, 2 ¢, 26 April 1958 (R. H. Leusch- 
ner); 4 6, 2 9, 28 April 1958; Eagle Rock, Los Angeles Co., 1 6, 15 April 1950 
(F. P. Sala); Buckhom Flat, San Gabriel Mts., Los Angeles County, elev. 6,400’, 
1 2, 1 Jume 1963 (R. H. L.); 1 6, 9 May 1959 (C. H.); Hidden Valley, Joshua 
Tree Natl. Monument, Riverside Co., 1 9, 22 March 1948 (C. I. Smith); Idyllwild, 
Riverside Co., 1 6, 19, 13 April 1960 (J. R. Helfer); Pinyon Flats, San Jacinto 
Mts., Riverside Co., 1 ¢, 5 March 1960 (R. H. L.); 1 9, elev. 4,000’, 2 April 1961 
(C. H.); Pinyon Crest, Riverside County, elev. 4,000’, 5 ¢, 6 March 1965 (R. H. 
L.); 1 6, 2 9, 21 March 1965; 2 mi. below Greenhorm, Kern Co., elev. 5,000’, 2 6, 
9 April 1960 (R. H. L.); Mount Pinos, Los Padres Natl. Forest, Kern County, elev. 
6,700’, 1 2, 10 May 1961 (C. H.); Wrightwood, San Bernardino Co., 4 ¢, 30 April 
1964 (C. Hill); 1 9, 19 April 1957; 3 6, 2 9, 12-14 April 1964; Crestline, near 
Lake Arrowhead, San Bemardino Co., elev. 4,600’, 2 ¢, 1 9, 24 April 1965 (R. H. 
L.); Rimforest, near Lake Arrowhead, San Bernardino Co., elev. 5,600’, 1 6, 23 
April 1965 (R. H. L.); Barton Flats, San Bernardino Mts., San Bernardino Co., elev. 
6,700’, 2 6, 1 2, 29 April 1959 (C. H.); Cedar Pines Park, San Bernardino Mts., 
San Bernardino Co., elev. 5,200’, 1 9, 3 April 1961 (C. H.). 


Holotype male deposited in the United States National Museum, 
allotype female deposited in the collection of the authors. Paratypes 
deposited in the following institutions: Bauer-Buckett Collection, Davis; 
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; California State Depart- 
ment of Agriculture, Sacramento; John G. Franclemont Collection, Cor- 
nell University, Ithaca, New York; C. Henne Collection, Pearblossom, 
California; R. Leuschner Collection, Gardena, California; Los Angeles 
County Museum, Los Angeles; University of California, Davis. 

P. anaverta can be readily distinguished from sonoma by the less 
contrasting primaries, lack of hair pencil and accompanying pocket on 
abdominal sternum I, and other characteristics already mentioned; in 


general, anaverta has a more southerly distribution also (see map, 
Fig. 11). 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 91 


We wish to extend our appreciation to those individuals who made 
available their material for this work. The genitalic illustrations were 
done by the first author. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Draupt, M. (in: Seitz, A. A.), 1923. The Macrolepidoptera of the World. Alfred 
Kernen Press, Stuttgart, 396 pp. + 64 plates. 

Forses, W. T. M., 1954. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states (Noc- 
tuidae). Memoir 329, Comell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta., 433 pp. 

Hampson, G. F. 1906. Catalogue of the Noctuidae in the collection of the British 
“Museum. Taylor and Francis Pub. Co., London, England, xiv + 532 pp. 

McDunnovucu, J. H., 1938. Checklist of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United 
States of America. Mem. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 1: 1-272. 

1941. New species of moths, mostly Californian. Canad. Ent., 73(4): 67-68. 


NEW HELIOTHID MOTH FROM THE SOUTHWESTERN 
UNITED STATES (NOCTUIDAE) 


ROWLAND R. MCELVARE 
Southern Pines, N. C. 


The genus Grotella is identified with the southwestern United States, 
with some records ranging into Colorado. Although adults of a num- 
ber of species are regularly collected in spring or fall in association with 
composite flowers in semi-arid areas, the early stages are apparently 
unknown. Adequate records of time and place of adult flight are avail- 
able, and some species are common locally. A study of larval forms 
should not be difficult for lepidopterists in the area and might resolve 
the problem whether or not the genus properly belongs in the Helio- 
thiinae to which it is currently attributed. 

In the Chihuahuan desert in 1948, the Vauries turned up a new 
Grotella (vauriae McE.) in the Big Bend National Park, Texas, near Hot 
Springs on the Mexican border. Mexican lepidopterists’ interests seem 
primarily tropical and American visits to northern Mexico have been 
sporadic. With roads now more available, this area might well prove a 
rewarding source of new material. 

The following species is described from the same part of Texas and 
adjacent regions in New Mexico and Mexico. 


Grotella blanchardi McElvare, new species 


Palpi short, porrect, white with dark scaling on terminal segment. Head, thorax, 
and abdomen, white. Frons with typical Grotella hollowed-out process, having 
comeous walls with a truncate central process, itself slightly hollowed out. 


92 McExtvare: New Grotella Vol. 20, no. 2 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE [| 


Top: Grotella blanchardi McElvare, holotype male, White City, Eddy Co., New 
Mexico, 9 September 1963 (A. & M. E. Blanchard). Bottom: Grotella binda Barnes, 
male, Redington, Pima Co., Arizona (Barnes Collection). 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 93 


c 
i 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURES 


Figs. 1-2, Vinculum and valvae of male genitalia of Grotella, ventral aspect; 
1) G. blanchardi McElvare; 2) G. binda Barnes. 


Legs with dark brown banding, particularly on tarsi. Tibiae spinose; on inner 
side, foretibia with a heavy, terminal spine, curved and pointed, with three or four 
medium lateral spines above, on outer side, a shorter heavy, terminal spine, with 
one or two medium lateral spines above; midtibia spined; hind tibia with one or 
two spines between the pairs of spurs, nearer the lower pair. 

Upperside. Primaries white with black spots. A series of five prominent, evenly 
spaced spots along costa: one near base with a spot below; second one marking 
transverse anterior line; third spot in medial area; fourth spot marking transverse 
posterior line; fifth spot marking subterminal line. T.a. line consisting of four spots, 
approximating a straight line, except spot immediately below costa, angled outward. 
T.p. line, comprising five spots, slightly bisinuate. S.t. line represented by the spot 
on costa and one below. Terminal line consisting of seven spots. Fringes white. 

Secondaries white with a fuscous border, extending from apex a little more than 
halfway to anal angle. A similar narrow band inside border. Fringes white. 

Underside. Primaries fuscous, the costal margin and apical area white, the three 
outer costal spots of the upperside are present, together with those of the t.p. and 
terminal lines. Secondaries white with a faint row of marginal spots, extending 
halfway to the anal angle, with a narrow crescent above. 

The genitalia have the simplicity of the Heliothiinae. The uncus does not have 
the spoon-shaped tip commonly found in this genus. The tip is cylindrical with a 
dorsal spine. Vinculum has a rounded base and the vesica has a few small cornuti. 

Expanse 24-28 mm. 


Holotype, male: New Mexico, White City, Eddy County, Sept. 17, 
1963 (A. and M. Blanchard); deposited in U. S. National Museum, 
Washington, D. C. 

Paratypes: 2 6, Carlsbad Caverns, N. M., Sept. 17, 1963; 1 ¢, White 
City, Eddy Co., N. M., Sept. 16, 1963; 3 4, west side Grapevine Hill, 
Big Bend National Park, Texas, Sept. 21, 1963 (A. and M. Blanchard); 
2 6, Alpine, Texas, and The Basin, Chisos Mts., Texas, Sept., 1958 
(McElvare); 1 ¢, Alpine, Texas, July 15-21, 1926 (Poling); 5 92 2, Big 
Bend National Park, Texas, Sept. 21, 1963; 1 ¢, White City, Eddy Co., 
INeeMesept, 22; 1963 (A. and M. Blanchard); 2 9 9, La Gloria, S of 


94 McEtvare: New Grotella Vol. 20, no. 2 


Montclova, Coahuila, Mexico, Aug. 24, 1947 (W. Gertsch and M. 
Cazier ). 

With the possible exception of the Poling and Mexican specimens, all 
the above were collected at lights. 

Paratypes deposited in the following collections: U.S. National Mu- 
seum, two @ ¢; the Mexican @ ¢ are in American Museum of Natural 
History, and 2 ¢ ¢ in McElvare collection; Blanchard specimens placed 
in U.S.N.M., A.M.N.H., California Academy of Sciences, Los Angeles 
County Museum, and McElvare collection; remainder in collection of 
A. and M. Blanchard, Houston, Texas. 

In the type series, the boldness of maculation of the primaries and the 
bands of the secondaries varies in intensity. The bands are faint in some 
specimens and lacking in others, particularly the females. 

In general appearance, the new species is allied to Grotella binda 
Barnes, which, however, is much smaller (19-23 mm). The maculation 
of blanchardi is bolder and on the primary it has an extra spot below 
the costal spot nearest the base. It lacks the spot found in the reniform 
area of binda. The secondary of blanchardi has two bands, of binda 
an apical patch (Plate I). The armature of the foretibia is more devel- 
oped, in the new species, particularly in regard to lateral spines, and the 
tibia of the hindleg is spined. In the genitalia, the marked difference in 
the harpes is shown in the comparative drawings (Figs. 1, 2). The new 
species is one of several Grotella in which the harpes differ from the 
generic pattern. Most of the other species are depicted by Barnes and 
Benjamin (1922). 

The distribution of binda is Sonoran, southern Arizona, ranging into 
adjacent areas of New Mexico and southern California. Records thus 
far available for blanchardi are all Chihuahuan, extending from Carlsbad 
Caverns, N. M., through Alpine and the Big Bend area of Texas to the 
Montclova region of Coahuila, Mexico. It may be that the difference in 
boldness of maculation and in size of these allied species in some degree 
reflects the climatic conditions in their respective desert habitats. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
Acknowledgment for material made available for study is made to 
A. and M. Blanchard, Houston, Texas; and Dr. Frederick H. Rindge, Am. 
Mus. Nat. Hist.; and Dr. E. L. Todd, U. S. National Museum; and to the 
latter also for providing the photographs of the two species. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Barnes, W., & F. H. Benjamin, 1922. A revision of the noctuid moths heretofore 
referred to the genus Grotella. Contrib. Nat. Hist. Lep. N. A., 5(1): 8-27, pl. 1. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 95 


FLIGHT HABITS OF MORPHO THESEUS JUSTITIAE 


Epuarpo C. WELLING 
Calle 66 Norte, No. 426, Mérida, Yucatan, México 


The collecting season of 1961 found me deep in a mountain region with 
an environment rather new to me, having collected almost exclusively in 
the flat or slightly rolling country of the Yucatan peninsula. This, my 
first extensive mountain collecting, was in the Sierra Chinantla of north- 
ern Oaxaca, in southern México, a small but abrupt range running north 
and south between the Rio Cajonos and the Rio Santo Domingo and their 
tributaries, and reaching a maximum elevation of about 3,400 m. So 
abrupt are the northern slopes that the Tuxtepec—Oaxaca road that cuts 
through the range climbs 2,900 m. in an upward swing of 60 km. Here 
in an area where it is very difficult to collect insects, I had the opportu- 
nity to observe one of México’s most elusive butterflies, Morpho theseus 
justitiae, Salvin & Godman. 

It was quite by chance that I ran across this insect, as I had intentions 
of setting out trap nets for its close relative, Morpho polyphemus luna 
Butlr. I had traveled up the northern slopes of the Sierra in order to 
reach one of the interior valleys where a collecting group had been sta- 
tioned two months previously. There, early in the month of September, 
were dozens of polyphemus luna flying everywhere in the almost inac- 
cessible rain forest on both sides of the road, which goes up to about 700 
m. elevation; but I could not stop to catch them at the moment as we 
were planning to transfer the collecting party to the lowlands on the gulf 
plain after two months of rather unsuccessful collecting in the nearby 
valley. I immediately made plans to go after the Morphos following 
transfer of the party to a new area. Then I would go alone armed with 
plenty of bananas for the trap nets which formed part of my collecting 
equipment. As it was, however, the business of locating a new site on 
the gulf plain and sampling the local fauna to see if another two months’ 
stay would be worthwhile took longer than I expected, and it was not 
until the end of September that I returned to the mountains. 

With the car bulging with bananas, I eagerly began the trip into the 
mountains. My destination was a place called Liumo-Hmindzau. It is 
called Puerto Eligio by the Spanish-speaking people living in the low- 
lands, and belongs to the municipality of Comaltepec. It is at 700 m. 
elevation. There were three houses there, one of them unoccupied at the 
time, which was a vital factor in my choosing the spot. Within one-half 
kilometer on either approach along the road there were parts of forest 


96 Wewuinc: Morpho flight habit Vol. 20, no. 2 


where I could have caught many polyphemus luna, and where trap nets 
could be placed. This spot also happened to be the place where we 
stationed the car to hike into the valley to the east two months before, 
some five km. away and about 500 m. below. I was sure I would come 
away with hundreds of Morpho from this spot. Imagine my surprise 
when arriving there I saw almost none at all where just two weeks pre- 
viously the area was alive with them. 

Even though I was very disappointed on seeing polyphemus luna had 
almost completely disappeared, I decided to stay at the spot to blacklight 
for nocturnals and see if there was anything else the trap nets would 
bring in. Almost nothing came to the rotten bananas except some Eupty- 
chia, but the night collecting with the light became so amazingly pro- 
ductive that I stayed until the end of October. 

Another event was even more decisive in my staying on, after the 
original object of my trip was absent. At the beginning of October, a 
week of torrential 24-hour-a-day rain began. Night collecting became 
even better during this week, with plenty of sphingids coming in, as the 
light was put under one of the house’s protruding eaves, and my 350- 
watt gasoline-driven generator was put inside the house. My greatest 
surprise came after the rainy spell stopped. On the first sign of the sun 
peeking through the clouds, I took my net and started down the road by 
foot to reach one of the areas where polyphemus luna had been swarm- 
ing. I had expected another generation to be on wing after the rain, even 
though it would have been impossible for so large an insect to have such 
rapidly succeeding generations. Instead, flying everywhere at certain 
points along the road was polyphemus luna’s close relative, Morpho 
theseus justitiae. I was amazed at seeing these, as now I was not pre- 
sented with the spectacle of great patches of white drifting slowly down 
from the higher treetops as polyphemus luna appears to the observer, but 
with rich chestnut brown, yellow-tinged jewels gliding about instead. The 
week of rain must have brought them out. Here, however, was an insect 
that presented a real problem in collecting. This species has habits so 
singular that, along with the fact that it is probably very restricted in its 
range, we can quickly understand why it is so rare in collections of Mexi- 
can insects. 

Morpho theseus justitiae probably is restricted to the northern, wetter 
slopes of the mountains in southern México on the gulf side and perhaps 
some of the other slopes and interior valleys where the mountains are so 
low as to allow a heavy rainfall to penetrate from the north and east. 
Where the mountains are high enough, most of the moisture condenses 
before reaching the summits and, therefore, little rain falls on the south- 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 97 


ern slopes, consequently creating conditions unfavorable for the species. 
In the Sierra Chinantla, the valleys are dry to the south where they are 
connected with the Sierra Juarez, beyond the 3,000-m. pass along the 
Tuxtepec—Oaxaca road. It is quite probable that the species does not 
fly anywhere south of this area, nor does it reach the height of the pass 
on the northern side. I have seen authentic specimens in a collection from 
Valle Nacional, Oaxaca, 78-m. elevation, at the northern base of the 
Sierra Chinantla, and have observed living adults from 700- to 1,500-m. 
and believe that this represents a crosscut of the terrain it occupies. I 
did not find the insect higher than 1,500 m. F. L. Davis (1928), who 
spent 30 years collecting in British Honduras, mentions that theseus 
justitiae is found in the Cayo District. As there are no high mountains 
in the northern part of that district where he did most of his collecting, 
this is an indication that the species also exists locally where there are 
lower ranges and where rainfall is sufficient to support the biological 
environment that the species needs. C. C. Hoffmann (1940) mentions 
that the species is found in southern Veracruz in the Sierra de San 
Martin, and at Santecomapan. Thus the insect has a wide range from 
southern Veracruz and northern Oaxaca through northern Chiapas, El 
Petén, and into British Honduras, existing in a narrow belt along the 
northern slopes of the mountains and foothills. In my collection, I have 
specimens from British Honduras, El] Petén, and Oaxaca. 

Morpho polyphemus luna frequently flies down from the treetops to 
almost ground level, and is startled at the slightest movement of people 
or animals. It prefers to stay in open areas such as along shaded roads, 
streams, wide trails, or unobstructed parts under a forest canopy, pre- 
ferring to remain in the shade. Morpho peliedes montezuma Guenee is 
rarely seen flying above treetops, will fly almost anywhere, even in very 
thick jungles, and tends to follow trails through any kind of thick vege- 
tation. It is the most wary of the three species and quickly dodges into 
thickets at the slightest sign of people or animals. I have seen individuals 
fly to one side at seeing dogs or horses coming up the trails the butter- 
flies were using. Just catching a few with a net is no small feat. Perhaps 
these two species are very wary because their flight patterns allow them 
to move near the ground and through vegetation, getting themselves into 
precarious positions among rocks, ravines, trees, etc., thereby making 
them more vulnerable to attack by predators. M. theseus justitiae, how- 
ever, is a very curious insect. It neither flies near the ground nor startles 
at any slight movement, at least where I observed it; in fact, a swing with 
the net may only cause the butterfly to swerve around to investigate the 
disturbance. The fact that the species does not fly in every place it 


98 We.unc: Morpho flight habit Vol. 20, no. 2 


could, but instead follows certain flyways and delves in open areas 
where it may be safe from predators (?), perhaps gives it a lack of con- 
cern with anything it may encounter in these areas. Perhaps there is 
some other reason why it acts so self-confidently and rather unpreoccu- 
pied. 

As already mentioned, this species is a treetop flier. On level, un- 
broken terrain, I imagine it would be impossible to collect a good series. 
The only reason I was able to get close to this species in quantity was 
the abrupt slopes of the region. The road in mention climbs as it goes 
south. To the east there is a quick climb where no man or beast can set 
foot, most of the way. In some places huge overhanging rocks and trees 
menace the road. On top of this are trees from 20 to 50 m. high in a 
continuous succession until reaching the summit of a small mountain. In 
some places, small streams have created gullies where one can climb up- 
wards a bit under gigantic trees, but these places are few. To the west 
of the road there is a quick drop-off, with some areas dropping off verti- 
cally 100-200 m. before slightly leveling off. The downward inclination 
continues very steep until reaching the river at the bottom of the valley. 
In some parts where the road has been blasted out of rock, dislodging of 
rocks and trees below which previously held the runoff resulting from 
torrential rain, now permits the water to rush down, creating a continu- 
ous series of avalanches. From another mountain, one can look back to 
see the road as it twists precariously around the side of the mountain be- 
hind him, observing at the same time the destruction to the forest below 
the road. Literally the whole side of the mountain below has slid down 
in some places, carrying trees and everything. Still, there are a number 
of unaffected parts where the trees almost reach the edge of the road. 
These places, where there is a continuous series of trees from the valley, 
and where the tops of those that come closest to the road are at the same 
level as the road, offer the best places in which to hunt theseus justitiae. 
Individuals coming up the slope about one to two m. above the trees 
apparently are unable to distinguish some roadside plants from treetops 
as they come near the road, and this is the place to collect them. 

The way in which the butterflies come up the slope is interesting. At 
first I noticed they would fly close to the edge of the road, circle for 
about 20 to 30 m., then glide slowly downhill above the trees once more. 
Later I noticed there were definite hours in which the justitiae arrived at 
the height of the road, the height they would fly at any given time de- 
pending on the extent of sunlight on the lower slopes in the morning 
hours. As this downward slope was on the northwest side of the moun- 
tain, it was relatively late in the morning before the tops of the trees 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 99 


became illuminated by sunlight. This accounts for the late appearance 
of the species on the northwest side. Whereas on the northeast slope it 
was on the wing from 9:00 A.M. onwards, on clear days, on the north- 
west slope where I did my collecting, the species would not fly until the 
sun was shining on the trees, about 10:00 to 10:30 A.M. Due to the 
overhanging rocks and formations above the road on the east side, the 
road and the vegetation along it remained in shadows longer than did the 
tops of the trees on the downgrade to the west. The species flew above 
the trees illuminated by the sunlight, flying up from the valley, almost 
reaching the areas still in shadows, then turning, flying a wide half-circle, 
and finally gliding downward again. A whole series of justitiae would 
go through this cycle, and one could only guess if they were the same 
individuals repeating the process after reaching the valley floor. Never- 
theless, the parade was continuous. The shadows of the mountain pre- 
venting the upward flight of this species established a fact in my mind: 
that the species is extremely wary of shadows or dark places and does 
not come within five to six m. of shadows. Even the shadow of a small 
tree branch will cause them to fly way out of their way. 

As the slope became progressivly illuminated by the sun’s rays in an 
ascending direction, the species ventured farther up the slope until arriv- 
ing close to the area of shadows, only to turn and circle, then drift back 
down again, always staying in the bright and hot sunlight. The routes on 
which they ascended and descended changed from hour to hour in the 
same succession every moming, and I knew I could go to a certain spot 
at a given hour and find them close to the road. Some of the shrubs and 
small trees near the edge of the road would throw a shadow into an area 
that would suddenly be perfectly acceptable to them as soon as the sun 
rose higher and the position of the shadow changed, whereas previously 
their continuous parade would circle around through another, shadow- 
free area. When the sun was high enough, about 11:45 A.M., to illumi- 
nate the road and the upward slope on its east side, some of the butter- 
flies would continue flying upward after rapidly crossing at a good height 
the treeless space afforded by the road, and probably would keep on 
going until reaching the summit of the mountain, which in this case was 
only about 900 m. above sea level. Where they went after that is not 
known, as once they crossed the road and continued upwards, few de- 
scended, meaning that the whole area was sufficiently bathed in sun- 
light so as not to interfere with their course of flight. At about 2:00 P.M. 
almost all activity ceased, as they suddenly disappeared after that hour. 
On certain days clouds rolled in from the gulf plain below. Whenever 
one of these clouds obstructed the sun momentarily, the justitiae would 


100 Wewuinc: Morpho flight habit Vol. 20, ne? 


immediately alight on the upper surface of leaves at the top of the high- 
est trees. In no case would they settle on a branch or some of the lower 
leaves, where they would have to go under something. As soon as the 
sun came out again, they would continue gliding along their route. Even 
a slight haze that would not completely blot out the sun would cause 
them to halt. Full, bright sunlight was a necessity; and this fact, coupled 
with the necessity to be in an area where one can swing a net above the 
trees from still higher up, offers the perfect clue on how to catch a series 
of this species. 

At times two males would encounter each other on their flyway and 
would engage in a short “battle.” Sometimes as many as three or four 
would fly at each other, usually while I was just about to net one of 
them, with the result that all would fly away. Trying to catch them with 
a net tied on a pole five m. long was no help. The clumsiness of their 
flight, not of their gliding, made them poor aggressors; in fact, it made 
them look as though they were playing. Females were scarce; males 
made up 99% of the parade. Of the females I saw, all flew above the 
treetops except one which was winging around under some shrubs ob- 
viously looking for a place to oviposit. Probably the females have to fly 
around above the trees in order to mate, flying at lower levels afterwards 
where males never venture. Females were readily differentiated from 
the males when flying by the larger wing expanse and the greater yellow- 
ish submarginal maculation on the upperside of the wings. 

All in all during 1961, I observed about 500 justitiae in 10 days of clear 
weather at the site. Observations could not be made during the rest of 
the month due to frequent rains. Even after learning something about 
the flight habits of this insect, I managed to catch very few. Those I did 
get were caught with many hours of patience, waiting until an individual 
came close enough to the road to net. But for every 20 that came close, 
only one could be caught, even if I was lucky. It was not that the net 
scared them off, but that the five-m. length of pole weighed about 20 to 
25 pounds, and it was only with great difficulty that I could swing it. 
Taking aim was another matter, as the diameter of my net was only 
about 42 cm. I was not free to move any way I wished, either, as I had 
to balance myself on the edge of a cliff where one false step might have 
meant the appearance of an obituary instead of this article. 

In September and October, 1962, I returned to the Sierra Chinantla 
with two lengths of a very lightweight, hollow, aluminum tubing, each 
about two m. long, which I could connect, and a net with a diameter of 
one m. Now that I had something lightweight to catch theseus justitiae 
with, I could get about 10 specimens on a clear day. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 101 


This species does not exhibit apprehension of a net nor of a person’s 
movements. When an individual came close but was still out of reach of 
the net, I would jiggle the handle slightly and the net at the other end 
would bob around clumsily, actually attracting some individuals, which 
would immediately swerve around and circle the net to investigate. 
When I was using my large, lightweight net, I tied a piece of stiff wire 
to it and bent it so that a dead male specimen tied to the wire would rest 
above the center of the net. On moving the handle of the net, it would 
bob a bit and jiggle the dead decoy, making it look as if it were alive and 
available for “battle” with an oncoming male. This method af attracting 
other individuals worked to a certain extent, but not as much as I might 
have liked it to. Many males passed right by, paying no attention to the 
decoy. 

Morpho theseus justitiae never once entered in my trap nets. In 1961 
I put 12 trap nets with rotten bananas near their flyway, and surely one 
of the hundreds which unhurriedly glided by over the trees would have 
entered if it had any attraction for sweets. It would be interesting to try 
aerial trap nets that could be suspended from the very highest branches 
of a tree; however, I doubt the effectiveness of this method. During 
April, 1965, I managed to catch a worn male in my trap net baited with 
rotten bananas among some hills near Middlesex, Stann Creek District, 
British Honduras. Does this seem to disprove my idea that males will 
not fly under vegetation or do not like sweets? Of the hundreds I saw 
in Oaxaca, why didn't at least one enter my traps there? For other spe- 
cies, it is a necessity that the trap nets be hung in deepest shade for best 
results; at least that is my experience. 

I do not recommend trying to collect theseus justitiae in the Sierra 
Chinantla of Oaxaca to people with a weak heart or those who become 
faint on climbing stepladders. For those who may want to try it, the 
many days of patiently waiting for the rain to stop and for the sun to 
come out will be well awarded by seeing this species in its natural habi- 
tat, an experience that will, at least in the Sierra Chinantla, cause no end 
to one’s marvel at the exotic beauty of deep valleys, huge mountains, and 
great expanses of primitive rain forest stretching out for kilometers on 
either side below. Here lives a butterfly that offers a real challenge. To 
those who try it, good luck! 


LITERATURE CITED 
Davis, F. L., 1928. Notes on the butterflies of British Honduras. Henry Walker, 
London, 101 pp. 


HoFFMANN, C. C., 1940. Catalogo sistematico y zoogeografico de los lepidopteros 
mexicanos. Primera parte. Papilionoidea. Anales Inst. Biol. Mex., 11: 639-734. 


102 Matuer: Louisiana butterflies Vol. 20, nom2 


LOUISIANA BUTTERFLY RECORDS 


BryANT MATHER 
Jackson, Mississippi 


As a result of the work of Lambremont (1954), Ross & Lambremont 
(1963), and Lambremont & Ross (1965), it is possible to examine data 
on Louisiana butterflies and readily establish whether such data include 
new parish records or extensions of the known flight period for the state. 
Data derived from collecting by Mrs. Mather and me in the vicinity of 
Road’s End Camp on April, 3-4, 1965 have been so examined and 12 new 
parish records and one extension of flight period for the state are here 
recorded. The data are given below; the names and numbers are as given 
in dos Passos (1964). 


dos Passos Monterey, Jonesville, 
No. Species Concordia Par. Catahoula Par. 
126 Copaeodes minima (Edwards ) ea) 

16la Pyrgus c. communis (Grote ) S15) 

236a Epargyreus c. clarus (Cramer ) tae: 

267b Papilio troilus ilioneus Smith OR Sit 

280 Pieris rapae (Linnaeus ) Sa 

286a Colias e. eurytheme Boisduval 212 ON) 

302b Phoebis sennae eubule (Linnaeus ) Le Ot 
319 Eurema nicippe (Cramer ) il Fl) 

384 Strymon cecrops (Fabricius ) 2 GG EO Si 

469a Everes c. comyntas (Godart ) ia Os 

484a Anaea a. andria Scudder 19 

556a Phyciodes t. tharos (Drury ) Te B52, QL Ig 

63la Danaus p. plexippus (Linnaeus ) 2) (O7 Or 


645b Euptychia hermes sosybius (Fabricius) 7 6 6,2 2 9* S 


“<x 


*” — New parish record. 


One orange 2, one form 9 alba Strecker. 


New earliest date of capture for state, previous earliest date was 8 April 1950 
(1 2), Lambremont (1954). 


) 

bj) = Sight record: 
) 
) 


LITERATURE CITED 


LAMBREMONT, E. N., 1954. The butterflies and skippers of Louisiana. Tulane Stud. 
Zool. tel 5—164. 

LAMBREMONT, E. N., & G. N. Ross, 1965. New state records and annotated field 
data for Louisiana butterflies and skippers. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 19: 47-52. 

bos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the nearctic Rhopalocera. Mem. Lepid. 
Soc., No. 1, 145 pp. 

Ross, G. N., & E. N. LaMBremMont, 1963. An annotated supplement to the state list 
of Louisiana butterflies and skippers. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 17; 148-158. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 103 


A NEW RACE AND DISCUSSION OF THE BOLORIA EPITHORE 
COMPLEX (NYMPHALIDAE) 


Epwin M. Perkins, JR., and STEPHEN F. PERKINS 
Oregon Regional Primate Research Center, Beaverton, Oregon 


INTRODUCTION 

On the basis of published records, six species of the genus Boloria 
Moore are known to occur in the state of Washington. They are B. 
titania (Esper), B. selene (Denis & Schiff.), B. astarte (Doubleday ), 
B. toddi (Holland), B. freija (Thunberg), and B. epithore (Edwards). 
Of these, only selene ssp. and epithore have been encountered in Ore- 
gon. In California, the only known representative of the Boloria complex 
is epithore. In this paper, the authors shall endeavor to examine and 
discuss the entity known simply as epithore for more than a century. 


BOLORIA EPITHORE EPITHORE (Edwards ) 
Argynnis epithore Edwards, 1864, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 2: 504. 


When the nominotypic subspecies, Boloria epithore epithore (Figs. 
1-4) was described by W. H. Edwards in 1864, California was cited as 
the type locality; an exact locale was not given. Recently (Brown, 
1965: p. 334) a neotype for Edwards’ epithore was figured and desig- 
nated, with the data “Saratoga, Santa Clara Co., Calif., R. C. Winslow, 
May 13, 1899.” 

There is some question whether Edwards type specimen was col- 
lected in the vicinity of San Francisco. In Volume I of his Butterflies of 
North America (“Argynnis VI.”) the following statement is made by 
Edwards regarding “Argynnis callippe’ Boisduval: “From California. 
The most common or only species of Argynnis found in the vicinity of 
San Francisco according to Dr. Behr. . . .”. Volume I was divided into 
10 parts; each part had a different date of issuance. Part two of Volume 
I, which contained “Argynnis callippe,” was issued in August, 1868. This 
is four years after Edwards’ description of epithore was published. 
Surely, if Edwards type specimen of epithore, trom Behr’s collection 
(Brown, 1965: p. 337), had been collected in the vicinity of San Fran- 
cisco, Behr would not have made such a misleading statement. This 
would lend support to the theory that Edwards’ epithore was collected 
in the Santa Cruz Mountains, approximately 40 miles SSE of San 
Francisco. 

The known range of typical epithore extends from southern San Mateo 
County south through the Santa Cruz Mountains of Santa Cruz and 
Santa Clara counties (Map 1). R. L. Langston (in litt.), of Berkeley, 


ED B.E. EPITHORE 
=) : \ 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 105 


California, and O. E. Sette (in litt.) of Los Altos, California, state that 
they have never encountered epithore north or south of these limits. 
However, in 1910, Williams (Ent. News, 31: 30) stated that epithore 
had been collected “a good many years ago’ in Golden Gate Park, San 
Francisco. Thus, there is reason to believe that the species did range 
northward prior to the concentrated urbanization of the San Francisco 
peninsula. Throughout its limited range, colonies of epithore are local 
and not easily discovered. 

The authors have examined a series of 23 males and nine females 
from the following locales: 


SANTA Cruz Co.: Vicinity Boulder Creek, Big Basin, 1200 feet. 

SAN Mareo Co.: San Lorenzo Woods, 600: feet. 

Statistical data pertinent to typical epithore is outlined in Table 1. 

In describing the superficies of epithore, Edwards original description 
will be utilized: 


“Argynnis epithore, Boisduval in litt... . Male. Expands 1549 inch. Primaries 
rounded as in Myrina, not angular at apex and excavated on the margin, as in Bel- 
lona, to which last it is most closely allied. Upper side pale fulvous at the base; 
hind margins bordered by a slight, interrupted line, with small lunules; otherwise 
the usual markings. Under side of primaries fulvous, yellowish at apex, with ferru- 
ginous sub-apical patch. Secondaries have an angular submesial band of irregular 
spots, as in Bellona, each whitish, sprinkled in the centre with ferruginous, in the 
cell a round black spot; beyond the band to the margin a slight violet tinge, with 
a submarginal series of round spots and marginal lunules.” 

Although somewhat cursorily treated, the foregoing description is ap- 
plicable to those epithore which occur in the Santa Cruz Mountains. 
There are, however, two discrepancies. Edwards indicated that the sub- 
median—median band of the ventral secondaries contains “spots, as in 
Bellona, each whitish, sprinkled in the centre with ferruginous .. .” Of 
the 32 examples examined by the authors from the Santa Cruz Moun- 
tains, only one, weathered female displays “whitish” spots. However, 
even these spots have a noticeably yellowish hue; the remainder of the 
series have yellowish cream spots. Perhaps Edwards’ connotation— 
“whitish°—was intended to imply an off-white color. Secondly, Ed- 
wards explicit comment regarding the “pale fulvous” color of the dorsal, 
basal regions is not consistent with the 32 examples used in this study, 


EXPLANATION OF MAPS 


Map 1: Distribution of Boloria epithore complex in the Pacific Coast states. Each 
symbol corresponds to one or more specimens used in this study. 

Map 2: Projected distribution of Boloria epithore complex in western North 
America based upon records and specimens of the authors. 


bo 


106 PerKINS and Perkins: Boloria epithore Vol. 20, no. 


TABLE 1 
CHERMOCKI EPITHORE "STERRA" 
male female male female male female 
N 72 66 23 9 57 27 


99% limits 21.10+2.53 22.01+2.74 21.50+1.78  23.00+1.39  19.30+1.91  20.79+1.80 


Mean (mm ) 21.10 22.01 21.50 23.00 19.30 20.79 
p.°*m (mm ) 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.19 0.08 0.13 
S.D. (mm ) 0.98 1.06 0.69 0.54 0.74 0.70 
v 24.22 27.95 11.76 7.38 13.50 12.23 
o 4.919 56283 3.429 2.717 3.674 3.507 
"t score" 


compared to: 


CHERMOCKI 9 -—--- Coane 2.86 4.50 18.00 7.18 

EPITHORE 2.86 4,50 a a rl MSF 9.21 

NSTERRA' 18.00 7.18 Serial 9.21 a em 
TABLE 2 


BESS gece seesscncran el 


r 
EES SGaaea 


99% limits of LFW (mm ) (m = mean of respective sexes) 


since all were found to have black or fuscous dusting on the hindwings 
dorsally (usually extending outwardly as far as the postbasal region); 
the forewings dorsally have only slight black, basal dusting. Thus, these 
specimens are certainly not “pale fulvous at the base.” The male speci- 
men used by Edwards in describing epithore may have been an extreme 
example, which was generally very light in coloration. In size, Edwards’ 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 107 


type (which measured “1%o inch” in expanse, or approximately 38 mm) 
is slightly smaller than the average size of those Santa Cruz County 
specimens examined. 

The recently designated neotype of epithore has a left forewing 
(LFW ) measurement of 24 mm (Brown, in litt.). This expanse is some- 
what larger (Table 2) than that average measurement derived by the 
authors, although a difference in locality and altitude may account for 
this variation. 


BoIsDUVAL'S USE OF THE NAME EPITHORE 


The introduction of the name epithore cannot be attributed to Ed- 
wards, although he was the first to publish it. In his original descrip- 
tion, Edwards states: “This species, as I am informed by Dr. Behr, is 
undescribed and only named in letters of Dr. Boisduval.” The original 
description in which Boisduval used the name epithore appeared in 1869 
(Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 12: 58; no. 50). 

In an attempt to determine the locality from which Boisduval’s type 
of epithore was collected, the authors have encountered certain contra- 
dictory information. 3 

The lectotype of Boisduval’s epithore (figured by Brown, 1965: p. 
335) is in the collection of the Carnegie Museum. Its superficial appear- 
ance is analogous to female epithore from the Santa Cruz Mountains. 
The large size—25.0 mm LFW (Brown, in litt.)—is characteristic of 
typical epithore; however, the greatest LFW measurement made by the 
authors on female epithore from Santa Cruz County was only 24.0 mm. 
Table 2 indicates that the LFW radius of the lectotype of Boisduval’s 
epithore exceeds the “99% Limits” (Brown, 1951) of the series used in 
this study. 

The specimen figured by Brown as the ““Type’ of Argynnis epithore 
Boisduval” has an unconnected median row of black spots on the dorsal 
secondaries. On the primaries these spots tend to be slightly fused or 
connected by transverse black scales along the veins. This characteristic 
is common only to nominotypic epithore. Conversely, the lack of con- 
nected spots is sometimes evident in Plumas County material. In addi- 
tion, the specimens from this latter region are not as large as those which 
occur in the Santa Cruz Mountains. The greatest LFW measurement of 
female epithore from Plumas County was 22.5 mm. Furthermore, Bois- 
duval refers to the submedian—median area of the ventral secondaries 
as being “jaune saupoudrée de brun” (brown-powdered yellow). This 
coloration is not only visible on epithore from the Santa Cruz Mountains, 
but also on specimens from populations inhabiting Plumas County. In 
his original description, Boisduval states: “M. Lorquin a trouvé cette 


108 PERKINS and PERKINS: Boloria epithore Vol. 20, no. 2 
>) 


espece dans les hautes montagnes de lest ou elle est fort rare et difficile 
a prendre” (Mr. Lorquin found this species in the high mountains of the 
east where it is extremely rare and difficult to capture). Although it 
would seem that he clearly indicated that the material he had examined 
did come from an area or areas in the mountains of eastern California, 
a statement in Volume 3 of Edwards Butterflies of North America 
strongly indicates that Boisduval’s locality statement may be misleading. 

From “Argynnis VIII..—“Argynnis adiante” Boisduval, Edwards 
states: “The male figured on our Plate is the original type of Dr. Bois- 
duval, sent me by himself, and bearing his label as ‘type adiante’.”. Ed- 
wards then quotes Boisduval as saying: “This beautiful Argynnis was 
taken in some numbers by M. Lorquin, on the edges of the woods, in 
the eastern part of California.”. Edwards continues: “Of late years adi- 
ante has not been a very common species in collections, owing to its local 
habits, apparently. Professor J. J. Rivers writes me that ‘it is found 
above Los Gatos in the Santa Cruz Mountains. It also occurs at several 
localities in the same range, and in Santa Clara and San Mateo counties; 
but it does not appear to be found farther south than about nine miles 
north of Santa Cruz city. Apparently Dr. Boisduval was mistaken in the 
locality.”. Boisduval described adiante (now a synonym of Speyeria 
egleis adiaste (Edwards) ) on page 61 of the same publication which 
contained his original description of epithore. Both the adiante and 
epithore types used by Boisduval in his original descriptions were col- 
lected by Lorquin. In both original descriptions, Boisduyal referred to 
eastern California and the high mountains of the east as the localities 
from which the respective types were collected. However, dos Passos 
& Grey (1947) fixed the type locality for adiante as the “Santa Cruz 
Mountains, California.” The type locality for Edwards’ adiaste is also 
in the vicinity of the Santa Cruz Mountains. 

In view of the above information, it becomes apparent that Boisdu- 
val’s type of epithore most probably was collected in the vicinity of the 
Santa Cruz Mountains and not somewhere in “the high mountains of 
the east.” 

Because Boisduval’s original description of epithore appeared five 
years after Edwards’ use of the name, Edwards’ epithore takes priority. 


ELDORADO Strand 


Brenthis epithore Boisd., cum. ab. eldorado Strand, 1914, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 
30 AN sot liecls6! 


Embrik Strand described eldorado on the basis of six examples from 
Plumas County, collected from June 10 to June 17, 1913, and one speci- 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 109 


men from El Dorado County, collected between June 25 and June 28, 
1913. 

The distinguishing features indicated by Strand in his description are: 
(1) the black markings on the underside of the forewings are large and 
consequently appear to be near to one another; (2) the two transverse 
spots in the middle of the field (in cells M3; and CU;) are connected by 
means of a median, black longitudinal line; (3) the angled figure in the 
cells (discal cell) completely or almost completely touches the discocel- 
lular spots; and (4) the three or four postmedian spots touch or almost 
touch the transverse lines in the form of black flecks. Strand also men- 
tions that the black design above is stronger in both wings. 

From this information and a study of material from both Plumas and 
El Dorado counties, the authors conclude that Strand’s name, eldorado, 
represents an aberration. However, the degree of divergence from the 
normal form does not appear to be extensive. Under the rules of the 
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, eldorado must be re- 
garded as being of infrasubspecific rank. 


WAWONAE Gunder 
Brenthis epithore Bdy., ab. wawonae Gunder, 1924, Ent. News, 35(5): 156. 

The type of wawonae was collected at Wawona (in Yosemite Na- 
tional Park), Mariposa County, California on July 6, 1922 and is pic- 
tured in J. A. Comstock’s Butterflies of California, Pl. 26, fig. 10. The 
distinctive feature of wawonae is found on the secondaries where the 
row of postmedian spots is “lacking.” 

As is eldorado, wawonae is now considered an infrasubspecific entity. 


OBSCURIPENNIS Gunder 
Brenthis epithore Bdv., ab. obscuripennis Gunder, 1926, Ent. News, 37(1): 7. 

The type of this aberration, a female, was collected at Chilcolin, Brit- 
ish Columbia, Canada, on May 30, 1915. In the original description 
Gunder states: “Primaries entirely fogged over with dark shading, 
obscuring and submerging maculation, especially on the inner half with 
cell quite dense where only a single yellow brown spot shows; normal 
row of round black spots indistinctly visible. Secondaries, outer half 
normal; confused yellow brown maculation of inner half externally 
edged by black shading which extends also along the costal margin, basal 
area quite dark.” The above quotation applies to the dorsal surfaces. 
Because it is a melanic aberration, and since it was originally described 
as such, obscuripennis must also be considered infrasubspecific. 


Boloria epithore chermocki Perkins and Perkins, new subspecies 
Males: Dorsal LFW (Expanse: 21.10 + 2.53 mm), holotype 21.40 mm. 


bo 


110 Perkins and Perkins: Boloria epithore Vol. 20, no. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I 


Adult males of Boloria epithore complex: 5) “sierra,” Donner Summit near 
Truckee, Placer Co., Calif., 3-VIII-60 (T. C. Emmel); 6) “sierra,” Yosemite Na- 
tional Park, Mariposa Co., Calif., 3-VII-62 (E. M. Perkins, Jr.); 1) epithore, Big 
Basin, Santa Cruz Mts., Santa Cruz Co., Calif., 4-V-46 (O. E. Sette); 2) epithore, 
Big Basin, Santa Cruz Mts., Santa Cruz Co., Calif., 4-V-46 (O. E. Sette); 9) cher- 
mocki (holotype), 2.9 miles E Dolph, Yamhill Co., Oregon, 18-VI-62 (S. F. Per- 
kins); 10) same, ventral aspect. Figures to the left are dorsal; those to the right 
are ventral. 


Females: Dorsal LFW (Expanse: 22.01 + 2.74 mm), allotype 23.00 mm. Male: 
Upper surface: Black spots within median band on both primaries and secondaries 
tending to be fused or connected, giving effect of a continuous, irregular black line; 
on typical epithore, these spots only slightly connected on primaries, on secondaries 
without connecting scales. Black basal suffusion heavily represented, often extend- 
ing outwardly as far as submedian area; on epithore, black suffusion seldom extend- 
ing beyond postbasal region. Segment of vein RS on secondaries bordering cell 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Lal 


12 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II 


Adult females of Boloria epithore complex: 7) “sierra,” Greenhorn Mts., Kern 
Co., Calif., 24-VI-61 (R. E. Stanford); 8) “sierra,” below Huntington Lake dam, 
Fresno Co., Calif., 9-VII-60 (O. E. Sette); 3) epithore, Big Basin, Santa Cruz Mts., 
Santa Cruz Co., Calif., 6-VI-45 (O. E. Sette); 4) epithore, Big Basin, Santa Cruz 
Mts., Santa Cruz Co., Calif., 10-VI-45 (O. E. Sette); 11) chermocki (allotype), 
2.9 miles E Dolph, Yamhill Co., Oregon, 18-VI-62 (E. M. Perkins, Jr.); 12) same, 


ventral aspect. Figures to the left are dorsal; those to the right are ventral. 


noticeably accentuated by black scales connecting this segment to angled figure in 
cell; rarely an indication of this on epithore. 

Undersurface: On secondaries, submedian—median row of spots chrome-yellow, 
this region in epithore cream to yellow with noticeably heavy, ferruginous dusting. 
Postbasal area of secondaries, below denticulate white spot bordering vein RS 
(infrequently invaded by yellow scales) yellow-brown to orange-brown (latter more 
common), in this respect, basal and postbasal areas analogous; these areas on epi- 
thore red-brown. Postmedian band of secondaries purplish to lilac inwardly, con- 


He Perkins and Perkins: Boloria epithore Vol. 20; nome 


trasting to the lighter, outward limits of this band; this contrast much less evident 
on epithore. 

Female similar in appearance to male. 

Holotype, male and allotype, female: 2.9 miles E of Dolph, Yamhill 
Co., Oregon, 18 June 62 (S. F. Perkins and E. M. Perkins, Jr.); placed 
in the collection of the Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles, 
California. Paratypes (48): Oregon, Yamhill Co.: 0.5 to 2.9 miles E of 
Dolph, 10-VI-62, 18-VI-62, 12-VI-63, and 27-V-65, 29 6 6,19 9 9 (Per- 
kins’); 6 ¢ ¢ and 4 9 @ have been deposited in each of the following 
institutions: The California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Cali- 
fornia and The American Museum of Natural History, New York City, 
New York; 9 ¢ 6 and 6 2 @ will be deposited with the holotype and 
allotype; 8 6 6 and 5 2? Q have been retained by the authors. 

This new subspecies is named in honor of Franklin H. Chermock, 
Baltimore, Maryland. 

The authors have examined and/or have records for more than 300 
representative examples of chermocki (Figs. 9-12) from the following 
localities in Oregon (Map 1): 

BeNtoN Co.: Alsea; McDonald Forest near Corvallis; Mary’s Peak; Hoskins. 
CxLackaMas Co.: Clackamas Lake; along Clackamas River Road; 6 miles W Lake 
Timothy; Austin Hot Springs; Big Eddy; vicinity Mt. Hood. CiLatsop Co.: Saddle 
Mountain State Park. CoLumpBrA Co.: Vernonia. DrscHuTEs Co.: Deschutes River 
Bridge (W Terrebonne). Doucias Co.: Bradley Creek Meadows; junction of Muir 
Creek—Rogue River; Diamond Lake. Hoop River Co.: Cloud Cap Road to Mt. 
Hood. JAcKson Co.: Kane Creek (5 miles W Gold Hill); Mt. Ashland; French 
Gulch road; Tubb Springs (4 miles W Pinehurst). JEFFERSON Co.: Santiam Pass; 
Camp Sherman. JOSEPHINE Co.: near O’Brien. KLAMATH Co.: Davis Lake; Crater 
Lake National Park; Crescent Creek at highway 58; Skookum Meadows; 5-10 miles 
E Beaver Marsh; Sand Flat (S of Skookum Butte); Gilchrist. LAxke Co.: Summit 
Prairie (SE Warner Canyon); Lakeview. LANE Co.: Mule Prairie (N Willamette 
Pass); Oakridge; Hills Creek Dam road; Blue Pond Forest Camp; Willamette Pass. 
Lincotn Co.: Elk City. Linn Co.: Cascadia; Monument Peak; Front Creek Camp 
(S Santiam highway); Tombstone Prairie; Lost Prairie; Marion Mountain; Big 
Meadows; Santiam Pass. Marion Co.: Elk Lake. Potx Co.: Valsetz; Falls City. 
TmLLAMOOK Co.: Lee’s Camp (Highway 6). Umariria Co.: NE Tollgate (Blue 


Mountains). WA LLowa Co.: Lostine River. Wasco Co.: Wapanitia; Bear Springs 
Campground. Yamuitt Co.: Baker Creek Valley and vicinity of Dolph. 


Throughout its range, including Washington, southern British Colum- 
bia, southern Alberta, Idaho, Montana, and extreme north central Cali- 
fornia (refer to Map 2), chermocki remains constant in superficial 
appearance. 

A DWARFED SIERRA NEVADA FORM— SIERRA” 
There remains one epithore entity which is pertinent enough to a 


complete discussion of the species complex to warrant inclusion in this 
paper. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 3 


A dwarfed form of epithore (Figs. 5-8) occurs along the length of 
the Sierra Nevada of California. The authors have examined nearly 100 
specimens from 12 localities, ranging from Shasta County in the north to 
Kern County in the south. The localities from which these specimens 
were collected (Map 1) are as follows: 

AMADOR Co.: 27 miles ENE Jackson. Ex Dorapo Co.: McKinney Creek, 3 miles 
SW Tahoma P.O., Lake Tahoe; Tahoma P.O., Lake Tahoe. FREsNo Co.: below 
Huntington Lake Dam; Round Meadow, Huntington Lake. KERN Co.: Tiger Flat 
Campground, Greenhorn Mountains. Marieosa Co.: Highway 120, Yosemite Na- 
tional Park. PLAcER Co.: Deer Park Ski Area, 2 miles W Lake Tahoe; Donner 
Summit, near Truckee; Yuba Gap, W Donner Summit. SHaAsra Co.: near Bigelow, 
16 miles SE Mt. Shasta; 15 miles SW Mt. Shasta; 26 miles SE Mt. Shasta. Srerra 
Co.: near Gold Lake Lodge. TeHama Co.: Mill Creek, 8 miles SW Mt. Lassen. 

Populations of the typical dwarfed form occur neither north of Sierra 
County nor south of Kern County (Map 2). Within this range, its size 
(the outstanding characteristic) remains constant. 

Statistical analysis (following Brown, 1951) of 254 epithore specimens 
(typical epithore, northwestern chermocki, and the dwarfed mountain 
form which will hereafter be referred to in this paper as “sierra” ), listed 
in Tables 1 and 2, indicates that although chermocki is slightly larger 
than epithore, both are markedly larger than the diminutive “sierra.” 

A careful examination of all specimens relative to this study indicates 
that the majority of specimens from “sierra” populations evince yellow- 
ish-colored spots in the submedian—median bands (ventral secondaries ) 
over which ferruginous scales are scattered. These scales are often so 
heavily aggregated that they completely mask the ground color of these 
bands. Specimens exhibiting a cream-colored row of submedian—median 
spots also exist within “sierra” populations. However, gradation is evi- 
dent from one extreme (cream) to the other (yellow). 

In 1961, Ray Stanford of Los Angeles, California discovered a popu- 
lation of “sierra” while collecting in the vicinity of Tobias Peak, located 
in the Greenhorn Mountains south of the Tulare-Kern county line. 
Several examples from this population display a golden-yellow, dorsal 
ground color. This phenomenon also exists to minimal varying degrees 
in typical epithore and chermocki populations. 

It is debatable whether Stanford’s Kern County capture represents the 
southernmost record for epithore. For instance, Lloyd M. Martin (in 
litt.) indicates one earlier record (“early 1930's”) from the Greenhorn 
Mountains of Kern County. The material was collected by Monroe 
Walton, of Glendale, California. However, both the deposition of the 


1 Based on the “99% Limits’? comparison in Table 2. According to the mean comparisons in 
Table 1, however, epithore surpasses chermocki in size. 


114 Perkins and Perkins: Boloria epithore Vol.-20. mae 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE III 


Comparison of four species of Boloria: 13) toddi ammiralis Hemming, male, 
ventral, Baltimore, Baltimore Co., Md., 11-V-63 (F. H. Chermock); 14) epithore 
epithore Edwards, male, ventral, Big Basin, Santa Cruz Mts., Santa Cruz Co., Calif., 
4-V-46 (O. E. Sette); 15) frigga sagata Barnes & Benjamin, male, dorsal, Caribou 
Bog, Boulder Co., Colorado, 23-VI-64 (J. A. Justice); 16) frigga sagata, male, ven- 
tral, Caribou Bog, Boulder Co., Colorado, 23-VI-64 (J. A. Justice); 17) kriemheld 
Strecker, male, dorsal, 4 miles W Teton Pass, Teton Co., Wyoming, 17-VII-63 
(E. M. Perkins, Jr.); 18) same, ventral aspect. 


material and the precise locality of capture are unknown. Wright (1906, 
plate XVII, fig. 152) figured a lesser fritillary from the ~. . . San Fran- 
cisco Mts., Arizona, 1887; F. Stephens .. .” which he identified as 
Boloria kriemheld (Strecker) (1879).” However, Wright’s locality infor- 
mation and classification are somewhat questionable. Kilian Roever (in 
litt.) and R. F. Sternitzky (in litt.) indicate that they have never encoun- 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society i> 


tered species of the genus Boloria in Arizona. In appearance, the speci- 
men figured by Wright more closely resembles epithore than kriemheld. 
However, in his original description of kriemheld, Strecker indicated that 
he not only had specimens from Colorado, but also Arizona. F. M. 
Brown (in litt.) states: “The types were taken in September on the Rio 
Florida (east of Durango) in southwestern Colorado by Lt. MacCauley. 
I have seen them and they are so labeled.” The authors have examined 
examples of kriemheld from the Uintah Mountains of Summit County, 
Utah. These specimens are definitely kriemheld, not epithore, with 
which they have often been confused. Extensive series from western 
Wyoming have also been examined; the name kriemheld applies to these 
as well. A comparative discussion of these entities will follow later in 
this paper. 

Assuming conducive criteria to be present (both climatic and ecolog- 
ical), species of Boloria (perhaps kriemheld since Arizona was included 
in its original description), might exist in the San Francisco Peaks of 
Coconino County. Roever (in litt.) states: “Although surface water is 
generally nonexistent in that area, there is one wet meadow at about 
9,000’. There are also a number of likely spots for Boloria in the White 
Mountains which I have checked without success.” 

Coincident to this study, the authors considered the possibility that 
‘sierra’ might represent an unnamed subspecies. However, since the 
only constant, major distinction between it and typical epithore is size, 
there seems little justification in assigning a name to it. 

Clinal tendencies of the dwarfed “sierra” are evident in Sierra County. 
Northward, in Plumas County, the specimens become larger and possess 
submedian—median rows of yellow spots on the hindwings ventrally 
which, although similar to those of chermocki, are subdued by fulvous- 
colored dusting. In each of the northem California populations exam- 
ined by the authors (Sierra County, Plumas County, and Shasta County ) 
there are intermixed specimens which resemble epithore, “sierra” and 
chermocki. In Klamath County, Oregon, occasional examples resemble 
the Sierran dwarf, although the yellow of the submedian—median row 
of spots on the hindwings ventrally is more vivid. A moderate dusting 
of these spots exists which is not unlike examples from both Plumas and 
Shasta counties. 

The authors contend that naming of an entity which exhibits such 
extreme variability (not only within a single population, but from popu- 
lation to population ) would add to the already replete lists of synonymic 
redundancies. Both epithore and chermocki are consistent within and 
among given populations. 


116 PerKINs and Perkins: Boloria epithore Vol. -20; ‘nett? 


COMPARISON OF EPITHORE COMPLEX TO OTHER SPECIES 


Confusion apparently exists among the species toddi ( Holland), frigga 
(Thunberg), kriemheld (Strecker), and epithore. The authors have in- 
cluded figures of Boloria toddi ammiralis (Hemming), Boloria frigga 
sagata (Barnes & Benjamin), Boloria kriemheld (Plate III), and repre- 
sentative examples of the epithore complex (Plates I, II). 

The distinctive feature of toddi subspecies (Fig. 13) is found on the 
forewings. The outer margin is strongly convex towards the middle, and 
“cut off” near the apical area (Fig. 13, arrows), then concave above the 
tornal angle, as opposed to a slight, uniform convex curvature of the 
outer margin of the other species. 

The dorsal ground color of frigga sagata (Fig. 15) is more somber 
(less orange) than that found in the epithore complex. The black dust- 
ing of the basal area of the hindwings dorsally is more extensive in 
sagata than noted among individuals of epithore. The discal region of 
the hindwings ventrally (Fig. 16) is heavily clouded with fulvous scales; 
in cell My of the submedian—median band, a nearly oval spot occurs in 
which the upper half is fulvous and the lower half white. This dichro- 
matic spot is not found in epithore. 

The discal and basal areas of the hindwings ventrally of kriemheld 
(Fig. 18) are completely free of dusting, unlike the epithore complex 
(Fig. 14). The postbasal and submedian bands are in strong contrast 
to one another; the submedian band is pale yellow and the postbasal 
band is red—brown to orange—brown. The veins are prominently dusted 
with black scales on the upper surface (Fig. 17). This characteristic is 
not typical of any of the epithore constituents. 

It is hoped that a comparison of the figures will serve to differentiate 
the four species discussed herein and that utilization of the text will 
facilitate future determinations. 


CONCLUSIONS 


(1) The Boloria epithore complex presently consists of two distinct 
subspecies. They are: Boloria epithore epithore Edwards and Boloria 
epithore chermocki Perkins & Perkins. There also exists a dwarfed moun- 
tain form which must remain unnamed because of inadequate criteria 
for nomenclatorial designation. : 

(2) A revised treatment of the epithore complex is proposed: 


603 epithore (Edwards), 1864 


a. e. epithore (Edwards), 1864 
ab. eldorado (Strand), 1914 
ab. wawonae (Gunder), 1924 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 117 


b. e. chermocki Perkins & Perkins, 1966 
ab. obscuripennis (Gunder), 1926 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The authors are very grateful to F. M. Brown, Colorado Springs, 
Colorado and Dr. C. F. dos Passos, Mendham, New Jersey for their 
guidance in the preparation of this manuscript. 

For their assistance in providing material and data for this study, we 
wish to thank Dr. E. J. Dornfeld (Oregon State University, Corvallis, 
Oregon ), Thomas C. and John F. Emmel, Dr. O. E. Sette, A. O. Shields, 
and Dr. Ray Stanford. 

For the contribution of pertinent information and records, the authors 
express their appreciation to Dr. F. H. Chermock, S. L. Ellis, L. P. Grey, 
Lt. John A. Justice, Dr. Robert L. Langston (University of California, 
Berkeley, California), Lloyd M. Martin (Los Angeles County Museum, 
Los Angeles, California), Paddy McHenry, Dr. J. A. Powell (Univer- 
sity of California, Berkeley, California), Kilian Roever, R. F. Sternitzky, 
and K. A. Tidwell. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Brown, F. M., 1951. Simple statistics for the taxonomist—I. Lepid. News, 5: 4-6. 
1965. The types of nymphalid butterflies described by William Henry Edwards. 

Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 91: 332-338. 

Brown, F. M., D. Err, & B. Rorcrer, 1957. Colorado Butterflies. Proc. Denver 
Mus. Nat. Hist., Denver, 368 pp. 

Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. Published by the author; Los 
Angeles, 334 pp. 

pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of Nearctic Rhopalocera. Mem. Lepid. 
Soc., no. 1, Yale University, New Haven, 145 pp. 

pos Passos, C. F., & L. P. Grey, 1947. Systematic catalogue of Speyeria ( Lepidop- 
tera, Nymphalidae) with designations of types and fixations of type localities. 
Amer. Mus. Novitates, 1370, 30 pp. 

Epwarps, W. H., 1868-1872. The Butterflies of North America. Vol. I. The 
American Entomological Society, Philadelphia. 

1874-1884. The Butterflies of North America. Vol. Il. The American Entomo- 

logical Society, Philadelphia. 

EnRuicu, P. R., & A. H. Exrvicu, 1961. How to Know the Butterflies. Wm. C. 
Brown Co., Dubuque, 269 pp. 

GartH, J. S., & J. W. TiLpENn, 1963. Yosemite butterflies. Jour. Res. Lepid., 2: 
1-96. 

Ho.LuLaANnp, W. J., 1955. Butterfly Book. Rev. ed. Doubleday & Co., Inc., Garden 
City, 424 pp. 

Kuiots, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America, East of 
the Great Plains. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, 349 pp. 

McHenry, P., 1964. Generic, specific and lower category names of Nearctic but- 
terflies. Part I1]I—Argynnids. Jour. Res. Lepid., 3: 231-243. 

Newcomer, E. J., 1964. Butterflies of Yakima County, Washington. Jour. Lepid. 
Soc., 18: 217-228. 

Wricut, W. G., 1906. Butterflies of the West Coast. 2nd ed. Published by the 
author; San Bernardino, 255 pp. 


118 Mutter: Eacles gynandromorph Vol. 20, nee? 


GYNANDROMORPHIC EACLES IMPERIALIS 


This gynandromorphic specimen of Eacles imperialis Drury, shown in 
Fig. 1, was attracted to black light July 20, 1963, in Pottersville, New Jer- 
sey. It hovered over a dark driveway about 50 feet away from black light 
when it was picked up by my partner, Don Ohlke. It is now in the au- 
thor’s collection. It is a perfect specimen and may be briefly character- 
ized as follows: 


Left side, male wing much smaller than female wing, both wings of 
average size of natural specimens, respectively. Markings on both sides 
normal above. Antenna on male side normal, on female side, female dor- 
sally, male ventrally with lashes shorter than on male side. Thorax with 
more yellow between and behind tegulae than average male and female. 
Abdomen female side a little wider than male side, tapering to normal 
male anal end. On underside postmedial line completely missing on both 
fore- and hindwing of female side, a weak postmedial line on male side, 
missing on other male specimens. All six legs of a much deeper rose color 
than found on natural specimens. 


JosEpH Mutuer, R.D. No. 1, Lebanon, New Jersey 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 119 


TECHNIQUES FOR REDUCING MORTALITY WHEN REARING 
LARVAE OF CECROPIA MOTH (SATURNIIDAE) 


T. R. PRIDDLE 
Calgary, Alberta, Canada 


Considerable difficulty has been experienced in the past in rearing 
larvae of Hyalophora cecropia (Linneaus) in confinement. Dr. J. M. 
Cameron, head of the Insect Pathology Research Institute at Sault Ste. 
Marie, Ontario, observed (personal communication) that larvae are ex- 
tremely sensitive to handling and often die after being moved to new 
food. Mortality was reduced by allowing larvae to crawl to new food by 
themselves, but losses were still excessive. Dr. Cameron suggested larvae 
be caged on growing vegetation, but this requires considerable equip- 
ment. Villiard (1964) achieved 95% success in rearing larvae caged out- 
side compared to only 60% when reared indoors. He noted that larvae 
reared indoors produced smaller adults. 

Rearing of 182 larvae from eggs laid by one female was attempted in 
1963. While mortality occurred at all stages of development some critical 
periods were evident. Mortality peaks were associated with first- and 
last-instar larvae and during molting and pupating. Mortality of first- 
instar larvae was highest during the first three days after hatching, then 
gradually tapered off. Larvae appeared to have increasing difficulty with 
successive molts, the mortality rising each time. In later stages it was 
observed that the outer skin usually adhered firmly to all but the first 
four or five segments and in most cases remained unbroken. After a few 
hours the skin hardened and sometimes cracked or flaked in an irregular 
pattern. Before the final instar and immediately following an abortive 
attempt to molt, several larvae were able to push their feet and prolegs 
through the old skin and resume feeding, but none survived. 

Last-instar larvae suffered the heaviest mortality. The earliest abnor- 
mal symptom was a brownish mottling just beneath the surface of the 
skin which increased in area and intensity as pupation approached. 
Several days after the mottling appeared a brownish fluid discharged 
from the anus and formed a heavy crust. The frass became damp and 
greenish in color. In another day or two, larvae appeared to be grossly 
distended when viewed from above but were, in fact, simply “flattened 
out.” Locomotion and muscular coordination became difficult. Feeding 
eventually ceased entirely and the larvae succumbed after lingering for 
as long as three weeks. 

Pupating larvae also had difficulty completing their molt. Cocoons 


120 Prippte: Rearing cecropia Vol. 20: nee 


were evaluated on the basis of weight and the light ones were opened 
after a month or so. Again there was the evidence of the stretching of 
the skin over the first few segments, but not sufficient to break it. De- 
hydration apparently had set in very quickly, causing the marked loss 
of weight. Secondary fungus infection invariably occurred, probably 
hastening the process. Virus disease was suspected and one of the af- 
fected specimens was sent to the Insect Pathology Research Institute at 
Sault Ste. Marie, but no virus infection could be detected. 

During the 1963 rearing, the larvae had been housed in a single card- 
board box and were considerably overcrowded. Moreover, the room in 
which they were placed became excessively hot. In 1964 a cooler room 
was provided, and more boxes were used with fewer larvae in each box. 
The Manitoba maple supplied for food was kept fresher by placing it in 
water, although Cecropia larvae seemed to show little preference for 
fresh food when it was provided, frequently clinging to a fresh leaf while 
crunching away at a dehydrated remnant of an earlier feeding. 

Young larvae in the 1963 rearings had been removed from the old food 
with a small piece of paper deftly slid under them. They were then 
dropped onto the new food by lightly tapping the paper. In later stages 
they were allowed to crawl to the new food unless they had attached 
themselves to the covering net, in which case they were plucked off by 
hand. Following Dr. Cameron’s advice, it was decided that the bulk of 
the larvae would not be handled at all during subsequent rearings. 

In May of 1964 Mr. C. E. Brown of the Calgary Forest Entomology 
and Pathology Laboratory supplied me with eight cocoons. A particularly 
large male was mated with three females and a fourth female was mated 
with a different male. Approximately 700 eggs were obtained and most 
of them produced larvae. It seemed probable that careful observation 
during rearing would provide the key to reduced mortality. Conse- 
quently, the larvae were scrutinized by both my wife and myself for 
several hours each day. 

The effects of handling were studied on a sample of about 50 larvae. 
Those that dislodged readily suffered little damage, but those removed 
with difficulty were invariably injured. When placed on the new food 
they raised the posterior segments and frequently clung to the food only 
with the thoracic legs. Feeding ceased at once and all died within 24 
hours, most of them still maintaining the unnatural posture. When forced 
removal was stopped, mortality declined immediately and no losses were 
incurred in young larvae after the third day. 

On the fifth day following emergence of the larvae my wife noted that 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society iF 


when supplied with their morning food they tended to congregate around 
the stems, particularly at the cut end. The larvae appeared to be attracted 
either by the water in which the stems had been immersed, or the sap, 
or possibly both. The groups dispersed after 10 or 15 minutes and com- 
menced feeding on the leaves. Small droplets of water were placed on 
the leaves to study the reactions of larvae. They were immediately at- 
tracted to the droplets which were promptly siphoned up. Moreover, the 
speed with which the droplets disappeared was quite as astonishing as 
the insatiable capacity of the larvae. From this point on the food was 
liberally sprinkled with water (chlorinated) once a day at the morning 
feeding. At the time of writing, with pupation almost completed, none of 
the mortality symptoms previously described have appeared. While the 
cycle is not complete, nearly all of the larvae finished their growth in a 
very healthy condition. 

The problem of handling becomes less important after the first two 
weeks following hatching and well-grown larvae can be handled without 
any adverse effect. My six-year-old daughter successfully reared 18 out 
of 19 larvae using the methods outlined except that in later stages they 
were handled quite vigorously several times a day to ensure “that they 
behave themselves properly, eat all their food, and don’t fight with each 
other.” 

My own losses, starting with 400 larvae selected at about the seventh 
day, have been held to less than 3% and this small mortality is attributed 
to overcrowding and freak accidents. Nearly all larvae came through in 
a healthy, fully fed, clear-skinned condition. 

Results indicate that Hyalophora cecropia larvae can be reared success- 
fully indoors, using improvised rearing equipment, providing that the fol- 
lowing two requirements are met: 


1. No handling of first- and second-instar larvae. 


2. Supply adequate water at least once every 24 hours by sprinkling 
the leaves of the food plant. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The author gratefully acknowledges the assistance of Mr. G. R. Hop- 
ping, Forest Entomology and Pathology Laboratory, Calgary, Alberta, for 
his assistance in the preparation of this manuscript. 


LITERATURE CITED 


ViLLiARD, P., 1964. Multicolored world of caterpillars. Natural History, 73: 24-30. 


122 MANLEY: Marpesia notes Vol. 20, no. 2 


BEHAVIORAL NOTES ON MARPESIA PETREUS 


While collecting and studying the distribution of certain Lepidoptera 
for Peabody Museum, Yale University, in Florida, during June, 1964, I 
had two encounters with Marpesia petreus (Cramer) worthy of note to 
lepidopterists. 

On June 22, at Belle Glade, Palm Beach County, a male flew into our 
6-watt G.E. black light at 9:10 P.M. 

On June 21, at Ochopee, Collier County, a specimen was netted which 
showed crisp beak marks, removing the protruding apex between the fifth 
subcostal nervule and the radial veins on the forewing. 

Evidently the attack was made when the insect was at rest, wings 
folded, as the beak mark is identical on both forewings. 

This specimen is in the Yale collection. When presented to Dr. C. L. 
Remington he was quick to note that perhaps the protrusion or elongation 
of the wing in the apex area served a purpose such as enabling this insect 
to escape its predators by having this tip torn away. This specimen was 
fresh and showed no other marks. 


Tuomas R. MANLEY, Department of Biology, Bloomsburg State College, 
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 


BooK NOTICE 


BUTTERFLIES AND MOTHS. By Alfred Werner and Josef Bijok. Norman Riley, 
Editor. The Viking Press, New York, 1965; 126 pp., 40 colorplates. $10.95. 

This studio-size book (9% x 12 inches) is an English translation, printed in 
Germany, of a book entitled Fliegende Kleinodien (Flying Jewels), originally pub- 
lished in Germany in 1955 and briefly mentioned in The Lepidopterists’ News, 10: 
223; 1956. There are 42 pages of text giving a general description of butterflies and 
moths, something about migration, a chapter on the “Gems of the Tropics,” and 
one on early stages. 

The plates are magnificent, even the iridescence of some tropical Morphos is 
faithfully reproduced. There are two plates of European butterflies and three of 
European moths, some of which are also found in North America. Following these 
are 34 plates, each showing from two to seven species, mostly showy tropical species, 
from South and Central America, Africa, Asia, and the East Indies. 

Included are such marvelous species as the unbelievably long-tailed moths, Ar- 
gema mittrei, of Madagascar, and Copiopteryx semiramis, of Brazil and Venezuela; 
the huge Caligo beltrao, of Brazil, Stichophthalma camadeva, of Sikkim, and Attacus 
atlas, of India; the jewel-like Ancyluris formosissima, of Peru (Riodinidae), and 
Precis cebrene, of Africa. There are 22 species of Papilio, seven of Morpho, and 4 
of Ornithoptera. In all, nearly 200 species are figured. There is a frontispiece 
showing part of a wing of Chrysiridia madagascariensis, much enlarged. The end- 
papers give the global distribution of some of these species. 

This is a book worth owning, especially for those who cannot have the actual 
butterflies and moths.—E. J. NEwcoMER 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 12; 


WwW 


A SOUTHWARD MIGRATION OF VANESSA CARDUI IN LATE 
SUMMER AND FALL, 1965 


THomas C. EMMEL and REINHARD A. Wosus 
Departments of Biological Sciences and Geology, Stanford University, California 


The summer of 1965 was a notable one for vast numbers of painted 
lady butterflies (Vanessa cardui L.) (Nymphalidae) occurring through- 
out the western United States. From the last week of June to mid-July, 
incredible densities of V. cardui were encountered in southern Nevada, 
northern Arizona, southern to northern Utah, western and central Wyo- 
ming, and all through Colorado, on a three-week field trip by the first- 
named author. No favored direction of movement was noted at this 
time. From mid-July to mid-August, no movement of V. cardui was 
noted in the many areas of Colorado that were visited, and in particular, 
at Big Spring Ranch near Florissant (Teller County, Colorado) where 
almost daily observations were made during this period. 

Suddenly, however, on August 22 the Vanessa cardui located on Big 
Spring Ranch began flying about due south and south-southwest in 
vast numbers, and this mass movement, involving every individual seen, 
continued until August 25. By this date, almost all V. cardui had left 
this area but scattered individuals were observed flying south through 
August 28, when a cold front moved in and stopped all butterfly activity 
for several days. From August 22 to 25, the V. cardui in the entire area 
between Florissant and Wilkerson Pass (16 miles to the west on Hwy. 
24) also were observed moving south in huge numbers. A count on 
August 22 at the Ranch gave an average of 10 butterflies per minute 
flying across a 20-foot line, or 600 per hour! This rate of flight activity 
continued from as early as 7:00 A.M. to nearly dusk. 

Between September | and 19, observations in the same area by one 
of us (R. A. W.) showed that V. cardui continued moving southward in 
reduced but still significant numbers. Again, the movement apparently 
involved all V. cardui individuals located between the Puma Hills in 
South Park (near Wilkerson Pass) to at least as far east as Florissant. 
On September 20, a severe cold front moved in and the temperature 
dropped to 12° F. that night; snow soon followed, and apparently the 
migration was brought to a halt. 

These observations seem to represent the first record of a major south- 
ward “return” movement of Vanessa cardui in the west; it is known from 
the work of Abbott and Tilden that this butterfly breeds during the 
winter in northern Mexico and extreme southern California, flying north 


124 Puitutres: Nymphalis in midwest Vol; 20, now2 


in the spring, often in great numbers. Successive generations during the 
spring and summer appear to be responsible for the annual northerly 
appearances of this species. But to the authors’ knowledge, the species 
has never before been observed in a southward, fall “migration.” 


NYMPHALIS CALIFORNICA IN ILLINOIS AND IOWA 


In reference to my article entitled, “Nymphalis j-album captured at 
fluorescent light in Chicago” (Jour. Lepid. Soc., 15: 101, 1961), I would 
like to make a correction. Recently Mr. R. R. Irwin of Chicago, in check- 
ing over some of my specimens and field notes, called to my attention 
that my Nymphalis taken at light was not N. vau-album j-album (Bdv. 
& Lec.) but was N. californica (Bdv.). Evidently I had not examined 
the specimen carefully, since one would never expect to find Nymphalis 
californica this far east, while j-album should occur here, even though I 
had never found it. 

The mystery is how did californica get to Chicago? It seems impos- 
sible for it to fly here across the mountains from the west. One other 
strong probability is that this butterfly was transported here either by 
truck or by train from the west while in the pupal stage. It could be that 
the larva crawled onto a boxcar or a truck and made its chrysalid, then 
emerged after it arrived in this area. There are trucking places not too 
far away from the location of capture, as well as train sidings and yards. 

Another strange fact occurred, however, in the same year at Cedar 
Falls, Iowa. While collecting along the railroad tracks to the west part 
of the city, I captured what I supposed was j-album, but it tured out 
to be another californica. The Chicago specimen was collected August 
20, 1952, and the one from Cedar Falls was taken August 31, 1952. 
Catching two specimens in the same month of the same year over 300 
miles apart indeed enhances the mystery. 

The identity of both of these specimens has been verified not only by 
Mr. Irwin but also by Mr. Alex K. Wyatt of the Chicago Natural History 
Museum. According to Mr. Wyatt, my record of finding N. californica in 
Illinois is the only one, to the best of his knowledge. 


LEONARD S. Puiuuips, Illinois Institute of Technology, Chicago, Illinois 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 125 


RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA 


Under this heading are included abstracts of papers and books of interest to 
lepidopterists. The world’s literature is searched systematically, and it is intended 
that every work on Lepidoptera published after 1946 will be noticed here. Papers 
of only local interest and papers from this Journal are listed without abstract. Read- 
ers, not in North America, interested in assisting with the abstracting, are invited to 
write Dr. P. F. Bellinger (Department of Biological Sciences, San Fernando Valley 
State College, Northridge, California, U.S.A.). Abstractor’s initials are as follows: 


[P.B.] — P. F. BELLiInceER [W.H.] — W. Hacxman _ [N.O.] — N. S. Osraztsov 


[1.C.] —I. F. B. Common [T.I.] — Taro Iwase [GR (|G EaREMINGTON 
[Wael C: Cook IPod = ae NWS eae. hd Sf AY Tinie 
[A.D.] — A. Diaxonorr  {J.M.] — J. Moucna IP NWF 1S SES VL \Wosaises 


[J.D.] — Junttan DonanueE [E.M.] — E. G. Munroe 


B. SYSTEMATICS AND NOMENCLATURE 


Tremewan, W. G., & W. B. L. Manley, “Notes on species of the genus Zygaena 
Fabricius (Lepidoptera: Zygaenidae) from south-west France and Spain, with 
descriptions of new subspecies.” Ent. Rec. & Jour. Var., 77: 3-11. 1965. De- 
scribes as new Z. fausta fassnidgei (Jaca, Spain, 2,700 feet), Z. occitanica huescacola 
(Sierra de la Pena, Huesca, 3,600 feet), Z. loti soriacola (Abejar, Soria, 3,300 
feet), Z. hippocrepidis marujae (Jaca, Huesca, 2,700 feet); also 1 “form” & 1 
“ab.” Records of 28 other populations. [P. B.] 

Urbahn, Ernst, “Neue Untersuchungen zur Klarung der Aricia agestis Frage nach 
Beuret (Lycaenidae)” [in German]. Mitteilungsbl. Insektenkunde, 5: 101-107. 
1961. The distinguishing characteristics of A. agestis, A. allous, & A. montensis 
are given. [J. M.] 

Urbahn, Ernst, “Genitalvariabilitat bei Hydraecia nordstroemi Horke (Lep. Noct.)” 
[in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., N.F., 9: 264-270, 10 figs. 1962. Com- 
pares H. nordstroemi with petasitis, micacea, & amurensis, figuring genitalia of both 
sexes. The first sp. is uniform in Scandinavia, but variable in size, pattern & 
genitalia in its Asiatic range. [P. B.] 

Vari, L., “Neue afrikanische Microlepidoptera” [in German]. Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 
N.F., 10: 1-12, 1 pl., 19 figs. 1963. Describes as new Microsetia parilis (Little 
Akaki R., Ethiopia; on Achyranthes aspera), M. isocharis (Louis Trichardt, 
Transvaal; on A. aspera), M. mimetis (Drummond, Natal; on A. aspera); Stom- 
phastis heringi (Little Akaki R., Ethiopia; on Croton macrostachys); Metriochroa 
carissae (Little Akaki R.; on Carissa edulis), M. scotinopa (Dabra Zeit, Ethiopia; 
on Dregea schimperi); Porphyrosela homotropha (Little Akaki R.; on Glycine 
javanica). Transfers Scobipalpa turgida to Ephysteris (foodplant Balanites aegypti- 
aca). Records foodplants of Dialectica carcharota (Cynoglossum hochstetteri) & 
Acrocercops chretiae (Ehretia cymosa). [P. B.] 

Varin, G., “Les sous-espéces francaises d’Hipparchia fagi Sc., alcyone Denis et 
Schiff. et neomiris God. (Satyridae)” [in French]. Alexanor, 2: 313-324. 1962. 
Subspecies of these satyrids in France. Description of H. f. fuxiensis (western 
Pyrenees, Médine) & H. a. faronica (Var, Mont Faron) named by the author as 
“sous-race” of H. a. sogdiana. [P. V.] 

Vartian, Eva A., “Eine neue Celama Hb. aus Afghanistan (Lepid., Nolidae)” [in 
German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 48: 131-132, 3 figs. 1963. Describes as 
new C. kreuteli (Paghman, 30 km. NW of Kabul, 2,100 m.). [P. B.] 

Viette, P., “Les Epipyropides de Madagascar (lépidoptéres parasites)” [in French]. 
Lambillionea, 60: 41-46, 2 figs. 1960. Describes as new Epipyrops grandidieri 
(W. Madagascar, Antsalova district, Andobo, Antsingy Forest, 190 m.), E. radama 


126 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 20, nov 


(central Madagascar, Ambatolampy district, Ampolomita, E. of Belanitra, 1,400 
m.). Note on locality of E. malgassica. Reviews literature on the family. [P. B.] 

Viette, P., “Description d’un nouvelle Apaturopsis de Madagascar (Lep. Nymphalidae 
Apaturinae)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. zool. France, 86: 670-672, 2 figs. 1961. 
Description of the new nymphalid A. paulianii (S.W. Madagascar, Analavelona 
Mts.). [P. V.] 

Viette, P., “Descriptions préliminaires de nouvelles espéces de noctuelles de Mada- 
gascar, IV (Lep. Noctuidae)” [in French]. Bull. Soc. ent. France, 66: 42-54. 
1961. Preliminary descriptions of Noctuidae from Madagascar: Ochropleura 
marojejy (Marojejy Mts.); Timora pauliani (Antsingy Forest); Omphalestra 
herbuloti (Betsileo Land); FLETCHERA (Cuculliinae), & type F. pauliani (Bet- 
sileo Land), F. humberti (Marojejy Mts.), F. pratti (Perinet), F. perrieri (An- 
dringitra Mts.); TUNOCARIA (Cuculliinae), & type T. rubiginosa (Ambre Mt.); 
Eutamsia milloti (Lakato Road); KENRICKODES (Amphipyrinae) (type species: 
Perigea rubidata Kenrick); Athetis radama (Ambre Mt.); Ethioterpia toulgoeti 
(Nossi-bé); Selenistis pauliani (Ampanihy); DECARYNODES (Amphipyrinae), 
& type D. ankasoka (Lakato Road); Procrateria malagassa (Befasy Forest); 
Epicausis griveaudi (Betsileo Land). [P. V.] 

Viette, P., “Les Noctuidae Hyblaeinae de Madagascar (Lep.)” [in French]. Bull. 
mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, 30: 191-194. 1961. Study of the three spp. of Hyblaeinae 
from Madagascar. Describes as new H. paulianii (W. Madagascar, Antsalova) & 
H. madagascariensis (W. Madagascar, Ankarafantsika). [P. V.] 

Viette, P., “Les Yponomeutidae de la faune de France (lépidoptéres )” [in French]. 
Entomologiste, 16: 102-106. “1960” [1961]. List of the species for the fauna of 
France according to the revision of the palearctic Yponomeutidae by G. Friese 
(1960). [P. V.] 

Viette, P., “Noctuelles quadrifides de Madagascar nouvelles ou peu connues” [in 
French]. Mém. Inst. scient. Madagascar, (E), 2: 171-190, 1 pl., 5 figs. “1961” 
[1962]. New or little-known quadrifids from Madagascar. Describes as new: 
Corgatha neona (E. Madagascar, Perinet), C. funebris (Perinet), C. roseocrea 
(E. Madagascar, Anosibe Road); Cerynea veterata (Perinet), C. oblops (Perinet); 
Sophtha rimosa (Perinet), S. peroma (Anosibe Road), S. mazoatra (Perinet), S. 
incerta (Perinet), S. microplexia (E. Madagascar, Integral Natural Reserve 3); 
Hypersophtha priscata (Anosibe Road); Hypobleta festiva (Perinet), H. fatua 
(central Madagascar, Betsileoland), H. viettei orientalis (Anosibe Road) (Jaspi- 
diinae = Erastrinnae); Herpeperas tanda (Integral Natural Reserve 3), H. atra 
(same); Catalana sandrangato (Anosibe Road); Rhoesena helcida (Perinet) 
(Othreinae ); Olybama inversa (E. Madagascar, Italaviana), O. incerta (Perinet), 
O. discoidea (Anosibe Road); Progonia boisduwalalis (Anosibe Road); Adrapsa 
luma (Perinet). [P. V.] 

Viette, P., “Nouveaux Lasiocampidae de Madagascar (Lep.)” [in French]. Bull. 
mens. Soc. linn. Lyon, 31: 215-227. 1962. Descriptions of new Lasiocampidae 
from Madagascar: Chrysopsyche pauliani (S. of Morondava); Raphipeza pratti 
(Perinet), R. perineti (same), R. turbata orientalis (same); Lechriolepis ramdimby 
(Midongy du Sud), L. fulvipuncta (Italaviana); Closterothrix goudoti (Ranoma- 
fana), C. insularis (Lakato Road), C. nigrosparsata (Sakaraha); Odontocheilop- 
teryx malagassy (Perinet), O. meridienalis (Morombe); Schausinna goliath 
(Midongy du Sud); Ochanella hova (Ankaratra Mts.), O. virginalis (Tuléar); 
Libethra aurantiaca (Ankarafantsika), L. ochracea (same), L. sparsipuncta ( Ant- 
salova); Borocera tamsi (Tananarive). No figures. [P. V.] 

Viette, P., & P. Griveaud, “Nouvelles espéces malgaches de noctuelles quadrifides 
(lépidoptéres )” [in French]. Bull. Acad. malgache, 38: 53-62, 14 figs., 1 pl. 
“1960” [1962]. Descriptions of new quadrifid noctuids from Madagascar: Ulo- 
trichopus marmoratus (Andringitra Mts.); Cerocala vermiculosa megalesia (¥ar 
South, Ambovombe), C. decaryi (same), C. subrufa (Ankarafantsika area, Ampi- 
joroa) (Catocalinae); Tariodes virgata (Ampijoroa); Bamra jucunda (Faraony 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 12 


~l 


Valley, Vohilava); Paralephana umbrata (Anosibe Road); Parathermes brunneoas- 
persus (Sakaraha); Khadira formosa (Ampijoroa) (Othreinae). [P. V.] 

Wakely, S., “Notes on Tinea turicensis Mull.-Rutz (metonella Pierce).” Ent. Rec. & 
Jour. Var., 74: 92-93. 1962. Taxonomic history; record from England, feeding 
in fur and feathers. [P. B.] 

Wangermez, J., “Les hyponomeutes de France” [in French]. Proc.-verb. Soc. linn. 
Bordeaux, 97: 29-35, 1 pl. 1958. Study of the species of Yponomeuta, chiefly 
according to Toll (1941), and essay of a key to the species. [P. V.] 

Warnecke, Georg, “Die Verbreitung von Ogygia forcipula Hiibner und von O. 
nigrescens Hofner in Deutschland und einigen Nachbargebieten (Lep. Noct. )” 
[in German]. Nachrichtenbl. bayer. Ent., 10: 119-123, 3 figs. 1961. Distin- 
guishes these spp. (external characters & genitalia); maps central European records. 
[EBs 

Warnecke, Georg, & Karl Cleve, “Noctua (Triphaena) orbona Hufn.: Die gelbe 
Bandeule mit schwarzen Costalfleck de Vorderfligel” [in German]. Zeitschr. 
wiener ent. Ges., 48: 212-216. 1963. Discussion of application of the name 
orbona, agreeing with Boursin & opposing Hydemann’s opinion that orbona = 
comes. [P. B.] 

Warren, B. C. S., “Erebia melas carpathicola Popescu-Gorj & Alexinschi (Lep. 
Satyridae) in west Transylvania.” Entomologist, 94: 171-172. 1961. New rec- 
ord & descriptive notes. [P. B.] 

Warren, B. C. S., “The androconial scales and their bearing on the question of 
speciation in the genus Pieris (Lepidoptera).” Ent. Tidskr., 82: 121-148, 72 figs. 
i961. Describes as new P. higginsi (Haji Omran, Iraq, 5,000—5,500 ft.). Describes 
these scales in sspp. of rapae, napi, & melete groups, and in races of P. napi & P. 
bryoniae especially. The former “races” leucosmoa, dulcinea, japonica, pseudorapae, 
segonzaci, venosa, narina, nesis, & orientis are regarded as specifically distinct. The 
independence of P. napi & P. bryoniae is supported by the tendency to abnormality 
in the androconia of hybrids, while these scales in P. n. napi x P. n. adalwinda 
hybrids are intermediate and normal. Seasonal variation in P. b. “flavescens” from 
Hasli Tal, Switzerland, is described from bred specimens. P. napi is considered 
entirely palearctic; North American races belong to bryoniae or to venosa (in- 
cluding virginiensis). [P. B.] 

Warren, B. C. S., “Some overlooked details from Hohenwarth’s description of his 
Papilio cassioides. (Lep., Satyridae).” Ent. Rec. & Jour. Var., 74: 53-56. 1962. 
Reemphasizes that cassioides (= nivalis) is round-winged from Glockner region; 
discusses dolomitensis & other races in this complex. [P. B.] 

Warren, B. C. S., “Pieris bryoniae dubiosa Rober, and notes on variation in the 
androconia of Pieris species.” Ent. Rec. ¢- Jour. Var., 75: 125-129, 1 pl. 1963. 
Refers dubiosa to P. bryoniae on the basis of androconial structure, and discusses 
variation and taxonomic importance of these scales in P. napi, P. bryoniae, their 
hybrids, etc. [P. B.] 

Warren, B. C. S., “The androconial scales in the genus Pieris. 2. The nearctic species 
of the napi group.” Ent. Tidskr., 84: 1-4, 1 pl. 1963. On the basis of subtle 
differences in these scales, treats hulda, pseudobryoniae, & frigida as sspp. of P. 
bryoniae, and marginalis as a ssp. of P. napi; P. oleracea, P. mogollon, P. venosa, 
& P. virginiensis are regarded as probably derived from an ancestor like P. narina. 
es es] 

Warren, B. C. S., “Notes on the affinities and distribution of various pierid species, 
derived from a study of the androconial scales.” Ent. Rec. & Jour. Var., 77: 121- 
129. 1965. Redefines P. pseudorapae & distinguishes it from P. higginsi. Notes 
on various populations & broods of P. bryoniae, & and on various hybrids involving 
this sp., and on P. segonzaci & P. rapae. [P. B.] 

Wiesmann, L., & D. Povolny, Mol repny (Scrobipalpa ocellatella Boyd). 180 pp., 8 
pls. Bratislava: Slovak Academy of Sciences. 1960. [Price 10.70 Kés]. A useful 


128 Recent Literature on Lepidoptera Vol. 20, no. 2 


book on the Sugar-Beet Moth, its life history, taxonomy, and control. The sp. was 
observed in Southern Czechoslovakia. All methods of its control are described. 
In Slovak with summaries in Russian, English, & German. [J. M.] 

Whalley, Paul E. S., “A new species of Midila from S. America (Lep. Pyralidae). 
Midila sulphurata sp. nov.” Agros, Pelotas, 10: 47-48, 1 pl. 1957. Type locality 
Alto da Serra, S. Paulo, Brazil. [P. B.] 

Whalley, Paul E. S., “Cadra woodiella R. & T., a synonym of C. parasitella Staud. 
(Lep., Pyralidae).” Ent. Gazette, 12: 113. 1961. Selects lectotype of C. para- 
sitella. [P. B.] 

Whalley, Paul E. S., “Chrysocrambus cornutellus Pierce, 1938, a synonym of C. 
sardiniellus Turati, 1911 (Lep., Crambinae).” Ent. Gazette, 12: 76. 1961. 

Whalley, Paul E. S., “Euzophera osseatella Treitschke (Lep., Phycitinae) on potatoes 
imported from Egypt to Scotland.” Ent. Gazette, 14: 100. 1963. Sinks E. 
arcuatella to E. osseatella & .E. stramentella to E. villora; selects lectotypes. [P. B.] 

Whalley, Paul E. S., “The status of Myelois neophanes (Phycitinae) in England.” 
Jour. Lepid. Soc., 17: 39: 1963: 

Whalley, P. E. S., & M. W. F. Tweedie, “A revision of the British Scoparias ( Lepidop- 
tera: Pyralidae).” Ent. Gazette, 14: 81-98, 12 pls. 1963. Divides the 14 British 
spp. between Scoparia (type pyralella) & Witlesia (type pallida). Annotated 
catalogue including all “forms,” with figures of wings. [P. B.] 

Wiltshire, E. P., “A new genus, eight new species, seven new forms, and notes on 
Lepidoptera of Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, and Iran.” Jour. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc., 
58: 608-631, 4 pls., 3 figs. 1961. Actually 10 new species are described. De- 
scribes as new: Celama harouni dilmuna ( Bahrain; foodplants: Prosopis stephaniana, 
trefoil); Victrix sassanica (SW Iran, Fars, Pireh-Zan, 7,000 ft.); Cryphia poly- 
phaenoides (Bahrain, Adari Pool Gardens); Porphyrinia rushi (Bahrain, near 
Amar, southern desert), P. bistellata (same locality), P. pallidula khalifa (Bahrain, 
desert), & new “form”; Catocala timur richteri (S. Iran, Iranshahr, 800 m.); 
Anumeta asiatica (S. Iran, Khuzistan, Ahwaz, 400 ft.), A. eberti zaza (S. Arabia, 
Sawada), A. arabiae (Arabia, Nejd, Dahana, Awania); Armada fletcheri (SW 
Iran, Kuzistan, Ahwaz, 200 ft.); RIADHIA, & type R. diehli (Saudi Arabia, Riadh); 
Lygephila fereidum (N. Iran, Elburz Mts., Lar Valley, 9,000 ft.); Antarchaea 
pyralomina (Saudi Arabia, E] Riadh); Rhynchodontodes orientis richteri (S. Iran, 
Makran, Tiz near Putab). Transfers Lambessa gibbonsi to Beralade & names new 
“ab.”; new synonymy of Euproctis cervina; sinks Porphyrinia tomentalis to P. 
bulla. [J. D.] 

Wiltshire, E. P., “Notes on neotropical Lepidoptera. I. The early stages and com- 
parative morphology of two species of Dyops (Noctuidae) hitherto confused.” 
Jour. Lepid. Soc., 16: 47-54, 1 pl., 3 figs. . 1962. 

Wolff, L. Niels, “Zur Identifizierung einiger dinischen, von A. Caradja als nov. spp. 
erwahnten, Lepidopteren” [in German; Russian & Rumanian summaries]. Trav. 
Mus. Hist. nat. “Gr. Antipa,” 2: 183-188, 4 figs. 1960. Lithocolletis coryli Nic. 
(= L. danica Caradja), L. maestingella Zell. (= L. hedemanni Caradja); Parornix 
anglicella Stt. (= P. rubiella Caradja), P. scoticella St. (= P. cotoneastri Rbl. in 
litt. in Caradja 1920); new synomymy. [J. M.] 

Wolff, Niels L., “Horisme corticata Tr. (Lepid. Geom.) fundet i Danmark” [in 
Danish; English summary]. Ent. Meddelelser, 31: 21-26, 2 figs. 1961. New 
record. genitalia of corticata, aquata, tersata, & vitalbata figured. [P. B.] 

Wyatt, Alex K., “A new subspecies of Holomelina aurantiaca from Virginia (Arc- 
tiidae).” Jour. Lepid. Soc., 17: 100-102, 2 figs.. 1963. Correction)) [are lcs 
1964. Describes as new H. a. buchholzi (Suffolk, Virginia). 

Wyatt, Colin W, “Zwei fiir das paliaarktische Faunengebiet neue Tagfalterarten” 
[in German]. Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 46: 97-100, 1 pl. 1961. Describes as 
new Clossiana alberta kurenzovi (Tschukotka Mts., NE Siberia), C. distincta 
tschukotkensis (same locality). [P. B.] 


tpequpoddr aq prhoys see7qyemes SepAoTTOS Say 
ee can inoue neeias aie 


patnpeyne s SBuyiece TOMOTeUESUT PAs TEROTIWE JeqIO Jo eensoDg 


*oaeq¢ senBeaTTos @& qoFS yeou OF BTQE T wen Fapusoe S7Ts 
Zyas pus TT<eag UT Gen TC STi peaTaee & ATE JO S99G5T AOZ 


teRarrrsie *se ave 


wands as | “TTHAPTED 

CAeiy TRaAget Jo waeer, Apoquag 
ASpSADATOA oT eR 
wayqesg ABoTesoyag 
SEQTTIVAS *H Wog * me 


STREOTAYPST Sets 32g vical odes wider £7Gh gee 70 BSEeTPRs By Heap ET. 
gonsed gone Say ‘asoveeds sanyeazy © @& WE pemerg oq en 


> 


ETACA JO TeePTapPPey geTrete wees ao {eqgte Aq Bopeene oy 33% 


gong aegTod 20 fmequrresr a} TreseTo.ey Fem oFte 43222 


*xeae Jog stn esas WK) SY We BIpeuneg <Fpty ete “PieT sy sAsmet7Z 
‘oem ieee 2b] PITA pra ie S93 OF ESTETA SOMTOUT Pres Saepemice 


"gamed po 

aepgeqweresd a, 25; Buphecare Gasquea qQTA PurC Ssey STompP PAPA, aps 

ERED PATSA0& ze eh say PLO nas £SqR PRs POEMTOU, ee toeany #Baoen 

as foTsg Gop 5 eatidon lied $20eT 6 FOR) Geetene O46 SET PImery T 

eeeryemn pas PSS 2 LE asey, Go *eleq peT Pee; SG PeeG tro | Pes 

5 See base ® pate “ ‘ey gaeq]TiMmeqne sui ‘ase BOL Seg QyEmOe 

pam a . | emo QeeeyT ge aoya (pue anak moazy *e*e) Ayepoos ony Aq 
poTparcy Po pin mee seeded wo e751 ans SE LSEy BAVTTSQ en 


weberg (ft 


aceuEd, (z 


committee fron here, The subcommittece a, oe oe ; 
and 2 can bett be keandled bere, Ca thene subcommittees and . coon 
X should 1ihe So suquest thud ot leah Sis SSeS ee 
George Reween be included ond they con coomiinete their po 
with imdividusls Kere and with members arreaging fos the prem 

ef pepers. 


Eucwursions could inelade vieite to tee Petumest Wild 
Puseers isised, tw Sage Sourttae sad Che Seampenke BA 3 


veputation be brought in ag 8 feature apeaker. rae TL son 
woukd drew an eudieses of mot only lepidopberlets e ax 


ity life history, taxoneniy, and control. The ae aay” 
itevdervakia Al ume theds of . its control are: cetetiiiie! 
» Buasvhat f ngitch, & ernie tT. M.] 


} eid net be in ¢ 
ean be 


z 
yey 
us here would fever 
an m in the 
Ll abet. 
S Seukdn Wubbeabee aadtiers 
eo beok fm 


Sincerely your, 


WIth best vishes, 


: i 1 “"f ; 


EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL 


_ Editor: Jerry A. POowELL 

; Assistant Editor: Paut A. OPLER 
Associate Editor — 

(Literature Abstracting ): PETER F. BELLINGER 


Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEwcoMER 
Manager of the Memoirs: Sipney A. HEssEL 


Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. Brexuincer, S. A. 
HesseEL, E. G. Munroe, J. A. Poweii, C. L. REMINGTON 
(chairman), F. T. Toorne, E. J. NEwcomer. 


NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL 


- Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study 
of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; 
authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts 
must be typewritten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and 
one side only of white, 814 x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of 
the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, in- 
uding an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possi- 
ble. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFER- 
ENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. 
Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. 

_ Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other 
material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley 
proof is received. 


Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. PowE.i, 122 Giannini 
Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. 


Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal 
field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News 
Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 


ddress remittances and address changes to: Grorce Ente, 314 Atkins Ave., 
Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. 


Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) 
A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA 
by Cyr. F. pos Passos 
Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures 
available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, 
add $1.50. postpaid 
Order from the Society Treasurer. 


Printed in U. S. A. 
ALLEN PREsS 
Lawrence, Kansas 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 20, no. 2 . 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


The synonymy and systematic position of some Texas Lycaenidae 
by Harty. \Glench = oo a eee ee 


Itineraries of the Wheeler survey naturalists: Henry Wetherbee Henshaw 
by © Martin Brown. 02 0838 7 ee ee 


Key to the genera of Psaphidini, with descriptions of a new genus and species 
from western North America (Noctuidae: Cucullinae) 


by John S. Buckett and William R. Bauer _..._S C8 : 


New heliothid moth from southwestern United States (Noctuidae) 


by Rowland R. McElvare _.._.. ss ee . 


Flight habits of Morpho theseus justitiae 


by? Eduardo C.,. Welling ; 0 8 95-101. 4 


A new race and discussion of the Boloria epithore complex (Nymphalidae) 
by EM. Perkins, Jr., and S. F. Perkins .. 2 eee 103-117 


Techniques for reducing mortality when rearing larvae of cecropia moth 
( Saturniidae) 
by Ts BR. Priddie aici a? 3 10121 


A southward migration of Vanessa cardui in late summer and fall, 1965 


by Thomas C. Emmel and Reinhard A. Wobus _---_--_-_S 123-124 


FIELD NOTES 


Louisiana butterfly records 
by ‘Bryant Mather 225.22 [so a ee 


Gynandromorphic Eacles imperialis 
by Joseph Muller 2) 50 ee ee 


Behavioral notes on Marpesia petreus 
by Thomas R. Manley 0-2 eee eee 


Nymphalis californica in Illinois and Iowa 
by Leonard)S:. Phillips: 0.20. ee ee 


BOOK ‘NOTICE, 00) ee eee 


RECENT LITERATURE ON LEPIDOPTERA 2S 124-198 


LS eee f 4g 


_.__ ae 


‘on 
a 
me . 


r. 
- 4 


- 


* 


Volume 20 1966 Number 3 


q JOURNAL 


: of the 

_ LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
; Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 

. Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES 

| __ Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 


In This Issue 


SOUND PRODUCTION IN LYCAENID PUPAE 
NEW MEGATHYMIDAE 
LIFE HISTORY OF ATRYTONE AROGOS 
“SEX-RATIO” IN PIERIS HYBRIDS 
CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS 


(Complete contents on back cover) 


25 August 1966 


THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
1966 OFFICERS 


President: D. B. Stratics (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) 
Ist Vice President: Z. Lorxovic (Zagreb, Yugoslavia) 
Vice Presidents: C. A. Ciarke (Liverpool, England) 
E. SuUOMALAINEN (Helsinki, Finland) 
Treasurer: R. O. Kenpatt (San Antonio, Texas, U. S. A.) 
Asst. Treasurer: Swney A. Hesset (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) 
Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Ill., U. S. A.) 
Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) 


EXECUTIVE COUNCIL 


Terms expire Dec. 1966: Cuarces P. Kimpaxu (Sarasota, Fla., U. S. A.) 
W. Harry Lancs, Jr. (Davis, Calif., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1967: Himosui Kuroxo (Fukuoka, Japan) 
D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Canada) 
Terms expire Dec. 1968: P. R. Exnmuicn (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A. 4. 


C. D. MacNemt (Oakland, Calif. U.S: A 
and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor 


The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and 
formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology 
in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, 
to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and 
the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these 
aims (Constitution, Art. Il). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among 
the lepidopterists of all countries. 

Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of 
lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of 
the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not 
become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for 
the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological 
interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society 
business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made 
payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: 

Active Members—annnal dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) 
Sustaining Members—annual dues $15.00 (U.S. A.) 
Life Members—single sum $125.00 (U. S. A.) 

Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Hanworth 

Road, Hampton, Middx., England. 


In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and i : 


special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are 
distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the 


Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the 


News each year. 


The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of y 
publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut. Second 


class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A. 


a eee 2» wales 
Cg ee eg ee ens ee eS 


eM mi ee te 


ao a * on el ome gi 


Gb, BN ALT OF 


Tue LEeripoprTreERIsStTs’ SOCIETY 


Vola 20 1966 Nene 


SOUND PRODUCTION IN PUPAE OF LYCAENIDAE 


Joun C. DOWNEY 


Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, Illinois 


Most of the research being undertaken on sound production in insects 
involves only the adult stage. Perhaps this is due to the obvious nature 
of the noise in adults of certain groups, for example, cicadas, crickets, 
and even mosquitoes, as well as the ease with which certain behavioral 
activities (e.g., courtship) can be related to sound production. Signifi- 
cantly less information is available on sound production and reception 
in immature stages. For example, we were amazed to note during this 
study that the pupa of the common monarch butterfly, Danaus plexippus 
(Linn.), makes a very audible clicking sound at certain times. Since 
this species has probably been reared more often than any other Ne- 
arctic butterfly, and is often used in texts to illustrate life history stages, 
one would think that this aspect of its behavior would surely have been 
reported. However, it appears no one has previously noted sound in 
monarch pupae, let alone in less commonly reared species. Since the 
pupal stage is inactive in most butterflies, showing little or no external 
response to stimuli, the question of how and why noises are produced 
is perplexing. 

It is the purpose of this paper: 1) to bring together the scattered 
information on sound in pupae of Lycaenidae; 2) to note the occur- 
rence of the organs which produce sound in a great number of species 
and, equally important; 3) to record those species which lack stridulatory 
devices; 4) to describe and compare the sound producing structures 
within the family, correlating findings with previous taxonomic arrange- 
ment as determined by adult taxonomy; and 5) to present some in- 
ferences on the origin and function of pupal sound in Lycaenidae. 

Frings and Frings (1960) provide a valuable bibliography on sound 
production and reception in insects. They list 24 orders, and over 280 
families about which some information is available. Somewhat sur- 


130 Downey: Lycaenid pupal sounds Vol...20, nos 


prising is the fact that representatives of at least 40 families of Lepi- 
doptera produce sound at one stage or more in their life cycles. 

According to Prell (1913: 500), Kleeman in 1774 was the first nat- 
uralist to record that a lycaenid pupa could produce sound. Over 100 
years passed before Schild (1877) also reported slight noises from 
pupae of the same species, Callophrys rubi (Linn.). DeNiceville (1900) 
noted that “creaking noises” are commonly produced by lycaenid pupae, 
but he only mentioned one species directly, Rapala lankana Moore. 
Most references to sound-producing pupae are scattered in the vast 
literature dealing with life histories of various species, and for the most 
part, they consist of brief statements that sound was heard. Since 1900 
a chronological arrangement of authors noting sound would include: 
Bethune-Baker (1905), Prell (1913), Dodd (1916), Roepke (1918), Bell 
(1919a, b; c, 1920), Thorn (1924), Jackson (1937)) Garter s(lga2ee 
Clench (1961), and Downey and Strawn (1963). 

Two workers have made very substantial contributions to the knowl- 
edge of pupal sound in the Lycaenidae. Prell (1913) described the 
noise in Thecla quercus (Linn.) and discussed the structures involved. 
His very accurate drawings of the stridulating devices in that species 
provide an excellent foundation on which to add our observations. AI- 
though Prell quoted earlier workers in stating that C. rubi produced 
sound, and added that he heard the noise in Strymonidia spini Schitff., 
no details concerning these species were given. Hinton (1948) sum- 
marized the general literature on pupal sound in the Lepidoptera, and 
presented four types of mechanisms involved: 1) body knocked against 
substrate or walls of pupal cell; 2) one or more pairs of abdominal 
segments rubbed together; 3) abdomen rubbed against proboscis; and 
4) ridges or tubercles of pupa rubbed against walls of cocoon. Thirteen 
Lycaenidae, all previously reported, were included in Hinton’s categories 
one and two above. 

The sound produced by lycaenid pupae have been described vari- 
ously as “chirping,” “creaking,” “ticking,” “buzzing,” “humming,” or 
“clicking” noises. We first noted the sound in 1962 after placing in a 
single vial two dozen pupae of Lycaena thoe Guer. The container acted 
as a reflecting surface and the sounds produced were distinctly audible. 
Subsequently we were forced to use small vials held close to the eaz, 
often in a closet or room where ambient noises were reduced, to detect 
the subtle noises produced by single individuals of other species. We 
were able to associate the sound with extremely rapid movements of 
abdominal segments, particularly posterior to segment five, and our 
attention was drawn to the distinct intersegmental region between 
abdominal segments five and six (see Plate I, Fig. 1). Slide preparations 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society rou! 


of sections from this region disclosed the mircoscopic stridulatory organs 
described below. Having thus associated sound with the structures in- 
volved, it was then possible to examine a cast pupal skin often retained 
with the adult in reared material, and make a judgment whether or 
not sound could be produced by the living pupa. 

Table I is a list of all Lycaenidae which were found to have stridu- 
lating devices in the pupae or which have been reported as sound pro- 
ducers. For the sake of completeness, all references have been included 
in addition to columns indicating whether the sound was heard, or only 
the stridulating structures observed. The organs were noted for the first 
time in three species (Strymon melinus, Strymonidia spini, and S. w- 
album) which were previously reported as sound producers. As _ in- 
dicated in Table I, all records are new for the subfamily Riodininae 
and for the tribes Gerydini, Lycaenini, and Plebejini in the subfamily 
Lycaeninae. The addition of 57 species to the 25 previously reported 
represents a considerable increase in our knowledge of the occurrence 
of pupal stridulation in the family. 

Sound producing structures were not found in all species examined. 
Glaucopsyche lygdamus Dbldy., Philotes mohave Wats. & W. P. Comst., 
and P. rita B. & McD., lacked the structure. Since these species belong 
to the same tribe (Glaucopsychini) it is strongly suspected that other 
related genera, i.e., Phaedrotes, Iolana, and Maculinea, may also lack 
sound-producing organs. However, the presence of the structures in 40 
genera of rather diverse taxonomic subgroups suggests that the occur- 
rence of sound production is widespread within the family. 

Statements and drawings in published accounts of life cycles gave us 
evidence that other lycaenids have sound-producing structures although 
stridulation was not mentioned. Photographs of the pupae of Gerydus 
boisduvali Moore by Roepke (1918) and Agriades escheri Hbn. by 
Chapman (1916), and a drawing of Liphyra brassolis Westw. by Bethune- 
Baker (1924) all show either a prominent dorsal ridge on the fifth 
tergite or a marked depression between abdominal segments 5 and 6, 
or both. In addition, statements in other papers are highly suggestive 
of stridulatory movements. Zikan (1935: 411) noted that pupae of 
Nymula brennus Stichel were able to execute lateral movement between 
the fifth and sixth abdominal segments. Dickson (1952: 455) wrote that 
the abdomen of Phasis zeuxo zeuxo L. has a limited degree of flexibility. 
He stated that when a pupa was touched, the portion of the abdomen 
beyond the fourth segment was seen to move with a “rapid, almost 
trembling motion.” Perhaps these workers noted only the movements, 
but did not check for sound and consequently missed slight noises in- 


132 Downey: Lycaenid pupal sounds Vol.-20; noi 


volved. Even though highly suspected, the above species have not 
been considered as sound producers in Table I. 

Six species belonging to the genera Hypolycaena, Iolaus (both sub- 
genera Argiolaus and Epamera), and Narathura have pupae which will 
hammer rapidly against a leaf or twig substrate with their anterior end. 
Presumably the flexibility permitting this hammering is between ab- 
dominal segments. Jackson (1937: 214) indicates that when alarmed 
the pupa can make sufficient noise, by hammering, to frighten away a 
small predator. Dodd (1916) has reported that an Australian species of 
Narathura stridulates, while Bell (1919b), who was well acquainted 
with both types of noise making, noted only hammering in an Oriental 
Narathura. Perhaps both types of noise production are possible in a 
single species with extremely flexible abdominal segments, and it would 
not surprise me to find stridulatory organs in pupae of all six species 
reported as hammerers in Table I. 

For convenience in the following discussion only the trivial scientific 
name of the lycaenids will be used. The generic name and author of 
each species is given in Table I. Two other usages should be noted. I 
have followed Mosher (1916) in saying that a particular abdominal 
segment is movable when motion is possible between its sclerotized 
caudal margin and the segment posterior to it. Snodgrass (1935, Fig. 
39: 77) indicates that it is the posterior part of each segment which 
forms the infolded conjunctival membrane in typical secondary seg- 
mentation. The true intersegmental groove in primary segmentation does 
not usually coincide with the extant intersegmental membrane but is 
often posterior to it. Whatever the nature of origin, I will be assigning 
the entire intersegmental region to the segment anterior to it, regardless 
of any possible ontogenic contribution of the posterior segment. “Mem- 
brane 4” as used below refers then to the usually infolded intersegmental 
region between segments 4 and 5. It should also be pointed out that 
certain sclerites of the pupae are ill-defined and the use of the mor- 
phological term “tergite” is for convenience; the stigmatal lines (an 
imaginary line between adjacent abdominal spiracles) are directly 
lateral of the “tergite” as that term is herein used. 


SOUND-PRODUCING STRUCTURES 


The external structures involved in sound production are located on 
membrane 4 and 5 of the pupal abdomen. They may completely en- 
circle the pupa, but are generally limited to the dorsal region, usually 
the tergite. All specimens possessing stridulatory structures had them 
on membrane 5, and members of the subfamily Riodininae had, in 
addition, a distinct and equally functional apparatus on membrane 4. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 133 


FIG. 3 FIG. 4 
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1 


Pupae of Lycaenidae with prominent stridulating regions. Figs. 1, 2. Dorsal and 
lateral view of the Nearctic Callophrys (Incisalia) henrici Grote & Robinson, a 
rather rigid pupa. The microscopic stridulating organs are limited to the dorsal 
intersegmental cleft between abdominal segments 5 and 6. Figs. 3, 4. Dorsal and 
lateral view of the Australian Ialmenus evagoras evagoras (Don.), which has 
greater flexibility of abdominal segments. The organs are found only between seg- 
ments 5 and 6, but they extend completely around the segment. 


134 Downey: Lycaenid pupal sounds Vol. 20, no. 3 


TABLE 1. LYCAENIDAE WITH SOUND-PRODUCING PUPAE 


Sound Organs 


Species Realm Type Heard Noted Reference 
Riodininae 
Ancylurini 
Anatoli rossi Clench Neo. _ Str. X new 
Apodemia mormo virgulti (Behr) Nea.” Sie K new 
A. m. deserti (B. & Mcd) Nea, | Str X X new 
Lephelisca wrighti (Holl. ) Nea one X new 
Lycaeninae 
Miletini 
Allotinus horsfieldi Moore Or. Ste xX Roepke, 1918 
Gerydini R 
Feniseca tarquinius (Fabr.) Nea; Siar x new 
Lycaenini 
Lycaena (L.) helloides (Bdv.) Nea. Str. x new 
L. phlaeas (Linn. ) Nea.) Stim xX XxX “new 
L. thoe Guer. INeéas es stn X xX new 
L. virgaureae ( Linn.) Pal. Sita X new 
L. (Tharsalea) arota ( Bdv.) Neas Str X new 
Plebejini 
Brephidium exilis (Bdv.) INeave Ste XxX new 
Everes argiades Pall Ral Str. X new 
E. comyntas (Godt. ) Nea est xX Xx new 
Leptotes marina ( Reakirt ) Nea. Str. xX new 
Lysandra coridon Poda alle Str. X new 
L. thersites Cant. ale Str. X new 
Plebejus (Icaricia) acmon 
(West & Hew.) Nea. St: X Xx new 
P. (1) icarioides Bdv. Nea. Str. Xx X new 
P. (Lycaeides ) argyrognomon 
Brgster. Pal. Str. xX new 
P. (L.) melissa Edw. Nea. Str. DK new 
P. (Plebejus) argus (Linn. ) Pal: Str. X new 
P, (P.) saepiolus Bdv. Nea. Str. xX X new 
P. (Agriades)glandon (Prunner ) Neas = Str X new 
Zizeeria labradus Godt. ANUS) SIAR. Xx new 
Lampidini 
Ialmenus evagoras Don. ING) SE X new 
I. ictinus Hew. Aus. Sim: X new 
Jamides celeno Cram. Or. Str. XxX Bell, 1919a 
Ogyrini 
Ogyris geneoveva gela Waterh. Aus. Str. xX new 
O. hewitsoni Waterh. uss) ) Ste xX Beth.-Bak., 1905 
O. hymetus taygetus Feld. Ase) @ Siti xX new . 
O. olane Hew. Aus. Str. XxX Thorn, 1924 
O. orates Hew. Aus. Str XxX Beth.-Bak., 1905 
O. zosine Hew. AUS) Sue xX Beth.-Bak., 1905 
Theclini 
Atlides halesus (Cram. ) Neag 9 Str X X new 
Callophrys (Callophrys) rubi (L.) — Pal. Str. X Kleeman, 1774 
C. (C.) sheridani (Carpenter) Nea. Str. X new 
C. (C.) viridis (Edw.) Nea. Str. xX new 
C. (Incisalia) fotis (Strecker) Nea. Str. XxX new 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 135 


TABLE 1. Continued. 


Sound Organs 


Species Realm Type Heard Noted Reference 
C. (I.) henrici (Grote & Rob.) Nea, Siar, X xX new 
C. (Mitoura) gryneus (Hbn.) Nea. Str. X X new 
C. (M.) hesseli Raw. & Zieg. INEae St. xX new 
C. (M.) johnsoni (Skin. ) Nea, Sint xX xX new 
C. (M.) loki (Skin.) Nga. Star, X new 
-C. (M.) nelsoni ( Bdv. ) IN@e, Stee, xX new 
C. (M.) spinetorum ( Hew.) INeaw Str xX X new 
C. (Sandia) macfarlandi Ehr. & Cl. Nea. — Str. X new 
Calycopis beon Cram. Neo. Str. X X new 
Chrysophanus titus (Fabr.) Neaa | Str. X Clench, 1961 
Dolymorpha jada ( Hew.) Nea. Str. X new 
Eumaeus debora Hbn. Nea, > Str: xX new 
E. minyas Hbn. Nea. Str. xX new 
Habrodais grunus ( Bdv. ) Nea. Str. xX new 
Hypaurotis crysalus (Edw. ) Nea, Str. X Clench, 1961 
Hypolycaena philippus Fabr. da, Blain, Xx Clark & Dickson, 
unpubl. 
Iolaus ( Argiolaus) silas Westw. Eth. [Blavany AX Jackson, 1937 
I. (Epamera) alienus Trim. lida, Jelewany © 2 Clark & Dickson, 
unpubl. 
I, (E.) mimosae Trim. lsidn,  IBleiin, — 2X Clark & Dickson, 
unpubl. 
ICS) asiaus ( Lrim.) Eth. Ham. X Jackson, 1937 
Narathura araxes eupolis Miskin INUIS eee te SIT: X Dodd, 1916 
N. centaurus F. Or. Ham.  X Bell, 1919b 
Eupsyche m—album (Bdv. & LeC.) Nea. — Str. xX X Clench, 1962 
Pratapa blanka argentea Aur. Or. Str. X Bell, 1919b 
P. deva Moore Or. Str. xX Bell, 1919b 
Rapala lankana Moore Or. Str. xX deNice, 1900 
R. Manea schistacea Moore Or. Str. xX Bell, 1920 
R. varuna Horsf. Or. Str. Xx Bell, 1920 
Rathinda amor (Fabr.) Or. Stay X Bell, 1919c 
Satyrium acadica (Edw. ) Nea. Str. xX new 
S. adenostomatis (H. Edw.) Nea. Str. X new 
S. auretorum (Bdy.) Nea. Str. X new 
S. behrii (Edw.) Nee, Site, X new 
S. saepium (Bdv. ) Nea. Str. X new 
S. sylvinus (Bdv.) Nea. Stu: X new 
Strymon melinus Hbn. Nea. Str. xX X Clench, 1961 
new 
Strymonidia acaciae (¥Fabr. ) Pal. Str. x new 
S. pruni Linn. Pal. Str. xX new 
S. spini Schiff. ale Sir X X  Prell, 1913 
new 
S. w-album Knoch Pal. Str. x X | Carter, 1952 
new 
Thecla quercus (Linn. ) Pal. Str. xX eRe le Ons 
Tmolus echion (Linn. ) INGOs Ste X new 
Curetini 


Curetis thetis Drury Or Str. X Bell, 1919a 


136 Downey: Lycaenid pupal sounds Vol. 220; nore 


Lysandra thersites also had the stridulatory devices on membrane 4, 
although they appeared slightly smaller than the same structure on 5. 
Such species as coridon, debora, and minyas had roughened surfaces 
on membrance 4, rather different than the apparent noise-producing 
structures on membrance 5, so that their functional nature remains in 
doubt. It is to be expected that other species, particularly those with 
flexible abdomens, will be found to have at least two intersegmental 
regions equipped with stridulating mechanisms. 

The sound-producing region may be divided into an anterior stridu- 
lating plate (Schrillplatte of Prell, 1913), a median region consisting of 
a rather transparent menibrane, and a posterior file (Reibplatte of Prell, 
1913). The relative position of these components can be seen on Plate 
II, Fig. 1, where the external parts of segments 5 and 6 have been sep- 
arated to show the intersegmental region. In the normal infolded 
position, the stridulating plate or grating surface is directly opposed 
to the file with its numerous teeth. Sound is produced by the frictional 
mechanism of drawing the projecting teeth across the irregular surface 
of the plate. This “file” and “scraper” method of noise production is 
very common in insects and no doubt every external part of an insect 
body which is normally subject to friction on an adjoining surface may 
cause some sound. 

It is assumed that the integument vibrates as each tooth in a file 
receives the impact of friction against the irregular surface of the scraper. 
The speed with which the surfaces contact as well as the resonance of 
the vibrating integument appear to effect the pitch of the sounds emitted. 
Rather complex modulated sounds result from these frictional devices 
in other insects, and we have some evidence, presented below, which 
indicates the complexity of the sound in the lycaenids. 

The following observations call attention to similarities and differences 
in the stridulating devices of various species. These remarks are arranged 
by the major subdivisions of the sound-producing organ. 


Stridulating Plate. 


The stridulating plate is always just posterior to the sclerotized ab- 
dominal segment. Whereas the latter may have setae, microtrichia, and 
lenticels and otherwise be variously sculptured, the plate is usually 
rather uniform in structure. In fact, the regularity of the roughened 
surface of the stridulating plate may impart its distinctive nature and 
add to the impression that it is a band or “plate.” 

In many species the plate is heavily sclerotized. This hardening is 
usually indicated by the amount of pigment deposited in the integument. 
The rigid, exposed, anterior part of each abdominal segment serves as 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 137 


MEMBRANOUS FOLD 


SEGMENT 6 


FIG./ 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2 


Partially diagrammatic drawings of the pupal integument showing stridulating 
organs. Fig. 1. Dorsal view of membrane 5 (see text) in the region of the spiracles 
in Apodemia mormo virgulti (Behr). Segments 5 and 6 have been separated so 
that the infolded stridulating plate and file are no longer in juxtaposition. Inserts 
represent enlargements of plate, showing tubercles on the grainy reticular surface, 
and the file with teeth and small protuberances. Figs. 2—4. Highly schematic en- 
largement of the stridulating plate; Fig. 2, Strymonida spini Schiff. with longitudinal 
ridges; fig. 3, Atlides halesus (Cram.) with reticular surface and sclerotized longi- 
tudinal bands; fig. 4, Lysandra coridon Poda with an irregular, aciculate surface. 


138 Downey: Lycaenid pupal sounds Vol. 20, new 


a handy reference point for determining degrees of sclerotization in the 
stridulating plate. Ordinarily, the plate is not as heavily sclerotized as 
the segment. This is the case in most species of Plebejini, including 
exilis and labradus. On the other hand, the plate is often darker than 
the anterior part of the segment in species of Theclini, as well as debora 
and coridon. Or, the two areas may have about the same degree of 
sclerotization, as is the case in halesus and jada. Only the protuberances 
on the plate contain an appreciable amount of color in some species, so 
that the tubercles in thoe are the easiest means of delineating the plate. 
The anterior and posterior limits of the grating surfaces, which are not 
sclerotized, are usually indefinite. 

As indicated above, the plate may extend completely around the seg- 
ment in certain species, i.e., evagorus, mormo, rossi, and wrighti. In 
most species, however, the stridulating plate terminates laterally, at, 
or just beyond the stigmatal line. It may also end a substantial distance 
beyond this line (acadica, beon, argus, and tarquinius) or stop short of 
the spiracles (adenostomatis, debora, genoveva, labradus, and marinus ). 
It was noticed that there was some intraspecific variation in the termina- 
tion of the plate. One specimen of henrici had the dorsal grating sur- 
face end short of the stigmatal line, while the termination in at least 
six other specimens had a more typical terminus beyond the spiracles. 
This suggests a need for some caution in the taxonomic use of this 
character. 

The anterior—posterior length of the stridulating plate, measured at 
the midline of the dorsal surface, was usually less than 0.15 millimeters. 
As might be expected, large pupae tended to have large plates, par- 
ticularly in the Theclini. Correspondingly, one of the smallest pupae 
examined was comyntas whose plate measured 0.04 mm. An exception 
to this generalization was Eumaeus. Both E. debora and E. minyas 
have very large pupae, although the stridulating plates in both species 
were of only average length. The plate seemed to be the longest at the 
middorsal line, which at least in preserved material, was also the region 
of greatest possible movement. In species such as in the Riodininae 
where the plate completely encircled the pupa, there is less variation 
in length. 

The type of grating surface on the stridulating plate is ordinarily 
distinctive and rather variable from species to species. Three basic types 
commonly observed are designated as 1) tubercles, 2) reticulations, and 
3) ridges. A few surfaces did not fit any of these categories. These 
types are discussed below. 

Tubercles are protuberances whose apices are not sufficiently sharp 
that they could be confused with teeth, nor sufficiently flat that they 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 139 


could be mistaken for flat-topped plates. Generally tubercles are pimple- 
like structures varying in size from tiny ill-defined roughenings on an 
otherwise flat membrane, to rather large well-formed knobs. These 
roughenings are present in most species and often occur on other types 
of surfaces. It is almost impossible to assess the possible contribution 
tubercles might play in sound production when they occur in areas other 
than the stridulating plate. They can be noted on surfaces that normally 
do not contact other parts, as well as on intersegmental membranes other 
than those involved in sound production. The tubercles on the plate, 
however, are either sufficiently numerous, or large and clustered, in 
opposition to the file, that their part in stridulation appears more obvious. 

Tubercles can best be observed where their structure is not obscured 
by pigments, ridges, or other sculpturing. Most Lycaenini have well- 
defined tubercles situated on a nonsclerotized reticulated surface (see 
below) which has a transverse orientation. This arrangement makes 
the tubercles also appear to be in obscure transverse rows. Both phleas 
and thoe exhibit this condition. 

The tubercles may vary in density, size, or shape on a single speci- 
men. Plate II, Fig. 1, illustrates the large knobby structure of the 
tubercles toward the anterior part of the plate in mormo. The opposite 
situation occurs in beon where small tubercles are located anteriorly, 
and large protuberances are posterior on the plate. Strawn (1964) 
measured the smaller tubercles in four different areas (anterior and 
posterior part of the plate in a mesal and lateral position) on nine 
species. Her figures indicate that while the average diameter of the 
base of the tubercles is greater toward the anterior area of the plate 
and toward the mesal area in the specimens examined, the size range of 
the tubercles (2-7 microns) was approximately the same for all areas 
from all species. Strawn also found interspecific variation in the num- 
ber of tubercles per unit area. While this may be a real difference, 
attention has already been called to the variability in the clustering and 
number of tubercles in different areas on one plate, consequently ex- 
treme care must be taken to insure unbiased samples. 

Cast pupal skins of 11 male and 14 female thoe were compared by 
Strawn (1964). She could not detect any differences between the sexes 
of thoe in regards to stridulating devices, particularly the average size 
of the tubercles. 

Reticular surfaces on the stridulating plate consist of a series of 
prominences which, while actually subequal and irregular in size, are 
relatively uniformly arranged so that their longitudinal axes are roughly 
parallel. Thus the description applies not so much to a single protrusion 
as to a series of peaks and valleys whose surface texture can be com- 


140 Downey: Lycaenid pupal sounds Vol. 20, nol 


pared to grainy leather. This appearance is in large measure due to 
the net-like, interconnecting depressions between the prominences. In 
fact in some species, like evagorus, which lack tubercles on the promi- 
nences, it appears that the reticuliform valleys provide the functional 
grating surface. The reticular depressions may also impart a degree of 
flexibility on the surface, with the flection at right angles to the longi- 
tudinal axis of the grain. In most species with a pronounced reticular 
surface, the grain is transverse to the longitudinal axis of the pupa. Such 
a surface would appear to be more efficient as a grating device if the 
opposing file were drawn across the grain in the same direction as the 
body of the pupa. 

The entire integument appears reticulate in rossi, yet in the region 
of the stridulating plate the prominences undergo anterior—posterior 
compression so that they are transversely elongate. Each elevation or 
“grain” in the plate has tubercles so that its surface is rougher and 
consequently much more distinct. Tuberculate grains are illustrated in 
mormo on Plate II, Fig. 1. 

The nature of the plate surface in some species reinforces certain 
taxonomic conclusions made on adult specimens. The reticulate—tuber- 
culate plate in grunus would seem to justify its placement in the separate 
subtribe (Thecliti) distinct from other Theclini (subtribe Strymoniti ) 
as Clench has recently done (in Ehrlich and Ehrlich, 1961). The Stry- 
moniti lack reticulations, and have distinctive longitudinal ridges. 

Ridges on the stridulating plate are distinctive in having a rather pro- 
nounced crest with two or more sloping surfaces. Some ridges with 
numerous branching and anastomosing surfaces, as in acaciae, may be 
confused with those which are reticular. Usually, however, the valleys 
between ridges are very different in size and do not exhibit the general 
consistency of pattern that can be observed in the reticuliform types. 
Also, plates with ridges never appear to be flexible as do more granular 
surfaces. The ridges may have had their evolutionary origin in a 
reticular surface having been compressed in such a way that the in- 
tegument folded vertically, with a subsequent obliteration of any reticular 
depressions along the axis of the fold. Regardless of origin, in most 
species with a pronounced series of ridges, the crests tend to run in 
the same direction as the longitudinal axis of the pupa. Thus oriented, 
they would appear to be more efficient as a grating surface if the teeth 
were drawn across them in a transverse direction, at right angles to the 
main axis of the crests. 

As can be noted in the drawing of spini, Plate II, Fig. 2, the ridges 
form the only functional grating surface. They do not have tubercles or 
uneven areas other than those of the sides and crests of the ridges them- 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 141 


selves. Other Strymoniti may have a few small roughened areas, but 
the strongly sclerotized longitudinal ridges of the plate characterize this 
group. 

The stridulating plates of some species contain folds, which are not 
artifacts of slide preparation, whose relationship to the more prominent 
ridges with which they are grouped is not clear. In beon, for example, 
there are very regularly spaced tubercles which no doubt form the 
main frictional devices on the plate, but there are also very slight 
longitudinal folds. It would seem that such wrinkling of the surface, 
even though very slight, would tend to keep the teeth on the file away 
from tubercles in the valleys between the folds. Since the juxtaposition 
of plate and file in the living pupa is not known, speculation on the 
functional relationship between these folds and the tubercles is un- 
warranted. 

As shown in Plate II, Fig. 3, halesus also has longitudinal sclerotized 
areas superimposed on a reticular surface which seems to be the func- 
tional area. The pupae of both Eumaeus examined, minyas and debora, 
are similarly unique because the ridges on the plate occur only on the 
lateral parts of the intersegmental region. Elsewhere, the surface may 
be sclerotized, but no tubercles, reticulations, or ridges can be observed 
and a distinct stridulating plate is lacking. 

The stridulating surface of some species could not be grouped as 
consisting of tubercles, reticulations, or ridges. Plate II, Fig. 4, shows 
such a condition in coridon. The plate itself in coridon is heavily sclero- 
tized, narrow and band-like in gross view. Its surface appears as if it 
were scratched and gouged with needles (aciculate), the resultant fur- 
rows have a transverse orientation. The prominences between the 
scratches cannot be properly designated as ridges or tubercles. The 
irregularity of the surface, however, makes it an excellent grater. 


Membranous Region. 


Between the stridulating plate and the file is a nonpigmented sub- 
division of the intersegmental membrane. This area is devoid of common 
structural features and for this reason appears transparent and much 
the same in all species. In its normal position the membranous region 
is folded so that the plate and file are in contact. In slide preparations 
it is extremely difficult to stretch the membrane flat; consequently, 
many fine transverse folds occur, which may give the impression that 
the surface is striated. It is to the lateral areas of the membranous re- 
gion that longitudinal muscles and attachments are fixed in some 
species (see below). The remnants of such attachments are found in 
many cast pupal skins. The place of attachment of the muscles 


142 Downey: Lycaenid pupal sounds Vol; 20, noie 


prompted Prell (1913) to designate a “Prasegmentalleiste” in quercus, 
which he illustrated (1913: 498) as a series of transverse lines in the 
center of the membrane. I concur that the attachment of the muscles to 
this area indicates it is the region of primary intersegmental folding 
but feel that Prell’s drawings make the area much more obvious than 
it is. No doubt the membrane and stridulating plate anterior to this 
primary fold belong to the anterior tergite, while the membrane and 
file posterior to the muscle attachment are derived from the adjacent 
posterior tergite. The only unusual feature is that the muscles appear 
not to be attached to heavily sclerotized plates but to a seemingly 
flexible conjunctiva. 

The membranous area of cast pupal skins may contain artifacts such 
as adult scales and detritus, “accidentally” caught in the numerous 
folds. 


File. 


The posterior subdivision of the stridulating region is designated 
as the file. In most species it is not distinct except for conspicuous 
sharply pointed protuberances, or “teeth.” The latter may have orig- 
inally developed from smaller tubercles; a suggestive sequence of sclero- 
tized tubercles grading into more elongate teeth is still retained in the 
Australian hymetus. Small tubercles also occur on files in other species 
such as henrici, but they probably do not play a part in sound produc- 
tion. Interspecific variation in characteristics of the teeth is often 
marked. The following conditions of the teeth were noticed with 
species or groups having the condition placed in parentheses: Sclerotized 
(hymetus ), nonsclerotized (most species); small, indistinct (comyntas), 
large, well-defined (most Theclini); tendency for pairing (hymetus); ir- 
regular distribution (mormo, see Plate II, Fig. 1); tendency for cluster- 
ing (comyntas ), arranged in regular rows ( gryneus, acadica); transverse 
rows of 4 to 5 (exilis); oblique rows (fotis, sheridani, sylvanus); and 
serpentine rows laterally (johnsoni). 

Teeth are very common on other parts of the integument, particularly 
on the anterior margin of each segment. Most often these teeth do not 
appear in a position where they would contact another surface. How- 
ever, they do occur on posterior parts of the intersegmental membranes, 
in a position corresponding to the file on the sound-producing mem- 
brane. Although they are not opposed by obvious surfaces like the 
stridulating plate, it is possible that the teeth in other movable inter- 
segmental areas also contribute some sound when they are rubbed 
against the integument. 

The anterior—posterior length of the file is very difficult to measure 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 143 


because of the irregular placement of teeth and tubercles. In general it 
can be said that the length of the file is smaller than the length of its 
corresponding plate. The file, however, always extends further laterally 
than the plate, except in those species where both structures encircle 
the pupa. 

A few species have files which were considered less typical than 
others. For example, while the teeth of adenostomatis did not differ from 
those of other Theclini, the region of the file was very obvious as a 
sclerotized band. The file of tarquinius lacks teeth and consists only of 
irregular nonsclerotized tubercles. Although equipped with small teeth 
and sclerotized tubercles, the file of labradus has a slightly granular 
surface. 


Movements Associated with Sound. 


As mentioned earlier, the file and stridulating plate are brought into 
contact by rapid dorsoventral movements of the abdomen. Since the 
stridulating plate in situ is not perpendicular to the body axis but 
projects caudoventrally from the tergite, the direction of the stridulating 
movements might be moye accurately described as a cephalodorsal draw- 
ing of the file across the stridulating plate. Since the file and plate 
also arch with the segments from one lateral surface to the other over 
the rounded dorsum, the angle of movement of the teeth across the 
grating surface is slightly different from area to area. 

Movement is made possible through contraction of longitudinal 
muscles in the dorsal abdominal region which, according to Prell (1913), 
attach to the “Prasegmentalleiste” on the intersegmental membrane in 
quercus. Contraction causes the file to slip forward over the plate. 
Strawn (1964) found a pair of longitudinal muscle bands attached to 
the intersegmental region in thoe, debora, and henrici, although the 
insertion in these species was lateral in position. I have been able to 
trace the muscle bands thought to be involved in sheridani pupae, from 
an origin on the anterior margin of tergite 3 to their insertion on the 
posterior intersegmental membrane between tergites 5 and 6. The 
latter insertion appeared to be as much on the anterior margin of seg- 
ment 6 as on the membrane itself, which would agree with the muscle 
attachment concept in primary segmentation (see Snodgrass, 1935). 
Each of the two muscle bands was about one millimeter wide and 
located on the lateral surface midway between the spiracular line and 
the midline. These muscles were found, in segments of the adult (see 
below), and a short ligament connected the adult integument with the 
pupal fifth intersegmental membrane. Strawn (1964) found these liga- 
ments, which she called stridulating attachments, in sectioned pupae, 


144 Downey: Lycaenid pupal sounds Vol. 20, no. 3 


but they are also visible with ordinary dissecting procedures. We were 
not able to locate scars or rudiments of the ligament on adults, even 
freshly emerged specimens. 

We did not locate any muscles which seem to work antagonistically 
to the longitudinal pair, and therefore assume that the elastic nature of 
the pupal integument, or fluid pressure in the adult body, may return 
the file to a “resting” position where it is not in contact with the 
plate. 

There is some question as to which stage of the life cycle is involved 
in these movements. Snodgrass (1935: 64) points out that whereas the 
length of a developmental stage may be measured from the time exu- 
viae are shed, as is done in “life history” studies, physiologically it 
should be calculated from the time the old cuticula is loosened from the 
epidermis. Hinton (1946) likewise points out that the precise dis- 
crimination of instars is of considerable importance, particularly when 
dealing with the imaginal stage. Hinton proposes the name “pharate” 
(= cloak) to designate the phase of an instar which is enclosed within 
the cuticle of the previous instar and considers that, for instance, most 
records of “hibernating” pupae are pharate adults. It has been regarded 
as axiomatic, particularly by many students of Lepidoptera, that adult 
life commences with its emergence from the pupal case. In spite of cer- 
tain objections (see Tutt, 1900), there is some justification for the belief 
that many individuals ordinarily called pupae are in reality pharate 
adults, and that adult life in butterflies may have two stages, a pharate 
stage and a stage capable of flight. In certain cases the onset of the 
pharate adult stage may coincide with the elaboration of a pupal case; it 
may also occur at a much later time, perhaps after an extended diapause. 

Thus considered, the stridulating response in Lycaenidae, and the 
movements responsible, may be limited to pharate adult behavior. The 
real pupal stage would then have to be considered as occurring: during 
that brief quiescent period ordinarily thought of as a “pre-pupal” in- 
terval. The real pupa may be capable of some limited movements owing 
to the fact that some abdominal muscles are carried over from the 
larvae. Most “pupal” movements, however, seem to be those of the 
pharate adult. It perhaps matters little whether we call this stage a 
physiological adult or a pupa as long as it is understood that the 
muscles and the instigating sensory apparatus are still present in the 
emerged adult while the stridulatory devices seem to be limited to the 
pupal integument. It may also be of significance in the function of 
sound that it is limited to this particular stage, regardless of name. 
To prevent confusion in subsequent discussion, the term pupa will 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 145 


still be used in the broad sense in referring to the stage which is sur- 
rounded by a pupal skin containing the stridulating organ. 


Sounds Produced. 


The sound of 12 Nearctic and 1 Neotropical species detected during 
this study could all be described as slight, rapidly repeated, creaking 
noises. A squeaking door analogy might be used for comparison, 
provided we lessen the amplitude of the noise and move the door with a 
series of short pulls rather than a steady motion. As indicated above, we 
often had difficulty hearing the noise unless the pupae were contained 
in a sound reflecting device such as a vial. On the other hand, in some 
species, such as thoe, the sounds were sufficiently loud so that at least 
two types of noises could be detected; a distinct chirp and a slight hum- 
ming noise. It is thought that noises of the former type are produced 
by the stridulating devices, while the latter type may be caused by 
other as yet undetected movements of the integument. 

With some difficulty, we were able to tape-record the sounds of 
Illinois thoe and henrici. Strawn (1964) was able to feed these tape 
outputs into an oscilloscope and obtain a graphic representation of the 
sounds produced. There were differences in both the intensity and 
frequency of the noises of the two species, which helps verify the slight 
differences between species noted by the unaided human ear. At least 
one other author noted interspecific differences in the sounds: Dodd 
(in Bethune-Baker, 1905) reported that although Ogyris oraetes Hew. 
and O. hewitsoni Waterh. produced the same “tick” as O. zosine Hew., 
the ticks were not as frequent or as loud. 

Sound was detected at various times throughout the pupal period in 
several species, including phleas, thoe, gryneus, henrici, melinus, and 
comyntas. In thoe the earliest sound detected was within minutes after 
the last larval skin was shed. An individual of the same species was 
also heard to stridulate up to the time of eclosion of the adult. In almost 
all cases the sound was elicited by external agitation, usually by shaking 
or finger-thumping a vial containing the pupa. Only occasionally were 
we able to detect spontaneous stridulation. The infrequency of this 
observation was due in part to technical difficulties in the elimination 
of other possible stimuli as well as in detecting the noise proper. 

Many times pupae would not respond to agitation of any sort. No 
doubt excessive application of unnatural stimuli failed to trigger the 
responses in certain individuals and particularly at certain times. For 
example, individuals of henrici, which overwinter as pupae, would tend 
to have normal stridulating responses both early and late in the pupal 
period. They stridulated only infrequently and unpredictably during the 


146 Downey: Lycaenid pupal sounds Vol. 20, now 


middle five months of their diapause. After accumulating some ex- 
perience with each species, we were able to use sound as an index 
of pupal viability. Since individuals reacted differently to the same 
stimulation, and since this reaction also varied with the time of the 
pupal period, additional studies are warranted. 

Origin of Organs. 

It is thought that the origin of structures used in stridulation in the 
pupa is intimately associated with abdominal movements. This opinion 
rests primarily on the frequent existence and morphological similarity of 
a grainy reticular surface. in Lepidoptera with highly flexible abdomens. 
The need for abdominal movement is apparent in certain moth groups; 
some species can only emerge from cocoons, or from rigid pupal cases, 
by vermian climbing or pushing from the container. Frequently nearly 
the entire pupa pushes through the cocoon prior to adult eclosion. 
Since these groups exhibit a number of other features considered to be 
primitive, abdominal flexion may be ancestral in the order (for a dis- 
cussion see Tutt, 1900, and Mosher, 1916). Obtect butterfly pupae have 
become relatively more rigid and have lost all motion of abdominal seg- 
ments except in membranes 4, 5, and 6. The Lycaenidae are considered 
to have very advanced forms of obtect pupae supposedly because of 
even greater loss of motion. However, not all motion is lost in these 
seemingly rigid pupae, and retention of some flexibility, at least in the 
dorsal part of membrane 5, is a reflection of functional need. That need 
in this family may also be, as in the primitive moths, for physical adjust- 
ments necessary for adult eclosion. This may still be the main physiolog- 
ical explanation for the retention, irrespective of the fact that the move- 
ment is small and that any sound produced may have proved advan- 
tageous to the species. 

Butterflies and moths with obtect pupae almost invariably have some 
sort of partially sclerotized flexible surface on any movable abdominal 
segment. This surface is usually located between the more rigid sclerite 
and the infolded membranous cuticle. These areas have surfaces which 
are plastic enough to flex but still retain almost the same degree of 
sclerotization as the rigid part of the segment and hence have the 
same degree of protection which their external exposure might require. 
This surface is beautifully illustrated in the grainy reticular posterior 
margins of abdominal segments 4, 5, and 6, and to a lesser extent 7, 
in the moth Callosamia promethea Drury. Pupae of the butterfly Junonia 
evarete (Cram.) also have granular flexible areas between a few of the 
abdominal segments. In such species as Citheronia regalis Fabr., the 
flexible part of the segment has fine transverse striae, rather than a 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 147 


granular network. The anterior margin of individual segments in many 
species likewise becomes variously ridged, grooved, tuberculate, or 
dentate and may become rather flexible, though this is not as marked 
as in the posterior margin. Both margins usually appear slightly less 
sclerotized than the middle of the segment. It would seem that when 
abdominal movement is extensive in a pupa, some sort of flexible strip 
of granular texture occurs between the rigid annulations and the 
flexible conjunctivae on each movable segment. 

It can thus be theorized that as pupae of the ancestral proto-lycaenid 
became more rigid, need for any flexible granular margins on abdominal 
segments was also reduced, and these structures gradually disappeared. 
Probably they were first lost between those segments which became 
completely fused (7 and 8, then 4 and 5). In partially fused segments, 
a protective advantage would be retained longer, thus the flexible 
granular surfaces would persist near their juncture with the rigid part 
of the segment. Intersegmental movement appears to be lost first 
ventrally, so that between partially fused segments, the flexible surface 
might have been retained only in the dorsal regions. It is thought that 
the stridulating organs, particularly the very similar plate, are remnants 
of this flexible sclerotized band. They are still retained dorsally in 
most lycaenids in the most flexible intersegmental area. In groups such 
as the riodinidae with longer and more flexible abdomens, the stridulat- 
ing organs encircled the body and are still preserved on other movable 
intersegmental areas. 


Taxonomic Considerations. 


Although it has been indicated that stridulatory structures have 
possible taxonomic use, it is not the purpose of this paper to discuss 
higher taxa within the Lycaenidae. Rather, it is intended to point out 
that, in addition to their use in identifying species, the structures seem 
to have a value in reflecting group relationships. One example might 
suffice. Ehrlich (1957, 1958) lowered the Riodinidae to subfamilial 
rank within the Lycaenidae on the basis of adult morphology. Not all 
authors agree with this assignment (see Garth and Tilden, 1963). W-« 
have been unable to locate stridulating devices in the pupae of several 
Nearctic species of Papilionidae, Pieridae, and Nymphalidae examined. 
The riodinids, however, not only have the structures, but they are 
definitely of similar type to those found in other lycaenids. We think 
these organs reflect common origin and can be used to strengthen the 
taxonomic relationships proposed by Ehrlich. 

It may be noted in Table I that stridulation has been reported in 
species from all six major biogeographical regions. Summarized by 


148 Downey: Lycaenid pupal sounds Vol. 20) noms 


number of species reported as sound producers, these are: Nearctic 41, 
Neotropical 3, Australian 10, Oriental 10, Palearctic 12, Ethiopian 5. 
The worldwide distribution of this behavior, as well as the taxonomic 
diversity of the species involved, suggests that the Lycaenidae have 
been capable of sound production for a long time. 


FUNCTION OF SOUND 


The major emphasis in this study has been morphological, with rela- 
tively little effort directed toward the difficult task of discovering the 
possible function of sound. Nonetheless, knowledge of the biology of 
the lycaenids involved, together with some generalizations on the mor- 
phological aspects, permit some implications to be drawn. It should 
be understood, however, that the function of the sounds is not known, 
and the following explanations are speculative. 

Prell (1913) suggested two possible functions for sound in pupae; 
for defense and to congregate larvae. The same author (1913: 500) 
noted that the “weakness” of the sound might negate the former function. 
Since gregarious associations of prepupal larvae or pupae are relatively 
rare in the family and since sound receptors have never been detected in 
the larvae, it seems that the concept of a “congregating” function to 
pupal sound is not as tenable. 

Hinton (1948) presents an excellent discussion of possible functions 
of pupal sound and states that it is primarily defensive. He arrived at 
this conclusion by eliminating sound as being involved with social or 
sexual behavior, with emergence of the adult, or with slight adjustments 
to temperature or humidity that a small proportion of sound-producing 
pupae may be able to make. Hinton notes that the defensive function, 
though unsupported by direct evidence, is strengthened by the fact 
that the pupae, as a rule, only stridulate when they are disturbed. 

Haskell (1961) and Wynter-Blyth (1957) also believe that the defen- 
sive function is the most plausible of those suggested. Further corrob- 
orating the defensive function, Carter (1952) reported that stridulation 
in Strymonidia w-album Knoch is loud enough to deter a predacious 
bird. However, in a paper by Cole (1959) devoted exclusively to the 
defensive mechanisms of lepidopterous pupae against Ichneumonidae, 
sound was not mentioned. 

An added complication in considering the defensive function is the 
fact that the larval stage is subject to more parasitism and predation 
than the pupal stage. Not only are more parasite species involved with 
larval stages, but most of the parasites, such as Tachinidae, Ichneumoni- 
dae, and Braconidae which emerge from the pupa, result from early 
stages in the butterfly larvae. Should sound production be an excellent 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 149 


defensive mechanism, one would be hard pressed to explain its almost 
universal occurrence in lycaenid pupae and its almost universal absence 
in larvae. Perhaps the increased parasitism is only an aftermath of the 
greater availability of larvae or a physiological necessity of the parasite; 
I seriously doubt that the compartively low rate of pupal parasitism is 
due solely to protection afforded by sound. In this connection, however, 
it should be mentioned that Dodd (1916) reported that large lycaenid 
larvae in Australia were capable of sound production when “bunched up 
for moulting.” We have thus far been unable to detect noise in Nearctic 
larvae nor have we located any structures which could produce such 
noise. 

It may be a mistake to look for single over-riding functional reasons 
for sound production. Consequently, other possible functions not dis- 
cussed by earlier writers should be suggested as an aid and guideline 
for future research in this area. Contrary to Hinton’s opinion that the 
noise does not play a part in sexual behavior, it may be that pupal 
sound attracts adult insects to the vicinity of pupal niches so that mating 
can occur immediately after emergence of the adult. In many species 
females mate soon after emergence. This function need not be universal, 
so that we might not expect such a function in pupae which are deep 
within the ground where sound could not reach the surface. The point 
to be made here is that we cannot completely dismiss the “adult- 
attracting’ function even though it is weakened by the following facts: 
the slightness of sounds produced, lack of knowledge of adult sound 
receptors, equality of sound in both sexes, sound production both early 
and late in the pupal period, and optical rather than acoustical stimuli 
seeming to be the key release mechanism in initiating mating responses. 

Another possibility is that stridulation is only secondary to the move- 
ments responsible for it, and the movements themselves may be a meta- 
bolic necessity. Certainly the external contact of parts of an insect’s 
body when it is moving, depending on the degree of friction, can pro- 
duce some sound. So little is known of the physiological activity during 
the pupal stages, however, that further discussion on metabolic need 
for movement is fruitless. We have earlier mentioned that physical need 
for movement during eclosion is apparent in certain nonlycanenid species. 

Implied above in the suggestion that sound might be only an after- 
math of movement, is the fact that there need not be a function. That 
is to say, the sound may be only incidentally and accidentally produced. 
Of course very little is known about ultrasonics, and only those sounds 
are studied which fall within the human auditory range, and only those 
which are sufficiently loud to attract attention. It is of interest that 
almost every insect which is studied for possible sound is found to 


150 Downey: Lycaenid pupal sounds Vol. 20; noms 


produce noise. Perhaps there are many other sounds produced which 
we do not hear. As techniques and equipment for recording and measur- 
ing ultrasonic sounds becomes perfected, no doubt explanations of 
function of sound will also increase. However, we cannot dismiss the 
fact that there may be no direct function. The occurrence of sound in 
such divergent taxonomic groups, however, together with the definitive 
organs involved, weakens the explanation based on accident. 

Another suggested explanation for the function of pupal sound in 
the Lycaenidae is involved with their symbiotic relationship with ants. 
Larvae of most Lycaenidae are tended by ants for the secretions from 
exudate glands of the larvae. These glands, particularly those on the 
seventh abdominal segment, may remain functional in the pupa, which 
may likewise be tended by ants. The evolution of this association be- 
tween ants and the immature stages of lycaenids is reviewed in part by 
Balduf (1938, 1939) and Hinton (1951) and has been noted by me in 
several western Nearctic species. It will be worthwhile to consider 
briefly some aspects of this relationship. 

Immature individuals of the lycaenids are thought to derive some 
benefits from the ants. These benefits are easily observed in some species, 
somewhat more subtle in others, and unknown for certain species. Among 
the most obvious advantages to certain butterfly immatures include: 
protection from predators and parasites, a means of transportation for 
food (from plant-to-plant) or shelter (plant-to-ant nest or to special 
resting chambers), and internidal development and care (feeding by 
regurgitation). The divergence of behavioral patterns, the great num- 
ber of ant and lycaenid species involved, and the wide geographical 
occurrence of the relationship, suggest that the two types of insects 
have been associated for a long time. 

The function of the exudate gland would seem to be obvious in the 
myrmecophily, but many species which possess the glands have never 
been reported with ants. Other species are known where the glands 
are restricted to positions other than abdominal segment seven, or, as 
in the genus Lycaena, they may be scattered over the body. In some 
species the glands are not evident, but the larvae are still attended by 
ants. All of these conditions have been explained on a presumed phylo- 
genetic basis. That is, occurrence of the gland and the myrmecophilous 
relation is thought to be ancestral. Loss of the gland in certain genera, 
or extremes in the relationship with ants (from complete internidal de- 
velopment to no association) are considered to have been independently 
acquired. 

The development of zoophagous feeding habits is thought to have 
been intimately associated both with the propensity for lycaenid species 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 151 


to be cannibalistic, and their intimate relations with ants. In fact, sev- 
eral species which are phytophagous during their early instars become 
predacious during their last larval stage, feeding on ant young. The 
adult ants transport the mature lycaenid larvae to the nest and not only 
tolerate zoophagy by their guests, but actually may feed their own 
young to the butterfly larvae. It is only a short evolutionary step from 
this intermediate feeding habit to the completely predacious existence. 
It should be noted that the zoophagous feeders in this family are either 
on ants, aphids, scales, jassids, or membracids with which ants are in- 
timately associated. 

Let us now consider a few additional observations on sound which 
may be pertinent. Bethune-Baker (1905) was informed by Dodd that 
three species of the Australian genus Ogyris would emit sounds in the 
pupal state only in the presence of ants. If the ants were taken away, 
the pupae remained silent. Dodd also stated that if the pupae were 
not attended by ants, it was an almost certain indication that they were 
dead. Wheeler (1913: 512) says that ants also stridulate. Sound-making 
ability has been noted in many ant subfamilies and has been known since 
1878 (Swinton, 1878-1879). Wheeler (1913: 513) notes that stridula- 
tion is an important means of communication among ants. More recent 
studies on ant communication have not verified the importance of 
sound but have disclosed the widespread use of chemical communica- 
tion by means of pheromones (see Wilson, 1963). While not wanting 
to deemphasize the implications of the chemical vocabulary in ants 
presently being analyzed, it seems likely that other sensory mechanisms 
are also concurrently involved. These include visual, tactile, and audi- 
tory signals, and the latter warrant attention here. 

It is possible that noises produced by lycaenid pupae advertise their 
presence to ants. Originally this ability may have developed in the 
pupa together with a functional exudate gland, in which case noise may 
not only have helped attract ants, but served to excite them into feeding 
activity. Lycaenid larvae are also equipped with eversible tentacles 
whose function has been debated (see Downey, 1962) but which may 
be to attract and excite ants by production of pheromones. Since these 
tentacles are not functional in the pupal stages, even when exudate 
glands are present, it is possible that stridulating devices assume attrac- 
tant function in the pupa. It should not be difficult to design an ex- 
periment to show whether audible and ultarsonic sounds produced by 
the pupa attract and stimulate or repel the ants. A comparison of sounds 
produced by ant and pupa would likewise prove interesting, particularly 
where the associations are rather specific. 

Moreover, we can conceive that, much like the exudate gland and the 


52 Downey: Lycaenid pupal sounds Vol. 20; nore 


myrmecophilous condition in general, ability to stridulate has been re- 
tained in pupae of many different taxonomic groups within the family. 
Perhaps its retention in some groups has been on the basis of a sec- 
ondarily derived benefit, particularly in those species which no longer 
have exudate glands, or like tarquinius, are not tolerated by ants. This 
advantage could be protection afforded the pupa by stridulation, which 
character would perhaps have been reinforced as ancestral pupal types 
lost the protection afforded them by ants. Thus, the presumed defen- 
sive function of pupal sound need not be discarded, but can be 
strengthened. 

Some information on function may be obtained from the species which 
appear to lack stridulatory devices. One such species, Glaucopsyche 
lygdamus (Dbldy.), is strongly myrmecophilous; the larvae are tended 
by at least three species of ants (Downey, 1965), and it is the only 
Nearctic species reported with an internidal pupal stage (Tilden, 1947) 
and with functional pupal exudate glands (Downey, 1965). One would 
assume that if stridulation was involved in the symbiotic relationship 
of pupa and ants, lygdamus would have a superior noise apparatus. 
Instead, it is one of the very few which lack these devices. Conversely, 
the carnivorous Feniseca tarquinius, whose larvae prey on aphids and 
are subject to attacks by aphid-tending ants, retains stridulatory organs 
in the pupa. Also as indicated above, there is evidence that the ant- 
feeding Liphyra brassolis Westw., which is viciously attacked by the 
tree ants in whose nest it lives, also has noise making devices in the 
pupa, even though Dodd (1916) claimed this species did not make 
sounds. Dodd has been the only author to express the opinion that 
pupal movements and sounds were necessary in the symbiotic relation- 
ship of ants and larvae. 

If one assumes an “ant-attracting” function for the organs, at least in 
origin, some attempt should be made to explain retention of stridulation 
in species which ants do not tolerate. Most lycaenids of this type are 
internidal, and thus not exposed to regular predators and parasites. In 
this case even a protective function to the noise is not tenable since it 
does not deter the ants, nor is it necessary for other animals in this 
niche. The stridulatory structures may have been retained here due 
to pleiotropy; a genetic tie with other needed characters. 

In analyzing the function of sound and its origin in this family I 
speculate as follows: stridulatory organs and associated structures, such 
as muscles involved in moving the devices, are considered ancestral 
characters present in the protolycaenid stock. They developed from 
structures originally involved in abdominal flexion and adult eclosion. 
The noise produced then became increasingly more functional and ad- 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 153 


vantageous to the pupa either in a myrmecophilous relationship, or in 
protection from parasites or predators, or both. These assumptions are 
presently being tested. 

SUMMARY 

1. Pupae of 81 species (38 genera) of the family Lycaenidae (sensu 
lato, including Riodinidae auct.) have the ability to make noise: six 
species “hammer” their bodies against the substrate; 75 possess stridula- 
tory organs. 

2. Pupae of three species (two genera) of the family lack the 
stridulatory organs and presumably are unable to make noise. 

3. Pupae of certain moths and some butterflies belonging to other 
families, including the common Monarch, are capable of sound produc- 
tion, so that this feature is not unique to the Lycaenidae. 

4. The stridulatory organs in various lycaenid pupae are located on 
the same structures, and have a basic morphological similarity, which 
suggests common origin. 

5. Three main parts of the sound-producing structure include a 
stridulating plate, a membranous region, and a file. The latter bears 
teeth and other protuberances which rasp against the anterior plate. 
Three types of surfaces are recognized on the plate: tuberculate, reticu- 
lar, and ridged. 

6. There is some question as to the physiological stage of the life 
cycle here involved. The “pupa” might be considered a pharate adult. 
However, the muscles and sensory apparatus involved in sound _pro- 
duction are still present in an emerged adult, while the stridulating de- 
vices proper seem limited to the pupal integument. Sound also seems 
to be limited to this particular stage of development regardless of name. 

7. The organs may have originated from grainy reticular surfaces 
associated with flexible abdominal segments. As obtect pupae lost their 
motility, these surfaces were retained only in the movable segments. 
In the rigid pupa of many Lycaenidae, some flexion has persisted in 
certain abdominal segments, perhaps retained only because of its neces- 
sity in sound production. 

8. Of the many possible functions of sound in the Lycaenidae, two 
seem most plausible: a defensive mechanism and an auditory signal for 
associated symbiotic ants. 

9. The stridulatory organs have many characters of possible taxo- 
nomic use. The worldwide distribution of the characters, as well as the 
taxonomic diversity of the adults involved, suggests that sound pro- 
duction is both universal and ancestral in the family. Species which 
have lost the structures, retain modified structures, or have lost the 
presumed basic functions, have acquired these traits secondarily. 


154 Downey: Lycaenid pupal sounds Vol. 20; nos 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


I am grateful to the following researchers and institutions for con- 
tributing pupae used in this study: H. K. Clench, Carnegie Museum; 
Tom Emmel, Stanford University; Dr. E. T. Giles, University of New 
England; Dr. C. D. MacNeill, California Academy of Sciences; Hans 
Malicky, Vienna University; Lloyd Martin, Los Angeles County Museum; 
D. V. McCorkle; Noel McFarland; Dr. F. D. Morgan, Waite Institute; 
Dr. Jerry A. Powell, California Insect Survey, University of California, 
Berkeley; Gary Ross, Louisiana State University; Dr. E. I. Schlinger, 
University of California, Riverside; Oakley Shields; Don Stallings; O. R. 
Taylor and Fred Thorne. Special acknowledgment is made to Mrs. 
Martha Strawn who worked with me early in the study and used part 
of the data for her master’s thesis. This work is part of a larger study 
on immature stages being supported by the National Science Founda- 
tion, GS 2493. Thanks also to Dr. BR. EH. Blackwelder and@Dreaa@: 
Galbreath for criticism of the manuscript. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Bautpur, W. V., 1938. The rise of entomophagy among Lepidoptera. Amer. Nat. 
12: 358-379. 

1939. The bionomics of entomophagous insects. Part II (Lycaenids, Coppers, 
Blues, Hairstreaks ). John S. Swift Co., Inc., St. Louis, pp. 32-94. 

Bei, T. R., 1919 a. The common butterflies of the plains of India. Jour. Bombay 
Nat. Hist. Soc., 26: 98-140. 

1919b. The common butterflies of the plains of India. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. 
Soc., 26: 438-487. 

1919 c. The common butterflies of the plains of India. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. 
Soc., 26: 750-769. 

1920. The common butterflies of the plains of India. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. 
Soc., 26: 941-954. 

BETHUNE-BAKER, G. T., 1905. A monograph of the genus Ogyris. Trans. Ent. Soc. 
London 1905, 53: 269-292. 

1924. A revision of the Liphyrinae together with a description of the structure 
of the puparium of Liphyra brassolis and the pupae of Aslauga vininga and A. 
lamborni (Lepidoptera ). Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1924 (1925): 199-238. 

Carter, W. A. C., 1952. Notes and observations. Ent. Rec. and Jour. of Variation, 
64: 255. 

CHAPMAN, T. A., 1916. A contribution to the life history of Agriades escheri Hbn. 
Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1915 (1916): 411-423. 

CiencH, H. K., 1962. Panthiades m-album (Lycaenidae): Remarks on its early 
stages and on its occurrence in Pennsylvania. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 15(4): 226— 
2327 le LOGI 

Cor, L. R., 1959. On the defences of lepidopterous pupae in relation to the ovi- 
position behavior of certain Ichneumonidae. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 13(1): 1-10. 

DENICEVILLE, L., 1900. The foodplants of the butterflies of the Kanara district of 
the Bombay presidency. Jour. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 69: 187-278. 

Dickson, C. G. C., 1952. The life history of Phasis zeuxo zeuxo L. Trans. Roy. 
Soc. So. Africa, 33(4): 447-456. 

Dopp, F. P., 1916. Noise-producing Lepidoptera. In: Oberthur, C. C. Houlbert 
and F. P. Dodd, Contributions a l’etude des grands Lepidopteres d’Australie. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 ¥5) 


In: Oberthur, C., Etudes de Lepidopterologie comparee, Fasc. Xi bis, pp. 13-14. 
(Also, a French translation “Lepidopteres producteurs de bruits” loc. cit., pp. 
15-17. ) 

Downey, J. C., 1962. Myrmecophily in Plebejus (Icaricia) icarioides (Lepid., 
Lycaenidae ). Ent. News, 73(3): 57-66. 

1965. Thrips utilize exudations of Lycaenidae. Ent. News, 76(1): 25-27. 

Downey, J. C. & M. A. Strawn, 1963. Sound-producing mechanisms in pupae of 
Lycaenidae. Bull. Ent. Soc. Amer., 9(3): 161 (Abstract). 

EHRiicH, P. R., 1957. The higher systematics of the butterflies. Lepid. News, 
W(4=5): 103-106. 

1958. The comparative morphology, phylogeny and higher classification of the 
butterflies. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., 39(8): 305-370. 

Euruicu, P. R., & A. H. Enruicu, 1961. How to Know the Butterflies. Wm. C. 
Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa, 262 pp. 

Frincs, M., & H. Frincs, 1960. Sound Production and Sound Reception by Insects. 
A Bibliography. Pennsylvania State Univ. Press, State College, Penn., 108 pp. 

GartH, J. S.. & J. W. TitpEen, 1963. Yosemite butterflies. Jour. Res. Lepid., 
9(1): 1-96. 

HaskeE.x, P. T., 1961. Insect Sounds. Quadrangle Books, Chicago, 189 pp. 

Hinton, H. E., 1946. Concealed phases in the metamorphosis of insects. Nature, 
157; 552-553. 

1948. Sound production in lepidopterous larvae. Entomologist, 81: 254-269. 
1951. Myrmecophilous Lycaenidae and other Lepidoptera—a summary. Proc. So. 
London Ent. Nat. Hist. Soc. (1949), 50: 111-175. 

Jackson, T. H. E., 1937. The early stages of some African Lycaenidae (Lepidop- 
tera), with an account of larval habits. Trans. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, 86: 201-— 
238. 

Mosuer, E., 1916. A classification of the Lepidoptera based on characters of the 
pPupawbulle ilinois- State Lab. Nat. Hist, 12(2): 1—159. 

PRELL, H., 1913. Uber zirpende Schmetterlingspuppen. Biol. Centralb., 33: 496- 
501. 

Roepke, W., 1918. Zur Myrmekophilie von Gerydus boisduval, Moore. Tijds. v 
Entom., 61: 1-16. 

ScuiLp, F. G., 1877. Funf Entwickelungsstande gleichzeitig. — Zizpende Insekten- 
puppen. — Darwinistische Erwagungen. Stettiner Ent. Zeitung, 38: 85-97. 
SNoperAss, R. E., 1935. Principles of Insect Morphology. McGraw-Hill, New 

York, 667 pp. 

StRAWN, M. A., 1964. Sound production in pupae of the butterfly family Lycae- 
nidae. Unpublished Masters Thesis, Southern Illinois University. 

Swinton, A. H., 1878-1879. Notes on the stridulation of Myrmica ruginodis and 
other Hymenoptera. Ent. Monthly Mag., 14: 187. 

Tuorn, L. B., 1924. Notes on the life histories of some Victorian lycaenid butter- 
flies. Victorian Nat., 41: 43-50. 

TILDEN, J. W., 1947. An occurrence of the pupae of Glaucopsyche lygdamus behrii 
(Edw.) in an ant nest. Pan-Pacific Ent., 23(1): 42-43. 

Tutt, J. W., 1900. Chapter 3. The external morphology of the lepidopterous pupa. 
In: A Natural History of the British Lepidoptera. Vol. 2. Swan Sonnenschein 
and Co., London, 586 pp. 

WHEELER, W. M., 1913. Ants. Columbia Univ. Press, New York, 663 pp. 

Witson, E. O., 1963. Pheromones. Scientific Amer., 208(5): 100-114. 

WyYnTeR-BiytH, M. A., 1957. Butterflies of the Indian region. Bombay Nat. Hist. 
Soc., Bombay, 523 pp. 

ZIKAN, J. F., 1953. Beitrage zur Biologie von 19 Riodininen-Arten (Riodinidae- 
Lepidoptera ). Dusenia, 4(5, 6): 403-413. 


156 Irwin: W. H. Edwards specimens Vol. 20, no. 3 


NOTES ON W. H. EDWARDS SPECIMENS IN TWO 
MIDWESTERN COLLECTIONS 


Roperick R. [IRWIN 
7009 South Loomis Blvd., Chicago, Illinois 


INTRODUCTION 

Early in 1947, while studying some butterflies received from my friend 
Murray O. Glenn, of Henry, Illinois, my attention was attracted to a 
specimen of Phyciodes texana (Edw.) which bore a label reading “E. 
cincta ¢/bred Oct. 78.” Recalling Holland’s discussion of the name 
cincta (1931), I wrote Dr. W. R. Sweadner of the Carnegie Museum 
regarding this specimen, and although I had no reason to suppose there 
was anything unusual about the label other than the name in question, 
I sent it to Sweadner. He replied stating that he had compared it with 
holograph labels of W. H. Edwards in that institution, and that he 
believed it to be in the handwriting of Edwards. He suggested that I 
publish a note regarding the discovery of the specimen, tracing its 
history if possible. This, however, I did not do, although I found among 
the butterflies received from Glenn a considerable number of others 
bearing labels in the same handwriting. 

In the spring of 1963 I again became interested in the Edwards speci- 
mens as a result of learning of F. Martin Brown’s studies of the type 
material of Edwards, and I resolved to carry out the late Dr. Sweadner’s 
suggestion, which had been so long deferred. I forwarded all of the 
Edwards specimens in my possession to the Carnegie Museum, where 
Brown examined them and pronounced them genuine. He reiterated 
the opinion that an account of their discovery was worthy of publication. 
Thus encouraged, I proceeded to attempt to trace the steps whereby 
these specimens had reached the collection of Glenn. Meanwhile, fur- 
ther examination of the latter’s collection resulted in the finding of still 
more Edwards specimens, which Glenn, with his characteristic generos- 
ity, turned over to me in view of my interest in their historical impor- 
tance. These subsequent specimens were also examined by Brown. 

It is the purpose of this paper, not to advance any opinion upon 
possible taxonomic significance of these specimens, but merely to call 
attention to their existence and present location; and incidentally to 
present an interesting bit of entomological history, as well as brief and 
previously unpublished biographical sketches of two Illinois amateur 
collectors of an earlier day. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Dsl 


HistorY OF THE EDWARDS SPECIMENS 


The specimens discussed in the present paper were sent by Edwards 
to Augustus H. Mundt, of Fairbury, Illinois. Mundt was born in Ger- 
many in 1847 and came to the United States during the first year of the 
Civil War. Two years later, he enlisted in the 11th Illinois Cavalry. 
Late in 1864, he was wounded in the foot and taken prisoner. His wound 
troubled him greatly for the rest of his life. He came to Fairbury in 
1868, and operated a jewelry business there for 62 years. He was an 
enthusiastic amateur butterfly collector, and in addition was interested 
in such diverse fields of natural history as conchology, odlogy, and 
taxidermy, as well as in the formation of a collection of Indian relics. 
According to his son William, of Sullivan, Illinois, he was a personal 
friend of Dr. L. O. Howard. 

Mundt was interested in the rearing of Lepidoptera. He contributed 
several short articles to The Canadian Entomologist and Papilio, which 
are listed in the references, and which have largely to do with immature 
stages and rearing techniques. It may have been this interest which 
led to his correspondence with Edwards, for in a letter to Edwards dated 
May 21, 1884, Mundt speaks of sending him a box containing some 
prickly ash, with detailed instructions as to planting and caring for it. 
Possibly it was in exchange for material such as this that Edwards sent 
butterflies to Mundt, but at least some of them were purchased, as will 
be shown later. 

In later life Mundt’s interest in butterflies appears to have diminished 
to the extent that by 1923 he was considering the sale of his collection 
to Judge R. M. Barnes, of Lacon, Illinois. Richard Magoon Barnes 
(1862-1945) was a distinguished lawyer and judge, and apparently was 
not related to Dr. William Barnes of Decatur, Illinois, who is more well 
known to Lepidopterists. Like Mundt, Judge Barnes was interested in 
many areas of natural history and in collections illustrative of them; but 
his specialty was North American birds’ eggs, of which he built up an 
extensive collection, a large part of which is now in the Chicago Natural 
History Museum. Bames served there at one time as curator of odlogy, 
and he was editor and publisher of The Odlogist for a number of years. 
His collections, embracing a nearly complete representation of the 
mammals, reptiles, and birds, and many of the insects of Illinois, were 
housed in a specially constructed museum adjacent to his home. His 
collection of Lepidoptera was worldwide in scope and was built up 
over a period of some twenty-five years by personal collecting in the 
field as well as through purchase and exchange. 

A number of letters exchanged between Mundt and Barnes during 


158 Irwin: W. H. Edwards specimens Vol. 20, no. 3 


1923-1925 are in my hands. They give us an insight into the work of 
Mundt during the period of his active interest in Lepidoptera. In an 
effort to justify his asking price of five hundred dollars for his collection 
and cabinet, which Barnes apparently thought unreasonably high, Mundt 
enumerated some of the amounts that he had invested in it. In a letter 
to Barnes dated November 28, 1923 he says, “I paid . . . from $100 to 
$150.00 to Oscar T. Barron [sic] of California through W. H. Edwards 
for many of his specimens . . .” 

In other letters he speaks of his dealings with Herman Strecker, which 
were apparently unsatisfactory. Mundt learned that schoolchildren in 
Utah were being paid to collect and destroy cocoons of Platysamia 
gloveri, as the larvae were believed responsible for widespread defoli- 
ation of plants. He offered more money to have the cocoons sent to him 
instead of being destroyed, so that he was soon receiving three or four 
boxes of cocoons a day, which he advertised for sale at $1.50 per dozen 
through notices in The Canadian Entomologist and Papilio. In another 
letter to Barnes on December 18, 1923, he complains that “The fact is 
that Strecker did not treat me right . . . he ordered a number of dozens 
but never paid me cent for them making all sorts of excuses so at last I 
told him to send the Supplements [to Strecker’s Lepidoptera, Rhopa- 
loceres and Heteroceres, Indigenous and Exotic] . . . but never came 
through. I wrote him several times about them and when he died his 
wife wrote that as he had spent over $15,000 on his collection she was 
obliged! to sell itak a) Sieatssacmimce: snemea 

Although Barnes replied to these letters saying that “my experience 
with collections, which has probably been greater than that of any other 
in America, is that there is a limited market for collections unless they 
are exceedingly large and the property of some well-known author in 
the scientific line to which the collections pertain,” still he says the fol- 
lowing year that “. . . I always had the modest collection of Butterflies 
and Insects which you showed me in mind and I hope someday to be 
able to add them to my collection here.” Eventually he did, but it must 
not have been until considerably later, as one of the Edwards specimens 
is labeled, “From A. H. Mundt collection December 1936 R. M. Barnes.” 
Mundt died January 1, 1938 at the age of ninety. 

Following the death of Barnes seven years later, his collection was 
broken up. The greater portion of the Lepidoptera went to the Illinois 
State Museum at Springfield, where it remains. A representative series 
of Illinois butterflies and moths was deposited in the collection of the 
Illinois Natural History Survey at Urbana, while Glenn, who had been 
a personal friend of Judge Barnes, also received a portion of his col- 
lection. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 159 


I examined the collections of both the above-mentioned institutions 
in a search for further Edwards specimens. None were found among the 
Barnes material in the Illinois Natural History Survey collection, prob- 
ably because of the preferential selection of Illinois species that had been 
made. However, several specimens bearing labels in the handwriting 
of Edwards were found which apparently came from the collection of 
Selim H. Peabody. While a discussion of these is beyond the scope of 
the present article, they may form the subject of a future note. At the 
Illinois State Museum 23 more Edwards specimens were found, which 
with the 63 from the Glenn collection made a total of 86 discovered as 
a result of this investigation, exclusive of the Peabody material. Through 
the courtesy of Dr. Rupert Wenzel of the Chicago Natural History Mu- 
seum, the 63 from Glenn’s collection have been deposited there for 
safekeeping, although they remain a part of my collection and are so 
labelled. To all these, as well as to those in the State Museum, I have 
attached printed labels on yellow paper reading “From/W. H. Edwards.” 

When the material first came into my possession, I attached typewrit- 
ten labels on blue paper reading “Metatype’ to all those which repre- 
sented Edwards own names. Although these were for my own con- 
venience and have no standing, I have not removed them unless more 
formal designation has since been made. 

In listing the individual specimens discussed herein, I give first the 
name of the species using current nomenclature, for the most part fol- 
lowing dos Passos (1964). Next I quote the exact wording of Edwards’ 
holograph label, followed by the text of any other labels that may be 
present other than those which I have applied as indicated above. 
Finally, I append any pertinent remarks, as well as symbols indicating 
their present location, in my own collection (RRI) at the Chicago Natu- 
ral History Museum, or in the collection of the Illinois State Museum 
(ISM ). 

Little of the material has thus far been the subject of critical study, 
either by myself or by specialists, for the purpose of confirming Edwards 
determinations. Where this has been done, the fact will be evident 
from subsequent labels. A relatively few distinctive species, such as 
Limenitis wiedemeyerii, are incapable of confusion with any other. For 
the rest, I have been obliged to use Edwards’ names for the purpose of 
this paper, since to have examined all of them would have delayed its 
preparation still further, while I think it desirable that it appear con- 
temporaneously with Brown’s studies. I am grateful to the latter for the 
information regarding Edwards’ probable source of the various speci- 
mens. 


160 Irwin: W. H. Edwards specimens Vol. 20, noms 


Among the more frequently recurring abbreviations on Edwards’ holo- 
graph labels which are not self-explanatory are: “W.T.” for Washington 
Territory; “M.” or “Morr.” for H. K. Morrison, and “O.B@ tori@sgeamsae 
Baron. Other abbreviations are explained where they appear. 


List OF THE EDWARDS SPECIMENS 
Hesperiidae 


Ochlodes sylvanoides (Bdvyv.) “Agricola 6 /W.T. M.” “Ochlodes / sylvanoides / 3 
(Bdv.) / Det. J.W. Tilden” (RRI); another with identical labelling except for the 
omission of a sex sign on Edwards’ label (RRI); “Agricola 2” “Ochlodes / sylvanoi- 
des /Q (Bdv.) / Det. J.W. Tilden” (RRI). 

Ochlodes agricola (Bdv.) “Agricola ¢/ Nev* Mor.” “Ochlodes / agricola / ¢ (Bdv.) / 
Det. J.W. Tilden” (RRI). From Nevada. 

Atalopedes campestris (Bdv.) “Huron / é Kan’*.” (ISM). Kanawha County, West 
Virginia, probably taken by Edwards near his home in Coalburg. 

Wallengrenia otho egeremet (Scud.) “Egeremet ¢/ Kan*.” (RRI). Same source 
as the preceding specimen. 

Hesperia harpalus (Edw.) “Comma ¢@/v. sylvanoides / Cal.” “Hesperia / harpa- 
lus / (Edw.)/ Prob. a coast range pop. / Det. J.W. Tilden” (RRI); another with 
similar labelling except that no locality is given on Edwards label (RRI). A third 
specimen has no Edwards holograph label, the only one discussed in this paper 
which is so lacking; yet from the text of the following label in the handwriting of 
Mundt it is believed to be from Edwards: “Pamphila which I / believe to be syl- 
vanoides / of Boisdvl / W.H. Edwards” (RRI). It bears Tilden’s determination label 
similar in wording to the others. 

Erynnis propertius (Scud. & Burg.) “Propertius” (ISM); “Propertius / Scudd.- 
Burg.” “Sonoma Co. / California” (RRI). The latter label has the word “Sonoma 
Co.” in the handwriting of Henry Edwards; the second line is printed. 


Riodinidae 
Apodemia mormo (Felder) “L. cythera ¢” “Apodemia / mormo / é ( Feld.) / det. 


RR. Irwin? (RRI). : 
Lephelisca virginiensis (Guérin-Méneville) “Caenius /é Ga.” (RRI). 


Lycaenidae 


Hypaurotis crysalus (Edw.) “Thecla/ crysalus ¢/ Colorado” (RRI). 

Callipsyche behrit (Edw.) “Behrii ¢/ Nev. Morr.” (RRI); “Behrii 9 / Nev*.” 
(RRI). 

Incisalia iroides (Bdv.) “Iroides 9 / Nev. Morr.” (RRI). 

Incisalia eryphon (Bdvy.) “Eryphon @/ Cal*.” (RBI). 

Strymon melinus franki Field. “Melinus /é Col.” “Strymon / melinus franki / ¢ 
Field / Det. F.M. Brown.” (RRI). 

Strymon adenostomatis (Hy. Edw.) “Adenostomatis ¢/ Cal. O.B.” (ISM); “Ade- 
nostomatis 2 / Cal. O.B.” (RRI); “Adenostomatis 9° / Nevada” (ISM). 

Strymon saepium (Bdyv.) “Saepium é@/ Cal.” “222” “Havilah / California” (partly 
printed; RRI). Probably from Richard Stretch through Henry Edwards. The label 
“222” is a manuscript number of the latter, and the word “Havilah” is in his hand- 
writing. A second specimen is labelled: “Saepium 9? / W.T. M.” (RRI). 

Callophrys sp. undetermined. “Dumetorum / Cal.” “Callophrys / sp. possibly / 
viridis Edw. but / antennae needed for / positive identification / J].W. Tilden” (RBI). 
Possibly from Herman Behr. 

Lycaena gorgon (Bdv.) “Gorgon @ / Cal.” (ISM). 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 161 


Lycaena xanthoides (Bdv.) “Xanthoides ¢/Cal’.” (RRI); “Xanthoides ? / Cal’.” 
(ISM). 

Lycaena rubidus sirius (Edw.) “Sirius /é Colo.” (RRI); “Sirius 9 / Colo.” (RRI). 

Lycaena nivalis (Bdv.) “87 zeroe 6” (RRI); “zeroe 6” (RRI). Both are addi- 
tionally labelled “Lycaena / nivalis / ¢ (Bdv.) / Det. R.R. Irwin.” For a discussion of 
Edwards use of the name zeroe in this connection, see Brown, Eff, and Rotger 
(1955))-p. 158. 

Lycaena helloides (Bdv.) “Helloides ¢/W.T. M.” (RRI); “Helloides 9 / W.T. 
WE CINAD)?: 

Brephidium exilis (Bdv.) “Fea / Texas” (RRI); “Fea / Texas” (ISM). Probably 
from the type series of fea. 

Hemiargus isola (Reakirt) “Alce ¢/ Texas” (RRI); “Alce ¢/ Texas” (ISM). 
Probable syntypes of alce according to Brown. 

Lycaeides melissa (Edw.) “Melissa ¢/ Col.” (RRI). 

Plebeius icarioides lycea (Edw.) “Lycea 6/ Cal. O.B.” (RRI); “Lycea @ / Cal. 
OB (GRRL). 

Plebeius acmon (Westwood and Hewitson) “Acmon / W.T. M.” (RRI); “Acmon 
6 / Nev. Morr.” (RRI). 

Nymphalidae 

Mestra amymone (Ménétriés) “Amymone é/ Texas” “Dallas, / Texas.” (printed 
label; RRI); “Maidania / Texas” “Id. USNM / 11-23-36 / No. 3553” (typewritten 
label; RRI). Brown believes that “maidania” represents an unpublished manuscript 
name of Edwards. 

Limenitis wiedemeyerii Edw. “Wiedemeyerii ¢/ So. Colo.” (RRI). Probably from 
H. K. Morrison. 

Vanessa carye Hubn. “caryae 6 / Cal.” (ISM). 

Polygonia satyrus (Edw.) “Satyrus ¢/ Meads” (RRI). From Colorado and Theo- 
dore L. Mead, and probably one of the type series. Another specimen is of the sub- 
species marsyas (Edw.) and is labelled: “Marsyas @ / Colo.” (RRI). 

Polygonia zephyrus (Edw.) Two with identical labels: “Zephyrus /¢ Col?’.” 
(RRI). Brown believes that these are members of the type series. 

Polygonia gracilis (Grote and Robinson) “Gracilis /W. Mts. 75” (RRI). White 
Mountains of New Hampshire. 

Phyciodes texana (Edw.) “E. cincta ¢/ bred Oct 78” (RRI). Brown (1965) dis- 
cusses the taxonomic significance of this specimen. I have applied an additional 
label reading “Phyciodes / texana / § (Edw.) / Det. R.R. Irwin.” 

Phyciodes phaon (Edw.) “Phaon 6 / Texas / July” (RRI); another male and a 
female similarly labelled but with small additional labels reading only “19” and “22” 
respectively (RRI); and another female also thus labelled but with no number 
(ISM). The meaning of the numbers is not known. 

Phyciodes mylitta (Edw.) “Mylitta 6 /W.T. M.” (RRI). 

Phyciodes campestris (Behr) “Pratensis ¢/ Neva.” (RRI); an identically labelled 
specimen (ISM); “Pratensis ¢” “April” “Havilah / California” (RRI). As in the 
case of the specimen of Strymon saepium discussed previously, this is from Henry 
Edwards, probably having come originally from Stretch. The words “April” and 
“Havilah” are in the handwriting of Henry Edwards, while “California” is printed. 

Phyciodes campestris montana (Behr) “Montana ¢ / Cal*.” (RRI); “Montana ¢ / 
Summit 7/17/76” (RRI). The latter is from the summit of Donner Pass, California, 
probably taken by Mead. 

Phyciodes vesta (Edw.) “Vesta 6/ Texas” “5” (RRI); “Vesta 9/ Texas” “13” 
(RRI). As in the case of phaon, the significance of the numbers on separate bits of 
paper is unknown. 


Satyridae 


Coenonympha ampelos Edw. “Ampelos 6/W.T. M.” (RRI). 
Coenonympha california (Westwood) “Galactina ¢/ Lab.” (ISM). 


162 Irwin: W. H. Edwards specimens Vol. 20, nots 


Cercyonis pegala pegala (Fabr.) “Pegala 9/ Fla.” “110 Cercyonis pegala Fbr. / 
From A.H. Mundt Collection / December 1936 R.M. Barnes” (RRI). 

Cercyonis pegala nephele (Kirby) “Nephele ¢ / Catskills’ (ISM); “Nephele 2 / 
N York” (RRI). 

Cercyonis pegala ariane (Bdv.) “Ariane 6” (2 specimens ISM); “Ariane ¢ / Cal.” 
(2 specimens ISM); “Ariane ¢/ Sod. Sp.” (ISM); “Ariane 6 / Sod. Sp. / Cala.” (ISM); 
“Boopis /é Oregon” (ISM); “Boopis ¢/ Oregon / Dodge” (ISM); “Boopis 2 / Soda 
Sp. Cala.” (ISM); “Boopis 9” (ISM). 

Oeneis ivallda (Mead) “Ivallda ¢/ Nev’. M.” (RRI). 

Oeneis chryxus (Doubleday) “Chryxus ¢/ Big Horn 77” (RRI). Taken by Lt. 
Carpenter. 

Oeneis jutta (Htibn.) “Jutta 9 / Quebec” (RRI). 

Oeneis melissa semidea (Say) “Semidea/é W. Mts.” (RRI); “Semidea/Q W. 
Mts. 75” (RRI). Probably from Denton or Scudder. 

Erebia epipsodea Butler. “Erebia / rhodia / Colo.” “Syntype / Erebia rhodia / W.H. 
Edwards / designated by /F.M. Brown ’63” (RRI). See Brown (1964) for a dis- 
cussion of rhodia with a reference to this specimen. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I am very grateful to F. Martin Brown for his encouragement, aid and 
suggestions, and for reading a draft of this paper. Without his help it 
could not have been written. I am much indebted to Murray O. Glenn 
for the information on the life and activities of Judge Barnes, and for 
the specimens which are the subject of this study. The staffs of the IIli- 
nois State Museum and the Illinois Natural History Survey were most 
cooperative. Finally, I acknowledge with thanks the help of Professor 
J. W. Tilden, who determined many of the Hesperiidae, as noted, and 
also examined the specimen of Callophrys. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Brown, F. M., 1964. The types of satyrid butterflies described by William Henry 
Edwards. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 90: 323-413. 
1965. Anthanassa Scudder, 1875 (Insecta, Lepidoptera): Proposed designation 
of a type-species under the plenary powers. Bull. Zool. Nomencl., 22: 192-194. 
Brown, F. M., D. Err and B. Rotcer, 1955. Colorado butterflies, Part III. Liby- 
theidae, Riodinidae, Lycaenidae. Proc. Denver Mus. Nat. Hist., 5: 114-176. 
pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the nearctic Rhopalocera. Lepid. Soc., 
Mem. 1, 145 pp. 
Epwarps, W. H., 1886. Miscellaneous notes on butterflies, their larvae, etc. Ca- 
nad. Ent. lo. 1418. 
Hoiianp, W. J., 1931. The butterfly book, a new and thoroughly revised edition. 
New York. 424 pp. 
Mounpt, A. H. Letter to W. H. Edwards, May 21, 1884. In Archives of State of 
West Virginia, Charleston, W. Va. Photocopy in F. M. Brown collection, Folio 
12, letter 47. 
1880. Letter re Cossus larvae. Canad. Ent., 12: 39. 
1881. Notes upon climatic influences on Samia gloveri of Utah and S. ceanothis 
of (Califor. (Canad. Pmt slo G5-ore 
1882. Migration of dragonflies Aeschna heros (Fabr.). Canad. Ent., 14: 56—57. 
1883. Papilio walshii and abbottii Edw. Canad. Ent., 15: 87-89. 
1883. New method of feeding larvae. Papilio, 3: 25-26. 
1883. Limenitis ursula and L. disippus. Papilio, 3: 26. 
1884. Letter re Pulvinaria innumerabilis. Canad. Ent., 16: 240. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 168 


TWO NEW SPECIES AND TWO NEW SUBSPECIES OF 
MEGATHYMIDAE FROM MEXICO AND THE 
UNITED STATES 


Don B. StTAuiincs,' J. R. TuRNER, VioLa N. STALLINGS 
Caldwell, Kansas 


The first species described herein represents an extension of the range 
of the “belli complex” much farther south and east of previously known 
species. Since it is further removed from the other species it was not 
unexpected to see that it had major characters which differed from those 
of the known species. The treatment of the second species described 
here represents a major change in our procedure, for this is the first 
time that we have described a species based on a single specimen and 
without any knowledge of its biology; however this species is unique in 
so many ways that its description cannot be further delayed. 

The two subspecies described herein are not described because of 
any great difference in their appearance; rather, they look somewhat 
alike. The significant thing about these two is that they probably rep- 
resent parallel evolution of two widely separated populations rather 
than divergence in two closely related, geographically adjacent popu- 
lations. 


Agathymus ricei Stallings, Turner, & Stallings, new species 


Female. Upper surface of primaries: flat black, with a few golden brown hairs 
at the base; spots yellow with a tint of brown; spot 1 square; spots 2, 3, and 4 
rectangular, with spot 2 extending inwardly beyond the other two spots; spots 5 and 
6 square, set well outside outer edge (extended) of spots 7, 8, and 9; spots 7, 8, and 
9 almost square, of about equal size, forming a straight line on their outer edge, 
inwardly each spot is irregular with spot 8 distinctly convex; golden brown hairs at 
base extending outward one-third towards outer angle, terminating in an indistinct 
dull yellow patch, above the golden brown hairs extending outward along vein just 
below spot 1, terminating in a tiny patch of dull yellow just short of spot 1; fringes 
checkered dark smoke and white. 

Undersurface of primaries: flat black, apex and outer margin well overscaled 
with white and between spots 1 and 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 with yellow; all spots of upper 
surface reappear, lighter in color, spot 2 almost white; the two patches of color of 
the upper surface not appearing. 

Upper surface of secondaries: flat black with golden brown hairs at base, extend- 
ing outwardly, particularly in anal area; a well-defined discal band of spots, slightly 
darker than the spots on upper surface of primaries; a minute patch of dull yellow 
in median area; fringes checkered dark smoke and white. 

Undersurface of secondaries: flat black, completely overscaled with white; discal 
band faintly represented by a slight increase in white overscaling. 


1 The research for this paper was made possible to a large degree by Research Grant # G B 1190 
from the National Science Foundation, made available to the first named author. 


164 STALLINGS ET AL.: More new megathymids Vol. -20; nets 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 165 


Abdomen: brown to black above with white overscaling beneath. Thorax: 
brown-black with golden brown overscaling above and white overscaling beneath. 
Palpus: white with numerous black hairs. Antenna: smoky black with narrow white 
rings. 

Length of forewing: 22 mm to 26.5 mm; average 25 mm, measurements of holo- 
type: forewing, apex to base 26.5 mm, apex to outer angle 16 mm, outer angle to 
base 19 mm; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu: 19 mm. 

Male. Upper surface of primaries: black, otherwise similar to female, except spots 
smaller, the lower patch of color more distinct, the upper patch very indistinct; with 
spot 8 round. 

Undersurface of primaries: similar to female, except spot 3 also white. 

Upper surface of secondaries: similar to female, spots of discal band brighter. 

Undersurface of secondaries: similar to female, discal band more clearly defined 
by white overscaling. 

Abdomen, thorax, palpus, and antenna similar to female. 

Length of forewing: 22 mm to 24.5 mm, average 24 mm. Measurements of 
allotype: forewing, apex to base 24.5 mm, apex to outer angle 14.5 mm, outer angle 
to base 17 mm; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu; 17.5 mm. 


Holotype, female, allotype male, and 21 paratypes (13 males and 10 
females), near Tepeaca, Puebla, Mexico, on Hwy. 150 at Km 165, eleva- 
tion 7,000 ft, collected as larvae, emerging from Sept. 10 to Oct. 5, 1964. 
Collected by Mrs. R. C. Turner; Dr. and Mrs. J. R. Turner, Judy, Gayle, 
and J. R., Jr.; Mary Lee Turner; H. A. Freeman; Mr. and Mrs. Don B. 
Stallings. 

Holotype, female, Sept. 27, 1964 and allotype, male, Sept. 25, 1964, 
will be deposited in the Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale Uni- 
versity; 13 paratypes are in the collection of H. A. Freeman and the 
remainder in the collection of the authors. 

Specimens 30 km southeast of the type locality appear typical, but 
specimens 62 km southeast of type locality are not typical. 

Foodplant: a large “Maguey” type of Agave; the leaves are yellow 
green, very broad and thin on the outer part, rather succulent, the plant 
has a very rosette shape with the bloom stalk being paniculate. 

When collected the larvae were dull white with a few fine red-brown 
speckles, this was probably the next to last instar as later they were a 
light olive green color. Nearly all the larvae were found in very small 
plants, less than 18 inches high. The trapdoors were located on the 
underside of the leaves, and the leaves occupied were located more to 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I 


Agathymus ricei Stallings, Turner, and Stallings. Top row: Holotype female, 
Tepeaca, Puebla, Mexico, 27 September 1964; left, upperside; right, underside. 
Middle row: Allotype male, Tepeaca, Mex., 25 September 1964; left, upperside; 
right, underside. Bottom row: left, male valva, inner aspect; middle, posterior 
segments of pupa including cremaster; right, external genital structures of female, 
abdominal segments VIII—X, ventral aspect. 


166 STALLINGS ET AL.: More new megathymids Vol. 20, no. 3 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II 


Agathymus escalantei Stallings, Turner, and Stallings. Holotype female, Nochis- 
tlan, Guerrero, Mexico, May, 1958. Top: Upperside. Middle: Underside. Bottom: 
External genital structures, abdominal segments VIII—X, ventral aspect. 


the center of the plant. The collecting area was at the base of a lime- 
stone hill. Very few larvae were found upon the hill. 

We realized when we first saw the trapdoors that this species was 
related to Agathymus evansi (Freeman) and Agathymus belli (¥Free- 
man) for they were shiny jet black. However these trapdoors were 
somewhat different from those of evansi and belli in that the outer two- 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 167 


thirds had a frosted effect, this frosted effect results from the incorpora- 
tion of a whitish substance into the outer area leaving only the inner 
third shiny like evansi and belli. We note that the trapdoor of evansi 
has a slight indication of the incorporation of a lighter colored substance 
in the outer portion of the trapdoor. The trapdoor of this new species is 
round, 7 mm in diameter; the trapdoor of evansi is round, 8 mm in 
diameter; while the trapdoor of belli is oval, 9 by 10 mm. 

This species must have some green in the flat black ground color, for 
on both undersurfaces the white overscales appear to be greenish. 

The species is readily distinguished from both evansi and belli by its 
darker color, smaller spots and particularly spot 8 which is round in the 
male, and has the inner side convex in the female. In evansi and belli 
the spot is rectangular and in the female the inner side of the spot is 
concave. 

Strangely, the genitalia appears closer to evansi than belli. The cre- 
master of the pupa case is shorter and more blunt than evansi or belli. 

The larval cavity in the plant varies from 42 mm to 51 mm in the 
female and from 37 mm to 58 mm in the male. The larva places a few 
strands of silk across the cavity immediately below where it pupates. 

Named for J. E. Rice Turner, Jr., the son of the second named author, 
who collected part of the type series. 


Agathymus escalantei Stallings, Turner, & Stallings, new species 


Female. Upper surface of primaries: dark brownish black with very few yellow 
hairs and scales at base, extending outward along costal edge and from base towards 
outer angle; spots creamy lemon-yellow; spot 1 longer than wide, with the outer 
edge rounded; spots 2, 3, and 4 rectangular, spot 4 somewhat broader; spot 5 absent 
and spot 6 a minute dot well outside the discal band; discal band, with spots 7 and 
8 forming a straight line on their outer edges, with spot 9 set outward appearing 
disassociated from 7 and 8; spot 9 distinctly toothed inwardly; spot 8 nearly twice as 
long as spots 7 and 9, extending inward to inner edge of cell spot; spots 1, 7, 8, and 
9 separated by only narrow lines of dark brownish black; spots 1, 7, and 8 appear 
to form a cluster of spots unlike any other Agathymus; fringes are checkered dark 
brownish black and smoky white. 

Undersurface of primaries: dull brownish black, apex lightly overscaled with 
white; all spots of upper surface, plus spot 5, present; spots 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 white, 
1, 7, 8, and 9 as above, larger, particularly spot 9. 

Upper surface of secondaries: dark brownish black with numerous yellow hairs 
at base and in anal area; discal band composed of four spots in a straight line, the 
upper two very distinct, the lower two, minute dots; fringes checkered like primaries. 

Undersurface of secondaries: dull brownish black with white overscaling; discal 
band white, the more distinct spots appearing at lower edge of the band; one white 
comma-like spot inward in costal area. 

Abdomen: dark brownish black above and brownish black below. Thorax: dark 
brownish black. Palpus: white. Antenna: dark brown with narrow white rings. 

Measurements of holotype: forewing, apex to base 24 mm, apex to outer angle 
15 mm, outer angle to base 18 mm; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu: 18 mm. 

Male. Unknown. 


168 STALLINGS ET AL.: More new megathymids Vol. 20, noes 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE III 


Megathymus yuccae maudae Stallings, Turner, and Stallings. Top row: Holotype 
female, 21 mi. N Essex, San Bernardino Co., Calif., 9 March 1953; left, upperside; 
right, underside. Bottom row: Allotype mle! 21 mi. N Essex, Calif. 14 March 
1953; left, upperside; right, underside. 


Holotype, female, Nochistlan, 20 km southwest of Acahuizetla, Guer- 
rero, Mexico, May, 1958; deposited in collection of Tarsicio Escalante, 
Mexico, D.F. 

The closest presently known species to this new species is Agathymus 
fieldi Freeman. It is distinguished from fieldi by the darker ground color, 
the lighter spots, which are much larger in the primaries and much 
smaller in the secondaries and particularly by the peculiar clustering of 
spots 1, 7, and 8. The wings of this species appear more fragile (thinner ) 
than other species in the genus. 

The genitalia are distinctly different, particularly in the elongated spur 
on each side of the sterigmal “plate.” 

This unique species is named for our good friend and fellow collector, 
Dr. Tarsicio Escalante of Mexico City. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 169 


Megathymus yuccae maudae Stallings, Turner, & Stallings, 
new subspecies 


_ Female. Upper surface of primaries: black with a few yellow-green hairs near 
base; apex slightly overscaled with white; spot 1 rectangular, each corner extended 
outward slightly; spots 2, 3, and 4 of equal length; spots 5 and 6 rectangular, par- 
ticularly spot 6; spots 7 and 8 about equal in size, broadly rectangular; spot 9 
equal to 7 and 8, toothed inwardly, notched outwardly; spots 1, 7, 8, and 9 light 
yellow, spots 5 and 6 creamy yellow, spots 2 and 3 white, spot 4 white with a tinge 
of yellow; fringes checkered white with black. 

Undersurface of primaries: black, outer margin overscaled with white, all spots 
of the upperside reappear, spots 2, 3, and 4 white, spots 1, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 creamy 
white, white portion of checkered fringe with a row of blackish scales half as long 
as the white scales. 

Upper surface of secondaries: black with very few yellow-green hairs near base; 
light yellow spots of discal band, a minute dot with two small triangular spots below, 
followed by two well-defined roundish spots, inward side of latter four spots forming 
a straight line; broad creamy yellow margin; fringes white. 

Undersurface of secondaries: black with costal area and outer margin overscaled 
with white; two triangular white spots in costal area, discal band indicated by slight 
mottling. 

Abdomen: black above, dark gray to black below. Thorax: gray with greenish 
tinge above, darker below. Palpus: white with a few scales capped with black. 
Antenna: club above and below black, shaft ringed with white and black. 

Length of forewing 29 mm to 33 mm, average 32 mm. Measurements of holotype: 
forewing, apex to base 32.5 mm, apex to outer angle 21 mm, outer angle to base 
23.5 mm; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu: 24 mm. 

Male. Upper surface of primaries: black, similar to female with spots smaller 
and lighter in color; spots 7, 8, and 9 toothed inwardly. 

Undersurface of primaries: similar to female with spots smaller, spots 2, 3, and 4 
white, spots 1, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 creamy white. 

Upper surface of secondaries: black with broad, creamy yellow margin. 

Undersurface of secondaries: black, overscaled with white with two white tri- 
angular spots in costal area. 

Abdomen, thorax, palpus and antenna same as in female. 

Length of forewing 25 mm to 29 mm, average 27 mm; measurements of allotype: 
forewing, apex to base 28 mm, apex to outer angle 17 mm, outer angle to base 19 
mm; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu; 18.5 mm. 


Holotype, female, and allotype, male: California, San Bernardino 
County, 21 miles north of Essex, on Cima Road in Providence Mountains. 
Described from 40 specimens (20 ¢ 6 and 20 @ 2 ), collected in the 
pupal stage by Dr. and Mrs. R. C. Turner emerging in confinement from 
4 March 1953 to 17 March 1953. Holotype, female, 9 March 1953, and 
allotype, male, 14 March 1953, will be deposited in Peabody Natural 
History Museum, Yale University; paratypes are in the collection of 
C. L. Remington, H. A. Freeman, U. S. National Museum, and American 
Museum of Natural History. 

Foodplant: Yucca schidigera (Roezl.) Ortgies. 

This subspecies occurs in the Providence Mountains and northward 
in nearby Mojave Desert areas of eastern California. We have specimens 


170 STALLINGS ET AL.: More new megathymids Vol. 20, no. 3 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV 


Megathymus yuccae elidaensis Stallings, Turner, and Stallings. Top row: Holo- 
type female, Elida, Roosevelt Co., New Mexico, 9 April 1956; left, upperside; right, 
underside. Bottom row: Allotype male, Elida, N. M., 3 April 1956; left, upperside; 
right, underside. 


from 17 miles east of Essex, in the Piute Mountains, and from the Soda 
Mountains near Baker. 

This subspecies appears similar to M. yuccae arizonae Tinkham; how- 
ever, the genitalia indicate that maudae is associated with M. yuccae 
martini Stallings & Turner. The new race is distinguished from arizonae 
by the length of the spots (longer) and the lighter color of the spots, 
and from martini by the larger spots, particularly in the female. 

It is named for Maude Remington, the wife of P. S. Remington and 
mother of C. L. Remington; her charm is unforgettable. 


Megathymus yuccae elidaensis Stallings, Turner, & Stallings, 
new subspecies 


Female. Upper surface of primaries: deep brown-black with a few yellow hairs 
near base; a slight line of white overscaling from apex along outer margin; spot 1 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society Lal 


rectangular; spot 2 nearly twice as wide as spots 3 and 4, extending outward; spots 
5 and 6 roughly rectangular; spot 7 slightly shorter than spot 8; spot 8 slightly 
toothed inwardly; spot 9 as large as spot 8, with a toothed effect inwardly and a 
notched effect outwardly; spots 1, 7, 8, and 9 yellow, spots 5 and 6 light yellow, 
spots 2, 3, and 4 white; fringes checkered dark smoke- and brown-black. 

Undersurface of primaries: brown-black, outer margin overscaled with white, all 
spots of upperside reappear, spots 2, 3, and 4 white, spots 5 and 6 yellow-white, 
spots 1, 7, 8, and 9 light yellow. 

Upper surface of secondaries: deep brown-black, a few yellow hairs near base; 
yellow spots of discal band of two triangular spots, joined by two well-defined, 
squarish spots below, line formed by inward side of these four spots irregular; broad, 
light yellow margin, fringe white, showing a tint of yellow. 

Undersurface of secondaries: brown-black, costal area and outer margin overscaled 
with white; two narrow, triangular, white spots located in costal area, discal band 
indicated by faint mottling. 

Abdomen: deep brown-black above, brownish below. Thorax: gray-brown with 
yellow tint above, darker below. Palpus: white, a few scales capped with black. 
Antenna: club, above and below, black; shaft white ringed with faint brown-black. 

Length of forewing 30 mm to 36 mm, average 34 mm. Measurements of holotype: 
forewing, apex to base 35 mm, apex to outer angle 21.5 mm, outer angle to base 24.5 
mm; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu; 23.5 mm. 

Male. Upper surface of primaries: similar to female, spots smaller; spots 2, 3, 
and 4 white, spots 1, 5, and 6 white with considerable yellow scaling, spots 7, 8, 
and 9 light yellow; spots 5 and 6 each a crescent outwardly, spots 7, 8, and 9 slightly 
toothed inwardly. 

Undersurface of primaries: similar to female with spots smaller; spots colored as 
above except a little lighter. 

Upper surface of secondaries: deep brown-black with broad light yellow margin, 
fringes white with a slight tint of yellow. 

Undersurface of secondaries: brown-black well overscaled with white, with two 
white triangular spots in costal area, there is often a minute white dot circled with 
brown-black in the center of the wing, if this dot is absent its location is evident 
from the lack of white overscaling within the brown-black circle. 

Abdomen, thorax, palpus, and antenna same as in @. 

Length of forewing 23 mm to 28 mm, average 27 mm. Measurement of Allotype: 
forewing, apex to base 28 mm, apex to outer angle 17 mm, outer angle to base 19 
mm; hindwing, base to end of vein Cu; 17.5 mm. 


Holotype, female, and allotype, male: New Mexico, Roosevelt County, 
southwest of Elida. Described from 80 specimens (39 ¢ ¢ and 41 @ ¢ ), 
collected in the larval and pupal stage by Dr. and Mrs. R. C. Turner 
and Viola N. Stallings in 1956 and 1962. Specimens emerged in confine- 
ment from April 3 to May 13. Holotype, female, 9 April 1956, and allo- 
type, male, April 3, 1956, will be deposited in Peabody Natural History 
Museum, Yale University. Paratypes are in the collection of C. L. 
Remington, H. A. Freeman, U. S. National Museum, and American 
Museum of Natural History. 

Foodplant: Yucca intermedia var. ramosa McKelvey. 

In 1956 this particular colony was located a few miles south of Elida, 
New Mexico on U. S. Hwy. 70 at an elevation of approximately 4,200 ft. 
In 1962 the colony was found 17 miles northeast of Elida, some 8 miles 


iL PERKINS AND PerKINs: Limenitis lorquini Vol. 20, no. 3 


southwest of Portales. The shifting of the location of the colony can be 
attributed to the wind. This subspecies occurs in a relative open country 
and the direction of the blowing wind during the flight period of the 
females will determine the location of the colony the following year as 
the females tend to drift with the wind as they oviposit. Thus we can 
expect colonies of this type shifting back and forth from year to year. 

This subspecies occurs on the high plains of eastern New Mexico from 
south of Clayton southward to north of Lovington. It should also be 
found immediately east in west Texas. 

This subspecies appears similar to M. yucca arizonae Tinkham; how- 
ever, the genitalia indicate it is associated with M. yucca coloradensis 
Riley. 

The New Mexico race is distinguished from arizonae by the length of 
the spots (longer) and the darker color of the spots and from coloraden- 
sis by its larger size and darker coloring of spots. It should be noted, 
however, that this is one of the few instances where we appear to have 
a north-south cline, from typical coloradensis to elidaensis. 


A REVIEW OF THE LIMENITIS LORQUINI COMPLEX 
(NYMPHALIDAE ) 


EDWIN M. PERKINS, JR., AND STEPHEN F. PERKINS 
Oregon Regional Primate Res. Center, Beaverton, Oregon 


The Limenitis lorquini complex consists of two subspecies, one form, 
and four aberrations, according to C. F. dos Passos’ 1964 Synonymic List 
of Nearctic Rhopalocera (pp. 75-76). Limenitis lorquini burrisonii May- 
nard and Limenitis lorquini burrisonii ab. maynardi Field are of partic- 
ular interest; the former was assigned a subspecific standing while the 
latter is presently treated as an aberration. 

It is the intention of the authors to discuss and elucidate the categor- 
ical treatment and designations of the presently recognized entities in 
the lorquini complex. 


THE SOUTHERN COMPLEX 
The original description of Limenitis lorquini lorquini (Boisduval) 
(Figs. 1 and 2) appeared in 1852 (Annales de la Société Entomologique 
de France, (2)10: 301). The type locality was cited as California. L. l. 
lorquini represents the typical, southern race of the species. 
Limenitis lorquini form eavesii, Henry Edwards (Figs. 3 and 4), 
described from the vicinity of Virginia City, Nevada, differs basically 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 173 


from typical lorquini in that it exhibits a well-defined row of orange 
spots distal to the median white band of the hindwing dorsally. In addi- 
tion, eavesii also displays more extensive orange over the apical area of 
the forewing dorsally. Form eavesii not only inhabits Nevada but also 
California, occurring from coastal lowland and mountain localities in the 
southern counties to mountainous regions in the central and northern 
counties. An examination of Nevada and California material reaffirms 
that eavesii is a minority form, to be found at a variable rate of occur- 
rence, within typical lorquini populations. 

Form eavesii was not originally described in 1878 as the Synonymic 
List of Nearctic Rhopalocera indicates. C. F. dos Passos (in litt.) states: 
“Limenitis lorquini form eavesii, Hy. Edwards was published on page 
172 of volume VII of the Proceedings of the California Academy of 
Sciences. The title page, insofar as material, reads (Volume VII, 1876— 
San Francisco, 1877) from which I deduce that the final signature (13) 
in which this name appears was not published until 1877. The preced- 
ing signature contains the minutes of a meeting held 18 December 1876. 
Consequently, I conclude that eavesii Hy. Edwards should be dated 
1877.” dos Passos further states: “There is a possibility that this name 
was published in 1876 since it appeared in Pacific Coast Lepidoptera, 
no. 22 and it is generally believed that these papers were distributed as 
separates by Henry Edwards before they were published by the Acad- 
emy. However, under Article 21 of the Code, the publication of pre- 
prints is frowned upon.” 

L. lorquini from northern California retain the characteristic facies of 
the southern populations, although an occasional example possesses con- 
comitantly reduced orange apical patches on the forewing dorsally and 
a somewhat darker ground color, ventrally. This tendency is prepon- 
derant in populations sampled in southern Oregon. 


THE NORTHERN COMPLEX 


The subspecies typical of northern areas occurs in Oregon, Washing- 
ton, British Columbia, Alberta, Idaho, and Montana. Individuals possess 
restricted (rarely absent) apical areas on the forewings above, which 
are dark, red-orange in hue. These specimens also present a somber, 
ventral ground color which becomes very melanotic in some individuals. 
The name which is presently applied to this northern race is burrisonii 
Maynard. Our investigation has shown this categorical concept and 
subsequent nomenclatorial designation to be in error. 

We have examples of northern lorquini which are unusual in possess- 
ing a postmedian row of six well-defined, burgundy-red to orange spots, 
located distally to the median white band of the dorsal hindwings. 


20; noses 


Vol. 


Limenitis lorquini 


PERKINS AND PERKINS: 


174 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 175 


As we were curious about this particular variation, which is pheno- 
typically expressive in only 11.5 percent of the 338 northern lorquini 
examined, a representative specimen from west central Montana (Fig. 
7) was forwarded to F. M. Brown, Colorado Springs, Colorado for his 
inspection and determination. 

According to Brown, the specimen parallels the form originally de- 
scribed as burrisonii (Figs. 7 and 8) in 1891 (The Manual of North 
American Butterflies, p. 102). In his original description Maynard 
stated: “Differs from the typical lorquini, in the entire absence of any 
red in the apex of the fore wing above, and in the presence of a series of 
red spots outside the white band on hind wing, and there are indications 
of a sub-marginal series of spots.” Maynard further states: “I have 
described above a form of Limenitis obtained by Mr. H. K. Burrison, 
in British Columbia, during July 1890, from Landsdowne, westward to 
Vancouvers Island.” This description suggests that Maynard’s type (al- 
though not specifically fixed) was a minority variant of the northern, 
red-spotted lorquini from which apical patches were lacking. 

Field’s maynardi (Figs. 5 and 6), considered to be an aberration, was 
described in 1936. The type locality was given as Vancouver, British 
Columbia. In his original description (Jour. Ent. Zool., Pomona, 28: 24— 
25), Field stated: “The northem form which lacks these red spots and 
which is similar in this respect to typical lorquini Boisduval is unnamed. 
I name it maynardi after the author of the red spotted form. .. .” Al- 
though Field was not specific regarding the nomenclatorial standing of 
maynardi, he did qualify its categorical treatment by adding the fol- 
lowing note on page 25 of his original description: “If the common form 
of the northern race is the form without red spots, then maynardi will 
have to be listed as the normal form of the race. If not the normal form 
of the race burrisonii then this new form is a transition form represent- 
ing melanism, black taking the place of red.” 

The original descriptions of both maynardi and burrisonii were so 
worded by their respective authors that both are categorically available 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 


Figs. 1-8. Ink and watercolor sketches of Limenitis lorquini complex: 1) ¢, L. l. 
lorquini (Bdv.), Tuolumne Co., Calif., 1-VII-64; 2) 9, L. Il. lorquini (Bdv.), San 
Diego Co., Calif., 27-VI-64; 3) 6, L. 1. lorquini form eavesii Hy. Edw., Inyo Co., 
Calif., 3-VII-63; 4) 9, L. l. lorquini form eavesii Hy. Edw., Santa Barbara Co., 
Calif., 6-V-63; 5) 6, L. I. burrisonii form norm. maynardi (Field), Yakima Co., 
Wash., 8-VIII-64; 6) @, L. l. burrisonii form norm. maynardi (Field), Flathead 
Co., Mont., 1-VII-61; 7) 6, L. l. burrisonii Maynard, Ravalli Co., Mont., 7-VII-62; 
8) 9, L. Ll. burrisonii Maynard, Wasco Co., Oregon, 20-VI-64. 


176 PERKINS AND Perkins: Limenitis lorquini Vol. 20, ners 


for usage in a subspecitic designation. As both names apply to the same 
subspecific complex and as Article 23 of the International Code of 
Zoological Nomenclature indicates that it is mandatory for the earliest 
published name to be used as the subspecific nomen, burrisonii (the 
minority form described 45 years before maynardi) must be the name 
used to describe the northern subspecies. In order that this incongruity 
be made conspicuous, the following arrangement is proposed: 


l. lorquini ( Boisduval), 1852 
form eavesii Hy. Edwards, 1877 
ab. comstocki (Gunder), 1925 
ab. gunderi (Field), 1936 
ab. powelli (Field), 1936 
l. burrisonii Maynard, 1891 
form norm. maynardi (Field), 1936. 


CONCLUSIONS 

1) In light of the original descriptions and the frequency of occur- 
rence of maynardi and burrisonii, it is apparent that burrisonii is to 
maynardi that which eavesii is to lorquini. 

2) Although it has been demonstrated that burrisonii is an infre- 
quently occurring, red-spotted minority form and that maynardi is the 
common and prevalent, normal form, adherence to the rules of the 
International Code of Zoological Nomenclature necessitates that burri- 
sonii be the name applied to the northern subspecies of lorquini. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

The authors are deeply indebted to Dr. C. F. dos Passos, Mendham, 
New Jersey, Mr. F. M. Brown, Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, 
Colorado, and Dr. J. A. Comstock, Del Mar, California for their assist- 
ance in nomenclatorial problems, the acquisition of publication data, and 
guidance in the preparation of this manuscript. 

For special assistance in local fieldwork, the authors extend their sin- 
cere appreciation to Mr. A. O. Shields, La Mesa, California and Mr. P. 
J. Herlan, Nevada State Museum, Carson City, Nevada. 

For the use of their records and/or specimens, we thank Mr. J. H. 
Baker, Dr. F. H. Chermock, Mr. C. R. Crowe, Mr. T. W. Davies, Dr. E. 
J. Dornfeld (Oregon State University), Mr. S. Dvorak, Mr. S. L. Ellis, 
Mr. T. C. Emmel, Mr. R. L. Guppy, Mr. S. G. Jewett, Jr., Mr. No Eabue: 
Mr. J. Manning, Mr. L. M. Martin (Los Angeles County Museum), 
Mr. D. McCorkle, Mr. C. W. Nelson, Mr. E. J. Newcomer, Mr. J. FR: 
Pease, Mr. K. Roever, Prof. G. J. Spencer (University of British Colum- 
bia), and Mr. R. F. Sternitzky. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society iT 


THE LIFE HISTORY OF ATRYTONE AROGOS (HESPERIIDAE ) 


RICHARD HEITZMAN 
3112 Harris Ave., Independence, Missouri 


Among millions of acres devoted to cultivation and grazing in the 
central midwestern United States, it is still possible to find widely scat- 
tered areas of original virgin prairie. These prairie locales are all that 
remain of the characteristic flora which once covered vast portions of 
the region. Those surviving meadows provide the entomologist with a 
rich treasure of insect life. Here are found many elusive species unable 
to adapt to a radically changed environment. Lepidopterists in partic- 
ular are keenly aware of these insect oases and keep careful record of 
their locations. Several of our most distinctive butterflies have found 
their “last stand” here, and with the eventual destruction of the prairie 
will disappear from our insect fauna. The regal fritillary Speyeria idalia 
(Drury ) is perhaps the best-known example of this group. 

One of the lesser known species is the small orange hesperid, Atrytone 
arogos (Boisduval & LeConte). While intensely local, arogos has peri- 
odic increases in numbers, becoming rather common in its limited hab- 
itat. The superticial resemblance to Atrytone deleware (Edwards) prob- 
ably accounts for its being passed over by many collectors. With their 
bright orange coloration, the adults are easily sighted sitting atop the 
large purple cone flowers (Echinacea), the most characteristic flower 
of the prairie. Catching this skipper, however, is an entirely different 
matter. The males are wary and easily startled making their capture 
difficult. Females are not quite as wary and are prone to fly slower and 
for shorter distances than the males. The primary flight period occurs 
during early June with a less numerous second brood in early September. 

The 1964 season was exceptionally good for this species, providing 
ample opportunity for observations and life history studies. The host 
plant selection of wild females is beard grass (Andropogon), in this 
instance A. gerardi Vitm. The genus Andropogon, a favored host by the 
subfamily Hesperiinae, serves for at least five other species in this area. 
Females of arogos lay their eggs singly on the undersides of grass blades 
two or three inches below the tips. A female taken from a meadow five 
miles west of Lawrence, Kansas, in June, produced 17 ova from which 
13 larvae were reared. Four of these larvae completed development 
and produced imagines in September. The remaining larvae began hiber- 
nation shortly after entering the fourth instar. These hibernating larvae 
remained in their tube tent on the host plant during the rest of the 


178 HEITZMAN: arogos early stages Vol. 20, no. 3 


ie 
i 
: 
: 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 


Life stages of Atrytone arogos (Boisduval & LeConte). Upper: Egg, lateral and 
dorsal aspect. Middle: Mature larva, dorsal aspect and enlarged, anterior aspect of 
head capsule; pupa, ventral and lateral aspects. Lower: Adult male and female, 
from prairie meadow, 5 mi. W Lawrence, Douglas Co., Kansas. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 179 


summer, fall, and following winter. The final instars were completed 
the following spring, with adults emerging in June. 

It is interesting to note that an unpublished water-color painting by 
John Abbot depicts a male and female A. arogos, a pupa and a larva 
feeding on a species of Panicum, presumably in Georgia. If the associ- 
ation is correct then grasses belonging to the genus Panicum may aug- 
ment or replace Andropogon species as a host in some areas. 

The following descriptions are based on the series reared from Law- 
rence, Kansas: 

Ecc. Hemispherical, slightly flattened on top with micropyle protuberant. Height 
1.10 mm, width 1.20 mm. Creamy white, circled by two pale red, irregular bands; 
lower band faint or broken in some examples. 

On the sixth day there is a slight darkening of the micropyle. Eclosion 
occurs on the seventh day. The entire eggshell is devoured upon 
emergence. 

First INSTAR LARVA. When freshly emerged, pale creamy white with a few long 
white setae, mostly on anal segment. Prothoracic shield dark brown. Head pale 
orange-brown. Mandibles, labrum, and lines of epicranial suture dark brown. A few 
pale setae scattered over head. 

The first action of the larvae is the construction of a small tent about 
10 mm in length along the side or at the tip of a grass blade. Larvae 
begin eating the second day after emergence, with small notches taken 
from the leaf edge above or below the tent. Shortly after feeding the 
general body color changes to a pale translucent green. 

SECOND INSTAR LARVA. Body pale grayish green dorsally, abdominal regions very 
pale grayish white. Anal and thoracic segments pale yellowish white. Prothorax 
white, prothoracic shield marked with a very narrow light orange-brown band. A 
few white setae on anal segment. Head pale orange-brown with grayish white bands; 
stalk of epicranial suture brown with a parallel narrow white band at each side; a 
wide grayish white band follows outer edges of epicranial plates to apex. Back of 
head white with a very narrow orange-brown band circling prothorax. Frons orange- 
brown with two short vertical white dashes. Mandibles dark brown. No noticeable 
setae on head. 

THIRD INSTAR LARVA. Body dull grayish green, prothorax and anal segments paler. 
Prothoracic shield with a very pale orange-brown band; a narrow white spiracular, 
lateral line and a dark green middorsal line, fading out in thoracic region. A few 
short, white setae present on anal segment. Head pale orange-brown; outer edges 
of epicranial plates widely ringed with grayish white, becoming narrower at vertex, 
intersected by two narrow bands that parallel suture lines. Frons edged inwardly 
with white, containing two small, vertical, white dashes. A few short, white setae 
visible on head, mostly around outer edges of epicranial plates. 

By this stage the larvae live in a tent of about 40 mm length, composed 
of two leaves drawn together and sealed tightly, open only at the 
bottom. 


FOURTH INSTAR LARVA. Body pale grayish green. Anal segment and _ prothorax 
pale cream colored. Prothoracic shield with a very narrow, brown, dorsal line; a 


180 HerITzZMAN: arogos early stages Vol. 20, no. 3 


dark green middorsal line and a narrow white spiracular, lateral line. Integument 
translucent, spiracles inconspicuous. No noticeable setae with exception of a few 
white ones on dorsal area of anal segment. Head grayish white with orange-brown 
bands as follows: a narrow band circling outer edges of epicranial plates, beginning 
just above the ocelli; arms and stalk of epicranial suture bordered by narrow lines, 
stopping just short of vertex, with a wider band parallel to sutures; frons grayish 
white with narrow edging and vertical dash of orange-brown extending a short dis- 
tance into suture line. Labrum pale orange-brown, mandibles black, ocelli dark 
brown. A few pale setae scattered over head. 

FIFTH INSTAR LARVA. Body pale grayish green with dark green middorsal heart 
line fading at thorax. Intersegmental folds bright yellow. Integument translucent, 
covered with very fine white setae, a few longer hairs on anal segment. Prothorax 
pale cream colored, prothoracic shield inconspicuous, pale orange-brown. Head 
white with orange-brown bands and markings: arms and stalk of epicranial suture 
bordered by narrow bands, stopping short of vertex and ocelli, wider opposite ver- 
tical stalk of suture; epicranial plates bordered by a narrow band; each epicranial 
plate with a median, vertical streak of orange-brown, broad at base, with an arm 
extending into suture band, tapering to a thin point at upper end, stopping short of 
vertex. Frons white with a narrow outward tracing and central dash of orange- 
brown. Labrum pale brown, mandibles black. Head slightly granulose with minute 
white setae visible. 

FINAL INSTAR LARVA. Length 33 to 36 mm, width 5 mm, width of head capsule 
4 mm. Body pale yellowish green dorsally with yellow intersegmental folds. Anal 
segment and abdominal regions light green without yellowish tint. Prothorax paler 
green. Prothoracic shield inconspicuous, tan. Thoracic and anal spiracles visible as 
white dots, other spiracles not noticeable. A dark green middorsal heart line. Integ- 
ument translucent with a very smooth appearance. Only a few setae visible under 
20 magnification. Head grayish white, covered with scattered white setae. Frons 
edged with a narrow, orange-brown line and containing a short central dash of the 
same color. Suture lines outlined with bands of orange-brown which stop short of 
vertex; a band of orange-brown circles outer edges of epicranial plates, stopping 
short of the bright orange ocelli; A large vertical dash of orange-brown in center of 
each epicranial plate, wide at bottom where it joins suture band, tapering to a 
narrow point where it ends below vertex. Labrum pale orange-brown, clypeus 
darker brown, mandibles dark brown and black. Setae are not noticeable except 
along lower edges of epicranial plates. 


In the final instar the larval tent averages 50 to 70 mm in length. An 
odd feature of larvae in the fourth, fifth, and final instars is the sealing 
of the tent during moulting, with a two-day time lapse occurring during 
this procedure. This peculiarity has not been observed for other Hes- 
periidae, but it undoubtedly gives a great degree of protection during 
this vulnerable period of the larval development. 

The cocoon is constructed between two large grass blades near the 
top of the leaves, often three to four feet above the ground. The leaves 
provide the basis of the cocoon, which is made up of a thin lining of silk 
and a cap of fluffy silk which covers the head of the pupa as it rests in 
a vertical position. 

Pura. Length 18-20 mm, width at wing cases 4.5 mm. Pale yellow with thorax 
and dorsal side of abdomen brighter yellow; wing cases, tongue case and two final 


abdominal segments white. Tongue case detached, extending only 3 mm below 
wing cases. Thoracic spiracles prominent, bright orange-brown. A few inconspicu- 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 181 


ous, gray markings about head and eye cases; scattered reddish setae over head. 
Entire abdomen covered by these setae, most numerous on last three segments. 
Cremaster short, bluntly rounded, lacking any distinguishing projections; lateral 
edges thickly lined with reddish setae; cremaster white, only slightly curved ventrally. 

Larvae completing development within one summer followed a con- 
cise schedule. Instars one through five requiring eight days each while 
the final instar, surprisingly, required 18 days. Pupation occurred two 
days after construction of the cocoon. Imagines emerged in 12 days. 
Larvae which hibernated in the fourth instar sealed themselves into a 
small case between two grass blades on the plant. These tents were 
allowed to remain open until mid-September when they were sealed at 
both ends in preparation for winter. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT 
I would like to express my thanks to William H. Howe of Ottawa, 
Kansas, for the illustrations of the life history which accompany this 
article. 


A NEW SPECIES OF AGATHYMUS FROM TEXAS 
(MEGATHYMIDAE ) 


H. A. FREEMAN! 
1605 Lewis Drive, Garland, Texas 


In making a study of the various complexes present in the genus 
Agathymus it was discovered that there are a number of species present 
in the remingtoni complex other than estelleae (Stallings & Turner) and 
comstocki (Harbison), most of which are found in Mexico. After care- 
fully studying the morphology of specimens collected in the general 
vicinity of Del Rio, Texas it was found that this population represents 
an undescribed species in this complex. For several years I have been 
associating these specimens with estelleae from General Bravo, Tamauli- 
pas, Mexico. After collecting rather extensively over Mexico during the 
past three years in association with the Stallings & Turners, I found that 
I had been connecting these specimens with another species. Actually, 
in many respects, they show a closer relationship to the mountain species 
remingtoni (Stallings & Turner) than they do to estelleae, which is a 
plains species. They show less relationship to comstocki than to either 
of the other two species. 


1] would like to express my appreciation to the National Science Foundation for research grants 
G-9900 and GB-398 which has made this research possible. 


182 FREEMAN: Another Agathymus Vol. 20; nome 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE [| 


Agathymus valverdiensis Freeman. Top row: Paratype male, 14 mi. N Bracket- 
ville, Kinney Co., Texas, 4 October 1962; left, upperside; right, underside. Bottom 
row: Paratype female, 14 mi. N Bracketville, Texas, 15 October 1962; left, upper- 
side; right, underside. 


Agathymus valverdiensis Freeman, new species 


FEMALE. Upper surface of primaries: dark brown—black, base overscaled with 
brownish hairs. Markings dull yellow, as follows: spot 1 (cell spot) often divided 
by dark vein, appearing as two spots. Spots 2, 3, and 4 elongated between veins. 
Spot 5 small, triangular. Spot 6 elongated, often pointed at each end. Spot 7 
straight on inner surface, pointed on outer surface, broad (4-5 mm), extending 
under spot 6. Spot 8 same shape as 7, sometimes not as broad. Spot 9 broadly V- 
shaped, with point directed toward anterior portion of thorax. Fringes checkered 
brown—black and sordid light yellow. 

Upper surface of secondaries: dark brown-black, with some overscaling of brown- 
ish hairs near base and toward anal angle. Markings dull yellow: Discal band 
usually composed of 4 narrow streaks, pointed at outer end, the point directed 
toward outer margin of wing. At times a spot above outer discal spot, sometimes a 
phantom, fifth discal spot in the band. All spots in a straight line. Fringes checkered 
brown and sordid yellowish-white. 

Under surface of primaries: dull brown—black, with some light gray overscaling 
near apex. All spots reappearing, of about the same coloration as above. 

Under surface of secondaries: dark brown, heavily overscaled with light gray. 
Several areas with the overscaling sparse, the darker ground color evident, giving the 
wing a mottled appearance. Two indistinct subcostal spots, sordid white. Discal 
spots often well defined, sordid white, outlined dark due to absence of the light gray 
overscaling. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 183 


Abdomen: dull dark brown above and below. Thorax: dull olive brown above, 
grayish below. Palpi: brown above, white below. Antennae: club brown, except 
base, white; shaft white, ringed with brown at joints. 

Length of primaries 23-26 mm, average 25 mm. Wing measurements; holotype: 
primaries: base to apex, 25 mm; apex to outer angle, 15 mm; outer angle to base, 
19 mm, secondaries; base to end of Cu:, 19 mm; costa to anal angle, 15 mm; total 
expanse 50 mm (average of paratypes 50 mm). 

MAE. Upper surface of primaries: dark brown—black, with some overscaling of 
brownish hairs near base. Spots smaller and lighter in color than those of female, 
light tan, with spot 7 oval, not reaching inner edge of spot 6. Sometimes spot 9 
divided into two by dark scaling of a vein extending through it. Fringes checkered 
dark brown and sordid white. 

Upper surface of secondaries: dark brown—black, with some brownish hairs ex- 
tending down anal fold. Discal band a straight line of four, small, streak-like, light 
tan spots, pointed toward outer margin. Fringes checkered brown and sordid white. 

Under surface of primaries: dull brown—black, with heavy overscaling of light gray 
from apex to two-thirds the distance down outer margin. All spots reappear, paler. 

Under surface of secondaries: dull, dark brown—black, heavily overscaled with 
light gray. Ground color showing through in some areas, presenting a rather mottled 
appearance. Subcostal and discal spots sordid white, discal spots usually edged with 
dark. Anal fold dark brown—black with practically no overscaling of gray scales. 

Abdomen: dull, dark brown above, grayish beneath. Thorax: dull, dark brown 
above, grayish beneath: Palpi and antennae as in female. 

Length of primaries, 21-24 mm. Wing measurements; allotype: Primaries: base 
to apex, 23 mm; apex to outer angle, 13 mm; outer angle to base, 18 mm; second- 
aries: base to end of Cui, 17 mm; costa to anal angle, 14 mm; total expanse 46 mm 
(average of paratypes 46 mm). 


Holotype, female: 28 miles north of Del Rio, Val Verde County, 
Texas, 16 September 1963, reared in atypical Agave lecheguilla Torr; 
allotype male, same location and food plant, 13 October 1963, both were 
collected by the author and will be deposited in the American Museum 
of Natural History. 

Described from 86 specimens, 46 ¢ ¢ and 40 @ @, all from Texas, as 
follows: 42 6 6 and 33 9 2 were collected by the author at 28 miles 
north Del Rio, 10 miles south Juno, Val Verde Co., and 14 miles north of 
Bracketville, Kinney Co.; 4 6 6 and 7 2 2 were collected by Stallings 
& Turner at the Del Rio and Bracketville locations. Adults emerged 
during September and October from 1958 to 1963. 

The type locality is a rocky, limestone hill, elevation 1,450 feet, and 
the pH of the soil at the feeding level of the piants is 7.1. Plant asso- 
ciates are Nolina, sotol, catclaw, mesquite, scrub cedars (Juniperus), 
Yucca reverchoni, and Yucca thompsoniana. The Juno and Bracketville 
locations are very similar to the type locality. Paratypes will be placed 
in the following museums: United States National Museum, Yale Uni- 
versity, Stallings & Turner, San Diego Natural History Museum, and 
Los Angeles County Museum. The remaining paratypes are in the 
collection of the author. 

The food plant is a species related to Agave lecheguilla, possibly 


184 FREEMAN: Another Agathymus Vol. 20,1023 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II 


Agathymus valverdiensis Freeman. Top row: Male genitalia; left, tegumen and 
uncus, lateral aspect; right, valva, inner aspect. Bottom row: Female; left, external 
genital structures, ventral aspect; right, pupal cremaster. 


undescribed. The larvae are white and seem to prefer the upper surface 
of the leaf for the usual construction of their trapdoors, however a few 
make them on the lower surface. When collected, the larvae had their 
heads directed toward the hole in the leaf, their caudal legs toward the 
lower surface of the leaf. The trapdoors are somewhat better constructed 
than those of related species in Mexico, and often the doors are hard 
to distinguish from those of Agathymus gilberti Freeman and A. rindgei 
because they are tan. The frass is ejected out of a hole which the larva 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 185 


cuts in the leaf. The larvae seldom penetrate into the caudex of the 
plant but feed primarily at the base of the leaf. Often they feed in the 
same plant with A. gilberti, which feeds in the leaves toward the lower 
caudex, and A. rindgei, which feeds somewhat higher in the leaf and 
only into the upper caudex. Larvae collected in the summer emerge as 
adults during September and October of the same year. Roy O. Kendall 
made an interesting discovery during March, 1965, at the type locality, 
where he found two pupae of valverdiensis which emerged the following 
April. This presents some interesting questions which cannot be an- 
swered at the present. 

In comparing valverdiensis with other members of the remingtoni 
complex, the following differences are noted: the ground color is 
darker than that of remingtoni, much darker than that of either estelleae 
or comstocki; females of valverdiensis have spot 7 directed well under 
spot 6, which occurs rarely in remingtoni, never occurring in the other 
two species; the spots are reduced in the males, especially the discal 
band of the secondaries, which is made up of small dashes instead of 
regular spots which occur in the other species; the females show this 
same general characteristic; one of the most distinguishing differences 
is the position of the discal band of the secondaries as it is situated 
higher up on the wing than in any of the other species in this group. 
There are genitalic differences which can be noted in the figure, as well 
as differences in the cremaster from the other species in this complex. 

I would like to express my thanks to Mr. Don B. Stallings for the 
photographs of the adults used in this article. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Comstock, J. A., 1957. Notes on the metamorphosis of an Agave boring butterfly 
from Baja California, Mexico. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 12: 263-276, 
pis 22: 
FREEMAN, H. A., 1958. A revision of the genera of the Megathymidae, with the 
description of three new genera. Lepid. News, 12: 81-92, pl. 1. 
1960. Notes on Agathymus in Texas, and the description of a new species from 
Mexico. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 14: 58-62, 1 pl. 
1964. Four new species of Agathymus from Texas. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 18: 171- 
185, 4 pls. 
Harspison, C. F., 1957. A new species of Megathymus from Baja California, Mexico. 
Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 13: 16-71, 4 pls. 
STALLINGS, D. B., & J. R. TuRNER, 1958. A review of the Megathymidae of Mexico, 
with a synopsis of the classification of the family. Lepid. News, 11: 113-137, 
8 pls. 


186 Matuer: Cercyonis pegala pegala Vol. 20, nels 


CERCYONIS PEGALA PEGALA (SATYRIDAE): OCCURRENCE IN 
MISSISSIPPI AND VARIATION IN FOREWING MACULATION 


BRYANT MATHER 
Jackson, Mississippi 


Only four Mississippi records, involving eight specimens, of Cercyonis 
p. pegala (Fabricius) were known to Mather and Mather (1958). Sub- 
sequent collecting has increased these numbers, so that when in 1964 
Dr. J. W. Tilden indicated a wish to obtain Cercyonis specimens for 
study, a total of 27 Mississippi specimens were available and were sent 
to him. Based on his study of these specimens he concluded that the 
Mississippi population represented by them had correctly been assigned 
to C. p. pegala. 2 

Three of the eight specimens recorded by Mather and Mather (1958) 
were not available for inclusion in the series studied by Tilden. Two of 
these were collected by H. I. O'Byrne: a female taken on 22 August 
1940, at Maxie, Forrest County, and a male taken on 2 September 1940 
at Gulfport, Harrison County, both are in the collection of the University 
of Missouri, Columbia, Mo.; the third was collected 24-25 July 1956 by 
John L. Daniel at Shelby State Park, Forrest County, and is in his col- 
lection. The series of 27 examined by Tilden included specimens taken 
on dates in July, August, and October, at localities in three counties in 
southern Mississippi. There were 12 males and 15 females.' Twenty 
(nine males and 11 females) have one eyespot in the yellow patch on 
the forewing upperside, seven (three males and four females) have two 
such spots. Data on these 27 specimens are given in Table I. 

Mr. Lucien Harris, Jr., Avondale Estates, Georgia, kindly examined 
the 14 Georgia specimens (eight males, six females) in his collection 
from middle and southern Georgia that are assignable to C. p. pegala. 
The results of his examination are given in Table II. 

It has been suggested in the literature that in C. p. pegala individuals 
with one eyespot on the forewing upperside are males and those with 
two are females. As indicated by the data in Table I, the available 
sample of the Mississippi population does not follow this rule. A close 
examination of the literature reveals that the occurrence of males with 
two spots and of females with one spot has been noted by Klots (1951) 
and by Clark and Clark (1951). Relevant quotations are given below. 
Holland (1931) stated that “the broad yellow submarginal band on the 
primaries’ was “marked with a single eye-spot in the male and two eye- 


' The sex of each specimen was determined and reported by Dr. Tilden. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 187 


TABLE ].—FREQUENCY OF EYESPOTS IN YELLOW PATCH ON FOREWING 
UPPERSIDE IN Mississippi Cercyonis pegala pegala 


Males Females 


Date Locality County Collector = 
One Two One Two 

24 Jul. 56 Shelby State Pk. Forrest J. L. Daniel Dee - - 
25 Jul. 56 Shelby State Pk. Forrest J. L. Daniel Lest= - 
31 Jul. 60  Fontainbleau Jackson B. & K. Mather ee aa ae il 
31 Jul. 60 ~~‘ Fontainbleau Jackson M. & E. Roshore - = Gl 
31 Jul. 60 Escatawpa Jackson M. & E. Roshore 2 0 - 2 - 

1 Aug. 58 Shelby State Pk. Forrest B. & K. Mather Mee ell 4 

1 Aug. 58 Shelby State Pk. Forrest M. & E. Roshore EG ee Deh 

1 Aug. 60 Shelby State Pk. Forrest M. & E. Roshore a ae - = 

1 Aug. 60 Benndale George B. & K. Mather - - 1 - 
1 Aug. 60 Fontainbleau Jackson B. & K. Mather - = [eee 
2 Aug. 58 Ocean Springs Jackson B. & K. Mather - = - | 
3 Oct. 53  Fontainbleau Jackson B. & K. Mather eri? - = 
Totals Ce Aes) Hk, 4! 

i, 15 

1 Reported incorrectly as a female (Mather and Mather, 1958). 

spots in the female.” Weed (1926) wrote “. . . with one eye spot in 


middle space of the blotch on the male, and two on the female.” Klots 
(1951) stated that it had a “tendency to reduce or lose the lower ocellus 
in orange FW patch.” He figured (Plate 7, fig. 6) a male from North 
Carolina with two eyespots. Ehrlich and Ehrlich (1961) figured (Fig. 
160) a Georgia female with two spots. Kimball (1965) figured (Plate I, 
fig. 30, 31) two Florida females both with two equally large spots. 
Forbes (1960) wrote “Male normally with one, female with two large 
blue-pupilled ocelli in the patch.” He described the specimen figured 
by Klots (1951) as an “aberration with a second ocellus in male.” Clark 
and Clark (1951) wrote “Throughout most of the range in the south the 
lower eye spot on the forewings is lacking in both sexes; in North Caro- 
lina most of the females have this eye spot more or less developed; in 
northern North Carolina and Virginia all the females have two eye spots 
and the males begin to acquire the lower eye spot; north of Virginia 
Beach both sexes showing both eye spots equally developed.” 

The population of C. p. pegala in southern Mississippi, judged by the 
data from the available sample, has two eyespots present in about one- 
third of the individuals and the presence or absence of a second spot is 
not related to the sex of the individual. Three of 12 males and four of 


188 MatTHer: Cercyonis pegala pegala Vol: 20; arenas 


TABLE I].—FREQUENCY OF EYESPOTS IN YELLOW PATCH ON FOREWING 
UPPERSIDE IN GEORGIA Cercyonis pegala pegala 


Males Females 
One spot Two Spots One Spot Two Spots 
jeneeae Lower Lower 
Equal Smaller _Creatly Equal Somewhat 
: Reduced Reduced 
ee ea ee 2 i 5 1 


15 females have two spots. This population is thus approaching that 
described by Clark and Clark (1951) as inhabiting “most of the region 
in the south” where “the lower eye spot on the forewings is lacking in 
both sexes.” The population in Georgia appears much more uniformly 
to have one spot on males and two spots on females. 

From these data it is concluded that the use of the number of eye- 
spots on the forewing upperside as a basis for determination of sex of 
individuals of C. p. pegala is unreliable. The variation of number of 
these eyespots merits further study on a geographic basis. It appears 
incorrect to regard the male from North Carolina figured by Klots 
(1951) with two spots as an “aberration” as was done by Forbes (1960) 
since Clark and Clark (1951) had noted that in North Carolina males 
may have two eyespots. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Cuark, A. H., & L. F. CLiarx, 1951. The butterflies of Virginia. Smithsonian Misc. 
Colle NG Gael 2389: 

EnRuicH, P. R., & A. H. Exnriicnu, 1961. How to Know the Butterflies. Wm. C. 
Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 262 pp. 

Forses, W. T. M., 1960. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states, Part IV, 
Agaristidae through Nymphalidae, including butterflies. Cornell Univ. Ag. Exp. 
Sta., Memoir, 371: 1-188. 

Houianp, W. J., 1931. The Butterfly Book (revised edition). Doubleday & Co., 
Garden City, N. Y. 424 pp. 

KrmBathL, C. P., 1965. Lepidoptera of Florida. Div. of Plant Industry, Florida 
Dept. of Ag., Gainesville, Fla. 363 pp. 

Kiots, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., Bos- 
ton. 349 pp. 

MarTuer, B., & K. Matuer, 1958. The butterflies of Mississippi. Tulane Stu. Zool., 
6: 63-109. 

WEED, C. M., 1926. Butterflies. Doubleday, Page & Co., Garden City, N. Y. 286 
pp. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 189 


"SEX-RATIO” IN: PIERTS HYBRIDS 


S. R. BOowDEN 
53, Crouch Hall Lane, Redbourn, Herts., England 


Those lepidopterists who have worked with interspecific hybrids will 
be aware that in many instances female hybrids are very difficult to 
obtain. This is in accordance with the rule of Haldane (1922) that in 
all such hybrids it is the heterogametic (XY) sex which is the less vig- 
orous, less numerous, and less fertile. In hybrid Pieridae, developmental 
disturbances which affect only the female range from mere changes in 
the incidence or length of diapause to its indefinite extension leading to 
death (Bowden, 1957). In experimental conditions it may easily happen 
that diapause pupae, which would eventually have produced imagines, 
are meanwhile adversely affected by those conditions and die before 
they can do so. A sex-ratio effect which is to some extent spurious can 
thus be produced. 

Therefore, in assessing numerical breeding results, that is, the num- 
bers of the sexes (as of other phenotypes) reaching the imaginal state, 
it is useful to have some estimate of the losses that have occurred, and 
particularly to know at what stages of development they took place. 
Losses in the egg, or of very young larvae, point to lethal combinations, 
especially if losses are few among more mature larvae. At least in 
Drosophila, some lethal factors do become operative in the last larval 
instar (Hadorn, 1961), but in Pieris losses which increase during the 
feeding of a brood can often be recognized as due to a bacterial or other 
disease; blacking-off commonly follows among the pupae. Losses at the 
time of pupation are by no means always due to infection; particularly 
when not preceded by larval losses, deaths at this stage also may be 
attributable to lethals. Of course, it is not suggested that losses by 
disease have no genetic aspect: it may well be that different genotypes 
possess different resistances. 

The advantage of one genotype over another, as reflected in breeding 
results, is always relative to the conditions obtaining during the experi- 
ment. Although selection by disease or bad management can be very 
severe, it is seldom as rigorous as that operating in natural conditions, 
where one pair produces one pair. This being so, any attempt to estab- 
lish by breeding a change in the degree of some genetic advantage with 
the passage of years (supposedly due to gene-complex selection) is 
extremely hazardous, and even more difficult when results of different 
breeders are compared. 

The present paper is concerned principally with a series of related 


190 BowbEN: “Sex-ratio” in Pieris Vol. ;20,, noe 


hybrid Pieris broods in which males were underrepresented, in apparent 
contradiction to Haldane’s rule. 


E.XPERIMENTAL 

In a previous publication in this journal (1958) the present author 
reported on the occurrence of sexual mosaics among inter-subspecific 
or -specific hybrids within the European Pieris napi-bryoniae group. 
These butterflies are all so closely related that in the F; crosses Haidane 
effects are small. In only five or six of all the 69 broods examined for 
sex-mosaicism did the sex ratio depart significantly from unity. In four 
of these the females numbered only about half the males; in another 
there were 28 females to 42 males. 

A brood 1952-b on the other hand consisted of 15 females and one 
almost entirely female mosaic (?). While this instance of male defi- 
ciency remained an isolated one, only conjecture was possible; at the 
time it was considered not unlikely that chromosomal males (XX) had 
been converted into mosaics in which male scaling had almost com- 
pletely disappeared. 

However, in 1957 a new series of crosses between the same two sub- 
species, the Swiss bryoniae Ochsenheimer (locality Engelbergertal) and 
British napi L., was begun. This experiment was designed to test the 
possibility of maintaining particular napi genes in hybrids whose napi 
component was progressively diminished by repeated backcrossing to 
bryoniae. A preliminary account of this work, up to 1959-1960, has been 
given (Bowden, 1962); subsequent breeding has maintained the chosen 
napi recessive gene to the time of writing, in butterflies calculated to 
carry in 1964 only “42s of napi autosomal material. As so often happens, 
an experiment designed to decide one question suggested an answer to 
another: this series provided no less than four broods in which females 
outnumbered males by between five and ten to one. Many of the few 
males surviving to the imaginal stage were crippled or weak. Such 
results imply a sex-limited lethality of variable penetrance. 

The relevant figures are given in Table I. Each brood is indicated by 
an italic or Greek letter preceded by the year in which the eggs were 
laid. The notation for the subspecific makeup is as in the 1958 paper: 
B stands for bryoniae, N for napi, and K for neobryoniae Sheljuzhko 
(Karnten, Austria). In addition the Greek letter beta is used as short- 
hand for (BN.B).(B.BN), to simplify notation for the later broods. 
Placing the female first, the symbols are combined pseudoalgebraically; 
but an F’; brood written (BN )* would be (BN)? x (BN)2, and so differs 
from (BN)*.BN. Some cultures were of necessity mixed broods from 
more than one female, though these were always sibs of similar pheno- 


19h 


Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 


iXiX XX “AIX ‘AK | XX * AiX “oT 

NGC URNE TR OK ES VRID “d 

POLINA SIP IPS Ek YO 29) 

*4dpu ody ST |X eToyM YG CINE SS GEES" AO% “¢ 
TOSI ROC INDE *y soaey ABW 9M UOTIEZILMA9] VV 


*SaSSOT 19YyjO Moy ‘aTtaosut sdda Aue 
*sassory [eAdeT, Auesl 
“aeALeT pue sdda AjJatyo ‘sassort Aue! 


*sesso, [ednd pue [eAdey osTe {peap 10 
*JLOJUT GE JSB2T ye ‘Tout ‘sdda CQO, ‘eo ATqeqoig 


*sodeys tednd pue dda ut sosso'yT 
*sodeys jednd pue dda ut sossoy ‘sido (FT WOT 


‘ojo potddiao saptew Jo Q[ {peprooeada sido got 


‘a[Maojut sido pT 
‘aeArey dunod pue sddoa se sassoy 1¢ 
‘petddiao ‘apeur ATUQ ‘Sadeys [Te ‘sassor ze 


*peap 10 a[taojut sida 9] 


‘potp sddo cg 


*yuasoad oseasiq 
‘aednd pue 


*juosoad aseost( 


“IOL ‘Sassoy tednd pue yeasey ‘ytajut sddo Aue 


*poptes sddo ggt yseoy iV 
*pelrej sddo Fe |SseeT jy *SoTesoW ¢ 


SaSSOT MayT 
‘aeAdey dunod pue sida se sassoT 6g 1SP2] IV 


‘aednd pue sddo se sossoy, Maj VW 


*yeam 10 potddt4io soapteul jo G 
‘aeaArey, dunod Arad pue sddoa ut sassor AAvoT{ 


“SISSOT Moo 


*paltey sddoa (geo Jo yso g{otTesou [| 
*(aednd se ¢Z) sassoy [eAre, May] 


sassort Maj Ato /\ 


G ‘0S dsl ‘0 
“0<d<g °0 
“0<d<8 °0 


“0<d<6 "0 


"O<d<Ll 
“0<d<¢ "0 


100 °0>d 


L100 °0>d 
10 (0<d<é0 


£°0<d<G * 


G*0<d<L 
L°0<d<8 
L°0<d<G 


G*0<d<L 


L’0<d <8 
10 °0<d<é0 


G'O0<K<d<€ 


100 °0>d 


66 “O<d 


100 °0>d 
L‘0SdS8 “0 
66 °0<d 


ifs (0) 
S90 
£10 


9S0°0 
96 0 
€8°0 
P 6 


MRE 
68 °S 


0S *0 
860 
ila) 
6 1 


ite 
yu 
ju-Z 961 


urc96 1 


@) 
1 
9 L961 


D- 1961 


“WL 0961 
98-0961 


P-O961 


q-cS6l 
aTS6l 


A-1G61 


i 


e[ a (da) 
z( d'2(da)] 


a “2 (€1) 
NM * (9d) 
2d 4) 
zd a) 
gd’ 


J’ a 
Z(Na a) 


2 (Nad) 


Gi= 
(Nel) (a Ne) 


Nd’ a 


ado Nd 
Nd 


1}? SO 


no ~[9% 


y -O91 


BOS Ooh 


1¢ ~66 
ip -6S1 


n? -6Si 


i? -8Si 


=90 
19 8S) 


4 -LS, 


40519 


x,0 = ES) 


¥_f -091 
xf 09 
i 
i 
6-651 
ib -6G) 


%9 “6S, 


1966 


SOULOS pesn 4 
(,Se7e A) soutdeuit poo Sxoleaconde fe) odd} praqay a4 
x JO ‘ON xa jo ‘ON 


syreuroy AVITIGe GO. 


Py adejusted 


spriqay |7voag ur Ajeyjoy PeyUatosjtp-x9g 1awlav 


192 BowvbEN: “Sex-ratio” in Pieris Vol. 20, no. 3 


type. From the present point of view this does represent a defect in the 
design of the experiment, but fortunately it seems to have led to no fatal 
ambiguity. 

The 1961-a brood belongs in part to yet another experiment (Bowden, 
1963), concerned with the linkage of form “subtalba” with form “sul- 
phurea.” 

It is thought that only 1959-6, ¢', 6”, and ¢™ suffered heavy losses from 
disease irrespective of any special susceptibility. The 1962 and 1963 
broods did appear to be affected by general inbreeding depression, 
which has since been corrected. In most broods the losses, from what- 
ever cause, were sufficient or more than sufficient to cover the sexual 
imbalance; for example, from 1960-f" (41 9 and 5 ¢) 37 eggs and 
young larvae were lost (the almost complete absence of males among 
the more mature larvae of this brood was noticeable at the time). For 
196l1-a (95 ? and 19 ¢ ) only 158 eggs are recorded as laid, but there 
may in fact have been a few more. 


DIscussioN 

Stebbins (1958) points out that if any recessive or semidominant sex- 
linked gene exists in one species, which produces lethal or sterility effects 
in combination with autosomal genes of the other, these effects will be 
covered in the homozygous sex by the corresponding dominant allele in 
the second X, but will be expressed in the heterozygous sex [female in 
Lepidoptera] where the dominant gene is absent. Essentially the same 
particularized explanation of Haldane’s rule was earlier given by Muller. 

Disturbances of the normal sex ratio, in Drosophila and in other ani- 
mals, have received considerable attention from geneticists. Some of the 
diverse mechanisms suggested for Drosophila species, in which the male 
is the heterogametic sex, would require modification to be applicable 
to the Lepidoptera. 

Patterson and Stone (1952) mention a gene on the third chromosome 
of Drosophila which reacts to cause death in X-bearing eggs: progenies 
of any females receiving this gene from their male parent are all male. 
Another gene, on the second chromosome, is lethal, especially when in 
the homozygous condition, to diploid females. They also quote a case 
where females carrying a certain gene had only male progeny, no matter 
with what kind of male they mated. Again, a dominant mutant in D. 
pseudoobscura changed chromosomal females into intersexes. The orig- 
inal references are given by Patterson and Stone. 

Watson (1960) points out that although some of the known instances 
of abnormal “sex-ratio” condition in Drosophila species are due to the 
action of chromosomal genes, some appear to be cytoplasmic; in the 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 193 


latter case the condition is transmitted constantly through the female 
only, over a series of backcrosses to other strains. About 99 percent of 
the males die, mostly in the embryonic stage; any survivors do not trans- 
mit the “sex-ratio” character. 

Genic sterility may from the developmental—physiological viewpoint 
be very similar to hybrid inviability; both may be due to inability to 
carry out specific metabolic processes—which again is the basis of lethal- 
ities due to homozygous genes or deficiencies. A type of male sterility 
described by Ehrman (1960) in the D. paulistorum agg. is therefore 
worth quoting here. The inter-subspecific hybrids comprise fertile fe- 
males and sterile males, the sterility depending upon the possession by 
the male’s mother of a mixture of chromosomes from different subspe- 
cies: any one foreign chromosome is sufficient and the genotype of the 
male parent is immaterial. 

Some of these mechanisms proposed for Drosophila can be ruled out 
at once in the present case. The cytoplasm is bryoniae throughout, for 
both normal and affected broods: pure cytoplasmic inheritance cannot 
explain the results. It seems impossible, too, to account for an intermit- 
tent decimation of males by any simple autosomal gene that they may 
themselves carry. Between 1957-h and 1960-f'” lie two unaffected an- 
nual generations, yet the gene cannot be a recessive since far more than 
a quarter of the males are destroyed at each occurrence. 

The brood 1961-a forced us to consider in detail the possibility that 
the constitution of the mother of the brood is alone responsible. 

Examining the series of hybrids and backcrosses begun in 1957, we 
first find the F,, 1957-e, perfectly normal. There is not even a Haldane 
effect. 

The backcrosses, 1957-h and i, differ. The latter, i, is close enough to 
normal, but h shows a deficiency of males that is certainly significant. 
We can probably neglect minor, chance, genetic differences and assume 
that the effect is due to subspecific makeup. Broods h and i are merely 
reciprocal, but the mother of h carried a complete haploid set of napi 
autosomes and a napi X, whereas the mother of i was pure bryoniae. 
Are we to attribute the sex-ratio effect to the X-chromosome or to a 
dominant autosomal gene of napi origin? 

We are unable to eliminate entirely the possibility of an autosomal 
effect. If, however, the mother of h carried such a dominant autosomal 
gene, she must have passed it to half her daughters, and similarly the 
father of i should have passed the same gene to half his daughters. 
Nevertheless, the three h females jointly responsible for 1958-¢' and the 
three i mothers of 1958-6' show no sign of it in their progeny. The very 


194 BowbEN: “Sex-ratio” in Pieris Vol. 20, moms 


small broods 1958-¢'' and 6" point in the same direction, but can be 
neglected. 

The alternative hypothesis, that the responsible gene or genes are sex- 
linked, appears more probable. The mother of the affected 1957-h had 
sex chromosomes X’Y, where X’ is from napi (we shall neglect any 
crossing-over between X and X’; X’ is to be considered as the X carrying 
the relevant genes originally derived from napi). Her sons will have 
been X’X, but X’X is not itself lethal or sublethal in bryoniae cytoplasm, 
since F, hybrid sons of a bryoniae female are normal. The inference is 
that the sons of an X’Y mother are affected, irrespective of their own 
genotype. 

The brood 1958-¢' will not have had such a mother, but an XY. Ac- 
cordingly, the sex ratio ¢ / 2 was in fact normal, or even high. The male 
parent could have been XX or X’X; we must assume that it was X’X and 
the composition of the brood was then X’Y, XY, X’X, XX. 

The broods 1959-¢':"*" were also normal, as would be expected from 
the XY bryoniae mothers. We must again assume that (at least for 1959- 
¢''"') the males from 1958-¢' were once more of X’Y constitution, and the 
brood composed as in the previous generation. 

The broods 1960-f':“* could thus have been produced by DONG. 
XX or X’X or by XY X XX or X’X. On our hypothesis, the re- 
sults imply that the small 1960-f‘ was produced by the second alterna- 
tive, but that the three females responsible for f' and f” were all X’Y. 

The parents of the earlier mentioned (B8)?.KN brood, 1961-a, were 
from 1960-f' and a KN brood 1960-s. The female parent can have been 
X’Y; the male was X’X”, probably very like X’X; in this case the brood 
is essentially similar to 1960-f'. 

Reverting to the main series, the brood 1960-d, having a pure bry- 
oniae mother, is of normal sex ratio. Broods 1961-c''“ are from 1960-f" x 
bryoniae. Here the female parent can have been XY, allowing the nor- 
mal ratio actually obtained. But if so, the X’ is eliminated from the 
series, and all later broods must also be normal. The subsequent 1962-m, 
1962-n'""""" in fact show no deficiency of males; two other broods of that 
year, being from pure bryoniae females, would be expected normal in 
any event. Two 1963 broods produced only 16 butterflies altogether, 
but there was no relative deficiency of males. 

Thus, results in the 1957 series are consistent with the supposition that 
females carrying a napi X with bryoniae Y and bryoniae cytoplasm 
produce the broods in which males are underrepresented. In some cases 
there is no certainty that a napi X was present, though always it may 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 195 


have been. Unfortunately no “visible” sex-linked genes are yet known 
in P. napi, and the X-chromosome is necessarily unmarked. 

We may now retum to the earlier brood 1952-b, which was entirely, 
or almost entirely, female. Its makeup was (BN )?.BN, and the mother, 
from 1951-y, must have been produced by ON) GK PNY DON, 
DX XX. but in spite of this she belonged to a brood of normal sex 
ratio. Four similar F, hybrid broods from the year 1952 were listed in 
our 1958 paper and will not be repeated here: all had normal ratio. 
Unfortunately, a straight F. pairing in the 1957 series produced only 
infertile eggs, so it is not possible to say whether some special circum- 
stance always rules for F, hybrids. If this could be granted, we could 
explain 1952-b as from X’Y X X’X. 

Seven broods B.( BN )? in 1953, having XY mothers, would be expected 
normal; the male parents being X’X and X’X’, both X’Y and (in smaller 
numbers) XY females would be produced. The ten [B.(BN)?]? broods 
obtained by inbreeding could thus have had XY or X’Y mothers. In fact, 
as the previously published table shows, the three largest broods had 
subequal sexes, totaling 54 females plus 54 males, while seven small 
broods yielded 18 females plus two males; there were also a few sexual 
mosaics. It seems possible, then, that the female parents were of the 
two genotypes suggested. 

Results in the 1951 series also were therefore in accordance with the 
X’Y-mother hypothesis, except that the F: hybrids which were included 
in that series showed a normal sex ratio. It is not clear what special 
circumstance can rule in the F»2; the brood 195l-y was too successful for 
the easy assumption of a compensating loss of females. We are unwill- 
ing to postulate any difference between the stocks used in 1951 and 
1957 that would be relevant here. Nor does the autosomal-gene alterna- 
tive remove the difficulty. 

It is clear from Table I that among napi-bryoniae hybrid populations 
other lethal effects, which are not sex-limited, must at times reduce 
numbers drastically, and perhaps more significantly by their extension 
to females. A more adequate discussion of the bearing of the sex-ratio 
effect, as of other phenomena reducing viability and fertility, on the 
likelihood of successfully continued hybridization in the wild, must be 
reserved. The napi X’ may be more, or less, compatible in the genetic 
environment provided by other bryoniae subspecies. 

Meanwhile, it appears to be desirable to raise new broods BN.B and 
(BN)? using different napi stocks. In most (BN)? broods heavy losses 
are likely, but a further (BN)?.BN brood might be obtainable. With 
the X’Y hypothesis in mind, it should be possible to avoid the improvi- 


196 BowvEN: “Sex-ratio” in Pieris Vol. 20, nex3 


dence of the accidental elimination of the napi X’. Such experiments, 
employing Jugoslav and Corsican napi, were begun in 1964. Results of 
a reverse experiment, in which bryoniae provides the “foreign” X, might 
also be illuminating. 


SUMMARY 


Five broods of Pieris napi—bryoniae hybrids have been obtained with 
male numbers about one-fifth to one-tenth of the females, in conflict 
with Haldane’s rule that the heterozygous sex is the more liable to the 
prejudicial effects of hybridity. Many of the male escapers were weak. 
In every case the mother of the brood may have carried napi X-chromo- 
somal material with bryoniae Y and bryoniae cytoplasm, and it is sug- 
gested that the effect is purely maternal. However, females thus con- 
stituted have on occasion produced F»2 hybrid broods of normal sex ratio. 
Necessary further experiments are in progress. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The author has been greatly helped by the generous supply of living 
material by Herr G. Hesselbarth of Quakenbrtick, Herr L. Leidenbach 
of Luzern, Dr. F. Benz of Binningen, and Herr Ing. E. Kromer of Bad 
Voslau. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Bowden, S. R., 1957. Diapause in female hybrids. Entomologist, 90: 247-254; 
273-281. 
1958. Sexual mosaics in Pieris. Lepid. News, 12: 7-13. 
1962. Ubertragung von Pieris napi-Genen auf Pieris bryoniae durch wiederholte 
Rickkreuzung. Z. Arbeitsgemeinschaft Osterr. Entomologen, 14: 12-18. 
1963. Polymorphism in Pieris; forms subtalba Schima and sulphurea Schéyen. 
Entomologist, 96: 77-82. 
EHRMAN, L., 1960. The genetics of hybrid sterility in Drosophila paulistorum. 
Evolution, 14: 212-223. 
Haporn, E., 1961. Developmental Genetics and Lethal Factors. London. 
HALDANE, J. B. S., 1922. Sex-ratio and unisexual sterility in hybrid animals. Jour. 
Genet., 12: 101-109. 
PATTERSON, J. T., & W. S. Stone, 1952. Evolution in the Genus Drosophila. New 
York. 
STEBBINS, G. L., 1958. The inviability, weakness and _ sterility, of interspecific 
hybrids. Advances in Genetics, 9: 147—215. 
Watson, G. S., 1960. The cytoplasmic “sex-ratio” condition in Drosophila. Evo- 
lution, 14: 256-265. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 197 


The Lepidopterists’ Society 
CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS 


(As amended January 1964) 
WHEREAS, The Lepidopterists’ Society was formed on May 4, 1947, to promote 
the scientifically sound and progressive study of Lepidoptera by — 
1. publishing a periodical on Lepidoptera. 
2. facilitating the exchange of specimens and notes by both the professional 
worker and the amateur in the field, 

AND WHEREAS, it is now proposed to organize said Society in a more formal 
manner, the following Constitution and By-Laws are hereby adopted by the duly 
appointed Organization Committee. [1 October 1950] 

CONSTITUTION 


Article I. NAME 
Section 1. The organization shall be known as The Lepidopterists’ Society. 
Article II. OBJECT 

Section 1. It shall be the purpose of the Society to promote internationally the 
science of lepidopterology in all its branches; to further the scientifically sound and 
progressive study of Lepidoptera; to publish periodicals and other publications on 
Lepidoptera; to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the profes- 
sional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures 
tending to that end, and to facilitate personal intercourse among its members. 

Article III. MEMBERSHIP 

Section 1. All persons interested in lepidopterology shall be eligible for member- 
ship. 

Section 2. All individual subscribers to the Journal and the News of the 
Lepidopterists’ Society, who have paid their current annual dues, shall be deemed 
members of the Society. 

Section 3. The membership of the Society shall consist of four classes — Active, 
Sustaining, Life, and Honorary Members. All persons who joined the Society before 
January 1, 1948, shall be designated Charter Members. 

Section 4. Application for Active, Sustaining, and Life membership in the 
Society, received by the Secretary or Treasurer and accompanied by the annual dues 
for the current year, shall constitute formalization of membership, and no nomina- 
tion or election to membership shall be necessary. The annual dues shall be fixed 
by the By-Laws. 

Section 5. Any member may become a Life Member upon the payment, at one 
time, of such sum as shall be fixed by the By-Laws, and shall be exempt from 
further assessment. He shall receive during his life a subscription to the Journal 
and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Life Membership fees shall be placed 
in a permanent Publication Fund. 

Section 6. Individuals who have made important contributions to the science of 
lepidopterology may be elected Honorary Members of the Society. There shall not 
be more than ten living Honorary Members. 

Section 7. Members one year in arrears in the payment of dues shall be dropped 
from the rolls by the Secretary. 

Section 8. The Executive Council may expel any member of the Society for such 
cause as it may deem sufficient for expulsion. This action may be taken only after 
unanimous approval by members of the Council. Petition for expulsion shall be 
presented to the Secretary for presentation to the Council. On expulsion, the de- 
parting member shall be refunded all dues paid for the current year. An expelled 
member may be reinstated by unanimous affirmative vote of the Council. 

Article IV. OFFICERS 

Section 1. The officers of the Society shall consist of a President, three Vice- 
Presidents (not more than one of whom shall reside in one country), a Secretary, 
and a Treasurer, but these last two offices may be filled by the same person. 


198 Constitution and By-Laws Vol. 20; snore 


Section 2. The business and affairs of the Society, not otherwise provided for, 
shall be controlled by an Executive Council, consisting of the President, three Vice- 
Presidents, the Secretary, the Treasurer, and six other members of the Society. 
Action on all amendments to the By-Laws and all appointments and elections by 
the Executive Council shall be obtained by a canvass by the Secretary of all mem- 
bers of the Council. 

Section 3. The Executive Council may appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries 
or Assistant Treasurers to serve during the pleasure of the Council. The offices of 
Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer may be filled by the same person. 

Section 4. The Executive Council shall have power to make and adopt By-Laws 
for the conduct of the business and affairs of the Society and for the regulation 
of its procedure not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of the Constitution. 


Article V. ELECTIONS 


Section 1. The President shall before the first of July appoint a Nominating 
Committee who shall nominate one candidate for each elective office to be filled 
for the ensuing year, and a list thereof shall be published in one of the Society’s 
periodicals or mailed to the members at least sixty days before ballots are mailed by 
the Secretary. Additional candidates may be nominated by submission to the Secre- 
tary of written nominations signed by not less than ten members. Ballots containing 
all nominations shall be mailed in November of each year, setting forth the officers 
to be elected and the names of those nominated for each office. If more than one 
person is nominated for any office, their names shall be arranged alphabetically on 
the ballot. 

Section 2. Election of Officers. All officers shall be elected by ballot. The 
President and all Vice-Presidents shall be elected for the term of one year, and shall 
be eligible to succeed themselves once. The Secretary and Treasurer shall be elected 
for the term of three years and shall be eligible to succeed themselves twice. The 
six other elective members of the Executive Council shall be elected for the term of 
three years; two of them shall be replaced each year; these members shall not be 
eligible to succeed themselves. For each office, the nominee receiving the highest 
number of ballots shall be elected. Officers shall take office at the beginning of 
the calendar year for which they are elected. 

Section 3. Election of Honorary Members. Honorary Members shall be nominated 
by the unanimous vote of the members of the Executive Council. The nominee shall 
be voted on by mail ballot distributed to all members of the Society and reported in 
one of the Society’s periodicals, and must receive 80% of all ballots cast to be elected. 
Not more than five Honorary Members may be elected at the first annual meeting, 
and not more than two in any one calendar year. 


Article VI. DUTIES OF OFFICERS 


Section 1. The President shall preside at all meetings. He shall appoint all 
committees and be Chairman of the Executive Council and a member ex officio of 
all other committees, except the Editorial Board. He may appoint also delegates to 
other learned societies, Congresses, and conventions. 

Section 2. The First Vice-President shall assume the duties of the President in 
case of his death, resignation, absence, or disability. 

Section 3. In case the President and all Vice-Presidents are absent at a meeting, 
a temporary Chairman may be chosen by a majority vote; he shall be a member of 
the Executive Council unless none is present, in which event another member of 
the Society may be elected. 

Section 4. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the meetings of the Society 
and of the Executive Council; shall give notice of the meetings of the Society; shall 
attend to all general correspondence; shall keep all records and files of the Society; 
shall prepare and distribute ballots; and shall generally perform all services that may 
be delegated to him. 

Section 5. The Assistant Secretary shall assume the duties of the Secretary in 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 199 


case of the death, resignation, absence, or disability of the Secretary, and shall assist 
the Secretary as need be. 

Section 6. The Treasurer shall receive all monies for the Society and deposit 
them in the name of the Society in such banking institutions as the Executive 
Council shall direct. He shall pay therefrom by draft or check all bills and obliga- 
tions of the Society; he shall keep an account of all monetary transactions and shall 
exhibit a statement of them when called for by the President or the Executive Coun- 
cil, and shall make a full report for the preceding calendar year at the annual meeting. 

Section 7. The Assistant Treasurer shall assume the duties of the Treasurer in 
case of the death, resignation, absence, or disability of the Treasurer, and _ shall 
assist the Treasurer as need be. 

Section 8. At the expiration of his term of office, each officer shall deliver to 
his successor all books, papers, funds, and vouchers belonging to the Society. 

Section 9. The Society shall not and may not make any dividend, gift, division, 
or bonus in money to any of its members. 


Article VII. MEETINGS 
Section 1. The annual meeting shall be held in affiliation with the International 
Congress of Entomology or the annual meeting of the American Association for the 
Advancement of Science, or at such other time and place as the Executive Council 
may determine. Notice of said meeting shall be given as provided in the By-Laws. 
Section 2. Special meetings of the Society may be called by the Secretary upon 
the written request of the President or ten active members. Such request shall state 
the purpose for which the meeting is to be called and the time and place where it is 
to be held. No other business, except that specified in the call, shall be transacted, 

except by unanimous consent of the members present. 


Article VIII. PUBLICATIONS 

Section 1. The Society shall publish a periodical to be known as the “Journal of 
the Lepidopterists’ Society,” a continuation of The Lepidopterists News. The Journal 
shall be devoted to original papers, literature abstracts, and other matter of per- 
manent record. Each volume shall be issued for a calendar year, and shall be com- 
posed of four numbers. In it shall be published a summary of the proceedings of 
the annual meetings. 

Section 2. The Society shall also issue a periodical to be known as “News of 
Lepidopterists’ Society,’ which shall be devoted primarily to notices by members, 
lists of new members, announcements of nominations, committee appointments, 
forthcoming meetings, summaries of the recent field collecting season, and other 
matter of interest to members but not requiring permanent record. It shall appear 
at more frequent intervals than the Journal. A list of members of the Society shall 
be issued at least every second year. 

Section 3. The Society may issue from time to time serial publications to be 
known as “Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society” to contain longer works than 
are normal for the Journal and the News. This shall be financed by special funds, 
not by the annual dues, and shall be sold separately to members, at a lower price 
than to non-members. 


Article IX. EDITORIAL BOARD 

Section 1. The publications of the Society shall be under the charge of an 
Editorial Board, consisting of a Chairman and two other at-large members, the 
Editor of the Journal, the Editor of the News, the Editor of the Memoirs, and the 
two Associate Editors of the Journal. The Chairman may also be one of the above 
five editors. It shall determine broad publication policies of the Society not other- 
wise provided for in the Constitution or the By-Laws. It shall consider potential 
candidates for editorships and then make recommendations to the Executive Council 
for appointments of the three Editors. 

Section 2. The Chairman of the Editorial Board shall be appointed by the 
Executive Council for the term of three years, and he may be re-appointed. The 
Executive Council shall appoint, on recommendation of the Editorial Board, the 


200 Constitution and By-Laws Vol. 20, no. 3 


three Editors, for terms of three years each; all three Editors may succeed them- 
selves once. 

The Associate Editors and other members of the editorial committee of the 
Journal shall be appointed by the Journal Editor; their terms shall terminate with 
his term, but his successor may reappoint any of them. 

Editorial committees or staff members of the News and the Memoirs shall be 
appointed by the respective Editors, but their terms shall terminate with those of 
their Editors; they may be reappointed. 

Article X. AUDITING COMMITTEE 

Section 1. The President shall appoint an Auditing Committee consisting of 
three members who shall audit the accounts of the Treasurer and render their report 
to the Secretary before December 31st. 

Article XI. LIBRARIAN 

Section 1. The Librarian shall be appointed by the Executive Council. The 
Librarian shall serve for the term of three years, or until his successor shall have 
been appointed. 

Section 2. The Librarian shall have charge of the library of the Society, and 
of all books, periodicals, reprints, and historical material received by the Society. 
He may make all necessary rules and regulations for the use of the library, not 
otherwise provided for in the Constitution or the By-Laws. 

Article XII. AMENDMENTS 

Section 1. This Constitution may be altered, amended, or repealed by a two- 
thirds vote of the members. voting by mail ballot. Each proposal for amendment 
must be signed by not less than five members of the Society and submitted to the 
Secretary who will promptly transmit it to the Editors of the Journal and News. Each 
proposed amendment shall be published in one of the Society’s periodicals at least 
three months before the annual ballot is mailed in November. 

Section 2. The By-Laws may be altered, amended, or repealed, by a majority 
vote of the members voting, at any meeting of the Executive Council or in a mail- 

canvass of the Council by the Secretary. All changes | so validated shall be published 
in one of the Society’s periodicals. 


BY-LAWS 


Article I. DUES 

Section I. Beginning with 1961, the annual dues for active members shall be 
Six Dollars, U.S.A. ($6.00). Active membership shall include a subscription to the 
Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society and the News of the Lepidopterists Society. 

Section 2. The annual dues for sustaining members shall be Fifteen Dollars, 
U.S.A. ($15.00). Sustaining membership shall include a subscription to the Journal 
of the Lepidopterists Society and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. 

Section 3. Life members shall pay the sum of One Hundred and Twenty-Five 
Dollars, U.S.A. ($125.00). Each life member shall receive a subscription to the 
regular society publications during his life. 

Section 4. Honorary members shall pay no annual dues, but shall receive a 
subscription to all publications of the Society. 

Section 5. All dues shall be payable on January 1 of each year, and shall be 
deemed in arrears on March 1 of that year. 

Section 6. Publications of the Society shall not be mailed to any member whose 
dues are in arrears. 

Section 7. After 1955 the annual dues shall be waived for the Secretary, the 
Treasurer, and the Editor of the Journal, while they are in office; they- shall con- 
tinue to receive all publications of the Society. 

Article II. MEETINGS 

Section 1. Notice of all meetings of the Society shall be printed in the News 
of the Lepidopterists’ Society at least two months in advance thereof. 

Section 2. A majority of members present at an annual meeting, or represented 


by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, not otherwise 
provided for. 


ie 


EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL 


= soa wt 
Edge oe ae 
ot <n 


af Editor: Jerry A. POWELL 
ie Assistant Editor: Paut A. OPLER 

- Associate Editor 

3 a (Literature Abstracting): PETER F. BELLINGER 
i 4 Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEWCOMER 
_ Manager of the Memoirs: Smney A. Hesse. 


Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. Brxurcer, S. A. 
a Hesse_, E. G. Munror, J. A. Powetui, C. L. Remincton 
a? (chairman), F. T. THorne, E. J. NEwcomer. 


NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL 


_ Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study 
_ of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; 
authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts 
_ ust be typewritten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and 
a one side only of white, 8% x11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of 
_ the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, in- 
nape an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possi- 
_ ble. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFER- 
4 ENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. 
Bi esenis of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. 

_ Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other 
aterial published on these ‘pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley 
proof is received. 


. 
a 


oF 
i + 


q Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powerex, 122 Giannini 
_ Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. 


- Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal 
_ field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News 
_ Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 


ddress remittances and address changes to: Grorce Enter, 314 Atkins Ave., 
Lancaster, Penna., U. S. A. 


Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) 
A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA 
by Cyrum. F. pos Passos 
rice: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures 
| available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, 
; add $1.50. postpaid 
Order from the Society Treasurer. 


ALLEN PRESS, INC. eRINTED LAWRENCE, KANSAS 
US. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 20, no. 3 q 


iam 
M 
_ 


r 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Sound production in pupae of Lycaenidae x. 
by John C, Downey —.....__ eee 


Notes on W. H. Edwards specimens in two midwestern collections a 
by Roderick R. Irwin 


Two new species and two new subspecies of Megathymidae ? 4 
from Mexico and the United States y 
by Don B. Stallings, J. R. Turner, and Viola N. Stallings ____ Wa 163-172 a 


a i 
A review of the Limenitis lorquini complex (Nymphalidae) 7 
by Edwin M. Perkins and Stephen F. Perkins 172-176 © 
The life history of Atrytone arogos (Hesperiidae) , 
by Richard Heitzman 8 Ne iat 177-181 a 


y 
"ae 


ui 
iL 


A new species of Agathymus from Texas (Megathymidae) e 
181-185 _ 


by H. A. Freeman AMMAMU MMA MRC MOONE 
Cercyonis pegala pegala (Satyridae): Occurrence in Mississippi a 
and variation in forewing maculation a 
by Bryant Mather ee 186-188 — 


“Sex-ratio” in Pieris hybrids 
by S. R.’ Bowden ee ee 


CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS of the Lepidopterists’ Society _.____. 


Lo [ore ae 4a may CrP 


2 


Volume 20 1966 y Number 4 


JOURNAL 


of the 


Lepworrerists SOCIETY 


Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
is Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES 
- Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 


In This Issue 


_ ELECTROPHORETIC VARIATION IN COLIAS ESTERASES 

4 PROPERTIES OF PIERIS CUTICLE 

RECORDS OF SKIPPERS FROM MEXICO, TEXAS & CANADA 

NEW SPECIES OF GEOMETRIDAE AND TORTRICOIDEA 
NICHOLAS S. OBRAZTSOV, 1906-1966 


(Complete contents on back cover) 


30 November 1966 


THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
1966 OFFICERS 


President: D. B. Sratuxncs (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) 
Ist Vice President: Z. LorKxovic (Zagreb, Yugoslavia) 
Vice Presidents: C. A. CxiarKe (Liverpool, England) 
E. SUOMALAINEN (Helsinki, Finland) 
Treasurer: R. O. Kenpatzt (San Antonio, Texas, U. S. A.) 
Asst. Treasurer: SmneEy A. Hesset (Washington, Conn., U. S. A.) 
Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Ill., U. S. A.) 
Asst. Secretary: FLoyp W. Preston (Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A.) 


EXECUTIVE COUNCIL 


Terms expire Dec. 1966: Cuarzes P. Krmpatt (Sarasota, Fla., U. S. A.) 
W. Harry Lance, Jr. (Davis, Calif., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1967: Hmosur Kuroxo (Fukuoka, Japan) 
D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Canada) 
Terms expire Dec. 1968: P. R. Exrmuicu (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) 


C. D. MacNem. (Oakland, Calif., U. S. A.) 
and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor 


The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and — 
formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology 
in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, 
to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and 
the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these _| 
aims (Constitution, Art. IL). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among 
the lepidopterists of all countries. - 

Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of 
lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of 
the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not | 
become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for 
the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological 
interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society | 
business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made | 
payable to The Lepidopterisis’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: 

Active Members—annnal dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) 
Sustaining Members—annual dues $15.00 (U.S. A.) 
Life Members—single sum $125.00 (U.S. A.) 

Dues may be paid in Europe to our official agent: E. W. Classey, 353 Henworth 
Road, Hampton, Middx., England. 

In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and 
special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are : i 
distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the — 
Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of thee 
News each year. 


= 


The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of 3 | 
publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut. Sco 
class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A. 


JOURNAL OF 


Tue LEeriporpreERIstTs’ SOCIETY 


Volume 20 1966 Number 4 


DEVASTATION OF YUCATECAN FORESTS, WITH NOTES ON 
INSECT ABUNDANCE AND FORMATION OF LOCAL CLIMATES 


EpuUARDO C. WELLING 
Mérida, Yucatan, Mexico 


Yucatec is a term which can be applied to aspects of the whole of 
the Yucatan Peninsula, including parts of southern Mexico, British Hon- 
duras, and Guatemala. The peninsula is a district subregion, not only 
biologically, but geologically and in climate as well. It was once covered 
with forest from east coast to west and from north to south. This forest 
was not of the same character before human inhabitation as at present. 
Apparently the vegetation had been greatly disrupted about 1,000 years 
ago, and in recent times has staged a major recovery by returning mostly 
to a climax state. I will comment below on general life sub-zones of the 
peninsula, their present condition, and probable past history. 

The area now occupied by the Yucatan Peninsula was once under a 
shallow sea. The peninsula was formed mostly by calcareous deposits 
of marine life. This formation, including emergence from the sea, took 
place in the northern part of the peninsula, which is remarkably flat, in 
Pliocene and early Pleistocene times of the late Tertiary and early 
Quaternary. The southern, undulating portion was formed much earlier, 
during the Eocene and Oligocene. 

The vegetation can be roughly divided into three major zones. The 
first of these is the thorn forest zone, both evergreen and deciduous, 
which dominates almost all of the state of Yucatan and the central and 
northern parts of Campeche. This area has an average yearly rainfall of 
about 75 cm (30 inches), decreasing from east to west. The trees attain 
an approximate maximum height of 12 to 15 meters in the climax state. 
The second zone is the subequatorial or transitional zone which con- 
tains different forest types, with an approximate maximum height of 
20 to 30 meters in the climax state. This area has from 125 to 200 cm 
(50-75 inches) of rainfall yearly, and extends over all of Quintana Roo, 
northern British Honduras, southern Campeche, and certain parts of 
northern El Petén. The third is the true equatorial zone which flourishes 


202 WELLING: Yucatecan forests fall Vol. 20, no. 4 


in central and southern British Honduras and central and southern 
Peten. Here the rainfall is from 200 to 500 cm (80-200 inches) yearly, 
and climax forests reach a height of 50 to 70 meters. 

Rainfall and average overall height of the forests diminish from south 
to north. It may be of some significance that this corresponds with the 
fact that southern portions of the peninsula have been upraised from 
the sea for a longer time, thereby allowing for the more thorough break- 
down of the limestone and the formation of a richer soil. Another pos- 
sible factor for development of a magnificent forest cover in the south 
is the proximity to the great mountain ranges of Chiapas and Guate- 
mala, and the distance from the sea. Low coastal areas in the Gulf of 
Mexico area are usually devoid of luxuriant vegetation where they 
extend far from mountains. 

Both human and natural destructive forces have been influential in 
greatly decimating the natural forest cover. During the height of the 
Mayan civilization 800 to 2,000 years ago, it is estimated that there 
were two million people on the peninsula. Today, with an approximate 
population of 900,000 in the north that cannot grow the corn it needs, 
and 100,000 in the south, the peninsula is less densely populated than 
in the past. It is my belief that impoverishment of the soil due to agri- 
culture was one of the greatest factors contributing to the downfall of the 
ancient civilization. When the great Mayan migrations from the south 
arrived on the peninsula the people found a virgin soil to work; later 
the soil could not sustain two million people. With the decline of abun- 
dance of food, the population began to dwindle. Large areas were 
abandoned and consequently reverted to climax forest, most of which 
was not disturbed again until the last 100 or 200 years. Subsequent 
to the Mayan civilization, the bulk of the population has been concen- 
trated in northern Campeche and Yucatan. The soil is now failing 
again and migrations are taking place into southern Campeche and 
Quintana Roo. The dispersal of people and the effect of cultivation on 
the land in centuries past has been a much more complicated process. 

With the bulk of the Mayan populace residing in Yucatan and northern 
Campeche, which is the territory occupied by the thorn forest, this forest 
has suffered greatly. Virgin or climax stands are almost nonexistent, 
especially in western Yucatan. However, fortunately the area has a 
limestone subsoil or base, and following destruction, such as by fire, 
the same trees and shrubs spring up the following year. On a non- 
limestone base thick grasses frequently cover the soil immediately after 
destruction of the forest, thus creating great difficulties for the reestab- 
lishment of primitive forest species. Therefore, there is no great diffi- 
culty collecting insects peculiar to the thorn forest, along with other 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 203 


wide-ranging unspecialized species in the subregion, even if the primary 
forest has been completely exploited and destroyed, as the larval food- 
plants of the phytophagous insect fauna can be found everywhere in 
varying stages of development. This is most fortunate since otherwise 
a greater poverty of insects would exist than there does at present. 

The presence of some rather local forms gives evidence that the thorn 
forest in certain areas is natural, not artificially caused. As examples 
I give Papilio rogeri Boisduval, a curious and unusually stable popula- 
tion of Chlosyne lacinia Geyer, and Anaea tehuana Hall. Except for the 
first-mentioned species, these are found in only limited spots in the 
southern area. 

The great impoverishment of the western part of Yucatan is partially 
due to the extensive planting of henequen (Agave sp.) for fiber indus- 
tries. Rains from the east frequently cease to advance on approaching 
the cleared area, which has to be continually cut and clean; whereas 
the rains develop again further west of Mérida, where no henequen has 
been planted. This has produced a “local climate” of extreme heat and 
dryness in the environs of Mérida. Here certain insects are scarce and 
appear much later than in the eastern parts of the thom forests, and 
the number of species is greatly reduced. For example, in nearly 10 
years, I have never seen Morpho peleides Koll. or Caligo memnon Feld. 
in the western part of the state, while they are always found in the 
eastern part. 

The subequatorial zone has a richer insect fauna than that of the 
thorn forest areas of Yucatan and Campeche. Until recently many wide- 
spread species peculiar to more open country such as certain Papilio, 
Euptoieta, Zerene, and Phoebis were practically absent. Upon the 
recent clearing of patches in the forests by people migrating from 
northern parts of the peninsula these open-country species have quickly 
become established. The above is also true for some endemic forms 
associated with the thorn forest. The same establishment has been noted 
with certain birds and plants. Exploitation of the forests for lumber has 
been rather intensive in south central Campeche and southern Quintana 
Roo. The great hurricane of 1955 that devastated Chetumal, Quintana 
Roo, and Corozal, British Honduras, and most of the forest in a 100-km 
radius north and south of these towns and quite the same distance into 
the interior, was followed by two years of extreme aridity perhaps in 
part due to the lack of the tall forest which formerly served to cool the 
air and to induce rain. In 1957 huge fires swept over southern Quintana 
Roo, and the ground was left completely bare. Several prefire but post- 
hurricane species of butterflies, like Eueides aliphera Godt., Papilio 
torquatus Cram., and some Euselasia spp., are now absent there. Thus, 


2.04. WELLING: Yucatecan forests fall Vol. 20, no. 4 


the character of the fauna has changed and the rainfall has declined. 
Returning to former luxuriance will take a long time. 

Central and northern Quintana Roo are still magnificently forested. 
There has been little human influence on these forests which were 
fortunate to escape the terrible 1931, 1955, and 1961 hurricanes. The 
lack of mahogany in the northern part of the territory has also helped 
them remain mostly unchanged. Here collecting is magnificent in 
season, and the best collecting can be experienced beginning in late 
May, in comparison with August in western Yucatan or late June in 
eastern Yucatan. During the rainy season it may rain in torrents twice 
daily, in midmorning and all afternoon, in comparison with once daily 
beginning about 4:00 P.M. in western Yucatan, or once daily about 1:00 
or 2:00 P.M. in the eastern part of the same state. 

The great equatorial forests present another aspect altogether. These 
forests appear to be outside the limits of the true Yucatecan life zone, 
which is characterized by a flora and fauna adapted to the limestone 
base, because other geological features are clearly seen in some areas 
where this luxuriant forest exists, especially in southern British Hon- 
duras and southeastern Petén. Still, in south central and southwestern 
Petén, one can find limestone subsoil under meters of fine, rich top- 
soil. This equatorial zone, of essentially the same character as the wetter 
forests that spread northward on the Atlantic side of the mountains from 
the equator, is a zone of frequent streams and rivers, deep soils, an 
immense yearly rainfall, and a fantastic insect fauna. 

The history of natural and human destruction of the forest is not so 
well documented as in thorn forest areas. Apparently, the Mayans in- 
habited this region and had destroyed a part of the vegetation with 
great difficulty. Probably the damage was not as extensive as in the 
subequatorial or thorn forest zones, as the clearing of the giant tree 
forests was not as easily done and excessive rainfall in some limited 
areas may not have been as ideal for growing corn. The English have 
been exploiting the forests in British Honduras for nearly 300 years, but 
still, before the terrible 1961 hurricane, there were great stands of 
mahogany and other forest giants there. Most of the cultivation has 
been along the rivers, and the interior part of the country is scarcely popu- 
lated. In British Honduras cultivation is more stable and not so nomadic 
as in Yucatan, Campeche, and Quintana Roo, where corn is planted 
after felling the forest, and then abandoned after two years. All this 
has helped to protect the equatorial forest to a degree. Also of impor- 
tance is the fact that no species of tree occurs in pure stands, the forest 
complex being composed of many species in a relatively small area. 
During lumbering, only certain trees are taken out here and there, 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 205 


leaving most of the forest intact. Further inland, in El] Petén, no way 
has been found to take fine woods out economically due to the lack 
of roads and harbors. Some wood has been floated down the Usuma- 
cinta River into Mexican territory, but the treacherous nature of the 
river in the interior prohibits large-scale forestry work there. The lack 
of other resources in these areas has made large-scale development and 
opening of this country unfeasible. 

Recently, the equatorial forests in central and south central British 
Honduras have suffered a terrible disaster due to the 1961 hurricane, 
which laid waste to hundreds of square kilometers of forest. It has been 
calculated that it will take at least a century for these forests to attain 
their former magnificence, providing the rainfall does not diminish. 
Fortunately, most of the forests which were destroyed are on elevated 
land, where the elevation will help to sustain the usual precipitation. The 
forests of E] Petén and Chikibul Forest on the western side of the Maya 
Mountains in British Honduras have escaped hurricane damage. Col- 
lecting in the damaged area in the Stann Creek Valley of British Hon- 
duras has indicated no remarkable reduction in the insect population 
following the hurricane; however, the bird population has suffered some- 
what and I believe many species dependent upon a heavy forest canopy 
have migrated to the remaining forest country farther west. This may 
help to explain the continued abundance of insects in the Stann Creek 
Valley. The wetness of the region has prevented forest fires in that 
zone and has helped preserve what is left of the forest. Forest fires 
raged all through the devastated subequatorial forest areas of British 
Honduras during early 1963 and 1964. It is hard to collect Ithomiids 
and other shade-loving butterflies there, since they are usually seen in 
flight, seemingly searching for a shaded place; nevertheless, they are 
still present, concentrating in places where there are still a few trees left. 
The local people told me that in 1962, immediately after the hurricane, 
butterflies and other insects were very abundant, and I hope that this 
will be the case until the forest has reestablished itself. Collecting in 
1964 and early 1965 also afforded excellent results. It is encouraging 
to see the British Forestry Department making efforts to prevent further 
destruction to these forested areas. 

In spite of the great damage done to peninsular forests, collecting is 
still superb at most localities in season. I have in my collection about 
720 species of butterflies from the Yucatecan area, and suspect that there 
are at least another 150 within the limits of the peninsula, an area of 
about 200,000 square kilometers, approximately 80,000 square miles, or 
the equivalent of the states of New York, New Jersey, and Pennsylvania 
combined. 


2.06 DIAKONOFF: Book review Vol. 20, no. 4 


BOOK REVIEW 


PESTS OF HEVEA PLANTATIONS IN MALAYA, by B. Shripathi 
Rao and Hoh Choo Chuan, pp. 1-97, 37 with full-page colour figures, 
Kuala Lumpur, 1965. (Printed at the Kynoch Press, Birmingham, Eng- 
land. ) 


The book represents an excellently executed iconography of pests of 
the rubber tree and other cultivated plants associated with it, viz., the 
so-called “ground covers.” The full-page colourplates are after water 
colours by the second author, while the explanatory text on the opposite 
page is by the first author. 

The plates are arranged in the sequence of orders of the pests, each 
referring to a group of pests causing similar injury, e.g., bark-feeding 
Lepidoptera, tlower-feeding caterpillars, root-feeding grubs, etc. 


The foreword explains the intention of the volume thus: “. . . a com- 
prehensive treatise comparable in its intention with Mr. Roger N. 
Hilton’s Maladies of Hevea in Malay. . . . It enables the planter to 


identify the creatures that he encounters and to obtain a succinct ac- 
count of the significance of each. Also included are a number of creatures 
which are not at all damaging, yet liable to be mistaken for pests, and 
others which are beneficial.” 

The book is divided in two parts. The first is a general account of 
the five major groups of pests, nematodes, insects, mites, molluscs, and 
mammals. The second, by far larger, part contains the above-mentioned 
fine colourplates of the pests, their development stages, parasites, and 
the aspect of the injury, with the text each time opposite the plate. 

On the whole, Hevea is not subject to disastrous pest attacks, probably 
because wounds are filled by latex which helps them to heal quickly; 
on the other hand these pests deserve attention nevertheless, as the 
rubber tree is the most important crop of Malaya, occupying not less 
than 65 percent of the cultivated area and 12 percent of the entire 
country. The herbaceous “ground cover” often is subject to much more 
severe injury by some pests, which afterwards move to the rubber plants 
themselves. 

This book is of considerable interest not only for the rubber planter 
for whom it is chiefly intended, but also for the general entomologist, 
because some of the fine coloured illustrations depict species, stages, or 
characteristic shelters, etc., which never have been illustrated before. 


A. Diaxonorr, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 207 


ELECTROPHORETIC VARIATION IN ESTERASES OF 
COLIAS EURYTHEME (PIERIDAE) 


F. M. JOHNSON AND JOHN M. Burns 


Genetics Foundation, Dept. Zoology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 
and Dept. Biology, Wesleyan University, Middletown, Connecticut 


In recent years, starch gel electrophoresis (Smithies, 1955) has been 
used to separate multiple molecular forms of enzymes (isozymes— 
Markert & Mgller, 1959) in many plant and animal species. In insects, 
isozymes of fruit flies of the genus Drosophila have received particular 
attention. The genetics of electrophoretic variation in esterases has been 
investigated in laboratory strains of D. melanogaster Meigen (Wright, 
1963; Beckman & Johnson, 1964a; Johnson, 1964). Frequency differences 
in the alleles controlling esterase variants in D. ananassae Doleschall 
have been found in Samoan island populations (Johnson et al., 1966a). 
The relative constancy of esterase patterns within species and pattern 
differences between species has been applied in broad taxonomic com- 
parisons among Drosophila species (Johnson et al., 1966b). 

In Lepidoptera, the inheritance of esterase variation has been studied 
in the domesticated silkworm, Bombyx mori Linnaeus (Eguchi et al., 
1965). The present report is a preliminary account of esterase poly- 
morphism in natural populations of one species of sulfur butterfly, Colias 
eurytheme Boisduval. 


MATERIALS AND METHODS 


The 140 adults of C. eurytheme used in this study were collected in 
Austin and San Antonio, Texas, from early May to early June, 1966 (Ta- 
ble I). Most (127) were caught in eastern Austin at two localities, one 
mile apart: Area | at the intersection of Chartwell and Lovell drives, 
and Area 2 at the intersection of Berkman and Broadmoor drives. Both 
areas were predominantly open, greatly disturbed, and grown over with 
weeds and grasses. The remaining specimens (13) were caught in dis- 
turbed, weedy, open oak—mesquite woodland near Salado Creek to the 
east of U. S. highway 281 in northern San Antonio. Although C. eury- 
theme was fairly common in the beginning of the sampling period, it 
became rare toward the end and apparently disappeared by mid-June. 

As a rule, live specimens were used and immobilized by pinching the 
thorax immediately before homogenization; but 13 living specimens 
were frozen and were satisfactorily electrophoresed at later dates (Table 
I). To test for esterase activity, butterfly tissues were homogenized by 
a procedure devised for single specimens of Drosophila (Johnson, 1966). 


208 JOHNSON AND Burns: Colias esterases Vol. 20, no. 4 


TABLE I 
TEXAS SPECIMENS OF COLIAS EURYTHEME ANALYZED BY ELECTROPHORESIS 


No. of Specimens 


leaeality eae ce Electrophoresed 
Males Females 
Austin: Area 1 May 7 6 
May 10 35" 
May 14 42? 8 
May 25 26 1 
May 30 I 
Austin: Area 2 . May 28 1 
May 29 1 
May 31 4 il 
June 5 | ] 
San Antonio May 22 10 3 
124 16 


1 Kleven of these males frozen; electrophoresed on May 23. 
2 Two of these males frozen; electrophoresed on June 3. 


But, because of the comparatively large size of the butterflies, the an- 
tennae, legs, or a small section of body were routinely used, instead of 
whole individuals. After homogenization, the slurry was absorbed in 
filter paper rectangles which were then inserted into a vertical slot cut 
in the starch gel. Starch gel electrophoresis was performed horizontally, 
with a discontinuous system of buffers (Poulik, 1957), for 2.5 hours at 
a gradient of 20 volts per cm. After electrophoresis, the gels were cut 
horizontally and the bottom slice stained for esterase activity with a- 
naphthyl acetate (substrate) and Fast Blue RR salt (dye-coupler) (cf. 
Beckman & Johnson, 1964a). 


RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 


Although comparison of antennae, eyes, remainder of head, legs, and 
thick serial sections of thorax and abdomen revealed some esterase pat- 
tern differences, four well-separated esterase zones occurred generally. 
Observations reported in this paper are based on examination of esterase 
patterns obtained from mid-abdominal sections of all specimens studied. 
Individual variation in two of the above-mentioned esterase zones (here 
called EST C and EST E) was conspicuous in both the Austin and San 
Antonio samples. Less variation appeared in the other zones. 

Figure 1 shows the nature of the electrophoretic variation in zone C. 
At any one or two of three locations in the gel, either a single or double 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 209 


Genotype FF FM MM MS SS FS 


Fig. 1. Part of a gel showing electrophoretic variants in the Esterase C zone. 
Three presumed alleles, F, M, and S, lead to the production of a single enzyme band 
when homozygous and a double band when heterozygous. The arrow indicates 
direction of migration. 


band, respectively, was observed in most individuals. This is interpreted 
as the expression of a tri-allelic system in which the enzyme of fastest 
mobility is controlled by the allele Est C” of the structural gene Est C, 
and the enzymes of intermediate and slowest mobilities are controlled 
by alleles Est C” and Est C%’. A presumed fourth allele occurred in a 
few individuals. 

A diagrammatic representation of electrophoretic variation in zone E 
is presented in Figure 2. The presumed homozygotes show a single 
band, as in EST C, but the presumed heterozygotes show three bands—a 
band of intermediate mobility in addition to the parental bands. A 
similar heterozygous pattern has been observed in alkaline phosphatase 
from Drosophila larvae (Beckman & Johnson, 1964b). This type of pat- 
tern suggests at least a dimeric active molecule, with the parental bands 
resulting from combination of like subunits and the hybrid band from 
unlike subunits. With synthesis of equal numbers, and with random 
combination of the subunits, a 1:2:1 (parental : hybrid : parental ) 
distribution of enzymes is expected in heterozygotes. If dimers are 
equally active, the band densities should follow this distribution; but 
such a distribution was found to be uncommon upon examination of the 
presumed heterozygotes. Rather, the presumed hybrid band alone, or, 
in other cases, both one presumed parental band and the hybrid band 
were sometimes stained lightly relative to the remainder of the pattern, 
suggesting unequal rates of synthesis or preferential dimerizing of the 
subunits. 


210 JOHNSON AND Burns: Colias esterases Vol. 20, no. 4 


+ 


Genotype FF FM MM MS SS FS 


Fig. 2. Part of a gel showing some of the variants in the Esterase E zone. En- 
zyme bands produced by three alleles (F, M, and S) are pictured in presumed 
homozygous and heterozygous condition. Heterozygotes have a band of intermediate 
mobility in addition to the parental bands. The arrow indicates direction of migration. 


A striking feature of the variation in EST E is the very large number 
of apparent alleles. Thirteen distinct parental band positions have been 
identified in the Austin sample, indicating at least as many alleles. (Only 
three of the positions appear in Fig. 2.) The small San Antonio sample is 
also highly variable and includes at least one allele not represented in 
the Austin sample. At Austin, 77 percent of the individuals are appar- 
ently heterozygous for the EST E system; at San Antonio, 83 percent. 
This large amount of genetic variability, together with differences in 
rates of synthesis or combination of subunits and/or differences in spec- 
ificity and activity of the dimeric molecules which may exist, perhaps 
reflects adaptive flexibility at the molecular level. 

A hereditary basis for the variation of EST C and EST E is supported 
by a partially completed genetic analysis which will be reported else- 
where. A modifier locus may be involved in the expression of the EST 
E_ phenotype. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


We are indebted to Drs. Wilson S. Stone and Robert K. Selander for 
providing space in their laboratories for this investigation and to Carmen 
G. Kanapi, Cynthia Greer, and Susan Rockwood for technical assistance. 
Roy O. Kendall aided in gathering the San Antonio sample. R. K. 
Selander read the manuscript and made helpful suggestions. This work 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society PALI 


was supported, in part, by Public Health Service Research Grant No. 
GM 11609 to W. S. Stone and M. R. Wheeler and Training Grant Nos. 
2T1-GM-337-06 and GM 00337-07 to R. P. Wagner et al., from the 
National Institutes of Health. 


LITERATURE CITED 


BECKMAN, L., & F. M. JoHNson, 1964a. Esterase variations in Drosophila melano- 

gaster. Hereditas, 51: 212-220. 
1964b. Variations in larval alkaline phosphatase controlled by Aph alleles in 
Drosophila melanogaster. Genetics, 49: 829-835. 

Ecucnut, M., N. Yosuirakxe, & H. Kar, 1965. Types and inheritance of blood esterase 
in the silkworm, Bombyx mori L. Japan. Jour. Genet., 40: 15-19. 

Jounson, F. M., 1964. A recessive esterase deficiency in Drosophila. Jour. Heredity, 
55: 76-78. 

1966. Rapid single fly homogenization for the investigation of Drosophila iso- 
zymes. Drosophila Inf. Serv., 41: 193-194. 

Jounson, F. M., C. G. KAnapi, R. H. RicHarpson, M. R. WHEELER, & W. S. STONE, 
1966a. An analysis of polymorphisms among isozyme loci in dark and light 
Drosophila ananassae strains from American and Western Samoa. Proc. Nat. 
Acad. Sci., 56: 119-125. 

1966b. An operational classification of Drosophila esterases for species comparison. 
Univ. Texas Publ., in press. 

MArKERT, C. L., & F. Mg@iuierR, 1959. Multiple forms of enzymes: tissue, ontogenetic, 
and species specific patterns. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 45: 753-763. 

Pounix, M. D., 1957. Starch gel electrophoresis in a discontinuous system of buf- 
fers. Nature, 180: 1477-1479. 

SmiruiEs, O., 1955. Zone electrophoresis in starch gels: group variations in the 
serum proteins of normal human adults. Biochem. Jour., 61: 629-641. 

Waricut, T. R. F., 1963. The genetics of an esterase in Drosophila melanogaster. 
Genetics, 48: 787-801. 


INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL 
NOMENCLATURE 


AV (ies. ) TO 
ANNOUNCEMENT 


Required six-months’ public notice is given on the possible use of 
plenary powers by the International Commission on Zoological Nomen- 
clature in connection with the following names, listed by Case Number 
(see Bull. zool. Nomencl. 23, pt. 4, 14 October 1966): 

1742. Type-species for Cosmopterix Hubner, 1825 (Lepidoptera ) 

1745. Suppression of Macrochoeta Macquart, 1851 (Diptera) 

1747. Emendation of STENOPODINAE Stal, 1859, to STENOPODA- 
INAE (Hemiptera ) 

1748. Suppression of Scoptes Hiibner, [1819] (Lepidoptera ) 

1758. Type-species for Neolycaena de Nicéville, 1590 (Lepidoptera ) 


212 OpxLER: Callophrys record Vol. 20, no. 4 


1760. Suppression of Cellia errabunda Swellengrebel, 1925 (Diptera ) 
1762. Type-species for Enithares Spinola, 1837 (Hemiptera ) 


Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing Case Number, to the 
Secretary, International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o 
British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W.7, 
England. Those received early enough will be published in the Bulletin 
of Zoological Nomenclature. 

W. E. Cuina, Assistant Secretary 


A POSSIBLE RECORD FOR THE OCCURRENCE OF 
CALLOPHRYS (XAMIA) XAMI (LYCAENIDAE) IN CALIFORNIA 


A female specimen of Callophrys (Xamia) xami (Reakirt) is con- 
tained in the collections of the American Museum of Natural History, 
New York. The accompanying labels bear the following information: 
Providence Mtns., San Bernardino Co., Calif., [V-5-34,- collected by G. 
lel ise [fp 1b, Soren 

This record would appear to represent a considerable northwest exten- 
sion of the species’ distribution as stated by Clench (1961). I think that 
the following points lend to the credibility of this record: (1) The 
Sperrys were noted for the reliability of their collection data, (2) a pos- 
sible food plant, Dudleya (Dudleya) saxosa (Jones) Britt. & Rose 
aloides (Rose) Moran is found in the Providence Mountains (Munz and 
Keck, 1959; Uhl and Moran, 1953). Ziegler and Escalante (1964) re- 
ported Echeveria (Euecheveria) gibbiflora De Candolle and Sedum 
(Pachysedum) allantoides Rose, both members of the Crassulaceae, as 
food plants of xami in Mexico, D.F., (3) The date of capture is within 
the known flight period of this species as defined by Clench and Ziegler 
and Escalante, and (4) Three other species of Theclini known to occur 
in the range were collected at the same approximate time by the Sperrys 
in 1934. 

I wish to thank F. H. Rindge for allowing me to examine specimens 
in the American Museum of Natural History. 

LITERATURE CITED 


CLENcH, H. K., 1961. Tribe Theclini, Hairstreaks, in: Ehrlich, P. R., & A. H. 
Ehrlich, How to Know the Butterflies. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa, 
pp. 177-220. 

Munz, P. A., & D. D. Kecx, 1959. <A California Flora. University of California 
Press, Berkeley & Los Angeles, 1,681 pp. 

Unt, C. H., & R. Moran, 1953. The cytotaxonomy of Dudleya and Hasseanthus. 
Amer. Jour. Bot., 40(7): 492—502. 

ZIEGLER, J. B., & T. EscaLANTeE, 1964. Observations on the life history of Cal- 
lophrys xami (Lycaenidae). Jour. Lepid. Soc., 18: 85-89. 


Paut A. Oper, University of California, Berkeley 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 213 


THE LARVA AND PUPA OF ORTHOSIA 
HIBISCI QUINQUEFASCIATA (NOCTUIDAE) 


JoHn ApAMs CoMSTOCK AND CHRISTOPHER HENNE 
Del Mar, and Pearblossom, California 


In the group of moths listed by McDunnough (1938) under the genus 
Orthosia and in the insciens—hibisci-quinquefasciata complex, in par- 
ticular, there has been much taxonomic juggling in past years by various 
authors. Along with this, there has been comparatively little life history 
work, and still less illustrating of the early stages. 

The most helpful published note is that of William T. M. Forbes 
(1954) in which he speaks of the larva of Orthosia hibisci as one of the 
notorious “Green Fruit-worms, and gives a brief description of the 
larva. He pointed out that hibisci is not the typical insect, but is a 
variation of the normal form, insciens. 

The form which seems predominant on the West Coast is quinquefas- 
ciata, a subspecies which was described by Smith in 1909 (Jour. N. Y. 
Ent. Soc., 17: 65). Later, Smith (1910), referring to its habitat, said, 
“IT have at present four males and two females from Wellington and Van- 
couver, B. C., and Pullman, Washington.” 

Hampson (1905) lists hibisci Guen., and insciens Wlk., under Monima 
alia Guen., which he pictures in color on Plate 90, fig. 29. 

S. E. Crumb (1956) described the mature larva in some detail, and 
stated that “no differences have been found between larvae of eastern 
hibisci and western hibisci var. quinquefasciata Smith.” His comment 
on food plants was “a very general feeder, principally on woody plants.” 
Other authors specifically mention Quercus, Salix, and Prunus. Prentice 
(1962) recorded numerous hosts for h. hibisci, with highest number of 
collections from Populus, Salix, and Betula. 

A mature larva of this species was collected in the San Gabriel Moun- 
tain, northwest of Jackson Lake, Los Angeles County, June 10, 1964, 
elevation 5,800 ft. It was feeding on Alnus rhombifolia Nutt. An adult 
was reared from this larva, making possible the identification, and the 
following illustrations and descriptions. 


LARVA 


Final instar (Fig. 1 A): Length 35 mm. Greatest width, 5 mm. Head width 
3 mm; glistening yellow-green. Ocelli, lower two or three black, remainder trans- 
lucent. Labrum and antennae nearly white. Tips of mandibles brown. 

Body ground color, alder-leaf green. First cervical segment, anterior margin 
white. A conspicuous middorsal longitudinal white band, a narrow longitudinal 
subdorsal white stripe, a wide white band just above the spiracles. Area between 
these bands and stripes profusely sprinkled with small white dots, as is sub- 
spiracular region, including venter. 


14 Comstock AND HENNE: Noctuid larva 


Vol. 20, no. 4 


Fig. 1. Orthosia hibisci quinquefasciata Smith; A, mature larva; B, 
aspect. Drawing by J. A. Comstock. 


pupa, ventral 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 215 


Legs translucent light green. Prolegs concolorous with body. Crochets tinged 
with pink. Spiracles light tan, narrowly rimmed with brown. All spiracles located 
along the lower edge of the white surpraspiracular band except the last caudal, 
which is superior to the band. 

Setae short and colorless. 


PuPA 


(Fig. 1 B) Length, 15.5 mm. Greatest width through middle of thorax, 5.3 mm. 
Eyes smooth, prominent. Maxillae reaching to wing margins. Metathoracic leg 
extending 0.5 mm short of prothoracic, antennae still shorter. Abdomen tapering 
to a point, from which a pair of short straight spicules protrude. Spiracles, small, 
concolorous with body, their centers slightly protruding, margins recessed. 

Pupa nearly black, abdominal segments and thoracic appendages tinged with 

red—brown. Surface texture smooth and glistening over abdominal areas, very 
_ finely ridged or furrowed over most of the thorax and wings. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Crump, S. E., 1956. The larvae of the Phalaenidae. Tech. Bull. No. 1135, U. S. 
Dept. Agric., p. 168. 

Forses, W. T. M., 1954. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states. III. 
Memoir 329, Cornell Univ. Agr. Exper. Sta., p. 105. 

Hampson, G. F., 1905. Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae in the British 
Museum. V. 430. (as Monima alia). Pl. XC, fig. 29. 

McDunnoucu, J., 1938. Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United 
States of America. Part 1, Macrolepidoptera. Mem. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. I, p. 76. 

PRENTICE, R. M. (ed.), 1962. Forest Lepidoptera of Canada recorded by The 
Forest Insect Survey, Volume 2, Nycteolidae, Noctuidae, Notodentidae, Lipari- 
dae. Canad. Dept. Forestry, Bull. 128, p. 137. 

SmitTH, J. B., 1910. Notes on certain Taeniocampa species. Canad. Ent., 42 (10): 
O22: 


A MELANIC FEMALE OF COLIAS EURYTHEME (PIERIDAE) 


The capture of a black Colias is apt to be a once-in-a-lifetime experi- 
ence. The collector knows almost instinctively that he has taken a 
phenomenal prize among butterflies. A melanic female of Colias eury- 
theme Boisduval was taken on August 7, 1965, in the front yard of an 
Ottawa, Kansas home. The butterfly was taken while in company with 
Agraulis vanillae (Linn.) and Phoebis sennae eubule (Linn.), but no 
other Colias were in evidence in the vicinity. 

It will be noted from the illustration made from the specimen that 
the familiar black pattern edging so characteristic of both eurytheme 
and philodice is much in evidence, but the ground color of the upper 
surfaces is an even smoky gray on both pairs of wings. The deep orange 
hindwing cell spot of a normal female is, in this case, solid black. The 
veins are heavy and black. The lower surfaces are even more dramat- 
ically unusual. The basal portion of the forewing is a dark smoky blue- 
gray with black granules fading out toward the margin to a pale greenish 
yellow. In contrast to the black area of the forewing, the hindwings 


216 Howe: Melanic Colias Vol. 20, no. 4 


Melanic female Colias cunutheme Boisduval, Ottawa, Kansas, August 7, 1965. 
Left: upperside; right: underside. Drawing by W. H. Howe. 


are a uniform pale yellowish green. As shown on the illustration the 
outer pink fringe, a characteristic of normal specimens, is much in evi- 
dence. 

A “black” female is not really black, at least not in this case or in 
the other individuals I have seen. So few collections contain these 
extreme forms that there are few available for comparison. The only 
other “black” female I have seen was taken by Mr. Jack Newlin of 
Prairie Village, Kansas, in July, 1956. I made a color painting of this 
specimen at the Newlin home on January 1, 1963. This specimen lacked 
any black maculation whatever. It was smoky gray—brown throughout. 
It was a faded and badly rubbed specimen. The outer pink fringe was 
almost completely worn away. 

In contrast, my Ottawa specimen was perfect and fresh and is a 
perfect example of this phenomenon that exists but is seldom observed. 
—WiiiiAM H. Howe, 822 East 11th St., Ottawa, Kansas. 


RECORD OF EUMAEUS ATALA (LYCAENIDAE) 
FROM THE FLORIDA KEYS 


In view of the extreme rarity of Eumaeus atala florida (Rober) in 
recent years (see Rawson, Jour. Lepid. Soc., 15(4): 237-244, 1962), the 
capture of a single specimen on 5 June 1960 may be of some interest. 
This male, in fine condition, was visiting unidentified flowers at a motel 
in the town of Key Largo on Key Largo, Florida. It is presently in the 
author's collection. No other individuals were observed, and it is not 
known if Zamia was growing in the immediate vicinity. 


RicHARD S. FunK, 3025 Del Mar Ave., Yuma, Arizona. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 21 


~l 


SOME PROPERTIES OF CUTICULAR MATERIALS (SILK, 
PUPAL CASE, AND WING MEMBRANE) OF PIERIS RAPAE 


Joun M. KoLyer 
Convent, New Jersey, U.S.A. 


Insect silk is considered to be a cuticular substance (Richards, 1953), 
and the adult wing is described as largely cuticular (Du Porte, 1959). 
Within the limits of relatively simple experimental techniques, some 
observations were made on these materials as well as on the pupal case 
left behind on eclosion. Particular attention was given the silk, for chem- 
ical information is said to be limited almost entirely to silk produced by 
the Bombyx mori larva (Richards, 1953). 


PHYSICAL FORM AND PROPERTIES 


Silk: Pieris rapae larvae can spin silk threads immediately after hatch- 
ing, but the silk studied was that produced by the mature larva in prep- 
aration for pupation. This appears in the form of a pupal girth by which 
the chrysalis is suspended and a silken mat (including a button of silk 
at the anal end of the pupa). 

The girth is approximately 23-27 microns in diameter and consists of 
about 9-14 individual filaments approximately 4-6 microns in diameter 
(vs. 11 microns observed for a monofilament isolated from a commercial 
silk thread; Whewell (1941) specifies a diameter of 13 microns for Italian 
silk and 7.8 for Canton silk). The tensile strengths of a single filament 
and of a whole girth were measured by suspending a cardboard cone 
by the filament or girth, slowly sprinkling salt into the cone until failure 
occurred, and weighing the final load applied. The girth (taking diam- 
eter at 25 microns) failed at a load of 7.58 grams to give a calculated 
tensile strength of 22,000 lb./in.?; a lower value than for monofilament 
would be expected because several strands were involved and unequal 
tension would give an effective tensile strength lower than the theoretical 
combined strength. In accord with this, a single filament (5 microns 
diameter, breaking load 0.792 grams) was calculated to have a tensile 
strength of 58,000 lb./in.2 A single filament of commercial silk (11 
microns, 3.476 grams) gave 52,000 Ib./in.*; values of 45,000 to 83,000 
have been reported (Billmeyer, 1962). The above values are only ap- 
proximate, of course, partly because of uncertainty in the cross-sectional 
area, but they do indicate that the Pieris rapae girth filaments are of the 
same order of magnitude in strength as Bombyx mori silk (and presum- 
ably consist of essentially the same fibroin). 


218 Kotyer: Pieris cuticle Vol. 20, no. 4 


ba 


9 3 

g 4 : 

a 
eae eae 


NI 

'* 

z 
ee. 


~ &,; 


‘he 
re Z 
aii.” 


3 


Ore. Me: 
% 


Fig. 1. Silken mat spun by larva of Pieris rapae (L.) prior to pupation; magnified 
300 times. 


Commercial silk is roughly triangular in cross section (Mark, 1951) 
while a Pieris rapae girth filament was observed to vary from about 
4 to 6 microns over a distance of 5 millimeters and so could be roughly 
oval, triangular, or of other noncircular form in cross section. 

The silken mat weighs about 0.17 milligrams (average for 10 mats) 
and can be peeled from gauze against which the pupa was suspended. 
The mat consists of fine filaments (about 3.2 microns diameter) coated 
and glued together with what presumably is sericin or “silk gum” (see 
Figure 1). Assuming a specific gravity of 1.34 (Mark (1951) gives 1.30- 
1.37 for raw silk) and a fiber diameter of 3.2 microns, a length of 17 
yards was calculated, but this figure would be much reduced by correct- 
ing for the gum. In fact, it was very roughly estimated on the basis of 
Figure 1 (assumed to be representative of the whole mat) that the 
length is about 6 yards. In contrast to this, the Bombyx mori larva pro- 
duces up to 4,000 yards of silk, of which up to 1,200 yards can be reeled 
(Whewell, 1941). It is concluded that at least part of the Pieris rapae 
silk may equal that of the silkworm in quality (at least in regard to 
strength); but since no cocoon is produced by Pieris, the quantity (length) 
is perhaps 0.25% of the silkworm’s output. 

Sericin is said to be soluble in hot water (Whewell, 1941), and it may 
be removed by heating with an aqueous solution of soap and ammonia 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 219 


boi 


Fig. 2. Silken mat spun by Pieris rapae (L.) prior to pupation, shown after 
treatment in boiling solution of soap and ammonia; magnified 200 times. 


without injuring the fibroin (Hayes, 1954). Mats (4.3 milligrams) were 
heated in water (1.9 ml.) at 95-100° C. for two hours, and the silk was 
recovered and dried (85-90° C., less than 1 inch Hg pressure, one hour ) 
to give a matted, paperlike sheet (2.9 milligrams, 68% recovery). Raw 
Bombyx mori silk is said to consist of 11% water, 66% fibroin (which 
happens to agree with the 68% recovery above), 22% sericin, and 1% 
mineral and coloring matters (Whewell, 1941). In a more rigorous treat- 
ment, mats (4.7 milligrams) were boiled with a solution of 0.3 grams 
potassium stearate and 4.4 grams 28-30% aqueous ammonia in 20 ml. 
deionized water for 80 minutes. The visible silk was isolated, washed 
with water, and vacuum-dried to give a low recovery (0.4 milligrams, 
9% ); the remainder was solubilized or dispersed. The purified silk from 
another run was dried on microscope slides and stained with 0.9% 
aqueous Rhodamine B or Malachite Green solutions, which dyed com- 
mercial silk also. Silk, like other protein fibers, has an affinity for mem- 
bers of nearly all classes of dyes (Clayton, 1940) and is combined with 
readily by basic dyes (Hayes, 1954). Figure 2 is a photomicrograph of 
the Malachite Green-dyed sample. The complete removal of the gummy 
material is apparent. 

The refractive index of Pieris rapae silk (mats) and commercial silk 
thread is approximately the same; both became almost invisible in a 


220 Kotyer: Pieris cuticle Vol. 20, no. 4 


bs 


bsorbance 
N 


Wavelength (microns) 
3 ie Ly 6 7 8 9 lo ll IZ 13 1% 


Fig. 3. Spectra obtained with an Infracord Model 137B_ spectrophotometer 
(twelve-minute scan). The pupal case and wings (descaled by rubbing) were 
mounted over holes in cardboards and placed in the sample beam. 1, Pieris rapae 
(L.), silken mat wetted with Nujol (Paraffin oil) between NaCl plates with Nujol 
between NaCl plates in the reference beam. 2, P. rapae, pupal case. 3, Chitin 
(Matheson, Coleman, and Bell, Practical Grade), through 325 mesh screen, in a KBr 
disc (15 milligrams chitin/gram KBr; 0.2 gram disc, about % inch diameter). 4, 
P. rapae, wing. 5, Catocala cara Gn, wing. 6, Bumblebee (Bombus), wing. 


bo 
bo 
— 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


medium of refractive index about 1.54, which is the value reported for 
silk (Whewell, 1941). 

Pupal Case: The case is on the order of 2.5 » (0.1 mil) in thickness 
and 0.9 milligrams in weight (average of 4). 

Wing: Like insect cuticle in general (Richards, 1953), the descaled 
wing membrane showed no strong birefringence, and gradually turned 
brown, but did not melt or flow, on heating in air to 360° C. 


INFRARED SPECTRA (See Figure 3) 

Silk: Rather good spectra were obtained on the silken mats wetted 
with chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, or Nujol and pressed between 
salt (NaCl) plates. The three bands of major interest (marked with 
arrows in Figure 1) are attributed to the N—H portion of the amide 
linkage (about 3.0 microns) and the carbonyl group (Amide I band at 
6.0-6.1 microns). Also, the typical Amide II band (of uncertain origin ) 
appears at 6.5-6.6 microns. (For a general discussion of polyamide spec- 
tra see Bellamy, 1958.) The other strong bands are due to the Nujol. 

It is interesting that the fibers of the Pieris rapae mat were sufficiently 
fine (about 3 microns) to give a good spectrum, while commercial silk, 
whose monofilaments are about 11 microns in diameter, would not give 
acceptable results by the same technique. 

Pupal Case: The N-H, Amide I, and Amide II bands appear in the 
spectra of the pupal case and of chitin. In addition, the -OH band, 
not shown strongly by the silk, which has relatively little hydroxyl (due 
to water and serine), appears at about 2.9 microns. In the case of chitin 
the -OH band is stronger than the N-H band, which seems to appear as 
a shoulder, while the pupal case shows a stronger N-H band than -OH 
band. This situation is consistent with the presence of considerable pro- 
tein as well as chitin in the pupal case. 

Wing: In the insect wing spectra of Figure 3 the -OH band at about 
2.9 microns appears as a shoulder, and the N-H band at about 3.0 microns 
is relatively more intense than in the spectrum of the pupal case. This 
suggests that there is less chitin in the wing membrane than the pupal 
case (see nitrogen analyses below). 

Infrared spectra often are used as distinctive “fingerprints” (7-15 
micron region) for pure compounds, and in the present case they show 
the essential chemical identity of the wing membranes of a butterfly, a 
moth, and a bumblebee. Incidentally, Speyeria and Papilio wings gave 
spectra nearly identical to that of Pieris rapae. 


ELEMENTAL ANALYSES (TABLE [) AND CHITIN CONTENT 
Silk: The nitrogen content of the silken mats is comparable to that 


222, Kotyer: Pieris cuticle Vol. 20, no. 4 


TABLE [| 


ELEMENTAL ANALYSES (BY GALBRAITH LABORATORIES, KNOXVILLE, TENN.) AND 
CALCULATED CHITIN CONTENTS 


Carbon Hydrogen Nitrogen Calculated 


etsion (Jo) (%) (Jo) Chitin (9%)! 

Silken mats (Pieris rapae ) 42.87 6.40 13.88 0 
Pupal cases (Pieris rapae ) 48.63 7.46 om 71 

_ - 9.07° 67° 
Descaled wing (Pieris rapae )* — - MD TUE 17 
Chitin (CsHi,0;N ), calculated 47.29 6.45 6.90 - 
Chitin, practical (Haynes, 1960) - ~ 6.0-6.6 - 
Sericin (Bombyx mori) (Whewell, 1941) 42.60 5.80 16.50 0 
Fibroin (Bombyx mori) (Whewell, 1941) 48.53 6.43 18.33 0 


1 Calculated from % nitrogen assuming two-component system of protein at 14% N and chitin at 
6.6% N. 

2 Dried at 80—85° C. and less than 1 inch Hg pressure for seven hours; 7% weight loss. 

3 The wings had been allowed to dry in the air (40—60% rel. humidity) for several weeks. Water 
content was estimated by drying wings (8.3 milligrams) at 100° C. and less than 1 inch Hg pressure 
for 10 hours; the weight loss was 0%. 


recorded for Bombyx mori sericin and fibroin though somewhat lower, 
probably at least partly because of the presence of moisture (said to 
comprise 11% of raw silk, as mentioned above). 

Pieris rapae silk (mats) was dissolved in less than five minutes by 10% 
aqueous potassium hydroxide at 95-100° C. or in the course of one hour 
by 2% sodium carbonate at the same temperature. This solubility is 
consistent with the absence of chitin. 

Pupal Case: Two nitrogen determinations were made, one on a dried 
sample. Assuming a two-component system (protein plus chitin) with 
a modest value (14% ) for protein nitrogen (so as not to exaggerate chitin 
content) and a value (6.6%) slightly lower than theory for chitin (be- 
cause reported N values for chitin are always too low, as mentioned by 
Richards, 1953), chitin contents of 71% (undried sample) or 67% (dried 
sample) were calculated. Values of 47% chitin (as % of dry cuticle) 
have been reported for the Sarcophaga puparium (Richards, 1953). The 
chitin is supposed to be combined with protein in the form of a complex 
of the materials. 

As another approach to determining chitin content, pupal cases (3.5 
milligrams) were heated with 2% sodium carbonate solution at 95-101° 
C. for three hours, recovered, and dried at 85-90° C. and less than one 
inch Hg pressure for one hour; the final weight was 2.3 milligrams (34% 
loss ), and correcting this for the weight loss (6% ) on drying an untreated 
sample under the same conditions gives 28% weight loss, presumably 
protein, which should be removed by this procedure (Haynes, 1960). 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 995 


Similar treatment with 10% potassium hydroxide gave a corrected 
weight loss of 27%; treatment with 5% KOH is said to remove protein 
(Rudall, 1954). The same KOH treatment of practical-grade chitin 
resulted in a loss of 12%, and both the KOH-treated pupal cases and 
chitin gave a positive chitosan test (by grinding 2-10 milligrams material 
in a glass mortar with two drops of a solution prepared by addition of 
1.2 grams iodine and 1.6 grams potassium iodide dissolved in 1.5 ml. 
water to 50 grams of 20% aqueous acetic acid and then by adding seven 
drops of 50% sulfuric acid to give a violet slurry if chitosan is present, 
or an orange-brown slurry in the case of untreated chitin). 

Pupal cases, like chitin, were not completely dissolved by heating in 
50% sodium hydroxide at 130-136° C. for four hours, and the residual 
matter gave a positive chitosan test. The pupal cases that had been 
treated with 2% sodium carbonate gave a doubtful or weak chitosan test 
(brownish-purple color). 

In conclusion, both the nitrogen analysis and the alkaline treatments 
suggest a chitin content of very approximately 70% for the pupal case. 

Wing: A value of 17% chitin was calculated from the nitrogen analysis 
(Table I). The presence of chitin was shown qualitatively by the fact 
that descaled wings were incompletely dissolved by 50% NaOH at 130- 
135° C. for four hours; the residual matter gave a positive chitosan test. 
A wing was dissolved almost completely by concentrated hydrochloric 
acid (38% HCl) after five hours at room temperature. Chitin can be 
dissolved by this acid (Whistler, 1953). 

Note that the infrared spectra, as discussed above, are consistent with 
a considerably higher chitin content for the pupal case than for the wing. 


AMINO ACIDS 


Silk: Silken mats (6.9 milligrams) were hydrolyzed by heating with 
0.48 ml. concentrated hydrochloric acid (38% HCl) at 95-99° C. for 1.5 
hours. The resulting brown solution was boiled down to about 0.05 ml. 
and spotted approximately % inch from the shorter edge of a 3 X 4.5 inch 
sheet of Whatman No. | filter paper, which then was dipped (spotted 
edge down) to a depth of about % inch in a layer of solvent within a 
closed container according to the ascending method of paper chromatog- 
raphy (See, for example, Lederer and Lederer, 1953). After 45-60 min- 
utes, the chromatogram was dried in an oven at 109° C. for two to four 
minutes, dipped in 0.25% ninhydrin in acetone, and dried for another 
two minutes in the oven to develop the spots, which were encircled 
(and colors noted) immediately, before they began to fade. Known 
solutions of the amino acids in concentrated hydrochloric acid were used 
for comparison. 


224 Kotyer: Pieris cuticle Vol. 20, no. 4 


s-Collidine (saturated with water) as solvent gave excellent results; 
glycine (rust red; R; 0.07), alanine (purple; R; 0.13), and tyrosine ( gray— 
green; R,; 0.36) were identifed in the Pieris rapae silk hydrolyzate and in 
a similar hydrolyzate of commercial silk thread by means of both the 
R; values (ratio of distance traveled by spot to distance traveled by 
solvent front) and the distinctive colors. It is understood, of course, that 
identification in this manner is never positive, but in the present case 
there seems little reason for doubt. Serine was identified (rose-brown; 
R; 0.21) in the case of both the mats and the commercial silk using 
phenol (saturated with water) as the solvent, while leucine (violet; R, 
0.67; pink spot appeared on ageing) was found using n-butanol (sat- 
urated with water) in the case of the mats but not the silk thread. This 
is explained by the fact that sericin, which is washed from raw silk, con- 
tains principally glycine, alanine, tyrosine, and leucine, while fibroin 
contains mainly glycine, alanine, tyrosine, and serine (Hayes, 1954). 

Judging by the relative size of the spot, the proportion of leucine was 
much reduced in the hydrolyzate of the fibers recovered (Figure 2) 
when mats were boiled with soap and ammonia solution as described 
above. This is consistent with the anticipated concentration of leucine 
in the “gum” visible in Figure 1. 

Pupal Case: Pupal cases were hydrolyzed and chromatographed as 
above. Glycine, alanine, and tyrosine were tentatively identified, while 
the serine spot seemed relatively weak. 

Wing: Hydrolyzed wings gave the same result as the pupal cases. 
Thus, both chitin and protein were qualitatively identified in pupal cases 
and wings, and the nitrogen analyses (and alkaline treatment of the 
cases) give some idea of the chitin/protein ratio according to the simple 
two-component conception. 


SUMMARY 


Some observations were made on the physical and chemical properties 
of cuticular materials of Pieris rapae. 

The filaments in the sitken pupal girth are comparable to commercial 
silk (fibroin) in ultimate tensile strength, while the silken mat beneath 
the pupa consists of filaments heavily laden with a viscous liquid, pre- 
sumably sericin, which is removed by boiling with an ammoniacal soap 
solution. Elemental analysis, infrared spectrum, and the presence of 
glycine, alanine, tyrosine, serine, and leucine in the acid hydrolyzate 
suggest that the mat is generally similar to raw Bombyx mori silk. 

The presence of chitin in the pupal case left behind on eclosion was 
shown qualitatively by the infrared spectrum and the chitosan test, 
while glycine, alanine, and tyrosine were tentatively identified by paper 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


ii) 
iN) 
Ot 


chromatography on the acid hydrolyzate. A chitin content of very ap- 
proximately 70% was calculated from the elemental nitrogen analysis 
and was supported by the results of alkaline extractions supposed to 
remove protein. 

The presence of the same amino acids was indicated for the descaled 
wing as for the pupal case, and again chitin was shown to be present 
by the infrared spectrum and by the chitosan test. However, the spectra 
indicated a lower level of chitin in the wing than in the pupal case, and, 
in accord with this, nitrogen analysis indicated very approximately 17% 
chitin in the wing. The infrared spectra of the wing membranes of Pieris 
rapae (and other butterflies), a moth (Catocala), and a bumblebee 
(Bombus) were nearly identical. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT 
The assistance of Mr. Harold B. Palmer in obtaining the photomicro- 
graphs is gratefully acknowledged. 


LITERATURE CITED 


BELLAMY, L. J., 1958. The Infra-red Spectra of Complex Molecules (2nd Edition). 
John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York (pp. 203-233). 

BILLMEYER, F. W., 1962. Textbook of Polymer Science. Interscience Publishers, 
Inc., New York (p. 509). 

CLAyTON, E., 1940. Dyeing. Thorpe’s Dictionary of Applied Chemistry, by J. F. 
Thorpe, M. A. Whiteley, and contributors (4th Edition), Vol. 4. Longmans 
Green and Co., New York (p. 144). 

Du Porte, E. M., 1959. Manual of Insect Morphology. Reinhold Publishing Co., 
New York (p. 55). 

Hayes, A. C., 1954. Silk. Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, edited by R. E. 
Kirk and D. F. Othmer, Vol. 12. Interscience Publishers, Inc., New York (pp. 
414-423). 

Haynes, G. M., 1960. Chitin. Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, edited by R. 
E. Kirk and D. F. Othmer, 2nd Supplement Volume. Interscience Publishers, 
Inc., New York (pp. 222-227). 

LepEreR, E., & M. LepererR, 1953. Chromatography, a Review of Principles and 
Applications. Elsevier Publishing Co., New York (p. 85). 

Marx, H. F., 1951. Fibers. Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, edited by 
R. E. Kirk and D. F. Othmer, Vol. 6. Interscience Publishers, Inc., New York 
(p. 456). 

Ricuarps, A. G., 1953. Chemical and physical properties of cuticle. Insect Physi- 
ology, edited by K. D. Roeder. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York (pp. 
22-41). 

RupatL, K. M., 1954. The distribution of the collagen and chitin. Symposia 
Soc. Experimental Biol. No. 9, Fibrous Proteins and Their Biol. Significance 
(Pub. 1955). Academic Press, New York (pp. 49-71). 

WHEWELL, C. S., 1941. Fibres, Animal, Silk. Thorpe’s Dictionary of Applied 
Chemistry, by J. F. Thorpe, M. A. Whiteley, and contributors (4th Edition, 
Vol. 5. Longmans Green and Co., New York (pp. 87-93). 

WuistLer, R. L., 1953. Polysaccharides. Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, 
edited by R. E. Kirk and D. F. Othmer, Vol. 11. Interscience Publishers, Inc., 
New York (p. 10). 


bo 
i) 
o>) 


FREEMAN: Mexican skipper records Vol. 20, no. 4 


NEW HESPERIIDAE RECORDS FOR MEXICO 


H. A. FREEMAN?! 
1605 Lewis Drive, Garland, Texas 


With the publication of the “Catalogo sistematico y zoogeografico de 
los lepidopteros Mexicanos. Segunde parte-Hesperioidea,” by C. C. Hoff- 
mann (1941), the first organized effort to assemble data on the Hes- 
periidae of Mexico was made, Hoffmann recorded 456 species that were 
reputed to occur in that country. Godman and Salvin (1887-1901) in 
“Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera, II,” de- 
scribed a large number of new species and genera from Central America, 
including Mexico. In some cases their records were incomplete and they 
made no effort to tabulate a complete list of species for that country as 
that was not their primary purpose. W. H. Evans (1951-1955) prepared 
one of the most important publications on the Hesperiidae to date, “A 
catalogue of the American Hesperiidae indicating the classification and 
nomenclature adopted in the British Museum.” Parts I-IV. He recorded 
all of the known Mexican records based on specimens in the British 
Museum, and in some cases on other available data. E. L. Bell (1942) 
published “New Records and New Species of Hesperiidae from Mexico.” 
H. A. Freeman (1951) published “New Skipper records for Mexico,” and 
C. D. MacNeill (1962) published “Preliminary report on the Hesperiidae 
of Baja California.” 

I have been working with the Hesperioidea of Mexico since 1935 and 
in recent months [| started organizing the published data on that subject 
with the purpose in mind of making a detailed study of the Hesperiidae 
of Mexico. If a species is found in Mexico that is not listed in any of the 
above-mentioned publications, it can be considered to be a new record 
for that country. 

While Don Stallings and I were visiting with Dr. Tarsicio Escalante, 
Mexico, D. F., during August, 1964, he suggested that I work over his 
Mexican Hesperiidae numbering several thousand specimens. Later that 
year he sent the first shipment, and thus far a number of very interesting 
species have been mounted and determined from that group. All of 
the Mexican Hesperiidae collected by Stallings and Turner have been 
turned over to me for study and two new records for Mexico have been 
found in their material. 

The following are nine of the new records thus far determined from 
the specimens that I have available for study. 


; 1T am deeply thankful to the National Science Foundation for research grant GB-4122 which 
is making this study of the Hesperiidae of Mexico possible. 


bo 
a) 
~] 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


Elbella dulcinea (Ploetz), 1879, new status 


Evans regarded dulcinea as a subspecies of scylla (Ménétriés ), 1855, 
however they occur together in the same areas of Veracruz. They differ 
somewhat genitalically and morphologically, thus indicating that they 
actually are specifically different. I have one male, collected at Sierra 
Blanca, Veracruz, August, 1943, and one male from Presidio, Veracruz, 
June, 1943, in my collection that appear to be the first records for this 
species from Mexico. Previous records are Costa Rica, Panama, Colom- 
bia, Venezuela, and French Guiana. 


Elbella patrobas (Hewitson), 1857 


Among the specimens received from Dr. Escalante, was a male 
patrobas, collected at Catemaco, Veracruz, January, 1953, and a female 
from Chimalapa, Oaxaca, August, 1952. These appear to be the first 
recorded specimens of this species from Mexico. Evans records Guate- 
mala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama, and Colombia ( Valdivia, Rio Chili) 
as representing the general distribution of this species based on specimens 
contained in the British Museum. 


Urbanus esma Evans, 1952 


Contained in the Escalante specimens was a male esma, collected at 
Catemaco, Veracruz, during September, 1964. This is the first record of 
this species from Mexico. Evans records esma from Panama, Colombia 
(Rio Negro, Choco, Rio Condote), and British Guiana (Iquitos, Obidos, 
Rio Tapajos). 


Astraptes colossus (Herrich-Schaffer ), 1869 


There are two specimens of this species in the Escalante material, one 
a male collected at Paraje Nuevo, Veracruz, April, 1952, and the other 
a female from Chimalapa, Oaxaca, August, 1952. These two specimens 
appear to represent the first recorded occurrence of this species in 
Mexico. Previous records are Guatemala, Honduras, Colombia, and 
Venezuela. 
Damas clavus (Herrich-Schiaffer ), 1869 


There is a male of this species in the Escalante material collected at 
Catemaco, Veracruz, March, 1961. This is the first record of this species 
for Mexico. Previously it had been recorded from Guatemala well into 
tropical South America. 


Panoquina evansi (Freeman), 1946 


Whether evansi is a separate species or a subspecies of fusina ( Hewit- 
son) 1868 as listed by Evans is a problem for later study. For the present 


228 FREEMAN: Mexican skipper records Vol. 20, no. 4 


I will consider it as a species as originally described. In the Escalante 
specimens there was a male evansi from Acahuizotla, Guerrero, July, 
1960, and a female from Catemaco, Veracruz, January, 1953. It was 
previously recorded from Pharr, Texas by the author of the species and 
by Evans from Guatemala and Trinidad. 


Aides aegita (Hewitson), 1866 
In the Escalante material there was a male aegita collected at Cate- 
maco, Veracruz, January, 1953. This is the first record of this species 
from Mexico. This species has been previously recorded from Panama, 
and several areas in north central South America. 


Xeniades orchamus (Cramer), 1777 
In the specimens received from Stallings and Turner, there was a male 
specimen of orchamus that they had collected at Mante, Tamaulipas, 
June 9, 1941. There are no previous records of this species from Mexico. 
Evans records it from Panama well into South America. 


Saliana antoninus (Latreille), 1824 
Stallings and Turner collected one male and two females of this species 
at Valles, San Luis Potosi, December 30, 1941. I can find no recorded 
evidence of this species having previously been collected in Mexico. 
Evans stated that in the British Museum there were specimens from 
Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Panama, and several loca- 
tions in South America. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Bett, E. L. 1942. New Records and new Species of Hesperiidae from Mexico. 
Sobret. de los An. Esuela Nacional Ciencias Biologicas, 2(4); 455-468. 
FREEMAN, H. A. 1951. New Skipper Records for Mexico. Field & Lab., 19(1): 

45-48. 

Draupt, M. 1924. Hesperiidae, in Seitz. Macrolepidoptera of the world. Vol. 5. 
The American Rhopalocera. Stuttgart. vii, + 1139 pp., 203 pl. 

Evans, W. H. 1951. A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae indicating the 
classification and nomenclature adopted in the British Museum. Part I. Intro- 
duction and Pyrrhopyginae. London: British Museum. 1-92, pls. 1-9. 

1952. Ibid. Part II. Pyrginae. Sec. 1. London: British Museum. 178 pp., pls. 
10-25. 

1953. Ibid. Part III. Pyrginae. Sec. 2. London: British Museum. 246 pp., 
pls. 26-53. 

1955. Ibid. Part IV. Hesperiinae and Megathyminae. London: British Museum. 
449 pp., pls. 54-88. 

GopMan, F., & O. Satvin. 1887-1901. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. 
Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera. II: 244-637; 52: 112 pls. 

HorrMann, C. C. 1941. Catologo sistematico y zoogeografico de los Lepidop- 
terous Mexicanos. Segunde parte-Hesperioidea. An. Inst. Biol. Mexico, 12: 
237-294. 

MacNem., C. D. 1962. Preliminary report on the Hesperiidae of Baja California. 
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., (4) 30 (5): 91-116. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


LARVAL FOOD PLANTS AND DISTRIBUTION NOTES FOR 
THREE TEXAS HESPERIDAE 


Roy O. KENDALL 
135 Vaughan Place, San Antonio, Texas 


Larval food plants are here recorded for the first time for Texas 
populations of Poanes viator (Edwards), Ancyloxypha numitor (Fabri- 
cius), and Erynnis brizo burgessi (Skinner). Also, a few notes on broods 
and spatial distribution are given. The arrangement and nomenclature 
follow dos Passos (1964). 


Poanes viator (Edwards ) 


Edwards described this species in 1865, and apparently nothing has 
heretofore been published on its life history. The distribution of viator 
in Texas is based on a few scattered records and is therefore not well de- 
fined. However, through careful collecting this insect should be found 
closely associated with its larval food plant, marsh millet, Zizaniopsis 
miliacea (Michx.) Doell. & Archers (Gramineae) which occurs over 
most of the eastern half of Texas. Present knowledge indicates that this 
skipper is multiple-brooded; it has perhaps four generations in Texas. 
A larval or pupal diapause is indicated, but additional research will be 
necessary to determine this. 


Guadalupe County: On 19 June 1965 at Lake Dunlap near the village of Clear 
Spring, adults were found in abundance flying in and around the tall marsh millet 
which covers several acres in the shallow backwaters of the lake. After collecting 49 
males and six females, a cursory examination was made of several A. miliacea plants 
for immatures. Since we were not equipped for marsh collecting, only plants which 
could be reached from the bank were examined. One empty pupal case, one live 
pupa, one dead last-instar larva, and three live larvae were collected. Two of the 
larvae were preserved. On 27 June a male emerged from the pupa. The one larva 
which was reared through pupated 24 June and a male emerged 2 July. 

Larval habits of this species are quite interesting. A formal shelter, 
which is characteristic of so many skippers, is not constructed. The larva 
of viator hides deep in the recess between the sheath and stem of the 
food plant when not feeding. The hiding place is above water level. 
Feeding is mostly on the upper half of the grass blades. Pupation occurs 
in the unimproved shelter. A bit of silk is placed in the bottom of the 
recess and along the sides, and the larva then pupates head-upward with 
the cremaster loosely anchored at the bottom. 

On a return visit to the spot on July 25 even more adults were on the 
wing. Forty-two adults, all males, were collected two and three at a time, 
mostly on the blossoms of Ampelopsis arborea (L.) (Vitaceae), at about 
midday. It was theorized that females had not yet emerged or were 


230 KENDALL: Texas skipper records Vol. 20, no. 4 


Ovipositing on the Z. miliacea, and hence, were not visiting flowers at the 
time. 

The writer and Mrs. Kendall have collected or observed viater in three 
other Texas counties: Bexar Co., near San Antonio, one seen at close 
range, 16 May 1964. Comal Co., New Braunfels, 9 May 1954 (12). 
Nueces Co., Calallen, 11 April 1962 (1 3). Freeman (1951) indicated 
that viator has been collected at Waco, McLennan County, in July and 
August, and at Dallas, Dallas County, on 17 July 1948. 


Ancyloxypha numitor (Fabricius ) 

The “least skipper” is distributed over a wide area in east, central, 
and southern Texas. It flies from April to November and may be found 
at or near watercourses and wet places where its larval food plants grow. 
There appear to be at least four broods in central Texas. The only 
known larval food plant in this area is marsh millet, Zizaniopsis miliacea 
(Michx.) Doell. & Archers (Gramineae). Since the insect has been 
collected in places where this plant was not found, it may be assumed 
that other local grasses, associated with wet places, are equally accept- 
able as larval food plants. A diapause is indicated but the specific im- 
mature stage in which it takes place is unknown. 


Karnes County: On 25 July 1965 at a small stream near the village of Gillett, fresh 
adults were observed fluttering about Z. miliacea which was growing in the water. 
In addition to six freshly emerged males, 17 larvae, three pupae, and six empty 
pupal cases were collected on Z. miliacea. Several larvae and pupae were preserved. 
Adults emerged from five of these pupae as follows: 27 July (2¢ 4), 29 July (14, 
192), 31 July (1é¢). Larvae which were reared through pupated: 26 July (1), 3 
Aug. (2), 5 Aug. (1), and 13 Aug. (1); adults emerged: 1 Aug. (1 9), 10 Aug. 
(igs) rand sliGuAmes. (129))8 


The larva lives in a leaf shelter constructed by cutting and folding 
over a small portion of the long grass blade. Early instars select the 
terminal edge while older larvae move toward the median section of the 
leaf blade. Pupation takes place in the leaf shelter, on the living plant 
suspended above its aquatic environment. 

Other Texas counties in which the writer and Mrs. Kendall have ob- 
served or collected numitor are: Bastrop Co., Bastrop State Park, 5 
Sept. 1961 (44 ¢ ); 25 Aug. 1962 (26 6, 12); 7 Aug. 1965 (86 3). Bexar 
Co., San Antonio, 1 Aug. 1964 (13¢ 6, 12); 25 Oct. 1964 (36 ¢). Comal 
Co., near New Braunfels, 27 July 1963 (12); 7 Nov. 1964 (12 ); 11 April 
1965 (12); 19 June 1965 (14). Guadalupe Co., Clear Spring, 19 June 
1965 (1¢). Kerr Co., 8 mi SW of Hunt, 27 June 1963 (S¢c¢3 23 ae 
John M. Burns, who accompanied the writer, collected 10 adults the 
same day. Kimble Co., near Junction, 20 July 1963 (14). Smith Co., 
near Gyler al Aus. 1963" (Gide 2o8o)), 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 231 


Freeman (1951) recorded numitor from six Texas counties: Bowie 
(Texarkana), August; Comal (New Braunfels), April to November; 
Dallas (Dallas), June to October, (Garland), July and August, (Lan- 
caster), June to October; Hays (San Marcoe), April to November; 
Hidalgo (Pharr), October. 


Erynnis brizo burgessi (Skinner ) 

In his excellent treatment of Erynnis, Burns (1964) indicated that 
this species was strictly univoltine. Recent rearing studies, conducted 
in an outdoor environment, indicate burgessi to be multiple brooded, 
although oviposition and egg development took place under laboratory 
conditions. Additional research is necessary to determine which stage 
and what conditions are involved in the initiation of diapause. Oak is 
confirmed as the larval food plant. Nothing can be added to its known 
spatial distribution. 


Brewster County: On 1 April 1965 in Green Gulch at Big Bend National Park 
adults were found flying in fair numbers. These were mostly males which were 
patrolling certain areas, stopping only briefly on blossoms of wild flowers. Several 
species of oak may be found in Green Gulch. We were operating with a research 
permit, and two males were collected. On the following day, five males and one 
female were taken, and the female was kept alive for eggs. The elusiveness of 
burgessi was clearly demonstrated by one which escaped from the beak of a road- 
runner, Geococcyx californianus Lesson. As the writer was attempting to capture 
a specimen, the roadrunner suddenly appeared, quickly approached, and plucked 
the quarry from the flower on which it was feeding. The skipper was not to be 
captured as it freed itself with a violent flapping of wings and disappeared. 

Under laboratory conditions, 31 eggs were deposited between 5 and 10 April, 
mostly on the stems of terminal twigs of Quercus fusiformis (Small) (Fagaceae). 
The eggs started hatching on 10 April. Seven eggs and other immature stages were 
preserved. Larvae were placed outdoors on a caged, living plant 28 April. Since 
I assumed that the larvae would soon enter diapause, only infrequent examinations 
were made thereafter. On 12 June it was discovered that two larvae had pupated 
and one of these had already emerged; the adult could not be found. The remaining 
larvae pupated: 19 June (1), 20 June (3), 22 June (1), 23 June (1), 25 June (1), 
mje). 29 June (2).-30 June (1), 6 July (1), and 9 July (1). Pupation 
occurred in leaf shelters on the living plant. The manner in which this species pulls 
two leaves together to form the shelter provides excellent camouflage and renders 
the shelters almost undetectable. Seven males and five females emerged: 19 June 
Gls) 24 June (3 ), 25 June (14 ); 26 June (14), 29 June (12), 30 June (12), 
Pini). july (19), 9 July (16, 19), 10 July (1¢@), and 16 July (19). 


No adults were found on a return visit to the Green Gulch site 30 
April 1965, but on 8 and 9 September, several Erynnis which were 
thought to be burgessi were seen. The identity of one was confirmed 
when it chanced to light on the fruit of a prickly pear, Opuntia engel- 
mannii Parry, close to the writer. These data might lend credulity to 


239, KENDALL: Texas skipper records Vol. 20, no. 4 


the collection data accompanying a specimen examined by Burns (1964) 
from Paradise, Arizona, which was reputedly collected in July. 
Burgessi has been collected in four additional Texas counties from 
late March to early May by various collectors as recorded by Burns 
(1964): Armstrong, Blanco or Burnet, Culberson, and Jeff Davis. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Burns, J. M., 1964. Evolution in skipper butterflies of the genus Erynnis. U. Calif. 
Publs Ent ot, 247 pp: 

pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Mem. 
Lepid. Soc., No. 1. 


FREEMAN, H. A., 1951. Ecological and systematic study of the Hesperioidea of 
Texas. Southern Methodist Univ. Studies, No. 6. 


MELANIC MOTHS OF THE GENUS OPOSTEGA (TINEOIDEA ) 


Joun R. Eyer! 
New Mexico State University, University Park, New Mexico 


In connection with examining specimens of Opostega from a number 
of North American museums and several private collections for the pur- 
pose of publishing a pictorial key (Eyer, 1964), I noted the presence 
of melanic individuals of O. cretea Meyrick, and O. quadristrigella 
Chambers. Information concerning melanic individuals of North Ameri- 
can Opostegidae is, to the authors knowledge, absent in the literature. 
With the hope that collectors of microlepidoptera will watch for addi- 
tional examples of such aberrations, especially in light trap collections, 
photographs and comments concerning their general color and char- 
acteristic markings are presented. 

In a recent article on melanic tendencies of noctuid and geometrid 
moths in Pennsylvania, Sharpiro (1964) comments, “Industrial melanism 
has become standard citation in the literature of genetics and evolution, 
but relatively little has appeared in the United States on the subject... .” 
Since the melanic specimens of O. cretea described here were collected 
in both industrial and nonindustrial areas and those of O. quadristrigella 
only in nonindustrial areas, further collection and observation is espe- 
cially desirable. 


1 Journal Article No. 242. Agricultural Experiment Station, New Mexico State University, Uni- 
versity Park, New Mexico. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 233 


4 5 6 


Fig. 1, Opostega cretea Meyr., 9, Ottawa, Canada, 17 July 1905; Fig. 2, O. cretea 
Meyr., 9, Fishers, N. Y., 21 July 1933; Fig. 3, O. cretea Meyr., 6, Rochester, N. Y. 
30 July 1933; Fig. 4, O. cretea Meyr., 9, Lake St. Francis, Newago, Quebec, no 
date; Fig. 5, O. quadristrigella Cham., 9?, Balsam, N. C., 19 July 1911; Fig. 6, 
O. quadristrigella Cham., 2, same locality. 


OPOSTEGA CRETEA Meyrick 


Example 1. Figure 1; Female, Ottawa, Canada, July 17, 1905 (C. H. 
Young). This was the first melanic specimen observed by the author. 
It was in a series of seven specimens borrowed from the Canadian Na- 
tional Museum in 1933. Although it was the only melanic in the series, 
the genitalia were not removed. As can be seen from the figure, the 
specimen was badly rubbed and little could be determined about the 
color of the vestiture of the head and eye caps. The remainder of the 
specimen was a uniform light chestnut brown. The posterior and apical 
fringes were in poor condition and the strigils, apical spot, and dorsal 
spot were not discernible. The entire exoskeleton was darker than that 
of accompanying specimens with normal white coloration. 

Example 2. ( Not figured ); In a later collection of the C.N.C. borrowed 
in 1951, another female specimen collected by C. H. Young on June 25, 
1932 from the same locality was observed. 

Example 3. Figure 2; Female, Fishers, New York, July 21, 1933 (A. B. 
Klots). This specimen, which was in excellent condition, although not 
well spread, had forewings dark chestnut brown overlaid with purple 
to brown scales, especially in the regions of the strigils and dorsal spot; 
it also had a well-defined apical spot. The patagia were purple—brown. 
The hindwings were of the same color, but with fewer purple—brown 
scales. The vestiture of the head and eye caps was yellow-brown and 


234 Eyer: Melanic Opostega Vol. 20, no. 4 


the flagellum of the antenna darker brown. The thorax and legs were 
dark brown; the abdomen the same, but more creamy on the lateral 
surfaces. This specimen is in the collection of the American Museum 
of Natural History. 

Example 4. Figure 3; Male, Rochester, New York, July 30, 1933 (A. 
B. Klots). This specimen is quite similar to Example 3, but is sufficiently 
lighter in color to reveal the apical fasciae clearly. The cluster of scales 
and hairs immediately preceding these are maltese grey, a color which 
is characteristic of most of the forewing surface on Example 5, described 
below. The brown hairs of the apical and dorsal fringes of the forewing 
are also intermixed with the same grey. The patagia are straw-white 
and the frontal hair tuft and eye caps are silvery white with a touch 
of straw. This specimen is also in the collection of the A.M.N.H. 

Example 5. Figure 4; Female, Lake St. Francis, Newago, Quebec 
(no date) (H. S. Parish). In this specimen, maltese grey prevails in 
the ground color of the forewings, greyish brown in the hind wings. The 
dorsal spot and fasciae are more clearly visible than in either examples 
1 or 3. This specimen is in the collection of Cornell University. 


OPOSTEGA QUADRISTRIGELLA Chambers 


Example 1. Figure 5; Female?, Balsam, North Carolina, July 19, 1911 
(Annette F. Braun). In this species the melanic coloration of the scales, 
fringes, and hairs is not shared by the exoskeleton to the same extent as in 
O. cretea. The overall hue is either grey or yellowish grey and the grey 
scales and hairs obscure the dorsal spot and four apical strigils almost 
completely. Several other specimens showing this type of melanism 
(Fig. 6) and from the same locality are in the private collection of 
Miss Braun and also in the U. S. National Museum. 

Example 2. Female, Black Mountains, North Carolina, “28-VI” 
(Wm. Beutenmiiller). This specimen, which is also deposited in the 
A.M.N.H., is more yellowish brown than the ones from Balsam, but the 
general melanistic pattern is similar and a photograph seems unnecessary. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Eyer, J. R., 1964. A pictorial key to the North American moths of the family 
Opostegidae. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 17: 237-242 [“1963”]. 

SHAPprro, A. M., 1964. Melanic tendencies in phalaenid and geometrid moths in 
Pennsylvania. Jour. Res. Lepid., 3(1): 19-24. 


Ol 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 23! 


CAUSES OF DEATH ENCOUNTERED DURING REARING 
OF DANAUS PLEXIPPUS (DANAIDAE) 


Jo BREWER AND GERARD M. THOMAS 
1090 Walnut St., Newton Highlands, Mass., and University of California, Berkeley 


In the process of rearing over 1600 Danaus plexippus (L.) during the 
summers of 1964 and 1965, we had an excellent opportunity to observe 
symptoms which repeatedly led to death during the course of meta- 
morphosis of this insect. Rearing was done in Newton, Massachusetts 
by Mrs. Brewer, using the biology laboratory and research facilities of 
Newton Junior College. Diagnoses of abnormal conditions were made by 
Mr. Thomas at the University of California, Berkeley. 

With the exception of a few eggs set aside for experimental purposes 
which have been previously described (Brewer, 1966), the insects were 
reared for purposes of tagging and release in migration studies, and every 
attempt was made to bring as many of them as possible to maturity. All 
insects reared in 1965 originated from field collected small larvae or from 
eggs deposited by newly collected adults, as we were unable to carry 
any individuals of the 1964 strain through the winter. 

Only about a third of the original eggs survived to maturity in each 
year. The greatest loss, and the most difficult to relate to any specific 
cause, occurred up to and during the third instar. No cannibalism was 
observed at this stage, beyond damage wrought by newly hatched larvae 
which sometimes chewed into nearby eggs. This is understandable, 
since in nature usually only one egg is laid on a leaf by any one female, 
while in captivity there were up to fifteen on a leaf. 

Some larvae were undoubtedly lost during the transfer to fresh food, 
some drowned, and some just simply disappeared. After the onset of 
the third instar, however, the symptoms accompanying death became 
relatively easy to recognize. 

Parasitism was held to a minimum. Three or four larvae were para- 
sitized by the tachinid fly Lespesia archippivora (Riley). In these cases 
the larvae suspended, but died prior to pupation. A white maggot issued 
from each larva, lowered itself to the floor of the rearing cage by a 
silken thread, and there formed a brown puparium. This was the only 
parasite we noticed. 

Other tachinids and hymenoptera are known to feed upon Danaus 
(e.g., see Thompson, 1945 and Scudder, 1889). 

A search of the literature shed light on only one of the conditions with 
which our animals were plagued—one which we labelled “black death.” 
Symptoms of this condition became evident in these larvae just before 


236 BREWER AND THOMAS: Danaus deaths Vol. 20, no. 4 


pupation. The larvae migrated to a horizontal surface in the usual man- 
ner. A few hours later they died clinging to the surface by one pair 
of prolegs while both head and abdomen hung limp on either side, and 
shortly thereafter turned black. Nine larvae in this condition were found 
in the field in 1963. Seven developed symptoms during rearing in 1964. 
The symptoms agree with a description by Brown (1927) of larvae of 
D. plexippus which he found had been infected with Micrococcus flac- 
cidifex danai (Brown). In 1965 only one of our larvae exhibited these 
symptoms. Examination of it did not disclose the above microbe, nor did 
it disclose any polyhedral virus such as that defined by K. M. Smith 
(1950), which causes similar behavior and symptoms in many insects. 

The following conditions were also present during both the first and 
second year (1964 and 1965). 

Rusting—This condition was so-called because after death the larvae 
became a rusty orange-brown color. Most were affected in the third 
instar. The larvae grew at a slow rate and behaved in a generally sluggish 
manner. Usually they had noticably deep yellow bands and often the 
thoracic filaments were either longer or shorter than usual. Some indi- 
viduals showed another symptom which we called “black mask,” because 
the head capsule, instead of being shed, remained glued to the face after 
moulting. The appearance of the animal in the initial stages of this 
condition was much the same as that of a normal larva about to moult. 
The whole area anterior to the thoracic filaments was swollen and mis- 
shapen, being at least three times its normal size. Some started to moult 
and some moulted completely, but in all cases the head capsule turned 
a glistening black and the larva was unable to cast it off. It soon became 
a tight button-like protuberance covering and constricting the eyes and 
mouthparts, while the posterior part of the head remained a bulge. 
These larvae became moribund, apparently could not eat, and soon died. 
Not all these larvae became rusty, and not all the rusty larvae bore 
“masks.” 

Blurred scaling—Malformed adults with this condition could imme- 
diately be recognized by defective wing scaling. The black scaling of 
the veins was excessive and had an uneven, blurred, sometimes splotchy 
appearance. The veins themselves were often crooked. In most cases 
other abnormalities were also present including unpigmented antennae, 
malformed palpi, scarred abdomen and nonfunctional proboscis. In most 
individuals the apices of the forewings were either greatly shortened or 
greatly produced, and in some the wings were further deformed. The 
majority of these insects, but not all, emerged from irregular chrysalids 
which were roughened on the surface, uneven in shape, or whitish in 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 237 


hue. Most of these adults expired within a few days, and the remainder 
appeared totally unequipped to survive under natural conditions. In 
several years of insect tagging we have never encountered any monarchs 
possessing these symptoms in the field. 

Animals suffering from any of the four above described syndromes 
were found to be infected with Pseudomonas aeroginosa (Migula), a 
bacterium considered a potential insect pathogen in that it has no invasive 
powers of its own, but will enter the hemocoel and cause a fatal septi- 
cemia when an insect has been weakened by some other cause. It is 
a pathogen which commonly is responsible for secondary infections among 
insects reared in the laboratory, due to artificial physical conditions, 
wounding, or cannibalism which results from crowding. 

A fifth condition, which was present in both 1964 and 1965, affected 
certain chrysalids in which the wing and abdominal sections were sep- 
arated by deep clefts. In some of these it was possible to see the blood 
circulating beneath a thin membrane. Some of these pupae lived for 
as long as a week, but none reached the point of adult emergence. Dis- 
section and examination by phase microscopy disclosed no apparent 
microbial etiology. There was no infection by nematodes, protozoa, 
fungi, bacteria or viruses. Cultures set in AC Medium! produced no 
microbial growth at all. It seems possible, therefore, that environmental 
factors may have been the cause of this condition. Malnutrition, insecti- 
cides, jolting of the cages at a crucial time, overcrowding, and lack of 
normal light, heat and humidity are all factors to be contended with in 
the rearing of insects, and none of these can be entirely eliminated in 
the cases under discussion except insecticides, against which the animals 
were zealously guarded. 

Genetic factors may also have been involved. Most of the insects 
reared in 1964 were the second generation, and in 1965 the third gen- 
eration, the original insects in both years having been found in the 
field as either eggs or very small larvae. The parent insects were prob- 
ably, for each group, the offspring of a single female, so that in each 
case we had an inbred population which arose not by design, but 
owing to the scarcity of eggs. This may have had a debilitating effect, 
as indicated in Table I. 

The animals collected in 1963 originated from breeding grounds in 
three states and were collected between July 19 and August 30 in all 
stages of development from egg to fifth instar. There were not more than 
16 to a cage at one time, as opposed to 40 or more to a cage in the 
other two years. 


1 AC Medium: A Difco product, recommended for the cultivation of both aerobic and anaerobic 
microorganisms, and used for preliminary cultivation of microorganisms associated with insects. 


238 BREWER AND THOMAS: Danaus deaths Vol. 20, no. 4 


TABLE I. RELATIVE REARING SUCCESS IN FIELD COLLECTED AND 
LABORATORY BRED GENERATIONS OF Danaus plexippus. 


Date Number Emerged Percent 
1963 187 (eggs & larvae) 179 SIS i 
Collected in field 
1964 567 (eggs laid 
( New stock) by one female) 206 36.6 
second generation 
inbred 
1965 599 (eggs laid 
(New stock ) by one female ) 189 30.3 
third generation i 
inbred 


If environment and genetics were the primary causes of the high mor- 
tality and Pseudomonas aeroginosa a secondary cause, it would appear 
that we have not uncovered any disease of sufficient proportions to be 
responsible for the great fluctuations in numbers of the monarch from 
year to year. We hope that these symptoms and their causal agencies 
will prove useful to other investigators. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


Sincere gratitude is expressed to Dr. H. E. Evans, Department of 
Entomology, Harvard University, and to Mr. George W. Hahn, Head of 
Biology, Newton Junior College, for their assistance with this paper. 


LITERATURE CITED 


BREED, R. S., E. G. D. Murray & N. R. SmirH. 1957. Bergey's Manual of De- 
terminative Bacteriology. 7th ed. Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, 1094 pp. 
Brewer, J. 1966. Some Experimental Color Aberrations in Danaus plexippus. 

Jour. Lepid. Soc., 20: 45—47. 

Brown, F. M. 1927. New Bacteria found in Insects. American Mus. Novitates. 
No: 251) pp. 2: 

Dirco LaporatToriEs. 1958. Difco Manual of Dehydrated culture media and reagents 
for Microbiological and clinical laboratory procedures. 9th Ed. Difco Labs., 
Inc., Detroit, Mich. 

SCHAFFER, EF. 1961. Application of the cytochrome oxidase reaction to the detec- 
tion of Pseudomonas aeroginosa in mixed cultures. Roentgen Uniy. Lab. Praxis 
14: 142-146. 

ScuppER, S. H. 1889. Butterflies of the Eastern United States and Canada, with 
special reference to New England. Vols. 1-3. Cambridge, Mass., publ. by 
author. pp. 1872-1891. 

SKERMAN, V. B. D. 1959. A Guide to the identification of the genera of Bac- 
teria.... Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore, 215 pp. 

Smitru, K. M. 1950. Virus diseases of insects. Discovery, 11: 175-178. 

Tuompson, W. R. 1945. A catalogue of the parasites and predators of insect 
pests (Lepid., part 6). Imperial Agric. Bur., Inst. Ent., Parasite Service, Belle- 
ville, Ont. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 239 


THE AUTHORSHIP OF POLITES MYSTIC, EDWARDS OR 
SCUDDER? (HESPERIIDAE) 


F. Martin Brown! 
Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo. 


Both W. H. Edwards and S. H. Scudder published the name mystic 
for the same skipper within months of each other. The problem has 
been, who published the name first? Edwards (1884: 312) noted “501. 
Mysuierscud:, Pr. Ess. Ins, 3,172, 1862; Edw., Pr. E. Soc. Phil., 2, 15, 
pl. 1, 1863; .. .” Scudder (1889, 2: 1705) wrote “Hesperia mystic Edw., 
Scudd., Proc. Ess. Inst., iii:172-173 (1863); Proc. entom. soc. Philad., 
ii:15-16, pl. 1, figs. 3-4 (1863); .. .” It appears that each of these 
gentlemen bowed to the other in respect to the authorship of the name 
mystic. 

Turning to secondary sources I find the following references to the 
authorship of the name: Kirby (1871: 599) assigns the name to Scudder; 
Strecker (1878: 165) names Edwards as the author; Skinner (1891: 16) 
makes Scudder the author. More recent standard checklists, by Barnes 
and McDunnough, Barnes and Benjamin, McDunnough and dos Passos 
all credit the name Scudder, apparently following Skinner. Lindsey, Bell 
and Williams (1931: 103) credit the name to Scudder. With this pre- 
ponderance of apparent evidence it seemed the most redundant routine 
to check the actual publication date of Scudder’s article. 

Recently, while in Salem, Massachusetts, I had the opportunity to 
visit the Essex Institute and meet Mr. David R. Proper, the librarian. 
He very kindly allowed me to start a search of the primary documents 
in his keeping to establish the publication dates for both the Proceedings 
and the Bulletin of the Essex Institute. I soon found that mast-head 
dates and actual publication dates for these journals frequently differed 
by appreciable time. At the time that I had to leave Salem I had not 
reached any conclusion relative to volume 3 of the Proceedings in which 
Scudder’s use of mystic first was published. Mr. Proper continued the 
search after I had left and found the evidence that is needed to bracket 
the publication of that volume into a period of three months. 

The evidence is this: A printed notice of a Field Meeting at Salem on 
August 20, 1863, mentions as available volumes 1 and 2 of the Proceed- 
ings as published in parts at irregular intervals. No mention of any part 
of volume 3 is made. Volume 3 includes a report of a meeting held on 
December 28, 1863. The first part of volume 4 was released a day or so 
earlier than April 26, 1864 and was for the quarter January—March, 1864. 


1 This study was a by-product of N.S.F. grant GB-194 and GB-2741. 


240 BROWN: mystic mystery Vol. 20, no. 4 


There is no evidence that volume 3 had been issued in parts. Thus it 
appears that volume 3 was issued after December 28, 1863, and before 
April 26, 1864. If, perchance, volume 3 was issued in parts, no part had 
been issued by August 20, 1863. 

A study of the structure of volume 3 strongly supports the belief that 
it was issued all at one time and not in parts as had been the earlier 
and later volumes. Volume 3 commences with the minutes for the Annual 
Meeting held on May 9, 1860, and continues through those for the meet- 
ing of December 28, 1863. There are two references to publication of 
the Proceedings in the minutes of meetings recorded in volume 3. At 
the Annual Meeting held May 8, 1861, the Publications Committee re- 
ported releasing volume 2, part 2, in September 1860. The Publications 
Committee report presented on May 13, 1863, noticed release of the final 
(third) part of volume 2 during the preceding year. From dates of 
receipt of this part at other institutions I suspect that it was released in 
September or October, 1862. 

Scudder’s paper, “A List of the Butterflies of New England,” was pre- 
sented at the meeting of the Essex Institute held on March 10, 1862. It 
is printed in the extended minutes of that meeting. In this paper Scudder 
named seventeen species of butterflies from New England. All of these 
currently are quoted as having been published in 1862 or 1863. The 
correct date for each of these is between January 1, and April 26, 1864. 
It seems improbable that the volume was published within the last three 
days of 1863. Therefore I believe that the date used on the title page 
of volume 3, 1864, is the true year of publication. 

The date of Edwards’ use of the name mystic in print has been estab- 
lished (Brown, 1964: 213). If the preprint date is accepted, as has been 
informally approved by the Secretary of the International Commission on 
Zoological Nomenclature (Brown, 1964: 210), then the date to be used 
is April, 1863. If this date, in the future, is rejected, then the date to be 
used is July 29, 1863. Either of these dates has at least five months 
priority over the publication date for Scudder’s use of mystic. 

Scudder’s use of the name in his article clearly acknowledges Edward's 
prior use of the name in manuscript. In fact, at the time that Scudder 
presented his paper, March 10, 1862, the name was in manuscript and 
not published. However, mere oral or manuscript presentation of a name 
does not have any standing in nomenclature. Thus mystic must be 
credited to W. H. Edwards. 

The seventeen new names, the date of publication of which is changed 
from 1862 or 1863 to 1864, are listed below with notes concerning their 
current standing. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 941 


12.1 Polyommatus porsenna is a subspeices of Feniseca tarquinius (Fabricius). Dos 
Passos’s date, 1863. No effect. 

32. Argynnis montinus is a subspecies of Boloria titania (Esper). pos Passos’s date, 
1862. No effect. 

35. Melitaea oenone is a synonym of Melitaea nycteis nycteis Doubleday. vos 
Passos’s date, 1863. No effect. 

36. Melitaea harrisii. pos Passos’s date, 1862. No effect. 

58. Nisoniades persius now is in Erynnis. pos Passos’s date, 1863. No effect. 

65. Hesperia massasoit now is in Poanes. vos Passos’s date, 1863. No effect. 

67. Hesperia pocahontas is a synonym (female form) of Poanes hobomok (Harris). 
pos Passos’s date, 1863. No effect. 

69. Hesperia mystic, now is placed in Polites. pos Passos’s date, 1863. Change of 
authorship to W. H. Edwards from S. H. Scudder is required. 

70. Hesperia sassacus Harris, in line 9 of the original description change “H. incerta” 
to “H. mystic.” (See Errata, p. [302] of the original publication. ) 

71. Hesperia wingina is a synonym of Polites vibex vibex (Geyer). pos Passos’s date, 
1863. No effect. 

73. Hesperia egeremet was proposed as a new name for otho Boisduval and LeConte 
[1834] (nec Papilio otho Smith 1797). pos Passos’s date, 1863. No effect. 

74. Hesperia manataaqua was proposed as a new name for cernes Harris, 1862 (nec 
cernes Boisduval and LeConte, [1834]), and now considered a synonym of 
Polites origines (Fabricius). pos Passos’s date, 1863. No effect. 

76. Hesperia oneko is a synonym of Amblyscirtes aesculapius (Fabricius). pos 
Passos’s date, 1863. No effect. 

77. Hesperia hegon is listed as a synonym of eblacertics samoset (Scudder). bos 
Passos’s date, 1863. No effect. 

78. Hesperia samoset now is placed in Amblyscirtes. pos Passos’s date, 1863. The 
name hegon, which has line priority over samoset, was selected by Kirby (1871: 
613) to be the name of this taxon. As first revisor he had the option of using 
either name, hegon which was applied by Scudder to the female or samoset 
which Scudder used for the male of the same taxon. This preceded Scudder’s 
decision to assign the name samoset to the taxon in 1872 (p. 54) which was the 
basis for Evans’s (1955: 389) reversal of custom followed by bos Passos. Ed- 
wards’ name nemoris for the same taxon dates from April 1864 (Brown, 1964, 
p. 221) and thus is junior by a few months. 

79. Hesperia metea. pos Passos’s date, 1863. No effect. 

80. Hesperia monoco is a synonym of Lerema accius (Smith). pos Passos’s date, 
1863. No effect. 

81. Hesperia panoquin now is placed in Panoquina. bos Passos’s date, 1863. No 
effect. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Brown, F. M., 1964. Correct dates for butterfly names described by William Henry 
Edwards in three entomological publications. Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 72: 
209-223. 

Evans, W. H., 1955. <A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae indicating the clas- 
sification and nomenclature adopted in the British Museum (Natural History ), 
Part IV. British Museum (N.H.), London, England. 

Epwarps, W. H., 1884. List of the species of diurnal Lepidoptera of America north 
of Mexico. Houghton, Mifflin Co., Boston; 16 pp. 

Kirsy, W. F. 1871. A synonymic catalogue of diurnal Lepidoptera. J. Van Voorst, 
London; 690 pp. 


1 These are the numbers used by Scudder in his list. 


249 HeEsseL: Megathymid fluid cycle Vol. 20, no. 4 


Linpsey, A. W., E. L. Bett and R. C. WitxuiaMs. 1931. The Hesperioidea of North 
America. Dennison University Bulletin, Jour. Sci. Laboratories, 26:1—-142. 
ScuppER, S. H., 1872. A systematic revision of some of the North American butter- 
flies, with brief notes of those known to occur in Essex Co., Mass. Reports 
Peabody Acad. Sci., Salem, Mass. 4th Annual Report, 1871, pp. 24-92. 
1889. Butterfly of the eastern United States and Canada. 3 vol. Cambridge, 

Massachusetts. Publ. by author. 

SKINNER, H., 1891. In: Smith, J. B., List of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. 
Amer. Ent. Soc., Phila., Pa.; 124 pp. 

STRECKER, F’. H., 1878. Butterflies and moths of North America, ... B. F. Owen, 
Reading, Pa.; 283 pp. 


FLUID RECYCLING IN AGATHYMUS ARYXNA 
(MEGATHYMIDAE ) 


On 2 October 1965, while observing large numbers of Agathymus 
aryxna (Dyar) drinking at a stream in Ramsey Canyon in the Huachuca 
Mountains of southeastern Arizona, I observed an unusual behavioral 
phenomenon. On at least six occasions a male A. aryxna was observed 
to alight on a dry rock, curl its abdomen anteroventrally, and emit a 
drop of fluid from the anus. The megathymid then proceeded to siphon 
the fluid from the rock surface with its proboscis. On some occasions 
the drop of fluid was placed directly on the posteroventrally directed 
proboscis and on other occasions the drop was smeared on the rock 
face as the insect moved backward to bring the proboscis in contact with 
the fluid. The frequency with which this behavior was observed sug- 
gests that perhaps this is not an uncommon behavioral pattern for this 
species. 

Feeding at water appears to be a well-documented behavioral char- 
acteristic for several species of Agathymus.!:* Roever reports “pumping” 
behavior of males but does not record recycling of the excreta. How- 
ever, Roever (personal communication, 1965) reports that he has also 
observed the recycling behavior on occasion. 

An analysis of the excreta might provide an explanation for the re- 
cycling behavior. Unfortunately, I did not obtain samples of the 


excreted fluid. 
Joun H. Hesse, 6655 Calle de San Alberto, Tucson, Arizona 


1C, Brown & J. Creelman. 1935. Habits of Megathymus stephensi Skin. and notes on other 
Megathymus (Lepid.: Hesperiidae). Ent. News, 46: 175-177. 
2K. Roever. 1964. Bionomics of Agathymus (Megathymidae). Jour. Res. Lepid., 3: 103-120. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 243 


NEW CANADIAN RECORDS FOR THYMELICUS LINEOLA 
(HESPERIIDAE) 


M. C. NIELSEN 
3415 Overlea Drive, Lansing, Michigan 


While vacationing along the north Lake Superior route via the Trans- 
Canada Highway during the summer of 1965, I unexpectedly collected 
specimens of Thymelicus lineola (Ochsenheimer) in the two widely 
separated locations in Ontario, Canada: Saulte Ste. Marie and Fort 
William. These records appear to represent a significant western range 
extension of the European skipper, subsequent to its collection at Sud- 
bury, Ontario (Riotte, 1962), and a substantial northern extension from 
the site of the skipper’s introduction at London, Ontario in 1916 (Klots, 
1951). This species has also extended its range easterly, having been 
recorded from New Jersey (Muller, 1958), Connecticut (Apter & 
Burns, 1965), and New Brunswick (Hensel, 1966). 

My first collection occurred in the city of Saulte Ste. Marie on July 
26 at midday. A fresh male flew into my parked automobile on the 
north side of town. Other individuals were observed flying nearby. 
There were several large fields nearby which would offer an ideal 
habitat for this species; however, circumstances did not permit addi- 
tional collecting in this location. 

No further observations of this skipper were made along 440 miles 
of King’s Highway 17 until arriving at Fort William, on the northwest 
shore of Lake Superior. On July 31, after an all-day rain, I spotted a 
fresh male lineola resting on a motel’s brick front. At first, I assumed 
it may have just arrived there by way of one of many tourist automobiles 
from southern Ontario or Michigan, two areas where lineola abounds. 
The thought occurred to me that this skipper might have come from 
Saulte Ste. Marie, where it was observed in fair numbers just a few 
days before. However, shortly after our arrival in Fort William at 6:00 
P.M., I took 20 additional specimens, all resting on wet grasses and 
miscellaneous weeds in a vacant lot. This sample area measured ap- 
proximately 15 feet square and was typical of many fields and city lots 
in southern Michigan where the writer has collected lineola over a 20- 
year period. A total of 13 males and seven females in fresh condition 
were taken merely by using a small cyanide jar. Most of the skippers 
were clinging to grasses about 12 to 18 inches above the ground. When 
disturbed, they would fall to the ground without struggling to fly. Most 
of these specimens have now been deposited in the Royal Ontario 
Museum at Toronto. 


244 NrieELsEN: Thymelicus goes west Vol. 20, no. 4 


It is interesting to speculate on how this population arrived and 
how long it has been established at Fort William; likewise, one may 
wonder whether or not the species will persist in this rather cold climate. 
Several of the new locations of lineola have been reported along main 
highways or railroads (Thomas, 1952). The Fort William collecting 
site is located between Highway 61 and tracks of the Canadian Pacific 
Railroad, both main arteries of tourism and commerce. Also, the site is 
a few city blocks from the largest grain terminal on the Great Lakes, 
which receives ships from all over the world, many passing through 
lineola-populated southeastern Michigan and Ontario. The railroad 
might offer the most likely route of introduction, in the form of eggs, 
larvae, or pupae, in hay shipped separately or used to feed livestock 
en route. Furthermore, empty boxcars or touring automobiles could 
offer a mode of transportation, for trapped adults from the population 
at Sault Ste. Marie, about two days’ travel. 

It appears that A. lineola could be making an appearance in other 
communities in the upper Great Lakes in the coming years. Collectors 
in northern Minnesota and Wisconsin, as elsewhere in Ontario, should 
be on the alert for this skipper, especially in those communities along 
principal routes of travel. No field or city lot is too small to harbor 
this species. Perhaps it is just a matter of time before this minute 
traveler reaches the Mississippi River and points farther west. 


LITERATURE CITED 
Apter, R. L., & J. M. Burns, 1965. First Connecticut records of Thymelicus 
lineola, an introduced hesperiid. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 19: 195-196. 
HenseL, H., 1966. A colony of the European skipper Thymelicus lineola (Hes- 
periidae ) at Edmundston, New Brunswick. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 20(1): 28. 
Kiots, A. B., 1951. A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America, East of 
the Great Plains. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, xvi + 349 pp., 40 pls. 

MuuuerR, J., 1958. Thymelicus lineola, a European skipper (Hesperiidae), new 
for New Jersey. Lepid. News, 12: 174. 

Riotre, J. C. E., 1962. Adopaea lineola (Hesperiidae) now also in northern On- 
tario. Jour. Lepid. Soc, 16: 62. 

Tuomas, E. S., 1952. A European skipper, Adopaea lineola, at Columbus, Ohio. 
Lepid. News, 6: 92-93. 


Book NOTICE 


BUTTERFLIES OF THE DELAWARE VALLEY, by Arthur M. Shapiro. 79 pp., 
illus. Special Publication of the American Entomological Society. 1966. Available 
from the Society, 1900 Race Street, Philadelphia. $1.50. 

This work deals primarily with the 126 species of butterflies and skippers found 
within 35 miles of Philadelphia, in Pennsylvania and New Jersey, and emphasizes 
local distribution and habitats. Keys and drawings should permit identification of 
almost all species. A far more valuable publication than most local lists, and one 
which any entomologist in the area would find useful—PrTER F. BELLINGER, San 
Fernando Valley State College, Northridge, California. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 245 


PHYCIODES BATESII (NYMPHALIDAE) IN MISSISSIPPI: AN 
EXAMINATION OF THE PROBABILITY OF OCCURRENCE 


BRYANT MATHER 
Jackson, Mississippi 


Before publication of “The Butterflies of Mississippi” (Mather and 
Mather, 1958), the possibility of the occurrence of Phyciodes batesii 
(Reakirt ) in Mississippi was considered, and we concluded that it was 
so remote as not to merit mention. It was thus with considerable surprise 
that I learned, through the kindness of Mr. Harry K. Clench, of the 
statements in Hall (1930, pp. 38-39) as follows: “P. batesii Reak... . 
Habitat—Eastern United States, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, 
Maryland, Ohio, Virginia, West Virginia, Mississippi. An obscure spe- 
cies, .. . In the British Museum there are specimens from Virginia, 
‘United States, and an unusually dark ¢ from Livingstone |sic], Mis- 
sissippi.” 

On learning of this, I wrote to Mr. N. D. Riley at the British Museum 
(Natural History) who replied as follows: “The specimen is in the 
collection and quite recognizable. The data labels are four in number 
and are as follows: (1) Printed label ‘Livingston / Mississipi / F.D.God- 
man, (2) M.S. label: “Livingston / Mississipi / F.D.G., (3) M.S. label: 
“ALABAMA, and (4) Printed label: “Phycoides batesii Reak. /Godman- 
Salvin Coll. 1915-3.” Riley added that the third label was almost cer- 
tainly written and put on the pin by H. T. G. Watkins. He also added: 
“I took the liberty of comparing the specimen with our series standing 
under the name campestris and as a result I am not at all satisfied that 
this alleged Mississippi batesii is a batesii at all. The pattern of the 
hindwing is much more like that of campestris. ... We have three 
campestris labelled “Texas’ which match it very well... .” Later Mr. 
Riley wrote again advising that Dr. Lionel Higgins who has been work- 
ing on Phyciodes had also examined the specimen and agreed that it 
was campestris. Riley added: “It appears to have been collected by 
Godman himself . . . and he was most careful about data. I have not 
been able to find any record of journeys of his in the Mississippi area, 
but there is a possibility that I might find something out from one of 
his two daughters. .. .” Mr. Riley finally forwarded me a letter he re- 
ceived from Miss C. Edith Godman who wrote: “We have no records 
of my Father’s journeys but we find in the Introduction to the Biologia 
the following, which might easily have given an opportunity of his 
collecting a butterfly in Mississippi. He writes that in Autumn of 1887 


246 Matuer: Improbable Phyciodes record Vol. 20, no. 4 


‘Crossing the Atlantic to New York I took the train to Mexico City, then 
a 6-day journey and later “We left Mexico in the spring of 1888 having 
been absent from home for about 5 months, and returned to England 
via California and New York. He also mentions in connection with 
specimens for the Biologia, ‘On arrival in England the various consign- 
ments were opened—every specimen labelled with its exact location and 
the name of the collector attached.—so this would corroborate the accu- 
racy of the labelling on the specimen which you mention. I hope that 
these quotations may help to resolve any doubts which you may have 
had.” 

So far as I can determine the only place in Mississippi that is named 
Livingston (or Livingstone) is a post office substation so designated 
because of its proximity to Livingston Park in the city of Jackson. There 
is a Livingston in Alabama, located about 12 miles east of the Missis- 
sippi-Alabama boundary. On the possibility that a collector might have 
given the locality name Livingston to a specimen taken somewhat west 
of there in Mississippi, I wrote to Dr. Ralph L. Chermock at the Univer- 
sity of Alabama, explained the circumstances, and invited his comments. 
His reply included the following: “I would strongly suspect that the 
specimen . . . has been mislabeled. . . . Livingston, Alabama would be 
way out of the range for batesii or campestris . . . there is a Livingston 
in Montana which would be in the range of campestris.” 

Livingston, Montana is on the main line of the Northern Pacific 
Railway and is the junction point for the branch line to Yellowstone Park. 
Elrod (1906) recorded “Phyciodes pratensis Behr” and Phyciodes camil- 
lus Edwards from localities in Montana not far from Livingston. The 
former is now regarded (dos Passos, 1964) as a synonym of campestris 
and the latter as a subspecies of campestris. 

From this examination I conclude: 


(1) Hall (1930) unfortunately published an erroneous record because 
of its apparent authenticity. 

(2) Watkins probably established that there was no “Livingston” in 
Mississippi and attempted, incorrectly, to correct the state named on 
the label. 

(3) Someone, possibly Godman, perhaps concluding from the indi- 
cated, incorrect, locality label that the specimen came from too far east 
to be campestris, misidentified it as batesii. 

(4) The original, unfortunate, error occurred when Godman, in what 
was a most unusual lapse for him, recorded the locality as “Mississipi” 
when it was not. One is reminded of the difficulties resolved by Burns 
(1964, pp. 124, 189) concerming the recorded occurrence of two species 


~l 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 2A 


in Montana by establishing that the locality labels on the specimens read 
“Mo. which he noted is “our somewhat irrational abbreviation” for 
Missouri. 

(5) The specimen is almost certainly P. campestris! and most likely 
was taken at Livingston, Montana. 

(6) No change is indicated in the conclusion that the possibility of 
the occurrence of Phyciodes batesii in Mississippi is so remote as not to 
merit mention on our faunal lists. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Burns, J. M., 1964. Evolution in Skipper Butterflies of the genus Erynnis. Univ. 
of Calif. Publ. Entom., 37, 214 pp. 

Exrop, M. J., 1906. The Butterflies of Montana. Univ. Mont. Bull., 10, 174 pp. 

Hatz, A., 1930. A Monographic Revision of the genus Phyciodes Hibn. Suppl. to 
Bull. Hill Mus., Vol. II-IV, 206 pp., London. 

Matuer, B., and K. MAtHeEr, 1958. The Butterflies of Mississippi. Tulane Stud. 
Zool., 6(2): 63-109. 

pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A Synonymic List of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lepid. 
Soc., Memoir No. 1, 145 pp. 


1 On 24 September 1965, while I was visiting at the British Museum, London, Mr. Riley kindly 
showed me the series of P. batesii in that collection. We noted that the Godman specimen was no 
longer there. Further examination disclosed that the specimen had been moved to the portion of 
the collection with P. campestris. The Godman specimen closely resembles other P. campestris 
from Montana, which are in the British Museum. 


A NEW SPECIES OF GLAUCINA (GEOMETRIDAE ) 
FROM TEXAS 


A. BLANCHARD 
3023 Underwood, Houston, Texas 


While making genitalic slides of male Glaucina specimens, I discovered 
two which did not agree with any described by F. H. Rindge in his 
revision of the genus (1959). As the color of the wings of these two 
specimens is of a more neutral, ashy gray than is the case for most 
Glaucina, and paying attention to the course of the t. p. line, it was easy 
to select five more male specimens which proved to have similar genitalia. 
Dr. Rindge, to whom I submitted a sketch of the male genitalia, con- 
firmed my impression that I was dealing with a new species. A descrip- 
tion of it follows: 


Glaucina mayelisaria A. Blanchard, new species 


Mate: Head: Vertex gray, front rough scaled, gray except dorsolaterally swollen 
areas covered with black scales; dorsolateral areas more swollen where they meet at 
top of front than at midlevel of front where they diverge almost reaching eyes, faint 
indication of ridges laterally along the eyes in lower half of front; palpi long, ex- 
tending beyond front about half of diameter of eyes, with blackish scaling. 


48 BLANCHARD: New geometrid Vol. 20, no. 4 


| aw™m 


Glaucina mayelisaria A. Blanchard. (upper) Wing pattern of holotype, with lines 
slightly emphasized. (lower) Male genitalia, ventral aspect with valvae spread, 
aedeagus removed and shown at right (prep. A. B. no. 215, in author's collection ). 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 249 


Thorax: Above, gray, concolorous with wings; legs and thorax below mottled 
whitish and blackish; foretibia darker; all tarsi black, narrowly bordered distally 
with white. 

Abdomen: Concolorous with thorax, above and below. 

Wings: Upper surface: Forewings, ground color ashy gray, resulting from 
mixture of light gray and blackish scales, all white-tipped, no tawny or brownish 
tint; darker in outer third and along costa; t. a. line, sometimes obsolete, generally 
obscure in upper half, particularly through cell, marked on costa approximately one- 
third of distance from base, arising again on Cu, two-fifths of distance from base to 

margin, swinging basad Ibe a well-rounded curve to fold, then straight to inner 
margin which it reaches barely one-fifth of distance from base; t. p. line, varying 
from faint in its upper half, mainly facing cell, to well aieslzes from costa 
to inner margin, in general course parallel to outer margin, dentate on most 
veins, incurved between veins, most noticeably in fold; t. p. line followed by lighter 
area; no discal dot; no s. t. line; terminal line fine and black; fringe concolorous with 
darker portions of wing, except in lower half, appreciably lighter. Hindwings, con- 
colorous, lighter except along the anal margin; maculation absent except a short but 
prominent fraction of the postdiscal line above anal angle; terminal line and fringe 
as on forewings. Under surface: Forewings pale gray, darker along costa and near 
apex. Hindwings light gray, with heavy spattering of black specks, producing from a 
distance same shade of gray as forewings; both wings without maculation except 
for narrow terminal line; fringes as above. 

Length of forewing: 11 to 12 mm. 

Male genitalia: Uncus triangular in outline, width of base about equal to length, 
apex curved ventrally, terminally resembling a flattened hood; gnathos with small 
median enlargement; valvae broad, rounded apically, indented at junction of costa; 
costa of even width to apex, slightly sigmoid, dorsally concave in proximal half, 
ventrally concave in distal half, no median swelling, the upper surface of apex 
beset with slightly curved, spine-like hairs; sacculus arm long and narrow, of even 
width, curved in quarter circle so that its tip almost touches costa; tip of sacculus arm 
provided with two short, thick, heavily sclerotized spines; base of valve with heavily 
sclerotized band, widened at junction with costa, only slightly widened at junction 
with sacculus arm; juxta connecting sclerotized sacculus bases; aedeagus, about same 
length as costal arm, much pointed at distal end and only a half cylinder in its distal 
two-fifths, proximal half much thicker; vesica armed with single cornutus half as long 
as aedeagus. 

FEMALE: unknown 


Holotype, male: Big Bend National Park, Government Spring, Sept. 
29, 1965, deposited in the American Museum of Natural History; six 
paratypes, also collected in the brushy area extending north and west 
at the foot of the Chisos Mountains, at an altitude of 3,000 to 4,000 feet: 
Oak Spring Aug. 5, 1964, deposited in the U. S. Nat. Mus.; Oak Spring 
Oct. 4, 1965, deposited in the Los Angeles Co. Mus.; Oak Spring Oct. 4, 
1965, one specimen; Oak Spring Oct. 6, 1965, two specimens; Dugout 
Wells Sept. 28, 1965, one Speeune the last four paratypes are in the 
author's collection. 

It seems that this species would fit best in Rindge’s Group IV, although 
the key to species groups based on male genitalia limits group IV to 
species with a straight sacculus arm. Like all species in Group IV, its 
front presents dorsolaterally swollen areas; but, infumataria is the only 


250 BLANCHARD: New geometrid Vol. 20, no. 4 


other species in this group with t. a. and t. p. lines which do not join to 
form loops. 

The aedeagus also seems quite peculiar. I have found it quite difficult 
to remove without damaging the manica and pulling the juxta as well. 

The species is named for my wife, who is a constant and devoted 
companion on my entomological collecting trips. 

The author wishes to acknowledge with thanks the cooperation and 
aid of the personnel of Big Bend National Park, particularly Mr. Douglas 
B. Evans, park naturalist. The author also wishes to thank Dr. F. H. 
Rindge, American Museum of Natural History, New York, for assistance 
on this and many other occasions. 

LITERATURE CITED 


RinpcE, F. H., 1959. A Revision of Glaucina, Synglochis, and Eubarnesia (Lepidop- 
tera, Geometridae). Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 118: 263-365, plates 23-27. 


THE FEMALE OF GLAUCINA MAYELISARIA A. BLANCHARD 
(GEOMETRIDAE ) 


Among some unmounted specimens recently donated to the American 
Museum of Natural History by Mr. Blanchard were some Glaucina. 
Included with these were four examples of mayelisaria collected by A. 
and M. E. Blanchard from the following Texas localities: 10 miles north 
of Van Horn, Culberson County, June 24, 1965, and Oak Spring, Big Bend 
National Park, June 30, 1965. There were two males from the first 
locality, and one male, one female from the second. As the female of 
this species is undescribed, the following descriptive notes will be of 
interest. 

The female of mayelisaria is very much like the male in size, color, 
and pattern. There is slightly more pale scaling basad of the t. a. line 
and distad of the t. p. line than in the holotype. The length of the fore- 
wing is 11 mm. 

The female genitalia of this species are very distinctive. The sterigmal 
area is heavily and extensively sclerotized, with a broad, medially invag- 
inated lamella postvaginalis, bordered by a wide, curving anterior band 
extending farther cephalad than in any known species of Glaucina. The 
ductus bursae is short, weakly sclerotized, and extends more or less 
dorsally into the membranous corpus bursae. The latter is ovate and 
relatively small, and does not have a neck. The signum is small and 
somewhat poorly defined; it has a transverse, inwardly pointing median 
ridge. The intersegmental membrane between A; and As is not modified. 


FREDERICK H. RiInDGE, Department of Entomology, The American Museum of 
Natural History, New York, N. Y. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 2! 


Ol 
— 


A NEW SPECIES OF MOTH DESTRUCTIVE TO PINE CONES 
IN MEXICO (TORTRICOIDEA ) 


WILLIAM FE. MILLER 


North Central Forest Experiment Station, Forest Service, U.S.D.A., 
St. Paul, Minnesotat 


Moth specimens sent to me for identification by the Instituto Nacional 
de Investigaciones Forestales (Mexico) included a species of Laspeyresia 
that is apparently undescribed. Feeding in the cones of Mexican white 
pine, Pinus ayacahuite Ehrenb., its larvae reduce seed yields, thereby 
hindering forestation efforts. The purpose of the present paper is to 
name this new species. The biology of this and other Mexican seed- 
destroying insects is being studied by the Instituto. 


Laspeyresia nigra Miller, new species 


Length of forewing 8.0 mm. Head, face, labial palpus clothed with white-tipped 
black scales; collar of shiny black scales. Thorax clothed dorsally with shiny black 
scales; patagium similarly clothed, except posterior scales faintly lighter toward tips. 
Ventrally, thorax covered with shiny, dark gray scales. Front leg, tibia and tarsi of 
middle leg, and tarsi of hind leg clothed with dark gray scales, narrowly tipped with 
white; remaining leg segments with shiny, dark gray scales. Upperside of forewing 
(Figure la) with shiny black scales in basal fifth; white-tipped, sooty black scales in 
remainder, except for crossbands. Three lead-colored crossbands present, more or less 
bordered by black scales: basal crossband crossing wing completely; middle one 
extending from costa nearly across wing, constricted near center; apical one inter- 
mittent, following edge of wing except bending inward near costa. Costa with three 
small spots of lead-colored scales between apical and middle crossbands. Forewing 
fringe gray, a black line running along fringe base. Upperside of hindwing sooty 
black; fringe gray. Undersides of fore- and hindwings dark gray, almost black. 
Outline of valva as in Figure 2a. (Abdominal coloration not studied before abdomen 
was cleared and mounted on microslide. ) 


Holotype, male: Mexico, Tlaxco, Tlaxcala (approximately 19°30’ north 
latitude, 98°08’ west longitude), February, 1964. The above description 
is based solely on the holotype male which is labeled: “En semilla P. 
ayacahuite, Tlaxco, Tlax., Feb. 1964; ¢ genitalia slide 378, 5.22.64, C. D. 
Waddell.” The holotype has been deposited in the U. S. National Mu- 
seum, Washington, D. C. (Type Number 67798 ). 

Besides the holotype, I studied four females from Tlaxco. All had 
forewings 8.0 mm. long, the same as the holotype. There was virtually 
no variation in external appearance among the four females and holo- 
type male. However, the lamella postvaginalis (Figure 2c) varied slightly 
in the outline of its posterior margin. Nomenclature of genital parts 


follows Klots (1956). 


1 The Station is maintained in cooperation with the University of Minnesota. 


252 Mitter: New pine moth Vol. 20, no. 4 


Fig. 1. Wings of Laspeyresia species; (a) L. nigra Miller, holotype; (b) L. mis- 
citata Heinrich. 


One of the females, with same label information as the holotype ex- 
cept where noted, is designated the allotype: “.... Dic. 1963; 2 geni- 
talia slide 394, 7.2.64... .” and is in the U. S. National Museum. 

The adult is strikingly dark—hence the name nigra. It is most like 
Laspeyresia miscitata Heinrich (Figures lb and 2b, d) but is distin- 
guished by the following: absence of white spots along the forewing 
costa; darker hindwings, particularly the fringe; more heavily sculptured 


Fig. 2. Outline of genital parts of Laspeyresia species; (a) valva of L. nigra 
Miller, holotype; (b) valva of L. miscitata Heinrich, holotype; (c) lamella postvagi- 
nalis of L. nigra; (d) lamella postvaginalis of L. miscitata. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 2 


Ut 
Oo 


valva with less opening in proximal area; less anteriorly tapered lamella 
postvaginalis. Also, the aedeagus of the L. nigra holotype has 13 cornuti 
and is about one and a half times longer than the aedeagi of L. miscitata 
males examined (holotype and three paratypes) which have only 4 to 
§ cornuti. The taxonomy of other North American seed-feeding Laspey- 
resia moths affecting pine is discussed by Heinrich (1926) and Miller 
(1959). 

The one known host of L. nigra, Mexican white pine, belongs to the 
Haploxylon or soft pine subgenus while the hosts of L. miscitata, Pinus 
ponderosa Laws. and P. jeffreyi Grev. and Balf. (Keen, 1958), are mem- 
bers of the Diploxylon or hard pine subgenus. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT 
I am grateful to Maria Luisa Estebanes G., of Coyoacan, D. F., Mexico, 
for supplying data and examples of the new species. 


LITERATURE CITED 


HeinricH, C. 1926. Revision of the North American moths of the subfamilies 
Laspeyresiinae and Olethreutinae. U. S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 132, 216 pp. 

Keen, F. P. 1958. Cone and seed insects of western forest trees. U. S. Dept. 
Agr. Tech. Bull. 1169, 168 pp. 

Kuots, A. B. 1956. Lepidoptera, pp. 97-111. In: Taxonomist’s Glossary of Geni- 
talia in Insects, S. L. Tuxen, ed. 284 pp. Ejnar Munksgaard, Copenhagen. 
Minter, W. E. 1959. A unique new North American species of pine-cone-feeding 
Laspeyresia related to L. ingens Heinrich (Lepidoptera, Olethreutidae). Flor- 

ida Entom., 42: 131-134. 


BUTTERFLIES OF YAKIMA COUNTY, WASHINGTON, 
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS 


E. J. NEwCcoMER 
1509 Summitview, Yakima, Washington 


After the “Butterflies of Yakima County, Washington” was published 
(Newcomer, 1964), two additional species were taken in the county. 
Through the cooperation of the U. S. Bureau of Indian Affairs I was 
issued permits to collect on the Yakima Indian Reservation in 1964 and 
1965. Much of the restricted area of the Reservation is heavily forested 
with Pinus ponderosa and other conifers. Collecting is not very good in 
heavy forest except in the occasional open meadow. 

Signal Peak, about 15 miles east of Mt. Adams,’ has an elevation of 
5,111 feet, and above 4,800 feet much of it is open and grassy with many 


1 This would place it on the map (Newcomer, 1964) about halfway between Nos. 20 and 24. 


254 Newcomer: More Yakima butterflies Vol. 20, no. 4 


wild flowers. Collecting is good here. The following two skippers were 
taken at this location (determined by Dr. C. Don MacNeill, Oakland, 
Cali.) 

104. Hesperia nevada (Scud.). Signal Peak, June, July. This is the 
first record for the State of Washington. Common. 

105. Polites mardon (Edw.). Signal Peak, July 6, 1964 and June 9 to 
July 15, 1965. Fairly common on grassy slopes, the females often feed- 
ing on blossoms of dandelion and wallflower (Erysimum capitatum 
(Dougl.), the males usually resting on rocks or bare ground. Stanley 
Jewett reports having taken two males on Mt. Adams above Bird Lake, 
elevation about 6,500 feet, August 8, 1955. The type locality is Mt. Hood, 
about 60 miles southwest of Signal Peak. It has also been collected at 
Seattle and Grand Mound, in Western Washington. The larvae are 
known to feed on grass and a probable foodplant here is Festuca ovina L. 


CorRECTIONS 


P. 217, line 17. Erebia discoidalis, should be epipsodea; a lapsus on my part. 

P. 218, No. 14. Should be Ahtanum Creek. 

P. 219. Caption for map should read “Numbers 1-24.” 

P. 221. 14. Euchloe creusa. Paul Opler, University of California, Berkeley, tells 
me that this species is E. hyantis lotta (Beut.). This new combination is established 
by him (Opler, 1966). Typical creusa is a subarctic species which may not occur 
in the United States, exclusive of Alaska. E. h. lotta flies to some extent with 
ausonides, but is more likely to be found on the open sagebrush desert where an- 
nual crucifers grow. 

P. 223. 42. Chlosyne hoffmanni manchada. The foodplant has been found to be 
Aster conspicuus Lindl. The early stages are described elsewhere (Newcomer, 1967 ). 

P. 228, line 2. Euphydryas anicia. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Newcomer, E. S., 1964. Butterflies of Yakima County, Washington. Jour. Lepid. 
Soc., 18: 217-228. 
1967. Early stages of Chlosyne hoffmanni manchada (Nymphalidae). Jour. 
Lepid. Soc., 20: in press. 
Oper, P. A., 1966. Studies on the Nearctic Euchloe. Jour. Res. Lepid., in press. 


CORRECTION 


McElvare, R. R., 1966. New Heiliothid moth from the southwestern United States. 
Jour. Lepid. Soc., 20(2):91-94. The date given for the holotype of Grotella 
blanchardi on page 93, September 17, 1963 is correct; that given in the explanation of 
the plate on page 92 (September 9, 1963) is in error—RoLanp R. McELvaARE, 
Southern Pines, North Carolina. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 95! 


Ot 


NICHOLAS SERGEEVICH OBRAZTSOV, 1906-1966 


On the 6th of May, 1966 Dr. Nikolai (Nicholas) Sergeevich Obraztsov 
died unexpectedly of heart failure in Sea Cliff, Long Island, near New 
York, at an age of 59. He was the leading specialist of the Tortricoid 
Microlepidoptera. 

Nikolai S. Obraztsov was born on 18 August 1906 in Rostov on the 
Don, Russia, second son of Dr. Sergei Nikolaévich Obraztsov, physician 
and later university professor of pathological anatomy, and of Ludmila 
Nikolaévna Obraztsova. He lived in Rostov until 1922, where he finished 
the classical gymnasium. In that year he moved to Nikolaev also in 
southern Russia, where he studied natural history, science, chemistry, 
and mathematics at the Institute for Pedagogy, a course which he fin- 
ished in 1934. In 1926 he was appointed lector in Zoology at Nikolaev. 
In 1934 he moved to Kiev, where he married Vera Nikolaévna Obrazts- 
ova. From this marriage a son and a daughter were born. In Kiev, 
Obraztsov was lector of biology at the Medical Institute of the Univer- 
sity until 1937, and assistant at the chair of Zoogeography of the Univer- 
sity until 1938. From 1937 through 1940 he also was keeper of Lepi- 
doptera at the Zoological Museum of the University. 


256 DraxonorF: N. S. Obraztsov, 1906-1966 Vol. 20, no. 4 


In 1940 he and his family were deported by the German army to Ger- 
many. In 1944 Obraztsov was appointed Lepidopterist at the Zoological 
Institute of the University of Konigsberg. From 1946 until 1951 he 
worked at the Zoologische Sammlung des Bayerischen Staates at Munich. 
In that year he received the degree of Ph.D. at the Faculty of Natural 
Sciences of the University of Munich. 

In 1951 the Obraztsov family emigrated to the United States and took 
residence in Sea Cliff, New York. In New York Obraztsov became Re- 
search Associate of the American Museum of Natural History and of 
the United States National Museum at Washington, D. C., with research 
grants from the East European Foundation of the N.S.F. The subjects 
of his research were revisions of the family Ctenuchidae of the World 
and of the family Tortricidae, first of the Palaearctic, later of the Ne- 
arctic and Neotropical regions. 

Dr. Obraztsov died suddenly of coronary thrombosis after a few days 
of illness. He died in harness: with unsorted colour slides of type speci- 
mens still piled on his table and unfinished manuscripts neatly put away 
in a filing cabinet. It is hoped that parts of his unfinished work can be 
completed through the efforts of his colleagues, A. Diakonoff and J. A. 
Powell. 

From his early years Nicholas Obraztsov was a serious and eager boy 
and showed great interest and love for living things in nature; soon he 
started observing, collecting and studying insects, especially butterflies. 
Through his school years he was a zealous pupil and a great reader. He 
collected considerably around Kiev and also made collecting expeditions 
through southern Russia as far as the Caucasus. Later, however, he gave 
up all collecting, and dedicated himself entirely to taxonomy. He started 
correspondence with many Russian lepidopterists. One of them, Dr. Leo 
A. Sheluzhko, of Kiev, who was the owner of the greatest private collec- 
tion of Lepidoptera in U.S.S.R. at the time, had a great influence upon 
the scientific development of Obraztsov. Sheluzhko soon invited him to 
see his famous collection. Obraztsov came and lost himself entirely in 
Lepidopterology, resolved to move to Kiev and to dedicate himself to this 
branch of study. Later he left other groups of Lepidoptera and concen- 
trated on the Tortricoidea. 

Besides his local south Russian contacts, Obraztsov visited the Zoo- 
logical Institute of the Academy of Sciences at Leningrad several times 
and there met the leading Russian Lepidopterists: N. J. Kusnezov, A. M. 
Djakonov, and N. N. Filipjev. His private collection of Lepidoptera was 
donated to the Zoological Museum of the Kiev University where also 
finally went the great Sheluzhko collection. Obraztsov’s notes and card 


bo 
Ol 
~l 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


indices were lost during the World War II and had to be remade after 
the war. 

Obraztsov’s scientific importance is considerable, in spite of relatively 
limited time he was able to devote himself fully to the study of the 
systematics and taxonomy of the Tortricoidea; and in spite of the handi- 
caps and hardships of life in post-war Germany, where he laid the foun- 
dation for his great card catalogue. 

The systematics of this group of Microlepidoptera had become a com- 
plete chaos, due to lack of application of genitalic studies and to lack of 
coordination of the work of students in continental Europe, England, and 
North America. The great backlog of knowledge of an enormous body 
of literature, chiefly on the Palaearctic fauna, over a long period of time, 
resulted in serious lack of trustworthy and comprehensive literature sur- 
veys which would make the knowledge accessible. During many years 
nobody seemed to have enough courage, insight, time, and diligence to 
unravel this mountainous knot. Then Obraztsov appeared and under- 
took this endeavour: of lepidopterological “book keeping.” He quietly 
and steadily devoted every free hour of his time for many years to study- 
ing the literature from Linnean times on, a project which continued until 
shortly before his death. He not only remade his lost card indices of 
genera and species but extended his Catalogue to an immense scope, 
including the Tortricoidea of the whole world and so became the recog- 
nized leading specialist of the group. 

The card index, arranged alphabetically, contains cards of genera, spe- 
cies, and lower taxa. Besides, many cross-reference cards, pertaining to 
all ever used binominal combinations, and finally, an index catalogue of 
all separate names. The great work comprises of about 30,000 typed 
cards. 

Drawing from this deep well of information Obraztsov could readjust 
genera and species, detect synonymies, sink and revive names. Students 
of Tortricidae, especially of the Palaearctic fauna, which has been the 
most confused, depended upon his word for taxonomic, systematic, and 
nomenclatory information. 

The chief result of the Catalogue was the publication of the series 
“Die Gattungen der Palaearktischen Tortricidae,’ which appeared in 
parts in the Tijdschrift voor Entomologie from 1954 onwards. Unfor- 
tunately this extensive revision has not been completed. The subfamilies 
Tortricinae and Sparganothidinae have been finished, but of the Ole- 
threutinae only the first tribe, the Laspeyresiini has been completed, 
while the Eucosmini is in the progress of publication. Manuscripts of 
several additional parts have been found after his death and will be pub- 


258 DraxonorF: N. S. Obraztsov, 1906-1966 Vol. 20, no. 4 


lished, as far as possible. Fortunately we know his concept also of the 
Eucosmini and that of the Olethreutini, not only from additional stray 
papers but chiefly from the work of H. J. Hannemann, Die Wickler, in 
Dahl’s Tierwelt Deutschlands: Obraztsov provided the taxonomic base 
for this important publication. The Catalogue of the Tortricoidea thus 
forms a Key to Dr. Obraztsov’s great Scientific success. It is the plan of 
the American Museum of Natural History, where the catalogue will be 
deposited, to try and publish it, in order to make it widely available to 
lepidopterists. 

After his basic studies of the Palaearctic fauna Obraztsoy took up the 
Nearctic Tortricidae, the chief subject of the N.S.F. grants, and un- 
avoidably was also very much attracted by the fascinating Neotropical 
fauna. Only recently he discovered the presence of the subfamily 
Chlidanotinae in South America, new for that fauna. 

Not in possession of own collection and being dependent on the ma- 
terials which he continuously borrowed from many museums, he searched 
for a means to fix received information and to form an archive for ref- 
erence. So he started with a second card index, that of negatives and 
black and white prints of the wings and the genitalia. 

Parallel to this he recently started a third catalogue, that of colour 
slides of type specimens of the Tortricoidea, which he photographed dur- 
ing visits to museums in the U. S. and abroad. Probably this would have 
become his most important tool. Modern 35 mm colour film shows colour 
and every detail of the insect with so great perfection, that studying 
them with a low power microscope almost equals investigating the origi- 
nal type specimen. Here was a chance to have at one’s disposal a com- 
plete collection of replica of the types scattered over many museums 
and collections. Obraztsov was so enthusiastic about this project that he 
made over 1,000 colour slides during his last two months stay at the 
British Museum in London. 

Along with these studies he had large correspondence and determined 
material for many colleagues and collectors, chiefly in Europe and Japan, 
but lately also in the United States. 

Obraztsov’s diligence and working capacity were amazing. He worked 
unobtrusively most of the time; he worked Sundays and during his leave. 
But he was certainly not a monomaniac, on the contrary: remarkably, he 
could also find time for reading of an amazing amount of books on most 
diverse subjects; his house is overflowing with them. But his chief hobby 
was music: listening to it and collecting it on records and tapes. He also 
was a good technical photographer, with a well-equipped darkroom, and 
an enthusiastic amateur movie camera operator. He had a talent for lan- 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 259 


guages and published alternately in English and German. 

At home Dr. Obraztsov was a kind, attentive, and considerate man, 
quiet and equanimous, always ready to help everyone with deed and 
advice. He had a great number of friends, valued these friendships 
highly and much enjoyed inviting and entertaining his friends. He was 
also a thoughtful and devoted head of the family. But his scientific 
work doubtless was the most important part of his life: he chiefly 
thought of it, lived for it, and was contented and happy so long as he 
could indulge in it. 

With his death the great machinery of Obraztsovs work comes now 
to a stop. As so many colleagues were dependent on his advice, many 
will keenly miss him. And those who had the privilege to know him 
close and intimately feel the loss the more deeply, with bewilderment 
and sadness. For nobody had ever expected that he would leave the 
world so suddenly instead of dedicating many more fruitful years to his 
beloved Tortricidae. 


A. Draxonorr, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands 


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 
NICHOLAS S. OBRAZTSOV 


1926. 1. J. H. Fabre (A biographical note). Tshelovek i Priroda, 6 (4): 65-68, 
1 fig. Moscow (in Russian). 

1928. 2. On the distribution and biology of Gibbium boieldieui Levr. Revue 
Russe d’Ent., 22: 134-136, 1 fig. Leningrad (in Russian). 

3. On the food plants of some caterpillars. Zeitschr. wissensch. Insekten- 
biol., 23: 203. Berlin (in German). 

4. Notes on the biology of some beetles. Ibid., 24: 256-257 (in German). 

1929. 5. Contributions to the knowledge of the fauna of the Lepidoptera of the 
Dnieper-Bug Steppe. Acad. Sci. Ukraine Mem. Phys.-Math., 13 (1): 
35-40, 1 map. Kiev (in German; summary in Ukrainian). 

1930. 6. Contribution to the biology of Loxostege sticticalis L. Zeitschr. wis- 
sensch. Insektenbiol., 25: 13-18, 6 figs. Berlin (in German). 

7. Supplementary notes on the biology of Loxostege sticticalis L. Ibid., 25: 
129-130 (in German). 

8. The fauna of the Lepidoptera of the Dnieper-Bug Steppe. Jahrb. Nik- 
olaever Instit. Volksbildung, 2 (1928): 81-98. Nikolaev, Ukraine (in 
Ukrainian ). 

1931. 9. Acidalia orientalis Alph. bona species. Intern. Ent. Zeitschr., 25: 235— 
238, 5 figs. Guben (in German). 
10. A new method for preparation of dry Lepidoptera. Ent. Anzeiger, 11: 
401-403. Vienna (in German). 
1933. 11. The larva of Bradyrrhoa gilveolella Tr. Mitt. Miinchner Ent. Gesell., 23: 
1-7, 14 figs. Munich (in German). 

12. Colias hyale L. £. meridionalis Krul. Polskie Pismo Ent., 12: 262-267. 
Krakow (in German; summary in Polish). 

1934. 13. On the variations of Lythria purpuraria L. Ibid., 13: 98-104, 4 figs. (in 
German, summary in Polish). 


260 


1935. 


1936. 


1937. 


1939. 


1941. 


14, 


37. 


38. 


39. 


DraxonorrF: N. S. Obraztsov, 1906-1966 Vol. 20, no. 4 


Abstract: Holik, O. On the hybridization of different species of 
Zygaena. Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr. ‘Iris, vol. 47, pp. 7-31. 1933. Refera- 
tivnyi Biologicheskyi Zhurnal, Inostrannaia Literatura, 2: 186. Moskow 
(in Russian ). 

Lycaena inhonora Jach. as an independent species. Deutsche Ent. 
Zeitschr.: 219-224, 3 figs. Berlin (in German). 

Two new seasonal forms of Lepidoptera from South Ukraine. Zeitschr. 
Oesterreich. Ent. Ver., 19: 72-74. Vienna (in German). 

On the ecology of some Lepidoptera larvae. Ent. Rundschau, 52: 1-2. 
Stuttgart (in German). 

Notes on Lepidoptera. Ent. Zeitschr., 49: 54-55. Frankfurt/M. (in 
German ). 

Lycaena (Aricia) allous Hb. and its Eastern Subspecies. Folia Zool. & 
Hydrobiol., 8: 141-150, 3 figs. Riga (in German). 

Collecting of nocturnal moths in the city of Nikolaev, Ukraine. Trav. 
Mus. Zool., 15: 141-161. Kiev (in Ukrainian; summaries in Russian and 
German ). 

Contribution to the fauna of the Lepidoptera of the Dnieper-Bug Steppe. 
Lambillionea, 35: 223-229. Bruxelles (in French). 

A new subspecies of Amata marjana Stauder. Ent. Rundschau, 52: 221- 
223, 6 figs. Stuttgart (in German). 

An essay of unification of the nomenclature of aberrations in the genus 
Amata F. (Syntomis O.). Ent. Anzeiger, 15: 261-264, 289-291; 16: 
38-39, 47-48. Vienna (in German). 

On a subspecies of Amata phegea L. Ent. Rundschau, 53: 184-187, 
199-203, 254-256, 5 figs., 1 pl. Stuttgart (in German). 

What is Amata herthula Stauder? Ibid., 53: 304-308 (in German). 
Some new forms of Palearctic Rhopalocera. Zeitschr. Oesterreich. Ent. 
Ver., 21: 45-48. Vienna (in German). 

New data on Lycaena (Aricia) allous Hb. Folia Zool. & Hydrobiol., 9: 
58-60, 1 fig. Riga (in German). 

Contribution to the fauna of the Lepidoptera of the Park of Vessyolaya 
Bokovenyka, Ukraine. Ibid., 9: 29-57 (in German). 

Some new subspecies of Lycaena (Lysandra) thersites Cant. Lambil- 
lionea, 36: 11-18. Bruxelles (in French). 

Some new forms of Lythria Hb. Ibid., 36: 98-102 (in French). 

Some new forms of Lepidoptera. Festschrift zum 60. Geburtstage von 
Prof. Dr. E. Strand, 1: 637-642. Riga (in German). 

On the geographic variation of Aphantopus hyperanthus L.  Ibid., 2: 
242-245 (in German). 

Contribution to the fauna of the Lepidoptera of the South Transdnieper 
Province. Ibid., 2: 229-242 (in German). 

On the geographic variation of Amata nigricornis Alph. Ent. Rundschau, 
54: 449-452, 462-466, 14 figs. Stuttgart (in German). 

A new Tortricid species from South Ukraine. Lambillionea, 37: 74-79, 
5 figs. Bruxelles (in French). 

Rhopalocera Ucrainica (in collaboration with L. Sheljuzhko). A supple- 
ment to the book—Jachontov, A.: Our Butterflies. Kiev, pp. 155-175 
(in Ukrainian ). 

Specific differentiation in the pheguea group of the subgenus Syntomis 
O. of the European fauna. Acta Mus. Zool. Univ. Kiev, 1 (1939): 103- 
163, 12 figs., 2 pl. Kiev (in Ukrainian; summaries in Russian and German). 
Catalogus generis Dysauxes Hb. faunae palaearcticae. Ibid., 1: 165- 
167 (in Latin). 

The systematic position of Euxanthis straminea wiatkensis Krul.  Ibid., 


1966 


1942. 


1944. 


1946. 


1949. 


40. 
4l. 


42. 


43, 
44, 
45. 
46. 
47. 
48. 
49. 
50. 
51. 


52. 
53. 
54. 
5d. 


56. 
oT. 
58. 


59. 


60. 
61. 
62. 
63. 


64. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 261 


1: 293-296 (in Ukrainian; summaries in Russian and German). 

Talis quercella roburella Krul. Ibid., 1: 297 (in Ukrainian; summaries 
in Russian and German). 

Endotrichia flammealis montanalis Krul. Ibid., 1: 299-300 (in Ukrain- 
ian, Russian, and German). 

Contribution to the fauna of the Amphibia and Reptilia of the vicinity of 
Nikolaev. Ibid., 1: 323-325 (in Ukrainian; summaries in Russian and 
German). 

Expedition to the Dendrologic Park of Vessyolaya Bokovenyka. Ibid., 
1: 329 (in Russian), 374 (in German). 

Expedition to Akmechetka. Ibid., 1: 352 (in Russian), 377 (in Ger- 
man). 

Expedition to the Kiev-Polessye. Ibid., 1: 353 (in Russian), 378 (in 
German ). 

Supplements to the fauna of the Ukraine. In Raykov, B. & M. Rimski- 
Korsakov: Zoological excursions. Kiev (in Ukrainian). 

Hylophila prasinana L. m. fiorii Cost. and ssp. japonica Warr. Iris, 56: 
153-157. Dresden (in German). 

Djakonovia gen. nov., a new Tortricid genus. Ibid., 56: 157-158 (in 
German). 

A new Phaloniid genus and species. Zeitschr. Wiener Ent. Gesell., 28: 
43-45, 2 figs. Vienna (in German). 

New data about Gelastocera species. Ibid., 28: 78-81, 1 pl. (in Ger- 
man). 

Lepidoptera of the Pamir Expedition of the Zoological Museum of the 
University of Kiev. III. Tortricidae. Mitt. Miinchner Ent. Gesell., 33: 
85-108, 14 figs., 1 pl. Munich (in German). 

Celypha flavipalpana HS. bona species. Zeitscher. Wiener Ent. Gesell., 
29: 310-313, 2 figs. Vienna (in German). 

On the Phaloniid genus Propira Durr. and some other related genera. 
Iris, 57 (1943): 66~—73, 3 figs. Dresden (in German). 

Djakonovia scutellana, a new Tortricid species from Dzharkent. Ibid., 
57 (1943): 73-76, 1 fig. (in German). 

A provisional systematic revision of the European genera of the Eucos- 
mini Zeitschr. Wiener Ent. Gesell., 30 (1945): 20-46, 4 figs. Vienna (in 
German ). 

A critical, systematic note on the genera Olethreutes Hb. and Exartema 
Clem. Ent. Zeitschr., 59: 45-48. Stuttgart (in German). 

Three new species of Ceryx Wallgr. from Java and Sumatra. Tijdschr. 
Ent., 90 (1947): 57-60, 6 figs. Amsterdam (in English). 

Contribution to a revision of the Palearctic genera of the Tortricidae. I. 
Classification of the subfamily Tortricidae and the tribe Ceraciini. En- 
tomon, 1: 200-206, 3 figs. Munich (in German). 

Some new or little known species and forms of the Tortricidae. Mitt. 
Miinchner Ent. Ges., 35-39 (1945-1949): 198-210, 6 figs. Munich (in 
German ). 

Inconstancy of the cornuti number in Peronea hastiana L.  Ibid., 35-39: 
211-213, 1 fig. (in German). 

On the arabescana (Ev.) group of the genus Pseudeucosma Obr.  Ibid., 
30-39: 213-224, 7 figs. (in German). 

A new Peronea species from North Syria. Ibid., 35-39: 224-226, 2 figs. 
(in German). 

Amata (Syntomis) damarensis Grimb., an independent species. Bull. 
Soc. Fuad I°? Ent., 33: 27-29, 2 figs. Cairo (in German). 

On the variation of Peronea hippophdeana Heyd. Revue Franc. Lépidop- 


1950. 


19D: 


1952. 


1953. 


1954. 


65. 


66. 


67. 


68. 


88. 


89. 


DraxonorF: N. S. Obraztsov, 1906-1966 Vol. 20, no. 4 


térologie, 12: 88-93, (1950) 224. Paris (in French). 

Some new and little known Benidae. Ent. Zeitschr. 60: 61-64, 71-72. 
Stuttgart (in German). 

On the correct name of the family Phaloniidae. Ent. News, 61: 198. 
Philadelphia, Pa. (in English). 

New data on Pseudeucosma tibetana (Car.). Mitt. Minchner Ent. Gesell., 
40: 243-244, 1 fig. Munich (in German). 

Some new and little known Mediterranean Tortricidae. Eos, 26: 299— 
319, 14 figs. Madrid (in German). 

Two new Palearctic genera of the tribe Laspeyresiini. Tijdschr. Ent., 93 
(1950): 99-100, 2 figs. Amsterdam (in English). 

Pammene (Hemerosia) tomiana (Z.) and some other related species. 
Ibid., 94: 321-326, 2 figs. (in German). 

Notes on the genus Aterpia Gn. (= Esia Heinr.). Ent. News, 62: 276— 
278. Philadelphia, Pa. (in English). 

Laspeyresia interruptana (HS.) as an independent species. Ent. Tidskr., 
73: 33-37, 5 figs. Stockholm (in German). 

On some Palearctic Aethes species. Ent. Zeitschr., 61: 157-181, 7 figs. 
Stuttgart (in German). 

A little known and three new species of the Palearctic Tortricidae. 
Zeitschr. Lepidopterologie, 2: 37-43, 6 figs. Krefeld (in German). 
Thiodia Hb. as not a North American genus. Ent. News, 63: 145-149. 
Philadelphia, Pa. (in English). 

On the genera Gypsonomoides Obr. and Hendecaneura Wlsm. Bull. & 
Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 88: 245-251, 1 fig. Bruxelles (in French). 
Two new Eriopsela species from Allgau. Nachrichtenblatt Bayrisch. Ent., 
1: 93-96, 1 fig. Munich (in German). 

Revision of the species of the moldavica-bombycalis group of the genus 
Synaphe. Mitt. Mimchner Ent. Gesell., 42: 87-110. 10 figs., 1 pl. 
Munich (in German). 

Epiblema scutulana (Schiff.). Tijdschr. Ent., 95: 323-330, 4 figs. Am- 
sterdam (in German). 

Some new Palearctic species of the Eucosmini. Zeitschr. Wiener Ent. 
Gesell., 37: 122-129, 5 figs. Vienna (in German). 

A new species of Hyalaethea Butler and a key to the species of the genus. 
Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1630, 3 pp. New York (in English). 
Classification of Holarctic species of the genus Lobesia Guenée, with 
description of Paralobesia gen. noy. Tijdschr. Ent., 96: 85-94, 5 figs. 
Amsterdam (in English). 

Systematic revision of and notes on Palearctic Dichrorampha species. 
Mitt. Munchner Ent. Gesell., 43: 10-101, 50 figs. Munich (in German). 
Revision of Palearctic Nycteola species, and Erschoviella gen. nov. Eos, 
29: 143-172, 12 figs. Madrid (in German). 

Review: “Microleptidoptera of New Guinea. Part I. By A. Diakonoff.” 
Lepid. News, 7: 128. New Haven, Conn. (in English). 

Review: “Microlepidoptera of New Guinea. Part II. By A. Diakonoff.” 
Ibid., 8: 50 (in English). 

Notes on some species of the Amata (Syntomis) cymatilis group from 
the Philippine Islands, with description of a new species. Jour. Wash- 
ington Acad. Sci., 44: 221-227, 12 figs. Washington, D. C. (in English). 
Nomenclature of the genera known as Schrankia HS., Hypenodes Gn. 
(Phalaenidae), Lythria Hb. (Geometridae), and Cledeobia Stph. (Pyra- 
lididae). Nachrichtenblatt Bayer. Ent., 3: 81-86. Munich (in Ger- 
man). 

The genera of the Palearctic Tortricidae. Part I. General classification 


1966 


90. 
we 


92. 


93. 


1955. 94. 
1956. 95. 


96. 


IGS Sie 


98. 


99: 
100. 
101. 


1958. 102. 


103. 


104. 


105. 
1959. 106. 
107. 
108. 


109. 


1960. 110. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 26: 


(oe) 


of the family, and the subfamilies Tortricinae and Sparganothinae. 
Tijdschr. Ent., 97: 141-231, figs. 1-248; ibid., 98: 147-228, figs. 249- 
366 (1955); ibid., 99: 107-154 (1956); ibid., 100: 309-347 (1957). 
Amsterdam (in German). 

Two new species of the Amata tenuis group. Bull. & Ann. Soc. Ent. 
Belgique, 90: 227-232, 3 figs. Bruxelles (in English). 

On the nomenclature of Crambus craterellus auct. and Cr. cassentiniellus Z. 
Zeitschr. Wiener Ent. Gesell., 39: 254-257. Vienna (in German). 
Notes on Ereéssa confinis and allied species, with descriptions of a new 
species and a new subspecies. Lepid. News, 8: 135-139, 3 figs. New 
Haven, Conn. (in English). 

Some theoretical problems of contemporary Soviet zoology. Jour. Inst. 
Study History & Culture of the USSR, 6 (13): 34-62 (in Russian), 181— 
182 (summary in English), 189-190 (summary in German), 198-199 
(summary in French). Munich, W. Germany. 

Species of the Amata (Syntomis) pfeifferae group. Psyche, 62: 29- 
34, 4 figs. Cambridge, Mass. (in English). 

Hemimene immaculata Danil., a preoccupied name. Ent. News, 67, p. 
139. Philadelphia, Pa. (in English). 

Cochylidia gen. noy., a new Phaloniid genus; with description of a new 
species from Germany. Mitt. Miinchner Ent. Gesell., 46: 14-20, 12 figs. 
Munich (in German). 

Some new species of Ceryx Wallengren. Tijdschr. Ent., 100: 67-71. 
Amsterdam (in English). 

Some considerations about an abdominal organ in certain tortricid moths. 
Lepid. News, 10 (1956): 153-156, 1 fig. New Haven, Conn. (in 
English ). 

Review: “Microlepidoptera of New Guinea. Parts III, IV, and V. By A. 
Diakonoff.” Ibid., 10: 176 (in English). 

Review: “Bagworms. By I. V. Kozhantshikov.” Ibid., 10: 177-178 
(in English). 

The Chinese Caeneressa species. Bull. Mus. Compar. Zool. Harvard 
College, 116: 389-438, 12 figs., 4 pls. Cambridge, Mass. (in English). 
Review: “Bestimmungstabellen der Blattminen von Europa.” By E. M. 
Hering. Lepid. News, 11 (1957): 177-178. New Haven, Conn. (in 
English). 

Review: “Microlepidoptera Venezolana.” By H. G. Amsel. Ibid., 12: 
55 (in English). 

Descriptions of two genera of the family Phaloniidae (in collaboration with 
B. Swatschek). In Swatschek, B., Die Larvalsystematik der Wickler. Ab- 
handlungen zur Larvalsystematik der Insekten, No. 3: 232-233. Berlin, 
Germany (in German). 

The genera of the Palearctic Tortricidae. IJ. Subfamily Olethreutinae. 
Tijdschr. Ent., 101: 229-261, figs. 1-24. Amsterdam (in German). 
On the systematic position of Tortrix nigrivelata. Amer. Mus. Novitates, 
No. 1959, 6 pp., 5 figs. New York (in English). 

Note of the North American Aphelia species. Ibid., No. 1964, 9 pp., 15 
figs. (in English). 

Characters separating Archips rileyanus and cerasivoranus as two species. 
Ent. News, 70: 263-267. Philadelphia (in English). 

The genera of the Palearctic Tortricidae. II]. Subfamily Olethreutinae. 
Part 2. Tijdschr. Ent., 102: 175-216, figs. 25-63, pls. 23-26. Amster- 
dam (in German). 

On the systematic position of two genera erroneously placed in the family 
Tortricidae. Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 68: 21-26, figs. 1-2, pl. I. 


1961. 


1962. 


1963. 


1964. 


1965. 


DraxonorrF: N. S. Obraztsov, 1906-1966 Vol. 20, no. 4 


New York (in English). 

Contribution to the classification of the Central European Olethreutinae. 
Beit. Ent., 10: 459-485, 8 figs. Berlin (in German). 

The genera of the Palearctic Tortricidae. I]. Subfamily Olethreutinae. 
Part 3. Tijdschr. Ent., 103: 111-143, figs. 64-106, pls. 11-13. Amster- 
dam (in German). 

Data on Decodes, a new North American genus, with descriptions of new 
species [with J. A. Powell]. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 14: 112-126, 14 figs. 
The genera of the Palearctic Tortricidae. II]. Subfamily Olethreutinae. 
Part 4. Tijdschr. Ent., 104: 51-70, figs. 107-126. 

Descriptions of and notes on North and Central American species of Ar- 
gyrotaenia, with the description of a new genus. Amer. Mus. Novitates, 
No. 2048, 42 pp., 84 figs. 

The genera of the Palearctic Tortricidae. II]. Addenda and corrigenda. 
Tijdschr. Ent., 104: 231-240. 

Osthelderia amardiana, new genus and species of the tribe Laspeyresiini. 
Mitteil. Miinchner Ent. Gesell., 51: 150-153, pl. 12, figs. 3-4. 

Two new and two insufficiently known Palearctic Argyroploce species. 
Ibid., 51: 153-158, pls. 12-15. 

Review: “The Genitalia of the Group Tortricidae of the British Islands.” 
By F. N. Pierce and J. W. Metcalfe. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 15: 127-128. 
Review: “Results of the German Expedition 1956 to Afghanistan.” 
Ibid., 15: 128-129. 

Anopina, a2 new genus of the Cnephasiini from the New World. Amer. 
Mus. Novitates, No. 2082, 39 pp., 71 figs. 

New species and subspecies of North American Archipini, with notes on 
other species. Ibid., No. 2101, 26 pp., 49 figs. 

Description of a gynandrous specimen of a Pseudatteria species. Tijd- 
schr. Ent., 105: 223-237, pls. 7-8. 

Some North American moths of the genus Acleris. Proc. U. S. Natl. 
Mus., 114 (3469): 213-270, 7 figs., pls. 1-18 (in English). 

North American species of the genus Eana, with a general review of the 
genus, and descriptions of two new species. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 16: 175— 
192, 7 figs. (in English). 

Review: “Parasitensekten der Blattminierer Europas.” By L. Fulmek. 
Ibid., 16: 237-238 (in English). 

Griselda radicana Heinrich, 1923 (Insecta, Lepidoptera): proposed 
validation under Plenary Powers. Z.N. (S.) 1612. Bull. Zool. Nomen- 
clature, 21: 144-145 (in English). 

The genera of the Palearctic Tortricidae. II. Subfamily Olethreutinae. 
Part 5. Tijdschr. Ent., 107: 1-48, figs. 127-177, pls. 1-8. Amsterdam 
(in German). 

Neotropical Microlepidoptera. V. Synopsis of the species of the genus 
Proeulia from Central Chile. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 116 (3501): 183- 
196, 9 pls. (in English). 

On the geographic variation of Eugnosta margaritana, with description of 
a new subspecies. Opuscula Zool., No. 75: 6 pp., 11 figs. (in English). 
On Paedisca radicana and the type species of the genus Griselda. Amer. 
Mus. Novitates, No. 2213, 16 pp., 20 figs. (in English). 

The genera of the Palearctic Tortricidae. III. Addenda and Corrigenda. 
Part 2. Tijdschr. Ent., 108: 1-40, figs. 1-6, 4 pls. Amsterdam (in 
German ). 

Two cases of synonymy in the North American Acleris species. Ent. 
News, 76: 225-232 (in English). 

The genera of the Palearctic Tortricidae. II. Subfamily Olethreutinae. 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 265 
Part 6. Tijdschr. Ent., 108: 365-387, figs. 178-191, pls. 16-22. Am- 
sterdam (in German). 

1966. 135. Neotropical Microlepidoptera. VII. New genus Pseudomeritastis and_ its 
SMeciesmaeroc, U. 1s. Natl: Mus., 118 (3527 )) 221=939,°9 fiss. 6 pls, (in 
English ). 

PAPERS IN PRESS 

136. Neotropical Microlepidoptera. IX. Revision of the genus Atteria. Proc. 
U. S. Natl. Mus. (in English). 

137. Neotropical Microlepidoptera. XI. Revision of the genus Idolatteria. 
Ibid., (in English). 

138. On the correct usage of two names of the genus-group in the Tortricidae, 
with the proposal of a new generic name. Ent. Gazette (in English). 

139. Revision of the Palearctic Amata species. A monograph. Bavarian 


State Zoological Collection (in German). 


INDEX TO VOLUME 20 


(New name in boldface; synonyms in italics ) 


Agathymus, 53; aryxna, 242 
spp., 166, 168, 181, 184 
escalantei, 167 
ricei, 163 
valverdiensis, 182 
Agraulis vanillae, 53, 215 
Agriades escheri, 131 
Aides aegita, 228 
Allotinus horsfieldi, 134 
Amblyscirtes, spp., 241 
Anaea, andria, 102 
tehuana, 203 
Anatoli rossi, 134, 138 
Ancyloxypha numitor, 230 
Annaphila, 49 
Antheraea polyphemus, 47 
Apodemia mormo, 134, 137, 138, 140, 
142, 160 
Arctiidae, 49 
Argynnis callippe, 103 
Astraptes colossus, 227 
Atalopedes campestris, 160 
Atlides halesus, 134, 137, 138, 141 
Atrytone, arogos life history, 177 
deleware, 177 
Automation in Rhopalocera research, 1 
Blanchard, A., New geometrid from Tex- 
as, 247 
Boloria, e. chermocki, 109 
e. eldorado, 108 
e. epithore, 103 
e. obscuripennis, 109 
e. wawonae, 109 


spp., 114, 116 
titania, 241 
Bombyx mori, 207, 217 
Book notices, 33, 56, 122, 244 
Book Review: Pests of Hevea Planta- 
tions, 206 
Bowden, S. R., “Sex-ratio” in Pieris hy- 
brids, 189 
Brachionycha, 83 
Brephidium exilis, 134, 138, 161 
Brewer, J., Experimental color aberrations 
in Danaus, 45 
Brewer, J. and G. M. Thomas, Causes of 
death in Danaus, 235 
Brown, F. M., Henshaw itinerary, 71 
Authorship of Polites mystic, 239 
Buckett, J. S. and W. R. Bauer, Key to 
Psaphidini, with new genus and spe- 
cies, 83 
butterflies at light, 12, 44 
Calephelis, 49 
Caligo memnon, 203 
Callipsyche behrii, 160 
Callophrys, augustinus, 41 
dumetorum, 160 
eryphon, 41 
facuna, 66 
spp., 1384-145 
goodsoni, 66 
longula, 69 
miserabilis, 68 
niphon, 41 
pastor, 68 


pseudolongula, 69 
viridis, 134, 160 
xami, 212 
Callosamia, 49; promethea, 47, 146 
Calycopis beon, 135, 138, 139, 141 
Catocala cara, 221 
Celastrina argiolus, 42 
Cercyonis pegala, 12, 186 
Chioides catillus albofasciatus, 39 
Chlosyne, lacinia, 203 
manchada, 254, 
Chrysophanus titus, 135 
Citheronia regalis, 146 
Clench, H. K., Synonymy of Texas 
Lycaenidae, 65 
Coenonympha, ampelos, 161 
california, 161 
Cogia, calchas, 37 
hippalus, 38 
Colias, 51; eurytheme, 102, 207, 215 
Comstock, J. A. and C. Henne, Larva and 
pupa of Orthosia, 213 
Constitution and By-Laws of the Lepi- 
dopterists Society, 197 
Copaeodes minima, 102 
Copipanolis, 83 
Copivaleria, 83, 84 
Cosmopteryx, 211 
Crowe, C. R., Automation in Rhopalocera 
research, 1 
Curetis thetis, 135 
Damas clavus, 227 
Danaus plexippus, 45, 102, 129, 235 
Data processing, 1 
Devastation of Yucatecan forests, 201 
Diakonoff, A., Book review, 206 
Obraztsov obituary and_ bibliography, 
255 
Dolymorpha jada, 135, 138 
Downey, J. C., Lycaenid pupal sounds, 
129 
Edwards’ specimens in midwestern col- 
lections, 156 
Elbella, dulcinea, 226 
patrobas, 227 
Electrophoretic variation in esterases, 207 
Emmel, T. C. and R. A. Wobus, South- 
ward migration of Vanessa cardui, 
123 
Epargyreus clarus, 102 
Erebia, discoidalis, 254 
epipsodea, 254 
Erynnis, brizo, 231 
horatius, 36 
juvenalis, 36 


Index to Volume 20 


Vol. 20, no. 4 


persius, 241 
propertius, 160 
Esterases, electrophoretic variation in, 207 
Euchloe, 52, 53; creusa, 254 
hyantis, 254 
Eumaeus atala, 216 
debora, 135, 136, 138, 141 
minyas, 135, 136, 138, 141 
Euphydryas, 52; anicia, 254 
Eupsyche m-album, 135 
Euptychia, areolata, 44 
hermes, 102 
mitchelli, 43 
Eurema nicippe, 102 
Eutolype, 83 
Everes, argiades, 134 
comyntas, 102, 134, 138, 142, 145 
Eyer, J. R., Melanic Opostega, 232 
Feniseca tarquinius, 134, 138, 143, 152, 
24] 
Feralia, 83 
Fluid recycling in Agathymus, 242 
Freeman, H. A., New Agathymus, 181 
Hesperiid records for Mexico, 227 
Funk, R. S., Eumaeus atala, Florida rec- 
ord, 216 
Geometridae, 247, 250 
Gerydus boisduvali, 131 
Glaucina, infumataria, 248; mayelisaria, 
247, 250 
Glaucopsyche lygdamus, 131, 152 
Grotella, 91; binda, 93, 94 
blanchardi, 91, 254 
vauriae, 91 
Gynandromorph Eacles, 118 
Habrodais grunus, 135, 140, 143 
Hardwick, D. F., Life history of Schinia 
niveicosta, 29 
Heitzman, R., Life history of Atrytone 
arogos, 177 
Hemiargus isola, 161 
Hensel, H., Thymelicus lineola at New 
Brunswick, 28 
Henshaw, H. W., Itinerary, 71 
Hesperia, harpalus, 160 
metea, 241 
nevada, 254 
Hesperiidae, 28, 34, 35, 102, 160, 177, 
226, 229, 239, 241, 243, 254 
Hessel, J. H., Fluid recycling in Agathy- 
mus, 242 
Howe, W. H., Melanic Colias euytheme, 
215 
Huber, R. L., Minnesota 
Thorybes bathyllus, 34 


records of 


1966 


Hyalophora, cecropia, 47 
gloveri, 47, 158 
Hypaurotis crysalus, 135, 160 
Hypolycaena philippus, 135 
Ialmenus, evagorus, 133, 134, 138, 140 
ictinus, 134 
Icaricea icarioides, 52 
Incisalia, iroides, 160 
eryphon, 160 
Iolaus, spp., 135 
Irwin, R. R., Edwards specimens, 156 
Jamides celeno, 134 
Johnson, F. M. and J. M. Burns, Electro- 
phoretic variation in Colias esterases, 
207 
Junonia evarete, 146 
Kendall, R. O., Foodplants for five Texas 
Hesperiidae, 35 
Larval and distribution notes for Texas 
Hesperiidae, 229 
Kolyer, J. M., Environment, chemicals 
and Pieris wing markings, 13 
Properties of Pieris cuticle, 217 
Lacinipolia, 49, 51 
Laspreyresia, nigra, 251 
miscitata, 251 
Lephelisca, virginiensis, 160 
wrighti, 134, 138 
Leptotes marina, 134, 138 
Lerema accius, 241 
Limenitis, 49; 1. lorquini, 172 
|. burrisoni, 172 
wiedemeyerii, 161 
Liphyra brassolis, 131, 152 
Louisiana butterfly records, 102 
Lycaeides melissa, 161 
Lycaena, spp., 160, 161 
helloides, 134, 161 
phlaeus, 134, 145. 
thoe, 130, 134, 138, 139, 143, 145 
vigaureae, 134 
Lycaenidae, 41, 50, 52, 54, 65, 102, 129, 
NGO ONG 241 
Lysandra, coridon, 134-138, 141 
thersites, 134, 136 
Manley, T. R., Behavioral notes on Mar- 
pesia, 122 
Marpesia petreus, 122 
Mather, B., Louisiana butterfly records, 
102 
Variation in Cercyonis pegala, 186 
Phyciodes batesii not in Mississippi, 
945 
McElvare, R. R., New heliothine noctuid, 
Sie 54 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


Megathymidae, 53, 163, 181, 242 
Megathymus, 53; yuccae arizonae, 170 
y. coloradensis, 172 
y. elidaensis, 170 
y. martini, 170 
y. maudae, 169 
Melanic opostega, 232 
Melitaea, harrisii, 241 
nycteis, 241 
Mesothoracic aorta in Rhopalocera, 54 
Mestra amymone, 161 
Mexican hesperiid records, 226 
Migration, Vanessa cardui, 123 
Miller, W. E., New pine cone moth, 251 
Minutes, Annual Meetings, 49 
Morpho, peleides, 203 
polyphemus, 95 
theseus, 95 
Muller, J., Gynandromorph Eacles imper- 
ialis, 118 
Narathura, araxes, 135 
centaurus, 135 
Neolycaena, 211 
Newcomer, E. J., Additional Yakima 
County butterfly records, 253 
Nielsen, M. C., Callophrys eryphon in 
Michigan, 41 
Canadian records for Thymelicus, 243 
Noctuidae, 29, 49, 51, 83, 91, 213, 221 
Nymphalidae, 42, 44, 45, 49, 50, 52, 53, 
102, 103, 129-124" 146, 147, Ver, 
WP, JUG AUS, Als, RADE Mati puipvet 
Nymphalis, californica, 124 
j-album, 124 
Nymula brennus, 131 
Obraztsov, N. S., Obituary and _ bibliog- 
raphy, 225 
Ochlodes, agricola, 160 
sylvanoides, 160 
Ogyris, spp., 134-145 
Oliver, C. G., Speyeria cybele at light, 44 
Opler, P. A., Record of Callophrys xami, 
212 
Opostega, melanics, 232 
cretea, 232, 233 
quadristrigella, 233, 234 
Orthosia quinquefasciata, larva and pupa, 
213 
Panoquina, evansi, 227 
panoquin, 241 
Papilio, 49; indra, 52 
lintingensis, 56 
rogeri, 203 
troilus, 102 


268 


Papilionidae, 49, 52, 56, 102, 147, 203, 
220 
Perkins, E. M. & S. F. Perkins, Boloria 
epithore complex, 103 
Review of Limenitis lorquini, 172 
Phasis zeuxo, 131 
Phillips, L. S., Nymphalis californica in 
Illinois, 124 
Philotes, 52; mohave, 131 
sonorensis, 50 
Phoebis sennae, 102, 215 
Phyciodes, batesii, 245 
spp., 161 
tharos, 102 7 
Pieridae, 13, 49-53, 102, 147, 189, 203, 
Dil; PALS. DUT, 52! 
Pieris, 50; n. napi, 189 
n. bryoniae, 190 
occidentalis, 49 
protodice, 49 
rapae, 13, 102, 217 
yreka, 52 
Plebeius, acmon, 134, 161 
argus, 134, 138 
spp., 134 
icarioides, 54, 134, 161 
Poanes, hobomok, 241 
massosoit, 241 
viator, 229 
Polites, mardon, 254 
mystic, 239 
origines, 241 
vibex, 241 
Polygonia, spp., 161 
Pratapa, blanka, 135 
deva, 135 
Priddle, T. R., Techniques for reducing 
larval mortality of Cecropia, 119 
Prodoxidae, 54 
Prodoxus, 54 
Psaphida, 83 
Psaphidini, new genus and species, 83 
Pseudocopivaleria, 83, 84; anaverta, 84 
sonoma, 84 
Pupal sounds, 129 
Pyrgus communis, 102 
Rapala, spp., 130, 135 
Rathina amor, 135 
Rearing techniques, 119 
Rindge, F. H., Female of Glaucina maye- 
lisaria, 250 
Riodinidae, 49, 147, 160 


Index to Volume 20 


Vol. 20, no. 4 


Rutkowski, F., Euptychia mitchelli in 
New Jersey, 43 
Saliana antoninus, 228 
Satyridae, 12, 43, 102, 161, 186, 254 
Satyrium, spp., 135, 138, 142, 143 
Saturniidae, 47, 49, 118, 119, 146, 158 
Schinia niveicosta, 29 
Scoptes, 211 
Seeley, C., Termination of Saturniids dia- 
pause, 47 
“Sex-ratio” in Pieris hybrids, 189 
Sounds by pupae, 129 
Speyeria, 49 
cybele, 44 
idalia, 177 
Stallings, D. B., et al., New Megathy- 
midae, 163 
Strymon, alea, 65, 67 
cecrops, 102 
laceyi, 65 
melinus, 131, 135, 145, 160 
saepium, 160 
Strymonidia, acaciae, 135, 140 
pruni, 135 
spini, 130, 135, 137, 140 
w-album, 135, 149 
Techniques for reducing larval mortality, 
119 
Tegeticula maculata, 54 
Texas Hesperiidae records, 229 
Tharsalea arota, 52, 134 
Thecla quercus, 130, 135, 142 
Thorybes bathyllus, 34 
Thymelicus lineola, 28, 243 
Tineoidea, 232 
Tmolus echion, 135 
Tortricoidea, 251, 255 
Urbanus, esma, 227 
procne, 38 
Utethesia, 49 
Vanessa, cardui, 50, 123 
carye, 161 
virginiensis, 42 
Vidius perigenes, 35 
Wallengrenia otho, 160, 241 
Welling, E. C., Flight habits of Morpho, 
95 
Devastation of Yucatecan forests, 201 
Wilkinson, R. S., Cercyonis at light, 12 
Xeniades orchamus, 228 
Yucatecan forests, devastation, 201 
Zizeera labradus, 134, 138, 143 
Zoological Nomenclature, 211 


Vi 

sf | EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL 

ven 

a Editor: Jerry A. PowEL.L 
‘ i Assistant Editor: Paut A, OPLER 
i Associate Editor | 

a (Literature Abstracting): PETER F.. BELLINGER 
, 4 Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEwcoMer 
4 Manager of the Memoirs: SmneEy A. HEssEL 
Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. Brexiincer, S. A. 
on : _ Hesset, E. G. Munroe, J. A. Poweiit, C. L. REMINGTON 


(chairman), F. T. THorNe, E. J. NEwcomMenr. 


a NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL 


‘' Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study 
_ of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; 
_ authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts 
- must be typewritten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and 
one side only of white, 8% x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of 
_ the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, in- 
cluding an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possi- 
ble. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFER- 
_ ENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. 
_ Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. 

_ Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other 
_ material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley 
proof is received. 


a Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powet1, 122 Giannini 
' Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. 


2a 
_ Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal 
_ field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News 
Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 


, Address remittances and address changes to: Roy O. KENDALL, 135 Vaughan Place, 
- San Antonio, Texas 78201, U. S. A. 


Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) 
A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA 
by Cyru. F. pos Passos 


ua x _ Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures 
| available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, 
add $1.50. postpaid 


Order from the Society Treasurer. 


ALLEN PRESS, INC. Ne LAWRENCE, KANSAS 
U.S, Pe 


1966 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 20, no. 4 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Devastation of Yucatecan forests, with notes om insect 
abundance and formation of local climates 
by Eduardo C. Welling — ae pg 


Electrophoretic variation in esterases of Colias eurytheme (Pieridae) 
by F. M. Jobnson and John M. Bums —..._.. eee 


The larva and pupa of Orthosia hibisci quinquefasciata (Noctuidae) 
by John A. Comstock and Christopher Henne — ~~ ~--.__--____ LL CO3-215 


Some properties of cuticular materials (silk, pupal case, 
and wing membrane) of Pieris rapae 
by John M. Kolyer 


tre a ne 


New Hesperiidae records for Mexico 
by H. A. Freeman i 


Larval foodplants and distribution notes for three Texas Hesperiidae 
by Roy O. Kendall —_ Hannan 


Melanic moths of the genus Opostega (Tineoidea) 


by John R. Eyer — . 232-234 


Causes of death encountered during rearing of Danaus plexippus (Danaidae) 
by Jo Brewer and Gerard M. Thomas —-__-_._-__________ oa 


The authorship of Polites mystic, Edwards or Scudder? (Hesperiidae) 
by F. Martin Brown CESARE aaa Cm AN Mr MEN IKON ODI END E 


New Canadian records for Thymelicus lineola (Hesperiidae) 
by M.. C.. Nielsen WW ee 


Phyciodes batesii (Nymphalidae) in Mississippi: An examination 
of the probability of occurrence 
by Bryant Mather we 


A new species of Glaucina (Geometridae) from Texas 
by A. Blanchard —_ SLO apa RAMUS ran a NINO SAINT INC I ANE eS 


The female of Glaucina mayelisaria A. Blanchard (Geometridae) 
by. Frederick H. Rindge 2 ee 


247-250 


A new species of moth destructive to pine cones in Mexico (Tortricidae, Olethreutinae) 
by William E. Miller ain te eg 


Butterflies of Yakima County, Washington, additions and corrections 
by: EB. J. Neweomer) 00 


FIELD NOTES 


A possible record for the occurrence of Callophrys 
(Xamia) xami (Lycaenidae) in California 
by Paul A. Opler 220 eee 
A melanic female of Colias eurytheme (Pieridae) ,| 
by William H. Howe IAN on Sea NMICAA NANI SAE ATTN MaS SUNS NIINGT SEEN 


Fluid recycling in Agathymus aryxna (Megathymidae) 


by John H. Hessel SEN Set peat we ee 242 
Record of Eumaeus atala (Lycaenidae) from the Florida Keys 

by Richard §. Funk oo 0 eee 
NICHOLAS SERGEEVICH OBRAZTSOV, 1906-1966 a 

by A. Diakonoff — 
BOOK REVIEW, NOTICE Eee 
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE _____ i . 
CORRECTION NS 


INDEX to Volume 20 00 eee 


= 


, 4 
Volume 21 1967 Jf Wambier1 


JOURNAL 


of the 


LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES 


Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 


COENONYMPHA TULLIA IN OREGON 
DESCRIPTION AND BIOLOGY OF A NEW GELECHIID 
EARLY STAGES OF SPHINGID, NOCTUID, NYMPHALID 

MIGRATION OF VANESSA; DANAUS IN SASKATCHEWAN 
BIOLOGY OF PAPILIO INDRA KAIBABENSIS 


fF (Complete contents on back cover) 


| 
| 
In This Issue 
| 
| 
| 
) 
| 


21 February 1967 


THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
1967 OFFICERS 


President: Don B. Srauxyincs (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) 
Ist Vice President: Maria EtcHeverry (Santiago, Chile) 
Vice Presidents: D. G. SEvastopuLo (Mombasa, Kenya) 

B. ALBERTI (Berlin, East Germany) 
Treasurer: R. O. Kenpatzt (San Antonio, Texas, U. S. A.) 
Secretary: Jorn C. Downey (Carbondale, Ill., U. S. A.) 


EXECUTIVE COUNCIL 


Terms expire Dec. 1967: Hmosui Kuroxo (Fukuoka, Japan) 
D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Canada) 
Terms expire Dec. 1968: . P. R. Eumuica (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) 
C. D. MacNemu (Oakland, Calif., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1969: Frep T. THORNE (F] Cajon, Calif., U. S. A.) 


Don R. Davis (Washington, D. C., U. S. A.) 


and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor | 


The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and ~ 
formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology 
in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, ~ 
to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and ~ 
the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these 
aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among | 


the lepidopterists of all countries. 


Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of — 
lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of | 
the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not — 
become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for | 
the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological | 
interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society — 
business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made | 
payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: © 4 


Active Members—annnal dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) 
Sustaining Members—annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) 
Life Members—single sum $125.00 (U.S. A.) 


Institutional (non-member) subscriptions—annual $7.00 (U. S. A.) 


In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and ~ 
special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are | 
distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the | 
Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the | 


News each year. 


ie postage ge at Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A. 


a ee ee ee ee ee 


JOURNAL OF 


THe LePIDOPTERISTS:’ SOCIETY 


Volume 21 1967 Number 1 


ON THE YELLOW FORMS OF COENONYMPHA TULLIA 
(SATYRIDAE) IN OREGON 


Ernst J. DoRNFELD? 
Department of Zoology, Oregon State University, Corvallis 


The genus Coenonympha is represented in Oregon by both white 
and yellow forms of the tullia complex. Populations of the white ringlets 
occur in the southwestern counties of the state and are allied to cali- 
fornia Westwood. Elsewhere they are replaced by yellow forms (see 
fig. 1). The identification and relationships of these yellow populations 
have been much confused, largely, it seems, because of insufficient 
acquaintance with adequate samples and with the features of their 
geographic distribution and their seasonal dimorphism. 

The first point of note lies in the phenotypic distinctness of the eastern 
and western populations, the zone of separation being the Cascade 
Range. Contrary to some published implications (e.g., Davenport, 1941), 
there is no good evidence that these two population groups overlap 
or that they show clinal intergradation or natural hybridization. They 
display essentially different spectra of phenotypic variability. 

The western populations (plate 1) have been generally referred to 
Coenonympha ampelos, which Edwards described in 1871 from two 
specimens taken in “Oregon,” exact place and date undesignated. In 
the light of Brown’s recent study (1964) of the extant female lectotype 
(Canadian National Collection), this usage must be abandoned. The 
lectotype bears no resemblance to any ringlet from western Oregon, but 
it does match summer brood material from east of the Cascades (Brown, 
personal communication). It may have been collected by William Gabb 
near the California border of what is now Lake County, Oregon. 

In 1937 Field, believing that Edward’s ampelos applied to the second 
brood of the western ringlets, introduced the name eunomia for the first 
generation. As an infra-subspecific term (“A New Seasonal Form . . .”) 


11 am indebted to Mr. F. Martin Brown for critical comments on the problems treated in this 
account; also to Mr. William D. Field for assistance in the location of type specimens. 


2 DorNFELD: Oregon Coenonympha Volz 210 neaen 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I 


Coenonympha tullia eunomia Dornfeld, (Western Oregon) 


Top row: First generation males. Left to right: McDonald Fst., Benton Co.; 
same, ventral; Gales Creek, Washington Co. Second row: First generation females. 
Left to right: Alsea, Benton Co.; same, ventral; McDonald Fst., Benton Co. Third 
row: Second generation males. Left to right: Corvallis, Benton Co.; same, ventral; 
Corvallis, Benton Co. Bottom row: Second generation females. Left to right: 
McDonald Fst., Benton Co.; same, ventral; Corvallis, Benton Co. 


eunomia is not eligible for subspecific use under the original authorship 
and date (International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, Art. 45, d, iii). 
The name, however, is unambiguously associated with the populations 
under consideration, and its retention is desirable. Therefore, in recog- 
nizing these populations as a distinct subspecies of C. tullia, I here apply 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 3 


to this subspecies the name eunomia and designate the types estab- 
lished by Field as those of this subspecies. 


Coenonympha tullia eunomia Dornfeld, new subspecies 


Mare.—Length of forewing 14.1 to 17.9 mm. Forewing: dorsally ochraceous in 
first generation and immaculate, hairy black scaling at base, lateral fringes black at 
inner margin; second generation lighter above, approaching buff, little or no black 
scaling, slight development of yellow vertical ray across upper half of extra-discal 
area. Ventrally, first generation with orange-brown flush in discal area, apices and 
lateral margins appearing greenish-gray through broad dusting with black and 
white scales, non-ocellated, extra-discal vertical ray usually limited to upper third 
of wing or absent; second generation with light brown discal area, greenish apex 
and margin repressed or absent, development of ray more pronounced. Hindwing: 
dorsally like forewing; ventral ground color ferruginous in first generation, with 
heavy overlay of black scales common, margins and base greenish-gray, basal 
scales very hairy, extra-discal vertical ray extending from costa to end of cell or 
absent; second generation with ground color light brown, generally without green- 
ish margins, basal scales less hairy, often with fuller development of vertical ray. 

Female.—Length of forewing 14.8 to 17.9 mm. Essentially as described for 
male; wing shape more obtuse, averaging slightly lighter in ground color above and 
below, vertical ray tending to have small post-cellular component on ventral hind- 
wing especially in second generation. 


Type series (originally designated as C. ampelos gen. vern. eunomia 
Field) as follows: 

Holotype, male, and allotype, female, Wilhoit, Clackamas County, 
Oregon, June 6, 1937 (C. W. Herr). Paratypes #1 male, McMinnville, 
Yamhill Co., Ore., May 16, 1931; #2-9 and 11-20 males, Wilhoit, Ore., 
June 6, 1937 (Herr); #10 female, Oregon, May 24; #21 male and #22 
female, Portland, Ore., May 10, 1934; #23-29 males, Oregon, May 
21-25. 

The holotype, allotype, and paratypes #1, 5-13 and 21-26 are de- 
posited in the U. S. National Museum; the holotype bears the U.S.N.M. 
type number 34795. Paratypes #2 and 18-20 are in the Canadian Na- 
tional Museum. Paratypes #3 and 4 are in the Los Angeles Museum. 
Paratypes #14-17 and 27-29, originally in the collection of C. W. Herr 
of Woodbum, Oregon, appear to be no longer extant. 


OrEcon Recorps (see fig. 1) as follows. BENTroN Co.: Alsea, 5/vii/52 (Dorn- 
feld); Corvallis, numerous records vi to ix (Dornfeld); McDonald Fst., numerous 
records v to ix (Dornfeld); Alsea Fish Hatchery, 31/v/64 (Dornfeld); Mary’s Peak, 
10/vi/61 (Dornfeld). Ciackamas Co.: Oak Grove, 20/iv/34 (Jewett); Estacada, 
10/viii/34 (Jewett); Mouth of Eagle Cr., 14/vi/53, 11/ix/53 (Jewett); Barton, 
15/v/60, 4/vi/61 (Jewett), 1/x/61 (Crowe); Wilhoit, 6/vi/37 (Herr) type series. 
LANE Co.: Hills Creek Dam Rd. 13/vi/64 (Dornfeld); Fem Ridge Reservoir, 31/ 
Vii/58 (Woodley). Linn Co.: Cascadia, 12/viii/57, 23/v/59, 10/vi/62, 28/vi/64 
(Dornfeld); Brownsville, 17/ix/07 (Wilson). Marron Co.: Silver Cr. Falls St. 
Park, 22/vi/57 (Jewett). Mutrnoman Co.: Portland, 14/iv/34 (Jewett), 27/vi/57 
(McCorkle), 8, 17/viii/61, 12, 22/ix/61 (Crowe); 13/viii/61 (Dunn). PoLx Co.: 
5 mi. W of Monmouth, 30/v/64 (McCorkle); Monmouth, 18/ix/64 (McCorkle). 


4 DorNFELD: Oregon Coenonympha Vol. 21, nen 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II 


Coenonympha tullia ampelos Edwards, (Eastern Oregon) 

Top row: First generation males. Left to right: Owyhee R. nr. Three Forks, 
Malheur Co.; same, ventral; Viewpoint Rd., Ochoco Mts., Crook Co. Second row: 
First generation females. Left to right: Devine Cn., Harney Co.; same, ventral; 
nr. Warm Springs, Jefferson Co. Third row: Second generation males. Left to right: 
Frenchglen, Harney Co.; same, ventral; Frenchglen, Harney Co. Bottom row: Second 
generation females. Left to right: nr. Hines, Harney Co.; same, ventral; Emigrant 
Cr., Harney Co. 


WASHINGTON Co.: 3 mi. N of Hillsboro, 22/viii/61 (Ludwig), 3/ix/61 (Crowe); 
Gales Creek, 22/vi/65 (Ferguson). Yamurmt Co.: Sheridan, 23/ix/61 (Crowe); 
McMinnville, 19/vii/29 (Fender); Dayton, 3/vii/37 (Aldrich). 

This subspecies, C. tullia eunomia (plate I), inhabits the Willamette 
Valley of western Oregon and ranges northward into Washington. It is 


Ot 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


double brooded and the wings are totally devoid of ocellations. Seen in 
series, the first generation specimens have a dorsally darker cast than 
those of the eastern Oregon ringlets, and the males possess a wider 
zone of black scaling at the base of the wings. Ventrally, the secondaries 
tend to be darkly ferruginous in ground color except for a peripheral zone 
of white and black scales which produce a gray-green marginal effect, 
also seen on the apices of the forewings; the basal and body scales are 
very hairy; and the yellow-bordered vertical rays crossing the middle of 
the fore- and hindwings are greatly reduced and sometimes absent en- 
tirely. The late summer generation is characterized by a lighter ground 
color dorsally; the likewise lighter ventral surface is tannish brown and 
practically devoid of greenish margin; and the vertical rays tend to be 
more fully developed. 


CoENONYMPHA TULLIA AMPELOS E\dwards, 1871 


The yellow ringlets east of the Cascades (plate II) ditfer substantially 
from eunomia. While there is variation between individuals, the range of 
this variability is much the same in all populations. A dimorphic condi- 
tion, as in ewnomia, exists between early and late broods. These ringlets, 
as discussed above, must now be regarded as C. tullia ampelos Edwards. 
Their apparently close relationship to C. tullia elko Edwards (northern 
Nevada) remains to be clarified, but in any case, ampelos is the older 
name and was applied to Oregon specimens. 

The first brood of these ringlets from east of the Cascades has the 
following characteristics. The wing coloration dorsally is lighter than 
in eunomia. Ventrally, all populations include a majority of individuals 
(about 80 percent) in which ocellations are variably developed on both 
fore- and hindwings; the ground color of the secondaries is basically 
gray-green rather than ferruginous, due to heavy dusting with black 
scales; the vertical rays tend to be strongly developed and widely bor- 
dered with yellow. The second, or late summer, generation of this butter- 
fly is, as in the case of eunomia, a paler form, and generally less abundant 
than the first. The wing color ventrally is particularly distinctive, being 
almost straw yellow, with sharp restriction of the black scaling usually 
to the discal region, hence little or no suggestion of a green hue. The 
ocellation pattern resembles that of the first generation, as does the 
development of the rays which often reaches completion. 


Orecon Recorps (see fig. 1) as follows. BAKER Co.: Baker, 21/vi/56 (Baker); 
Durkee, 7/ix/40 (Motley), 13/vi/47 (Aldrich), 15/vi/62 (Shepard); nr. Huntington, 
18/v/58 (Baker); Spring Cr. NW of Baker, 10/vi/56, 12/vi/60 (Baker); Pine Cr. NW 
of Baker, 7/vii/63 (Aldrich); North Pine Cr. nr. Halfway, 10, 20/vi/59 (Jewett); 
Indian Cave, 25/v/64 (Crowe); Burnt R., 24/v/64 (Crowe). Crook Co.: Cornez 


6 DorNFELD: Oregon Coenonympha Vol> 21, nore 


Fig. 1. Distribution of Coenonympha in Oregon. Solid triangles indicate C. tullia 
eunomia; solid circles indicate C. tullia ampelos; open circles indicate C. tullia 
eryngit. 


Cr., 19/vi/58, 22/vi/59 (Dornfeld); Viewpoint Rd. off Marks Cr., 8/vii/60, 
2, 12/vii/61, 14/vii/65 (Dornfeld); 16 mi. E. of Prineville, 7/vi/58 (Jewett); Big 
Summit Pr., 8/vi/58 (Jewett), 1, 6/vii/63 (Aldrich); Maury Mts., 15/vii/64 (New- 
comer). Grimx1amM Co.: Lonerock, 7/vi/61, 8/viii/61 (Bauer). Granr Co.: Izee, 
2/v/34 (Jewett); Bear Cr., 7, 9/vii/64 (Crowe); nr. Seneca, 5/vii/64 (Crowe), 
12/vi/47 (Aldrich). Harney Co.: Frenchglen, numerous records v to viii (Jewett, 
Dornfeld); Blitzen Valley 16/v/36 (Jewett); Malheur Refuge Hdq., 22/v/56 (Han- 
sen); Alvord Hot Spg., 28/v/60 (Jewett); Burns, numerous records v, vi & viii 
(Crowe); nr. Hines, 7, 16/viii/64, 5/ix/64 (Crowe); Cricket Cr., 22/v/64, 7/viii/64 
(Crowe); Devine Cn., numerous records v to viii (Crowe); Stancliffe Cr., 16/v/64 
(Crowe); Deer Cr., 16/v/64 (Crowe); Buchanan, 25/vi/64 (Crowe); Emigrant Cr., 
20/viii/64 (Crowe); Stinkingwater Mt., 25/vi/64 (Crowe); Silvies R. Dam, 14/viii/64 
(Crowe); Fish Lake, 15/vii/53 (Aldrich), 18/vii/64 (Crowe). JEFFERSON Co.: 
Warm Spgs., 14/v/54 (Jewett), 27/iv/64 (Crowe); Metolius R., 11/vii/52 (Jewett). 
KuAMATH Co.: Hwy 232 at Sand Cr., 10/vii/62 (Dornfeld); Bly, 13/vi/45 (Aldrich); 
Klamath Falls, 18/viii/38. (Jewett). Lake Co.: Hart Mt., 9/vii/37 (Jewett); Adel, 
12/vi/62 (Newcomer); Crump L., 23/vii/64 (Newcomer); Silver Lake, 26/v/57 
(Aldrich). Matueur Co.: C-Ranch, 19/v/58 (Storm); Owyhee R., 21/v/58 
(Storm); Jordan Valley, 30/v/60 (Jewett); Beulah Dam, 26/vi/64 (Crowe); 
Beulah Reservoir, 26/vi/64 (Crowe); 5 mi. E of Beulah Dam, 27/vi/64 (Crowe); 
nr. Juntura, 28/vi/64 (Crowe). Morrow Co.: Rock Cr. S of 8-Mile, 7/vi/61 
(Bauer); Hardman, 29/vi/61 (Bauer); Willow Cr. S of Heppner, 30/vi/61 (Bauer); 
Cutsforth Mdws., 9/vii/61 (Bauer). Umatitia Co.: Hermiston, 11/v/61 (Goeden); 
10 mi. E of Pendleton, 1/vi/60 (Jewett); Hinkle, 29/iv/60 (Jewett). Union Co.: 15 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society i 


mi. S of La Grande, 10/vi/65 (Goeden); Elgin, 18/viii/37 (Jewett). Wattowa Co.: 
Wallowa L., 25/vii/64 (Shepard); Horse Cr., 28/vi/64 (Shepard). Wasco Co.: 
nr. Sherar Falls, 17/v/53 (Jewett); Juniper Flat, 26/v/64 (Newcomer); nr. Tygh 
Valley, 20/vi/64 (Newcomer); Wapanitia, 10/vi/57, 16/vi/61 (Aldrich); Maupin, 
5/ix/60 (Woodley). WHEELER Co.: Mitchell, 17/v/62 (Goeden); Horseshoe Cr., 
8/vi/61 (Bauer). 
LITERATURE CITED 
Brown, F. M., 1964. The types of satyrid butterflies described by William Henry 
Edwards. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 90: 323-413. 
Davenport, D., 1941. The butterflies of the satyrid genus Coenonympha. Bull. 
Mus. Comp: Zool., 87 (4): 215-349. 
Epwarps, W. H., 1871. Description of new species of diurnal Lepidoptera found 
within the United States, (ctd.). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 3: 213. 
1881. Coenonympha elko. Canad. Ent., 13: 57-58. 
FieLtp, W. D., 1937. A new seasonal form of Coenonympha ampelos Edwards 
(Lepid.: Satyridae). Canad. Ent., 69: 249-250. 


BOOK REVIEW 


A LIST OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF MALAWI, by D. Gifford, 1965. 
The Society of Malawi, Blantyre, Malawi, Africa. 151 pp., 12 figs., 9 
colored plates, 1 map. 50 shilling sterling (=$7.00). 


This is the first comprehensive list of the butterflies of Malawi (form- 
erly Nyasaland) ever compiled and is therefore an important contribu- 
tion to knowledge of the African fauna. The author, now with the 
University of Edinburgh, spent five years in Malawi as a forester and 
has a good understanding of the local ecology and butterflies. 

The book is arranged as a running key to facilitate identification, a 
scheme that can be disasterous: in this case it is excellent. Distribu- 
tional and bibliographic data are given for each of the 531 species listed. 
The valvae of 12 species of Lycaenidae are figured and there are good 
colored photographs of about 142 species from all families. The index 
and bibliography running to 20 pages add greatly to the value of this 
book as a reference. 

Gifford has taken the proper step by reducing most names of sexual 
and seasonal variants, genetic oddities and “forms” to treatment in the 
discussion paragraphs, though a few persist in the main list. The revi- 


8 Riotre: Sphingid synonymy Vol. 21, nora 


sionary work of Evans for the Hesperiidae, Klots for the Pieridae and 
Stempffer for the Lycaenidae have been followed; nomenclature in the 
Papilionidae and Nymphalidae has also been brought reasonably well 
up to date. 

The type faces are readable, though a little small, and careful editing 
is evident. This book should be in the hands of all lepidopterists and 
of all those interested in the African fauna. It may be obtained by 
sending the remittance to Mr. John D. Handman, Secretary, the So- 
ciety of Malawi, Box 449, Blantyre, Malawi, Africa. 


R. M. Fox, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. 


'SYNONYMY OF LEUCOPHLEBIA LINEATA BRUNNEA 
(SPHINGIDAE) 


Leucophlebia lineata brunnea was described in 1915 by A. Closst from 
Formosa. In 1936 B. Preston Clark, also from Formosa, described Leu- 
cophlebia lineata formosana.? The type of the former is deposited in the 
collection of the “Deutsches Entomologisches Institut” in Eberswalde 
(German Democratic Republic); the type of the latter, with the rest of 
Clark’s worldwide sphingid collection, in the Carnegie Museum in Pitts- 
burgh, Pennsylvania. 

In order to be sure that the types are representative of one and the 
same population, the type of brunnea was compared in Pittsburgh by 
the writer with the type of formosana. Both were found to represent the 
same entity. 

The name Leucophlebia lineata formosana B. P. Clark, therefore, is 
synonymous with Leucophlebia lineata brunnea Closs. 

I wish to thank Dr. G. Friese, German Entomological Institute, for 
having effected the loan of the type specimen of brunnea to me. 

J. C. E. Riorre, Royal Ontario Museum, University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada. 

1Closs, A., 1915. H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute, Sphingidae (Lep.). Suplementa Entomolo- 
gica, 4: 1-3 (Berlin). 


2 Clark, B. P., 1936. Description of twenty-four new Sphingidae and notes concerning two 
others. Proceedings of the New England Zodlogical Club, XV: 71—91 (Cambridge, Mass. ). 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 9 


A NEW NEARCTIC SPECIES OF EXOTELEIA WALLENGREN 
(GELECHIIDAE) ON PINE 


THomas N. FREEMAN 
Entomology Research Institute, Canada Dept. Agric., Ottawa, Ontario, Canada 


During the past few years various officers of the Canadian Forest 
Insect Survey have been studying the Exoteleia species on pine. One 
of these, a new species, is described here to enable Mr. O. H. Lindquist, 
Forest Insect Laboratory, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, to deal with its life 
history in a companion paper that follows. 


Exoteleia nepheos Freeman, new species 


Exoteleia sp. Freeman, 1960, Can. Ent. Suppl. 16: 24, fig. 14. 

Colour.—Antenna with alternating black and whitish bands. Palpus with black 
and pearl-white bands. Head, thorax and patagium shiny steel-grey. Forewing 
golden brown with three greyish and white granular transverse fasciae; extreme base 
greyish, granular, extending narrowly along costal and anal regions; first fascia at 
basal third, margined inwardly with scattered white scales intermixed with black 
scales below fold; second fascia similarly marked but in addition containing a black 
spot outwardly below fold; third fascia at apical four-fifths, white; costal, apical, and 
trailing edges greyish; fringe dark grey. Hindwing blackish; fringe dark grey. Legs 
with black and white bands. Abdomen purplish black. 

Wingspread.—9-11 mm. 

Male genitalia (Fig. 1).—Very close to those of E. pinifoliella Chambers (Fig. 2). 
Uncus subconical; inner chitinous margin arcuate, not angular as in pinifoliella. 
Gnathos a central, broad, hook-like process with two basal lobes. Clasper with 
bulbous base and tapered apex. Vinculum complex; two lateral, narrow, membranous 
processes; two curved sicae; two subtriangular plates with knob-like apices. Aedeagus 
tubular. 

Female genitalia (Fig. 3).—Anterior apophyses short, stout. Posterior apophyses 
long, narrow. Ostium semicircular; V-shaped in pinifoliella. 


Holotype, male, Port Burwell, Ontario, 12 July 1961, Forest Insect Sur- 
vey No. S61-3537-01. Reared from Pinus resinosa Ait.; No. 9166 in the 
Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario. Paratypes: six é ¢, five 
2 2, Port Burwell, Ontario, 24 June—5 August 1961, same rearing as holo- 
type; one 6, Bright (Lake Huron), Ontario, 24 June 1964, Forest Insect 
Survey No. S64-0788-01 (Pinus resinosa); one °, Elmira, Ontario, 3 Au- 
gust 1960, Forest Insect Survey (Pinus resinosa); two ¢ 6, five 2 2, Ot- 
tawa, Ontario, 12 June-6 July 1950, Forest Insect Survey No. 050-400 
(Pinus Mugho Turra); one ?, Ottawa, Ontario, 8 June 1951, Forest In- 
sect Survey No. 051-349 (Pinus Mugho); one ¢, Harrow, Ontario, 27 
June 1961, Forest Insect Survey No. S61-1206-01 (Pinus sylvestris L.); 
one 2, Port Burwell, Ontario, 31 July 1961, Forest Insect Survey No. S61- 
3575-02 (Pinus sylvestris); one 4, one ?, Lake Co., Ohio, 15 June 1960, 
J. F. Woolton (Pinus sylvestris). 


10 FREEMAN: New pine moth Vol. 21). noms 


es 
NO 
<> 
w 


2 


Figs. 1-3. Genitalia of Exoteleia species. 1, male of E. nepheos; 2, male uncus 
of E. pinifoliella; 3, female of E. nepheos. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 11 


Flight period.—Late June to early August. 

Remarks.—This species is closely allied to E. pinifoliella Chambers 
and E. chillcotti Freeman, but it is much darker than these two and has 
different genitalia. Although it was taken at the Central Experimental 
Farm at Ottawa in 1950 and 1951, it has not been found in the area since 
that time. Its presence in southernmost Ontario and directly across Lake 
Erie in Lake County, Ohio, suggests that it is an introduced species. 
However, I am unable to find an applicable name in the literature. 


IDENTITY OF CERATONYX SATANARIA, AND THE LARVA AND 
PUPA OF C. ARIZONENSIS (GEOMETRIDAE, ENNOMINAE ) 


JoHn G. FRANCLEMONT 
Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 


In the late summer of 1959, the larvae of a geometrid were found 
feeding on a small sunflower-like composite (Viguiera multiflora (Nutt. ) 
Blake) in Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona. The larvae 
were remarkable in that each possessed a pair of stout filaments on the 
prothoracic segment and a single, shorter one on the eighth abdominal 
segment. They immediately called to mind the figure of the larva of 
Ceratonyx satanaria Guenée, 1857. I was confident that once I had the 
adult, I would be on the way to solving the identity of the then unrecog- 
nized Guenée species and also the position of the genus. The moths 
emerged during the following year, 1960, in Madera Canyon; they proved 
to be Stenocharis arizonensis Capps, 1950. 

In the fall of 1961, a visit was made to Harvard University to study 
manuscript Abbot plates in the Houghton Library. It was from one 
such plate that Guenée described Ceratonyx satanaria. In one of the 
sets, that which had formerly been the property of the Boston Society 
of Natural History and which the Society had purchased from Dr. Oemler 
of Georgia, the plate numbered 157 was obviously a duplicate of the one 
that had served as a basis for the figure of the larva and for the descrip- 
tion of the moth. The moth figured was without any question congeneric 
with the species at present placed in Stenocharis, in fact very similar to 
S. permagnaria Grossbeck, 1912. 

During February of 1961, Mrs. William Hills of Pensacola, Florida took 
two specimens of a geometrid that proved to be Ceratonyx satanaria. Al- 
though the course of the lines does not quite match that as shown in the 


12 FRANCLEMONT: Geometrid rediscovered Vol. 21) nest 


Fig. 1. Ceratonyx satanaria Gn. Male, Escambia County, Florida; February, 
1961; S. M. Hills. Expanse 38 mm. 


Abbot figure, all other features of the wing pattern are essentially the 
same. I have examined a large number of Abbot figures of Lepidoptera, 
and I have found similar small discrepancies between some other figures 
and the moths they represent. 

Lastly, Bombycia candida Smith, 1890, formerly placed in the genus 
Euthyatiria, is also a member of the genus being considered and is the 
same species as that described by Guenée. Rindge (1961) has published 
on the generic position of candida. Kimball (1965) has commented on 
the synonymy of candida and satanaria in his Lepidoptera of Florida, 
basing his remarks on information that I gave to Dr. W. T. M. Forbes 
in 1961. 

The following synopsis gives the species known to be congeneric with 
satanaria Guenée. 


CERATONYX Guenée 


Ceratonyx Guenée, 1857, Histoire Naturelle des Insectes, Species Général des Lépi- 
doptéres, 9 (Uranides et Phalénites, vol. 1): 193. 
Type: Ceratonyx satanaria Guenée, 1857. Present designation. Guenée in- 
cluded two species, satanaria and carmelitaria, another new species, desig- 
nated by Guenée as Ceratophora carmelitaria on plate 3, figure 6.) 
Stenocharis Grossbeck, 1912, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 31: 399. (New SyNon- 
YMyY ) 
Type: Stenocharis permagnaria Grossbeck, 1912. Monotypy. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 13 


CERATONYX SATANARIA Guenée 
Ficure | 


Ceratonyx satanaria Guenée, 1857, Histoire Naturelle des Insectes, Species Général des 
Lépidoptéres, vol. 9 (Uranides et Phalénites, vol. 1): 194, pl. 2, fig. 2 (larva); 
Kimball, 1965, Lepid. Florida, Anthrop. Fla., 1: 184, pl. 22 (Synonymy ). 

Type locality: “Géorgie americaine, en fevrier.” 
Location of type: Unknown; described from an Abbot drawing. 

Bombycia candida Smith, 1890, Ent. Americana, 6: 179. 

Stenocharis candida (Smith); Rindge, 1961, Amer. Mus. Novit., No. 2065, p. 10. 

Euthyatira candida; Kimball, 1965, Lepid. Florida, Arthrop. Fla., 1: 160. 

Type locality: “Florida.” 
Location of type: American Museum of Natural History, New York. 


CERATONYX PERMAGNARIA (Grossbeck), new combination 


Stenocharis permagnaria Grossbeck, 1912, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 31: 400. 
Type locality: “Chiricahua Mts., Cochise Co., Arizona.” 
Location of type: United States National Museum. 


CERATONYX ARIZONENSIS (Capps), new combination 


Stenocharis arizonensis Capps, 1950, Bull. So. California Acad. Sci., 49: 12, pl. 4, 
fig. 1-4. 
Type locality: “Hereford, Arizona.” 
Location of type: United States National Museum. 


CERATONYX CORNIFRONS (Dyar), new combination 


Coenocharis cornifrons Dyar, 1914, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 47: 390. 
Stenocharis cornifrons; Capps, 1950, Bull. So. California Acad. Sci., 49: 12. 
Type locality: “Sierra de Guerrero, Mexico.” 
Location of type: United States National Museum. 


CERATONYX HOPLITARIA (Dyar), new combination 


Coenocharis hoplitaria Dyar, 1912, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 42: 92. 
Stenocharis hoplitaria; Capps, 1950, Bull. So. California Acad. Sci., 49: 12. 
Type locality: “Tehuacan, Mexico.” 
Location of type: United States National Museum. 


CERATONYX RHADINARIA (Dyar), new combination 


Caenocharis [sic] rhadinaria Dyar, 1916, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 51: 30. 
Stenocharis rhadinaria; Capps, 1950, Bull. So. California Acad. Sci., 49: 12. 
Type locality: “Cuemavaca, Mexico.” 
Location of type: United States National Museum. 


EARLY STAGES OF CERATONYX ARIZONENSIS 


Last instar larva (Fig. 2)—Body moderate in build (of about average thickness 
for a geometrid of its length), approximately forty mm long when full-grown and 
at rest. Anterior, lateral margins of prothorax with a pair of long (10 mm), 
stout, horn-like filaments. Eighth abdominal segment with a short (3 mm), 
stout, median horn-like filament. Integument filaments included, densely covered 
with fine spicules. Pinacula of setae somewhat raised. Crochet rows of prolegs not 


14 FRANCLEMONT: Geometrid rediscovered Vol..21; no 


Fig. 2. Ceratonyx arizonensis Capps. Larva. Madera Canyon 7200’, Santa Rita 
Mountains, Santa Cruz County, Arizona; September 1959. 


interrupted. Head gray-white with a pattern of black dots in groups suggesting 
irregular lines. Prothoracic filaments black with some irregular white spotting near 
bases, tips white and contrasting; filament of eighth abdominal segment black. 
Dorsum of all segments grayish white with an irregular, open, reticulate pattern of 
black; 11 crimson subdorsal blotches, first and last small, remainder covering posterior 
and anterior parts of preceding and succeeding segments; a broad, black subdorsal 
line; a very broad, yellow stigmatal band; a narrow, black substigmatal line; venter 
grayish white with a slight pattern of irregular black dots near substigmatal line. 
Spiracles circular, black. Proleg of sixth segment grayish white, the pinacula of setae 
black. 

Pupa: Heavily sclerotized, rugose and deeply pitted. Cremaster of two stout, 
curved hooks; dorsal groove present and deep, its posterior margin deeply and ir- 
regularly incised; lateral groove well formed, broad with a high, raised posterior 
margin; fifth segment without noticeable modifications; fifth, sixth, and seventh seg- 
ments with marked, raised anterior ridges, most-strongly developed ventrally; the sixth 
segment with two strong ventral callosities. 


Five larvae collected (one preserved, four reared to adults); Madera 
Canyon, Santa Rita Mountains, Santa Cruz County, Arizona; two at 4,880 
feet elevation and three at 7,200 feet elevation; in late September feed- 
ing on leaves of Vigueria multiflora (Nutt.) Blake. 

I wish to express my thanks to Dr. W. H. Bond of the Houghton Library 
at Harvard University for the assistance and courtesy shown me during 
my use of the library. 

The drawing of the larva of C. arizonensis was made by Mr. William 
H. Gotwald, graduate student in the Department of Entomology, Cornell 
University. 

LITERATURE CITED 


KimBa.i, C. P., 1965. The Lepidoptera of Florida. Anthrop. Fla., Vol. 1, Div. 
Plant Indus., Fla. Dept. Agric., Gainesville; 363 pp. 

Rinvce, F. H., 1961. Descriptions of and notes on North American Geometridae 
(Lepidoptera), No. 5. Amer. Mus. Novitates, 2065, 11 pp. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 


THE BIOLOGY AND DESCRIPTION OF IMMATURE STAGES 
OF EXOTELEIA NEPHEOS (GELECHIIDAE) 
ON PINE IN ONTARIO 


O. H. Linpeuist AnD J. R. TRINNELL 
Forest Research Laboratory, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, Canada 


INTRODUCTION 

Adults of an undescribed species of Exoteleia, were first obtained by 
the Forest Insect and Disease Survey in 1958 during rearing experiments 
with the European pine shoot moth, Rhyacionia buoliana (Schiffer- 
miller). Larvae and pupae of the Exoteleia were not found in the field 
until 1961, and in the following year a life history study was begun near 
Port Burwell in southern Ontario where relatively pure populations were 
detected on red and Scots pine. Most of the observations and stages 
described in this paper pertain to material collected on red pine because 
of the larger numbers of Exoteleia present on that host in the study area. 
Freeman (1966) described the adult as Exoteleia nepheos. 


DISTRIBUTION, HOSTS, AND INJURY 


E. nepheos is known in southwestern Ontario at Harrow, Port Bur- 
well, Woodstock, Elmira, and Alliston. The insect has also been reported 
from Toronto, Ottawa, and Ohio (Freeman, 1966). 

E. nepheos has been found on red pine, Pinus resinosa Aiton, less fre- 
quently on Scots pine, P. sylvestris Linnaeus, and rarely on Mugho pine, 
P. mugho Turra. The Port Burwell infestations have persisted at least 
since 1961 when they were discovered on trees 10 to 25 feet in height. 

Larval feeding of E. nepheos stunts growth of the new shoots (Fig. 4) 
giving the branches of infected pines a tufted appearance. However, 
trees attacked for at least three successive years in the study area do not 
appear to have been damaged seriously and the insect is currently of 
little consequence in pine plantations of southern Ontario. 


Larva 
in needle 
Larvain 
flower or bud 


Fig. 1. Seasonal distribution of the stages of Exoteleia nepheos Freeman. 


16 LINDQUIST AND TRINNELL: Pine moth biology Vol; 215 nen! 


20 


Number of Measurements 


AS .20 25 .30 -35 .40 -45 -50 -55 -60 -65 


Measurements in mm 


Fig. 2. Distribution of larval head capsule measurements for Exoteleia nepheos 
Freeman. 


LIFE HISTORY AND HABITS 


E. nepheos has one generation a year in Ontario. The course of sea- 
sonal development is shown in Fig. 1. 

There are probably five larval instars, although the distribution of 428 
head capsule measurements as shown in Fig. 2 indicates a possible anom- 
aly among head capsules measuring 0.40 to 0.46 mm. The theory of 
geometric progression of head capsule widths proposed by Dyar (1890) 
supports five larval instars. Mean widths for instars I and II, 0.136 and 
0.190 mm respectively, were used to calculate the following theoretical 
widths of successive instars: Instar III, 0.26 mm, Instar IV, 0.355 mm, 
and Instar V, 0.485 mm. As may be seen in Fig. 2, these values closely 
approximate the midpoints of the distributional curves for the last three 
of five instars. Martin (1959) mentions that the related species, Exoteleia 
dodecella (Linnaeus ) has five larval instars. 

Adult flight occurs from early July to early August, with moth activity 
around host trees restricted to late evening from about 2200 hours to 
midnight E.D.S.T. Mating was not observed. The greatest number of 
adults appeared on warm nights when a light breeze was blowing; few 


> 


Figs. 3-6. Pinus resinosa affected by early stages of Exoteleia nepheos Freeman; 
3, needle sheath with egg; 4, shoots affected by larvae (right) and unaffected (left); 
5, shoot stunted by larval feeding; 6, infested staminate flowers tied with silk. Photos 
by D. C. Anderson. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists Society iL 


1967 


18 LINDQUIST AND TRINNELL: Pine moth biology Vol: 21, now 


7 8 9 


Figs. 7-9. Diagrammatic representation of crotchets of Exoteleia species; 7, E. 
nepheos Freeman; 8, E. dodecella (Linnaeus); 9, E. pinifoliella (Chambers). 


were present on cool, calm nights, or if dew was forming on the foliage. 
When seen with the aid of a flashlight, moths were extremely active, 
walking rapidly along needles and twigs, with antennae vibrating. Dur- 
ing oviposition, which lasts from 20 to 60 seconds, the abdomen is arched 
and the antennae are motionless. 

Eggs (Fig. 3) are usually laid singly, rarely in clusters of two to four, 
on needle sheaths of the previous year’s foliage or occasionally under 
loose bark scales of twigs. When laid on the needle sheath, eggs are 
usually concealed under the membranous scales near the base, but 
occasionally they are found between transverse folds or fully exposed 
on the sheath surface. 

First instar larvae are found in early August, mining along the edges 
of the apical portion of needles. The entrance hole to the mine is covered 
with silk and usually occurs on the flat side of the needle. By early 
September most of the larvae are in the second instar. Third instar 
larvae are present in early October, and by mid-November most larvae 
are in the fourth instar, overwintering in the needle mine. In spring, they 
vacate this mine and enter the same needle at a lower point or an adja- 
cent needle. Mining appears to be restricted to the apical two-thirds of 
each needle with emergence and exit holes varying considerably both 
in number and location on the needle. Mining terminates in mid- to 
late May, when the larvae migrate and feed in staminate flowers or 


elongating buds (Figs. 5, 6). 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 19 


Fig. 10. Female pupa of Exoteleia nepheos Freeman, ventral aspect; abdominal 
segments 5—10 indicated. 


In mid-June, pupation occurs in the flowers and shoots honeycombed 
by the feeding larvae, and moths emerge in about two weeks. Because 
of silk spun by the larvae, flower clusters are not shed but often remain 

on the tree throughout the summer. 


DESCRIPTION OF IMMATURE STAGES 


Egg (Fig. 3).—About 0.5 mm long, 0.3 mm wide, more or less cylindrical with 
rounded ends; patterned with fine granulations, silvery-white, and becomes yellowish 
as the embryo develops. 

Larva.—Pale yellow brown, at first, later in initial instar, body reddish, anal shield 
grey. Sclerotized areas gradually darken in succeeding instars. Overwintering larva, 
with head and sclerites on thoracic legs dark brown, prothoracic and anal shield slightly 
lighter; body reddish-brown. Mature larva about 6.5 mm in length, body pale yellow 
with a reddish hue. Spinules greyish, readily discernible, particularly on posterior 
segments at 25x magnification. Pinacula on posterior segments relatively large, darker 
than integument. Head, prothoracic shield, and sclerites on prothoracic legs brown- 
black. Anal shield and lateral sclerites on anal prolegs yellow to dark brown. Anal 
comb absent. Abdominal prolegs each bearing 5 to 10 crotchets which tend to form 
a circle. Each anal proleg usually bears a single crochet, occasionally two, near each 
lateral margin (Fig. 7). Subventral (SV) setae on abdominal segments 1, 2, 7, 
and 8 usually number 2:3: 2:1. Setal map of some body segments in Fig. 11. 


20 LINDQUIST AND TRINNELL: Pine moth biology Vol. 21; name 


Fig. 11. Diagrammatic setal map for larva of Exoteleia nepheos Freeman; thoracic 
segments 1 and 2, abdominal segments 1, 3, 8, and 9. 


Pupa (Fig. 10).—Yellowish brown, flattened dorsoventrally, averaging 3.9 mm 
in length and 1.2 mm in width. Antennae and wings extend to anterior edge of 
abdominal segment 6. Proleg scars present ventrally on abdominal segment 6. Spir- 
acles relatively conspicuous, laterally on abdominal segments, setae short and fine. 
Abdominal segments 8 to 10 fused with fine hooks arranged around the combined 
segments. 

PARASITES 

Three chalcid parasites, identified at the Entomology Research Insti- 
tute, Ottawa, were reared from material collected at Port Burwell. Achry- 
socharis sp. (Eulophidae ) and Copidosoma geniculatum (Dalman) (En- 
cyrtidae ) issued from host larvae, and Eurytoma sp. (Eurytomidae ) from 


host pupae. 


COMPARISON WITH OTHER SPECIES OF EXXOTELEIA ON PINE 


Three species of Exoteleia are known to occur in Ontario, nepheos 
Freeman, dodecella (.), and pinifoliella (Chambers). They maye be 
separated by differences noted in Table I and keys to larvae and pupae. 


TABLE I—COMPARISON OF BIOLOGICAL FEATURES OF THREE SPECIES OF 
EXOTELEIA IN ONTARIO 


nepheos dodecella pinifoliella 


Host Preference red pine, Scots pine Scots pine, Mugho pine jack pine 
Pupation Site flowers, buds buds needle mine 
Adult Flight July mid-June to early July —_ late June to mid-July 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 21 


KEY TO LARVAE OF EXOTELEIA SPECIES IN ONTARIO 


1. Crotchets on anal proleg in a single uninterrupted series of 8-14 (Fig. 8) 


eis een TS Ce dodecella 
Crotchets on anal proleg in two series of 1-3 situated near each lateral edge 
ar iomokes (Uiess 1) C2) Biss Te ee eee ee 2, 


2. SV setae on abdominal segments 1, 2, 7, and 8 usually numbering 2: 3:2: 1 
(Fig. 11); anal proleg usually with a single crotchet near each lateral margin 
eLyieen (ig pummnenrete iy aS eV te ee nepheos 

SV setae on abdominal segments 1, 2, 7, and 8 usually numbering 1:2:1:1 
(Lindquist, 1963); anal proleg with usually a pair of crotchets near each 
jovnereall comessetoay CTBT Ry 5 ee eee ee ree pinifoliella 


KEY TO PUPAE OF EXOTELEIA SPECIES IN ONTARIO 
The pupae of nepheos and dodecella are not readily separable, except 


by colour, although they are distinct from pinifoliella. The following key 


attempts to separate the three species: 
1. Pupa near black, in the needle mine; cutting plate present on frontal area of 


eam BRemmetnghO nA) ent 8 ii tc a pinifoliella 
Pupa yellow-brown or red-brown, in buds or flowers; cutting plate absent ____ 2 
2. Dark red-brown pupa; anal end tending to be notched (Martin, 1959) _ dodecell 
Wellowebrowm pupa; anal end not notched (Fig. 10) 1. nepheos 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


We wish to thank Mrs. Zena Faux for her assistance in the preparation 
of the figures, and Mr. George Cruikshank of the Ontario Department 
of Lands and Forests, St. Williams, Ontario for providing a winter collec- 
tion of study material. 

LITERATURE CITED 


BENNETT, W. H. 1954. The pupal morphology of the pine needle miner. Proc. 
Ent. Soc. Wash., 56: 41-42. 

Dyar, H. G. 1890. The number of molts of lepidopterous larvae. Psyche, 5: 
420-422. 

FREEMAN, T. N. 1966. A new species of Exoteleia Wallengren (Gelechiidae) on 
pine. Jour. Lepid. Soc., in press. 

Linpourst, O. H. 1963. Larvae of pine needle miners in Ontario. Canad. Ent., 
95(5): 517-521. 

Martin, J. L. 1959. The bionomics of the pine bud moth, Exoteleia dodecella L. 
(Lepidoptera : Gelechiidae), in Ontario. Canad. Ent., 91(1): 5-14. 


Book NOTICE 


LEPIDOPTERA OF AMERICAN SAMOA, with particular reference to biology and 
ecology, by John Adams Comstock. To be published by the Bernice P. Bishop 
Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii, December, 1966; about 75 pp. Price $3.50 bound, 
$2.50 paper covers. 

An annotated list of 118 species of Lepidoptera from American Samoa. Descrip- 
tions are given of immature stages of many of the species. There are 13 plates, with 
colored paintings of immature stages, and black and white photographs of adults.— 
J. Linstey Gressirt, Bishop Museum, Honolulu, 17, Hawaii. 


22 Harpwick: Noctuid life history Vol. 21, mond 


THE LIFE HISTORY OF SCHINIA FELICITATA (NOCTUIDAE) 


D. F. Harpwick 
Entomology Research Institute, Canada Dept. Agric., Ottawa, Ontario, Canada 


Schinia felicitata (Smith)! feeds in the larval stage on the buds, blos- 
soms and seed capsules of Oenothera deltoides Torr. The little helio- 
thidine moth was described by Smith from southwestern Utah, and was 
subsequently redescribed by Barnes and McDunnough (1911) from the 
Imperial Valley of California as Chlorocleptria imperialis. It was from 
near the latter locality, in the Indio area of southern California, that 
material was obtained for developmental studies in the spring of 1955. 

S. felicitata is distributed from the Colorado Desert of southern Cali- 
fornia, northward to Inyo County, California, and eastward to Phoenix, 
Arizona. It is in flight between the first of March and the middle of 
April. During 1955 the species proved to be common in those areas of 
southern California in which its food plant was abundant and in blossom. 

The forewing of some specimens of felicitata is suffused with pink, 
and this color phase bears a close resemblance to the eastern and central 
North American Schinia florida (Guenée)?, which feeds in the larval 
stage on Oenothera biennis L. Although felicitata is smaller and darker 
than florida, the similarity between the two species, noted by Smith in 
his original description of felicitata, is often striking. The reason for the 
development and maintenance of the pink suffusion is probably the same 
in both species: the coloring of the forewings in their resemblance to 
the pink dying petals of both food plants probably affords the adults 
considerable protection from predators when the moths are resting among 
the buds and blossoms at the apex of the plant during the daylight hours. 


BEHAVIOR 


Although at least some adults of felicitata are protectively colored in 
their resemblance to dying petals and others bear at least a casual resem- 
blance to the buds and seed pods, the habit of resting at the apex of the 
food plant is evidently much less highly developed than it is in many 
species of Schinia. Although the first female from which eggs were 
obtained was taken in the early morning from a still-open blossom of 
O. deltoides, a subsequent search of several hours duration yielded only 
a single male nestled among leaves and buds. At the time of this search, 

1 Alaria felicitata Smith, 1894, Trans. Amer. ent. Soc., 21: 86. Schinia felicitata, Hardwick, 1958, 
Canad. Ent., Suppl. 6: 14. 


* Rhodophora florida Guenée, 1852, Hist. Nat. Ins. Lep., 6: 171. Schinia florida, Hardwick, 
1958, Canad. Ent., Suppl. 6: 10. ‘ 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 23 


numerous adults were being taken in light traps, and eggs could be 
found in abundance at the apex of the food plant. 

The females are apparently similarly unspecialized in depositing their 
eggs. The eggs are scattered on the buds, blossoms and apical leaves of 
the plant (Fig. 2). Captive females confined with buds of the food plant 
frequently oviposited on the floor of the container and occasionally in- 
serted their ovipositors through the mesh lid of the cage and deposited 
their eggs on the wire screening. 

Five wild-caught females deposited a mean of 116 eggs, and the maxi- 
mum deposited by one was 161. The majority of eggs hatched on the 
fifth day after deposition, a few on the sixth day. All larvae that were 
individually reared completed their development in five stadia. 

The newly hatched larva wanders about the apex of the plant for some 
time before boring into the side of a flower bud. Usually the bud is 
perforated near the base. Not infrequently the young larva bores into 
the pedicel and tunnels through it up into the bud, within which it feeds 
on the sexual parts of the plant. During the third or fourth stadia, the 
larva quits the first bud and tunnels into a second. In the fourth stadium, 
the larva commonly ceases to secrete itself within an individual bud and 
feeds on the contents from a position on the outside. Fourth and fifth 
stadium larvae often feed on the seed capsules, but even in these later 
instars, the buds are the most commonly attacked parts of the plant. 
The mature larva enters the ground to pupate. 

Rearing techniques employed in obtaining larvae for descriptions were 
those outlined by Hardwick (1958). 


DESCRIPTIONS OF STAGES 


Avutt (Fig. 1). Head and thorax pale fawn, occasionally suffused with pink. Ab- 
domen pale fawn-gray to silvery gray. Forewing upperside, pale creamy fawn to me- 
dium fawn, variably suffused with pink in basal, median and subterminal spaces. Fore- 
wing usually almost immaculate. Transverse anterior line absent. Transverse poste- 
rior line often vaguely indicated by a darkening of the ground color between median 
and subterminal spaces. Subterminal line usually undefined; in specimens suffused 
with pink, however, s.t. line often well defined by color change between pink of 
subterminal space and fawn of terminal space. Orbicular spot absent. Reniform spot 
often indicated as a darker shade. Fringe concolorous with terminal area of wing. 
Hindwing upperside, occasionally gray with smoky brown outer-marginal band and 
discal spot; in most specimens, however, hindwing so heavily suffused with smoky 
brown as to practically obliterate darker markings. Fringe pale gray. Underside, 
pale fawn-gray along costal, outer and inner margins. Central triangle of wing grayish 
brown to light chocolate-brown. Reniform usually indicated as a darker brown spot. 
Hindwing uniform pale fawn-gray. Fringes of both wings concolorous with wings. 
In specimens suffused with pink on upperside, often much pink scaling along costal 
margins of both wings on underside. 

Expanse: 27:7 + 1.4 mm® (100 specimens). 


2 Standard deviation. 


24 Harpwick: Noctuid life history Vol. 21, monet 


<< SESS SS 


Figs. 1-5. Schinia felicitata (Smith), La Quinta, Riverside Co., Calif. 1, Adult. 
2, Eggs on buds and apical leaves of Oenothera deltoides Torr. 3, Ventral aspect of 
pupa. 4, Dorsal aspect of larva. 5, Left lateral aspect of larva. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


bo 
UT 


Ecc. Pale creamy white when deposited, remaining unchanged for one day. A 
pink flush becoming evident at micropylar end on second day. Entire micropylar 
half of egg darkening to reddish brown on third day; the two hemispheres sharply 
defined. Little change during fourth day except posterior half of egg becoming 
yellowish fawn. On fifth day reddish coloring of micropylar half fading and larva 
becoming visible through chorion. 

Dimensions of egg: length, 0.72 + 0.05 mm; width, 0.66 + 0.07 mm (20 eggs). 

FIRST STADIUM LARVA. Head very dark brown or black. Prothoracic shield dark 
brown. Suranal shield medium grayish brown. Trunk creamy white to pale gray. 
Rims of spiracles, setal bases, and thoracic legs medium grayish brown. 

Head width: 0.33 + 0.02 mm (20 larvae). 

Duration of stadium (at room temperature): 4.0 + 1.5 days (54 larvae). 

SECOND STADIUM LARVA. Head medium brown to dark blackish brown. Prothoracic 
and suranal shields somewhat paler brown then head capsule. Trunk creamy white 
or pallid gray; occasionally a pair of paler lines evident on dorsum. Setal bases grayish 
brown. Rims of spiracles and thoracic legs dark grayish brown. 

Head width: 0.55 + 0.03 mm (20 larvae). 

Duration of stadium: 3.0 + 1.1 days (54 larvae). 

THIRD STADIUM LARVA. Head fawn, variably mottled with medium brown, often 
heavily, largely obscuring fawn. Prothoracic and suranal shields grayish fawn or 
greenish fawn, variably, usually lightly marked with medium brown; prothoracic shield 
most heavily marked along lateral and posterior margins. Middorsal band green, 
grayish green, or yellowish green. Subdorsal area with yellow marginal lines and a 
median band of somewhat paler green than middorsal band. Supraspiracular area 
broad, concolorous with median band of subdorsal area. Spiracular band narrow, 
yellow, not sharply defined. Spiracles with medium brown rims. Ventral region 
essentially concolorous with green of dorsal area, occasionally of a grayer shade. Setal 
bases grayish fawn. Thoracic legs grayish fawn, variably suffused with medium 
brown. 

Head width: 0.85 + 0.04 mm (20 larvae). 

Duration of stadium: 3.1 + 1.1 days (54 larvae). 

FouRTH STADIUM LARVA. Head pale creamy white, mottled dorsally with pale fawn. 
Prothoracic and suranal shields cream to greenish yellow. Trunk medium green to 
light greenish yellow. Dorsal area of paler specimens often suffused with pale pink 
or mauve. Middorsal band usually somewhat darker than remainder of trunk. Sub- 
dorsal area with a broad, green median band and narrower marginal bands of pale 
yellow or cream. Supraspiracular area concolorous with median band of subdorsal 
area. Spiracular band pale yellow or cream. Spiracles with light brown rims. Supra- 
podal area concolorous with supraspiracular area. Midventral area grayish green. Im- 
mediate apexes of setal bases medium brown, remaining portions concolorous with 
ground color. Thoracic legs cream to very pale fawn, often suffused with light green. 

Head width: 1.4+0.6 mm (20 larvae). 

Duration of stadium: 2.6 + 0.8 days (54 larvae). 

FIFTH STADIUM LARVA (Figs. 4, 5). Head cream, fawn or fawn-gray, often with 
slightly darker fawn mottling. Prothoracic and suranal shields not distinguished from 
trunk except by absence of longitudinal lines. Trunk beautiful pastel shades of pink, 
mauve or green. Maculation not sharply defined. Middorsal band narrow. Subdorsal 
area with narrow marginal bands of pale yellow or cream, and a broader median 
band concolorous with, or only slightly paler than, middorsal band. Supraspiracular 
area concolorous with median band of subdorsal area. Spiracular band cream or pale 
yellow. Spiracles with light brown rims. Suprapodal area concolorous with supra- 
spiracular area. Midventral area greenish gray in green specimens, fawn-gray in pink 
and mauve specimens. Setal bases concolorous with trunk. Thoracic legs pale cream, 
tinged with green or pink. 


26 Harpwick: Noctuid life history Vol. 21; nowy 


Figs. 6, 7. Schinia felicitata (Smith), apical abdominal segments of pupa. 6, 
Ventral. 7, Right lateral. 


Head width: 2.10 + 0.09 mm (20 larvae). 

Duration of stadium: 4.1 + 1.1 days (54 larvae). 

Pura (Fig. 3). Orange-brown. Spiracles essentially level with general surface of 
cuticle or only weakly projecting above it. Anterior areas of abdominal segments 5, 6 
and 7, moderately pitted. Apex of proboscis usually extending slightly beyond apices 
of forewings. Cremaster (Figs. 6, 7) usually consisting of two elongate, slender, 
straight or weakly curved spines borne at the apex of a conical prolongation of the 
tenth abdominal segment. In one of twenty pupae examined, however, a pair of 
short spines flanking median pair. 

Length to posterior margin of fourth abdominal segment: 11.7+0.5 mm (20 


pupae ). 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT 


I am grateful to Mr. John E. H. Martin, Entomology Research Insti- 
tute, Ottawa, for assistance in the field and for photographing larvae and 
food plants. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Barnes, W., and J. McDuNNoucH, 1911. New species and genera of North Amer- 
ican Lepidoptera. J. New York Ent. Soc., 19: 161-162. 

Harpwick, D. F., 1958. Taxonomy, life history, and habits of the elliptoid-eyed 
species of Schinia (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae), with notes on the Heliothidinae. 
Canad. Ent., Suppl. 6, 116 pp. 


> 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society O7 


EARLY STAGES OF SPHINX SEQUOIAE ENGELHARDTI 
(SPHINGIDAE ) 


Joun ApAmMs Comstock and CHRISTOPHER HENNE 


Del Mar, California and Pearblossom, California 


A distinctive type of larva with highly adapted maculation was found 
resting upon an upper branch of a large Juniperus californica bush at 
Red Rover Mine Canyon, northwest of Acton, Sierra Pelona Valley, Los 
Angeles County, Calif., July 20 1962, El. 3,150’. An adult female Sphinx 
moth emerged on August 13 of the same year and was first erroneously 
designated by Henne prior to the correct determination of our west 
coast reference collection series, as Sphinx dolli australis. It was so 
reported in the season’s summary of the Lepidopterists' News, 1963, 4. 
p. 2, and as Sphinx dolli in Lep. News, 3. p. 4, 1965. Both statements 
will be rectified in a subsequent issue of the Lep. News. 

B. P. Clark, (1919), described S. engelhardti as a subspecies of Sphinx 
dolli, but a year later, (1920) corrected the specific assignment and 
recorded it as Sphinx sequoiae engelhardti. 

Brief notes were made of this first larva just prior to its entering the 
soil of a rearing cage for pupation, the night after it had been collected. 
It was considered inadvisable to publish these notes until a more complete 
study had been made of the early stages of this subspecies, and illustra- 
tions could be included. An opportunity did not arise for this until the 
summer of 1965, when two gravid females were collected (at 15 w. 
black light) at Juniper Hills, Mojave Desert, L. A. County, Calif., on 
July 29, and July 31. Fertile eggs were laid by both moths August 2, on 
fresh Juniperus placed in a jar of water, and covered by a large brown 
paper bag. These eggs hatched August 14, 1965. 

One problem in determination gave us some difficulty. Williams 
(1905) writing on the larva of Sphinx sequoiae, stated that the pupa had 
“no protruding tongue case,” and that the larva fed on Cerasus, | properly 
now designated Prunus virginiana var. demissa ( Nutt.) Sarg.] (western 
choke cherry). He repeated that statement in 1909. We felt this must 
have been an error in larval identification, and Dr. Williams confirmed 
our suspicion, kindly calling our attention to a paper (1958) wherein he 
corrected the error. In this he stated that what he probably described 
“were the early stages of Smerinthus jamaicensis Drury,” and that “the 
pupa... did not hatch.” His closing paragraph read “As far as I am 
aware, the early stages of Sphinx sequoiae are still unknown, but its 
caterpillar may well feed upon one of the coniferous trees.” 


28 CoMsTocK AND HENNE: Sphinx larva Vol.-21, nett 


GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION 


The four specimens which constituted the type series of Sphinx 
sequoiae engelhardti were collected at Bellevue, Washington County, 
Utah, by Jacob Doll and George Engelhardt in 1917. Two examples were 
recently taken by Fred Truxal in Baja California, locality not stated. 
Rick Westcott reported collecting one at Jacumba, San Diego County. 
The California Insect Survey has specimens taken by Jerry A. Powell 
at Scissors Crossing, 6 miles E. of Banner, San Diego County, July 13, 
1963 (det. C. D. MacNeill). Our series are all from the Mojave Desert of 
California and Sierra Pelona Valley, L. A. County, as are also those in 
the Los Angeles County Museum collection. 

Lloyd Martin of the L. A. Museum staff is of the opinion that the 
species “follows the juniper belt from the Great Basin into margins of 
Mojave and Colorado Deserts.” Probably it will be found through the 
entire ranges of Juniperus californica Carr, and J. osteosperma (Torr. ) 
Little. 

A detailed description of the early stages follows: 


Ecc: (Figs. 1 and 2) Length, 2.33 mm. Width, 1.8 mm. Form oval. Surface 
texture appearing, superficially, smooth, lustrous, on high magnification seen to be 
covered with shallow ovoid cells, all in close contact. Glistening green. 

Larva, First instar: (Figs. 3 and 4) Length, 5 mm. Head width, 1.2 mm to 1.4 
mm. Head, uniform orange-yellow. Ocelli black tipped. Mandibles dark. 

Body tapering from first segment to narrower cauda. Ground color light yellow- 
green. First thoracic segment with a raised, black anterior margin along its upper 
half. A pair of raised black knobs on this dark margin, one on each side of middorsal 
space. A semilunar prothoracic raised shield, dull green in color. Longitudinal 
lines of raised black dots along the length of the body, most or all of which bear 
minute black setae. » 

Caudal horn on the 11th segment rising superiorly, then arches anteriorly; height 
3 mm, width 0.3 mm; topped by two minute spurs. In some examples the horn erect. 

Body dull orange-gray, heavily incrusted with minute black nodules. Thoracic 
legs, black, proximal segments yellow. Prolegs, yellow. 

Second instar: Length, 9 mm. Width across 5th segment approximately 2 mm. 
Head width, approximately 1.8 mm. Head green, slightly more yellowish than the 
color of juniper twigs. Mandibles tinged with brown. 

Body, uniform green, exactly matching juniper foliage. First segment with same 
ridges and nodules as in first instar, but yellow. Caudal horn, dull yellow, with a 
black bifurcated tip; held constantly at right angles to body; surface roughened by 
minute spicules; base tinged with orange; height, 3.3 mm. 

Thoracic legs, green, with black terminal segments. Prolegs concolorous with 
body. Crochets light brown. 

Third instar: Length, just prior to moult, 15 mm. Width, in mesothoracic seg- 
ment, 3 mm. 

Head, uniform green, covered with minute punctations. Mandibles, dark brown. 
Head width, 2.1 mm. 

Body surface minutely rugose and glistening. Shallow transverse creases be- 
tween segmental junctures. Ground color greenish-yellow to greenish-white, with 
green blotches dorsally and subdorsally, partially obscuring ground color, giving a 
scaled appearance, somewhat resembling juniper leaves. Dorsal and sublateral green 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 29 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE 


Sphinx sequoiae engelhardti Clark. Fig. 1, Egg. Fig. 2, Highly magnified surface 
of egg. Figs. 3 and 4, First instar larva, dorsal and lateral aspects. Fig. 5, Mature 
larva, dorsal aspect. Fig. 6, Frontal view of head, enlarged. Fig. 7, Pupa, ventral 
aspect. 

Reproduced from water color drawing by J. A. Comstock. 


blotches slightly tinged with pinkish-tan internally. The dark spiracles contained 
within large semicircles of greenish-yellow merging with infrastigmatal fold. Caudal 
horn yellowish-green, slender and long, originating from a brownish hump, rising 
vertically, 3 mm in height, to a dark brown forked and recurved tip. Minute, stiff, 
erect, brown spines throughout its length. 

A fine dark pile covering dorsal surface of body, observable under an 8 X lens. 
Ventral surface more uniform in surface pattern than remainder of body, con- 
colorous with it. 


30 CoMstTocK AND HENNE: Sphinx larva Vol. 210 neal 


Thoracic legs, dark brown. Prolegs, translucent green. 

Fourth instar: Length, 30 mm, width through widest segment, 3 mm. 

Head width, 3 mm; mottled yellowish-green and darker green; covered with minute 
setae arising from small nodules, such as occur over body surface. Mandibles and 
antennae dark brown. 

Body ground color, glistening bright green with a yellowish cast. Under 8 x 
magnification body seen to be covered with minute yellow nodules bearing colorless 
setae. Fine transverse creases on posterior portion of each segment terminating 
laterally at infrastigmatal fold. Four rows of pure white spots in the form of 
droplets subdorsally and laterally (about 9 per row); interspaced by finely traced 
white lines. Six transverse, somewhat triangular, red-brown markings middorsally 
shading to slightly darker at perimeters. These beginning segment 5 between the 
white spots, continuing to caudal hump. Latter superimposed by a rugose, rather 
bulbous, fleshy-appearing excurved horn, tipped by a pair of short, dark brown, 
tooth-like processes. 

The black spiracles encircled by a dense, light tan pile with a frosted appearance 
under a lense; becoming lighter and less dense, tending to terminate sublaterally. 
At the lower broken line of white spots, a slight covering of pile continuing down 
to upper portion of each proleg. 

Cervical shield dorsally with four yellowish, transverse dashes on anterior edge, 
four centrally located radiating whitish dashes. 

Frontal spiracle diagonally placed, larger, more intensely marked than the others, 
with a conspicuous red-brown mark near it; the adjoining white spot with a yellow- 
ish cast. 

Thoracic legs translucent green. Prolegs translucent green, with a dark band 
encircling their lower extremity; distal margins and crochets dark brown. Ventral 
surface, mottled yellow-green and darker green. 

Fifth instar: (Fig. 5, 6) Length, fully extended, 45 mm. Width through center, 
(as) seaen 

Head width 4.25 mm. Ground color of head yellow-green; center of front dark 
green, shading to yellow laterally. Center of maxilla and mandibles colored similarly 
to front. Each side of head capsule crossed longitudinally by two greenish bars (See 
Fig. 6) superimposed on a yellow-green base. Antennae, green proximally, yellow 
distally. Three of the ocelli on each side black, the remainder translucent. 

Ground color of body, rich green, of same tone as juniper foliage. 

A longitudinal wide bar or line of large red-brown spots middorsally, discontinu- 
ous on the first four or five segments, becoming confluent caudally. Along lateral 
edge of these large spots a line of conspicuous, raised, white spots, running from 
the meso thoracic segment to cauda. A similar line of white spots parallel dorso- 
laterally. A third line of large triangulate raised spots running along spiracles 
yellow-brown; spiracles resting on upper margin of these spots, conspicuously black, 
with narrow white rims. 

Caudal horn stubby, short (2.35 mm in length), green, tipped with yellow; rest- 
ing on an elevated, red-brown base. 

Body segments ridged transversely, each segment with from seven to ten ridges, 
along edges of which are lines of minute white dots. 

Thoracic legs green with brown tips. Prolegs, green, with pinkish-brown crochets. 


A single larva was used for the description and drawing of this instar 
having been reared from eggs deposited by the confined female taken on 
July 31, 1965. 


Pupa: (Fig. 7) Length 28 mm. Width through midthoracic area 8 mm. Head 
and thorax dark brown. Eyes not prominent. Wings tinged with green, sufficiently 
translucent to faintly indicate the underlying segmental lines. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ol 


Glossotheca (tongue case) relatively short (approximately 5 mm), curving toward 
body, resting on ventral surface of thorax; expanding at base, tapering caudally. 
Thoracic segments reddish-brown. Antennae extending two-thirds the distance 
toward wing tips, shorter than maxillae. 

Cremaster dark, conical, tapering to a point, from which two small spines extend 
distally. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Ciark, B. P., 1919. Some undescribed Sphingidae. Proc. New Engl. Zoolog. Club, 
Gaml@4)) Pl Xl, fig. 3. 
1920. Sphinx sequoiae engelhardti. Proc. New Engl. Zoolog. Club. 7: 66. 
WixiiaMs, F. X., 1905. Notes on the larvae of certain Lepidoptera. Ent. News, 16: 


i53: 

1909. The butterflies and some of the moths of the Mt. Shasta region. Ent. 
News, 20: 73. 

1958. A belated correction: Sphinx (“Spinx”) sequoiae Bdv. Pan-Pacific Entom., 
34 (4): 186. 


THE MONARCH BUTTERFLY (DANAIDAE) IN 
NORTHERN SASKATCHEWAN 


WALTER V. KRIVDA 
Prince Albert National Park, Saskatchewan, Canada 


There seems to be little known about the northern distribution of the 
monarch, Danaus plexippus (L.), in Canada. This species is the best 
known butterfly migrant; it migrates southward in the fall to the southern 
United States before the advent of heavy frosts in Saskatchewan. In the 
Riding Mountains of Manitoba occasional stragglers will linger into 
mid-September as I observed in 1962, while in southern Manitoba fresh 
individuals can be netted around Winnipeg into the third week of 
September. Very likely these do not survive the cold weather. The 
monarch is actually abundant during some years around the outskirts of 
Winnipeg, but apparently no records of mass movements exist in the 
literature for the Winnipeg area. It is. nevertheless, quite likely that 
these movements do occur. 

During fifteen years of rather intensive butterfly collecting in the area 
of The Pas, Manitoba, 500 miles north of Winnipeg, I have not seen a 
single individual of the monarch. From time to time dismembered speci- 
mens are found around garages at The Pas. These probably have fallen 


2, KrivpA: Monarch in Saskatchewan Vol, 21, nos 


from the insect screens of cars arriving from areas much further south. 

In view of the foregoing remarks I was surprised to see a specimen 
of the monarch collected at Cookson, Saskatchewan, a locality 25 miles 
north of Shell Brook near Prince Albert. The worn specimen was col- 
lected by Kenneth Cole, a high school student, in mid-June, 1964, at 
flowers of lilac on the Cole farm. Although only one monarch was taken, 
five others were on the lilacs at the same time. This specimen is now in 
the writer's collection at The Pas. 

During the following season only one individual was seen; it was flying 
in a garden at Cookson. This would seem to indicate that the return 
spring migration of the monarch reaches into the Prince Albert area. 
This is a considerable extension of its known range as defined by 
F. Urquhart (1960) who reported rare collections at Duval, 40 miles 
north of Regina and also at Fumess, Saskatchewan, near the Alberta 
border, some 20 airline miles south of Cookson’s latitude. 

At this latitude the species cannot become established because its 
food plant, milkweed (Asclepias spp.), does not occur this far north. 
Apparently, Asclepias ovalifolia, the usual food plant on the prairies, is 
also spreading in range. Formerly it was a typical, black-soil prairie 
species but now thrives in gravel and clay of railway embankments in 
spots such as on the outskirts of Winnipeg. This portends a future spread 
and establishment of the monarch in areas from which it is at present 
completely absent. It is a southern species now venturing to the 53° 
parallel on the prairies. Its sailing flight and ability to fly great distances 
has enabled it to spread to distant areas and to become established in 
those areas where its food plant has been introduced. 

The viceroy, Limenitis archippus Cramer, is similar in appearance to 
the monarch and is believed to mimic the monarch. The viceroy is part 
of the butterfly fauna to at least the 55° parallel in Manitoba (Lynn 
Lake, Manitoba specimen in the writer’s collection taken in 1958). Thus, 
the viceroy extends some 400 miles northward of the most northern 
records for the monarch. It is strange that the viceroy’s model should 
only now be extending its range northward within the distribution of the 
viceroy. It would be interesting to know if the protection gained by the 
viceroy has application in northern latitudes. 

The present records, one collected specimen and flight records of six 
others, at Cookson, Saskatchewan considerably extend our knowledge 
of the northward range of the monarch in Canada. 


LITERATURE CITED 
Urqunart, F., 1960. The monarch butterfly. Univ. Toronto Press, p. 185. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 33 


NOTES ON UNCOMMON MOTHS IN CENTRAL 
AND SOUTHERN ONTARIO 


Jj Ga fe Riorm: 


Royal Ontario Museum, University of Toronto, Ontario 


For the past few years a program has been under way in the De- 
partment of Entomology of the Royal Ontario Museum to conduct a 
fairly intensive faunal survey of the larger Lepidoptera in southern 
and central Ontario. Thus far, our own field work involving Lepidop- 
tera has been spread over several widely separated localities within this 
area: Sudbury, One Sided Lake (Rainy River District), Chaffeys 
Locks, Rondeau Provincial Park, Pelee Island and Algonquin Provincial 
Park. 

Added to these materials have been several very significant collec- 
tions from other parts of the Province: collections from S. Neebing 
Township, Thunder Bay District, by W. Hartley; from Dunnville and 
Crystal Lake near Mt. Irwin by W. Plath Sr. and W. Plath Jr.; from 
Severn Bridge by G. E. Scott. 

Except for the bulk of the noctuids and geometrids, this material has 
now been identified. For the other groups our survey of the fauna of 
Ontario appears now to be largely complete. Not surprisingly, it includes 
a number of moth species for which these collections are the first rec- 
ords in Ontario, or in Canada. These are summarized here, along with 
range extensions and new locality records for several uncommon species 
previously known from Ontario. 


LIMACODIDAE 


Sisyrosea textula (Herrich-Schaeffer ) was known in Ontario only from 
a few specimens from St. Williams and Simcoe on the north shore of 
Lake Erie. It flies in July and was recently taken in Dunnville and 
Rondeau Park. 

Prolimacodes scapha (Harris), known previously only from the south- 
ernmost part of the deciduous forest region, lying along the north shore 
of Lake Erie, was captured at Crystal Lake near Mt. Irwin (Peterborough 
Co.), about 60 miles north of Port Hope on the north shore of Lake 
Ontario, at the end of July. 

Packardia elegans (Packard), also known in the past only from south- 
ermmost parts of the deciduous forest region was captured at Crystal 
Lake, too, in mid-June. This is a rather unexpected occurrence. 

Heterogenea shurtleffi Packard was known in our region previously 


34 RiotrE: Ontario moths Vol. 21) nom 


only from Alcove, Qué. (specimens in the Canadian National Collec- 
tion). It also occurs in Ontario at Chaffeys Locks where it was taken 
in some numbers in July 1963 and 1964. 


PyYROMORPHIDAE 


Harrisina americana (Guérin) was known to fly around Point Pelee. 
During the last few years it has been found in Dunnville and in Rondeau 
Park where it is not uncommon. It occurs also on Pelee Island. Like 
the Euchromids (Syntomids ) it flies both in the day and at night, visiting 
flowers, and coming to light sources. 


CossIDAE 


Prionoxystus macmurtrei (Guérin), may be mentioned here, although 
we have many specimens of this species from Toronto in the collection 
of the Royal Ontario Museum. Additional specimens are known from 
Fort William, Macdiarmid, Chaffeys Locks, and Rondeau Park. The 
range given by Forbes (1923) is: New York to Minnesota; which cor- 
roborates what would otherwise seem to be “displaced” records from 
the country west of Lake Superior. 


LACOSOMIDAE 


Lacosoma chiridotum Grote, known in Ontario only from one male 
reared from a pupa found by the Forest Insect Survey in St. Williams, 
1950 (specimen in the Canadian National Collection), was found in 
Rondeau Park in late June and early July. 

Cicinnus melsheimeri (Harris), known from a few specimens taken be- 
tween 1932 and 1957 in Ancaster, Chatham, Dunnville, London, Norman- 
dale and Port Colborme, was also found in Rondeau Park in late June 
and early July. 

Both species of this family come readily to light sources. They fly 
mainly after midnight. 

SATURNIDAE 


Syssphinx (Sphingicampa) bicolor (Harris), which was reported in 
a previous paper (Riotte, 1964), is known in Canada only from Brant- 
ford, Dunnville and Woodbridge, all in Ontario. Somewhat surprisingly, 
it was not found during our field work in Rondeau Park, and there is 
no specimen of it in the insect collection of the Rondeau Provincial Park 
Museum. 

Hyalophora (Callosamia) angulifera (Walker), a tulip tree feeder, 
was taken for the first time in Canada in Rondeau Park, where tulip 
tree is common, on June 23, 1965. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 35 


ZANOLIDAE 


Apatelodes torrefacta (J. E. Smith), is now known from Dunnville, 
Grand Bend, Harrow, London, Normandale, Port Colborne, Queenston 
and Rondeau Park. There are, however, no records of this species east 
of the Niagara escarpment. It seems to be restricted to the north shore 
of Lake Erie. It flies from late June through late July. 

Apatelodes angelica (Grote), in contrast, has a distribution including 
the Carolinian zone in Ontario along Lake Erie and along the north 
shore of Lake Ontario eastward to around Kingston. There are speci- 
mens from Dunnville, Grand Bend, Normandale, Rondeau Park, Simcoe, 
Queenston, Trenton, Belleville and Chaffeys Locks. It was found to 
be quite common in Chaffeys Locks where up to nine specimens in one 
season have been taken. 

Both species come readily to light sources, torrefacta flying around 
11 p.m., angelica in the early morning hours, during mid-June to end of 
July. ; 

LASIOCAMPIDAE 

Heteropacha rileyana Harvey, is known in Ontario from only one 
specimen, caught in a light trap at the Entomology Laboratory in 
Chatham, on May 25, 1931. Although the collecting in Rondeau Park 
was begun in the midst of May, no specimens of this species were ob- 
tained. In recent years, however, the species was found to be common 
in southern Michigan (M. C. Nielsen, in litt.), about 110 miles southwest 
of Rondeau Park. 


NOTODONTIDAE 


Most of the observations and additions to our knowledge have been 
made in this family. 

Clostera strigosa (Grote), is distributed over the Province in an 
erratic pattern. It has now been taken, although in low numbers, in 
Algonquin Park, Black Sturgeon Lake, Chaffeys Locks, Dunnville, 
Geraldton, Grand Bend, Macdiarmid, Nakina, S. Neebing Township 
(Thunder Bay District), Nipigon, Ottawa, Port Elgin and Spragge. 

Clostera inclusa (Hiibner), the more southern member of the al- 
bosigma group, was previously known from Grand Bend, Leamington, 
Port Colborne, Port Franks, Turkey Point, and now a few specimens 
have been taken in Rondeau Park, May 22 to June 5, 1965. It probably 
has a second, at least partial, generation in Ontario, in late July. 

Clostera brucei (Hy. Edwards), occurs in the northern part of cen- 
tral Ontario (Sudbury, Geraldton), in northern Ontario s. str. (Smoky 
Falls), and in western Ontario (One Sided Lake, Rainy River District). 


36 RiotTreE: Ontario moths Vol. 21, moti 


Datana angusii Grote and Robinson, which in the Forest Lepidoptera 
of Canada (Prentice, 1962) is said to be “limited to the north shore of 
Lake Erie in southern Ontario; following closely the limits of the host 
trees’ (shagbark hickory and butternut), was found almost commonly 
in Chaffeys Locks (Leeds Co.). It is known from Chafteys Locks, 
Chatham, Crystal Lake near Mt. Irwin, Coldstream, Jordan, Marmora, 
Merivale, Ottawa, Port Colbome, Port Rowan, Rondeau Park, Simcoe, 
St. Davids, St. Williams, Toronto and Vittoria. 

Datana perspicua Grote and Robinson, not only occurs in southern 
Ontario, as Forbes (1948) says, but is found in the southern part of 
central Ontario to Manitoulin Island and Muskoka District. It is known 
from Bracebridge, Brantford, Cape Croker, Cedar Springs, Chaffeys 
Locks, Grand Bend, Hamilton, Kingston, Manitoulin, Pinery Park, 
Ridgetown, Southampton, Square Bay and Westbrook. 

Datana drexelii Hy. Edwards, has a similar, but more restricted dis- 
tribution: Ancaster, Hamilton, Normandale, Port Colborne, Teeswater, 
Toronto, Vittoria, West Hill. Forbes (1948) states, “Canada.” 

Gluphisia lintneri (Grote), is much more widespread than previously 
thought, but is taken only rarely because of its very early flight period, 
at the end of April and beginning of May. It seems to occur in “pockets” 
up to northern Ontario s. str. It is known from Barrie, Black Sturgeon 
Lake, Marmora, S. Neebing Township (Thunder Bay District), Seven 
Bridge, Smoky Falls, Spragge, Westbrook. There is a substantial series 
in the Royal Ontario Museum from Severn Bridge. 

Dasylophia anguina (J. E. Smith), is a western species which penetrates 
into western Ontario (west of the Nipigon River to the Manitoba bor- 
der). Specimens are known from S. Neebing Township (Thunder Bay 
District) and One Sided Lake (Rainy River District). 

Dasylophia thyatiroides (Walker), occurs in both forms, the typical 
and the melanic. The ranges of the two forms are practically identical. 
Most of our specimens have been taken in southern Ontario, and the 
species does not occur to the north of Algonquin Park (Peridea (Peridea) 
basitriens Walker has a similar distribution). D. thyatiroides has been 
taken in Algonquin Park, Chaffeys Locks, Coldstream, Dunnville, Grand 
Bend, Hamilton, London, Ottawa, Port Colborne, Ride ae Rondeau 
Park and Toronto. 

Hyparpax aurora (J. E. Smith), until recently was known in Ontario 
only from a single specimen in the Canadian National Collection, from 
Grand Bend, collected on June 17, 1936. The species was taken in 1965 
in Rondeau Park, July 11, giving evidence that it has at least a partial 
second generation. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society oT 


Schizura apicalis (Grote and Robinson), was not known from Ontario 
until our survey. It is now known from a few specimens collected in 
areas scattered over the Province, except the far southern portion. It 
has been found at Burleigh Township (Peterborough Co.), Chaffeys 
Locks, One Sided Lake (Rainy River District) and Sudbury, where 
it was taken for the first time on July 29, 1960. 

Heterocampa subrotata Harvey, is another of the species which was 
taken in Canada for the first time in 1965. It was found to be on Pelee 
Island where its foodplant, hackberry, is the most abundant tree. It 
may be expected to occur on the southernmost point of the mainland 
(Point Pelee) and wherever hackberry is found (around Belleville and 
St. Catharines, e.g.). A few years ago it was taken, in southern Michigan 
for the first time, in Lenawee County (M. C. Nielsen in litt.), about 
70 miles west of Pelee Island. 

Macrurocampa marthesia manitobensis McDunnough, occurs in 
Ontario in the vicinity of the Lake of the Woods, near the Manitoba 
border. It was first taken in Ontario by a collecting party from the 
Canada Department of Agriculture in 1960 and then by the author in 
1962 at One Sided Lake (Rainy River District) and Rainy River. 
Forbes (1948) says, “solidly gray, without white, but with green splashes.” 
The splashes are, however, orange-brown, and n ot green (which is also 
true of the types). The nominate subspecies, which is common over 
the southern part of the Province, usually shows, when fresh, “green 
splashes.” 

Cerura (Cerura) multiscripta canadensis McDunnough, is one of the 
rarest notodontids in Ontario. The locality records are scattered over 
the Province as follows: Barrie, Galt, Midhurst, Norway Point (Lake of 
Bays), One Sided Lake (Rainy River District), Ottawa, Sioux Lookout, 
Sudbury, Tomiko and the latest record, Crystal Lake near Mt. Irwin. 
It flies only for a brief period early in June. 


LYMANTRIIDAE 


Orgyia (Hemerocampa) plagiata (Walker), is sporadically found in 
southern Ontario, and is probably never very numerous. Males are 
known from Belleville, Chaffeys Locks, London, Ottawa and Trenton. 
In Chaffeys Locks a caterpillar with the characteristic yellow head and 
body was found on maple and developed into a female. Additional 
locality records from the Forest Insect Survey (Can. Dept. For.) are 
Chatham, Chatsworth, Dunnville, Hamilton, Hornings Mills, London, 
Newbury, Oakville, Oshawa, Petrolia, Port Stanley, Powassan, Ridge- 
town, St. Williams, Tillsonburg, Trenton. 


38 RriorTre: Ontario moths Vol.-21; mend 


NOCTUIDAE 


Psychomorpha epimenis (Drury), is found in Ontario on Pelee Island. 
It was not observed in Canada prior to our survey in 1965. The writer 
also took it as far north as Madison, Wisconsin, on April 29, 1963. The 
range, given by Forbes (1954) is eastern Massachusetts to Kansas and 
Missouri, south to Texas. 

ARCTIIDAE 


Phragmatobia lineata Newman and Donahue. One of the paratypes of 
this recently described species (Donahue and Newman, 1966) was taken 
on July 9, 1965, in Rondeau Park. Another specimen is in the Park 
Museum (June 29, 1959), and a second paratype is in the collection 
of W. Plath, Sr., having been taken at Dunnville, July 20, 1958. 

Haploa clymene (Brown), has been known from the Carolinian zone in 
Ontario for years, but is represented by only a few specimens in col- 
lections. Verification of its breeding status in the Province was needed. 
Adults were known from Dunnville, Hamilton, Hyde Park Corner and 
London. The Rondeau Park Museum had two specimens reared from 
caterpillars found in the Park on Eupatorium in 1959. One of the speci- 
mens is now in the collection of the Royal Ontario Museum. 

Haploa militaris (Harris) and Haploa fulvicosta (Clemens), are the 
other two entities, of uncertain specific status, in this genus, which occur 
in Ontario only in Rondeau Park and on Pelee Island. They fly at the end 
of June and the beginning of July. 

Cisthene wunifascia Grote and Robinson, was represented by only 
three old specimens from London, Ontario, collected in 1886 and 1896. 
These specimens, most of which lack abdomens, are in the collections 
of the Ontario Agricultural College, University of Guelph, and the Royal 
Ontario Museum. Prior to 1963, when one fresh female was taken on 
July 13 in Chaffeys Locks, the old records seemed doubtful. Forbes 
(1960) does not mention wnifascia at all but only tenuifascia. The four 
Ontario specimens, however, look rather similar to wnifascia, and they 
had been so identified in both coilections. 

Callarctia (Callarctia) quenselii gelida (Moeschler), does not occur in 
central or southern Ontario. The unique specimen in the collection of 
the Royal Ontario Museum was taken at Cape Henrietta Maria on the 
Ontario tundra (Hudson Bay shore) by one of the previous field parties 
of the Royal Ontario Museum, July 7, 1948. 


LITERATURE CITED 


DonanugE, J. P., and J. H. Newman, 1966. The genus Phragmatobia in North 
America, with the description of a new species (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae). 
Mich. Ent., 1(2): 35-74. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 39 


Forbes, W. T. M., 1923. The Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring States. 
Primitive Forms, Microlepidoptera, Pyraloids, Bombyces. Cornell Univ. Agric. 
Exp. St., Memoir 68, 729 pp. 

1948. Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring States—II—Geometridae, 
Sphingidae, Notodontidae, Lymantriidae. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. St. Memoir 
274, 263 pp. 

1954. Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring States—III—Noctuidae. Cornell 
Univ. Agric. Exp. St. Memoir 329, 433 pp. 

1960. Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring States—IV—Agaristidae 
through Nymphalidae. New York State Coll. Agric., Cornell Univ., Memoir 371, 
188 pp. 

PRENTICE, R. M., Coordinator, 1962. Forest Lepidoptera of Canada recorded by 
the Forest Insect Survey—II—Nycteolidae, Noctuidae, Notodontidae, Liparidae. 
Forest Entomology and Pathology Branch, Can. Dept. For. 

Riotte, J. C. E., 1964. Syssphinx bicolor (Saturniidae) in Ontario. Jour. Lepid. 
Soc., 18: 89-90. 


A MIGRATION OF VANESSA CARDUI (NYMPHALIDAE) IN 
MONTANA AND WYOMING 


The summer of 1965 saw unusually heavy flights of the Painted Lady, 
Vanessa cardui (Linnaeus), in Montana, Wyoming and adjacent areas. 
One could see the butterflies rapidly crossing the highway in western 
Nebraska and growing gradually more numerous to the west. At a van- 
tage point in Scottsbluff National Monument I counted 70 individuals 
fly past in a half hour. Every individual netted was found to be worn 
and faded, evidently the result of many miles of flight. The flight direc- 
tion was from due south to north. Across the sage covered wastes of 
central Wyoming we continued to see scattered individuals of cardui 
always flying in a constant south to north direction. Just south of Wor- 
land the heaviest flight in Wyoming that we witnessed was seen. Several 
hundred individuals flew past us in one group within a few minutes. 

The next day, July 5th, we spent in the Tetons. Here cardui was the 
most abundant butterfly, and here perfect, fresh individuals were dis- 
covered amid the old, worn ones. On thistles in the park I found dozens 
of caterpillars amid the characteristic white webs, which had been pro- 
duced in a short time by the migrants. The comparative ease with which 
I was able to net these fresh cardui in contrast with the wary migrants 
made me wonder if the freshly emerged individuals join in the flight of 
their parents or if they remain in the area in which they had developed. 

We spent July 6th in Yellowstone National Park. No cardui were seen 
all that day, but the day was cloudy and almost no butterfly activity 
was observed. The next morning was clear and sunny and we noted a 
reappearance of cardui along the Madison River in Montana. They were 


40 Howe: Vanessa migration Vol. 215 nowt 


flying in their usual northward flight direction and were not too numer- 
ous. We stopped briefly at Quake Lake. With our binoculars we could 
see cardui flying past. 

At 11:00 A.M. we detoured off the main highway and drove westward 
to the tiny town of Pony which is situated at the foot of 10,500 foot 
Hollow Top Mountain, one of southern Montana’s highest peaks. The 
road above Pony was not negotiable for our car. As I ascended the trail 
above Pony in search of butterflies V. cardui became more numerous. 
After a three-hour hike I came near a precipice on the east face of the 
mountain and saw a startling sight. An approaching horde of cardui was 
flying towards me in “waves.” As each wave of butterflies flew past an- 
other came into view. Each wave must have contained many hundreds 
or even thousands of individuals. As I looked up they were flying both 
above and below me and each wave flew due north and disappeared on 
the far side of the east shoulder of Hollow Top Mountain. This was the 
heaviest flight I had yet seen, and as I held out my net I scooped in 
dozens in one sweep. I could have easily repeated this capture many 
times. In 20 minutes the last wave of cardui had flown past and no 
more were seen. This spectacle took place at 3:00 P.M. on July 7, on 
the east slope of Hollow Top Mountain in Madison County, Montana, 
at an approximate elevation of 6,500 feet. The day was sunny, quite 
warm, and there was no appreciable wind. Most individuals were flying 
only about four to ten feet above the ground, although some were flying 
higher. This Montana flight is the heaviest I have witnessed. 


WittiAM H. Howe, 822 East Eleventh St., Ottawa, Kansas 


Book NOTICE 


CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE INSECT FAUNA OF NEPAL. Part I (Special Bulle- 
tin of Lepid. Soc. Japan, No. 2). 129 pp., 5 color and 26 monochrome plates. Text 
in English. Price: equivalent of $5.50 U.S. (including surface rate postage). 

The first installment of the report of the Expedition to Nepal Himalaya in 1963 
by the Lepidopterological Society of Japan. It contains descriptions and ecology of 
immature stages of many swallowtail butterflies, a study of 12 kinds of interspecific 
hybrids between Himalayan and Japanese swallowtails and chromosome studies of 
Himalayan butterflies and their hybrids. A forthcoming issue will cover descrip- 
tions of new species and new records, etc. of butterflies, moths, and other insects. 

Contents of Part I: Butterflies of Nepal (immature stages), by S. Igarashi; A 
study of hybrids between Japanese and Himalayan Papilio, by S. A. Ae; A chromo- 
some study of twenty-eight species of Himalayan butterflies, and A chromosome 
study of interspecific hybrids of butterflies, both by K. Maeki and S. A. Ae.—Order 
from: S. A. Ar, Biol Lab., Nanzan University, Yamazato-cho, Showa-ku, Nagoya, 
Japan. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 4] 


THE BIOLOGY OF PAPILIO INDRA KAIBABENSIS IN 
THE GRAND CANYON 


THomas C. EMMEL and JouN F. EMMEL 
Division of Systematic Biology, Stanford University, Stanford, California 


Of the six races of Papilio indra Edwards, P. i. kaibabensis Bauer in- 
habits perhaps the most spectacular country in which a butterfly may be 
found, the sheer cliffs and rugged gorges forming the Grand Canyon of 
the Colorado River in northern Arizona. This swallowtail was first noted 
to occur in Arizona sixteen years ago (Garth, 1950) and was described 
as a distinct subspecies in 1955 by Bauer. Few specimens have been 
collected since those of the type series, almost all at the top of the rims 
within Grand Canyon National Park in the month of August. Nothing 
on the biology of this butterfly has been recorded. The present paper 
reports data on the ecology, distribution, and life history of Papilio indra 
kaibabensis obtained from three years of field work in the Grand Canyon. 
The affinity of kaibabensis with the P. indra group is corroborated by 
our data. | 

Since the type locality of P. i. kaibabensis is Bright Angel Point, on 
the North Rim of the Grand Canyon, the authors first visited this area 
on August 7-9, 1963. It rained daily and adults were not seen; searching 
of the slopes and rim around Bright Angel Point did not uncover a pos- 
sible umbellifer foodplant. 

The following year, we returned to the Grand Canyon to explore the 
lower Canyon area around Roaring Springs, another North Rim locality 
where this Papilio was known to occur. On August 22, one of us (J.F.E.) 
made the five-mile hike down the North Kaibab Trail. A large female 
P. i. kaibabensis was observed flying on the steep slope opposite Roaring 
Springs, and it attempted to oviposit on an umbelliferous plant. The 
butterfly was netted and kept alive, in the hope that it would be induced 
to oviposit (unfortunately it died the following day). In the next few 
hours, only three other females were seen, and one was collected. During 
this time, the umbelliferous plants on the slope were searched for larvae. 
One third-instar larva was found, and specimens of the plant were taken 
for identification. The single larva was reared to the fifth-instar on an 
intact specimen of the foodplant, but it died of disease. 

In July of 1965, one of us (T.C.E.), in company with field assistant, 
M. K. Fosdick, revisited the Grand Canyon with the intention of finding 
more immature stages. On July 3, the 4,000 foot descent to the Roaring 
Springs area was made. A fresh male kaibabensis was taken on wet 


42 EMMEL AND EMMEL: Papilio biology Vol. 21 meee 


sand at the spring area, and several other rather worn adults were seen. 
On the abundant foodplants, six larvae were found: one second-instar, 
one third instar, three fourth-instars, and one fifth-instar. The fifth-instar 
larva prepared for pupation soon after collection and the resulting pupa 
went into diapause; the remaining five larvae were sent to J.F.E. at 
Stanford University for rearing. On arrival, the second-instar was dead 
and the third-instar had molted. The four living larvae were placed 
singly on separate potted plants of Tauschia arguta (T. & G.) Macbr., 
a known foodplant of P. i. pergamus Hy. Edw. (Emmel & Emmel, 1963). 
All accepted the Tauschia readily and three reached maturity; the fourth 
was killed by ants while in the fourth-instar. 

The three mature larvae all pupated successfully; one pupa died several 
weeks after formation from virus disease. The remaining two pupae 
emerged on July 28, 1965, only ten days after pupation on July 18. 


DESCRIPTION OF FOODPLANT 


The foodplant at Roaring Springs was identified as Pteryxia petraea 
(Jones) Coult. & Rose, using Arizona Flora by Kearmey and Peebles 
(1960: p. 619). This identification was further verified by comparison 
of our specimens with numerous herbarium specimens of P. petraea. 

The broad range of this plant includes extreme eastern Oregon, south- 
ern Idaho, northeastern California, and the northern half of Nevada. In 
Arizona the plant is found only in the Grand Canyon, where it occurs on 
the slopes of both rims. The four herbarium specimens of Pteryxia 
petraea at the Grand Canyon National Park Museum are from the 
South Rim: from 6,000 to 4,250 feet elevations on the Hermit Trail and 
at 7,000 feet on the South Kaibab Trail. Our work on the North Rim 
shows that it is abundant from 4,800 to 5,200 feet elevation on dry rocky 
slopes along the North Kaibab Trail. The plant may stand nearly two 
feet in height, and be the same size in diameter. Flowering occurs in 
May and June, and the herbage remains green into early September 
when summer rains are sufficient. This plant has a strong pungent odor 
detectable by a human observer from even several feet away. 


HABITAT 


The Pteryxia plants were found generally scattered on the open sunny 
slopes or even vertical canyon walls in the vicinity of Roaring Springs, in 
the arid Pinyon-Juniper belt or Upper Sonoran Life Zone. This area is 
about 2,000 feet lower in elevation than the Mesa County, Colorado, 
habitat of Papilio indra minori, but the general plant associations and 
rocky-slope habitat of these two P. indra races are the same. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 43 


Fig. 1. The Grand Canyon of the Colorado River, Arizona, from Cape Royal on 
the North Rim. Male Papilio indra kaibabensis have been taken here, but the main 
breeding area is located below even the lowest rock strata visible in this photograph. 


ADULT HAaAsirts 


The observed P. i. kaibabensis males were either taking water at mud 
flats along the stream at Roaring Springs or flying rapidly along the 
stream bottom. Most of the males (and the several females) of the type 
series were taken on the top of the North or South Rims (Bauer, 1955), 
and it is likely that the males “hill-top” like males of other P. indra races 
(even though they may ascend several thousand feet higher than their 
nearest foodplants, where the fresh unmated females would presumably 
be found!). The observed females flew rather slowly across the slopes 
around Roaring Springs, occasionally hovering around the outer leaves 


44 EMMEL AND EMMEL: Papilio biology Vol: 21, 10h 


of a Pteryxia plant. A tall thistle (Cirsium sp.) has been the only observed 
nectar source for the adults. 

This subspecies is double-brooded, as evidenced by the presence of 
young larvae at the beginning of July and again in August, the immediate 
emergence of two of the four pupae obtained from early-July larvae, and 
the temporal distribution of adult specimens in collections and in our 
field visits. All but one specimen of the type series were taken in August 
(usually mid to late August), and would therefore be second brood 
specimens. The other type specimen was taken July 1, and our own 
early-July visit showed adults flying at that time. Considering the larval 
instars (even a fifth-instar) taken July 3, the first brood must fly from 
late May into early July. 

Data obtained since the publication of our paper (Emmel & Emmel, 
- 1964) on the life history of Papilio indra minori indicates that P. i. minori 
also has a second brood in mid summer. At present, then, two of the 
six subspecies of Papilio indra are known to have two broods a year while 
the other four are apparently single-brooded. 


LARVAL HABITS 


As in other P. indra subspecies, the larval habits differ among the 
instars. The fourth-instars remained on the petioles of the foodplant, 
near the base, moving to the tip of the leaf to feed. Larvae of this 
instar often dropped from the plant when disturbed. When not feeding, 
fifth-instar larvae rested near the base of the plant, under old leaves or 
prostrate stems. Larvae fed most heavily during the daylight hours, but 
also fed at night. For several hours before selecting a pupation site, the 
larva traveled rapidly around the potted Tauschia plant, stopping only 
when disturbed. 


DESCRIPTION OF EARLY STAGES 


Egg and First-Instar Larva: 

No examples have been obtained, but considering the close similarity 
of later stages to those of Papilio indra minori, the egg and first-instar 
are probably similar to those of this western Colorado subspecies. 


Second- and Third-Instar Larvae: 
The general coloration and pattern is similar to that of the fourth- 


instar larva described below, except that the head is shiny black before 
the larva reaches fourth-instar. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 45 


Fourth-Instar Larva: 


Length: 25 mm at maturity. 

Head: Width of head capsule, 2.1 mm. Shiny jet black, with an inverted crescent- 
shaped mark of light orange at center and four white dots across upper margins 
(one pair on each side). 

Body: Pattern indistinguishable from that of fourth-instar larva of Papilio indra 
minori (see Figures 2 and 3, and Emmel & Emmel, 1964). Ground color black; 
three rows of orange spots on each side of larva; position and shape of white “saddle” 
mark (on seventh abdominal segment) and other white spots as on larva of P. i. 
minori. 


Fifth-Instar Larva: 


Length: 42 mm at maturity, the largest of any P. indra race. 

Head: Width of head capsule, 4.0 mm. Head capsule pattern (Figure 6) and its 
slight variation between larvae essentially identical to that of P. i. minori. Light 
areas in pattern red-orange, the dark areas in both subspecies black. 

Body: (Figures 4 and 5). Ground color deep black. Middle of each body 
segment with six orange spots, three on each side (dorsal, suprastigmatal, lateral); 
these spots in same positions as orange spots on larvae of younger instars. First 
segment with a narrow anterior band of rich pink; this pink band expanding to cover 
anterior half of each succeeding segment, always ending posteriorly and laterally at 
the orange spots. Thoracic legs and abdominal prolegs black, with a medium to 
large white dot on each. An analogous, single subventral white dot on segments 
without legs, but not on anal proleg pair (where it is almost always present on 
P. i. minori larvae). 

After careful comparison of these kaibabensis larvae with preserved 
examples and color transparency slides of larvae of P. indra minori, we 
conclude that the pattern and general coloration of the fifth-instar larvae 
of the two subspecies are essentially identical. The P. indra kaibabensis 
larvae differ only in their slightly larger size at maturity and the absence 
of the white spot on the rear proleg. This similarity is surprising when 
one considers the degree of larval color pattern divergence in the other 
P. indra subspecies, although it is clear from adult characters that kaiba- 
bensis and minori are closer to each other than to any of the remaining 
four races. The pupal coloration of kaibabensis, however, is quite distinc- 


tive. 


PUPA 


Male: Length, 27.5 mm. Greatest width at wing cases, 9.5 mm. 
Female: Length, 30-31 mm. Greatest width at wing cases, 10 mm. 
Morphologically, the pupa is identical to that of P. i. minori. It is also 
identical in size to large pupae of minori. However, it may be distin- 
guished readily from pupae of all other P. indra subspecies in its colora- 
tion. The ground color is best described as a light tannish pink; pupae of 
P. i. minori are grayish tan or brownish tan in comparison. A finely 
mottled appearance is given by a rough surface with scattered tiny light 


46 EMMEL AND EMMEL: Papilio biology Vol. 21, no. 4 


Fig. 2. Papilio indra kaibabensis Bauer. Fourth-instar larva, dorsal aspect. 


Fig. 3. Fourth-instar larva, lateral aspect. Fig. 4. Fifth- (last) instar larva, dorsal 
aspect. Fig. 5. Fifth-instar larva, lateral aspect. 


S 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 47 


cream-colored spots, the spots occurring on the raised portions of the 
surface. There are also various other scattered marks of a dark tannish 
pink. The light spots are more concentrated in the dorsal region, giving 
this area a lighter color than the surrounding tannish pink. The wing 
cases have much less mottling. 


DISTRIBUTION OF THE SUBSPECIES 


The twenty-one specimens of Papilio indra kaibabensis in the Grand 
Canyon National Park Museum collection were collected at five different 
localities: 

Buehty Angel Point (17 specimens): 8/3/38, 8/13/51, 8/2/53 (2), 
8/4/53 (2), 8/5/53 (4), 8/7/53 (2), 8/13/53, 8/14/53 (2), 8/16/53 (2). 
Point Imperial (1): 7/28/53. Cape Royal (1): 7/29/53. Roaring Springs 
(Ee o/13/o8- Yavapai Point (1): 8/22/44. 

All the specimens but one (Yavapai Point) came from the North Rim 
of the Grand Canyon, and all represent second-brood adults. Bauer 
(1955) took one male, near Ryan Ranger Station, Kaibab Plateau, 
Coconino Co., Arizona, on 1 July 1952. 

From our field work in the Grand Canyon area and the distribution 
of foodplants and museum specimens, it appears that the butterfly breeds 
in a narrow altitudinal zone at about 5,000 feet elevation, halfway be- 
tween the North Rim (and probably also the South Rim) and the floor 
of the Grand Canyon. 


SUMMARY 


The life history stages and foodplant of Papilio indra kaibabensis are 
described from field work on the North Rim of the Grand Canyon. The 
life history is very similar to that of P. i. minori; both races are double- 
brooded. The foodplant is Pteryxia petraea (Jones) Coult. & Rose, a 
member of the Umbelliferae. Remarks on the ecology of the adults and 
larvae and known distribution of this Grand Canyon race are also given. 

It is clear from the characters of the immature stages that Bauer (1955) 
was correct in associating this black Papilio with the P. indra group rather 
than with the superficially similar adults of P. bairdi, or another Papilio. 
It is also evident that P. indra kaibabensis and P. i. minori have diverged 
from each other mainly in adult characteristics, which suggests that 
characteristics of the immature stages in these butterflies are evolving less 
rapidly than those of the adults. This conservatism in larval divergence 
is all the more surprising when one compares these larvae with those of 
the other indra subspecies, which have diverged considerably. 


48 EMMEL AND EMMEL: Papilio biology Vol. 245) neve 


6 7 8 9 


Fig. 6. Papilio indra kaibabensis Bauer. Detail of the head of the fifth-instar 
larva, frontal view. Dark areas black, light areas orange. Fig. 7, 8,9. Pupa. Dorsal, 
lateral, and ventral aspects, respectively. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The present paper is part of a continuing study of evolution in popula- 
tions of the Papilio machaon complex in western North America. The 
support of the U. S. Public Health Service Population Biology Training 
Grant to Stanford is gratefully acknowledged. 

We wish to thank Park Superintendent Howard B. Stricklin and Chief 
Park Naturalist Merrill D. Beal of the National Park Service for their 
most helpful cooperation in granting collecting permits and answering 
our many requests for information; Mr. Michael K. Fosdick for his cap- 
able assistance in field work; and Dr. William M. Hiesey, Director of 
the Division of Plant Biology, Carnegie Institution of Washington at 
Stanford, for generously providing research space for culturing both 
foodplants and Papilio stocks. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Bauer, D. L., 1955. A new race of Papilio indra from the Grand Canyon region. 
Lep. News, 9: 49-54. 

EMMEL, J. F. & T. C. Emmet, 1963. Larval foodplant records for six western 
Papilios. Jour. Res. Lepid., 1: 191-193. 

1964. The life history of Papilio indra minori. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 18: 65-73. 

Gartu, J. S., 1950. Butterflies of Grand Canyon National Park. Grand Canyon 
Natural History Association. 52 pp. 

KeaRNEy, T. H. & R. H. Peesies, 1960. Arizona Flora. University of California 
Press, Berkeley. 1085 pp. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 49 


NOTES ON TROGONOPTERA TROJANA OF PALAWAN— 
PHILIPPINES 


JuLt1an N. JUMALON 
University of San Carlos, Cebu City, Philippines 


One week before the outbreak of the war in the Pacific in 1941, the 
picture of both sexes of the Trogonoptera trojana (identified as Ornithop- 
tera trojana) appeared in the magazine section of the then widely cir- 
culated Tribune, a Manila daily. In part the short article reads: “A 
certain ornithoptera for instance, (found only in Palawan), is said to 
cost $250, highest price for a P.I. butterfly; its male, $75. According to 
the late Prof. C. S. Banks, there are only two existing specimens of this, 
one of which is in a German museum, the other, in the P.J. Division of 
Natural History Museum.” When the Bureau of Science building in 
Manila was destroyed during the liberation campaign, all the scientific 
records and collections were lost. Since then, the writer has never heard 
anything about this butterfly nor came across papers about it. It is evi- 
dent that the trickle of scientific expeditions which have extended their 
field work to Palawan have not succeeded in collecting specimens of 
this birdwing. 

In 1959, accompanied by three zoology instructors from the University 
of San Carlos of Cebu City, Philippines, the writer collected for nearly 
two months at central Palawan. Based at Irawan, 14 kilometers from the 
capital (Puerto Princesa), each day the party worked out the foothills 
of Staveley Mountain, following the chromite mine road which winds 
upward toward the mine, 14 kilometers from Irawan. The road cuts 
across a dense second growth vegetation where there were ample flow- 
ering bushes such as lantana and vines which attracted a host of pierids, 
danaids, and nymphalids. Before covering the entire length of the road, 
one gradually enters the primary forest where the predominating impor- 
tant trees are almaciga (Agathis alba) and apitong (Dipterocarpus 
grandifloris ). Here, at an elevation of 300-400 meters, the party noticed 
huge black birdwings soaring more than 30 feet above the vegetation. 
Not only did none in the party have the chance to swing a net at those 
high-flying insects, but we did not even see the upper surface of those 
soaring beauties. 

In September, 1965, the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C., 
sent out a one-man expedition to the Philippines to collect moths, with 
emphasis on the Islands’ Microlepidoptera. Dr. Donald R. Davis, As- 
sociate Curator of the Division of Entomology at the Smithsonian se- 


50 JuMALoN: Rare Philippine birdwing Vol. 21 (nemt 


lected four strategic localities for light-trapping. One month was spent 
in Cebu and western Leyte, a full month at Davao on Mindanao, five 
weeks at central and southern Palawan, and finally in Baguio, on north- 
ern Luzon. According to previous arrangements, the writer agreed to 
accompany Dr. Davis at the first four places. The party arrived at 
Palawan on the last week of November. Therefore we were at Palawan 
when it was neither too rainy nor too dry. The rains were occasional at 
central Palawan, but an easterly wind made most of the days partly 
cloudy, with, at times, a stiff breeze which made the upper lanes of the 
forest too uncomfortable for these huge birdwings. 

The party was based for ten days on the chromite mine site in the 
midst of the Almaciga and Apitong forest. The mine road runs further 
west for several kilometers. The surrounding ranges have an elevation 
of 2,000-3,000 feet and are covered with a primary forest. Here a spe- 
cies of climbing Bauhinia is in bloom during the last three months of the 
year. Its pods ripen in summer or the hot months of the Philippines. The 
inflorescence of this vine attract a number of butterflies. Among the 
papilionids observed to regularly visit the flowers were Lamproptera 
curius, Papilio palawanicus, P. demolion, Graphium agamemnon, an oc- 
casional G. sarpedon and P. polytes ledebouria. It was sometime later 
when the party noticed that the T. trojana also favored this flower al- 
though it showed marked partiality for a certain vine while the others 
although profusely flowered, were bypassed. 

This vine may sprawl on the ground like sweet potato, or grow up- 
ward, enveloping a whole shrub tree as was the case with our “bait” 
tree which yielded the greatest number of catch. This vine hugged a 
15-foot tree, completely covering it, its scores of clusters of flowers shoot- 
ing out in all directions. All around were smaller vines striving to reach 
sunshine, some of which appeared ideal for flower visitors but remained 
unpatronized by the trojana. The area is a depression with second growth 
forest of not more than 15 years. Possibly birdwings emerging from tall 
trees of surrounding mountainsides fly down into this area in search of 
flowers and mates, as well as to escape from the stiff breeze sweeping 
the top of the forest. Here, all kinds of vines, shrubs and herbs, exposed 
to sunlight, bloom in exuberance, hence the abundance of fluttering visi- 
tors on sunny mornings. 

On slightly elevated ground 30 meters away, an eight-foot guava tree 
similarly choked by a Bauhinia vine, proved to be another nectar source 
favored by the trojana. Half a kilometer down the mining road several 
males and a female trojana were later taken at a sprawling vine. It was 
on the curve of the road facing the morning sun. For nine days, the 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 51 


writer shuttled between the three spots from morning until sundown, 
and took two females and 24 males. Dr. Davis, also took a female and 
three males. The writer’s assistant caught a female and six males. Of 
the chances afforded us in nine days, 30 to 40 percent were misses. 

T. trojana is essentially a woodland butterfly like species of Troides 
of the islands. None was seen on the open spaces of the lowland where 
the black and yellow birdwings occur. Both sexes showed preference 
for the milder hours of the day. Shying the hot hours of bright days, 
they sought refuge in the cool shade of tall trees where they were usually 
seen ceaselessly soaring and gliding, recalling the habit of the male 
Parides mariae and P. phegeus. Some males were observed flying during 
a shower, and one was seen on the wing in a particularly heavy rain. 
Several males were taken while they fed during a drizzle. With their 
huge wings, they appeared to be at a great disadvantage during a strong 
wind. Some were taken while bracing a stiff breeze, when they were 
forced to fly lower in order to escape the wind. Of the 26 individuals 
taken by the writer, 18 were netted in the morning, and eight in the 
afterrioon. 

Both sexes feed early in the day, even on our side of the range where 
the sun appears about 9:00 A.M. The earliest catch was at about 6:00 
A.M., and the latest was after 3:00 P.M. Of the four females taken, one 
was taken at 7:00 A.M., another at 11:00, on a cloudy day. One came to 
feed at 3:00 P.M. Several were seen hovering over thickets on slopes, 
and one fresh female was observed several times at a particular spot 
three meters above the roadside, leading to the writer's discovery of an 
Aristolochia vine which is very similar to A. tagala. An egg-laying fe- 
male led to the finding of two larvae on the stem of another vine on the 
opposite side of the road. One, nearly 5 cm in length, was apparently 
hiding on the stem a meter from the ground. The smaller one was nearly 
2 cm in length. The head of the larger one was black, its body brownish 
black with two dorsal rows of brown fleshy spines; the pair above the 
second false legs, and the last three pairs, together with two laterally 
placed below it were orange. There was a yellow ring between the head 
and the thorax. The small larva had the head and body brownish black, 
the spines pale orange. Neither reached pupation stage because the party 
moved down to southern Palawan soon after the discovery of the larvae. 
Both specimens are preserved in alcohol in the writer's collection. 

Seitz (Macrolepidoptera of the World, vol. IX) described the forms 
of brookiana Wallengren of Borneo and Balabac, and trojana Staudinger 
of Palawan, giving the differences between them. The female trojana 
closely resembles that of T. brookiana of Malaya. However, in trojana, 


52 JuMALON: Rare Philippine birdwing Vol. 21, no. 4 


the subapical white markings are only faintly indicated, not as vivid as 
in the Malayan form. The feather-like metallic green spots of the latter's 
forewing (dorsal) are well defined, while in trojana, these are reduced 
to narrow lines bordering the strong black veins. The hindwings above 
are nearly identical in the two species except that in trojana, a beautiful 
blue sheen runs from the base of the wing upward meeting the metallic 
green halfway discally. 

Pendlebury and Corbet, as well as other observers, noted the extreme 
rarity of the females of the T. brookiana. The same is true of the Pala- 
wan birdwing. In the writer's experience, there was an average of one 
female for every 30 or more males seen. Of our group’s total catch of 37 
specimens, however, there are eight males to every female. This was 
because, after 15 males were captured, the writer and his companion 
concentrated on the rare females. Most of the half dozen or more females 
seen were perfect and fresh individuals. One came to the flowers briefly 
then flew in a spiral perpendicular to the ground until the butterfly was 
a mere speck overhead then made for the almaciga forest. About 20% 
of the males seen and taken were perfect although many of the damaged 
or imperfect ones were very fresh with only their hindwings showing a 
tear or two. 

Males taken earlier were used as decoys, placed close to the flowers 
but were ignored by approaching males, which went directly to the 
flowers. Males were encountered as high as the 2,000-foot ridge toward 
the west, and as low as 50 feet above sea level near the foothills of Cleo- 
patra’s Needle at the north. There is forest and heavy lowland vegetation 
surrounding the island, showing that the birdwing is associated with wood- 
land wherever it is found. Since there is not great variation in height 
of the ranges of the province from north to south, and the type of vegeta- 
tion is about the same, it is likely that the range of this butterfly extends 
to either extremity. Perhaps some interesting subspecies may occur on 
the islands and islets which dot the northern and southern waters. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 53 


A NOTE ON CARIA DOMITIANUS AND INO (RIODINIDAE), 
WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES 


Harry K. CLENCH 
Carmegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 


The Caria that flies commonly in southern Texas has been referred 
by most authors to the species domitianus Fabricius. Opinion has dif- 
fered on whether the subspecies name should be ino Godman & Salvin or 
melicerta Schaus, there being a question of the distinctness of these two. 
Recently Mr. Roy O. Kendall, of San Antonio, Texas, asked me what the 
correct name of the Texas populations should be. Examination of avail- 
able material has shown that the validity of the two subspecies was not 
the only point wanting clarification. The present paper summarizes the 
results of that examination. 

In brief, two species are present rather than one: domitianus (from 
Guatemala south) and ino (from southern Mexico north). They are 
distinguishable in pattern, body color, wing shape and in male genitalia. 
Each has two known subspecies. Texas specimens should be known as 
Caria ino melicerta Schaus. 

For information on the type of melicerta and on other material in the 
United States National Museum, I am grateful to Dr. Lee D. Miller, of 
the Catholic University of America, Washington, D. C. Records from 
the National Museum, provided by Dr. Miller, are indicated below by 
the abbreviation U.S.N.M.; records in Carnegie Museum by C.M. In 
the references TL stands for type locality. Descriptions below are 
coordinate and comparative, and mention little that is not a species or 
subspecies difference. 


CARIA DOMITIANUS 


Male. Prothoracic legs and abdominal venter greyish. Forewing with pointed 
apex; upperside of forewing having a dark patch at cell-end with a smaller overlay 
of emerald green scaling, especially costally; hindwing with a thick, subterminal, 
emerald green line. Underside with ground evenly brick-red, apical and terminal 
areas not darkened on either wing; spot pattem faint or partly absent; no terminal 
blue line on either wing. 

Female. Prothoracic legs and abdominal venter ochreous yellow. Forewing much 
less pointed than male. Hindwing below with subterminal and terminal spots fused 
together in each interspace below M:, making a single series of much enlarged spots. 
Otherwise as described for male. 

Male genitalia (Fig. 1, holotype of d. vejento, new subspecies). Phallus with 
portion distad of the bend shorter than portion proximad; frenum (heavily sclerotized 
strap linking proximal part of the phallus to base of valvae) with a hook-like distal 
process extending well beyond processus inferior of valva. Valva with processus 
superior broad and subquadrate, armed with two large, apical setae and three 
smaller, subapical setae, all peg-like, much thicker than ordinary setae. 


54 CLENCH: Review of Caria Vol. 21, nos 


The species occurs from Guatemala to northern South America. There 
are two subspecies. 


CARIA DOMITIANUS DOMITIANUS (Fabricius ) 


Hesperia domitianus Fabricius, 1793, Ent. Syst. 3: 315 (TL “Guadeloupe” [prob- 
ably incorrect] ). 

Symmachia galbula (Felder, 1861, Wein. Ent. Monatschr., 5: 99 (TL Prov. 
Caracas, Venezuela); Kirby, 1871, Syn. Cat. D. Lep.,: 313; Stichel, 1910, Gen. Ins., 
fasc. 112A,: 173 (with further references). 

Symmachia domitianus: Kirby, 1871, Syn. Cat. D. Lep.,: 313. 

Caria domitianus: Godman & Salvin, 1886, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Lep. Rhop., 1: 448; 
Stichel, 1910, Gen. Ins., fasc. 112A,: 173 (with further references); Seitz, 1917, in 
Seitz, Grossschmett. Erde 5,: 683, pl. 135 f; Holland, 1931, Butterfly Book (rev. 
ed.),: 217, pl. 76, figs. 1, la (specimen figured is from San Mateo, Costa Rica, in 
USNM). 

Male. Ground color above rather pale; forewing with the patch of green scales 
large, occupying over half the dark patch; upperside discal spot pattern (spots in 
‘basal area; pm line elements) visible on both wings; underside spots faint, entirely 
absent in discal areas of both wings. 


I have seen no females but Dr. Miller writes that they agree with the 
males in the above traits, except for absence of the green patch. On the 
underside females are more prominently spotted than males, and these 
spots are never completely absent, though they are little silvered. 


Range. Costa Rica to northern South America. 


Specimen records. Cosra Rica: San Mateo X, XI-II (CM; USNM); Esperanza 
VIII (USNM). Contomst1a: Savaville (USNM); Santa Marta (Godman & Salvin, 
l.c.). VENEZUELA: Prov. Caracas (Felder, l.c.). Also in USNM, 1é “C. Allegre” 
[not located], 19.X1I.1898. 


Caria domitianus vejento Clench, new subspecies 


Caria domitianus ? (in part): Godman & Salvin, 1886, Biol. Centr. Amer. Lep. 

Rhop., 1: 448. 

Differs from nominate domitianus as follows: Male larger; ground color of upper- 
side darker, about as dark as ino; dark cell-end patch present, the superimposed 
green scales reduced in extent, covering less than half the dark patch; discal and 
basal spots of both wings faint, nearly absent. Underside with spots present uni- 
formly over both wings. Female with blurred spot elements above on both wings; 
underside with all spots large, mostly quadrate, all prominently silvered except sub- 
terminal row on forewing below Mh, blackish. 


Holotype, male (genitalia, slide C-1114), and paratype female: Gua- 
temala, Zacapa, September, leg. W. Schaus; Carnegie Museum Ent. type 
series no. 511. Two male and three females from the same locality and 
collector (IV, VI) in the U.S.N.M. agree with the above diagnosis 
(teste L. D. Miller) but I have not seen them. 

In addition there are in the U.S.N.M. a male from Cayuga, Guatemala, 
X, leg. Schaus, and a male “from L. Thiel, S. Sebastian, Retalhuleu,” also 
Guatemala. Godman & Salvin (l.c.) record domitianus from Chontales, 
Honduras, quite possibly referring to this subspecies. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ae 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURES 


A portion of the male genitalia in Caria: the phallus with its frenum, and the 
outline of one valva. The proximal border of the latter is thin and poorly defined 
and is not shown. Fig. 1. C. domitianus vejento Clench, holotype ¢ (slide C-1114). 
Fig. 2. C. ino melicerta Schaus, 6, Cameron Co., Texas (slide C-1111). 


CaRIA INO 

Male. Prothoracic legs and abdominal venter brick-red (apparently unique in 
the genus). Forewing with apex less pointed (i.e., about as in Calephelis); upper- 
side of forewing with no dark discal patch, almost no green scaling beyond a 
slender bar at cell-end, this bar silver or green; hindwing with subterminal green 
line thin or absent. Underside ground brick-red darkening to fuscous broadly along 
termen of forewing, less markedly on hindwing termen; spot pattern prominent, 
spots partly silvered; a terminal bluish metallic line on both wings. 

Female. Prothoracic legs and abdominal venter ochreous yellow, not differing 
from female domitianus; forewing less pointed than male, not differing from 
domitianus. Hindwing below, with subterminal and terminal spot rows both present, 
not fused. 

Male genitalia (Fig. 2, ino melicerta). Phallus with portion distad of the bend 
longer than portion proximad; frenum without a hook-like distal process, reaching 
only to base of processus inferior of valva. Valva with processus superior rounded- 
acuminate, slender, armed with thin, ordinary setae only. 

Males differ from domitianus in the color of the fore legs and ventral 
surface of abdomen, in the darkened fuscous border of the forewing 
below, in wing shape and in male genital characters; females in the 
unfused subterminal and terminal spots of the hind wing below; and 
both sexes differ in the absence of the discal dark patch of the fore 
wing and the absence of the green scaling on it. 

The distribution of Caria ino corresponds closely to that of the thorn 
forests in Mexico, at least where relevant information is available. 
Thorn forest formations occur in southern Texas, in much of Tamaulipas, 
in an isolated area of central Veracruz east of Jalapa (whence the type 
of melicerta came), and in northern Yucatan. C. ino melicerta occurs 
in all these areas. Thorn forests are also prevalent along the west coast 
of Mexico, such as at Mazatlan, where the type and many subsequent 


specimens of ino were taken. 


56 CLENCH: Review of Caria Vol. 21, nom 


CaRIA INO INO Godman & Salvin, new status 


Caria ino Godman & Salvin, 1886, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Lep. Rhop., 1: 449, pl. 43, 
figs. 22-25 (TL Ventanas [now Villa Corona], Durango, Mexico); 1901, op. cit., 
2(suppl.): 705; Holland, 1931, Butterfly Book (rev. ed.); 217, pl. 76, figs. 3, 3a 
(specimen figured, hardly recognizable, from Venadio, Sinaloa, in USNM). 

Caria domitianus ino: Stichel, 1910, Gen. Ins., fasc. 112A: 174; Seitz, 1917, in 
Seitz, Grossschmett. Erde 5: 683; Hoffmann, 1940, An. Inst. Biol. Mex. 11: 697 
(in part). 

Male. Forewing with bar at cell-end leaden or dull silver; hindwing with cell- 
end bar and one or two costal spots of the pm series dull metallic (leaden) color; 
subterminal green line of hind-wing thin but distinct. Underside of hindwing with 
cell-end bar metallic, terminal line or spot row thick, the spots nearly contiguous. 


There appear to be no useful discriminating characters in the female. 
Range. Apparently confined to western Mexico, from the vicinity of 
Mazatlan south to Oaxaca. 


Specimen records. SINALOA: Mazatlan 24—27.X.1961, 56 19, leg. Cary-Carnegie 
“Mus. Exp. (CM); Mazatlan, 1¢ (USNM); Venadio, 56 12 (USNM). Duranco: 
Ventanas [now Villa Corona] (Godman & Salvin 1886, l.c.). Cotma: Colima, 19, ex 
Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia. GurERRERO: Sierra de Guerrero 13.III, 12 (USNM); 
Venta de Zopilote (Godman & Salvin 1901, lI.c.). Oaxaca: no further data, 1¢ 
(USNM). 

CaARIA INO MELICERTA Schaus, new status 


Caria melicerta Schaus, 1890, Entom. Americana, 6: 18 (TL, Paso de San Juan, 
Veracruz, Mexico); Godman & Salvin, 1901, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Lep. Rhop. 2 
(suppl.): 705; Dyar, 1903, Bull. U. S. Natl. Mus., 52: 35 (“19027 )2 Holland: 
1931, Butterfly Book (rev. ed.),: 217, pl. 76, figs. 2, 2a (hardly recognizable; 
specimen figured is the type). 

Caria domitianus melicerta: Seitz, 1917, in Seitz, Grossschmett. Erde, 5: 683. 

Caria domitianus ino: Stichel, 1910, Gen. Ins., fasc. 112A,: 174 (= melicerta); 
Barnes & McDunnough, 1917, Check List Lep. Bor. America,: 13; McDunnough, 
1938, Mem. So. California Acad. Sci., 1: 23; Hoffmann 1940, An. Inst. Biol. Mex., 
11: 697 (in part); dos Passos, 1964, Lep. Soc. Mem., 1: 50. 

Caria domitianus (subspecies not specified): Klots, 1951, Field Guide to the 
Butterflies,: 125; Ehrlich, 1961, in Ehrlich & Ehrlich, How to know the Butter- 
flies,; 247, fig. 488. 

Male. Bar at end of forewing cell inclining to greenish; hindwing with no 
metallic scaling on cell-end bar or pm spots; subterminal line extremely thin, per- 
haps half as thick as in i. ino. Hindwing underside with cell-end bar fuscous, not 
metallic; terminal spot row thin, the spots discrete. 

Female. No observed differences from nominate ino. Females divide readily into 
two types: (a) orange tinged above, terminal area little contrasting; (b) dark 
above, as dark as male, with a contrasting orange terminal area on both wings. 
(Form (a) is like the single female of nominate ino at hand). 


Range. Southern Texas south to Yucatan. 


Specimen records. Texas: Pharr, Hidalgo Co., 4.III.1945, 19, and 2.VIII.1945, 
1¢, leg. H. A. Freeman; Cameron Co., 3.1V.1957, 66, leg. R. O. Kendall; San 
Patricio Co., 11.1X.1960, 432, leg. R. O. & C.-A. Kendall, and 30.1X—7.X.1960, 7 2) 
ex larva, leg. R. O. Kendall. (All in CM). Tamauniess: 1 mi. W. Soto La 
Marina, 100 m, 8.1.1966, 19 (Tamaulipan thorn forest), leg. H. K. Clench and 
L. D. Miller; no further data (Hoffmann, l.c.). Veracruz: Jalapa, 1¢ each in CM, 
USNM; Paso de San Juan, 6¢ 29, including type (USNM). Yucaran: Chichén Itza, 
22,25.VIII.1954, 29, leg. E. C. Welling; Halacel, 8.IV.1954, 19, leg. E. C. Welling. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Bi 


PALAEACRITA SPECIOSA HULST (GEOMETRIDAE) 
IN MINNESOTA 


JoHN T. SORENSEN 
5309 37th Ave., Minneapolis, Minnesota 


On April 21 and 22, 1965 I collected a series of what I took to be 
Palaeacrita vernata Peck at a black light in Minneapolis, Hennepin 
County, Minnesota. In August 1965 I sent 30 individuals to Mr. Bryant 
Mather, Jackson, Mississippi, who, in turn, referred them to Dr. Frederick 
H. Rindge, of the American Museum of Natural History, New York. Dr. 
Rindge determined two of these to be Palaeacrita speciosa Hulst. In 
November 1965 I sent Mr. Mather the remaining 31 specimens and he 
also referred these to Dr. Rindge. 

Dr. Rindge commented (in litt.) on the two specimens in the first 
group that he had determined as P. speciosa Hulst, as follows: “These 
are the first specimens I’ve seen of this outside of our type (from Colo- 
rado)!” One of the two specimens was retained by Dr. Rindge at the 
A.M.N.H., the other was returned to Mr. Mather and is now in his col- 
lection. Rindge (1955, p. 154) wrote of the Hulst type, in the A.M.N.H. 
collection: “speciosa Hulst, Paleacrita (1898, Canadian Ento., vol. 30, 
p. 113, Type male, Glenwood Springs, Colorado, 4-3-1893, W. Barnes ).” 
In response to an inquiry as to the significance of the date “4-3,” Dr. 
Rindge replied (in litt.): “The type specimen of this species is dated 
‘4/3/1893 . . . this can be read as either April 3 or March 4... in 
Hulst’s original description he gives the date as May 3. This is obviously 
in error. I do not have any additional literature references on this 
species.” 

Dr. Rindge commented (in litt.) on the second group as follows: “T 
was very happy to see the nice series of vernata from Minneapolis. The 
amount of variability here has caused some problem at least as far as 
I am concerned. You will recall that earlier there were two specimens 
of what I called speciosa. The specimen that was retained agrees quite 
well with our type from Glenwood Springs, Colorado. Unfortunately, 
the type does not have an abdomen. In the series from Minnesota the 
specimens range from an almost immaculate gray to the variegated pat- 
tern of speciosa. This of course made me wonder just what was going on. 
I dissected the genitalia of the earlier “speciosa and have just finished 
studying these structures. They agree perfectly with the normal vernata. 
So now the problem arises as to just what true speciosa might be. Untfor- 
tunately, I do not have any material in this immediate group from Glen- 


58 SORENSEN: Geometrid record Vol. 21, nami 


wood Springs or anywhere else in Colorado. Forbes (1948) says that 
vernata goes west as far as that state.t At this point it looks like speciosa 
may either be a straight synonym of vernata or possibly a subspecies of 
it from the west. Pending the receipt of western material the problem 
cannot be answered.” 

In the original description, Hulst (1898) characterized speciosa by 
the whitish gray forewings, with five somewhat diffuse, black cross lines. 
The type has an expanse of 32 mm, and bears the data: Glenwood 
Springs, Colo., May 3; from Dr. Barnes. 

It now appears that “speciosa-like” specimens occur not only in Colo- 
rado in March or April, but also in Minnesota in April. Additional 
records would be very desirable, especially from Colorado. This series 
of events emphasizes the desirability of the determination of specimens 
.that could represent rare species yet resemble common ones checked 
by workers who are qualified to recognize such rare species. 

The cooperation of Dr. Rindge, who determined the material and 
provided comments, and of Mr. Mather, who arranged to submit it for 
Dr. Rindge’s study, passed the results on to me, and gave advice in the 
preparation of this article is very much appreciated. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Forbes, W. T. M., 1948. Lepidoptera of New York and Neighboring States, Part II, 
Geometridae, etc. Cornell Univ. Ag. Exp. Sta., Memoir 274: 263 pp. 

Huust, G. D., 1898. Descriptions of new genera and species of the Geometrina of 
North America. Canadian Entomologist, 30: 113-121. 

RinpcE, F. H., 1955. The type material in the J. B. Smith and G. D. Hulst Collec- 
tions of Lepidoptera in the American Museum of Natural History. Bull. Amer. 
Mus. Nat. Hist., 106(2.): 91-172. 


1 Palaeacrita vernata is recorded from several western states by Essig (1926, Insects of Western 
North America) and from Colorado and California by Metcalfe et al. (1951, Destructive and Useful 
Insects). However, all specimens formerly under this name in the California Insect Survey, Univer- 
sity of California, Berkeley, have recently been identified as P. longiciliata Hulst (1898) by Rindge, 
and the occurrence of vernata in the western states is in doubt. Prentice (1963, Forest Lepidoptera 
of Canada, Vol. 3) records localities west to Saskatchewan for vernata.—ED. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 59 


VARIATION IN JUNONIA COENIA IN MISSISSIPPI 
(NYMPHALIDAE) 


BRYANT MATHER 
Box 2131, Jackson, Mississippi 


Concerning Junonia coenia, Klots (1951) wrote: “We do not yet fully 
understand the relationships of the various forms of this butterfly... . 
A great deal of careful study and thorough analytical work is needed.” 
The present paper discusses results of a study of some aspects of variation 
in Junonia coenia coenia (Hubner) in Mississippi. The 105 Mississippi 
specimens which were studied were collected over a 10-year period, 
represented dates of capture in all 12 months and localities in 17 counties 
representing all sections of the state, and included 52 males and 53 
females. Of the 105 specimens, 83 were taken in Hinds County and a 
total of 86 in the southwestern region of Mississippi as defined by Mather 
and Mather (1958), 12 were from the southeastern region, three from the 
northwestern, and two each from the northeastern and east central re- 
gions. No indication of intra-state geographical variation was detected. 
Features examined included: (a) Length of right forewing, measured 
with dividers and scaled to the nearest 1.0 mm; (b) Underside ground 
color (dark, intermediate, light); (c) Presence of subapical spot on 
forewing upperside as seen by the unaided eye (absent, faint, present ); 
(d) Maximum diameter of each eyespot on the hindwing upperside, 
measured to the nearest 0.1 mm using an eyepiece micrometer and a 
magnification of 10 x; and (e) Ratio of diameters and areas of the eye- 
spots on the hindwing upperside. Data on each of these features are 
presented and discussed below. 


FOREWING LENGTH 


The range of forewing lengths was 19 to 31 mm, distributed by month 
of capture as shown in Table 1; mean monthly values are indicated by 
open squares. The mean forewing length increases gradually from a 
minimum of about 21 mm in January to a maximum of about 27 mm in 
October, after which it decreases rapidly to about 24 mm in November 
and 22 mm in December. The peak in October and rapid decrease there- 
after may coincide with the beginning of cold weather; the earliest date 
for killing frost in central Mississippi is October 10 and the average date 
is November 5. 

In Virginia, Clark and Clark (1951) reported mean forewing lengths 
for the typical spring and fall form as 24 mm in males, 27 mm in females, 


60 MatTHeErR: Buckeye variation Vol. 21, mom 


TABLE 1 
DISTRIBUTION OF 105 SPECIMENS OF J. C. COENIA FROM MiIssissrpPI BY LENGTH 
OF FOREWING AND MONTH IN WHICH TAKEN, SHOWING SEASONAL CHANGE IN 
MEAN FOREWING LENGTH 
NUMBER OF SPECIMENS 
FORE WING leNGiine = iM 
(9 20 2 22 23.24:25 26 2/ 28°24 2002 aoe 


JAN Vt l 
FES 
MAR 
Ape 
MAY 
JUN 
JUL 
AUG 
SEP 
Oi 
Nov 
DEC 


TOTAL 5 G 12414 '5 18 |\Shlor4h) 42a los 


(| = MEAN FoREWING LENGTH OF 
SPECIMENS TAKEN IN INDICATED 
MON TH 


and noted that summer specimens are a little larger and individuals of 
another form confined to localized wet areas are still larger, about 28 mm 
for males and 30 mm for females. Field (1940) reported size values for 
the Kansas population, normal range 45 to 50 mm, 60 mm for large 
females, and 35 mm for “dwarfs.” Assuming that these may be converted 
to forewing lengths by subtracting 2 mm from each value for thorax 
width and dividing the remainder by two, the normal Kansas forewing 
length is 21.5 to 24 mm and the extremes are 16.5 and 29 mm. It would 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 61 


TABEE 
DISTRIBUTION OF 105 SPECIMENS OF J. C. COENIA FROM MiIsSISSIPPI BY DEPTH OF 
GrounpD CoLtor BELOW AND MONTH IN WuicH TakKEN, SHOWING SEASONAL 
CHANGE IN DEPTH OF GROUND COLOR UNDERSIDE 


therefore appear that the individuals comprising the Mississippi popula- 
tion are somewhat smaller in size than those of the Virginia population 
and very slightly larger than those of the Kansas population; and that 
our sample includes three specimens that are larger than the largest Field 
found and none as small as the smallest he found. 


GROUND COLOR OF UNDERSIDE 


The distribution of specimens by underside ground color and month 
of capture by number and percentage is shown in Table 2. No speci- 
mens with light ground color below were among those taken in January, 
February, or March; none with dark ground color below were among 
those taken in May, June, July, or August. The major seasonal shift 
from dark to light appears to take place between March and April, and 


62 


= 


MatTuHER: Buckeye variation Vol.,.21, nat 


iG ty 


INTER— 
MEDIATE 


PERCENTAGE. 


MONTH 


Fig. 1. Percentage distribution by months of capture of Mississippi specimens of 
J. c. coenia having light, intermediate, and dark ground color on underside. 


from light to dark between August and September; the former being 
somewhat more abrupt than the latter. In central Mississippi the March— 
April shift coincides with a change in mean temperature from below 
60° F to above 60° F (16° C), and the August-September shift with a 
change from above 80° F to below 80° F (27° C). The mean rainfall 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 63 


for March is higher than for any other month (5.9 inches), and is lowest 
for October (2.5 inches). The August-September shift does not accom- 
pany an increase in average monthly rainfall; the mean values for August, 
September, and October being 4.0, 3.1, and 2.5 inches respectively. I 
have observed no association between depth of ground color below and 
moistness of habitat in Mississippi. The percentage relations of speci- 
mens of different depths of ground color below by months are shown 
in Figure 1. 
SUBAPICAL SPOT ON UPPERSIDE OF FOREWING 


Of the 105 specimens examined, 53 were classified as having the spot 
well developed; in 40 it was present but faint; and in 12 it was not 
visible to the unaided eye. Examination of the latter at a magnification 
of 30 X revealed that at least a few blue scales were present or that the 
specimen was so rubbed that it might be assumed that such scales could 
once have been present. The twelve specimens showing no visible spot 
had forewing lengths from 19 to 29 mm, six had forewing lengths of 19, 
20, or 21 mm; thus suggesting a tendency for obsolescence of this spot 
to be associated with diminution in size. 


RELATIVE SIZE OF SPOTS OF HINDWING UPPERSIDE 


The measured values for the maximum diameters of anterior and 
posterior spots for the 105 specimens are plotted in Figure 2. Solid 
triangles represent males, open circles represent females. For each speci- 
men represented by a spot in Figure 2 the ratio of the diameters of 
anterior to posterior spot was calculated and a frequency diagram of 
these ratios is given as Figure 3. Figure 3 indicates a skewed distribution. 
The most frequent ratio of diameters for the Mississippi population is 
about 1.65, with more specimens having values larger than this and 
fewer having smaller values. The diagram also suggests that the speci- 
men having the smallest ratio (1.26), reported previously (Mather and 
Mather, 1958) as suggestive of the phenotype of zonalis is more clearly 
a part of the Mississippi population as a whole than the specimen at 
the other end of the distribution which has a ratio of 2.59. In Figure 4 
the points representing the four Mississippi specimens yielding the ex- 
treme data points in Figure 2 are replotted and values derived from one 
additional specimen in our collection, nine specimens figured in the 
literature (see Table 3), are indicated. The three specimens figured by 
Holland (1931) and Klots (1951) that are assigned to zonalis have ratios 
between 1.15 and 1.29. The two Mississippi specimens with the lowest 
diameter ratios are 1.26 and 1.36. The position in Figure 4 of the points 
for the six figured specimens of coenia suggest that the individuals com- 


64 MarTHER: Buckeye variation Vol. 21, no. 


4.0 


MM 


> 
oD 
ie) 


EYE SPOT 


DIAMETER OF ANTERIOR 
o~ 
Hy 


6.0 


Fe 


Z 
0 
a 2.0 2S 3.0 3.5 


4.0 4.5 5.9 S 
DIAMETER OCF POSTERIOR EYE SPOTS, MM 


Fig. 2. Relation of maximum diameter of anterior and posterior eyespots on hind- 
wing upperside for 52 male and 53 female specimens of J. c. coenia from Mississippi, 
showing extreme ratios of diameters of 1.26 : 1 and 2.59: 1. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 65 


Ao i 
VY) 
ZO 10. 
Ww 
= 
U 
Wu 
(Qe 
y) 
te 
@) 
Vv 
le 
4B) 
= 
=) 
az 


0.8 1.0 EZ \.4 |.6 |.8 2° O & Zee DAS DiS es 
2510 6 Sve Seer DISMe Tess 


064 Lo 144196 28q 40 529 676 7.84 


RATIO OF EYE SfeT AREAS 


Fig. 3. Frequency distribution for ratios of diameters and ratios of areas of anterior 


and posterior eyespots on hindwing upperside for 105 specimens of J. c. coenia from 
Mississippi. 


prising the Mississippi population may have ratios that are slightly lower 
than average for a “typical” coenia population. 

Both Klots (1951) and Brown (1955) characterize coenia as having 
the anterior spot on the hindwing above “from two to three times as 
large as the posterior one” or “at least twice and often three times as 
large.” This contrasts with zonalis in which the anterior spot is described 
as “little larger than the posterior one.” Barnes and McDunnough (1916, 


Vol. 2). mone 


Buckeye variation 


MATHER: 


66 


Tid 6Civel) duvdars anv AWW 


L dis xx 1d SCe6l) INYINOF 


(GINSCD) » SASAING 

$ . GINSOS, 
Gorn og © CUs6!) ABYID INV AUYITD 
void © (Sssel) Nmoxg 


12:44 © ESI) AYE 


S& wrod 13M , GVINDOD, 
GINSOD “$ BINIAVT, 


& Waos Ayuc , GINAPD, 


(9 Le nr DINING Ty S 


pe, STORINOZ ty 
(%) (2 ,GASAONSD, 6 
te Zi dia! picnd © (SE) SLO 


€ Dig 
Diss © XxX: Td “ClEbIP GNYTOH 


Si, Gis 2 ail ‘qc °GsSal7? SLO’ 
bist ' XxX°1d “Cie bl) GNYW1WI0H 


GINS, 


SMMUNOZ SHIT, CSsSe\) BAHLYW GNY SSHLOW 


JINISY3SI3SG 


~ AUNSIY NI GALLOTG VIvG 


© ATAV I, 


Cisé! ©sioid) SMYNOZ OC] Brevyss3ay H1OG (v) 


‘qw S‘NHOt NISWI | SZbI dsc Sz 


‘dW 'NHOC NIG¥I | SZbI d3S bl 


‘wa |S WUASOLYL 
‘OoN SUH TdVAD 
“SSIW $sSb| Dov oe 
ZSb1 das 22 
LSb) 129 9% 


“NOLNITD 
‘WA ©oyYNessd3slsd 
‘SSI © STIINSNMOSG 
‘SsiIW 
‘SSIW 


“NOLNITD | bbbi gasol 


*NOLNITD | bSbi nocZl 


aolys | Borys 
-1S0g | -LNYV 
Www 


SlodS 359 
SAaL3aweid 


JIN 


~ 33045 | O11 4H 


‘SITIVNOZ ‘[ SV AYOLVYALIT AHL NI GaYNOIY SNAWIOddS 
GQNV VINAOD af; IddISSISSIJY NI HGISHAdd() ONIMAGNIFZ NO SLOdSHAY YHOTHALSOd GNV YOIMALNY AO YALAWVIC] WOWIXVJY AO NOLLV Tay 


=) "S20" Clee 


CU sis 


Co) 1A 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 67 


Cc 
O 
M 7 

2 

y 

. | 
la 

O 
As 
” 

(y 

a 4 
la 

Vv 

g 

v 

i Al a} 
C A MISSISSIPPI Oo 

q O MississiPPl ¢& 

u x VIRGINIA 

Q C1 FIGURED IN LITERAT ORE 

v 4 
WW 

- 

im 

= 

S 
aN 

aI 
1 m2 


DIAMETER OF POSTERIOR EYE SfoT, MM 


Fic. 4. Relation of maximum diameter of anterior and posterior eyespots on hind- 
wing upperside for four Mississippi specimens of J. c. coenia, one from Virginia, 
six figured in the literature, and three specimens figured in the literature representing 
J. zonalis. Data for these fourteen points are given in Table 1. 


Plate IX, Figs. 6, 7) figure a female coenia from Long Island, N. Y. and 
a female genoveva from Miami, Florida. The latter is similar to that 
figured by Klots (1951) from Titusville, Florida as zonalis. Barnes and 
McDunnough emphasize that the feature selected to differentiate geno- 
veva from coenia was the replacement by orange suffusion in genoveva 
of the brownish encirclement bounded outwardly by the black of the 
large eyespot on the dorsal surface of the forewing in coenia. This dif- 
ference is clearly shown in Klots’ figure but not emphasized by him in 
the text. The Mississippi specimen (Fig. 5 B) having hindwing eyespots 
in the size relation of figured specimens assignable to zonalis does not 


68 Martuer: Buckeye variation Vol. 21, none 


Fig. 5. Five Mississippi specimens of J. c. coenia. Specimens A, B, C, E yielded 
data shown in Figure 4; A has the smallest anterior spot of the sample; B has the 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 69 


have the forewing eyespots surrounded by orange, but it also lacks a clear 
development of the blacker outer boundary of the brownish zone sur- 
rounding this spot. 

The eyespots in the hindwing upperside in coenia are not exactly 
circular but were considered to be so for the calculation of areas from 
diameters. If two spots have the same diameter they were assumed to 
have the same area. In the absence of qualifying comment to the con- 
trary I would assume that authors who describe a spot as “twice or 
three times as large” as another spot must refer to the area relations of 
the spots in question. For this reason, Figure 3 has been provided with 
two scales, one showing ratios of diameters, the other showing ratios of 
areas computed from the diameters. The range in ratios of diameters of 
spots of specimens yielding data plotted in Figure 4 is from 1.15 to 2.59, 
hence the range in areas (“sizes”) is from about 1.3 to 6.9. The ratio 
of spot diameters of the figures of specimens of coenia given in Klots 
(1951) and Brown (1955) is respectively 2.20 and 1.67 which correspond 
to 4.8 and 2.8 in ratios of area. The most frequent diameter ratio for 
the specimens of the Mississippi sample is about 1.65 which corresponds 
to a ratio of areas (“sizes”) of about 2.7. No reference has been found 
in the literature to a specimen of coenia having an anterior spot that has 
an area approximately seven times that of the posterior spot (Fig. 5 E). 

Based on the data and the relations presented in Figures 2, 3, and 4, 
it is suggested that zonalis may be characterized in part as having hind- 
wing eyespots above in which the diameter of the anterior spot is less 
than 1.4 times (or the area less than twice) that of the posterior spot; 
while coenia may be characterized, in part, by spots in which the diam- 
eter of the anterior spot is more than 1.4 times (or the area more than 
twice) that of the posterior spot and including individuals in which 
these ratios go up at least to 2.6 and 7 respectively. 

Figure 5 is a photograph of five Mississippi specimens including those 
representing the observed extremes of variation in the dimensional rela- 
tions of the eyespots in the hindwing upperside. Those designated A, 
B, C, and E define the limits of the observed data for the Mississippi 
sample as these limits are shown in Figure 4. In specimen B the larger 
spot is about one and one-half times as large as the smaller spot; in speci- 
men E the larger spot is nearly seven times as large as the smaller; these 
two specimens account for the two bars in the graph (Fig. 3) that are 
separated from the mass of the data for Mississippi. 


< 


smallest ratio of diameters (1.26: 1); C has the largest anterior and posterior spots; 
E has the largest ratio of diameters (2.59 : 1) and the smallest posterior spot; X has 
the smallest space between the anterior and posterior spots. 


70 Matuer: Buckeye variation Vol; 21, nosd 


SUMMARY 

The Mississippi population of Junonia represents a single variable 
population that may be called Junonia coenia coenia (Hibner). J. c. 
coenia is a population, the individuals of which characteristically have 
hindwing eyespots of such proportionate sizes that the diameter of the 
anterior spot is more than 1.4 times, and its area is more than twice, that 
of the posterior spot. All but two of 105 Mississippi specimens studied 
had hindwing spots with ratios of diameters of 1.4 or more. The Mis- 
sissippi specimens have the hindwing spots of upperside somewhat more 
nearly equal in size than appears to be the case for coenia in the rest of 
its range. The Mississippi individuals range in size from those having 
a forewing as short as 19 mm to others having a forewing as long as 
31 mm. The size increases from a January average minimum of about 
21 mm to an October average maximum of 27 mm and then decreases 
-rather rapidly. The ground color of underside is predominantly dark 
from September through March, and light from April through August. 
More individuals having light ground color persist after August than 
do individuals with dark ground color after March. No association of 
ground color of underside with moistness of habitat or variation of aver- 
age rainfall was found. The change in depth of ground color of under- 
side with season appears more abrupt than does the change of size with 
season. A majority of the Mississippi specimens showed a well-developed 
subapical spot in the forewing above; in most of the remaining specimens 
such a spot was visible but faint; in 12 of 105 specimens it was not visible 
to the unaided eye. An association of tendency for obsolescence of this 
spot with diminution of wing length was noted. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Barnes, W., & J. H. McDunnoucH. 1916. Notes on North American diurnal Lepi- 
doptera. Contrib. to the Nat. Hist. of the Lepid. of No. Amer., 3 (2): 53-152 
(jo, ICI, IAL IDS lets, 5, @)). 

Brown, F. M. 1955. Colorado butterflies, part II, Danaidae, Heliconidae, Nym- 
phalidae. Denver Mus. Nat. Hist. Proc., 4: 33-112. 

Ciarx, A. H. 1932. The butterflies of the District of Columbia and vicinity. U. S. 
Natl. Mus. Bull. 157, 337 pp. 

Ciark, A. H., & L. F. Crarx. 1951. The butterflies of Virginia. Smithson. Misc. 
Coll PIG (Ce) 239" pp: 

Frecp, W. D. 1940. <A manual of the butterflies and skippers of Kansas (Lepidop- 
tera, Rhopalocera). Bull. Univ. Kans., 39, 328 pp. 

Hoiuanp, W. J. 1931. The butterfly book (revised edition). Doubleday & Co., 
Garden City, N. Y., 424 pp. 

Kuots, A.B. 1951. A field guide to the butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, 
349 pp. 

Macy, R. W., & H. H. SHeparp. 1941. Butterflies. Univ. of Minn. Press, Minne- 
apolis, 247 pp. 

Matuer, B., & K. Marner. 1958. The butterflies of Mississippi. Tulane Univ. 
Stud. Zool., vol. 6, pp. 63-109. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society fal 


EARLY STAGES OF CHLOSYNE HOFFMANNI MANCHADA 
(NYMPHALIDAE) 


i. J. NEWCOMER 
1509 Summitview, Yakima, Washington 


Chlosyne hoffmanni manchada was described by Bauer (1959) from 
Chelan County, Washington. He also reported specimens from Okanogan 
County, north of Chelan County, and from Yakima County, to the south. 
This subspecies may also occur in Kittitas County, which is between 
Chelan and Yakima counties, and possibly in Klickitat County, south of 
Yakima County. Bauer also states that manchada may occur in British 
Columbia. 

C. h. manchada is very common in Bear Canyon, about 25 miles west 
of Yakima (Newcomer, 1964). This colony has afforded the author a 
good opportunity to identify the foodplant. Apparently nothing has been 
published on the foodplants of hoffmanni or its subspecies, but related 
species are known to feed on Castilleja and Aster. Since the eggs are 
deposited in masses, oviposition by a female probably occurs but once 
or twice, and attempts to follow flower-visiting females to the foodplant 
failed. Eggs were obtained from captive females in 1962 and 1963, but 
the resulting larvae would not feed on Castilleja and only sparingly on 
China aster (Callistophus chinensis Nees, closely allied to Aster) and on 
michaelmas daisy ( Aster novae-angliae L.). 

Finally, in late summer of 1964, Aster conspicuus Lindley was dis- 
covered in Bear Canyon. This is a large plant growing to a height of 
30-60 cm with leaves often 15 cm long. It usually occurs in light shade 
under pine trees, where it may bloom very sparingly. For this reason I 
had overlooked it. Examination of two large clumps of this aster late 
in July revealed small, spiny caterpillars feeding gregariously on the 
foliage. These proved to be larvae of C. h. manchada. Most were in 
the second and third instars. They had spun some webbing over the 
leaves and were feeding undermeath the web in groups, side by side, 
advancing across the leaf and skeletonizing it. Many leaves had been 
completely skeletonized in this manner and most of them had curled up. 
Often caterpillars were found in these curled leaves. The remains of egg 
masses were found on the undersides of the leaves. 

Caterpillars brought into the laboratory fed for a time but soon showed 
a tendency to congregate in the curled leaves and do no more feeding. 
It was evident that they were going to hibernate in this partly grown 
condition. Attempts to bring them through the winter were not successful. 


72 NewcoMer: Chlosyne life history Vol. 21, aes 


The aster plants die down in the fall and new growth comes up in the 
spring. The location of these plants was marked and first attempts to 
find them in the spring were on April 20, when there was still some 
snow in the canyon. By May 10, growth of the plants was noticeable 
and a few larvae were found. On May 18, larvae were fairly plentiful, 
feeding individually. They were then in the 4th and 5th instars. There 
had evidently been considerable winter mortality. A temperature of 
-19° F. had been recorded by the Weather Bureau near that area on 
December 17, but at that time there were about 10 inches of snow on 
the ground. This should have protected most of the caterpillars. 

Some of the caterpillars were brought into the laboratory where they 
began pupating on May 19. Emergence of most of the butterflies took 
place between May 28-31. It was no doubt hastened by the room tem- 
perature, as no adults were seen in Bear Canyon until June 4. They 
continued to fly until July 6, and in other years have been seen there 
as late as the end of July. 

Oviposition was observed June 23, when a female was flushed from a 
clump of asters. She soon settled down again, crawled to the underside 
of a leaf, and deposited 30 eggs during the next seven minutes. The 
leaf she had flown from was then examined and a cluster of 82 eggs was 
found which she had apparently just deposited. Many other egg clusters 
were present and the eggs in 12 of these were counted. They ranged 
from 25 to 179 per cluster, and averaged 72. Evidently a single female 
is capable of depositing about 200 eggs. 

Some of these eggs hatched June 30 and the caterpillars went into 
diapause July 17. The eggs deposited June 23 hatched July 2 and these 
caterpillars were still feeding July 18, when I went away for a week. 
On my return most of them were alive and quiescent and would do no 
further feeding. 

Thus, at room temperature, the egg stage lasted about nine days, 
larval feeding in the fall lasted two to three weeks, there was another 
feeding period in the spring of perhaps two weeks, and the pupal period 
was a week or ten days. 

Abrams and Ferris (1960) give the range of Aster conspicuus as 
“British Columbia south through eastern Washington to northeastern 
Oregon and east to Saskatchewan, Wyoming and South Dakota.” It 
does not occur in the Oregon Cascade Mountains but only in the Blue 
Mountains in the northeastern part of Oregon. In 1965 I examined a 
number of localities where manchada has been taken and found Aster 
conspicuus in every one. It does not follow, however, that the range of 
manchada is the same as that of conspicuus, but, unless manchada has 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society To 


other foodplants, its range must be within that of the aster. Bauer (1959) 
has suggested that the Columbia River Gorge, between Washington and 
Oregon, may have sufficiently isolated the hoffmanni population north 
of the Gorge so that it became differentiated. It might also be suggested 
that the different foodplant has had some influence, since segregata in 
Oregon and hoffmanni in California must feed on asters other than 
conspicuus. 
DESCRIPTION OF EARLY STAGES 


Ova.—Width 0.6 mm, light green, fluted; deposited in masses, somewhat over- 
lapping. 

Larvae.—First instar: Head width 0.4 mm, black with many small setae. Body 
length 1.5 mm, light cream with many long setae. 

Second instar: Head width 0.6 mm, black. Body length 2.25 mm, gray, shiny, 
some lighter markings, many setae. Cervical shield black with six black spines. 
Thoracic segment I with a lateral tubercle bearing several spines; segments II and III 
with dorsolateral and lateral spine-bearing tubercles; abdominal segments 1-8 with 
seven tubercles each, one dorsal and the others lateral, arranged transversely; segment 
9 with two dorsal tubercles and only two small lateral ones, each with a large terminal 
spine and several smaller ones; anal segment with two large dorsolateral tubercles. 
Thoracic legs dark brown, abdominal prolegs concolorous. 

Third instar: Head width 1.0 mm, black, somewhat cleft, with numerous black 
setae. Body length 6-8 mm, dark gray above, lighter below; a narrow, darker dorsal 
stripe and a wider dark dorsolateral stripe. Dorsolateral tubercles black, lateral light 
yellow. 

Fourth instar: Head width 1.5 mm, color as in preceding instar. Body length 10-15 
mm, color as in preceding instar. 

Fifth instar: Head width 2.0 mm, black, cleft, with setae as before. Body length 
16-19 mm, as much as 25 mm when fully fed; color black above with numerous 
whitish dots; tubercles and spines located as before, those above lateral line black, 
circled with white. A cream-colored scalloped line just above the spiracles; color 
below that and on venter brownish, tubercles here brown. Thoracic legs black. 

Pupae.—Length 11-13 mm, width at thorax 5 mm; shape typical of Melitaeinae. 
Basic color pearly white to brownish with many irregularly shaped brown to blackish 
markings. 

LITERATURE CITED 


Asrams, L., & R. S. Ferris, 1960. Illustrated Flora of the Pacific States, Vol. IV. 
Stanford Univ. Press. 

Bauer, D. L., 1959. A new geographic subspecies of Chlosyne hoffmanni (Nym- 
phalidae) from Washington State. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 13: 207-211. 

Newcomer, E. J., 1964. Butterflies of Yakima County, Washington. Jour. Lepid. 
Soe., 18: 217-228. 


74 LrEcH: Georg Pronin (1898-1962) Vol. 21. now 


GEORG PRONIN (1898-1962) 


Georg Pronin, a member of the Lepidopterists’ Society, died in San 
Francisco, October 30, 1962, of cancer. He is survived by his wife, a 
son in Washington, D.C., a brother, and his stepmother, Mrs. Aleksandra 
Pronin of Beverly Hills, Calif.t Georg was a forest engineer by train- 
ing and a naturalist by avocation, interested in butterflies and moths 
above all else. Fluent in Russian, Polish, Czech and German, he ar- 
rived in the United States in 1951 without a word of English. In less 
than a year he was writing articles which needed considerable rewording 
yet were basically lucid. 

He was a religious man, one who in honesty prayed for his enemies. 
They must have seemed legion, for Georg lived through a troubled 
period of European history. Despite hardships, disappointments, and 
more than once the loss of virtually all his possessions, he was sus- 
tained by his faith that all was ordained, and his belief that tomorrow 
would be better. His optimism was joined to a fruitful imagination. 
Indeed in his later years his hopeful castles in the sky kept him cheerful 
with but a minimum of worldly goods. 

Born in Kashin in the Tver (now Kalinin) region of Russia on De- 
cember 28, 1898, he was, on his mother’s side, grandson of a naval 
officer, hero of the defence of Sebastopol. His father was President of 
the Kharkov District Court of Imperial Russia, and widely known as 
a very just man. Georg attended high school in Kharkoy, graduating in 
1917 with a gold medal. He then entered the Officer Military Academy 
of Engineers in Petrograd (St. Petersburg). 

He fought for the Russian Provisory Government, was captured by 
the Bolsheviks, put in Petropavlosk fortress prison, and sentenced to be 
shot. With others he was standing before the firing squad when the 
lady Peshkova, wife of M. Gorky, came by and glanced at the list of 
condemned. “Who is Pronin?” Georg answered. “Is it your father who 
was Assistant Prosecutor in Nizhny Novgorod?” “Yes.” “You are free. 
Give my regards to your father; I always remember him with gratitude.” 
Georg asked that the others be freed; the wish was granted and the 
shooting cancelled. 

After his liberation he entered the Biological College of Kharkov 
University. In January, 1919 he joined the Voluntary (White) Army 
of General Denikin, serving during the Russian Civil War in the crew 
of the armored train “Officer,” and suffering a concussion of the brain. 
He was evacuated to Constantinople in the autumn of 1920. After some 


1 To the last I am indebted for much of the information in this obituary; and to Peter Rubtzoff 
for translations from the Russian. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society p65) 


wandering in Turkey, General Kutepov helped him and others to reach 
Czechoslovakia in 1921. There he attended the College of Forestry of 
the University of Prague, graduating in 1927 with the degree of Forest 
Engineer. Between 1925 and 1927 he worked part time in the entomolog- 
ical museum of the Biology Department of Charles University. 

In Prague Georg married Zinaida Uspensky, daughter of a doctor from 
Kharkov, and after his graduation they moved to Poland. He was em- 
ployed by the Province of Wolhynia, organizing and directing an entomo- 
logical station near Lutzk, and teaching biology in the high school of 
that town. During the German occupation of World War II he worked 
as an entomologist near Lodz. In 1945, with his wife and son, he trav- 
eled to the American Zone of Germany, where they were held in a dis- 
placed persons camp. 

In the United States he came almost directly to San Francisco and 
for a time worked for the Entomology Department of The California 
Academy of Sciences, then for Robert Wind at Pacific Grove. Through 
the generosity of Dr. Ralph Hall he spent the summers of 1951-52 in 
northern California at the Hat Creek entomological station of the United 
States Forest Service. During part of 1953 he was employed by the 
Oregon State Board of Forestry at Salem. 

Georg was observant, imaginative and, as he liked to say, a “fanatic” 
entomologist. In his work in Poland he used two of his own inventions 
with great success. He built a large trap with glass baffles, baited it 
with, among other things, fermenting exudate from trees attacked by 
cossids, and by rope and pulley set it high in the trees. His “Turgora- 
tor, for keeping cut branches fresh by the week, even in cages in full 
sunlight, was described and illustrated in an article in The Lepidopter- 
ists News. Working independently he came to an understanding of 
diapause in Lepidoptera and found out how to break it in many species. 

As a result of the above, he was able to obtain in numbers species 
thought to be very rare; to bring the larvae to maturity in a shorter time 
than in nature because of hydrostatic pressure maintained in the food 
by the Turgorator; and to rear several generations of otherwise univol- 
tine species, including species which would mate in cages only if in 
sunshine. He did not keep a personal collection, but gave reared speci- 
mens away or traded them for equipment or ova of interesting species. 
He was an excellent preparator of Lepidoptera. He had ability as a 
photographer, and skill in making freehand drawings of insects. 

Unfortunately Georg Pronin did not keep a record of his publications 
in European journals; he is said to have papers in Austrian and German 
serials. His large manuscript on diapause was sent to a publisher in 


76 LEECH: Georg Pronin (1898-1962) Vol. 21, "naa 


Germany about 1959, but was not issued because of a lack of finances. 
Non-entomological published writings include a booklet of poetry, 
and his experiences in the armored train “Officer.” 


RECENT PAPERS BY G. PRONIN 


1952. Suggestions for preventing outbreaks of bark beetles in California pine forests. 
Pan-Pacific Ent., 28(4): 186-188. 

1953. The apparent influence of isolation in some species of Geometridae. Lepid. 
News, 6(6-8): 93-94, 1 fig. (Final issue of vol. 6, 1952; published 19 February, 
1953. ) 

1954. The Turgorator, a new, device for rearing insects. Lepid. News, 8(5): 121— 
12S ries: 

1955. Notes on the life history and methods of rearing the giant tiger swallowtail, 
Papilio multicaudatus. Lepid. News, 9(4—-5): 137-140. 

1964. (Posthumous) The mating time of Lepidoptera. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 18(1): 
35-4]. 


—Hucu B. Leecu, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. 


INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 
ANNOUNCEMENT A.(n.s.)76 


Required six-months’ public notice is given on the possible use of plenary powers 
by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with 
the following names, listed by Case Number (see Bull. zool. Nomencl. 23, pt.5, 
20 December 1966): 


1761. Type-species for Patanga Uvarov, 1923; Neotypes for Acridium assectator 
Fischer von Waldheim, 1833, and Gryllus succinctus Linnaeus, 1763 (Insecta, 
Orthoptera ). 


1763. Type-species for Proteinus Latreille, 1796 (Insecta, Coleoptera ). 
1764. Suppression of Musca lateralis Linnaeus, 1758 (Insecta, Diptera). 
1768. Type-species for Thrix Doherty, 1891 (Insecta, Lepidoptera ) 


Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing Case Number, to the Secretary, 
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum ( Natural 
History ), Cromwell Road, London, $.W.7, England. Those received early enough 
will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature—W. E. Cina, As- 
sistant Secretary. 


EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL 


Editor: Jerry A. PowELi 
Assistant Editor: — Paut A. OPLER 
Associate Editor 

(Literature Abstracting): PETER F. BELLINGER 


Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. Newcomer 
Manager of the Memoirs: Smpney A. HEssEL 


Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. Betiincer, S. A. 
HesseL, E. G. Munroe, J. A. Poweii, C. L. Remincton 
(chairman), F. T. THorne, E. J. Newcomer. 


NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL 


Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study 
of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; 
authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts 
must be typewritten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and 
one side only of white, 8% x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of 
the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, in- 
cluding an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possi- 
ble. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFER- 
ENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. 
Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. 

Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other 
material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley 
proof is received. 


Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powerex, 122 Giannini 
Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. 


Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal 
field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News 
Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 


Address remittances and address changes to: Roy O. KENDALL, 135 Vaughan Place, 
San Antonio, Texas 78201, U. S. A. 


Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) 
A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA 
by Cynm. F. pos Passos 


Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures 
available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, 
add $1.50. postpaid 


Order from the Society Treasurer. 


ALLEN PRESS, INC. ease LAWRENCE, KANSAS 
us» 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 21, no. 1 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


On the yellow forms of Coenonympha tullia (Satyridae) in Oregon 


by. Ernst J.) Dornfeld)) 000 ON a ol Ps oe ee _ 1-7 
Synonymy of Leucophlebia lineata brunnea (Sphingidae) 

by J. C, EB. Riotte: 2 a 8 
A new Nearctic species of Exoteleia Wallengren (Gelechiidae) on pine 

by Thomas N: Freeman i000 9-11 


Identity of Ceratonyx satanaria, and the larva and pupa of 
C. arizonensis (Geometridae, Ennominae) 
by. John,’G. |Franclemont 02. i a _ 11-14 


The biology and description of immature stages of Exoteleia nepheos 
(Gelechiidae) on pine in Ontario 
by O. H. Lindquist and J..R. Trinnell 20000 


The life history of Schinia felicitata ( Noctuidae) 


by. D. F. Hardwick (200 0 22-26 
Early stages of Sphinx sequoiae engelhardti (Sphingidae) 

by John A. Comstock and Christopher Henne __.. .. 27-31 
The monarch butterfly (Danaidae) in northern Saskatchewan 

by Walter V. Krivda 00s. c00 Ue 31-32 
Notes on uncommon moths in central and southern Ontario 

by J.C. Be Riotte (0 eon hi SO ANS 33-39 
A migration of Vanessa cardui (Nymphalidae) in Montana and Wyoming 

by William H: Howe? 202A ee 39-40 
The biology of Papilio indra kaibabensis in the Grand Canyon 

by Thomas C. Emmel and John F. Emmel ee _._ 41-49 


Notes on Trogonoptera trojana of Palawan-Philippines 
by: Julian .N. Jumalon\)0 49-52 


A note on Caria domitianus and ino (Riodinidae), with description 
of a new subspecies 


by Harry K. Clench 22000 ys I ee 53-57 
Palaeacrita speciosa Hulst (Geometridae) in Minnesota 

by‘ John ‘T. Sorensen 000000 be 57-58 
Variation in Junonia coenia in Mississippi (Nymphalidae) 

by’ Bryant ‘Mather 0 59-71 
Early stages of Chlosyne hoffmanni manchada (Nymphalidae) 

by E. J.’ Newcomer 0 71-73 
GEORG PRONIN (1898-1962) 00 _ 74-16 
BOOK REVIEW, NOTICES) 220 03ers ee 7, 21, 40 


ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE ae 76 


1967 Number 2 


JOURNAL 


OPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
iblié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES 
geben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 


In This Issue 


ur" TERFLIES OF BRAZILIAN PLANALTO 
MBEDMENT OF SPECIMENS IN PLASTIC 
| NEW MEXICAN HESPERIIDAE 
‘HOST SPECIFICITY OF POLYDORUS 
PALMER'S COLLECTING LOCALITIES 


(Complete contents on back cover ) 


26 May 1967 


THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
1967 OFFICERS 


President: Don B. Straturncs (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) 
Ist Vice President: Maria ETCHEVERRY (Santiago, Chile) 
Vice Presidents: D. G. SEvAstoruLo (Mombasa, Kenya) 

B. Avperti (Berlin, East Germany) 
Treasurer: R. O. KENDALL (San Antonio, Texas, U. S. A.) 
Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, IIL, U. S. A.) 


EXECUTIVE COUNCIL 


Terms expire Dec. 1967: Hirosur Kuroxo (Fukuoka, Japan) 
_ D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Canada) 
Terms expire Dec. 1968: P. R. Exruicu (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) 
C. D. MacNetmt (Oakland, Calif., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1969: FreD T. THORNE (El Cajon, Calif., U. S. A 


a 
Don R. Davis (Washington, D. C., U. S. A.) 


and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor 


The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and 
formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology 
in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, 
to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and 
the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed toward these 
aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among 
the lepidopterists of all countries. 

Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of 
lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of 
the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not 
become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for 
the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological 
interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society 
business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made 
payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: 


Active Members—annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) 
Sustaining Members—annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) 
Life Members—single sum $125.00 (U. S. A.) 


Institutional (non-member) subscriptions—annual $7.00 (U. S. A.) 

In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and 
special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are 
distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the 
Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the 
News each year. ; : 


The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of 
publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut. Second 
class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A. 


JOURNAL OF 


Tue LEPIpoPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


Vole 21 1967 Nawher 2 


LEPIDOPTERA On tht CHUNTRAL BRAZIL PLATEAUS I. 
PRELIMINARY LIST OF RHOPALOCERA: INTRODUCTION, 
NYMPHALIDAE, LIBYTHEIDAE 


KEITH S. BROWN, JR. 


Centro de Pesquisas de Produtos Naturais, 
Faculdade de Farmacia e Bioquimica, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil 


OuaF H. H. MIELKE 


Universidade Federal de Parana, Curitiba, Parana, Brazil 


The insect fauna of the central plateau (planalto central) of Brazil is 
so poorly known that most published species distribution maps simply 
leave the entire area blank. For example, Heliconius erato phyllis, the 
most generally distributed butterfly of the area, does not seem to be 
known from the planalto in the majority of the major world museums 
(see Emsley, 1964). Spitz collected a great deal in the area in the 1930's 
and deposited much of the material in Germany and Austria, but only 
very brief publications have resulted from this, dealing with certain new 
species and some general aspects (Spitz, 1930, 193la, 1931b; Seitz, 1930- 
1932). 

There has been considerable material published concerning species 
collected by Herbert H. Smith in the 1890's at Chapada, Mato Grosso. 
We presume that this is Chapada dos Guimaraes, about 30 miles east of 
Cuiabaé at about 750 meters elevation. However, much of the material 
reported from “Chapada” may have been collected at lower elevations 
in Mato Grosso, for it is more typical of the pantanal or the Amazon 
drainage of the state than the cerrado portion. There are also several 
other Chapadas in the state of Mato Grosso, and we have not succeeded in 
discovering with certainty at which one Mr. Smith made his collections. 

Even Chapada dos Guimaraes presents some questions in relation to 
inclusion in the present list. It is separated from the large body of the 
Mato Grosso-Goias cerrado by a considerable area of less than 600 meters 
elevation. A list of Rhopalocera for the settlement of Buriti, elev. 700 


78 BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21, nome 


a | © ° f — 
a uo 9 ba 
4 | ee a & : : 
Noe | OS ala 
oe | $ | Eo ES gi 
BE if SNE 18) Eo 2s 
Ns \ fy’ LY) a val = et 2 
; : ( x | B 
\ / ( & oe *i 
1. fas Ea s =~ | 
wes 2 io eeed j | ae 2 | 
Ss r? re ; iirc 2 | 
i. ae a 
oe ¥, ES 
8 Pu NS: 
Hh Ss Wyre iy J = 2 ‘ al!) 
a 5 1S) UR 2 we & oe a \e4 
aN \ 4 Mp, a cee ‘Alt; 
Sb 
Wp <) 
Wal = 
J 


\ 
[ 
> Paulo 
~~, ip 


Sao 
7), 


oe Tm TBM, 
k a] 
eral 35 7 cs 
oS MSS a ‘ at Oe 
f oS Ss Te 
lL oe 


2A 


1510000000 
WD = 
He 
A 
| 
| al 
FANZ 
Y |Z 
By: 
“AVY 
CA 
LiG, 
42 


ESCALA 


EXPLANATION OF Map I 


Portion of south central Brazil, showing approximate extent of the central plateau, 
or planalto, and indicating collection localities. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 79 


meters and on the Chapada dos Guimaraes near the town of Chapada 
(Talbot, 1928) shows 35 species not on the present list. Of these, 11 
are mentioned herein as expected to be added to this list; while 12 are 
Amazonian and have not been noted by us for any other areas of the 
planalto. 

Thus, we regard the Chapada dos Guimaraes, which may or not be 
the “Chapada” of the literature, as a northwestern blend zone of the 
cerrado fauna with the upper Amazonian/Bolivian fauna, and exclude 
it from our consideration. 

In order to begin to understand the Lepidoptera of this “savanna” area, 
we made several excursions totalling four weeks in midsummer, early 
winter, and late winter into the heart of the area, the new Distrito 
Federal encompassing the capital, Brasilia. The region covers much of 
the states of Goias (formerly spelled Goyaz, and generally still published 
thus in the literature) and Minas Gerais and parts of Sao Paulo, Mato 
Grosso and Bahia (see Map I). We have also collected data from other 
collections, including those of Messrs. Paulo Gagarin (Rio), Nirton 
Tangerini (Rio), and Romualdo Ferreira dAlmeida (Rio). We have 
catalogued material in the large collections of the Museu Nacional (Rio), 
the Instituto Oswaldo Cruz (Rio; in care of Dr. Hugo Souza Lopes, who 
has also collected considerably in the planalto), and the part of the 
Spitz collection included in the Departamento de Zoologia (Sao Paulo; 
in care of Dr. Lauro P. Travassos Filho). We have determined the 
majority of this material (with the notable exceptions of “Euptychia” 
and certain Theclinae ) and present here a preliminary list of Rhopalocera, 
along with comments on the species, distributional and seasonal data, and 
broad relationships of the fauna to neighboring faunal regions of Brazil. 
Future papers will deal with Heterocera, Rhopalocera forms as yet 
unidentified and records accumulated later, and the fauna of the “blend 
zone’ at the southern limit of the region, as well as further studies as 
they may present themselves.' 


THE AREA 


The planalto central is roughly crescent-shaped (see Map I) and is 
approximately centered on the new capital Brasilia. It comprises nearly 
650,000 square kilometers and lies at an altitude of 600-1300 meters, 
between the Amazon basin to the north and west, the River Plate basin 
to the southwest, the Sao Francisco River basin to the northeast, and 
the Serra do Mar mountain ranges to the southeast. The region is 
characterized by strongly marked wet (October—March ) and dry (April- 


1 We invite collectors or curators possessing specimens from known localities within the area 
to communicate with us, so that we may compile this data for future supplements to this list. 


Vol: 21, nox 


Brazilian butterflies 


BROWN AND MIELKE: 


80 


ALVId Y BLNOZIYOH O74g OL SITOdYNY O1 a 
‘ X 
WWW Ww "»§"*FE™""F§wme BWM QVD VW WWW $$ WSF GT yO Ay LSS WGOHWOGGGGPGQQ{MJbB N g 
\\g = Ruut) Op aNDsedq VN “ 
== X a 
\ = jeuopo4 o}\4}S'Q = VW N FE 
N N § 
N NS 
N S 2 
\ S 
N N f 
\ SN g 
N N 3 
\ N = 
YINUVNOWL Vee 
Vd WIIA N ES 76 
N aS 
S 2 
Cee 
\ ao 
SS bu 
\ Oa) 
\ = 
NY jaa) 
NS : se) 
\ SB 
N ane 
WadVLNOO Vd N = 
\ yvavdVvH9 \ is 
\ SSS 5 
SX 
Nyy N : 
WO e104 N F 
iN 122494] N 
X 3OVINOD WO N 5 
\ ovalaaly N 2 
NR SSS OOOOH NANG SEN hi 
SOMIFOVIA a 


eEqEIE UY y NOZWW 92 


Distrito Federal. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 81 


September) seasons. Despite generally poor soil (“cerrado,” resembling 
the North American Great Basin), a large number of plant species occurs 
here, with interspersed wooded swamps and dry deciduous woodlands. 
The latter contain the majority of the Lepidoptera. Few true mountains 
are present, although some steep areas are encountered, particularly in 
major watersheds. Most watercourses flow the year around. The three 
major river systems bordering the area originate in the vicinity of 
Brasilia to produce striking vegetation contrasts in a relatively small 
area. Information on the vegetation of the planalto is best obtained in 
the papers presented to the Sociedade Botanica do Brasil; this informa- 
tion has been summarized recently (Heringer, 1966). 

We have set the borders of the planalto at 600 meters elevation from 
the northeast around through northwest to the southwest, where the 
planalto is bordered by river systems. At the southeastern edge of the 
area, the flora and fauna of the planalto blend over a rather narrow 
zone into the more varied flora and fauna of the Serra do Mar, the 
southeast coastal mountain area of Brazil, without dramatic changes in 
elevation. We have drawn our limit on the Belo Horizonte-Brasilia 
highway just southeast of Paraopeba, Minas Gerais, where the forest 
fauna shows fewer than half a dozen butterfly species characteristic of 
the Serra do Mar and not found further north over the majority of the 
planalto. Thirty kilometers south (Sete Lagoas) or east (Serra do Cipo ) 
of Paraopeba, the terrain becomes more mountainous and forested, the 
cerrado of red soil is replaced by open grassland of richer brown soil, 
and a day’s collection will produce dozens of species not known from 
localities within our area of concern. We have drawn the boundary 
more approximately in other areas, using terrain maps as a guide. 


COLLECTING LOCALITIES 


The following list includes material from 25 localities, in addition to 
some isolated records from other points. These areas are designated on 
the accompanying Maps. The localities and abbreviations as used on 
the list are as follows (localities 1-8 are shown on Map II, nos. 9-24 on 
Map I). 


1. Sobradinho River (SobrdR) = Creek crossing BR-020 just southwest 
of Sobradinho, Distrito Federal; swampy woods along northwest side of 
highway. Elevation 1025 m; drainage River Plate. 

2. Sobradinho Woods (SobrdW) = Dry woods and adjoining cerrado 
along southeast side of highway, above and southwest of Sobradinho River 
valley (Cérrego Capao Grande). Elevation 1050-1150 m, drainage River 
Plate. By far the richest of all the areas collected by the authors. 


82 BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol: 21, nae 


Fig. 1. Heavy, moist woods (e.g., Paraopeba, Minas Gerais); lower elevations, 
600-900 m. Typical Lepidoptera: Satyrinae, especially Taygetis, Ithomiinae, 
Heliconius, bait-attracted Nymphalinae, Morpho, Paridas, many characteristic 
Riodininae and skippers. 


3. Chapada da Contagem (Contagem) = Dry woods on dirt road to 
rock quarry (Fercal) north of Brasilia, Distrito Federal (on Chapada 
da Contagem, 21 airline kilometers due north of the Rodoviaria in 
Brasilia). Elevation 900 m; drainage Amazon River. 

4. Fercal = Ribeirao da Contagem below rock quarry (known as Fercal ) 
at the end of above dirt road, 24 km north of the Rodoviaria; heavy steep 
woods, wide river with sand bars and cliffs. Elevation 840 m; drainage 
Amazon River. | 

5. Rio Maranhao (Maranhado) = Upper Rio Maranhao, where crossed 
by dirt road with high bridge, 30 km north of the Palacio da Alvorada, 
Brasilia; open woods, riverside forest (mata ciliar), dense, moist forest, 
sand bars, Amazon-type upland open woods (caatinga). Probably just 
inside Goids. Elevation 700 m; drainage Amazon River. 

6. Jardim Zooldgico (JZool) = Parque (Jardim) Zooldgico de Brasilia 
(forest, swamps, marshes, fields at southwest tip of lake). Elevation 
1020 m; drainage River Plate. 

7. Brasilia Country Club (BrasCC) = Woods behind Catetinho and 
lying almost wholly within the property of the Brasilia Country Club, 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 83 


Fig. 2. Sparse, moist woods (e.g., Parque Zoologica, Brasilia); swampy and 
common near watercourses. Typical Lepidoptera: Ithomiinae in great numbers, 
eee Dynamine, Hamadryas, Catonephele, Anaea, some Riodininae, and many 
skippers. 


by BR-040 just south of Brasilia; also adjacent cerrado and marshes. 
Elevation 1200 m; drainage River Plate. 

8. Parque do Gama (PGama) = Municipal park of the satellite city of 
Gama, Distrito Federal; heavy steep forest above rushing stream. Eleva- 
tion 1100 m; drainage River Plate. 

9. Chapada dos Veadeiros (Vead) = town and vicinity of Veadeiros, 
Goias. Elevation 1000 m; drainage Amazon River; exact localities and 
dates of specimens not known. 

10. Cavalcante (Cav) = town of Cavalcante, central Goids. Elevation 
900 m; drainage Amazon River; exact localities and dates of specimens 
not known. 

ll. Taguatinga (Tag) = Town of Taguatinga (Santa Maria de Tagu- 
atinga ), east-central Goias. (Not the satellite city of present-day Brasilia 
known as “vila de Taguatinga” ). Elevation 700-800 m; drainage Amazon 
River; exact localities and dates of specimens not known. 

12. Anapolis (Anap) = City of Anapolis, south-central Goias, and en- 
virons. Elevation 1000 m; drainage River Plate; exact localities not known, 
but most dates specified. 


84 BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 2h. nore 


Fig. 3. Front of a dry, deciduous upland woods around a cabeceira or “water- 
head” (e.g., Brasilia Country Club); occurring in all parts of the planalto, especially 
at higher elevations and along fast-flowing streams. Typical Lepidoptera: Pareupty- 
chia, Taygetis, Heliconius, Morpho, Agrias, Tigridia, and other bait-attracted 
Nymphalinae, Mesosemia and many other characteristic Riodininae, Dismorphiinae, 
and many skippers. In general the richest faunal habitat in the planalto. 


13. Goiania (Goidnia) = city of Goiadnia, south-central Goias. Elevation 
800 m; drainage River Plate. Exact localities known in some cases 
(Horto Florestal, Vila Nova Brasilia, Santa Genoveva), dates usually 
known. 

14. Campinas (Camp) = suburb of present-day Goiania once a separate 
city, called Campinas. Elevation 800 m; drainage River Plate; exact 
localities not known. 

15. Fazenda Rio Claro (RClaro) = Fazenda Rio Claro on the Rio Claro, 
west Goias. Elevation 850 m; drainage River Plate. 

16. Leopoldo Bulhdes (Leop) = town of Leopoldo Bulhoes, south Goias. 
Elevation 1000 m; drainage River Plate; exact collecting localities for 
specimens not known. 

17. Viandpolis (Vian) = town on Viandépolis, south Goias. Elevation 
1000 m; drainage River Plate; exact localities unknown. 

18. Araguary (Arag) = town of Araguary, in the triangle area of Minas 
Gerais. Elevation 650 m; drainage River Plate; exact collecting localities 
not known. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 85 


Fig. 4. Typical cerrado (e.g., Brasilia Country Club); covers the vast majority 
of the planalto. A depauperate but characteristic Lepidoptera fauna: endemic 
Satyrinae, Phyciodes pedorna, Hamadryas, Evonyme bechina, Libythina cuvieri, 
Callicore sorana, many endemic Theclini, a few endemic Riodininae, Papilio thoas, 
Phoebis, and many skippers. 


19. Uberlandia (Uberl) = city of Uberlandia, in the Minas Gerais 
triangle just south of Araguary. Elevation 800 m; drainage River Plate; 
exact collecting localities unknown. 

20. Paracati (Parac) =town of Paracati, N. Minas Gerais. Exact 
locality not known, but probably close to following. 

21. Kilometer 485 (K485) = woods along stream west of BR-040 (Belo 
Horizonte-Brasilia) Km. 482-488, municipio Paracatu, Minas Gerais. 
Elevation 600 m; drainage Sao Francisco River. 

22. Kilometer 222 (K222) = Swampy woods and cerrado along BR-040, 
Km. 222, municipio Felixlandia, Minas Gerais. Elevation (estimated ) 
700 m; drainage Sao Francisco River. 

23. Paraopeba Estacao Florestal de Experimentagao (PPEflex) = orig- 
inal Horto Florestal, Ministry of Agriculture, Paraopeba, Minas Gerais. 
(Km. 116 of BR-040, Belo Horizonte-Brasilia). Typical cerrado with a 
little riparian forest. Elevation 740 m; drainage Sao Francisco River. 

24. Paraopeba Woods (PPW ) = Heavy moist forest 3 Km. east of BR- 
040 in Paraopeba. Elevation 750 m; drainage Sao Francisco River. 


86 BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21, nose 


25. “Goyaz” (Go) = state of Goias in general, locality unknown. Mostly 
collected in 1926 and possibly near Goiania. 


In addition to locality as above, each species includes date(s) and 
abundance. Abundance is represented either by actual numbers caught 
of each sex, or seen and positively identified at close range (coded s), 
or by common (c, 10-50 seen in an average day's collecting ) or abundant 
(a, over 50 seen in an average day). 


NOMENCLATURE 


The nomenclature of even the best known groups of South American 
Lepidoptera is still in flux. Therefore, we have used the most recent 
and authoritative work of which we are aware for each species or group. 
A large percentage of the identifications were made by R. F. d’Almeida 
of Rio de Janeiro; many others have been made by the authors, some- 
' times from the original literature. We have tried to designate sources 
by appropriate bibliography, and have also added personal interpreta- 
tions in cases of controversy. We strive only for clarity and do not 
pretend to make a synonymic list. 


LOCATION OF SPECIMENS 


Unless otherwise indicated on the list (by appropriate initials as 
below) all recent material from localities within the Distrito Federal 
(1 to 8), Km. 485 and 222 (localities 21, 22) and Paraopeba (23, 24) 
is in the authors’ collections (if only one or two specimens are available, 
initials KB or OM indicate location; Hesperiids, unless otherwise initialed, 
are with O.M.); material from the Jardim Zoologico (6) before 1965 
and all specimens from Goiadnia (13) and Rio Claro (15) with Mr. 
Tangerini (NT); all material from Veadeiros (9), Cavalcante (10), 
Taguatinga (11), Anapolis (12) and “Goyaz” (25) in the Museu Nacional, 
Rio (MN); all specimens from Uberlandia (19) and Paracatu (20) in 
the Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, Rio (OC); and all material from Campinas 
(14), Leopoldo Bulhées (16), Viandpolis (17) and Araguary (18) in 
the Departamento de Zoologia, SAo Paulo (DZ). Material from various 
localities in the collection of Mr. Paulo Gagarin is designated by (PG). 


FAUNAL RELATIONSHIPS 


The following list clarifies the intermediate position of the planalto 
with relation to the much better known faunae of the Amazon Basin to 
the north, and the Serra do Mar of southeast Brazil. Many of the species 
occurring on the planalto are widespread, occurring in both of the above 
areas and generally in most of Latin America. Subspecies usually tend 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 87 


toward the more southern form, although a fair number are intermediate 
between the latter and the Amazonian form, helping to demonstrate the 
complete cline which may exist between named and quite different 
forms from northern and southern Brazil. In other cases, a real separa- 
tion exists within the planalto, the northern form barely reaching the 
northern edge of the planalto, the southern form not passing the blend 
zone on the southern margin. A few endemic forms are present, but 
essentially all of these also occur in the “blend zone” to the south of the 
region and even well into the Serra do Mar, or else considerably north- 
westward into the Amazon drainage and pantanal of Mato Grosso. 

The following are the species and subspecies which may be regarded 
as most characteristic of the planalto, those which do not range widely 
outside the area: Cercyonis luederwaldti, Hypoleria emyra, H. goiana, 
H. proxima consimilis, Pseudoscada quadrifasciata, Phyciodes pedrona 
pedrona, Catacore kolyma connectens, Diaethria eluina, Evonyme bechina, 
E. volumna intricata, Hamadryas chloe rhea, Agrias claudia godmani, 
Hamearis colchis, H. middletoni, H. theodora, Euselasia mys cytis, 
Mesosemia levis, Eurybia nicaea paulla, Cremna actoris cuyabaensis, 
Panara thisbe subsp., Notheme eumeus hemicosmeta, Chamaelymnas 
pansa, Rhetus arthurianus, Apodemia paucipuncta, Iaspis violescens, 
“Thecla’ seitzi, “Thecla’ melzeri, “Thecla”’ taunayi, Eurema _phiale 
flavomaculata, Hesperocharis (Cunizza) hirlanda_ phanasia, Battus 
(Parides) anchises orbignyanus, B. (P.) burchellanus, B. (P.) diodorus, 
Microceris variicolor, Udranomia spitzi, Cogia grandis, Anisochoria 
vianna, Cycloglypha polax, Panoquina chapada, and P. bola. This rela- 
tively small list (40 species, 6% of the total) emphasizes the lack of 
isolation of the planalto by any major mountain range or body of water. 

A similarly small number of species and subspecies have reached the 
heights of the planalto from the Amazon Basin, and are not known to 
the south of the area in the Serra do Mar. These are mostly Riodinids. 
A list of the Planalto forms most characteristic of the Amazon Basin and 
northward is: Caeruleuptychia brixia brixiola, Argyreuptychia terrestris, 
Amphidecta calliomma, Narope cyllabarus, Catoblepia berecynthia 
berecynthia, Aeria elara, Sais rosalia rosalinde, Heliconius sarae thamar, 
Adelpha serpa paraena, Libythina cuvieri, Evonyme macris phasis, 
Doxocopa agathina, Prepona eugenes laertides, Perophthalma tullius tul- 
lius, Mesosemia sirenia nitida, Mesosemia maeotis, M. melpia, Cremna 
thasus, Ancyluris colubra colubra, Chorinea amazon, Metacharis cuparina, 
Charmona caryatis, C. gynaea zama, Amarynthis meneria, Mesene hya 
monostigma, Symmachia leopardina hilaria, Phaenochitonia cingulis, 
Emesis cerea, E. lucinda lucinda, Polystichtis lucianus pseudocrispus, 
Thysanota galena, Juditha lamis lamis, Nymula pelope, Nymphidium 


88 BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21, naw 


azanoides, N. leucosia, N. lysimon epiplatea, Theope pieridoides, T. 
eudocia acosma, Graphium protesilaus protesilaus, Urbanus doryssus 
doryssus, U. albimargo takuta, Telemiades laogonus nicola, Pythonides 
herennius herennius, Vittius lafresnayei pica, Morys valerius valerius, and 
Justinia phaetusa phaetusa. The total of 46 represents 7.5% of the list. 

An even more select group of species and subspecies found on the 
planalto show their primary affinity directly eastward to the little- 
explored forests of the northern Serra do Mar in Bahia. These include 
Ypthimoides electra, Hypothyris laphria, Temenis laothoe bahiana, Hypna 
clytemnestra forbesi, Chamaelymnas tircis, Barbicornis marginata, and 
Papilio himeros baia (7 species, 1% of the total). 

Many of the remaining species (153, 24% of the total) are closely 
linked with the fauna of the Serra do Mar of southeast Brazil. They are 
marked on the accompanying list with an asterisk (*). Those species 
not mentioned above and unmarked on the list are widespread (382 
species, 61% of the total). 

A summary of distributional affinities by family and subfamily group- 
ings is as follows: 

Satyrinae are mostly widespread, with a few showing links, to all 
sides. 

Brassolinae and Morphinae are linked mostly to the south (a few being 
widespread ), except for Narope cyllabarus and Catoblepia berecynthia. 

Danainae are all widespread; Ithomiinae show a good percentage of 
endemic forms, with other influences from all directions. 

Heliconiinae are mostly linked with the south or widespread, with 
the striking exception of Heliconius sarae thamar which is typical of the 
Amazon Basin. 

Nymphalinae/Charaxinae are primarily linked with the south, as are 
Acraeinae, with some widespread and a few Amazonian forms, as well 
as a good number of intermediates. 

Riodininae show strong and equal influences from the north and the 
south, with some endemic forms; most members of this group may be 
widespread but undetected due to their local occurrence and _ time- 
restricted flight habits. 

Theclinae/Plebejinae are practically all widespread, but may show 
many endemic forms when all are identified. 

Pieridae show two endemic forms, with the others mostly evideanatet 
and a few linked to the south. 

Papilionidae show many endemic forms in Battus (Parides) and other- 
wise include a scattering of material from all sides, but with primary 
links southward (note especially Graphium lysithous, Papilio scamander, 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 89 


Battus (Parides) nephalion, and B. (P.) proneus, all typical of medium 
to high elevations in the Serra do Mar). 

Hesperiidae show a few endemic forms, but practically all are wide- 
spread; indeed, most members of this family appear to enjoy wide ranges 
in tropical America. 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


This work was made possible through the cooperation of a number of 
persons, including not only the collectors and curators mentioned above (N. 
Tangerini, P. Gagarin, R. F. dAlmeida, H. S. Lopez, and L. P. Travassos 
Filho) but also Alfredo Régo Barros, of the Museu Nacional, Rio, curator 
of Lepidoptera; Dr. Inael Maximo da Silva, Director of the EFLEX in 
Paraopeba, whose hospitality and assistance greatly facilitated the col- 
lecting of material in that area; Dr. Paulo Filpo, director, and Dr. Joao 
Gino Mandia, administrator of the Parque Zooldgico in Brasilia, who 
provided accommodations on two occasions; Dr. Ezechias Heringer of 
the Botany Department of the Universidade Nacional de Brasilia, for 
entry into areas 7 and 8 as well as transportation in the Brasilia area; 
and many others who assisted in other ways. To all of these we extend 
our heartfelt thanks. O.M. also thanks the Conselho Nacional de 
Pesquisas, Brazil, for financial assistance (as a fellowship) permitting 
the study of Brazilian Lepidoptera. 


List OF SPECIES 
NyYMPHALIDAE 
MoRPHINAE 


ok 
‘) 
. 


1. Morpho anaxibia anaxibia (Esp., 1798 ) 
SobrdW 1é4s 22-II-66, 36s 24-II-66; Fercal 1 és 25-II-66; Maranhao 2¢s 
12-VI-66. Occurrence of fresh males in June was unexpected, but this species 
occasionally appears in October and November in Rio de Janiero. 

2. Morpho menelaus mineiro Fruhst., 1913.* 

Vead 32; K485 16 26-II-66 (KB); Go 18; Km 515 Belo Horizonte-Brasilia 
(Municipio Paracati) 19 20-II-66 (OM). Quite rare; the subspecies of 
southern Minas Gerais. Form lacking white at apex of fw: SobrdW 14 
(OM) +3és 24-II-66; JZool 16 2-II-62; Anap 1é 19-IV-37. May be a 
separable species (see below), but adequate series not available. Geographical 
distribution overlapped by typical mineiro. 

3. Morpho achillaena paulista Fruhst., 1912.* 

SobrdW c 22, 24-II-66; Contagem c 23-II-66; Fercal c 23-II-66, 12s 25- 
II-66; Maranhio 1 ¢ 18-VIII-65, 16 23-II-66; JZool 1¢ 1-I-62, 1¢ 21-I1-66; 
PGama 1 ¢ 9-VI-66; Vead 26; Tag 2¢; Anap1é¢ 20-X-36, 1 ¢ 5-VI-37, 1¢ 14- 
VI-37, 16 13-X-37, 16 19-X-37; K485 c 22-VIII-65, c 26-II-66; K222 c 
20-II-66; PPW c 19, 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. Common, variable in proportions 
of bright and deep blue; genitalia indistinguishable from those of achillaena. 


We do not foresee the occurrence of other Morpho in the planalto, but 
the list may expand if the recent subdivisions of achillaena and menelaus 


90 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21, none? 


(LeMOULT & REAL, 1962) stand after breeding experiments presently 
in progress. 


SATYRINAE 


Where possible, generic names follow Forster (1964). Determina- 
tions are by Rcberto Spitz (for material in DZ) and the authors, and 
where uncertain are marked with (?). The first twelve species are 
characteristic of very deep woods, generally alighting on the ground 
but sometimes on horizontal leaves, coming readily to bait: 


4, 
5. 


6. 


iO: 


pie 


We 
13. 


14. 


15. 


16. 


ike 


18. 


19. 


Antirrhea archea (Hbn., 1822 ).* 

SobrdW 1 6 22-II-66 (OM). 

Taygetis mermeria tenebrosus (Blanch., 1847). 

PPW 1¢ 6-VI-66 (KB), 136 7-VI-66 (KB). 

Taygetis armillata Butl., 1868. 

Tag 1¢; PPEflex 1 ¢ 19-II-66 (KB). 

Taygetis larua Feld., 1867. 

SobrdW Is 24-II-66, 1s 10-VI-66; PPW 264 + 4s 19-II-66, c 27-II-66. 
Taygetis virgilia (Cr., 1779). 

PGama 1 ¢ 9-VI-66; PPW 1 ¢ + 2s 17-I1-66. 

Taygetis erubescens Butl., 1868. 

Vian 1¢ XI-31; K485 c 22-VIII-65, 19 26-II-66. 

Taygetis celia (Cr., 1782). 

SobrdW 14 13-VIII-65, 1¢ 22-II-66, 1¢ 24-II-66; Contagem 16 23-II-66; 
Fercal 1 ¢ 25-II-66; Anap 1 ¢ XI-36; Goiadnia 1 ¢ 29-I-62; Camp 1¢ 24-XII-35, 
1é@ I-38; K485 1s 26-II-66. The most common and widespread of the Taygetis 
of the planalto. 

Taygetis keneza Butl., 1869. 

Maranhao 1é@ 12-VI-66 (KB). Distinct from celia; much smaller, more 
scalloped wings, underside pattern noticably different. 

Taygetis thamyra (Cr., 1779) [= andromeda (Cr., 1779), see Ebert (1965) ]. 
PGama 1 @ 9-VI-66; K222 1 ¢-8-VIII-65, 24 20-11-66; 

Taygetis echo (Cr., 1779). 

PGama Is 9-VI-66. 

Taygetis kerea Butl., 1869. 

JZool 12 30-I-62; Goidnia 1¢ 1-III-63; Camp 14 I-38; PPEflex 1s 27-II-66; 
PPW 2¢ 19 27-II-66. 

Posttaygetis penelea (Cr., 1779). 

Maranhao Is 15-VIII-65, 14 17-VIII-65, 1¢ 12-VI-66; K485 Is 26-[1-66; 
PPW c 19, 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. 

Amphidecta calliomma (¥eld., 1862). 

PPW ls 6, 7-VI-66. Difficult to capture owing to impenetrable thorny under- 
growth. Deep woods; alights on thin, vertical branches, head-up. 
“Cercyonis’ luederwaldti Spitz, 1931. 

SobrdW c 11, 12, 13-VILI-65, 19 292-II-66, c 24-II-66, c 10°-VIE6G:-Se@ama 
1¢@ 9-VI-66; Vead 16; Vian 64 29 III-30, 24 XII-31; Ponte Funday Goms 
(near Vian) 2¢ 19 1-HI-63. Open grasslands, cerrado, local but common. 
Euptychia westwoodi Butl., 1866. 

Maranhao 34 12-VI-66 (KB). Open woods. 

Pareuptychia ocirrhoe ocirrhoe (F., 1777)* (= hesione). 

SobrdR c 22-IT-66; SobrdW c 11, 12, 13-VIII-65, a 29-II-66, c¢ 24-II-663%c 
10-VI-66; Contagem c 17, 18-VIII-65, c 23-II-66; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; 
Maranhao c 14, 15, 17-VIII-65, 3s 12-VI-66; JZool 16 19 21-II-66; BrasC@ 


1967 


20. 


21. 


22. 


23. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 91 


c 11-VI-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; Vead 14; Anap 14 26-III-36; Camp 1 ¢ III-30; 
Vian 3¢ 5@ III-30; K222 2s 20-II-66. Generally common in open woods. 
Pareuptychia summandosa (Gosse, 1880). 

SobrdW 16 10-VI-66; JZool 26 8-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; PGama 14 
9-VI-66; Goidnia 19? 29-I-62; Camp 1¢ I-38; Ponte Funda, Goids (near 
Vian) 19 1-III-63. Open woods, not common. 

Pareuptychia sp. 

BrasCC c 11-VI-66. Open woods, evidently very local; distinguished by com- 
pletely tan underside, without white. 

Hermeuptychia hermes hermes (¥., 1775). 

SobrdW 16 11-VIII-65, c 22, 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; Contagem c 23-II-66; 
Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao c 12-VI-66; JZool a 21-II-66, a 8-VI-66; 
BrasGC ec 11-VI-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; Vian 5é III-30; K485 c 26-II-66: 
K222 c 20-II-66; PPEflex c 19, 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66; PPW c 19, 27-II-66, 
c 6, 7-VI-66. Common in many habitats. 

Hermeuptychia calixta (Butl., 1877). 

Vian 1 ¢ III-30, 12 XII-31. 

Pharneuptychia pharella ( Butl., 1866 ).* 

Contagem 1¢ 18-VIII-65; Vian 3¢ 19 III-30; K485 19 26-II-66; PPEflex 
19 7-VI-66. Local, grassy areas. 

Caeruleuptychia brixia brixiola ( Butl., 1866). 

Camp c III-30. A large collection in DZ. 

Euptychoides affinis ( Butl., 1866) (?). 

Camp 1 ¢ III-30. 

Yphthimoides yphthima pacta (Weym., 1911). - 

Camp 1 ¢ III-30; Leop 2¢ X-37,6¢ XII-37; Arag 16 XIH-31. 

Yphthimoides electra (Butl., 1866). 

Camp 19 12-XTI-35 (OC). 


. Yphthimoides celmis (Godt., 1823) .* 


SobrdW 1 6 12-VIII-65, 16 13-VIII-65. Cerrado. 

Yphthimoides disaffecta (Butl. & Druce, 1874) (?). 

Arag 192 XI-30. 

Yphthimoides(?) sylvina (Feld., 1867). 

K222 192 20-II-66 (OM). Woods. 

Yphthimoides erigone probata (Weym., 1911) (?). 

Vian 1 6 ITI-30. 

Yphthimoides(?) numeria (Feld., 1867). 

SobrdW 1¢4 11-VIII-65; JZool c 8-VI-66; BrasCC 14 11-VI-66. Open 
grassland, marshes. 

Yphthimoides(?) innocentia (Feld., 1867). 

SobrdW 14 22-II-66, 1¢ 10-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; Leop 1¢ XI-37; 
Vian 26 III-30. Open grassland, cerrado. 

Yphthimoides mythra (Weym., 1911). 

SobrdR 34 11-VIII-65, 2¢ 12-VIII-65; Camp 4¢ III-30. Open grassland. 
Yphthimoides(?) abretia (Capr., 1874).* 

Ponte Funda, Goids (near Vian) 1¢@ 1-III-63 (NT). 

Yphthimoides nebulosa (Butl., 1866) (?). 

Vian 1 ¢ III-30. 

Y phthimoides(?) ochracea (Butl., 1867). 

SobrdW 14 11-VIII-65, 1¢ 12-VIII-65, 19 13-VIII-65; Maranhao 1¢ 14- 
VIII-65. Open grassland, cerrado. 

Paryphthimoides eous (Butl., 1866). 

SobrdW c 22, 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; Contagem c 23-II-66; Fercal c 25-II-66; 
JZool c 21-11-66, c 8-VI-66; Goidnia 14 30-I-62; Camp 44 III-30; K222 c 
20-II-66; PPEflex c 19-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66; PPW a 19-II-66, c 27-II-66, c 
6, 7-II-66. Second growth, open woods, cerrado. 


92 


46. 


47. 


48. 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21, mom 


Paryphthimoides phronius ( Godt., 1823). 

Maranhao 24 18-VIII-65 (KB). Open grassland, marshes. 

Haywardina quantius (Godt., 1803).* 

Parac 1 ¢ 10-VIII-20. Second growth, woods. 

Haywardina stelligera ( Butl., 1874).* 

Parac 19 20-XII-18, 1 ¢ 4-III-21. Second growth, woods. 

Magneuptychia libye (1., 1767) (?). 

Leop 1é¢ III-30; PPW c 27-II-66, 1¢ 7-VI-66. Deep woods. Possibly not 
this species, but close to it; individuals large, faintly bluish above. 

Megisto(?) ocelloides (Schaus, 1902). 

JZool c 8-VI-66; BrasCC 2¢ 11-VI-66; Camp 36 III-30, 1¢ I-38. Marshes. 
Argyreuptychia(?) terrestris (Butl., 1866). 

SobrdW 16 22-ll-66; Vian 7¢ IMI-30, 16 XII-3); K222) 4 20=26Gee a 
14 27-II-66, 1 g 7-VI-66, Woods. 

Praefaunala armilla ( Butl., 1866). 

SobrdR 22 22-II-66; SobrdW c 22, 24-II-66; Vead 14; Anap 26 XII-35; 
Camp 2.6 III-30, 2¢ 10=XII-35:- Vian 1 ¢ I-30; 54) Miles wiavene asa 
Velha, south border of D.F., 1¢ 1-III-63. Open grassland, cerrado. 
Praefaunala strigillata (Weym., 1911). 

SobrdR c 11, 12, 13-VIII-65; SobrdW ec 11, 12; 13=VINE6Go ven 1G-V1-6G- 
Maranhao 1é¢ 15-VIII-65, 1é¢ 12-VI-66; BrasCC ec 11-VI-66: PPEftlex 2¢ 
6-VI-66. Replaces armilla in winter in the same localities, almost certainly a 
winter form of the latter; different in markings. 

“Euptychia”’ muscosa Butl., 1870.* 

SobrdW 1¢é 12-VIII-65, c 22-II-66, c 10-VI-66; JZool 1¢ 1-II-62; BrasCC 
ce 11-VI-66; Parac 14 27-III-20. Woods. New genus not yet specified. 


With continued progress in determination (we have at least a dozen 
additional species without names) and collection, the list of Satyrids 
should arrive at nearly 70, with most of the additions in the “Euptychia” 
group and a considerable number from new Taygetis. 


BRASSOLINAE 


Our arrangement follows the catalogue by Stichel (1932). 
All species are dusk-flyers, attracted to bait in the early morning, and 
occasionally flushed in deep woods during the day. 


49. 


50. 
51. 
52. 
53. 
D4, 
55. 


56. 


Brassolis sophorae laurentii Stich., 1925.* 

Vead 1¢; Anap 26-19 X-36, |? XI-36,,2 6 XII-36, 1 @ 1V-387;3@ermmingn 
1962. Seasonally and destructively abundant, feeding on palms. 
Narope cyllastros Dbldy. & Hew., 1849.* 

“Rio Maranhao” 19 (MN). 

Narope cyllabarus Westw., 1851. 

“Rio Maranhao” 1é¢ (MN). 

Dynastor darius darius (F., 1775).* 

Anap 1@ 1-36; Uberl 12. 

Dasyophthalma creusa Stich., 1904.* 

Anap 1¢ 2-I-39. 

Opsiphanes cassiae lucullus Fruhst., 1907.* 

Camp 1¢ 25-XII-36; PPEflex 1 ¢ 26-II-66. 

Opsiphanes quiteria meridionalis Stgr., 1887.* 

Vead1é. 

Opsiphanes invirae remoliatus Fruhst., 1907.* 

SobrdW 1 ¢ 24-II-66; Vead 146; Anap 1¢ X-36. 


1967 


OT. 
58. 
59. 


60. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 93 


Catoblepia amphirrhoe (Hbn., 1825).* 

aol 3’. 

Catoblepia berecynthia berecynthia (Cr., 1777). 

JZool 28 21-II-66; Vead1¢. 

Eryphanis polyxena (Meerb., 1775). 

Anap 1°. 

Caligo illioneus illioneus (Cr., 1776). 

SobrdR 1s 11-VIII-65, 2s 12-VIII-65; JZool 16 21-II-66; BrasCC 2s 11-VI-66; 
Anap 1 ¢ X-36; PPEflex 1 ¢ 27-II-66. 


This list of twelve may reach fifteen through the addition of rarer 
species (such as Caligo eurilochus, possibly seen in BrasCC 11-VI-66, 
Opsiphanes batea, or Dynastor napoleon). 


DANAINAE 


61. 


62. 


63. 


64. 


Danaus (Danaus) erippus (Cr., 1775). 

SobrdW 192 13-VIII-65; Maranhao 19 18-ViII-65; K485 14 292-VIII-65; 
PPEflex c 19-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66; PPW c 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. Marshes, 
open country; primarily in areas where Asclepius curassavica thrives. 

Danaus (Anosia) plexaure (Godt., 1819). 

Tag 19. Distinguishable only on close examination from the following com- 
mon species: D. plexaure is rare and local, but probably widespread. 

Danaus (Anosia) gilippus gilippus (Cr., 1775). 

SobrdW ec 11, 12, 13-VIII-65, c 24-II-66, 2s 10-VI-66; Fercal 1¢ 23-II-66, 
2s 25-11-66; Maranhao c 14, 15, 18-VIII-65, 19 12-VI-66; JZool 1s 21-II-66, 
ec 8-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; Vead 19; Tag 14; Goidnia 19 30-I-62; K485 
iG 26-11-66: K222 19° 8-VIII-65: PPEflex 19 19-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66; PPW 
c 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. Common, open areas. 

Lycorea ceres ceres (Cr., 1776). 

SobrdW 2s 22-II-66, c 24-II-66; Fercal 2s 23-II-66, 2s 25-II-66; Maranhao c 
WA o=ViIN=65; \Zool 16 1-11-62, 36 21-II-66; Vead 246; PPEflex 2¢ 19 
19-II-66, 14 27-II-66; PPW c 27-II-66. Inhabits forest, and is very difficult 
to distinguish in flight from Tithorea harmonia pseudethra and Heliconius 
ethillus narceus. 


It is possible that one more species, such as Ituna ilione, which enters 
the blend zone, may be added to the Danaid list. 


ITHOMIINAE 

All identifications are by Romualdo Ferreira d’Almeida. All Ithomines 
are typically inhabitants of deep, dark forest, most common in moist 
areas, and fly irrespective of weather conditions. 


65. 


66. 


67. 


Heterossais edessa (Hew., 1854). 

Leop 1¢ III-38. This and the following six species (except H. salonina) are 
transparent-blue and fly low in the shade and are difficult to follow or dis- 
tinguish in flight. 

Hypoleria emyra Haensch, 1905. 

Fercal 1¢ 25-II-66; JZool 16 2-II-62, c 21-II-66, 26 8-VI-66; PGama ls 
9-VI-66; Leop 59 III-38; K222 1¢ 20-II-66. 

Hypoleria goiana d Alm., 1951. 

Vead 34; Leop 19° III-38; PPEflex 36 39 19-II-66, 29 27-II-66; PPW 
1é@ 7-VI-66. Very heavily marked. 


94 


68. 


69. 


73. 


74. 


75. 


UG: 


ile 


78. 


US 


80. 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21, mare 


Hypoleria proxima consimilis Talbot, 1928. 

SobrdW c 22-II-66; Maranhao 1¢ 15-VIII-65; JZool 16 19 21-II-66, c 
22-11-66; BrasCC 19 11-VI-66; Vead 1:9; :Anap 1d 19° Kise ee 
XII-36, 19 3-II-37; Goiania 192 5-II-63, 1¢ 7-II-63; Leop 13¢ 49 III-38; 
Vian 19 III-30. 

Hypoleria salonina (Hew., 1855). 

Contagem 1¢ 23-II-66; Maranhio 19 18-VIII-65; Anap 1¢@ XII-35; Leop 
76 29 IIl-38; K222 1¢ 8-VILI-65, Is 20-11-66: PPEflex (@ 19=leGeaetseeT— 
II-66, c 6-VI-66; PPW 16 + 3s 6-VI-66, 146 19 T7-VI-66. This species 
differs from our other Hypoleria by its transparent-yellow wings. 
Pseudoscada erruca (Hew., 1855).* 

PPW 26 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. 

Pseudoscada quadrifasciata Talbot, 1928. 

JZool 16 2Q1-IT-66, 19. 22-II-66, 12 8-VI-66; Vead 36: Anap 12 X36: 
26 XII-36, 12 3-II-37; Goiania 19 29-1-62: Leop 446 I-38: Vaanoei-s0: 
Thyridia themisto Hbn., 1818. 

SobrdW c 22, 24-II-66, c 10=VI-66: JZool 236 19 27-1623 90\G aa iieG2 as 
20-II-63, c 21-II-66, 2¢ 8-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; PGama ls 9-VI-66; 
Vead 14 19; Anap 1é XII-35: PPW 1¢6 6-VI-66, 1¢ 7-VI-66. Wings 
transparent. 

Episcada sylvo (Geyer., 1832) .* 

JZool c 27-I-62, c 1-II-62, 19 2-II-62, 1¢ 20-II-63, c 21-II-66, ce 8-VI-66; 
Anap 12 XII-35; Leop 2¢ III-38. Local, wings transparent-yellow. 
Dircenna dero (Hbn., 1823).* 

SobrdR 16 11-VIII-65; SobrdW 24 22-II-66, 1¢ 10-VI-66; Maranhao 29 
15-VIII-65; JZool 26 27-I-62, 19 1-II-62; BrasCC ec 11-VI-66; PGama 3s 
9-VI-66; Tag 16; Goidnia 14 30-I-62; Parac 19 10-V-19; K222, 2s 20-11-66; 
PPEflex c 19, 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66; PPW 1é4 19-II-66, c 27-II-66, c 6, T- 
VI-66. Wings transparent. 

Dircenna rhoeo Feld., 1860.* 

SobrdR c 22-II-66; SobrdW 14 22-II-66, c 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; Contagem 
19 23-II-66; Fercal ¢ 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao 2¢ 15=-VID=6G5eeisn 2s ll-oe- 
JZool 16 19 27-I-62, 26 19 1-II-62, c 21-II-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; PGama 
2s 9-VI-66; Goidnia 26 19 6-III-61, 16 27-I-62, 46 42 30-I-62; Vian 62 
5@ Iil-30, 1° XIE-31; PPEflex c 19-11-66, 19 6-Vi-66. {6 7eVieoeeee en 
1¢@ 19-II-66, 19 6-VI-66, c 7-VI-66. Relationship to previous species not 
certain, but probably separate. 

Aeria olena (Weym., 1875) .* 

SobrdW 12 10-VI-66;: Cav 1¢; Tag 19; Vian 2¢ 19) Iie3s0 Reha 
19, 27-II-66, a 6-VI-66, c 7-VI-66. Local; easily distinguished from following 
species in flight by darker yellow appearance. 

Aeria elara (Hew., 1855). 

SobrdW c 22-II-66, 26 + 5s 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; Contagem c 17, 18-VIII-65, 
ec 23-II-66; Fercal 14 23-11-66, 16 25-II-66; Maranhao c 14, 15, 18=VIl=Go; 
1¢ 23-II-66, c 12-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; Anap 2¢ 
XI-36, 2¢ XII-36; Goidnia 19 30-I-62; Camp 1¢ I-34; Leop 2¢ 19 III-38; 
Vian 10¢ III-30. Common in forest near Brasilia, where A. olena is rare. 
Oleria aquata (Weym., 1895). 

Maranhao 19 14-VIII-65 (KB); Anap 1é¢ XI-36. Low-flying; wings trans- 
parent-blue. 

Placidula euryanassa (Feld., 1860 ).* 

PPW 1¢ 6-VI-66. Probably a straggler to the planalto. 

Ithomia drymo Hbn., 1816. 

Vian 19 III-30. Wings transparent-blue. 


1967 


81. 


82. 


83. 


84. 


85. 


86. 


87. 


88. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 95 


Ithomia agnosia agnosia Hew., 1854. 

SobrdR 19 22-II-66; SobrdW c 22, 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; Contagem c 23- 
IEG66; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; JZool 16 39 27-I-62, 42 1-IT-62, 12 20-II-63, 
ce 21-II-66, c 8-VI-66; BrasCC 2s 11-VI-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; Vead 142: 
Feop 3¢ 39 I1I-38; Vian 1¢ IlI-30; PPW 16 27-II-66, 136 6-VI-66, c 
7-VI-66. Often common; wings transparent-blue; PPW specimens have less 
white on fw band, similar to subsp. zikani d’Alm., 1940. 

Hypothyris daeta ( Bvd., 1836) .* 

SobrdR 2s 22-II-66; SobrdW c 22, 24-II-66; Contagem c 17-VIII-65, 14 
23-II-66; Maranhao a 14, 15, 18-VIII-65, c 12-VI-66; JZool 14 21-II-66, c 
8-VI-66; Anap 1¢ 1-II-37; PPEflex 1s 19-II-66; PPW 26 19-II-66, 24 
27-II-66, c 6-VI-66, 26 7-VI-66. Flies 1-2 m above the ground. 

Hypothyris laphria (Dbldy., 1847). 

Maranhao 16 14-VIII-65, 1¢ 19 15-VIII-65 (KB). Occurs together with 
H. daeta but at lower numerical density. H. laphria evidently is commoner 
to the east. 

Sais rosalia rosalinde Weym., 1890. 

Goiania 1 ¢ 7-III-63; Leop 29 III-30,3¢ 19 1-38. Very local. 

Mechanitis lysimnia (F., 1793). 

SobrdR c 22-II-66; SobrdW 16 12-VIII-65, c 22, 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; 
Contagem c 23-II-66; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao c 14, 15, 18-VIII-65, 
ce 23-II-66, c 12-VI-66; JZool 29 27-I-62, c 21-II-66, a 8-VI-66; BrasCC c 
11-VI-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; Tag 19; Goidnia 1¢ 29 6-II-61, 12 30-I-62, 
26 2 71-63: Vian 1¢ 19 ILP-30; K485 c 26-11-66: K222 c 8-VIII-65, c 
20-II-66; PPEflex c 19, 27-II-66, c 6-VI-66; PPW c 19, 27-II-66, a 6-VI-66, 
c 7-VI-66. Widespread, but not usually as common as the following species. 
Mechanitis polymnia casabranca Haensch, 1905.* 

SobrdR 19 12-VIII-65, c 22-II-66; SobrdW c 22-II-66, a 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; 
Contagem a 23-II-66; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao c 14-VIII-65, c 23- 
MeEGorer I =VileGG- |Zool -c 27-1-62, 6 I-IE62, 14 10-1N-63, a 21-166, c 
8-VI-66; BrasCC ec 11-VI-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; Vead 36; Tag 16; Anap 
Wome eso 6  NIIE36, 36 1-37; Comnia IS G-lIl-61, 26 27-1-62, 19 
S0sleo2e es 1 O) 7-11-63. Vian 26° 49 III-30, 26° XIE3i: “K485 c 26-11-66; 
K222) a 8-VIII-65, a 20-11-66; PPEflex a 19, 27-II-66, a 6, 7-VI-66; PPW a 
19, 27-II-66, a 6, 7-VI-66. The most widespread and common butterfly of 
the forests of the planalto. Flies from 0-15 m above the ground. 

Xanthocleis psidii pytho (Feld., 1860). 

SobrdW 16 22-II-66 (OM); Vead 16; Goiania 1¢ 30-I-62. Local and rare, 
flies high and strongly. 

Tithorea harmonia pseudethra Butler, 1873.* 

SobrdR 19 13-VIII-65; SobrdW 16 22-II-66, c 24-II-66; Contagem 14 
17-VIII-65, c 23-II-66; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao c 14, 15, 18-VIII-65, 
1g 23-11-66, 1s 12-VI-66; JZool 1s 8-VI-66; PGama 9-VI-66; Vead 29; 
Tag 19; Anap 1é6 X-36, 1é III-37; Goiania 1¢ 7-III-63; Vian 1¢ III-30; 
KAG5 ce 222VIll-65, 2s 26-11-66; K222 c 8-VIII-65, 2s 20-II-66: PPEflex c 
19, 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66; PPW c 19, 27-II-66, a 6-VI-66, c 7-VI-66; Go 1¢. 
Widespread, fairly common; does not reach the southeastern coast of Brazil. 


Flies fairly high. 


One or two Ithomiines may be added to this list, such as Callithomia 
xantho methonella and Hypoleria plistenes. 


ACRAEINAE 


89. 


Actinote surima Schaus, 1902.* 
Leop 2¢ 3¢@ III-38. Restricted seasonally, probably more widespread. 


96 


90. 


91. 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies VoL. 21. naa 


Actinote pyrrha (F., 1775) .* 

Vead 24 19; Goidnia 19 30-I-62, 19 6-III-63: PPW Is 7-VI-66. Oc- 
casionally abundant; variable. 

Actinote pellenea Hbn., 1821.* 

SobrdW c 11-VIII-65; Maranhao c 14, 15-VIII-65; JZool 14 1-II-62; Goiania 
14 30-I-62. Erratically seasonal. Identified by small size. 


This list of Actinote should grow to 5-6 species by diligent year-round 
collecting. 


HELICONIINAE 


Order and nomenclature in the following list are according to Emsley 
(1964, 1965). 


92. 


93: 


94. 


95. 


96. 


97. 


Heliconius (Heliconius) sarae thamar (Hbn., 1806). 

SobrdR ¢ 11, 12, 13-VIII-65, ce 22-11-66; SobrdW 26 12=VilieGa ages 
II-66, c 24-II-66, 1¢ 10-VI-66; Contagem 1¢ 23-II-66; Fereal 2s 25-11-66; 
Maranhao 1 6 14-VIII-65, 26 18-VIII-65; Vead 16 19; Go1@ 1926. Identi- 
cal with specimens from Ecuador or Venezuela; the species may reach its 
southern limit near Brasilia, barely leaving the Amazon River drainage at 
Sobradinho. Definitely absent from seemingly ideal habitats in JZool, BrasCC, 
and PGama, 20 km to the south of Brasilia. 

Heliconius (Heliconius) erato phyllis (¥., 1775).* 

SobrdR 2s 22-II-66; SobrdW 19 12-VIII-65, 14 22-IJ-66, 1¢ 24-11-66: 
Contagem 1¢ 17-VIII-65, 1¢ 18-VIII-65, c 23-II-66; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; 
Maranhiao c 14, 15, 18-VIII-65, 1¢ 23-II-66, c 12-VI-66; JZool 4¢ 21-II-66, 
1 é 8-VI-66: BrasGC ¢ 1IEVIE66: PGama c¢ 9=VIEG6:) Veads igalse Gave 
Tag 14; Anap 1é 22-III-36, 26 19 XII-36, 19 1-37; Camp 6 
I-38; Vian 1¢ III-30; Arag 1¢ II-30; K485 c 22-VIII-65, c 26-11-66; K222 
ce 8-VIII-65, c 20-II-66; PPEflex c 19, 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66; PPW ec 19, 27- 
II-66, a 6-VI-66, c 7-VI-66. One of the commonest butterflies of the planalto, 
generally widespread in forests. 

Heliconius (Heliconius) melpomene nannus Stich., 1899.* 

SobrdW Is 22-II-66; Contagem 1¢@ 18-VIII-65; Maranhaéo 1¢@ 14-VIII-65, 
19 15-VIII-65, 14 23-II-66; JZool 1¢ 1¢-91-II-66; Tag 1¢. Rare, very local. 
Heliconius (Heliconius) besckei Mén., 1857.* 

SobrdR 1¢ 11-VIII-65; SobrdW 12 12-VIII-65, 16 292-II-66, 24 24-II-66; 
JZool 26 19 20-II-63; 26 21-II-66; PGama 24: 9-VI-66=) facelac eens 
species is sympatric with H. m. nannus and is now known to be a distinct 
species through breeding experiments by Brown & Emsley. 

Heliconius (Heliconius) ethillus narceus Godt., 1819.* 

SobrdR c 22-II-66; SobrdW 16 13-VIII-65, c 22-II-66, c 10-VI-66; Contagem 
5s 17-VIII-65, c 23-II-66; Maranhao 3s 12-VI-66; JZool 24 19 I-II-62, 1¢ 
192 20-III-63, c 21-II-66, c 8-VI-66; BrasCC 2s 11-VI-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; 
Vead 26; Goidnia 29 5-III-63; K222 1¢ 8-VIII-65, 2 s 20-II-66; PPEflex c 
19, 27-II-66, c 6-VI-66, 2s 7-VI-66; .PPW c 19, 27-II-66, c 6-VI-66, 1¢ 
7-VI-66. Widespread, fairly common. Form polychrous Feld., 1865.*: SobrdW 
1@ 10-VI-66; Contagem 16 23-II-66; JZool 19 1-IJ-62, c 21-II-66; Vead 
26; Goidnia 2¢ 30-I-62; Camp 1¢ I-38; Vian 2¢ III-30; PPW 16 6-VI-66. 
Predominant in certain areas. Form satis Weym., 1875.*: JZool 1s 21-II-66; 
PPW 19 19-II-66 (OM). This dark form represents a small minority in 
ethillus populations. 

Heliconius (Eueides) isabellae dianasus (Hbn., 1806 ).* 

SobrdR 1é¢ 12-VIII-65, 12 13-VIII-65; SobrdW 26 13=-VIII-65:5]Zeolmis 
21-II-66, 1¢ 19 8-VI-66; BrasCC 1s 11-VI-66; PPEflex 1¢ 6-VI-66. 


1967 


98. 


99. 


100. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 97 


Heliconius (Eueides) alipherus (Godt., 1819). 

SobrdR 1s 22-II-66; SobrdW 2s 22-II-66, c 24-II-66, ls 10-VI-66; Fercal c 
17-VIII-65, c 23-II-66; Maranhao 16 14-VIII-65, 1g 15-VIII-65, 1s 23-II-66; 
JZool 2¢ 1-I-62, c 21-II-66; BrasCC ls 11-VI-66; PGama 12 9-VI-66;: 
Camp 1 ¢ 1-34. 

Colaenis iulia iulia (F., 1775). 

SobrdW 1s 24-II-66, 16 10-VI-66; Contagem 2s 23-II-66; Fercal 22 23- 
II-66, c 25-II-66; Maranhaéo Is 12-VI-66; JZool 14 8-VI-66; BrasCC c¢ 1I1- 
VI-66; PGama 3s 9-VI-66; Vead 16 19; Cav 16; PPEflex 5s 19-II-66, 2s 
27-11-66, 2s 6-VI-66, c 7-VI-66; PPW c 19-II-66, 5s 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. 
Dione juno juno (Cr., 1779). 


_ JZool 14 27-I1-62, 1¢ 2-II-62, 1g 21-II-66; PGama 36 19 9-VI-66. Local; 


101. 


102. 


a very dark form. 

Agraulis vanillae maculosa (Stich., 1907). 

SobrdR 14 12-VIII-65; JZool 14 27-I-62, 3s 21-II-66; Vead 1¢: Cav 19; 
Anap 1¢ VII-36; PPEflex 192 19-II-66; PPW 3s 19-II-66, 2s 27-II-66, c 6, 
7-VI-66. 

Dryadula phaetusa (L., 1758). 

SobrdW 126 13-VIII-65; Maranhao 1¢ 17-VIII-65, c 23-II-66; PPEflex c 6, 
7-VI-66; PPW ls 19-II-66, 14 27-II-66, 2s 7-VI-66. 


The number of Heliconians might be increased to 13 through the addi- 
tion of Eueides vibilius, Dione moneta and/or Philaethria dido by more 
intensive collecting. 


NYMPHALINAE (includes Charaxinae, Apaturinae, Liminitinae ) 


103. 


104. 


105. 


106. 


107. 


108. 


109. 


Phyciodes thymetus thymetus (¥F., 1787).* 

SobrdR c 13-VIII-65; SobrdW c 10-VI-66; Contagem c 23-II-66; Fercal c 
Weve h Cc 23-11-66. 16° 25-I1-66: Maranhao c 14, 15, 18-VIII-65, c 
WEVAI-GG: JZool Is 1-11-62, 136 8-IlI-63, c 21-II-66, c 8-VI-66; BrasCC c 
HEVIEG6: Vead 36; Goidnia 3¢ VIII-43 (OC), 36 49 29-I-62, 19 30-I-62; 
Campilo 12 (OC); 14 Il-30, 3¢ 29° 1-34; Leop 19 XH-33; Vian 12 
III-30; PPEflex 1¢ 19-II-66, c 7-VI-66; PPW c 7-VI-66. Found usually near 
water, widespread and often common. 

Phyciodes sejona Schaus, 1902.* 

Fercal ec 17, 18-VIII-65; Maranhado 1¢ 14-VIII-65; Anap 2¢ VIII-36, 24 
XI-36; Camp 1¢ (OC), 76 22 I-34. Streamside, local. 

Phyciodes pedrona pedrona Moulton, 1909. 

SobrdR ec 11, 12-VIII-65; SobrdW c 11, 12-VIII-65, 16 19 24-II-66, Is 
10-V1-66; JZool 1¢ 21-II-66; BrasCC a 11-VI-66; PGama Is 9-VI-66; Vead 
16; Camp 26 19; Leop 4é¢ XII-33; Vian 4¢ III-30. Flies low in open grassy 
areas. 

Phyciodes angusta (Hew., 1868). 

Wead 476-'Camp 16 (OC), 2¢ 1-34. 

Phyciodes dicoma ( Hew., 1864 ).* 

SobrdW 1é¢ 1@ 22-II-66, 16 192 + 3s 24-II-66; Fercal 1¢s 25-II-66; Vead 
3¢; Camp 2 ¢ I-34. 

Phyciodes eunice esora (Hew., 1857). 
SobrdW 26 + 1s 24-II-66, 2s 10-VI-66; Fercal 1s 17-VIII-65; Maranhao 1s 
15-VIII-65; JZool 19 21-II-66; PGama 1s 9-VI-66; Vead 246; Camp 26 19 
1-34; Leop 26 1@ XII-33. Tends towards the Amazonian subspecies, e. 
eunice. 

Phyciodes lansdorfi (Godt., 1821). 

SobrdW 12 22-II-66; JZool 19 8-VI-66; Camp 14 I-34. 


98 


10; 


LIL, 


SIE 


118. 


ESS 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 26 nome 


Phyciodes ithra (Kirby, 1871). 

SobrdW 14 11-VIII-65, 19 113-VIII-65, c 22, 24-11-66; 3s 102Vi-66)"Merea 
2¢6 17-VIII-65, 2s 23-II-66, 1s 25-IT-66; Maranhio 26 14-VIII-65, Is 12-VIE 
66; JZool 2s 8-VIII-66; Vead 26; Tag 26; Anap 1¢ XI-36; Goiadnia 1¢ VIII- 
43 (OC); Camp 1¢ III-30, 93 19 I-34; Leop 246 19 XII-33; PPEflex c 19- 
II-66, 16 6-VI-66, c 7-VI-66; PPW c 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. Widespread and 
common, many habitats. 

Phyciodes hermas (Hew., 1864 ).* 

JZool 12 21-II-66 (KB). This has been regarded as a southern subspecies of 
the Antillean frisia by some authors. 

Chlosyne lacinia saundersi Dbldy., 1847. 

Fercal c 15, 17-VIII-65; PPEflex 1¢ + 1s 7-VI-66; PPW Is 7-VI-66. Very 
local. 

Vanessa virginiensis brasiliensis (Moore, 1883). 

JZool 14 + Is 8-VI-66 (KB); Vead 12. 

Vanessa myrinna (Dbldy., 1849). 

SobrdW 16 13-VIII-65; JZool c 8-VI-66; Vead 26; Goiania 136 6-III-63. 


. Junonia evarete evarete (Cr., 1779). 


SobrdW c 11, 13-VITI-65, c 22, 24-II-66, 3s 10-VI-66; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; 
Maranhao c 12-VI-66; JZool c 21-II-66, c 8-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; Tag 
1g; Anap 146 XII-35, 1é XII-36, 1¢ 21-XII-36, 16 19 II-37, 1¢ 19-11-37 
(OC); Leop 2é XII-33; Arag 192 II-30; K485 c 26-II-66; PPEflex 2s 19-II-66, 
c 7-VI-66; PPW ec 19, 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. Open roads, grassy areas. 
Anartia jatrophae jatrophae (Joh., 1763). 

Maranhao 1¢ 14-VIII-65; JZool 1¢ + 3s 21-II-66, 12 8-VI-66; RClaro 1¢ 
13-VIII-63; K485 1¢: 22-VIII-65, c 26-II-66; PPEflex ec 19-11-66, c 7-VI-66: 
PPW 1¢ 19-II-66, 3s 27-II-66, 1s 6-VI-66, c 7-VI-66. Open cultivated areas. 
Anartia amathea roeselia (Eschsch., 1821 ).* 

SobrdR c 11, 13-VIII-65; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao c 14, 15, 18-VIII- 
65, 1¢ 12-VI-66; JZool 2s 21-II-66; Vead 16; Tag 16; Anap 1¢ 192 XII-36, 
24 19-Il-37 (OC); Goidnia 20 30-1-62, 146 7-163: Camp Gee soo - 
1é I-34; Parac 1¢ 26-IV-21; PPEflex c 19-II-66, 3s 6-VI-66, c 7-VI-66; PPW 
1é 19-II-66, 3s 27-II-66, 2s 6-VI-66, c 7-VI-66. Streamsides and marshes, 
often very common locally. This form is somewhat like the Amazonian a. 
amathea, with the white band on the fw more broken than in typical roeselia. 
Metamorpha stelenes stelenes (1L., 1758). 

SobrdW 1és 24-II-66, 1¢ 10-VI-66; Fercal 16 + 1s 23-II-66; PGama Is 
9-VI-66; Vead 16; K485 2s 26-II-66; K222 1s 8-VIII-65; PPW ls 19-II-66, 
ls 27-II-66, 2s 6-VI-66, 1s 7-VI-66. Widespread but not common. 
Metamorpha trayja (Hbn., 1823).* 

SobrdW ls 12-VIII-65, 12 22-II-66; Fercal 26 + 1s 23-II-66; JZool) 1G) 21- 
II-66; BrasCC Is 11-VI-66; PGama Is 9-VI-66; Vead 16; Leop 1¢ XII-33: 
Hypanartia lethe (¥F., 1793). 

Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; JZool c 21-II-66, c 8-VI-66; BrasCC 1s 11-VI-66; PGama 
24 9-VI-66; Camp 14 I-34. In tangled streamside vegetation. 

Limenitis (Adelpha) mincia Hall, 1938.* 

Anap 1 ¢ 23-VII-37 (OC). 

Limenitis (Adelpha) abia ( Hew., 1850).* 

PGama 1¢ 9-VI-66 (KB). Deep woods near stream. 

Limenitis (Adelpha) cocala riola Fruhst., 1915.* 

SobrdW 1 46 22-II-66; Vead 16; Camp 1é¢ I-34; Leop 36 XII-33; Vian 1¢ 29 
III-30, 1¢@ XI-31. 

Limenitis (Adelpha) pleasure heredia Fruhst., 1915.* 

SobrdW 14 11-VIII-65, 1¢ 22-II-66, 23 24-II-66; Maranhao 1¢ 15-VIII- 
65, Is 12-VI-66: PPEflex 2s 7-VI-66: PPW 3é I9=II-66,-1¢ tO) 272 eboere 
6, 7-VI-66. Forest streams, local. 


127. 


128. 


IPAS 


130. 
131. 


132. 


133. 


134. 


135. 


136. 


137. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 99 


Limenitis (Adelpha) melona meridionalis Fruhst., 1915. 

Camp 1¢ 1-I-36. In collection of R. F. d’Almeida. 

Limenitis (Adelpha) aethalia metana Fruhst., 1915.* 

Contagem 1¢ 23-II-66; JZool c 21-II-66, 14 8-VI-66; BrasCC 1s 11-VI-66: 
Vead 16; Leop 1g XII-33. A large and brightly colored race occurring in 
forests generally, not restricted to streamside situations. 

Limenitis (Adelpha) cytherea herennia Fruhst., 1915.* 

SobrdR c 11, 12-VIII-65; SobrdW c 22, 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; Contagem 2s 
23-II-66; Maranhao 14 15-VIII-65; JZool 1¢ 21-II-66, 2s 8-VI-66; BrasCC 
c 11-VI-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; Vead 1¢6 19; Goiania 4¢ 19 VIII-43 (OC); 
Meanie ewl=335. Vian 1 ¢ Ll-30; K485.9'4 29-VIII-65, 14° 26-II-66; PPW 
2s 27-II-66; Ponte Funda, Goids (near Vian) 24 1-III-63. Along streams. 
Limenitis (Adelpha) iphicla iphicla (1., 1764). 

SobrdW 16 22-II-66; Fercal 16 19 23-II-66, 2s 25-II-66; Maranhio 34 
14-VIII-65, 1¢ 12-VI-66; PGama 2s 9-VI-66; Vead 2¢; Anap 19 19-II-37 
COC) Camp 26 19 1-34 16 24-XII-35 (OC): Leop 3¢é 19: III-33; Vian 
1é XI-31. Forest streams, or wet sand (males) near forest. Seems closer to 
i. iphicla than to the southern i. ephesa. 

Limenitis (Adelpha) thoasa gerona (Hew., 1868) .* 

Sopra 2s 10=V1-66; Maranhao 1¢ 14-VIII-65, 1¢ 15-VIII-65, 1¢ 18-VILI- 
Go Cayveeeg Anap 621-37 (OCG); Goiania 16 VITI-43 (OG); Leop’ 1¢é 
Miles Ome lee oO XTe33" Vian 16 I-30; Uberl 1o; K222 16 8-VIIL-65; 
PPEflex 26 19-II-66, 2s 6-VI-66, 1 ¢ 7-VI-66; PPW 3s 6-VI-66. Along stream- 
sides. 

The Museu Nacional also has a specimen of typical th. thoasa from “Rio 
Maranhao”; it is possible that the two subspecies meet at the edge of the 
Amazon drainage, in the planalto. 

Limenitis (Adelpha) serpa paraena (Bates, 1865). 

PGama 1¢ 9-VI-66; Leop 1¢ XII-33; K485 14 26-II-66. 

Marpesia petreus petreus (Cr., 1776). 

K485 1é@s 26-II-66. On wet sand; apparently not common. 

Marpesia chiron (¥., 1775). 

SobrdR 1 é 12-VIII-65; SobrdW 1s 24-II-66; Fercal 2 és 23-II-66, 1 6 25-II-66; 
JZool 1Q 21-II-66; PGama 2s 9-VI-66; RClaro 1¢ 19-VIII-63; Camp 3¢ I-34; 
Leop 1é@ XII-33, 16 XII-37; PPEflex 1s 19-II-66; PPW 2s 19-II-66, 1s 27-II-66. 
On wet sand (males) or at flowers. 

Dynamine tithia (Hubner, 1823 ).* 

WZooleshen 27-1262, 36 19 1-11-62; 19 20-11-63, 2¢ 21-I1-66, ¢ 8-VI-66; 
PGama 1 és 9-VI-66; Camp 1é I-34; Leop 16 19 XII-33; PPEflex 18 19- 
1I-66, 1¢ 27-II-66. Local, streamside situations. 

Dynamine mylitta mylitta (Cr., 1782). 

MercalethO 42 2°45 23-l1-66, 16 25-11-66; JZool 16 27-1-62, ce 21-II-66, c 
8-VI-66; PGama 2s 9-VI-66; Camp 1 ¢ III-30, 4¢ 49 I-34. 

Dynamine aerata (Butl., 1887). 

Camp 1¢ 1@ I-34. 

Dynamine artemisia (F., 1793). 

SobrdW 19 12-VIII-65, 29 13-VIII-65; Contagem 14 23-II-66; Maranhao 
1é@ 14-VIII-65; Cav 26; Tag 26; Anap 1¢ 16-XI-36, 24 192SNEsia( OG): 
Camp 1¢@ III-30, 36 19 1-34, 1¢ 11-XII-35 COG). Vo) BOENMIESs: (OC), 
16 4-I-36; Leop 1¢ 392 XII-33. 

Dynamine agacles (Dalm., 1823). 

SobrdW 19 11-VIII-65, 2¢ 12-VIII-65; Fercal c 17, 18-VIII-65, c 23, 25- 
II-66; Maranhao 1¢ 18-VIII-65, 1é 12-VI-66; JZool 1¢ 27-I-62, c 21-II-66, 
Ifa 8-VIE6G6; Vead 1¢; Tag 16; Camp 19 III-30, 346 19 I-34, 1¢ 13-XII-35 
(OC), 19 21-I-36 (OC); Leop 146 XII-33; Parac 14 22-XII-20. Streamsides 
and in woods in general. 


100 


138. 


139. 


140. 


141. 


142. 


143. 


144. 


145. 


146. 


147. 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21, new 


Dynamine limbata ( Butl., 1877). 

Maranhao Is 12-VI-66; Camp 2¢ I-34, 14 20-XII-35 (OC). Similar to an 
overgrown agacles. 

Dynamine athemon maeon ( Dbldy., 1849 ).* 

Fercal 3¢ 17-VIII-65, 1¢ 18-VIII-65, c 23-II-66, 1¢ 25-II-66; Maranhao 
1é 18-VIII-65; Camp 3¢ 19 1-34, 1¢ 15-XI1-35 (OC), 16 242xXteaaeen. 
PPEflex 1s 19-II-66. Along streamsides. 

Dynamine coenus albidula Weeks, 1901. 

Fercal 1¢ 17-VIII-65, c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao ec 14, 15, 18-VIIE-65; Tag 
44: Anap 1é¢ VIII-43 (OC); Camp 2é MIl-30, 16 1-347 0a 13 esa eee 
Along banks of larger rivers only. 

Catonephele numilia penthia (Hew., 1852) .* 

SobrdW 16 12-VIII-65, 24 \13-VIIN-65, 24 29-11-66, no) O 24 eon. 
10-VI-66; JZool 192 1-II-62, c 21-I]-66, 14s 8-VI-66; Vead 19; Anap 1¢ 
12-I-37; Leop 1é¢ XII-33; PPW 1é6-+19@s Q27-II-66. Female form fuloa 
Rober, 1914: SobrdW 19 12-VIII-65. Female intermediate penthia-fulva: 
SobrdW 19 24-II-66. Female with fw yellow bar reduced to three discrete 
spots: SobrdW 19@s 10-VI-66. Deep woods, attracted to sap or banana bait. 
Females variable; typical form an excellent mimic of Heliconius sarae. Form 
fulva, resembling typical females of n. numilia, mimics a variety of other 
Heliconius including forms of erato and doris. 

Catonephele acontius (L., 1771). 

SobrdW 26 22-II-66, 1¢ 292 24-II-66; PGama 1 és 9-VI-66; Leop 26 XII- 
33. Attracted to sap or banana less readily than numilia; very local. Females 
represent an unsolved problem in mimicry studies; acontius females resemble 
only H. charithonius, which does not occur in the majority of the range of 
acontius. 


The following seven species follow Dillon (1948) except as noted. 


Paulogramma peristera (Hew., 1853). 

Vead 19; Cav 44. Three of the males tend toward the so-called central 
Brazilian subspecies, pujoli (Oberth., 1916); the female is indistinguishable 
from p. peristera. The cline of peristera with pujoli indicates that the latter 
is better regarded as a form. 

Callicore hydaspes ( Drury, 1782) .* k 

Fereal 192 (KB) + 3¢és 23-II-66: Anap 19 XI-37; Camp W¢))1-34-" Geop 
26 XII-33. On wet sand. 

Callicore pygas splendens (Oberth., 1916). 

Fercal 24 25-11-66; Maranhao 1 6 23-11-66: Cav 602 Dae Oeweamapeee 
XI-36, 13 19-II-37 (OC); Camp 1¢ I-34; Leop 2é6 XII-33) On™webtvsand 
and in nearby forests. 

Callicore pygas thamyras (Mén., 1857 ).* 

SobrdR Is 13-VIII-65; Cav 16 19: Tag 19: K485 6 22=Viiieoomiiey: 
Although different from C. p. splendens on both wing surfaces, this is almost 
certainly the winter (and cold-weather) form of splendens. 

Callicore selima selima (Guenée, 1872 ).* 

SobrdR 3és 11-VIII-65, 24s 12-VIII-65, 34s 13-VIM-65, eee -i-Go- 
SobrdW 1¢@ 12-VIII-65, 19 13-VIII-65, 1és 24-II-66, 22) IOs 10=Vie6G: 
Contagem c 17, 18-VIII-65, 19 23-II-66; Fercal 1¢ 23-II-66, 26 +19s 
25-IJ-66; Maranhaéo 2és 14-VIII-65, 16 19s 15-VIII-65, 2¢s 18-VIII-65; 
JZool 22s 8-VI-66; PGama 16 9-VI-66: Vead 4¢: Anap: UG eGeoo wee 
17-XII-36; Goidnia 26 19 VIII-43 (OC); Camp 1¢6 6-XII-35 (OC), 42 
12-XII-35 (OC); K485 c 22-VIII-65, 1¢ 26-II-66; K222 c 8-VIII-65, c 20- 
II-66; PPEflex c 19-II-66, 29 27-II-66, 19s 6-VI-66, 24s 7-VI-66; PPW 1és 
6-VI-66. Widespread but not always common, generally in forests, readily 
attracted to sap or banana bait; more easily caught in the winter dry season. 


1967 


148. 


149. 


150. 


isle 


152. 


153. 


154. 


155. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 101 


We have specimens of typical s. selima, s. paulistanus (Fruhst., 1916), and 
s. goyazae (Dillon, 1948) from all parts of the planalto, the three clearly 
flying together and occurring in the same brood (although s. selima may be 
more prominent to the southward, s. goyazae to the northwest). We thus regard 
paulistanus and goyazae as forms of the highly variable nominate selima. 
Callicore sorana ( Godt., 1823) .* 

Soprdi cell, 12, 13-VIlI-65; SobrdW c ll, 12,.13-VIII-65, c 22-11-66, 
1g 24-II-66, 2s 10-VI-66; Contagem c 18-VIII-65; Fercal 4s 23-II-66, c 
25-II-66; Maranhaéo 1¢ 23-II-66, 19s 12-VI-66; JZool 19 1-II-62, 19 27-II- 
63; BrasCC 19s 11-VI-66; PGama 1 ¢s 9-VI-66; Vead 1¢; Cav 26 19; Anap 
1g X-36, 1¢ 12-XII-36, 19 5-II-37, 26 19-II-37 (OC); Camp 19 III-30, 
1g 1-34, 26 12-XII-35 (OC), 2é 13-XII-35 (OC); Leop 2¢ XII-33; Arag 
29 I-30; Uberl 16; K485 19 22-VIII-65, 1¢ 26-II-66; K222 c 8-VIII-65; 
PPEflex c 19-II-66, c 7-VI-66; PPW 19 19-II-66, 2s 27-II-66, 3s 6-VI-66; Go 
1¢@ 1926. Common resident of the cerrado, widespread and occurring in nearly 
all types of habitat. 

Catacore kolyma connectens (Talbot, 1928). 

Hereal sid 23-11-66, 3¢° 19 25-11-66; Maranhao 1¢ 23-11-66; Anap 1é 
16-XI-36; Camp 1¢ I-34; Vian 246 XI-31. On wet sand near forest; hard to 
distinguish from the following species. 

The common form of Goidas has the most reduced amount of red on the 
forewing underside of all forms of kolyma, differing also from typical con- 
nectens in lacking red on the forewing upperside. The two forms fly together 
in Sao Paulo and Parana, and grade westward to pasithea in Bolivia. We 
conclude from dozens of specimens that it is best not to propose further sub- 
species of kolyma, as there is full intergradation of all extreme forms. 
Diaethria candrena (Godt., 1821 ).* 

Sobpnehmlssi2-VUl-6o. 2s 13=VIL-65; Fercal c 17, 18-VII-65;, 1 ¢ 23-11-66, 
e 25-IJ-66; Maranhao 1é@ 15-VIII-65, 1¢ 18-VIII-65; Anap 1¢ /7-XII-36, 
ie B Nl-30, 26 Ll-37, 3¢ 19-II-37 (OG); III-37; Leop 5¢ “XII-33. 
Most easily caught on wet sand. 

Diaethria eluina (Hew., 1852). 

Anap 1¢ XII-36, 2é 19-II-37 (OC); Goiania 1¢ VIII-43 (OC); Camp 2¢ 
1-34; Leop 66 19 XII-33; Vian 192 XI-31. 

Diaethria clymena janeira Feld., 1862.* 

SobrdR ec 11, 12, 13-VIII-65; Contagem 1¢ 17-VIII-65, 26 18-VIII-65, c 
93-11-66; Fercal c 15, 17, 18-VIII-65, c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao c 14, 15, 18- 
VIII-65, c 23-II-66, ls 12-VI-66; JZool 26 19 27-I-62, 29 1-II-62, 1¢ 
90-II-63, c 21-II-66, c 8-VI-66; PGama 2s 9-VI-66; Vead 16; Cav 16; Anap 
Meomlesoe lan 252X386, 26°20 XI-36, 16 17-XII-36, 1¢ 19-XII-36, 18¢ 1° 
19-II-37 (OC); Goiadnia 1¢ VIII-43 (OC), 1é 7-III-63; Camp 1¢ 29 III-30, 
24 1-34; Leop 59 XII-33; Vian 146 XI-31; K485 c 26-II-66; K222 5¢ 20- 
II-66. 

Callidula pyrame (F., 1781). 

Beneal Ws 17-VIll-65, c 23, 25-II-66; Cav 26; Tag 2¢ 19; Anap 16 I6- 
XI-36: Camp 14 1¢@ III-30, 96 39 I-34. Males are best caught on wet sand, 
females in nearby brushy tangles. 

Epiphile hubneri Hew., 1861.* 

Parac 1¢ 12-XII-19, 16 28-XII-20. 

Epiphile orea Hbn., 1823.* 

SobrdW 19 22-II-66, 16 +16 19s 24-II-66; Vead 1¢; Anap 1¢ 17-VIII- 
SouleauGe37- (OC), 16 VI-37; Camp 26 1-34; Leop 56 XII-33; Parac 1d 
12-XII-19. Deep forest, comes fairly well to bait, difficult to capture without 
aid of bait. 


156. 


Lie 


158. 


159. 


160. 


161. 


162. 


163. 


164. 


165. 


166. 


167. 


168. 


169. 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21, aon 


Temenis korallion Fruhst., 1912. 
SobrdW 12 10-VI-66 (KB); Contagem 1¢ 17-VIII-65 (KB), 19s 18-VIII- 
65; Vead 16; Leop 46 XII-33. 

Easily distinguished from following species by exceptionally dark upperside 
(iridescent purple in males) and relatively clean, dark brown underside, with 
discal area of forewing ochre. 

Temenis laothoe bahiana Fruhst., 1907. 

SobrdW 146 11-VIII-65, 1¢ 12-ViII-65, 14 136-VIUII-65, Qse22>heGeeews— 
II-66; Contagem 19 17-VIII-65, 1¢ 18-VIII-65; Fercal c 23-II-66, 5s 25- 
II-66; Maranhao 1¢ 23-II-66; PGama 3s 9-VI-66; Vead 2¢; Anap 1¢ 19- 
IJ-37 (OC); Camp 26 29 I-34 i ¢ 24-XII-35 (OG)= Leop 10 Ae 4 enaiees- 
Vian 1¢é III-30; K222 19 20-II-66; PPEflex Is 19-II-66: PPW. 1s 1S=11-66: 
c 27-II-66, 3s 6-VI-66, 2s 7-VI-66. In dry woods, occasionally on bait, males 
sometimes on wet sand. - 

Nica flavilla flavilla (Godt., 1823 ).* 

Contagem 1¢ 18-VIII-65; K222 24 8-VIII-65; PPEflex ls 6-VI-66. Lighter 
form is more common in winter. Form lunigera (Fruhst., 1907): Contagem 
14 23-II-66; Fercal 19 23-II-66, 1 ¢ 25-II-66; Maranhao Is 12-VI-66; PGama 
e 9-VI-66; Vead,1¢; Camp 2¢ 1-34, 29 26-XTI-35 (OG) Meopelgaeeueas: 
Vian 3.¢ 19 IT-30, 14 12 XIE3I; K222c 20-11-66: PEW. 1s) o-\icoeasls 
7-VI-66. Darker, the predominant form in the planalto. Local, riparian sites. 
Cybdelis phaesyla Hbn., 1825.* 

Leop 1 ¢ XII-33. Seasonally common. 

Libythina cuvieri (Godt., 1819). 

SobrdW 4¢ 19 22-II-66, c 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; JZool 1¢ 25-III-63; BrasCC 
Is 11-VI-66; Vead 14 19; Leop 26 XII-33, 96 29 XII-37; Vian 1¢ III-30, 
1¢ 19 XI-31, 6¢ XII-31. Occurs only in typical cerrado, flying rapidly among 
the stunted trees 1 m above the ground. Does not enter the forests. 
Evonyme bechina ( Hew., 1852). 

SobrdW 1¢@ 13-VIII-65; Maranhao 1¢ 23-II-66; JZool c 6-II-62; Vead 14; 
Leop 1¢6 29 XII-33, 16) X-37, 16 XI-37, 46 XII-37; Vianisige a oeiess- 
Arag 1¢ XII-31, 2¢ X-33; K485 1¢ 22-VIII-65. Typical of the dry cerrado, 
very similar to L. cuvieri in habits. At times attracted to bait. 

Evonyme volumna intricata (Fruhst., 1909). 

SobrdR 1 ¢ 12-VIII-65 (KB); Vead1é. 

Evonyme eurota (Cr., 1775). 

Goiania 1 ¢ VIII-43 (OC). 

Evonyme caelina (Godt., 1823).* 

Vead 1¢. 

Evonyme maja (F., 1775).* 

Arag 19 X-31. 

Evonyme macris phasis ( Feld., 1862). 

Leop 1¢ XII-31. 

Mestra hypermestra apicalis (Stgr., 1888 ). 

Maranhéo 19 14-VIII-65, 19 15-VIII-65; JZool 1¢s 8-VI-66; Anap 1¢ 19 
I-36; Goidnia 26 6-III-63; Camp 29 III-30, 56 69 I-34, 1¢ I-38; K485 
1¢ 19 26-II-66; K222 1¢ 19 8-VIII-65, 2¢ 29 20-II-66; PPEflex ec 7-VI1-66. 
Exceedingly variable, from nearly pure white to black, white, and orange, 
but generally more orange beneath than in coastal h. hypermestra. 

Ectima liria lirissa (Godt., 1821 ).* 

Fercal 1¢ 23-II-66 (OM); Camp 36 ‘I-34; Parac 1¢ 10-V-19. 

Hamadryas chloe rhea ( Fruhst., 1907). 

SobrdW 1¢ 10-VI-66; Contagem 46 17-VIII-65, c 23-II-66; Fercal 3s 23- 
II-66; Maranhaio 2s 12-VI-66; Vead 16; Anap 1¢ XI-36, 3¢ XII-36, 1¢ 7- 
AIl-36, 1¢ 2-I-87 (OC), 14 Il-37: Camp 2¢ (OC), 446 se Wiauee 


1967 


Os 


le. 


LP 


173. 


174. 


175. 


iG: 


lITAge 


178. 


119) 


180. 


181. 


182. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 103 


he PPEflex 1g 7-VI-66. All members of Hamadryas attracted readily to 
ait. 

Hamadryas ferentina ferentina (Godt., 1821). 

SobrdW 1¢ 12-VIII-65, 19 13-VIII-65, 2¢ 29-II-66, c 24-II-66, 1¢ 10-VI- 
66; Fercal c 23, 25-11-66; Maranhao a 23-II-66; JZool 1¢ 27-I-62, 18 5-XII- 
63, c 21-II-66; Goiania 29 30-I-62, 1¢ 6-III-63; PPEflex 1¢ 19-II-66, 14 
7-VI-66. An enormous concentration was noted on manure along a road near 
the Maranhao, Feb. 23, 1966. 

Hamadryas feronia obumbrata ( Fruhst., 1916) .* 

SobrdR c 22-II-66; SobrdW c 11, 12, 13-VIII-65, c 22, 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; 
Contagem 1¢ 17-VIII-65, 1s 23-II-66; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; JZool 18 22-II- 
63, c 2]-II-66, ls 8-VI-66; PGama 1¢ 9-VI-66; Vead 146; Cav 16; Anap 
ge xI-36; Meop 46 19 XII-33; Vian 2¢ 19 IN-30, 1¢ XI-31. The com- 
monest Hamadryas of the planalto. 

Hamadryas iphthime gervasia (Fruhst., 1916) or epinome (Feld., 1867 ).* 
iZoole2S 21-66: Camp 26 1-34; Leop 26 192 XII-33; Vian 146 XI-31; 
PPW 164 27-II-66, 1 ¢ 7-VI-66. A species or complex of unclarified taxonomy. 
Hamadryas fornax (Hbn., 1822). 

Camp 1 ¢ I-34; Leop 1 ¢ XII-33. Rare. 

Hamadryas amphinome aegina ( Fruhst., 1916 ).* 

SobrdW 164 11-VIII-65, 1¢ 24-II-66; Fercal 1¢ 23-II-66, 3s 25-II-66; JZool 
1g 1960, 46 1-II-62, 16 2-I1-62, 1¢ 19 6-II-62, 1¢ 20-II-63, c 21-II-66; 
Vead 16; Cav 14; PPEflex c 19-II-66, 19 6-VI-66; PPW 2s 27-II-66. 
Hamadryas laodamia (Cr., 1776). 

SobrdW 2¢6s 13-VIII-65; Contagem 19 17-VIII-65, 16 18-VIII-65; Fercal 
Cao >-I-66. )Zool 16 1-11-62, 19 20-11-63, c 21-II-66, 19s 11-VI-66: 
pras@@mucsmiulaviec6: Vead 16°29: Anap 14 XI-36, 16 XII-36, 1¢ 16- 
Niles (OG) Comnia 12 VILI-43 (OC); Camp 14 2.9 1-34; K222 a 8-VIII- 
65; PPEflex c 19-II-66, 1¢ 19 27-II-66, c 7-VI-66; PPW 2s 27-II-66. Readily 
attracted to bait, but difficult to capture. Does not “click” as do other 
Hamadryas and shows strong affinities with Biblis. 

Biblis hyperia hyperia (Cr., 1779). 

SobrdW Is 12-VIII-65, 1s 13-VIII-65; Fercal 2s 23-II-66, 1s 25-II-66; Cav 
ioeeGamp os IiI-30, 1¢ 1-38; Vian 1é¢ XI-31; PPW 1¢ 19-II-66, 2s 
6-VI-66. Attracted to bait. 

Doxocopa laurentia (Godt., 1823).* 

Herealmeg se2e-li-eo: Anap 1¢ XII-36, 2¢ 19-137 (OC); Leop 2¢ XII- 
33; Vian 12 XI-31. Not easily found; on wet sand (males) or sunny patches 
in deep woods and flowers (females ). 

Doxocopa laure lauretta (Stgr., 1888 ).* 

Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhado 1é 14-VIII-65, 1¢s 12-VI-66; PPEflex 14 
6-VI-66; PPW 19 19-II-66, 3¢s 27-II-66. Common on wet sand near forest. 
Includes several named forms, and may not be distinct from the following 
species. 

Doxocopa selima (Bates, 1865) .* 

Fercal 14 25-II-66 (OM); Tag 24; Goiania 192 VIII-43 (OC). 

Doxocopa agathina (Cr., 1782). 

Fercal 1¢ 18-VIII-65, c 23, 25-II-66; Tag 16; Camp 26 I-34, 2¢ 22-XII-35 
(O@ ened 24-X1I-35: (OC); Leop 3¢ XII-33. Wet sand, forested rivers. 
Doxocopa vacuna (Godt., 1823) .* 

Fercal 1¢ 23-II-66, 19 25-II-66. Wet sand, forested rivers. We regard this 
as quite distinct from agathina. 

Pyrrhogyra neaerea arge Gosse, 1880.* 

Goidnia 14 30-I-62; PPW 1é 27-II-66 (OM), 1és 6-VI-66. Very local; 
apical spot a little larger than in normal series. 


104 


183. 


184. 


185. 


186. 


187. 


188. 


189. 


ISO: 


SIL. 


ODF 


193: 


194. 


195. 


196: 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol: 21, nose 


Tigridia latifascia ( Butl., 1873). 

SobrdW 3s 22-I1-66, 14 19 (KB) += 3s 24-II-66, 232 (KB) =) 5s st0-\ieo 
Anap 192 16-XI-36. Exceedingly wary and difficult to catch. Comes to 
bait, but does not stay upon being approached. Lands head-down on tree 
trunks, with wings closed; when approached, trembles wings to semi-open, 
closes again, and seems to hop backwards up the tree-trunk; when flushed, 
unlike other tree-trunk landing species which fly outward and upward (e.g. 
Colobura, Callicore, Hamadryas, Historis, Prepona, Evonyme, Myscelia), 
Tigridia flies sideways in an unpredictable direction, making several tight 
circles around the tree before flying away at high altitude. 

Colobura dirce (L., 1758). 

SobrdW 24 l1-VIII-65, ¢ 22, 24-11-66; 1¢ l10=VI-66: Veadi2ig =) Gommamies 
VIII-43 (OC); Leop 1é¢ XII-33; K222 2¢ 8-VIII-65; PPEflex 146 19-11-66, 
ls 6-VI-66, 14 7-VI-66: PPW Is 27-11-66.- Comes to’ bait) Olteumscenmon 
tree-trunks in woods and towns, head downward with wings closed; not easy 
to catch. 

Smyrna blomfildia (¥., 1781). 

SobrdW 19 12-VIII-65; Fercal 1¢ 25-II-66; Tag 1¢; PPW 19s 27-II-66. 
At wet sand (males) or bait, not common. 

Historis odius odius (F., 1775). 

SobrdW 19 13-VIII-65 (KB), 1é¢s 24-II-66; Fercal 1 és 25-II-66; Vead 19. 
Readily attracted to bait. 

Agrias claudia godmani Fruhst., 1895. 

SobrdW 12 22-II-66 (OM), 1é 24-II-66 (KB); K485 16 22-VIII-65 (KB): 
We have only seen this unusual subspecies on bait. Pattern rather variable, 
from very reduced red on forewing (crescent) and only three narrow lines 
on veins of hindwing, to considerable red on both wings (all from same 
brood ); much blue iridescence. 

Prepona meander (Cr., 1775). 

PGama 1 6 9-VI-66. 

Form fruhstorferi Rober, 1914: SobrdW 16 13-VIII-65; Vead 3¢ 192. This 
form has the wing completely tan underneath. Comes to bait; plain form com- 
moner than contrasted nominate form. 

Prepona demophon extincta Stgr., 1886. 

SobrdW, 14 24-II-66; PGama 12s 9-VI-66; Vead 16; Camp 1¢ 19 I-34. 
Prepona demophoon antimache (Hbn., 1819). 

Vead 14. 

Prepona laertes laertes (Hbn., 1811). 

SobrdW 1é@ 12-VIII-65 (KB), 146 24-11-66 (KB). 

Prepona eugenes laertides Stgr., 1897. 

Anap 1¢ 12-XI-36; Camp 1 ¢ I-34. 

Concepts of the following species are according to Comstock (1961). 

Anaea (Siderone) marthesia (Cr., 1777). 

SobrdR 16s 22-II-66: SobrdW 1¢ 13-VIEI-65, 1¢ 10-VI-66:) Veadeera ener 
Anap 19 XI-36; Go 1¢ 1926. Widespread but uncommon, best caught with 
bait. 

Anaea (Zaretis) itys strigosus (Gmelin, 1788-93 ) .* 

SobrdW 19 12-VIII-65, 14 13-VIII-65, 12¢ 22-II-66; Contagem 1¢ 18-VIII- 
65; Vead 14; Vian 19 III-30; PPW 12 6-VI-66, 1é6 192 7-VI-66. Comes 
readily to bait. 

Anaea (Hypna) clytemnestra forbesi Godm. & Salv., 1884. 

Tag 14. The southern subspecies (hubneri) with the forewing band yellow 
instead of white, does not seem to pass to the north of the blend zone. 

Anaea (Memphis) ryphea phidile (Geyer, 1834). 

SobrdW 364s 24-II-66; Contagem 1¢ 17-VIII-65, 19 + 26s 23-II-66; Fercal 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 105 


28s 23-II-66, c 25-II-66; JZool c 21-II-66; Vead 86 29; Tag 16; Camp 24 
I-34; Leop 1¢ XII-33; K222 19 20-II-66; PPW 19s 19-II-66, 1¢ + 29s 27- 
_ JI-66, 26 6-VI-66. Widespread and common, on wet sand (males) or bait. 
197. Anaea (Memphis) cratias (Hew., 1874).* 
Cao wlagel os Anap 1¢ 21-XII-36; Leop:-19 XII-33: Vian 14 1.9. XI- 
31; Arag 1¢@ II-30. 
198. Anaea (Memphis) morvus stheno (Prittw., 1865). 
SobrdW 2¢ 24-II-66, 1g 19 10-VI-66; Contagem c 17-VIII-65; Maranhao 
1é 15-VIII-65; JZool 19 27-I-62, 19 1-II-63; Vead 56 19; Camp 24 
1-34; PPW 1¢ 19 27-II-66. Best caught with bait. 
199. Anaea (Memphis) arachne victoria (Druce, 1877 ).* 
SoordW Id 1i-VIIM-65, 12 13-VIII-65; 19 24-11-66; JZool 1¢ 21-II-66: 
Goiania 1 ¢ 30-I-62; Camp 2¢ 24-II-35; PPW 19 19-II-66. Attracted to bait. 


We expect to add at least fifteen species to the 97 of Nymphalinae and 
Charaxinae described here, but it is difficult to predict these. However, 
the following should occur on the planalto: Euptoieta hegesia, two more 
species of Phyciodes, two more species of Adelpha, Dynamine meridionalis 
and one further species of Dynamine, at least one more Callicore, two or 
more additional species of migratory Evonyme (such as margarita and 
tatila bellaria), another species of Prepona and of Doxocopa, Consul 
fabius, and two or three further species of Anaea (Memphis) (such as 
leonida or appias). 

Total for Nymphalidae: 199 species. Predicted to occur on planalto: 
Approximately 250 species; about 80% represented on present list. 


LIBYTHEIDAE 


200. Libytheana carinenta (Cr., 1779). 
Fercal 1s 17-VIII-65, 1s 18-VIII-65, c 23-II-66; Maranhao 1s 18-VIII-65; JZool 
16 1-II-62; Tag 1¢; Vian 14 XII-31; K485 1¢ 22-VIII-65; PPW Is 19-II-66; 
Go 14. Wet sand, riverbanks. 


We do not foresee the occurrence of further Libytheidae on the 
planalto. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Comstock, W. P., 1961. Butterflies of the American tropics. The genus Anaea 
(Lep. Nymph.). Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., N. Y., xiii + 214 pp., 250 figs., 30 plates. 

Drmecons lees 1948. “The Tribe Catagrammini (Lep. Nymph.). Part I. The 
genus Catagramma and allies. Sci. Pub. Reading Public Museum, 8, vii + 113 
pp., 14 plates. 

Espert, H., 1965. Uma Colecao de Borboletas (Lepid. Rhopal.) do Rio Amapari 
(Territ. do Amap4) com anotacdes taxondmicas sdbre Rhopalocera do Brasil. 
Papéis Avulsos Dept. Zool. Sao Paulo, 18: 65-85, 2 figs. 

Emstey, M. G., 1964. The geographical distribution of the color-pattern com- 
ponents of Heliconius erato and Heliconius melpomene with genetical evidence 
for the systematic relationship between the two species. Zoologica, N. Y., 49: 
945-286, 2, plates, 15 figs. 

1965. Speciation in Heliconius (Lep. Nymphalidae): morphology and geographic 
distribution. Zoologica, N. Y., 50: 191-254, 173 figs. 

Forster, W., 1964. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Insektenfauna Boliviens XIX: 


106 BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21s nore 


Lepidoptera III. Satyridae. Verdffentlichungen der Zoologischen Staatssamm- 
lung Miinchen, 8: 51-188, 9 plates, 264 figs. 

HeERINGER, E., 1966. Trabalhos apresentados nos varios congressos da Sociedade 
Botanica do Brasil. Anais Soc. Bot. Bras., in press. 

LEMou tT, E., & P. REAL, 1962. Les Morpho d’Amerique du Sud et Centrale. 
Published by the authors, Paris. xiv + 296 pp., 116 plates. 

SEITz, A., 1930-1932. Goyaz-Reise. Ent. Rndsch., 47: 29-32, 35-38, 43-48; 48: 
1-6, 36-39, 48-51, 74-76, 81-83, 105-109, 137-140, 142-146, 184-189, 197-— 
202, 205-213, 224-228, 236-242, 245-248, 257-263; 49: 11-15, 17-21, 41-47, 
73-77, 91-94, 105-109, 118-123, 129-133, 139-143, 151-152, 197-200, 205- 
210, 218-219, 228-231, 238-243, 253-256, 1 plate, 26 figs. 

Spitz, R., 1930. Uber neue brasilianische Insektenformen. Ent. Rndsch., 47: 39- 
43, 2 figs. 

193la. Variationerscheinungen an Euptychia armilla Btlr., und einige neue Lepi- 
dopteren aus Brasilien. Rev. Ent. (S40 Paulo), 1: 42-52, 2 figs. 

193lb. Espécies Novas de Macrolepiddpteros Brasileiros e suas biologias. Rev. 
Museu Paulista (Sao Paulo), 17: 459-482, 4 plates. 

STICHEL, H., 1932. Brassolidae. Lep. Cat., 51, Junk, Berlin. 

TaLBoT, G., 1928. List of Rhopalocera collected by Mr. C. L. Collienette in Mato 
Grosso, Brazil. Bull. Hill Mus. Witley, 2: 192-220, 3 plates. 


BOOK NOTICE 


INSECTS OF HAWAII, Volumes 7 and 8, by Elwood C. Zimmerman. University 
of Hawaii Press, 535 Ward Avenue, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814, 1958. Volume 7 
(Macrolepidoptera): 542 pp., 423 black and white figures. Volume 8 (Pyraloidea): 
456 pp., 347 black and white figures. By mail, both $17.50 in United States. 

Volume 7 pictures with some detail the 168 species of Macrolepidoptera in 46 
genera that were known from Hawaii as of December, 1956. The families Geometridae, 
Noctuidae and Sphingidae are best represented in the Hawaiian fauna. Of the 
158 species of moths treated, 130 are endemic and 28 are foreign introductions. 
Only two of the ten butterflies in the fauna are endemic. These are Vanessa 
tameamea Eschscholtz and Vaga blackburni (Tuely ). 

Volume 8 contains valuable information pertaining to the 226 species of pyraloid 
moths, of which 190 are endemic and 36 are foreign introductions. Only four 
subfamilies of Pyraloidea (Pyraustinae, Scopariinae, Crambinae and Phycitinae) are 
mentioned as having species endemic to Hawaii. 

Both soft-bound volumes contain a checklist of the Lepidoptera mentioned therein, 
followed by a complete summary of the nomenclatural changes made in each 
volume and a tabular summary of the endemic Hawaiian species. A discussion of 
the morphological features and the host-plants of each species is also presented, with 
keys given in many of the genera. 

The black and white photographs comprising most of the figures representing the 
adults and their genitalia are excellent and are enlarged considerably for detail. 
Both volumes are essential to anyone interested in the Hawaiian fauna——GLENN 
A. Goretick, University of California, Berkeley. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 107 


EMBEDMENT OF SPECIMENS IN CLEAR POLYESTER CASTINGS 


JoHn M. KoLyer 
55 Chimney Ridge Drive, Convent, New Jersey 


The plastic best known for embedment of biological specimens is 
poly (methyl methacrylate), trade-named “Plexiglas” (Rohm and Haas) 
or “Lucite” (du Pont), which is prepared by casting methyl methacrylate 
monomer. The castings have superlative optical properties, but the 
technique required is rather complex. The monomer must be washed 
free of inhibitor, a casting syrup must be prepared and degassed by 
vacuum, an oven (110-115° F.) is required to cure the castings, and 
final machining and buffing usually are required for planar surfaces 
because of the extensive shrinkage accompanying polymerization ( Anony- 
mous, 1960, Rohm and Haas Co.). 

In contrast, the technique for embedment with polyesters is quite 
simple. Essentially, the procedure consists of building up the casting 
with a few successive layers of resin and allowing to cure overnight at 
room temperature. No heat is required, and if the proper mold is used 
no finishing operations are needed. Optical properties are not so excellent 
as those of Plexiglas but are still quite good. 


MATERIALS AND APPARATUS 


Chemical materials and sources are tabulated below. 


Material Source 
Plaskon Polyester Resins Plastics Div., Allied Chem. Corp., P.O. 
PE-355 (preferably) or PE-370, and Box 365, Morristown, New Jersey 
PE-375 


PL-24 (promoter ) Same 


Cobalt Octotate (12% Co) Nuodex Div., Tenneco Chemicals, Inc., 
Box 242, Elizabeth, New Jersey 


Lupersel DDM (60% methyl ethyl ketone Lucidol Div., Wallace and Tiernan, Inc., 
peroxide in dimethyl phthalate ) 1740 Military Rd., Buffalo, New York 


Styrene (monomer grade) Dow Chemical Co., Midland, Michigan 


Small beakers or the like, glass stirring rods, and molds of some sort 
are required. A small syringe (e.g., 2 ml capacity) is convenient for 
dispensing the peroxide catalyst, but a calibrated eyedropper can be 
used. Appropriate balances are required, of course, for preparing the 
base mixture as detailed below. A supply of acetone is needed for clean-up 
of the equipment. 


108 KoLyER: Specimen embedment Vol: 21, nee 


PREPARATION OF POLYESTER BASE 


The base is prepared according to the following formulation. 


Material Parts by Weight 
PE-355 700 
BEEoUo 150 
Cobalt Octoate 0.20 
PL-24 0.40 
Styrene 150 


When PE-370 is used in place of PE-355 the PL-24 is reduced to 0.30 
parts; in the present work PE-370 gave a very faint yellow tint to castings 
which in the same thickness (10 mm) were almost quite water-white with 
PE-355, and on this basis the latter resin is preferred. The above formu- 
lation is almost exactly that recommended in the polyester manufacturer's 
literature (Anonymous, no date, Plastics Div., Allied Chem. Corp. ). 

The cobalt octoate and PL-24, which are the promoters, are weighed 
out separately and washed into the mixture of resins with the styrene. 
Then the material is stirred well to obtain homogeneity. 

The reason that two resins are used is that PE-355 (or PE-370) is a 
rigid resin, while PE-375 is a flexible resin and reduces brittleness in the 
casting. The additional styrene (the resin already contains a considerable 
amount) is to reduce viscosity so that air bubbles may escape more 
readily, and the promoters are needed to assist the catalyst (Lupersol 
DDM) in giving rapid room-temperature cure. 


CastTING TECHNIQUE 


For butterflies up to the body size of Danaus plexippus (L.) a casting 
thickness of about 12 mm is adequate, while greater thickness may be 
needed for heavy-bodied moths. The following examples will illustrate 
the method of casting. 


1. Petri Dish and Cover as Mold 


This method was used for all but two of the castings in the figure. 

The inside of the cover of a Petri dish set (about 14.5 cm inside diam- 
eter; depth about 14 mm) was smeared with Johnson’s J-Wax (cleaner/ 
wax ) and polished with tissue; the object was to clean the glass and leave 
an imperceptible layer of wax, which can cause a cloudy casting if 
present in visible amounts. The bottom of the Petri dish itself also was 
cleaned with the wax for use later in the procedure. 

At zero time, 0.30 ml of catalyst (Lupersol DDM) was injected from 
a 2 ml syringe onto the surface of 55 ml base (using PE-355) in a small 
beaker, and the mixture was immediately stirred rapidly with a glass 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 109 


rod for 15 seconds. With no delay, the catalyzed base was poured into 
the Petri dish cover. The several milliliters remaining in the beaker 
were washed out with acetone and discarded, and the cleaned beaker and 
rod were set aside for the next step. The beaker had been marked at 
59 ml so that the base could be measured directly into it. 

Note that by 6 minutes the air bubbles in the resin usually have risen 
and broken. Any remaining bubbles may be teased off to the side of the 
dish with a pin. 

At 22 minutes, the first portion of catalyzed base had gelled (did not 
flow when the dish was tilted), and a second batch was catalyzed and 
poured. At 26 minutes the bubbles had broken or been teased off to the 
side, and the specimens (Heliconius charitonius (L.) and Danaus gillip- 
pus berenice (Cramer) ), taken from a Riker mount, were dipped in 
styrene (to prevent entrapment of bubbles by interfacial tension) and 
placed (at 26 to 28 minutes) in the syrupy liquid UPsIDE Down by grasp- 
ing the underside of the thorax with forceps and forcing the insect down 
to the gelled layer. 

Bubbles trapped under the wings may be worked out by sliding the 
specimen to one side and teasing out the bubbles with a pin if near the 
margin. 

At 45 minutes the third batch was poured, and at 65 minutes a fourth 
batch was poured. 

At 96 minutes the fifth and final batch was poured, and at 102 minutes 
the Petri dish itself, which is slightly smaller in diameter than the cover, 
was placed bottom down by dipping the edge in the still-liquid material 
near the edge of the mold and slowly lowering it so that the air-liquid 
interface ran slowly across the glass and the Petri dish finally was left 
floating on the liquid. Bubbles would have been trapped if the dish had 
been put down squarely. Some resin overflowed the mold, but no at- 
tempt to clean it up could be made at this point. 

The assembly was left undisturbed at room temperature (70-75° F.) 
for 19 hours (from zero time), and then the glass was broken away by 
striking the edge of the casting with a steel tool handle. Finally, a hack- 
saw was used to cut away the tacky unprotected surface near the edge 
(air inhibits surface cure of the resin system), and the edge was filed 
fairly smooth. A hole for hanging was drilled in the 12 mm thick casting 
(No. 1 in the Figure ). 

It should be noted that the castings are advantageously cut and 
machined at 14-20 hours before they have cured completely and become 
more likely to crack on mechanical strain. In finishing, it must be remem- 
bered that the surface is relatively easily scratched and must be carefully 
protected. 


110 KOLYER: Specimen embedment Vol. 21 nome 


Figure 1. 


2. Petri Dish Cover as Mold with Plastic Film to Cover Resin Surface 

The first part of the procedure was similar to the above. The second 
batch was poured at 21 minutes, the specimens (Colias eurytheme 
(Boisduval), male and female) were placed at 27 to 29 minutes, the 
third batch was poured at 41 minutes, and the fourth batch, only 20 ml 
of which was used, was poured at 71 minutes. At 78 minutes, an Aclar 
film (Gen. Chem. Div., Allied Chem. Corp.) of 0.005 inch thickness was 
laid on the surface (starting at one edge), and bubbles were squeezed 
out by pressing down on the film. At 14 hours from zero time the film 
was peeled off easily to leave an excellent plastic surface. Then the glass 
was broken away, and a square containing the two specimens (No. 2 in 
the Figure) was hacksawed from the casting. The thickness in this case 
was 9 mm, 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 111 


3. Specially Designed Mold 


The mold is shown in the Figure and consisted of 10 mm thick Teflon 
(du Pont) pieces bolted to a piece of composition board. A chrome- 
plated steel (ferrotype) plate covered the bottom of the mold cavity, 
which measured 9.1 x 10.7 cm. The Teflon strips were numbered to 
ensure correct assembly. 

A casting (10 mm thick) made with this mold is shown at the right 
of the mold (No. 3) in the Figure. PE-370 was used in the formulation, 
and each batch consisted of 37 ml base and 0.20 ml catalyst. The second 
batch was poured at 20 minutes, the specimens, which had been soaked 
in styrene for 30 minutes, were placed at 27 to 31 minutes, the third batch 
was poured at 43 minutes, and the fourth batch (only 12 ml used) was 
poured at 73 minutes. An Aclar film was laid on the surface at 79 min- 
utes, bubbles were squeezed out, and the assembly was left for 13 hours 
from zero time. 

The casting was removed with great ease, and no finishing was re- 
quired except for a minute of sanding to remove a little “flash” at the edge. 

Cyasorb UV-9 (Am. Cyanamid Co.) is recommended for protection 
against sunlight (Anonymous, no date, Plastics Div., Allied Chem. Corp. ), 
but when this was used at the specified 3.0 parts (per 700 parts PE-370, 
etc.) in a casting similar to the above a noticeable yellow tint resulted. 
If castings are to be kept out of direct sunlight this additive is unnecessary. 


DISCUSSION 


The only deficiencies in the castings prepared as described above were 
occasional small bubbles and in some cases an effect which appeared 
as incomplete wetting at the basal areas of the wings and which de- 
veloped during cure. Fortunately, the latter effect becomes invisible 
when the casting is viewed against a white background. Soaking the 
specimens in styrene for 30 minutes instead of merely dipping them 
seemed to reduce the occurrence of this condition. 

The back surfaces of the castings may be painted with white lacquer 
if a permanent white background is desired. This was done in the case 
of the octagonal casting in the Figure. 

In conclusion, a peculiarity of embedded specimens is that their wings 
are permanently “wetted” and transparent. Eliminating the styrene dip, 
incidentally, does not prevent this. The effect is like that obtained by 
the old technique of wetting the wings with chloroform or some other 
solvent to disclose the venation momentarily (Holland, 1931: 15). In 
the case of Vanessa virginiensis (Drury), whose upper and under side 
patterns differ considerably, the result is a combination of the two pat- 
terns whether viewed from above or below. Despite this effect, however, 


112 KoLyER: Specimen embedment Vol. 215 now 


the species embedded did tend to be easily recognizable, as the Figure 
shows. 

Admittedly, embedment is an undesirable method of preservation for 
specimens of particular importance not only because the insects are 
beyond retrieval for dissection but also because of the unnatural trans- 
parent appearance described above. However, embedded specimens are 
permanently protected from accidental breakage and pests and are 
decorative objects as well as excellent classroom displays to accompany 
the identification. Embedment may be useful when (1) a permanent 
view of the venation is desired, especially in relation to pattern (an ad- 
vantage not afforded when the scales are scraped away to display the 
veins ) and (2) the spatial relationship of upper side vs. under side wing 
patterns is of interest. 


LITERATURE CITED 


ANONYMOUS, no date. Transparent casting with “Plaskon” polyester resins; data 
sheet by Plastics Div., Allied Chem. Corp., P.O. Box 365, Morristown, New Jersey. 

AnonyMous, 1960. Embedding specimens in methacrylate resins; brochure, SP-46 by 
Rohm and Haas Co., Special Products Department, Washington Square, Phila- 
delphia 5, Penn. 

HouLuanp, W. J., 1931. The Butterfly Book. Doubleday and Co., Inc., Garden City, 
New York. 


A NEW PORTABLE BLACK LIGHT 


A new portable fluorescent lantern, the Safari Lite, has recently been marketed 
by the Burgess Battery Company. Although the lantern is sold with an 8 watt 
“white” light fluorescent tube, it will accept a standard 8 watt BL tube, and appears 
to be the first truly portable power source for black light collecting. 

The Safari Lite operates on either two 69 volt D.C. dry cell batteries or 110 
volt A.C. The battery life is claimed to be 100 hrs. The total weight of lantern 
and batteries is only 9 lbs. The retail price of the lantern with batteries is about 
$30.00. However, the unit is generally available at discount stores for under $20.00. 
Replacement batteries can be purchased for about $6.00/pr which makes the cost 
of operation about 6¢/hr. 

It is necessary to remove the plastic shield from the lantern for black light 
operation in order to avoid filtering the u.v. light. It is probably. also desirable to 
remove the reflector from the lantern to allow 180 degree broadcast by the bulb. 
With relatively simple modifications it is also possible to use the Safari Lite as a 
separate “power pack” to operate a 6 watt or 8 watt BL bulb in a trap. 

The advantages in cost and convenience of this new black light source over the 
cumbersome and inconvenient “portable” paraphernalia heretofore available are 
obvious. The only limitation appears to be in the restricted bulb size that can be 
operated by the unit.—Joun H. Hesse, 6655 Calle de San Alberto, Tucson, Arizona. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 113 


BIOLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS ON CALLOPHRYS VIRIDIS 
(LYCAENIDAE) 


RICHARD M. Brown and Paut A. OPLER 


1385 Palm Ave., Martinez, California and University of California, Berkeley 


Clench (in Ehrlich and Ehrlich, 1961) states that the larval food 
plant of Callophrys viridis (Edwards) is “probably Eriogonum latifolium.” 
In fact, the mature larva and pupa of this species (given as Thecla 
dumetorum) were described in detail by F. X. Williams (1910) in his 
paper on the butterflies of San Francisco. The present note will present 
some additional observations made by the present authors and by J. A. 
Powell of the University of California, Berkeley. 

On April 16, 1966 at about 11:00 A.M. the authors observed two fe- 
males of C. viridis in the act of oviposition. The locality is on a ridge 
leading west from the peak of Mt. San Bruno, San Bruno Mountains, 
San Mateo County, California. The day was warm and sunny with no 
wind (an unusual occurrence at this site) and C. viridis was flying in 
large numbers. Just below the ridge top one individual was noted to be 
displaying the habit of a female in search of an oviposition substrate, 
i.e. making short flights from plant to plant with brief “inspections.” After 
alighting on five or more plants (not Eriogonum), the female lit upon 
a clump of Eriogonum latifolium latifolium Sm. The female then slowly 
walked up one of the developing bloom stalks and back down, whereupon 
she deposited a single pale green egg on the underside of a young leaf 
near the base of the bloom stalk. The female spent about one or two 
minutes on the plant, a period which terminated with the deposition of 
one egg. The butterfly rubbed its hindwings in an antero-posterioral 
movement which seemed more vigorous than is usual for this species. 

The second female observed in the act of oviposition went through a 
sequence of events which were essentially identical to those described 
above. 

Coolidge (1924) noted that females of Callophrys dumetorum perplexa 
B. & B. in southern California oviposited “upon the sepals of just unfold- 
ing buds, rarely on the leaves” of its food plant, Lotus scoparius (Nutt. ) 
Ottley. He noted that females sometimes spent a half hour or more 
before selecting a suitable site for oviposition. 

Both of these species of Callophrys feed upon the reproductive portions 
of their host plants in the larval stage, hence it may be possible that eggs 
of C. viridis are occasionally laid upon the reproductive portions of the 
plant. However, this is probably an atypical occurrence as almost none 
of the plants are in bloom while the adults are in flight. 


114 BROWN AND Oper: Callophrys viridis Vol. 21, oa 


J. A. Powell has corroborated the observations made by Williams that 
the larvae of viridis strongly resemble the color of the blooming flower 
heads of the Eriogonum. On June 5, 1963, while collecting in the San 
Bruno Mountains, Powell found several larvae of viridis resting in ex- 
posed areas eaten out of flower heads of Eriogonum latifolium. He noted 
that the larvae, which were pale whitish with pink markings, “closely 
simulated the general appearance of the flowers.” Powell’s observations, 
that the larvae change apparent coloration during their development 
and that the larvae become a dull reddish just prior to pupation, supple- 
ment the detailed description of the variation in larval coloration of this 
species made by Williams (1910). Reared adults of C. viridis were ob- 
tained from the larvae collected by Powell and are contained in the 
collection of the California Insect Survey, University of California, 
Berkeley. The pupal shells have been examined by John Downey, South- 
ern Illinois University, and are cited in his review of the structure and 
function of the pupal stridulatory apparatus of Lycaenidae (1966). 

It is also noted that C. viridis has been found to occur only within the 
limits of the distribution of nomenotypic E. latifolium and not where its 
other subspecies occur. 

LITERATURE CITED 

Cxiencu, H. K., 1961. In: Ehrlich and Ehrlich, How to Know the Butterflies. Wm. 
C. Brown Co., Dubuque, pp. 176-228. 

Coo.imwwce, K. R., 1924. Life history studies of some Californian Rhopalocera (Lepi- 
doptera). Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 50(4):; 319-335. 

Downey, J. C., 1966. Sound production in pupae of Lycaenidae. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 
20: 129-155. 

WiuiaMs, F. X., 1910. The Butterflies of San Francisco, California. Ent. News, 
21 (1): 30-42. 


RANGE EXTENSION OF CALLOPHRYS COMSTOCKI (LYCAENIDAE) 


The authors found Callophrys comstocki Henne relatively abundant in a large 
canyon on the north slope of Clark Mountain, San Bernardino County, California, 
on April 15, 1966. The habitat is similar to that of the type locality in the 
Providence Mountains, California, being typical Pinyon-Juniper Woodland in the 
Upper Sonoran Life Zone. The butterfly was found mainly in the small side 
canyons of the larger canyon, from 5200 feet to 6000 feet elevation. The new 
locality is 40 airline miles north of the type locality, which was previously the 
only known locality. This species should also occur in the New York Mountains, 
which lie between the Providence Mountains and Clark Mountain.—JoHn F. EMMEL, 
Tuomas C. EMMEL, Stanford University, Stanford, California and Jon H. SHEPARD, 
Notre Dame University of Nelson, Nelson, British Columbia, Canada. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 115 


THREE NEW SPECIES OF HESPERIIDAE FROM MEXICO 


H. A. FREEMAN! 
1605 Lewis Dr., Garland, Texas 


Since starting a systematic study of the Hesperiidae of Mexico several 
new species have been discovered, three of which are described below. 
Two of these were found in material loaned to me for study by Dr. T. 
Escalante, Mexico, D. F., and the other was in material sent for determi- 
nation by J. P. Donahue from the Michigan State University collection. 

Where reference is made to the venation of the wings or maculation by 
number, it follows the English system of numbering the veins of each 
wing from the lowest vein upward. 


Astraptes escalantei Freeman, new species 


MALE. Upper surface of primaries: black, with a heavy overscaling of shiny blue 
over basal one-third of wing. Some green and blue scales along costa to mid wing. 
No apical or discal spots. No costal fold. Fringes black. 

Upper surface of secondaries: black, with basal one-third of wing overscaled 
with shiny blue scales and hairs. Termen nearly straight. Fringes black. 

Under surface of primaries: dark brown, with an indistinct white tornal area 
extending to cell. Costa concolorous with rest of wing. A darker brown stripe in 
the apical region and a darker area from costa through cell to tornal white suffusion. 

Under surface of secondaries: dark brown, with two slightly darker bands; one 
in discal area, the other midway between discal area and base. Costa concolorous 
with rest of wing. 

Thorax dorsally greenish-blue, becoming more blue than green near abdomen. 
Ventral surface of thorax dark brown. Abdomen dorsally brownish-black, heavily 
overscaled with shiny blue hairs and scales, extending nearly to tip. Abdomen 
ventrally dark brown. Head dorsally dark green. Palpi, mingled golden and light 
gray. Legs same color as ventral surface of thorax. Antennae blackish-brown, with 
the club slender and apiculus bent back against club. 

Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 27.5 mm; apex 
to outer angle, 19 mm; outer angle to base, 17 mm; secondaries: base to end of 
Cu, 17 mm; costa to anal angle, 23 mm. Total expanse, 52 mm. Paratype approxi- 
mately the same size. 


Holotype male, Mexico, Ocozingo, Chiapas August, 1948. One male 
paratype same location, VII-47. These two specimens were received 
from Dr. T. Escalante, Mexico, D. F., and I take pleasure in naming this 
species for him. The holotype will be placed in the U. S. National Mu- 
seum, and the paratype will be retained in my collection. 

The nearest relative of A. escalantei Freeman appears to be Acreteus 
siges (Mabille) from Brazil. It differs from that species in the genitalia 
(Compare figure, top left with Evans, 1952: fig. C 14: 28) as well as in 


1I would like to express my thanks to the National Science Foundation for research grant 
GB-4122 which is making this study of the Hesperiidae of Mexico possible. 


116 FREEMAN: Mexican Hesperiidae Vol. 21, no. 2 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I 


Top row: Astraptes escalantei Freeman Holotype 3, Ocozingo, Chiapas, Mexico, 
VI1I-48. 2nd row: Astraptes catemacoensis Freeman Holotype ¢, Catemaco, Vera 
Cruz, Mexico, IX-64. 3rd row: Astraptes catemacoensis Freeman Allotype @, 
Catemaco, Vera Cruz, Mexico, IX-64. Lower row: Euphyes donahuei Freeman 
Holotype 4. 4 miles east San Blas. Nayarit, Mexico, July 17, 1963. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 117 


the hind termen of siges which is more nearly straight than in escalantei. 
Another difference is that there is no indication of green iridescence at 
base of costa on the under surface of the primaries in escalantei which 
is present in siges. A. escalantei belongs in another species of Astraptes, 
the creteus complex. A. crana Evans occurs in the same area as A. es- 
calantei but can be separated by the color of the costa on the under 
surface of the primaries. In crana it is brown at the base, followed by 
white to mid wing, whereas in escalantei the entire costa is brown. 


Astraptes catemacoensis Freeman, new species 


Mate. Upper surface of primaries: deep black, with heavy suffusion of blue over 
basal third of wing. Four small, hyaline, apical spots. Central band of hyaline 
white, spots compact. Spot in space 3 very small but always present. Costal fold 
well developed. Outer margin of wing slightly concave, with apex slightly pointed. 
Fringes concolorous with remainder of wing. 

Upper surface of secondaries: deep black, with the basal one-third heavily over- 
scaled with shiny blue hairs and scales. Termen straight. Fringes black. 

Under surface of primaries: black, with some lilaceous scales near base and over 
lower half of wing. All spots of upper surface evident. Costa golden yellow at base, 
becoming shiny blue to upper edge of cell spot. No indication of darker bands. 

Under surface of secondaries: black, with very slight indication of a discal band. 
Costa, white to mid wing, with a black basal streak having some golden overscaling. 

Thorax dorsally shiny greenish-blue, ventrally orange-yellow. Abdomen dorsally 
dark black, with some greenish-blue coloration near base, ventrally dark brown. 
Head dorsally green. Palpi yellowish-white. Legs orange-yellow. Antennae black, 
with some yellowish scales on under side of club. Apiculus bent back against club. 

Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 29 mm; apex to 
outer angle, 19.5 mm; outer angle to base, 19 mm; secondaries: base to end of Cw, 
18 mm; costa to anal angle, 25 mm. Total expanse, 54 mm. Paratypes approximately 
the same size. 

FEMALE. Upper surface of primaries: deep black, with a heavy suffusion of shiny 
blue over basal one-third. Four well developed, white hyaline, apical spots. Central 
band of white hyaline spots compact, with a black vein between each. Spot in space 
3 triangular and small. Cell spot broad posteriorly, becoming narrower anteriorly. 
Spot in space 2 long and narrow. Spot in space lb triangular, and fairly large. 
Fringes black, becoming slightly lighter in space 1. 

Upper surface of secondaries: deep black, with basal third of the wing heavily 
suffused with shiny blue hairs and scales. Termen straight from Cu: to anal angle. 
Fringes black. 

Under surface of primaries: dull black, with heavy suffusion of shiny blue scales 
along costa and in cell, extending from base of wing to central spots. Some lilaceous 
scales between central band and apical spots and near apex. Spot in space 1b 
edged in clear white. No indication of dark bands. 

Under surface of secondaries: brownish-black, becoming darker black from discal 
area basad. Some faint lilaceous scales between discal area and outer margin. Costa 
white to beyond mid wing, with indistinct brown line in center at base of wing. 

Thorax dorsally dark, shiny blue, with some green hairs present, ventrally orange- 
yellow. Abdomen dorsally dark black, with basal half suffused with dark, shiny 
blue hairs, ventrally dark black. Head green and gold dorsally. Palpi yellowish 
white. Legs orange-yellow. Antennae as in male. 

Wing measurements. Allotype female, primaries: base to apex, 33 mm; apex to 
outer angle, 22 mm; outer angle to base, 21.5 mm; secondaries: base to end of Cu, 
22.5 mm; costa to anal angle, 26 mm. Total expanse, 60.5 mm. 


118 FREEMAN: Mexican Hesperiidae Vol. 21, nem 


EXPLANATION OF FIGURES 


Male genitalia; lateral aspect of tegumen and associated structures and inner face 
of valva. Top row: left, Astraptes escalantei Freeman; right, Astraptes fulgerator 
azul (Reakirt). Lower row: left, Astraptes catemacoensis Freeman; right, Euphyes 
donahuei Freeman. 


Holotype male, Mexico, Catemaco, Vera Cruz, September, 1964. Two 
male paratypes with the same data. Allotype female, same data as 
males. These four specimens were received from Dr. T. Escalante, 
Mexico, D. F. The holotype will be placed in the U. S. National Museum. 
The allotype and one paratype will remain in the Freeman collection, 
and the other paratype will be placed in Dr. Escalante’s collection. 

The nearest relative of Astraptes catemacoensis is A. fulgerator azul 
(Reakirt) from which it can be separated by the following characteris- 
tics: (1) the male genitalia (compare figures, top right with lower left); 
(2) catemacoensis is larger on an average (catemacoensis males average 
54 mm, azul males 49 mm; catemacoensis female, 60.5 mm, azul females, 
52 mm); (3) catemacoensis is darker being deep black, whereas azul is 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 119 


brownish-black; (4) the termen of the secondaries of catemacoensis is 
straight, while in azul it is generally evenly curved; (5) the fringe of both 
wings of catemacoensis is concolorous with the rest of the wing, while 
in azul it is usually somewhat lighter, and sometimes checkered dark and 
light; and (6) catemacoensis males have the apex of the primaries more 
pointed than in azul. 


Euphyes donahuei Freeman, new species 


Mate. Upper surface of primaries: brown, with slight indication of a fulyous spot 
in space 3, just distal to top of broad stigma. No other spots present. Fringes white. 

Upper surface of primaries: brown, with slight indication of a lighter area in 
discal region. Fringes white. 

Under surface of primaries: brown, becoming darker near base. Two indistinct, 
fulvous, discal spots, one in space 3, and one in space 2. A linear lighter area in 
space Ib. 

Under surface of secondaries: brown, evenly overscaled with ochreous scales. 
No indication of spots. 

Thorax dorsally dark brown, lighter ventrally. Abdomen dark brown dorsally, 
lighter ventrally. Head dorsally dark brown, with some golden-yellow hairs present. 
Palpi, sordid white, with some intermixed golden-yellow hairs. Legs brown. An- 
tennae black, with a very few yellowish scales on lower surface of the club. 

Wing measurements. Holotype male, primaries: base to apex, 16.5 mm; apex to 
outer angle, 10.5 mm; outer angle to base, 12 mm; secondaries: base to end of Cu, 
10 mm; costa to anal angle, 12 mm. Total expanse, 35 mm. Paratype smaller, 29 mm. 


Holotype male, Mexico, 4 miles east of San Blas, Nayarit, July 17, 1963, 
J. P. Donahue collector, for whom I take pleasure in naming this species. 
One male paratype, Mante, Tamaulipas, Mexico, June 22, 1964, H. A. 
Freeman collector. The holotype will be placed in the U. S. National 
Museum, the paratype in the collection of H. A. Freeman. 

This new species appears to belong to the peneia complex members of 
which occur in Central and South America. The nearest relative, Euphyes 
peneia Godman, is found in Honduras, Panama, and over a large area of 
northern South America. Euphyes donahuei can be distinguished from 
E. peneia in the following ways: (1) male genitalia, donahuei has a 
longer and somewhat differently shaped cucullus than peneia (compare 
figure, lower left with Evans, 1955: fig. M 28: 11); (2) the fringes of 
donahuei are lighter than those of peneia, being white; (3) the under 
surface of the secondaries is evenly ochreous in donahuei, while in peneia 
it is gray-brown, with faint indications of a whitish discal band. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Evans, W. H., 1952. A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae indicating the 
classification and nomenclature adopted in the British Museum. Part II, Pyrgi- 
nae. Sec. 1. London: British Museum, 178 pp., 10-25 pls. 

1955. A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae indicating the classification and 
nomenclature adopted in the British Museum. Part IV, Hesperiinae and Mega- 
thyminae. London: British Museum. 449 pp., 58-88 pls. 


120 Masters: Mitoura in Kansas Vol. 215 nome 


A TRANSPLANTED COLONY OF MITOURA GRYNEUS 
(LYCAENIDAE) IN KANSAS 


During 1956 or 1957 several small specimen trees of Eastern Red Cedar (Juniperus 
virginiana, Linn.) were transplanted from the vicinity of Camdenton, Camden County, 
Missouri to Johnson County, Kansas. These trees were planted in the general vicinity 
of the caretaker’s house at Camp Towanyak near Lake Quivira in the western part 
of the county. Apparently the transplanted trees carried with them a small colony 
of Mitoura gryneus (Hubner) that has survived for at least eight years. 

M. gryneus was captured here 26-IV-1963 and 21-IV-1965, one was sighted 
3-VII-1964 and there are earlier records back to April of 1958. The normal range 
of Mitoura gryneus in Missouri coincides with the Red Cedar Belt extending from the 
southeast through the southern and eastern Ozarks and into central Missouri. If 
the colony in Johnson County was established by strays, they would have had to 
travel one hundred miles or better in an unlikely northwestward direction. It is 
more likely that some individuals were introduced with the trees while in immature 
stages. 

The only previous record of gryneus from Kansas was recorded by Field (1938 )1 
and involved six specimens taken in July. These were caught by E. A. Popenoe 
in Riley County many years ago. As Riley County is a distance northwest of 
Johnson County and even farther away from the Cedar Belt, the Popenoe specimens 
probably represent a similar case of transplantation. Native populations of Mitoura 
gryneus might be found in Bourbon and Crawford counties, Kansas which are barely 
reached by a diluted part of the Cedar Belt—JoHn H. Masters, 121 Birch, 
Mathomedi, Minnesota. 


1 Field, W. D., 1938. A Manual of the Butterflies and Skippers of Kansas. University of Kansas 
Press, Lawrence, Kansas. 


Book NOTICE 


DIE MACROLEPIDOPTEREN-FAUNA DES GARDASEEGEBIETES  [Macro- 
lepidoptera of the region of Lake Garda]. By Josef Wolfsberger—Memorie del 
Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Verona. 385 pp., 39 maps, 16 pls. Verona 1966. 
Price 4.000 Lit. 

This is the first comprehensive published work on the lepidopterous fauna of the 
region of Lake Garda [Lago di Garda] in northern Italy. This study includes the 
environments of the lake and the valley of the river Sarco. The author recorded 
1139 species of Macrolepidoptera of which 26 have their northern limit of occur- 
rence in this district. The distributions of the most important species from a 
faunistic standpoint are shown on 29 maps. Numerous biotopes and imagines are 
figured on 16 plates. ; 

This new work is very important for all lepidopterists studying the fauna of the 
Alps. The book is available at the Museum of Natural History in Verona, Italy 
[Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Verona].—Joser Moucua, National Museum, Dept. 
of Entomology, Praha, Czechoslovakia. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 121 


AN ALBINIC FEMALE OF PIERIS SISYMBRII (PIERIDAE) 
FROM OREGON 


On May 12, 1965 I collected an albinic female of Pieris sisymbrii 
Boisduval at a locality two airline miles northeast of the Buchanon service 
station on U.S. 20, 4600’, in the ravine of Little Rock Creek which is 
on the western flank of the Stinkingwater Mountains, Harney County, 
Oregon. This is an upper Sonoran Zone area predominated by the sage- 
brush- juniper association. 

To my knowledge this rare form has not been noted before and should 
be of interest to collectors. Originally, it had been misdetermined as 
an odd form of Pieris napi, however Bud Perkins of Portland called the 
error to my attention. 


luau 


tie. 
ape de 4 | 


Pieris sisymbrii Boisduval, dorsal views. Left: female albinic form; right: female 
form flava. Photograph by Don Eames, Portland State College. 


ao Pty) 


Both surfaces of the wings have very faint traces of darker areas 
where black pigmented scaling occurs in normal individuals. As can 
be seen in the photograph, the veins stand out quite well against the 
white background. Seventy-five per cent of the females from this area 
are the yellowish form flava (illustrated for comparison) which have 
heavy black markings on the dorsal surface of the forewing. The albino 
was taken with normal males as well as Pieris beckerii Edwards. 

The specimen is deposited in the author's collection. 


CHaARLEs R. CroweE, 5027 N.E. 23rd Ave., Portland, Oregon 


17 Guppy: Caenurgina Vol. 21, mone 


FURTHER COMMENTS ON POSSIBLE MIMICRY OF 
CAENURGINA CAERULEA (NOCTUIDAE) 


RICHARD GUPPY 
Thetis Island, British Columbia 


Dr. J. C. Downey (1965), proposes the theory that Caenurgina caerula 
Grt. is a mimic of Plebejus icarioides (Bdv.) or, possibly, other blue 
butterflies. At the suggestion of the author, I am submitting my own 
observations on the habits of C. caerulea and possible models. These are 
set forth with the idea of making the evidence as complete and accurate 
as possible, I do not claim that they produce any conclusive arguments 
either for or against the mimicry theory. 

A most certainly incorrect assumption is that C. caerulea feeds on 
lupins. In experiments with caged females, I have found that they ovi- 
posit readily on grass, that the larvae thrive on this diet, and produce 
healthy full sized imagines. Added to this evidence is the fact that other 
species of the same genus are grass feeders.1 Thirdly C. caerulea is 
sometimes found a long way from any stand of lupins. 

In the matter of flight seasons, C. caerulea is a much earlier emerging 
insect than P. icarioides. The moth tends to persist for a rather long 
period, hence there is considerable overlapping with the butterfly. On 
southern Vancouver Island at about 1000’, the lowest elevation at which 
these insects are commonly found, C. caerulea flies in a normal season 
from late April into perhaps the first week of July. P. icarioides under 
the same conditions would be on the wing from early June to early 
August. Wet, cool weather will cause late emergence in both species, 
but the flight season of the moth would be more prolonged by such 
conditions. 

The fact that the two species under discussion are often found flying 
together, is not a good indication of identical ecological requirements. 
P. icarioides is always found near to lupins. Since this is a plant which, 
on Vancouver Island, keeps to a rather restricted environment, the 
habitat of the butterfly is similarly limited. As for C. caerulea, if the 
food plant, grass, were the only controlling factor, it would of course be 
found almost anywhere. Actually it does not appear to invade areas of 
rich, moist soil, where grass grows strongly. Here it is usually replaced 
by C. erechtea Cramer. C. caerulea does, however, have a much less 
spotty distribution than P. icarioides. 


1 According to Crumb (1956, U.S.D.A., Tech. Bull. 1135) Caeurgina chloropha feeds on 
vetch (Vicia) and C. erechtea and C. crassiuscula feed on ‘‘clover, lupin and grasses’”—ED. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 123 


During the early 1950’s several Lepidoptera species normally sub- 
alpine in habitat occurred plentifully near sea level. C. caerulea was 
noticeable among these, though it still held to its preference for rather 
barren, dry areas. P. icarioides of course, tied to lupins, did not follow 
the trend. Incidentally, three of the British Columbia localities in 
Downey's data for caerulea, Goldstream, Quamichan, and Victoria, are 
very unlikely places for P. icarioides. 

For several winters preceding the above mentioned extraordinary 
proliferation of subalpine insects, the snowfall had been exceptionally 
heavy. The theory that winter snow cover is the main factor governing 
the distribution of some insects is plausible and well supported by the 
evidence available. Dr. J. A. Powell has, however, pointed out (in litt. ) 
that some California localities given by Downey are not subject to any 
snowfall. The restriction, on Vancouver Island, of Caenurgina caerulea 
to moderate elevations must be for reasons not yet understood. 

Of other butterflies mentioned by Downey, Plebejus melissa is even 
later flying than P. icarioides, and is similarly limited to lupin areas. 
On Vancouver Island Glaucopsyche lygdamus is only single brooded, 
and its flight season comes close to coinciding with that of C. caerulea. 
Though commonest around lupins, there are always a few around close 
to the sea, where they appear to feed on wild peas, Vicia spp. Around 
Victoria G. lygdamus is common, using as a host plant cultivated lupins 
escaped from gardens. 

There is really no point in examining each of these butterflies with 
a view to selecting one as a possible model for C. caerulea. Downey 
seems to exaggerate the predominance of P. icarioides in the lupin 
areas. In this habitat, at least where I have collected, P. icarioides, P. 
melissa, and G. lygdamus are about equally plentiful, and their flight 
seasons overlap to a great extent. I do not think that any one of them 
can be considered separately. If birds are going to be considered as 
predators, we must add several other Plebejinae species to the compound 
model. Birds always range over a good deal of territory, while the lupin 
patches are fairly restricted. In other nearby habitats, Everes amyntula 
Bdy. and Lycaenopsis argiolus Bdv. are very common. 

If we suppose the Plebejinae as a whole to be distasteful to some 
predators, it is difficult to account for so large a group, including many 
very common species, not having developed more mimics. We can 
resort to a theory that the predator concerned passes all its life in a 
small area, such a predator might be a reptile, amphibian or insect. 
Lizards and toads might be found in the lupin patches, but they do 
not seem to fulfill the requirements as the distinguishing predators. 


124 Guppy: Caenurgina Vol. 21, maw 


They do not habitually take flying insects, and C. caerulea does not 
make a showing of imitating a butterfly when at rest. 

Downey has suggested insects as predators, but he does not go into 
the question of whether they could influence the evolution of this 
mimic. Nor, so far as I know, has anyone else. In the study of other 
mimicry associations, there have always been plenty of predators, 
usually birds, to account for the situation. If insects are known to prey 
on the model, it has not been deemed necessary to mention them. It 
is not known whether insects can be induced to alter its prey preferences. 
Since the prey they take is relatively large, in a given time they must 
get much fewer stimuli, than is the case with a bird, which can eat 
hundreds of insects in a day. In addition their lives are short; if they 
take only as long as a bird to learn a lesson, they have far less time 
than the bird to exert selective pressure on the potential model. 

The insect which most resembles C. caerulea in habits and habitat, 
is a related moth, Euclidina cuspidea (Hbn.). These two species seem 
inseparable, they fly at the same times in the same places (see: Heitz- 
man, 1964). During the expansion of their range, discussed above, both 
species always turned up together in the same spots. Though I haye, 
once or twice, netted a C. caerulea thinking it was a blue, I have far 
more often taken E. cuspidea for the large, dark skippers, Thorybes 
pylades and Erynnis spp. The skippers settle usually on the ground, 
and their flight is of short duration, like that of the moth. One could 
easily advance the theory that E. cuspidea is a mimic of some Hesperi- 
idae, but the actions of both butterflies and moth suggest reliance on 
cryptic coloration, thus it seems likely that both are palatable to preda- 
tors. C. caerulea also acts very much as if it were trying to escape 
notice. I intend on future collecting trips to note more carefully whether 
the grey color (it looks blue only in flight) has any concealing effect 
when the moth is resting. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Downey, J. C., 1965. Mimicry and distribution of Caenurgina caerulea (Noctui- 
dae). Jour. Lepid. Soc., 19(3): 165-170. 

HerirzMan, R., 1964. The story of a “mixed-up” Thorybes pylades (Hesperiidae). 
Jour. Lepid. Soc., 18(3): 169-170. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 125 


A NEW BOMOLOCHA FROM FLORIDA (NOCTUIDAE) 


ALEX K. WyatTTr 


Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois 


Mr. Henry Ramstadt of Chicago spent several winters in Florida col- 
lecting insects of various orders. He resided on the premises of Mr. 
Sam Huffman who had a citrus grove on the west bank of Prairie Creek 
(a river some 80 feet wide at this point), about five miles northeast of 
the town of Cleveland in Charlotte County. Mr. Ramstadt’s night 
collecting at light and at sugar was all done on the Huffman premises 
and day collecting within a mile or two. Unfortunately, the Huffmans 
used Punta Gorda as their mailing address and Mr. Ramstadt’s captures 
were so labeled instead of being more specific. 

Among Mr. Ramstadt’s captures was a Bomolocha which appears to 
be undescribed. There is not anything like it in the U.S. National 
Museum, and Mr. W. H. T. Tams, to whom a black and white photo- 
graph was sent for comparison with British Museum material, suggested 
that the Florida Bomolocha should be described as a new species. 


Bomolecha ramstadti A. K. Wyatt, new species 


FemaLe: Head: Palpi porrect, flattened laterally, three times length of head: 
last segment upturned, white tipped. Antennae very finely bristled. Head and 
thorax brownish black with some gray scales. Abdomen: Tufted, the tufts appear- 
ing brownish black and shading down on sides of abdomen to pale cinereous. 

Forewing: Basal and median portion between costa and about anal fold, extend- 
ing outwardly to position of post-median line brownish black, without trace of an 
antemedial line; edged by a black line, the post-median, beginning at costa about 
two thirds from base and extending about half way across wing toward inner angle, 
then curving downward into a straight line toward middle of inner margin to a 
prominent broad white streak running along anal fold almost to base, then con- 
tinuing along upper edge of this white streak to near base, then angling obliquely 
upward with a slight curve to end at base near the subcostal vein; the white streak 
(by far the most outstanding feature of the species) occupying about half the 
space between black line and inner margin of wing, portion below dark grayish 
brown; a dark spot in cell representing the orbicular; reniform quite obscure, in- 
dicated by a faint white bar, slightly angled, with a dark shade adjoining it out- 
wardly; a pink or rose colored line running close to and parallel with outer edge 
of dark area, extending downward to the white streak, set off by white on both 
sides, obscured at its upper end by a dark shade surrounding apex; apex distinctly 
white; another dark shade at inner angle of wing; two black spots close to post 
median, near inner margin, leaving most of area between the basal area and outer 
margin clouded. Fringes brownish gray with a dark line at base, preceded by light 
spots between veins. 

Hindwing: Even brownish gray with only a slightly darker spot near end of 
cell. Fringes similar to those of forewing but without lighter spots between veins. 
Hindwing beneath, glistening, unicolorous, gray, somewhat lighter than hindwing 


126 Wyatt: New Bomolocha Vol. 21, now? 


Bomolocha ramstadti A. K. Wyatt, holotype @, 5 miles northeast of Cleveland, 
Charlotte County, Florida. 


upperside, with only the darker spot showing through a little more distinctly than 
above. 
Length of forewing: 15 mm. 


Holotype, female: Florida, 5 miles northeast of Cleveland, Charlotte 
County [labeled Punta Gorda], April 18, 1953; Henry Ramstadt col- 
lector; deposited in collection of the Field Museum of Natural History 
at Chicago, Illinois. 

When I sent the photograph of the new species to Mr. Tams of the 
British Museum (Natural History), I suggested that it might be B. 
exoticalis (Gueneé) the type of which was in that museum. Mr. Tams 
replied saying that it definitely was not exoticalis, and enclosed a photo 
of that type. Some similarity between the two species could be dis- 
cemed from the photograph of exoticalis. The primaries both have a 
white streak along the anal fold, although there are minor variations in 
shape and outline. The primaries of exoticalis on the whole are dis- 
tinctly black with no outlining of the basal area. There is an irregular 
white area with a dark center along the costa, beginning at about the 
end of the cell and extending outwardly to just before the apex of the 
wing, where it ends in a point. The apex of the wing is dark, whereas 
in ramstadti the apex is distinctly white, and there is no white area along 
the costa preceding the apex. There are other minor differences. 

Additional collections which presumably represent B. ramstadti, are 
mentioned by Kimball in his 1965 treatment of the Lepidoptera of 
Florida. Localities which he lists in addition to Punta Gorda, are Gaines- 
ville, Archbold Biological Station, and Homestead. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 12 


~l 


HOST PLANT SPECIFICITY OF THE BLACK SWALLOWTAIL 
BUTTERFLY, POLYDORUS ARISTOLOCHIAE (PAPILIONIDAE) 


G. H. Munsui anp S. A. Mozz 
Agriculture College, Tando Jam, West Pakistan 


Polydorus aristolochiae (Fabricius) is the commonest large-tailed, 
black butterfly of the Indo-Pakistan Subcontinent. At Tando Jam 
(25°26’ N; 68°32’ E), West Pakistan, the larvae have been found in 
large numbers on Aristolochia bracteata L. This is a native species of 
the Family Aristolochiaceae of great medicinal value. Along with other 
Aristolochias, its anthelmintic properties have been known for some 
time, from which is derived the local name of “Kidamar” or “Kiramar” 
(Worm-killer ) in many parts of India (Kirtarkar and Basu, 1933). 


Host PLANT SPECIFICITY 


Witt (1909), Bell (1911), Wynter-Blyth (1957), and Alam (1962), 
reported Aristolochia indica L., as the only host plant of P. aristolochiae. 
According to Ghosh (1914) the insect probably feeds on all species of 
Aristolochia. He further mentioned that in the field the insect also feeds 
on Kadu, Lagenaria vulgaris Ser. and Luffa aegyptiaca Mill. (Cucurbita- 
ceae). Beeson (1941) reported Aristolochia spp. and Diascorea wallichii 
(Aristolochiaceae ) as the host plants. 

There seems to be no record of Aristolochia bracteata L. as the host 
plant of this butterfly. The larvae eat green leaves and fruits. In absence 
of green leaves, larvae depend totally on green fruits. 


ALTERNATE POTENTIAL Host PLANTS 


Ghosh (1914) quoted that in 1901, larvae were reported from Surat 
Farm (25°00’ N; 88°39’ E.), Gujrat State, India, as feeding on Kadu 
Plant, Lagenaria vulgaris Ser. (Cucurbitaceae), and in 1905, were re- 
ported to be found on Luffa aegyptiaca Mill. (Cucurbitaceae ), at Darb- 
hanga (31°13’ N; 72°58’ E.), Behar, India. In his insectary, however, 
they did not feed on either of these plants. 

Leaves of different plants in the found vicinity of Tando Jam, West 
Pakistan, on which either the butterfly was found sitting, or where the 
larvae were found pupating were offered to larvae in the laboratory to 
see if they would feed on such plants. 

Leaves were repeatedly supplied to groups of larvae in cages, petri 
dishes, glass bottles, and glass chimneys to encourage them to feed. 
Leaves of the following plants were offered: Akk, Calotropis procera 


128 Munsui AND Morz: Polydorus Vol. Bi. nee 


(Asclepiadaceae ); Karandi, Abutilon indicum (Malvaceae); Kir, Capparis 
aphylla (Capparidaceae ); Devi, Prosopis spicigera (Leguminaceae ); Ber, 
Zizyobus rotendifolia (Rhamnacea); Mango, Mangifera indica ( Anacar- 
diaceae ); and Babul, Acacia arabica (Leguminaceae). 

In order to study the potential host range of the insect, leaves of the 
various plants were supplied to the captive larvae in the same manner as 
were the leaves of Aristolochia bracteata L. None of the larvae, aside 
from those reared on A. bracteata, fed upon the leaves and all died of 
starvation after three to five days. 

It is concluded that this species does not have alternate host plant 
because the larvae refused to feed on all other possible host plants. 
Aristolochia bracteata L. is the only host plant which was recorded in the 
Tando Jam area. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT 


To Kent H. Wilson (Santa Fe, U.S.A.), I extend my sincere apprecia- 
tion for critically editing, correcting, and improving the manuscript. 


LITERATURE CITED 


AuaM, M. Z., 1962. A list of insect and mite pests of East Pakistan; p. 63 (Decca: 
Govt. Press). 

BEEson, G. F. C., 1941. Ecology and control of the forest insects of India and 
neighboring countries; pp. 663-664 (India, Dehradun: The Vasant Press). 
Bett, T. R., 1911. The common butterflies of plain (including) those met with 

Hill Station of the Bombay Presidency. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 19: 3. 

Guosu, C. C., 1914. Life histories of Indian insects V-Lepidoptera (Butterflies ). 
Mem. Dept. Agric. in India, Ent. ser. V(1): 53-58 (Pusa Agril. Res. Inst. ). 

KirTARKAR & Basu, 1933. Indian Medicinal Plants, 2(III): 2121 Fam. Aristo- 
lochiaceae (L. M. Basu, Allahabad, India). 

Munsut, G. H., 1964. Studies on the biology and seasonal history of Polydorus 
aristolochia Fab., unpublished thesis submitted to the University of Sind, Hyder- 
abad, West Pakistan. 

Witt, D. O., 1909. The butterflies of Nimar District, Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., 
P(A AS. CSS. 

WyntTer-BiytH, M. A. 1957. The Papilios, or the swallowtails. The Butterflies 
of Indian Region, Bombay Natural History Society; pp. 375-376 (Bombay: 
India ). 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 129 


DR. EDWARD PALMER’S COLLECTING LOCALITIES IN 
SOUTHERN UTAH AND NORTHWESTERN ARIZONA 


F. Martin Brown! 
Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo. 


Dr. Edward Palmer was an extraordinary man. From a_ biography 
written by Rogers McVaugh (1956) I have culled much of my informa- 
tion. He was born in England on January 12, probably in the year 1831, 
near Wilton in Norfolk. At various times he gave the date of his birth 
as 1831, 1832, 1833, 1837! He arrived in the United States in 1849. 
He started his career as a botanical collector in 1852 when he joined 
the Page Expedition to Paraguay. He studied medicine for a few months 
in the winter of 1856-57 at the Cleveland Homeopathic College before 
moving to Highland, Kansas, where he set up to practice that art. In 
1860, he was in Denver, Colorado, where he lived for two years, collected 
plants, and possibly practiced medicine. When the Civil War broke out 
he joined the 2nd Colorado Regiment and served as its surgeon. He 
served in this capacity in the Army at various posts in the Southwest. 
In 1865, he was posted to Fort Whipple in Arizona where he was met 
by Dr. Elliot Coues, a fellow naturalist. While at these posts Palmer 
spent all of his free time collecting plants and birds for the Smithsonian 
and for private collectors. As early as 1865 he also collected insects. 
His wide interests soon broadened to include archeological collecting 
and a general study of ethnobotany. He left the Army in 1868 (?) and 
became a professional field naturalist, often employed by the Department 
of Agriculture exploring for plants in the Southwest and in Mexico. 


1870 


In 1870 Palmer left Washington, D.C. in the middle of May and 
traveled to Salt Lake City by rail. There he engaged passage in a coach 
and in a week was in St. George, Utah where he spent about ten days. 
He left St. George on June 17th for St. Thomas, Nevada, now under 
the waters of an arm of Lake Mead. He ultimately reached the mouth 
of the Colorado River. For the purpose of this paper we are interested 
in his stay in Utah and travel as far as St. Thomas. 

The types of Apodemia palmerii (Edwards) were collected on this trip. 


PALMER'S TIMETABLE, 1870 


May 31—left Salt Lake City by stage coach for St. George, following essentially 
the present route of U. S. Highway 91. 


1 This study was supported by N.S.F. Grant GB-2741. 


130 Brown: Palmer’s localities Vol, 21, nun 


June 1-3—Fillmore, Millard Co. These dates are from botanical specimens. It 
seems unlikely that the stage made the trip from Salt Lake City to Fillmore in 
a single day. The distance is about 130 miles. I suspect that Palmer arrived 
late in the day on the Ist and spent the 2nd and 3rd at and about Fillmore. 

June 4—Spent the night at Beaver City, presently Beaver, Beaver Co. 

June 5—Spent the night at Cedarville, presently Cedar City, Iron Co. 

June 7—Arrived at St. George, Washington Co. 

June 17—Left St. George, Washington Co. 

June 18—Camped in Beaver Dam Mountains west of St. George traveling with a 
threshing machine being hauled to St. Thomas, Nevada. 

June 19—Camp late on the Virgin River “where Beaver Springs empties into it”. 
This is near the present town of Littlefield, Mohave Co., Arizona. 

June 20—Arrived at St. Thomas, Clark Co., Nevada, now submerged in Lake Mead, 
after “I had walked nearly .all the time which gave me a chance to collect.” 


1875-1876 


Palmer arrived in St. George, Utah, from San Diego, California, in 
the middle of October. In St. George he lived with Joseph Ellis Johnson 
and his family. While he and the children of the family collected some 
plants and insects, Palmer spent most of his and their time excavating 
Indian ruins for the National Museum. He left St. George early in 1876 
and collected plants in the desert country of Arizona and southern Cali- 
fornia. 


1877 


It was on his 1877 trip into southern Utah and adjacent northwestern 
Arizona that Palmer collected insects in earnest. He had been engaged 
by the Peabody Museum of Harvard University to excavate further the 
Indian ruins in the vicinity of St. George, Utah. S. H. Scudder prevailed 
upon Palmer to make extensive insect collections at the same time. The 
following itinerary for Palmer during 1877 is based upon data from 
McVaugh (1956) and from Scudder (1878). 

Palmer arrived in St. George, Washington County, Utah, around the 
23rd of December 1876. He had been working in the arid southwest 
for several years collecting plants and anthropological material. It 
is unfortunate that none of his field notes have as yet been found for 
the years involved. He used St. George as a base for operation the early 
half of 1877, until 22 June. During the spring months he roamed as 
far south as Mt. Trumbull in northwestern Arizona and west to St. 
Thomas in Nevada, north to Mountain Meadows in Utah and east to 
Kanab. 

His next base appears to have been Paragonah, Iron County, Utah, 
where he arrived on the 25th of June after a two or three-day wagon trek 
northeast from St. George. He stayed in this general area until the 10th 
of July, collecting plants and insects in the vicinity and especially in the 
mountains. On the 12th of the month he arrived at Beaver, Beaver 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 131 


County, where he made his base while collecting there in the moun- 
tains. He left Beaver on the 21st and by means of a four-day wagon 
trip reached Spring Lake, just south of Utah Lake in Utah County on 
the 25th. There he collected archeological material and insects until 
about the 11th of August. From Spring Lake he struck northward to 
Salt Lake City where he stayed from the 13th to the end of the month. 
From there he left Utah and traveled to Davenport, Iowa. 


PALMERS TIMETABLE, 1877 


December 28, 1876—arrived at St. George, Washington Co. and based until June 
DOO ta: 

March 1—27—to Johnson (March 12) and Kanab, Kane Co. (March 14), and return: 

April 12-25—Beaver Dam [Littlefield] Mohave Co., Ariz. and St. Thomas, Clarke 
Co., Nev. and return; 

April 27-30—to Mokiah Pass, Mohave Co., Ariz., 20 mi. east and south of St. 
George; 

May 1—2—to Juniper Mountains [Cedar Ridges], Mohave Co., Ariz., and returned to 
St. George on the 4th: 

May 12—at Pine Mountain, Washington Co., 20 miles north of St. George enroute 
to Mountain Meadows; 

May 14—22—Mountain Meadows, Washington Co., about 7 mi. east of Enterprise, 
(on the 19th in Diamond Valley) and returned;. 

June 14—returned for a second time to Mokiah Pass and Juniper Mountain: 

June 7-10—Mount Trumbull and returned to St. George on the 15th. 

June 22—departed from St. George by wagon; 

June 25—26—Paragonah, Iron Co., where he based until July 10th: 

July 3-10—at Parowan, Iron Co., 4 miles southwest of Paragonah: 

July 4—at “Beaver” [Bear] Valley near “Red Creek” [Paragonah] 

July 12—at Copeland’s Mill “16 miles SE Beaver City, head of Beaver Cr & near 
the base of the loftiest peak of the mountains called Balldey Warsatch [sic!] 
range.’ en route to Beaver; 

July 12—Beaver, Beaver Co., where he based to the 2Ist: 

July 12—18—in the Wasatch Mountains near Beaver; 

July 17—at North Creek on the north side of Mt. Baldy; 

July 18—-20—in the mountains east of Beaver, “Beaver Mountains’; 

July 21—left Beaver by wagon on a four day trip; 

July 25—“Spring Lake Ville” [Spring Lake], Utah Co.; 

August 11—left Spring Lake for Salt Lake City. He stayed in the vicinity of Salt 
Lake City until the end of August. 

August 15—visited “Touilla” [Tooele, Tooele Co.], to examine some Indian mounds 
and apparently did no collecting. 


At the outset of his article Scudder (1878: 253) states specifically that 
he received only forty-one species in the collection from Palmer. These 
he listed and commented upon and they included four new species: 
Neominois dionysus, Anthocharis thoosa, and Pholisora libya described 
by Scudder in the article and an un-named species of Erynnis. Because 
Scudder’s article is little known I recapitulate its information in tabular 


form. 
Almost all of the area visited by Palmer is accessible today by ordinary 


132 Brown: Palmer’s localities Vol. 21, noe 


TABLE ].—LIsST OF BUTTERFLY SPECIES TAKEN BY PALMER IN UTAH AND 
ARIZONA DURING 1877 AND RECORDED BY SCUDDER (1878).! Localities: St. 
G. = St. George, April-May; Beav. Dam = “Beaver Dam” (Littlefield), 
April 20-28; Mok. Pass = Mokiah Pass, April 28-30, June 2; Jun. Mts. = 
Juniper Mountains, May 1-2, June 4; Pine Mt. = Pine Mountain, May 12; 
Mt. Mdw. = Mountain Meadow, May 14-18; Mt. Trum. = Mt. Trumbull, 
June 7-10; Bear Vy. = Bear Valley, July 4; Parag. = Paragonah, July 10- 
11; Beav. Mts. = “Beaver Mountains,” July 18-20. 


St. ““Beav. Mok. Jun. Pine Mt. Mt. Bear Beav. 
G. Dam” Pass Mts. Mt. Mdw.Trum. Vy. Parag. Mts. 


SATYRIDAE 
N. dionysus Scud. " vi © types 
C. ochracea Edw. X% “ 


DANAIDAE 
D. berenice Cram. * 


NYMPHALIDAE 
L. weidemeyerii 

Edw. * * 

. antiopa Linn. % Iv 

. cardui Linn. * 

“nevadensis”’ 

“rupestris”’ 

“coronis” 

“editha”’ * * * 

. “helcita Bdv”’ cS cs possibly 
acastus Edw. 


ee & xX 


Qhunnds 


M. arachne Edw. 
P. “campestris” *% * * possibly 
camillus Edw. 
LYCAENIDAE 
I. “‘irioides’’ * 
S. melinus Hbn. * 
. siwwa Edw. * * 
. amyntula Bdv. 
““pheres”’ * % * 
saepiolus Bdv. — * ssp. gertschi dP 
. heteronea Bdvy. * 
“battoides”’ * 
melissa Edw. * * 
exilis Bdv. * * Vv 
. sirius Edw. * 
. helloides Bdv. * X * 


RIDAE 

. eurytheme Bdv. * * 

. iole Bdvy. * s 

. thoosa Scud. * types 
. “oleracea” n 
protodice Bdv. 8 * * s 


PAPILIONIDAE 
P. daunus Bdv. * 


HESPERIDAE 


E. tityrus Fab. * 
T. pylades Scud. = * 


= 


Boney 


el 


yryb ZO 


1 Names given in quotation marks are incorrectly used by Scudder and not verified or correct- 
able at this time; those in italics are acceptable. Abbreviations of current generic assignments are 
indicated. Scudder’s varietal names are here repeated without the species assignments indicated 
by Scudder. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 133 


TABLE [.—Continued. 


St. “Beav. Mok. Jun. Pine Mt. Mt. Bear Bean 
G. Dam” Pass Mts. Mt. Mdw.Trum. Vy. Parag. Mts. 


E. “‘propertius”’ iv Vv * prob. tele- 
machus Burns 

Tie ne sp. = not described 
by Scudder 

A. comus Edw. vi 

P. communis Gr. > * * * 

H. ericetorum Bdv. =i * 

P. catullus Fab. 7 * 

P. libya Scud. re types 

O. sonora Scud. Hs 


automobile. The following gazetteer of Palmer's insect localities pin- 
points them so that they may be recovered. A good roadmap, supple- 
mented by the “NJ-12” sheets of the U.S.G.S. 1 : 250,000 series,! will be 
ample for the task. 


Bears Valley, Iron Co. Utah: ca. 7800’, T33S, R7W, ca. 37°55'N, 112°38°W. 
Scudder (1878: 253) described Bear Valley as “about 20 miles nearly south of 
Beaver, surrounded by spurs of the Wahsatch (sic!) Mountains.” McVaugh (1956: 
147) states: “The Gray Herbarium list of Palmer’s collection of 1877 shows that 
he made about 40 collections of plants at “Beaver Valley near Red Creek, Utah.” 
“Beaver” is probably an error for “Bear,” since Bear Valley lies just northeast of 
Red Creek, off the west slope of Bear Valley Peak.” Scudder’s date for the insects 
from Bear Valley, July 4, falls within the span of time during which Palmer col- 
lected out of Paragonah. Bear Valley is about 35 miles south of Beaver and is 
“surrounded by spurs of the Wahsatch (sic!) Mountains.” The specimens collected 
suggest a valley with meadows and a permanent stream. NJ-12-7. 

Beaver, Beaver Co., Utah: 5900’, T29S, R7W, 38°17'N, 112°39’W. Beaver is on 
U. S. Highway 91 in a more or less circular open valley about 10 miles in diameter 
surrounded by wooded mountains. To the east is the Tushar Range, to the south the 
uplands connecting them with the Black Mountains, to the west the Mineral Range 
and the north the uplands connecting the Mineral and Tushar ranges. Palmer's 
plants from this area are labeled from the “Warsatch” Mountains and the “Beaver 
Mts.” His insect collections suggest mountain meadows at about 8000 feet elevation. 
His “North Creek” probably is the South Fork of North Creek, heading in Blue 
Lake north of Shelly Baldy Peak, a spur of Delano Peak (12,173’) and east of 
Mount Baldy (12,080’). Copeland’s Mill probably was somewhere up Beaver Creek 
on one of its many branches that drain the south and southwest flanks of the Delano 
massif. NJ-12-4. 

“Beaver Dam on the Virgin River” See Littlefield, Arizona. 

“Beaver Mountains’ See Beaver. 

“Beaver Valley” See Bear Valley. 

“Copeland’s Mill” See Beaver. 

“Tuniper Mountains,” Mohave Co., Arizona: “It is about 20 miles east of south 
of Mokiah Pass (Scudder, 1878: 254) . . . covered with juniper trees and scrub 
pines (Scudder, 1878: 253-4).” I have found no such designation on a map. By 
distance and description it appears probable that “Juniper Mountains” is the wooded 
portion of Hurricane Ridge east of the L. A. Iverson Ranch about 5 miles north of 


1 Map references, U.S.G.S. 1: 250,000 series: NJ-12-4 Richfield sheet; NJ-12-7 Cedar City 
sheet; NJ-12-10 Grand Canyon sheet; NK-12-11 Salt Lake City sheet. 


134 Brown: Palmer’s localities Vol. 21, now? 


Trumbull P. O. This is the western fringe of the wooded area in which is located 
Mount Trumbull. The specimens collected suggest a more open and drier locale than 
either Mt. Trumbull or Mokiah Pass. NJ-12-10. 

Littlefield, Mohave Co., Arizona: 1846’, T40N, R1I5W, 36°53’N, 113°56’W. 
According to McVaugh (1956: 148) “The modern name of Beaver Dam is Little- 
field.” It is about 38 miles southwest of St. George by U. S. Highway 91. This 
is desert country. It is the type locality of Pholisora libya (Scudder) and possibly 
of Apodemia palmerii (Edwards). NJ-12-10. 

“Mokiah Pass,” Mohave Co., Arizona: summit about 5200’, T39N, R12W, 36°48’ 
N, 113°33’W. Although not named on any map I have seen, this appears to be 
the pass used by the Arizona continuation of Utah Highway 64 about 20 miles south 
of St. George. The highway approaches the pass from the north by means of 
Mokiah Wash. The pass itself lies in the saddle between Wolf Hole Mountain 
and Seegmuller Mountain in open forest, with patches of grassland, on the basis 
of the collected specimens. NJ-12-10. 

Mountain Meadow, Washington Co., Utah: 6000’, T37-38S, RI6W, ca. 37°30’/N, 
113°37’'W. An extensive open grassland about 40 miles north of St. George on 
Utah Highway 18. NJ-12-7. 

Mount Trumbull, Mohave Co., Arizona: summit 8028’, T35N, R8W, 36°25/N, 
113°08’'W. “The specimens were collected about a spring at the base” (Scudder, 
1878: 253). At the southwest base of the mountain is Nixon Spring, approx. 7500’, 
accessible by wood road east of Trumbull P. O. This can be reached from St. 
George, Utah, via Utah Highway 64, and its continuation southward in Arizona. 
Specimens reported from the station suggest an open pine forest with some grassy 
areas. Mt. Trumbull and its associated mountains are in a portion of the Kaibab 
National Forest. NJ-12-10. 

“North Creek” See Beaver. 

Paragonah, Iron Co., Utah: 5880’, T33S, R8W, 37°53’N, 112°46’W. A small 
town on U. S. Highway 91 at the western flank of the Wasatch Mountains situated 
in arid land where Red Creek leaves the mountains. Four miles southwest of 
Paragonah is Parowan, a larger community, similarly situated. According to McVaugh 
(1956: 270-271) the insects from Paragonah actually were collected at Parowan 
(July 3-10). Others came from the mountains along Red Creek (July 10-11). 
The “Paragonah” specimens suggest open grassy hillsides in the juniper-pine zone. 
NJ-12-7. 

“Pine Mountain,’ Washington Co., Utah: “20 miles north of St. George” (Scud- 
der, 1878: 253) and thus probably in T39S, RI6W. It appears to be the pine-clad 
low mountains west of Utah Highway 18 running north from St. George in the 
Santa Clara River valley and about 4 miles southeast of Central P. O. Specimens 
reported are characteristic of open pine forest. NJ-12-7. 

“Red Creek” See Paragonah. 

St. George, Washington €o., Utah: 2754’, T42S, RI5SW, 37°06’Ne Tis 2se Vee 
thriving small city in an agricultural and mining area that Palmer used as a base 
for operation from December 1876 through most of June 1877. Situated on U. S. 
Highway 91. NJ-12-7. Probably the type locality of Apodemia palmerii (Edwards). 

Spring Lake, Utah Co., Utah: ca. 5000’, T9S, R2E, 40°00’N, 111°45)W> This as 
Palmer’s “Spring Lake Ville,” the original homestead of his St. George friend Joseph 
Ellis Johnson. NK-12-11. 

LITERATURE CITED 


McVaucu, R., 1956. Edward Palmer, Plant Explorer of the American West. Univ. 
Oklahoma Press, Norman, Okla. 430 pp., 15 pl., 2 maps. 

ScuppER, S. H., 1878. Notice of the butterflies collected by Dr. Edward Palmer 
in the arid regions of southern Utah and northern Arizona during the summer 
of 1877. Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Survey of Territories, 4: 253-258, Feb. 
5, 1878. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 135 


NEW AND CORRECTED BUTTERFLY RECORDS FOR 
ONTARIO AND FOR CANADA 


jC. ie hier 


Royal Ontario Museum, University of Toronto, Ontario 


While arranging the butterfly collection of the Royal Ontario Mu- 
seum, University of Toronto, the present writer discovered some inter- 
esting new records of butterflies from Ontario, some of which establish 
new records for Canada. These records are presented in two sections. 
The first represents additions to my previous summaries of the dis- 
tribution of butterflies in northern Ontario (Riotte, 1959 and 1962). 
The second section contains additions to C. J. S. Bethune’s work (1894) 
on the butterflies of the eastern provinces of Canada, which is still the 
only available list of the butterflies in southern Ontario. 

I. Additions to the northern Ontario list: 

a) Additional species 

Pieris occidentalis Reakirt: this should replace the entry of Pieris 
protodice Boisduval and Le Conte in Riotte (1959). The northern On- 
tario population is quite distinct from the southern one. The specimens 
from Lansdowne House in the Royal Ontario Museum conform to a long 
series of this butterfly from Manitoba, Alberta and British Columbia. 
Also the male genitalia show the same characters both in the Ontario and 
in the western specimens and are quite different from and easily sep- 
arated from the genitalia of the southern Ontario protodice. Following 
Chang (1963) occidentalis is treated here as species. In Ontario occi- 
dentalis and protodice do not overlap geographically. As far as known 
there are approximately 700 mi. between the two populations. 

Satyrium edwardsii Saunders: Fort William—mid-August. 

Callophrys (Incisalia) eryphon (Boisduval): Nakina, (Lake ) Nipigon, 
Quetico Park—late May to mid-June. The locality “Quetico Park” 
should be deleted under no. (413) in Riotte (1959). The writer was 
warned of the possibility of the occurrence of eryphon in Ontario by 
what seemed to be a unique collection of this species in Michigan, in 
Luce and Chippewa Counties, by M. C. Nielsen (1966). C. eryphon and 
niphon are very easily mistaken for one another and dissection is advis- 
able to insure proper identification. In the case in question, the Ontario 
specimens correspond to a series of eryphon from British Columbia and 
an examination of the genitalia confirmed that they were eryphon. This 
occurrence of eryphon in the east is analogous to the occurrence of the 
“eastern” niphon in Colorado, as published by F. M. Brown (1955). 

Everes comyntas (Godart): Geraldton, Nakina, S. Neebing Township 


136 Riorre: Ontario records Vol. 21, nen 


(Thunder Bay District), Nipigon, Sudbury—late June to mid-August. 
This species is an interesting addition to the northern butterfly fauna. 
It is found with E. amyntula (Boisduval), e.g. at Geraldton, Nakina, 
Nipigon, Sudbury. It has a partial second generation in warm years. 

Oeneis melissa semplei Holland: Cape Henrietta Maria, July 6 and 
13, 1948. 

Oeneis polixenes (Fabricius): Fort Severn, July 9, 1940. This and 
the foregoing species should replace Oeneis t. taygete Geyer in Riotte 
(1959), according to recent determinations. 

b) Additional localities for previously recorded species 

Papilio machaon hudsonianus Clark: Cochrane, May 24, 1958 the 
southeasternmost known occurrence), S. Neebing Township (Thunder 
Bay District, 5 miles SW of Fort William), June 21, 1963 (the southern- 
most known occurrence ). 

Papilio glaucus canadensis Rothschild & Jordan: Peninsula (Thunder 
Bay District). 

Euchloe ausonides mayi Chermock & Chermock: Geraldton, 7 mi. E. 
of Jellicoe. 

Callophrys (Incisalia) augustinus (Westwood): Driftwood, 106 mi. 
W. of Kapuskasing. 

Vanessa atalanta (Linnaeus): S. Neebing Township (Thunder Bay 
District ). 

Nymphalis milberti (Godart): S. Neebing Township (Thunder Bay 
District ). 

Phyciodes batesii (Reakirt): Amyot. 

Melitaea nycteis drusius (Edwards): Amyot. 

Boloria f. freija (Thunberg): Driftwood, Monteith. 

Boloria titania grandis (Barnes & McDunnough): Mississauga.t 

Boloria eunomia dawsoni (Barnes & McDunnough): Nipigon, 10 
miles NE of Nipigon. 

Speyeria aphrodite winni (Gunder): Favourable Lake. 

Cercyonis pegala nephele (Kirby): S. Neebing Township (Thunder 
Bay District). 

Oeneis macounii (Edwards): Nakina. 

Erebia d. discoidalis (Kirby): Monteith (observed ), Nakina. 

Hesperia sassacus manitoboides (Fletcher): has been re-taken in 
Nipigon on June 27, 1966; up till now the original specimens collected 
by Fletcher at Nipigon in 1901 were the only known ones from this 
locality. 


1 Correction: In Riotte (1962) ‘‘Oog Lake” under Boloria titania grandis should read “Dog 
Lake.” In addition, “S. Neeling twsp.” should read “‘S. Neebing twsp.”’ through the whole paper. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 137 


II. Additions to the southern Ontario list: 

Phoebis sennae eubule (Linnaeus): one male and one female, Point 
Pelee, September 20, 1953; new for Canada. 

Phoebis philea (Johansson): two females, Vineland, July 1944 and 
September 1930; new for Canada, considered to be a straggler from 
the south. 

Nathalis iole Boisduval: Bridgenorth near Peterborough, 1947; Sault 
Ste. Marie, without further dates, in the Lyman Collection (Macdonald 
College, Ste. Anne-de-Bellevue, Qué.). 

Callophrys (Incisalia) eryphon (Boisduval): Port Hope. 

Asterocampa celtis (Boisduval and Le Conte): Pelee Island, July 5- 
14, 1950; July, 7-9, 1965; Point Pelee, June 29, 1965. 

Asterocampa clyton (Boisduval and Le Conte): Kitchener, no date 
available; London, July 11, 1955 (in the collection of the University of 
Western Ontario in London ); Pelee Island, July 13-27, 1950; Point Pelee, 
August 20, 1920. 

Speyeria idalia (Drury): Grand Bend, no date available; Hyde Park 
Corner, September 7, 1919; Rondeau Park, 1964. 

Speyeria aphrodite alcestis (Edwards): Hyde Park Corner, July 16 
and 21, 1909: new for Canada. 

Two other remarkable records, noted by Bethune, are: Melitaea gor- 
gone (Hubner) from Toronto and Callophrys (Mitoura) gryneus 
(Hubner) from Point Pelee. The first dates from 1891 on the Humber 
Plains, west of Toronto, where it was taken together with Graphium 
marcellus (Cramer) and Colias (Zerene) cesonia (Stoll): all three 
have not been taken again in the Toronto area. C. gryneus, however, was 
taken in 1963 in Hastings County. This area is north of Lake Ontario 
where the foodplant red cedar (Juniperus virginiana) is abundant (A. 
Holmes, in litt.). The specimens are deposited in the Royal Ontario 
Museum. 


LITERATURE CITED 


BETHUNE, C. J. S., 1894. The Butterflies of the eastern Provinces of Canada. Ann. 
Rep. Ent. Soc. Ont., 25: 29-44. 

Brown, F. M., 1955. Colorado Butterflies. Proc. Denver Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, 
143 pp. 

Cuanc, V. S. C., 1963. Quantitative analysis of certain wing and genitalia char- 
acters of Pieris in western North America. J. Res. Lepid., 2(2): 97-125. 

Niesen, M. C., 1966. Occurrence of Callophrys eryphon (Lycaenidae) in Michi- 
gan. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 20(1): 41-42. 

Riottre, J. C. E., 1959. Revision of C. J. S. Bethune’s list of the Butterflies of the 
eastern Provinces of Canada as far as northern Ontario is concerned. Ont. Field 
Biol., 13-59: 1-18. 

1962. First additions to the northern Ontario list of butterflies. Jour. Lep. Soc., 
16(4): 243-245. 


138 GARDINER: Lonomia cynira Vol. 21. nee 


REARING THE LARVAE OF LONOMIA CYNIRA 
(SATURNIIDAE) 


Brian QO. C. GARDINER! 
18 Chesterton Hall Crescent, Cambridge, England 


The genus Lonomia consists of six variable and often confusing 
species of Neotropical moths whose range extends north to Mexico. Dr. 
A. D. Blest (personal communication) reports that on Barro Colorado 
Island, Canal Zone, Panama, the larvae are found feeding on a species 
of Quassia. The early instar larvae rest on the under surface of the 
leaves, while the later instars are found resting in a tight group of 4 to 
10 larvae on the trunks, some 18 inches to 4 feet from the ground, re- 
turning to the same place each day after feeding. When disturbed they 
fall to the ground and bury themselves in litter. 

On September 5, 1961 I received by airmail 153 ova of Lonomia cynira 
Cramer, which had been laid by a female obtained in a light-trap oper- 
ated by Dr. Blest at Barro Colorado. These eggs started to hatch 
after seven days and about 75 larvae emerged by the eighth day follow- 
ing receipt. No further emergence took place. Assuming that the eggs 
had been laid a week before receipt, a period of 14 days was required 
for the eggs to hatch, about average for a saturniid. 

The natural foodplant being unknown, the larvae were offered a 
choice of Robinia pseudo-acacia; Fagus sylvaticus;, Ligustrum ovalifolium; 
Prunus sp.; and Ulmus campestris. After 24 hours they had commenced 
to feed on the first of these trees and were maintained on this plant in 
small plastic boxes until the end of the third instar. The larvae were 
then transferred from the boxes to a well ventilated larval rearing cage 
18” x 12” x 12”. By this time the Robinia leaves had yellowed and 
fallen and Fagus was again offered and was accepted. This food was 
continued until about half the larvae had pupated. The Fagus supply 
then also failed and the last of the larvae finished their development 
on a mixture of Carpinus betulus and Quercus ilex. The last half dozen 
larvae failed to pupate on this diet, but it is possible they might have 
failed in any case, as they were very much retarded. 

The development times of the various larval instars, which were kept 
at 25°C. = 5° was as follows: lst instar, 7 days: 2nd) instar) o Gayassane 
instar, 6 days; 4th instar, 10 days; 5th instar, 9 days; 6th instar, variably 
from 18 to 44 days. The mean larval duration of the 40 which pupated 


1 This work was supported by the United States National Institutes of Health, Project No. 
GM-07109. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 139 


Fig. 1. Mature larva of Lonomia cynira Cramer, dorsal aspect. 


was 68 days. The pupae were used for physiological experiments and 
it was not therefore possible to determine the duration of this stage 
or to obtain pairings and so complete the life-cycle. 

When small the larvae are gregarious. When large they still retain 
this habit when resting, but scatter widely when feeding. The larvae 
fed only at night and during the day rested in a cluster off the food- 
plant. Beginning with the fourth instar the larvae sought shelter under- 
neath the paper with which the floor of their cage was lined. There 
was a tendency for the larvae to drop and wriggle violently when dis- 
turbed. After a few seconds of this behaviour they would rapidly craw] 
away. This species is the most active saturniid larva I know and is 
equal in speed to some of the better known Arctiid larvae, such as 
Spilosoma lubricipeda (Linnaeus ). 

The first pupae were found on the floor of the cage underneath some 
lining paper. A layer of peat, overlaid by a thin covering of moss was 
then supplied. All subsequent pupae were found naked on the top of 
the peat. No trace of a cocoon was found, nor did the larvae appear 
to spin silk at any stage. 


Egg. Distinctly box-like (rather than ovoid or spherical), 1.5 mm xX 1.1 mm xX 
2.0 mm high. When received, varying from pale to dark green, with a 1.0 mm 


140 GARDINER: Lonomia cynira Vol. 21, maa 


wide whitish band completely encircling each egg. Micropyle minute, almost in- 
visible. 

First instar larva. No description was made. A few specimens preserved in 
alcohol were sent to Yale University. 

Final instar larva. Length about 3.75 cm, thickest at middle, tapering toward 
each extremity. Ground color brownish-black, overlaid by a series of lighter longi- 
tudinal lines, edged with black; each segment with up to six chalazae each bearing 
rather short, sparse urticaceous spines brown to black. Dorsum of thoracic seg- 
ments with a conspicuous white mark with black-ringed brownish centre (see 
Figure 1), characteristic beginning with the second instar. 


The author’s skin did not react strongly to the ‘sting’ of this larva; 
the ‘sting’ being about equal to that of an Automeris io Fabricius. 


NEW SOCIETY AND NEW JOURNAL 


With the publication of its first issue in November, 1966, a new journal has 
begun: the Newsletter of the Association of Minnesota Entomologists. The Associa- 
tion and its Newsletter are primarily concerned with Minnesota entomology (especially 
Lepidoptera), but they welcome members from anywhere, and articles on any 
aspect of entomology and any part of the world. 

The Newsletter, under the editorship of John H. Masters, is printed by silk- 
screen mimeograph and appears (quarterly) in an octavo format with a card cover 
enclosing 24 pages. The first number has the following contents: constitution and 
by-laws; publication announcements; the Rhopalocera of Minnesota, Part I Hesperiidae 
Hesperiinae (by R. L. Huber); Rhopalocera of Fort Snelling (by J. T. Sorensen); 
Minnesota life zone map; the Coleoptera of Minnesota, Part I Cicindelidae 
(by R. L. Huber). There is also a Field Collectors’ Section (this one includes an 
account of a collecting trip to the Black Hills and of an encounter with an Agrias 
in Venezuela), and an exchange column. 

The prime-movers of the new organization, John H. Masters, John T. Sorensen, 
Ronald L. Huber and Patrick J. Conway among them, are enthusiastic and capable. 
Wisely they have chosen to begin modestly. The low cost of membership (which 
includes subscription to the Newsletter) should encourage many lepidopterists, both 
amateur and professional, both in and out of Minnesota, to join and thus provide 
moral and financial support to a budding concern. 

There are two classes of paying membership: active members ($2.00 a year) 
have voting privileges; corresponding members ($1.00 a year) do not. Both receive 
the Newsletter. Membership applications should be addressed to the secretary- 
treasurer, Patrick J. Conway, Apt. 306, 7544 Cedar Avenue South, Richfield, Minne- 
sota 55423. Editorial correspondence should go to John H. Masters, P. O. Box 7511, 
St. Paul, Minnesota 55119.—Harry K. CLEeNcH, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, 
Pennsylvania 15213. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 141 


FURTHER DISTRIBUTION RECORDS AND TAXONOMIC 
NOTES ON PHILOTES RITA (LYCAENIDAE) 


Harry K. CLeNcu 
Camegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 


The recent revision of the little known species, Philotes rita (Barnes 
& McDunnough), by Mattoni (1966) makes it desirable to publish the 
following new records. 


PHILOTES RITA RITA (Barnes & McDunnough) 


New Mexico: Silver City [Grant Co.], 13.viii.1913, leg. J. B. Wallis, 1 ¢, Carnegie 
Mus., ex Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia ( ¢ gen., slide C-1025). 

This is the first record of the species for New Mexico. The single 
specimen agrees with nominate rita except that the macules of the post- 
median row of the hindwing below from M, to 2A are very small. It 
is possibly only an individual variant. 

Mattoni (1966: 86) cited the locality, “Rio Verde Mountains,” from 
the original description of rita and added that he was unable to locate 
the mountains but believed the name to be an older one for the 
Huachucas. Two specimens of rita in Carnegie Museum are from this 
locality (probably the same lot as the rita paratype mentioned by Mat- 
toni), and their labels shed light on the question. They read: “Rio 
Verde Mts., Phoenix, Arizona, Aug. 1893, W. Barnes.” The mountains, 
presumably, are northeast of Phoenix, near the Verde River, a locality 
about halfway between the two pairs of Arizona stations shown on 
Mattoni’s map. 


PHILOTES RITA subspecies 

Nevapa: “Montello Wells” [at or near Montello, Elko Co. ?], 8.viii.1948, leg. 
E. R. Tinkham, 1 6, Carnegie Mus. ( @ gen., slide C-1023). 

This specimen appears to represent an undescribed subspecies. In the 
sum of its characters it is closest to pallescens, not surprising considering 
geographic proximity; but it differs from pallescens in the darker blue, 
the heavier fuscous borders, and the presence of an aurora on the hind 
wing. All three characters give the upperside a striking resemblance 
to the figure of r. rita in Tilden & Downey (1955: 28, fig. 1). It also 
differs from pallescens in the larger, distinctly quadrate discal and _ post- 
median spots of the fore wing underside. The latter character suggests 
a relationship to elvirae Mattoni from California. The male genitalia 
are very similar to those of pallescens (Tilden & Downey, 1955: 27, 
fae, oh). 


142 CiLeNcCH: Philotes rita Vol. 21, mek 


Mattoni’s view that all four forms (rita, pallescens, coloradensis and 
elvirae) are conspecific has much to recommend it: mutual allopatry, 
similar ecology, similar flight period. He mentions, but does not empha- 
size that the differentiation among these forms is not equal. They can be 
grouped in two assemblages: (1) the rita group of subspecies, including 
rita and coloradensis; and (2) the pallescens group of subspecies, includ- 
ing pallescens, the unnamed subspecies above and elvirae. These two 
groups are well defined by multiple genitalic characters (Tilden & 
Downey, 1955; Mattoni, 1966) and alar characters (especially the aurora 
on the hindwing underside which is large and thick in the rita group, 
smaller and quite thin in-the pallescens group). Although there is no 
point in taking such a step now, I believe that future discoveries may 
make advisable an elevation of pallescens to specific rank, with its own 
coterie of races distinct from those of rita. This does not imply that I 
think rita and pallescens necessarily will be found to occur sympatrically. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Matront, R. H. T., 1966. Distribution and pattern of variation in Philotes rita. 
Jour. Res. Lepid., 4(2): 81-102 [“1965”]. 

TILDEN, J. W. & J. C. Downey, 1955. A new species of Philotes from Utah. Bull. 
So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 54: 25-29. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 143 


Book NOTICE 


INSECT PESTS by George S. Fichter, edited by Herbert H. Zim, illustrated by 

Nicholas Strekalovsky, was published in the Golden Nature Guide Series in 1966, 
price $1.00. It contains illustrations in color and useful information on 67 species 
of butterflies and moths, some of which is not as readily available elsewhere. The 
species of Lepidoptera covered are tabulated below in the order in which they are 
included in generally followed lists. 
PAPILIONIDAE: Papilio polyxenes asterius (black swallowtail, celery worm) p. 83. 
PiERIDAE: Pieris rapae (imported cabbageworm) pp. 13, 80; Colias eurytheme (alfalfa 
caterpillar) p. 115. SpxHincmaer: Protoparce sexta (Carolina sphinx, tobacco horn- 
worm) pp. 13, 15, 113; Protoparce quinquemaculata (tomato hornworm) p. 82. 
ArcrupaE: Isia isabella (banded woolybear) p. 83. Nocrumar: Agrotis orthogonia 
(pale cutworm) p. 64, Agrotis ipsilon (black cutworm) p. 64, Peridroma saucia 
(variegated cutworm) p. 64, Amathes c-nigrum (spotted cutworm) p. 64, Pseudaletia 
unipuncta (armyworm) pp. 11, 110; Lithophane antennata (green fruitworm) p. 
124, Papaipema purpurfascia (columbine borer) p. 93, Papaipema nebris (stalk 
borer) p. 114, Laphygma frugiperda (fall armyworm) p. 110, Heliothis zea (corn 
earworm, bollworm) p. 109, Trichoplusia ni (cabbage looper) p. 80, Alabama 
argillacea (cotton leafworm) p. 108. Diorrmwar: Phryganidia californica (California 
oakworm) p. 144. LiparmAE: Hemerocampa leucostigma (white marked tussock 
moth) p. 143, Porthetria dispar (gypsy moth) p. 142, Nygmia phaeorrhoea (brown 
tail moth) p. 143. LastocamMpmar: Malacosoma americana (eastern tent caterpillar ) 
p. 143, Malacosoma disstria (forest tent caterpillar) p. 143. GEomMErripAE: Alsophila 
pometaria (fall cankerworm) p. 121, Paleacrita vernata (spring cankerworm) p. 121. 
LimacopipsE: Sibine stimulea (saddleback caterpillar) p. 47, Phobetron pithecium 
(hag moth caterpillar) p. 47. MeGALopycmaE: Megalopyge opercularis (puss cater- 
pillar) p. 47. PyrauwarE: Diaphania nitidalis (pickleworm) p. 81, Diaphania hyalinata 
(melonworm) p. 81, Loxostege similalis (garden webworm) p. 82, Loxostege sticticalis 
(beet webworm) p. 82, Udea rubigalis (celery leaftier) p. 83, Pyrausta nubilalis 
(European cornborer) p. 112, Crambus caliginosellus (corn root webworm) p. 115, 
Diatraea crambidoides (southern corn stalk borer) p. 114, Elasmopalpus lignosellus 
(lesser corn stalk borer) p. 114, Anagasta kuhniella (Mediterranean flour moth) p. 
149, Ephestia elutella (tobacco moth) p. 151, Plodia interpunctella (Indian meal 
moth) p. 149. Torrricwar: Spilonota ocellana (eye-spotted bud moth) p. 121, 
Grapholitha molesta (Oriental fruit moth) p. 123, Grapholitha packardi (cherry 
fruit worm) p. 124, Grapholitha interstictana (clover head caterpillar) p. 115, 
Carpocapsa pomonella (codling moth) p. 120; Archips argyrospilus (fruit-tree leaf- 
roller) p. 124, A. rosaceanus (oblique-banded leaf-roller) p. 93, Choristoneura 
fumiferana (spruce budworm) p. 142, Argyrotaenia velutinana (red-banded leaf- 
roller ) p. 93. CossipaE: Prionoxystus robiniae (carpenter worm) p. 144. 
GELECHUDAE: Sitotroga cerealella (Angoumois grain moth) p. 148, Pectinophora 
gossypiella (pink bollworm) p. 108, Gnorimoschema operculella (potato tuberworm ) 
p. 82, Anarsia lineatella (peach twig borer) p. 123. AEGERUDAE: Sanninoidea exitiosa 
(peach tree borer) p. 122, Synanthedon pictipes (lesser peach tree borer) p. 122, 
Podosesia syringae (lilac borer) p. 93, Melittia curcurbitae (squash vine borer) p. 
81. PLureLLwaE: Plutella maculipennis (diamond back moth) p. 80. YPONOMEUTIDAE: 
Argyresthia thuiella (arborvitae leaf miner) p. 92. CoLEopHoRmAE: Coleophora 
caryaefoliella (pecan cigar case bearer) p. 144. GractLLarupaE: Gracillaria azaleella 
(azalea leaf miner) p. 92. Psycumar: Thyridopteryx ephemeraeformis (bagworm) 
p. 94. Tinewae: Tinea pellionella (case-making clothes moth) p. 31, Tineola 
biselliella (webbing clothes moth) p. 31, Tineola walsinghami (plaster bagworm) p. 
31. 

In addition to finding illustrations and information about 67 species of Lepidoptera, 
the lepidopterist will note that only 67 of the more than 350 pests described are 


144 MATHER: Book Notice Vol. 21, nen? 


Lepidoptera and that only three are butterflies. Twenty-one families of moths are 
represented: there are 12 of the noctuids and the pyralids; 9 tortricids; 4 each of 
gelechiids and aegeriids; 3 liparids and 3 tineids; 2 each sphingids, lasiocampids, 
geometrids, limacodids; and only one each of the remaining: arctiid, dioptid, 
megalopygid, cossid, plutellid, yponomeutid, coleophorid, gracillariid, and psychid. 
However, in the case of the Dioptidae, 100% of the species recorded from the United 
States and Canada fall into the pest category—BryANT MATHER, Jackson, Mississippi. 


Book NOTICE 


INDEX LITTERATURAE ENTOMOLOGICAE, Serie II, vol. II/F-L/. By W. 
Derksen and U. Sheiding-Gollner. 678 pp. Published by the German Academy of 
Agricultural Sciences. Price 55;-MDN. 1966 [,,1965°]. 

The “Index” contains all entomological papers published in the period of 1864— 
1900. The second volume includes the authors’ names in alphabetical sequence from 
Fabani to Lyttkens. For more important authors general biographical dates are 
given. This monumental work will contain four volumes with the “Authors index” 
and one with the “Genera! index.” Both volumes, edited by the German Entomolog- 
ical Institute, have 1375 pages. Review of the first volume see: Jour. Lepid. Soc., 
19:62, 1965. The “Index” is very important for all students in entomology, especially 
in taxonomy, faunistics, zoogeography a.o.—JosEF Moucna, National Museum Prague, 
Praha 1-Czechoslovaki. 


THE LARVAE OF CELERIO LINEATA AS FOOD FOR INDIANS? 


While reading the letters written by William Greenwood Wright to Herman 
Strecker of Reading, Pennsylvania, I came across one dated July 10, 1882, from San 
Bernardino, California, that interested and amused me. The pertinent part of the 
letter wend: 

“The digger indians eat the larvae as a iglicacy, when they are plenty. They are 
desert larvae, I guess native to Arizona or South as Mexico or Lower Cal. They 
live best in the hot sandy deserts where it is roasting hot & never a drop of water 
to drink. When botanizing, years ago, I have seen the larvae in incredible numbers 
great, horrid things, feeding on the abronia (The abronia greatly resembles in habit 
& in flower, the common garden Verbenas.) & tribes of indians going after them 
like people after huckleberries. They seize a large larva, pull off its head & giving 
the carcass a jerk, throw out the viscera and then string the empty body on strings 
& hang them about their necks still wriggling; or else throw the carcass into a 
basket or bag to take them home where they hold a feast of several days & the 
indians come from 100 miles on foot to where the worms are found, to participate 
in the feast, & to carry home bags full of the dried larvae as stock for future soups. 
All of sasha I have seen & know to be true, though incredible.” 

Wright took a few of the larvae home and raised them. They proved to be 
Celerio lineata (Fabr.), a Sphingid that is abundant throughout the desert and 
other parts of the Southwest as well as elsewhere. The above quotation is just as 
Wright wrote it. The letter is one of many from Wright to Strecker in the files of 
the Department of Entomology at the Field Museum in Chicago.—F. MArtiIn Brown, 
Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colorado. 


1 This note is a by-product of N.S.F. Grant GS-969 to preserve the Strecker papers. 


EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL 


Editor: Jerry A. POWELL 
Assistant Editor: Pauxt A. OPLER 


Associate Editor 
(Literature Abstracting): PETER F, BELLINGER 


Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEwcOMER 
Manager of the Memoirs: SIDNEY A. HEssEL 


Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. BeLuincer, S. A. 
HeEsseL, E. G. Munroe, J. A. Poweii, C. L. Remincron 
(chairman), F. T. THorne, E. J. NEwcomMenr. 


NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL 


Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study 
of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; 
authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts 
must be typewritten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and 
one side only of white, 8% x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of 
the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, in- 
cluding an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possi- 
ble. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFER- 
ENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. 
Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. 

Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other 
material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley 
proof is received. 


Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. PowExx, 122 Giannini 
Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. 


Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal 
field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News 
Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 


Address remittances and address changes to: Roy O. KENDALL, 135 Vaughan Place, 
San Antonio, Texas 78201, U. S. A. 


Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) 
A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA 


by Cyrit F. pos Passos 


Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures 
available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, 


add $1.50. postpaid 
Order from the Society Treasurer. 


ALLEN PRESS, INC. sare LAWRENCE, KANSAS 


U.S, b 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 21) nes 2 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Lepidoptera of the Central Brazil Plateau. I. Preliminary list of 
Rhopalocera: Introduction, Nymphalidae, Libytheidae 
by K. S. Brown, Jr; and O.\H. Hi Mielke: 000 230500008 oo 77-106 


Embedment of specimens in clear polyester castings 
by’: Jol \M:, Kolyer (so Par UE aE 107-112 


Three new species of Hesperiidae from Mexico 
by? HAA.) Fre@emvany leo Gi EA "SV er 115-119 


A new Bomolocha from Florida ( Noctuidae) 
by “Alex Ks MWh oi 2s ROP NE it 125-126 


Host plant specificity of the black swallowtail butterfly, 
Polydorus aristolochiae ( Papilionidae ) . 
by G. He Munshi and: §. A Moiz 0.05 06 a 127-128 


Dr. Edward Palmer’s collecting localities in southern 
Utah and northwestern Arizona 
by Fu Martin. Brown 300 ie VN 129-134 


New and corrected butterfly records for Ontario and for Canada 
by Ji Gy. He Riotte il ee Sas Dy 100 a 135-137 


Rearing the larvae of Lonomia cynira ( Saturniidae ) 
by Brian’ O:'C. Gardiner 0. 2 a OE er 138-140 


Further distribution records and taxonomic notes on 
Philotes rita (Lycaenidae ) 
by Harry Ky Clench aaa? BUCCI MANES CLEC 141-142 


The larvae of Celerio lineata as food for Indians 
by Fs Martin, Brown 000 Orc Tak RU oe 144 


FIELD NOTES 
A new portable black light 


by John Hie Hessel 0 ee NI) ANT ieee ea 112 
Biological observations on Callophrys viridis (Lycaenidae ) 

by Richard M. Brown and Paul A: Opler (3.0). a ee 113-114 
Range extension of Callophrys comstocki (Lycaenidae ) 

by J: F. Emmel, T. C. Emmel) and J. Hy Shepard ..'. 22a 114 
A transplanted colony of Mitoura gryneus (Lycaenidae) in Kansas 

by ‘John: A Miasters) 026 ik Urey inh ONS tO I ass a er 120 
An albinic female of Pieris sisymbrii (Pieridae) from Oregon 


by: Charles Ri: Crowe? ve hh CE 121 


Further comments on possible mimicry of Caenurgina 
caerulea ( Noctuidae) 
by ‘Richard’ Guppy iio. NN a 0 RO 122-124 


BOOK: N@ERICIES 22.) chen wih ste a US HORNS GCL a 106, 120, 143-144 
NEW SOGIETY AND NEW JOURNAT) e000 oe a 146 


eos on Aare 


1967 Number 3 


JOURNAL 


of the 


b] Satie by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


wt 


In This Issue 


_ BUTTERFLIES OF BRAZILIAN PLANALTO 
_ MITES FROM NOCTUID MOTHS 
TYPE LOCALITIES OF LYCAENIDAE 
ARKANSAS BUTTERFLIES 


(Complete contents on back cover) 


21 August 1967 


THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
1967 OFFICERS 


President: Don B. Straxtuincs (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) 
Ist Vice President: Maria ETCHEVERRY (Santiago, Chile) 
Vice Presidents: D. G. SEvAsrorpuLo (Mombasa, Kenya) 

B. ALBERTI (Berlin, East Germany) 
Treasurer: R. O. KENDALL (San Antonio, Texas, U. S. A.) 
Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Ill., U. S. A.) 


EXECUTIVE COUNCIL 


Terms expire Dec. 1967: Hirosut Kuroxo (Fukuoka, Japan) 
- D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Canada) 
Terms expire Dec. 1968: P. R. Exnpuicu (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) 
C. D. MacNetrtu (Oakland, Calif., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1969: FrED T. THORNE (El Cajon, Calif., U. S. A.) 


Don R. Davis (Washington, D. C., U. S. A.) 


and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor 


The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and 
formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology 
in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, 
to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and 
the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures’ directed toward these 
aims (Constitution, Art. II). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among 
the lepidopterists of all countries. 

Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of 
lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of 
the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not 
become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for 
the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological 
interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society 
business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made 
payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: 


Active Members—annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) 
Sustaining Members—annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) 
Life Members—single sum $125.00 (U.S. A.) 


Institutional (non-member) subscriptions—annual $7.00 (U. S. A.) 

In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and 
special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are 
distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the 
Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the 
News each year. 


The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of 
publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut. Second 
class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A. 


JOURNAL OF 


Tue LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


Volume 21 1967 Nasaber 3 


LEPIDOPTERA OF THE CENTRAL BRAZIL PLATEAU. I. 
PRELIMINARY LIST OF RHOPALOCERA (CONTINUED): 
LYCAENIDAE, PIERIDAE, PAPILIONIDAE, HESPERIIDAE 


KeirH S. Brown, Jr. 
Centro de Pesquisas de Produtos Naturais, 
Faculdade de Farmacia e Bioquimica, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil 
Oar H. H. MIELKE 


Universidade Federal de Parana, Curitiba, Parana, Brazil 


An introductory account of physiographic features of the central Brazil 
Plateau, or planalto, the collections involved, and a list of Nymphalidae 
and Libytheidae has been given in the first part of this series (Jour. 
Lepid. Soc., 21: 77). 
| LYCAENIDAE 
RIODININAE 


The following list is arranged according to Stichel (1930), with order 
modified according to Clench (1955). Determinations are by the authors, 
where necessary in relation to original descriptions. Where determina- 
tions still remain unsure they are marked (?). 

Almost all riodinids are intensely local, absent from many apparently 
suitable areas while common in a given small preferred location. Further- 
more, many species have a specific flight time correlated with sun and 
temperature (probably not with the clock), as indicated below under 
the separate species. 


201. Hamearis campestris (Bates, 1868). 
SobrdW 14 22-11-66, 1é¢ 10-VI-66; Contagem c 15, 17-VIII-65; Maranhao 
rom IaevilileGs, c 12-VI-66; JZool 19 96-1-62, 19 27-I-62, c 21-II-66, c 
8-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; PGama 1é 9-VI-66; Anap 1¢ XI-36; Camp 
14 I-30; Leop 66 29 III-38; Vian 5¢ 22 III-30, 1¢ XI-31; K222 3¢ 
20-II-66; PPEflex 1s 19-II-66, c 7-VI-66; PPW ls 19-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. Flies 
all day, in open fields and especially attracted to small flowers. 

202. Hamearis epulus (Cr., 1775). 
JZool 14 8-VI-66 (KB); Camp 26 XII-37; Vian 46 I1J-30; Arag 14 I-30. 
Habits similar to those of campestris. 

203. Hamearis colchis (Feld., 1865). 


146 


204. 
205. 


206. 


207. 


208. 


BROWN AND MIeELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21, no. 3 


Camp Wa XUEs. 

Hamearis middletoni (Sharpe, 1890). 

Leop 19 X-37. 

Hamearis theodora (Godm., 1903). 

Leop 1¢ XI-37; Vian 19 1V-30: 

Euselasia mys cytis Stich., 1919. 

Sobrd 14s 24-II-66, 16 10-VI-66; Contagem 56 17-VIII-65; Fercal 1¢ 
25-II-66; Maranhiéo 1¢ 15-VIII-65; BrasCC 1¢ 11-VI-66; PGama 3¢ 9- 
VI-66; Vead 1¢6; Leop 1é XII-37; Vian 1¢ III-30, 16 III-38. Flies with 
the first sun, around favored bushes warmed by it, within the forest or along 
paths. 

Perophthalmea tullius tullius (F., 1787). 

K2221¢ + Is 20-II-66 (OM). Flies in morning. 

Leucochimona philemon mathata (Hew., 1873).* 

SobrdW 19 22-IT-66, 2s 10-VI-66; Maranhado 16 14-VIII-65; JZool 1¢ 
21-II-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; Camp 2¢ I-38; K485 1¢ 26-II-66; K222 34 
20-II-66. Rather general in woods; flies at mid-day. 

Mesosemia sirenia nitida Stich., 1923. 

Anap 19 XII-35, 14 1-36. 

Mesosemia rhodia (Godt., 1824).* 

SobrdW 36 29 Q2-II-66, 24 24-II-66, 2¢ 10-VI-66; Leop 1¢ XII-37; 
Vian 1¢ 19 ITI-30. Flies in early afternoon. 

Mesosemia maeotis Hew., 1859. 

Maranhao 1é¢@ 12-VI-66 (KB); PGama 2¢ 29 9-VI-66 (KB): Vian 14g 12 
III-30. Females fly in early morning, males mid-afternoon (as is the case 
with many riodinids ). 


. Mesosemia melpia Hew., 1859. (?) 


PGama 1 ¢ 9-VI-66 (KB). Mid-day. 

Mesosemia levis Stich., 1915. (?) 

SobrdW 16 22-II-66 (KB), 19 24-II-66 (KB). Flies in afternoon. 

Mesosemia sp. 

Maranhao 12 14-VIII-65; JZool 12 8-VI-66. Small, very dark; related to 
the two previous species but not equal to either of them. 


. Mesosemia sp. 


SobrdW 26 10-VI-66 (KB). Large, olive-green. 


. Eurybia dardus misellivestis Stich., 1910.* 


SobrdW 164 24-II-66; JZool 1¢ 27-I-62, 14 21-II-66; K222 c 20-II-66; 
PPEflex 2¢ 27-II-66, 1¢ 6-VI-66. Flies from early morning to mid-day. 


. Eurybia nicaea paulla Stich., 1926. 


Camp 2 6 II-30, 10¢ 49 I-38; Leop 1¢ XII-37,1¢ 29 III-38. 


. Eurybia elvina tephrias Stich., 1915.* 


Contagem 164 23-II-66; Fercal 13 25-II-66; Maranhao 1é@ 15-VIII-65; 
JZool 44 21-II-66, 14 8-VI-66; Goidnia 3¢ 30-I-62; PPW 24 27-II-66. Flies 
from morning to mid-day. 


. Alesa prema (Godt., 1824). 


Maranhao 1 14-VIII-65 (KB). Flies in morning. 

Cremna thasus (Stoll, 1780). ! 

SobrdW 19 10-VI-66 (KB); JZool 1¢ 21-II-66 (OM); Leop 19 XII-37; 
Vian 19 III-30. Flies at mid-day. 

Cremna actoris cuyabaensis Talbot, 1928. 

Maranhio 1 ¢ 12-VI-66 (KB); Camp 1@ I-38. Flies in afternoon. 

Lyropteryx apollonia apollonia Westw., 1851. 

Vead1é. 

Lyropteryx terpsichore terpsichore Westw., 1851. 

SobrdW 1¢ 13-VIII-65, 14 24-II-66, 16 10-VI-66: JZool 19) 1960; 
12-IV-63, 19 18-IV-63; BrasCC 1s 11-VI-66; Camp 1¢ I-38; Leop 16 X-37, 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 147 


Teo Vian 1d XII-30, 26 XI-3i.. Flies in moming, often visiting 
flowers; in late afternoon, around trees in cerrado. 
224. Ancyluris colubra colubra (Saunders, 1859). 
Saprai 12) MIEVIII-65, 19 112-VIII-65, 19 13-VIII-65; Maranhao 1¢ 12- 
VI-66; JZool 36 8-VI-66; Vead 2¢. Flies in early morning; sometimes taken at 
wet sand. 
925. Rhetus arcius amycus Stich., 1909.* 
Anap 1 ¢ XI-36. Flies in very early morning. 
226. Rhetus arthurianus (Sharpe, 1890). 
*SobrdW 2.6 24-II-66; Fercal 16 23-11-66, 14 25-II-66; Vead 16; PPW 192 
27-11-66 (OM); Go 1é¢@. Flies from morning to mid-day; visits wet sand, 
flowers. Seems to replace A. colubra in similar habitat in summer. 
927. Chorinea amazon (Saunders, 1858). 
JZool 16 21-II-66 (KB). Flies at mid-day. 
228. Panara thisbe subsp. 
SobrdW Is 22-11-66, 26 24-II-66, 14 10-VI-66; Contagem 16 23-II-66; 
Vian 16 29 III-30. Flies at mid-day. Hindwing yellow band nearly parallel 
submarginal; figured in Seitz (1930: 46). 
929. Brachyglenis drymo (Godm. & Salv., 1886) .* 
SobrdW 1 ¢ + Is 24-II-66 (OM). Flies at mid-day. 
230. Notheme eumeus agathon, “form” hemicosmeta Stich., 1910. 
Vead 14; Camp 2¢ I-38; Leop 2¢4 XII-37. The constant form in the 
planalto, perhaps warranting subspecific status. Flies in early morning. 
231. Monethe alphonsus (F., 1793).* 
Maranhao 1¢ 12-VI-66 (KB); Vead 14. Flies in morning; visits wet sand. 
932. Metacharis cuparina Bates, 1868. 
Leop 5¢ III-35. 
233. Metacharis lucius (F., 1793). 
Vian 36 III-30. 
234. Lepricornis teras Stich., 1910. 
Maranhao 1¢ 14-VIII-65; JZool 1¢ 26-I-62; PPEflex c 19-II-66. Active in 
early morning, often at flowers. 
235. Lepricornis atricolor atricolor Butl., 1871. 
SobrdR Is 11-VIII-65, 1¢ 12-VIII-65; JZool 246 21-II-66; Camp 192 III-30; 
PPEflex 2s 19-II-66. Flies in early morning, often taken at flowers. 
236. Barbicornis melanops Butl., 1873.* 
PPW 14 27-II-66 (OM). Flies in morning. 

All the species of Barbicornis listed here occur sympatrically and may well 
be all forms of the same species; the genus is in need of a revision. This in- 
dividual has a short white forewing band and no light margin on the hindwing. 

237. Barbicornis mona Westw., 1851.* 
Typical form: Camp 1é¢ 1@ III-30. Form with short, almost round yellow 
forewing spot; complete hindwing margin: Vead 1é (PG); Tag 2¢ (PG); 
PPEflex 13 19-II-66; PPW 3¢4 19-II-66, c 27-II-66. Flies in morning. Form 
with white, short forewing spot and hindwing margin: Vead 1é (PG). 

238. Barbicornis marginata Seitz, 1917. 
Fercal 16 23-II-66, 26 192 25-II-66. Flies in morning. Possibly another 
form of mona, with yellow apical spot on forewing, hindwing margin. 

239. Syrmatia dorilas (Cr., 1775). 
Camp 1¢ III-30. Flies with first sun in early morning. This specimen has a 
rather reduced white forewing spot. 

240. Chamaelymnas doryphora Stich., 1910.* 
Fercal 16 23-II-66; Camp 54 III-30, 11¢ 292 I-38; Vian 1¢ 192 III-30, 
1é XI-31. Flies in early afternoon. Amount of yellow markings rather variable. 

241. Chamaelymnas pansa Godm., 1903. 
PPW 26 27-II-66, 16 6-VI-66. Flies at mid-day. 


148 


246. 


247. 


248. 
249. 
250. 


251. 


252. 
253. 


254. 


255. 


256. 


258. 


259. 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21, nor 


Chamaelymnas tircis Feld., 1865. 

Camp 10¢ 19 I-38. Forewing bar broader than in pansa, yellow in females. 
Calephelis nilus (Feld., 1861). 

SobrdR 14 11-VIII-65, 1s 22-II-66; SobrdW 12 10-VI-66; Fercal ce 15- 
VIII-65; Maranhao Is 12-VI-66; JZool 2¢ 8-VI-66; PGama 26 9-VI-66; Tag 
1é; Leop 1¢é III-38; Vian 39 ITI-30: K485 14 26-I1-665 PPEHile<s i 
19-II-66; PPW 2s 27-II-66. Less local than most riodinids, flies all day. 


. Parcella amarynthina monogramma (Feld., 1865). 


Vead 16; Camp 1¢ 19 I-38; Leop 36 XII-37; Vian 1 ¢ III-30. 

Charmona caryatis (Hew., 1866). 

SobrdW a 22, 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; Contagem 12 23-II-66; PGama c 
9-VI-66; Camp 2¢ 19 I-38; Vian 246 Ill-30, 46 12 TV-c0™ Go peas 
K485 c 26-II-66; K222 48 20-II-66; PPW c 19, 27-II-66. Flies all day in 
sunny patches within the forest. 

Charmona gynaea zama (Bates, 1868). 

SobrdW 12 22-II-66, 26 192 24-II-66; PGama 1és 9-VI-66; Vian 62 69 
III-30, 76 12 IV-30, 19 XI-31, 1¢@ XII-31, 1¢ I-38. Habits similar to those 
of caryatis. 

Chalodeta theodora theodora (Feld., 1862). 

SobrdR 14 12-VIII-65, 1¢ 13-VIII-65; Maranhao 1és 15-VIII-65; BrasCC 
19s 11-VI-66; Vead 24 1°: Camp 14 III-30: Leop 14 XL-37, Vouxmeare 
K485 19 22-VIII-65, 2¢ 26-II-66; PPEflex 1¢ 19-II-66, 1¢ 6-VI-66. Flies 
in morning to mid-day; often visiting wet sand. 

Chalodeta epijessa calicene (Hew., 1866). * 

PPEflex 29 7-VI-66. Females fly in morning, males only afternoon. 

Baeotis johannae johannae Sharpe, 1890.* 

JZool 19 27-I-62; K485 24 22-VIII-65. Flies at mid-day. 

Lasaia meris arsis (Stgr., 1888) .* 

Tag 1¢;Go14. Flies in early morning. 

Lasaia agesilas agesilas (Latr., 1805) .* 

SobrdR 192 13-VIII-65 (KB); Vead 36; Cav 1¢; Camp 3¢ I-38; Leop 4¢ 
XII-37; Vian 1 ¢ II-30. Flies in early morning. 

Lasaia oileus Godm., 1903. 

Contagem 19 17-VIII-65 (KB). 

Amarynthis meneria (Cr., 1776). 

Anap 1 é¢ 22-XII-35, 1¢ 25-XII-35, 1 ¢ XII-35; Camp 3¢ I-38. 

Riodina lycisca (Hew., 1847).* 

Contagem 2 ¢ 18-VIII-65; Maranhio 19 14-VIII-65; PPW 14 19-II-66. Flies 
in early morning. Form with light markings much reduced: Tag 246; Camp 
34 1-38; Leop 1¢ XI-37; Vian 1 ¢ IV-30. 

Lymnas smithiae (Westw., 1851).* 

Deep orange markings: Vead 2¢. Form with lighter yellow-orange markings: 
PGama 3 ¢ 9-VI-66, Vead 2.2. 

Lymnas albugo albugo Stich., 1910.* 

Fercal 1¢ 17-VIII-65; Vead 16; Vian 1¢ ILI-30; PPW 1¢é6 27-II-66. Form 
impura Stich., 1910: Fercal 1¢ 17-VIII-65, 1¢ 25-II-66. Forewing band 
yellowish. Both forms fly at mid-day. 

Lymnas iarbas auriferax Stich., 1910.* 

Maranhao 1 ¢ 12-VI-66; PPEflex 1é 19-II-66, 1¢ 7-VI-66; PPW 3¢ 19-II-66, 
36 27-II-66, c 6-VI-66. Form with foreine band white: PPEflex 14 
7-VI-66. Active at mid-day, or in morning on flowers. 

Lymnas marathon stenotaenia (Rober, 1893). (?)* 

Fereal 14 19 17-VIII-65, 14 18-VIII-65, 236 923-II-66, 346.290) 25-1i-aa: 
Maranhao 1 ¢ 15-VIII-65. Flies at mid-day. 

Lymnas xenia erythra (Meén., 1855).* 


1967 


260. 


261. 
262. 


263. 


264. 


265. 


266. 


267. 


268. 


269. 
270. 
OMe 
272. 
273. 
274. 


275. 


276. 


277. 


278. 


29. 


280. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 149 


Contagem 14 23-II-66; Fercal 1¢ 18-VIII-65; PPEflex 1¢ 6-VI-66; PPW 
1é¢ 27-II-66. Flies at mid-day. 

Meseéne pyrippe Hew., 1874.* 

Maranhao 1¢ 14-VIII-65, 246 15-VIII-65; PPEflex 1s 19-II-66. Flies during 
late afternoon. 

Mesene epalia (Godt., 1824). (?)* 

Maranhao 1 @ 15-VIII-65 (KB). Flies in late afternoon. 

Mesene hya monostigma ( Erichson, 1851). 

Maranhao 1 ¢ 15-VIII-65 (KB). Active during late afternoon. 

Symmachia leopardina hilaria (Hew., 1867). 

Sopra or LI-VINI-65, 16° 29 22-11-66, 1¢ 19 + 44s 24-11-66; 2¢ — 
1 és 10-VI-66. Flies in afternoon. 

Phaenochitonia cingulis (Stoll, 1791). 

Keop 19 X-37: Vian 19 III-30; K485 1¢ 26-II-66 (KB). Active in the 
morning. 

Phaenochitonia sagaris satnius (Dalm., 1823). 

SebmVvaeoute-Vili-6>, 12 13-VIlI-65. 14-92-1166, 1¢ 2421-66; Was 
10-VI-66; Contagem 19 15-VIII-65; Vian 1¢@ III-30. Flies during afternoon. 
Phaenochitonia bocchoris bocchoris (Hew., 1876).* 

SobrdR c 11, 12, 13-VIII-65; JZool 1é¢s 8-VI-66. Flies during afternoon, in 
marshes and open grassland. 

Anteros formosus formosus (Cr., 1777). (?) 

SobrdW 16 24-II-66 (OM); Vian 2¢ III-30; Arag 1¢ II-30; Ponte Funda, 
Goias (near Vian) 1¢ 1-III-63. Active at mid-day, around grassy areas. 
Emesis lucinda lucinda (Cr., 1775). 

Contagem 19 23-II-66 (OM); Leop 1é XII-37; PPW 1é 27-II-66 (OM). 
Flies at mid-day. 

Emesis mandana (Cr., 1780). 

JZool 12 5-II-62; Leop 16 XI-37 (PG). 

Emesis diogenia Prittw., 1865.* 

SobrdW 1 ¢ 13-VIII-65; PGama 1 ¢ 9-VI-66; Vead 2¢. Flies at mid-day. 
Emesis sp. 

SobrdW 16 12 10-VI-66 (KB). Related to the preceding two species. 

Emesis fatima (Cr., 1780). 

Leop 26 XII-37. 

Emesis tenedia Feld., 1861. 

SobrdW 1 ¢ 10-VI-66. 

Emesis ravidula Stich., 1910.* 

Leop 2¢ XII-37, 24 III-38. 

Emesis ocypore zelotes Hew., 1872. (?)* 

JZool 19 8-VI-66; BrasCC 1és 11-VI-66; Vian 1¢ III-30. Active in the 
morning. 

Emesis cerea (L., 1767). 

Maranhao 1 ¢ 15-VIII-65 (KB); JZool 1 ¢ 2-II-62. 

Ematurgina axena ( Hew., 1875) .* 

Leop 1@ XI-37, 76 19 III-38, 166 492 IV-38; Vian 2¢ III-30; Go 1é. 
Variable orange markings; possibly separable into two species. See discussion 
in Seitz (1932: 238). 

Apodemia stalachtioides ( Butl., 1867). 

SobrdW 16 22-II-66 (OM); Paracl1é (MN). 

Apodemia paucipuncta Spitz, 1930. 

SobrdW 1¢6 10-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; Leop 5¢ X-37, 2¢ 192 III-38; 
Arag 1¢@ XII-31; PPEflex 2¢ 7-VI-66. Flies all day, in open grassland. 
Polystichtis lucianus pseudocrispus (Westw., 1851). 

Goidnia 12 29-I-62, 1¢ 30-I-62; Camp 12 HI-30; K222 2¢ 8-VIII-65 (KB). 
Active during morning. 


287. 


288. 


289. 


290. 


291. 


292. 


293. 


294. 


295. 


296. 


OT 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21, mosses 


. Anatole zygia epone (Godt., 1824).* 


PPW 29 27-II-66. Flies in afternoon. 


. Anatole glaphyra modesta Mengel, 1902. 


SobrdW 12 22-II-66; JZool 2¢ 21-II-66; Camp 19 I-38; Leop 1¢ III-38; 
Vian 1g III-30; K222 19 20-II-66. Flies at mid-day. 

Thysanota galena (Bates, 1868). 

Vead1é. 


. Aricoris tutana (Godt., 1824). 


Camp 432 III-30; Leop 2¢ XI-37; Vian 19 XII-30; Arag 19 H-30, 1¢ 
XII-31. Primarily in grasslands, resembles Euptychia in flight habits. 


. Juditha lamis lamis (Stoll, 1780). 


Fercal 1 6 15-VIII-65 (KB). 

Nymula brennus brennus Stich., 1910. 

SobrdW 16 22-II-66; JZool 18 8-VI-66; Goiania 192 30-I-62; Leop 3¢ 
III-38; Ponte Funda, Goids (Near Vian) 1¢@ 1-III-63. Recognized by pointed 
forewing and general red-brown coloration. Active at mid-day to afternoon. 
Nymula calyce calyce (¥Feld., 1862). 

JZool 19s 8-VI-66; PGama 1é 9-VI-66; Camp 1é III-30; Vian 146 I-30: 
Similar to brennus but less red-brown, with more rounded wings. 

Nymula pelope (Hbn., 1816). 

Leop 2¢ XII-37; K485 1¢ 26-II-66 (KB). Characterized by red submarginal 
lines. Flies at mid-day. 

Nymula phillone (Godt., 1824) .* 

SobrdR 1 6 22-II-66 (OM); Arag 1@ II-30. Active during morning. 

Nymula ethelinda ethelinda (Hew., 1870).* 

PPW 22 27-II-66 (OM). Flies in afternoon. 

Nymphidium azanoides Butl., 1867. 

Cav 1¢; Leop 3¢ III-38. 

Nymphidium leucosia (Hoffmannsegg, 1806). 

SobrdW 1¢ 13-VIII-65, c 22, 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; Contagem 1¢ 17-VIil-65; 
BrasCC c 11-VI-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; Camp 1¢ 19 I-38; Leop 1¢ XII-37; 
Vian 6 6 1@ III-30. Active during afternoon. 

Nymphidium lysimon epiplatea Butl., 1867. (?) 

PGama 1é¢ 9-VI-66; Camp 1¢ IJI-30; Vian 19 III-30; K222° 14 S=VEl-65; 
PPW 14 19-II-66, 1 ¢ 27-II-66, 1 ¢ 7-VI-66. 

Nymphidium chione Bates, 1867. (?) 

Maranhao 1¢ 15-VIII-65; Leop 1¢ XII-37, 1¢@ III-38; PPEflex 13 19-II-66; 
PPW 1¢é 6-VI-66. 

Stalachtis phlegia (Cr., 1765). 

SobrdW c 11, 12, 13-VIII-65, 2¢ 22-II-66; JZool 1¢ 19 27-I-62, 19 1-II-62, 
4é 21-II-66, c 8-VI-66; BrasCC 1¢ 11-VI-66; PGama 1¢ 9-VI-66; Vead 
36 29; Cav 14% Tag’ 14; Anap 1¢- XIIL-35, 19 25=1V-36:@oramiaeee 
30-I-62; Leop 58 392 X-37; Vian 46 59 III-30. Includes various named 
forms. Flies all day in open grassy areas. 

Theope pieridoides (Feld., 1865). 

Leop 16 XI-37. 

Theope eudocia acosma Stich., 1910. 

SobrdW 16 (KB) + 5s 24-II-66, 16 (KB) + 2s 10-VE-66. Usually flies in 
the afternoon. 


The list of riodinids grows with every excursion or new collection 
examined and should eventually reach about 150 species. With presence 
of both southern and Amazonian forms, it is expected that dozens of 
species have yet to be discovered and recorded for the planalto. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 151 


PLEBEJINAE 


298. Leptotes cassius (Cr., 1775). 
SobrdW 16 19 10-VI-66; Fercal c 23-II-66; Maranhao c 12-VI-66; JZool 
1¢é 17-I1X-63; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; PGama 3s 9-VI-66; Camp 2é III-30; 
RClaro 1¢ 18-VIII-63; Vian 19 III-30; K485 c 26-II-66; K222 c 20-II-66; 
PPEflex c 7-VI-66; PPW c 6-VI-66. 

299. Hemiargus ceraunus zachaeina (Butl., 1872). 
SobrdW c 10-VI-66; Maranhao c 12-VI-66; JZool c 8-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; 
Anap 1¢ XI-36; Vian 1¢ III-30; Arag 19; K485 c 26-II-66; PPEflex c 
6-VI-66, a 7-VI-66; PPW c 6-VI-66. 

300. Everes tulliola (Godm. & Salv., 1887). 
JZool 1¢ 8-VI-66; BrasCC 1¢ 11-VI-66; Camp 1¢ III-30; Vian 1é¢ III-30; 
PPEflex 1 ¢ 19-II-66; PPW c 7-VI-66. Most commonly found in marshy areas. 

301. Plebejus(P) cogina (Schaus, 1902). 
SobrdR 1 ¢ 12-VIII-65; Maranhao 1 4 17-VIII-65, c 12-VI-66; JZool c 8-VI-66; 
Camp 1¢ II-30; Vian 13 III-30; PPW 1@ 7-VI-66. A little-known species, 
partial to marshy areas. 


We do not foresee the occurrence of further Plebejinae in the planalto, 
although the group is little enough collected that range extensions or 
even new species are to be expected in various parts of South America. 


'THECLINAE 


The taxonomic status of the South American “Theclas” is chaotic. We 
have identified only the commonest and most obvious species, and even 
many of these must be regarded as uncertain. In an effort to begin the 
process of subdivision of the family, we have applied here a number of 
genus names proposed in the past and compiled by Comstock & Hunting- 
ton (1958). In cases where these genera have been applied to close 
relatives of the species included in this list, we have taken the liberty 
of using them with a question mark (?). Precise generic assignments 
will have to await a complete rearrangement of the presently understood 
“groups upon detailed morphological study. We present the genera 
here merely as a rough guide and leave all uncertain cases in “Thecla.” 


302. Arcas imperialis (Cr., 1775). 
Maranhao 1 ¢ 17-VIII-65 (KB). 

303. “Thecla” batesii Hew., 1865. (?) 
Leop 1¢ III-33. An undescribed genus containing batesii and a number of 
closely related species is closely related to Evenus. 

304. Evenus regalis (Cr., 1775). 
Vead 1¢ 192. Often common in towns. 

305. Macusia satyroides (Hew., 1867). 
SobrdW 1@ 22-II-66 (KB); Vead 19 (PG). We suspect that this represents 
a-new species distinct from the type of the genus but lack sufficient material 
to resolve the question at present. 

306. Pseudolycaena marsyas (L., 1758). 
SobrdW 1és 23-II-66; JZool 1é¢ 21-II-66; BrasCC 16 11-VI-66; Vead 
14; Camp 1¢ III-33 (PG); PPEflex 16 6-VI-66; PPW 19s 6-VI-66. 

307. Mithras hemon (Cr., 1775). 
Sobrd We a 12-VIlI-65; 146 13-VIII-65; JZool 19 21-II-66; K485 1¢ 22- 
VIII-65. 


3205. 


326. 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol.. 21, news 


Mithras triquetra Hew., 1865. 
BrasCC 1 9s 11-VI-66; PGama 1? 9-VI-66; Vian 1 ¢ XI-31; K485 c 22-VIII-65. 


. Panthiades (Parrhasius) polibetes (Cr., 1781). 


JZool 1g 27-II-63. 


. Panthiades (Parrhasius) orgia (Hew., 1867). 


Vead 16 (PG). 


. Atlides dydimaon (Cr., 1777). 


K222, 14 20-II-66 (KB). 
Cycnus phaleros (L., 1766). 
SobrdW 12 22-II-66 (OM), 14s 10-VI-66; Vian 1 ¢ III-30. 


. Arawacus linus (Sulzer, 1776). 


SobrdW 19° 12-VIII-65, 19 292-II-66: Fercal 16 VQ) 17-Vili-Go ee 
VIII-65, 1¢ 23-II-66; Maranhao 1¢ 15-VIII-65; JZool 1¢ 27-I-62, 24 19 
1-I1-62, 26 192 20-II-63, c 21-II-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; Camp 19 III-33. 
Rekoa ellida (Hew., 1867). 

SobrdW 1 ¢ 11-VIII-65; JZool 1s 8-VI-66; PPW 1 ¢ 6-VI-66. 

Rekoa palegon (Cr., 1780). 

Fercal 1¢ 17-VII-65, 19 18-VIII-65: Bras€G 16> 1=VE6G FP Game 
9-VI-66; Vian 1¢ III-33 (PG); Parac 19 4-III-21. 

Rekoa meton (Cr., 1779). 

SobrdW 19 13-VIII-65; Maranhao 1¢ 15-VIII-65; JZool 19 8-VI-66; BrasCC 
1¢ 11-VI-66. 

Callophrys (Cyanophrys) (?) acaste (Prittw., 1865) .* 

SobrdW 16 11-VIII-65, 1 ¢ 12-VIII-65. 


. Laspis(?) violescens (Spitz, 1931). 


SobrdR 12 12-VIII-65; SobrdW c 10-VI-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; Vian 1¢ 
III-30. A common endemic species of the planalto, easily recognized. 


. “Thecla” ravus Druce, 1907. 


K485 1¢ 22-VIII-65 (KB). 

Chalybs jebus (Godt., 1822). 

Vian 1 ¢ III-30; PPEflex 19 19-II-66. 

“Thecla”’ torris Druce, 1907.* 

Vian 1¢ XI-35. 

“Thecla” bagrada Hew., 1868. 

SobrdW 14 12 10-VI-66; Leop 1 ¢ III-33 (PG). 

“Thecla’ obelus Druce, 1907. 

Vian 1 4 III-30. 

“Thecla’ cauter Druce, 1907. 

SobrdW 12 10-VI-66; Camp 192 III-33 (PG); Leop 2¢ III-33 (PG); Vian 
36 XI-35 (PG); Arag 1 ¢ II-30. 

“Thecla’ sophocles (¥., 1793) .* 

Maranhiéo 192 15-VIII-65; PGama c 9-VI-66; Camp 1é¢ III-33 (PG); Vian 
39 XI-35 (PG); K485 16 22-VIII-65. Males fly in sunny places in the forest 
in early to late afternoon. 

“Thecla’ hebraeus cimelium Gosse, 1880.* 

JZool 19 1-II-62, 13 8-VI-66. 

“Thecla’” quassa Draudt, 1920.* 

Vian 19 III-30. 

Tmolus cupentus (Cr., 1781). 

Fercal 1 ¢ 25-II-66. 

Tmolus venustus (Druce, 1907 ).* 

Vian 1 ¢ Il-30; 4¢ 19 X1E35 (Pe): 

Tmolus cydrara (Hew., 1868). 

Camp 2 ¢ III-30. 

Tmolus azuba (Hew., 1874). 


1967 


332. 
333. 
334. 
335. 
336. 
337. 


338. 


339. 
340. 


341. 


342. 
343. 


344, 


345. 


346. 


347. 


348. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 153 


@Camprl gol? (PC); Leop 1¢ IlI-33 (PG): Vian 19 XI-35 (PG): Arag 1¢ 
III-30. 

“Thecla’ aepeona Draudt, 1920. (?) 

Vian 1 ¢ III-30. 

“Thecla” zurkvitzi Schaus, 1902.* 

Arag 192 II-30. 

“Thecla’” aphaca Hew., 1867. 

SobrdW 12 12-VIII-65; Vian 1 ¢ III-30. 

“Thecla’ crambusa Hew., 1874. 

Vian 1¢ XI-31,1¢ XII-31; PPW 1 ¢ 6-VI-66. 

“Thecla’ cissusa Hew., 1877. 

Vian 1 ¢ III-30; Arag 1 ¢ II-30. 

“Thecla’ chilica Schaus, 1902.* 

Vian 1 ¢ III-30. 

Calycopis beon (Cr., 1780). 

SobrdW 22 10-VI-66; JZool c 8-VI-66; Vian 4¢ III-30; Arag 1¢ II-30; 
PPEflex c 19-II-66. 

Calycopis azia Hew., 1873. 

Fercal 1 ¢ 23-II-66; Leop 1 ¢ III-33,1¢ 19 XI-37; Arag 36 29 II-30. 
“Thecla” rufofusca Hew., 1877. 

Vian 1 ¢ IV-30. 

Callicista mulucha Hew., 1874. 

SobrdR 146 22-II-66; SobrdW 22 10-VI-66; JZool 19 28-II-63; Vian 12 
IIJ-30; Parac 19 9-II-21; PPW 1 ¢ 6-VI-66. 

Callicista faunalia Hew., 1868. 

SobrdW 1 ¢ 13-VIII-65 (KB). 

Callicista thius (Hbn., 1832). 

BrasCC 1¢ 11-VI-66. 

Callicista eurytulus (Hbn., 1819). 

Maramniao les  12-ViI-66: |Zool 36 27-I-62: “Vian 14 I-30; Ilo X31; 
PPEflex 1 ¢ 6-VI-66, c 7-VI-66. 

“Thecla”’ tarania Hew., 1868.* 

Vian 36 XI-35 (PG). 

“Thecla” seitzi Spitz, 1931. 

eop 6. 1 2 I-33 (PG), 16 29 XI-37; Vian 26 19 I-30; 19 XI-31: 
Arag 44 29 II-30. May be a subspecies of tegaea. 

“Thecla” melzeri Spitz, 1931. 

Meopmacmooulil-33 (PEG), 16 12 XI-372 Vian 1° .-XI-3), 19 XiE3i, 
3¢ 59 XI-35 (PG); Arag 76 62 II-30, 146 XII-31. May be a subspecies 
of mantica. 

“Thecla’ taunayi Spitz, 1931. 

\Zoolkmes Aele66: Camp 13 (RE): Leop 16 19 TirE33 (PE), 16 XI-37; 
Vian 16 192 III-30,14 19 XI-35 (PG); Arag 14 29 II-30. 


With further determinations (and possibly descriptions of new species ) 
as well as more diligent collecting in seasons of flowers, the list of 
Theclinae should nearly equal that of the Riodininae (about 150). 

Total for Lycaenidae: 148 species. Predicted to occur on planalto: 
approximately 300 species; therefore about 50% represented on present 


hist. 


PIERIDAE 


COLIADINAE 


We follow the recent revisions, as well as direct advice, of D’Almeida 


154 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21. nos 


(1936a, b; 1938a, b; 1939; 1940; 1944a, b; 1945; 1960) for the nomen- 
clature in this group. 


349, 


350. 


351. 


352. 


353. 


354. 


355. 
356. 
307, 


358. 


309. 


360. 


Eurema (Pyrisitia) tenella ( Bdv., 1836). 

SobrdW c 22, 24-II-66; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao c 12-VI-66; JZool 
38 27-I-62, 26 20-II-63, c 21-II-66, c 8-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; Vead 
66; Cay 1¢; Tag 1¢; Arag 1¢ 29 I-30, 26 XILSI= Baraca Gee 
II-19; K485 c 22-VIII-65, c 26-II-66; PPEflex 14 19-II-66, c 7-VI-66. 
Eurema (Pyrisitia) leuce (Bdv., 1836). 

SobrdW c 11, 12-VIII-65, c 22, 24-II-66; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; PGama 
19 9-VI-66; Vead 16; Cav 2¢; Goiania 24 30-I-62; Leop 66 392 XII-36; 
K485 c 26-II-66; K222 c 20-II-66; PPEflex c 6, 7-VI-66; PPW c 6, 7-VI-66. 
Eurema (Eurema) pseudomorpha Klots, 1929. 

Maranhado 1é 15-VINI-65; Vead 16; Gav 16; K485 1 6 222V Iebaeeiaeee 
II-66. Generally larger than all central Brazilian Eurema except extraordinary 
females of E. leuce, and distinguished by characteristic hindwing underside 
pattern. 

Eurema (Eurema) deva ( Dbldy., 1847). 

Maranhao 1 6 15-VIII-65, 12 12-VI-66; JZool 2s 8-VIII-66; Camp 1¢ 8-III-31 
(O@) 

Eurema (Eurema) arbela arbela (Geyer, 1832). 

Fercal 1¢ 23-II-66; Maranhao 1¢ 15-VIII-65; JZool 26 27-I-62, 14 1I-II-62, 
19 QI-II-66,  8-VI-66; Bras€C Is I1-VIFG6: PPEtles ¢ eosilenG es 
7-VI-66; PPW 1¢é 19-II-66, c 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. 

Eurema (Eurema) musa (F., 1793). 

Fercal 1¢ 17-VIII-65, 1¢@ 18-VIII-65. Replaces phiale in the same areas in 
winter, and may be a winter form of the following species. 

Eurema (Eurema) phiale flavomaculata d’Alm., 1958. 

Fercal c 23-II-66; Anap 14 I-36, 19 20-III-36. 

Eurema (Eurema) phiale majorina d’Alm., 1932.* 

Parac 19 9-II-21; K222 1¢ 20-II-66. 

Eurema (Eurema) agave pallida (Chav., 1849) .* 

BrasCC 19 11-VI-66; PPEflex 2¢ 19-11-66, 1¢ 6-VI-66; ©) 7-Vi-GG-=EEWy 
c 27-II-66, a 7-VI-66. Found particularly in marshes. Distinguished from 
following species by dark area at base of upperside forewing costa. 

Eurema (Eurema) albula (Cr., 1775). 

SobrdR 16 12-VIII-65; SobrdW c 22, 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; Contagem c 
93-11-66; Fercal 14 17-VIII-65, c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao c¢ 15-VINEGa se 
12-VI-66; JZool 14 27-I-62, c 21-II-66, c 8-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; PGama 
c 9-VI-66; Vead 16; Cav 36; Parac 136 20-II-19; K485 c 22-VIIT-65, c¢ 
26-11-66; K222 2¢ 8-VIII-66, c 20-II-66; PPEflex c 19, 27-II-66; PPW c 
19, 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. One of the commonest butterflies cf the planalto. 
Eurema (Eurema) elathea elathea (Cr., 1777). 

SobrdW c 11-VIII-65; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao c 14, 17-VIII-65, c 
12-VI-66; JZool 1s 21-II-66, c 8-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; Vead 3¢; Cav 
16; Tag 36; Camp 1¢ III-30; Arag 1¢ I-30; PPEflex c 19-II-66, c 7-VI-66; 
PPW c 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. Usually common, in open areas. 

Phoebis (beatasis) Sanne (Ore, Le) 

SobrdW -1é 19 11-VILEG65. 12s 24-11-66, ‘5s 10=VIEG6: Contagem 1Q@ 23- 
II-66; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao c 15, 18-VIII-65; Vead 19; Tag 1é¢; 
Anap 1¢ XII-36; PPW c 27-II-66, 2s 7-VI-66; Go 1é. 


. Phoebis (Phoebis) neocypris (Hbn., 1823). 


Fercal 1 ¢ 17-VIII-65; Maranhao 19 12-VI-66. 


. Phoebis (Phoebis) argante argante (F., 1775). 


SobrdW 12 12-VIII-65, c 24-II-66; Contagem c 23-II-66; Fercal c 23, 25- 
II-66; Maranhao c 15-VIII-65; JZool c 21-II-66; BrasCC 2s 11-VI-66; 


1967 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 155 


PGama 3s 9-VI-66; Vead 16; PPEflex c 7-VI-66; PPW 19s 19-II-66, c 
27-II-66, c 7-VI-66. 


363. Phoebis (Phoebis) philea philea (Joh., 1767). 
SobrdW c 24-II-66; Contagem 2s 23-II-66; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao 
e 15-VIII-65; JZool c 21-II-66, c 8-VI-66; PGama 2s 9-VI-66; Anap 19 XII-35, 
1¢ XII-36; K485 c 22-VIII-65, c 26-II-66; PPW c 19, 27-II-66. 

364. Phoebis (Phoebis) sennae sennae (L., 1758). 
SobrdW c 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; Fercal 1 ¢ 17-VIII-65, c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhao 
1é 18-VIII-65, c 12-VI-66; JZool 14 1-11-62, 32 25-XII-63, c 21-II-66, c 
8-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; Vead 16 19; Anap 19 
MESO NMil-oo. cl 6 19 2-1II-36: K485 13 22-VILI-65, © 26-I1-66; K222. 
1é@ 20-11-66; PPEflex c 7-VI-66; PPW c 27-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. 

365. Anteos menippe (Hbn., 1819). 
SobrdW 16 11-VIII-65; Contagem 2s 23-II-66; Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; JZool 
Wigy 1-62. 26° 25-XI1-63, 16 1-II-64, c 21-II-66; PGama Is 9-VI-66: Vead 
14; Goiania 1¢ 1962; Go 1¢. Most common around leguminous trees in 
towns, also in open country. 

366. Anteos clorinde (Godt., 1823). 
JZool 1s 8-VI-66; K222 1s 8-VIII-65. Migratory, fluctuates widely from year 
to year; probably common in the planalto in favorable seasons. 

367. Leucidia elvina (Godt., 1819) .* 
Rance LO-V-19y 2:6 27-11-2053 46 10-VIII-20. 

PIERINAE 

368. Ascia monuste monuste (L., 1764). 
Fercal c 23-II-66; JZool 146 20-II-63, c 21-II-66; Cav 1¢; Anap 19 II-36; 
PPEflex 2s 19-II-66, 19 7-VI-66. 

369. Appias drusilla drusilla (Cr., 1777). 
SobrdW 12 12-VIII-65, 4s 10-VI-66; Maranhao 1¢ 14-VIII-65, 1¢ 15- 
VIII-65, c 12-VI-66; BrasCC c 11-VI-66; PGama c 9-VI-66; Vead 264. 

370. Hesperocharis (Hesperocharis) anguitea (Godt., 1819) .* 
Fercal ls 23-11-66, 2 ¢ 25-II-66; Vead 1 6; PPW l|s 7-VI-66. 

371. Hesperocharis (Cunizza) hirlanda phanasia Fruhst., 1910. 
PGama 2¢ 9-VI-66; Tag 1¢ (PG); K485 14 26-II-66; PPW ls 6-VI-66; Go 
1g (PG). Local; very similar to the following species in habits and ap- 
pearance. Most easily captured on damp sand in early afternoon. 

372. Melete lycimnia pauiista Fruhst., 1907.* 
SobrdR 1é@ 11-VIII-65, 16 12-VIII-65; SobrdW 2s 22-II-66, c 24-II-66; 
Fercal c 23, 25-II-66; Maranhio 1 4¢ 14-VIII-65, 3s 12-VI-66; JZool c 21-II-66, 
ls 8-VI-66; BrasCC 19 11-VI-66; PGama 1és 9-VI-66; Vead 56; Tag 1¢4; 
Camp 1 ¢ III-30; K485 c 22-VIII-65; PPW c 19-II-66, c 6, 7-VI-66. 

973. Archonias tereas tereas (Godt., 1819).* 
SobrdR 1¢ 22-II-66; SobrdW Is 11-VIII-65, 2s 12-VIII-65, 1¢ 22-II-66, 
c 24-II-66, c 10-VI-66; JZool 1¢ 21-II-66; BrasCC 2s 11-VI-66; PGama 1¢ 
9-VI-66; PPW ls 6-VI-66. Deep woods near water; evidently mimics Parides. 

DISMORPHIINAE 

374. Dismorphia psamathe (F., 1793). 
’ SobrdW 12 11-VIII-65, 192 12-VIII-65, 1¢ 22-II-66; Fercal 146 23-II-66, 
24 25-II-66; JZool 19 31-I-62, 19 21-II-66; PGama 19 9-VI-66; Vead 1¢. 

375. Dismorphia Sherman thermesia (Goile, 1819).* 
SobrdW 1¢ 12-VIII-65, 14 22-II-66, 19 24-II-66, 1¢ 10-VI-66; BrasCC c 
11-VI-66. Occurs in local colonies in deep woods. 

376. Dismorphia limnorina Feld., 1865.* 


Arag 1é X-3l. 


156 BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21, nos 


377. Dismorphia astyocha (Hbn., 1824).* 
PPW 29 27-II-66. Probably barely reaches the planalto, from the south. 
Mimics Mechanitis. 
378. Dismorphia astynome astynome (Dalm., 1823).* 
SobrdW 19 13-VIII-65, c 22, 24-II-66, 16 10-VI-66; Contagem 19 23-II-66; 
Maranhao 16 29 12-VI-66; JZool 19 21-II-66; PGama 1é 9-VI-66; Anap 
1¢ VIII-36; PPW 1Q 19-II-66. Not distinguishable from Mechanitis in flight. 
379. Pseudopieris nehemia nehemia Bdy., 1836. 
SobrdW 22 22-II-66, 3s 24-II-66; Contagem 1¢ 17-VIII-65, 2s 23-II-66; 
Fercal 1¢ 23-II-66; Anap 1¢ XI-36, 16 XII-36. Deep woods. 


We expect the list of Pieridae to grow by at least three or four species, 
possibly including Ascia buniae, Dismorphia melite and Phoebis trite. 
Total for Pieridae: 31 species. Predicted to occur on planalto: ap- 
proximately 35 species, therefore about 88% of the total represented on 
present list. 
PAPILIONIDAE 


Determinations were made by Dr. Romualdo Ferreira d’Almeida. 
Order and nomenclature follow his recent catalogue (d’Almeida, 1966). 


380. Battus (Parides) anchises orbignyanus (Lucas, 1852). 
SobrdR 19 22-II-66; SobrdW c 22, 24-II-66; Contagem 1¢ 192 23-II-66; 
Maranhaéo 1é 14-VIII-65; Vead 3¢6 29; Tag 26 29; Anap 1¢@ 7-XII-36; 
1¢. I-37; Leop 16 XII-37; Vian 29 III-30; K485 19 22-VITIEGS) a) 26= 
II-66; PPEflex c 19, 27-II-66; PPW 24 29 19-II-66, c 27-II-66; Go 3¢. 
Usually found in deep woods near water. 

381. Battus (Parides) burchellanus (Westw., 1872). 
Maranhao c 14, 15, 18-VIII-65, 1¢ 23-I1-66; Anap 1? les 3Gon2cr 
Very local; flies low and in a deliberate appearing manner, rarely more than 
1 m from banks of large, forested rivers. 

382. Battus (Parides) diodorus ( Hopff., 1866). 
Tag 16 19; PPEflex 14 19-II-66; Km. 397 Belo Horizonte-Brasilia (Municipio 
Joao Pinheiro) 14s 20-II-66. Local; found more in open cerrado than other 
Parides. 

383. Battus (Parides) neophilus eurybates (Gray, 1852). 
Tag 26 29: Anap 1¢ 8-1-35, 12° IX-36, 16 I-37, 19 eae 
VI-37; Camp 1¢ I-38; Vian.1é¢ ITI-30; K485 1¢ 26-11-66; PPEtlex ce 19; 
97-II-66; PPW 1é 29 27-II-66, 29 6-VI-66, 1¢é 192 7-VI-66. Flies close 
to the ground in deep woods; visits flowers, especially in early morning. 

384. Battus (Parides) nephalion (Godt., 1819) .* 
Maranhio 1@ 12-VI-66; JZool 14 20-II-63, 19 21-II-66; Camp 1¢ I-38; 
Leop 29 XII-37. 

385. Battus (Parides) panthonus jaguarae ( Foett., 1902). 
Fazenda Jaguara, Rio das Velhas, Minas Gerais 26 JI-1898 (MN). This 
locality may be slightly outside map area, in the “blend zone.” 

386. Battus (Parides) proneus (Hbn., 1825).* ; 
Anap 1¢é 27-VII-37. 

387. Battus (Parides) tros (¥., 1793).* 
Go 19 XI-31 (DZ), 

388. Battus (Battus) crassus (Cr., 1777). 
Fercal 2 ¢s 25-II-66; JZool 16 1-II-62; Vead 16. 

389. Battus (Battus) polydamas polydamas (1., 1758). 
SobrdR 1 és 22-II-66; Fercal 1¢ 23-II-66, 14 25-II-66; JZool 19 21-II-66, 


~l 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 15 


1g 19s 8-VI-66; PPW ls 19-II-66, 1s 27-II-66. Open and cultivated areas. 
390. Papilio anchisiades capys (Hbn., 1809) .* 
ercal 1s 25-11-66; Vead 24; Anap 3é XII-35, 14 24-VI-36, 1¢ XII-36: 
Km. 425 Belo Horizonte-Brasilia (Municipio Joio0 Pinheiro) 1¢ 26-II-66. 
Sporadically common. 
391. Papilio himeros baia Roths. & Jord., 1906. 
aol a.. 
392. Papilio scamander grayi Bdvy., 1836.* 
JZool 19 27-I-62. 
393. Papilio thoas brasiliensis Roths. & Jord., 1906. 
SobrdR 1s 22-II-66; SobrdW Is 13-VIII-65, 16 292-II-66, 1s 24-II-66; 
Maranh@o Is 23-II-66; JZool 1s 21-II-66; Vead 24; PPW ls 19-II-66. 
394. Papilio torquatus polybius Swainson, 1823.* 
Vead 19; PPW ¢ 19, 27-II-66. Wooded areas. 


395. Graphium autosilaus viridis (Rober, 1926). 
RClaro 1g 15-VIII-63. 

396. Graphium earis ( Roths. & Jord., 1906). 
Vead 36; Golé 1926. 

397. Graphium helios (Roths. & Jord., 1906). 
Veadii g- Go 1 ¢ 1926. 

398. Graphium lysithous (Hbn., 1821) .* 
Anap 16 27-VII-37. 

399. Graphium protesilaus protesilaus (L., 1758). 
Anap 1¢ X-37. 


We expect this list to reach at least 28, with additional species of 
Graphium (e.g. dolicaon, telesilaus, orthosilaus, ariarathes, all known 
from Mato Grosso), and some Papilio (astyalus and androgeus ). 

Total for Papilionidae: 20 species. Predicted to occur on planalto: 
approximately 28 species, therefore about 70% of the total represented 
on the present list. 


HESPERIIDAE 


Identifications by O.M. The arrangement and nomenclature follow 
Evans (1951-1955). 


PYRRHOPYGINAE 


400. Pyrrhopyge pelota Plotz, 1879. 
Leop 6¢ 19 XI-37; Arag 14 22 II-30. 
401. Elbella losca Evans, 1951. 
Fercal 1¢ 25-II-66; PPW 16 27-II-66. Visits wet sand, flowers. 
402. Jemadia menechmus (Mab., 1878). 
Vead 1¢. 
403. Jemadia hewitsoni brevipennis Schaus, 1902. 
Vead 19. 
404. Mimoniades versicolor versicolor (Latr., 1823) .* 
JZool 1¢ 21-II-66, 19 8-VI-66 (KB). On Eupatorium flower. 
405. Hegesippe luteizona (Mab., 1877).* 
Goiania 1 6 6-III-63. Represents the form josepha Plotz. 
406. Mysoria thasus thasus (Stoll, 1781). 
K485 36 26-II-66 (1 with KB). At wet sand by river. 


158 


407. 


408. 


409. 


410. 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21, nore 


Mysoria barcastus barta Evans, 1951. 

Fercal 18 19 23-11-66, 16 25-II-66 (males with KB); JZool 14 8-VI-66 
(KB); PGama 1é 9-VI-66 (KB); Vead 24; Anap 19 19-II-37; Vian 19 
XI-31; Parac 19 27-III-20. Males on wet sand, females on flowers. 
Microceris variicolor (Mén., 1855). 

BrasCC 16 11-VI-66 (KB); Vead 26; Cav 16; Camp 1¢ 16-XII-35 (OC); 
Anap 1¢ 10-XI-50 (OM); Arag 1¢ II-30; Go 1¢. Males on wet sand. 
Myscelus amystis epigona H.-Sch., 1869.* 

PPW 1¢ 27-II-66. 

Myscelus epimachia epimachia H.-Sch., 1869. 

Vead 16; Leop 1é¢ XI-37. 


We expect this list to grow by at least nine species, probably including 
the following, which are already known from the interior of Brazil: 
Elbella intersecta ilona, Jemadia fallax, and Passova passova practa, as 
well as three species of Pyrrhopyge and another each of Jemadia and 


Elbella. 


PyYRGINAE (Section A ) 


411. 


412. 


413. 


414. 


415. 


416. 


AIT. 


418. 


419. 


420. 


421. 


Phocides polybius phanias (Burm., 1880). 

SobrdW 192 22-II-66; JZool 19 29-I-61; Vead1é. 

Phocides metrodorus metrodorus Bell, 1932. 

Vead 34. 

Phocides pigmalion hewitsonius (Mab., 1883). 

Veadiige 

Phanus australis Miller, 1965.* 

SobrdW 19 22-IIT-66, 29 24-II-66: Cav 1¢; Vian 1é XI-31. 

Phanus vitreus (Stoll, 1781). 

SobrdW 16 24-II-66 (KB); Cav 1¢. Latter specimen has genitalia identical 
to those figured by Miller (1965) for the “unclassified specimen no. 1,” fig. 
104, 16 valva. Miller’s specimen probably is an aberrant P. vitreus. 
Udranomia orcinus (Feld., 1867). 

SobrdW 164 24-II-66; Vian 1¢ III-30. Alights with wings held in an open 
position, as does U. spitzi. 

Udranomia spitzi (Hayw., 1942). 

SobrdR 16 22-II-66: BrasCC 19 11-VI-66 (KB); Camp 12 1-38; Meeps 
X-37, 19 XI-37; Arag 19 XII-31. 

Drephalys dumeril (Latr., 1824). 

K222 1 20-II-66. Flies within the forest and lands with wings semiclosed, 
under leaves. 

Augiades epimethea epimethea (Plotz, 1883). 

SobrdW 19 22-II-66; PPW 1é¢ 19 19-II-66, 3¢ 27-II-66. Flies within the 
forest, lands with wings open, under leaves. 

Proteides mercurius mercurius (F., 1781). 

Fercal 1¢ 17-VIII-65 (KB); Cav 26. Lands with wings closed; visits wet 
sand. 

Epargyreus enispe (Hew., 1867).* 

Camp 19 XII-35 (OM); Leop 392 X-37, 12 XI-37, 12° XMITE37; Aracwiee 
XIT-31. 

Epargyreus socus socus Hbn., 1825. 

Maranhao 1¢ 17-VIII-65 (KB); Leop 1¢6 XI-37; PPW 2¢é 19-II-66, 14 
27-I1-66. 


. Epargyreus exadeus exadeus (Cr., 1779). 


Fercal 13 25-II-66; Vead 2¢; Cav 16; Vian 12 HI-30. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 159 


494, Epargyreus clavicornis clavicornis (H.-Sch., 1869). 
SobrdW 16 24-II-66. All the species of Epargyreus land with wings closed. 
425. Polygonus leo leo (Gmelin, 1790). 
Cayo Aras ¢ X-31; PPW 16 29 19-II-66, c¢ 27-11-66. 
426. Polygonus manueli manueli Bell & Comstock, 1948. 
Parac 14 22-XII-20, 18 20-II-22. The species of Polygonus fly within the 
forest, land under leaves with wings closed; on flowers land with wings open. 
427. Chioides catillus catillus (Cr., 1779). 
pobre 6 1I-VIU-65 (KB), 14 22-11-66; Fercal 1¢ 15-VIII-65, 32 17- 
VIII-65, 1¢ 23-II-66; Vead 3¢; Leop 54 19 XI-37; Vian 1é¢ III-30; PPW 
-1@ 27-II-66. Lands with wings closed; visits wet sand. 
428. Aguna asander asander (Hew., 1867). 
SobrdW 19 22-II-66; Maranhao 1¢ 17-VIII-65; Camp 1¢ 19 I-38; K222 c 
20-11-66; PPW c 19, 27-II-66, 19 6-VI-66. Flies within the forest and lands 
under leaves with wings closed; also common on flowers. 
429. Aguna hypozonius (Plotz, 1881). 
SobrdW 16 22-II-66. Alights with wings closed, as do the following two 
species. 
430. Aguna albistria albistria (Plotz, 1881). 
SobrdW 1@ 12-VIII-65 (KB), 146 22-II-66; JZool 1¢ 22-II-63, 12 20-II-66; 
Goiania 1 ¢ 6-III-63; Leop 1¢ X-37, 1¢ XI-37; Vian 19 III-30. 
431. Typhedanus undulatus (Hew., 1867). 
Zool ioe 21-66, 16 8-VI-66: K485 14 26-11-66: K222 14 19° 20-11-66. 
432. Polythrix octomaculata octomaculata (Sepp, 1848 ). 
Maranhao 1 ¢ 18-VIII-65 (KB). Perches with wings open. 
433. Codatractus aminias (Hew., 1867). 
Fercal 1 ¢ 17-VIII-65 (KB). Alights with wings closed. 
434. Urbanus proteus proteus (L., 1758). 
SobrdW 1¢ 12-VIII-65; Fercal 2¢ 25-II-66;JZool 26 29 21-II-66, 1¢ 
8-VI-66; Camp 1¢ I-38; Goidnia 19 7-III-63; PPW 14 19-II-66. 
435. Urbanus esmeraldus (Butl., 1877). 
Vead 1g: K222 1 6 20-11-66 (KB). 
436. Urbanus esma Evans, 1952. 
PPW 164 19-II-66. 
437. Urbanus esta Evans, 1952. 
Sobral 6) 12=ViIllI-65, 14 19 13-VIIL65; Fereal 19° 25-IL-66: JZool 29 
21-II-66; Goiadnia 1 ¢ 30-I-62; Leop 1 6 XI-37. 
438. Urbanus dorantes dorantes (Stoll, 1790). 
SobrdW 19 22-II-66; JZool 36 21-II-66; Vead 1¢; Cav 19; Camp 1¢ I-38; 
Leop 36 192 XI-37; PPEflex 1é¢ 19-IJ-66; PPW 19 19-II-66. Widely 
distributed and common, more so than the records indicate. 
439. Urbanus teleus (Hbn., 1821). 
SoordW. 26 11-VIl-65, 14 13-VIII-65; Fereal 1¢ 23-11-66, 14 25-II-66: 
JZool 29 21-II-66; PPW 1é4 19-II-66. Generally distributed and common. 
440. Urbanus simplicius (Stoll, 1790). 
SobrdW 12 22-II-66; Contagem 26 23-II-66; Fercal 1¢ 25-II-66; Goiania 
I¢ 6-I11-63; K485 1é¢ 26-II-66; K222 2¢ 20-JI-66; PPEflex 14 19-II-66. 
441. Urbanus procne (Plotz, 1881). 
aiZooleles 2-11-66, Is 8-VI-66, 
442. Urbanus cindra Evans, 1952. 
Fercal 1  25-II-66; Leop 103,19 XI-37. 
443. Urbanus evenus (Meén., 1855). 
SobrdW 16 24-II-66; JZool 1s 21-II-66; Camp 19 I-38; Leop 14 X-37, 
26 32 XI-37; Vian 16 19 III-30, 19 XII-31; K222 26 20-II-66; Pirapora, 
Minas Gerais 16 19 (DZ). Flies only in the cerrado. 


160 


444, 


445, 


446. 


447. 


448. 


455. 


456. 
457. 


458, 


BROWN AND MIeELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21. melee 


Urbanus doryssus doryssus (Swains., 1831). 

SobrdW 1 ¢ 22-II-66 (KB). 

Urbanus doryssus albicuspis (H.-Sch., 1869). 

Camp 12 I-38. The planalto may be the meeting point of these rather distinct 
appearing subspecies. 

Urbanus albimargo takuta Evans, 1952. 

Maranhao 1 ¢ 15-VIII-65 (KB). 

Urbanus virescens (Mab., 1877). 

Contagem 26 23-II-66 (1 with KB). With the exception of U. dorantes 
which lands with closed wings, members of Urbanus generally land with semi- 
Open wings. 

Astraptes fulgerator fulgerator (Walch, 1775). 

SobrdW 12 24-II-66; Camp 1¢ I-38; Vian 192 XI-31; PPW 16> 27-11-66, 
1é¢ 6-VI-66. ‘ 

Astraptes alardus alardus (Stoll, 1790). 

SobrdW 2 4 12-VIII-65 (KB). 

Astraptes creteus siges (Mab., 1903).* 

Camp 16 I-38; PPW 16 27-II-66. The species of Astraptes land with wings 
usually semi-open but at times closed. 

Autochton zarex (Hbn., 1818). 

Fereal -1 6 23-II-66: Vead 14: Camp 16 20=XII-35 (OG) Vian 
determined sex III-30. 

Autochton neis (Geyer, 1832). 

Fercal 19 25-II-66; Maranhao 1 ¢ 12-VI-66 (KB): |Zool 26 Hoo ise: 


. Autochton integrifascia (Mab., 1891). 


PPEflex 1 ¢ 7-VI-66 (KB). 


. Autochion itylus Hbn., 1823. 


JZool 2¢ 21-II-66 (1 with KB). The species of Autochton land with wings 
semi-open. 

Bungalotis erythus (Cr., 1775). 

PGama 1 és 9-VI-66. Seen at close range with binoculars to verify identifica- 
tion. This individual landed with wings open, under a rock on a vertical cliff 
face in the shade. 

Sarmientoia phaselis (Hew., 1867). 

Vead 3,5 Tag dG: 

Cephise cephise hydarnes (Mab., 1876). 

PPEflex 1 ¢ 7-VI-66 (KB). Lands with wings semi-open, under leaves. 
Celaenorrhinus similis similis Hayw., 1933. 

SobrdW 1¢@ 22-II-66; Fercal 14 17-VIII-66; Maranhao 29 14-VIII-65; Camp 
14 1-I-36 (OC), 3 undetermined sex I-38; PPW 24 27-II-66, 192 6-VI-66. 


Lands under leaves with wings open. 


We expect Section A of the Pyrginae to be represented by about 80 
species in the planalto (there are 47 on this list), including a number of 
crepuscular and nocturnal forms which are very poorly known. At least 
the following species are recorded by Evans from Goias, from specimens 
in the British Museum: Phocides thermus valgus, Entheus eumelus 
ninyas, Typhedanus orion, T. optica goya, Polythrix roma, P. caunus, 
and Astraptes colossus rhoda. 


PyRGINAE (Section B ) 
459. Spathilepia clonius (Cr., 1775). 


Fercal 1 @ 23-II-66 (KB). Lands with wings semi-open. 


1967 


460. 


461. 


462. 


463. 
464. 
465. 
466. 
467. 
468. 
469. 
A70. 
A71. 
A72. 
473. 
ATA. 
AT5. 
A76. 
ATT. 


478. 


479. 


480. 


481. 
482. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 161 


Cogia abdul Hayw., 1946. 

SobrdW 12 22-II-66; Leop 36 XII-37; Vian 1¢ 19 III-30: Arag 1¢@ III-30. 
Cogia calchas (H.-Sch., 1869). 

Mead io RClaro 1? 18-VIII-63; Leop 1é@ III-38: Vian 14 19 XII-29, 29 
IlI-30; Arag 1 ¢ III-30; K485 34 26-I1-66. 

Cogia grandis Riley, 1921. 

ange WO -XI-35 (OM); Leop. 19 II-30, 39 X-37, 39 XI-37, 19 XII-37: 
Vian 19 TII-30; Arag 19 II-30. 

Telemiades amphion marpesus (Hew., 1876).* 

SobrdW 1¢ 24-II-66 (KB). 


_Telemiades laogonus nicola (Plotz, 1882). 
Vian 19 III-30. 


Spioniades artemides (Stoll, 1782). 

SobrdR 1¢ 22-II-66 (KB); Maranhio 1¢ 18-VIII-65 (KB). 
Sophista latifasciata latifasciata (Spitz, 1930). 

Ream 1HE30; eop 19 X-37, 1¢ XI-37; Arag 14 II-30; 19 II1-30. 
Polyctor polyctor polyctor (Prittw., 1868 ). 

Maranhdo 1 6 18-VIII-65 (KB); PPW 1 6 27-II-66. 

Nisoniades macarius (H.-Sch., 1870). 

Fercal 1 ¢ 23-II-66; JZool 16 21-II-66. 

Nisoniades bipuncta (Schaus, 1902 ).* 

Fereal 1 ¢ 25-IJ-66; Camp 1 ¢ I-38. 

Nisoniades castolus (Hew., 1878). 

SobrdW 1 6 24-II-66; Fercal 1 ¢ 25-II-66; Vian 1 3 III-30; K222 1% 20-IL-66. 
Pachyneuria inops (Mab., 1877 ).* 

SobrdW 44 24-II-66. 

Pellicia costimacula costimacula (H.-Sch., 1870). 

Camp 1 ¢ III-30; K485 1 ¢ 26-II-66. 

Pellicia dimidiata zamia (Mab., 1878). 

Fereal 1 ¢ 23-II-66; Maranhao 1 6 12-VI-66 (KB). 

Pellicia ranta rancida Evans, 1953.* 

Camp 1 ¢ III-30. 

Pellicia chapada Will. & Bell, 1939. 

Vead 1¢ (OM). 

Morvina fissimacula fissimacula (Mab., 1878 ).* 

PPW AS 12 27-11-66 (34 with KB). 

Viola violella (Mab., 1897). 

Sobran 16 22-11-66; SobrdW 26 22-II-66; Fercal 43 25-IJ-66; JZool 1¢ 
Meebo waGlaro I 13-11-63: Leop 1é¢é X-37, 1é XI-37; Vian 19 ITI-30, 
iG eles KO22 1S 20-11-66. 

Staphylus epicaste melangon (Mab., 1883). 

Hereal no) 25-I-66; Vead 16: Camp 1¢ I-38: Leop 1¢ XII-30; K222 1¢ 
20-11-66; PPW 1 6 27-II-66. 

Staphylus minor minor Schaus, 1902. 

Camp | indetermined sex I-38. 

Trina geometrina geometrina (Feld., 1867). 

ereabeiyci 2-11-66, 14 25-31-66: Maranhao 1¢ 12-VI-66; JZool 1¢ 21- 
11-66; Anap 16; Camp 1¢4 III-30, 1¢ I-38; Vian 2¢ I1I-30; PPW 1¢ 6-VI-66. 


Diaeus lacaena variegata (Plotz, 1884). 


Vian 1 ¢ III-38. 

Gorgythion begga begga (Prittw., 1886). 

SobrdW 136 19 22-II-66, 19 24-II-66; Contagem 19 23-II-66; Fercal 22 
25-11-66; JZool c 21-II-66; Goiania 1¢ 5-IJ-63; Leop 2¢ 29 XI-37; Vian 
Bio 2 Mil-30: K435..1 46 26-11-66: K222 16 12 20-11-66; PPEflex 6¢ 19=II- 
66; PPW 1é 6-VI-66. Widely distributed and generally common in wooded 
areas. 


162 


483. 


484. 


485. 
A486. 


487. 


488. 
489. 
490. 
491. 
492. 
493. 
494. 
495. 
496. 


497. 


498. 


499. 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol: 21, nose 


Gorgythion beggina escalophoides Hayw., 1941. 

SobrdW 246 22-II-66; Leop 1¢ X-37; Vian 46 49 III-30, 1¢ XI-31; Arag 
26 II-30; K485 14 26-II-66. 

Gorgythion canda Evans, 1953. 

SobrdW 22 22-II-66; Vian 26 III-30; Arag 24 II-30; K485 c 26-II-66; K222 
1é 20-II-66. 

Quadrus ceriales (Stoll, 1782). 

JZool 12 8-VI1-66; PPEflex 16 29 27-II-66. 

Gindanes brebisson brebisson (Latr., 1824 ).* 

SobrdW 14 19 24-II-66. 

Pythonides jovianus fabricii Kirby, 1871. 

Vead 19; Camp 14 I-38;.Leop 12 III-38; Vian 1 9 —III-305 K48555626- 
II-66; K222 c 20-II-66; PPW 1¢ 27-II-66. 

Pythonides lancea ( Hew., 1868 ).* 

K485 1 ¢ 26-II-66; K222 14 20-11-66; PPW 146 27-II-66. 

Pythonides tullia Evans, 1953.* 

Cavs: 

Pythonides herennius herennius Geyer, 1838. 

Vead 1¢é. 

Pythonides grandis assecla Mab., 1883. 

Camp 19 I-38; Vian 1 ¢ [II-30, 1¢ XI-31. 

Pythonides limaea limaea ( Hew., 1868). 

K222 14 20-11-66. 

Sostrata cronion ( Feld., 1867). 

Parac 19 20-II-19. 

Milanion hemes memba Evans, 1953. 

Leop 1¢ XII-37; Vian 1 ¢ III-30. 

Mylon menippus (F., 1776). 

SobrdW 22 24-II-66; Fercal 1 ¢ 25-II-66; Camp 1 4 I-38. 

Mylon pelopidas (¥F., 1793). 

JZool 1é 21-II-66, 23 8-VI-66 (KB). 

Xenophanes tryxus (Stoll, 1780). 

Fercal 22 23-11-66: JZool-19 20-11-63; 36 39 QI-II-66> Vead=io Gann 
1é Ill-30, 34 I-38; Vian. 1¢ Ill-30; K292 I6 20-II-66:> PPE Hexwice 
19-II-66; Fazenda Saia Velha, S. Distr. Fed. 14 1-III-63 (NT). 

Antigonus nearchus ( Latr., 1824). 

Fercal 1¢ 23-II-66, 1¢ 25-II-66; Maranhao 1é¢ 18-VIII-65; Vead 1¢; Leop 
DE MUESTE 

Antigonus erosus (Hbn., 1812). 

Contagem 19 23-II-66; Fercal 2¢ 23-II-66, 1¢ 25-II-66; JZool 19 21-II-66; 
Vead 36; Camp 1é I-38; Leop 3é XII-37; K222 16 20-11-66; PPW 2¢ 
19-II-66. 


. Antigonus liborius liborius Plotz, 1884.* 


JZool 1¢ 21-II-66. 
Timochreon satyrus tampa Evans, 1953. (?) 
RClaro 1 6 21-VIII-63. Subspecies incertain. 


. Zopyrion evenor evenor Godm. & Salv., 1901. 


Arag 1 6 II-30; K222 c 20-II-66; PPEflex 1g 19-II-66. 


. Zopyrion reticulata Hayw., 1942. 


Leop 1¢6 19 XI-37, 46 19 III-38; Vian 1¢ (allotype) III-30. 
Anisochoria pedaliodina extincta Hayw., 1933. 
Fercal 1 ¢ 25-II-66; PPW 19 19-II-66. 


. Anisochoria superior Mab., 1897. 


Leop 1¢ XII-37. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 163 


506. Anisochoria vianna Evans, 1953. 
Leop 26 XII-37; K485 2 ¢ 26-II-66. 

507. Achlyodes busirus rioja Evans, 1953. 
Contagem 1¢ 19 23-II-66; Maranhao 19 14-VIII-65, 19 15-VIII-65; Vead 
26; Vian 192 III-30; K485 19 26-II-66; K222 29 920-II-66; PPW 1¢ 
27-11-66. 

508. Achlyodes thraso thraso (Hbn., 1807). 
SobrdW 1¢ 22-II-66, 2¢ 24-II-66; Contagem 16 19 23-II-66; Maranhio 
POR EVIMI-G5: \Zool 1g 29 21-II-66; Vian 36 29° I1-30: PPW 29 27- 
II-66. 

509. Grais stigmaticus stigmaticus (Mab., 1883). 
SobrdR 12 11-VIII-65; SobrdW 24 19 22-II-66; JZool 14 21-II-66. 

510. Timochares trifasciata trifasciata (Hew., 1868 ). 
Sopra eo tl=VIIl-65, 16 19-VILI-65: Fercal 1 @ 23-11-66. 

511. Anastrus sempiternus simplicior (Moeschler, 1876). 
SobrdW 1¢ 24-JI-66; PGama 1¢ 9-VI-66; Leop 1¢ XII-37; K485 1¢ 
26-11-66. 

512. Ebrietas anacreon anacreon (Stgr., 1876). 
SobrdW 192 24-II-66; Contagem 1¢@ 23-II-66; Fercal 4¢ 23-II-66; Camp 
1¢ I-38; Leop 2¢ XII-37. 

513. Cycloglypha polax Evans, 1953. 
Vead 14 (OM); Arag1¢ II-30. 

514. Cycloglypha thrasibulus thrasibulus (F., 1793). 
SobrdW 12 22-II-66; Vead 16; Camp 1¢ I-38; Leop 1¢ XII-37; K485 1¢ 
26-II-66; K222 1¢ 29 20-II-66. 

515. Helias phalaenoides palpalis ( Latr., 1824). 
SobrdW 12 13-VIII-65; Contagem 192 23-II-66; Fercal 2¢ 25-II-66; Leop 
Ié@ Xil-37; Vian 3¢ II1-30; Parac 19 4-III-21; PPEflex 2¢ 19 19-II-66, 
16 27-II-66. 

516. Camptopleura auxo (Moeschler, 1878). 
Herealelo 25-01-66: K222, 1 6 20-11-66. 

517. Theagenes dichrous (Mab., 1878 ).* 
SobrdR 1 ¢ 22-II-66 (KB). 

518. Chiomara asychis autander (Mab., 1891). 
Maranhao 1 ¢ 15-VIII-65 (KB). 

519. Chiomara crenda Evans, 1953.* 
Leop 1¢ XII-37. 

520. Chiomara punctum (Mab., 1878). 
Fercal 1¢ 25-II-66; Maranhao 1¢ 23-II-66; JZool 1¢ 27-I-62; Leop 1¢ 19 
II-30, 26 12 XI-37; Vian 1¢ III-30; K485 1¢ 26-II-66. 

521. Gesta gesta gesta (H.-Sch., 1863). 
Fercal 36 19 25-II-66; JZool 1¢ 21-II-66; Goiania 1¢ 30-I-62; Vian 1¢ 19 
III-30; PPEflex 1 g 19-II-66. 

522. Gesta heteropterus (Plotz, 1884). 
Anap 1¢ XII-35. 

523. Gesta austerus (Schaus, 1902). 
Leop 1 ¢ XII-37; K222 1¢ 20-II-66. 

524. -Pyrgus oileus orcus (Stoll, 1780). 
Maranhao 19 17-VIII-65; JZool 1¢ 21-II-66; Goiania 14 29-I-62, 1¢ 19 
30-I-62; Camp 1é6 (OC); RClaro 14¢12-VIII-63; Leop 19 I-38; PPEflex 
26 12 19-II-66, 19° 7-VI-66; Ponte Funda, Goias (Near Vian) 1¢@ 1-III-63 
(NT). A widespread, common subspecies. 

525. Heliopetes macaira orbigera (Mab., 1888). 
JZool 1g 21-11-66. 


164 BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21. none 


526. Heliopetes domicella willi (Plotz, 1884). 
Arag 26 II-30; PPW 19 19-II-66. 

527. Heliopetes omrina (Butl., 1870). 
JZool 18 19 21-II-66; Goidnia 1¢ 30-I-62; Leop 192 XII-37; Vian 19 II- 
30, 1¢ XI-31; K222 1¢ 20-II-66; PPW 19 6-VI1-66. 

528. Heliopetes arsalte arsalte (L., 1758). 
SobrdW 16 12-VIII-65, 1¢ 13-VIII-65; Fercal 14 23-II-66; Maranhao 1¢ 
18-VIII-65; JZool 23 19 21-II-66; Camp 19 I-38; RClaro 1¢ 12-VIII-63, 
1¢@ 13-VIII-63; Leop 1¢ XI-37, 1¢ XII-37; Vian 1¢ 19 III-30; Arag 2¢ 
II-30; K222 24 20-II-66; PPEflex 1¢ 19 19-II-66, 12 7-VI-66. Widespread 
and generally common. 

529. Heliopetes randa Evans, 1953. 
Parac 16 22-XITI-22. 

530. Heliopetes alana (Reak.,-1868 ). 
Fercal 26 25-II-66; JZool 1¢6 20-II-63, 34 21-II-66; Camp 26 19 I-38; 
Vian 3¢ 19 III-30; K222 1¢ 20-II-66. 

531. Heliopetes petrus (Hbn., 1819). 
Vead 1¢. 


The present number of Pyrginae in Section B (72) will probably be 
increased to about 120 in the complete list. We expect the following 
species to be recorded from the planalto (those with a (£) are recorded 
from Goias by Evans, specimens in the British Museum): Oechydrus 
chersis subsp., Marela tamyris and tamyroides, Cogia hassan evansi (i) 
and punctilia (+), Telemiades squanda (+), nicomedes brazus, epicalus, 
penidas, and antiope, Pyrdalus corbulo, Eracon clinias, Mictris crispus, 
Sophista aristoteles, Nisoniades mimas, Pellicia vecina najoides and theon, 
Myrinia santa monka, Gorgopas trochilus, Viola minor, Bolla atahuallpai 
and phylo oiclus, Staphylus buena and mazans ascalaphus, Gindanes 
brontinus bronta, Sostrata bifasciata adamas (+t), Milanion leucaspis, 
Mylon ander (+), Mylon jason, Clito bibulus (+), Clito clito, Timochreon 
doria, Aethilla echina echina (+), Anastrus tolimus robigus and obscurus 
narva, Chiomara mithrax, Pyrgus communis orcynoides, and Heliopetes 
laviana libra. 


HESPERINAE 


532. Dalla diraspes (Hew., 1877). 
Pirapora, M. G. (near Joao Pinheiro) 1 undetermined sex (DZ). 
533. Synapte antistia equa Evans, 1955. 
Goiania 1 ¢ 1@ (in copula) 30-I-62. 
534. Levina levina (Plotz, 1884) .* 
Vead 1¢é. 
535. Zariaspes mys (Hbn., 1808). 
Contagem 1 ¢ 23-II-66; Fercal 1 ¢ 19 25-II-66. 
536. Anthoptus epictetus (F., 1793). 
Fercal 2¢ 25-II-66; JZool 16 19 21-II-66; Goidnia 16 5-III-63; K222 1¢ 
2.0-II-66; PPEflex c 19, 27-II-66. 
537. Vinius tryhana istria Evans, 1955. 
PPW 1¢ 19-II-66. 
538. Callimormus radiola pusillus Hayw., 1934. 
Maranhio 1 ¢ 12-VI-66 (KB). 


1967 


539. 


559. 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 165 


Callimormus saturnus (H.-Sch., 1869). 

SobrdW 12 22-II-66, 24 24-II-66; Contagem 14 23-II-66; JZool 346 19 
21-11-66; Camp 1¢ I-38; Vian 1¢ III-39; K485 4¢ 19 26-II-66; PPEflex 42 
19-II-66; Ponte Funda (near Vian), Goids 1¢ 1-III-63 (NT). 


. Callimormus juventus Sc., 1872. 


JZool c 21-II-66; Leop 18 XII-37; Vian 3¢ 39 III-30; PPEflex 1¢ 27-II-66. 


. Mnasicles hicetaon Godm., 1901. 


K222 18 20-II-66; PPEflex 1¢ 19-II-66, 19 27-II-66. 


. Methionopsis ina (Plotz, 1882). 


JZool 5¢ 21-II-66. 


. Sodalia sodalis (Butl., 1877). 


PPEflex 1 ¢ 19-II-66, 19 27-II-66. 


. Artines satyr Evans, 1955. 


Leop 1¢ XII-37. 


. Aecas aecas (Stoll, 1781). 


SobrdW 1 ¢ 22-II-66 (KB). 


. Lucida lucia lucia (Capr., 1874).* 


JZool 1g 21-II-66, 19 22-II-66. 


. Phanes aletes (Geyer, 1832). 


PPEflex 19 19-II-66. 


. Vidius vidius (Mab., 1891).* 


JZool 14 21-11-66. 


. Nastra lurida (H.-Sch., 1869 ).* 


Leop 12 XII-37. 


. Nastra insignis (Plotz, 1882). 


Fercal 1 ¢ 23-II-66, 1g 25-II-66; JZool 12 21-II-66. 


. Cymaenes gisca Evans, 1955. 


SobrdW 1¢ 22-II-66; Fercal 16 25-II-66; JZool 16 19 27-I-62, c 21, 22- 
I-66; Goiania 1¢ 30-I-62; Vian 19 III-30: PPEflex c 19, 27-II-66, 19 T- 
VI-66. 

Cymaenes tripunctus theogenis (Capr., 1874). 

Fercal 19 25-II-66; JZool 1¢ 21-II-66; PPEflex 1¢ 19-II-66, 1¢ 27-II-66. 


. Cymaenes chela Evans, 1955. 


SobrdW 1¢ 24-II-66; JZool 1¢ 21-II-66. 
Cymaenes laureolus loxa Evans, 1955. 
Maranhiao 1 ¢ 23-II-66. 


. Vehilius stictomenes stictomenes ( Butl., 1877). 


Contagem 1¢ 23-II-66; Fercal 16 192 25-II-66; JZool 2¢ 32 21-II-66; 
K222 3¢ 20-II-66; PPEflex c 19, 27-II-66; PPW 14 6-VI-66. 


. Vehilius inca (Sc., 1872). 


SobrdW 16 22-II-66; Fercal 1¢ 25-II-66; JZool 26 192 21-II-66; K222 26 
19 20-11-66; PPEflex 1¢ 19-II-66. 


. Mnasilus allubita ( Butl., 1877). 


Goiania 1 ¢ 29-I-62; PPEflex c 19, 27-II-66. 

Moeris remus (F., 1798). 

SobrdW 19 22-II-66, 24 24-II-66; JZool 2¢ 21-II-66; BrasCC 1¢ 11-VI- 
66; Camp 1¢ I-38; Vian 1¢ 19 III-30. 

Papias subcostulata subcostulata (H.-Sch., 1870). 


- SobrdW 16 24-II-66; JZool 1¢ 292 21-II-66, 1¢ 8-VI-66; PGama 1¢4 


560. 


561. 


9-V I-66. 

Papias phainis Godm., 1900. 

Goiania 1¢ 19 30-I-62, 14 5-III-63. 

Cobalopsis potaro (Will. & Bell, 1931). 

SobrdW 2¢ 22-II-66; Contagem 2¢ 19 23-II-66; JZool c 21-II-66; PPW 1¢4 
27-11-66. 


585. 


586. 


BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 2). ores 


Cobalopsis nero (H.-Sch., 1869). 

SobrdW 19 24-II-66. 

Lerema lineosa (H.-Sch., 1865). 

Leop 1 ¢ III-38. 

Morys geisa geisa (Moeschler, 1878). 

JZool 16 2QI-I-66; K229 14 19 20-I1-66: PPEflex 14 2O27-reea: 


. Morys valerius valerius (Moeschler, 1878 ). 


Fercal 1 ¢ 25-II-66. 

Morys subgrisea subgrisea (Mab., 1897). 

SobrdW 1¢ 22-II-66; Leop 16 X-37, 16 192 XI-37, 29 XII-37; Arag 19 
II-30; K222 1 ¢ 20-11-66. 

Cumbre belli eberti Evans, 1955. 

SobrdW 1 4 24-II-66. 


. Vettius phyllus phyllus (Cr., 1777). 


Campi oy 236 (OG) Vaanelio elle sO aie SOF 


. Vettius lafresnayei pica (H.-Sch., 1869). 


JZool 16 8-VI-66 (KB). 


. Vettius artona (Hew., 1868). 


PGama 1 ¢ 9-VI-66 (KB). 


. Vettius marcus marcus (F., 1787). 


SobrdR 192 22-II-66; SobrdW 192 24-II-66; Contagem 146 292 23-II-66; 
Fercal 36 25-II-66. 


. Justinia phaetusa phaetusa (Hew., 1866). 


K222 19 20-II-66 (KB). 


. Naevolus orius orius (Mab., 1883). 


PPW 1¢ 27-II-66. 

Talides alternata alternata (Bell, 1941). 
Maranhiao 1 ¢ 12-VI-66 (KB). 

Synale metella ( Plotz, 1882). 

Leop 1¢ XI-37. 

Carystoides basoches basoches (Latr., 1824). 
PPW 26 27-II-66 (1 with KB). 


. Perichares philetes adela (Hew., 1867). 


JZool. 2.9 21-II-66, 3¢ 8-VI-66; Vead 1¢; Anap’192 XII-35; PPW) iG) 19-1 
66, 14 27-II-66. 

Saturnus saturnus servus Evans, 1955.* 

Goiania 1 ¢ 30-I-62, 1é 6-III-63. 

Quinta locutia (Hew., 1876) .* 

SobrdR 19 22-II-66; JZool 1 ¢ 21-II-66. 

Cynea irma (Moeschler, 1878). 

Fercal 1 ¢ 25-II-66. 

Cynea diluta (H.-Sch., 1869). 

SobrdW 16 24-II-66; JZool 29 21-II-66. 

Conga chydaea (Butl., 1870). 

SobrdW 16 24-II-66; Fercal 1¢ 19 25-II-66; JZool 19 21-II-66; Leop 1¢ 
XII-37; PPEflex 29 27-II-66. 


. Hylephila phyleus phyleus (Drury, 1770). 


PPEflex 1  7-VI-66. 


. Polites vibex catilina (Plotz, 1886). 


JZool 19 21-II-66; PPEflex 1¢ 19-II-66, 19 27-II-66. 

Wallengrenia premnas ( Wallengr., 1860). 

SobrdR 1@ 22-IT-66. 

Pompeius pompeius (Latr., 1824). 

Fercal 24 23-11-66, 24 25-II-66; JZool 14 19 21-II-66, 14 8-VI-66; Camp 
1¢ III-30; PPEflex 1¢ 19 19-II-66, 19 6-VI-66. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 167 


587. Pompeius postpuncta ( Draudt, 1924). 
BrasCC 1 ¢ 11-VI-66 (KB). 
588. Pompeius amblyspila (Mab., 1897). 
BrasCC 16 11-VI-66 (KB); Leop 19 XII-37; K485 16 26-II-66; K222 12 
20-11-66. 
589. Lerodia eufala eufala (Edw., 1869). 
JZool 12 22-IT-66. 
590. Lerodea erythrostictus (Prittw., 1868 ).* 
SobrdW 1¢@ 12-VIII-65; Leop 1¢ III-38; K222 29 20-II-66. 
591. Vacerra bonfilius bonfilius (Latr., 1824). 
Vian 19 III-30. 
592. Panoquina ocola ( Edw., 1863). 
Camp 1 ¢ I-38; Arag 19 II-30; PPW 24 27-II-66. 
593. Panoquina hecebolus (Sc., 1872). 
JZool 1 6 8-VI-66 (KB); PPW 136 19 27-II-66. 
594. Panoquina chapada Evans, 1955. 
SobrdW 16 22-II-66; JZool 16 2I1-II-66; BrasCC 19 11-VI-66 (KB); K485 
1¢ 26-II-66. 
595. Panoquina sylvicola (H.-Sch., 1865). 
SobrdW 16 24-II-66; Contagem 1¢ 192 23-II-66; JZool 36 19 21-II-66; 
Cay 16; Leop 1@ XI-37, 19 III-38; Arag 19 II-30; PPW c 19, 27-II-66. 
596. Panoquina bola Bell, 1942. 
SobrdR 1¢ 22-II-66; JZool 2¢ 21-II-66. 
597. Nyctelius nyctelius nyctelius (Latr., 1824). 
JZool 1 ¢ 21-II-66. 
598. Thespieus dalman (Latr., 1824). 
Fercal 1 ¢ 25-II-66. 
599. Niconiades xanthaphes Hbn., 1821. 
PPW 26 19-11-66, 1 ¢ 27-11-66. 
600. Aides epitus epitus (Stoll, 1781). 
Vead 364. 
601. Xeniades orchamus orchamus (Cr., 1777). 
Sopra 26) TIEVINI-65, 146 13-VILI-65, 16 19 22-11-66, 2¢ 24-II-66; 
Contagem 1 ¢ 23-II-66. 
602. Xeniades chalestra chalestra (Hew., 1866). 
SobrdW 16 19 22-IT-66, 1 ¢ 24-II-66. 
603. Saliana longirostris (Sepp, 1848). 
JZool 12 21-II-66, 14 22-II-66. 
604. Pyrrhopygopsis socrates socrates (Mén., 1885). 
Vead 24. 


We expect the number of Hesperiinae to at least double from the 
present 71, perhaps reaching more than 150. Among the additions should 
be the following species, already known from the area: Callimormus 
alsimo, Vidius finta, Vehilius gorta, Synale elana elana, Perichares lotus, 
Mellana perfida, Mellana clavus, Calpodes ethlius, Oxynthes corusca, and 
Thracides cleanthes cleanthes. Although many more species are known 
from Mato Grosso or Minas Gerais, there is little information available 
about them and often only a few specimens known. 

We also have three or four species of Corticea (Hesperiinae ) that will 
require a revision of the genus; five new species of Pyrginae; and about 


168 BROWN AND MIELKE: Brazilian butterflies Vol. 21; mots 


15 new species of Hesperiinae. The first 17 of these will be published 
shortly, as part II of this series (Mielke, 1967). 

Total for Hesperiidae: 229. Predicted to occur in planalto: approxi- 
mately 370 species, therefore about 62% of the total represented at 
present. 

Total species at present: 628. Total estimated: 984, therefore about 
64% represented at present. 


LITERATURE CITED 


p ALMEIDA, R. F., 1936a. Revisao das Terias americanas (Lepid.: Pieridae), Parte I. 
1936b. Idem, Parte II. Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 31: 189-348, 18 plates. 
1938a. Nota suplementar a “Reviséo das Terias americanas” (Lepid.: Pieridae). 

Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, 33: 231-247, 3 plates. 

1938b. Revisio do genero Anteos Hiibn. (Lepid.: Pieridae). Mem. Inst. 
Oswaldo Cruz, 33: 567-579, 3 plates. 

1939. Revisao do genero Aprissa Butl. (Lepid.: Pieridae). Boletim Biolégico 
(Nova série), 4: 323-343, 4 plates. 

1940. Revisao do genero Phoebis Hiibn. (Lepidopt.: Pierididae). Arq. Zool. Est. 
Sao Paulo, 1: 67-152, 12 plates. 

1944a. Nota suplementar a “Revisao do genero Phoebis Huebner.” Bol. Museu 
Nacional, Rio de Janeiro (Nova série) Zool., 27, 16 pp. 

1944b. Segunda nota suplementar a “Revisdo das Terias americanas.’ Arq. 
Zool. Est. S40 Paulo, 4: 73-95, 1 plate. 

1945. Nota suplementar aos nossos trabalhos sdbre os generos Pseudopieris, 
Anteos, Appias, e Aphrissa (Lep. Pierididae). Papéis Avulsos Dept. Zool. Sao 
Paulo, 6: 225-240, 1 fig. 

1960. Terceira nota suplementar a nossa revisio do género Eurema Hubner, 1819 
(Lepidoptera, Pieridae). Rev. Brasil. Ent., 9: 81-108. 

1966. Catalogo dos Papilionideos Americanos. Soc. Bras. Ent., Sao Paulo, 
lii + 366 pp. 

Ciencu, H.K., 1955. Revised classification of the butterfly family Lycaenidae and 

its allies. Ann. Carnegie Mus., Pittsburgh, 33: 261-274. 
Comstock, W. P., & E. J. Huntincron, 1958. An Annotated List of the Lycaenidae 
(Lep. Rhop.) of the Western Hemisphere. J. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 66: 103-118. 
Evans, W. E., 1951-1955. A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae. Part I: x + 
92, pl. 1-9; Part II: v +178, pl. 10-25; Part III: v + 246, pl. 26—53; Part 
IV: v+ 499, pl. 54-88. British Mus. Nat. Hist. 

Mie.xe, O. H. H., 1967. Lepidoptera of the central Brazil Plateau. Il. New 
genera, species, and subspecies of Hesperiidae. Jour. Lepid. Soc., in press. 
Miniter, LEE D., 1965. Systematics and Zoogeography of the genus Phanus (Hes- 

periidae ). Jour. Research Lepidoptera, 4: 115-130, 26 figs. 

STICcHEL, H., 1930. Riodinidae. Lep. Cat. 40, 41, Junk, Berlin. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 169 


MITES FROM NOCTUID MOTHS 


ASHER E., TREAT! 
The City University of New York and The American Museum of Natural History 


My purpose in this paper is to introduce some of the mites that I 
have found on noctuid moths, and to enlist the help of lepidopterists 
in learning more about them. Until recently most of these mites were 
undiscovered or undescribed. Little or nothing is known about the 
biology of most of the species, and it is possible that when we know more, 
the mites may provide some interesting information about the moths 
that are their hosts. 

One of the oldest names in acarology is that of a mite first found 
adhering to the wing of an unidentified moth. It was figured and 
described in The Naturalists’s [sic!] Miscellany in 1794, as Acarus 
lepidopterorum. “This remarkable insect,” as its discoverers described it, 
is now known as Cheletomorpha lepidopterorum (Shaw and Nodder). 
As far as I know, it has never again been found upon a moth, though it 
is a well known predator upon mites of other species. 

Almost every collector of Lepidoptera has seen moths or butterflies 
bearing one or more tiny, orange-red, sack-like objects upon their bodies 
or appendages. Magnification of these objects shows three pairs of long, 
setose legs, often extended posteriorly and free of contact with the host. 
Attachment is by a set of mouthparts firmly implanted in the host's 
body. These parasites are the larvae of mites belonging to the trombidi- 
form family Erythraeidae, distantly related to the chiggers. In a few 
days, the larvae become engorged with the hemolymph of the moth. 
They then drop off and complete their complex development amid low 
vegetation at or near the soil surface. The Nearctic species of erythraeids 
have been little studied and are not well known. They do not seem to 
be specific with regard to host species or site of attachment. One may 
find them on any part of the insect’s bobdy—on a wing vein, on an antenna, 
or even on the surface of a compound eye. As a rule there are only one 
or a few on a single host, but I have taken a female of Eurois astricta 
Morrison carrying at least 32 of them. 

Unlike the larval erythraeids, which are conspicuous because of their 
exposed position, most moth mites are well hidden and seldom seen. 
There are very few published records of them. Except for one species 
which I shall mention later, their incidence on a given species of host, 
in my experience, is lower than ten percent. Yet, not counting the al- 


1 With minor modifications, this is a paper that was presented at the 17th Annual Meeting 
of The Lepidopterists’ Society at Ottawa, Canada, on 31 May 1966. 


170 TREAT: Mites from noctuids Vol... 2), news 


most ubiquitous erythraeid larvae, mites have been found on moths of 
more than 135 species belonging to many different families. The mites 
are easiest to find on fresh or living moths and on relaxed specimens, 
but can also be discovered on specimens long since spread and dried. 
Some species move about on their hosts. One may discover them on 
the neck, behind the front leg bases, under the tegulae, or where the thorax 
joins the abdomen. Other species prefer certain definite sites on the 
host. I shall discuss some of the mites that I have found on adult noctuids 
in three of the most favored locations: under the base of the proboscis, 
on the collar, and in the ears. 

The proboscis of a noctuid moth is virtually a retractable gangplank. 
Flanked by the palpi, its base is also an ideal hideout for a stowaway 
mite. It is not surprising, then, to find that this spot may be occupied, 
sometimes by a single mite, sometimes by several. The search for mites 
on a freshly collected noctuid is best preceded by brief exposure of the 
insect to carbon dioxide or sublethal exposure to a killing agent which 
will leave the moth in complete relaxation. The insect is then grasped 
by the upraised wings with light, self-closing forceps (a trimmed-down 
spring clothespin will do), and placed under the low power of an 
entomological microscope. Passive extension of the tongue exposes any 
interpalpal mites that may be present. These can be picked up and 
transferred to alcohol by means of an insect pin which has been moistened 
or coated with petroleum jelly at its tip. 

In twelve moths out of thousands examined in this way, I have found 
between the palpi the peculiar, non-feeding and mouthless nymphal 
stages of mites representing various species of the suborder Acaridei. 
These immature forms are variously known as travellers, wandernymphs, 
or “hypopi.’ They are strictly phoretic; that is, they use the moth as a 
vehicle only, rather than as a source of food. They are usually inactive, 
and may be attached to the host by ventral suckers. Many kinds of 
insects carry hypopodal mites, some more or less regularly. Under con- 
ditions favorable to further development, the travellers leave the host 
and eventually transform into adults. My specimens have not yet been 
determined, but among their hosts were four species of Acronycta, two of 
Charadra, one of Graphiphora, one of Catocala, and one of Zale, all 
from eastern United States. The mites are probably not restricted to 
noctuids as hosts, and perhaps not even to Lepidoptera. 

The palpal bases of noctuids sometimes conceal larger mites of various 
species representing the more primitive suborder Mesostigmata. For 
some of these mites, to be mentioned later, the interpalpal region is 
merely a place to wait until the gangplank is lowered for debarkation; 
their main quarters on the moth are elsewhere. The other species that 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Wal 


Fig. 1. Blattisocius patagiorum Treat, an ascid mite found on the thorax of 
Pseudospaelotis haruspica (Grote) and other noctuid moths. Phase contrast photo- 
micrographs of cleared and mounted specimens. Left, male; right, female. Magnifica- 
tion (as printed) about 80x. 


I have found between the palpi have usually not been seen on any other 
part of the insect. Such mites have appeared on 19 moths of 13 species: 
six of Acronycta, one of Amphipyra, three of Catocala, two of Zale, 
and one of Zaleops. One of these, Zaleops, was collected in Tucson, 
Arizona, the remainder in Massachusetts and New York. There are prob- 
ably about seven species of mites in my series, at least six of which ap- 
pear to be undescribed. All of the specimens are adult females of the 
family Ascidae, representing the genera Lasioseius and Proctolaelaps. 
Known species of Proctolaelaps have been found on insects of many 
kinds. One was described by Lyonet in 1760, from the caterpillar of 
the goat moth, but so far as I know none has previously been reported 
from adult moths of any species. 

It is an open question whether these interpalpal ascids are to be con- 
sidered as parasites or as phoretics. I have never caught one in the act 
of feeding, but in the soft cuticle of the moth’s neck or in the retrocoxal 
region of the prothorax there are often small punctures, plugged with 
black, coagulated hemolymph. Punctures of this kind are characteristic 
feeding scars of mites that are known ectoparasites. Lindquist and Evans 


172 TREAT: Mites from noctuids Vol, 21, ners 


(1965) state that “No ascid mites are known to be truly parasitic.” Many 
are believed to be predators on other mites and small arthropods, or 
upon their eggs, larvae, or nymphs. It should be noted that the moths 
listed above as hosts include several that probably rest during the day 
on or under the bark of trees, a habitat often rich in mites of many kinds, 
including ascids. It may be that for the mites in question, phoresy on 
moths is only occasional or even accidental rather than obligatory. 
Against this view is the apparent preference of the Lasioseius and 
Proctolaelaps species for the interpalpal region, which suggests some 
degree of regularity in the association. 

In contrast with the interpalpal mites in its choice of residence is 
another ascid, of the genus Blattisocius (Fig. 1). It occupies the dorsal 
surface of the thorax, on or near the patagia (Treat, 1966). It has ap- 
peared on five specimens of Spaelotis clandestina Harris, on two of 
Graphiphora haruspica (Grote), and on one each of Apamea lignicolora 
(Guenée) and Amphipyra pyramidoides Guenée, all common noctuids 
that typically hide under loose bark or in the crevices of buildings. Three 
of the hosts (S. clandestina) were taken in Giles County, Virginia, the 
others in Tyringham, Massachusetts. The adult mites are easy to spot. 
Their yellow posterior portions protrude from among the hairs and scales 
on or behind the host’s patagia or on the anterior portion of the thoracic 
disc. In the summer of 1965 I was lucky enough to find some of these 
mites on a moth that subsequently lived for more than two months 
in a plastic petri dish where I was able to watch the mites under the 
microscope. I saw them mate and lay their eggs, and I followed their 
development through all stages. One of the hosts of this mite, Graphi- 
phora haruspica, holds the record for harboring the greatest variety of 
stowaways of any noctuid. Mites of eleven species have been taken from 
various specimens of this moth. 

The interpalpal and patagial mites already mentioned were regularly 
found in the places indicated, and not elsewhere. Some species of 
noctuid stowaways seem to be less selective. These include three known 
species of Blattisocius, the laelaptid mite Androlaelaps casalis (Berlese), 
and a few others. I shall not take time to discuss them here. 

The most interesting mites of all are those that live in the ears. The 
noctuid ear or tympanic organ is a fascinating and beautiful thing in 
itself. Unknown until 1877, and almost completely neglected until its 
rediscovery by Eggers in 1911, it remained a puzzle to entomologists 
until recent years. It is now recognized as a superbly sensitive detector 
of the ultrasonic voices of insect-eating bats and perhaps of other pred- 
ators (Payne et al., 1966). It has also gained attention, chiefly through 
the work of Kenneth Roeder, as an ideal subject for the study of the 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 73 


Fig. 2. Lacinipolia m. meditata (Grote). Left tympanic area. The pale, antler- 
like objects to the right of center are cuticular outgrowths of the nodular sclerite or 
epaulette, which forms the lateral border of the tympanic frame. They screen the 
tympanic membrane (dark areas between the “antlers” ), and at least in some in- 
stances protect it from mites. 


nervous mechanism in a simple form of acoustically activated behavior 
(Roeder, 1966). 

The essential part of the tympanic organ is a thread-like sensillum, 
attached at one end to a thin cuticular membrane and containing a 
single pair of sensory neurons. This sensillum is suspended in hammock 
fashion within the tympanic air sac. Two round, membranous windows 
bear upon the air sac from the exterior. These are the tympanic mem- 
brane with its attached sensillum, and the countertympanic membrane, 
which apparently is not innervated. The tympanic membrane is set 
in a deep, scale-free recess in the metathorax at the base of the hind 
wing. The countertympanic membrane is roofed by an eggshell-shaped 
countertympanic cavity, which extends rearward into the first abdominal 
segment and has an oval or slit-like opening to the exterior just above 
the tympanic recess. The hood, a lateral projection of the first abdominal 
pleura, forms the posterolateral border of the tympanic recess and is 
anatomically analogous to the pinna of the human ear. 


TREAT: Mites from noctuids Vol. 21, nome 


Fig. 3. Living colony of the moth ear mite Dicrocheles phalaenodectes in the 
right tympanic area of a female armyworm moth, Pseudaletia unipuncta (Haworth). 
Several gravid females are visible, together with larvae, nymphs, and eggs. The 
upraised hind wing of the moth appears at the upper right of the photograph, 
the abdomen at the left. Photo by Dr. A. B. Klots, reprinted with permission of 
the Journal of the New York Entomological Society. 


In many noctuids the tympanic recess is more or less hidden from view 
by long, hair-like scales projecting rearward from above the hind leg 
base. In a few species, unrelated to one another (e.g., Acronycta 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ilies 


hamamelis Guenée, and Lacinipolia olivacea (Morrison) ), the lateral 
border of the tympanic membrane bears a heavily sclerotized, thorny, 
hedge-like outgrowth (Fig. 2) screening the tympanic membrane (Treat, 
1956). Eggers (1936) referred to this structure as “das Trommelfell- 
schutzgitter,’ literally, “the drum membrane protection screen,” and 
speculated that it could serve as a barrier to foreign objects. This struc- 
ture is not of common occurrence, and in most species the tympanic 
membrane is screened only by easily displaceable hairs. 

Except for the interpalpal, post-patagial, and subtegular areas, the 
tympanic recesses and the countertympanic cavities are the only readily 
accessible, scale-free parts of the body surface. Like the ears of hairy 
mammals and the nasal passages of birds, they offer attractive berths 
for stowaways, and they can be made to yield a free meal as well. 

Three kinds of mites are known to take advantage of these accommoda- 
tions more or less regularly (Treat, 1954, 1955b, 1961). Their discovery 
was the chance result of my rather clumsy efforts, in the early 1950's, to 
learn something about the function of the tympanic organ. For this 
purpose I had to examine the ears of a great many moths, both living 
and dead. It was almost inevitable that in this process I should eventually 
come upon some ear-dwelling mites. 

The first species that I shall mention, though the latest to be described, 
is a minute red mite belonging to the family Tydeidae. This species 
was originally described as Pronematus pyrrohippeus, but it seems to 
belong to a new genus, Pronematulus, proposed by E. W. Baker (1965). 
This mite is so small that it would be possible to pack a thousand of 
them into one ear of a moth, although five or six are the most I have 
found there, and usually only one or two. So far, only 43 specimens 
have been discovered, and of these, seven were lost in experimental 
procedures. Their hosts, all collected at Tyringham, Massachusetts, com- 
prised 23 moths of 11 species, the most frequent being Apamea lignicolora 
and Graphiphora haruspica, each with five cases of infestation. With 
one or two exceptions, all of these mites, when first seen, were resting 
quietly in the tympanic recess, often on the tympanic membrane itself. 
Sometimes they seem to be unattached, while in other instances they 
adhere to the moth’s cuticle as though by a posterior ventral sucker. 
They are not readily disturbed, but once aroused they move rapidly and 
may. quickly lose themselves in the vestiture bordering the ear. Some 
specimens have stayed for several days in the same position within the 
ear. Twice I have found single eggs of this mite on a tympanic membrane, 
and from one of these eggs, after six days, there emerged a living larva, 
the only one so far known. One or both ears may harbor the mites, but 
so far no sign of damage to the host has been seen. 


176 TREAT: Mites from noctuids Vol. 21, nor 3 


The nearest relatives of P. pyrrohippeus are known to be predators of 
other species of mites or their eggs, and this, of course, suggested 
phagophily as a possible type of association in P. pyrrohippeus. As 
phagophiles, these little tydeids might be awaiting a chance to attack 
some other kind of stowaway on the same moth. Yet despite one ap- 
pearance of a P. pyrrohippeus among ear-dwelling mites of another 
species, I am inclined to think that their usual relationship to their host 
is merely phoretic, and that they probably spend most of their lives as 
free-living predators. 

The story is quite different with the moth ear mite, Dicrocheles 
phalaenodectes (Treat, 1954). Of the three ear-dwelling species now 
described, this was the first to be discovered, and is in many ways the 
most interesting. It was at first provisionally assigned to the laelaptid 
genus Myrmonyssus Berlese, but later became the type of a new genus, 
Dicrocheles Krantz and Khot (1962). Its family status, like that of many 
laelaptoids, is now in doubt. The first specimen came to me on a moth 
that flew into my attic laboratory in Tyringham in 1952 and practically 
presented its ears for inspection. It was one of those furry insects called 
“False Wainscots,’ Leucania pseudargyria Guenée. The moth’s right 
ear was normal, but in its left ear were several round, white eggs looking 
like tiny pearls. When one of these eggs produced a living larval mite, 
I became interested. Soon another infested moth appeared, and before 
long it was evident that in moths of the genus Leucania and related 
genera, these mites were fairly common. The question was, were they 
of strictly local distribution? Moths in the study collection of The Ameri- 
can Museum of Natural History soon gave the answer: the mites, or 
very similar ones are to be found around the world (Treat, 1955a). 
If they had not been discovered previously, why not? Was it because 
lepidopterists had rarely concerned themselves with moth ears, or because, 
having seen the mites, perhaps many times, they thought them not worth 
reporting? I do not know. At any rate the mites are there, and during 
midsummer of a favorable year as many as 90 percent of the moths of 
a favored species may harbor them. In Tyringham, during the five-year 
period from 1953 through 1957, I found 569 infested moths. In the three 
genera, Leucania, Aletia, and Pseudaletia, this total represented an 
overall incidence of 31.3 percent for the moths examined (Treat, 1958b). 

Unlike the mites mentioned earlier, Dicrocheles develops large colonies 
on its host, destroying the occupied ear as a sense organ (Fig. 3). A 
mature colony may comprise more than one hundred active mites and 
nearly as many eggs. During midsummer, the entire life cycle may take 
as little as five days. The eggs hatch in about 48 hours, and the six- 
legged larvae soon begin feeding through the delicate tracheal epithelium 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ular 


of the tympanic air sac. Their mother has prepared the way for them 
by perforating the tympanic and countertympanic membranes. She may 
lay her eggs in the air sac itself, or in the outer recess, or in both places. 
The first eggs often develop into males, which do not undergo the second 
nymphal stage and are ready to copulate with unmated females as they 
become available (Treat, 1965). In a large colony, all three chambers 
of the ear are filled to overflowing with mites and their eggs. 

Such a colony has social problems. Defecation is restricted to two 
places: the rearmost end of the countertympanic cavity, and the outer 
rim of the external tympanic recess. In the latter place the liquid fecal 
droplets are deposited on the screening hairs and scales, which gradually 
become matted into a sort of thatch that loosely covers the recess. In 
the countertympanic cavity, the feces, as they dry, form a waxy or gummy 
plug with which are mingled many cast skins. 

Copulation takes place chiefly in the countertympanic cavity, where 
mating pairs often can be found. Males comprise fewer than ten percent 
of the inhabitants. Even if the host dies they usually do not leave the 
ear. Several adult females may contribute to the colony, either from its 
initiation or after the first brood has developed. As the population pres- 
sure increases, some of the maturing and fertile females must find a 
new home. 

Here is one of the most remarkable things about these mites. An easily 
available home—the contralateral ear—is ready and waiting only a 
short distance away, but it is almost never occupied. Experimentally, 
one can induce the mites to form bilateral colonies, but in nature this 
does not happen once in a thousand times. Instead, the young females 
make their way to the collar and dorsal side of the moth’s neck, where, 
temporarily, they may do some feeding. As the moth’s evening flight 
period approaches, the mites assemble a few at a time between the palpi, 
and when a flower is visited they disembark, using the tongue as a 
gangplank or sometimes just going “over the rail.” From the flower, 
these wanderers may board another, less crowded moth, but no matter 
how many Dicrocheles re-embark on a single insect, all proceed, ap- 
parently by a more or less fixed route, to a single ear, and however large 
the colony may become, the opposite ear is left unoccupied and un- 
damaged (Treat, 1957, 1958a, 1962). 

Such one-sidedness is obviously not out of consideration for the moth. 
The mites, too, have something to gain by it. To a hungry bat, a fat 
noctuid is no less attractive for having an earful of Dicrocheles, and a 
totally deafened moth has less than an even chance of escaping capture. 
Plainly there is adaptive value for the mites in their habit of unilaterality. 

The social life and behavior of the moth ear mites make a fascinating 


178 TREAT: Mites from noctuids Vol. 21, nores 


study. At times a mature female in the presence of others exhibits a 
peculiar side-to-side shaking movement, curiously reminiscent of the 
wagging dance of the honey bees. The significance of this dance is not 
quite clear; it may be a signal of some kind, perhaps to bring about the 
dispersal of the young females. 

There are other problems. Where are the moth ear mites during a 
northern winter when few if any adult moths of the host species are 
about? Why is it that at least in the type locality, the incidence of in- 
festation drops so sharply from its peak in mid-July to a mere trickle 
through most of August and September, although available hosts are still 
on the wing? Despite its apparent preference for hadenines of the 
Leucania group, Dicrocheles has been taken from moths of no fewer 
than 74 species representing at least five noctuid subfamilies, chiefly the 
Agrotinae, the Hadeninae, and the Cuculliinae, with occasional records 
from the Plusiinae and very rarely from the Acronyctinae. Other groups 
seem to be immune. 

There is one more mite that I should like to mention briefly. Its name 
is Otopheidomenis zalelestes (Treat, 1955b). It was discovered during a 
search of museum specimens in quest of ear-dwelling mites. As its 
specific name suggests, it was found on moths of the genus Zale, and 
has so far appeared nowhere else. I have seen 43 infested moths, rep- 
resenting nine species of this genus. The known distribution includes 
eastern United States, Central America, and the Antilles. The incidence 
in most of the museum series examined was not above five percent. Only 
one adult mite of this species has been seen alive; to my surprise, it was 
bright green, no doubt the color of its host's hemolymph. This mite 
became the type of a new genus and family, the Otopheidomenidae, now 
regarded by many acarologists as a subfamily of parasitic phytoseiids, 
which are normally plant-dwelling predators or general feeders. 

The name Otopheidomenis means “one who spares the ear.” It alludes 
to the mites’ habit of laying eggs in the tympanic recess and under the 
hood, but leaving the sensory structures uninjured. The larvae, upon 
hatching, evidently creep out of the ear and up to the crested vestiture 
of the thoracic notum, where their remains and cast skins can be seen 
even on long-dried specimens. The later stages, including adult males 
and females, are most often found under the tegulae. The colonies are 
never very large, perhaps 20 at the most. The point of special interest 
is that in contrast with Dicrocheles, which is destructive but unilateral, 
Otopheidomenis injures neither ear, but occupies both! 

The spectrum of mites inhabiting moths presents all shades of host 
dependency, from the occasional, probably temporary, and perhaps chance 
association of, say, a Blattisocius, to the obligatory, semi-internal, and 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 179 


host-selective parasitism of Dicrocheles. Here is a garden of wonders 
for the inquiring lepidopterist, a garden that is virtually unexplored. I 
have only hinted at some of the problems that invite attention. Some of 
these can be illuminated only by the collective experience of many ob- 
servers, both here and abroad. I invite you to join in this codperative 
venture, and welcome your questions, criticism, and correspondence. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Baxer, E. W., 1965. A review of the genera of the family Tydeidae (Acarina). 
In: Advances in acarology (John A. Naegele, ed.), vol. Il: 95-134. Ithaca, 
N. Y., Cornell University Press. 

Eccers, F., 1936. Das Trommelfellschutzgitter bei Calocampa Stph. Zool. Anz., 
ee 212907. 

Krantz, G. W., & N. S. Knorr, 1962. A review of the family Otopheidomenidae 
Treat 1955 (Acarina: Mesostigmata). Acarologia, 4: 532-542. 

Linpouist, E. E., & G. O. Evans, 1965. Taxonomic concepts in the Ascidae, with 
a modified setal nomenclature for the idiosoma of the Gamasina (Acarina: 
Mesostigmata). Mem. Ent. Soc. Canada, 47: 1-64. 

Lyonet, P., 1760. In: Recherches sur l’anatomie et les metamorphoses de 
différentes espéces d’insectes. Ouvrage posthume de Pierre Lyonet, publié par 
M. W. de Haan. Paris, J.-B. Bailliére, Libraire de /Académie Royale de Médicine 

. 1832. The mite now known as Proctolaelaps cossi (Duges, 1934) was 
described by Lyonet, but was designated only as “Pou de la chenille du bois 
de saule.” See esp. p. 45-48 and pl. VI of the work cited. 

Payne, R. S., K. D. RoEpER, & J. WALLMAN, 1966. Directional sensitivity of the 
ears of noctuid moths. Jour. Exp. Biol., 44: 17-31. 

Roeper, K. D., 1966. Interneurons of the thoracic nerve cord activated by 
tympanic nerve fibers in noctuid moths. Jour. Insect Physiol., 12: 1227-1244. 

SHaw, G., & F. P. NoppEr, 1794. Acarus lepidopterorum (The lepidopterine mite). 
In: The Naturalists’s Miscellany, vol. 6, pl. 187 together with the two preceding 
and three following unnumbered text pages in Latin and in English. 

Treat, A. E., 1954. A new gamasid inhabiting the tympanic organs of phalaenid 
moths. Jour. Parasitol., 40: 619-631. 

1955a. Distribution of the moth ear mite (Myrmonyssus phalaenodectes). Lepid. 
News, 9: 55-58. 

1955b. An ectoparasite (Acarina: Mesostigmata) from moths of the genus Zale. 
Jour. Parasitol., 41: 555-561. 

1956. The ctenoid form of the noctuid epaulette. American Mus. Novitates, No. 
1768, 10 p. 

1957. Unilaterality in infestations of the moth ear mite. Jour. New York Ent. 
Soc., 65: 41-50. 

1958a. Social organization in the moth ear mite (Myrmonyssus phalaenodectes ). 
Proc. 10th Int. Cong. Entom., 2: 475—480. 

1958b. A five-year census of the moth ear mite in Tyringham, Massachusetts. 
Ecology, 39: 629-634. 

1961. A tydeid mite from noctuid moths. Acarologia, 3: 147-152. 

1962. Experimental control of ear choice in the moth ear mite. Verh. XI. Int. 
Cong. Entom., 1960, 1: 619-621. 

1965. Sex-distinctive chromatin and the frequency of males in the moth ear 
mite. Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 73: 12-18. 

1966. A new Blattisocius from noctuid moths. Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 74: 
143-159. 


180 Additions to AMNH Vol, 21, news 


RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE LEPIDOPTERA COLLECTION OF THE 
AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY 


During the past several years the Lepidoptera collection of the American Museum 
of Natural History has been rapidly enlarging. At the present time it contains 
approximately 1,500,000 specimens; its size has increased two and one-half times 
since 1949. In recent years the emphasis has been on building up the North 
American macrolepidoptera; this section is now the best of any museum in the 
world. 

In the past few years several important collections have been received, and they 
are briefly described below. Each of them has been incorporated into the Lepidoptera 
collection of the Museum. 

The Alexander Chnéour collection of Tunisian macrolepidoptera. This gift con- 
sisted of 806 specimens, representing the cream of 25 years’ collecting in this north 
African country by Mr. Chnéour. The collection contains about 95% of the described 
forms from Tunisia, and it is said to be the most complete one ever assembled. In 
the course of his studies on the Tunisian fauna, Mr. Chnéour published a number 
of papers and described several new species, subspecies, and forms; these types are 
in his collection. They are in the Pieridae (four taxa), Satyridae (four), Noctuidae 
(one), and Lasiocampidae (two). 

The A. C, Frederick collection of North American macrolepidoptera. This gift 
consisted of 6459 specimens. The material was not only from the Albany, New 
York area, where Mr. Frederick lives, but is transcontinental in scope, as Mr. 
Frederick collected in eastern Canada and in many parts of this country. This 
collection had more than 700 specimens from the John H. Cook collection, in- 
cluding some of the original Incisalia specimens described by Cook. 

The William H. Howe collection of 7374 specimens. Of these, 6381 were from 
North America, and 993 were exotics. This collection was one of the largest ever 
made in Kansas, and it had both butterflies and moths. This gift included the 
holotype of Ceratomia kansensis Howe and Howe (Sphingidae). 

The Mariana Ibarra collection of Spanish Lepidoptera. This magnificent collec- 
tion of 12,546 specimens (5171 butterflies and 7375 moths) was purchased by 
friends of the Department of Entomology. It was one of the most complete collec- 
tions of Lepidoptera ever made from Spain and the adjoining countries, and the 
individual specimens are in excellent condition and are beautifully mounted. 

The Alexander B. Klots collection of Pieridae. This fine gift of 3468 specimens, 
including 77 paratypes, represented a world-wide collection of this family. Much 
of this material was used by Dr. Klots in his revisionary studies of the group; a 
large part of it was collected by him in northern Canada and in the Rocky Mountain 
states. 

The field trips of Frederick H. Rindge, supported by National Science Founda- 
tion grants G-9037, G-25134, and GB-3856. During the past eight years, with 
the assistance of my wife Phyllis and daughters Barbara (1959, 1960), Janet 
(1961), and Marguerite (1962-1966 inclusive), we have collected 97,199 speci- 
mens of Lepidoptera, primarily in Wyoming, South Dakota, Colorado, Utah, Nevada, 
Arizona, and New Mexico. Our largest collections were made in New Mexico 
(3991 butterflies and 27,924 moths), Utah (2406 butterflies and 23,346 moths), 
Wyoming (4976 butterflies and 12,585 moths), and Nevada (1155 butterflies and 
12,539 moths). This material has all been mounted and incorporated into the 
collection.—FREDERICK H. RinpcE, The American Museum of Natural History, New 
York, N. Y. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 181 


TYPE LOCALITIES OF SOME NEOTROPICAL LYCAENIDAE 
TAKEN BY GERVASE MATHEW AND DESCRIBED BY 
W. C. HEWITSON 


Harry K. CLENCH 


Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 


Hewitson (1874) described eight species of neotropical lycaenids. 
Following his common practice he gave only the country of origin of 
these specimens (Mexico, Panama, Peru, or “Chili” ) and ordinarily any 
further precision of type localities would have to be arbitrary. 

In this instance, however, it seemed possible that further information 
on the actual localities of origin of the specimens might be obtainable, for 
in his prefatory remarks Hewitson states that they were taken by “Mr. 
Gervase Mathew, of the Royal Navy, who collected them during a 
cruise by H. M. S. ‘Repulse’ in the Pacific.” Some record of the move- 
ments of the “Repulse” should, it seemed, be on file with the Admiralty 
and such a record might make it possible to restrict the localities. 

I therefore addressed an inquiry to the Naval Librarian, Ministry of 
Defense, London. The reply I received, from Miss Vivienne S. Heath, 
was most helpful. Miss Heath abstracted the relevant portions of the 
published précis of the movements of the “Repulse” and even though she 
apologizes for the brevity and occasional lapses of detail in this account, 
it still provides an accurate record and gives about all the relevant in- 
formation that could be expected. In only one place did it fall short: 
the leg of the voyage from San Francisco to Mazatlan, critical for one 
species (Thecla critola). Miss Heath suggested that the log itself (in 
the Public Records Office) should be consulted. Thanks to the précis, 
it was possible to request microfilm copy of only this part of the log, 
which I did. 

In addition to furnishing the précis, Miss Heath also transcribed and 
sent the obituary notice of Mathew that appeared in the London Times 
for 17 February 1928. In this notice, mention is made of Mathew’s 
journals, “which he kept continuously from 1861 until the beginning of 
his last illness in 1925, [and which] are full . . . of the scientific observa- 
tions which he made in many countries.” Unfortunately, all efforts to 
locate these journals have failed. My good friend, Mr. N. D. Riley, of 
the British Museum Department of Entomology (who also published an 
obituary of Mathew: Entomologist 61:119, 1928), to whom I wrote for 
help, checked all the possible repositories known to him, including the 
societies of which Mathew was a member, but found no trace of the 
journals. 


182 CLENCH: Hewitson localities Vol. 21, no. 3 


For their much appreciated efforts in connection with this paper, I 
thank The Naval Library and Miss Heath; Mr. Riley; and the Public 
Record Office. 

The “Repulse” left Great Britain in August, 1872, with Assistant Pay- 
master Mathew on board as clerk to the Admiral’s secretary, headed 
for a routine program on the Pacific station. Proceeding by way of 
Madeira and Rio de Janeiro she rounded the Cape and put in at 
Valparaiso, Chile, on 27 October, staying there until about 18 February 
1873. She then continued north to Coquimbo, Chile (20 February-6 
March); Arica, Chile (15-22 March); Callao, Peru (29 March-17 April); 
Payta [Paita], Peru (late April-2 May). 

From Paita she left for the Sandwich [Hawiian] Islands. The “Repulse” 
departed Honolulu on 27 June, headed northeast for Vancouver Island, 
and reached Esquimalt, near Victoria, on 26 July. There she remained 
until 4 November, when she departed for San Francisco, California. 

On 19 November 1873 (our information now derived from the ship’s 
log itself) she left San Francisco, continuing south, and put in at Bahia 
Magdalena (Baja California Sur, Mexico) on 25 November, staying less 
than eight hours. She then left, rounded Cabo San Lucas on 27 November 
and reached Guaymas (Sonora, Mexico) on 29 November. She departed 
Guaymas on 2 December, after two full days in port, and continued 
south, reaching Mazatlan (Sinaloa, Mexico) on 5 December, and stayed 
there until 11 December. 

From Mazatlan (we resume with the précis), the “Repulse” con- 
tinued southward to Acapulco (Guerrero, Mexico) (about 16 December 
1873 to 18 January 1874), and Taboga (Isla Taboga, Panama, in the 
Bahia de Panama), which she reached on 6 March, remaining until 
22 March. She then moved to Cd. Panama, where she stayed until 18 
May 1874. 

Here, Mathew apparently left the “Repulse,” and our interest in her 
further movements ceases (she continued south). Mathew must have 
crossed the isthmus and obtained passage on a homeward-bound vessel. 
However he did it, he made good time: about six months after he left 
the “Repulse” Hewitson’s descriptions of his lycaenids were published! 

It should be added that on several occasions the admiral shifted his 
flag to another vessel among the several that more or less accompanied 
the “Repulse,” and departed on various side trips. He did so at Esquimalt; 
at Acapulco, to visit some of the ports of Central America; and again in 
Panama, to visit ports along the north end of South America’s Pacific 
coast. Although, as Miss Heath pointed out, Mathew might have gone 
on some or all of these side trips, there is no evidence that he did so 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 183 


(or, if he went, that he did any collecting). All the countries mentioned 
by Hewitson were visited by the “Repulse” herself. 

The following list of Hewitson’s eight species of lycaenids includes 
remarks on their probable type localities, based on the above trip 
resumé. Where they are known I give current equivalents of his names. 
The page reference after each name refers to Hewitson’s paper. 


THECLA SEDECIA [Strymon albata sedecia], p. 105 


Described from Mexico. The source of the material must be either 
Mazatlan or Acapulco, since the species does not occur on Baja California 
or as far north as Guaymas. There is no reason why it should not occur 
in the Acapulco region, but I know of no records. On the other hand, 
it was recorded from Presidio, near Mazatlan, by Godman & Salvin (1887: 
94) and we took it in three different places near Mazatlan in 1961 (Cary- 
Carnegie Museum Expedition). In view of this, the following designa- 
tion is made: 

Type locality: here restricted to Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico. 


THECLA CHONIDA, p. 105 


Described from Mexico. For the same reasons as the preceding, this 
must be from either Mazatlan or Acapulco. This poorly known species 
may turn out to be the female of Strymon bebrycia Hewitson 1869. We 
took the latter near Mazatlan, but I do not know if it occurs near 
Acapulco. With so little information, no further restriction is advisable 
at this time. 

Type locality: either Mazatlan, Sinaloa, or Acapulco, Guerrero. 


THECLA CYRRIANA, p. 105 


Described from Peru. This is another poorly known species, but not 
surprisingly so, as the western coast of South America is hardly better 
known today than it was when Mathew collected there. 

Type locality: either Callao or Paita, Peru. 


THECLA cRITOLA [Hypostrymon critola critola], p. 105 


Described from Mexico. The “Repulse” stopped at two localities 
within the range of this species, Bahia Magdalena on the peninsula of 
Baja California, and Guaymas, Sonora, on the mainland. Each of these 
areas is inhabited by a different subspecies and it is therefore important 
to identify the source of the type. 

Although the “Repulse” stopped at Bahia Magdalena, it was a brief 
call of only a few hours and I doubt if Mathew did any collecting there 


184 CLENCH: Hewitson localities Vol. 21. noms 


at all. The stop at Guaymas, however, lasted several days, time enough 
to take net in hand and do some exploring. 

Guaymas, then, is the most likely source of the type of this species. Mr. 
G. E. Tite, Department of Entomology, British Museum, kindly compared 
the type of critola with other specimens of the species in the British 
Museum collection from Guaymas. I had sent Mr. Tite a list of the dif- 
ferentiating characters of the two subspecies and he found that the type 
agreed closely with specimens of known Guaymas origin and with the 
characters of the mainland subspecies. 

The name critola, therefore, is restricted to the mainland populations, 
leaving the name festata Weeks (1891: 102) (TL, San José del Cabo, 
Lower California) for the peninsular subspecies. 

Type locality: here designated as Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico. 


THECLA MATHEWI, p. 106 


Described from Mexico. The species apparently does not occur as far 
north as Mazatlan. A definite restriction is not made at this time. 
Type locality: probably Acapulco, Guerrero, Mexico. 


THECLA CyPHARA [Electrostrymon endymion cyphara], p. 106 


Described from Panama. 
Type locality: either Isla Taboga or Ciudad Panama. I have no in- 
formation from which to make a choice. 


THECLA QUADRIMACULATA [“Thecla” bicolor Philippi], p. 107 


Described from “Chili.” 
Type locality: Valparaiso, Coquimbo or Arica, Chile. 


LYCAENA LYRNESSA [Pseudolucia collina Philippi], p. 107 


Described from “Chili.” The name is now considered a synonym of 
Lycaena collina Philippi (Nabokov 1945: 32). 

Type locality: Valparaiso, Coquimbo or Arica, Chile. The species has 
been taken at both Valparaiso and Coquimbo (Nabokoy, 1945). 


LITERATURE CITED 


Hewirson, W. C., 1874. Descriptions of new species of Lycaenidae from South 
[sic] America. Ent. Mo. Mag., 11: 104-107; published in October. 

Gopman, F. D., and O. Savin, 1887-1901. Insecta, Lepidoptera-Rhopalccera, Vol. 
2. Biol. Centrali-Amer., 782 pp. 

Nasoxoy, V., 1945. Notes on Neotropical Plebejinae (Lycaenidae, Lepidoptera). 
Psyche, 52: 1-61. 

Weeks, A. G., 1891. New Lepidoptera. Ent. News, 2: 102-104. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 185 


A REPORT ON TWO RECENT COLLECTIONS OF 
BUTTERFLIES FROM HONDURAS 


RosE SAWYER MONROE 
Dept. of Biology, University of Louisville, Louisville, Ky. 


Gary N. Ross anp Rocer N. WILLIAMS 
Dept. of Entomology, Louisiana State Univ., Baton Rouge, La. 


While employed with other endeavors in the Central American re- 
public of Honduras, Monroe and Williams each made field collections 
of Rhopalocera. Williams was in Honduras as an employee of the 
United Fruit Company, and Monroe was there as an assistant to her 
husband, who was engaged in ornithological research. 

Literature pertaining to the Lepidoptera of Honduras is scarce. The 
only extensive collections known to us were made by G. M. Whitely and 
E. Wittkigel and recorded in Godman and Salvin (1879-1901) or in 
Seitz (1923). Other than these two general works, records are limited 
to references in various reviews and revisions of groups of Lepidoptera. 

In the collections of Monroe and Williams are 205 species of butter- 
flies, including many previously unrecorded from the republic. Identi- 
fications were made by Ross with the assistance of various specialists. 
Several specimens that remain unidentifiable for various reasons are 
omitted from this paper and may represent further additions to the 
known Lepidoptera of Honduras. 


COLLECTING SITES 


The specimens were taken primarily in the departments of Cortés 
and Atlantida; a few others came from the departments of Yoro, Santa 
Barbara, Comayagua, and Choluteca, and the Distrito Central. The 
following localities may be found by referring to the map (Fig. 1); 
numbers in brackets following place names correspond to those in Fig. 1. 


1. Department of Cortés. 


El Jaral [12] is a village on the northern end of Lake Yojoa at an 
elevation of about 2100 feet. The majority of specimens with this label 
were secured at Finca Fé, a coffee plantation one mile northwest of the 
village. This finca is an area of tropical rain and deciduous forest with 
the undergrowth cleared for coffee plantings. Most of the butterflies 
were taken along pathways in the forest, in clearings, or in adjoining 
fields. 

Along the main road leading southward from San Pedro Sula is Amapa 
[11], location of one of the few remaining expanses of forest in that part 


186 MONROE ET AL.: Honduran butterflies Vol; 21. ness 


1 


7 EX ES 7 
= SSS SIF 


Fig. 1. Map of Honduras, showing localities mentioned in text. Numbers refer 
to the following: (1) Utila, (2) Ruatan [= Roatan], (3) Trujillo, (4) Tela, (5) 
San Alejo, (6) San Pedro Sula, (7) La Lima, (8) Progreso, (9) Cofradia, (10) 
Potrerillos, (11) Amapa, (12) El Jaral, (13) El Sauce, (14) Cerro Santa Barbara, 
(15) Siguatepeque, (16) Comayagua, (17) Cerro San Juancito, (18) El Corpus, 
and (19) Namasigtie. (Map adapted from Monroe, 1965). 


of Cortés. The gallery forest there is also partly deciduous. Amapa is 
about 13 miles south of Potrerillos and at an elevation of about 300 feet. 

Potrerillos [10] is a town on the Sula (Uluia River) plain and is sur- 
rounded by rather dry scrub country. Virtually all specimens with this 
label were taken south of the town along the road. In August and 
September, butterflies were congregated in numbers at roadside puddles. 

San Pedro Sula [6] is the largest town on the Sula plain. Although 
rain forest was extensive in the years that Whitely and Wittkigel col- 
lected there, undisturbed forest exists now only on the hills and moun- 
tains overlooking the town on its western border. Our specimens were 
captured either in the town or in surrounding fields. 

La Lima [7], the location of the Research Division of the United 
Fruit Company, is seven miles east of San Pedro Sula and also is non- 
forested. The butterflies from there were collected near the homes 
of company personnel. 

Just west of La Lima lies La Mesa, a farm with meadows, some forest, 
and artificial plantings of bamboo. Santa Rosa Farm, six miles north- 
east of La Lima on the road to Progreso, is primarily pasture. 

Guaruma #1, #2, and #3 are banana farms, one, three, and five 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 187 


miles west of La Lima, respectively. These and the preceding localities 
on the Sula plain are at about 150-250 feet elevation. Specimens from 
the Guaruma stations were taken in or near the scattered remaining 
forest. 

Nine miles west of La Lima, just beyond Guaruma #3, is Caldn, an- 
other semi-forested locality. Some of the specimens were taken in 
pastures, others on the forested hillside. North of Calan and one mile 
south of San Pedro Sula is La Cumbre, a site overlooking the Chamelecén 
River. 

Cofradia [9] is a town in the Quimistan (Chamelecén) Valley and 
is 15 miles southwest of San Pedro Sula. The specimens from there 
were captured in open grassy fields. 


2. Department of Santa Barbara. 

Cerro Santa Barbara [14], on the western side of Lake Yojoa, is about 
five miles west of El Jaral. Butterflies were taken in low montane rain 
forest and along the forest edges. This forest represents a transition 
zone from tropical rain forest to cloud forest and contains flora and 
fauna typical of each. 

El Sauce [13] is a village south of Cerro Santa Barbara. The speci- 
mens from there were captured in grassy fields near the western shore 
of Lake Yojoa. 


3. Department of Atlantida. 

Along the Caribbean Sea, specimens were taken at the port of Tela 
[4]. All were flying on or near the beach. Three miles inland from 
Tela is Lancetilla, an experiment station of the United Fruit Company 
surrounded by dense tropical rain forest. Flowing from the hills above 
is a river that serves as the water supply for Tela. The highest eleva- 
tion at which our specimens were secured was approximately 500 feet. 

San Alejo [5], an African oil palm plantation of the United Fruit 
Company, also has a watershed in the nearby tropical rain forest. Wil- 
liams specimens were taken on the plantation, Monroe's in the forest. 
This locality is 10 miles west of Tela and is only slightly above sea level. 


4. Department of Yoro. 
Specimens were obtained only near the town of Progreso [8]. These 
were taken at an elevation of 200-500 feet on the hills east of the town. 


5. Department of Comayagua. 


Specimens were secured from an area of pine two miles south of 
Siguatepeque [16]. At that locality the elevation is about 4000 feet. 


188 MONROE ET AL.: Honduran butterflies Vol. 21, niehes 


In the arid Comayagua Valley, the town of Comayagua [15] is situated 
at an elevation of 1900 feet. 


6. Distrito Central. 


Cerro San Juancito [17], as it is known to most naturalists, is a peak 
on the road to the silver mines near the town of San Juancito. It is 
located 10 miles northeast of the capital of Honduras, Tegucigalpa. 
Covering the mountain is a dense cloud forest that remains virtually 
undisturbed. Specimens were obtained at elevations from 6000 tc 7000 
feet. 


7. Department of Choluteca. 


On the Pacific slope in this department, specimens were captured at 
three localities. El Corpus [18], situated 1000 feet above the Choluteca 
Valley, is a town surrounded by forested hills. The specimens were 
taken in this monsoon (deciduous) forest, which is deceptively lush in 
the rainy season (September—October) and usually dry during the rest 
of the year. Southwest of El] Corpus are the two other localities, Nama- 
sigiie [19] and Palmerola. Specimens from these two areas were taken in 
grassy fields with scattered trees, in primarily arid scrub, or in deciduous 
forest. 

The three northernmost localities, two islands, Utila [1] and Ruatan 
[2], in the Caribbean and the port city Trujillo [3], are localities visited 
by previous collectors, to which reference is made in the text. 


List OF SPECIMENS 


In the following list of specimens, the species marked with an asterisk 
(*) have not been previously recorded from Honduras, although in 
most cases they are known to occur both to the north and to the south 
of the republic. There are few specimens listed for which the data 
are not complete: Lancetilla, Spring 1962 (RNW) and Department of 
Cortés, 10 Aug. 1962 (RSM). At Lancetilla between 15 Jan. and 15 
May 1962, several specimens were captured for Williams by one of his 
assistants. The specimens collected on 10 Aug. 1962 were taken either 
at E] Jaral or at Potrerillos, but the exact location was lost for several 
specimens obtained on that date. Unless otherwise indicated, all speci- 
mens were collected during 1962. 

All specimens are currently retained in the private collections of 


Monroe (RSM) and Williams (RNW). 


PAPILIONIDAE 


Graphium philolaus (Boisd.).—Calan, 14 July 1961, 17 May; La Lima, 14, 15 
May; 366, 12 (RNW). 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 189 


Graphium protesilaus (L.).—Calan, 17, 25 May, 2¢ ¢ (RNW). 

Graphium epidaus epidaus (Doubl., Westw. & Hew.).—Calan, 14 July 1961, 14 
(RNW). 

Battus polydamas (L.).—Calan, 25 May; Guaruma #2, 26 Oct. 1961; La Lima, 
15 May; Progreso, 21 May 1961; Lancetilla, May, Spring 1962; 36 4, 399 
(RNW). Potrerillos, 29 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). 

*Battus belus varus (Kol.)—Amapa, 15 July 1961, 1¢ (RNW). This species 
has been recorded from Guatemala and to the south of Honduras (Seitz, 1923). 
This individual was captured while it was flying 2-3 feet above the ground 
in gallery forest. 

Parides arcas mylotes (Gray ).—Lancetilla, 16, 18, 21, 23 June 1961, 2¢ 6, 299 
(RNW). Lancetilla, 19 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). 

Parides iphidamas (Fabr.).—Lancetilla, 10, 11, 18, 26 June 1961, Spring 1962, 
Ago.) b2 (RNW). Lancetilla, 19 Aug.; EJ Jaral, 5 Nov.; 26 6, 19 (RSM). 
Assignment of this heterogenous group of specimens to this species is tentative. 

*Parides lycimenes lycimenes (Boisd.).—Lancetilla, 17 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). 

Parides polyzelus polyzelus (Feld.).—La Lima, 5 Dec. 1961; Santa Rosa Farm, 
19 Nov. 1961; San Alejo, 19 Nov. 1961; 26 ¢, 12 (RNW). EI Jaral, 22 Sept., 
12 (RSM). 

Parides montezuma (Westw.).—Calan, 9 July 1961; La Lima, 14, 15 May; 14,32 9 
(RNW). — 

Papilio anchisiades idaeus Fabr.—Guaruma #1, 19 April, 10¢ 6, 69 9, larvae; 
La Lima, 14 May, 12 (RNW). The nearly full-grown, gregarious larvae were 
taken from an orange tree. They fed nocturnally for about one week in cap- 
tivity, then began pupating on 26 April. The adults emerged 9-14 May. 

*Papilio polyxenes polyxenes Fabr.—E] Jaral, 12, 25 Aug., 23 Sept., 2¢ 6, 19 
(RSM). 

Papilio thaos autocles Roth. & Jord.—Calan, 28 Aug. 1961, 17 May; La Mesa, 27 
Aug. 1961; Lancetilla, 19 May; 36 ¢,192 (RNW). El Jaral, 23 Sept.; Potrerillos, 
29 Aug.; Cerro Santa Barbara (3500’), 22 Nov.; 1¢, 229 (RSM). 

Papilio victorinus victorinus Doubl.—E] Jaral, 5 Nov., 19 (RSM). 


PIERIDAE 


*Dismorphia praxinoe (Doubl.).—El Jaral, 7, 26 Aug., 4, 22 Sept, 3426, 19 
(RSM). This species was found flying low through the semi-open forest. 

*Dismorphia fortunata (Luc. ).—E] Jaral, 17 Sept., 1¢ (RSM). 

*Enantia albania Bates.—E] Jaral, 9, 13, 14, 27 Aug., 17 Sept., 36 6, 29 9 (RSM). 
Two kinds of males are included here: two individuals are cream-colored with 
brown edging at the apex of the forewing; the third male is yellow with heavy 
orange suffusion and two small dark spots along the costal margin of the fore- 
wing in addition to the same brown marking on the apex. The females are yellow 
with more dark markings on the dorsal forewing than the two male forms. 

*Leptophobia aripa elodia (Boisd.).—E] Jaral, 14, 23 Sept., 16, 12 (RSM). 

*Pereute charops (Boisd.).—El Jaral, 1, 5 Nov., 266, 2292 (RSM). These 
individuals were taken in shaded forest. 

Itabalia demophile calydonia (Boisd.)—2 mi. S El Corpus, 7 Oct., 1¢ (RSM). 
This male is the first specimen of this species from the Pacific slope of Honduras. 
Godman and Salvin (1879-1901) list specimens from San Pedro Sula and Ruatan, 
one of the Bay Islands. Monroe’s specimen was captured as it flew along a 
trail in the monsoon forest. 

Itabalia pisonis kicaha (Reak.).—Lancetilla (500’), 27 June 1961, 1g (RNW). 
This individual was taken in dense forest. 

Ascia monuste monuste (L.).—La Lima, 15 March 1961, 13 Feb., 7 May; Lancetilla, 
Spring 1962; 346 ¢, 12 (RNW). Siguatepeque, 24 Aug.; Potrerillos, 29 Aug.; 
564 (RSM). These specimens constitute the first mainland record for this 


190 MonroeE ET AL.: Honduran butterflies Vol. 21, nem 


species; the previous Honduran record is from Ruatan (Godman and _ Salvin, 
1879-1901 ). 

Ascia josephina (Btlr. & Druce).—Calan, 9 July 1961, 17 May, 16, 12 (RNW). 

Melete isandra (Boisd.).—Calan, 29 Oct. 1961, Spring 1962, 26 ¢ (RNW). 

Anteos chlorinde (Godt.).—Calan, 17 May; Guaruma #2, 18 July 1961; 24 6 
(RNW). El Jaral, 6, 13 Aug.; Potrerillos, 29 Aug.; 3¢ 6, 19 (RSM). 

Phoebis sennae marcellina (Cr.).—Guaruma #3, 17 July 1961; La Lima, 8 July 
1961, 15 May; Lancetilla, 18 June 1961, Spring 1962; San Alejo, 21 April; 5¢ ¢, 
19 (RNW). EI Jaral, 6, 7, 12 Aug.; Potrerillos, 29 Aug.; 4¢ 6, 49 2 (RSM). 
The San Alejo female is atypical; the ground color dorsally is yellow, like the 
males, and the markings are not as conspicuous as those of a typical female, 
either dorsally or ventrally. 

Phoebis philea (Johan.).—E] Jaral, 14 Sept.; Potrerillos, 10, 11, 29 Aug.; 4¢ 6, 192 
(RSM). : 

Phoebis argante (Fabr.).—Progreso, 21 May 1961; Calan, 17, 25 May; 4264 
(RNW). El Jaral, 12 Aug.; Potrerillos, 29 Aug.; 16, 12 (RSM). 

*Phoebis agarithe maxima (Neum.).—Guaruma #2, 18 July 1961, 1¢ (RNW). 

Phoebis statira jada (Btlr.).—Calan, 25 May, 1¢ (RNW). 

Eurema albula (Cr.).—E] Jaral, 6, 8, 9, 13, 25 Aug.; Potrerillos, 10 Aug.; Lancetilla, 
19 Aug.; 66 6, 32 2 (RSM). These specimens constitute the first Honduran 
mainland records for the species, which has been previously recorded only from 
Ruatan (Godman and Salvin, 1879-1901). 

Eurema daira daira (Godt.).—Lancetilla, Spring 1962, 1¢ (RNW). Potrerillos, 
11, 29 Aug.; Dept. of Cortés, 10 Aug.; Tela, 18 Aug.; Siguatepeque, 24 Aug.; 
6446, 2292 (RSM). 

Eurema boisduvaliana Feld. & Feld.—E] Jaral, 6, 7, 8, 9, 13, 25 Aug., 16 Sept.; 
Potrerillos, 10 Aug.; 7¢6 6, 32 9 (RSM). 

Eurema proterpia (Fabr.).—La Cumbre, 14 May 1961; La Lima, 13 Feb. 1962; 
Cofradia, 3 Sept. 1961; 36 6 (RNW). EI Jaral, 25, 27 Aug.; Tela, 18 Aug.; 
486,292 (RSM). The La Cumbre specimen is a tailed, dry season or winter 
form. 

Eurema lisa Boisd. & LeC.—Potrerillos, 11 Aug.; Tela, 18 Aug.; 1¢, 12 (RSM). 

Eurema nise nelphe (R. Feld.).—Potrerillos, 10 Aug.; Siguatepeque, 24 Aug.; 2¢ ¢, 
12 (RSM). 

Eurema dina westwoodi (Boisd.).—E]l Jaral, 25 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). 

Eurema nicippe (Cr.).—Potrerillos, 10 Aug., 2¢ ¢ (RSM). 


ITHOMIIDAE 


Tithorea tarricina Hew.—Lancetilla, 10, 23 June 1961, Spring 1962, 3¢ ¢, 222 
(RNW ). Lancetilla, 17 Aug. 1962, 1¢ (RSM). Lancetilla is between Truxillo 
(= Trujillo) and San Pedro Sula, the localities from which specimens of two 
races of this species are recorded in Fox (1956). 

Mechanitis polymnia lycidice Bates—lLa Lima, 15 May; San Alejo, 19 Nov. 1961; 
Lancetilla, 10, 18, 23, 25, 26 June 1961, Spring 1962; 6646, 8922 (RNW). 
El Jaral, 7, 9, 12, 13, 14, 16, 17, 26 Aug., 4, 16, 23 Sept., 136 6, 122 2 (RSM). 
The La Lima specimens are the only ones that were not taken in rain forest or 
at its edge. 

Mechanitis menapsis saturata Godm.—Lancetilla, 23 June 1961, Spring 1962, 1¢, 
19 (RNW). El Jaral) 23 Sept, 19 (RSM): 

Hypothyris lycaste diomaea (Hew.).—Lancetilla, 11 June 1961, 1¢ (RNW). 

Napeogenes tolosa (Hew.).—E] Jaral, 23 Sept., 1¢ (RSM). 

*“Ithomia patilla (Stdgr.).—Lancetilla, 18 June 1961, 19 (RNW). El Jaral, 7, 
14:16 Ane. 4 23 Sept Sos. 22 CRS) 

*Hyposcada virginiana virginiana (Hew. ).—E] Jaral, 5 Sept., 1¢ (RSM). 

*Aeria pacifica G. & S.—Lancetilla, 2, 26 June 1961, 16, 19 (RNW). 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 191 


Callithomia hezia hezia (Hew.).—Lancetilla, 27 June 1961, Spring 1962, 14, 19 
(RNW). 

Dircenna klugi (Geyer).—E] Jaral, 7, 12, 13, 26, 27 Aug., 4, 16, 23 Sept., 63 6, 
629 (RSM). 

Dircenna euchytma (Feld.).—EI] Jaral, 16 Sept., 12 (RSM). 

Pteronymia cottyto (Guér.).—Lancetilla, Spring 1962, 12 (RNW). El Jaral, 6 
Aug., 19 (RSM). 

Godyris sosunga (Reak.).—Lancetilla, 26 June, Spring 1962, 3¢ ¢ (RNW). 

*Greta nero (Hew.).—El Jaral, 16 Aug., 12 (RSM). 

Greta oto (Hew. ).—Lancetilla, Spring 1962, 1¢ (RNW). El Jaral, 6, 16, 26 Aug. 
Sea 22 (RSM). 

*Hypoleria cassotis (Bates ).—Lancetilla (500’), 27 June 1961; Lancetilla, Spring 
1962; 26 ¢, 12 (RNW). Seitz (1923) listed this butterfly from Guatemala 
and Panama. 


DANAIDAE 


Lycorea ceres atergatis (Doubl.).—Calan, 14 July 1961, 25, 26 May, 16, 2 
CORR reelojarae 7. 9 Aug., 1¢, 19 (RSM). 

Danaus plexippus plexippus (L.).—lLa Lima, 5, 11. March, 14 May, 266, 19 
(RNW). El Jaral, 21 Aug., 1 @ (RSM). The two La Lima specimens taken in 
March were reared in captivity and the dates represent those of emergence. 

Danaus gilippus strigosus (Bates).—Calan, 25 May; La Mesa, 18 July, 27 Aug. 
1961; La Lima, 20 Feb., 17 May; Lancetilla, 8 June 1961, 27 Jan., Spring 1962; 
566, 322 (RNW). Tela, 18 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). These specimens represent 
the first mainland records for Honduras, since the species has been previously 
recorded only from Ruatan (Godman and Salvin, 1879-1901). 

Danaus eresimus montezuma Tal—Guaruma #3, 17 July 1961; La Mesa, 27 
Aug. 1961; Lancetilla, 2 June 1961, Spring 1962; 2¢ 6,422 (RNW). E! Jaral, 
13 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). 


SATYRIDAE 


*Callitaera menander (Drury ).—Lancetilla (500’), 27 June 1961, 1¢ (RNW). 

*Antirrhea miltiades (Fabr.).—Lancetilla, Spring 1962, 1¢ (RNW). This species 
has been previously reported from Guatemala and Nicaragua (Seitz, 1923). 

*Pierella luna luna (Fabr.).—Lancetilla, 30 June 1961, 1¢ (RNW). This species 
has been previously recorded from most of the other Central American countries 
(Seitz, 1923). 

*Taygetis andromeda (Cr.).—Lancetilla, Spring 1962, 2¢ ¢ (RNW). El Jaral, 
12, 13, 14 Aug., 16 Sept.; Lancetilla, 19 Aug.; 4¢ ¢, 192 (RSM). Previously, 
this satyr has been known from countries on both sige of Honduras (Seitz, 
1923). 

Taygetis nympha Btlr.—Lancetilla, 7 June 1961, 16, 12 (RNW). 

*Euptychia hesione (Sulz).—San Alejo, 19 Nov. 1961, 1¢ (RNW). El Jaral, 9 
Aug., 26 6 (RSM). 

Euptychia metaleuca (Boisd.).—El Jaral, 27, 28 Aug., 17 Sept., 2 Nov., 24 4, 
322 (RSM). 

Euptychia labe Btlr.—Lancetilla, 19 Aug., 19 (RSM). 

Euptychia hermes (¥abr.).—La Lima, 6 Feb., 24 March; Lancetilla, 27 Jan.; 4¢ ¢, 
19 (RNW). El Jaral, 6, 14 uy Siguatepeque, 24 Aug.; Lancetilla, 19 Aug.; 
A866, 29292 (RSM). 

Beuchia ibve (le) E Jaral, 9) 12, 13, 28 Aug, 16, 17 Sept; 3 mi S El 
Corpus, 29 Sept.; 6 mi. NE Nemcnatic. 29 Sept; 566, 422 (RSM). In 
Honduras the species previously has not been recorded from the mainland or the 
Pacific slope. 

Euptychia similis Btlr—Lancetilla, 17 Aug., 12 (RSM). 

*Cyllopsis hedemanni Feld.—El Jaral, 17 Sept., 1 specimen of undetermined sex 


192 MONROE ET AL.: Honduran butterflies Vol; 21, noms 


(RSM). This species has been previously recorded from Mexico, Guatemala, and 
Costa Rica (Seitz, 1923). 


BRASSOLIDAE 


Opsiphanes tamarinde Feld.—La Lima, 24 March 1961; Lancetilla, 23 June 1961; 
222 (RNW). 

Opsiphanes guiteria quirinus G. & S.—Cerro Santa Barbara (3500’), 28 Nov., 1¢é 
(RSM). 

Opsiphanes cassina fabricii (Boisd.).—San Alejo, 22 Aug. 1961; La Lima, 28 Jan.; 
266, 229 (RNW). San Pedro Sula, 20 March 1963, 1¢ (RSM). The San 
Alejo individual was captured as it emerged from its pupa on a Royal Palm tree. 
Bates (1932) investigated the life history of this species at Tela. 

*Caligo oileus scamander (Boisd.).—Lancetilla, 28 June 1961, 1¢ (RNW). Lan- 
cetilla, 19 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). This species has been recorded by Seitz (1923) 
from “Costa Rica, Panama (?), Mexico (?), and Guatemala (?).” 

Caligo memnon (Feld.).—La Lima, 13 Aug. 1961, 1¢ (RNW). El Jaral, 21 
Aug., 2, 17 Sept., 14, 22 Nov., 36 6, 22 9 (RSM). These butterflies were seen 
in their typical crepuscular flight pattern in semi-open forest. In addition, they 
were noted in large numbers around ripened bananas; the larvae are known to 
cause considerable damage to bananas. 

Caligo eurilochus sulanus Fruhs.—Lancetilla, 6 Feb., 12 (RNW). 


NYMPHALIDAE 


Morpho peleides montezuma Guén.—El Jaral, 28 Aug., 16 (RSM). Besides the 
recorded specimen, there were many additional sight records, which may have 
been of other species in this genus. Of particular interest are sightings of two 
individuals flying across the road in very arid localities. One was seen on 24 
Sept. 1962 (RSM) near Comayagua in the Comayagua Valley, typified by scrubby 
growth with cacti; a few days later, south of Tegucigalpa in the Dept. of Fran- 
cisco Morazan, another was recorded in a region of precipitous mountains with 
scrubby pines. 

Actinote anteas (Doubl. & Hew.).—EI Jaral, 17 Sept.; Cerro Santa Barbara ( 4500’), 
28 Oct.; 29 9 (RSM). 

*Actinote leucomelas (Bates).—Cerro Santa Barbara (4000’), 7 Dec., 1¢, 12 
(RSM). 

Dryadula phaetusa (1.).—Lancetilla, Spring 1962, 1¢ (RNW). 

*Agraulis vanillae incarnata (Riley).—La Lima, 3 Sept. 1961, 1¢ (RNW). El 
Jaral, 12 Aug., 16 (RSM). 

*Dione juno huascama (Reak.).—El Jaral, 14 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). 

*Dione moneta poeyii ( Btlr.).—EI Jaral, 18 Sept., 1¢ (RSM). 

Dryas. iulia iulia (Fabr:)—Calan, 17, 18, 25 May; La lima, 27 -AneeG@oieae 
15 May; Progreso, 21 May 1961; Lancetilla, 11 June 1961, 25 Jan., 21 April, 
Spring 1962; 126 6, 49 2 (RNW). El Jaral, 6, 11, 12, 13, 26 Aug.; Potrerillos, 
11 Aug.; Dept. of Cortés, 10 Aug.; 566, 292 (RSM). This butterfly was 
one of the most common species in open areas. 

*Heliconius (Semelia) aliphera gracilis (Stich.).—El] Jaral, 13 Aug., 23 Sept., 
266,12 (RSM). 

Heliconius (Eueides) cleobaea zorcaon (Reak.).—E] Jaral, 8, 12 Aug., 26 6, 192 
(RSM). 

Heliconius (Heliconius) ismenius telchinia Doubl.—San Alejo, 21 April; Lancetilla, 
10 June 1961, Spring 1962; 3¢ 6 (RNW). El Jaral, 17 Aug., 12 (RSM). 

Heliconius (Heliconius) anderida zuleika Hew.—3 mi. S El Corpus, 29 Sept., 1¢ 
(RSM). This specimen was taken in monsoon forest. 

*Heliconius (Heliconius) cydno galanthus Bates.—Lancetilla, 27 June 1961, 
Spring 1962, 2¢ 6 (RNW). 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 193 


*Heliconius (Heliconius) doris transiens Stgr. 
(RNW). 

Heliconius (Heliconius) sapho leuce Doubl. 
Spring 1962, 3¢ 6 (RNW). 

*Heliconius (Heliconius) sara veraepacis Bates.—E] Jaral, 17 Sept. 1962, 1¢ (RSM). 
Seitz (1923) recorded this species from Guatemala and Panama. 

Heliconius (Heliconius) petiveranus Doubl.—Calan, 25 May; Guaruma #3, 17 
July 1961; La Lima, 13 Feb.; San Alejo, 19 Nov. 1961, 21 April; Lancetilla, 17, 
23,259 June 1961, 10 May, Spring 1962; 126 6; 12 (RNW). El Jaral, 6, 8, 9, 
12 Aug., 4 Sept., 56 6 (RSM). This species usually was seen along forest edge 
or in semi-open areas. 

Heliconius (Heliconius) charitonius vazquezae Com. & Br.—Calan, 17 May; La 
Mesa, 27 Aug. 1961; Lancetilla, Spring 1962; 36 ¢ (RNW). El Jaral, 8, 9, 12, 
13 Aug., 4¢ 6 (RSM). This species was frequently collected in open areas. 

Heliconius (Heliconius) hortense Guér.—Cerro San Juancito (6000’), 18 Nov., 14 
(RSM). 

*Euptoieta hegesia hoffmanni Com.—La Mesa, 27 Aug. 1961; La Lima, 13 Aug. 
1961, 11 May; San Alejo, 31 May 1961; Lancetilla, 26 June 1961; 44 ¢, 229 
(RNW). EI Jaral, 8, 9, 25 Aug.; Potrerillos, 10, 29 Aug.; 6¢ ¢ (RSM). These 
are, surprisingly, the first specimens of this common insect recorded from Hon- 
duras. 

Chlosyne janais (Drury ).—Lancetilla, 6 July 1961, 1¢, 19 (RNW). EI Jaral, 9, 
13, 14, 27 Aug., 56 6, 22 2 (RSM). All specimens are of the form irrubescens 
Hall. 

*Chlosyne hippodrome (Geyer).—3 mi. S El Corpus, 29 Sept.; 6 mi. NE Namasigiie, 
29 Sept. 26 6 (RSM). Seitz (1923) recorded this species only from Mexico, 
Panama, and Colombia. 

Chlosyne lacinia lacinia (Geyer).—E] Jaral, 12, 17, 23, 27 Aug.; Potrerillos, 10, 29 
Aug.; Dept. of Cortés, 10 Aug.; El Sauce, 12 Sept.; 13¢ ¢ (RSM). There are 
a variety of forms represented among these specimens. 

Chlosyne melanarge (Bates ).—Cofradia, 3 Sept. 1961, 16, 12 (RNW). 

Chlosyne erodyle (Bates ).—E] Sauce, 12 Sept., 1¢ (RSM). 

Chlosyne gaudealis (Bates ).—Lancetilla, 17 June 1961, Spring 1962, 3¢ ¢, 299 
(RNW). Lancetilla, 17 Aug., 12 (RSM). Several of these specimens are of the 
form laeta Rober. 

Thessalia theona (Ménét.).—El Jaral, 6, 12, 13, 14, 29 Aug., 16, 429 2 (RSM). 

*Microtia elua Bates.—Palmerola, 28 Sept., 1¢ 12 (RSM). These specimens were 
captured as they flew low in an open, though shaded, dry area. 

Phyciodes (Eresia) frisia tulcis (Bates) —lILa Lima (greenhouse), 20 Feb., 14 
(RNW). El Jaral, 6, 10, 25, 27 Aug., 36 ¢, 12 (RSM). Genitalic dissections 
indicate that these specimens are typical of the subgenus Eresia and are definitely 
frisia. 

Phyciodes (Eresia) claudina guatemalena (Bates).—EI Jaral, 9, 12, 13, 14, 26 
Aug., 9 Sept., 86 6, 222 (RSM). 

Phyciodes (Eresia) clio (L.).—El Jaral, 12, 14, 26, 27 Aug., 4 Sept., 66 6, 19 
(RSM). 

Phyciodes (Eresia) phillyra phillyra (Hew.).—El Jaral, 6, 8, 13 Aug., 4, 17, 23 
Sept., 46 6, 39 2 (RSM). According to Hall (1928-1930), no specimens have 
been previously captured in August or September. 

*Phyciodes (Tritanassa) atronia (Bates ).—E] Jaral, 12 Aug., 4 Sept., 2¢ ¢ (RSM). 
This species is found in virtually every other Central American country (Hall, 
1928-1930 ). 

Phyciodes (Tritanassa) drusilla (Feld.).—El Jaral, 12, 14, 25, 28 Aug., 4 Sept., 
464,12 (RSM). 

*Phyciodes (Tritanassa) subota G. & S.—EI Jaral, 6, 9, 21, 25, 27 Aug., 524 6, 


Lancetilla, 20 June 1961, 19 


Lancetilla, 26 May, 11 June 1961, 


194 MONROE ET AL.: Honduran butterflies Vol. 21; 2oxs 


12 (RSM). These apparently represent a new Honduran record, since Hall 
(1928-1930) did not mention a Honduran specimen that could definitely be as- 
signed to P. subota. 

*Phyciodes (Tritanassa) eranites (Hew.).—E] Jaral, 17 Sept., 1¢ (RSM). 

“Phyciodes (Tritanassa) griseobasalis Rober—E] Jaral, 14 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). 

*Vanessa virginiensis (Drury ).—E] Jaral, 13 Aug., 12 (RSM). 

Junonia evarete evarete (Cr.).—Calan, 14 July 1961; La Mesa, 26 July 1961; 16, 
19 (RNW). EI Jaral, 14 Aug.; Potrerillos, 11 Aug.; 2¢ 6 (RSM). 

*Anartia jatrophae luteipicta Fruhs.—La Lima, 11 July 1961, 2 April; Lancetilla, 
2, 30 June 1961; 346 6,292 (RNW). EI Jaral, 28 Aug., 5 Sept.; Potrerillos, 10, 
11 Aug.; Dept. of Cortés, 10 Aug.; 7¢ 6, 12 (RSM). These individuals were 
found in dry, open grassy areas. 

Metamorpha stelenes biplagiata (Fruhs.)—Calan, 9, 14 July 1961; La Lima, 19 
July 1961; 5¢ 6 (RNW). El Jaral, 10, 12, 13 Aug., 39 9 (RSM). This species 
frequently was seen in the forest or along its edge. 

Metamorpha epaphus (Latr.).—Progreso, 20 Jan.; Lancetilla, Spring 1962; 24 6, 
19 (RNW). EI Jaral; 9, 13, 25 Aug., 5 Sept., 26 Oct? 3oG5 22 Cuno 
These individuals were found along or near the forest edge. 

*Metamorpha superba (Bates).—E] Jaral, 1 Nov., 1¢ (RSM). 

Hypanartia lethe (Fabr.)—El Jaral, 14, 27, 28 Aug., 17 Sept., 36 6, 19 (RSM). 

*Hypanartia dione (Latr.).—Cerro San Juancito (6750'), 18 Nov., 19 (RSM). 
This species is recorded from Guatemala and South America (Seitz, 1923). 

Hypanartia venusta Fruhs.—Lancetilla, 5 June 1961, 25, 27 Jan., Spring 1962, 56 ¢, 
19 (RNW). El Jaral, 6, 11 Aug., 464, 19° (RSM). 

*Biblis hyperia aganisa Boisd.—Calan, 29 Oct. 1961; Lancetilla, 19 Mav; 24 @ 
(RNW). EI Jaral, 5 Nov., 1¢ (RSM). 

Pyrrhogyra hypensor G. & S.—Calan, 18 May, 1¢ (RNW). 

*Pyrrhogyra otolais neis Feld.—Lancetilla, 16 June 1961, 1 specimen of undetermined 
sex (RNW). El Jaral, 5 Sept., 1¢ (RSM). 

Pseudonica flavilla canthara (Doubl.).—E] Jaral, 14, 26 Aug., 3¢ ¢ (RSM). 

Catonephele nyctimus (Westw.).—E] Jaral, 9, 14 Aug., 5 Sept., 2¢ 6,292 2 (RSM). 

Catonephele numilia esite (R. Feld.) —El Jaral, 11, 12 Sept., 26 ¢ (RSM). 

*Nessaea aglaura (Westw. & Hew.).—El Jaral, 23 Sept., 12 (RSM). Seitz (1923) 
mentioned records only from Mexico and Guatemala. 

*Catagramma pacifica Bates.—El Jaral, 13 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). 

Catagramma lyca Doubl. & Hew.—E] Jaral, 10 Sept., 1¢ (RSM). 

Catagramma titania Sal.—E] Jaral, 8, 15 Aug., 24 ¢ (RSM). 

*Catagramma pitheas (Latr.).—E] Corpus, 10 Feb. 1963, 12 (RSM). This species 
was conspicuous and numerous on this date in the monsoon forest, although Mon- 
roe had not seen them on an earlier visit in October, 1962. Those individuals 
observed in February were in rather dense, though dry, vegetation and were 
flying 2-3 feet above the ground. Godman and Salvin (1879-1901) recorded 
this species from Nicaragua southward. 

Diaethria anna (Guér.).—Progreso, 21 May 1961; Lancetilla, Spring 1962; 4¢ ¢ 
(RNW).. El Jaral, 8, 14, 27 Aug., 10 Sept., 3¢ 6, 12 (RSM). 

Diaethria astala (Guér.).—Progreso, 21 May 1961; Lancetilla, Spring 1962; 3¢ ¢ 
(RNW).. El Jaral, 13, 14, 25 Aug., 4, 9 Sept, 4¢ 6, 292 9) (RSMO) aaeeem 
Jaral, this species and D. anna were captured flying in an open grassy area along 
a small stream adjacent to forest. 

Dynamine theseus Feld.—Calan, 18 May; Lancetilla, Spring 1962; 2¢ ¢ (RNW). 
Potrerillos, 11 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). 

Dynamine mylitta (Cr.).—E] Jaral, 12, 14 Aug., 4, 16 Sept.; Potrerillos, 29 Aug.; 
788 (RSM). These individuals were captured as they flew near the ground in 
semi-open, moist areas. 

*“Dynamine glauce (Bates). 


Calan; 17 May. Oo; (GRINWa): 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 195 


Hamadryas februa gudula (Fruhs.).—E] Jaral, 4 Sept., 1¢ (RSM). All individuals 
representing this genus were collected in semi-open areas as they flew from 
tree to tree with an erratic flight, clicking their wings in characteristic manner. 

Hamadryas feronia farinulenta (Fruhs.).—E] Jaral, 16 Sept., 2¢ ¢, 12 (RSM). 

*Hamadryas ferox (Stgr.).—Calan, 14 July 1961, 19 (RNW). This specimen 
appears to be the form diasia (Fruhs.). 

*Hamadryas fornax (Hib. ).—F] Jaral, 25, 27 Aug., 2¢6 6 (RSM). 

*Hamadryas iphthime (Bates ).—E] Jaral, 16 Sept., 1¢ (RSM). 

Hamadryas laodamia laodamia (Cr.).—E] Jaral, 10 Aug., 9 Sept., 2¢ ¢ (RSM). 

Hamadryas amphinome mexicana Luc.—E] Jaral, 9, 13 Aug., 24 6 (RSM). 

Marpesia chiron (Fabr.).—Calan, 17, 25 May; Lancetilla, 30 June 1961, 17 May; 
566,12 (RNW). El Jaral, 21 Aug.; Potrerillos, 29 Aug.; 3¢6 ¢ (RSM). 

*Marpesia merops (Blanch.).—Lancetilla (500’), 27 June 1961, 16, 12 (RNW). 
These specimens were taken in the denser rain forest at Lancetilla. They rep- 
resent a northern extension of the range of this species. Seitz (1923) recorded 
the species from Costa Rica to South America. 

Marpesia berania (Hew.).—E]l Jaral, 12 Aug., 22 Sept., 3¢ 6 (RSM). 

*Limenitis (Adelpha) cytherea marcia (Fruhs.).—San Alejo, 19 Nov. 1961, 12 
(RNW). 

*Limenitis (Adelpha) iphicla (L.)—Guaruma #2, 4 Sept. 1961, 1¢ (RNW). 
El Jaral, 12 Aug., 23 Sept., 29 9 (RSM). 

*Limenitis (Adelpha) lerna (Hew.).—Lancetilla, Spring 1962, 1¢ (RNW). Seitz 
(1923) recorded this species from Nicaragua to Colombia. 

*Limenitis (Adelpha) paraeca (Bates).—E] Jaral, 12 Aug., 5 Nov. 1962, 244 
(RSM). This species was recorded by Seitz (1923) from Guatemala and Costa 
Rica. 

Chlorippe pavon (Latr.).—E] Jaral, 1 Nov., 1¢ (RSM). 

Chlorippe laure (Drury ).—Calan, 25 May, 1¢é (RNW). Amapa, 13 Sept.; Potrerillos, 
29 Aug.; 2¢ 6 (RSM). This species was taken along roadsides adjacent to forest. 

SHastoms soaus —(Fabr.).—LlLancetilla, Spring 1962,,1¢6 (RNW).- El Jaral, 25 
Aug., 2 Dec., 2¢ 6 (RSM). The specimen taken on 2 December was shot from 
the upper branches of a tall rain forest tree. 

*Historis acheronta (Fabr.).—lLa Mesa, 26 July 1961, 12 (RNW). This individual 
was taken from what appeared to be a migrating group which was flying at 
about 10 feet above an open grassy field. 

Smyrna blomfildia datis Fruhs.—E] Jaral, 21 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). 

Gynaecia dirce (1..).—lLa Lima, 12 Feb., 16, 12 (RNW). Cerro Santa Barbara 
(4500’), 28 Oct., 1¢ (RSM). The specimens from La Lima were reared from 
larvae taken on Cecropia hondurensis Standley. The other individual was cap- 
tured while it was flying along a logging road in low montane rain forest. 

Anaea (Memphis) oenomais (Boisd.).—El Jaral, 27 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). 

Anaea (Memphis) pithyusa (¥Feld.).—Potrerillos, 29 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). This in- 
dividual has semi-acute forewings. 

Anaea (Memphis) eurypyle confusa Hall.—E] Jaral, 22 Sept., 2¢ 6 (RSM). The 
wings of these two specimens are not acute. 


LIBYTHEIDAE 
Calan, 17 May; Cofradia, 30 Sept. 1961; 


Libytheana carinenta mexicana Mich. 
W512 (RNW). 


LYCAENIDAE 


Nearly all the members of this family were collected in semi-open, forested regions 
(primarily along forest edge) or in open fields. 
*Callophrys amyntor distractus Clen—E] Jaral, 21 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). 
*Callophrys herodotus (Fabr.).—El Jaral, 17 Sept., 12 (RSM). 


196 Monroe ET AL.: Honduran butterflies Vol. 21). nome 


*Calycopis trebula (Hew.).—San Alejo, 17 April 1963, 12 (RSM). Because of 
the poor condition of this specimen, the identification is tentative. This individual 
was taken in second-growth tropical forest. 

Calycopis beon (Cr.).—El Jaral; 9, 12, 29 Aug., 17 Sept., 5 Nov. 36 4553009 
(RSM). 

*Strymon yojoa (Reak.).—El Jaral, 5 Nov.; Palmerola, 28 Sept.; 16, 19 (RSM). 

*Thecla marsyas damo (Druce).—E] Jaral, 12 Aug., 17 Sept., 36 6 (RSM). 

*Thecla battus aufidena Hew.—Lancetilla, 2, 5 June 1961, 16, 12 (RNW). El 
Jarl 23) Anca limSept. a2 Gon ho MOE 

*Thecla linus togarna Hew.—E] Jaral, 6, 14 Aug.; Lancetilla, 19 Aug.; 46 ¢ (RSM). 

*Thecla meton (Cr.).—El Jaral, 9, 14, 21, 27 Aug., 17, 23 Sept., 96 6,392 2 (RSM). 

Thecla syncellus syncellus (Cr.).—E] Jaral, 20 Sept., 5 Nov., 16, 12 (RSM). 

*“Thecla’ talayra Hew.—Lancetilla, 18 June 1961, 1¢ (RNW). 

*“Thecla’” polibetes (Cr.).—El Jaral, 12 Aug., 23 Sept., 29 9 (RSM). 

*Thecla “cambessGac& SE alaraleaite sAuices les GAS Vie 

*Thecla “scopas Gy & S-—E lara 3aSepea lo. (Roni: 

*“Thecla’ kalikamaha Clen.—E]l Jaral, 13 Aug., 12 (RSM). 

“Thecla”’ sito (Boisd.).—El] Jaral, 17 Sept., 26 6 (RSM). These specimens are 
the first recorded from the Honduran mainland, the species having been previously 
recorded from Ruatan (Godman and Salvin, 1879-1901 ). 

Hemiargus ceraunus zachaeina (Btlr. & Druce).—Tela, 18 Aug.; Palmerola, 28 
Sept.; 36 ¢, 292 (RSM). This species was also seen in numbers on Utila, 
one of the Bay Islands, in May, 1963 (RSM). The specimens from Palmerola 
were taken at the same locale as Microtia elva, a spot very unlike the beach at Tela. 

Everes comyntas comyntas (Godt.).—E] Jaral, 6, 26 Aug., 4, 23 Sept.; Tela, 18 
Aug.; Lancetilla, 19 Aug.; 6¢ 6 (RSM). 


RIODINIDAE 


*Euselasia chrysippe (Bates ).—Lancetilla, 17 Aug., 12 (RSM). 

*Fuselasia eubule (R. Feld.).—E] Jaral, 5 Nov., 26 6 (RSM). 

*Teucochimona vestalis vestalis (Bates ).—E] Jaral, 5 Sept.; Lancetilla, 19 Aug.; 1¢, 
EOF CRSND)E 

Mesosemia tetrica Stich—E] Jaral, 12, 26 Aug., 26 ¢ (RSM). This species was 
seen in moist, weedy, shaded areas along forest edge. 

*Eurybia halimede (Hub.).—EI Jaral, 17 Sept., 19 (RSM). 

*Rhetus arcius thia (Mor.).—El Jaral, 14 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). This specimen was 
taken in a forest clearing where a garden was planted. 

*Calephelis velutina (G. & S.).—El Jaral, 12, 13 Aug., 26 6 (RSM). 

*Calephelis argyrodines Bates.—E]l Jaral, 9, 12 Aug.; Siguatepeque, 24 Aug.; 3¢ 6 
(RSM). 

Calephelis spp.—El1 Jaral, 9, 10, 12, 14, 17 Aug., 66 6, 12 (RSM). There are 
apparently two different species in this group of unidentified Calephelis. The six 
males have a ventral pattern that is similar to that of C. argyrodines, but they are 
twice the size of the latter. The single female is quite different from any other 
specimen we have. 

*Charmona gynaea zama (Bates).—El Jaral, 14 Aug., 23 Sept., 24 ¢ (RSM). 

*Lasaia narses Stdgr.—E] Jaral, 9, 13, 14 Aug., 5 Nov., 36 6,19 (RSM). 

*Symmachia accusatrix Westw.—E] Jaral, 17 Sept., 1¢ (RSM). 

*Charis myrtea (G. & S.).—EI Jaral, 13. Aus. 266, 12 (RSME 

*Anteros formosa (Cr.).—El Jaral, 13 Aug., 2¢ ¢ (RSM). 

Emesis lupina G. & S.—E] Jaral, 9, 25 Aug., 4, 22 Sept., 36 6, 19 (RSM). 

Emesis tenedia Feld.—El Jaral, 21 Aug., 23 Sept., 2¢ ¢ (RSM). 

Emesis mandana mandana (Cr.).—ElI Jaral, 12, 27 Aug., 17, 23 Sept., 56 ¢ (RSM). 

*Emesis ocypore (Hub. & Geyer).—El Jaral, 13 Aug., 19 (RSM). 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 197 


Emesis sp.—E] Jaral, 14 Sept., 16? (RSM). This individual is much darker than 
any other Emesis in our collections. 

Theope virgilius Fabr.—E] Jaral, 13, 14 Aug., 26 6, 12 (RSM). Identification of 
these specimens is tentative. 

*Lemonias cilissa Hew.—E] Jaral, 9, 14 Aug., 26 6 (RSM). 

*Peplia lamis molpe (Hib.).—El Jaral, 12 Aug., 23 Sept., 16, 12 (RSM). 

*Peplia ascolia (Hew.).—El Jaral, 9 Aug., 1¢ (RSM). 

*Calociasma lilina (Btlr.).—El Jaral, 12 Aug., 19 (RSM). 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


We are indebted to numerous people in Honduras who helped in 
many ways in the collection of these specimens. We particularly wish 
to thank Dr. W. W. Plowden, Jr., of Finca Fé; Sr. Carlos Rodriguez 
Williams and Sr. J. B. Alegria, of Choluteca; Sr. José Amer, of La Lima; 
and Mr. Carlos Evers, Mr. John D. Dickson, III, Sr. Manuel Funes 
P., Mr. Richard Washburn, the late Mr. Paul H. Allen, Jr., and the 
many other employees of the United Fruit Company who gave their 
time to further our study. 

Among those who helped make the Monroe expedition possible, 
we wish to thank Dr. George H. Lowery, Jr., of Louisiana State Uni- 
versity; Mr. Clarence J. Schoo, of Springfield, Massachusetts; and Mr. 
Dulaney Logan, of Louisville, Kentucky. 

For their help with our many and varied nomenclatural problems, 
we are further indebted to Mr. Harry K. Clench, Carnegie Museum, 
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; Dr. L. D. Miller, Catholic University, Wash- 
ington, D.C.; and Mr. F. Martin Brown, Fountain Valley School, Colorado 
Springs, Colorado. 

In addition, we would like to thank Dr. Burt L. Monroe, Jr., for 
his many contributions, both in the field and in the preparation of the 
manuscript. 

LITERATURE CITED 


Bates, M., 1932. Notes on the metamorphosis of the Brassolidae (Lepidoptera). 
Bull) Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 27: 155-163. 

Fox, R. M., 1956. A monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera). Part 1. Bull. 
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 111: 5—76. 

Gopman, F. C., & O. Savin, 1879-1901. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. 
Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera. 2 vols. London, 1269 pp. 

Hatt, A., 1928-1930. A monographic revision of the genus Phyciodes Hubner. Bull. 
Hill Mus. Suppl., 2-4: 1-204. 

Monrog, B. L., Jr., 1965. A Distributional Survey of the Birds of Honduras. Un- 
published dissertation, Louisiana State University, Department of Zoology, 1013 


Ppp. 
Seitz, A., 1923. The American Rhopalocera. Macrolepidoptera of the World. 
Vol. 5. Stuttgart, 1139 pp. 


198 GarpinErR: Periphoba hircia Vol: 21, noxis 


THE LIFE HISTORY OF PERIPHOBA HIRCIA (SATURNIIDAE) 
WITH A NOTE ON DISTRIBUTION AND LARVAL VARIATION 


Brian O. C. GARDINER 
18 Chesterton Hall Crescent, Cambridge, England 


This paper is one of a series dealing with the rearing of Neotropical 
Saturniidae from eggs imported into England. Periphoba hircia Cramer 
was found to be one of the easier species to rear and was one of the few 
in which it was possible to carry stock for several generations. Larvae 
originating from Trinidad were found to differ from Panamanian ex- 
amples. 

P. hircia is not included in the catalogue of the Trinidad Lepidoptera 
by Kaye and Lamont (1923). It is, however, represented in the collection 
of the New York Zoological Society by specimens from the Arima valley 
(Blest, in litt.) and has been recorded as readily available from there 
by Blest (1960a). The eggs sent to me were laid by a female caught 
in the Arima valley, by Dr. T. S. Collett. Those from Panama were laid 
by females caught on Barro Colorado Island by Dr. A. D. Blest. 


REARING TECHNIQUE 


All stages were kept at 20-25° C, with occasional fluctuations of = 5° 
C. The humidity was uncontrolled. The eggs and first instar larvae were 
kept in small glass-topped metal tins; second and third instar larvae in 
plastic boxes; larvae from the fourth instar onwards in large wooden 
and muslin cages, 18 inches square, two feet high. Pupation took place 
in these cages and so did adult pairing. All stages were subject to natural 
British daylight conditions, with irregular extra artificial light from time 
to time in the evenings whilst the stocks were being attended to. Under 
these conditions there was no diapause and the total period of the 
life history was about five months. 


OBSERVATIONS 


Egg.—vVery slightly ovoid, measuring 2.5 mm X 2.3 mm X 2.5 mm. Color white 
with a small black micropyle. Laid in regular batches, weakly attached with a 
clear cement. Pale green when just laid, turning white in a matter of seconds. 

In captivity only about 200 eggs or less were obtained. A dissected 
virgin contained approximately 400 eggs. 

A very curious phenomenon was the partial collapse of the eggs a 
few days before hatching. The top of the egg became depressed inwards 
to form a shallow depression around the micropyle. At first it was 
thought that these eggs were going to prove infertile, but subsequently 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 199 


it was noticed that genuine infertile eggs collapsed not only more quickly, 
but from the sides. There was no color change prior to hatching, nor 
was the developing larva visible through the rather thick shell. Hatching 
occurred three weeks after laying. 

Larvae.—The smaller larvae are gregarious and processionary, feeding 
and resting in groups. By the fourth instar they have started to disperse, 
feeding singly at night, and remaining in their feeding position during 
the day. The larvae have six instars, and show a fair amount of scatter 
in the time taken to pass through the last two. There was no significant 
difference in the development times of those from Panama or Trinidad. 
The instar development times, in days, were as follows: Ist—9; 2nd—7; 
ord—/; 4th—9: 5th—7-17; 6th—13-28. Mean total 53. 

The first and second instar Panamanian larvae are a fairly uniform 
reddish-brown, with black spines. Those from Trinidad are chocolate- 
brown. In the third instar a green lateral line develops; in the fourth 
the green extends over the dorsal surface and the fifth and sixth instars 
are virtually similar. 


Full-grown larvae (Panama) (Fig. 1) 7-10 cm long (females larger than males). 
Dorsal surface a pale, rather whitish, blue-green, a little less whitish laterally. 
Spiracles orange. Ventrally the whole surface a uniform pale green. On abdominal 
segments a pronounced lateral ridge which gradually becomes light purplish toward 
the head end. Prolegs translucent green, claspers on inner side brown; fringed with 
white hairs. Anal segment and claspers outlined in pink. Chalazae short, with dense 
spines, especially on dorsal surface. Segments 1-3 with four chalazae on each side; 
on segments 4—5, lateral chalazae modified; from segment 6 onwards rather smaller 
spines, no sublateral. Along the lateral line the chalazae short, with four short 
spines and two long white ones directed along the lateral line. On segment 11 a 
densely spined central dorsal chalaza. Penultimate segment with a small central 
dorsal chalaza and on either side two long (1.5—2.0 cm) whitish chalazae with short 
spines. Spines and chalazae green, similar to body. 


Sting.—Of all the Hemileucinae larvae whose sting the author has 
experienced, P. hircia was by far the most painful. There also appears 
to be a difference between the long lateral spines and the others. The 
ordinary spines produced an effect similar to that of a nettle (Urtica 
dioica), but far more persistent, the skin still being tender after five 
hours. The effect had worn off by the following moming. From the 
long lateral spine there was a burning sensation similar to that of a 
honey bee (Apis mellifera L.) sting. There was a slight reddening and 
swelling and the skin was hot and remained swollen and tender for 
several days. A red mark (similar to a blood blister) was evident after 
four days and this persisted for about three weeks. It is worth mentioning 
that the effect from no other Hemileucid larva has lasted more than half- 
an-hour. 

Larval differences: Trinidad vs. Panama.—While there are no struc- 


200 GarRDINER: Periphoba hircia Vol. 21; nexs 


tural differences, the larvae from Trinidad differed in color and to some 
extent in behavior, from the Panamanian. The earlier instar difference 
has already been mentioned above. In the final instar the shade of green 
is different. The dorsal surface on Trinidad individuals is dark green, 
the chalazae and spines similar, becoming even darker laterally. The 
lateral ridge is whitish with the spines greenish-white and black-tipped. 
Ventrally Trinidad larvae are greenish blue, rather darker than the 
Panamanian examples and with a sprinkling of small blackish dots. The 
claspers are similar, feet outlined brown. The head is rather shiny green. 
Dorsally, the intersegmental membrane between segments 3-4; 4-5; 5-6; 
and 6-7 is crimson. This color is not visible when the larva is normally 
at rest, but when it is disturbed the larva assumes a curved position like 
an interrogation mark [?], the head being tucked into the forelegs. The 
crimson then comes prominently into view. The long chalazae on the 
penultimate segment are greenish-white with blackish spines. The anal 
segment is entirely pinkish-brown. 

Although it was not possible to carry out detailed and controlled ex- 
periments on behavior, the larvae from Trinidad and from Panama were 
reared side by side and it was possible to make a few general observa- 
tions on the behavioral differences. 

In the earlier instars (the third especially) the Trinidad larvae ex- 
hibited a communal reaction on being disturbed as, for instance, jarring 
the plastic box they were in. This reaction consisted in throwing the 
head and thoracic segments up into the air two or three times. This 
reaction could not be initiated in the Panama larvae. 

In the middle instars the Trinidad larvae showed a marked tendency 
to drop off their food and wriggle violently on the floor on being 
disturbed. This usually happened when they were being given fresh 
food. Up to about 50 per cent would sometimes do this. With the 
Panama larvae a few would do this, certainly not more than 10 per cent, 
and it was considered that both lots were being given about an equal 
amount of disturbance and the cages contained approximately equal 
numbers of larvae. 

Finally in the final instar there was the assumption of the [?] position 
(Fig. 1), although to elucidate this, rather rough treatment (firm 
prodding; picking up with forceps) needed to be applied. This pro- 
duced the crimson flash in the Trinidad larvae and there was the firm 
impression—which cannot, however, be supported by definite numerical 
data—that this reaction was more likely to be assumed by the Trinidad 
specimens. 

It is interesting to speculate upon these differences. Poisonous spines 
do not constitute an absolute defence. It has been reported (Blest, 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 201 


Fig. 1. Full-grown larva of Periphoba hircia Cramer. This larva shows the “?” 
position assumed when it is disturbed. 


personal communication) that a Coatimundi (Nasua sp.) can roll the 
spines off Automeris spp. on stony ground and then eat the larvae. Only 
field observations in Trinidad and Panama can elucidate the problem 
associated with the crimson flash in P. hircia. 

There is no recent revision of Periphoba and the Panamanian examples 
are true hircia and not the form arcaei reported by Draudt (1930) as 
corresponding with some specimens from Panama. The present author 
could not on gross differences, separate the adults from the two localities, 
but it is possible they may prove to be different species. On the other 
hand Automeris memusae Walker has different larvae from the southern 
and northern limits of its range according to studies by the present author. 
Due to lack of material no attempt could be made at cross-pairing the 
adults from the two localities. 

Foodplants.—The larvae proved to be fairly polyphagous on temperate 
region deciduous trees, and on one evergreen tree. The newly-hatched 
larvae were given a wide choice. The majority of the larger larvae, how- 
ever, were mainly fed on beech (Fagus sylvatica) or evergreen oak 
(Quercus ilex) due to their availability. The F, generation was reared 


202 GarpInER: Periphoba hircia Vol! 21, nome 


almost entirely on evergreen oak and in the final instar finished their 
development on hawthorn (Crataegus oxyacantha). The specimens of 
this generation were rather small compared to those of the first. The 
following leaves were readily eaten: various plums and cherries (Prunus 
spp.); black locust (Robinia pseudoacacia); beech (Fagus sylvatica): 
oaks (Quercus spp.); apple (Malus sp.); hawthorn (Crataegus oxyacantha); 
hornbeam (Carpinus betulus). Black poplar (Populus nigra) and privet 
(Ligustrum ovalifolium) were refused. 

Pupation.—When the larvae are full grown the green color is gradually 
replaced by a pink shade, during a period of about 48 hours. This com- 
mences as a broad dorsal stripe and gradually diffuses over the rest of 
the body. The spines also fade and become yellowish. After wandering 
about for a day the larvae settled down to make a cocoon. They were 
supplied, in the rearing cage, with a few inches of moist peat on top 
of which was a thick layer of sphagnum moss. The majority of the 
cocoons were formed under the moss, the whole of the outside of the 
cocoon being firmly covered with the peat. The larvae pupated fairly 
uniformly over the floor area of the cage. This was in marked contrast 
to the choice of so many species which prefer the corners and angles 
and also to the very fussy larvae of Dirphia curitiba Draudt, which could 
not be induced to pupate in the cages and for which special provision 
had to be made (Gardiner, 1963). 

The cocoon of P. hircia is a double structure. There is a thin, rather 
clear, papery inner chamber. The outer chamber is loosely spun and 
on its outer surface is firmly adherent to its surroundings, in this case 
particles of peat and moss. The inner chamber is suspended within the 
outer by a number of stalks, there being about one-eighth of an inch 
gap between the two. 

The majority of the pupae were used for physiological experiments. 
The duration of the few retained was 2'2-3 months. 

Adults.—The freshly emerged adult gives off a pervading and persistent 
odor of rotten onions. Most of this odor appears to originate from the 
copious meconium. It is subtly different from, although similar to, and 
certainly more persistent than, the odor reported from Eacles penelope 
Cramer (Gardiner, 1967). Probably it serves the same purpose of protec- 
tion during the vulnerable period while the wings are expanding and 
drying, although in the author’s opinion it is not a foul odor as reported 
by Blest (1960b) for moths of the genus Periphoba. This, however, is 
a matter of opinion, and to predators with a well developed sense of 
smell it may indeed be a foul and even nauseating odor. 

The adult moths were placed in a cage 18 inches square by 24 inches 
high. Several pairings were obtained, although not all the eggs laid were 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 203 


Fig. 2. Adult Periphoba hircia Cramer. Female above, male below. 


fertile. The moths were observed in copula about midnight and re- 
mained so until dusk the following evening. This lengthy period in 
copula is unusual among the Hemileucinae, most of those with which I 
am acquainted separate within an hour, or at least by dawn. Fig. 2 
shows the adult moth. 

An unusual habit of the unmated females was their habit of curling 
the abdomen and laying infertile eggs between their legs in a jumbled 
clump. The females would ‘call’ for two or three nights before doing 
this. Mated females lived for about six days, males only four, and they 
rapidly battered their wings in the cages. Adults kept at from -—5° to 
10° C could be kept alive for three weeks. 


ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


The expenses of Drs. Blest and Collett in the field, together with other 
expenses in connection with this work, were bore by Grant No. GM. 


204 GARDINER: Periphoba hircia Vol. 20) mont 


07109 from the United States National Institutes of Health. Thanks are 
especially due to Dr. Blest for information and for helpful criticism of 
the original manuscript; also for taking the photograph of the larva. 
The photograph of the adult moths is by Simon Frey of the A.R.C. Virus 
Research Unit, Cambridge. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Buest, A. D., 1960a. The resting position of Cerodirphia speciosa (Cramer), 
(Lepidoptera, Saturniidae): The ritualization of a conflict posture. Zoclogica, 
45: 81-90. 
1960b. A study of the biology of Saturniid moths in the Canal Zone Biological 
Area. Smithsonian Report for 1959: 447-464. 
Dravupt, M., 1930. in: Seitz, A. (Ed.), The Macrolepidoptera of the world. Vol. 6. 
Stuttgart. 
GARDINER, B. O. C., 1963. Breeding the south American silk-moth Dirphia curitiba 
Draudt Bull) amat. Ent) Soc. 22-23 =194° 
1967. Notes on Eacles penelope (Saturniidae). J. Res. Lepid. (in press). 
Kaye, W. J., & N. Lamont, 1923. A Catalogue of the Trinidad Lepidoptera 
Heterocera (Moths). Memoirs of the Dept. Agric. Trinidad & Tobago, No. 3. 


A UniprrEcTIONAL Mass MOvEMENT By Satyrium saepium (LYCAENIDAE ) 


On 12 July, 1967, near the site of the ghost town of Nortonville in Contra 
Costa County, California, a large number of Satyrium saepium (Bdv.) were observed 
in a rather continuous downslope flight. The flight was noted only along the 
steeply inclined bottom of a small dry ravine where it passed northwesterly through 
grazed oak woodland. A broken canopy of live oak and arborescent toyon ( Hetero- 
meles) partly shaded the dry oat-forb understory. The insects were observed from 
about 12:30 to 1:00 PM. P.D.T., as they passed in an erratic stream perhaps no 
more than three or four feet wide and about three feet above the ground. Although 
no count was taken, it is estimated that the rate of passage varied from about five 
to fifteen individuals, averaging ten or twelve, per minute. 

Generally the butterflies continued rapidly downward but occasionally an indi- 
vidual became diverted long enough to flutter briefly around the downstream base 
of a small rocky outcrop in the drainage bed. Only three or four individuals were 
seen to fly up the ravine. Probable larval food plant was common some hundred 
yards upstream in an extensive community of chamise—ceanothus chaparral. No 
water was available in the ravine or for some distance below its mouth. Some 
moisture was present in an adjacent ravine, where, however, only a few individuals 
of S. saepium were seen behaving in a manner not remarkable. Other examples 
of the species were encountered at more normal density elsewhere in the vicinity. 

C. Don MAcNEILL, Div. Nat. Sct., OAKLAND MusEUM, OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 205 


ON THE STATUS OF HELIOPETES SUBLINEA (HESPERIIDAE) 


H. A. FREEMAN! 
1605 Lewis Dr., Garland, Texas 


For some time there seems to have been considerable confusion con- 
cerning the exact status of Heliopetes sublinea Schaus. This species was 
described in 1902 from a specimen from Mexico, and since that time it 
has either been omitted from publications or considered to be a synonym 
of Heliopetes macaira Reakirt. Draudt, in Seitz (1924) does not mention 
this name, nor did Hoffmann in his “Catalogo sistematico y zoogeografico 
de los Lepidopteros Mexicanos” (1941). Evans in American Hesperiidae, 
part III (1953), records this species in the synonymy of macaira as “? 
sublinea Schaus 1902: Mexico.” 

During June 1935, while collecting in the general vicinity of Victoria, 
Tamaulipas, Mexico, I collected two males of a species of Heliopetes 
unfamiliar to me, and the following year during July I caught another 
male at Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. In 1940 I sent one of 
the specimens to E. L. Bell for determination. He stated that it corre- 
sponded very well with a female that they had at the American Museum 
of Natural History in their unidentified Hesperiidae. In February, 1941, 
Bell wrote that the specimen had been identified as suwblinea Schaus. 
He stated that the genitalia of it and the type had been compared and 
were found to be the same. After receiving this information I considered 
the matter closed, but when Evans’ works on the American Hesperiidae 
appeared, I was concerned to find his remark concerning his idea of the 
status of sublinea. Recently I examined the genitalia of one of the other 
specimens that I had collected in 1935, and found that it certainly differs 
considerably from macaira, and, in fact, from any of the known species of 
Heliopetes figured by Evans, thus confirming the validity of the name 
sublinea. 

Recently I received a large number of Mexican Hesperiidae from Dr. 
T. Escalante, Mexico, D. F., and among the material was a male sublinea 
from “Sn. Francisco,” Tamaulipas, Mexico, VIII-64. In specimens re- 
ceived from Stallings & Turner collected in Mexico there were found the 
following specimens of sublinea: 2 males, Monterrey, Nuevo Leon, V- 
98-41; 1 male, Victoria, Tamaulipas, VI-10-41; and 1 male, Mante, 
Tamaulipas, VI-9-41. From the information available it seems that 
sublinea is confined to the area from Monterrey to Tamazunchale in 
Mexico. Flying in the same general region with this species are the 


1J would like to express my thanks to the National Science Foundation for research grant 
GB-4122 which is making this study of the Mexican Hesperiidae possible. 


2.06 Masters: Arkansas Rhopalocera Vol; 21, nore 


following members of the genus Heliopetes: domicella Erichson, macaira 
Reakirt, laviana Hewitson, and arsalte (L.). This includes all of the 
species of that genus recorded from mainland Mexico except ericetorum 
(Bdv.), which Hoffmann records from “Region noroeste hasta Guerrero,” 
and alana Reakirt, which occurs over all of the southern part of Mexico. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Draupt, M., 1924. Hesperiidae, in: Seitz, Macrolepidoptera of the world. Vol. 5. 
The American Rhopalocera. Stuttgart, vii, 1139 pp., 203 pl. 

Evans, W. H., 1953. A catalogue of the American Hesperiidae indicating the classi- 
fication and nomenclature adopted in the British Museum. Part III, Pyrginae. 
Sec. 2. London: British Museum, 246 pp., pls. 26-53. 

HorrMann, C. C., 1941. Catalogo sistematico y zoogeografico de los Lepidopteros 
Mexicanos. Segunde parte-Hesperioidea. An. Inst. Biol. Mexico, 12: 237-294. 


OBSERVATIONS ON ARKANSAS RHOPALOCERA AND A LIST 
OF SPECIES OCCURRING IN NORTHEASTERN ARKANSAS 


Joun H. MAsTers 
P.O. Box 7511, Saint Paul, Minnesota 


The only recent extensive butterfly collecting in Arkansas has been 
by H. Avery Freeman, Kilian Roever, Richard Heitzman, Leo J. Paulis- 
sen and myself. I was the first resident collector in northeastern Arkansas 
and the only person to have collected butterflies extensively there. 
This paper summarizes collecting records and observations of over six 
hundred field hours in northeastern Arkansas between 1961 and 1965. 

Northeastern Arkansas is defined as those counties bisected by 
Crowley’s Ridge (Clay, Greene, Craighead, Poinsett, Cross, St. Francis, 
Lee and Phillips) and those eastward (Mississippi and Crittenden). 
This area is not generally favorable for Rhopalocera, and transient col- 
lectors are not likely to collect there. The area is highly cultivated in 
cotton, soybeans and rice—crops that are frequently sprayed with in- 
secticides. Collecting is best on the hillier uncultivated sections of 
Crowley's Ridge and in areas along the Mississippi, Saint Francis and 
L’Anguilie Rivers. Crowley’s Ridge is the outstanding geographic fea- 
ture of the region, elevations along the ridge are only 300 to 500 feet 
above sea level but the surrounding region is flat with elevations under 
250 feet. Crowley’s Ridge still contains forested areas (especially in 
the St. Francis State Forest ) and most of the species native to the original 
dense hardwood forests of the region should remain there. 


1967 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 207 


RHOPALOCERA OF NORTHEASTERN ARKANSAS 


Abundant to Common Species: 


Amblyscirtes vialis (Edwards ) 
Atalopedes campestris ( Boisduval ) 
Polites themistocles (Latreille ) 
Pholisora catullus (Fabricius ) 
Erynnis juvenalis (Fabricius ) 
Thorybes pylades (Scudder ) 
Battus philenor (Linnaeus ) 
Papilio glaucus Linnaeus 
Graphium marcellus (Cramer ) 
Nathalis iole Boisduval 

Colias eurytheme Boisduval 
Calycopis cecrops (Fabricius ) 
Satyrium falacer (Godart ) 
Libytheana bachmanii (Kirtland) 
Limeénitis archippus (Cramer ) 
Junonia coenia (Hubner ) 
Phyciodes tharos (Drury ) 
Danaus plexippus (Linnaeus ) 


Uncommon to Scarce Species: 


Panoquina ocola (Edwards ) 
Amblyscirtes aenus linda Freeman 
Euphyes vestris ( Boisduval ) 

Pompeius verna (Edwards ) 

Nastra lherminier ( Latreille ) 

Erynnis persius (Scudder) 

Staphylus mazans hayhurstii (Edwards) 
Epargyreus clarus (Cramer ) 

Colias cesonia (Stoll) 

Eurema nicippe (Cramer ) 
Chrysophanus titus mopsus (Hubner ) 
Celastrina argiolus (Linnaeus ) 
Asterocampa celtis (Boisd. & LeConte ) 
Vanessa cardui (Linnaeus ) 

Polygonia comma ( Harris ) 

Agraulis vanillae (Linnaeus ) 
Euptychia gemma (Hubner) 


Rare or Casual Species: 


Calpodes ethlius (Stoll) 

Hesperia meskei (Edwards ) 
Thorybes confusis Bell 

Papilio cresphontes Cramer 

Incisalia henrici (Grote & Robinson ) 
Lycaena phleas americana Harris 


Asterocampa clyton (Boisd. & LeConte) 
Phyciodes phaon (Edwards ) 

Atrytone delaware (Edwards) 
Wallengrenia otho (Smith) 

Hylephila phyleus (Drury ) 

Pyrgus communis ( Grote ) 

Thorybes bathyllus (Smith ) 

Achalarus lyciades (Geyer ) 

Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll 
Papilio troilus Linnaeus 

Pieris protodice Boisd. & LeConte 
Pieris rapae (Linnaeus ) 

Eurema lisa Boisd. & LeConte 
Strymon melinus Hubner 

Everes comyntas (Godart ) 

Limenitis arthemis astyanax (Fabricius ) 
Vanessa atalanta (Linnaeus ) 
Polygonia interrogationis (Fabricius ) 
Euptoieta claudia (Cramer ) 
Euptychia cymela (Cramer ) 

Lerodea eufala (Edwards) 
Amblyscirtes celia belli Freeman 
Poanes zabulon ( Boisd. & LeConte ) 
Lerema accius (Smith) 

Erynnis brizo (Boisd. & LeConte ) 
Erynnis horatius (Scudder & Burgess ) 
Autochton cellus ( Boisd. & LeConte ) 
Colias philodice Godart 

Phoebis sennae eubule (Linnaeus ) 
Anthocaris midea Hubner 

Satyrium edwardsii (Grote & Robinson) 
Anaea andria Scudder 

Vanessa virginiensis (Drury ) 
Nymphalis antiopa (Linnaeus ) 
Melitaea nycteis (Doubleday ) 
Euptychia hermes sosybius (Fabricius ) 
Polites coras (Cramer ) 

Erynnis zarucco (Lucas ) 

Battus polydamas (Linnaeus ) 
Mitoura gryneus (Hubner ) 

Lycaena thoe Guerin-Menevelle 
Hemiargus isola ( Reakirt ) 

Polygonia progne (Cramer) 

Chlosyne gorgone carlotta ( Reakitrt ) 


Sight Record: 


Phoebis philea (Johansson) 


Northeastern Arkansas is not as bountiful in species as are the Ozarks 
of northwestern Arkansas. The Ozarks reach higher elevations (1000 to 
2000 feet above sea level) and are cooler, receive more precipitation, 
and hence, harbor boreal species such as Speyeria cybele (Fabricius), 


208 Masters: Arkansas Rhopalocera Vol. 21° ners 


Euphydryas phaeton (Drury), and Euchloe olympia (Edwards )— spe- 
cies not found in northeastern Arkansas. Many southern species such as 
Eurema mexicana (Boisduval), Phyciodes texana (Edwards) and Lep- 
totes marina (Reakirt) enter the Ozarks from the southwest via the 
“Mexican Flyway” and are not recorded in northeast Arkansas. 

Some species are inexplicably absent from northeastern Arkansas al- 
though abundant in surrounding areas. Cercyonis pegala (Fabricius) 
is one of these, and its absence is unfortunate because the nominate race 
might otherwise converge with race texana (Edwards) and race alope 
(Fabricius) there. Mitoura gryneus, Phyciodes phaon, Papilio cres- 
phontes and a few others are uncommon here although abundant else- 
where in the state. The only species in this region and not occurring 
elsewhere in Arkansas is Lycaena thoe. 

For convenience, the species are treated in three groups: abundant 
to common, ten to fifteen or more individuals might be encountered in 
a day; uncommon to scarce, two or three to a dozen would be expected; 
rare or casual, species only infrequently encountered. 

A total of 86 species are recorded from northeastern Arkansas, not 
quite two-thirds of the 135 known for the entire state. 

Additional comments are in order for some of the species listed as 
rare or casual: 


Calpodes ethlius—A single specimen (15-VIII-1964) captured at Bear 
Creek Lake in Lee County. 


Incisalia henrici—recorded from two specimens (14-IV-1963) taken 
at the Six Point Gun Club lodge in Lee County. 


Lycaena thoe—all records are from along the Mississippi River in 
Mississippi County, Osceola (5-IX-1963, 25-VI-1964 and 10-VII-1964), 
O'Donnell Bend (20-VI-1964) and Luxora (10-IX-1964). 


Lycaena phleas americana—a single specimen was captured (2-VII- 
1963) at Crowley's Ridge State Park in Greene County. 


Hemiargus isola—migrated into the area in September 1963 and was 
found many places in Mississippi, Greene and Craighead counties. 


Polygonia progne—was present in numbers along the Mississippi River 
in Mississippi County during 1962 and was also taken in Lee and 
Phillips counties that year. 


Phoebis philea—The sight record was a single specimen at Osceola, 
Mississippi County during late June, 1963. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 209 


The most interesting records regard Battus polydamas which may be 
establishing itself in the state. The only record for northeastern Arkansas 
is a “rubbed” male that I captured (10-VII-1965) along the L’Anguilie 
River near its intersection with U.S. 70 in St. Francis County, but there 
are additional observations for the northcentral part of the state. I col- 
lected a male polydamas, the first record for Arkansas, feeding on honey- 
suckle at the White River Ferry-site near Norfork in Baxter county (16-V- 
1964). Later in the same day a worn female polydamas was observed 
ovipositing on pipevine (Aristolochia serpentaria Linnaeus) which was 
growing on an open hilltop overlooking the Norfork Damsite. I col- 
lected several dozen ova and young larvae and transported them to 
Osceola for rearing. I had two potted pipevine plants at home, but 
the voracious appetites of the larvae was not taken into consideration 
as they decimated them in two days. It was essential for me to drive 
four hundred miles on the evening of May 19th in order to gather more 
food plant at the original site and many additional ova and larvae were 
gathered along with three large ice water jugs stuffed with pipevine 
leaves. 

Experimentation led to the discovery that pipevine leaves could be 
frozen and later thawed to feed the larvae. Older larvae would eat the 
thawed leaves which were dry and brittle but cannibalism, perhaps en- 
hanced by this diet, became a problem. Larvae were especially vulner- 
able to cannibalism when suspending prior to pupation and were iso- 
lated at this point. 

It was apparent that the larvae represented both Battus philenor and 
polydamas although they were inseparable in their early stages. The 
first adults emerged in late June and were philenor. Many philenor 
emerged before the first polydamas (7-VII-1964). Thirty-two additional 
polydamas emerged through mid-July along with a total of 106 philenor— 
this was from an estimated 400 ova and larva that had been collected. 

The following year, a single polydamas was seen in flight (30-V-1965 ) 
near the fish hatchery at Norfork. The hilltop pipevine area had been 
freshly mown to a level of a few inches and only a few young larvae 
were to be found. Five were reared and proved to be philenor. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


Acknowledgment is given to Richard Heitzman, H. Avery Freeman, 
Leo J. Paulissen, Fred T. Thorne and Harry K. Clench who were help- 
ful in many ways, especially in confirming determinations of Hesperiidae; 
and to my wife, Wilma, for her help in rearing the larvae of Battus 
polydamas and Battus philenor. 


210 1966 Pactric SLOPE MEETINGS Vol: 24. none 


MINUTES OF THE THIRTEENTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE 
PACIFIC SLOPE SECTION OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


The thirteenth annual meeting of the Pacific Slope Section of the society was 
held at the Santa Barbara Natural History Museum in Santa Barbara, California, 
on June 11 and 12, 1966. Lloyd Martin, Los Angeles County Museum, called the 
morning session to order. In his opening remarks, Mr. Martin stated that the 
purpose of these meetings is to provide an opportunity for both professional and 
amateur lepidopterists to exchange views and information. Nelson W. Baker, 
Curator of Invertebrate Zoology at the museum, gave a short address of welcome 
in which he extended the good wishes of the museum staff to our members and 
guests. 

John Lane of Los Angeles, California, was elected Secretary pro tempore. 

The Presidential Address was read for President D. B. Stallings of Caldwell, 
Kansas, by Ronald Leuschner. In his address, Mr. Stallings said that in the past, 
lepidopterists have not applied an evolutionary basis to the proposal of new taxa 
and analysis of old ones; because of this, lepidopterology is behind other biological 
fields in applying new concepts and methods. Analysis and description of courtship 
behavior, life cycles, and genetically based differences are among the avenues of 
approach which might be used to improve our concepts of speciation. President 
Stallings pointed out as an example that introgressive hybridization seems to have 
been an important factor in the formation of new species of Megathymus. 

Charles Hogue of the Los Angeles County Museum then introduced two short 
films. The first, “Desert Insects,” was produced by Thomas Stanton, Los Angeles, 
with Frank Sala, Los Angeles, acting as consultant. The second film, “Butterfly 
Marvel,” was by Tilden Roberts. 

The business meeting included selection of a site for the 1967 Pacific Slope 
Meeting. E. J. Newcomer, Yakima, Washington, read an invitation to the group 
to hold that meeting at Corvallis, Oregon, using the facilities of Oregon State Uni- 
versity. A letter from President Stallings was read in which the Pacific Slope Sec- 
tion was asked to include the National Meeting in its 1967 meeting plans. 

The members present voted to accept the invitation from Oregon State Uni- 
versity and to invite the National Meeting. Mr. Newcomer was elected program 
chairman for the 1967 meeting and Ernst Dornfeld, Oregon State University, was 
elected local arrangements chairman. It was agreed that Newcomer and Dornfeld 
would select the specific meeting date, keeping in mind that most members pre- 
ferred a date in June. 

The Secretary pro tempore was instructed to write letters of acceptance to Pro- 
fessor Dornfeld and Oregon State University; an invitation to President Stallings for 
the National Meeting to convene at Corvallis; and letters of appreciation to Charles 
Hogue, the program chairman, to Nelson W. Baker, the local arrangements chair- 
man, to the Santa Barbara Natural History Museum for the use of its facilities and 
our delicious luncheon, to Mr. Levi Phillips for donating printed programs (as he 
has done for many years), and finally to all the speakers participating in the meeting. 

J. A. Powell, University of California, Berkeley, and Thomas C. Emmel, Stanford 
University, Palo Alto, volunteered to act as the committee to investigate possible 
sites for the 1968 Pacific Slope Meeting. Finally, a motion was passed to reim- 
burse the local arrangements chairman for his expenses. 

In the time remaining before lunch, Richard Holland, the on member present 
who had attended the 1966 National Meeting at Ottawa, gave a brief report of 
that meeting. Lloyd Martin then adjourned the group to enjoy the fine luncheon 
provided by the Santa Barbara Natural History Museum. 

The afternoon session convened with Charles Hogue presiding. The first paper, 
“A Collecting Trip to Newfoundland,” was presented by Richard Holland of Al- 
buquerque, New Mexico. Mr. Holland showed color slides of collecting sites and 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society aa 


commented on the lack of collecting in Newfoundland. Thirty-eight butterfly 
species and 249 moth species are recorded for the island; Holland collected 13 
butterfly species and 12 species of moths. 

The remainder of the afternoon session was devoted to a symposium on the biology 
of diurnal Heterocera. Ronald Leuschner of Gardena, California, began the sym- 
posium with a general survey of the day-flying phenomenon in his talk titled, “The 
Distribution and Variation of the Day-flying Habit in Moths.” About four percent 
of the species of American macro moths are diurnal in habit. Variation in char- 
acteristics of flight, such as time of flight, and the occurrence of species flying both 
during the day and night hours were mentioned. Some reasons for the day-flying 
habit were suggested. 

Frank Sala of Los Angeles, California, gave the next paper, “Taxonomy and 
Habits of Day-flying Moths.” The members of the genus Annaphila (Noctuidae ) 
found in southern California were used as examples. The distributions of the 14 
species in the area were described in terms of favored habitats and areas of sympatry. 

J. A. Powell, University of California, Berkeley, presented the final paper of the 
symposium, “Survey of Diurnal Microlepidoptera in California.” Lack of time 
curtailed the presentation of prepared detailed data on Adela. Instead, Kodachromes 
of various representative microlepidoptera were shown. The point was made that 
lepidopterists have usually ignored these forms. 

After some final remarks on diurnal heterocera and microlepidoptera, Dr. Hogue 
adjourned the afternoon session. 

Saturday evening, members met at the El Encanto Hotel for a pleasant social 
hour and an excellent banquet. Lloyd Martin introduced the speaker for the evening, 
Thomas W. Davies of San Leandro, California. Mr. Davies spoke on his collecting 
experiences in Australia and New Zealand. The talk was illustrated with beautiful 
color slides of the unusual plants and animals that he had seen and the areas he had 
visited. 

Ronald Leuschner presided over the Sunday morning session which began with 
a symposium on distributional patterns and geographic variability in butterflies. 
The first paper, “Zoogeography of the Genus Boloria in Western North America,” 
was given by Jon H. Shepard of Stanford University. The distributions of the five 
species of the genus in this area were given and discussed. A good deal of the 
discussion was devoted to the epithore taxon. 

The next paper, “The Papilio machaon group in California,” was given by John 
F. and Thomas C. Emmel, of Stanford University. This paper was based on their 
studies of the variations, life histories, and distributions of this group. The distribu- 
tions and zones of sympatry were given for the polyxenes sub-group. The indra sub- 
group was discussed in terms of geographic occurrence, habitats, and foodplant 
preferences. 

O. E. Sette of Los Altos, California, gave the next paper, “Distributional Patterns 
of the Cupressaceae-feeding Mitoura Taxa in the Far West.” This paper described 
the known distributions of some Mitoura forms in California and western Nevada. 
An area where M. loki meets M. siva juniperaria, and several areas where other 
forms nearly meet were described. A Cupressaceae-feeding siva form which is 
brown on the underside rather than green was reported from western Nevada. 

Oakley Shields of La Mesa, California, presented the fourth paper, “Remarks on 
the Distribution of Some Mitoura Species.” The variation between Colorado and 
California populations of M. spinetorum, and between northern Sierran and southern 
Sierran M. johnsoni was discussed. Lastly, a Mitoura population showing blending 
of characteristics of M. s. juniperaria and M. loki was discussed. 

The symposium was completed with a summary paper given by Thomas C. Emmel 
on “Factors Affecting Distribution and Geographic Variation in Butterflies.” The 
following factors were mentioned: foodplant specificity, tolerance to climatic bar- 


Dale, 1966 Paciric SLopE MEETINGS Vol, 21, nems 


riers such as deserts or wide rivers, migratory tendencies, vagility, and paleogeo- 
graphic changes. 

The final paper of the meeting, “Spiders and Pseudohazis,” was given by David 
L. Bauer of Bijou, California. Mr. Bauer reported that male Pseudohazis were 
apparently seeking out and becoming entangled in the webs of spiders near Carson 
City, Nevada. The moths flew directly into the centers of the bushes where the 
spiders’ webs were placed. Pseudohazis hera flew into the webs of the spider 
Argiope trifasciata and both P. washingtonensis and eglanterina nuttalli flew into the 
webs of the spider Araneus gemma. The possibility that the spiders produce a sub- 
stance chemically related to pheromones known to be produced by female Saturniids 
of other genera was mentioned as one hypothesis. 

The meeting was adjourned at noon after a brief business meeting. 

The following 38 members of the society registered: Waldo Abbott, Nelson W. 
Baker, David L. Bauer, Peter F. Bellinger, Thomas Dimock, John F. and Thomas 
C. Emmel, Carl Goodpasture, C. F. Harbison, Chris Henne, Peter Herlan, Charles 
Hogue, Dick Holland, Peter Jump, Carl W. Kirkwood, John Lane, Robert Langston, 
Ronald Leuschner, Henry A. Madson, Lloyd M. Martin, Paddy McHenry, E. J. 
Newcomer, Paul A. Opler, J. A. Powell, Joe Roberds, A. Rubbert, Frank Sala, Ed 
and Scott Sampson, Elton Sette, Jon H. Shepard, Oakley Shields, Phil Smith, Ray 
Stanford, Fred Thorne, J. W. Tilden, Erich Walter, and Romain Young. 


Respectfully submitted, 


John Lane 
Secretary pro tempore 


New Host Piant Recorps ror Anthocaris ( PIERIDAE ) 


In the course of searching cruciferous plants for life history material representing 
the genus Euchloe for use in a revision of Nearctic species, eggs and larvae of 
Anthocaris sara Lucas and A. lanceolata Lucas were found on plants which represent 
new host records. The data for these collections are listed below. Determination of 
the Arabis and Brassica was confirmed by C. W. Sharsmith, San Jose State College. 


Anthocaris sara 


Arabis sparsiflora Nutt. var. arcuata (Nutt.) Roll. 
Dry Crook, 3 miles south Piru Creek turnoff, Ventura County, California, 4 May 
1964, eggs and larvae. 
Barbarea vulgaris (1.) 
Russelman Park, Mt. Diablo, Contra Costa County, California, 24 April 1966, 
larva. 
Brassica Kaber ( D.C.) 
Strawberry Canyon, Alameda County, California, 18 April 1964, larva. 
Descurrainea sp. 
upper Cantillas Canyon, Sierra Juarez, Baja California del Norte, Mexico, 21 
March 1967, larvae. 
Sisymbrium officinale (les) Scop: 
Gates Canyon, Vaca Mountains, Solano County, California, 21 April 1966, larvae. 


Anthocaris lanceolata 


Arabis sparsiflora Nutt. var. arcuata (Nutt.) Roll. 
Dry Creek, 3 miles west Piru Creek turnoff, Ventura County, California, 2 May 
1964, larva. 


P. A. OpLER, UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA. 


EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL 


Editor: Jerry A. PowELL 
Assistant Editor: Pau A. OPLER 


Associate Editor 
(Literature Abstracting): PETER F. BELLINGER 


Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEWCOMER 
Manager of the Memoirs: SipnEy A. HEssEL 


Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. BELLINGER, S. A. 
HEssEL, E. G. Munroe, J. A. Powrexti, C. L. REMINGTON 
(chairman), F. T. Taorne, E. J. NEwcoMen. 


NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL 


Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study 
of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted: 
authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts 
must be typewritten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and 
one side only of white, 8% x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of 
the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, in- 
cluding an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possi- 
ble. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFER- 
ENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. 
Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. 

Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other 
material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley 
proof is received. 


Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. Powrxx, 122 Giannini 


Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. 


_ Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal 
_ field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News 
Editor: E. J. Newcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 


Address remittances and address changes to: Roy O. KENDALL, 135 Vaughan Place, 
San Antonio, Texas 78201, U. S. A. 


Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) 
A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA 


by Cyr F. pos Passos 


Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures 
available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, 


add $1.50. postpaid 


Order from the Society Treasurer. 


ALLEN PRESS, INC. reso LAWRENCE, KANSAS 
US. 


a 
1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 21, no. 3 " 
: 
py 
a 
TABLE OF CONTENTS oy 
Lepidoptera of the Central Brazil Plateau. I. Seg ei. a 
Preliminary list of Rhopalocera (continued): 
Lycaenidae, Pieridae, Papilionidae, Hesperiidae 1 
by K.'S. Brown, Jr. and ©)" H. Hi Mielke 2000000 ee 145-168 
Mites from noctuid moths ¥ ; 
by Asher iE) Treat Soe hs i WN Uaioe ol NS 0 169-179 
Type localities of some Neotropical Lycaenidae taken by a 
Gervase Mathew and described by W. C. Hewitson Ps | 
by Harry’ Ki (Clemelay oe On A) ee ar 181-184 
A report on two recent collections of butterflies from Honduras a 
by R. S. Monroe, G: N. Ross, and R. N. Williams <2 See 185-197 i 


The life history of Periphoba hircia (Saturniidae ) 
with a note on distribution and larval variation 
by: Brian O, C. Gardimer(ii 20s 5 Ns ot a) 


On the status of Heliopetes sublinea ( Hesperiidae ) 
by iA. Hreermiaga) 2). lo i Tl a AC 


Observations on Arkansas Rhopalocera and a list of 
species occurring in Northeastern Arkansas 
by Jolin dHiy’ Masters jn si ase ONAL ae, ei 


FIELD NOTES 


A unidirectional mass movement by Satyrium 
saepium (Lycaenidae ) 
by’ CC. Dom Mae Neabiy sry eu oid tay i RU 


New host plant records for Anthocaris (Pieridae ) 
by ‘Paul: Aj Opler 2) SN 8 Te Oe ON ae er 


_ Volume 21 1967. ©" fre a 


JOURNAL 


[ f , of the 
-Lepiworrerists SOCIETY 


| Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
j Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES 
_ Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 


In This Issue 


REVISION OF LIMENITIS WEIDEMEYERII 
NEW NOCTUID FROM CALIFORNIA 
COCOON CUTTING STRUCTURES OF ACTIAS LUNA 
PHOTOPERIOD AND DIAPAUSE IN ACTIAS LUNA 
ENVIRONMENTAL VARIATION IN EUPHYDRYAS 


(Complete contents on back cover) 


28 November 1967 
% 


THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 
1967 OFFICERS 


President: Don B. Stauuincs (Caldwell, Kansas, U. S. A.) 
Ist Vice President: Maria ETcHEVERRY (Santiago, Chile) 
Vice Presidents: D. G. SEvAstopuLo (Mombasa, Kenya) 

B. AuLBerti (Berlin, East Germany) 
Treasurer: R. O. KENDALL (San Antonio, Texas, U. S. A.) 
Secretary: Joun C. Downey (Carbondale, Ill, U. S. A.) 


EXECUTIVE COUNCIL 


Terms expire Dec. 1967: . Hosur Kuroxo (Fukuoka, Japan) 

D. F. Harpwick (Ottawa, Canada) 
Terms expire Dec. 1968: P. R. Emauicu (Stanford, Calif., U. S. A.) 

C. D. MacNet.y (Oakland, Calif., U. S. A.) 
Terms expire Dec. 1969: FrepD T. THORNE (El Cajon, Calif., U. S. A.) 


Don R. Davis (Washington, D. C., U. S. A.) 


and ex-officio: the above six elected Officers and the Editor 


The object of The Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947, and 
formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology 
in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, 
to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and 
the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures’ directed toward these 
aims (Constitution, Art. IL). A special goal is to encourage free interchange among 
the lepidopterists of all countries. 

Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in any aspect of 
lepidopterology. All members in good standing receive the Journal and the News of 
the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not 
become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer the full dues for 
the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological 
interests. All other correspondence concerning membership and general Society 
business should be addressed to the Secretary. Remittance in dollars should be made 
payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society. There are three paying classes of membership: 


Active Members—annual dues $6.00 (U. S. A.) 
Sustaining Members—annual dues $15.00 (U. S. A.) 
Life Members—single sum $125.00 (U. S. A.) 


Institutional (non-member) subscriptions—annual $7.00 (U. S. A.) 

In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and 
special interests. All members are expected to vote for officers when mail ballots are 
distributed by the Secretary annually. There are four numbers in each volume of the 
Journal, scheduled for February, May, August, November, and eight numbers of the 
News each year. 


The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scieritific organization. The office of | 
publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. | 
Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. Bi 


JOURNAL OF 


Tae LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY 


Volume 21 1967 Number 4 


REVISION OF THE LIMENITIS WEIDEMEYERII COMPLEX, 
WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES 
(NYMPHALIDAE). 


STEPHEN F’. PERKINS AND EDWIN M. PERKINS, JR. 


Oregon Regional Primate Research Center, Beaverton, Oregon 


INTRODUCTION 

There is no single work which presents a comprehensive analysis 
of a given species group of the genus Limenitis Fabricius, 1807, in North 
America. Our present knowledge is largely dependent on R. L. Cher- 
mock’s generic revision (1950). It seems peculiar that the scattered 
descriptions of specific and subspecific members of the North American 
lorquini complex of Limenitis were not presented as a unit until very 
recently (Perkins and Perkins, 1966). This second paper deals with 
the Limenitis weidemeyerii Edwards (1861) complex; historical back- 
ground data, original descriptions, geographic ranges, and overt dis- 
crepancies are included. 

Although the weidemeyerii complex inhabits nearly one-fifth the 
total area of the United States (Map 1), there is no evidence that 
components of the complex occur in either Canada or Mexico. In the 
United States weidemeyerii is established in Arizona, California, Colo- 
rado, Idaho, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, 
South Dakota, Utah and Wyoming. In addition, stray individuals have 
been reported from Kansas (Field, 1938: 98) and Oregon (Fender, 
1931: 185). The latter record, from the “foothills south of McMinnville,” 
Yamhill County, probably was an import. 


LIMENITIS WEIDEMEYERIL WEIDEMEYERI Edwards 
(figs. 1-4) 
Limenitis weidemeyerii Edwards, 1862, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. [13]: 162, 
[“1861”]. 
Brown (1964: 222) inadvertently reversed the dates of publication 
for weidemeyerii and Cercyonis pegala wheeleri (Edwards, 1873). dos 


214 PERKINS AND PerKINs: Limenitis weidemeyerii Vol. 210 migeree 


pas sassassecsess 
HSS SSS 


possesooccsoces 
poosssesscssecessseccecss? 
essessessseccscssecesces poe * ' 
jgasdsaecsarscssoescsscsasens 
CASS SSS 


3 
E \ 


[pgcousceseasscesesucascsuscssscs 
pececccsssccusescssscsscessucsna 
sssseecesececssescecesessrscssess, ~ 
lassstssccsssessssesscssestssscsteny 


eeesccsccscesccccncsscsncessesaes 
esecscssccsuccssssscassaceces 


pecsesesccosesessess 
WOEEDSS URES SerESSeE se SSsES DSS ESSESSSeSNSSRES Ey 


(fi SEES 


PHUIINNSSISSE 


passesese 
ascegsaogescascssgassserasrseuseseRs 

Sssesssset sagscoesssussseorscccsoussses ' wrenesnexexS “i mate 
secscuascscscaussuasescnan, : s +t REX GLREXOXOXOXSKTRRY 
cassessssecsesessssttseeestens + exexenans 


ponageeess 


soacssposcossesseagsusansousest 


SSsseeesssccecessenanessessesssssstea 


fl 


gsasesesassescssegas 


iseer | fesettesceeeeeseeeteeeenesese 


sacassascsessscasssacsoussuess 
pessesssssessssesssesecss 
psoganssosscosesuases nt 

sou sesuscssssasesoseseEs 

sou dsecessauceuasscoss 


Fa 


ganas 


Skscocseroxs 


Beapeaga 
aesoonassussssuaeans 


seetrtreetitt 


bas aasesesccsasessczscseosessees, \ 
jauseseaseasagaLasusrsesnesazes 
ees nsnsceccasscsuceucssgeses 


seusauseseusssceseuccessenesss 


gssesecsssssesress.\, 


\SHESHINSHETIEESSE 


‘~~ Segsescesessseagsssessesresssoson 
\ Seggsesgagsqeeses = 


poogosgscosscooesecoscssescosese. ~~ 
PUES SESE SES EIST TR 


aaaeacsesassessssces 
sepsccsosescascosscocces srecocsssces. 


ssesecaea | Gees 


sqosssosesse. ~ 


coo a9 pogeageves rorenrageseapangecegeseareoggrersecnctbenr tirece ose TPs eh PSTEnaTriso Leen ITIL EL st ler Soe LT oRT Tr yoo Pae TTT STe OTST TT ELT CTT TTT TT 


EXPLANATION OF Map Il 


Distribution of Limenitis weidemeyerii: triangles denote type localities of respec- 
tive subspecies; white areas delineate distribution of typical races; heavily shaded 
areas represent regions of intergradation and possible range extension. All circles 
indicate locales from which specimens were examined by the authors. 


Passos (1964: 75) cites the date of publication for weidemeyerii as 
“ 1861-3’ (1861)” and Brown (1964: 211) restricts it to 1861, after 
30 September and before 28 December. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


bo 
— 
Ol 


The following is Edwards’ original description: 


“Expands 2.6 inch. Male—Upper side brownish-black, with a broad common 
white band a little beyond the middle, making an obtuse angle within on the 
primaries and tapering towards the abdominal margin of secondaries, divided into 
long spots by the nervules; posterior to this band on secondaries an obsolete row 
of fulvous spots; within the hind margin of both wings a series of small white spots, 
minute on secondaries; between these and the band on costal margin of primaries 
a short transverse row of four white spots, the second largest, the fourth minute; 
crenations white. Under side paler, with a common white band and four white 
spots on primaries as above; on secondaries a row of fulvous spots posterior to the 
band; a little within the hind margin of both wings a series of large lunules cut 
transversely and unequally by a crenated black line parallel to the margin; these 
lunules are bluish-white except towards apex of primaries, where the inner row 
is white; on primaries a narrow ferruginous band upon the discal arc, followed 
within the cell successively by blue atoms, a bluish-white band and a ferruginous 
band, both narrow, transversely and oblique; next the base blue atoms; costa 
ferruginous; on secondaries the broad abdominal margin is bluish-white; the entire 
space between the band and the base is striped transversely with white and bluish- 
white, divided into spots by the nervules, with ferruginous lines between the stripe; 
costa white; body above black; beneath white, with a black stripe along the side 
of abdomen; palpi and legs white; antennae and club brownish-black.” 


The type locality for weidemeyerii was simply designated: “Rocky 
Mountains. From the collection of Mr. J. W. Weidemeyer.” Edwards 
(Butterflies of North America, Vol. I.) further elaborated on the range 
of weidemeyerii by stating: “Found in Colorado; common in the vicinity 
of Pikes Peak, according to Mr. Ridings, who collected in that region in 
1864.” Brown (1960: 2) suggested that Edwards’ type was collected by 
Wood, and has suggested (in litt.) restricting the type locality to an 
area on the Platte River above Denver or in the Denver area.” Finding 
no evidence to the contrary, the authors choose to accept Brown's 
recommendation. Since the type specimen no longer exists, a neotype 
(figs. 1 and 2) will be officially designated by Brown in his continuing 
series of papers dealing with W. H. Edwards’ types of Nymphalidae. 


ABERRATION NIGERRIMA (Cockerell ) 
(Holotype, figs. 32 and 33) 
Basilarchia weidemeyerii ab. nigerrima Cockerell, 1927, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 
26 (1): <5: 

The dorsal and ventral photographs of the holotype offer sufficient, 
superficial descriptiveness to preclude the necessity of quoting from the 
text of the original description. 

The type locality of nigerrima is Boulder, (Boulder County ) Colorado. 
Described as an aberration, nigerrima must be treated as an infrasubspe- 
cific entity [Article 45. (d) (iii), International Code of Zoological 
Nomenclature |. 


216 PERKINS AND PERKINS: Limenitis weidemeyerii Vols 215 mane 


ABERRATION SINEFASCIA Edwards, new status 
(Holotype, figs. 34 and 35). 
Limenitis weidemeyerii aber. sine-fascia, Edwards, 1882, Papilio (New York Ent. 
Glka oy), QD (Djs Ve 
Original Description: 


“This extraordinary example lacks the broad, common white band on both surfaces, 
also the white patch in cell of primaries; all the submarginal and apical spots are 
present as in the type [typical].” 

Although Edwards originally described sinefascia as an aberration, 
it has been treated as a. subspecies for over forty years. The authors 
disagree with this ambiguous placement for the following reasons. 
During the year in which Edwards described sinefascia, the only trans- 
cendent, nomenclatorial Code in existence in the United States was the 
Dall Code of 1877. Although not conclusive, it is reasonable to suggest 
that Edwards did abide by the Dall Code because (1) of his affiliation 
with its organization and (2) it was the only systematic, as well as 
uniform, presentation of nomenclatorial standards then in existence. 
Articles LXVI, #3 (p.48) and LXXIII, (p.52—“or other subdivisions of 
a species —) of the Dall Code support the contention that Edwards’ use 
of the word aberration was not abstract, but intentional. 

Conflicting opinions regarding the status of sinefascia have recently 
been based on interpretation of Article 45. of the I.C.Z.N. An opposing 
school of thought suggests that although Edwards used the word aberra- 
tion, it is not to be interpreted as an express statement of infrasubspecitic 
rank and, therefore, the name is available according to Article 45. (e) 
of the code. Article 45. (e) (i) specifies terms “variety” and “form” 
along with the statement that before 1961, the use of either term should 
not “be interpreted as an express statement of either subspecific or in- 
frasubspecific rank.” The word aberration is not mentioned although 
it is intimated in Article 1 (I.C.Z.N.) where reference is made to “tera- 
tological specimens” and their exclusion from the rules of the Code. 

A second entity from Arizona, L. angustifascia (B. & McD.), which 
is discussed below, was described in 1912. Twelve years later Bames 
and Benjamin (1924: $9) raised sinefascia to the level of subspecies. 
They did not apply a concept to it which had developed subsequent 
to the time of Edwards, but rather applied the rules set forth in the 
International Administration of Zoological Nomenclature (adopted in 
Berlin in 1901 and introduced, in English, in the United States in 1905). 
This Code emphasized the law of priority (whether or not a name was 
representative of an aberration). Thus, Edwards’ sinefascia should have 
appeared as Limenitis weidemeyerii sinefascia (Barnes & Benjamin). 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society ONT 


Having clarified the status of sinefascia (an aberration, both by the 
original description as well as by the superficial appearance of the 
holotype), it becomes evident that angustifascia represents the valid 
subspecies name of the narrow-banded race. Because Barnes and 
Benjamin raised sinefascia to a subspecific level, it now becomes neces- 
sary to reduce it to the original level of aberration thus enabling the 
name angustifascia to be given subspecific position. There are two 
methods by which this may be accomplished; (1) Article 23. of the 
I.C.Z.N. states: “The valid name of a taxon is the oldest available name 
applied to it... .” When Bames and Benjamin raised sinefascia to a 
subspecific rank, angustifascia became the oldest available name by 
twelve years and (2) by reducing sinefascia to its originally described 
level of aberration (invoking Articles 45. (c), 45. (d) (iii) and 1. 
(I.C.Z.N.) ), it would no longer be considered a part of the species group; 
thus, Articles 23. and 45. (e) (i) (1.C.Z.N.) would be irrelevant. 

The first of these two methods is less acceptable because it would 
place sinefascia as a synonym of angustifascia (as much of an error 
as assigning a subspecific status to sinefascia). The second method 
permits sinefascia to be construed as an infrasubspecific entity, asso- 
ciated but not synonymous with angustifascia. Therefore, sinefascia is 
hereby returned to its original, infrasubspecific level of aberration, and 
angustifascia is resurrected to its originally described rank of subspecies.! 

The type locality of sinefascia is questionable. Edwards cited the 
“vicinity of Tucson, Arizona.” However, current data supports Prescott, 
Arizona as the type locality: (1) Bauer (1954: 129-130) described a 
specimen which he had collected in the Verde Valley region of central 
Arizona in 1952 as being similar to Edwards’ sinefascia; (2) the locality 
label accompaning the holotype of sinefascia states: “Prescott, Arizona.”; 
(3) Jacob Doll, who collected the holotype, was in the vicinity of Prescott 
in 1881; (4) another species from the same Doll lot (Agathymus neumoe- 
geni (Edwards), 1882), was given the type locality—“southern Arizona.” 
Freeman (1963: 139) corrected this locality designation to “approx. 9 
mi. S. Prescott, Ariz.” and (5) the known range of the Arizona sub- 
species of weidemeyerii does not encompass the vicinity of Tucson (in- 
c’uding the Santa Catalina Mts., N.E. of Tucson). 

Until conclusive evidence is uncovered, the type locality for sinefascia 
will have to remain questionable. The authors suggest that Prescott 
be given due consideration, however. 


1 Without the able assistance of N. D. Riley, and M. Doyle (on behalf of W. E. 
China) of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, questions rel- 
ative to the status and priority of sinefascia vs. angustifascia might still be un- 
resolved. 


218 PERKINS AND PERKINS: Limenitis weidemeyerii Vol. 21; now 


9 13 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE I 


Dorsal adult ¢ ¢ of Limenitis weidemeyerii complex: 1) weidemeyerii Edwards 
(neotype), Lakewood, Jefferson Co., Colo., 11-VI-61; 5) angustifascia (B. & McD.) 
(topotype), Greer, White Mts., Apache Co., Ariz., 10-VII-53; 9) nevadae (B. & 
Benj.) (topotype), Kyle Canyon, Mt. Charleston, Clark Co., Nevada, 7-VI-62; 
13) oberfoelli Brown, Lead, Lawrence Co., S.D., 24-VII-58; 17) latifascia Perk. & 
Perk. (holotype), 10 mi. S. Pocatello, Bannock Co., Idaho, 24-VI-41. 


LIMENITIS WEIDEMEYERIL ANGUSTIFASCIA (Barnes and McDunnough) 
(figs. 5-8; Holotype, figs. 36 and 37) 
Basilarchia weidemeyerii angustifascia Barnes and McDunnough, 1912, Canadian 
Ent. 44(5): 1163. 
The following is quoted from the original description: 


“A series of 2 ¢ s and 5 @ sg, collected last summer in the White Mts., Arizona, 
differs from the typical form from Colorado and Utah, as depicted by Edwards 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 219 


14 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE II 


Ventral Adult ¢ ¢ of Limenitis weidemeyerii complex, same specimens as in 
plate I: 2) weidemeyerii; 6) angustifascia; 10) nevadae; 14) oberfoelli; 18) 
latifascia. 


(Vol. I, pl. 42), in that the median white band is much reduced in width, and 
the intersecting veins, especially on the primaries, are more broadly black. This 
difference is most noticeable in the @ s, the band on the primaries being distinctly 
broken up into an irregular row of white semiquadrate spots, of which the third 
from the costa is greatly reduced in size; on the secondaries the spots are not 
broader than long. As this feature is remarkably constant in all the specimens 
before us, and as, furthermore, we have had for years a @ labelled Arizona in 
the collection which shows the same peculiarities, we consider a varietal name for 
the Arizona form warranted; the extreme form of this race, in which the white band 
has entirely disappeared, is the ab. sinefascia Edw., also from Arizona. The males 
are normal in size, having a wing expanse of 2% in. (63 mm.); the females are 


220 PERKINS AND PERKINS: Limenitis weidemeyerii Vol. 21; nese 


somewhat larger than usual, all our specimens measuring 3 in. (76 mm.) The 
types are in coll. Barnes.” 

The type locality is cited “White Mts., Arizona.” We further restrict 
this to: White Mountains, southeast of McNary, Apache County, Ari- 
zona. Specimens examined from various populations within this area 
(extending through the Blue Range in Greenlee County) compare 
favorably to the original description. 

As was previously concluded, angustifascia (not sinefascia) represents 
the subspecific name for the southern, narrow-banded populations of 
weidemeyerii, exclusive of Nevada. Typical angustifascia is contained 
within a relatively small area (Map 1). In blend-zones such as Jacob 
Lake, Coconino County, Arizona, specimens of angustifascia may be 
phenotypically expressive of more than one race; e.g., the ventral ground 
color is often lighter and the dorsal, postmedian—median row of white 
spots is perceptibly wider. 

Exploration of that region of northern Mexico, contiguous to south- 
eastern Arizona, could be rewarding inasmuch as one peculiarity was 
noted, common to material from the Chiricahua Mountains of Cochise 
County; moderate, distinctive, ferruginous to red-brown scaling was con- 
spicuous on the ventral primaries and secondaries of all specimens 
examined. 


LIMENITIS WEIDEMEYERIE NEVADAE (Barnes and Benjamin) 
(figs. 9-12; Holotype, figs. 38 and 39) 


Basilarchia weidemeyerii race nevadae Barnes and Benjamin, 1924, Contrib. Nat. 
Hist. Lepid. N. Amer., 5(3): 99. 
Barnes and Benjamin described nevadae as follows: 


“Not conspicuously different from some narrow banded specimens of weidemeyerii 
on the upper side, but quite uniformly narrow banded, practically as in the normal 
form, augustifascia [sic!], of the Aroniza [sic!] race sinefascia. The underside is 
conspicuously different from the described races, the normal red and orange-red 
markings being replaced by dull brown, those of the primaries being obsolete and 
almost lost in the blackish ground.” 


The holotype was collected in “Clark Co., Nevada.” However, the 
type locality is herein restricted to the Spring Mountain Range of Clark 
County, Nevada; specimens from this area are the only ones in the 
western United States which are consistent with the original description. 

It appears that the Mt. Charleston and other Spring Mountain Range 
material represents either a western extension of the Arizona subspecies 
angustifascia or a distinct isolate worthy of subspecific nomen. Geo- 
graphic isolation, supression of ventral, red-orange maculation, and the 
presence of a bluish scaling on the medial half of the ventral secondaries 


bo 
ho 
— 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


(unique to Spring Mountain Range material) lend support to the latter 
and the authors recommend that nevadae be accordingly treated as a 
subspecies. 

Struck by the marked difference between Mt. Charleston specimens 
(nevadae ) and those taken in the vicinity of Mono Lake, Mono County, 
California (formerly referred to as nevadae), the authors sought to 
elucidate this apparent discrepancy in terminology. 

The examination of numerous specimens from the Great Basin of 
east-central California, Nevada, northwestern Utah, and southeastern 
Idaho; the Colorado Basin of northwestern Utah, and southwestern 
Wyoming; and the Pacific Northwest Basin of southeastern Idaho and 
west-central Wyoming disclosed that all shared characteristics possessed 
neither by nevadae nor by the other recognized races of weidemeyerii 
(Table I). 


Limenitis weidemeyerii latifascia Perkins and Perkins, new subspecies 
(figs. 17-20) 


Males: Dorsal LFW (Expanse: 34.65 + 1.39 mm.), holotype 34.95 mm. 
Females: Dorsal LFW (Expanse: 39.18 + 3.04 mm.), allotype 37.45 mm. 

Differs from all other weidemeyerii subspecies by possessing overt, wide, post- 
median-median white bands on primaries and secondaries. Measurements of cell 
Cu: along vein Cu: on ventral RHW of 42 specimens indicate that ¢ ¢ have a 
value of 7.85 + 1.06 mm. and @ @ have a value of 7.48 + 2.15 mm. Ventral ground 
color least dark (white scaling extensive) compared to other weidemeyerii races. 
Submarginal lunules on ventral hindwings bluish-white. . . . seldom blue, blue- 
green or blue-violet. Males and females similar in appearance. 


Holotype male: Idaho, 10 mi. S. Pocatello, Mink Creek, Bannock 
Range, Bannock Co., 24 June 41 (J. Manning), and Allotype, female, 
same locality, 19-VI-41 (J. Manning); placed in the collection of the 
American Museum of Natural History, New York City, New York. 


Paratypes (27): IpaHo: Bannock Co., 10 mi. S. Pocatello, Mink Creek, Bannock 
ange) I3-VI-4I_ 16=VI-41, 17-VI-41, 19-VI-41 and 24-VI-41, 14 $6,3 99 (J. 
Manning); Fremont Co., Ashton, 14-VII-59, 1 ¢ (collector unknown). Urau: 
Cache Co., Logan Canyon, northeast Logan, 1-VIII-64, 3 ¢¢ (J. Pease), Logan, 
VII-55, 1 ¢ (collecter unknown); Summit Co., City Creek Canyon, 23-VII-01, 1 @ 
(collector unknown—LACM coll. figs. 29-30); Utah Co., Payson Canyon, 20-VII-65, 
266 (J. A. Justice), 6-VII-34, 26 ¢ (L. M. Martin—LACM coll.). Six ¢ ¢ have 
been deposited with the holotype and allotype; 7 ¢6¢ and 1 @ have been de- 
posited in the collection of the Los Angeles County Museum; 2 ¢ ¢ and 1 @ have 
been placed in both the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California 
and the Smithsonian Institute of the United States National Museum, Washington, 
D. C. 2 66 have been deposited in the collection of F. M. Brown, Colorado 
Springs, Colorado and 4 ¢ ¢ and 1 @ have been retained by the authors. 


It should be noted that latifascia is encountered in southern Idaho, 
northern Utah, western Colorado, western Wyoming, northern Nevada, 


222, PERKINS AND PERKINS: Limeénitis weidemeyerii Vol. 2), none 


ae 
o 
B 
2 
> 
'» 
& 
3 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE III 


Dorsal adult 9 2 of Limenitis weidemeyerii complex: 3) weidemeyerii Edwards, 
Florissant, Teller Co., Colo., 6-VIII-65; 7) angustifascia (B. & McD.) Oak Creek 
Canyon, Coconino Co., Ariz., 16-VI-58; 11) nevadae (B. & Benj.) (topotype), 
Mountain Springs Pass, Clark Co., Nevada, 30-VI-63; 15) oberfoelli Brown, nr. 
Harrison, Sioux Co., Nebraska, 26-VI-62; 19) latifascia Perk. & Perk. (allotype), 
S. Pocatello, Bannock Co., Idaho, 19-VI-41. 


and east-central California. In western Colorado, one may take speci- 
mens which resemble w. weidemeyerii, w. latifascia, or in the southwest 
portion of the state, w. angustifascia; however, the majority of specimens 
examined are closest in appearance to w. latifascia and not nominotypic 
w. weidemeyerii. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 293 


12 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV 


Ventral adult 22 of Limenitis weidemeyerii complex, same specimens as in 
plate III: 4) weidemeyerii; 8) angustifascia; 12) nevadae; 16) oberfoelli; 20) 
latifascia. 


HYBRID FRIDAYI (Gunder ) 
(figs. 24-26) 
Basilarchia lorquini form fridayi Gunder, 1932, Canad. Ent., 64(12): 284. 


The type locality of fridayi is “Leevening Creek [spelled Leevining 
Creek], near Mono Lake, Mono County, Calif.” The holotype was not 
illustrated. 

Im discussing fridayi, Garth and Tilden (1963: 33). stated: “The 


224 PERKINS AND PERKINS: Limeénitis weidemeyerii Vol. 21, nox 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE V 


Comparison of Mono Lake entities in Limenitis: 21) dorsal ¢ latifascia, Mono 
Lake, Mono Co., Calif., 20-VII-58; 22) dorsal @ latifascia, Mono Lake, Mono Co., 
Calif., 19-VII-33; 23) same, ventral aspect; 24) dorsal ¢ fridayi (topotype), Mono 
Lake, Mono Co., Calif., 16-VII-58; 25) dorsal @ fridayi (topotype), Mono Lake, 
Mono Co., Calif., 17-VII-58; 26) same, ventral aspect. 


Nevada Admiral nevadae is a Great Basin race of the Rocky Mountain 
Weidemeyers Admiral, Limenitis (L.) weidemeyerti (Edw.), found at 
Mono Lake on the eastern side of the Sierra Nevada. At Lee Vining, 
where its range overlaps that of the following species, L. (L.) lorquini 
Bdy., the hybrid L. (L.) fridayi (Gund.) occurs. Since the blend is an 
even one, in which the characteristics of neither species predominate, 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 225 


Roturl Cah 
1438 
GS 


La ead 
Prae Fre 2 
Petes eA 


Thane Lake 
Cal 


31 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI 


Limenitis species: 27) dorsal ¢ lorquini, Coleville, Mono Co., Calif., 24-VI-34; 
28) same, ventral aspect; 29) dorsal @ latifascia (paratype), City Creek Canyon, 
Summit Co., Utah, 23-VII-01; 30) same, ventral aspect; 31) dorsal @ fridayi 
(topotype), Mono Lake, Mono Co., Calif., 14-VII-33. 


we would prefer to indicate it as L. w. nevadae X L. lorquini, rather than 
as a form of the above.” The present authors support this treatment of 
fridayi as a hybrid (as did also McDunnough, 1938: 22; Martin and 
Truxal, 1955: 19; and dos Passos, 1964: 75). 

In appearance, fridayi generally exhibits a prominent, white sub- 
marginal ocellation, dorsally (similar to the Mono Lake latifascia, fig. 


226 PERKINS AND PERKINS: Limeénitis weidemeyerii Vol. 21, non 


fit beburn 
Bentler Cte 95 
<2 


hoee 
TPR SAL fe 


Pig aadar his 
Ca¥ 


re | ome 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII 


Type specimens (in Limenitis weidemeyerii complex): 32) dorsal ¢ nigerrima 
(type), Boulder, Colo., 1925; 33) same, ventral aspect; 34) dorsal @ sinefascia 
(type), Prescott, Arizona, no date; 35) same, ventral aspect; 36) dorsal ¢ angusti- 
fascia (holotype), White Mts., Arizona, no date; 37) same, ventral aspect; 38) 
dorsal ¢ nevadae (holotype), Clark Co., Nevada, 24-30 June; 39) same, ventral 
aspect. : 


22); this spotting often extends into the secondaries (fig. 31). Although 
only a means of defining an arbitrary section of a continuum, all fridayi 
specimens examined (including those in which the orange of the apices 
was lacking) possessed one distinction by which they could be readily 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 227 


separated from weidemeyerii latifascia. Figure 26 (arrows) illustrates 
this distinction. It will be observed that the area medial to the sub- 
marginal lunules is lighter in appearance than the comparable area in 
figure 23. This lighter maculation is due to an orange replacement of 
black—a characteristic consistently noted in fridayi and found to be 
lacking in the Mono Lake latifascia. 

Examples of fridayi are most commonly encountered within a 15 mile 
radius of Mono Lake; in this area latifascia and fridayi predominate— 
lorquini is rare. 

The Mono Basin offers a fertile area for hybridization study; and, ex- 
amples such as the lorquini specimen with the melanic apices (figs. 27- 
28), from Coleville, Mono County, California, only serve to add to 
the enigma of this region. 


LIMENITIS WEIDEMEYERIL OBERFOELLI Brown 
(figs. 13-16) 


Limenitis weidemeyeri oberfoelli Brown, 1960, Amer. Mus. Novitates, 2018: 1-6. 


F. Martin Brown (1960) described oberfoelli in order to make the 
name available for the faunal work by Puckering and Post (1960). 
However, dos Passos (1964) credits oberfoelli to “Puckering & Post, 
1960” on the basis of priority. In their publication Puckering and Post 
attempt to credit the authorship of oberfoelli to Brown. 

In following the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, five 
Articles [numbers 13, 45 (b), 50, 72 (a), and 72 (b)], two Recommenda- 
tions (numbers 73A and 73C) and four General Recommendations 
(numbers 1, 7, 17, and 23) are applicable to this problem. Brown’s 
original description complies with all eleven Articles and Recommenda- 
tions; Puckering and Post’s publication violates all but Article 50. Of 
special interest are Article 45 (b), Recommendation 73A, and General 
Recommendation (Appendix E)) 23; Brown complies with each of these, 
Puckering and Post comply with none. Furthermore, Article 50 auto- 
matically gives authorship to Brown since Puckering and Post consistently 
credit oberfoelli to and associate the name with F. Martin Brown. There- 
fore, Brown should be credited with the authorship of oberfoelli. 

From Brown’s original description, four of the primary distinctions 
(in comparison to typical weidemeyerii) are herein quoted: 


(1)—dorsal primaries—“On the upper side of the forewing the submarginal row 
of white lunes tends to be more prominent on oberfoelli than on weidemeyeri.” 


(2)—dorsal secondaries—“On seven of the nine North Dakota specimens before me, 
there is a well-developed row of reddish spots between the white submarginal lunes 
and the white band across the disc. None of the Colorado males before me presents 
these so boldly as does the average northern specimen.” 


Vol. 21, no. 4 


Limenitis weidemeyerii 


PERKINS AND PERKINS: 


228 


-JIp e[qvys v sv pasn oq Avut puRq SIY} Fo YIPHAs OU sny tL, 
uvipow-uvrpotujsod ayyA oy} JO YIP! 


Avis-onyq *}T 
yep 0} “VT 
+ 


C6 
HVE 
C'S + SVL 
90°I + SSL 
70'S + SI'6E 
6E'l + GOVE 
‘HED “WUID “AY “O[9D 
aN “OAM NN ‘epea 
-ON 'N ‘We30 “N “OUPPI 


S6dL° 7GE 


DIISD{14D] 


Se  —————EEE 


A OY} JY} PoulUtoyop sem FY ( 


‘xo]duio0o nsahawapian “TJ ay} FO sotoadsqns ay} SUOUIL o}VI}UIIOF 


‘ssuIM suoUTIoeds oY} JO 9ZIS [[BIOAO OY} O} uor10doid ur AivA you soop purq 
cp-ep ‘dd :[Cg6T ‘UMmorg BUIMOT[OJF) SISATBUB [BOT}ST}L3S ysnoiyy, z 


‘( UoTyepeisioy JO soUOZ WOLF [PI1o}eUL SUIpPNOU! 4OU ) suoultoeds peordAy O61 JO UONeUIUIeXs oY} UO poseg ; 


JO[OTA-oni[ TI 


soyeos ont g 


++4++ 
%LG 
%G 
190 ¥ S9'€ 
08'0 + S9'F 
LL + O8'LE 
cee + 08'9E 


A[UO VpeaoN 
jo ‘sy surtds 


6699 PIL 


useis-on][q xR 


uooivul doa 


++++-+ 
ES 
HBT 
ELT + LOV 
8983'0 + PLT 
COV + 68° GP 
69'L + GEE 
Ope1O[OD “M'S 


 OOLX9JY MON “AA 
‘ye °S ‘BUOZIIY 


6 SGI 2 209 


gDpdDaAIU 


DIOSD{1JSNBUD 


onyq ‘VT 
WSsIg 
ea 


HTB 

% LG 
99° + 919 
OL'L = 679 
6E'S = PES 
EP's + 8G'SE 

ByseIqoN, 
»'a'S“d'N 
S5EhL 2 PV 


yjaof1ago 


Se 


ahowapiam syywuaulyT 40 SHOVY AAI AHL AO NOSIMVdWOD ‘[ ATAVL 


onyq ‘VI 
esue10-poy 


tat 


Yo LL 


HVS 


10 + LITO 


08'0 + 869 


689 + G9 OF 
IGT + 96°€& 


‘WN 8 9[9) 


( edojs 3sv9 ) 
"sy AO 


668 ¥ PIG 


nilahawmapian 


sopnuny [eursreurqns MHA 
SBULYAIVUL osURIO [e.QUI/ 


IO[OO 
punois [e1yU9A Fo ssouyxIed 


][20 UE oY 
YA STENPIAIpUL JO UIIEg 


sur}jods osueio0 
YIM STRNpIAIPUL FO JUS0I9qg 


z(‘UluL) pueq oz 
‘peurjsod-poeut syurl] VEG 6 | 


z(‘WuL) puerq oY 
‘pourjsod-pou syutl] %66 P 


(‘wUL) snIpel AAT 3 
(‘wUL) snIpel MAT 2 


asuerl o1rydeis0a.) 


pouturexo 
suouttoods [evordA} jo 1oquinNy 


a0vy 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 229 


(3)—ventral primaries—“The red transverse marks within the cel! of oberfoelli 
tend to be larger and redder and are more prominent than those of weidemeyeri.” 


(4)—ventral secondaries—“The light markings of oberfoelli are broader and brighter 
than those of weidemeyeri, and the submarginal red is less suffused with dark scales 

. on the whole the underside of the hind wings of oberfoelli is the lighter and 
more delicately marked of the two.” 


The holotype and allotype are figured. The type locality is cited: 
“Badlands, Slope County, North Dakota.” 

The range of oberfoelli extends from the Slope County badlands of 
western North Dakota, south through the Black Hills of western South 
Dakota and the Pine Ridge region of northwestern Nebraska. The present 
authors were unable to acquire specimens from the eastern limits of 
Montana and northeastern Wyoming. However, this does not preclude 
the possibility that oberfoelli occurs in these areas. 

In view of the preceding presentation, the authors recommend that 
the following, revised nomenclatorial treatment of the weidemeyerii 
complex be utilized: 


w. weidemeyerii Edwards, “1861-2” (1861) 

w. weidemeyerii Edwards, “1861-2” (1861) 
ab. nigerrima (Cockerell), 1927 

w. angustifascia (Barnes & McDunnough), 1912 
ab. sinefascia Edwards, 1882 

w. nevadae (Bames & Benjamin), 1924 

w. oberfoelli Brown, 1960 

w. latifascia Perkins & Perkins, 1967 
hybrid fridayi (Gunder), 1932 (in part) 


The following records represent the 529 examples of Limenitis weide- 
meyerii examined by the authors during the course of this study (collec- 
tors are listed alphabetically at the conclusion): 


ARIZONA 


ApacHE Co.: White Mts., S.E. McNary, 23-VI-58, (D.D.); Greer, White Mts., 
10-VII-53, (C.W.K.—LACM coll.); Cocuts—r Co.: Onion Saddle, Chiricahua Mts., 
19-VI-60, (K.R.); Turkey Creek, Chiricahua Mts., 2-VII-65, (A.M.S.); Fly Park, 
Chiricahua Mts., 29-VI-65, 3-VII-65, (A.M.S.); Chiricahua Mts., 23-VI-08, 15-VI-16, 
(V.W.O.—LACM coll.); Paradise, (?), (J.A-C.—LACM coll.); Coconino Co.: Oak 
Creek Canyon, 13 mi. N. Sedona, 4-VI-63, 15-VI-63, (F.T.T.); Cave Springs Camp, 
Oak Creek Canyon, 9-VIII-60, (D.D.); Oak Creek Canyon, 19-VI-56, 22-VIII-57, 
16-VI-58, 8-VIII-60, (D.D.), 9-VI-63, 11-VI-63, CACO = 20a Vea CayVeke— 
LACM ocoll.); near Jacob Lake, Kaibab Forest, 10-VII-64, (K.B.T.); 6.8 mi. W. 
Jacob Lake, 3-VII-65, (T.C.E.); 9.9 mi. N. Jacob Lake, 5-VII-65, (T.C.E.); 11.2 
mi. N. Jacob Lake, 23-VIII-64, (T.C.E.); Kanabownits, Grand Canyon National 
Park, 4/5-VII-47, (2—-LACM coll.); Neal Springs, N. Rim Grand Canyon National 
Park, 22-VIII-64, (T.C.E.); 8 mi. N. Indian Gardens, Oak Creek Canyon, 9-VI-63, 
(K.R.); Roaring Springs, N. Rim Grand Canyon National Park, 22-VIII-64, (T.C.E.); 


230 PERKINS AND PERKINS: Limenitis weidemeyerii Vol. 21, no. 4 


N. rim Grand Canyon National Park, 13-VII-36, (C.N.R.—LACM coll.); 13/14-VII- 
36, (D.M.—LACM coll.); Gma Co.: Christopher Creek, Mogollon Rim, 17-VI-57, 
(L.M.M., J.A.C., W.A.R.—LACM coll.); Tonto Creek State Fish Hatchery, Mogol- 
lon Rim, 25-VI-56, 21-VI-57, (L.M.M., J.A.C., W.A.R.—LACM coll.); Kohl’s Ranch, 
Mogollon Rim, 23-VI-57, (L.M.M., J.A.C., W.A.R.—LACM coll.); GREENLEE Co:: 
Hannagan, 13-VII-52, (?); Hannagan Meadows, 2-VII-64, 3-VII-64, 4-VII-64, 
5-VII-64, (R.F.S.), 1/3-VII-37, (D.M.—LACM coll.); Strayhorse Camp, 28/30-VI- 
37, (D.M.—LACM coll.); Yavapar Co.: 2 mi. S. W. Jerome, 8-VI-63, (A.O:S.), 
17-VI-58, (D.D.): 2 mi. W. Jerome, 29-V-63, 14-VI-63, 23-VIEGS) (i ia 


CALIFORNIA 


Mono Co.: Cottonwood Canyon, S. Bodie, 10-VII-64, 24-VII-65, (A.O.S.); N.W. 
corner Mono Lake, 6/7-VII-58, 16/17-VII-58, 20-VII-58, 30-VI-58, 24-VII-59, 
96-VI-61, (A.O.S.); .75 mi. S. Mono Inn, Mono Lake, 24-VII-65, (A.O.S.); .5 mi. 
N.E. Mono Inn, Mono Lake, 1-VIII-65, 5-VIII-65, 19-VIII-65, (A.O.S.); Mono 
Lake, 11-VII-33, 19-VII-33, (C.B—LACM ooll.), 6-VII-35, 9-VII-35, 10-VII- 
35, 11-VII-35, 19-VII-35, 8-VII-36, 10-VII-36, (L.M.M.—LACM ooll.), 4-VII-33, 
14/15-VII-33, 25-VII-33, (?—LACM ocoll.); Bridgeport, 14-VII-37, (?—LACM 
coll.); Mono Basin, (?), (C.M.D.—LACM coll.); 9 mi. N. Lee Vining, 20-VIII-62, 
(M.R.L.—CAS coll.); 10 mi. N. Lee Vining, 6-VIII-61, (C.D.M., D.C.R., M.R.L.— 
CAS coll.), 9-VIII-61, (D.C.R., M.R.L.—CAS coll.); Lee Vining, 4-VII-61, (P.A.O. 
—CAS coll.). 


COLORADO 


ALAMOosA Co.: Great Sand Dunes National Monument, 25-VII-63, (T.C.E.); 
BouLDER Co.: Gregory Canyon, 9-VI-64, (J.A.J.); Stapps Lake, 29-VII-02, (H.C. 
—LACM ocoll.); Detra Co.: 9 mi. W. Crawford, 14-VII-63, (T.C.E.); Lerorex 
Creek Road, 21-VI-65, (T.C.E.); EacLte Co.: Gores Range, 5-VIII-02, 6-VIII-02, 
(J. & H.C.—LACM coll.); Ex Paso Co.: Rocks Creek, 23-VI-62, (S.E.); FREMONT 
Co.: Oak Creek, 3-VII-32, (?—LACM coll.); GarrireLp Co.: 2.5 mi. E. Glenwood 
Springs, 20-VII-63, 24-VII-64, 13-VII-65, (T.C.E.); Roan Plateau, near Baxter 
Lake, 12-VII-62, (K.B.T.); Glenwood Canyon, 15-VI-62, (J.S.); Glenwood Springs, 
11-VII-20, (R.A.L.—LACM coll.); GrANp Co.: 0.6 mi. S.E. Muddy Pass, 10-VII- 
63, (T.C.E.); Sulphur Springs, 10-VII-1898 (?—LACM coll.), 3-VIII-02, (J. & 
H.C.—LACM ocoll.); Gunnison Co.; Erickson Springs Campground, 5 mi. E. 
Somerset, 15-VII-65, 22-VIII-65, (T.C.E.); Coal Creek, 20-VI-65, (T.C.E.), 23-VI- 
64, (S.E.); Gold Creek Canyon, Gunnison National Forest, 25-VII-63, (W.H.H.); 
JEFFERSON Co.: Lakewood, 11-VI-61, 10-VI-62, 12-VI-62, 24-V-63, 14-VI-63, 15- 
VI-64, (J.S.); Larimer Co.: Pingree Park, 16-VIII-33, (F.M. & H.H.B.—LACM 
coll.); Rocky Mountain National Park, 4-VII-31, 12-VII-31, 14-VII-31, 15-VII-31, 
24-VII-31, (P—LACM coll.); Mesa Co.: Pinon Mesa, 2-VII-63, (T.C.E.); 10 mi. 
E. Gateway, 4-IX-65, (T.C.E.); MonrEezuMa Co.: Mesa Verde, 18-VI-56, (K.P.— 
LACM coll.); MonrrosE Co.: near Buckeye Reservoir, 21-VI-64, (S.E.); N. rim 
Black Canyon of the Gunnison National Monument, 25-VII-64, (T.C.E.); Un- 
compahgre Plateau, 11-VII-62, (K.B.T.); Ouray Co.: Sexter Creek, 25-VIII-65, 
(T.C.E.); Rourr Co.;: Rabbit Ears Pass, 17-VII-65, 7-VIII-64, (J.A.J.), 11-VII-62, 
(J.S.), 21-VII-59, (A.O.S:); 3.2 mi. W. Rabbit Ears Pass, 11-Vil-6355@i Genny: 
SAN MicueL Co.: Telluride, 16-VII-?, (C.W.H.—LACM ocoll.); TELLER Co.: Big 
Springs Ranch, Florissant, 3-VIII-65, 6-VIII-65, (T.C.E.). 


IDAHO 


BANNOcK Co.: 10 mi. S. Pocatello, 13-VI-41, 16-VI-41, 19-VI-41, 22-VI-41, 24- 
VI-41, 10-VII-41, (J.M.); Bear Lake Co.: Bloomington, 15-VII-50, 13-VIII-50, 
(R.H.P.—USU coll.); Burre Co.: 1 mi. W. Craters of the Moon National Monu- 
ment, 8-VIII-65, (E.M.P.); Fremont Co.: Ashton, 14-VII-59, (?); Ripley Butte, 
Island: Park, 17-VI-57, (B.K.—USU coll.). 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 234 


MONTANA 


Lewis & CLARK Co.: Helena, 11-VIII-07, (W.M.M.—LACM ocoll.); Powerit Co.: 
Race Track Creek Canyon, 20 mi. N. Anaconda, 21-VII-65, 22-VII-65, 26-VII-65, 
(H.H.). 

NEBRASKA 


Dawes Co.: Chadron State Park, Pine Ridge, 16-VI-61, (K.J.); 5 mi. S. Chadron, 
Pine Ridge, 19-VI-65, (E.S.N.); Deadhorse Canyon, Pine Ridge, 2-VII-65, 3-VII-65, 
(E.S.N.); Whitney, 17-VI-65, (E.S.N.); Kings Canyon, Pine Ridge, 4-VI-65, 
6-VII-65, (E.S.N.); Chadron, (?), (M.W.); Stoux Co.: Sowbelly Canyon, Pine 
Rice Bae (K.J.), 26-VI-62, (J.C.D.); Monroe Canyon, N. Harrison, 26-VI-62, 
ACEIDE)E 


New MeExico 


Cotrax Co.: Raton, 20-VII-64, (J.R.M.); Grant Co.: Cherry Creek, Pinos Altos 
Mts., 10-VI-58, (J.P.H.); McKinutry Co.: Ft. Wingate, 8-VI-09, 14-VI-09, 3-VII-09, 
(J.W.—LACM coll.); Orero Co.: near Cloudcroft, 20-VII-58, (A.N.); SANDOVAL 
Co.: Las Huertes Canyon Road, 5.6 mi. S. Placitas, Sandia Mts., 15-VII-63, (T.C.E. ); 
Juan Tabo, Sandia Mts., 8-VII-45, (W.O.G.—LACM ooll.); Taos Co.: Hondo 
Canyon, near Taos, 19-VIII-64, (T.C.E.). 


NEVADA 


Cuiark Co.: Charleston Mtn. Park, Kyle Canyon, 10-VIII-63, (T.C.E.), 6-VI-52, 
7-VI-52, (T.D.), 2-VII-36, (D.M.—LACM ocoll.), 29-VII-66, (E.M.P.); Mountain 
Springs Pass, Spring Mtn. Range, 30-VI-63, (K.R.); ELxo Co.: Spruce Mtn., 18- 
VII-60, (J.B.); Lamoille Canyon, Ruby Mts., 19-VII-60, (J.B.), 24-VII-59, (A.O.S.), 
10-VII-58, (W.A.H.); Ruby Valley, 20-VI-33, (L.M.M.—LACM coll.); LANDER 
Co.: Kingston Canyon, Toiyabe Mts., 20-VII-64, (T.C.E.); Hy. 50, S. Carroll Sum- 
mit, 13-VII-59, (A.O.S.); Minerat Co.: Corey Creek Canyon, 17-VII-65, (P.J.H.); 
WuirteE PINE Co.: Snake Creek, Mt. Wheeler, 1-VII-60, (W.A.H.); Lehman Creek, 
Mt. Wheeler, 1-VII-60, (W.A.H.). 


SoutH DAKOTA 


CusTER Co.: W. of Custer, “1929-1930,” (J.M.); LAwreNcE Co.: Spearfish Canyon, 
Black Hills National Forest, 25-VII-58, 23-VI-61, (E.M.P.), 23-VI-61, (S.F.P.), 
12-VIII-65, (T.C.E.); Lead, 24-VII-58, (E.M.P.); Mrapre Co.: Bethlehem, 29-VI- 
63, (W.B.); PENNINGTON Co.: Deerfield Lake, 26-VII-58, (S.F.P.); .25 mi. E. 
Black Fox Campground, 26-VII-58, (E.M.P.). 


UTAH 
Box Extper Co.: near Holstein R. S., Raft River Mts., 23-VII-63, (J.S.); CacHE 
Co.: Logan Canyon, N.E. Logan, 20-VII-48, (G.G.F.—USU ocoll.), 18-VI-54, 
9-VII-54, (R.P.O.—USU coll.), 13-VII-48, (B.H.—USU coll.), 10-VII-48, (R.S.B.— 
WSU scoll))> Vi-54, (?—USU coll.), VII-53, (H.A.A.—USU coll.), 14-VIII-59, 
(P—USU coll.), VII-55, (?); Green Canyon, 2-VII-54, (D.W.D.—USU ooll.), 
27-VII-64, (W.J.H.—USU coll.); Blacksmith Fork Canyon, 10-V-60, (W.A.R.— 
USU coll.); Daccrrr Co.: Palisade Park Camp, 20-VII-62, (R.Y.—USU coll.), 
20-VII-63, (C.G.—USU ocoll.), 19-VII-62, (B.A.H—USU ocoll.); Ashley Dam, 
17-VI-62, (J.S.); Davis Co.: Muller Park, Wasatch Mts., 11-VI-65, (K.B.T.); 
DucHESNE Co.: Roosevelt, 14-VIII-37, (F.C.H.—USU coll.); near Fruitland, 8-VIII- 
63, (K.B.T.); Granp Co.: Castle Valley, 9-VI-63, (J.R.P.); Mill Creek, La Sal 
Mts., 11-VII-62, (K.B.T.); Inon Co.: Midway Summit, Hy. 14, 9-VIII-63, (T.C.E. ); 
Sar Lake Co.: Big Cottonwood Canyon, Mill River Fork, 2-VII-65, (K.B.T.); 
Salt Lake City, 5-VI-59, (J.R.P.—USU coll.), 14-VIII-25, (L.V.B—LACM ocoll.); 
Lamb’s Canyon, Wasatch Mts., 21-VII-64, 14-VII-64, 5-VII-62, (K.B.T.); City 
Creek Canyon, 22-VI-60, (J.C.D.); SAN Juan Co.: Brumley Ridge, road to Geyser 


D2, PERKINS AND PERKINS: Limenitis weidemeyerii Vol. 21, nome 


Pass from Moab, 22-VII-64, (T.C.E.), 23-VI-63, (K.B.T.); SaANnPETE Co.: Ephraim 
Canyon, 28-VI-34, (L.M.M.—LACM coll.); Summir Co.: N. Fork Provo River, 
Uinta Mts., 18-VII-65, (J.A.J.); Shingle Creek, Uinta Mts., 12-VII-65, (K.B.T.); 
Park City, 28-VII-1895, (P—LACM coll.); ToorELe Co.: South Willow Canyon, 
Stansbury Mts., 20-VII-64, 30-VII-64, 1-VII-65, 18-VII-65, 21-VII-65, 5-VIII-65, 
(K.B.T.), 19-VII-65, 21-VII-65, (J.A.J.); Urnran Co.: Merkley Park, 29-VIII-65, 
(K.B.T.); Kabell Hollow, Uinta Mts., 12-VII-63, 14-VII-63, (K.B.T.); Urau Co.: 
6 mi. E. Timpanogos Cave National Monument, 8-VII-65, (T.C.E.); Payson Canyon, 
20-VII-65, (J.A.J.), 7-VII-64, 20-VII-65, (K.B.T.), 22-VI-34, 6-VII-34, (L.M.M.— 
LACM ocoll.); Wassuincton Co.: Leeds Canyon, Pine Valley Mts., 19-VI-64, 
(K.B.T.); Pine Valley, 6-VII-36, (C.N.R—LACM coll.); near St. George, 4-VII-25, 
(J.A.C.—LACM coll.). 


WYOMING 


ALBANY Co.: La Bonte Canyon, 4-VII-63, (R.H.); Eagle Peak, 14-VII-63, (R.H.); 
ConvERSE Co.: Mill Creek, 9-VIII-64, (R.H.); La Prele Canyon, 23-VI-64, (R.H.); 
Cold Springs, Medicine Bow National Forest, 23-VI-63, (R.H.); Camel Creek, 
19-VII-64, 15-VII-65, (R.H.); Carson Co.: 9 mi. W. Encampment, Sierra Madre 
Mts., 9-VII-60, (J.C.D.); Fremonr Co.: Louis Lake, Shoshone National Forest, 
18-VII-63, (E.M.P.); Teron Co.: 4 mi. W. Teton Pass, Targhee National Forest, 
8-VIII-65, 10-VIII-65, (E.M.P.). 


INDEX OF COLLECTORS 


(H.A.A.) H. A. Arfaa; (R.S.B.) R. S. Bailey; (J.B.) J. Baker; (W.B.) W. Boscoe; 
(L.V.B.) L. V. Bower; (C.B.) C. Brown; (F.M.B.) F. M. Brown; (H.H.B.) H. 
H. Brown; (H.C.) H. Comstock; (J.A.C.) J. A. Comstock; (C.M.D.) C. M. Dam- 
mers; -(T.D:) T. Davies; (D.W.D:) D. W. Davis; (D.D)), Dy Dirks lel) 
J. C. Downey; (S.E.) S. Ellis; (T.C.E.) T. C. Emmel; (G.G.F.) G. G. Fleener; 
(C.G.) C. Granam; (W.O.G.) W. O. Griesel; (W.A.H.) W. A. Hammer; (W.].H.) 
W. J. Hanson; (R.H.) R. Hardesty; (F.C.H.) F. C. Harmston; (B.H.) B. Harris; 
(B.A.H.) B. A. Haws; (P.J.H.) P. J. Herlan;s (C.W.H.) Co W. Her CHere) metas 
Holmes; (W.H.H.) W. H. Howe; (J.P.H.) J. P. Hubbard; (K.J.) K. Johnson; 
(J.A.J.) J. A. Justice; (C.W.K.) C. W. Kirkwood; (B.K.) B. Knapp; (R.A.L.) R. A. 
Leussler; (M.R.L.) M. R. Lundgren; (C.D.M.)—C. D. MacNeill; (W.M.M.) W. M. 
Mann; (J.M.) J.. Manning; (L.M.M.) L. M. Martin; (D.M.) D. Meadows; 
(J.R.M.) J. R. Merritt; (E.S.N.) E. S. Nixon; (A.N.) A. Nymeyer; (R.P.O.) R. P. 
Olson; (P.A.O.) P. A. Opler; (V.W.O.) V. W. Owen; (J.R.P.) J. R. Pease; (E.M.P.) 
E. M. Perkins, Jr.; (S.F.P.) S. F. Perkins; (R.H.P.) R. H. Piggott; (K.P.) K. Phillips; 
(W.A.R.) W. A. Reese; (D.C.R.) D. C. Rentz; (K.R.) K. Roever; (W.A.R.—USU 
coll.) W. A. Rowley; (G.N.R.) G. N. Rudkin; (J.S.) J. Scott; (AMS.) AM. 
Shapiro; (A.O.S.) A. O. Shields; (R.F.S.) R. F. Sternitzky; (F.T.T.) F. T. Thorne; 
(K.B.T.) K. B. Tidwell: (M.W.) M. Wood: (S.L.W.) S. L.. Woodsen 
Woodgate; (R.Y.) R. Young. 

Museum collections are indicated as follows: (CAS coll.) California Academy 
of Sciences, San Francisco, California; (LACM coll.) Los Angeles County Museum, 
Los Angeles, California; (USU coll.) Utah State University, Logan, Utah. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The authors wish to express their sincere appreciation to the following 
contributors for their part (whether in loaning specimens, supplying 
field data and other pertinent information, or in reviewing and offering 
constructive suggestions relative to this manuscript) in making this 
work possible: 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 233 


Mr. R. Albright, Dr. P. H. Amaud, Jr. (California Academy of Sci- 
ences) Mr. EH. J. Austin, Mr. J. Baker, Mr. F. M. Brown, Mr. C. R. 
Crowe, Mr. T. Davies, Dr. E. J. Dornfeld (Oregon State University ), 
Dr. J. C. Downey (Southern Illinois University), Miss M. Doyle 
(1.C.Z.N.—C/O British Museum, London), Mr. S. Ellis, Mr. T. C. 
Emmel, Mr. K. Fender, Dr. W. D. Field (United States National Mu- 
seum), Dr. W. J. Hanson (Utah State University), Mr. R. Hardesty, 
Mr. R. Heitzman, Mr. C. Henne, Mr. P. J. Herlan (Nevada State Mu- 
seum), Mr. R. Holland, Mr. H. Holmes, Mr. J. P. Hubbard, Mr. K. 
Johnson, Lt. J. A. Justice, Mr. R. O. Kendall, Mr. N. LaDue, Mr. J. Legge, 
Mr. J. J. MacDonald, Dr. C. D. MacNeill (Oakland Museum), Mr. J. 
Manning, Mr. L. M. Martin (Los Angeles County Museum), Mr. P. 
McHenry, Mr. E. J. Newcomer, Mr. R. Nymeyer, Dr. J. A. Powell ( Uni- 
versity of California, Berkeley), Mr. J. R. Pease, Mr. N. D. Riley (1.C.Z.N. 
—C/O British Museum, London), Dr. F. H. Rindge (American Mu- 
seum of Natural History), Mr. K. Roever, Mr. G. N. Ross, Mr. J. Scott, 
Mr. A. M. Shapiro, Mr. A. O. Shields, Dr. G. Singer (University of 
Montana), Mr. R. F. Sternitzky, Mr. F. T. Thorne, Mr. K. B. Tidwell, 
and Mr. M. Toliver. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Barnes, W., and F. H. Benjamin, 1924. Basilarchia weidemeyerii race nevadae 
nov. Contrib. Nat. Hist. Lepid. N. Amer., 5(3): 99. 

BARNES, W., and J. McDunnoucn, 1912. Basilarchia weidemeyerii angustifascia, 
a new geographical race. Canad. Ent., 44(5): 163. 

Bauer, D. L., 1954. An apparent hybrid Limenitis from Arizona. Lepid. News., 
8(5): 129-130. 

Brown, F. M., 1951. Simple statistics for the taxonomist—II. Lepid. News., 5(3- 
Be Aes. 

1960. A Badlands subspecies of Limenitis weidemeyerii Edwards. Amer. Mus. 
Novitates, No. 2018: 1-6. 

1964. Correct dates for butterfly names described by William Henry Edwards 
in three entomological publications. Jour. New York Ent. Soc., 72: 209-223. 

Brown, F. M., D. Err, and B. Rorcrr, 1957. Colorado Butterflies. Proc. Denver 
Mus. Nat. Hist., Denver, 368 pp. 

CuerMock, R. L., 1950. A generic revision of the Limenitini of the world. Amer. 
Midl. Nat., 43: 513-569. 

CockERELL, T. D. A., 1927. A new aberration of Basilarchia weidemeyerii Edwards. 
Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 26(1): 5. 

Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterflies of California. 334 pp. Published by author; 
Los Angeles. 

Cross, F. C., 1937. Butterflies of Colorado. Proc. Colorado Mus. Nat. Hist., 16: 
3-28. : 

Dati, W. H., 1877. Report of the Committee on Zoological Nomenclature to 
Section B, of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, at 
the Nashville Meeting, August 31, 1877 (Nomenclature in Zoology and Botany). 
Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 7-56. 

pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of Nearctic Rhopalocera. Mem. Lepid. 
Soc., No. 1. Yale University, New Haven. 


234 PERKINS AND PERKINS: Limenitis weidemeyerii Vol. 21, one 


Epwarps, W. H., 1862. Limenitis weidemeyerii nov. sp. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Philae (13)2 162) [slsole|: 

1882. Descriptions of species of butterflies taken in Arizona by Jacob Doll, 1881. 
Papilio (New York Ent. Club), 2 (2): 22. 

1868-1872. The butterflies of North America. Vol. I. The American Entomo- 
logical Society, Philadelphia. 

1884. The butterflies of North America. Vol. II. The American Entomological 
Society, Philadelphia. 

EHRLICH, P. R., and A. H. Euruicu, 1961. How to know the butterflies. Wm. C. 
Brown Co., Dubuque, 269 pp. 

Exrop, M. J., 1906. The butterflies of Montana. University of Montana, Missoula, 
Bull. 30, Biol. Ser. 10; 174 pp. 

FENDER, K., 1931. The Butterflies of Yamhill County. Pan-Pacific Ent., 7(4): 185. 

FreLtp, W. D., 1938. A Manual of the butterflies and skippers of Kansas. Univ. 
Kansas, Dept. Ent. Bull. No. 12, Lawrence, Kansas. (Bull. U. of Kansas, Vol. 
39, no. 10, 328 pp.). 

FREEMAN, H. A., 1963. Type localities of the Megathymidae. Jour. Res. lepid., 
2(2): 137-141. 

GartH, J. S., and J. W. Titpen, 1963. Yosemite butterflies. Jour. Res. Lepid., 
2(1): 1-96. 

Gunper, J. D., 1932. Basilarchia lorquini Bdvy., from fridayi, new form. Canad. 
Ent., 64(12): 284. 

Houuanp, W. J., 1955. Butterfly Book. Rev. ed., Doubleday & Co., Inc. Garden 
City, 424 pp. 

Martin, L. M., and F. S. Truxat, 1955. A List of North American Lepidoptera 
in the Los Angeles County Museum—Part I, Butterflies (Suborder Rhopalocera ). 
No. 18 (No. 8). Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles, 35 pp. 

McDunnoucp, J., 1938. Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United 

States of America—Part I, Macrolepidoptera. Mem. Southern California Acad. 
Sas LE (Gh), AMS jaro: 

Perkins, E. M., Jr., and S. F. Perkins, 1966. <A review of the Limenitis lorquini 
complex (Nymphalidae). Jour. Lepid. Soc., 20 (3): 172-176. 

Puckerinc, D. L., and R. L. Post, 1960. Butterflies of North Dakota. No. 1. 
North Dakota Agricultural College, Fargo. 

STALLINGS, D. B., and J. R. Turner, 1954. Notes on Megathymus neumoegeni, 
with description of a new species (Megathymidae). Lepid. News, 8(3-4): 
77-87. 

Wricut, W. G., 1906. Butterflies of the West Coast. 2nd ed., Published by the 
author; San Bernardino, 255 pp. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 235 


DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF ANEPIA HAMPSON 
FROM THE SIERRA NEVADA OF CALIFORNIA (NOCTUIDAE) 


Joun S. Bucketr 
University of California, Davis, California 


WILLIAM R. BAvER 
711 Boyer Circle, Davis, California 


In recent years the authors have obtained a series of a new noctuid 
which belongs in the genus Anepia Hampson, close to amabilis (Barnes 
and McDunnough). At first, only a few specimens were at hand, and 
it was difficult to be sure of the specific integrity of the new species. 
As more material became available, it was apparent that there were two 
species involved, and with further study, the distinctness became more 
obvious. 

The genus Anepia as presently recognized, is composed of seven North 
American species, including plumasata herein described as new. A. 
amabilis was described from Loma Linda, San Bernardino County, 
California, and this species seems to inhabit areas from sea level up 
to over 1,000 feet elevation. A. plumasata, on the other hand, inhabits 
more mountainous areas from 1,000 to over 8,000 feet elevation, and is 
more northerly in distribution. 

A. amabilis is well described by Barnes and McDunnough (1918), 
including a photograph (plate 16, figure 4). Draudt (In Seitz, 1923) 
depicts A. amabilis in color (plate 17, row k), but this illustration is 
inaccurate in color, as it is much too yellowish brown. 


Anepia plumasata Buckett and Bauer, new species 


Holotype male: Ground color bluish grey, due to whitish scaling over darker 
background. Head with vertex clothed with spatulate and flattened hairs, basally 
brownish, apically white tipped; frons appearing brownish, clothed with spatulate 
hairs, flattened hairs, simple hairs; palpi brown with scattering of white scales, 
elongate brownish simple hairs protruding ventrally; antennae with scape clothed 
in whitish spatulate scales, basally with flagellar segments slightly cleft, medially 
with each segment truncate ventrally, medial ciliations as long as width of flagellar 
shaft, lessening in length apically. Thorax dorsally with collar clothed basally in 
greyish hairs and scales; medially with an indistinct, broad black band, preapically 
greyish, apically white tipped; disc clothed in simple and spatulate hairs, basally 
greyish, apically white tipped; tegulae clothed as in disc, except spatulate hairs rep- 
resented by spatulate scales; ventrally clothed in whitish or ash-grey, simple hairs, 
appearing peppered; tarsal segments black, with white annuli apically; tarsal claws 
(or ungues) serrate ventrally. Forewings dorsally with basal half line slightly out- 
curved, basally black, apically whitish; transverse anterior area of ground color, 
heavily overlain with white scales; transverse anterior line slightly outcurved, 
undulating from costa to inner margin, geminate, basally whitish, terminally black; 
median area black preceding orbicular and including claviform, remainder of median 


236 BUCKETT AND BAUER: New noctuid Vol: 21, nase 


Fig. 1. Anepia plumasata Buckett and Bauer, allotype female. Johnsville, Plumas 
Co., Calif., 18 June 1963. Fig. 2. A. plumasata, Holotype male. Same locality, 18 
June 1946. Fig. 3. A. amabilis (Barnes and McDunnough), male. Del Mar, San 
Diego Co., Calif. 7 May 1943. Fig. 4. A. amabilis, female. Ojai, Ventura Co., 
Calif., 10 April 1955. 


area of ground color; claviform large, from half-way to completely across median 
area, not easily discernable because of darker scales surrounding it; orbicular thinly 
outlined in brownish-black, externally whitish, centrally filled with ground color; 
reniform erect, rectangular, colored as in orbicular; transverse-posterior line evenly 
curved outwardly around reniform, appearing geminate toward inner margin, basally 
black, terminally white; sub terminal area of ground color, veins faintly outlined in 
black; sub terminal line a black wedge on costa, thence disjunct, remainder white; 
terminal line faintly represented by black lunules between veins; fringes checkered 
with alternating whitish and bluish-grey checks; ventral surface brownish-black; 
reniform weakly represented in black; transverse-anterior line broad, represented 
in black; terminal area heavily irrorated with white scales; fringes as in dorsal 
surface. Hindwings dorsally deep smokey fuscous, lighter basally; discal lunule 
represented in dark brown; fringes tricolored, basally ochreous, medially dark-brown, 
apically whitish; ventral surface charcoal with irroration of white scales; discal 
lunule present as black dot; exterior line black; area extending from exterior line 
just proximally to fringes darker than ground color of wing; fringes as in dorsal 
surface. 
Greatest expanse of forewing 15 mm. Genitalia as in figs. 5 and 7. 


— 


Fig. 5. Anepia plumasata Buckett and Bauer, paratype. Male genitalia, aedeagus 
removed. Same locality as in fig. 1, 6 July 1962. Bauer-Buckett slide No. 65A6-7. 
Fig. 6. A. amabilis (B. & McD.). Male genitalia aedeagus removed. Data same as 
fig. 3, Bauer-Buckett slide No. 65A6-5. Fig. 7. A. plumasata, paratype male aedeagus. 
Data same as in fig. 5. Fig. 8. A. amabilis, male aedeagus. Data same as in fig. 6. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 237 


238 BUCKETT AND BAuER: New noctuid Vol. 21, no. 4 


Fig. 9. Anepia plumasata Buckett and Bauer, Paratype. Female genitalia. Johns- 
ville, Plumas Co., Calif. 25 June 1962 (H. J. Pini), Bauer-Buckett slide No. 65A6-8. 

Fig. 10. A. amabilis (B. & McD.), female genitalia. Del Mar, San Diego Co., 
Calif. 28 May 1956 (J. A. Comstock), Bauer-Buckett slide No. 65A6-6. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 239 


plumasata 


amabilis 


Fig. 11. Distribution of Anepia plumasata Buckett and Bauer and A. amabilis 
(B. & McD.) based on material studied. 


Female: As in male except antennal ciliations shorter; maculation of wings usually 
more obscure. 
Greatest expanse of forewing 16 mm. Genitalia as in fig. 9. 


Holotype male: CALIFORNIA, Johnsville, Plumas Co., 18 June, 1964. 
(H. J. Pini). Paratypes: 1 2? (designated allotype), same locality and 
collector as preceding, 18 June, 1963. 1 ¢, Plymouth, Amador Co., 1 
iemewto6s (1, Callian); 1 2, Silver Lake, Amador Co., 17 July, 1935 
(Garter): | ¢, 1 2, Bijou, E] Dorado Co., 25 July, 1964 (R. A. Young); 
ise Placerville, E] Dorado Co., 5 June, 1965 (R. A. Y.); 1 3, 1. mi N 


240 BUCKETT AND BAuER: New noctuid Vol. 21, no. 4 


Elephant Butte, 16 June, 1964 (J. S. Buckett & M. R. Gardner); 1 4, 
Johnsville, Plumas Co., as follows: 1 ¢, 24 June, 1959 (W. R. Bauer & 
J.S. B.); 1¢, 5 June, 1960 (W. R. B..& J. S. B:); 12732 miiaocemenas 
(H. J. P.); 24, 12, 6 July, 1962 (H. J. P.); 1¢,-7 June; 19635( tear 
14, 12, 24 July, 1964 (H. J. B.); 13, 6 June, 1965 (He eae 
Mohawk, Plumas Co., 20 June, 1946 (W. R. B.); 1 9, Mt. Ingalls, 
Plumas Co., 24 July, 1964 (J. S. B. & M. R. G.); 1 2, 1 mi N Quincy, 
Plumas Co., 14 June, 1964 (Gus Jeskey); 1 ¢, 2 2°, Strawberry, Tuolumne 
Co., 8 July, 1964, elev. 8,000 ft. (R. P. Allen); 2 6, Strawberry, Tuolumne 
Co., 19 and 20 June, 1957 (A. E. Pritchard); 1 ¢, same locality and 
collector, 3 July 1957. 

The holotype is deposited in the type collection, Department of En- 
tomology and Acarology, University of California, Davis. Paratypes are 
deposited in the following institutions and collections: American Mu- 
seum of Natural History, New York; Bauer-Buckett collection, Davis; 
California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; California Insect Survey, 
University of California, Berkeley; California State Department of Agri- 
culture, Sacramento; John G. Franclemont collection, Cornell University, 
Ithaca, New York; Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History, 
Los Angeles; United States National Museum, Washington, D. C.; Uni- 
versity of California, Davis. 

Anepia plumasata can readily be distinguished from amabilis both by 
genitalia and by maculation. A. plumasata is darker in general coloration 
than is amabilis; the median area of the primaries is darker and the 
claviform longer than in amabilis as well as the ordinary cross lines 
being more obscured in the former; the secondaries are dorsally darker 
in plumasata. Both the male and female genitalia of plumasata are 
larger than in amabilis (as can be seen in the illustrations); the aedeagus 
of plumasata possesses more lobes in the vesical sac than does amabilis; 
the heavily sclerotized structure protruding over the costa of the valve 
is smaller in plumasata than it is in amabilis. 

The genitalic illustrations were prepared by the first author with aid 
of a bioscope, corrections being made by use of a dissecting microscope. 

We wish to extend our appreciation to all those who made material 
available for this project, and to Ronald C. Gardner for his assistance 
in preparation of the manuscript. 


LITERATURE CITED 


BARNEs, W. and J. McDunnovucu, 1918. Contributions to the Natural History of 
the Lepidoptera of North America, 4(2): 96, and plate 16. The Review Press, 
Decatur, Ill. 

Draupt, M., 1923. In: Seitz, The Macrolepidoptera of the World, 7: 116 and 
plate 17. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 241 


THE EFFECTS OF VITAMINS ON THE DEVELOPMENT 
OF NYMPHALIS ANTIOPA (NYMPHALIDAE). 


G. RAcz 
V. Petofi, S. U. 11, Budapest, Hungary 


In the past there have been many papers reporting the effects of freez- 
ing, heating, or chemical treatment on the development of Lepidoptera. 
Most of these papers have stressed the phenotypic changes, if any, which 
were produced. The increased production of melanin in individuals of 
many species when their pupae are subjected to near-freezing tempera- 
tures is a well known phenomenon. 

I have experimented with the effects of cold temperature myself. 
Immediately after ecdysis, pupae of Zerynthia hypermnestra Sc. were 
subjected to a temperature of -10° C for 30 minutes, followed by an 
hour at 18° C, and another 30 minutes at -10° C. The resulting imagos 
were characterized by an abnormally extensive black pattern. 

A colleague in Hungary, L. Bezsilla, produced a series of Nymphalis 
antiopa (L.) aberration hygiae by injection of a solution of phospho- 
molybdic acid into the pupae. This experiment also produced a marked 
shortening of the pupal period. 

The above experiment gave me the idea of treating larvae or pupae 
with solutions of purified vitamins. I attempted two types of experi- 
ments, the first of which I describe below. 

On June 22, 1958, ten groups of five three-day old Nymphalis antiopa 
larvae were fed Salix leaves upon which the following vitamin solutions 
had been brushed: 1) Vitamin C; 2) Vitamin B,; 3) Vitamin By»; 4) 
Vitamin B,; and Bis; 5) Vitamin B, and C; 6) Vitamin Bis and C; 7) 
Vitamin B,, Bis, and C; 8) Vitamin D2; 9) Vitamin A and Ds; 10) Control. 

In the groups with combinations of vitamins, one was brushed on the 
leaves after the previous one had been applied. 

By June 24 conspicuous size differences were noticeable in several 
groups. On July 1, some caterpillars died displaying symptoms similar 
to those produced by virus disease, i.e. the internal portions of the body 
became liquified. Among those that died were those treated with oily 
vitamins (A and D.). The larvae fed leaves treated with oily vitamins 
had hardly fed, and had not increased in size very perceptibly. 

On July 3, the larvae of group six (Bi. and C) had pupated, and all 
of the larvae of group one (C) had pupated by July 6. On July 6, the 
controls had only reached the half way point in their development, and 
none had pupated until July 13. 


249 RaAcz: Effects of vitamins on Nymphalis Vol. 21, nee 


The first adult emerged on July 9, and was produced from a group 
six (Big and C) pupa. The first adult from the control group emerged 
on July 25. The total emergence of the different groups was as follows: 


GROUP NUMBER VITAMINS NUMBER OF ADULTS 


i! C 4 


Bis 

Bi, Bi 

Bi, C 

By, C 

Bi, Bi, C 

D» 

A, Dz 
Control 


omON DD TH EF WwW WD 
PSS eS PSS Oi ee eS) eS) I) 


e 
>) 


It is remarkable that the larval and pupal stages of the larvae fed 
extra vitamins, especially group six (Biz, and C), were so strikingly 
shortened. The production of adults occurred within the range of 33 to 
40 days from the start of the experiment for the control group and only 
17 to 29 days for those groups which had been subjected to vitamin 
treatment. 

A phenotypic change was also produced in the individuals which 
had received extra vitamins as larvae. In these adults the normally yellow 
border was almost completely black. 

The second type of experimentation involved the direct injection of 
vitamin solutions into N. antiopa larvae. As the author was not properly 
equipped and thus, could not inject exact dosages, the results were 
inconclusive. 

Injections of vitamins into pupae produced no noticeable effects. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


I wish to thank the Chinoin Factory, a pharmaceutical laboratory in 
Budapest, which graciously supplied me with the necessary vitamin 
preparations for the experiments reported in this paper. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 243 


REPORT ON A COLLECTION OF HESPERIIDAE 
FROM HONDURAS 


RosE SAWYER MONROE 
Dept. of Biology, University of Louisville, Louisville, Ky. 


LEE D. MILLER 
Dept. of Biology, Catholic University of America, Washington, D. C. 


INTRODUCTION 

Evans (1951, 1952, 1953, 1955) listed 223 species of Hesperiidae 
from Honduras, divided between the three subfamilies as follows: 9 
Pyrrhopyginae, 136 Pyrginae and 78 Hesperiinae. Many species have 
been reported from the surrounding countries but not from Honduras, 
so the actual number of hesperiid species resident there may exceed 
500. Honduran records have now been published for 275 species, many 
papers adding one or more to those listed by Evans, so that about half 
the expected number have been thus far reported. These figures alone 
do not indicate how poorly known Honduran butterflies are. Many 
of the records, especially the older ones, are based on single specimens 
bearing locality labels which read simply “Honduras” or “Spanish Hon- 
duras’; there are relatively few specimens available with adequate data 
and fewer still with ecological information. From the standpoint of 
biological knowledge, Honduras is one of the least known Central 
American republics. 

The present collection was made chiefly by Monroe in 1962 and con- 
tains representatives of eighty-three species, many of which are new 
records from Honduras (indicated by an asterisk (*) ). The Papilionoidea 
are being reported separately (Monroe, Ross and Williams, 1967), and 
the collection sites are discussed in that paper. Most of the hesperiids 
were taken at El Jaral, Cortés; this collection is substantially what 
one would expect to find on a Central American coffee finca in the trop- 
ical deciduous forest, where most of the specimens were taken. 

The identifications were made by Miller, and the systematic notes 
are his responsibility; the specimens, unless otherwise indicated, are in 
the Monroe collection. 


SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT 


The list which follows is arranged according to the sequence of genera 
given by Evans (1951, 1952, 1953, 1955). Reference will not be made 
to Honduran species listed in these works, but those species not recorded 
by him will be discussed in some detail, as will a few whose systematic 
position is in doubt. 


244 MONROE AND MILLER: Honduran Hesperiidae Vol: 2). newest 


PYRRHOPYGINAE 


Jemadia hospita pseudognetus (Mabille). 1¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 14.viii. This species 
has been reported previously (as hospita) from Honduras (Bell, 1934). 


PYRGINAE 


Epargyreus exadeus complex. 26: El Jaral, Cortés; 11, 13.viii. The species in this 
group are poorly understood and are presently being examined by Miller. It 
seems better to avoid the use of specific names at this time. Evans (1952) 
records E. s. spina Evans and E. clavicornis gaumeri Godman from Honduras, the 
latter having been described from Ruatan Island. 

Chioides catillus albofasciata (Hewitson). 18: El Jaral, Cortés; 13.viii. 

Chioides catillus albius Evans. 1¢: Tela, Atlantida; 18.viii. This specimen repre- 
sents the first Honduran record of this “subspecies” which was known previously 
from Costa Rica and Panama. The zone of overlap of albius and albofasciata now 
extends at least from Honduras to northern Panama thereby casting further doubt 
on the “subspecies” of the catillus complex. 

Typhedanus undulatus (Hewitson). 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 14.viii. 

Polythrix asine (Hewitson). 1¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 25.viii. 

Codatractus a. alcaeus (Hewitson). 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 29.viii. 

Urbanus p. proteus (Linnaeus). 26 49: El Jaral, Cortés; 9-14.viii and 23.ix (one 
pair in Carnegie Museum). 

Urbanus viterboana (Ehrmann). 2¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 8, 13.viii (one in Car- 
negie Museum). Evans (1952) described the “subspecies” alva and listed a pair 
from Honduras, but he did not record true viterboana from our area. There is 
broad overlap in the ranges of alva and viterboana, and they certainly cannot 
represent subspecies. Much more work remains to be done on the proteus 
complex before definitive statements can be made concerning species limits. 
For convenience we have here recorded the specimens as they run through Evans’ 
key. 

Urbanus d. dorantes (Stoll). 54: El Jaral, Cortés; 6, 14, 25.viii (two in Carnegie 
Museum ). 

Urbanus teleus (Hubner). 26 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 9, 12.viii and 23.ix (one ¢ 
in Carnegie Museum). 

Urbanus tanna Evans. 22: one from El Jaral, Cortés; 27.viii; and the other from 
Lancetilla, Atlantida; 7.vi.1961 (collected by Roger N. Williams). 

Urbanus simplicius (Stoll). 4¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 9, 12, 14.viii (one in Carnegie 
Museum). The separation of this species and the next is well described by 
Tilden (1965). 

Urbanus procne (Plotz). 1%: El Jaral, Cortés; 23.ix. 

Urbanus d. doryssus (Swainson). 1¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 13.viii. 

*Astraptes alardus latia Evans. 1¢é: El Jaral, Cortés; 9.viii. This appears to be the 
first record of this handsome skipper from Honduras, but its occurrence there 
is not surprising; Evans (1952) and Williams (1927) list specimens from Guate- 
mala, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, etc. 

Astraptes anaphus annetta Evans. 22: El Jaral, Cortés; 9, 27.viii (one in Carnegie 
Museum ). 

Autochton longipennis (Plotz). 14: El Jaral, Cortés; 8.viii. 

Autochton zarex (Hiibner). 2¢ 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 8.viii and 23.ix (one ¢ in 
Carnegie Museum). 

Achalarus a. albociliatus (Mabille). 12: Tela, Atlantida; 18.viii. 

Cabares p. potrillo (Lucas). 14: Potrerillos, Cortés; 10.viii. 

Spathilepia clonius (Cramer). 28 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 12.viii and 23.ix (one ¢ 
in Carnegie Museum). 

*Cogia c. caicus (Herrich-Schiffer). 134; El Jaral, Cortés; 23.ix. This specimen 


Ol 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 24 


represents a considerable southward extension of the known range. Previous 
records place this species no further south than Guatemala. 

Cogia calchas (Herrics-Schaffer). 3¢ 29: 2é from El Jaral, Cortés; 12.viii and 
23.ix; 1¢ from Potrerillos, Cortés; 29.viii; and 29 from Tela, Atlantida; 18.viii 
(one pair in Carnegie Museum). 

*Nisoniades castolatus (Hewitson). 1¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 27.viii. This skipper has 
been taken in Nicaragua (Evans, 1953). 

*Nisoniades ephora (Herrich-Schaffer). 1¢: Cortés (either El Jaral or Potrerillos); 
10.viii. Described from Nicaragua, this species has been previously taken from 
all the countries surrounding Honduras. 

Pellicia dimidiata Herrich-Schaffer. 1¢ 29: El Jaral, Cortés; 14.viii and 23.ix 
(one @ in Carnegie Museum). The female in the collection of Carnegie Museum 
has aberrant genitalia, the left side being only half as well developed as the 
right. Normally the female genitalia of dimidiata are symmetrical. 

*Noctuana noctua bipuncta (Plotz). 19: El] Jaral, Cortés; 14.viii. Evans (1953) 
lists specimens from Guatemala and Nicaragua, so its occurrence within our limits 
was to be expected. 

Noctuana stator (Godman and Salvin). 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 23.ix. 

Bolla phylo pullata (Mabille). 2¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 9, 14.viii (one in Carnegie 
Museum ). 

Staphylus ascaphalus (Staudinger). 1¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 14.viii. 

Ouleus fridericus salvina Evans. 46: El Jaral, Cortés; 9, 12, 2l.viii (one in 
Carnegie Museum). 

Quadrus cerealis (Stoll). 1¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 5.xi. _ 

*Quadrus c. contubernalis (Mabille). 5¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 5.xi (two in Carnegie 
Museum). This skipper has been recorded previously from Guatemala and 
Costa Rica (Evans, 1953). 

*Ouadrus |. lugubris (Felder). 2¢ 39: El Jaral, Cortés; 9, 12, 14, 25, 27.viii (one 
pair in Carnegie Museum). Previous records of the nominate subspecies have 
been from Mexico, Guatemala, Nicaragua and Costa Rica, so we are not sur- 
prised at its capture in Honduras. 

*Mylon lassia (Hewitson). 192: El Jaral, Cortés; 8.viii. This skipper also occurs 
in Guatemala and Nicaragua (Evans, 1953). 

Mylon menippus (Fabricius). 1¢ 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 13, 17.viii. 

*Carrhenes c. canescens (Felder). 4¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 9, 14, 27.viii and 4.ix (one 
in Carnegie Museum). There are published records from Guatemala, E] Salvador 
and Nicaragua (Evans, i953). 

Xenophanes tryxus (Stoll). 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 12.viii. 

Antigonus nearchus (Latreille). 3¢: one from El Jaral, Cortés; 17.ix; and two from 
Potrerillos, Cortés; 29.viii (one in Carnegie Museum). 

Antigonus erosus Hiibner. 76: one from El Jaral, Cortés; 17.ix; and six from 
Potrerillos, Cortés; 10, 29.viii (two in Carnegie Museum ). 

*Antigonus corrosus (Mabille). 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 9.viii. Occurrence of A. 
corrosus in Honduras is not surprising since Evans (1953) lists material from 
Nicaragua, El] Salvador and Guatemala. 

*Zopyrion sandace Godman and Salvin. 12: Potrerillos, Cortés; 11.viii. This is the 
first record from further south than Volcan Santa Maria, Guatemala. 

Achylodes busirus heros (Ehrmann). 26 192: El Jaral, Cortés; 12.viii and 2, 14.ix 
(one ¢ in Camegie Museum). | 

Achylodes t. thraso (Jung). 16 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 13.viii and 23.ix. 

Timochares t. trifasciata (Hewitson). 192: El Jaral, Cortés; 13.viii. 

Anastrus s. sempiternus Butler and Druce. 16 192: El Jaral, Cortés; 12, 17.viii. 

Ebrietas evanidas (Mabille). 1¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 13.viii. 

Helias phalaenoides cama Evans. 26 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 21, 27, 29.viii (one 
6 in Carnegie Museum). 


246 MONROE AND MILLER: Honduran Hesperiidae Vol. 21, no. 4 


*Theagenes albiplaga aegides (Herrich-Schaffer). 124: El Jaral, Cortés; 21.viii. 
T. a. aegides has been reported from Guatemala, El Salvador and Costa Rica 
(Evans, 1953). 

Pyrgus adepta (Plotz). 1¢: Tela, Atlantida; 18.viii. 

Pyrgus o. oileus (Linnaeus). 66 29: 54 29 from El Jaral, Cortés; 6, 9, 12, 28.viii; 
and the other ¢ from Potrerillos, Cortés; 29.viii (two ¢, one @ in Carnegie 
Museum ). 

Heliopetes m. macaira Reakirt. 18 19: Potrerillos, Cortés; 10.viii. 

Heliopetes a. arsalte (Linnaeus). 2¢: one from Potrerillos, Cortés; 10.viii; the 
other from Tela, Atlantida; 18.viii. 

Heliopetes alana Reakirt. 26: one from El] Jaral, Cortés; 23.ix; the other from 
Lancetilla, Atlantida; 18.vi.1961 (R. N. Williams). 


HESPERIINAE 


Zariaspes mys (Hiibner). 192: El Jaral, Cortés; 21. viii. 

Anthoptus epictetus (Fabricius). 24: El] Jaral, Cortés; 21.viii (one in Carnegie 
Museum ). 

Corticea c. corticea (Plotz). 26 392: 16 3@ from El Jaral, Cortés; 9, 13.viii and 
23.ix; the other ¢ from Palmerola, 3 mi. SW of Choluteca, Choluteca; 28.ix (one 
pair in Carnegie Museum). 

*Callimormus juventus Scudder. 1¢ 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 9, 14.viii. This species 
is previously known from Guatemala and Costa Rica (Evans, 1955). 

*Eprius v. veleda (Godman). 14: El Jaral, Cortés; 14.viii. Evans (1955) men- 
tions Guatemalan and Costa Rican specimens, so its residence in our area was 
expected. 

Monca telata tyrtaeus (Plotz). 19: Lancetilla, Atlantida; 19.viii. 

PNastra l. leucone (Godman). 19: Tela, Atlantida; 18.viii. This specimen is pro- 
visionally placed. If the specimen is leucone, it is the first record from Honduras. 
Evans (1955) lists specimens of the nominate subspecies from Mexico, Guatemala 
and Costa Rica, so its occurrence in our area is not unlikely. 

Cymaenes odilia trebius (Mabille). 56 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 9, 12, 14, 21.viii and 
23.ix (two ¢ in Carnegie Museum). 

Vehilius stictomenes illudens (Mabille). 4¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 14, 21, 29.viii and 
23.ix (one in Carnegie Museum). . 

*Mnasitheus chrysophrys (Mabille). 14: El Jaral, Cortés; 6.viii. Previous records 
include Guatemala and Costa Rica, and this very obscure little skipper is prob- 
ably widely distributed throughout Central America. 

Moeris remus (Fabricius). 1¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 12.viii. 

*Parphorus s. storax (Mabille). 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 9.viii. This is a common 
and widely distributed skipper. 

*Vettius onaca Evans. 26: El Jaral, Cortés; 12, 20.viii (one in Carnegie Museum). 
Evans (1955) proposed this name as a “subspecies” of Vettius fantasos (Stoll), 
but the two entities are sympatric. V. fantasos has been reported from our area, 
but V. onaca has not; the records of the latter are from Mexico, Guatemala and 
E] Salvador. 

Thoon modius (Mabille). 1¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 21.viii. 

Eutychide complana (Herrich-Schiaffer). 1¢ 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 9, 17.viii. 

*EFutychide paria (Plétz). 146 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 13.viii and 231x.) Evans 
(1955) does not list specimens further north than Costa Rica, so our material 
represents a considerable northward extension of the known range of paria. 

*Naevolus o. orius (Mabille). 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 14.viii. 

Quinta cannae (Herrich-Schiaffer). 2¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 9, 14.viii (one in Carnegie 
Museum ). 

*Cynea cynea (Hewitson). 1¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 23.ix. Evans (1955) records it 
from all the countries surrounding Honduras. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 247 


Conga Cae (Butler). 2¢: El Jaral, Cortés; 17, 23.ix (one in Carnegie Mu- 
seum ). 

Hylephila p. phyleus (Drury). 16: Potrerillos, Cortés; 11.viii. 

Pompeius pompeius (Latreille). 3¢ 19: El Jaral, Cortés; 12, 13, 2l.viii (one 4 
in Carnegie Museum). 

*Mellana helvua (Méschler). 14: El Jaral, Cortés; 23.ix. The specimen of this 
rare species has been deposited in Carnegie Museum. 

Calpodes ethlius (Stoll). 146 192: the @ from Potrerillos, Cortés; 10.viii; and the 
6 from the San José sugarmill, San Pedro Sula, Cortés; 28.viii.1961 (R. N. 
Williams; ex larva on Canna). 

Panoquina s. sylvicola (Herrich-Schaffer). 1¢ 29: El Jaral, Cortés; 21.viii and 
23.ix (one @ in Carnegie Museum). 

Panoquina evadnes (Stoll). 29: El Jaral, Cortés; 21.viii and 23.ix (one in 
Carnegie Museum ). 

Niconiades xanthaphes Hubner. 19: EI Jaral, Cortés; 13.viii. 

* Niconiades viridis vista Evans. 12: El Jaral, Cortés; 12.viii. This subspecies pre- 
viously has been recorded from Nicaragua (Evans, 1955). 

*Saliana esperi Evans. 128: El Jaral, Cortés; 9.viii. 


UNIDENTIFIED SPECIMENS 


In addition to those specimens reported above, three others (a ¢ 
without the abdomen and two 2 ) could not be identified. These skippers 
are all Hesperiinae and are referable to Evans’ (1955) “Group J.” 


LITERATURE CITED 


Bett, E. L., 1934. Studies in the Pyrrhopyginae, with descriptions of several new 
species (Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera, Hesperiidae). Part III. Jour. New York 
Ent. Soc., 42: 393-441. 

Evans, W. H., 1951. A Catalogue of the American Hesperiidae . . . in the British 
Museum (Natural History). Part I. Introduction and Group A, Pyrrhopyginae. 
London, Trustees British Mus.: v + 92 pp. 

ISS eeeloid art ll. (Groups B, C, DD). Pyrginae, Sect. 1.. London, Trustees 
British Mus.: v + 178 pp. 

195oe bids Part Wl. (Groups BE, KF, G). Pyrginae, Sect. 2: london, Trustees 
British Mus.: v + 246 pp. 

1955. Ibid. Part IV. (Groups H to P). Hesperiinae and Megathyminae. London, 
Trustees British Mus.: v + 499 pp. 

Monrog, R: S., G. N. Ross and R. N. WituiaMs, 1967. A report on two recent 
collections of butterflies from Honduras. Jour. Lepid. Soc., 21: 185-197. 
TiLpEN, J. W., 1965. Urbanus procne and Urbanus simplicius (Hesperiidae). Jour. 

Lepid. Soc., 19: 53-55. 

WixuiaMs, R. C., Jn., 1927. Studies in the Neotropical Hesperioidea (Lepidoptera). 

Paper II. Trans. American Ent. Soc., 53: 261-292. 


248 RickArb: Aberrant Heliconiid Vol. 21, nase 


AN ABERRANT HELICONIUS CHARITONIUS (NYMPHALIDAE) 


Mike A. RICKARD 
4628 Oakdale, Bellaire, Texas 


A pupa found on 24 October 1966 at San Antonio, Texas, produced 
the aberrant female Heliconius charitonius vasquezae (Comstock & 
Brown) illustrated. As can be seen in the illustration, the yellow sub- 
apical band on the forewing is blurred into a sub-apical patch. The 
remaining yellow bands are reduced somewhat, and the postmedian 
spot-band on the hindwing is nearly absent. These markings are repro- 
duced on the ventral side. The insect emerged 28 October after being 
brought to Houston. There was no important temperature change in- 
volved in the change in locality, nor had there been any major tem- 
perature change in San Antonio in the preceding weeks. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT 


I wish to express my deepest thanks to Mr. Andre Blanchard of Hous- 
ton for taking time from his work on the microlepidoptera to photograph 
the specimen for me. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 249 


STRUCTURES EMPLOYED BY ACTIAS LUNA (SATURNIIDAE) 
IN EFFECTING EMERGENCE FROM THE COCOON 


TR. Pamper 
142 Lynedock Crescent, Don Mills, Ontario, Canada 


Moths emerging from pupae confined within tough fibrous cocoons 
have evolved a number of methods to effect a safe exit. In the Saturniidae 
the polyphemus moth exudes copious quantities of an acidic fluid which 
softens and dissolves the silken filaments. The cecropia larva constructs 
its double-walled cocoon with a narrow crimped phalanx which effec- 
tively compensates for the smaller amount of fluid secreted by the adult. 
Observation of a number of emerging moths in the spring of 1966 re- 
vealed an unusual method employed by the Actias luna imago. 

Emergence of the luna moth is a relatively noisy process, periods of 
activity being accompanied by rythmic scratching sounds clearly audible 
at a distance of 20 feet or more in a quiet room. Although the cocoon 
is extremely tough, the walls are thin and, with good lighting condi- 
tions, it is possible to obtain a reasonably distinct view of the contents. 
It was noted that the head, thorax and wings of the insects were freed 
from the pupal case prior to the assault on the cocoon and that the 
scratching sounds appeared to coincide with movements of the unde- 
veloped wings which were alternately raised and lowered. During 
periods of inactivity (when the wing movement and scratching ceased), 
the insects were observed to rotate slowly through twenty or thirty 
degrees, completing from three to five revolutions during the entire 
emergence sequence. Within five to ten minutes from the commence- 
ment of activity two small projections could be discemed apparently 
arising from the base of the wings and working in unison with them. 
Moving through a vertical are of approximately 40-45° the projections 
seemed to be severing the cocoon filaments with an abrasive action. 
The final stages of emergence were obscured by the shedding of quan- 
tities of fluffy hair-like scales resulting from the pressure of the moth’s 
thorax against the yielding threads. 

On emergence the projections were no longer visible nor could they 
be discovered when the fore wing of a dead specimen was carefully 
examined. In order to determine the nature and location of the struc- 
tures, a single specimen was allowed to proceed to the final stages of 
emergence. It was then placed in the freezer compartment of a house- 
hold refrigerator where movement was arrested almost immediately. 


250 PrippLE: Actias luna cuts out Vol. 21 meee 


Fig. 1. Cut away cocoon showing Actias luna immediately prior to emergence, 
and the location of thoracic spur used to sever cocoon filaments. 


Fig. 2. A magnified view of thoracic spur in cutting position. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 251. 


Fig. 3. A magnified view of thoracic spur on fully developed Actias luna from 
which scales have been removed. 


Fig. 4. Actias luna moth. 


252 RiotteE: Canadian sphingid foodplants Vol. 21, nox 


After 24 hours the cocoon was removed and one side was carefully cut 
away with a razor blade exposing the moth within. 

Under magnification the structures were observed to comprise exten- 
sions of the chitin from the mesothorax and to arise immediately above 
the junction of the wing from a broad base, tapering slightly towards 
the middle, and terminating in a thickened spear shaped point, dark 
brown in colour and highly polished. These projections I have termed 
“thoracic spurs.” In a fully developed moth the “thoracic spurs” (no 
longer flexible) lie in a horizontal plane and are concealed by the scales 
of the thorax. 

From the foregoing observations it would appear that the adult Actias 
luna, having emerged from the pupal case, employs a pair of “thoracic 
spurs’ to sever the threads of the cocoon with an abrasive cutting action. 


NOTES ON LARVAL FOODPLANTS OF SOME SPHINGIDS 
IN ONTARIO, CANADA 


jC. Er. Riorm 


Royal Ontario Museum, University of Toronto, Toronto, Canada 


Since 1963 systematic rearing of caterpillars of sphingids and some 
other lepidopterous families has been carried out during the summer by 
the Department of Entomology, Royal Ontario Museum, University of 
Toronto. In 1963, 1964 and 1966 this was done by our summer field 
party at the Biological Station of Queen’s University, Kingston, Ontario, 
near Chaffeys Locks, Ontario. In the course of the rearing program 
it was found that certain species either prefer foodplants other than 
those recorded in the literature or refuse those which are commonly 
thought to be preferred. When we take as a guideline the foodplant 
records of Forbes (1948), Ferguson (1954), and McGugan (1958), then 
we find the following accord or discord. 

Ceratomia amyntor (Huebner). It is commonly thought that this 
sphingid feeds on elm. Forbes and Ferguson list only “elm”. We knew 
from amateur collectors in Toronto that for some years they used to look 
for amyntor caterpillars on basswood, in addition to elm. Also McGugan 
has basswood as foodplant in two cases of nineteen. We reared the 
species in 1966 successfully on basswood. In Chaffeys Locks caterpillars 
of amyntor were found on basswood. 

Sphinx gordius Cramer. Forbes lists apple, ash and wax-myrtle, Fer- 
guson blueberry, Comptonia and Myrica as foodplants. Apple and ash, 
however, were refused by our caterpillars in 1964. They took only 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society O58 


Myrica gale in Chaffeys Locks. The same was true for caterpillars which 
we had in 1965 from Algonquin Park, Ontario. We also tried tamarack, 
the foodplant which McGugan gives as the main foodplant, but the cater- 
pillar only nibbled on it for a few days and then died. It was, however, 
possible to change the almost grown up caterpillars from Myrica to the 
common blueberry (Vaccinium sp.). 

Cressonia juglandis robinsonii Butler. In 1963 we had many eggs of 
this species which hatched. The caterpillars, however, refused walnut 
and hickory completely; they accepted Ostrya instead. This plant, which 
is mentioned a few times in older literature, but not in Forbes (who lists 
only walnut and hickory ) or Ferguson who says nothing definitive about 
the foodplant. Ferguson does mention that he found a Sphingid cater- 
pillar on introduced copper beech which was probably juglandis but 
failed to yield an adult. In 1964 we found one caterpillar on Carya 
cordiformis. The caterpillars we had from eggs, however, again preferred 
Ostrya and took only small bits from Carya leaves offered together with 
the Ostrya leaves. The same was repeated in 1966. As the species, how- 
ever, occurs quite frequently in localities where no Ostrya is available, 
we used our caterpillars in 1966 for some experiments with nearly re- 
lated foodplants. We gave them Carpinus, Corylus, Alnus and Fagus 
all of which they eat without any discrimination; however, they refused 
the related Betula. The fact that juglandis feeds on this great variety 
of trees and shrubs, all belonging to the order Fagales, in addition to 
the Juglandales, may account for its occurrence around Lake Nipigon 
and in places like Sudbury, Ontario, where only Corylus and Alnus would 
readily be available. 

Smerinthus jamaicensis Drury. Forbes states that wild cherry is the 
preferred host, which Ferguson lists together with birch, poplar and 
willow. In 1966 our caterpillars refused cherry and settled down only 
after we gave them Salix (any species of Salix). On this food they soon 
began to thrive. Later we switched them to a hybrid poplar and it seems 
that this plant was preferred over willow. Toronto collectors say that 
they look only on willow to find S. jamaicensis caterpillars. 

Paonias excaecata (J. E. Smith). Here is another apparent disagree- 
ment to Forbes who lists “wild cherry’. In 1966 our caterpillars were 
first given only wild cherry, which, after some hesitation, they began to 
accept. As we knew that in this area they feed on basswood, we added 
basswood and the caterpillars switched from cherry to basswood. At 
Chaffeys Locks we found eggs of excaecata on basswood leaves. These 
eggs hatched in due course. Ferguson says of this species: “probably 


254 Riotre: Canadian sphingid foodplants Vol. 21, no. 4 


a rather general feeder on deciduous trees,’ and McGugan has white 
birch as the preferred foodplant. 

Paonias myops (J. E. Smith). In 1965 we reared this species without 
difficulty on Prunus pensylvanicus. Forbes lists “wild cherry and other 
Rosaceae”; while Ferguson lists “probably” Prunus virginiana and Prunus 
serotina, and McGugan lists Amelanchier. 

Pachysphinx modesta (Harris). In 1964 we reared this species on 
Populus tremuloides. In 1966, we found one full grown caterpillar on 
the same tree. Forbes lists “poplar and willow,” Ferguson lists “aspen,” 
and McGugan list “aspen,” yellow birch, and willow in order of prefer- 
ence. 

Celerio gallii intermedia Kirby. In 1966 we obtained three eggs from 
a female caught at light in Geraldton, Ontario. These eggs, which were 
laid on Epilobium angustifolium, produced pupae in only 24 days. One 
adult male emerged 17 days after pupation. This indicates a partial 
second generation, which was, as far as I know, previously unknown. 
The eclosed pupa resulted from a brown caterpillar, while two female 
pupae from black ones hatched the following spring. In 1967 we reared 
this species successfully on grapevine. 


LITERATURE CITED 


FERGusON, D. C., 1954. The Lepidoptera of Nova Scotia. Proc. N. S. Inst. Science, 
vol. XXIII (Part 3): 161-375. 

Forses, W. T. M., 1948. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states. II. 
Geometridae, Sphingidae, Notodontidae, Lymantriidae. Cornell Univ. Agric. 
Exp. St. Memoir 274, 263 pp. 

McGuean, B. M. (Co-ordinator), 1958. Forest Lepidoptera of Canada recorded by 
the Forest Insect Survey. Volume I. Papilionidae to Arctiidae. Forest Biology 
Div., Can. Dept. Agric., Publ. 1034, pp. 1-76. 


ADDENDUM TO MITES FROM Nocruip MorTHs 


Too late for inclusion in my paper on mites from noctuid moths (Jour. Lepidop- 
terists’ Society 21 (3): 169-179), I learned of a publication by G. L. van Eynd- 
hoven (1964) in which are cited a number of records of the occurrence of the 
cheyletid mite Cheletomorpha lepidopterorum on moths of various species including 
several noctuids. Van Eyndhoven’s paper is entitled “Cheletomorpha lepidopterorum 
(Shaw, 1794) (=Ch. venustissima) (Acari, Cheyletidae) on Lepidoptera.” It ap- 
pears as No. 136 of Volume 11 in Beaufortia, Series of Miscellaneous Publications, 
Zoological Museum—Amsterdam, pages 53-60 (December 17, 1964). The mites 
are said to attach themselves to the wings of their hosts. Van Eyndhoven regards 
the association as phoretic rather than parasitic. 

Figures 2 and 3 in my paper were rotated 90° clockwise from their intended 
positions. Thus the explanations should be corrected as follows: in fig. 2, the 
pale antler-like cuticular outgrowths of the nodular sclerite appear just below the 
center of the photo; in fig. 3, the upraised hindwing appears at the upper left, and 
the base of the abdomen at the bottom of the photo. 

AsHer E. Treat, P.O. Box 51, Tyringham, Massachusetts. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 255 


THE EFFECTS OF PHOTOPERIOD ON THE INITIATION OF 
PUPAL DIAPAUSE IN THE WILD SILKWORM, ACTIAS LUNA 


Davip A. WRIGHT 
18 Clinton Place, Woodcliff Lake, New Jersey 


During 1950 and 1951, Tanaka published a series of five papers (re- 
viewed by Lees (1955) and Williams & Adkisson (1964) ) demonstrat- 
ing that photoperiod affects the initiation of diapause in the silkworm, 
Antheraea pernyi Guérin-Ménéville. Since I found no literature as to 
whether photoperiod also affects the larvae of Actias luna (Linnaeus), 
the following experiment was carried out. 

A total of 51 A. luna ova from Des Moines, Iowa, was obtained from 
Mr. Duke Downey. The first 13 hatched on June 6, 1966, 22 more 
hatched on June 7, and by June 8, a total of 40 had hatched. On that 
date, the larvae were divided among four fish tanks and exposed to 
0, 11, 16, or 24 hours of illumination each day. Twelve larvae were 
put into each of the containers exposed to 11 and 16 hours of light, 8 
each were put into the tank exposed to continuous light and the tank 
exposed to continuous darkness. On June 9, 2 more larvae hatched. 
One was put in the container with the 16 hour photoperiod, the other 
in the container exposed to continuous light. 

All larvae were fed washed bitternut hickory leaves, stems of which 
were put through holes in the tops of plastic boxes containing water. 
The tanks were covered with mosquito netting and kept indoors at a 
temperature which varied from about 20°C to 30°C. The tanks were 
cleaned and the larvae were fed at frequent intervals. Each tank re- 
ceived about 50 foot candles of illumination from two 40 watt GE F400W 
fluorescent cool white lamps hung about four feet above the containers. 
The 1l- and 16-hour photoperiod containers were covered with card- 
board boxes at 6:00 P.M. and 11:00 P.M., respectively, and uncovered 
each morning at 7:00 A.M. The container with continuous darkness was 
kept covered except for 5-10 minutes each day for observation and 
feeding purposes. 

Richter (1966) and Seeley (1963) state that A. una larvae take 48-50 
days from hatching to spinning. My individuals began spinning cocoons 
after an average of 27 days, and some after no more than 25 days follow- 
ing hatching of the eggs. (Table I). Those exposed to the 16 hour 
photoperiod took the shortest time, those exposed to the 11 hour photo- 
period were second, those in complete illumination were third, and those 
in complete darkness took the longest time. 

After 14 days, each cocoon was put in a container exposed to an 11 


256 Wricut: Photoperiod and diapause Vol. 21, noki4 


TABLE I. DATES OF COMMENCEMENT OF COCOON CONSTRUCTION 
(LARVAE BEGAN FEEDING JUNE 6-9). 


Photoperiod July 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 rs) Total 
24 hrs 0) 2 2; 0 0 2 (0) 0 1 Ff 
16 hrs 4 2 3 0 i 0) 0 0 0 10 
11 hrs 0 Il 3 5 2, 0 0 0 0 11 
00 hrs 0 0 0 2 0 1 2) 2 0 if 


hour photoperiod. It was felt that after 14 days, diapause or non-diapause 
would have been decided and these conditions would allow non-diapause 
pupae to emerge while preventing the termination of diapause in the 
others. 

As summarized in Table II, all individuals that had been exposed 
to the 16 hour photoperiod emerged as adult moths within 15-21 days 
after the spinning date. Those whose larvae had been exposed to con- 
tinuous illumination emerged from their cocoons in 17-25 days. It was 
concluded that both of these photoperiods successfully prevent the 
onset of pupal diapause. By contrast, none of those whose larvae were 
reared under the 11 hour photoperiod had emerged five months after 
spinning. All these pupae appear to be in diapause. Of the seven in- 
dividuals reared in continuous darkness, the first two to spin emerged 
as adults in 17 days. The other five have not emerged and appear to 
be in diapause. The data are reported in Tables II and III. 

A number of other interesting observations were made: 


(1) Collins and Weast (1961) stated that A. luna larvae become 
reddish-brown immediately before spinning. In this experiment, I ob- 
served red larvae only in the 11 hour photoperiod, in which all of the 
pupae entered diapause. Since no red larvae and a number of green 
spinning larvae were observed in the tanks receiving 16 and 24 hours 
of illumination, it appears that the larvae turn red only when they 
are destined to enter diapause as pupae. 


TABLE II]. SURVIVAL RATE OF LARVAE AND NUMBER OF DIAPAUSING COCOONS 


Original Number Survival Number in % in 


Photoperiod Number Spinning %o Diapause Diapause 
24 hrs 9 a 78 0 0 
16 hrs 13 10 lah 0 0 
11 hrs 12 IL 92 I 100 


0) hrs 8 7 88 bs ‘al 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 2511. 
TABLE III. PERIOD OF DEVELOPMENT OF NON-DIAPAUSE PUPAE 
Complete Light 16 Hr Photoperiod Complete Darkness 
Date Days to Date Days to Date Days to 
Spun Hatch Spun Hatch Spun Hatch 
July 1 19 July 1 1G SAS July 4 lyfe, Le 

2 20 2 Gay pall 
8 195 25 3 Wests Ie 
6 18, 19 5 el 
9 20 
Average 20 Average 18 Average 17 


(2) Collins and Weast also state that single brooded cocoons are 
always brown in color and are usually spun on or near the ground. By 
contrast, non-diapausing cocoons that emerge in late summer are nearly 
white and are spun in the leaves. In agreement with Collins and Weast, 
those cocoons from the 16 and 24 hour photoperiod containers were 
light colored and were spun mostly among the leaves. As mentioned 
above, all these developed without diapause. Those from the 11 hour 
photoperiod were brown and most were spun attached to the fish tank 
or water container. All these were diapausing pupae. Those given 
complete darkness were all brown, but most were spun on the leaves. 

(3) In the container exposed to complete darkness, the red spots 
that appeared in the second, third, fourth and fifth instars in the A. 
luna lJarvae in the other containers, were not present until the fifth 
instar. Instead, they were a yellowish color in the early stages. 

(4) One double cocoon was spun, containing two pupae and no 
partition between them. 


SUMMARY 


Tanaka discovered that Antheraea pernyi larvae develop without pupal 
diapause when they are reared under day-lengths longer than 14 hours 
(early summer), but transform into diapausing pupae when reared 
under day-lengths of less than 14 hours (late summer and autumn). 
My experiments show that Actias luna larvae also develop without 
pupal diapause when reared under long day-lengths (16-24 hours), 
but go into diapause when reared under short day-lengths (11 hours). 
Tanaka also showed that only 2% of the A. pernyi larvae kept in con- 
tinuous darkness developed into diapause pupae. In my experiment, 
71% of the A. luna in continuous darkness went into diapause. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT 
I would like to express my thanks to Dr. Carroll M. Williams, Bussey 


258 MASTERS ET AL.: Oeneis macounii Vol. 21, no. 4 


Professor of Biology, Harvard University, for his encouragement and 
for reviewing this manuscript. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Cotuins, M. M., & R. D. Weast, 1961. Wild silk moths of the United States. 
Collins Radio Corp., Cedar Rapids, Iowa, pp. 56—57. 

Lees, A. D., 1955. The physiology of diapause in arthropods. Cambridge Uni- 
versity Press, 150 pp. 

RICHTER, Max, 1966. Price List. 

SEELEY, COLLEEN, 1963. Moths of the woodside. The Village Printer, Laurens, 
N.Y. 39) pp: 

WiuuiaMs, C. M., and P. L. Apxisson, 1964. Physiology of insect diapause. XIV. 
An endocrine mechanism for the photoperiodic control of pupal diapause in the 
oak silkworm, Antheraea pernyi. Biol. Bull., 127: 511-525. 


OBSERVATIONS ON CENEIS MACOUNII (SATYRIDAE) IN 
MANITOBA AND MINNESOTA 


Jon H. Masters, JoHN T. SORENSEN & PATRICK J. CONWAY 


Mahtomedi and Minneapolis, Minnesota 


Referring to the popular reference works, little can be ascertained con- 
cerning the bionomics of CGéneis macounii Edwards. Klots (1951) sug- 
gests that it favors grassy Canadian Zone meadows, perhaps wet or boggy 
ones; Ehrlich & Ehrlich (1961) refer to a northwestward range from 
northern Michigan and Minnesota; Holland (1931) indicates two locali- 
ties, Lake Superior’s north shore and the eastern base of the Rockies in 
Alberta; Macy & Shepard (1941) observe that it is found in wooded 
grasslands near the Nipigon River in Ontario. 

It is thought that the field observations of the present authors will in- 
crease the published information concerning this species, especially since 
these observations are somewhat contrary to those previously recorded. 
Series of macounii were collected at widely separated points on June 
26, 1966; 13¢ ¢ and 159? ¢@ by Masters and Sorensen in Sandilands 
Provincial Forest, eight miles southeast of Richer in southeast Manitoba; 
4é 6 and 2? 2? by Conway in the vicinity of McNair, Lake County, 
Minnesota. 

The Sandilands colony was located with the help of C. S. Quelch, who 
knew of it from previous collecting. The locality is a large open jack pine 
forest near an acid bog. The two sexes possessed different types of flight 
behavior and habits. The sex of an individual in flight could be deter- 
mined from a distance even though the sexes are nearly identical in macu- 


co 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 25 


lation. Females flew slowly without apparent direction through the pine 
forest and were readily netted. Males were more active fliers and much 
more difficult to capture. Males generally perched on leaves that gave 
them an observation point over small clearings. From this vantage point, 
they would fly at other male macounii coming into view. Sometimes 
other species or even a net stimulated flights. Several males were cap- 
tured from their perches and an hour or two later were replaced by new 
males, often on the same perches. The jack pine forest was extensive, 
but the males seemed to be concentrated on its southern edge near a 
gravel road, which was perhaps the highest land in the area. 

Both sexes seemed to land in sunlit spots with wings open, only in- 
frequently would one close its wings. One female lit at a wet spot in the 
road and closed her wings without showing an inclination to orient with 
the sun. Several large fields nearby yielded only one worn male macounii. 

In Minnesota, macounii had been expected in the large open field that 
borders the McNair Waystation, where Huber (1965) reported finding 
them in 1964. The two specimens he caught were sitting on rocks with 
wings closed and inclined toward the sun to cast very little shadow. O. 
macounii was not found in the field but six were netted and others seen 
in nearby jack pine forests. A few small acid bogs as well as pine forests 
surround the field at McNair. O. macounii males “patrolled” sunlit open- 
ings and small clearings in the forests. They lit with open wings on 
small bushes and were wary. 

The Minnesota specimens were fresh; those from farther north in 
Manitoba rather worn. However, northeast Minnesota was experiencing 
an unusually late spring. 

Guppy (1962) made observation of Gineis nevadensis Felder on Van- 
couver Island. He indicates that male O. nevadensis are usually collected 
in clearings along the tops of ridges and that these clearings probably 
serve as a rendezvous for mating. A male established its territory on a 
hilltop and displaced other males while waiting for a female. Females 
were presumed to fly to the hilltops to mate, then disperse to other areas 
for egg laying. Guppy’s “hilltopping” theory explains the habits of the 
males and the relative scarcity of females. The phenomenon is very 
likely similar with Gineis macounii. Because O. macounii occurs in less 
rugged terrain the rendezvous spots are not greatly removed from the 
general habitat and the observed scarcity of females isn't as great. 

Previous C/neis macounii records for the United States consist of many 
records from Isle Royal, Michigan and only three captures in Minnesota. 
Many colonies might exist between Ely and Two Harbors in northeast 
Minnesota, Bayfield county in Wisconsin, the northern fringes of Michi- 
gan and the Turtle Mountains of North Dakota. Collectors are urged to 


260 MASTERS ET AL.: Oeneis macounii Vol. 215 ‘nema 


look for it during mid to late June in open jack pine forests. Like ne- 
vadensis in the west, macounti has a two-year life cycle and is found in 
even numbered years. However, some colonies (i.e. Riding Mountains ) 
are on odd numbered year cycles. It is likely that Huber’s specimens 
and some of the other early records were strays from more favorable 
environments into grassy areas. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Enruicu, P. R., & A. H. Enruicu, 1961. How to Know the Butterflies. William 
C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. 

Guppy, R., 1962. Collecting Gneis nevadensis on Vancouver Island, with a theory 
to account for hilltopping. Jour. Lep. Soc., 16: 64-66. 

Ho.iuanp, W. J., 1931. The Butterfly Book, revised edition. Doubleday & Co., 
Garden City, New York. 

Huser, R. L., 1965. Another U. S. record for CGineis macounii. Jour. Lep. Soc., 
iS pas. 

Kxots, A. B., 1951. Field Guide to the Butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. 

Macy, R. W., & H. H. SHeparp, 1941. Butterflies. U. of Minn. Press, Minneapolis. 

—(J.H.M.) 121 Birch, Mahtomedi, (J.T.S.) 5309 - 37th Ave. S., Minneapolis, (P.J.C. ) 

3114 Pillsbury Ave., Minneapolis, Minnesota. 


INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 
A.(n.s.)79 


ANNOUNCEMENT 


Required six-month’s notice is given on the possible use of plenary powers by 
the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the 
following names listed by case number: 


(see, Bull. zool. Nomencl. 24, pt. 2, 27 April 1967): 


1786. Type-species for Crioceris Miller, 1764, and Lema Fabricius, 1798 (Insecta, 
Coleoptera ) 

1788. Type-species for Cryphalus Erichson, 1836 (Insecta, Coleoptera ) 

(see, Bull. zool. Nomencl. 24, pt. 3, 30 June 1967): 

1761. Suppression of Gryllus succinctus Linnaeus, 1758; Acridium assectator Fischer 
von Waldheim, 1833; Cyrtacantharis fusilinea Walker, 1870; Cyrtacantharis 
inficita Walker, 1870; Acridium rubescens Walker, 1870; Acridium elongatum 
Walker, 1870 (Insecta, Orthoptera ) 

1732. Type-species for Elatophilus Reuter, 1884 (Insecta, Hemiptera ) 

1791. Validation of two species named Papilio aglaja Linnaeus, 1758 (Insecta, 
Lepidoptera ) 

(see, Bull. zool. Nomencl. 24, pt. 4, 20 September 1967): 


1799. Suppression of Phryganea maxima Scopoli, 1763 (Insecta, Plecoptera ) 
1806. Suppression of Charaxes jocaste Butler, 1865 (Insecta, Lepidoptera ) 


Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary, 
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum (Natural 
History ), Cromwell Road, London, $.W. 7, England. Those received early enough 
will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. 


W. E. Cuina, Acting Secretary 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 261 


ENVIRONMENTAL VARIATIONS IN 
EUPHYDRYAS ANICIA EURYTION (NYMPHALIDAE) 


Donatp E. PHILLIPSON 
665 Cherry St., Denver, Colorado, U.S.A. 


Anyone who has collected butterflies is aware that certain species 
vary greatly in appearance from one locality to another. In some cases, 
these variations are due to genetic differences in the populations, but 
in other cases, particularly where separate localities are encompassed 
by a small portion of a continuous range of the species, these variations 
may be caused by environmental conditions such as temperature and 
moisture. These environmental effects are particularly noticeable in 
Colorado, since many climatic conditions are found within relatively 
small areas of the State. 

Of course, the best means to discover which variations are caused 
by particular environmental factors is to raise a single brood under 
different external conditions and then to compare the phenotypes of the 
adults. This method was tried with two species during the summers 
of 1958 and 1959, but none of the caterpillars matured, and conclusive 
results could not be obtained. 

Thus, a less exacting method was employed: the analysis of a number 
of specimens from localities for which at least one environmental con- 
dition is precisely known. Use of this method does not eliminate the 
possibility that genetic constitution was selected by the particular en- 
vironmental conditions. Nevertheless, the method can show by non- 
correlation that the environmental factors cannot be the cause of the 
variations. Therefore, the chief aim of this study is to determine if the 
interpretation of environmental conditions as a causal factor is consistent 
with actual variations in the butterfly species. In order to insure that 
correlations are legitimate, one must be careful to select a species that 
does not tend to wander, so that specimens captured at a particular place 
will be representative of specimens which mature under conditions as- 
sociated with that location. Largely for this reason, the species chosen 
for this investigation is Euphydryas anicia eurytion (Mead), since another 
Euphydryas has been shown to be sedentary (Ehrlich, 1965). E. a. eury- 
tion is common in the mountainous areas of Colorado. 

Figure 1 shows the places from which each examined series was taken. 
All of these places are within a continuous range of the species. In 
order to minimize the possibility of inadequate sampling from a par- 
ticular locality, only series with five or more specimens are used in 


262 PuHILLipson: Environmental variation in Euphydryas Vol. 21, no. 4 


CeO EOE RA, 1D aa© 


i 
ay OG 
aah ats 


= RIO GRANDE 
ison ; 


FicureE 1 


Map showing locations where the analyzed series were collected. 

1. Wilkerson Pass, 2. Glen Cove, 3. Edlowe, 4. Seven Lakes, 5. Cheyenne Moun- 
tain, 6. Starr Ranch, 7. Rampart Range Road, 8. Mount Herman, 9. West Creek, 10. 
Loveland Pass, 11. Shrine Pass, 12. Independence Pass, 13. Cottonwood Pass, 14. 
Almont. 


this study. Except where noted in the tables, specimens collected in 
different years from the same location are grouped together as one series. 

The differing appearance of eurytion is due to variations in both size 
and coloring. Size was determined by measuring the radius of the right 
forewing with a vernier caliper, and these measurements were repro- 
ducible within 0.1 mm. When the size is correlated with the altitude of 
capture, the coefficient of correlation, r, is —0.66 for the males and —0.61 
for the females. Tables I and II record both this correlation and the 
mean size of each series used. The relation between size and altitude is 
inverse, that is, as one factor (altitude) increases, the other factor (size) 
decreases. This relation is seen in Figures 2 and 3 which plot size as a 
function of altitude. The closer r is to 1.0 (its upper limit), the stronger 
the relation between the correlated factors (Brown, 1951). Taking into 
account the 11 degrees of freedom for the males, the probability, P, that 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists Society 263 


RADIUS 
(MM) 


23 


Z| 


60 80 1OO I20 
AL TiPUbDE. de@ l= 


FicurE 2 


Graph showing the mean radius of the right forewing of the males as a function 
of altitude. The numbers refer to localities in Table I. 


the relation is not real is less than 0.02 (Fischer, 1950). For the females, 
P is less than 0.1. At least for the males, one can confidently say that 
the relation is real. However, since the slopes of the curves in Figures 
2 and 3 are the same within the limit of experimental error, one may 
confidently say that the relation is also real for the females. 

The actual cause of the variation is not the altitude itself, but is some 
condition which varies proportionally to the altitude. The most likely 
suspect is the average temperature which in Colorado is inversely pro- 
portional to the altitude (Ramaley, 1927). For example, the series from 


264 PHILLIPSON: Environmental variation in Euphydryas Vol. 21, no. 4 


RADIUS 
(MM) 


23 


2\ 
19 
17 
60 80 lOO I20 
ALTITUDE (QCo™=am 
FIGURE 3 


Graph showing the mean radius of the right forewing of the females as a function 
of altitude. The numbers refer to localities in Table II. 


Almont which appears to fall outside the correlation can largely be ex- 
plained if the differences in average temperature are the real causes 
for variation. Being on the western slope of the Continental Divide, 
Almont is generally considered to be colder for its altitude than the other 
series localities used, all of which are on the eastern slope (Climatological 
Data of Colorado, 1939). The observation of similar decreases in the 
size of eurytion specimens with an increase in northerly latitude tends 
further to indicate that temperature is an important contributing cause of 
these variations in size. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 265 


=O! 2 


—t 
SROT | ZL Lr 


MS 
FOREWING HIND WING 


FIGURE 4 


Diagram of wings showing the areas used to measure color differences (see Table 
III for the color code). 


The change in moisture with altitude and hence its likelihood as an- 
other contributing cause is not clear, although some people believe that 
on the average, the greater the altitude in Colorado, the greater the 
average surface moisture of the ground. It appears to me that, at best, 
a consideration of moisture as a contributing cause of size variation 
would be inconclusive in this study. 

In contrast to the correlation of size to altitude, the correlation of color- 
ing to altitude depends upon rather qualitative measurements. One 
set of spots on the wings apparently changes from red-brown to yellow 
with an increase in altitude, whereas another set seems to change from 
red-brown to dark red-brown. In addition, the black overscaling of red- 
brown areas seems to increase with an altitude increase. Thus, the 
net effect is a change from a uniformly red-brown appearance to a 
contrasting checkerboard pattern. The raw data for color variation was 
collected for almost every area of both the forewing and the hindwing, 
but it is necessary to take only one representative spot from each set 
of variable spots for statistical analysis, since the spots within each set 
vary in exactly the same way. As seen in Figure 4, numbers correspond- 
ing to the colors of these spots and to the extent of overscaling were 
chosen so that the smaller numbers represent those conditions apparently 
present at higher altitudes. Thus, the sum of these numbers represents 
the entire apparent color change with altitude. All of these qualitative 
measurements were made by one person within a continuous period of 
eight weeks, so the interpretation of “red-brown” and other colors should 
be internally consistent. The measurement was qualitatively taken for 
the whole series rather than for each specimen, because series are quite 


266 PHILLIPSON: Environmental variation in Euphydryas Vol. 21, no. 4 


COLOR 
FACTOR 


60 80 lOO I20 
ALTITUDE. QGGseam 


Ficure 5 


Graph showing the total color factor of the males as a function of altitude. The 
numbers refer to localities in Table IV. 


uniform with respect to coloring, and subjective favoring of the color 
thesis was avoided by consciously deciding the doubtful cases in a 
manner least favorable to the hypothesis. 

As seen in Table IV, all of the correlations for the males are significant 
to at least a 5% level. The certainty for the females is not quite so good; 
nevertheless, from Table V, we see that all but the spot 1 factor are 
significant to a 10% level. It is difficult to determine the actual cause of 
the variation, but temperature is a likely possibility: the Almont sample 
again follows the pattern associated with higher altitudes on the eastern 
slope. The apparent lack of correlation of the Wilkerson Pass sample 
may indicate that moisture is an important factor in coloring, for such 
an interpretation would explain both the Wilkerson Pass sample (the 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 267 


COLOR 
FACTOR 


60 80 Tere 120 
Nope (co i) 


FIGURE 6 


Graph showing the total color factor of the females as a function of altitude. The 
numbers refer to localities in Table V. 


pass being abnormally dry for its altitude) and the Almont sample (Al- 
mont being abnormally wet) (Climatological Data of Colorado, 1939). 
However, such an interpretation must also assume that for the other sam- 
ples, the moisture increases proportionally to the altitude. Since records 
are not available from all these areas and since the relation of moisture 
to altitude does not seem to follow so definite a pattern in Colorado as 
that for temperature, the contribution of moisture to these color varia- 
tions must await further studies. 

Thus, it is clear that variations in Euphydryas anicia eurytion within 
its Colorado range correlate with the altitude and hence to environmental 
conditions associated with the altitude—particularly the average tem- 
perature. Clearly a decrease in average temperature may affect the 


268 PHILLIPSON: Environmental variation in Euphydryas Vol. 21, no. 4 


TABLE ].—CORRELATION OF ALTITUDE WITH RADIUS OF 
Ricut FOREWING-MALES 


Altitude Mean radius 
Series location (100 ft) N of series (mm) og 
1. Starr Ranch 65 6 20s 0.89 
2. Cheyenne Mountain 70 9 20.38 1:24 
3. Almont 80 6 17.35 0.65 
4. West Creek 80 36 20.33 1.08 
5. Edlowe 90 5 19.42 0:55 
6. Rampart Range Road 95 29 20.11 0.95 
7. Wilkerson Pass f 95 8 18.68 Oso 
8. Seven Lakes 110 6 19.17 0.72 
9. Shrine Pass 113 1) 17.89 0.62 
10. Glen Cove 115 6 19.00 0.99 
11. Loveland Pass 123 9 17.10 0.64 
12. Independence Pass 125 6 LAST 0.89 
13. Cottonwood Pass 1D 35 iets 1.00 
Mean of all series 99 18.79 
o Dy 1.26 
Coefficient of correlation —0.66 
Probability correlation not real <0.02 


chemical development of pigments in wings, so its designation as a 
major causal factor satisfies a logical test beyond mere correlation. If 
one tries to show that other conditions than temperature are contributing 
factors, logical inconsistencies are encountered. For example, although 
an increase in altitude means a proportional increase in ultraviolet 
radiation, its designation as a major cause of variation fails to explain 


TABLE I].—CorRRELATION OF ALTITUDE WITH RADIUS OF 
RicHT FOREWING-FEMALES 


Altitude Mean radius 
Series location (100 ft) N of series (mm) o 
1. Starr Ranch 65 12 93.45 0.78 
2. Mount Herman 70 i 22.69 1.26 
3. Cheyenne Mountain 75 6 OB) ILS) 0.82 
4. Almont 80 11 19.99 0.58 
5. West Creek 85 30 23.80 1.29 
6. Wilkerson Pass 95 iJ DO OIL 0.82 
7. Independence Pass D5) 6 19.55 1.24 
8. Cottonwood Pass 15) 10 20.62 0.97 
Mean of all series 90 21.91 
oO 24 GS 
Coefficient of correlation —0.61 


Probability correlation not real <0.1 


1967 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 269 


TaBLE IJJ.—CotLor CoprE USED IN MEASUREMENT OF COLOR FACTORS 


Kind of factor 


Spot 1 
Spot 1 
Spot 1 
Spot 2 
Spot 1 
Overscaling 
Overscaling 
Overscaling 


Factor 


RBPNWFrNFDbD Ww 


Color interpretation 


Red-brown 

Red-brown with yellow tinges 
Yellow 

Red-brown 

Dark red-brown 


Black overscaling entirely within area (3) 
Black overscaling extending into area (2) 
Black overscaling extending into area (1) 


TABLE IV.—CorRELATION OF ALTITUDE WITH CoLor FACTORS—MALES 


Series location 


. Starr Ranch 


G1 C2 SAV en) A OS OS 


Cheyenne Mountain 
Almont 

West Creek 

Rampart Range Road 
Wilkerson Pass 

Seven Lakes 

Shrine Pass 

Loveland Pass 
Cottonwood Pass (753) 
Cottonwood Pass (’54) 
Cottonwood Pass (55) 


. Independence Pass 


Means of all series 


o 


Coefficients of correlation 
Probabilities correlations not real 


TABLE V.—CORRELATION 


Bo BE Ce SM od 


Series location 


Starr Ranch (731) 
Starr Ranch (733) 
Cheyenne Mountain 
Mount Herman 
Almont 

West Creek 
Wilkerson Pass 
Cottonwood Pass 
Independence Pass 


Means of all series 


o 


Coefficients of correlation 
Probabilities correlations not real 


Altitude 
(100 ft) 


Altitude 
(100 ft) 


65 
65 
70 
75 
80 
85 
95 
125 
125 


87 
23.5 


Spot 1 
factor 


res 


—0.70 
<0.05 


Spot 1 
factor 


RPrRWONrFWN Wh 


Spot 2 Overscaling Color 


factor factor factor 
2 3 7 
2 3 8 
il 3 5 
il 3 7 
I 3 Cf 
i 3 1 
2 3 Tl 
] D 4 
il 2) 4 
i 1 3 
a 2 4 
iL 2 4 
] I 3 
2 2.4 5.4 
0.42 OM 1.8 
—0.61 = (Oat = (ii 


<0.05 <0.05 <0.05 


oF ALTITUDE WITH CoLor FACTORS—FEMALES 


Spot 2 Overscaling Color 


factor factor factor 
2 3 7 
2 3 8 
2) 3 1 
» 3 8 
1 3 5 
i 3 6 
» 3 8 
I 1 3 
il iL 3 
1.6 2-6 Gol 
0.52 0.88 1.9 
—0.60 —0.92 —0.65 


<0.1 <0.05 <0: 


270 PuiLiieson: Environmental variation in Euphydryas Vol. 21, no. 4 


both the Almont sample and the observation of similar changes with 
increasing northerly latitude. Similarly, a consideration of the decrease 
in pressure as a real causal factor fails to explain these observations. 

Some forms of butterflies which are presently designated as subspecies 
may be no more than opposite ends of a continuous species variation 
which corresponds to the particular environment in which the specimens 
matured. I hope that this study illustrates that environment can be an 
important factor in butterfly variation, although further studies must 
be undertaken to confirm whether the environmental conditions have 
created genetic differences between the groups of specimens or whether 
the variation is caused solely by the conditions under which individual 
specimens were subjected during their natural development. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENT 


I am particularly indebted to F. Martin Brown for making this study 
possible, for not only did he permit me to examine his extensive butter- 
fly collection, but a number of years ago he also introduced me to the 
use of statistical analysis in biological investigations. 


LITERATURE CITED 


Brown, F. M., 1951. Simple statistics for the taxonomist. IX. Lepidopterists News, 
5: 117-119. 

CLIMATOLOGICAL Data oF Coxtorapo, Vol. I, 1939. Colorado State Planning Com- 
mission Water Conservation Board, State Engineer, Denver. 

Euruicn, P. R., 1965. The population biology of the butterfly, Euphydryas editha. 
II. The structure of the Jasper Ridge colony. Evolution, 19:327-336. 

FiscHer, R. A., 1950. Statistical methods for research workers, Ed. 11. Hafner 
Publishing Co., New York. 

RAMALEY, F., 1927. Colorado plant life. University of Colorado, Boulder. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society a71 


LORQUIN’S LOCALITIES “SONORA” AND “UTAH” 


F. Martin Brown! 
Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo. 


For some time Mr. Harry Clench and I have been puzzled by the 
type localities “UTAH (Lorquin)” and “SONORA (Lorquin)” given by 
the Felders for certain North American butterflies. I have come to the 
conclusion that Lorquin’s “UTAH” has nothing to do with the present 
State of Utah and that his “SONORA” has equally little to do with the 
present Mexican state of Sonora. Currently this has become acute to me 
in trying to extend the work of Opler and Powell (1962) on Apodemia 
mormo beyond the area they studied. This is part of the problem to 
try to understand W. H. Edwards’s descriptions of Riodinidae and 
Lycaenidae in preparation for selection of types for the names he pro- 
posed in those families. 

The Felders mention or describe thirteen North America butterflies in 
the Reise Novara volume devoted to Rhopalocera (Felder & Felder, 1864— 
67). Two of these have little to do with the question. One is Papilio 
telemonides, a form of marcellus Cramer that was described from a 
specimen in the Royal Museum in Vienna and had been in the collection 
of Abbé Mazzolo. The other is the female of Speyeria diana Cramer 
that had been sent to them by Tryon Reakirt. It came from Kanawha, 
[West] Virginia, and doubtless had been given to Reakirt by W. H. 
Edwards. Edwards’ (1864) description of the female appeared about 
a year before that of the Felders. 

All of the other North American specimens named by the Felders 
were sent to them by Lorquin who also supplied them with many 
Philippine and East Indian specimens. The Lorquin North American 
butterflies can be arranged in three groups: those from “California,” 
those from “Utah” and those from “Sonora.” 


CALIFORNIA 


Papilio albanus—a mountain form of eurymedon Lucas. 

Lycaena zelmira—an alpine to subalpine species (= shasta Edw.) 
Lycaena podarce—an alpine subspecies of aquilo. 

Melitaea leanira—a lowland species west of the Sierra. 

Chionobas nevadensis—a subalpine mountain species. 


UTAH 


Pieris menapia—a widespread pine forest species. 


1 This study was made in connection with N.S.F. Grant GB 2741. 


272 Brown: Lorquin’s “Sonora” and “Utah” Vol. 21, nem 


Apodemia mormo—a widespread species. 
Lycaena zelmira—an alpine species (= shasta Edwards ) 
SONORA 
Anthocharis cethura—a desert, or chaparral, lowland species. 
Apodemia sonorensis—a chaparral species (= virgulti Behr). 
Lycaena sonorensis—a lowland rock-loving species. 
Lycaena sagittigera—a coastal species in southern California, in mountains elsewhere 

(= piasus Bdv.). 

We know too little about the activities of Lorquin. There is an account 
in Hssig (1931: 694-697) that synthesizes this. The Essig account, 
drawn from various sources, contains several statements that are self- 
refuting, especially those that refer to the termination of Lorquin’s 
stay in California. Grinnell’s account (1904) was based upon informa- 
tion given Grinnell by Lorquin’s son. From it we see that Lorquin’s 
collecting in California is divisible into two periods: 1850-1856 and 
1861-1862. Boisduval’s first paper upon the results of Lorquin’s work 
was published in 1852, the second in 1855 and the final paper in 1869. 
In addition to these Boisduval published excerpts from a letter of Lor- 
quin from California in 1856. What Boisduval knew about the man and 
his collecting, he summarized in the preface of the 1869 paper. This 
account is the one upon which I put most reliance. It is based upon 
many years of close association between the two men and the letters 
from Lorquin written in the field. Nowhere in any of the accounts do 
I find direct mention of Lorquin in Utah. In Boisduval’s account is an 
interesting statement that suggests the meaning of “Sonora” when asso- 
ciated with butterflies that Lorquin captured. Boisduval wrote (1869: 
6) “. . . il alla visiter les montagnes du nord, penetra fort avant dans 
Vest et se dirigea plus tard chez les Apaches, jusqu’a Los Angeles en 
Sonora.” Thus it appears that Lorquin used the old Spanish name 
Sonora for southern California (and Baja California? ). 

California fell to the United States in settlement of the Mexican War 
in 1848. I have maps of the region published immediately thereafter 
showing the entire newly acquired land under the name “New, or North- 
ern California.” This new acquisition, “New California,” extended south 
from the 42nd parallel. Its eastern boundary was approximately at 107° 
30’ west longitude, well within the present state of Colorado, south to 
“Uncompahgre Mountains” where, when the stated meridian intersected 
the Rio Grande, it followed the west bank of the river. In two years 
time, a new pair of territories, Utah and New Mexico, were made from 
the region left over after the present boundaries of the State of Cali- 
fornia were established. Thus Lorquin’s “Utah” very likely was the 
eastern slope of the Sierra Nevada and included no territory as far 
east as the present State of Utah. Attempts to establish Salt Lake City, 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 21 


Utah, as the type locality for Pieris menapia Felder and Felder, and 
Apodemia mormo of the same authors, cannot be supported upon his- 
torical evidence. It was not until 1861 that the original Utah territory, 
with its ill-defined western boundary in the mountains of California, was 
divided into Nevada Territory and Utah Territory. In treating bound- 
aries in this period of the development of the West it must be remem- 
bered that they were nebulous until the surveys of the 1860's and 1870's 
carried out the descriptions of the territories established by law years 
earlier. It is amusing to note that during the very early 1850’s Kansas 
and California shared a common boundary, on paper, in western Colo- 
rado. 

It seems to me that appropriate type localities for menapia and mormo 
must be selected from the eastern flanks of the Californian or Nevadan 
mountains somewhere west of the general region of Reno and Carson 
City, Nevada, to be in keeping with what we know of Lorquin’s travels 
and political geography of the early 1850's. This may or may not have 
an effect upon the nomenclature of menapia. It probably will alter 
some concepts associated with the name mormo. Boisduval’s Polyom- 
matus zeroe (= Lycaena mariposa Reakirt ) also was described from this 
area, “haute montagnes de frontieres de Utah... .” 

Both Boisduval and the Felders described butterflies collected by 
Lorquin in “Sonora.” Those named by the Felders all are found within 
the present limits of California and their true type localities must lie 
somewhere from Los Angeles southward into extreme northern Baja 
California. The material described from “Sonora” by Boisduval is this: 
Melitaea callina: related to elada Hewitson. 

Melitaea pola: this is close to hoffmanni Behr, if not the same. 
Melitaea sonorae: this is gabbii Behr. 


Ctenucha robinsonii: a synonym of Lerina incarnata Walker. 
Phoegoptera cinnamomea: a synonym of Aemilia roseata Walker. 


Of these, only callina is not yet known from southern California and 
northern Baja California. I know of no specimens of the elada-complex 
from the Pacific drainage area of Mexico. At first this seems to be strong 
evidence that Lorquin collected in that part of Mexico now called Sonora. 
However, Boisduval does not say that Lorquin collected the types of 
callina. In fact, only for robinsonii is the collector named and in that 
case it was Lorquin. Boisduval was in touch with collectors in Mexico 
and may well have received the types of callina from one of them. 

Thus it appears that, excepting callina, both the Felders’s and Bois- 
duval’s “Sonora” specimens may very well be considered southern Cali- 
fornian. 


274 Brown: Lorquin’s “Sonora” and “Utah” Vol. 21, mane 


LITERATURE CITED 


BoispuvaL, J. A., 1852. Lépidoptéres de la Californie An. Soc. Ent. France, (ser, 
2), 10: 275-324. 
1855. Lépidoptéres de la Californie An. Soc. Ent. France, (ser. 3), 3: 31-32. 
1856. Extrait d’une lettre de M. Lorquin sur la faune de la Californie, et d’une 
lettre de Mr. Bar sur les chenilles du groupe des Erycinides. An. Soc. Ent. 
France, (ser. 3), 4: 98-101. 
1869. Lépidoptéres de la Californie An. Soc. Ent. Belgique, 12: 1-94. 
Epwarps, W. H., 1864. Description of the female of Argynnis diana. Proc. Ent. 
Soc. Philadelphia, 3: 431-434. 
Essic, O. E., 1931. A History of Entomology. The Macmillan Co., New York. 
FELDER, C., and R. FELDER, 1864-67. Reise der Oesterreichischen Fregatte Novara 
um die Erde . . . Zoologischer Theil zweiter Band, zweiter abtheilung: Lepi- 
doptera von Dr. Cajetan und Rudolf Felder. Rhopalocera. 2 volumes, Wien. 
GRINNELL, F., JR. 1904. An early collector in California. Ent. News, 15: 202-204. 
Oper, P. and J. A. PoweLt, 1962. Taxonomic and distributional studies on the 
western components of the Apodemia mormo complex (Riodinidae). Jour. 
Lepid. Soc., 15(3): 145-171 [“1961”] 


RECENT LITERATURE 


THE GENERIC NAMES OF THE BUTTERFLIES AND THEIR TYPE-SPECIES 
(LEPIDOPTERA: RHOPALOCERA.), by Francis Hemming. Bulletin of the British 
Museum (Natural History). Entomology, Supplement 9; 509 pp.; 1 August 1967. 
This volume treats all genera proposed from 1758 to 31 December 1963. The 
names are arranged alphabetically, and I estimate that about 3300 names are treated. 
The original description for each is cited, as is the type designation. When needed 
there is a brief discussion of the nomenclatorial problems involved with the name. 
Citations are given to any International Code of Zoological Nomenclature actions 
which have been taken on a name. Caution is needed in one respect: the lapse 
in time between the completion of the manuscript, a few days before Francis 
Hemming died in February, 1964, and the date of publication in 1967, requires 
search in those cases where Hemming proposes type species. The current volume 
is of course an invaluable reference book for anyone in the field of taxonomy of 
butterflies —F. Martin Brown, Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Pig 


THE IMPORTANCE OF PRESERVING NATURAL 
HABITATS— NOW 


WILLIAM E. SIEKER 


119 Monona Avenue, Madison, Wisconsin 


It was with real interest that I read the presidential address to the 
Twelfth Annual Meeting of the Pacific Slope Section of the Lepidop- 
terists Society presented by Frederick H. Rindge, entitled “The Im- 
portance of Collecting—Now” (1965, Jour. Lepid. Soc., 19: 193-195). 

I share with him a deep concern for the disappearance of native habi- 
tats. However, I cannot share his pessimism concerning the possible 
ultimate extinction of the remaining wildlife habitats. 

Most certainly overpopulation is the biggest problem facing mankind 
today. It is true that many wildlife habitats are being transformed into 
new subdivisions for our ever increasing populace or converted to farm- 
land. It is true that pesticides and herbicides have taken a toll of insects 
in particular and wildlife in general. 

While this is all true, there are many encouraging things being accom- 
plished, and much more can and will be done to preserve our wildlife 
habitats. 

The problems of overpopulation throughout the world are making a 
serious impact upon the governmental policies of many nations. The 
indiscriminate use of powerful pesticides and herbicides with persistent 
residues are being strictly curtailed. In Wisconsin, in particular, the State 
Conservation Department is now prohibiting the indiscriminate use of 
DDT and other persistent insecticides. Federal legislation has resulted 
in more strict control of the sale and application of these materials. Un- 
fortunately, progress is slow. 

In America, farming practices and agricultural research have shown 
that even though our population is rising it takes less acreage to produce 
a surplus of food. Marginal farm lands in some states are slowly and 
steadily being abandoned. Secondary succession will eventually trans- 
form these to forest, but it will require many years. 

A great deal of native habitat remains undisturbed. Some of this land 
may be expensive but there is still time to preserve these areas if action 
is taken soon. 

It has been my good fortune to be associated as legal counsel with 
several organizations that are dedicated to the preservation of wildlife 
habitat. One of these organizations, in particular, should be of great 
interest to members of the Lepidopterists Society as well as to other 
citizens interested in the preservation of wildlife. This organization is 


276 SIEKER: Preserving natural habitats Vol. 21, now 


called “The Nature Conservancy.” Legally it is a non-profit corporation 
organized under the laws of the District of Columbia. There are active 
chapters in many states. The national organization has funds which are 
lent without interest to the local state chapters for their efforts to pur- 
chase wildlife areas for permanent preservation. When land is purchased, 
title is turned over to a local educational institution. The University of 
Wisconsin has many branches throughout the state which have the 
responsibility of the management of these tracts. Almost every piece of 
land purchased is near a branch of the University. Title then goes to 
the University Regents, who preserve the area as a scientific area. To 
prevent the land from being used for purposes other than those originally 
intended for the land, a “reverter” clause is inserted in the deed convey- 
ing title which automatically “reverts” to The Nature Conservancy, or 
some similar organization such as the National Audubon Society. 

The Wisconsin chapter is extremely active. Within the last two years 
we have, among other projects, purchased land by popular subscription 
to establish an arboretum for the University of Wisconsin at Milwaukee. 
This purchase is adjacent to land previously purchased by the Wisconsin 
Conservation Commission, completing an undisturbed area of over a 
thousand acres. This arboretum is presently being expanded and is 
almost within the metropolitan area of the City of Milwaukee. 

What is especially interesting to lepidopterists is that the rare and 
beautiful saturnid moth, Hyalophora columbia (Smith) occurs here. 
This is one of the few places in the United States where this moth is 
found. Of interest to the botanist is the rare and diminutive ramshead lady 
slipper, Cyprepedius arietinum R. Br., which grows only here and one 
other place in the State. 

Among the other projects contemplated by this organization is the 
purchase of a small acid bog in Door County in which Lycaena epixanthe 
michigenensis Rawson and the recently described dayflying arctiid, 
Holomelina lamae Freeman have been taken. 

There are many local habitats harboring rare and unusual Lepidoptera 
which might be preserved through efforts by members of the Lepidop- 
terists’ Society. For example, action might be taken regarding isolated 
swamps in which Euptychia mitchelli French is found. Another worth- 
while project would be the preservation of the prairie locale in Clay 
County, Minnesota, where Hesperia dacotae (Skinner) is found. 

I believe it should be possible for members of our society to raise 
funds, with the aid of the Nature Conservancy if necessary, to protect 
and preserve some of the habitats of localized species of Lepidoptera, 
where their narrow distributional limits are in danger of engulfment by 
urban sprawl or other forms of human “progress.” 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society O77 


A CORRECTED LIST OF NORTHEASTERN 
ARKANSAS BUTTERFLIES 


My first list of Northeastern Arkansas Butterflies (J. Lep. Soc. 21:206-209) was 
consolidated in such a manner that it is impossible for the reader to determine which 
species fall into each category of abundance. 


RHOPALOCERA OF NORTHEASTERN ARKANSAS 


Abundant to Common Species: 


Amblyscirtes vialis (Edwards ) Atrytone delaware (Edwards ) 
Atalopedes campestris ( Boisduval ) Wallengrenia otho (Smith) 

Polites themistocles (Latreille ) Hylephila phyleus (Drury ) 
Pholisora catullus (Fabricius ) Pyrgus communis (Grote ) 

Erynnis juvenalis (Fabricius ) Thorybes bathyllus (Smith) 
Thorybes pylades (Scudder ) Achalarus lyciades ( Geyer ) 

Battus philenor (Linnaeus ) Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll 
Papilio glaucus Linnaeus Papilio troilus Linnaeus 

Graphium marcellus (Cramer ) Pieris protodice Boisd. & LeConte 
Nathalis iole Boisduval Pieris rapae (\inneaus ) 

Colias eurytheme Boisduval Eurema lisa Boisd. & LeConte 
Calycopis cecrops (Fabricius ) Strymon melinus Hubner 

Satyrium falacer (Godart ) Everes comyntas (Godart ) 
Libytheana bachmanii ( Kirtland ) Limenitis arthemis astyanax (Fabricius ) 
Limenitis archippus (Cramer ) Vanessa atalanta (Linnaeus ) 
Junonia coenia (Hubner ) Polygonia interrogationis (Fabricius ) 
Phyciodes tharos (Drury ) Euptoieta claudia (Cramer ) 

Danaus plexippus ( Linnaeus ) Euptychia cymela (Cramer ) 


Uncommon to Scarce Species: 


Panoquina ocola (Edwards ) Lerodea eufala (Edwards) 
Amblyscirtes aenus linda Freeman Amblyscirtes celia belli Freeman 
Euphyes vestris (Boisduval ) Poanes zabulon (Boisd. & LeConte ) 
Pompeius verna (Edwards ) Lerema accius (Smith) 

Nastra lherminier ( Latreille ) Erynnis brizo (Boisd. & LeConte ) 
Erynnis persius (Scudder ) Erynnis horatius (Scudder & Burgess ) 
Staphylus mazans hayhurstii (Edwards) Autochton cellus (Boisd. & LeConte ) 
Epargyreus clarus (Cramer ) Colias philodice Godart 

Colias cesonia (Stoll) Phoebis sennae eubule (Linnaeus ) 
Eurema nicippe (Cramer ) Anthocaris midea Hubner 
Chrysophanus titus mopsus ( Hubner ) Satyrium edwardsii (Grote & Robinson) 
Celastrina argiolus (Linnaeus ) Anaea andria Scudder 

Asterocampa celtis (Boisd. & LeConte ) Vanessa virginiensis ( Drury ) 

Vanessa cardui (Linnaeus ) Nymphalis antiopa (Linnaeus ) 
Polygonia comma ( Harris ) Melitaea nycteis (Doubleday ) 
Agraulis vanillae (Linnaeus ) Euptychia hermes sosybius (Fabricius ) 


Euptychia gemma (Hubner) 


Rare or Casual Species: 


Calpodes ethlius (Stoll) Polites coras (Cramer ) 
Hesperia meskei (Edwards ) Erynnis zarucco (Lucas ) 
Thorybes confusis Bell Battus polydamas (Linnaeus ) 
Papilio cresphontes Cramer Mitoura gryneus (Hubner) 


(Continued on page 278) 


278 FREEMAN: Corrected Texan Skipper Vol: 21, newe 


Rare or Casual Species (continued ): 


Incisalia henrici (Grote & Robinson ) Lycaena thoe Guerin-Meneville 
Lycaena phleas americana Harris Hemiargus isola ( Reakirt ) 
Asterocampa clyton (Boisd. & LeConte) Polygonia progne (Cramer) 
Phyciodes phaon (Edwards ) Chlosyne gorgone carlotta (Reakirt) 


Sight Record: 
Phoebis philea (Johansson ) 


JouNn H. MAstTers, Box 7511, Saint Paul, Minnesota 


POLYTHRIX OCTOMACULATA, NOT PROCERUS, IN 
TEXAS (HESPERIIDAE) 


H. A. FREEMAN! 
1605 Lewis Drive, Garland, Texas 


I recorded Urbanus auginus auginulus (Godman and Salvin) for the 
United States based on a pair of specimens that I collected at Pharr, 
Texas, during March, 1945. Since that time careful study by various 
lepidopterists has resulted in the correct placement of the name auginulus. 
We now know that auginulus is a synomym of Polythrix procerus (Ploetz), 
which occurs rather rarely in Mexico and has not as yet been found in 
the United States. The confused status of octomaculata, auginulus, and 
procerus at the time the Texas record was published resulted in the 
incorrect identification of the specimens involved. In the process of 
making a careful study of the Hesperiidae of Mexico I became aware of 
this error after having collected a number of specimens of various species 
of Polythrix. The two specimens that I collected in Texas in 1945 ac- 
tually are a pair of Polythrix octomaculata (Sepp). 

At this time I would like to remove the name Polythrix procerus 
(Ploetz) from the list of United States species of Hesperiidae and in 
its place insert the name Polythrix octomaculata (Sepp), which pre- 
viously has not been recorded for this country. 


LITERATURE CITED 
FREEMAN, H. A., 1945. Notes on some Skippers, with new records for the United 
States. Can. Ent. 77: 201-203. 


1I would like to express my thanks to the National Science Foundation for Research Grant 
GB-4122 which is making this study of the Hesperiidae of Mexico possible. 


bo 
ce | 
ido) 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


WILLIAM CARMICHAEL COOK (1895-1967 ) 


William Carmichael Cook, a well-known entomologist for nearly a 
half century, died of a heart attack at Walla Walla, Washington, 
February 16, 1967. He had suffered from heart trouble for some years, 
even before his retirement from the United States Department of Agri- 
culture in 1962 after 32 years of service. Dr. Cook was born in 
Syracuse, New York, October 2, 1895, obtaining his early education 
there, including a few years at Syracuse University. In order to major 
in entomology, he transferred to Cornell University, where he received 
his B. S. degree in 1917. After a short period in the Army, he became 
an assistant to the State Entomologist of Minnesota in 1919. He earned 
his M. S. degree in 1920 and his Ph. D. degree in 1922 from the Uni- 
versity of Minnesota. During this time he became very much interested 


280 W. C. Coox (1895-1967 ) Vol. 21, ner 


in the ecology of insects and the effect of climate on their distribution. 
After his appointment in 1921 as assistant at the Montana Experiment 
Station at Bozeman, he carried on research on climate and insects with 
the pale western cutworm, a serious grain pest of the western prairie 
states. It was during this period that Dr. Cook became interested in 
the Lepidoptera with special emphasis on the Noctuidae. He was a 
charter member of The Lepidopterists’ Society. He also began to build 
up his own collection of Noctuids. 

In 1930, Dr. Cook took over the research and control of the beet 
leafhopper in California in the Entomology Research Division of the 
U. S. Department of Agriculture with headquarters at Modesto. These 
studies resulted in several publications of great worth to the pCery 
and to growers of sugar beets and tomatoes. 

In 1943, Dr. Cook was transferred to Walla Walla, Washington, to 
help with the control of wireworms damaging crops under irrigation 
in the Pacitic Northwest. Here again his enthusiasm for entomological 
research resulted in a fine publication on the effects of several soil 
fumigants on wireworms. He was later assigned to the problem of 
controlling pea aphids, and he soon discovered that they overwintered 
on alfalfa in areas some distance from the pea fields. By controlling 
the aphids on alfalfa in early spring by burning or spraying before 
migration took place, the infestations in the pea fields were greatly 
reduced. 

Dr. Cook is survived by his wife, Muriel Amidon, of Minneapolis, 
whom he married in 1920, a daughter, Mrs. John A. Barton of Seattle, 
and two grandchildren. He was a member of the American Association 
for the Advancement of Science, Entomological Society of America, 
Ecological Society of America, The Lepidopterists’ Society and Sigma Xi. 
“Bill” Cook was a dedicated entomologist, ever ready to help and in- 
spire those associated with him. With a good knowledge of statistics 
as applied to biological research, together with a facility for clear 
writing, his many publications will stand the test of time. 


M. C. Lane, Tacoma, Wash. 
E. J. Newcomer, Yakima, Wash. 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 281 


A COLONY OF CALEPHELIS VIRGINIENSIS 
(RIODINIDAE) AT HOUSTON, TEXAS 


Mike A. RiIckARD 
4628 Oakdale, Bellaire, Texas 


Although Calephelis virginiensis (Guerin-Meneville ) is listed in most 
publications as probably occurring in Texas, its presence there has hereto- 
fore been known by only two verified records. Both are specimens in 
the U. S. N. M. collection; one is labelled “Texas,” and the other, 
“Blackjack Springs, Texas.” Thorough collecting has failed to tum 
up the species in the latter area. Recently I discovered a colony in a 
grassy pine flat near Delmar Stadium in northeast Houston. From 1 
September to 16 November, 1966, the colony yielded thirty-nine in- 
dividuals as follows: 
isch ossepe. id. 8 Sept., Ld, 29 2. .20 Sept., 19. 24 Sept, 1d. 25 
SeoeeeeieomonOct. 16. 30 Oct. 566, 392. Il Nov., 1266, 292. 8 Nov., 
ie eomtomNoy, 16. 13 Nov., 16. 14 Nov., 26 6, 19. 16 Nov., 1°. 
Although numerous females were taken, and a wide variety of plants 
offered as possible oviposition substrata, the only eggs obtained were 
laid by one individual on its container. These produced thirteen larvae 
which were each offered a different foodplant; all refused to eat and 
died. Close observation of females in the field produced similarly 
negative results. The writer was on occasion assisted in these attempts 
by Roy O. Kendall, an authority on the life histories of Texas Rhopaloc- 
era. The area containing the colony is being rapidly developed into 
an industrial park, and it is possible that before a spring brood can 
appear time will have run out for the colony. 


282 Index to Volume 21 Vol.-21; niet 


RECENT LITERATURE 


GUIDE TO THE GEOMETRIDAE OF CANADA (LEPIDOPTERA). I. SUB- 
FAMILY STERRHINAE. by McGuffin, W. C. Mem. ent. Soc. Canada, no. 50: 67 
pp., 102 figs. 1967. The first in a series of manuals planned to cover some 450 Cana- 
dian species of Geometridae includes diagnoses of all stages of the family and keys to 
subfamilies and to the 7 Canadian genera and 24 Canadian species of Sterrhinae. 
Line drawings illustrate adults, genitalia, and characters of the early stages; adults 
are shown in 62 small but clear color photographs. Ranges and known food plants 
are given. Aside from a few unsatisfactory photographs of early stages this is an 
admirable handbook.—P. F. BE LuincEr, San Fernando Valley State College, 
Northridge, Calif. 


Wyatt, Colin W., “Additions to the Rhopalocera of Afghanistan with descriptions of 
new species and subspecies.” Jour. Lepid. Soc., 15: 1-18, 3 pls., 1 fig. 1961. 
Describes as new Papilio alexanor hazarajatica (Joshanak Valley, S. of Band-i- 
Amir, W. Koh-i-Baba Mts., 9,500 feet); Hypermnestra helios ariana (Bamian, 
N. of Koh-i-Baba Mts., 8,300 feet); Parnassius tianshanicus shiva (Kars Pass, 
Shiva Mts., N. Badaghshan, 11,000 feet); Zegris fausti lucullus (Band-i-Amir, 
Hazarajat, N. of Koh-i-Baba Mts., 9,500-10,500 feet); Synchloe callidice hazara 
(Band-i-Amir, 11,400 feet); Melitaea shandura apsara (above Kars Pass, 12,500- 
14,000 feet), M. kuchi (Band-i-Amir, 11,500 feet); Boloria hegemone houri (Bala 
Quran, Anjuman Valley, Hindu Kush Mts., 14,300 feet); Pararge eversmanni shiva 
(Shiva Mts., 9,000 feet); Karanasa pamira kotandari (Kotandar Pass, Paghman Mts., 
Kabul, 11,000-12,500 feet), K. p. twomeyi (Bala Quran, 11,000 feet); Paralasa 
asura (Bala Quran, 13,000 feet), P. shakti (Bala Quran, 14,000 feet); Hyponephele 
shivacola (Shiva Mts., 9,000 feet); Lyela amirica (Ban-i-Amir, 9,500—11,000 feet); 
Lycaena aeolus (Bala Quran, 14,300 feet); Ramburia antonia shivaensis (Shiva 
Mts., 6,500-8,000 feet); Thymelicus lineola kushana (Shiva Mts., 8,500 feet). 


Wyatt, Colin W., “Eine neue Parnassius-Rasse_ aus Nordamerika” [in German]. 
Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 46: 144-146, 1 pl. 1961. Describes as new P. 
smintheus rubina (Liberty Peak, Ruby Mts., 3,120 m., Nevada). [P. B.] 


Wyatt, Colin W., “Further additions to the Rhopalocera of Afghanistan.” Jour. 
Lepid. Soc., 18: 78, 2 figs. 1964. 


Yano, K6ji, “New or little known species of the genus Platyptilia Hubner from Japan 
(Lepidoptera, Pterophoridae).” Mushi, 34: 137-141, 3 figs. 1960. Describes as 
new P. sinuosa (Masatumi, Yamanasha Pref.). Records P. rhododactyla, new to 
Japan; describes & figures genitalia. [P. B.] 


Yano, Koji, “A new genus of Pterophoridae from Japan (Lepidoptera).” Mushi, 35: 
87-90, 2 figs. 1961. Describes as new TOMOTILUS (monobasic), T. saitoi 
(Sakai, Osaka Pref., Honshu; reared from Dunbaria villosa). [P. B.] 


Zelny, Jan, “Zur Kenntnis von Pieris bryoniae O. aus den Karpaten” [in German]. 
Zeitschr. wiener ent. Ges., 46: 19-22, 58-64, 100-110, 2 pls., 1 map. 1961. Study 
of distribution, geographical & local variation, and race formation of P. bryoniae in 
Carpathians. [P. B.] 


1967 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


INDEX TO VOLUME 21 


( New names in boldface ) 


Achalarus, 207, 244, 277 

Achylodes, 163, 245 

Acreteus, 115 

Acronycta, 170, 175 

Actias luna, 249, 255 

Actinote, 95, 192 

Adela, 211 

Adelpha, 87, 98, 105 

Aecas, 165 

Aemilia roseata, 273 

Aeria, 87, 94, 190 

Agraulis, 97, 192, 207, 277 

Agriades (podarce ), 272 

Agrias, 84, 87, 104 

Aguna, 159 

Aides, 167 

Alesa, 146 

Aletia, 176 

Amarynthus, 87, 148 

Amblyscirtes, 207, 277 

American Museum of Natural History 
additions, 180 

Amphipyra, 171, 172 

Amphidecta, 87, 90 

Anaea, 83, 104, 195, 207, 277 

Anartia, 98, 194 

Anastrus, 163, 245 

Anatole, 150 

Ancyluris, 87, 147 

Anepia plumasata, 236 

Anisochoria, 87, 162 

Annaphila, 211 

Anteos, 155, 190 

Anteros, 149, 196 

Amiuocanise lok. 207, 212, 972. 977 

Anthoptus, 164, 246 

Antigonus, 162, 245 

Antirrhea, 90, 191 

Apamea lignicolora, 172 

Apatelodes, 35 

Apodemia, 87, 129, 149, 272 

Appias, 155 

Arawacus, 152 

Arcas, 151 

Archonias, 155 

Arctiidae, 38, 138, 273 

Argiope, 212 

Argyreuptychia, 87 

Aricoris, 150 

Arkansas Rhopalocera, 206, 277 


Artines, 165 
Ascia, 155, 189 
Asterocampa, 137, 207, 277 
Astraptes, 115, 160, 244 

catemacoensis, 116 

escalantei, 115 
Atalopedes campestris, 207, 277 
Atlides, 152 
Atrytone delaware, 207, 277 
Augiades, 158 
Autochton, 160, 207, 244, 277 
Automeris, 140 
Barbicornis, 88, 147 
Baeotis, 145 
Battus, 87-89, 156, 189, 207, 209, 277 
Bauer, D. L., Spiders and Pseudohazis, 

D1? 
Bauer, W. R., New sp. of Anepia, 235 
Biblis, 103, 194 
Bolla, 245 
Boloria, 136, 211 
Bombycia, 12 
Bomolocha ramstadti, 125 
Book notices, 7, 21, 40, 106, 120, 143, 
144, 974 

Brachyglenis, 147 
Brassolidae, 191 
Brazil Lepidoptera, 77, 145 
Brephidium, 132 
Brown, F. M., Palmer’s collecting local- 


ities, 129 

Larvae of Celerio as food for Indians, 
144 

Lorquin’s localities “Sonora” and 
eWialn OAL 


Brown, K. S., Lepidoptera of Central 
Brazil Plateau, 77, 145 

Brown, R. M., Observations on Callophrys 
viridis, 113 

Buckett, J. S.. New sp. of Anepia, 235 

Bungalotis, 160 

Cabares, 244 

Caenurgina, 122 

Caeruleuptychia, 87, 91 

Calephelis, 148, 196, 281 

Caligo, 192 

Callarctia quenselii, 38 

Callicista, 153 

Callicore, 85, 100 

Callidula, 101 


284 


Callimormus, 164, 246 

Callitaera, 191 

Callithomia, 95, 191 

Callophrys, 113, 152, 195 

Calociasma, 197 

Calpodes, 207, 247, 277 

Calycopis, 153, 196, 207, 277 

Camptopleura, 163 

Canada, butterfly records, 135 

Caria, 53, vejento, 54 

Carrhenes, 245 

Carystoides, 166 

Catacore, 87, 101 

Catagramma, 194 

Catoblepia, 87, 88 

Catocala, 170 

Catonephele, 83, 100, 194 

Celaenorrhinus, 160 

Celastrina argiolus, 207, 277 

Celerio, 144, 254 

Cephise, 160 

Ceratomia amyntor, 252 

Ceratonyx, 11, 13 

Cercyonis, 87, 136, 208 

Cerura, 37 

Chalodeta, 148 

Chamaelymnas, 87, 147 

Charadra, 170 

Charis, 196 

Charmona, 87, 148, 196 

Chioides, 159, 243 

Chiomara, 163 

Chlorippe, 195 

Chlosyne, 71, 98, 193, 207, 277 

Chnéour collection, 180 

Chorinea, 87, 147 

Chrysophanus titus, 207, 277 

Cicinnus melsheimeri, 34 

Cisthene unifascia, 38 

Clench, H. K., Note on Caria, 53 
Distribution records for Philotes, 141 
Type localities of Neotropical Lycaeni- 

dae, 181 

Clostera, 35 

Cobalopsis, 165 

Codatractus, 159, 244 

Coenonympha, 1, 132 
eunomia, 3 

Cogia, 87, 161, 244 

Colaenis, 97 

(Crolirers. sor, X75 PANT 

Colobura, 104 

Comstock, J. A., Sphinx sequoiae early 

stages, 27 
Conga, 166, 246 


Index to Volume 21 


Vol. 21, now 
Consul, 105 
Conway, P. J., Oeneis macounii in Mani- 
toba, 258 


Cook collection, 180 

Cook, W. C. (1895-1967 ), 279 

Corticea, 246 

Cossidae, 34 

Cremna, 87, 146 

Cressonia juglandis, 253 

Crowe, C. R., Albinic female of Pieris 
sisymbrii, 121 

Cumbre, 166 

Cycloglypha, 87, 163 

Cybdelis, 102 

Cycnus, 152 

Cyllopsis, 191 

Cymaenes, 165, 246 

Cynea, 166, 246 

Dalla, 164 

Danaus, 31, 108, 109; 1382, 191 207277 

Dasylophia, 36 

Datana, 36 

Day-flying habit in moths, 211 

Diaeus, 161 

Diapause, photoperiod effects on, 255 

Dione, 97, 192 

Dircenna, 94, 191 

Dirphia curitiba, 202 

Dismorphia, 155, 189 

Diurnal Microlepidoptera, 211 

Dornfeld, E. J., New Coenonympha, 1 

Doxocopa, 87, 103, 105 

Drephalys, 158 

Dryadula, 97, 192 

Dryas, 192 

Dynamine, 83, 99, 105, 194 

Eacles penelope, 202 

Ebrietas, 163, 245 

Ectima, 102 

Elbella, 157 

Electrostrymon, 184 

Ematurgina, 149 

Embedment in plastic, 107 

Emergence structures of Actias luna, 249 

Emesis, 87, 149, 196 

Emmel, T. C. and J. —) Papiliotmens 
biology, 41 

Range extension of Callophrys, 114 
Papilio machaon group, 211 

Entheus, 160 

Enantia, 189 

Epargyreus, 132, 158, 207, 244, 277 

Epiphile, 101 

Episcada, 94 

Eprius, 246 


1967 


Erebia, 136 
Erynnis, 124, 131, 133 
Euchloe, 136, 208 
Euclidina, 124 
Euphydryas, 132, 208, 261 
Euphyes, 119, 207, 277 
donahuei, 116 
Euptoieta, 105, 193, 207, 277 
Euptychia, 90, 191, 207, 277 
Euptychoides, 91 
Eurema, 87, 154, 190, 207, 277 
Eurois astricta, 169 
Eurybia, 87, 146, 196 
Euselasia, 87, 146, 196 
Euthyatira, 13 
Eutychide, 246 
Evenus, 151 
Byers oy 1352. 135, 151), 196, 207, 277 
Evonyme, 85, 87, 102, 105 
Exoteleia nepheos, 9; spp., 15-20 
Fox, R. M., Book review, 7 
Franclemont, J. G., Ceratonyx identity 
and larva, 11 
Frederick collection, 180 
Freeman, H. A., New Mexican Hesperi- 
idae, 115 
Status of Heliopetes sublinea, 205 
Polythrix octomaculata in Texas, 278 
Freeman, T. N., New Exoteleia, 9 
Gardiner, B. O. C., Rearing Lonomia 
cynira, 138 
Life history of Periphoba hircia, 198 
Glaucopsyche, 123 
Gelechiidae, 9, 15 
Geometridae, 11, 57 
Gesta, 163 
Gindanes, 162 
Gluphisia lintneri, 36 
Godyris, 191 
Gorgythion, 161 
Grais, 163 
Graphiphora, 170, 172 
Cmplaumloo, lo7, 157, 188, 207; 277 
Greta, 191 
Guppy, R., Mimicry 
caerulea, 122 
Gynaecia, 195 
Hamadryas, 83, 85, 87, 102, 195 
Hamearis, 145 
Haploa, 38 
Hardwick, D. F., Schinia life history, 22 
Harrisina americana, 34 
Hegesippe, 157 
Helias, 163, 245 
Heliconius, 77, 109, 192, 248 


of Caenurgina 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


285 


Heliopetes, 133, 163, 205, 246 

Hemiargus, 151, 196, 207, 277 

Henne, C., Sphinx sequoiae early stages, 
oT 

Hermeuptychia, 91 

Hesperia, 136, 207, 277 

Hesperiidae, 83, 115, 122, 
e205: 202435 id 

Hesperocharis, 87, 155 

Hessel, J. H., portable black light, 112 

Heterccampa subrotata, 37 

Heterogenea shurtleffi, 33 

Heteropacha rileyana, 35 

Historis, 104, 195 

Holland, R., Collecting in Newfoundland, 
210 

Howe collection, 180 

Howe, W. H., Vanessa migration, 39 

Hylephila, 166, 207, 247, 277 

Hyalophora angulifera, 34 

Hypanartia, 98, 194 

Hyparpax aurora, 36 

Hypna, 88 

Hypoleria, 87, 94, 191 

Hyposcada, 190 

Hypostrymon, 183 

Hypothyris, 88, 95, 190 

Iaspis, 87, 152 

Ibarra collection, 180 

Incisalia, 132, 180, 207, 277 

Itabalia, 189 

Ithomia, 94, 190 

Jemadia, 157, 244 

Juditha, 87, 150 

Jumalon, J. N., Trogonoptera trojana, 49 

Junonia, 59, 63, 98, 194, 207, 277 

Justinia, 88, 166 

Klots collection, 180 

Kolyer, J. M., Polyester castings, 107 

Krivda, W. V., Monarch in Sask., 31 

Lacinipolia, 173, 175 

Lacosomidae, 34 

Lane, M. C., Cook Obituary, 279 

Lasaia, 148, 196 

Lasiocampidae, 35 

Leech, H. B., Pronin Obituary, 74 

Lemonias, 197 

Lepricornis, 147 

Leptophobia, 189 

Leptotes, 151, 208 

Lerema, 166, 207, 277 

Lerina incarnata, 273 

Lerodea eufala, 167, 207, 277 

Leucania pseudargyria, 176 

Leucidia, 155 


13 7136: 


286 


Leucochimona, 146, 196 

Leucophlebia, 8 

Leuschner, R., Day-flying moths, 211 

Levina, 164 

Libytheidae, 105, 195, 207, 277 

Libythina, 85, 87, 102 

Limacodidae, 33 

LiMenmitisol lolwlOo Olea lone 

latifascia, 221 

Lindquist, O. H., Exoteleia biology, 15 

Lonomia, 138 

Lorquin’s “Sonora”. and “Utah,” 271 

Lucida, 165 

Lycaeides, 123, 132 

Mycacnasla25 201. 23o20 1. 

Lycaenidae, 53, 82. 106. 1135 T4120) 
IPP Wee, sis, Wis, IU, Gls, BAL 
NO, Ql, yD, rer 

Lycaenopsis, 123 

Lycorea, 191 

Lymantriidae, 37 

Lymnas, 148 

Lyropteryx, 146 

MacNeill, C. D., Mass movement by 
Satyrium saepium, 204 

Macrurocampa, 37 

Macusia, 151 

Marpesia, 99, 195 

Masters, J. H., Transplanted colony of 
Mitoura, 120 

Rhopalocera of NE Arkansas, 206 

Oeneis macounii in Manitoba and Min- 
nesota, 258 

Corrected Arkansas list, 277 

Mather, B., Variation in Junonia, 59 

Mechanitis, 95, 190 

Megathymus, 210 

Melete, 155, 190 

Melitaealg os S620 ee aioe 

Mellana, 247 

Mesene, 87, 149 

Mesosemia, 84, 87, 146 

Mestra, 102 

Metacharis, 87, 147 

Metamorpha, 98, 194 

Methods and Techniques, 107, 112 

Microceris, 87, 158 

Microtia, 193 

Mielke, O. H. H., Butterflies of Brazilian 
Planalto, 77, 145 

Milanion, 162 

Mimicry, 122 

Mimoniades, 157 

Minutes, Pacific Coast Section, 210 


Index to Volume 21 


Vol. 21, no. 4 


Mites from noctuid moths, 169, 254 

Mithras, 151 

Mitoura, 120, 132, 137, )207, (21a 

Mnasitheus, 246 

Mnasicles, 165 

Mnasilus, 165 

Moeris, 165, 246 

Moiz, S. A., Host specificity of Polydorus, 
Ieaa 

Monca, 246 

Monethe, 147 

Monroe, R. S., Butterflies from Honduras, 
185 

Hesperiidae from Honduras, 243 

Morpho, 82, 84, 89, 192 

Morvina, 161 

Morys, 88, 166 

Munshi °@). Eee itost 
Polydorus, 127 

Mylon, 162, 245 

Myscelus, 158 

Mysoria, 157 

Naevolus, 166, 246 

Napeogenes, 190 

Jarope, 87, 88 

Jastza, 165, 207-2465 277 

Nathalis iole, 132, 137, 207, 277 

Nature conservancy, 275 

Neominois, 131 

Nessaea, 194 

Newcomer, E. J., Early stages of Chlosyne, 
fl 

Cook obituary, 279 

Newfoundland collecting, 210 

Neophasia menapia, 272 

Nica, 102 

Niconiades, 167, 247 

Nisoniades, 161, 245 

Noctuana, 245 

Noctuidae, 22, 38, 122, 125 .iGSss2iae 

935, 254 

Notheme, 87, 147 

Notodontidae, 35 

Nyctelius, 167 

Nymphalidae, 31, 39; 59) 713) 77aGe: 
111, 132, 135, 192, 207se2iseeeae 
HANS, DACULA DS. DUNT 

Nymphalis, 132, 136, 207, 240, 277 

Nymphidium, 87, 150 

Nymula, 87, 150 

Ochlodes, 133 

Oeneis, 136, 258, 272 

Oleria, 94 

Ontario, 135 

Opler, P. A., Observations of Callophrys 


specificity of 


ZZ 


1967 


viridis, 113 
Host plant records for Anthocaris, 212 

Opsiphanes, 192 

Orgyia plagiata, 37 

Ouleus, 245 

Pachyneuria, 161 

Pachysphinx modesta, 254 

Pacific Slope section, annual meeting, 
210 

Packardia elegans, 33 

Palaeacrita, 57 

Palmer, Dr. Edward, Collecting localities 
of, 129 

Panara, 87, 147 

Panoqmnayor, 167,207, 247, 277 

Panthiades, 152 

iRaonias, 200, 204 

Papias, 165 

Papilio indra biology, 41 

Papilionidae, 41, 82, 85, 87, 132, 136, 
Iemlao Ss, 207, 211 241, 979. 
Dd 

Parcella, 148 

Pareuptychia, 84, 90 

Parides, 82, 156, 189 

Parphorus, 246 

Paryphthimoides, 91 

Paulogramma, 100 

Pellicia, 161, 245 

Peplia, 197 

Pereute, 189 

Perichares, 166 

Periphoba, 198, 201 

Perkins, S. F. & E. M., Revision of 
Limenitis weidemeyerii complex, 213 

Perophthalma, 87, 146 

Phaedrotes piasus, 272 

Phaenochitonia, 87, 149 

Phanes, 165 

Phanus, 158 

Pharneuptychia, 91 

Phillipson, D. E., Environmental varia- 
tions in Euphydryas anicia, 261 

Philotes, 132, 141, 272 

Phocides, 158 

Bhioebis) Oo, 137, 154, 190, 207, 277 

Rholisora, 131. 207, 277 

Photoperiod effects on pupal diapause, 
255 

Phragmatobia lineata, 38 

Phyciodes, 85, 132, 136, 193, 207, 208, 
TT 

Pierella, 191 

Pieridae, 84, 85, 87, 121, 132, 135, 136, 
oO OO. 20ie 22, 272) 277 


Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society 


Riens le. dopant 
Placidula, 94 
Plastic for mounting, 107 
Plebejus, 122, 132, 151, 252 
Poanes zabulon, 207, 277 
Polites, 166, 207, 277 
Polyctor, 161 
Polydorus, 127 
Polygonia, 207, 277 
Polygonus, 159 
Polystichtis, 87, 149 
Polythrix, 159, 160, 244 
Pompeius, 166, 207, 247, 277 
Posttaygetis, 90 
Powell, J. A., Diurnal Microlepidoptera, 
211 
Prepona, 87, 104, 105 
Priddle, T. R., Structures employed by 
Actias luna in emergence, 249 
Prionoxystus macmurtrei, 34 
Pronin, Georg ( 1898-1962), 74 
Prolimacodes scapha, 33 
Proteides, 158 
Pseudaletia, 174, 176 
Pseudohazis, 212 
Pseudolucia, 184 
Pseudolycaena, 151 
Pseudonica, 194 
Pseudopieris, 156 
Pseudoscada, 87, 94 
Psycomorpha epimenis, 38 
Pteronymia, 191 
RyTouss oo, Loon O oA Gy oT 
Pyromorphidae, 34 
Pyrrhogyra, 103, 194 
Pyrrhopyge, 157 
Pyrrhopygopsis, 167 
Pythonides, 88, 162 
Quadrus, 162, 245 
Quinta, 166, 246 
Racz, G., Effect of vitamins on develop- 
ment of Nymphalis, 241 
Rekoa, 152 
Rhetus, 87, 147, 196 
Rickard, M. <A., Aberrant Heliconius 
charitonius, 248 
Calephelis virginiensis in Texas, 281 
Rindge, F. H., New society and journal, 
140 
Riodina, 148 
Riodininae, 83, 129, 145, 196, 272 
Riotte, J. C., Sphingid synonymy, 8 
Uncommon moths in Ontario, 33 
New records for Canadian butterflies, 
TESS 


288 


Larval foodplants of sphingids, 252 
Ross, G. N., Butterflies from Honduras, 
185 
Salonen! 
Sala, F., Taxonomy of Annaphila, 211 
Saliana, 167, 247 
Sarmientoia, 160 
Saturniidae, 34, 138, 198, 212, 249, 255 
Satyridae, 1°82, 132. 136,19 2075 258: 
Ns PUT. 
Saturnus, 166 
Satyrium, 135, 204, 207, 277 
Schinia, 22 
Schizura apicalis, 37 
Sette? Or ES 
Mitoura, 211 
Shepard, J. H., Range extension of Cal- 
lophrys comstocki, 114 
Zoogeography of Boloria, 211 
Shields, O., Distribution of Mitoura, 211 
Sieker, W. E., Importance of preserving— 
Now, 275 
Sisyrosea textula, 33 
Smerinthis jamaicensis, 27, 253 
Smyrna, 104, 195 
Sodalia, 165 
Sophista, 161 
Sorensen, J. T., Palaeacrita in Minn., 57 
Oeneis macounii in Manitoba and Min- 
nesota, 258 
Sostrata, 162 
Spaelotis, 172 
Spathilepia, 160, 244 
Speyeria cybele, 133, 136, 207 
Sphingidae, 8, 27, 144, 252 
Sphinx, 27, 252 
Spioniades, 161 
Spilosoma, 139 
Stalachtis, 150 
Staphylus, 161, 207, 245, 277 
Stenocharis, 13 
Strymony 13283" l9GR OV 277 
Symmachia, 87, 149, 196 
Synale, 166 
Synapte, 164 
Syrmatia, 147 
Syssphinx bicolor, 34 
Talides, 166 
Taygetis, 82, 84, 90, 191 
Telemiades, 88, 161 
Temenis, 88, 102 
Theagenes, 163, 245 
Lheclay Sigelol. 152 a So lssemicas 
196 


Cupressaceae-feeding 


Index to Volume 21 


Vol. 21; now4 


Theope, 88, 150, 197 

Thespieus, 167 

Thessalia, 193 

Thoon, 246 

Thoracic projections employed for emer- 
gence, 249 

Thrix, 76 

Thorybes, 124, 132, 207, 277 

Thyridia, 94 

Thysanota, 87, 150 

Tigridia, 84, 104 

Timochares, 245 

Timochreon, 162, 163 

Tithorea, 95, 190 

Tmolus, 152 

Treat, A., Mites from noctuid moths, 
169 

Addendum, 254 

Trina, 161 

Trinnell, J. R., Exoteleia biology, 15 

Trogonoptera trojana, 49 

Typhedanus, 159, 160, 244 

Udranomia, 87, 158 

Urbanus, 88, 159, 244, 278 

Vacerra, 167 

Vaga, 106 

Vanessa, 98, 106, 111, 132) tse aer 
194 202 t 

Vehilius, 165, 246 

Vettius, 88, 166, 246 

Vidius, 165 

Vinius, 164 

Viola, 161 

Vitamins and development of Nymphalis, 
241 

Wallengrenia, 166, 207, 277 

Williams, R. N., Butterflies from Hon- 
duras, 185 

Wright, D. A., Effects of photoperiod 
on pupal diapause of Actias luna, 255 

Wyatt, A. K., New Florida Bomolocha, 
125: 

Xanthocleis, 95 

Xeniades, 167 

Xenophanes, 162, 245 

Yphthimoides, 88, 91 

Zale, 170, 178 

Zaleops, 171 

Zanolidae, 35 

Zariaspes, 164, 246 

Zerene, 137 

Zerynthia hypermnestra, 241 

Zoological Nomenclature, 76, 260 

Zopyrion, 162, 245 


EDITORIAL BOARD OF THE JOURNAL 


Editor: Jerry A. POWELL 
Assistant Editor: Pau A. OPLER 
Associate Editor 

(Literature Abstracting): PETER F, BELLINGER 


Editor, News of the Lepidopterists’ Society: E. J. NEwCOMER 
Manager of the Memoirs: SmneEy A. HEssEL 


Editorial Committee of the Society: P. F. BELLINcER, S. A. 
HeEsseEL, E. G. Munror, J. A. Poweii, C. L. REMINGTON 
(chairman), F. T. Toorne, E. J. NEWCOMER. 


NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS TO THE JOURNAL 


Contributions to the Journal may be on any aspect of the collection and study 
of Lepidoptera. Articles of more than 20 printed pages are not normally accepted; 
authors may be required to pay for material in excess of this length. Manuscripts 
must be typewritten, ENTIRELY DOUBLE SPACED, employing wide margins and 
one side only of white, 844 x 11” paper. The author should keep a carbon copy of 
the manuscript. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, in- 
cluding an indication of the family of the subject, but must be kept as short as possi- 
ble. Authors of Latin names should be given once in the text. Format of REFER- 
ENCES MUST CONFORM TO EXACT STYLE used in recent issues of the Journal. 
Legends of figures and tables should be submitted on separate sheets. 

Reprints may be ordered, and at least 25 gratis separates (including any other 
material published on these pages) will be provided, if requested at the time galley 
proof is received. 


Address correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. J. A. PowExu, 201 Agriculture 
Hall, University of California, Berkeley, Calif., U. S. A. 


Material not intended for permanent record, such as notices, current events, anecdotal 
field experiences, poems, philatelic Lepidoptera, etc. should be sent to the News 
Editor: E. J. NEwcomer, 1509 Summitview, Yakima, Wash., U. S. A. 


Address remittances and address changes to: Roy O. KENDALL, 135 Vaughan Place, 
San Antonio, Texas 78201, U. S. A. 


Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) 
A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA 


by Cyrit F. pos Passos 


Price: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures - 
available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, 
add $1.50. postpaid 


Order from the Society Treasurer. 


ALLEN PRESS, INC. eae LAWRENCE, KANSAS 
U.S. me 


1967 Journal of the Lepidopterists’ Society Vol. 21, no. 4 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Revision of the Limenitis weidemeyerii complex, with 
description of a new subspecies (Nymphalidae) 
by .S, .F.'and Ei. M. Perkins) (Jr. 20 tt fu siw ie Oe 213-234 


Description of a new species of Anepia Hampson from the 
Sierra Nevada of California (Noctuidae) 
by. Ji'S. Buckett ‘and! W. Ri Bauer 220 oi 0 eae wn ee 235-240 


The effects of vitamins on the development of 
Nymphalis antiopa (Nymphalidae ) 


by 1G, )aez eo La Nl NS Ae I ia iN ce rr 241-242 
Report on a collection of Hesperiidae from Honduras 
by BR: Sz Monroeand' G) ID.) Miller) {Ci oe 243-247 


Structures employed by Actias luna (Saturniidae) 
in effecting emergence from the cocoon 


by CTW. Praddle (2200020 30 8 Ve aS 249-252 
Notes on larval foodplants of some sphingids in Ontario, Canada | 
by J... 0H, Biothe 0 A Be 252-254 


The effects of photoperiod on the initiation of pupal 
diapause in the wild silkworm, Actias luna 


byeiDi Ag Wright ioe One eG Ee Oh 255-258 
Environmental variations in Euphydryas anicia eurytion ( Nymphalidae) 

by: 3). Ec Pinilipstn' tess Gos ee aia SSC ACR Lar 261-270 
Lorquin’s localities “Sonora” and “Utah” a 

by eM Brroven (eigh  e e k O  e 271-274 
The importance of preserving natural habitats—Now | 

by’. W.) Be Sieker (30008 uh a) i eh bea oh Wn a 275-276 
Polythrix octomaculata, not procerus, in Texas ( Hesperiidae) 

by EL. AY Beeman! 0408 oes ee 278 


FIELD NOTES 


An aberrant Heliconius charitonius ( Nynphldee) 
Dy, Abs Riekeand th S00 rnd a 248 


Observations on Oeneis macounii (Satyridae) in 
Manitoba and Minnesota 
by J. H. Masters, J. T. Sorensen, and P. J. Conway _...... 258-260 


A colony of Calephelis virginiensis 
(Riodinidae ) at Houston, Texas 


by Mi. Ad (Rickard) ohials sis banup OO re) Wie a ok ck A eal ger 281 

Addendum to mites from noctuid moths 

Dy Acie” Treat eC eRe ar TO NT Ne Nt oh 8 IEE 254 
Corrected list of northeastern Arkansas butterflies ‘ 

ye hs Masters) 20.0 ek Wa A iia eh ee Ne ee ee oe eke eee a 277-278 
WILLIAM CARMICHAEL COOK (1895-1967) 

by) Me CC, Lane and, E: J. Neweomer 20) 0 279-280 
ZOOLOGICAL »> NOMENCLATURE (6 2 Oe ee 260 
REGENT TATRA UU nO TC A a 274, 282, 


INDEX: Wo) Voluie 200 Sie Toe tk hi Be 283-288 


Ls 


‘. ALRSIN we 
CANE “4 ETO 


ON tiny 
EEN: 


ae 


Sa Be ia 


etme es 


eG WY Ek rw 
ee 


WES. =e, Ks Made RHE 
Psy ian ake in ine Se “d ~ a weye 


ne Sel an vei 


a Ment yee 

OI EMEA A Mra 
RE Re SW YS 

~~. 


ny TH ITE 


TEST eqs 


ma 
cn, NOS We. Hae 
ek Reg ow " 
treme, one 
Dian Sarria oe Det 


1 ti a vs 7 et et 
Sth hPa i. deal : > . SOLS. em 
hd Fores Une Noe iim, NEAT. Qorts § 
hah ‘odk Sips hk th eS in Ye aoe, ‘ 3 
Ah adh cai oe Tha i i pad os B hI HD aay 
Sh Hs Meee: belie Adin, Wake 
M4 ~ & a . PN See NY 
pte ch rae Re ne See pL Ae ts 
rire eee HEE Te hee Re WL Weis 
eee y “© ’ a ee en reg” bene® ‘ EUR: 


"ur (s 
Tie yore 


¥ net 


> 


med Woe 
PP 


PEPE ONES OY 
SEED NP Fe 


Via be 
ee eee ced 


OR an" 
SE ee a ae ae Dye 
ree ey 


ae 
aig i Oh Pa 
aT re deat 2 
Pre ieee ea | 


Ue eee ree ee 
i LA ed 


PC ee oe ew Bo 
UE PL ov, ; 
Ve Fer Ww Pee ey Poy 
$ we BM oat ftp Gif LOM FIPS oF Be? 
OP BOB APG RE WO PED RP Se PER ST Poy 
FLEDRAR ie dil dae i hi . 
ee es * GOP PE Fe RB pe 8? oat 
c SOR RE SO BE EY PF PG BF 
PES PEG 
eR pe f 
EE Mae Dae: 
Pi ea See 
woe ey 
re ee 


Rete eee 
WE EL PANE Se 8 


PRO DE RIO PP Oy ok